Full text of "Minnesota Residential Code"

See other formats

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

Minnesota Rules, Chapter 1309
Adoption of the 2006 International Residential Code

1309.0010 adoption OF

international residential

code (IRC) BY reference.

Subpart 1. Generally. The 2006 edition
of the International Residential Code (IRC) as
promulgated by the International Code
Council (ICC), Falls Church, Virginia, is
incorporated by reference and made part of
the Minnesota State Building Code except as
qualified by the applicable provisions in
Minnesota Rules, chapter 1300, and as
amended in this chapter. The IRC is not
subject to frequent change and a copy of the
IRC, with amendments for use in Minnesota,
is available in the office of the commissioner
of labor and industry. Portions of this chapter
reproduce text and tables from the IRC. The
IRC is copyright 2006 by the ICC. All rights
reserved.

Subp. 2. Mandatory chapters. The
2006 IRC Chapters 2 through 10 and 43 must
be administered by any municipality that has
adopted the code, except as qualified by the
applicable provisions in Minnesota Rules,
chapter 1300, and as amended by this chapter.

Subp. 3. Replacement chapters. The
following 2006 IRC chapters are being
deleted and replaced with the provisions listed
below:

A. Chapter 1 of the 2006 IRC and any
references to code administration in this code
are deleted and replaced with Minnesota
Rules, chapter 1300, Minnesota
Administration Code.

B. Chapter 11 of the 2006 IRC and any
references to energy in this code are deleted
and replaced with Minnesota Statutes, section
16B.617.

C. Chapters 12 through 24 of the 2006
IRC and any references to mechanical matters
in this code are deleted and replaced with
Minnesota Rules, chapter 1346, Minnesota
Mechanical Code.

D. Chapters 25 through 32 of the 2006
IRC and any references to plumbing in this
code are deleted and replaced with Minnesota
Rules, chapter 4715, Minnesota Plumbing
Code.

E. Chapters 33 through 42 of the 2006
IRC and references to electrical matters in this
code, other than Section R3 13 Smoke Alarms,
are deleted and replaced with Minnesota
Rules, chapter 1315, Minnesota Electrical
Code.

Subp. 4. Seismic or earthquake

provisions. Any seismic or earthquake
provisions and any references to them are
deleted and are not included in this code.

Subp. 5. Flood hazard or floodproofing
provisions. Any flood hazard or

floodproofing provisions in the IRC, and any
reference to those provisions, are deleted in
their entirety. Requirements for

floodproofing are located in chapter 1335,
floodproofing regulations.

Subp. 6. Elevator and platform lift
provisions. Any elevator and platform lift
provisions in the IRC and any reference to
those provisions are deleted in their entirety.
Requirements for elevators or platform lifts
are located in chapter 1307, elevators and
related devices.

1309.0020 REFERENCES TO OTHER
ICC CODES.

236

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

Subpart 1. Generally. References to
other codes and standards promulgated by the
ICC in the 2006 IRC are modified in subparts
2to II.

Subp. 2. Building code. References to
the International Building Code in this code
mean the Minnesota Building Code, adopted
pursuant to Minnesota Rules, chapter 1305,
and Minnesota Statutes, section I6B.6I,
subdivision I.

Subp. 3. Residential code. References to
the IRC in this code mean the Minnesota
Residential Code, adopted under Minnesota
Rules, chapter 1309, and Minnesota Statutes,
section I6B.6I, subdivision I.

Subp. 4. Electrical code. References to
the ICC Electrical Code in this code mean the
Minnesota Electrical Code, Minnesota Rules,
chapter 1315, adopted under Minnesota
Statutes, section 326.243.

Subp. 5. Fuel gas code. References to
the International Fuel Gas Code in this code
mean the Minnesota Mechanical Code,
Minnesota Rules, chapter 1346, adopted
under Minnesota Statutes, section I6B.6I,
subdivision I.

Subp. 6. Mechanical code. References
to the International Mechanical Code in this
code mean the Minnesota Mechanical Code,
Minnesota Rules, chapter 1346, adopted
under Minnesota Statutes, section I6B.6I,
subdivision I.

Minnesota Pollution Control Agency's
minimum standards and criteria for individual
sewage treatment systems in Minnesota
Rules, chapter 7080, adopted under
Minnesota Statutes, chapters I03F, I03G,
115, and 116.

Subp. 9. Energy conservation code.

References to the International Energy
Conservation Code in this code mean the
Minnesota Energy Code, adopted under
Minnesota Statutes, section I6B.6I7.

Subp. 10. Property maintenance code.

References to the International Property
Maintenance Code in this code do not apply.

Subp. II. Accessibility code. References

to accessibility in this code mean the

Minnesota Accessibility Code, Minnesota
Rules, chapter 1 34 1.

1309.0030 ADMINISTRATIVE

PROCEDURE CRITERIA.

Procedures relating to the administration
and enforcement of this code under
Minnesota Statutes, section I6B.57, are
contained in Minnesota Rules, chapter 1300,
Minnesota Administration Code. Minnesota
Rules, chapter 1300, governs the application
of this code.

1309.0040 VIOLATION.

A violation of this code is a misdemeanor
under Minnesota Statutes, section I6B.69.

Subp. 7. Plumbing code. References to
the International Plumbing code in this code
mean the Minnesota Plumbing Code,
Minnesota Rules, chapter 4715, adopted
under Minnesota Statutes, section I6B.6I,
subdivisions I and 2.

Subp. 8. Private sewage disposal code.

References to the International Private
Sewage Disposal Code in this code mean the

1309.0100 CHAPTER

ADMINISTRATION.

Subpart I. IRC chapter 1. IRC chapter I
is deleted and replaced with the following:

CHAPTER I

ADMINISTRATION

237

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

This code shall be administered according to
Minnesota Rules, chapter 1300.

Subp. 2. Existing buildings and

structures. Additions, alterations, or repairs
to existing buildings and structures meeting
the scope of the International Residential
Code shall be exempt from Minnesota Rules,
chapter 1311, Minnesota Conservation Code
for Existing Buildings.

Additions, alterations, or repairs to
existing one and two family dwellings
including townhouses may be made without
requiring the existing building or structure to
comply with all the requirements of this code
provided that any addition or alteration
conforms to this code. Repairs to existing
buildings or structures may be made that are
nonstructural and do not adversely affect any
structural member or required fire resistive
element with the same methods and materials
of which the building or structure is
constructed.

Exception: The installation or

replacement of glass shall be as required
for new installations in accordance with
IRC Section R308.

1309.0201 SECTION R201, GENERAL.

IRC Section R201.4 is amended to read as
follows:

R201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are
not defined through the methods authorized
by this chapter, the Merriam-Webster
Collegiate Dictionary, available at www.m-
w.com, shall be considered as providing
ordinarily accepted meanings. The dictionary
is incorporated by reference, is subject to
frequent change, and is available through the
Minitex interlibrary loan system.

1309.0202
DEFINITIONS.

SECTION

R202,

Subpart 1. Modifications. IRC Section
R202 is amended by modifying the following
definitions:

DWELLING.

SINGLE FAMILY. Any building that
contains one dwelling unit used, intended,
or designed to be built, used, rented,
leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or
occupied for living purposes.

TWO FAMILY. Any building that
contains two separate dwelling units with
separation either horizontal or vertical on
one lot that is used, intended, or designed
to be built, used, rented, leased, let or
hired out to be occupied, or occupied for
living purposes.

TOWNHOUSE. A single family

dwelling unit constructed in a group of
two or more attached units in which each
unit extends from the foundation to the
roof and having open space on at least two
sides of each unit. Each single family
dwelling unit shall be considered to be a
separate building. Separate building
service utilities shall be provided to each
single family dwelling unit when required
by other chapters of the State Building
Code.

Subp. 2. Additional definitions. IRC
Section R202 is amended by adding the
following definitions:

CONNECTOR. A device for fastening

together two or more pieces, members, or

parts, including anchors, fasteners, and wall

ties.

CRAWL SPACE. Areas or rooms with less

than 7 feet (2134 mm) ceiling height

measured to the finished floor or grade below.

DAMPPROOFING. Treatment of a surface
or structure located below grade to resist the

238

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

passage of water in liquid form, in the
absence of hydrostatic pressure.

FASTENER. A device for holding together
two or more pieces, parts, or members.

FLASHING. Approved corrosion resistive
material provided in such a manner as to
deflect and resist entry of water into the
construction assembly.

KICK OUT FLASHING. Flashing used to
divert water where the lower portion of a
sloped roof stops within the plane of an
intersecting wall cladding.

OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATIONS

IRC 1 Single family dwelling
IRC 2 Two family dwellings
IRC 3 Townhouses
IRC 4 Accessory structures:

a. Garages;

b. Storage sheds; and

c. Similar structures.

PAN FLASHING. A type of corrosion
resistive flashing that is integrated into the
building envelope at the base of a window or
door rough opening that diverts incidental
water to the exterior surface of a weather
resistive barrier.

STAIR. A change in elevation, consisting of
one or more risers.

STORY ABOVE GRADE PLANE. Any

story having its finished floor surface entirely
above grade plane, except a basement, shall
be considered as a story above grade where
the finished surface of the floor above the
basement is:

1. more than 6 feet (1829 mm) above
grade plane;

2. more than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the
finished ground level for more than 50
percent of the total building perimeter; or

3. more than 12 feet (3658 mm) above
the finished ground level at any point.

WATERPROOFING. Treatment of a
surface or structure located below grade to
resist the passage of water in liquid form,
under hydrostatic pressure and bridges
nonstructural cracks.

1309.0300 SECTION

CLASSIFICATION.

R300,

IRC Chapter 3 is amended by adding a
new section to read as follows:

R300.1 Occupancy classification. Structures
or portions of structures shall be classified
with respect to occupancy in one or more of
the groups in accordance with Table R300.1.

Table R300.1

Occupancy Classifications

IRC-1
IRC-2
IRC-3
IRC-4

Dwelling, single family
Dwelling, two family
Townhouse
Accessory structures

1309.0301 SECTION R301, DESIGN
CRITERIA.

Subpart 1. IRC Section R301.1.4. IRC

Section R301.1 is amended by adding a
section to read as follows:

R301.1.4 Automatic sprinkler systems
(general). All IRC 2 and IRC 3 buildings
shall be provided with an automatic sprinkler
system.

Exception:

239

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

IRC 2 and IRC 3 buildings less than or
equal to 9,250 square feet of floor area.
Floor area shall include all floors,
basements, and garages.

R301.1.4.1 State licensed facilities. IRC 1,

IRC 2, and IRC 3 buildings containing
facilities licensed by the state of Minnesota
shall be provided with a fire suppression
system as required by the applicable licensing
provisions or this section, whichever is more
restrictive.

R301. 1.4.2 Installation requirements.

Where an automatic sprinkler system is
required in an IRC 2 and IRC 3 building, it
shall be installed in accordance with NFPA
13D 2002 edition and the following:

Attached garages are required to have
automatic sprinklers with a minimum of one
dry head, located within five lineal feet of
each door installed in the common wall

separating the dwelling unit and the attached
garage.

Attached covered patios, covered decks,
covered porches, and similar structures are
required to have automatic sprinklers with a
minimum of one dry head for every 20 lineal
feet of common wall between the dwelling
unit and the covered patios, covered decks,
covered porches, and similar structures.

Exception:

Attached roofs of covered patios, covered
decks, covered porches, and similar
structures that do not exceed 40 square
feet of floor area.

For the purposes of this section, fire
resistance rated floor, wall, or ceiling
assemblies separating dwelling units of IRC 2
and IRC 3 buildings shall not constitute
separate buildings.

Subp. 2. Table R301.2(l). IRC Table R301.2(l) is amended to read as follows:

Table R301.2(l)
Climatic and Geographic Design Criteria

Roof Snow Wind Speed'^ (mph) Weathering^
Load'^
p^O.7 X pg 90 Severe

Subject to Damage From
Frost Line Depth^ Flood Hazards

See M.R. chapter See M.R. chapter
1303 1335

For SI: I pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa ,1 mile per hour = 1.609 km/h

a. Weathering may require a higher strength concrete or grade of masonry than necessary to
satisfy the structural requirement of this code. The grade of masonry units shall be determined
from ASTM C 34, C 55, C 62, C 73, C 90, C 129, C 145, C 216, or C 652.

b. The frost line depth may require deeper footings than indicated in Figure R403. 1(1)

c. Wind exposure category shall be determined on a site specific basis in accordance with
Section R301.2. 1.4.

d. The ground snow loads to be used in determining the design snow loads for buildings and
other structures are given in Minnesota Rules, chapter 1303.

240

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

Subp. 3. Figure R301.2(5). IRC Figure
R30 1.2(5), Ground Snow Loads, Pg, for the
United States (Ib/ft^), is deleted in its entirety.

Subp. 4. Table R301.5. IRC Table
R301.5 is amended to read as follows:

Table R30 1.5

Minimum Uniformly Distributed Live Loads
(in pounds per square foot)

Use
Attics with limited storage^'^'^
Attics without storage^
Decks'

Exterior balconies
Fire escapes

Guardrails and handrails'^
Guardrails in fill components^
Passenger vehicle garages^
Rooms other than sleeping rooms
Sleeping rooms
Stairs

Live
Load

40
200^

50^

50'

40'^

For SI: 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479
kPa, 1 square inch = 645 mm^ , 1 pound =

4.45 N.

a. Elevated garage floors shall be capable of
supporting a 2,000 pound load applied over a
20 square inch area.

b. Attics without storage are those where the
maximum clear height between joist and
rafter is less than 42 inches, or where there
are not two or more adjacent trusses with the
same web configuration capable of containing
a rectangle 42 inches high by 2 feet wide, or
greater, located within the plane of the truss.
For attics without storage, this live load need
not be assumed to act concurrently with any
other live load requirements.

c. Individual stair treads shall be designed
for the uniformly distributed live load or a
300 pound concentrated load acting over an
area of four square inches, whichever
produces the greater stresses.

d. A single concentrated load applied in any
direction at any point along the top.

e. See Section R502.2.1 for decks attached
to exterior walls.

f Guard in fill components (all those except
the handrail), balusters and panel fillers shall
be designed to withstand a horizontally
applied normal load of 50 pounds on an area
equal to one square foot. This load need not
be assumed to act concurrently with any other
live load requirement.

g. For attics with limited storage and
constructed with trusses, this live load need
be applied only to those portions of the
bottom chord where there are two or more
adjacent trusses with the same web
configuration capable of containing a
rectangle 42 inches high or greater by 2 feet
wide or greater, located within the plane of
the truss. The rectangle shall fit between the
top of the bottom chord and the bottom of any
other truss member, provided that each of the
following criteria is met:

1. The attic area is accessible by a pull
down stairway or framed opening in
accordance with Section R807.1;

2. The truss has a bottom chord pitch less
than 2: 12; and

3. Required insulation depth is less than
the bottom chord member depth.

The bottom chords of trusses meeting the
above criteria for limited storage shall be
designed for the greater of the actual imposed
dead load or ten pounds per square foot,
uniformly distributed over the entire span,
h. Attic spaces served by a fixed stair shall
be designed to support the minimum live load
specified for sleeping rooms,
i. Glazing used in handrail assemblies and
guards shall be designed with a safety factor
of 4. The safety factor shall be applied to
each of the concentrated loads applied to the
top of the rail, and to the load on the in fill
components. These loads shall be determined
independent of one another, and loads are
assumed not to occur with any other live load.

241

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

1309.0302 SECTION R302, EXTERIOR
WALL LOCATION.

IRC Section R302.1 is amended to read as
follows:

R302.1 Exterior walls. Construction,
projections, openings, and penetrations of
exterior walls of dwellings and accessory
buildings shall comply with Table 302.1.
These provisions shall not apply to walls,
projections, openings, or penetrations in walls
that are perpendicular to the line used to
determine the fire separation distance.

Projections beyond the exterior shall not
extend more than 12 inches (305 mm) into
areas where openings are prohibited.

Exceptions:

1. Detached garages accessory to a
dwelling located within 2 feet (610 mm)
of a lot line are permitted to have eave
projections not exceeding 4 inches (103
mm).

2. Foundation vents installed in
compliance with this code are permitted.

Table R302.1
Exterior Walls

Walls

Exterior Wall Element

(Fire-resistance rated)

(Not fire-resistance
rated)

Minimum Fire-
Resistance Rating
1 hour with exposure
from both sides

hours

Minimum Fire
Separation Distance

Ofeet

5 feet

Projections

Openings

Penetrations

(Fire-resistance rated)

(Not fire-resistance
rated)

Not allowed
25% Maximum of
Wall Area
Unlimited

All

1 hour on the

underside^

2 feet **

hours

5 feet

N/A

less than 3 feet

hours

3 feet

hours

5 feet

Comply with Section

R317.3

less than 5 feet

None required

5 feet

N/A= Not Applicable

^ 1 hour on the underside equates to one layer of 5/8" type X gypsum sheathing. Openings are

not allowed.

** ICC Errata, 9-12-2006

242

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

1309.0305 SECTION R305, CEILING
HEIGHT.

IRC Section R305.1 is amended to read as
follows:

and shall comply with the provisions of this
section for garages.

Subp. 3. IRC Section R309.6. IRC

Section R309.6 is amended to read as follows:

R305.1 Minimum height. Habitable rooms,
hallways, corridors, bathrooms, toilet rooms,
and basements shall have a ceiling height of
not less than 7 feet (2134 mm). The required
height shall be measured from the finish floor
to the lowest projection from the ceiling.
Areas or rooms with ceiling heights less than
7 feet (2134 mm) are considered crawl
spaces.

Exceptions:

1. Beams and girders spaced not less
than 4 feet (1219 mm) on center may
project not more than 6 inches (152 mm)
below the required ceiling height.

2. Not more than 50 percent of the
required floor area of a room or space is
permitted to have a sloped ceiling less
than 7 feet (2134 mm) in height with no
portion of the required floor area less than
5 feet (1524 mm) in height.

1309.0309 SECTION R309, GARAGES
AND CARPORTS.

Subpart 1. IRC Section R309.3. IRC

Section R309.3 is amended to read as follows:

R309.3 Floor surface. Garage floor surfaces
may be concrete, asphalt, sand, gravel,
crushed rock, or natural earth.

Subp. 2. IRC Section R309.4. IRC

Section R309.4 is amended to read as follows:

R309.4 Carports. Carports shall be open on
at least two sides. Carport floor surfaces may
be concrete, asphalt, sand, gravel, crushed
rock, or natural earth. Carports not open on at
least two sides shall be considered a garage

R309.6 Automatic garage door opening
systems. All automatic garage door opening
systems that are installed, serviced, or
repaired for garages serving residential
buildings must comply with the provisions of
Minnesota Statutes, sections 325F.82 and
325F.83.

1309.0310 SECTION R310, EMERGENCY
ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPENINGS.

IRC Section R3I0.1 is amended to read as
follows:

R310.1.5 Replacement windows.

Replacement windows installed in buildings
meeting the scope of the International
Residential Code shall be exempt from the
requirements of Sections R310.1, R310.1.1,
R3I0.1.2, and R310.1.3 if the replacement
window meets the following conditions:

1. The replacement window is the
manufacturer's largest standard size window
that will fit within the existing frame or
existing rough opening. The replacement
window shall be permitted to be of the same
operating style as the existing window or a
style that provides for a greater window
opening area than the existing window;

2. The rooms or areas are not used for
any Minnesota state licensed purpose
requiring an egress window; and

3. The window is not required to be
replaced pursuant to a locally adopted rental
housing or rental licensing code.

1309.0311 SECTION R311, MEANS OF
EGRESS.

243

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

R31 1.4.3 Landings at doors. Except as
provided in this section, there shall be a floor
or landing on each side of each exterior door.
The width of the landing shall not be less than
the door served. The landing shall have a
minimum dimension of 36 inches (9114 mm)
measured in the direction of travel.

R31 1.4.3.1 Landings at the exterior exit
door required by Section R31 1.4.1.

1. The floor or landing at the exit door
required by Section R31 1.4.1 shall not be
more than 1.5 inches (38 mm) below the top
of the threshold, regardless of door swing.

2. The exterior landing shall be up to 7
3/4 inches (196 mm) below the top of the
threshold, provided the door, other than an
exterior storm or screen door, does not swing
over the exterior landing.

R31 1.4.3.2 Landings or floors at exterior
doors other than those required by Section
R311.4.1.

1 . The exterior landing shall be permitted
to be no greater than 7 3/4 inches (196 mm)
below the top of the threshold, provided the
door, other than an exterior storm or screen
door, does not swing over the exterior
landing.

2. Landings in this subsection are not
required for the exterior side of a door when a
stairway that is less than 30 inches (762 mm)
in height is located on the exterior side of the
door. The stairway height shall be measured
vertically from the interior floor surface to the
finished grade.

3 . An exterior landing is not required at a
doorway when only a storm or screen door is
installed which does not swing over the
exterior landing.

1309.0312 Repealed

1309.0313 SMOKE ALARMS.

IRC Section R3 13.2.1 is amended as
follows:

R313.2.1 Alterations, repairs, or additions.

When alterations, repairs, or additions
requiring a permit occur, or when one or more
sleeping rooms are added or created in
existing dwellings, the individual dwelling
unit shall be equipped with smoke alarms
located as required for new dwellings, and the
smoke alarms shall be interconnected and
hardwired.

Exceptions:

1. Interconnection and hardwiring of
smoke alarms in existing areas shall not
be required to be hardwired where the
alterations or repairs do not result in the
removal of interior wall or ceiling finishes
exposing the structure.

2. Work on the exterior surfaces of
dwellings, such as the replacement of
roofing or siding are exempt from the
requirements of this section.

3. Permits involving alterations or
repairs to plumbing, electrical, and
mechanical are exempt from the
requirements of this section.

1309.0314
PLASTIC.

SECTION R314, FOAM

IRC Section R3 14.5. 11
read as follows:

is amended to

R314.5.11 Sill plate and headers. Foam
plastic shall be permitted to be spray applied
to a sill plate and header (rim joist) without
thermal barrier subject to all of the following:

1 . The maximum thickness of the foam
plastic shall not exceed 5 1/2 inches (139.5
mm).

244

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

2. The foam plastic shall have a flame
spread index of 25 or less and an
accompanying smoke developed index of 450
or less when tested in accordance with ASTM
E84.

1309.0315 Repealed

1309.0316 Repealed

1309.0317 SECTION R317, DWELLING
UNIT SEPARATION.

Subpart 1. IRC Section R317.1. IRC

Section R317.1 is amended to read as follows:

R317.1.1 Supporting construction. When
floor assemblies are required to be fire
resistance rated by Section R317.1, the
supporting construction of such assemblies
shall have an equal or greater fire resistive
rating.

Subp. 2. IRC Section 317.2. IRC

Section 317.2 is amended to read as follows:

R317.2 Townhouses. Each townhouse shall
be considered a separate building and shall be
separated by fire resistance rated wall
assemblies meeting the requirements of
Section R302 for exterior walls.

R317.1 Two family dwellings. Dwelling
units in two family dwellings shall be
separated from each other by wall and/or floor
assemblies having not less than 1 hour fire
resistance rating when tested in accordance
with ASTM E 1 19. Fire resistance rated floor
ceiling and wall assemblies shall extend to
and be tight against the exterior wall, and wall
assemblies shall extend to and be tight against
the exterior wall, and wall assemblies shall
extend to the underside of the roof sheathing.

Exceptions:

1. A fire resistance rating of 1/2 hour
shall be permitted in buildings equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system installed in accordance with NFPA
13.

2. Wall assemblies need not extend
through attic spaces when the ceiling is
protected by not less than 5/8 inch (15.9
mm) type X gypsum board and an attic
draftstop constructed as specified in
Section R502.12.I is provided above and
along the wall assembly separating the
dwellings. The structural framing
supporting the ceiling shall also be
protected by not less than 1/2 inch (12.7
mm) gypsum board or equivalent.

Exception: A common 2 hour fire
resistance rated wall is permitted for
townhouses if such walls do not contain
plumbing or mechanical equipment, ducts
or vents in the cavity of the common wall.
Electrical installations shall be installed in
accordance with chapters 33 through 42.
Penetrations of electrical outlet boxes
shall be in accordance with Section
R317.3.

R3 17.2.1 Continuity. The fire resistance
rated wall or assembly separating townhouses
shall be continuous from the foundation to the
underside of the roof sheathing, roof deck, or
roof slab and shall extend the full length of
the wall including wall extensions through
and separating attached accessory structures.
Separation shall extend through enclosed
soffits, overhangs, and similar projections.

Subp. 3. IRC Section R317.4. IRC

Section R317 is amended by adding a new
section to read as follows:

R317.4 Sound transmission. Wall and floor
ceiling assemblies separating dwelling units,
including those separating adjacent
townhouse units, shall provide airborne sound
insulation for walls, and both airborne and
impact sound insulation for floor ceiling
assemblies.

245

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

R317.4.1 Airborne sound. Airborne sound
insulation for wall and floor ceiling
assemblies shall meet a Sound Transmission
Class (STC) rating of 45 when tested in
accordance with ASTM E 90. Penetrations or
openings in construction assemblies for
piping; electrical devices; recessed cabinets;
bathtubs; soffits; or heating, ventilating, or
exhaust ducts shall be sealed, lined, insulated,
or otherwise treated to maintain the required
ratings. Dwelling unit entrance doors, which
share a common space, shall be tight fitting to
the frame and sill.

R317.4.2 Structural borne sound.

Floor/ceiling assemblies between dwelling
units or between a dwelling unit and a public
or service area within a structure shall have an
Impact Insulation Class (IIC) rating of not
less than 45 when tested in accordance with
ASTM E 492.

R317.4.3 Referenced standards.

R317.4.3.1 ASTM E 90 04 Test Method for
Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound
Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and
Elements R317.4.1.

R317.4.3.2 ASTM E 492 04 (1996)e
Specification for Laboratory Measurement of
Impact Sound Transmission through Floor
Ceiling Assemblies Using the Tapping
Machine R3 17.4.2.

1309.0318 SECTION R318, MOISTURE
VAPOR RETARDERS.

IRC Section R318.1 is amended to read as
follows:

Exception: In construction where

moisture or freezing will not damage the
materials.

1309.0322 Repealed

1309.0403 SECTION R403, FOOTINGS.

Subpart 1. IRC Section R403.1.4.1. IRC

Section R403. 1.4.1 is amended to read as
follows:

R403.1.4.1 Frost protection. Except where
otherwise protected from frost, foundation
walls, piers, and other permanent supports of
buildings and structures shall be protected
from frost by one or more of the following
methods:

1. Extended below the frost line
specified in Table R301.2(l);

2. Constructing in accordance with
Section R403. 3;

3. Constructing in accordance with
ASCE 32;

4. Erected on solid rock; or

5. Constructing in accordance with
chapter 1303.

Exception: Decks not supported by a
dwelling need not be provided with
footings that extend below the frost line.

Subp. 2. IRC Section R403.1.6. IRC

Section R403.1.6 is amended to read as
follows:

R318.1 Vapor retarders. In all above grade
framed walls, floors, and roof/ceilings
comprising elements of the building thermal
envelope, a vapor retarder shall be installed
on the warm side of the insulation. Vapor
retarders installed under a concrete floor slab
shall comply with section R506.2.3.

R403.1.6 Foundation anchorage. When
braced wall panels are supported directly on
continuous foundations, the wall wood sill
plate or cold formed steel bottom track shall
be anchored to the foundation in accordance
with this section.

246

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

The wood sole plate at exterior walls on
monolithic slabs and wood sill plate shall be
anchored to the foundation with anchor bolts
spaced a maximum of 6 feet (1829 mm) on
center. There shall be a minimum of two
bolts per plate section with one bolt located
not more than 12 inches (305 mm) or less
than seven bolt diameters from each end of
the plate section. Bolts shall be at least 1/2
inch (12.7 mm) in diameter and shall extend a
minimum of 7 inches (178 mm) into masonry
or concrete. Interior bearing wall sole plates
on monolithic slab foundations shall be
positively anchored with approved fasteners.
A nut and washer shall be tightened on each
bolt to the plate. Sills and sole plates shall be
protected against decay and termites where
required by Sections R322 and R323. Cold
formed steel framing systems shall be
fastened to the wood sill plates or anchored
directly to the foundation as required in
Section R505.3.1 or R603.1.1. When vertical
reinforcing is required by other sections of
this code, the foundation anchor bolts shall
align with the reinforcing. All anchor bolts
installed in masonry shall be grouted in place
with at least 1 inch (25 mm) of grout between
the bolt and the masonry.

Exceptions:

3. Walls 12 inches (304.8 mm) total
length or shorter connecting offset braced
wall panels shall be permitted to be
connected to the foundation without
anchor bolts. The wall shall be attached
to adjacent braced wall panels according
to Figure R602.10.5 at corners.

1309.0404

FOUNDATION

WALLS.

SECTION R404,

AND RETAINING

Subpart 1. Section R404.L IRC Section
R404.1, Items 4 and 5, are amended to read as
follows:

4. Floor shall be blocked perpendicular
to the floor joists. Blocking shall be full
depth within three joist spaces of the
foundation wall.

5. Where foundation walls support
unbalanced load on opposite sides of the
building, such as a daylight basement, the rim
board shall be attached to the sill with a 20
gage metal angle clip at 24 inches on center,
with five 8d nails per leg, or an approved
connector supplying 230 pounds per linear
foot capacity.

1. Foundation anchor straps spaced as
required to provide equivalent anchorage
to 1/2 inch diameter (12.7 mm) anchor
bolts. When vertical reinforcing is
required by other sections of this code, the
foundation anchor straps shall align with
the reinforcing.

2. Walls 24 inches (609.6 mm) total
length or shorter connecting offset braced
wall panels shall be anchored to the
foundation with a minimum of one anchor
bolt located in the center third of the plate
section and shall be attached to adjacent
braced wall panels according to Figure
R602.10.5 at corners.

247

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

Subp. 2. Table R404.1(2). IRC Table R404.1(2) is amended to read as follows:

Table R404. 1(2)
Maximum Anchor Bolt Spacing for Supported Foundation Wall

Max.
Unbalanced

1/2" diameter
Anchor Bolt

Max. Wall

Backfill

Soil Load Top of Wall

Spacing

Height

Soil Classes

(pcf/ft) Reaction (plf)^

(inches)^

GW, GP, SW, & SP

30 250

8' - 0"

T - 4"

GM, GC, SM-SC, & ML

45 370

SC, MH, ML-CL & I-CL

60 490

GW, GP, SW, & SP 30

9'_0" 8' -4" GM, GC, SM-SC, & ML 45

SC, MR ML-CL, & I-CL 60

320

480

640

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm
^ Sill plate shall be 2 x 6 minimum. Anchor bolt shall be minimum 0.5" diameter cast in place
with 7" embed. Anchor bolt shall have a 2" diameter by 0.125" thick washer tightened and
countersunk 0.25" into the top of the sill plate.
^ Minimum load to be used for sizing of accepted anchors or fasteners if bolts are not used.

Subp. 3. Table R404.1(3). IRC Table
R404.1(3) is deleted in its entirety.

Subp. 4. Section R404.1.1. IRC Section
R404.I.1 is amended to read as follows:

R404.1.1 Masonry foundation walls.

Concrete masonry and clay masonry
foundation walls shall be constructed as set
forth in Table R404.1.1(l), R404.1.1(2),
R404.1.1(3), or R404. 1.1(4) and shall also
comply with the provisions of Section R404
and the applicable provisions of Sections
R606, R607, and R608. Rubble stone
masonry foundation walls shall be constructed
in accordance with Sections R404.1.8 and
R607.2.2. Cantilevered masonry foundation
walls shall be constructed as set forth in Table
R404. 1.1(6), R404. 1.1(7), or R404. 1.1(8).
Cantilevered means: foundation walls that do
not have permanent lateral support at the top.

Subp. 5. Section R404.1.2. IRC Section
R404.I.2 is amended to read as follows:

R404.1.2 Concrete foundation walls.

Concrete foundation walls shall be
constructed as set forth in Table R404.1.1(5)
and shall also comply with the provisions of
Section R404 and the applicable provisions of
Section R404.2. Cantilevered concrete
foundation walls shall be constructed as set
forth in Table R404.1.1(6), R404. 1.1(7), or
R404. 1.1(8). Cantilevered means:

foundation walls that do not have permanent
lateral support at the top.

Subp. 6. Table R404.1.1(6). IRC Section
R404 is amended by adding a new table as
follows:

248

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

Table R404. 1.1(6)
Cantilevered Concrete and Masonry Foundation Walls

Maximum

Maximui

n Unbalanced

Wall

Backfill

Height'

(feet)

Minimum

Vertical Reinforcement Size and Spacing for

8_-JnclLl^minalJWan Thickneis^^'^"'^^^^^ _

Soil Classes^
GW, GP, SW, & SP GM, GC, SM, SM-CS,
&ML

SC, MH, ML-CL, and
inorganic CL

3 None required

_4 None required

None required
None required

None required
No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c.

3 None required

4 No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c.

5 No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c.

None required
No. 4 @ 56 in. o.c.
No. 4 @ 56 in. o.c.

None required
No. 4 @ 40 in. o.c.^
No. 4 @ 40 in. o.c.^

a. Mortar shall be Type M or S and masonry
shall be laid in running bond. Minimum unit
compressive strength is 1,900 psi.

b. Alternative reinforcing bar sizes and
spacings having an equivalent cross sectional
area of reinforcement per lineal foot of wall
shall be permitted provided the spacing of the
reinforcement does not exceed 72 inches.

c. Vertical reinforcement shall be Grade 60
minimum. The distance from the face of the
soil side of the wall to the center of vertical
reinforcement shall be no greater than 2.5
inches.

d. Soil classes are in accordance with the
Unified Soil Classification System. Refer to
Table R405.1.

e. Interior concrete floor slab on grade shall
be placed tight to the wall. The exterior grade
level shall be 6 inches minimum below the
top of wall. Maximum height from top of
slab on grade to bottom of floor joists is 10
feet inches. Unbalanced backfill height is
the difference in height of the exterior finish
ground levels and the top of the interior
concrete slab on grade.

f Minimum footing size of 20 inches by 8
inches shall be placed on soil with a bearing
capacity of 2,000 psf Minimum concrete

compressive strength of footing shall be 3,000

psi.

g. Provide propped cantilever wall: top of

footing shall be 16 inches below the bottom

of the concrete floor slab minimum.

h. Provide #5 Grade 60 dowels, 1 foot 6

inches long, to connect footing to wall.

Embed dowel 5 inches into footing. Place

dowels in center of wall thickness spaced at

32 inches o.c. maximum. No dowels are

required where length of the foundation wall

between perpendicular walls is two times the

foundation wall height or less.

i. This table is applicable where the length

of the foundation wall between perpendicular

walls is 35 feet or less, or where the length of

the foundation laterally supported on only one

end by a perpendicular wall is 17 feet or less.

j. Maximum wall height is measured from

top of the foundation wall to the bottom of the

interior concrete slab on grade.

k. Install foundation anchorage per Section

R403.1.6.

249

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

Subp. 7. Table R404.1.1(7). IRC Section
R404 is amended by adding a new table as

follows:

Table R404. 1.1(7)
Cantilevered Concrete and Masonry Foundation Walls

Maximum

Maximui

n Unbalanced

Wall

Backfill

Minimum

Height'

Vertical Reinforcement Size and Spacing for

(feet)

10 - Inch Nominal Wall Thickness"'^'^'''^'''''

Soil Classes
GW, GP, SW, & SP GM, GC, SM, SM-SC.
&ML

SC, MH, ML-CL, and
inorganic CL

None
None

required
required

None required
None required

None
None
No. 4

required
required
@ 72 in. o.c.

None required
No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c.
No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c.

None required
No. 4 @ 64 in. o.c.^
No. 4 @ 56 in. o.c.^

3 None required

4 No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c.

5 No. 4 @ 64 in. o.c.

6 No. 4 (d), 64 in. o.c.

No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c.
No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c.
No. 4 @ 40 in. o.c.^'^
No. 4 @ 40 in. o.c.^'^

No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c.
No. 4 @ 64 in. o.c.^
No. 5 @ 48 in. o.c.^'^
No. 5 (a), 48 in. o.c.^'^

a. Mortar shall be Type M or S and masonry
shall be laid in running bond. Minimum unit
compressive strength is 1,900 psi.

c. Vertical reinforcement shall be Grade 60
minimum. The distance from the face of the
soil side of the wall to the center of vertical
reinforcement shall be no greater than 2.5
inches.

d. Soil classes are in accordance with the
Unified Soil Classification System. Refer to
Table R405.1.

e. Interior concrete slab on grade shall be
placed tight to the wall. The exterior grade
level shall be 6 inches minimum below the
top of wall. Maximum height from top of
slab on grade to bottom of floor joists is 10

feet inches. Unbalanced backfill height is

the difference in height of the exterior finish

ground levels and the top of the interior

concrete slab on grade.

f Minimum footing size of 20 inches by 8

inches shall be placed on soil with a bearing

capacity of 2,000 psf Minimum concrete

compressive strength of footing shall be 3,000

psi.

g. Provide propped cantilever wall: top of

footing shall be 16 inches below the bottom

of the concrete floor slab minimum.

h. Provide #5 Grade 60 dowels, 1 foot, 6

inches long, to connect footing to wall.

Embed dowel 5 inches into footing. Place

dowels in center of wall thickness spaced at

32 inches o.c. maximum. No dowels are

required where length of the foundation wall

between perpendicular walls is two times the

foundation wall height or less.

i. This table is applicable where the length

of the foundation wall between perpendicular

250

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

walls is 35 feet or less, or where the length of
the foundation laterally supported on only one
end by a perpendicular wall is 17 feet or less,
j. Maximum wall height is measured from
top of the foundation wall to the bottom of the
interior concrete slab on grade.

k. Install foundation anchorage per Section
R403.1.6.

Subp. 8. Table R404.1.1(8). IRC Section
R404 is amended by adding a new table as
follows:

Table R404. 1.1(8)
Cantilevered Concrete and Masonry Foundation Walls

Maximum

Maximui

n Unbalanced

Wall

Backfill

Height'

(feet)

Minimum

Vertical Reinforcement Size and Spacing for

12 - Inch Nominal Wall Thickn^ss"'^"'^^':^ _

Soil Classes^
GW, GP, SW, & SP GM, GC, SM, SM-SC,
&ML

SC, MH, ML-CL, and
inorganic CL

None
None

required
required

None
None

required
required

None required
None required

None
None
No. 4

required
required
(a), 72 in. o.c.

None
None
No. 4

required
required
(a), 72 in. o.c.

None required
No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c.
No. 4 (a), 72 in. o.c.

None
None
No. 4
No. 4

required
required
@ 72 in. o.c.
@ 72 in. o.c.

None
None
No. 4
No. 4

required
required
@ 56 in. o.c.
@ 56 in. o.c.

None required
No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c.
No. 4 @ 40 in. o.c.^

No. 4 (a), 32 in. o.c.^^'

3 None required

4 None required

5 No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c.

6 No. 4 @ 48 in. o.c.

7 No. 4 (a), 48 in. o.c.

None required
No. 4
No. 4

No. 5
No. 5

@ 72 in. o.c.
@ 56 in. o.c.*^
@ 48 in. o.c.^'^
@ 40 in. o.c.^'^

None required
No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c.
No. 4 @ 40 in. o.c.^
No. 6 @ 48 in. o.c.^'^
No. 6 @ 48 in. o.c.^'^

a. Mortar shall be Type M or S and masonry
shall be laid in running bond. Minimum unit
compressive strength is 1,900 psi.

c. Vertical reinforcement shall be Grade 60
minimum. The distance from the face of the
soil side of the wall to the center of vertical

reinforcement shall be no greater than 3
inches.

d. Soil classes are in accordance with the
Unified Soil Classification System. Refer to
Table R405.1.

251

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

ground levels and the top of the interior
concrete slab on grade.

f. Minimum footing size of 20 inches by 8
inches shall be placed on soil with a bearing
capacity of 2,000 psf Minimum concrete
compressive strength of footing shall be 3,000
psi.

g. Provide propped cantilever wall: top of
footing shall be 16 inches below the bottom
of the concrete floor slab minimum.

h. Provide #5 Grade 60 dowels, 1 foot, 6
inches long, to connect footing to wall.
Embed dowel 5 inches into footing. Place
dowels in center of wall thickness spaced at
32 inches o.c. maximum. No dowels are
required where length of the foundation wall
between perpendicular walls is two times the
foundation wall height or less,
i. This table is applicable where the length
of the foundation wall between perpendicular
walls is 35 feet or less, or where the length of
the foundation laterally supported on only one
end by a perpendicular wall is 17 feet or less,
j. Maximum wall height is measured from
top of the foundation wall to the bottom of the
interior concrete slab on grade,
k. Install foundation anchorage per Section
R403.1.6.

foundation walls that retain earth and enclose
interior spaces and floors below grade shall be
dampproofed at a minimum from the top of
the footing to the finished grade. Masonry
walls shall be parged with not less than 3/8
inch (9.5 mm) portland cement parging
applied to the exterior of the wall. The
parging shall be dampproofed in accordance
with one of the following:

1. Bituminous coating.

2. 3 pounds per square yard (1.63 kg/m^)
of acrylic modified cement.

3. 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) coat of surface
bonding cement complying with ASTM C
887.

4. Any material permitted
waterproofing in Section R406.2.

for

5. Other approved methods or materials.

Exception: Parging of unit masonry
walls is not required where a material is
approved for direct application to the
masonry.

Subp. 9. IRC Section R404.1.3. IRC

Section R404.1.3 is amended by adding the
following exception to condition 2:

Exception: Cantilevered concrete and
masonry foundation walls constructed in
accordance with Table R404. 1.1(6),
R404.1. 1(7), or R404. 1.1(8).

Concrete walls shall be dampproofed by
applying any one of the above listed
dampproofing materials or any one of the
waterproofing materials listed in Section
R406.2 to the exterior of the wall.

Subp. 2. IRC Section R406.2. IRC

Section R406.2 is amended to read as follows:

1309.0406 SECTION R406,

FOUNDATION WATERPROOFING

AND DAMPPROOFING.

Subpart 1. IRC Section R406.1. IRC

Section R406.1 is amended to read as follows:

R406.1 Concrete and masonry foundation
dampproofing. Except where required by
Section R406.2 to be waterproofed.

R406.2 Concrete and masonry foundation
waterproofing. In all soils groups other than
Group 1 soils in accordance with Table
R405.1, exterior foundation walls that retain
earth and enclose interior spaces and floors
below grade shall be waterproofed at a
minimum from the top of the footing to the
finished grade. Walls shall be waterproofed
in accordance with one of the following:

252

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

1 . 2 ply hot mopped felts.

2. 55 pound (25 kg) roll roofing.

3. 6 mil (0.15 mm) polyvinyl chloride.

4. 6 mil (0.15 mm) polyethylene.

5. 40 mil (1 mm) polymer modified
asphalt.

6. 60 mil (1.5 mm) flexible polymer
cement.

7. 1/8 inch cement based,
reinforced, waterproof coating.

fiber

8. 60 mil (1.5 mm) solvent free liquid
applied synthetic rubber.

Exception: Organic solvent based
products such as hydrocarbons,
chlorinated hydrocarbons, ketones, and
esters shall not be used for ICF walls with
expanded polystyrene form material.
Plastic roofing cements, acrylic coatings,
latex coatings, mortars, and pargings are
permitted to be used to seal ICF walls.
Cold setting asphalt or hot asphalt shall
conform to Type C of ASTMD 449. Hot
asphalt shall be applied at a temperature
of less than 200 degrees.

All joints in membrane waterproofing shall be
lapped and sealed with an adhesive
compatible with the membrane.

1309.0506 Repealed

1309.0602 SECTION R602, WOOD WALL
FRAMING.

Subpart 1. Table R602.3.1. IRC Table
R602.3.1 is amended to read as follows:

Table R602.3.1

Maximum Allowable Length of Wood Wall

Studs Exposed to

Wind Speeds of 90 mph or less^"'^'''^'^'*''^

Where conditions are not within the

parameters

of footnotes b, c, d, e, f, g, h, and i,

design is required.

Roof spans up to 22' supporting a roof only

Maximum

On-Center Spacing

Wall

Exposure

(inches)

Height
(feet)

Category*"'
B

"2x6

2x4"

"2x4"

2x6

2x4

2x6

2x4

2x6

2x4

2x6

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x6

2x8

2x6

2x8

2x6

2x8

2x6

2x8

2x6

NA^

2x8

2x6

NA'

2x8

NA'

2x8

Roof spans greater than 22

' and

up tc

) 26'

supporting

a roof only

Maximum

On-Center Spacing

Wall

Exposure

(inches)

Height
(feet)

Category*"'
B

"2x6

"2x6"

""2x4"

"2"x"4""

2x6

2x4

2x6

2x4

2x8

2x6

2x8

2x6

2x8

2x6

2x8

2x6

2x8

2x6

NA'

2x8

2x6

NA^

2x8

2x6

NA'

2x8

253

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

Maximum

Wall Exposure

Height Category

(feet)

24 B

On-Center Spacing
(inches)

24 16 12 8

NA'"nA'""2x8""2xY
NA' NA' NA' 2x8

Roof spans greater than 26' and up to 30'
supporting a roof only

Maximum On-Center Spacing

Wall Exposure (inches)

Height Category"' ^4 16 12 8

(feet)

10 B 2x6""2x6""2x4"'2x4'

C 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x4

12 B 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x4

C 2x8 2x6 2x6 2x6

14 B 2x8 2x6 2x6 2x6

C 2x8 2x8 2x6 2x6

16 B 2x8 2x6 2x6 2x6

C 2x8 2x8 2x8 2x6

18 B 2x8 2x8 2x6 2x6

C NA' 2x8 2x8 2x8

20 B NA' 2x8 2x8 2x6

C NA' NA' 2x8 2x8

24 B NA' NA' 2x8 2x8

C NA' NA' NA' 2x8

(inches)
24 16 12

Roof spans greater than 30' and up to 34'

supporting a roof only

Maximum On-Center Spacing

Wall Exposure

Height Category *^'^

(feet)

10 B 2x6 "2x6" 2x4 2x4'

C 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x4

12 B 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x4

C 2x8 2x6 2x6 2x6

14 B 2x8 2x6 2x6 2x6

C 2x8 2x8 2x6 2x6

16 B 2x8 2x8 2x6 2x6

C NA' 2x8 2x8 2x6

18 B 2x8 2x8 2x6 2x6

C NA' NA' 2x8 2x8

20 B NA' 2x8 2x8 2x6

C NA' NA' 2x8 2x8

24 B NA' NA' 2x8 2x8

C NA' NA' NA' 2x8

a. Design required.

b. Applicability of these tables assumes the
following: SPF#2 or better, Ground snow =
60 psf, Roof snow = 42 psf, Component and
Cladding Zone 4 50 square feet (Exposure B
= 14.3 psf, Exposure C = 18.4 psf), eaves not
greater than 2.0 feet in dimension.

c. The exterior of the wall shall be
continuously sheathed in accordance with one
of the methods (2-8) listed in Section
R602.10.3.

d. Studs shall be continuous full height.

e. Full depth blocking is required at 10 foot
spacing maximum.

f Utility, standard, stud, and No. 3 grade
lumber of any species are not permitted,
g. This table is based on a maximum
allowable deflection limit of L/120.
h. Exposure B - Urban and suburban areas,
wooded areas, or other terrain with numerous
closely spaced obstructions having the size of
single family dwellings or larger. Exposure B
shall be assumed unless the site meets the
definition of another type exposure,
i. Exposure C - Open terrain with scattered
obstructions, including surface undulations or
other irregularities, having heights generally
less than 30 feet extending more than 1,500
feet from the building site in any quadrant.
This category includes flat open country,
grasslands, and shorelines in hurricane prone
regions. Exposure C shall also apply to any
building located within Exposure B type
terrain where the building is directly adjacent
to open areas of Exposure C type terrain in
any quadrant for a distance of more than 600
feet.

1309.0613 SECTION R613, EXTERIOR
WINDOWS AND GLASS DOORS.

Subpart 1. Section R613.1. IRC Section
R613.1 is amended to read as follows:

R613.1 General. This section prescribes
performance and construction requirements
for exterior window systems installed in wall
systems. Windows and doors shall be

254

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions.
Installation instructions shall be provided by
the manufacturer for each exterior window or
door type.

Subp. 2. Section R613.2.
R613.2 is deleted in its entirety.

IRC Section

1309.0703 SECTION R703, EXTERIOR
COVERING.

Subpart 1. Repealed

Subp. 2. Repealed

Subp. 3. Section R703.6. IRC Section
R703.6 is amended to read as follows:

R703.6 Exterior plaster. Installation of
these materials shall be in compliance with
ASTM C 926 98a and ASTM C 1063 03 and
provisions of this code.

R703.6.1 Lath. All lath and lath attachments
shall be of corrosion resistant materials.
Expanded metal or woven wire lath shall be
attached with 1 1 gage nails having a 7/16 inch
(11.1 mm) head or 16 gage staples, spaced at
no more than 6 inches (152 mm) or as
otherwise approved. Nails or staples shall
penetrate wood framing support members not
less than 3/4 inch (19 mm).

R703.6.2.1 Weep screeds. A minimum
0.019 inch (No. 26 galvanized sheet gage),
corrosion resistant weep screed or plastic
weep screed, with a minimum vertical
attachment flange of 3 1/2 inches (89 mm)
shall be provided at or below the foundation
plate line on exterior stud walls in accordance
with ASTM C 1063 03. The weep screed
shall be placed a minimum of 4 inches (102
mm) above the earth or 2 inches (51 mm)
above paved areas and shall be of a type that
will allow trapped water to drain to the
exterior of the building. The weather resistant
barrier shall lap the attachment flange. The

exterior lath shall cover and terminate on the
attachment flange of the weep screed.

R703.6.1.3 Control joints and expansion
joints. Provisions for the control of
expansion shall be determined by the exterior
plaster application designer. ASTM C 1063
03 sections 7.11 4-7.11 4.4 do not apply.

R703.6.3 Water resistive barriers. Water
resistive barriers shall be installed as required
in Section R703.2 and, where applied over
wood based sheathing, shall include two
layers of a water resistive vapor permeable
barrier. Each layer shall meet both of the
following requirements:

1 . A water resistance not less than that of 60
minute Grade D paper; or a minimum
hydrostatic head of 60.9 cm when tested in
accordance with hydrostatic pressure test
method AATCC 127 1998; or a minimum
water transudation time of 60 minutes when
tested in accordance with ASTM D 779.

2. A water vapor permeance not less than
that of no. 15 felt; or a minimum permeance
rating of 8.5 gr/h.ft.^ in Hg (US perm) (4.9 x
10^^ kg/Pa.s.m^) when tested in accordance
with Procedure B of ASTM E96.

Exception: One layer of water resistive
barrier complying with R703.2 is
permitted when a drainage space that
allows bulk water to flow freely behind
the cladding is provided.

Subp. 3a. Section R703.7. IRC Section
R703.7 is amended by adding the following
sentence to the end of Section R703.7: For
structures in 90 mph wind speed region apply
Seismic Design Category A limitations and
requirements of Exception 1 and Table
R703.7(l).

Subp. 4. Repealed

Subp. 5. Repealed

255

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

Subp. 6. Repealed
Subp. 7. Repealed
Subp. 8. Repealed

Subp. 8a. Section R703.7.4.2. IRC

Section R703. 7.4.2 is amended to read as
follows:

R703.7.4.2 Air space. The veneer shall be
separated from the sheathing by an air space
of a minimum of a nominal 1 inch (25 mm)
but not more than 4 1/2 inches (114 mm).

Exception: One layer of water resistive
barrier complying with Section R703.2 is
permitted when a drainage space that
allows bulk water to flow freely behind
the cladding is provided.

Subp. 8b. Section R703.7.4.3. IRC

Section R703.7.4.3 is amended to read as
follows:

R703.7.4.3 Mortar or grout fill. As an

alternate to the air space required by Section
R703.7.4.2, mortar or grout shall be permitted
to fill the air space. When the 1 inch (25.4
mm) space is filled with mortar, a weather
resistant membrane or building paper as
described in Section R703.2 or R703.6.3 is
required over studs or sheathing. When
filling the air space, it is permitted to replace
the sheathing and weather resistant membrane
or asphalt saturated felt paper with a wire
mesh and approved paper or an approved
paper backed reinforcement attached directly
to the studs.

R703.7.4.4 Masonry veneer on sheathed
substrates. On sheathed substrates, a
corrosion resistant, self furring expanded
metal lath shall be installed over the weather
resistant membrane or building paper with
appropriate fasteners as described in Section
R703.6.1. Fasteners shall penetrate wood
supports a minimum of one inch.

Subp. 9. Section R703.8. IRC Section
R703.8 is amended to read as follows:

R703.8 Flashing. Approved corrosion
resistant flashing shall be applied shingle
fashion in such a manner as to prevent entry
of water into the wall cavity or penetration of
water to the building structural framing
components. The flashing shall extend to the
surface of the exterior wall finish. Approved
corrosion resistant flashing shall be installed
at all of the following locations:

1. Exterior window and door openings.
Flashing at exterior window and door
openings shall extend to the surface of the
exterior wall finish or to the water resistive
barrier for subsequent drainage.

2. At the intersection of chimneys or other
masonry construction with frame or stucco
walls, with projecting lips on both sides under
stucco copings.

3. Under and at the ends of masonry, wood,
or metal copings and sills.

4. Continuously above all projecting wood
trim.

5. Where exterior porches, decks, or stairs
attach to a wall or floor assembly of wood
frame construction.

6. At wall and roof intersections.

7. At built in gutters.

8. Where exterior material meets in other
than a vertical line.

9. Where the lower portion of a sloped roof
stops within the plane of an intersecting wall
cladding in such a manner as to divert or kick
out water away from the assembly.

R703.8.1 Pan flashing of windows and
doors. A pan flashing shall be provided

256

The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code

under all exterior windows and doors. Pan
flashing shall be (a) sloped to drain water to
the exterior surface of a weather resistive
barrier or flat with sealed back dam and side
dams to prevent re entry of water into the wall
cavity or onto interior finishes, and (b)
maintain the thermal envelope of the building.
Pan flashing made from metal must be
thermally isolated from interior surfaces.

Exceptions:

1. Windows or doors installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions which include an
alternate flashing method.

2. Windows or doors in detached
accessory structures.

3 . Skylights, bow or bay windows.

4. Doors required to meet accessibility
requirements that would prevent the
installation of pan flashing.

1309.0903 SECTION R903, WEATHER
PROTECTION.

IRC Section R903.2.2 is amended as
follows:

R903.2.2 Kick out flashing/diverter. A kick
out flashing shall be installed where the lower
portion of a sloped roof stops within the plane
of an intersecting wall cladding, in such a
manner as to divert or kick out water away
from the assembly.

1309.0905 SECTION R905,

REQUIREMENTS FOR ROOF

COVERINGS.

IRC Section R905.2.1 is amended as
follows:

R905.2.1 Sheathing requirements. Asphalt
shingles shall be fastened to solidly sheathed
decks or 1 inch thick nominal wood boards.

5. Repairs or replacement of existing
windows and doors.

6. When a method is provided by a
registered design professional.

1309.0802 SECTION 802, WOOD ROOF
FRAMING.

IRC Section R802.10.5 is amended to
read as follows:

R802.10.5 Truss to wall connection.

Trusses shall be connected to wall plates by
the use of approved fasteners or connectors
having a resistance to uplift of not less than
the value listed on the truss design drawings.

1309.0806 SECTION R806, ROOF
VENTILATION.

IRC Section R806.4 is deleted in its
entirety.

257

A yVlember of the International Code Family®

International

Residential

Code*

FOR One- and Two-Family Dwellings

international

CODE COUNCIL®

2006

2006 International Residential Code® for One- and Two-family Dwellings

First Printing: Febmary 2006
Second Printing: November 2006

ISBN-13: 978-1-58001-253-9 (soft-cover)

ISBN-10: 1-58001-253-1 (soft-cover
ISBN-13: 978-1-58001-252-2 (loose-leaf)

ISBN-10: 1-58001-252-3 (loose-leaf)

ISBN-13: 978-1-58001-303-1 (e-document)

ISBN-10: 1-58001-303-1 (e-document)

INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL, INC.

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. This 2006 International Residential Code® for One- and Two-family Dwellings is a copyrighted work
owned by the International Code Council, Inc. Without advance written permission from the copyright owner, no part of this book
may be reproduced, distributed, or transmitted in any form or by any means, including, without limitation, electronic, optical or
mechanical means (by way of example and not limitation, photocopying, or recording by or in an information storage retrieval sys-
tem). For information on permission to copy material exceeding fair use, please contact: Publications, 405 1 West Flossmoor Road,
Country Club Hills, IL 60478-5795. Phone 1-888-lCC-SAFE (422-7233).

Trademarks: "International Code Council," the "International Code Council" logo and the "International Residential Code" are
trademarks of the International Code Council, Inc.

PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.

PREFACE

Introduction

Internationally, code officials recognize the need for a modern, up-to-date residential code addressing the design and construction
of one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses. The International Residential Code®, in this 2006 edition, is designed to meet
these needs through model code regulations that safeguard the public health and safety in all communities, large and small.

This comprehensive, stand-alone residential code establishes minimum regulations for one- and two-family dwellings and town-
houses using prescriptive provisions. It is founded on broad-based principles that make possible the use of new materials and new
building designs. This 2006 edition is fully compatible with all the International Codes® (I-Codes®) published by the International
Code Council® (ICC)®, including the International Building Code®, ICC Electrical Code®, International Energy Conservation
Code®, International Existing Building Code®, International Fire Code®, International Fuel Gas Code®, International Mechanical
Code®, ICC Performance Code®, International Plumbing Code®, International Private Sewage Disposal Code®, International
Property Maintenance Code®, International Wildland-Urban Interface Code™ and International Zoning Code®.

The International Residential Code provisions provide many benefits, among which is the model code development process that
offers an international forum for residential construction professionals to discuss prescriptive code requirements. This forum pro-
vides an excellent arena to debate proposed revisions. This model code also encourages international consistency in the application
of provisions.

Development

The first edition of the International Residential Code (2000) was the culmination of an effort initiated in 1 996 by the ICC and con-
sisting of representatives from the three statutory members of the International Code Council at the time, including: Building Offi-
cials and Code Administrators International, Inc. (BOCA), International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO) and Southern
Building Code Congress International (SBCCI) and representatives from the National Association of Home Builders (NAHB). The
intent was to draft a stand-alone residential code consistent with and inclusive of the scope of the existing model codes. Technical
content of the 1998 International One- and Two-Family Dwelling Code and the latest model codes promulgated by BOCA, ICBO,
SBCCI and ICC was used as the basis for the development, followed by public hearings in 1998 and 1999 to consider proposed
changes. This 2006 edition represents the code as originally issued, with changes reflected in the 2003 edition, and further changes
developed through the ICC Code Development Process through 2005. Residential electrical provisions are based on the 2005
National Electrical Code® (NFPA-70). A new edition such as this is promulgated every three years.

Fuel gas provisions have been included through an agreement with the American Gas Association (AG A). Electrical provisions
have been included through an agreement with the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).

This code is founded on principles intended to establish provisions consistent with the scope of a residential code that adequately
protects public health, safety and welfare; provisions that do not unnecessarily increase construction costs; provisions that do not
restrict the use of new materials, products or methods of construction; and provisions that do not give preferential treatment to par-
ticular types or classes of materials, products or methods of construction.

Adoption

The International Residential Code is available for adoption and use by jurisdictions internationally. Its use within a governmental
jurisdiction is intended to be accomplished through adoption by reference in accordance with proceedings establishing the jurisdic-
tion's laws. At the time of adoption, jurisdictions should insert the appropriate information in provisions requiring specific local
information, such as the name of the adopting jurisdiction. These locations are shown in bracketed words in small capital letters in
the code and in the sample ordinance. The sample adoption ordinance on page v addresses several key elements of a code adoption
ordinance, including the information required for insertion into the code text.

Maintenance

The International Residential Code is kept up to date through the review of proposed changes submitted by code enforcing officials,
industry representatives, design professionals and other interested parties. Proposed changes are carefully considered through an
open code development process in which all interested and affected parties may participate.

The contents of this work are subject to change both through the Code Development Cycles and the governmental body that enacts
the code into law. For more information regarding the code development process, contact the Code and Standard Development
Department of the International Code Council.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE® iii

PREFACE

The maintenance process for the fuel gas provisions is based upon the process used to maintain the International Fuel Gas Code, in
conjunction with the American Gas Association. The maintenance process for the electrical provisions is undertaken by the
National Fire Protection Association.

While the development procedure of the International Residential Code assures the highest degree of care, ICC and the founding
members of ICC and its members and those participating in the development of this code do not accept any liability resulting from
compliance or noncompliance with the provisions because ICC and its founding members do not have the power or authority to
police or enforce compliance with the contents of this code. Only the governmental body that enacts the code into law has such
authority.

Marginal Markings

Solid vertical lines in the margins within the body of the code indicate a technical change from the requirements of the 2003 edition.
Deletion indicators in the form of an arrow (^) are provided in the margin where an entire section, paragraph, exception or table has
been deleted or an item in a list of items or a table has been deleted.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

ORDINANCE

The International Codes are designed and promulgated to be adopted by reference by ordinance. Jurisdictions wishing to adopt the
2006 International Residential Code as an enforceable regulation governing one- and two-family dwellings and townhouses should
ensure that certain factual information is included in the adopting ordinance at the time adoption is being considered by the appro-
priate governmental body. The following sample adoption ordinance addresses several key elements of a code adoption ordinance,
including the information required for insertion into the code text.

SAMPLE ORDINANCE FOR ADOPTION OF THE
INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE

ORDINANCE NO.

An ordinance of the [JURISDICTION] adopting the 2006 edition of the International Residential Code, regulating and governing the
construction, alteration, movement, enlargement, replacement, repair, equipment, location, removal and demolition of detached
one and two family dwellings and multiple single family dwellings (townhouses) not more than threes stories in height with separate
means of egress in the [JURISDICTION]; providing for the issuance of permits and collection of fees therefor; repealing Ordinance
No. of the [JURISDICTION] and all other ordinances and parts of the ordinances in conflict therewith.

The [GOVERNING BODY] of the [JURISDICTION] does ordain as follows:

Section 1. That a certain document, three (3) copies of which are on file in the office of the [TITLE OF JURISDICTION'S KEEPER OF
RECORDS] of [NAME OF JURISDICTION], being marked and designated as the International Residential Code, 2006 edition, includ-
ing Appendix Chapters [FILL IN THE APPENDIX CHAPTERS BEING ADOPTED] (see International Residential Code Section R102.5,
2006 edition), as published by the International Code Council, be and is hereby adopted as the Residential Code of the [JURISDIC-
TION], in the State of [STATE NAME] for regulating and governing the construction, alteration, movement, enlargement, replacement,
repair, equipment, location, removal and demolition of detached one and two family dwellings and multiple single family dwelhngs
(townhouses) not more than threes stories in height with separate means of egress as herein provided; providing for the issuance of
permits and collection of fees therefor; and each and all of the regulations, provisions, penalties, conditions and terms of said Resi-
dential Code on file in the office of the [JURISDICTION] are hereby referred to, adopted, and made a part hereof, as if fully set out in
this ordinance, with the additions, insertions, deletions and changes, if any, prescribed in Section 2 of this ordinance.

Section 2. The following sections are hereby revised:

Section RlOl.l. Insert: [NAME OF JURISDICTION]

Table R301.2 (1) Insert: [APPROPRIATE DESIGN CRITERIA]

Section P2603.6.1 Insert: [NUMBER OF INCHES IN TWO LOCATIONS]

Section P3 103.1 Insert: [NUMBER OF INCHES IN TWO LOCATIONS]

Section 3. That Ordinance No. of [JURISDICTION] entitled [FILL IN HERE THE COMPLETE TITLE OF THE ORDINANCE OR

ORDINANCES IN EFFECT AT THE PRESENT TIME SO THAT THEY WILL BE REPEALED BY DEFINITE MENTION] and all other ordinances
or parts of ordinances in conflict herewith are hereby repealed.

Section 4. That if any section, subsection, sentence, clause or phrase of this ordinance is, for any reason, held to be unconstitutional,
such decision shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of this ordinance. The [GOVERNING BODY] hereby declares that
it would have passed this ordinance, and each section, subsection, clause or phrase thereof, irrespective of the fact that any one or
more sections, subsections, sentences, clauses and phrases be declared unconstitutional.

Section 5. That nothing in this ordinance or in the Residential Code hereby adopted shall be construed to affect any suit or proceed-
ing impending in any court, or any rights acquired, or hability incurred, or any cause or causes of action acquired or existing, under
any act or ordinance hereby repealed as cited in Section 3 of this ordinance; nor shall any just or legal right or remedy of any charac-
ter be lost, impaired or affected by this ordinance.

Section 6. That the [JURISDICTION'S KEEPER OF RECORDS] is hereby ordered and directed to cause this ordinance to be published.
(An additional provision may be required to direct the number of times the ordinance is to be published and to specify that it is to be
in a newspaper in general circulation. Posting may also be required.)

Section 7. That this ordinance and the rules, regulations, provisions, requirements, orders and matters established and adopted
hereby shall take effect and be in full force and effect [TIME PERIOD] from and after the date of its final passage and adoption.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE® v

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I — Administrative 1

CHAPTER 1 ADMINISTRATION 1

Section

RlOl Title, Scope and Purpose 1

R102 Applicability 1

R103 Department of Building Safety 1

R104 Duties and Powers of the Building Official 1

R105 Permits 3

R106 Construction Documents 4

R107 Temporary Structures and Uses 5

R108 Fees 5

R109 Inspections 6

RllO Certificate of Occupancy 6

Rl 1 1 Service Utilities 7

R112 Board of Appeals 7

Rl 13 Violations 8

Rl 14 Stop Work Order 8

Part II — Definitions 9

CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS 9

Section

R201 General 9

R202 Definitions 9

Part III — Building Planning and Construction 23

CHAPTER 3 BUILDING PLANNING 23

Section

R301 Design Criteria 23

R302 Exterior Wall Location 47

R303 Light, Ventilation and Heating 47

R304 Minimum Room Areas 48

R305 Ceiling Height 48

R306 Sanitation 49

R307 Toilet, Bath and Shower Spaces 49

R308 Glazing 50

R309 Garages and Carports 52

R310 Emergency Escape and Rescue Openings 52

R3 1 1 Means of Egress 53

R312 Guards 55

R313 Smoke Alarms 55

R314 Foam Plastic 56

R315 Flame Spread and Smoke Density 58

R316 Insulation 58

R317 Dwelling Unit Separation 58

R318 Moisture Vapor Retarders 60

R319 Protection Against Decay 60

R320 Protection Against Subterranean Termites 61

R321 Site Address 62

R322 Accessibility 62

R323 Elevators and Platform Lifts 62

R324 Flood-resistant Construction 62

CHAPTER 4 FOUNDATIONS 67

Section

R401 General 67

R402 Materials 67

R403 Footings 68

R404 Foundation and Retaining Walls 78

R405 Foundation Drainage 88

R406 Foundation Waterproofing and

Dampproofing 90

R407 Columns 93

R408 Under-floor Space 93

CHAPTER 5 FLOORS 97

Section

R501 General 97

R502 Wood Floor Framing 97

R503 Floor Sheathing 106

R504 Pressure Preservatively Treated-wood

Floors (On Ground) 108

R505 Steel Floor Framing 108

R506 Concrete Floors (On Ground) 121

CHAPTER 6 WALL CONSTRUCTION 123

Section

R601 General 123

R602 Wood Wall Framing 123

R603 Steel Wall Framing 143

R604 Wood Structural Panels 180

R605 Particleboard 180

R606 General Masonry Construction 1 80

R607 Unit Masonry 188

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

TABLE OF CONTENTS

R608 Multiple Wythe Masonry 188

R609 Grouted Masonry 190

R610 Glass Unit Masonry 191

R611 Insulating Concrete Form Wall Construction. . 193

R612 Conventionally Formed Concrete

Wall Construction 224

R613 Exterior Windows and Glass Doors 224

CHAPTER 7 WALL COVERING 229

Section

R701 General 229

R702 Interior Covering 229

R703 Exterior Covering 232

CHAPTER 8 ROOF-CEILING

CONSTRUCTION 243

Section

R801 General 243

R802 Wood Roof Framing 243

R803 Roof Sheathing 268

R804 Steel Roof Framing 268

R805 Ceiling Finishes 286

R806 Roof Ventilation 286

R807 Attic Access 287

R808 Insulation Clearance 287

CHAPTER 9 ROOF ASSEMBLIES 289

Section

R901 General 289

R902 Roof Classification 289

R903 Weather Protection 289

R904 Materials 289

R905 Requirements for Roof Coverings 291

R906 Roof Insulation 298

R907 Reroofing 299

CHAPTER 10 CHIMNEYS AND FIREPLACES . . 301

Section

RlOOl Masonry Fireplaces 301

R1002 Masonry Heaters 305

R1003 Masonry Chimneys 305

R1004 Factory-built Fireplaces 309

R1005 Factory-built Chimneys 309

R 1006 Exterior Air Supply 310

Part IV — Energy Conservation 311

CHAPTER 11 ENERGY EFFICIENCY 311

Section

NllOl General 311

N1102 Building Thermal Envelope 318

N1103 Systems 321

Part V — Mechanical 323

CHAPTER 12 MECHANICAL

ADMINISTRATION 323

Section

M1201 General 323

M1202 Existing Mechanical Systems 323

CHAPTER 13 GENERAL MECHANICAL SYSTEM
REQUIREMENTS 325

Section

M1301 General 325

M1302 Approval 325

M1303 Labeling of Appliances 325

M1304 Type of Fuel 325

M1305 Appliance Access 325

M1306 Clearances from Combustible Construction. . . 326

Ml 307 Appliance Installation 329

Ml 308 Mechanical Systems Installation 329

CHAPTER 14 HEATING AND COOLING

EQUIPMENT 331

Section

M1401 General 331

M1402 Central Furnaces 331

M1403 Heat Pump Equipment 331

Ml 404 Refrigeration Cooling Equipment 331

M1405 Baseboard Convectors 331

M1406 Radiant Heating Systems 331

M1407 Duct Heaters 332

M1408 Vented Floor Furnaces 332

M1409 Vented Wall Furnaces 332

M1410 Vented Room Heaters 333

M1411 Heating and Cooling Equipment 333

M1412 Absorption Cooling Equipment 334

M1413 Evaporative Cooling Equipment 334

M1414 Fireplace Stoves 334

M1415 Masonry Heaters 334

vin

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

.®

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 15 EXHAUST SYSTEMS 335

Section

M1501 General 335

M1502 Clothes Dryer Exhaust 335

M1503 Range Hoods 335

M1504 Installation of Microwave Ovens 335

M1505 Overhead Exhaust Hoods 336

M1506 Exhaust Ducts 336

M1507 Mechanical Ventilation 336

CHAPTER 16 DUCT SYSTEMS 337

Section

M1601 Duct Construction 337

M1602 Return Air 339

CHAPTER 17 COMBUSTION AIR 341

Section

M1701 General 341

Ml 702 All Air from Inside the Building 341

M1703 All Air from Outdoors 341

CHAPTER 18 CHIMNEYS AND VENTS 347

Section

M1801 General 347

M1802 Vent Components 347

Ml 803 Chimney and Vent Connectors 348

M1804 Vents 349

Ml 805 Masonry and Factory-built Chimneys 349

CHAPTER 19 SPECIAL FUEL-BURNING

EQUIPMENT 351

Section

M1901 Ranges and Ovens 351

M1902 Sauna Heaters 351

M1903 Stationary Fuel Cell Power Plants 351

Ml 904 Gaseous Hydrogen Systems 351

CHAPTER 20 BOILERS AND

WATER HEATERS 353

Section

M2001 Boilers 353

M2002 Operating and Safety Controls 353

M2003 Expansion Tanks 353

M2004 Water Heaters Used for Space Heating 353

M2005 Water Heaters 353

M2006 Pool Heaters 354

CHAPTER 21 HYDRONIC PIPING 355

Section

M2101 Hydronic Piping Systems Installation 355

M2102 Baseboard Convectors 355

M2103 Floor Heating Systems 355

M2104 Low Temperature Piping 355

M2105 Ground Source Heat Pump System

Loop Piping 357

CHAPTER 22 SPECIAL PIPING AND STORAGE

SYSTEMS 359

Section

M2201 Oil Tanks 359

M2202 Oil Piping, Fitting and Connections 359

M2203 Installation 359

M2204 Oil Pumps and Valves 360

CHAPTER 23 SOLAR SYSTEMS 361

Section

M2301 Solar Energy Systems 361

Part VI— Fuel Gas 363

CHAPTER 24 FUEL GAS 363

Section

G2401 General 363

G2402 General 363

G2403 General Definitions 363

G2404 General 369

G2405 Structural Safety 369

G2406 Appliance Location 369

G2407 Combustion, Ventilation and Dilution Air 370

G2408 Installation 374

G2409 Clearance Reduction 374

G2410 Electrical 376

G241 1 Electrical Bonding 377

G2412 General 377

G2413 Pipe Sizing 378

G2414 Piping Materials 379

G2415 Piping System Installation 389

G2416 Piping Bends and Changes in Direction 391

G2417 Inspection, Testing and Purging 391

G2418 Piping Support 392

G2419 Drips and Sloped Piping 392

G2420 Gas-shutoff Valves 393

G2421 Flow Controls 393

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

TABLE OF CONTENTS

G2422 Appliance Connections 394

G2423 CNG Gas-dispensing Systems 394

G2424 Piping Support Intervals 394

G2425 General 395

G2426 Vents 396

G2427 Venting of Equipment 396

G2428 Sizing of Category I Appliance

Venting Systems 406

G2429 Direct- vent, Integral Vent, Mechanical Vent

and Ventilation/Exhaust Hood Venting 417

G2430 Factory-built Chimneys 417

G2431 General 418

G2432 Decorative Appliances for Installation

in Fireplaces 418

G2433 Log Lighters 418

G2434 Vented Gas Fireplaces

(Decorative Fireplaces) 418

G2435 Vented Gas Fireplace Heaters 418

G2436 Vented Wall Furnaces 418

G2437 Floor Furnaces 418

G2438 Clothes Dryers 419

G2439 Clothes Dryer Exhaust 419

G2440 Sauna Heaters 419

G2441 Pool and Spa Heaters 420

G2442 Forced-air Warm-air Furnaces 420

G2443 Conversion Burners 421

G2444 Unit Heaters 421

G2445 Unvented Room Heaters 421

G2446 Vented Room Heaters 421

G2447 Cooking Appliances 422

G2448 Water Heaters 422

G2449 Air Conditioning Equipment 422

G2450 Illuminating Appliances 422

G2451 Infrared Radiant Heaters 422

G2452 Boilers 422

G2453 Chimney Damper Opening Area 423

Part Vn— Plumbing 425

CHAPTER 25 PLUMBING

ADMINISTRATION 425

Section

P2501 General 425

P2502 Existing Plumbing Systems 425

P2503 Inspection and Tests 425

CHAPTER 26 GENERAL PLUMBING

REQUIREMENTS 427

Section

P2601 General 427

P2602 Individual Water Supply and

Sewage Disposal 427

P2603 Structural and Piping Protection 427

P2604 Trenching and Backfilling 428

P2605 Support 428

P2606 Waterproofing of Openings 428

P2607 Workmanship 428

P2608 Materials Evaluation and Listing 428

CHAPTER 27 PLUMBING FIXTURES 431

Section

P2701 Fixtures, Faucets and Fixture Fittings 431

P2702 Fixture Accessories 431

P2703 Tail Pieces 431

P2704 Access to Connections 431

P2705 Installation 431

P2706 Waste Receptors 431

P2707 Directional Fittings 433

P2708 Showers ■ 433

P2709 Shower Receptors 433

P2710 Shower Walls 434

P271 1 Lavatories , . . 434

P2712 Water Closets 434

P2713 Bathtubs 434

P2714 Sinks 435

P2715 Laundry Tubs 435

P2716 Food Waste Grinder 435

P2717 Dishwashing Machines 435

P2718 Clothes Washing Machine 435

P2719 Floor Drains 435

P2720 Whirlpool Bathtubs 435

P2721 Bidet Installations 435

P2722 Fixture Fitting 436

P2723 Macerating Toilet Systems 436

P2724 Speciality Temperature Control Devices

and Valves 436

CHAPTER 28 WATER HEATERS 437

Section

P2801 General 437

P2802 Water Heaters Used for Space Heating 437

P2803 Relief Valves 437

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 29 WATER SUPPLY AND

DISTRIBUTION 439

Section

P2901 General 439

P2902 Protection of Potable Water Supply 439

P2903 Water-supply System 441

P2904 Materials, Joints and Connections 447

P2905 Changes in Direction 451

P2906 Support 451

P2907 Drinking Water Treatment Units 451

CHAPTER 30 SANITARY DRAINAGE 453

Section

P3001 General 453

P3002 Materials 453

P3003 Joints and Connections 453

P3004 Determining Drainage Fixture Units 458

P3005 Drainage System 458

P3006 Sizing of Drain Pipe Offsets 461

P3007 Sumps and Ejectors 461

P3008 Backwater Valves 461

CHAPTER 31 VENTS 463

Section

P3101 Vent Systems 463

P3102 Vent Stacks and Stack Vents 463

P3103 Vent Terminals 463

P3104 Vent Connections and Grades 463

P3105 Fixture Vents 464

P3106 Individual Vent 464

P3107 Common Vent 464

P3108 Wet Venting 464

P3109 Waste Stack Vent 465

P31 10 Circuit Venting 465

P31 1 1 Combination Waste and Vent System 465

P3112 Island Fixture Venting 466

P3113 Vent Pipe Sizing 466

P31 14 Air Admittance Valves 466

CHAPTER 32 TRAPS 469

Section

P3201 Fixture Traps 469

Part VIII— Electrical 471

CHAPTER 33 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .... 471

Section

E3301 General 471

E3302 Building Structure Protection 471

E3303 Inspection and Approval 471

E3304 General Equipment Requirements 471

E3305 Equipment Location and Clearances 472

E3306 Electrical Conductors and Connections 474

E3307 Conductor and Terminal Identification 474

CHAPTER 34 ELECTRICAL DEFINITIONS .... 477

Section

E3401 General 477

CHAPTER 35 SERVICES 481

Section

E3501 General Services 481

E3502 Service Size and Rating 481

E3503 Service, Feeder and Grounding Electrode

Conductor Sizing 482

E3504 Overhead Service-drop and Service Conductor

Installation 483

E3505 Service-entrance Conductors 485

E3506 Service Equipment — General 485

E3507 System Grounding 485

E3508 Grounding Electrode System 486

E3509 Bonding 487

E3510 Grounding Electrode Conductors 488

E35 1 1 Grounding Electrode Conductor Connection to

the Grounding Electrodes 488

CHAPTER 36 BRANCH CIRCUIT AND FEEDER

REQUIREMENTS 491

Section

E3601 General 491

E3602 Branch Circuit Ratings 491

E3603 Required Branch Circuits 492

E3604 Feeder Requirements 493

E3605 Conductor Sizing and Overcurrent

Protection 494

E3606 Panelboards 497

2003 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER 37 WIRING METHODS 499

Section

E3701 General Requirements 499

E3702 Above-ground Installation Requirements 499

E3703 Underground Installation Requirements 502

CHAPTER 38 POWER AND LIGHTING

DISTRIBUTION 505

Section

E3801 Receptacle Outlets 505

E3802 Ground-fault and Arc-fault Circuit-interrupter

Protection 507

E3803 Lighting Outlets 508

E3804 General Installation Requirements 508

E3805 Boxes, Conduit Bodies and Fittings 519

E3806 Installation of Boxes, Conduit Bodies

and Fittings 521

E3807 Cabinets and Panelboards 523

E3808 Grounding 524

E3809 Flexible Cords 526

CHAPTER 39 DEVICES AND LUMINAIRES .... 527
Section

E3901 Switches 527

E3902 Receptacles 528

E3903 Fixtures 528

E3904 Luminaire Installation 530

E3905 Track Lighting 530

CHAPTER 40 APPLIANCE INSTALLATION .... 533

Section

E4001 General 533

CHAPTER 41 SWIMMING POOLS 535

Section

E4101 General 535

E4102 Wiring Methods for Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs and

Hydromassage Bathtubs 535

E4103 Equipment Location and Clearances 537

E4104 Bonding 538

E4105 Grounding 540

E4I06 Equipment Installation 541

E4107 Storable Swimming Pools 543

E4108 Spas and Hot Tubs 544

E4109 Hydromassage Bathtubs 544

CHAPTER 42 CLASS 2 REMOTE-CONTROL,

SIGNALING AND POWER-LIMITED
CIRCUITS 545

Section

E4201 General 545

E4202 Power Sources 545

E4203 Wiring Methods 545

E4204 Installation Requirements 545

Part IX — Referenced Standards 547

CHAPTER 43 REFERENCED STANDARDS 547

APPENDIX A SIZING AND CAPACITIES OF GAS

PIPING 567

APPENDIX B SIZING OF VENTING SYSTEMS

SERVING APPLIANCES EQUIPPED
WITH DRAFT HOODS, CATEGORY I
APPLIANCES, AND APPLIANCES
LISTED FOR USE WITH TYPE
B VENTS 579

APPENDIX C EXIT TERMINALS OF

MECHANICAL DRAFT AND DIRECT-
VENT VENTING SYSTEMS 589

APPENDIX D RECOMMENDED PROCEDURE FOR
SAFETY INSPECTION OF AN
EXISTING APPLIANCE
INSTALLATION 591

APPENDIX E MANUFACTURED HOUSING

USED AS DWELLINGS 593

Section

AElOl Scope 593

AE102 Application to Existing Manufactured Homes

and Building Service Equipment 593

AE201 Definitions 594

AE301 Permits 594

AE302 Application for Permit 594

AE303 Permits Issuance 595

AE304 Fees '. 595

AE305 Inspections 596

AE306 Special Inspections 597

AE307 Utility Service 597

AE401 Occupancy Classification 597

AE402 Location on Property 597

AE501 Design 597

XII

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

,®

TABLE OF CONTENTS

AE502 Foundation Systems 598

AE503 Skirting and Perimeter Enclosures 598

AE504 Structural Additions 598

AE505 Building Service Equipment 598

AE506 Exits 599

AE507 Occupancy, Fire Safety and Energy

Conservation Standards 599

AE600 Special Requirements for

Foundation Systems 599

AE601 Footings and Foundations 599

AE602 Pier Construction 599

AE603 Height of Piers 599

AE604 Anchorage Installations 599

AE605 Ties, Materials and Installation 600

AE606 Referenced Standards 600

APPENDIX F RADON CONTROL METHODS. . . 601

Section

AFlOl Scope 601

AF102 Definitions 601

AF103 Requirements 601

APPENDIX G SWIMMING POOLS, SPAS AND

HOT TUBS 609

Section

AGlOl General 609

AG102 Definitions 609

AGIOS Swimming Pools 609

AG104 Spas and Hot Tubs 609

AG105 Barrier Requirements 609

AG 106 Entrapment Protection for Swimming Pool and

Spa Suction Outlets 610

AG107 Abbreviations 611

AGIOS Standards 611

APPENDIX H PATIO COVERS 613

Section

AHlOl General 613

AH102 Definition 613

AH103 Permitted Uses 613

AH104 Design Loads 613

AH 105 Light and Ventilation/Emergency Egress 613

AH106 Footings 613

AH107 Special Provisions for Aluminum Screen

Enclosures in Hurricane-prone Regions. ... 613

APPENDIX I PRIVATE SEWAGE DISPOSAL ... 615

Section

AIlOl General 615

APPENDIX J EXISTING BUILDINGS AND

STRUCTURES 617

Section

AJlOl Purpose and Intent 617

AJ102 Compliance 617

AJ103 Preliminary Meeting 617

AJ104 Evaluation of an Existing Building 617

AJ105 Permit 618

AJ201 Definitions 618

AJ301 Repairs 618

AJ401 Renovations 619

AJ501 Alterations 619

AJ601 Reconstruction 620

APPENDIX K SOUND TRANSMISSION 621

Section

AKIOI General 621

AK102 Air-borne Sound 621

AK103 Structural-borne Sound 621

AK104 Referenced Standards 621

APPENDIX L PERMIT FEES 623

APPENDIX M HOME DAY CARE—

R-3 OCCUPANCY 625

AMIOI General 625

AM102 Definitions 625

AM103 Means of Egress 625

AM104 Smoke Detection 625

APPENDIX N VENTING METHODS 627

APPENDIX O GRAY WATER RECYCLING

SYSTEMS 635

AOlOl General 635

AG 102 Systems for Flushing Water Closets

and Urinals 635

AG 103 Subsurface Landscape

Irrigation Systems 637

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"^

XIII

TABLE OF CONTENTS

APPENDIX P SPRINKLING 641

APPENDIX Q ICC INTERNATIONAL

RESIDENTIAL CODE ELECTRICAL
PROVISIONS/NATIONAL
ELECTRICAL CODE CROSS-
REFERENCE 643

INDEX 657

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

Part I — Administrative

CHAPTER 1

ADMINISTRATION

SECTION R1 01
TITLE, SCOPE AND PURPOSE

RlOl.l Title. These provisions shall be known as the Residen-
tial Code for One- and Two-family Dwellings of [NAME OF
JURISDICTION], and shall be cited as such and will be referred to
herein as "this code."

R101.2 Scope. The provisions of the International Residen-
tial Code for One- and Two-family Dwellings shall apply to
the construction, alteration, movement, enlargement, replace-
ment, repair, equipment, use and occupancy, location,
removal and demolition of detached one- and two-family
dwellings and townhouses not more than three stories
above-grade in height with a separate means of egress and
their accessory structures.

R101.3 Purpose. The purpose of this code is to provide mini-
mum requirements to safeguard the public safety, health and
general welfare through affordability, structural strength,
means of egress facilities, stability, sanitation, light and venti-
lation, energy conservation and safety to life and property from
fire and other hazards attributed to the built environment.

SECTION R102
APPLICABILITY

R102.1 GeneraL Where, in any specific case, different sec-
tions of this code specify different materials, methods of con-
struction or other requirements, the most restrictive shall
govern. Where there is a conflict between a general require-
ment and a specific requirement, the specific requirement shall
be applicable.

R102.2 Other laws. The provisions of this code shall not be
deemed to nullify any provisions of local, state or federal law.

R102.3 Application of references. References to chapter or
section numbers, or to provisions not specifically identified by
number, shall be construed to refer to such chapter, section or
provision of this code.

R102.4 Referenced codes and standards. The codes and
standards referenced in this code shall be considered part of the
requirements of this code to the prescribed extent of each such
reference. Where differences occur between provisions of this
code and referenced codes and standards, the provisions of this
code shall apply.

Exception: Where enforcement of a code provision would
violate the conditions of the listing of the equipment or
appliance, the conditions of the listing and manufacturer's
instructions shall apply.

R102.5 Appendices. Provisions in the appendices shall not
apply unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance.

R102.6 Partial invalidity. In the event any part or provision of
this code is held to be illegal or void, this shall not have the
effect of making void or illegal any of the other parts or provi-
sions.

R102.7 Existing structures. The legal occupancy of any struc-
ture existing on the date of adoption of this code shall be per-
mitted to continue without change, except as is specifically
covered in this code, the International Property Maintenance
Code or the International Fire Code, or as is deemed necessary
by the building official for the general safety and welfare of the
occupants and the public.

R102.7.1 Additions, alterations or repairs. Additions,
alterations or repairs to any structure shall conform to the
requirements for a new structure without requiring the
existing structure to comply with all of the requirements of
this code, unless otherwise stated. Additions, alterations or
repairs shall not cause an existing structure to become
unsafe or adversely affect the performance of the building.

SECTION R1 03
DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING SAFETY

R103.1 Creation of enforcement agency. The department of
building safety is hereby created and the official in charge
thereof shall be known as the building official.

R103.2 Appointment. The building official shall be appointed
by the chief appointing authority of the jurisdiction.

R103.3 Deputies. In accordance with the prescribed proce-
dures of this jurisdiction and with the concurrence of the
appointing authority, the building official shall have the author-
ity to appoint a deputy building official, the related technical
officers, inspectors, plan examiners and other employees. Such
employees shall have powers as delegated by the building
official.

SECTION R104

DUTIES AND POWERS OF THE

BUILDING OFFICIAL

R104.1 General. The building official is hereby authorized
and directed to enforce the provisions of this code. The build-
ing official shall have the authority to render interpretations of
this code and to adopt policies and procedures in order to clar-
ify the application of its provisions. Such interpretations, poli-
cies and procedures shall be in conformance with the intent and
purpose of this code. Such policies and procedures shall not

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

ADMINISTRATION

have the effect of waiving requirements specifically provided
for in this code.

R104.2 Applications and permits. The building official shall
receive applications, review construction documents and issue
permits for the erection and alteration of buildings and struc-
tures, inspect the premises for which such permits have been
issued and enforce compliance with the provisions of this code.

R104.3 Notices and orders. The building official shall issue
all necessary notices or orders to ensure compliance with this
code.

R104.4 Inspections. The building official is authorized to
make all of the required inspections, or the building official
shall have the authority to accept reports of inspection by
approved agencies or individuals. Reports of such inspections
shall be in writing and be certified by a responsible officer of
such approved agency or by the responsible individual. The
building official is authorized to engage such expert opinion as
deemed necessary to report upon unusual technical issues that
arise, subject to the approval of the appointing authority.

R104.5 Identification. The building official shall carry proper
identification when inspecting structures or premises in the
performance of duties under this code.

R104.6 Right of entry. Where it is necessary to make an
inspection to enforce the provisions of this code, or where the
building official has reasonable cause to believe that there
exists in a structure or upon a premises a condition which is
contrary to or in violation of this code which makes the struc-
ture or premises unsafe, dangerous or hazardous, the building
official or designee is authorized to enter the structure or pre-
mises at reasonable times to inspect or to perform the duties
imposed by this code, provided that if such structure or pre-
mises be occupied that credentials be presented to the occupant
and entry requested. If such structure or premises be unoccu-
pied, the building official shall first make a reasonable effort to
locate the owner or other person having charge or control of the
structure or premises and request entry. If entry is refused, the
building official shall have recourse to the remedies provided
by law to secure entry.

R104.7 Department records. The building official shall keep
official records of applications received, permits and certifi-
cates issued, fees collected, reports of inspections, and notices
and orders issued. Such records shall be retained in the official
records for the period required for the retention of public
records.

R104.8 Liability. The building official, member of the board
of appeals or employee charged with the enforcement of this
code, while acting for the jurisdiction in good faith and without
mahce in the discharge of the duties required by this code or
other pertinent law or ordinance, shall not thereby be rendered
liable personally and is hereby relieved from personal liability
for any damage accruing to persons or property as a result of
any act or by reason of an act or omission in the discharge of
official duties. Any suit instituted against an officer or
employee because of an act performed by that officer or
employee in the lawful discharge of duties and under the provi-

sions of this code shall be defended by legal representative of
the jurisdiction until the final termination of the proceedings.
The building official or any subordinate shall not be liable for
cost in any action, suit or proceeding that is instituted in
pursuance of the provisions of this code.

R104.9 Approved materials and equipment. Materials,
equipment and devices approved by the building official shall
be constructed and installed in accordance with such approval.

R104.9.1 Used materials and equipment. Used materials,
equipment and devices shall not be reused unless approved
by the building official.

R104.10 Modifications. Wherever there are practical difficul-
ties involved in carrying out the provisions of this code, the
building official shall have the authority to grant modifications
for individual cases, provided the building official shall first
find that special individual reason makes the strict letter of this
code impractical and the modification is in compliance with the
intent and purpose of this code and that such modification does
not lessen health, life and fire safety requirements or structural.
The details of action granting modifications shall be recorded
and entered in the files of the department of building safety.

R104.10.1 Areas prone to flooding. The building official
shall not grant modifications to any provision related to
areas prone to flooding as established by Table R301.2(l)
without the granting of a variance to such provisions by the
board of appeals.

R104.il Alternative materials, design and methods of con-
struction and equipment. The provisions of this code are not
intended to prevent the installation of any material or to pro-
hibit any design or method of construction not specifically pre-
scribed by this code, provided that any such alternative has
been approved. An alternative material, design or method of
construction shall be approved where the building official finds
that the proposed design is satisfactory and complies with the
intent of the provisions of this code, and that the material,
method or work offered is, for the purpose intended, at least the
equivalent of that prescribed in this code. CompUance with the
specific performance-based provisions of the International
Codes in lieu of specific requirements of this code shall also be
permitted as an alternate.

R104.11.1 Tests. Whenever there is insufficient evidence of
compliance with the provisions of this code, or evidence
that a material or method does not conform to the require-
ments of this code, or in order to substantiate claims for
alternative materials or methods, the building official shall
have the authority to require tests as evidence of pompliance
to be made at no expense to the jurisdiction. Test methods
shall be as specified in this code or by other recognized test
standards. In the absence of recognized and accepted test
methods, the building official shall approve the .testing pro-
cedures. Tests shall be performed by an approved agency.
Reports of such tests shall be retained by the building offi-
cial for the period required for retention of public records.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

ADMINISTRATION

SECTION R1 05
PERMITS

R105.1 Required. Any owner or authorized agent who intends
to construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, demolish or change
the occupancy of a building or structure, or to erect, install,
enlarge, alter, repair, remove, convert or replace any electrical,
gas, mechanical or plumbing system, the installation of which
is regulated by this code, or to cause any such work to be done,
shall first make application to the building official and obtain
the required permit.

R105.2 Work exempt from permit. Permits shall not be
required for the following. Exemption from permit require-
ments of this code shall not be deemed to grant authorization
for any work to be done in any manner in violation of the provi-
sions of this code or any other laws or ordinances of this
jurisdiction.

Building:

II . One-story detached accessory structures used as tool and
storage sheds, playhouses and similar uses, provided the
floor area does not exceed 120 square feet (11.15 m^).

2. Fences not over 6 feet (1829 mm) high.

3. Retaining walls that are not over 4 feet (1219 mm) in
height measured from the bottom of the footing to the top
of the wall, unless supporting a surcharge.

4. Water tanks supported direcdy upon grade if the capacity
does not exceed 5,000 gallons (18 927 L) and the ratio of
height to diameter or width does not exceed 2 to 1 .

I 5. Sidewalks and driveways.

6. Painting, papering, tiling, carpeting, cabinets, counter
tops and similar finish work.

7. Prefabricated swimming pools that are less than 24
inches (610 mm) deep.

I 8. Swings and other playground equipment.

9. Window awnings supported by an exterior wall which
do not project more than 54 inches (1372 mm) from the
exterior wall and do not require additional support.

Electrical:

Repairs and maintenance: A permit shall not be required for
minor repair work, including the replacement of lamps or the
connection of approved portable electrical equipment to
approved permanently installed receptacles.

Gas:

1. Portable heating, cooking or clothes drying appliances.

2. Replacement of any minor part that does not alter
approval of equipment or make such equipment unsafe.

3. Portable-fuel-cell appHances that are not connected to a
fixed piping system and are not interconnected to a
power grid.

Mechanical:

1. Portable heating appliances.

2. Portable ventilation appliances.

3. Portable cooling units.

4. Steam, hot or chilled water piping within any heating or
cooling equipment regulated by this code.

5. Replacement of any minor part that does not alter
approval of equipment or make such equipment unsafe.

6. Portable evaporative coolers.

7. Self-contained refrigeration systems containing 10
pounds (4.54 kg) or less of refrigerant or that are actuated
by motors of 1 horsepower (746 W) or less.

8. Portable-fuel-cell appliances that are not connected to a
fixed piping system and are not interconnected to a
power grid.

The stopping of leaks in drains, water, soil, waste or vent pipe;
provided, however, that if any concealed trap, drainpipe, water,
soil, waste or vent pipe becomes defective and it becomes nec-
essary to remove and replace the same with new material, such
work shall be considered as new work and a permit shall be
obtained and inspection made as provided in this code.

The clearing of stoppages or the repairing of leaks in pipes,
valves or fixtures, and the removal and reinstallation of water
closets, provided such repairs do not involve or require the
replacement or rearrangement of valves, pipes or fixtures.

R105.2.1 Emergency repairs. Where equipment replace-
ments and repairs must be performed in an emergency situa-
tion, the permit application shall be submitted within the
next working business day to the building official.

R105.2.2 Repairs. Application or notice to the building
official is not required for ordinary repairs to structures,
replacement of lamps or the connection of approved porta-
ble electrical equipment to approved permanently installed
receptacles. Such repairs shall not include the cutting away
of any wall, partition or portion thereof, the removal or cut-
ting of any structural beam or load-bearing support, or the
removal or change of any required means of egress, or rear-
rangement of parts of a structure affecting the egress
requirements; nor shall ordinary repairs include addition to,
alteration of, replacement or relocation of any water supply,
sewer, drainage, drain leader, gas, soil, waste, vent or simi-
lar piping, electric wiring or mechanical or other work
affecting public health or general safety.

R105.2.3 Public service agencies. A permit shall not be
required for the installation, alteration or repair of genera-
tion, transmission, distribution, metering or other related
equipment that is under the ownership and control of pubhc
service agencies by established right.

R105.3 Application for permit. To obtain a permit, the appli-
cant shall first file an application therefor in writing on a form
furnished by the department of building safety for that purpose.
Such application shall:

1 . Identify and describe the work to be covered by the per-
mit for which application is made.

2. Describe the land on which the proposed work is to be
done by legal description, street address or similar
description that will readily identify and definitely locate
the proposed building or work.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

ADMINISTRATION

3. Indicate the use and occupancy for which the proposed
work is intended.

4. Be accompanied by construction documents and other
information as required in Section R106.1.

5. State the valuation of the proposed work.

6. Be signed by the applicant or the applicant's authorized
agent.

7. Give such other data and information as required by the
building official.

R105.3.1 Action on application. The building official
shall examine or cause to be examined applications for per-
mits and amendments thereto within a reasonable time
after filing. If the application or the construction docu-
ments do not conform to the requirements of pertinent
laws, the building official shall reject such application in
writing, stating the reasons therefor. If the building official
is satisfied that the proposed work conforms to the require-
ments of this code and laws and ordinances applicable
thereto, the building official shall issue a permit therefor as
soon as practicable.

R105.3.1.1 Determination of substantially improved
or substantially damaged existing buildings in flood
hazard areas. For applications for reconstruction, reha-
bilitation, addition or other improvement of existing
buildings or structures located in an area prone to flood-
ing as established by Table R301.2(l), the building offi-
cial shall examine or cause to be examined the
construction documents and shall prepare a finding with
regard to the value of the proposed work. For buildings
that have sustained damage of any origin, the value of the
proposed work shall include the cost to repair the build-
ing or structure to its predamage condition. If the build-
ing official finds that the value of proposed work equals
or exceeds 50 percent of the market value of the building
or structure before the damage has occurred or the
improvement is started, the finding shall be provided to
the board of appeals for a determination of substantial
improvement or substantial damage. Applications deter-
mined by the board of appeals to constitute substantial
improvement or substantial damage shall meet the
requirements of Section R324.

R105.3.2 Time limitation of application. An application
for a permit for any proposed work shall be deemed to have
been abandoned 180 days after the date of filing unless such
application has been pursued in good faith or a permit has
been issued; except that the building official is authorized to
grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods
not exceeding 180 days each. The extension shall be
requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated.

R105.4 Validity of permit. The issuance or granting of a per-
mit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of,
any violation of any of the provisions of this code or of any
other ordinance of the jurisdiction. Permits presuming to give
authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or
other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid. The issu-
ance of a permit based on construction documents and other
data shall not prevent the building official from requiring the

correction of errors in the construction documents and other
data. The building official is also authorized to prevent occu-
pancy or use of a structure where in violation of this code or of
any other ordinances of this jurisdiction.

R105.5 Expiration. Every permit issued shall become
invalid unless the work authorized by such perrnit is com-
menced within 180 days after its issuance, or if the work
authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned for a
period of 1 80 days after the time the work is commenced. The
building official is authorized to grant, in writing, one or more
extensions of time, for periods not more than 180 days each.
The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable
cause demonstrated.

R105.6 Suspension or revocation. The building official is
authorized to suspend or revoke a permit issued under the pro-
visions of this code wherever the permit is issued in error or on
the basis of incorrect, inaccurate or incomplete information, or
in violation of any ordinance or regulation or any of the provi-
sions of this code.

R105.7 Placement of permit. The building permit or copy
thereof shall be kept on the site of the work until the completion
of the project.

R105.8 Responsibility. It shall be the duty of every person
who performs work for the installation or repair of building,
structure, electrical, gas, mechanical or plumbing systems, for
which this code is applicable, to comply with this code.

SECTION R106
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

R106.1 Submittal documents. Construction documents, spe-
cial inspection and structural observation programs and other
data shall be submitted in one or more sets with each applica-
tion for a permit. The construction documents shall be prepared
by a registered design professional where required by the stat-
utes of the jurisdiction in which the project is to be constructed.
Where special conditions exist, the building official is autho-
rized to require additional construction documents to be pre-
pared by a registered design professional.

Exception: The building official is authorized to waive the
submission of construction documents and other data not
required to be prepared by a registered design professional
if it is found that the nature of the work applied for is such
that reviewing of construction documents is not necessary
to obtain compliance with this code.

R106.1.1 Information on construction docuiinents. Con-
struction documents shall be drawn upon suitable material.

■ Electronic media documents are permitted to tie submitted
when approved by the building official. Construction docu-

i ments shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the location,

, nature and extent of the work proposed and show in detail
that it will conform to the provisions of this cdde and rele-

; vant laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, asi determined
by the building official. I

R106.1.2 Manufacturer's installation instructions. Man-
ufacturer's installation instructions, as required by this

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

ADMINISTRATION

code, shall be available on the job site at the time of
inspection.

R106.1.3 Information for construction in flood hazard
areas. For buildings and structures located in whole or in
part in flood hazard areas as established by Table R30 1.2(1),
construction documents shall include:

1 . Delineation of flood hazard areas, floodway bound-
aries and flood zones and the design flood elevation,
as appropriate;

2. The elevation of the proposed lowest floor, including
basement; in areas of shallow flooding (AO zones),
the height of the proposed lowest floor, including
basement, above the highest adjacent grade; and

3. The elevation of the bottom of the lowest horizontal
structural member in coastal high hazard areas (V
Zone); and

4. If design flood elevations are not included on the
community's Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM), the
building official and the applicant shall obtain and
reasonably utilize any design flood elevation and
floodway data available from other sources.

R106.2 Site plan. The construction documents submitted with
the application for permit shall be accompanied by a site plan
showing the size and location of new construction and existing
structures on the site and distances from lot lines. In the case of
demolition, the site plan shall show construction to be demol-
ished and the location and size of existing structures and con-
struction that are to remain on the site or plot.

R106.3 Examination of documents. The building official
shall examine or cause to be examined construction documents
for code compliance.

R106.3.1 Approval of construction documents. When the
building official issues a permit, the construction documents
shall be approved, in writing or by a stamp which states
"APPROVED PLANS PER IRC SECTION R106.3 . 1 ." One
set of construction documents so reviewed shall be retained
by the building official. The other set shall be returned to the
applicant, shall be kept at the site of work and shall be open to
inspection by the building official or his or her authorized
representative.

R106.3.2 Previous approvals. This code shall not require
changes in the construction documents, construction or des-
ignated occupancy of a structure for which a lawful permit
has been heretofore issued or otherwise lawfully autho-
rized, and the construction of which has been pursued in
good faith within 180 days after the effective date of this
code and has not been abandoned.

R106.3.3 Phased approval. The building official is autho-
rized to issue a permit for the construction of foundations or
any other part of a building or structure before the construc-
tion documents for the whole building or structure have been
submitted, provided that adequate information and detailed
statements have been filed complying with pertinent require-
ments of this code. The holder of such permit for the founda-
tion or other parts of a building or structure shall proceed at

the holder's own risk with the building operation and without
assurance that a permit for the entire structure will be granted.

R106.4 Amended construction documents. Work shall be
installed in accordance with the approved construction docu-
ments, and any changes made during construction that are not
in compHance with the approved construction documents shall
be resubmitted for approval as an amended set of construction
documents.

R106.5 Retention of construction documents. One set of

approved construction documents shall be retained by the
building official for a period of not less than 1 80 days from date
of completion of the permitted work, or as required by state or
local laws.

SECTION R107
TEMPORARY STRUCTURES AND USES

R107.1 General. The building official is authorized to issue a
permit for temporary structures and temporary uses. Such per-
mits shall be limited as to time of service, but shall not be per-
mitted for more than 180 days. The building official is
authorized to grant extensions for demonstrated cause.

R107.2 Conformance. Temporary structures and uses shall
conform to the structural strength, fire safety, means of egress,
light, ventilation and sanitary requirements of this code as nec-
essary to ensure the public health, safety and general welfare.

R107.3 Temporary power. The building official is authorized
to give permission to temporarily supply and use power in part
of an electric installation before such installation has been fully
completed and the final certificate of completion has been
issued. The part covered by the temporary certificate shall
comply with the requirements specified for temporary lighting,
heat or power in the ICC Electrical Code.

R107.4 Termination of approval. The building official is
authorized to terminate such permit for a temporary structure
or use and to order the temporary structure or use to be
discontinued.

SECTION R108
FEES

R108.1 Payment of fees. A permit shall not be vahd undl the
fees prescribed by law have been paid. Nor shall an amendment
to a permit be released until the additional fee, if any, has been
paid.

R108.2 Schedule of permit fees. On buildings, structures,
electrical, gas, mechanical and plumbing systems or alterations
requiring a permit, a fee for each permit shall be paid as
required, in accordance with the schedule as established by the
applicable governing authority.

R108.3 Building permit valuations. Building permit valua-
tion shall include total value of the work for which a permit is
being issued, such as electrical, gas, mechanical, plumbing
equipment and other permanent systems, including materials
and labor.

R108.4 Related fees. The payment of the fee for the construc-
tion, alteration, removal or demolition for work done in con-

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

ADMINISTRATION

nection with or concurrently with the work authorized by a
building permit shall not relieve the applicant or holder of the
permit from the payment of other fees that are prescribed by
law.

R108.5 Refunds. The building official is authorized to estab-
lish a refund policy.

SECTION R109
INSPECTIONS

R109.1 Types of inspections. For onsite construction, from
time to time the building official, upon notification from the
permit holder or his agent, shall make or cause to be made any
necessary inspections and shall either approve that portion of
the construction as completed or shall notify the permit holder
or his or her agent wherein the same fails to comply with this
code.

R109.1.1 Foundation inspection. Inspection of the foun-
dation shall be made after poles or piers are set or trenches or
basement areas are excavated and any required forms
erected and any required reinforcing steel is in place and
supported prior to the placing of concrete. The foundation
inspection shall include excavations for thickened slabs
intended for the support of bearing walls, partitions, struc-
tural supports, or equipment and special requirements for
wood foundations.

R109.1.2 Plumbing, mechanical, gas and electrical sys-
tems inspection. Rough inspection of plumbing, mechani-
cal, gas and electrical systems shall be made prior to
covering or concealment, before fixtures or appliances are
set or installed, and prior to framing inspection.

Exception: Back-filling of ground-source heat pump
loop systems tested in accordance with Section M2 105.1
prior to inspection shall be permitted.

R109.1.3 Floodplain inspections. For construction in
areas prone to flooding as established by Table R301.2(l),
upon placement of the lowest floor, including basement, and
prior to further vertical construction, the building official
shall require submission of documentation, prepared and
sealed by a registered design professional, of the elevation
of the lowest floor, including basement, required in Section
R324.

R109.1.4 Frame and masonry inspection. Inspection of
framing and masonry construction shall be made after the
roof, masonry, all framing, firestopping, draftstopping and
bracing are in place and after the plumbing, mechanical and
electrical rough inspections are approved.

R109.1.5 Other inspections. In addition to the called
inspections above, the building official may make or require
any other inspections to ascertain compliance with this code
and other laws enforced by the building official.

R109. 1.5.1 Fire-resistance-rated construction
inspection. Where fire-resistance-rated construction is
required between dwelling units or due to location on
property, the building official shall require an inspection
of such construction after all lathing and/or wallboard is

in place, but before any plaster is applied, or before wall-
board joints and fasteners are taped and finished.

R109.1.6 Final inspection. Final inspection shall be made
after the permitted work is complete and prior to occupancy.

R109.2 Inspection agencies. The building official is authorized
to accept reports of approved agencies, provided such agencies
satisfy the requirements as to qualifications and reliability.

R109.3 Inspection requests. It shall be the duty of the permit
holder or their agent to notify the building official that such
work is ready for inspection. It shall be the duty of the person
requesting any inspections required by this code to provide
access to and means for inspection of such work.

R109.4 Approval required. Work shall not be done beyond
the point indicated in each successive inspection without first
obtaining the approval of the building official. The building
official upon notification, shall make the requested inspections
and shall either indicate the portion of the construction that is
satisfactory as completed, or shall notify the permit holder or
an agent of the permit holder wherein the same fails to comply
with this code. Any portions that do not comply shall be cor-
rected and such portion shall not be covered or concealed until
authorized by the building official.

SECTION R1 10
CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY

RllO.l Use and occupancy. No building or structure shall be
used or occupied, and no change in the existing occupancy
classification of a building or structure or portion thereof shall
be made until the building official has issued a certificate of
occupancy therefor as provided herein. Issuance of a certificate
of occupancy shall not be construed as an approval of a viola-
tion of the provisions of this code or of other ordinances of the
jurisdiction. Certificates presuming to give authority to violate
or cancel the provisions of this code or other ordinances of the
jurisdiction shall not be valid.

Exceptions:

1 . Certificates of occupancy are not required for work
exempt from permits under Section R105.2.

2. Accessory buildings or structures.

RllO.l Change in use. Changes in the character or use of an
existing structure shall not be made except as specified in Sec-
tions 3406 and 3407 of the International Building Code.

R110.3 Certificate issued. After the building official inspects
the building or structure and finds no violations of the provi-
sions of this code or other laws that are enforced by the depart-
ment of building safety, the building official shall issue a
certificate of occupancy which shall contain the following:

1. The building permit number. I

2. The address of the structure. \

3. The name and address of the owner.

4. A description of that portion of the structure for which
the certificate is issued.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

ADMINISTRATION

5. A statement that the described portion of the structure
has been inspected for compliance with the requirements
of this code.

6. The name of the building official.

7. The edition of the code under which the permit was
issued.

8. If an automatic sprinkler system is provided and whether
the sprinkler system is required.

9. Any special stipulations and conditions of the building
permit.

R110.4 Temporary occupancy. The building official is autho-
rized to issue a temporary certificate of occupancy before the
completion of the entire work covered by the permit, provided
that such portion or portions shall be occupied safely. The
building official shall set a time period during which the tempo-
rary certificate of occupancy is valid.

R110.5 Revocation. The building official shall, in writing,
suspend or revoke a certificate of occupancy issued under the
provisions of this code wherever the certificate is issued in
error, or on the basis of incorrect information supplied, or
where it is determined that the building or structure or portion
thereof is in violation of any ordinance or regulation or any of
the provisions of this code.

SECTION R1 11
SERVICE UTILITIES

Rlll.l Connection of service utilities. No person shall make
connections from a utility, source of energy, fuel or power to
any building or system that is regulated by this code for which a
permit is required, until approved by the building official.

R111.2 Temporary connection. The building official shall
have the authority to authorize and approve the temporary con-
nection of the building or system to the utility, source of energy,
fuel or power.

R111.3 Authority to disconnect service utilities. The build-
ing official shall have the authority to authorize disconnection
of utility service to the building, structure or system regulated
by this code and the referenced codes and standards set forth in
Section R102.4 in case of emergency where necessary to elimi-
nate an immediate hazard to life or property or when such util-
ity connection has been made without the approval required by
Section Rl 1 1 . 1 or Rl 11 .2. The building official shall notify the
serving utility and whenever possible the owner and occupant
of the building, structure or service system of the decision to
disconnect prior to taking such action if not notified prior to
disconnection. The owner or occupant of the building, struc-
ture or service system shall be notified in writing as soon as
practical thereafter.

SECTION Rl 12
BOARD OF APPEALS

R112.1 General. In order to hear and decide appeals of orders,
decisions or determinations made by the building official rela-
tive to the application and interpretation of this code, there shall
be and is hereby created a board of appeals. The building offi-

cial shall be an ex officio member of said board but shall have
no vote on any matter before the board. The board of appeals
shall be appointed by the governing body and shall hold office
at its pleasure. The board shall adopt rules of procedure for
conducting its business, and shall render all decisions and find-
ings in writing to the appellant with a duplicate copy to the
building official.

R112.2 Limitations on authority. An application for appeal
shall be based on a claim that the true intent of this code or the
rules legally adopted thereunder have been incorrectly inter-
preted, the provisions of this code do not fully apply, or an
equally good or better form of construction is proposed. The
board shall have no authority to waive requirements of this
code.

Rl 12.2.1 Determination of substantial improvement in
areas prone to flooding. When the building official pro-
vides a finding required in Section R 105. 3. 1.1, the board of
appeals shall determine whether the value of the proposed
work constitutes a substantial improvement. A substantial
improvement means any repair, reconstruction, rehabilita-
tion, addition or improvement of a building or structure, the
cost of which equals or exceeds 50 percent of the market
value of the building or structure before the improvement or
repair is started. If the building or structure has sustained
substantial damage, all repairs are considered substantial
improvement regardless of the actual repair work
performed. The term does not include:

1 . Improvements of a building or structure required to
correct existing health, sanitary or safety code viola-
tions identified by the building official and which are
the minimum necessary to assure safe living
conditions; or

2. Any alteration of an historic building or structure,
provided that the alteration will not preclude the con-
tinued designation as an historic building or structure.
For the purpose of this exclusion, an historic building
is:

2.1. Listed or preliminarily determined to be eligi-
ble for listing in the National Register of His-
toric Places; or

2.2. Determined by the Secretary of the U.S. De-
partment of Interior as contributing to the his-
torical significance of a registered historic
district or a district preliminarily determined
to qualify as an historic district; or

2.3. Designated as historic under a state or local
historic preservation program that is ap-
proved by the Department of Interior.

Rl 12.2.2 Criteria for issuance of a variance for areas
prone to flooding. A variance shall only be issued upon:

1. A showing of good and sufficient cause that the
unique characteristics of the size, configuration or
topography of the site render the elevation standards I
in Section R324 inappropriate. I

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

ADMINISTRATION

2. A determination that failure to grant the variance
would result in exceptional hardship by rendering the
lot undevelopable.

3. A determination that the granting of a variance will
not result in increased flood heights, additional
threats to public safety, extraordinary public expense,
nor create nuisances, cause fraud on or victimization
of the public, or conflict with existing local laws or
ordinances.

4. A determination that the variance is the minimum
necessary to afford relief, considering the flood
hazard.

5. Submission to the applicant of written notice specify-
ing the difference between the design flood elevation
and the elevation to which the building is to be built,
stating that the cost of flood insurance will be com-
mensurate with the increased risk resulting from the
reduced floor elevation, and stating that construction
below the design flood elevation increases risks to life
and property.

R112.3 Qualifications. The board of appeals shall consist of
members who are qualified by experience and training to pass
on matters pertaining to building construction and are not
employees of the jurisdiction.

R112.4 Administration. The building official shall take
immediate action in accordance with the decision of the board.

issued under the provisions of this code, shall be subject to pen-
alties as prescribed by law.

SECTION R1 14
STOP WORK ORDER

R114.1 Notice to owner. Upon notice from the building offi-
cial that work on any building or structure is being prosecuted
contrary to the provisions of this code or in an unsafe and dan-
gerous manner, such work shall be immediately stopped. The
stop work order shall be in writing and shall be given to the
owner of the property involved, or to the owner's agent or to the
person doing the work and shall state the conditions under
which work will be permitted to resume.

R114.2 Unlawful continuance. Any person who shall con-
tinue any work in or about the structure after having been
served with a stop work order, except such work as that person
is directed to perform to remove a violation or unsafe condi-
tion, shall be subject to penalties as prescribed by law.

SECTION R1 13
VIOLATIONS

R113.1 Unlawful acts. It shall be unlawful for any person, firm
or corporation to erect, construct, alter, extend, repair, move,
remove, demolish or occupy any building, structure or equip-
ment regulated by this code, or cause same to be done, in con-
flict with or in violation of any of the provisions of this code.

R113.2 Notice of violation. The building official is authorized
to serve a notice of violation or order on the person responsible
for the erection, construction, alteration, extension, repair,
moving, removal, demolition or occupancy of a building or
structure in violation of the provisions of this code, or in viola-
tion of a detail statement or a plan approved thereunder, or in
violation of a permit or certificate issued under the provisions
of this code. Such order shall direct the discontinuance of the
illegal action or condition and the abatement of the violation.

R113.3 Prosecution of violation. If the notice of violation is
not complied with in the time prescribed by such notice, the
building official is authorized to request the legal counsel of the
jurisdiction to institute the appropriate proceeding at law or in
equity to restrain, correct or abate such violation, or to require
the removal or termination of the unlawful occupancy of the
building or structure in violation of the provisions of this code
or of the order or direction made pursuant thereto.

R113.4 Violation penalties. Any person who violates a provi-
sion of this code or fails to comply with any of the requirements
thereof or who erects, constructs, alters or repairs a building or
structure in violation of the approved construction documents
or directive of the building official, or of a permit or certificate

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'^

Part II — Definitions

CHAPTER 2

DEFINITIONS

SECTION R201
GENERAL

R201.1 Scope. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the follow-
ing words and terms shall, for the purposes of this code, have
the meanings indicated in this chapter.

R201.2 Interchangeability. Words used in the present tense
include the future; words in the masculine gender include the
feminine and neuter; the singular number includes the plural
and the plural, the singular.

R201.3 Terms defined in other codes. Where terms are not
defined in this code such terms shall have meanings ascribed to
them as in other code publications of the International Code
Council.

R201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are not defined
through the methods authorized by this section, such terms
shall have ordinarily accepted meanings such as the context
implies.

SECTION R202
DEFINITIONS

ACCESSIBLE. Signifies access that requires the removal of
an access panel or similar removable obstruction.

ACCESSIBLE, READILY. Signifies access without the
necessity for removing a panel or similar obstruction.

ACCESSORY STRUCTURE. A structure not greater than
3,000 square feet (279 m^) in floor area, and not over two sto-
ries in height, the use of which is customarily accessory to and
incidental to that of the dwelling(s) and which is located on the
same lot.

ADDITION. An extension or increase in floor area or height
of a building or structure.

AIR ADMITTANCE VALVE. A one-way valve designed to
allow air into the plumbing drainage system when a negative
pressure develops in the piping. This device shall close by grav-
ity and seal the terminal under conditions of zero differential
pressure (no flow conditions) and under positive internal pres-
sure.

AIR BREAK (DRAINAGE SYSTEM). An arrangement in
which a discharge pipe from a fixture, appliance or device
drains indirectly into a receptor below the flood-level rim of the
receptor, and above the trap seal.

AIR CIRCULATION, FORCED. A means of providing
space conditioning utilizing movement of air through ducts or
plenums by mechanical means.

AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM. A system that consists of
heat exchangers, blowers, filters, supply, exhaust and return-air
systems, and shall include any apparatus installed in connec-
tion therewith.

AIR GAP, DRAINAGE SYSTEM. The unobstructed vertical
distance through free atmosphere between the outlet of a waste
pipe and the flood-level rim of the fixture or receptor into
which it is discharging.

AIR GAP, WATER-DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. The unob-
structed vertical distance through free atmosphere between the
lowest opening from a water supply discharge to the
flood-level rim of a plumbing fixture.

ALTERATION. Any construction or renovation to an existing
structure other than repair or addition that requires a permit.
Also, a change in a mechanical system that involves an exten-
sion, addition or change to the arrangement, type or purpose of
the original installation that requires a permit.

ANCHORS. See "Supports."

ANTISIPHON. A term applied to valves or mechanical
devices that eliminate siphonage.

APPLIANCE. A device or apparatus that is manufactured and
designed to utihze energy and for which this code provides spe-
cific requirements.

APPROVED. Acceptable to the building official.

APPROVED AGENCY. An established and recognized
agency regularly engaged in conducting tests or furnishing
inspection services, when such agency has been approved by
the building official.

ASPECT RATIO. The ratio of the height to width (h/w) of a
shear wall. The shear wall height is the maximum clear height
from top of foundation or diaphragm to bottom of diaphragm
framing above and the shear wall width is the sheathed dimen-
sion in the direction of applied force on the shear wall.

ATTIC. The unfinished space between the ceiling joists of the
top story and the roof rafters.

BACKFLOW, DRAINAGE. A reversal of flow in the drain-
age system.

BACKFLOW PREVENTER. A device or means to prevent
backflow.

BACKFLOW PREVENTER, REDUCED-PRESSURE-
ZONE TYPE. A backflow-prevention device consisting of
two independentiy acting check valves, internally force loaded
to a normally closed position and separated by an intermediate
chamber (or zone) in which there is an automatic relief means
of venting to atmosphere internally loaded to a normally open

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

DEFINITIONS

position between two tightly closing shutoff valves and with
means for testing for tightness of the checks and opening of
relief means.

BACKFLOW, WATER DISTRIBUTION. The flow of water
or other liquids into the potable water-supply piping from any
sources other than its intended source. Backsiphonage is one
type of backflow.

BACKPRESSURE. Pressure created by any means in the
water distribution system, which by being in excess of the pres-
sure in the water supply mains causes a potential backflow con-
dition.

BACKPRESSURE, LOW HEAD. A pressure less than or
equal to 4.33 psi (29.88 kPa) or the pressure exerted by a
10-foot (3048 mm) column of water.

BACKSIPHONAGE. The flowing back of used or contami-
nated water from piping into a potable water-supply pipe due to
a negative pressure in such pipe.

BACKWATER VALVE. A device installed in a drain or pipe
to prevent backflow of sewage.

BALCONY, EXTERIOR. An exterior floor projecting from
and supported by a structure without additional independent
supports.

BALL COCK. A valve that is used inside a gravity-type water
closet flush tank to control the supply of water into the tank. It
may also be called a flush-tank fill valve or water control.

BASEMENT. That portion of a building that is partiy or com-
pletely below grade (see "Story above grade").

BASEMENT WALL. The opaque portion of a wall that
encloses one side of a basement and has an average below
grade wall area that is 50 percent or more of the total opaque
and non-opaque area of that enclosing side.

BASIC WIND SPEED. Three-second gust speed at 33 feet
(10 058 mm) above the ground in Exposure C (see Section
R301.2.1) as given in Figure R301.2(4).

BATHROOM GROUP. A group of fixtures, including or
excluding a bidet, consisting of a water closet, lavatory, and
bathtub or shower. Such fixtures are located together on the
same floor level.

BEND. A drainage fitting, designed to provide a change in
direction of a drain pipe of less than the angle specified by the
amount necessary to establish the desired slope of the line (see
"Elbow" and "Sweep").

BOILER. A self-contained appliance from which hot water is
circulated for heating purposes and then returned to the boiler,
and which operates at water pressures not exceeding 160
pounds per square inch gage (psig) (1102 kPa gauge) and at
water temperatures not exceeding 250°F (121 °C).

BOND BEAM. A horizontal grouted element within masonry
in which reinforcement is embedded.

BRACED WALL LINE. A series of braced wall panels in a
single story constructed in accordance with Section R602.10
for wood framing or Section R603.7 or R30 1.1.1 for
cold-formed steel framing to resist racking from seismic and
wind forces.

BRACED WALL PANEL. A section of a braced wall hne
constructed in accordance with Section R602.10 for wood
framing or Section R603.7 or R30 1.1.1 for cold-formed steel
framing, which extend the full height of the wall. :

BRANCH. Any part of the piping system other than a riser,
main or stack.

BRANCH, FIXTURE. See "Fixture branch, drainage."

BRANCH, HORIZONTAL. See "Horizontal branch, drain-
age."

BRANCH INTERVAL. A vertical measurement of distance,
8 feet (2438 mm) or more in developed length, between the
connections of horizontal branches to a drainage stack. Mea-
surements are taken down the stack from the highest horizontal
branch connection.

BRANCH, MAIN. A water-distribution pipe that extends hor-
izontally off a main or riser to convey water to branches or fix-
ture groups.

BRANCH, VENT. A vent connecting two or more individual
vents with a vent stack or stack vent.

BTU/H. The listed maximum capacity of an appliance, absorp-
tion unit or burner expressed in British thermal units input per
hour. I

BUILDING. Building shall mean any one- and I two-family
dwelling or portion thereof, including townhouses, that is used,
or designed or intended to be used for human habitation, for
living, sleeping, cooking or eating purposes, or any combina-
tion thereof, and shall include accessory structures thereto.

BUILDING DRAIN. The lowest piping that collects the dis-
charge from all other drainage piping inside the house and
extends 30 inches (762 mm) in developed length of pipe,
beyond the exterior walls and conveys the drainage to the build-
ing sewer.

BUILDING, EXISTING. Existing building is a building
erected prior to the adoption of this code, or one for which a
legal building permit has been issued.

BUILDING LINE. The line estabhshed by law, beyond which
a building shall not extend, except as specifically provided by
law.

BUILDING OFFICIAL. The officer or other designated
authority charged with the administration and enforcement of
this code.

BUILDING SEWER. That part of the drainage ;system that
extends from the end of the building drain and conveys its dis-
charge to a public sewer, private sewer, individual isewage-dis-
posal system or other point of disposal. \

BUILDING THERMAL ENVELOPE. The basement walls,
exterior walls, floor, roof and any other building element that
enclose conditioned spaces. I

BUILT-UP ROOF COVERING. Two or more layers of felt
cemented together and surfaced with a cap sheet, mineral
aggregate, smooth coating or similar surfacing material.

CEILING HEIGHT. The clear vertical distance from the fin-
ished floor to the finished ceiling. \

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'^

DEFINITIONS

CHIMNEY. A primary vertical structure containing one or
more flues, for the purpose of carrying gaseous products of
combustion and air from a fuel-burning appliance to the out-
side atmosphere.

CHIMNEY CONNECTOR. A pipe that connects a
fuel-burning appliance to a chimney.

CHIMNEY TYPES

Residential-type appliance. An approved chimney for
removing the products of combustion from fuel-burning,
residential-type appliances producing combustion gases not
in excess of 1 ,000°F (538°C) under normal operating condi-
tions, but capable of producing combustion gases of
1,400°F (760°C) during intermittent forces firing for peri-
ods up to 1 hour. All temperatures shall be measured at the
appliance flue outlet. Residential-type appliance chimneys
include masonry and factory-built types.

CIRCUIT VENT. A vent that connects to a horizontal drain-
age branch and vents two traps to a maximum of eight traps or
trapped fixtures connected into a battery.

CLADDING. The exterior materials that cover the surface of
the building envelope that is directly loaded by the wind.

CLEANOUT. An accessible opening in the drainage system
used for the removal of possible obstruction.

CLOSET. A small room or chamber used for storage.

COMBINATION WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM. A spe-
cially designed system of waste piping embodying the horizon-
tal wet venting of one or more sinks or floor drains by means of
a common waste and vent pipe adequately sized to provide free
movement of air above the flow line of the drain.

COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL. Any material not defined as
noncombustible.

COMBUSTION AIR. The air provided to fuel-burning equip-
ment including air for fuel combustion, draft hood dilution and
ventilation of the equipment enclosure.

COMMON VENT. A single pipe venting two trap arms within
the same branch interval, either back-to-back or one above the
other.

CONDENSATE. The liquid that separates from a gas due to a
reduction in temperature, e.g., water that condenses from flue
gases and water that condenses from air circulating through the
cooling coil in air conditioning equipment.

CONDENSING APPLIANCE. An appliance that condenses
water generated by the burning of fuels.

CONDITIONED AIR. Air treated to control its temperature,
relative humidity or quahty.

CONDITIONED AREA. That area within a building pro-
vided with heating and/or cooling systems or appliances capa-
ble of maintaining, through design or heat loss/gain, 68 °F
(20°C) during the heating season and/or 80°F (27°C) during
the coohng season, or has a fixed opening directly adjacent to a
conditioned area.

CONDITIONED FLOOR AREA. The horizontal projection
of the floors associated with the conditioned space.

CONDITIONED SPACE. For energy purposes, space within
a building that is provided with heating and/or cooling equip-
ment or systems capable of maintaining, through design or heat
loss/gain, 50°F (10°C) during the heating season and 85°F
(29°C) during the cooling season, or communicates directly
with a conditioned space. For mechanical purposes, an area,
room or space being heated or cooled by any equipment or
appliance.

CONFINED SPACE. A room or space having a volume less
than 50 cubic feet per 1 ,000 Btu/h (4.83 LAV) of the aggregate
input rating of all fuel-burning appliances installed in that
space.

CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. Written, graphic and
pictorial documents prepared or assembled for describing the
design, location and physical characteristics of the elements of
a project necessary for obtaining a building permit. Construc-
tion drawings shall be drawn to an appropriate scale.

CONTAMINATION. An impairment of the quality of the
potable water that creates an actual hazard to the public health
through poisoning or through the spread of disease by sewage,
industrial fluids or waste.

CONTINUOUS WASTE. A drain from two or more similar
adjacent fixtures connected to a single trap.

CONTROL, LIMIT. An automatic control responsive to
changes in liquid flow or level, pressure, or temperature for
limiting the operation of an appliance.

CONTROL, PRIMARY SAFETY. A safety control respon-
sive directly to flame properties that senses the presence or
absence of flame and, in event of ignition failure or uninten-
tional flame extinguishment, automatically causes shutdown
of mechanical equipment.

CONVECTOR. A system-incorporating heating element in
an enclosure in which air enters an opening below the heating
element, is heated and leaves the enclosure through an opening
located above the heating element.

CORROSION RESISTANCE. The ability of a material to
withstand deterioration of its surface or its properties when
exposed to its environment.

COURT. A space, open and unobstructed to the sky, located at
or above grade level on a lot and bounded on three or more
sides by walls or a building.

CRIPPLE WALL. A framed wall extending from the top of
the foundation to the underside of the floor framing of the first
story above grade plane.

CROSS CONNECTION. Any connection between two oth-
erwise separate piping systems whereby there may be a flow
from one system to the other.

DALLE GLASS. A decorative composite glazing material
made of individual pieces of glass that are embedded in a cast
matrix of concrete or epoxy.

DAMPER, VOLUME. A device that will restrict, retard or
direct the flow of air in any duct, or the products of combustion
of heat-producing equipment, vent connector, vent or chimney.

DEAD END. A branch leading from a DWV system terminat-
ing at a developed length of 2 feet (610 mm) or more. Dead

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

DEFINITIONS

ends shall be prohibited except as an approved part of a
rough-in for future connection.

DEAD LOADS. The weight of all materials of construction
incorporated into the building, including but not limited to
walls, floors, roofs, ceilings, stairways, built-in partitions, fin-
ishes, cladding, and other similarly incorporated architectural
and structural items, and fixed service equipment.

DECK. An exterior floor system supported on at least two
opposing sides by an adjoining structure and/or posts, piers, or
other independent supports.

DECORATIVE GLASS. A carved, leaded or Dalle glass or
glazing material whose purpose is decorative or artistic, not
functional; whose coloring, texture or other design qualities or
components cannot be removed without destroying the glazing
material; and whose surface, or assembly into which it is
incor-porated, is divided into segments.

DESIGN PROFESSIONAL. See definition of "Registered
design professional."

DEVELOPED LENGTH. The length of a pipeline measured
along the center line of the pipe and fittings.

DIAMETER. Unless specifically stated, the term "diameter"
is the nominal diameter as designated by the approved material
standard.

DIAPHRAGM. A horizontal or nearly horizontal system act-
ing to transmit lateral forces to the vertical resisting elements.
When the term "diaphragm" is used, it includes horizontal
bracing systems.

DILUTION AIR. Air that enters a draft hood or draft regulator
and mixes with flue gases.

DIRECT- VENT APPLIANCE. A fuel-burning appliance
with a sealed combustion system that draws all air for combus-
tion from the outside atmosphere and discharges all flue gases
to the outside atmosphere.

DRAFT. The pressure difference existing between the appli-
ance or any component part and the atmosphere, that causes a
continuous flow of air and products of combustion through the
gas passages of the appliance to the atmosphere.

Induced draft. The pressure difference created by the
action of a fan, blower or ejector, that is located between the
appliance and the chimney or vent termination.

Natural draft. The pressure difference created by a vent or
chimney because of its height, and the temperature differ-
ence between the flue gases and the atmosphere.

DRAFT HOOD. A device built into an appliance, or a part of
the vent connector from an appliance, which is designed to pro-
vide for the ready escape of the flue gases from the appliance in
the event of no draft, backdraft or stoppage beyond the draft
hood; prevent a backdraft from entering the appliance; and
neutralize the effect of stack action of the chimney or gas vent
on the operation of the appliance.

DRAFT REGULATOR. A device that functions to maintain a
desired draft in the appliance by automatically reducing the
draft to the desired value.

DRAFT STOP. A material, device or construction installed to
restrict the movement of air within open spaces of concealed
areas of building components such as crawl spaces, floor-ceil-
ing assemblies, roof-ceiling assemblies and attics.

DRAIN. Any pipe that carries soil and water-borne wastes in a
building drainage system.

DRAINAGE FITTING. A pipe fitting designed to provide
connections in the drainage system that have provisions for
establishing the desired slope in the system. These fittings are
made from a variety of both metals and plastics. The methods
of coupling provide for required slope in the system (see "Dur-
ham fitting").

DUCT SYSTEM. A continuous passageway for the transmis-
sion of air which, in addition to ducts, includes duct fittings,
dampers, plenums, fans and accessory air-handling equipment
and appliances.

DURHAM FITTING. A special type of drainage fitting for
use in the durham systems installations in which the joints are
made with recessed and tapered threaded fittings, as opposed to
bell and spigot lead/oakum or solvent/cemented or soldered
joints. The tapping is at an angle (not 90 degrees) to provide for
proper slope in otherwise rigid connections.

DURHAM SYSTEM. A term used to describe soil or waste
systems where all piping is of threaded pipe, tube or other such
rigid construction using recessed drainage fittings to corre-
spond to the types of piping.

DWELLING. Any building that contains one or two dwelling
units used, intended, or designed to be built, used, rented,
leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or that are occupied for
living purposes.

DWELLING UNIT. A single unit providing complete inde-
pendent living facilities for one or more persons, including per-
manent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking and
sanitation.

DWV. Abbreviated term for drain, waste and vent piping as
used in common plumbing practice.

EFFECTIVE OPENING. The minimum cross-sectional area
at the point of water-supply discharge, measured or expressed
in terms of diameter of a circle and if the opening is not circular,
the diameter of a circle of equivalent cross-sectional area. (This
is applicable to air gap.)

ELBOW. A pressure pipe fitting designed to provide an exact
change in direction of a pipe run. An elbow provides a sharp
turn in the flow path (see "Bend" and "Sweep").

EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPENING. An

operable exterior window, door or similar device that provides |
for a means of escape and access for rescue in the event of an
emergency.

EQUIPMENT. All piping, ducts, vents, control devices and
other components of systems other than appliances that are
permanently installed and integrated to provide control of envi-
ronmental conditions for buildings. This definition shall also
include other systems specifically regulated in this code.

EQUIVALENT LENGTH. For determining fiicfion losses in
a piping system, the effect of a particular fitting equal to the

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

DEFINITIONS

friction loss through a straight piping length of the same nomi-
nal diameter.

ESSENTIALLY NONTOXIC TRANSFER FLUIDS. Fluids
having a Gosselin rating of 1, including propylene glycol; min-
eral oil; polydimenthyoil oxane; hydrochlorofluorocarbon,
chlorofluorocarbon and hydrofluorocarbon refrigerants; and
FDA-approved boiler water additives for steam boilers.

ESSENTIALLY TOXIC TRANSFER FLUIDS. Soil, water
or gray water and fluids having a Gosselin rating of 2 or more
including ethylene glycol, hydrocarbon oils, ammonia refrig-
erants and hydrazine.

EVAPORATIVE COOLER. A device used for reducing air
temperature by the process of evaporating water into an
airstream.

EXCESS AIR. Air that passes through the combustion cham-
ber and the appliance flue in excess of that which is theoreti-
cally required for complete combustion.

EXHAUST HOOD, FULL OPENING. An exhaust hood
with an opening at least equal to the diameter of the connecting
vent.

EXISTING INSTALLATIONS. Any plumbing system regu-
lated by this code that was legally installed prior to the effective
date of this code, or for which a permit to install has been
issued.

EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEMS (EIFS).

Synthetic stucco cladding systems typically consisting of five
layers: adhesive, insulation board, base coat into which fiber-
glass reinforcing mesh is embedded, and a finish coat in the
desired color.

EXTERIOR WALL. An above-grade wall that defines the
I exterior boundaries of a building. Includes between-floor
spandrels, peripheral edges of floors, roof and basement knee
walls, dormer walls, gable end walls, walls enclosing a man-
sard roof and basement walls with an average below-grade wall
area that is less than 50 percent of the total opaque and
nonopaque area of that enclosing side.

FACTORY-BUILT CHIMNEY. A listed and labeled chim-
ney composed of factory-made components assembled in the
field in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and
the conditions of the listing.

FENESTRATION. Skyhghts, roof windows, vertical win-
dows (whether fixed or moveable); opaque doors; glazed
doors; glass block; and combination opaque/glazed doors.

FIBER CEMENT SIDING. A manufactured, fiber-reinforc-
ing product made with an inorganic hydraulic or calcium sili-
cate binder formed by chemical reaction and reinforced with
organic or inorganic non-asbestos fibers, or both. Additives
which enhance manufacturing or product performance are per-
mitted. Fiber cement siding products have either smooth or tex-
tured faces and are intended for exterior wall and related
applications.

FIREBLOCKING. Building materials installed to resist the
free passage of flame to other areas of the building through
concealed spaces.

FIREPLACE. An assembly consisting of a hearth and fire
chamber of noncombustible material and provided with a
chimney, for use with solid fuels.

Factory-built fireplace. A listed and labeled fireplace and
chimney system composed of factory-made components,
and assembled in the field in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and the conditions of the listing.

Masonry chimney. A field-constructed chimney composed
of solid masonry units, bricks, stones or concrete.

Masonry fireplace. A field-constructed fireplace com-
posed of solid masonry units, bricks, stones or concrete.

FIREPLACE STOVE. A free-standing, chimney-connected
solid-fuel-burning heater designed to be operated with the fire
chamber doors in either the open or closed position.

FIREPLACE THROAT. The opening between the top of the

firebox and the smoke chamber.

FIRE SEPARATION DISTANCE. The distance measured
from the building face to one of the following:

1. To the closest interior lot line; or

2. To the centerline of a street, an alley or public way; or

3. To an imaginary line between two buildings on the lot.

The distance shall be measured at a right angle from the face of
the wall.

FIXTURE. See "Plumbing fixture."

FIXTURE BRANCH, DRAINAGE. A drain serving two or
more fixtures that discharges into another portion of the drain-
age system.

FIXTURE BRANCH, WATER-SUPPLY. A water supply
pipe between the fixture supply and a main water-distribution
pipe or fixture group main.

FIXTURE DRAIN. The drain from the trap of a fixture to the
junction of that drain with any other drain pipe.

FIXTURE FITTING

Supply fitting. A fitting that controls the volume and/or
directional flow of water and is either attached to or accessi-
ble from a fixture or is used with an open or atmospheric dis-
charge.

Waste fitting. A combination of components that conveys
the sanitary waste from the outlet of a fixture to the connec-
tion of the sanitary drainage system.

FIXTURE GROUP, MAIN. The main water-distribution
pipe (or secondary branch) serving a plumbing fixture group-
ing such as a bath, kitchen or laundry area to which two or more
individual fixture branch pipes are connected.

FIXTURE SUPPLY. The water-supply pipe connecting a fix-
ture or fixture fitting to a fixture branch.

FIXTURE UNIT, DRAINAGE (d.f.u.). A measure of proba-
ble discharge into the drainage system by various types of
plumbing fixtures, used to size DWV piping systems. The
drainage fixture-unit value for a particular fixture depends on
its volume rate of drainage discharge, on the time duration of a

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

DEFINITIONS

single drainage operation and on the average time between suc-
cessive operations.

FIXTURE UNIT, WATER-SUPPLY (w.s.f.u.). A measure of
the probable hydraulic demand on the water supply by various
types of plumbing fixtures used to size water-piping systems.
The water-supply fixture-unit value for a particular fixture
depends on its volume rate of supply, on the time duration of a
single supply operation and on the average time between suc-
cessive operations.

FLAME SPREAD. The propagation of flame over a surface.

FLAME SPREAD INDEX. The numeric value assigned to a
material tested in accordance with ASTM E 84.

FLOOD-LEVEL RIM. The edge of the receptor or fixture
from which water overflows.

FLOOR DRAIN. A plumbing fixture for recess in the floor
having a floor-level strainer intended for the purpose of the col-
lection and disposal of waste water used in cleaning the floor
and for the collection and disposal of accidental spillage to the
floor.

FLOOR FURNACE. A self-contained furnace suspended
from the floor of the space being heated, taking air for combus-
tion from outside such space, and with means for lighting the
appliance from such space.

FLOW PRESSURE. The static pressure reading in the
water-supply pipe near the faucet or water outlet while the fau-
cet or water outlet is open and flowing at capacity.

FLUE. See "Vent."

FLUE, APPLIANCE. The passages within an appliance
through which combustion products pass from the combustion
chamber to the flue collar.

FLUE COLLAR. The portion of a fuel-burning appliance
designed for the attachment of a draft hood, vent connector or
venting system.

FLUE GASES. Products of combustion plus excess air in

appliance flues or heat exchangers.

FLUSH VALVE. A device located at the bottom of a flush tank
that is operated to flush water closets.

FLUSHOMETER TANK. A device integrated within an air
accumulator vessel that is designed to discharge a predeter-
mined quantity of water to fixtures for flushing purposes.

FLUSHOMETER VALVE. A flushometer valve is a device
that discharges a predetermined quantity of water to fixtures
for flushing purposes and is actuated by direct water pressure.

FOAM BACKER BOARD. Foam plastic used in siding appli-
cations where the foam plastic is a component of the siding.

FOAM PLASTIC INSULATION. A plastic that is intention-
ally expanded by the use of a foaming agent to produce a
reduced-density plastic containing voids consisting of open or
closed cells distributed throughout the plastic for thermal insu-
lating or acoustic purposes and that has a density less than 20
pounds per cubic foot (320 kg/m^) unless it is used as interior
trim.

FOAM PLASTIC INTERIOR TRIM. Exposed foam plastic
used as picture molds, chair rails, crown moldings, baseboards,
handrails, ceiling beams, door trim and window trim and simi-
lar decorative or protective materials used in fixed applications.

FUEL-PIPING SYSTEM. All piping, tubing, valves and fit-
tings used to connect fuel utilization equipment to the point of
fuel delivery.

FULLWAY VALVE. A valve that in the full open position has
an opening cross-sectional area equal to a minimum of 85 per-
cent of the cross-sectional area of the connecting pipe.

FURNACE. A vented heating appliance designed or arranged
to discharge heated air into a conditioned space or through a
duct or ducts.

GLAZING AREA. The interior surface area of all glazed fen-
estration, including the area of sash, curbing or other framing
elements, that enclose conditioned space. Includes the area of
glazed fenestration assemblies in walls bounding conditioned
basements.

GRADE. The finished ground level adjoining the building at
all exterior walls.

GRADE FLOOR OPENING. A window or other opening
located such that the sill height of the opening is not more than
44 inches (1118 mm) above or below the finished ground level
adjacent to the opening.

GRADE, PIPING. See "Slope."

GRADE PLANE. A reference plane representing the average
of the finished ground level adjoining the building at all exte-
rior walls. Where the finished ground level slopes away from
the exterior walls, the reference plane shall be established by
the lowest points within the area between the building and the
lot line or, where the lot line is more than 6 ft (1829 mm) from
the building between the structure and a point 6 ft (1829 mm)
from the building.

GRIDDED WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. A water
distribution system where every water distribution pipe is inter-
connected so as to provide two or more paths to each fixture
supply pipe.

GROSS AREA OF EXTERIOR WALLS. The normal pro
jection of all exterior walls, including the area of all windows
and doors installed therein.

GROUND-SOURCE HEAT PUMP LOOP SYSTEM. Pip

ing buried in horizontal or vertical excavations or placed in a
body of water for the purpose of transporting heat transfer liq-
uid to and from a heat pump. Included in this definition are
closed loop systems in which the liquid is recirculated and open
loop systems in which the liquid is drawn from a well or other
source.

GUARD. A building component or a system of building com-
ponents located near the open sides of elevated walking sur-
faces that minimizes the possibility of a fall from the walking
surface to the lower level.

HABITABLE SPACE. A space in a building for living, sleep-
ing, eating or cooking. Bathrooms, toilet rooms, closets, halls,
storage or utility spaces and similar areas are not considered
habitable spaces.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

DEFINITIONS

HANDRAIL. A horizontal or sloping rail intended for grasp-
ing by the hand for guidance or support.

HANGERS. See "Supports."

HAZARDOUS LOCATION. Any location considered to be a
fire hazard for flammable vapors, dust, combustible fibers or
other highly combustible substances.

HEATING DEGREE DAYS (HDD). The sum, on an annual
basis, of the difference between 65°F (18°C) and the mean tem-
perature for each day as determined from "NCAA Annual
Degree Days to Selected Bases Derived from the 1960-1990
Normals" or other weather data sources acceptable to the code
official.

HEAT PUMP. An appliance having heating or heating/cool-
ing capability and that uses refrigerants to extract heat from air,
liquid or other sources.

HEIGHT, BUILDING. The vertical distance from grade
plane to the average height of the highest roof surface.

HEIGHT, STORY. The vertical distance from top to top of
two successive tiers of beams or finished floor surfaces; and,
for the topmost story, from the top of the floor finish to the top
of the ceiling joists or, where there is not a ceiling, to the top of
the roof rafters.

HIGH-TEMPERATURE (H.T.) CHIMNEY. A high tem-
perature chimney complying with the requirements of UL 103.
A Type H.T. chimney is identifiable by the markings "Type
H.T." on each chimney pipe section.

HORIZONTAL BRANCH, DRAINAGE. A drain pipe
extending laterally from a soil or waste stack or building drain,
that receives the discharge from one or more fixture drains.

HORIZONTAL PIPE. Any pipe or fitting that makes an angle
of less than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) with the horizontal.

HOT WATER. Water at a temperature greater than or equal to
110°F(43°C).

HURRICANE-PRONE REGIONS. Areas vulnerable to
hurricanes, defined as the U.S. Atlantic Ocean and Gulf of
Mexico coasts where the basic wind speed is greater than 90
miles per hour (40 m/s), and Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Guam, Vir-
gin Islands, and America Samoa.

HYDROGEN GENERATING APPLIANCE. A self con-
tained package or factory-matched packages of integrated sys-
tems for generating gaseous hydrogen. Hydrogen generating
appliances utilize electrolysis, reformation, chemical, or other
processes to generate hydrogen.

IGNITION SOURCE. A flame, spark or hot surface capable
of igniting flammable vapors or fumes. Such sources include
appliance burners, burner ignitions and electrical switching
devices.

INDIRECT WASTE PIPE. A waste pipe that discharges into
the drainage system through an air gap into a trap, fixture or
receptor.

INDIVIDUAL SEWAGE DISPOSAL SYSTEM. A system
for disposal of sewage by means of a septic tank or mechanical
treatment, designed for use apart from a public sewer to serve a
single establishment or building.

INDIVIDUAL VENT. A pipe installed to vent a single-fixture
drain that connects with the vent system above or terminates
independently outside the building.

INDIVIDUAL WATER SUPPLY. A supply other than an
approved public water supply that serves one or more families.

INSULATING CONCRETE FORM (ICE). A concrete
forming system using stay-in-place forms of rigid foam plastic
insulation, a hybrid of cement and foam insulation, a hybrid of
cement and wood chips, or other insulating material for con-
structing cast-in-place concrete walls.

INSULATING SHEATHING. An insulating board having a
minimum thermal resistance of R-2 of the core material.

JURISDICTION. The governmental unit that has adopted
this code under due legislative authority.

KITCHEN. Kitchen shall mean an area used, or designated to
be used, for the preparation of food.

LABEL. An identification applied on a product by the manu-
facturer which contains the name of the manufacturer, the func-
tion and performance characteristics of the product or material,
and the name and identification of an approved agency and that
indicates that the representative sample of the product or mate-
rial has been tested and evaluated by an approved agency. (See
also "Manufacturer's designation" and "Mark.")

LABELED. Devices, equipment or materials to which have
been affixed a label, seal, symbol or other identifying mark of a
testing laboratory, inspection agency or other organization
concerned with product evaluation that maintains periodic
inspection of the production of the above labeled items that
attests to compliance with a specific standard.

LIGHT-FRAMED CONSTRUCTION. A type of construc-
tion whose vertical and horizontal structural elements are pri-
marily formed by a system of repetitive wood or light gage steel
framing members.

LISTED AND LISTING. Terms referring to equipment that
is shown in a list published by an approved testing agency qual-
ified and equipped for experimental testing and maintaining an
adequate periodic inspection of current productions and whose
listing states that the equipment complies with nationally rec-
ognized standards when installed in accordance with the manu-
facturer's installation instructions.

LIVE LOADS. Those loads produced by the use and occu-
pancy of the building or other structure and do not include con-
struction or environmental loads such as wind load, snow load,
rain load, earthquake load, flood load or dead load.

LIVING SPACE. Space within a dweUing unit utihzed for liv-
ing, sleeping, eating, cooking, bathing, washing and sanitation
purposes.

LOT. A portion or parcel of land considered as a unit.

LOT LINE. A line dividing one lot from another, or from a
street or any public place.

MACERATING TOILET SYSTEMS. A system comprised
of a sump with macerating pump and with connections for a
water closet and other plumbing fixtures, that is designed to
accept, grind and pump wastes to an approved point of dis-
charge.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

DEFINITIONS

MAIN. The principal pipe artery to which branches may be
connected.

MAIN SEWER. See "Pubhc sewer."

MANIFOLD WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS. A fab-
ricated piping arrangement in which a large supply main is fit-
ted with multiple branches in close proximity in which water is
distributed separately to fixtures from each branch.

MANUFACTURED HOME. Manufactured home means a
structure, transportable in one or more sections, which in the
traveling mode is 8 body feet (2438 body mm) or more in width
or 40 body feet (12 192 body mm) or more in length, or, when
erected on site, is 320 square feet (30 m^) or more, and which is
built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a dwell-
ing with or without a permanent foundation when connected to
the required utilities, and includes the plumbing, heating,
air-conditioning and electrical systems contained therein;
except that such term shall include any structure that meets all
the requirements of this paragraph except the size requirements
and with respect to which the manufacturer voluntarily files a
certification required by the secretary (HUD) and complies
with the standards established under this title. For mobile
homes built prior to June 15, 1976, a label certifying compli-
ance to the Standard for Mobile Homes, NFPA 501, in effect at
the time of manufacture is required. For the purpose of these
provisions, a mobile home shall be considered a manufactured
home.

MANUFACTURER'S DESIGNATION. An identification
applied on a product by the manufacturer indicating that a
product or material complies with a specified standard or set of
rules. (See also "Mark" and "Label.")

MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUC-
TIONS. Printed instructions included with equipment as part
of the conditions of listing and labeling.

MARK. An identification applied on a product by the manu-
facturer indicating the name of the manufacturer and the func-
tion of a product or material. (See also "Manufacturer's
designation" and "Label.")

MASONRY CHIMNEY. A field-constructed chimney com-
posed of solid masonry units, bricks, stones or concrete.

MASONRY HEATER. A masonry heater is a solid fuel burn-
ing heating appliance constructed predominantly of concrete or
solid masonry having a mass of at least 1,100 pounds (500 kg),
excluding the chimney and foundation. It is designed to absorb
and store a substantial portion of heat from a fire built in the fire-
box by routing exhaust gases through internal heat exchange
channels in which the flow path downstream of the firebox
includes at least one 1 80-degree (3. 14-rad) change in flow direc-
tion before entering the chimney and which deliver heat by radi-
ation through the masonry surface of the heater.

MASONRY, SOLID. Masonry consisting of solid masonry
units laid contiguously with the joints between the units filled
with mortar.

MASONRY UNIT. Brick, tile, stone, glass block or concrete
block conforming to the requirements specified in Section
2103 of the International Building Code.

Clay. A building unit larger in size than a brick, composed
of burned clay, shale, fire clay or mixtures thereof

Concrete. A building unit or block larger in size than 12
inches by 4 inches by 4 inches (305 mm by 102 mm by 102
mm) made of cement and suitable aggregates.

Glass. Nonload-bearing masonry composed of glass units
bonded by mortar.

Hollow. A masonry unit whose net cross-sectional area in
any plane parallel to the loadbearing surface is less than 75
percent of its gross cross-sectional area measured in the
same plane.

Solid. A masonry unit whose net cross-sectional area in
every plane parallel to the loadbearing surface is 75 percent
or more of its cross-sectional area measured in the same
plane.

MASS WALL. Masonry or concrete walls having a mass
greater than or equal to 30 pounds per square foot (146 kg/m^),
solid wood walls having a mass greater than or equal to 20
pounds per square foot (98 kg/m^), and any other walls having a
heat capacity greater than or equal to 6 Btu/ft^ • °F [266 ]/(m^ ■
K)].

MEAN ROOF HEIGHT. The average of the roof eave height
and the height to the highest point on the roof surface, except
that eave height shall be used for roof angle of less than or equal
to 10 degrees (0.18 rad).

MECHANICAL DRAFT SYSTEM. A venting system
designed to remove flue or vent gases by mechanical means,
that consists of an induced draft portion under nonpositive
static pressure or a forced draft portion under positive static
pressure.

Forced-draft venting system. A portion of a venting sys-
tem using a fan or other mechanical means to cause the
removal of flue or vent gases under positive static pressure.

Induced draft venting system. A portion of a venting sys-
tem using a fan or other mechanical means to cause the
removal of flue or vent gases under nonpositive static vent
pressure.

Power venting system. A portion of a venting system using
a fan or other mechanical means to cause the removal of flue
or vent gases under positive static vent pressure.

MECHANICAL EXHAUST SYSTEM. A system for
removing air from a room or space by mechanical means.

MECHANICAL SYSTEM. A system specifically addressed
and regulated in this code and composed of components,
devices, appliances and equipment.

METAL ROOF PANEL. An interlocking metal sheet having
a minimum installed weather exposure of at least 3 square feet
(0.28 m^) per sheet.

METAL ROOF SHINGLE. An interlocking metal sheet hav-
ing an installed weather exposure less than 3 square feet (0.28
m^) per sheet.

MEZZANINE, LOFT. An intermediate level or levels
between the floor and ceiling of any story with an aggregate

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE

DEFINITIONS

floor area of not more than one-third of the area of the room or
space in which the level or levels are located.

MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOF COVERING. One or more
layers of polymer modified asphalt sheets. The sheet materials
shall be fully adhered or mechanically attached to the substrate
or held in place with an approved ballast layer.

MULTIPLE STATION SMOKE ALARM. Two or more sin
gle station alarm devices that are capable of interconnection
such that actuation of one causes all integral or separate audible
alarms to operate.

NATURAL DRAFT SYSTEM. A venting system designed to
remove flue or vent gases under nonpositive static vent pres-
sure entirely by natural draft.

NATURALLY DURABLE WOOD. The heartwood of the
following species: Decay-resistant redwood, cedars, black
locust and black walnut.

Note: Comer sap wood is permitted if 90 percent or more of
the width of each side on which it occurs is heartwood.

NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL. Materials that pass the
test procedure for defining noncombustibility of elementary
materials set forth in ASTM E 136.

NONCONDITIONED SPACE. A space that is not a condi-
tioned space by insulated walls, floors or ceilings.

OCCUPIED SPACE. The total area of all buildings or struc-
tures on any lot or parcel of ground projected on a horizontal
plane, excluding permitted projections as allowed by this code.

OFFSET. A combination of fittings that makes two changes in
direction bringing one section of the pipe out of line but into a
line parallel with the other section.

OWNER. Any person, agent, firm or corporation having a
legal or equitable interest in the property.

PELLET FUEL-BURNING APPLIANCE. A closed com
bustion, vented appliance equipped with a fuel feed mecha-
nism for burning processed pellets of solid fuel of a specified
size and composition.

PELLET VENT, A vent Hsted and labeled for use with a listed
pellet fuel-burning appliance.

PERMIT. An official document or certificate issued by the
authority having jurisdiction that authorizes performance of a
specified activity.

PERSON. An individual, heirs, executors, administrators or
assigns, and also includes a firm, partnership or corporation, its
or their successors or assigns, or the agent of any of the afore-
said.

PITCH. See "Slope."

PLATFORM CONSTRUCTION. A method of construction
by which floor framing bears on load bearing walls that are not
continuous through the story levels or floor framing.

PLENUM. A chamber that forms part of an air-circulation sys-
tem other than the occupied space being conditioned.

PLUMBING. For the purpose of this code, plumbing refers to
those installations, repairs, maintenance and alterations regu-
lated by Chapters 25 through 32.

PLUMBING APPLIANCE. An energized household appli-
ance with plumbing connections, such as a dishwasher,
food-waste grinder, clothes washer or water heater.

PLUMBING APPURTENANCE. A device or assembly that
is an adjunct to the basic plumbing system and demands no
additional water supply nor adds any discharge load to the sys-
tem. It is presumed that it performs some useful function in the
operation, maintenance, servicing, economy or safety of the
plumbing system. Examples include filters, relief valves and
aerators.

PLUMBING FIXTURE. A receptor or device that requires
both a water-supply connection and a discharge to the drainage
system, such as water closets, lavatories, bathtubs and sinks.
Plumbing appliances as a special class of fixture are further
defined.

PLUMBING SYSTEM. Includes the water supply and distri-
bution pipes, plumbing fixtures, supports and appurtenances;
soil, waste and vent pipes; sanitary drains and building sewers
to an approved point of disposal.

POLLUTION. An impairment of the quality of the potable
water to a degree that does not create a hazard to the public
health but that does adversely and unreasonably affect the aes-
thetic qualities of such potable water for domestic use.

PORTABLE FUEL CELL APPLIANCE. A fuel cell gener-
ator of electricity, which is not fixed in place. A portable fuel
cell appliance utilizes a cord and plug connection to a grid-iso-
lated load and has an integral fuel supply.

POSITIVE ROOF DRAINAGE. The drainage condition in
which consideration has been made for all loading deflections
of the roof deck, and additional slope has been provided to
ensure drainage of the roof within 48 hours of precipitation.

POTABLE WATER. Water free from impurities present in
amounts sufficient to cause disease or harmful physiological
effects and conforming in bacteriological and chemical quality
to the requirements of the public health authority having juris-
diction.

PRECAST CONCRETE. A structural concrete element cast
elsewhere than its final position in the structure.

PRESSURE-RELIEF VALVE. A pressure-actuated valve
held closed by a spring or other means and designed to auto-
matically relieve pressure at the pressure at which it is set.

PUBLIC SEWER. A common sewer directiy controlled by
public authority.

PUBLIC WATER MAIN. A water-supply pipe for pubhc use
controlled by public authority.

PUBLIC WAY. Any street, alley or other parcel of land open to
the outside air leading to a public street, which has been
deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated to
the public for public use and that has a clear width and height of
not less than 10 feet (3048 mm).

PURGE. To clear of air, gas or other foreign substances.

QUICK-CLOSING VALVE. A valve or faucet that closes
automatically when released manually or controlled by
mechanical means for fast-action closing.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

DEFINITIONS

R- VALUE, THERMAL RESISTANCE. The inverse of the
time rate of heat flow through a building thermal envelope ele-
ment from one of its bounding surfaces to the other for a unit
temperature difference between the two surfaces, under steady
state conditions, per unit area (h ■ ft^ • °F/Btu).

RAMP. A walking surface that has a running slope steeper than
1 unit vertical in 20 units horizontal (5 -percent slope).

RECEPTOR. A fixture or device that receives the discharge
from indirect waste pipes.

REFRIGERANT. A substance used to ^produce refrigeration
by its expansion or evaporation.

REFRIGERANT COMPRESSOR. A specific machine,
with or without accessories, for compressing a given refriger-
ant vapor.

REFRIGERATING SYSTEM. A combination of intercon-
nected parts forming a closed circuit in which refrigerant is cir-
culated for the purpose of extracting, then rejecting, heat. A
direct refrigerating system is one in which the evaporator or
condenser of the refrigerating system is in direct contact with
the air or other substances to be cooled or heated. An indirect
refrigerating system is one in which a secondary coolant
cooled or heated by the refrigerating system is circulated to the
air or other substance to be cooled or heated.

REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL. An individual
who is registered or licensed to practice their respective design
profession as defined by the statutory requirements of the pro-
fessional registration laws of the state or jurisdiction in which
the project is to be constructed.

RELIEF VALVE, VACUUM. A device to prevent excessive
buildup of vacuum in a pressure vessel.

REPAIR. The reconstruction or renewal of any part of an exist-
ing building for the purpose of its maintenance.

REROOFING. The process of recovering or replacing an
existing roof covering. See "Roof recover."

RETURN AIR. Air removed from an approved conditioned
space or location and recirculated or exhausted.

RISER. A water pipe that extends vertically one full story or
more to convey water to branches or to a group of fixtures.

ROOF ASSEMBLY. A system designed to provide weather
protection and resistance to design loads. The system consists
of a roof covering and roof deck or a single component serving
as both the roof covering and the roof deck. A roof assembly
includes the roof deck, vapor retarder, substrate or thermal bar-
rier, insulation, vapor retarder, and roof covering.

ROOF COVERING. The covering applied to the roof deck
for weather resistance, fire classification or appearance.

ROOF COVERING SYSTEM. See "Roof assembly."

ROOF DECK. The flat or sloped surface not including its sup-
porting members or vertical supports.

ROOF RECOVER. The process of installing an additional
roof covering over a prepared existing roof covering without
removing the existing roof covering.

ROOF REPAIR. Reconstruction or renewal of any part of an
existing roof for the purposes of its maintenance.

ROOFTOP STRUCTURE. An enclosed structure on or
above the roof of any part of a building.

ROOM HEATER. A freestanding heating appliance installed
in the space being heated and not connected to ducts.

ROUGH-IN. The installation of all parts of the plumbing sys-
tem that must be completed prior to the installation of fixtures.
This includes DWV, water supply and built-in fixture supports.

RUNNING BOND. The placement of masonry units such that
head joints in successive courses are horizontally offset at least
one-quarter the unit length.

SANITARY SEWER. A sewer that carries sewage and
excludes storm, surface and groundwater.

SCUPPER. An opening in a wall or parapet that allows water
to drain from a roof.

SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY. A classification assigned
to a structure based on its Seismic Group and the severity of the
design earthquake ground motion at the site.

SEPTIC TANK. A water-tight receptor that receives the dis-
charge of a building sanitary drainage system and is con-
structed so as to separate solids from the liquid, digest organic
matter through a period of detention, and allovv' the liquids to
discharge into the soil outside of the tank through a system of
open joint or perforated piping or a seepage pit.

SEWAGE. Any liquid waste containing animal matter, vegeta-
ble matter or other impurity in suspension or solution.

SEWAGE PUMP. A permanently installed mechanical device
for removing sewage or liquid waste from a sump.

SHALL. The term, when used in the code, is construed as man-
datory.

SHEAR WALL. A general term for walls that are designed
and constructed to resist racking from seismic and wind by use
of masonry, concrete, cold-formed steel or wood framing in
accordance with Chapter 6 of this code and the associated limi-
tations in Section R301.2 of this code.

SIDE VENT. A vent connecting to the drain pipe through a fit-
ting at an angle less than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) to the horizontal.

SINGLE PLY MEMBRANE. A roofing membrane that is
field applied using one layer of membrane material (either
homogeneous or composite) rather than multiple layers.

SINGLE STATION SMOKE ALARM. An assembly incor-
porating the detector, control equipment and alarm sounding
device in one unit that is operated from a power supply either in
the unit or obtained at the point of installation.

SKYLIGHT AND SLOPED GLAZING. See Section
R308.6.1.

SKYLIGHT, UNIT. See Section R308.6.1.

SLIP JOINT. A mechanical-type joint used primarily on fix-
ture traps. The joint tightness is obtained by compressing a
friction-type washer such as rubber, nylon, neoprene, lead or
special packing material against the pipe by the tightening of a
(slip) nut.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

DEFINITIONS

SLOPE. The fall (pitch) of a line of pipe in reference to a
horizonal plane. In drainage, the slope is expressed as the fall in
units vertical per units horizontal (percent) for a length of pipe.

SMOKE-DEVELOPED RATING. A numerical index indi-
cating the relative density of smoke produced by burning
assigned to a material tested in accordance with ASTM E 84.

SOIL STACK OR PIPE. A pipe that conveys sewage contain-
ing fecal material.

SOLAR HEAT GAIN COEFFICIENT (SHGC). The solar
heat gain through a fenestration or glazing assembly relative to
the incident solar radiation (Btu/h • ft^ ■ °F).

SOLID MASONRY. Load-bearing or nonload-bearing con-
struction using masonry units where the net cross-sectional
area of each unit in any plane parallel to the bearing surface is
not less than 75 percent of its gross cross-sectional area. Sohd
masonry units shall conform to ASTM C 55, C 62, C 73, C 145
or C 216.

STACK. Any main vertical DWV line, including offsets, that
extends one or more stories as directly as possible to its vent
terminal.

STACK BOND. The placement of masonry units in a bond
pattern is such that head joints in successive courses are verti-
cally aligned. For the purpose of this code, requirements for
stack bond shall apply to all masonry laid in other than running
bond.

STACK VENT. The extension of soil or waste stack above the
highest horizontal drain connected.

STACK VENTING. A method of venting a fixture or fixtures
through the soil or waste stack without individual fixture vents.

STANDARD TRUSS. Any construction that does not permit
the roof/ceiling insulation to achieve the required /?- value over
the exterior walls.

STATIONARY FUEL CELL POWER PLANT. A self con-
tained package or factory-matched packages which constitute
an automatically-operated assembly of integrated systems for
generating useful electrical energy and recoverable thermal
energy that is permanently connected and fixed in place.

STORM SEWER, DRAIN. A pipe used for conveying rain-
water, surface water, subsurface water and similar liquid waste.

STORY. That portion of a building included between the upper
surface of a floor and the upper surface of the floor or roof next
above.

STORY ABOVE GRADE. Any story having its finished floor
surface entirely above grade, except that a basement shall be
considered as a story above grade where the finished surface of
the floor above the basement is:

1. More than 6 feet (1829 mm) above grade plane.

2. More than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the finished ground
level for more than 50 percent of the total building per-
imeter.

3. More than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the finished ground
level at any point.

STRUCTURAL INSULATED PANELS (SIPS). Factory
fabricated panels of solid core insulation with structural skins
of oriented strand board (OSB) or plywood.

STRUCTURE. That which is built or constructed.

SUMP. A tank or pit that receives sewage or waste, located
below the normal grade of the gravity system and that must be
emptied by mechanical means.

SUMP PUMP. A pump installed to empty a sump. These
pumps are used for removing storm water only. The pump is
selected for the specific head and volume of the load and is usu-
ally operated by level controllers.

SUNROOM. A one-story structure attached to a dwelling with |
a glazing area in excess of 40 percent of the gross area of the
structure's exterior walls and roof.

SUPPLY AIR. Air delivered to a conditioned space through
ducts or plenums from the heat exchanger of a heating, cooling
or ventilating system.

SUPPORTS. Devices for supporting, hanging and securing
pipes, fixtures and equipment.

SWEEP. A drainage fitting designed to provide a change in
direction of a drain pipe of less than the angle specified by the
amount necessary to establish the desired slope of the line.
Sweeps provide a longer turning radius than bends and a less
turbulent flow pattern (see "Bend" and "Elbow").

TEMPERATURE- AND PRESSURE-RELIEF (T AND P)
VALVE. A combination relief valve designed to function as
both a temperature-relief and pressure-relief valve.

TEMPERATURE-RELIEF VALVE. A temperature-actu-
ated valve designed to discharge automatically at the tempera-
ture at which it is set.

THERMAL ISOLATION. Physical and space conditioning
separation from conditioned space(s). The conditioned
space(s) shall be controlled as separate zones for heating and
cooling or conditioned by separate equipment.

THERMAL RESISTANCE, /?- VALUE. The inverse of the
time rate of heat flow through a body from one of its bounding
surfaces to the other for a unit temperature difference between
the two surfaces, under steady state conditions, per unit area (h •
ft2 • °F/Btu).

THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE, 1/-FACTOR. The coeffi-
cient of heat transmission (air to air) through a building enve-
lope component or assembly, equal to the time rate of heat flow
per unit area and unit temperature difference between the warm
side and cold side air films (Btu/h • ft^ • °F).

TOWNHOUSE. A single-family dwelling unit constructed in
a group of three or more attached units in which each unit
extends from foundation to roof and with open space on at least
two sides.

TRAP. A fitting, either separate or built into a fixture, that pro-
vides a hquid seal to prevent the emission of sewer gases with-
out materially affecting the flow of sewage or waste water
through it.

TRAP ARM. That portion of a fixture drain between a trap
weir and the vent fitting.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

DEFINITIONS

TRAP PRIMER. A device or system of piping to maintain a
water seal in a trap, typically installed where infrequent use of
the trap would result in evaporation of the trap seal, such as
floor drains.

TRAP SEAL. The trap seal is the maximum vertical depth of
liquid that a trap will retain, measured between the crown weir
and the top of the dip of the trap.

TRIM. Picture molds, chair rails, baseboards, handrails, door
and window frames, and similar decorative or protective mate-
rials used in fixed applications.

TRUSS DESIGN DRAWING. The graphic depiction of an
individual truss, which describes the design and physical char-
acteristics of the truss.

TYPE L VENT. A listed and labeled vent conforming to UL
641 for venting oil-burning appliances listed for use with Type
L vents or with gas appliances listed for use with Type B vents.

{/-FACTOR, THERMAL TRANSMITTANCE. The coeffi-
cient of heat transmission (air to air) through a building enve-
lope component or assembly, equal to the time rate of heat flow
per unit area and unit temperature difference between the warm
side and cold side air films (Btu/h • ft^ ■ °F).

UNCONFINED SPACE. A space having a volume not less
than 50 cubic feet per 1,000 Btu/h (4.8 m^/kW) of the aggregate
input rating of all appliances installed in that space. Rooms
communicating directly with the space in which the appliances
are installed, through openings not furnished with doors, are
considered a part of the unconfined space.

UNDERLAYMENT. One or more layers of felt, sheathing
paper, nonbituminous saturated felt, or other approved material
over which a roof covering, with a slope of 2 to 12 (17-percent
slope) or greater, is applied.

UNUSUALLY TIGHT CONSTRUCTION. Construction in
which:

1. Walls and ceilings comprising the building thermal
envelope have a continuous water vapor retarder with a
rating of 1 perm (5.7 • 10"^' kg/Pa • s • m^) or less with
openings therein gasketed or sealed.

2. Storm windows or weatherstripping is applied around
the threshold and jambs of opaque doors and openable
windows.

3. Caulking or sealants are applied to areas such as joints
around window and door frames between sole plates and
floors, between wall-ceiling joints, between wall panels,
at penetrations for plumbing, electrical and gas lines, and
at other openings.

VACUUM BREAKERS. A device which prevents
backsiphonage of water by admitting atmospheric pressure
through ports to the discharge side of the device.

VAPOR PERMEABLE MEMBRANE. A material or cov-
ering having a permeance rating of 5 perms (2.9 • 10"^ kg/Pa •
s • m^) or greater, when tested in accordance with the desiccant
method using Procedure A of ASTM E 96. A vapor permeable
material permits the passage of moisture vapor.

VAPOR RETARDER. A vapor resistant material, membrane
or covering such as foil, plastic sheeting, or insulation facing
havingapermeanceratingofl perm (5.7 • 1 0"^^ kg/Pa- sm^)or
less, when tested in accordance with the dessicant method
using Procedure A of ASTM E 96. Vapor retarders limit the
amount of moisture vapor that passes through a material or wall
assembly.

VEHICULAR ACCESS DOOR. A door that is used primar-
ily for vehicular traffic at entrances of buildings such as
garages and parking lots, and that is not generally used for
pedestrian traffic.

VENT. A passageway for conveying flue gases from fuel-fired
appliances, or their vent connectors, to the outside atmosphere.

VENT COLLAR. See "Flue collar."

VENT CONNECTOR. That portion of a venting system
which connects the flue collar or draft hood of an appliance to a
vent.

VENT DAMPER DEVICE, AUTOMATIC. A device
intended for installation in the venting system, in the outlet of
an individual, automatically operated fuel burning appliance
and that is designed to open the venting system automatically
when the appliance is in operation and to close off the venting
system automatically when the appliance is in a standby or
shutdown condition.

VENT GASES. Products of combustion from fuel-burning
appliances, plus excess air and dilution air, in the venting sys-
tem above the draft hood or draft regulator.

VENT STACK. A vertical vent pipe installed to provide circu-
lation of air to and from the drainage system and which extends
through one or more stories.

VENT SYSTEM. Piping installed to equalize pneumatic pres-
sure in a drainage system to prevent trap seal loss or blow-back
due to siphonage or back pressure.

VENTILATION. The natural or mechanical process of sup-
plying conditioned or unconditioned air to, or removing such
air from, any space.

VENTING. Removal of combustion products to the outdoors.

VENTING SYSTEM. A continuous open passageway from
the flue collar of an appliance to the outside atmosphere for the
purpose of removing flue or vent gases. A venting system is
usually composed of a vent or a chimney and vent connector, if
used, assembled to form the open passageway.

VERTICAL PIPE. Any pipe or fitting that makes an angle of
45 degrees (0.79 rad) or more with the horizontal.

VINYL SIDING. A shaped material, made principally from I
rigid polyvinyl chloride (PVC), that is used to cover exterior I
walls of buildings. |

WALL, RETAINING. A wall not laterally supported at the I
top, that resists lateral soil load and other imposed loads. |

WALLS. Walls shall be defined as follows:

Load-bearing wall is a wall supporting any vertical load in
addition to its own weight.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

DEFINITIONS

Nonbearing wall is a wall which does not support vertical
loads other than its own weight.

WASTE. Liquid-borne waste that is free of fecal matter.

WASTE PIPE OR STACK. Piping that conveys only hquid
sewage not containing fecal material.

WATER-DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM. Piping which conveys
water from the service to the plumbing fixtures, appliances,
appurtenances, equipment, devices or other systems served,
including fittings and control valves.

WATER HEATER. Any heating appliance or equipment that
heats potable water and supplies such water to the potable hot
water distribution system.

WATER MAIN. A water-supply pipe for public use.

WATER OUTLET. A valved discharge opening, including a
hose bibb, through which water is removed from the potable
water system supplying water to a plumbing fixture or plumb-
ing appliance that requires either an air gap or backflow
pre-vention device for protection of the supply system.

WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER. A material behind an
exterior wall covering that is intended to resist liquid water that
has penetrated behind the exterior covering from further
intruding into the exterior wall assembly.

WATER-SERVICE PIPE. The outside pipe from the water
main or other source of potable water supply to the water-dis-
tribution system inside the building, terminating at the service
valve.

WATER-SUPPLY SYSTEM. The water-service pipe, the
water-distributing pipes and the necessary connecting pipes,
fittings, control valves and all appurtenances in or adjacent to
the building or premises.

WET VENT. A vent that also receives the discharge of wastes
from other fixtures.

WIND BORNE DEBRIS REGION. Areas within hurri-
cane-prone regions within one mile of the coastal mean high
water line where the basic wind speed is 110 miles per hour (49
m/s) or greater; or where the basic wind speed is equal to or
greater than 120 miles per hour (54 m/s); or Hawaii.

WINDER. A tread with non-parallel edges.

WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL. A panel manufactured
from veneers; or wood strands or wafers; bonded together with
waterproof synthetic resins or other suitable bonding systems.
Examples of wood structural panels are plywood, OSB or com-
posite panels.

YARD. An open space, other than a court, unobstructed from
the ground to the sky, except where specifically provided by
this code, on the lot on which a building is situated.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE® 21

22 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

Part III — Building Planning and Construction

CHAPTER 3

BUILDING PLANNING

SECTION R301
DESIGN CRITERIA

R301.1 Application. Buildings and structures, and all parts
thereof, shall be constructed to safely support all loads, includ-
ing dead loads, live loads, roof loads, flood loads, snow loads,
wind loads and seismic loads as prescribed by this code. The
construction of buildings and structures in accordance with the
provisions of this code shall result in a system that provides a
complete load path that meets all requirements for the transfer of
all loads from their point of origin through the load-resisting ele-
ments to the foundation. Buildings and structures constructed as
prescribed by this code are deemed to comply with the require-
ments of this section.

R301.1.1 Alternative provisions. As an alternative to the
requirements in Section R301 . 1 the following standards are
permitted subject to the limitations of this code and the limi-
tations therein. Where engineered design is used in conjunc-
tion with these standards the design shall comply with the
International Building Code.

1. American Forest and Paper Association (AF&PA)
Wood Frame Construction Manual (WFCM).

2. American fron and Steel Institute (AISI) Standard for
Cold-Formed Steel Framing — Prescriptive Method
for One- and Two-Family Dwellings (COFS/PM) with
Supplement to Standard for Cold-Formed Steel Fram-
ing-Prescriptive Method for One- and Two-Family
Dwellings.

R301.1.2 Construction systems. The requirements of this
code are based on platform and balloon-frame construction for
light-frame buildings. The requirements for concrete and
masonry buildings are based on a balloon framing system.
Other framing systems must have equivalent detaihng to
ensure force transfer, continuity and compatible deformations.

R301.1.3 Engineered design. When a building of otherwise
conventional construction contains structural elements
exceeding the limits of Section R301 or otherwise not con-
forming to this code, these elements shall be designed in accor-
dance with accepted engineering practice. The extent of such
design need only demonstrate compUance of nonconventional
elements with other applicable provisions and shall be compat-
ible with the performance of the conventional framed system.
Engineered design in accordance with the International Build-
ing Code is permitted for all buildings and structures, and parts
thereof, included in the scope of this code.

R301.2 Climatic and geographic design criteria. Buildings
shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of this
code as limited by the provisions of this section. Additional cri-
teria shall be established by the local jurisdiction and set forth
in Table R301. 2(1).

R301.2.1 Wind limitations. Buildings and portions thereof
shall be limited by wind speed, as defined in Table R301 .2(1)
and construction methods in accordance with this code. Basic
wind speeds shall be determined from Figure R301.2(4).
Where different construction methods and structural materi-
als are used for various portions of a building, the applicable
requirements of this section for each portion shall apply.
Where loads for wall coverings, curtain walls, roof coverings,
exterior windows, skylights, garage doors and exterior doors
are not otherwise specified, the loads listed in Table
R301.2(2) adjusted for height and exposure using Table
R301.2(3) shall be used to determine design load perfor-
mance requirements for wall coverings, curtain walls, roof
coverings, exterior windows, skyhghts, garage doors and
exterior doors. Asphalt shingles shall be designed for wind
speeds in accordance with Section R905.2.6.

R301.2.1.1 Design criteria. Construction in regions
where the basic wind speeds from Figure R301 .2(4) equal
or exceed 100 miles per hour (45 m/s) in hurricane-prone
regions, or 1 10 miles per hour (49 m/s) elsewhere, shall be
designed in accordance with one of the following:

1 . American Forest and Paper Association (AF&PA)
Wood Frame Construction Manual for One- and
Two-Family Dwellings (WFCM); or

2. Southern Building Code Congress International
Standard for Hurricane Resistant Residential
Construction (SSTD 10); or

3. Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other
Structures (ASCE-7); or

4. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI), Stan-
dard for Cold-Formed Steel Framing — Prescrip-
tive Method For One- and Two-Family Dwellings
(COFS/PM) with Supplement to Standard for
Cold-Formed Steel Framing — Prescriptive
Method For One- and Two-Family Dwellings.

5. Concrete construction shall be designed in accor-
dance with the provisions of this code.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

BUILDING PLANNING

TABLE R301. 2(1)
CLIMATIC AND GEOGRAPHIC DESIGN CRITERIA

GROUND
SNOW
LOAD

WIND

SPEED"

(mph)

SEISMIC

DESIGN

CATEGORY*

SUBJECT TO DAMAGE FROM

WINTER
DESIGN
TEMP^

ICE BARRIER

UNDERLAYMENT

REQUIRED"

FLOOD
HAZARDS^

AIR

FREEZING

INDEX'

MEAN

ANNUAL

TEMP'

Weathering^

Frost line
depth"

Termite''

For SI: 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.

a. Weathering may require a higher strength concrete or grade of masonry than necessary to satisfy the structural requirements of this code. The weathering column
shall be filled in with the weathering index (i.e., "negligible," "moderate" or "severe") for concrete as determined from the Weathering Probability Map [Figure
R301 .2(3)]. The grade of masonry units shall be determined from ASTM C 34, C 55, C 62, C 73, C 90, C 129, C 145, C 216 or C 652.

b. The frost line depth may require deeper footings than indicated in Figure R403.1(l). The jurisdiction shall fill in the frost line depth column with the minimum
depth of footing below finish grade.

c. The j urisdiction shall fill in this part of the table to indicate the need for protection depending on whether there has been a history of local subterranean termite dam-
age.

d. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with the wind speed from the basic wind speed map [FigureR30 1.2(4)]. Wind exposure category shall be deter-
mined on a site-specific basis in accordance with Section R301.2.1.4.

e. The outdoor design dry-bulb temperature shall be selected from the columns of 97 V2-percent values for winter from Appendix D of the International Plumbing
Code. Deviations from the Appendix D temperatures shall be permitted to reflect local climates or local weather experience as determined by the building official.

f. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with the seismic design category determined from Section R301.2.2.1.

g. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with (a) the date of the jurisdiction's entry into the National Flood Insurance Program (date of adoption of the first
code or ordinance for management of flood hazard areas), (b) the date(s) of the currently effective FIRM and FBFM, or other flood hazard map adopted by the com-
munity, as may be amended.

h. In accordance with Sections R905.2.7.1,R905.4.3.1,R905.5.3.1,R905.6.3.1,R905.7.3.1 and R905.8.3.1, where there has beenahistory of local damage from the
effects of ice damming, the jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with "YES". Otherwise, the jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with "NO".

i. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with the 100-year return period air freezing index (BF-days) from Figure R403.3(2) or from the 100-year (99%)
value on the National Climatic Data Center data table "Air Freezing Index- USA Method (Base 32°Fahrenheit)" at www.ncdc.noaa.gov/fpsf.html.

j. The jurisdiction shall fill in this part of the table with the mean annual temperature from the National Climatic Data Center data table "Air Freezing Index-USA
Method (Base 32°Fahrenheit)" at www.ncdc.noaa.gov/fpsf.html.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

BUILDING PLANNING

TABLE R301. 2(2)

COMPONENT AND CLADDING LOADS FOR A BUILDING WITH A MEAN

ROOF HEIGHT OF 30 FEET LOCATED IN EXPOSURE B (psf)

ZONE

EFFECTIVE
WIND
AREA
(feet^)

BASIC WIND SPEED (mph— 3-second gust)

100

105

110

120

125

130

140

145

150

170

M
(U
0)

■o
o

O
O
CE

10.0

-13.0

10.0

-14.6

10.0

-18.0

10.0

-19.8

10.0

-21.8

10.5

-25.9

11.4

-28.1

12.4

-30.4

14.3

-35.3

15.4

-37.8

16.5

-40.5

21.1

-52.0

10.0

-12.7

10.0

-14.2

10.0

-17.5

10.0

-19.3

10.0

-21.2

10.0

-25.2

10.7

-27.4

11.6

-29.6

13.4

-34.4

14.4

-36.9

15.4

-39.4

19.8

-50.7

10.0

-12.2

10.0

-13.7

10.0

-16.9

10.0

-18.7

10.0

-20.5

10.0

-24.4

10.0

-26.4

10.6

-28.6

12.3

-33.2

13.1

-35.6

14.1

-38.1

18.1

-48.9

100

10.0

-11.9

10.0

-13.3

10.0

-18.5

10.0

-18.2

10.0

-19.9

10.0

-23.7

10.0

-25.7

10.0

-27.8

11.4

-32.3

12.2

-34.6

13.0

-37.0

16.7

-47.6

10.0

-21.8

10.0

-24.4

10.0

-30.2

10.0

-33.3

10.0

-36.5

10.5

-43.5

11.4

-47.2

12.4

-51.0

14.3

-59.2

15.4

-63.5

16.5

-67.9

21.1

-87.2

10.0

-19.5

10.0

-21.8

10.0

-27.0

10.0

-29.7

10.0

-32.6

10.0

-38.8

10.7

-42.1

11.6

-45.6

13.4

-52.9

14.4

-56.7

15.4

-60.7

19.8

-78.0

10.0

-16.4

10.0

-18.4

10.0

-22.7

10.0

-25.1

10.0

-27.5

10.0

-32.7

10.0

-35.5

10.6

-38.4

12.3

-44.5

13.1

-47.8

14.1

-51.1

18.1

-65.7

100

10.0

-14.1

10.0

-15.8

10.0

-19.5

10.0

-21.5

10.0

-23.6

10.0

-28.1

10.0

-30.5

10.0

-33.0

11.4

-38.2

12.2

-41.0

13.0

-43.9

16.7

-56.4

10.0

-32.8

10.0

-36.8

10.0

-45.4

10.0

-50.1

10.0

-55.0

10.5

-65.4

11.4

-71.0

12.4

-76.8

14.3

-89.0

15.4

-95.5

16.5

-102.2

21.1

-131.3

10.0

-27.2

10.0

-30.5

10.0

-37.6

10.0

-41.5

10.0

-45.5

10.0

-54.2

10.7

-58.8

11.6

-63.6

13.4

-73.8

14.4

-79.1

15.4

-84.7

19.8

-108.7

■
3

10.0

-19.7

10.0

-22.1

10.0

-27.3

10.0

-30.1

10.0

-33.1

10.0

-39.3

10.0

-42.7

10.6

-46.2

12.3

-53.5

13.1

-57.4

14.1

-61.5

18.1

-78.9

100

10.0

-14.1

10.0

-15.8

10.0

-19.5

10.0

-21.5

10.0

-23.6

10.0

-28.1

10.0

-30.5

10.0

-33.0

11.4

-38.2

12.2

-41.0

13.0

-43.9

16.7

-56.4

(0
0)
0)

T3
O

O
O

10.0

-11.9

10.0

-13.3

10.4

-16.5

11.4

-18.2

12.5

-19.9

14.9

-23.7

16.2

-25.7

17.5

-27.8

20.3

-32.3

21.8

-34.6

23.3

-37.0

30.0

-47.6

10.0

-11.6

10.0

-13.0

10.0

-16.0

10.4

-17.6

11.4

-19.4

13.6

-23.0

14.8

-25.0

16.0

-27.0

18.5

-31.4

19.9

-33.7

21.3

-36.0

27.3

-46.3

10.0

-11.1

10.0

-12.5

10.0

-15.4

10.0

-17.0

10.0

-18.6

11.9

-22.2

12.9

-24.1

13.9

-26.0

16.1

-30.2

17.3

-32.4

18.5

-34.6

23.8

-44.5

100

10.0

-10.8

10.0

-12.1

10.0

-14.9

10.0

-16.5

10.0

-18.1

10.5

-21.5

11.4

-23.3

12.4

-25.2

14.3

-29.3

15.4

-31.4

16.5

-33.6

21.1

-43.2

10.0

-25.1

10.0

-28.2

10.4

-34.8

11.4

-38.3

12.5

-42.1

14.9

-50.1

16.2

-54.3

17.5

-58.7

20.3

-68.1

21.8

-73.1

23.3

-78.2

30.0

-100.5

10.0

-22.8

10.0

-25.6

10.0

-31.5

10.4

-34.8

11.4

-38.2

13.6

-45.4

14.8

-49.3

16.0

-53.3

18.5

-61.8

19.9

-66.3

21.3

-71.0

27.3

-91.2

10.0

-19.7

10.0

-22.1

10.0

-27.3

10.0

-30.1

10.0

-33.0

11.9

-39.3

12.9

-42.7

13.9

-46.1

16.1

-53.5

17.3

-57.4

18.5

-61.4

23.8

-78.9

100

10.0

-17.4

10.0

-19.5

10.0

-24.1

10.0

-26.6

10.0

-29.1

10.5

-34.7

11.4

-37.6

12.4

-40.7

14.3

-47.2

15.4

-50.6

16.5

-54.2

21.1

-69.6

10.0

-25.1

10.0

-28.2

10.4

-34.8

11.4

-38.3

12.5

-42.1

14.9

-50.1

16.2

-54.3

17.5

-58.7

20.3

-68.1

21.8

-73.1

23.3

-78.2

30.0

-100.5

10.0

-22.8

10.0

-25.6

10.0

-31.5

10.4

-34.8

11.4

-38.2

13.6

-45.4

14.8

-49.3

16.0

-53.3

18.5

-61.8

19.9

-66.3

21.3

-71.0

27.3

-91.2

10.0

-19.7

10.0

-22.1

10.0

-27.3

10.0

-30.1

10.0

-33.0

11.9

-39.3

12.9

-42.7

13.9

-46.1

16.1

-53.5

17.3

-57.4

18.5

-61.4

23.8

-78.9

100

10.0

-17.4

10.0

-19.5

10.0

-24.1

10.0

-26.6

10.0

-29.1

10.5

-34.7

11.4

-37.6

12.4

-40.7

14.3

-47.2

15.4

-50.6

16.5

-54.2

21.1

-69.6

O)
0)

■o

A
1

11.9

-13.0

13.3

-14.6

16.5

-18.0

18.2

-19.8

19.9

-21.8

23.7

-25.9

25.7

-28.1

27.8

-30.4

32.3

-35.3

34.6

-37.8

37.0

-40.5

47.6

-52.0

11.6

-12.3

13.0

-13.8

16.0

-17.1

17.6

-18.8

19.4

-20.7

23.0

-24.6

25.0

-26.7

27.0

-28.9

31.4

-33.5

33.7

-35.9

36.0

-38.4

46.3

-49.3

11.1

-11.5

12.5

-12.8

15.4

-15.9

17.0

-17.5

18.6

-19.2

22.2

-22.8

24.1

-24.8

26.0

-25.8

30.2

-31.1

32.4

-33.3

34.6

-35.7

44.5

-45.8

100

10.8

-10.8

12.1

-12.1

14.9

-14.9

16.5

-16.5

18.1

-18.1

21.5

-21.5

23.3

-23.3

25.2

-25.2

29.3

-29.3

31.4

-31.4

33.6

-33.6

43.2

-43.2

11.9

-15.2

13.3

-17.0

16.5

-21.0

18.2

-23.2

19.9

-25.5

23.7

-30.3

25.7

-32.9

27.8

-35.6

32.3

-41.2

34.6

-44.2

37.0

-47.3

47.6

-60.8

11.6

-14.5

13.0

-16.3

16.0

-20.1

17.6

-22.2

19.4

-24.3

23.0

-29.0

25.0

-31.4

27.0

-34.0

31.4

-39.4

33.7

-42.3

36.0

-45.3

46.3

-58.1

11.1

-13.7

12.5

-15.3

15.4

-18.9

17.0

-20.8

18.6

-22.9

22.2

-27.2

24.1

-29.5

26.0

-32.0

30.2

-37.1

32.4

-39.8

34.6

-42.5

44.5

-54.6

100

10.8

-13.0

12.1

-14.6

14.9

-18.0

16.5

-19.8

18.1

-21.8

21.5

-25.9

23.3

-28.1

25.2

-30.4

29.3

-35.3

31.4

-37.8

33.6

-40.5

43.2

-52.0

11.9

-15.2

13.3

-17.0

16.5

-21.0

18.2

-23.2

19.9

-25.5

23.7

-30.3

25.7

-32.9

27.8

-35.6

32.3

-41.2

34.6

-44.2

37.0

-47.3

47.6

-60.8

11.6

-14.5

13.0

-16.3

16.0

-20.1

17.6

-22.2

19.4

-24.3

23.0

-29.0

25.0

-31.4

27.0

-34.0

31.4

-39.4

33.7

-42.3

36.0

-45.3

46.3

-58.1

11.1

-13.7

12.5

-15.3

15.4

-18.9

17.0

-20.8

18.6

-22.9

22.2

-27.2

24.1

-29.5

26.0

-32.0

30.2

-37.1

32.4

-39.8

34.6

-42.5

44.5

-54.5

100

10.8

-13.0

12.1

-14.6

14.9

-18.0

16.5

-19.8

18.1

-21.8

21.5

-25.9

23.3

-28.1

25.2

-30.4

29.3

-35.3

31.4

-37.8

33.6

-40.5

43.2

-52.0

13.0

-14.1

14.6

-15.8

18.0

-19.5

19.8

-21.5

21.8

-23.6

25.9

-28.1

28.1

-30.5

30.4

-33.0

35.3

-38.2

37.8

-41.0

40.5

-43.9

52.0

-56.4

12.4

-13.5

13.9

-15.1

17.2

-18.7

18.9

-20.6

20.8

-22.6

24.7

-26.9

26.8

-29.2

29.0

-31.6

33.7

-36.7

36.1

-39.3

38.7

-42.1

49.6

-54.1

11.6

-12.7

13.0

-14.3

16.1

-17.6

17.8

-19.4

19.5

-21.3

23.2

-25.4

25.2

-27.5

27.2

-29.8

31.6

-34.6

33.9

-37.1

36.2

-39.7

46.6

-51.0

100

11.1

-12.2

12.4

-13.6

15.3

-16.8

16.9

-18.5

18.5

-20.4

22.0

-24.2

23.9

-26.3

25.9

-28.4

30.0

-33.0

32.2

-35.4

34.4

-37.8

44.2

-48.6

13.0

-17.4

14.6

-19.5

18.0

-24.1

19.8

-26.6

21.8

-29.1

25.9

-34.7

28.1

-37.6

30.4

-40.7

35.3

-47.2

37.8

-50.6

40.5

-54.2

52.0

-69.6

12.4

-16.2

13.9

-18.2

17.2

-22.5

18.9

-24.8

20.8

-27.2

24.7

-32.4

26.8

-35.1

29.0

-38.0

33.7

-44.0

36.1

-47.2

38.7

-50.5

49.6

-64.9

11.6

-14.7

13.0

-16.5

16.1

-20.3

17.8

-22.4

19.5

-24.6

23.2

-29.3

25.2

-31.8

27.2

-34.3

31.6

-39.8

33.9

-42.7

36.2

-45.7

46.6

-58.7

100

11.1

-13.5

12.4

-15.1

15.3

-18.7

16.9

-20.6

18.5

-22.6

22.0

-26.9

23.9

-29.2

25.9

-31.6

30.0

-36.7

32.2

-39.3

34.4

-42.1

44.2

-54.1

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m^, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.

NOTES: For effective areas between those given above the load may be interpolated, otherwise use the load associated with the lower effective area.

Table values shall be adjusted for height and exposure by multiplying by the adjustment coefficient in Table R301.2(3).

See Figure R301.2(7) for location of zones.

Plus and minus signs signify pressures acting toward and away from the building surfaces.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

.®

BUILDING PLANNING

TABLE R301. 2(3)
HEIGHT AND EXPOSURE ADJUSTMENT COEFFICIENTS FOR TABLE R301.2(2)

MEAN
ROOF HEIGHT

EXPOSURE

1.00

1.21

1.47

1.00

1.29

1.55

1.00

1.35

1.61

1.00

1.40

1.66

1.05

1.45

1.70

1.09

1.49

1.74

1.12

1.53

1.78

1.16

1.56

1.81

1.19

1.59

1.84

1.22

1.62

1.87

20 10

DESIGN TEMPERATURES IN THIS AREA MUST BE BASED ON
ANALYSIS OF LOCAL CLIMATE AND TOPOGRAPHY

For SI: °C = [(°F)-32] /I.8.

FIGURE R301. 2(1)
ISOLINES OF THE 97V2 PERCENT WINTER (DECEMBER, JANUARY AND FEBRUARY) DESIGN TEMPERATURES (°F)

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

z
>

o
m

D
"I

Explanation

Seismic Design

°^og Category

^H E

117

M||

. ^ ™ - "

^ '

165° 160° 135°

i i-^-

^■f-^>yT

5->.-^ i

f\^

C„

sf^

f^.

fff/"

-\^^

"RIHERENCES

Wesson, R., Frankel, A., Mueller, C, and Harrasen, S„ 1 999,'
ProbabiJ istic Seismic Maxatd Maps of A! aska D.S.
Geolo^cal Survey Open-File Report 99-36, 20 p.

Wesson, R, Ftania!, A., Mueller, C, aBd Hamiscn, S., 1 999,
Seismic Hazard MajB for Alaska: and the Aleutian Islands:
U.S. Geological Survey Miscellaneous Investi^tions Series
1-2679, 2 shBem, scale J : 7,5(X\000

Map Prepared by US. Geologcal Survey

250

SCO KILOiVCreSS

For SI: 1 mile = 1.61km.

FIGURE R301. 2(2)
SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES— SITE CLASS D

(continued)

|-
3>

REFERENCES

KlL'iii, I'-., l-rankil. A., Muuik-r. C. Wcssoa R., ami Okiilxi, P.,

2001, Seismic Ha/anJ in Hawaii: High Raitc oiLirgi,!

EirthMiukes vmd Probabilistic Ground Moiion Maps.

Bulletin of the SeismototLical Societv of America v, 91 .

Pii 479-498.
Klein, H., Frankt:!, A., Mut'ller, C, Wcison, R., and Ofcubo, P.,

20()(). Seismic Ha/iiai Maps for Hawaii: l.i.S. Geoiogita!

Survey Mi-sceiianeoiLS Investigatiojis Series 1-2724.

2 .shuJts, .scale ! ;2,OOO.CX30

For SI: 1 mile = 1.61 km.

O
O

o
m

FIGURE R301. 2(2)— continued
SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES— SITE CLASS D

(continued)

Explanation

Seismic Design
Category

Scale l:2,0Oa(X»

100 KILOMETERS

REFERENCES

Mueller, C, Frankel, A., Peteisen, M, and Leyendecker, E, 2003,
Documentation for 2003 USGS Sdsmic Hazaid Maps for Purato Ricx)
and the U.S. Ytiffa Islands, U.S. Geological Survey Opesa-FHe
Report 03-379.

Mueller, C, Fninkel, A., Petersen, M, and Leyendecker, E, 2004^
S^mic-Hazaid Maps for Puerto Rico uid &e U.S. Viipn Island,
She^ 2 - 2% Probability of Exceedance in 50 Years for Peak
Horizontal Acceleration and Horizontal Spectral Response Acceleration
for a 2, 0.3, and 1 .0 Second Pbiiods U.S. Geolo^cal Survey
Geologic Invratigation Series (in progress).

Map Prepared by U.S. Geological Survey

For SI: 1 mile = 1.61 km.

FIGURE R301. 2(2)— continued
SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES— SITE CLASS D

c
i-
g
z
o

■0

(continued)

BUILDING PLANNING

FIGURE R301. 2(2)— continued
SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES— SITE CLASS D

(continued)

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

BUILDING PLANES!ING

FJGURE R301. 2(2)— continued

SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES— SITE CLASS D

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

o
•a

SEVERE
MODERATE

NEGLIGIBLE

a. Alaska and Hawaii are classified as severe and negligible, respectively.

b. Lines defining areas are approximate only. Local conditions may be more or less severe than indicated by region classification. A severe classification is where weather conditions result in significant snowfall
combined with extended periods during which there is little or no natural thawing causing deicing salts to be used extensively.

FIGURE R301. 2(3)
WEATHERING PROBABILITY MAP FOR CONCRETE

BUILDING PLANNING

Lcx;ation

Vmph

(m/s)

Hawaii

105

(47)

Puerto Rico

145

(65)

Guam

170

(76)

Virgin Islands

145

(65)

American Samoa

125

(56)

Special Wind Region

-154

148 -142

FIGURE R301. 2(4)
BASIC WIND SPEEDS FOR 50-YEAR MEAN RECURRENCE INTERVAL

(continued)

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.

a. Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour at 33 feet above ground for Exposure C category.

b. Linear interpolation between wind contours is permitted.

c. Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the last wind speed contour of the coastal area.

d. Mountainous terrain, gorges, ocean promontories and special wind regions shall be examined for unusual wind conditions.

e. Enlarged view of Eastern and Southern seaboards are on the following pages.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

BUILDING PLANNING

Location

Vmph

Hawaii

105

Puerto Rico

145

Guam

170

Virgin Islands

145

American Samoa

125

FIGURE R301. 2(4)— continued
BASIC WIND SPEEDS FOR 50-YEAR MEAN RECURRENCE INTERVAL

(continued)

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.

a. Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour at 33 feet above ground for Exposure C category.

b. Linear interpolation between wind contours is permitted.

c. Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the last wind speed contour of the coastal area.

d. Mountainous terrain, gorges, ocean promontories and special wind regions shall be examined for unusual wind conditions.

e. Enlarged view of Eastern and Southern seaboards are on the following pages.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

BUILDING PLANNING

FIGURE R301. 2(4)— continued
BASIC WIND SPEEDS FOR 50-YEAR MEAN RECURRENCE INTERVAL

(continued)

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.

a. Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour at 33 feet above ground for Exposure C category.

b. Linear interpolation between wind contours is permitted.

c. Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the last wind speed contour of the coastal area.

d. Mountainous terrain, gorges, ocean promontories and special wind r^ions shall be examined for unusual wind conditions.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

BUILDING PLANNING

100

Special Wind Region

FIGURE R301.2(4)^continued
BASIC WIND SPEEDS FOR 50-YEAR MEAN RECURRENCE INTERVAL

(continued)

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.

a. Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour at 33 feet above ground for Exposure C category.

b. Linear interpolation between wind contours is permitted.

c. Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the last wind speed contour of the coastal area.

d. Mountainous terrain, gorges, ocean promontories and special wind regions shall be examined for unusual wind conditions.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE

BUILDING PLANNING

130

140

Special Wind Region

FIGURE R301. 2(4)— continued
BASIC WIND SPEEDS FOR 50-YEAR MEAN RECURRENCE INTERVAL

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.

a. Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour at 33 feet above ground for Exposure C category.

b. Linear interpolation between wind contours is permitted.

c. Islands and coastal areas outside the last contour shall use the last wind speed contour of the coastal area.

d. Mountainous terrain, gorges, ocean promontories and special wind regions shall be examined for unusual wind conditions.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

BUILDING PLANNING

|20

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa, 1 mile = 1.61 km.

a. In CS areas, site-specific Case Studies are required to establish ground snow loads. Extreme local varia-
tions in ground snow loads in these areas preclude mapping at this scale.

b. Numbers in parentheses represent the upper elevation limits in feet for the ground snow load values pre-
sented below. Site-specific case studies are required to establish ground snow loads at elevations not
covered.

J L

100

200

300 miles

FIGURE R301. 2(5)
GROUND SNOW LOADS, Pg, FOR THE UNITED STATES (Ib/ft^)

(continued)

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

BUILDING PLANNING

(600)
80

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kRi.

FfGURE R301. 2(5)— continued
GROUND SNOW LOADS, Pg, FOR THE UNITED STATES (Ib/ft^)

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

z
>

H
O

z
>

5
m

o
o
o
rn

z
o

VERY HEAVY

^^ MODERATE TO HEAVY
SLIGHT TO MODERATE
NONE TO SLIGHT

NOTE: Lines defining areas are approximate only. Local conditions may be more or less severe than indicated by the region classification.

FIGURE R301. 2(6)
TERMITE INFESTATION PROBABILITY MAP

BUILDING PLANNING

® 1®

r -

® !®

®i @

~@~1®

WALLS

GABLE ROOFS
0<10°

< 10°

GABLE ROOFS
10°<0 < 45°

HIP ROOFS
10° <0 < 30'

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 degree = 0.0175 rad.
NOTE: a = 4 feet in all cases.

FIGURE R301. 2(7)
COMPONENT AND CLADDING PRESSURE ZONES

R301.2.1.2 Protection of openings. Windows in build-
ings located in windbome debris regions shall have
glazed openings protected from windborne debris.
Glazed opening protection for windbome debris shall
meet the requirements of the Large Missile Test of an
approved impact resisting standard or ASTM E 1 996 and
ASTM E 1886 referenced therein.

Exception: Wood structural panels with a minimum
of 7,6 inch (11 mm) and a maximum span of 8 feet
(2438 mm) shall be permitted for opening protection
in one- and two-story buildings. Panels shall be precut

so that they shall be attached to the framing surround-
ing the opening containing the product with the
glazed opening. Panels shall be secured with the
attachment hardware provided. Attachments shall be
designed to resist the component and cladding loads
determined in accordance with either Table
R301.2(2) or Section 1609.6.5 of the International
Building Code. Attachment in accordance with Table
R301.2.1.2 is permitted for buildings with a mean
roof height of 3 3 feet ( 1 05 8 mm) or less where wind
speeds do not exceed 130 miles per hour (58 m/s).

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

BUILDING PLANNING

TABLER301.2.1.2

WINDBORNE DEBRIS PROTECTION FASTENING SCHEDULE

FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS^'' •=•"

FASTENER
TYPE

FASTENER SPACING (inches)

Panel span
< 4 feet

4 feet <

panel span

< 6 feet

6 feet <

panel span

< 8 feet

No. 6 Screws

16"

12"

No. 8 Screws

16"

12"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound = 4.448N,
I mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.

a. This table is based on 130mphwindspeedsanda33-footmeanroofheight.

b. Fasteners shall be installed at opposing ends of the wood structural panel.
Fasteners shall be located a minimum of 1 inch from the edge of the panel.

c. Fasteners shall be long enough to penetrate through the exterior wall cover-
ing and a minimum of 1 V4 inches into wood wall framing and a minimum of
1 '/4 inches into concrete block or concrete, and into steel framing a mini-
mum of 3 exposed threads. Fasteners shall be located a minimum of 2V2
inches from the edge of concrete block or concrete.

d. Where screws are attached to masonry or masonry/stucco, they shall be
attached using vibration-resistant anchors having a minimum ultimate with-
drawal capacity of 490 pounds.

R301.2.1.3 Wind speed conversion. When referenced
documents are based on fastest mile wind speeds, the
three-second gust basic wind speeds, V^^, of Figure
R301 .2(4) shall be converted to fastest mile wind speeds,
Vf^, using Table R301.2.1.3.

R301.2.1.4 Exposure category. For each wind direction
considered, an exposure category that adequately
reflects the characteristics of ground surface irregulari-
ties shall be determined for the site at which the building
or structure is to be constructed. For a site located in the
transition zone between categories, the category result-
ing in the largest wind forces shall apply. Account shall
be taken of variations in ground surface roughness that
arise from natural topography and vegetation as well as
from constructed features. For any given wind direction,
the exposure in which a specific building or other struc-
ture is sited shall be assessed as being one of the follow-
ing categories:

1 . Exposure A. Large city centers with at least 50 per-
cent of the buildings having a height in excess of
70 feet (21 336 mm). Use of this exposure category
shall be limited to those areas for which terrain
representative of Exposure A prevails in the
upwind direction for a distance of at least 0.5 mile
(0.8 km) or 10 times the height of the building or
other structure, whichever is greater. Possible
channeling effects or increased velocity pressures
due to the building or structure being located in the
wake of adjacent buildings shall be taken into
account.

2. Exposure B. Urban and suburban areas, wooded
areas, or other terrain with numerous closely spaced
obstructions having the size of single-family dwell-
ings or larger. Exposure B shall be assumed unless
the site meets the definition of another type expo-
sure.

3. Exposure C. Open terrain with scattered obstruc-
tions, including surface undulations or other irreg-
ularities, having heights generally less than 30 feet
(9144 mm) extending more than 1,500 feet (457
m) from the building site in any quadrant. This
exposure shall also apply to any building located
within Exposure B type terrain where the building
is directly adjacent to open areas of Exposure C
type terrain in any quadrant for a distance of more
than 600 feet (183 m). This category includes flat
open country, grasslands and shorelines in hurri-
cane prone regions.

4. Exposure D. Flat, unobstructed areas exposed to
wind flowing over open water (excluding shore-
lines in hurricane prone regions) for a distance of
at least 1 mile (1 .61 km). Shorelines in Exposure D
include inland waterways, the Great Lakes and
coastal areas of California, Oregon, Washington
and Alaska. This exposure shall apply only to
those buildings and other structures exposed to the
wind coming from over the water. Exposure D
extends inland from the shoreline a distance of
1,500 feet (457 m) or 10 times the height of the
building or structure, whichever is greater.

R301.2.2 Seismic provisions. The seismic provisions of this
code shall apply to buildings constructed in Seismic Design
Categories C, Do, Di and Dj, as determined in accordance
with this section. Buildings in Seismic Design Category E
shall be designed in accordance with the International Build-
ing Code, except when the seismic design category is reclas-
sified to a lower seismic design category in accordance with
Section R301. 2.2.1.

Exception: Detached one- and two-family dwellings
located in Seismic Design Category C are exempt from
the seismic requirements of this code.

The weight and irregularity limitations of Section
R301.2.2.2 shall apply to buildings in all seismic design
categories regulated by the seismic provisions of this code.
Buildings in Seismic Design Category C shall be con-
structed in accordance with the additional requirements of
Section R301.2.2.3. Buildings in Seismic Design Catego-
ries Dq, Dj and D2 shall be constructed in accordance with
the additional requirements of Section R301. 2.2.4

TABLE R301 2 1 3
EQUIVALENT BASIC WIND SPEEDS^

3-second gust, ¥3^

100

105

110

120

125

130

140

145

150

160

170

Fastest mile, V^^

104

109

114

123

128

133

142

152

For SI: 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.
a. Linear interpolation is permitted.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

BUILDING PLANNING

R301.2.2.1 Determination of seismic design category.

Buildings shall be assigned a seismic design category in
accordance with Figure 301.2(2).

R301.2.2.1.1 Alternate determination of seismic
design category. The Seismic Design Categories and
corresponding Short Period Design Spectral
Response Accelerations, Sds shown in Figure
R301 .2(2) are based on soil Site Class D, as defined in
Section 1615.1.1 of the International Building Code.
If soil conditions are other than Site Class D, the Short
Period Design Spectral Response Acceleration, S^s,
for a site can be determined according to Section
1615.1 of the International Building Code. The value
of Sds determined according to Section 1615.1 of the
International Building Code is permitted to be used to
set the seismic design category according to Table
R301.2.2.1.1, and to interpolate between values in
Tables R602.10.1, R603.7, and other seismic design
requirements of this code.

TABLE R301 .2.2.1 .1
SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY DETERMINATION

CALCULATED S^s

SEISMIC DESIGN
CATEGORY

S OS < 0.11%

0.17g<5o5<0.33g

0.33g<5o5<0.50g

0.50g < Sas < 0.67g

0.67g<5o5<0.83g

0.83g<So5<1.17g

1.17g<5^,

R301.2.2.1.2 Alternative determination of Seismic
Design Category E. Buildings located in Seismic
Design Category E in accordance with Figure
R301.2(2) are permitted to be reclassified as being in
Seismic Design Category D2 provided one of the fol-
lowing is done:

1. A more detailed evaluation of the seismic
design category is made in accordance with the
provisions and maps of the International Build-
ing Code. Buildings located in Seismic Design
Category E per Table R301 .2.2. 1 . 1 , but located
in Seismic Design Category D per the Interna-
tional Building Code, may be designed using
the Seismic Design Category D2 requirements
of this code.

2. Buildings located in Seismic Design Category
E that conform to the following additional
restrictions are permitted to be constructed in
accordance with the provisions for Seismic
Design Category Dj of this code:

2. 1 . All exterior shear wall lines or braced
wall panels are in one plane vertically
from the foundation to the uppermost
story.

2.2. Floors shall not cantilever past the exte-
rior walls.

2.3. The building is within all of the require-
ments of SectionR301.2.2.2.2 for being
considered as regular.

R301.2.2.2 Seismic limitations. The following limita-
tions apply to buildings in all Seismic Design Categories
regulated by the seismic provisions of this code.

R301.2.2.2.1 Weights of materials. Average dead
loads shall not exceed 15 pounds per square foot (720
Pa) for the combined roof and ceiling assemblies (on a
horizontal projection) or 10 pounds per square foot
(480 Pa) for floor assemblies, except as further lim-
ited by Section R30 1.2.2. Dead loads for walls above
grade shall not exceed:

1. Fifteen pounds per square foot (720 Pa) for
exterior light-frame wood walls.

2. Fourteen pounds per square foot (670 Pa) for
exterior light-frame cold-formed steel walls.

3 . Ten pounds per square foot (480 Pa) for interior
light-frame wood walls.

4. Five pounds per square foot (240 Pa) for inte-
rior light-frame cold-formed steel walls.

5. Eighty pounds per square foot (3830 Pa) for
8-inch-thick (203 mm) masonry walls.

6. Eighty-five pounds per square foot (4070 Pa)
for 6-inch-thick (152 mm) concrete walls.

Exceptions:

1 . Roof and ceiling dead loads not exceeding
25 pounds per square foot (11 90 Pa) shall be
permitted provided the wall bracing
amounts in Chapter 6 are increased in accor-
dance with Table R301. 2.2.2.1.

2. Light-frame walls with stone or masonry
veneer shall be permitted in accordance with
the provisions of Sections R702.1 andR703.

3. Fireplaces and chimneys shall be permitted
in accordance with Chapter 10.

TABLE R301. 2.2.2.1

WALL BRACING ADJUSTMENT FACTORS BY

ROOF COVERING DEAD LOAD^

WALL SUPPORTING

ROOF/CEILING
DEAD LOAD

15 psf orless

25 psf

Roof only

1.0

1.2

Roof plus one story

1.0

1.1

For SI: 1 pound per square foot = 0.049 kPa.
a. Linear interpolation shall be permitted.

R301.2.2.2.2 Irregular buildings. Prescriptive con-
struction as regulated by this code shall not be used
for irregular structures located in Seismic Design Cat-

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

BUILDING PLANNING

egories C, Dq, Dj and Dj. Irregular portions of struc-
tures shall be designed in accordance with accepted
engineering practice to the extent the irregular fea-
tures affect the performance of the remaining struc-
tural system. When the forces associated with the
irregularity are resisted by a structural system
designed in accordance with accepted engineering
practice, design of the remainder of the building shall
be permitted using the provisions of this code. A
building or portion of a building shall be considered
to be irregular when one or more of the following con-
ditions occur:

1 . When exterior shear wall lines or braced wall
panels are not in one plane vertically from the
foundation to the uppermost story in which they
are required.

Exception: For wood Hght- frame construc-
tion, floors with cantilevers or setbacks not
exceeding four times the nominal depth of
the wood floor joists are permitted to sup-
port braced wall panels that are out of plane
with braced wall panels below provided that:

1 . Floor joists are nominal 2 inches by 10
inches (5 1 mm by 254 mm) or larger
and spaced not more than 16 inches
(406 mm) on center.

2. The ratio of the back span to the canti-
lever is at least 2 to 1 .

3. Floor joists at ends of braced wall pan-
els are doubled.

4. For wood-frame construction, a con-
tinuous rim joist is connected to ends
of all cantilever joists. When spliced,
the rim joists shall be spliced using a
galvanized metal tie not less than
0.058 inch (1 .5 mm) (16 gage) and 1 ^1^
inches (38 mm) wide fastened with six
16d nails on each side of the splice or a
block of the same size as the rim joist
of sufficient length to fit securely
between the joist space at which the
splice occurs fastened with eight 16d
nails on each side of the splice; and

5 . Gravity loads carried at the end of can-
tilevered joists are limited to uniform
wall and roof loads and the reactions
from headers having a span of 8 feet
(2438 mm) or less.

2. When a section of floor or roof is not laterally
supported by shear walls or braced wall lines on
all edges.

Exception: Portions of floors that do not
support shear walls or braced wall panels
above, or roofs, shall be permitted to extend
no more than 6 feet (1829 mm) beyond a
shear wall or braced wall line.

3. When the end of a braced wall panel occurs
over an opening in the wall below and ends at a
horizontal distance greater than 1 foot (305
mm) from the edge of the opening. This provi-
sion is applicable to shear walls and braced wall
panels offset in plane and to braced wall panels
offset out of plane as permitted by the exception
to Item 1 above.

Exception: For wood light-frame wall con-
struction, one end of a braced wall panel
shall be permitted to extend more than 1 foot
(305 mm) over an opening not more than 8
feet (2438 mm) wide in the wall below pro-
vided that the opening includes a header in
accordance with the following:

1. The building width, loading condition
and framing member species limitations
of Table R502.5(l) shall apply and

2. Not less than one 2X 12 or two 2x 10
for an opening not more than 4 feet
(1219 mm) wide or

3. Not less than two 2x12 or three 2x10
for an opening not more than 6 feet
(1829 mm) wide or

4. Not less than three 2 X 1 2 or four 2x10
for an opening not more than 8 feet
(2438 mm) wide and

5. The entire length of the braced wall
panel does not occur over an opening
in the wall below.

4. When an opening in a floor or roof exceeds the
lesser of 12 feet (3657 mm) or 50 percent of the
least floor or roof dimension.

5 . When portions of a floor level are vertically off-
set.

Exceptions:

1 . Framing supported directly by contin-
uous foundations at the perimeter of
the building.

2. For wood light-frame construction,
floors shall be permitted to be verti-
cally offset when the floor framing is
lapped or tied together as required by
Section R502.6.1.

6. When shear walls and braced wall lines do not
occur in two perpendicular directions.

7. When stories above-grade partially or com-
pletely braced by wood wall framing in accor-
dance with Section R602 or steel wall framing
in accordance with Section R603 include
masonry or concrete construction.

Exception: Fireplaces, chimneys and
masonry veneer as permitted by this code.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

BUILDING PLANNING

When this irregularity applies, the entire
story shall be designed in accordance with
accepted engineering practice.

R301.2.2.3 Seismic Design Category C. Structures
assigned to Seismic Design Category C shall conform to
the requirements of this section.

R301.2.2.3.1 Stone and masonry veneer. Stone and
masonry veneer shall comply with the requirements
of Sections R702.1 and R703.

R301.2.2.3.2 Masonry construction. Masonry con-
struction shall comply with the requirements of Sec-
tion R606.il. 2.

R301.2.2.3.3 Concrete construction. Concrete con-
struction shall comply with the requirements of Sec-
tion R611 orR612.

R301.2.2.4 Seismic Design Categories Dq, D^ and Dj.

Structures assigned to Seismic Design Categories Dq, Di
and D2 shall conform to the requirements for Seismic
Design Category C and the additional requirements of
this section.

R301. 2.2.4.1 Height limitations. Wood framed
buildings shall be limited to three stories above grade
or the limits given in Table R602.10.1. Cold-formed
steel framed buildings shall be limited to two stories
above grade in accordance with COFS/PM. Mezza-
nines as defined in Section 202 shall not be consid-
ered as stories.

R301. 2.2.4.2 Stone and masonry veneer. Stone and
masonry veneer shall comply with the requirements
of Sections R702.1 and R703.

R301. 2.2.4.3 Masonry construction. Masonry con-
struction in Seismic Design Categories Dq and Dj
shall comply with the requirements of Section
R606.11.3. Masonry construction in Seismic Design
Category Dj shall comply with the requirements of
Section R606. 11.4.

R301.2.2.4.4 Concrete construction. Buildings with
above-grade concrete walls shall be in accordance
with Section R611, R612, or designed in accordance
with accepted engineering practice.

R301.2.2.4.5 Cold-formed steel framing in Seismic
Design Categories Do, Dj and Dj. In Seismic Design
Categories Dq, D, and D2 in addition to the require-
ments of this code, cold-formed steel framing shall
comply with the requirements of COFS/PM.

R301.2.3 Snow loads. Wood framed construction, cold-
formed steel framed construction and masonry and concrete
construction in regions with ground snow loads 70 pounds
per square foot (3.35 kPa) or less, shall be in accordance
with Chapters 5, 6 and 8. Buildings in regions with ground
snow loads greater than 70 pounds per square foot (3.35
kPa) shall be designed in accordance with accepted engi-
neering practice.

R301.2.4 Floodplain construction. Buildings and struc-
tures constructed in whole or in part in flood hazard areas

(including A or V Zones) as estabhshed in Table R301 .2(1)
shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Sec- I
tion R324. |

Exception: Buildings and structures located in whole or
in part in identified floodways as established in Table
R301.2(l) shall be designed and constructed as stipu-
lated in the International Building Code.

R301.3 Story height. Buildings constructed in accordance
with these provisions shall be limited to story heights of not
more than the following:

1 . For wood wall framing, the laterally unsupported bear-
ing wall stud height permitted by Table R602.3(5) plus a
height of floor framing not to exceed 16 inches.

Exception: For wood framed wall buildings with
bracing in accordance with Table R602.10.1 , the wall
stud clear height used to determine the maximum per-
mitted story height may be increased to 12 feet with-
out requiring an engineered design for the building
wind and seismic force resisting systems provided
that the length of bracing required by Table
R602.10.1 is increased by mulfiplying by a factor of
1 .20. Wall studs are still subject to the requirements of
this section.

2. For steel wall framing, a stud height of 10 feet, plus a
height of floor framing not to exceed 16 inches.

3. For masonry walls, a maximum bearing wall clear height
of 12 feet plus a height of floor framing not to exceed 16
inches.

Exception: An additional 8 feet is permitted for gable
end walls.

4. For insulating concrete form walls, the maximum bear-
ing wall height per story as permitted by Section 611
tables plus a height of floor framing not to exceed 16
inches.

Individual walls or walls studs shall be permitted to exceed
these limits as permitted by Chapter 6 provisions, provided
story heights are not exceeded. An engineered design shall be
provided for the wall or wall framing members when they
exceed the limits of Chapter 6. Where the story height limits are
exceeded, an engineered design shall be provided in accor-
dance with the International Building Code for the overall
wind and seismic force resisting systems.

R301.4 Dead load. The actual weights of materials and con-
struction shall be used for determining dead load with consid-
eration for the dead load of fixed service equipment.

R301.5 Live load. The minimum uniformly distributed live
load shall be as provided in Table R301.5.

R301.6 Roof load. The roof shall be designed for the live load
indicated in Table R301.6 or the snow load indicated in Table
R301.2(l), whichever is greater.

R301.7 Deflection. The allowable deflection of any structural
member under the live load listed in Sections R301.5 and
R301.6 shall not exceed the values in Table R301.7.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

BUILDING PLANNING

TABLER301.5

MINIMUM UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED LIVE LOADS

(in pounds per square foot)

TABLER301.6

MINIMUM ROOF LIVE LOADS IN POUNDS-FORCE

PER SQUARE FOOT OF HORIZONTAL PROJECTION

USE

LIVE LOAD

Attics with limited storage'^' §' ^

Attics without storage"^

Decks^

Exterior balconies

Fire escapes

Guardrails and handrails'*

200'

Guardrails in-fill components^

50'

Passenger vehicle garages'*

50^

Rooms other than sleeping rooms

Sleeping rooms

Stairs

40^

For SI: 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa, 1 square inch = 645 mm^,
1 pound = 445 N.

a. Elevated garage floors shall be capable of supporting a 2,000-pound load
applied over a 20-square-inch area.

b. Attics without storage are those where the maximum clear height between
joist and rafter is less than 42 inches, or where there are not two or more adja-
cent trusses with the same web configuration capable of containing a rectan-
gle 42 inches high by 2 feet wide, or greater, located within the plane of the
truss. For attics without storage, this live load need not be assumed to act
concurrently with any other live load requirements.

c. Individual stair treads shall be designed for the uniformly distributed live
load or a 300-pound concentrated load acting over an area of 4 square inches,
whichever produces the greater stresses.

d. A single concentrated load applied in any direction at any point along the top.

e. See Section R502.2.1 for decks attached to exterior walls.

f. Guard in-fill components (all those except the handrail), balusters and panel
fillers shall be designed to withstand a horizontally applied normal load of 50
pounds on an area equal to 1 square foot. This load need not be assumed to act
concurrently with any other live load requirement.

g. For attics with limited storage and constructed with trusses, this live load
need be applied only to those portions of the bottom chord where there are
two or more adjacent trusses with the same web configuration capable of
containing a rectangle 42 inches high or greater by 2 feet wide or greater,
located within the plane of the truss. The rectangle shall fit between the top of
the bottom chord and the bottom of any other truss member, provided that
each of the following criteria is met:

1 . The attic area is accessible by a pull-down stairway or framed opening
in accordance with Section R807.1; and

2. The truss has a bottom chord pitch less than 2: 12.

h. Attic spaces served by a fixed stair shall be designed to support the minimum
live load specified for sleeping rooms.

i. Glazing used in handrail assemblies and guards shall be designed with a
safety factor of 4. The safety factor shall be applied to each of the concen-
trated loads apphed to the top of the rail, and to the load on the in-fill compo-
nents. These loads shall be determined independent of one another, and loads
are assumed not to occur with any other live load.

ROOF SLOPE

TRIBUTARY LOADED AREA IN
SQUARE FEET FOR ANY
STRUCTURAL MEMBER

to 200

201 to 600

Over 600

Flat or rise less than 4 inches per
foot (1:3)

Rise 4 inches per foot (1:3) to
less than 12 inches per foot (1:1)

Rise 12 inches per foot (1:1)
and greater

For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m^, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa,
1 inch per foot = 83.3 mm/m.

TABLER301.7
ALLOWABLE DEFLECTION OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS^

STRUCTURAL MEMBER

ALLOWABLE
DEFLECTION

Rafters having slopes greater than 3/12 with no
finished ceiling attached to rafters

L/180

Interior walls and partitions

H/180

Floors and plastered ceilings

L/360

AH other structural members

L/240

Exterior walls with plaster or stucco finish

H/360

Exterior walls — wind loads^ with brittle finishes

L/240

Exterior walls — wind loads^ with flexible
finishes

L/120

Note: L = span length, H = span height.

a. The wind load shall be permitted to be taken as 0.7 times the Component and
Cladding loads for the purpose of the determining deflection limits herein.

b. For cantilever members, L shall be taken as twice the length of the cantilever.

c. For aluminum structural members or panels used in roofs or walls of sun-
room additions or patio covers, not supporting edge of glass or sandwich
panels, the total load deflection shall not exceed L /60. For sandwich panels
used in roofs or walls of sunroom additions or patio covers, the total load
deflection shall not exceed L/120.

R301.8 Nominal sizes. For the purposes of this code, where
dimensions of lumber are specified, they shall be deemed to be
nominal dimensions unless specifically designated as actual
dimensions.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

BUILDING PLANNING

SECTION R302
EXTERIOR WALL LOCATION

R302.1 Exterior walls. Construction, projections, openings
and penetrations of exterior walls of dwellings and accessory
buildings shall comply with Table R302.1. These provisions
shall not apply to walls, projections, openings or penetrations
in walls that are perpendicular to the line used to determine the
fire separation distance. Projections beyond the exterior wall
shall not extend more than 12 inches (305 mm) into the areas
where openings are prohibited.

Exceptions:

1. Detached tool sheds and storage sheds, playhouses
and similar structures exempted from permits are not
required to provide wall protection based on location
on the lot. Projections beyond the exterior wall shall
not extend over the lot line.

2. Detached garages accessory to a dwelhng located
within 2 feet (610 mm) of a lot line are permitted to
have roof eave projections not exceeding 4 inches
(102 mm).

3. Foundation vents installed in compliance with this
code are permitted.

SECTION R303
LIGHT, VENTILATION AND HEATING

R303.1 Habitable rooms. All habitable rooms shall have an
aggregate glazing area of not less than 8 percent of the floor
area of such rooms. Natural ventilation shall be through win-
dows, doors, louvers or other approved openings to the outdoor
air. Such openings shall be provided with ready access or shall
otherwise be readily controllable by the building occupants.
The minimum openable area to the outdoors shall be 4 percent
of the floor area being ventilated.

Exceptions:

1. The glazed areas need not be openable where the
opening is not required by Section R310 and an
approved mechanical ventilation system capable of
producing 0.35 air change per hour in the room is

installed or a whole-house mechanical ventilation
system is installed capable of supplying outdoor ven-
tilation air of 15 cubic feet per minute (cfm) (78 L/s)
per occupant computed on the basis of two occupants
for the first bedroom and one occupant for each addi-
tional bedroom.

2. The glazed areas need not be installed in rooms where
Exception 1 above is satisfied and artificial light is pro-
vided capable of producing an average illumination of
6 footcandles (65 lux) over the area of the room at a
height of 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor level.

3 . Use of sunroom additions and patio covers, as defined in
Section R202, shall be permitted for natural ventilation
if in excess of 40 percent of the exterior sunroom walls
are open, or are enclosed only by insect screening.

R303.2 Adjoining rooms. For the purpose of determining
light and ventilation requirements, any room shall be consid-
ered as a portion of an adjoining room when at least one-half of
the area of the common wall is open and unobstructed and pro-
vides an opening of not less than one-tenth of the floor area of
the interior room but not less than 25 square feet (2.3 m^).

Exception: Openings required for light and/or ventilation
shall be permitted to open into a thermally isolated sunroom
addition or patio cover, provided that there is an openable
area between the adjoining room and the sunroom addition
or patio cover of not less than one-tenth of the floor area of
the interior room but not less than 20 square feet (2 m^). The
minimum openable area to the outdoors shall be based upon
the total floor area being ventilated.

R303.3 Bathrooms. Bathrooms, water closet compartments
and other similar rooms shall be provided with aggregate glaz-
ing area in windows of not less than 3 square feet (0.3 m^),
one-half of which must be openable.

Exception: The glazed areas shall not be required where arti-
ficial light and a mechanical ventilation system are provided.
The minimum ventilation rates shall be 50 cubic feet per min-
ute (24 L/s) for intermittent ventilation or 20 cubic feet per
minute (10 L/s) for continuous ventilation. Ventilation air
from the space shall be exhausted directly to the outside.

TABLE R302.1
EXTERIOR WALLS

EXTERIOR WALL ELEMENT

MINIMUM
FIRE-RESISTANCE RATING

MINIMUM FIRE
SEPARATION DISTANCE

Walls

(Fire-resistance rated)

1 hour with exposure from both sides

Ofeet

(Not fire-resistance rated)

hours

5 feet

Projections

(Fire-resistance rated)

1 hour on the underside

2 feet

(Not fire-resistance rated)

hours

5 feet

Openings

Not allowed

N/A

< 3 feet

25% Maximum of Wall Area

hours

3 feet

Unlimited

hours

5 feet

Penetrations

All

Comply with Section R317.3

< 5 feet

None required

5 feet

N/A = Not Applicable.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

BUILDING PLANNING

R303.4 Opening location. Outdoor intake and exhaust open-
ings shall be located in accordance with Sections R303.4. 1 and
R303.4.2.

R303.4.1 Intake openings. Mechanical and gravity out-
door air intake openings shall be located a minimum of 10
feet (3048 mm) from any hazardous or noxious contami-
nant, such as vents, chimneys, plumbing vents, streets,
alleys, parking lots and loading docks, except as otherwise
specified in this code. Where a source of contaminant is
located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of an intake opening, such
opening shall be located a minimum of 2 feet (610 mm)
below the contaminant source.

For the purpose of this section, the exhaust from dwelling
unit toilet rooms, bathrooms and kitchens shall not be con-
sidered as hazardous or noxious.

R303.4.2 Exhaust openings. Outside exhaust openings
shall be located so as not to create a nuisance. Exhaust air
shall not be directed onto walkways.

R303.5 Outside opening protection. Air exhaust and intake
openings that terminate outdoors shall be protected with
corrosion-resistant screens, louvers or grilles having a mini-
mum opening size of V4 inch (6 mm) and a maximum opening
size of V2 inch (13 mm), in any dimension. Openings shall be
protected against local weather conditions. Outdoor air exhaust
and intake openings shall meet the provisions for exterior wall
opening protectives in accordance with this code.

R303.6 Stairway illumination. All interior and exterior stair-
ways shall be provided with a means to illuminate the stairs,
including the landings and treads. Interior stairways shall be
provided with an artificial light source located in the immediate
vicinity of each landing of the stairway. For interior stairs the
artificial light sources shall be capable of illuminating treads
and landings to levels not less than 1 foot-candle (11 lux) mea-
sured at the center of treads and landings. Exterior stairways
shall be provided with an artificial light source located in the
immediate vicinity of the top landing of the stairway. Exterior
stairways providing access to a basement from the outside
grade level shall be provided with an artificial light source
located in the immediate vicinity of the bottom landing of the
stairway.

Exception: An artificial light source is not required at the
top and bottom landing, provided an artificial light source is
located directly over each stairway section.

R303.6.1 Light activation. Where lighting outlets are
installed in interior stairways, there shall be a wall switch at
each floor level to control the lighting outlet where the stair-
way has six or more risers. The illumination of exterior
stairways shall be controlled from inside the dwelling unit.

Exception: Lights that are continuously illuminated or
automatically controlled.

R303.7 Required glazed openings. Required glazed openings
shall open directly onto a street or public alley, or a yard or
court located on the same lot as the building.

R303.7.1 Roofed porches. Required glazed openings may
face into a roofed porch where the porch abuts a street, yard
or court and the longer side of the porch is at least 65 percent

open and unobstructed and the ceiling height is not less than
7 feet (2134 mm).

R303.7.2 Sunroom additions. Required glazed openings
shall be permitted to open into sunroom additions or patio
covers that abut a street, yard or court if in excess of 40 per-
cent of the exterior sunroom walls are open, or are enclosed
only by insect screening, and the ceiling height of the sun-
room is not less than 7 feet (2134 mm).

R303.8 Required heating. When the winter design tempera-
ture in Table R301.2(l) is below 60°F (16°C), every dwelling
unit shall be provided with heating facilities capable of main-
taining a minimum room temperature of 68°F (20°C) at a point
3 feet (914 mm) above the floor and 2 feet (610 mm) from exte-
rior walls in all habitable rooms at the design temperature. The
installation of one or more portable space heaters shall not be
used to achieve compliance with this section.

SECTION R304
MINIMUM ROOM AREAS

R304.1 Minimum area. Every dwelling unit shall have at least
one habitable room that shall have not less than 120 square feet
(11 m^) of gross floor area.

R304.2 Other rooms. Other habitable rooms shall have a floor
area of not less than 70 square feet (6.5 m^).

Exception: Kitchens.

R304.3 Minimum dimensions. Habitable rooms shall not be
less than 7 feet (2134 mm) in any horizontal dimension.

Exception: Kitchens.

R304.4 Height effect on room area. Portions of a room with a
sloping ceiling measuring less than 5 feet (1524 mm) or a
furred ceiling measuring less than 7 feet (2134 mm) from the
finished floor to the finished ceiling shall not be considered as
contributing to the minimum required habitable area for that
room.

SECTION R305
CEILING HEIGHT

R305.1 Minimum height. Habitable rooms, hallways, corri-
dors, bathrooms, toilet rooms, laundry rooms and basements
shall have a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet (2134 mm).
The required height shall be measured from the finish floor to
the lowest projection from the ceiling.

Exceptions:

1. Beams and girders spaced not less than 4 feet (1219
mm) on center may project not more than 6 inches
(152 mm) below the required ceiling height.

2. Ceilings in basements without habitable spaces may
project to within 6 feet, 8 inches (2032 ram) of the fin-
ished floor; and beams, girders, ducts or other
obstructions may project to within 6 feet 4 inches
(1931 mm) of the finished floor.

3. For rooms with sloped ceilings, at least 50 percent of
the required floor area of the room must have a ceiling

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

BUILDING PLANNING

height of at least 7 feet (2134 mm) and no portion of
the required floor area may have a ceiling height of
less than 5 feet (1524 mm).

Bathrooms shall have a minimum ceiling height of 6
feet 8 inches (2036 mm) over the fixture and at the
front clearance area for fixtures as shown in Figure
R307. 1 . A shower or tub equipped with a showerhead
shall have a minimum ceiling height of 6 feet 8 inches
(2036 mm) above a minimum area 30 inches (762
mm) by 30 inches (762 mm) at the showerhead.

R306.2 Kitchen. Each dwelling unit shall be provided with a
kitchen area and every kitchen area shall be provided with a
sink.

R306.3 Sewage disposal. All plumbing fixtures shall be con-
nected to a sanitary sewer or to an approved private sewage dis-
posal system.

R306.4 Water supply to fixtures. All plumbing fixtures shall
be connected to an approved water supply. Kitchen sinks, lava-
tories, bathtubs, showers, bidets, laundry tubs and washing
machine outlets shall be provided with hot and cold water.

SECTION R306
SANITATION

R306.1 Toilet facilities. Every dwelling unit shall be provided
with a water closet, lavatory, and a bathtub or shower.

SECTION R307
TOILET, BATH AND SHOWER SPACES

R307.1 Space required. Fixtures shall be spaced as per Figure
R307.1.

R307.2 Bathtub and shower spaces. Bathtub and shower
floors and walls above bathtubs with installed shower heads

/WALL

/WALL (WALL /

■4(N. / -^|<-4IN. / 2IN. -^|<- /

WALL

WALLi

LAVATORIES

24 IN. CLEARANCE IN
FRONT OF OPENING

SHOWER

15 IN.

-U-^ /WALL

WATER CLOSET^
OR BIDET

15IN.

\ /WALL

TUB

21 (N.
CLEARANCE

21 IN.
CLEARANCE

WALL

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

WATER CLOSETS

FIGURE R307.1
MINIMUM FIXTURE CLEARANCES

WALL

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

BUILDING PLANNING

and in shower compartments shall be finished with a
nonabsorbent surface. Such wall surfaces shall extend to a
height of not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the floor.

SECTION R308
GLAZING

R308.1 Identification. Except as indicated in Section R308. 1 . 1
each pane of glazing installed in hazardous locations as defined
in Section R308.4 shall be provided with a manufacturer's desig-
nation specifying who appUed the designation, designating the
type of glass and the safety glazing standard with which it com-
plies, which is visible in the final installation. The designation
shall be acid etched, sandblasted, ceramic-fired, laser etched,
embossed, or be of a type which once applied cannot be removed
without being destroyed. A label shall be permitted in heu of the
manufacturer's designation.

Exceptions:

1. For other than tempered glass, manufacturer's desig-
nations are not required provided the building official
approves the use of a certificate, affidavit or other evi-
dence confirming compliance with this code.

2. Tempered spandrel glass is permitted to be identified
by the manufacturer with a removable paper designa-
tion.

R308.1.1 Identification of multipane assemblies. Multipane
assembhes having individual panes not exceeding 1 square
foot (0.09 m^) in exposed area shall have at least one pane in
the assembly identified in accordance with Section R308.1.
All other panes in the assembly shall be labeled "16 CFR
1201."

R308.2 Louvered windows or jalousies. Regular, float, wired
or patterned glass in jalousies and louvered windows shall be
no thinner than nominal Vis inch (5 mm) and no longer than 48
inches (1219 mm). Exposed glass edges shall be smooth.

R308.2.1 Wired glass prohibited. Wired glass with wire
exposed on longitudinal edges shall not be used in jalousies
or louvered windows.

R308.3 Human impact loads. Individual glazed areas, includ-
ing glass mirrors in hazardous locations such as those indicated
as defined in Section R308.4, shall pass the test requirements of
CPSC 16 CFR, Part 1201. Glazing shall comply with CPSC 16

CFR, Part 1201 criteria for Category I or Category II as indi-
cated in Table R308.3.

Exception: Louvered windows and jalousies shall comply
with Section R308.2.

R308.4 Hazardous locations. The following shall be consid-
ered specific hazardous locations for the purposes of glazing:

1. Glazing in swinging doors except jalousies.

2. Glazing in fixed and sliding panels of sliding door
assemblies and panels in sliding and bifold closet door
assemblies.

3. Glazing in storm doors.

4. Glazing in all unframed swinging doors.

5. Glazing in doors and enclosures for hot tubs, whirl-
pools, saunas, steam rooms, bathtubs and showers.
Glazing in any part of a building wall enclosing these
compartments where the bottom exposed edge of the
glazing is less than 60 inches (1524 mm) measured ver-
tically above any standing or walking surface.

6. Glazing, in an individual fixed or operable panel adja-
cent to a door where the nearest vertical edge is within a
24-inch (610 mm) arc of the door in a closed position
and whose bottom edge is less than 60 inches (1524
mm) above the floor or walking surface.

7. Glazing in an individual fixed or operable panel, other
than those locations described in Items 5 and 6 above,
that meets all of the following conditions:

7.1. Exposed area of an individual pane larger than
9 square feet (0.836 m^).

7.2. Bottom edge less than 18 inches (457 mm)
above the floor.

7.3. Top edge more than 36 inches (914 mm)
above the floor.

7.4. One or more walking surfaces within 36
inches (914 mm) horizontally of the glazing.

8. All glazing in railings regardless of an area or height
above a walking surface. Included are structural balus-
ter panels and nonstructural infill panels.

9. Glazing in walls and fences enclosing indoor and out-
door swimming pools, hot tubs and spas where the bot-
tom edge of the glazing is less than 60 inches (1524

TABLE R308.3
MINIMUM CATEGORY CLASSIFICATION OF GLAZING

GLAZING IN DOORS

GLAZED PANELS

AND ENCLOSURES

GLAZING IN STORM

REGULATED BY

EXPOSED SURFACE

OR COMBINATION

GLAZING IN

ITEM 7 OF SECTION

ITEM 6 OF SECTION

ITEM 5 OF SECTION

SLIDING GLASS

AREA OF ONE SIDE

DOORS

R308.4

DOORS PATIO TYPE

OF ONE LITE

(Category Class)

9 sq ft or less

More than 9 sq ft

For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 ml
NR means "No Requirement."

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

BUILDING PLANNING

mm) above a walking surface and within 60 inches
(1524 mm) horizontally of the water's edge. This shall
apply to single glazing and all panes in multiple glaz-
ing.

10. Glazing adjacent to stairways, landings and ramps
within 36 inches (914 mm) horizontally of a walking
surface when the exposed surface of the glass is less
than 60 inches (1524 mm) above the plane of the adja-
cent walking surface.

11. Glazing adjacent to stairways within 60 inches (1524
mm) horizontally of the bottom tread of a stairway in
any direction when the exposed surface of the glass is
less than 60 inches (1524 mm) above the nose of the
tread.

Exception: The following products, materials and uses are
exempt from the above hazardous locations:

1 . Openings in doors through which a 3-inch (76 mm)
sphere is unable to pass.

2. Decorative glass in Items 1, 6 or 7.

3. Glazing in Section R308.4, Item 6, when there is an
intervening wall or other permanent barrier between
the door and the glazing.

4. Glazing in Section R308.4, Item 6, in walls perpen-
dicular to the plane of the door in a closed position,
other than the wall toward which the door swings
when opened, or where access through the door is to
a closet or storage area 3 feet (914 mm) or less in
depth. Glazing in these applications shall comply
with Section R308.4, Item 7.

5. Glazing in Section R308.4, Items 7 and 10, when a
protective bar is installed on the accessible side(s) of
the glazing 36 inches ± 2 inches (914 mm ±51 mm)
above the floor. The bar shall be capable of with-
standing a horizontal load of 50 pounds per linear
foot (730 N/m) without contacting the glass and be a
minimum of 1 Vj inches (38 mm) in height.

6. Outboard panes in insulating glass units and other
multiple glazed panels in Section R308.4, Item 7,
when the bottom edge of the glass is 25 feet (7620
mm) or more above grade, a roof, walking surfaces,
or other horizontal [within 45 degrees (0.79 rad) of
horizontal] surface adjacent to the glass exterior.

7. Louvered windows and jalousies complying with
the requirements of Section R308.2.

8. Mirrors and other glass panels mounted or hung on a
surface that provides a continuous backing support.

9. Safety glazing in Section R308.4, Items 10 and 1 1,
is not required where:

9.1. The side of a stairway, landing or ramp has a
guardrail or handrail, including balusters or
in-fill panels, complying with the provisions
of Sections 1013 and 1607.7 of the Interna-
tional Building Code; and

9.2. The plane of the glass is more than 18 inches
(457 mm) from the railing; or

9.3. When a solid wall or panel extends from the
plane of the adjacent walking surface to 34
inches (863 mm) to 36 inches (914 mm) above
the floor and the construction at the top of that
wall or panel is capable of withstanding the
same horizontal load as the protective bar.

10. Glass block panels complying with Section R610.

R308.5 Site built windows. Site built windows shall comply
with Section 2404 of the International Building Code.

R308.6 Skylights and sloped glazing. Skylights and sloped
glazing shall comply with the following sections.

R308.6.1 Definitions.

SKYLIGHTS AND SLOPED GLAZING. Glass or other
transparent or translucent glazing material installed at a
slope of 15 degrees (0.26 rad) or more from vertical. Glaz-
ing materials in skylights, including unit skylights, solari-
ums, sunrooms, roofs and sloped walls are included in this
definition.

UNIT SKYLIGHT. A factory assembled, glazed fenestra-
tion unit, containing one panel of glazing material, that
allows for natural daylighting through an opening in the
roof assembly while preserving the weather-resistant bar-
rier of the roof.

R308.6.2 Permitted materials. The following types of
glazing may be used:

1. Laminated glass with a minimum 0.015-inch (0.38
mm) polyvinyl butyral interlay er for glass panes 16
square feet (1.5 m^) or less in area located such that
the highest point of the glass is not more than 12 feet
(3658 mm) above a walldng surface or other accessi-
ble area; for higher or larger sizes, the minimum
interlayer thickness shall be 0.030 inch (0.76 mm).

2. Fully tempered glass.

3. Heat- strengthened glass.

4. Wired glass.

5. Approved rigid plastics.

R308.6.3 Screens, general. For fully tempered or
heat-strengthened glass, a retaining screen meeting the
requirements of Section R308.6.7 shall be installed below
the glass, except for fully tempered glass that meets either
condition listed in Section R308.6.5.

R308.6.4 Screens with multiple glazing. When the
inboard pane is fully tempered, heat-strengthened or wired
glass, a retaining screen meeting the requirements of Sec-
tion R308.6.7 shall be installed below the glass, except for
either condition listed in Section R308.6.5. All other panes
in the multiple glazing may be of any type listed in Section
R308.6.2.

R308.6.5 Screens not required. Screens shall not be
required when fully tempered glass is used as single glazing
or the inboard pane in multiple glazing and either of the fol-
lowing conditions are met:

1. Glass area 16 square feet (1.49 m^) or less. Highest
point of glass not more than 12 feet (3658 mm) above

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

BUILDING PLANNING

a walking surface or other accessible area, nominal
glass thickness not more than V,^ inch (4.8 mm), and
(for multiple glazing only) the other pane or panes
fully tempered, laminated or wired glass.

2. Glass area greater than 16 square feet (1 .49 m^). Glass
sloped 30 degrees (0.52 rad) or less from vertical, and
highest point of glass not more than 10 feet (3048
mm) above a walking surface or other accessible area.

R308.6.6 Glass in greenhouses. Any glazing material is
permitted to be installed without screening in the sloped
areas of greenhouses, provided the greenhouse height at the
ridge does not exceed 20 feet (6096 mm) above grade.

R308.6.7 Screen characteristics. The screen and its fasten-
ings shall be capable of supporting twice the weight of the
glazing, be firmly and substantially fastened to the framing
members, and have a mesh opening of no more than 1 inch
by 1 inch (25 mm by 25 mm).

R308.6.8 Curbs for skylights. All unit skyhghts installed
in a roof with a pitch flatter than three units vertical in 12
units horizontal (25 -percent slope) shall be mounted on a
curb extending at least 4 inches ( 1 02 mm) above the plane of
the roof unless otherwise specified in the manufacturer's
installation instructions.

R308.6.9 Testing and labeling. Unit skyhghts shall be tested
by an approved independent laboratory, and bear a label iden-
tifying manufacturer, performance grade rating and approved
inspection agency to indicate compliance with the require-
ments of AAMAAVDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440.

SECTION R309
GARAGES AND CARPORTS

R309.1 Opening protection. Openings from a private garage
directly into a room used for sleeping purposes shall not be per-
mitted. Other openings between the garage and residence shall
be equipped with solid wood doors not less than 1% inches (35
mm) in thickness, solid or honeycomb core steel doors not less
than P/g inches (35 mm) thick, or 20-minute fire-rated doors.

R309.1.1 Duct penetration. Ducts in the garage and ducts
penetrating the walls or ceilings separating the dwelling
from the garage shall be constructed of a minimum No. 26
gage (0.48 mm) sheet steel or other approved material and
shall have no openings into the garage.

R309.1.2 Other penetrations. Penetrations through the
separation required in Section R309.2 shall be protected by
filling the opening around the penetrating item with
approved material to resist the free passage of flame and
products of combustion.

R309.2 Separation required. The garage shall be separated
from the residence and its attic area by not less than '/2-inch (12.7
mm) gypsum board applied to the garage side. Garages beneath
habitable rooms shall be separated from all habitable rooms
above by not less than Vg-inch (15.9 mm) Type X gypsum board
or equivalent. Where the separation is a floor-ceiling assembly,
the structure supporting the separation shall also be protected by
not less than Vj-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board or equivalent.
I Garages located less than 3 feet (914 mm) from a dweUing unit

on the same lot shall be protected with not less than '/2-inch (12.7
mm) gypsum board applied to the interior side of exterior walls
that are within this area. Openings in these walls shall be regu-
lated by Section R309. 1 . This provision does not apply to garage
walls that are perpendicular to the adjacent dwelling unit wall.

R309.3 Floor surface. Garage floor surfaces shall be of
approved noncombustible material.

The area of floor used for parking of automobiles or other
vehicles shall be sloped to facilitate the movement of liquids to
a drain or toward the main vehicle entry doorway.

R309.4 Carports. Carports shall be open on at least two sides.
Carport floor surfaces shall be of approved noncombustible
material. Carports not open on at least two sides shall be con-
sidered a garage and shall comply with the provisions of this
section for garages.

Exception; Asphalt surfaces shall be permitted at ground
level in carports.

The area of floor used for parking of automobiles or other
vehicles shall be sloped to facilitate the movement of liquids to
a drain or toward the main vehicle entry doorway.

R309.5 Flood hazard areas. For buildings located in flood
hazard areas as established by Table R301.2(l), garage floors
shall be:

1 . Elevated to or above the design flood elevation as deter-
mined in Section R324; or

2. Located below the design flood elevation provided they
are at or above grade on all sides, are used solely for
parking, building access, or storage, meet the require-
ments of Section R324, and are otherwise constructed in
accordance with this code.

R309.6 Automatic garage door openers. Automatic garage
door openers, if provided, shall be listed in accordance with UL

325.

SECTION R310
EMERGENCY ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPENINGS

R310.1 Emergency escape and rescue required. Basements
and every sleeping room shall have at least one operable emer-
gency escape and rescue opening. Such opening shall open
directly into a public street, public alley, yard or court. Where
basements contain one or more sleeping rooms, emergency
egress and rescue openings shall be required in each sleeping
room, but shall not be required in adjoining areas of the base-
ment. Where emergency escape and rescue openings are pro-
vided they shall have a sill height of not more than 44 inches
(1118 mm) above the floor. Where a door opening having a
threshold below the adjacent ground elevation serves as an
emergency escape and rescue opening and is provided with a
bulkhead enclosure, the bulkhead enclosure shall comply with
Section R3 10.3. The net clear opening dimensions required by
this section shall be obtained by the normal operation of the
emergency escape and rescue opening from the inside. Emer-
gency escape and rescue openings with a finished sill height
below the adjacent ground elevation shall be provided with a
window well in accordance with Section R310.2. Emergency

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

BUILDING PLANNING

escape and rescue openings shall open directly into a public
way, or to a yard or court that opens to a public way.

I Exception: Basements used only to house mechanical
equipment and not exceeding total floor area of 200 square
feet (18.58 m2).

R310.1.1 Minimum opening area. All emergency escape
and rescue openings shall have a minimum net clear open-
ing of 5.7 square feet (0.530 m^).

Exception: Grade floor openings shall have a minimum
net clear opening of 5 square feet (0.465 m^).

R310.1.2 Minimum opening height. The minimum net
clear opening height shall be 24 inches (610 mm).

R310.1.3 Minimum opening width. The minimum net
clear opening width shall be 20 inches (508 mm).

R310.1.4 Operational constraints. Emergency escape and

I rescue openings shall be operational from the inside of the
room without the use of keys, tools or special knowledge.

R310.2 Window wells. The minimum horizontal area of the
window well shall be 9 square feet (0.9 m^), with a minimum
horizontal projection and width of 36 inches (914 mm). The
area of the window well shall allow the emergency escape and
rescue opening to be fully opened.

Exception: The ladder or steps required by Section R3 10.2. 1
shall be permitted to encroach a maximum of 6 inches (152
mm) into the required dimensions of the window well.

R310.2.1 Ladder and steps. Window wells with a vertical
depth greater than 44 inches (1118 mm) shall be equipped
with a permanently affixed ladder or steps usable with the
window in the fully open position. Ladders or steps required
by this section shall not be required to comply with Sections
R31 1.5 and R31 1.6. Ladders or rungs shall have an inside
width of at least 12 inches (305 mm), shall project at least 3
inches (76 mm) from the wall and shall be spaced not more
than 18 inches (457 mm) on center vertically for the full
height of the window well.

R310.3 BuUihead enclosures. Bulkhead enclosures shall pro-
vide direct access to the basement. The bulkhead enclosure with
the door panels in the fully open position shall provide the mini-
mum net clear opening required by Section R3 10. 1 . 1 . Bulkhead
enclosures shall also comply with Section R3 11.5.8.2.

R310.4 Bars, grilles, covers and screens. Bars, grilles, cov-
ers, screens or similar devices are permitted to be placed over
emergency escape and rescue openings, bulkhead enclosures,
or window wells that serve such openings, provided the mini-
mum net clear opening size complies with Sections R310.1.1
to R3 10. 1 .3, and such devices shall be releasable or removable

I from the inside without the use of a key, tool, special knowl-
edge or force greater than that which is required for normal
operation of the escape and rescue opening.

R310.5 Emergency escape windows under decks and
porches. Emergency escape windows are allowed to be
installed under decks and porches provided the location of the
deck allows the emergency escape window to be fully opened
and provides a path not less than 36 inches (914 mm) in height
to a yard or court.

SECTION R311
MEANS OF EGRESS

R311.1 General. Stairways, ramps, exterior egress balconies,
hallways and doors shall comply with this section.

R311.2 Construction.

R311.2.1 Attachment. Required exterior egress balconies,
exterior exit stairways and similar means of egress
components shall be positively anchored to the primary
structure to resist both vertical and lateral forces. Such
attachment shall not be accomplished by use of toenails or
nails subject to withdrawal.

R311.2.2 Under stair protection. Enclosed accessible space
under stairs shall have walls, under stair surface and any sof-
fits protected on the enclosed side with Vj-inch (13 mm) gyp-
sum board.

R311.3 Hallways. The minimum width of a hallway shall be
not less than 3 feet (914 mm).

R311.4 Doors.

R311.4.1 Exit door required. Not less than one exit door
conforming to this section shall be provided for each dwell-
ing unit. The required exit door shall provide for direct
access from the habitable portions of the dwelling to the
exterior without requiring travel through a garage. Access to
habitable levels not having an exit in accordance with this
section shall be by a ramp in accordance with Section
R31 1.6 or a stairway in accordance with Section R31 1.5.

R311.4.2 Door type and size. The required exit door shall
be a side-hinged door not less than 3 feet (914 mm) in width
and 6 feet 8 inches (2032 mm) in height. Other doors shall
not be required to comply with these minimum dimensions.

R311.4.3 Landings at doors. There shall be a floor or land-
ing on each side of each exterior door. The floor or landing
at the exterior door shall not be more than 1.5 inches (38
mm) lower than the top of the threshold. The landing shall
be permitted to have a slope not to exceed 0.25 unit vertical
in 12 units horizontal (2-percent).

Exceptions:

1 . Where a stairway of two or fewer risers is located
on the exterior side of a door, other than the
required exit door, a landing is not required for the
exterior side of the door provided the door, other
than an exterior storm or screen door does not
swing over the stairway.

2. The exterior landing at an exterior doorway shall
not be more than 7V4 inches (196 mm) below the
top of the threshold, provided the door, other than
an exterior storm or screen door does not swing
over the landing.

3 . The height of floors at exterior doors other than the
exit door required by Section R3 11 .4. 1 shall not be
more than VI ^ inches (186 mm) lower than the top
of the threshold.

The width of each landing shall not be less than the door
served. Every landing shall have a minimum dimension of
36 inches (914 mm) measured in the direction of travel.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

BUILDING PLANNING

R311.4.4 Type of lock or latch. All egress doors shall be
readily openable from the side from which egress is to be
made without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort.

R311.5 Stairways.

R311.5.1 Width. Stairways shall not be less than 36 inches
(914 mm) in clear width at all points above the permitted
handrail height and below the required headroom height.
Handrails shall not project more than 4.5 inches (1 14 mm)
on either side of the stairway and the minimum clear width
of the stairway at and below the handrail height, including
treads and landings, shall not be less than 31.5 inches (787
mm) where a handrail is installed on one side and 27 inches
(698 mm) where handrails are provided on both sides.

Exception: The width of spiral stairways shall be in
accordance with Section R31 1.5.8.

R311.5.2 Headroom. The minimum headroom in all parts
of the stairway shall not be less than 6 feet 8 inches (2036
mm) measured vertically from the sloped plane adjoining
the tread nosing or from the floor surface of the landing or
platform.

R311.5.3 Stair treads and risers.

R311.5.3.1 Riser height. The maximum riser height
shall be VI ^ inches (196 mm). The riser shall be mea-
sured vertically between leading edges of the adjacent
treads. The greatest riser height within any flight of stairs
shall not exceed the smallest by more than ^/g inch (9.5
mm).

R31 1.5.3.2 Tread depth. The minimum tread depth
shall be 10 inches (254 mm). The tread depth shall be
measured horizontally between the vertical planes of the
foremost projection of adjacent treads and at a right
angle to the tread's leading edge. The greatest tread depth
within any flight of stairs shall not exceed the smallest by
more than Vg inch (9.5 mm). Winder treads shall have a
minimum tread depth of 10 inches (254 mm) measured
as above at a point 12 inches (305 mm) from the side
where the treads are narrower. Winder treads shall have a
minimum tread depth of 6 inches (152 mm) at any point.
Within any flight of stairs, the largest winder tread depth
at the 12 inch (305 mm) walk line shall not exceed the
smallest by more than Vg inch (9.5 mm).

R311.5.3.3 Profile. The radius of curvature at the lead-
ing edge of the tread shall be no greater than 7i6 inch (14
mm). A nosing not less than V4 inch (19 mm) but not
more than 1 74 inch (32 mm) shall be provided on stair-
ways with solid risers. The greatest nosing projection
shall not exceed the smallest nosing projection by more
than Vg inch (9.5 mm) between two stories, including
the nosing at the level of floors and landings. Beveling
of nosing shall not exceed V2 inch (12.7 mm). Risers
shall be vertical or sloped from the underside of the
leading edge of the tread above at an angle not more
than 30 degrees (0.5 1 rad) from the vertical. Open risers
are permitted, provided that the opening between treads
does not permit the passage of a 4-inch diameter (102
mm) sphere.

Exceptions:

1 . A nosing is not required where the tread depth
is a minimum of 11 inches (279 mm).

2. The opening between adjacent treads is not lim-
ited on stairs with a total rise of 30 inches (762
mm) or less.

R311.5.4 Landings for stairways. There shall be a floor or
landing at the top and bottom of each stairway.

Exception: A floor or landing is not required at the top of
an interior flight of stairs, including stairs in an enclosed I
garage, provided a door does not swing over the stairs. |

A flight of stairs shall not have a vertical rise larger than
12 feet (3658 mm) between floor levels or landings.

The width of each landing shall not be less than the width
of the stairway served. Every landing shall have a minimum
dimension of 36 inches (914 mm) measured in the direction
of travel.

R311.5.5 Stairway walking surface. The walking surface
of treads and landings of stairways shall be sloped no
steeper than one unit vertical in 48 inches horizontal (2-per-
cent slope).

R311.5.6 Handrails. Handrails shall be provided on at least
one side of each continuous run of treads or flight with four
or more risers.

R3 11.5.6.1 Height. Handrail height, measured verti-
cally from the sloped plane adjoining the tread nosing, or
finish surface of ramp slope, shall be not less than 34
inches (864 mm) and not more than 38 inches (965 mm).

R311.5.6.2 Continuity. Handrails for stairways shall be
continuous for the full length of the flight, from a point
directly above the top riser of the flight to a point directly
above the lowest riser of the flight. Handrail ends shall be
returned or shall terminate in newel posts or safety termi-
nals. Handrails adjacent to a wall shall have a space of not
less than VI 2 inch (38 mm) between the wall and the
handrails.

Exceptions:

1 . Handrails shall be permitted to be interrupted
by a newel post at the turn.

2. The use of a volute, turnout, starting easing or
starting newel shall be allowed over the lowest
tread.

R31 1.5.6.3 Handrail grip size. All required handrails
shall be of one of the following types or provide equiva-
lent graspability.

1. Type I. Handrails with a circular cross section
shall have an outside diameter of at least 1 V4 inches
(32 mm) and not greater than 2 inches (5 1 nmi). If
the handrail is not circular it shall have a perimeter
dimension of at least 4 inches (102 mm) and not
greater than 6V4 inches (160 mm) with a maximum
cross section of dimension of 2V4 inches(57 mm).

2. Type 11. Handrails with a perimeter greater than 6 74
inches (160 mm) shall provide a graspable finger

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE

BUILDING PLANNING

recess area on both sides of the profile. The finger
recess shall begin within a distance of % inch (19
mm) measured vertically from the tallest portion of
the profile and achieve a depth of at least ^/|6 inch (8
mm) within Vg inch (22 mm) below the widest por-
tion of the profile. This required depth shall con-
tinue for at least % inch (10 mm) to a level that is not
less than IV4 inches (45 mm) below the tallest por-
tion of the profile. The minimum width of the hand-
rail above the recess shall be 1 74 inches (32 mm) to
a maximum of 2V4 inches (70 mm). Edges shall
have a minimum radius of 0.01 inch (0.25 mm).

R311.5.7 Illumination. All stairs shall be provided with
illumination in accordance with Section R303.6.

R311.5.8 Special stairways. Spiral stairways and bulkhead
enclosure stairways shall comply with all requirements of
Section R3 1 1 .5 except as specified below.

R311.5.8.1 Spiral stairways. Spiral stairways are per-
mitted, provided the minimum width shall be 26 inches
(660 mm) with each tread having a TVj-inches (190 mm)
minimum tread depth at 12 inches from the narrower
edge. All treads shall be identical, and the rise shall be no
more than 9V2 inches (241 mm). A minimum headroom
of 6 feet 6 inches (1982 mm) shall be provided.

R311.5.8.2 Bulkhead enclosure stairways. Stairways
serving bulkhead enclosures, not part of the required
building egress, providing access from the outside grade
level to the basement shall be exempt from the require-
ments of Sections R3 1 1 .4.3 and R3 1 1 .5 where the maxi-
mum height from the basement finished floor level to
grade adjacent to the stairway does not exceed 8 feet
(2438 mm), and the grade level opening to the stairway is
covered by a bulkhead enclosure with hinged doors or
other approved means.

R311.6 Ramps.

R31 1.6.1 Maximum slope. Ramps shall have a maximum
slope of one unit vertical in twelve units horizontal (8.3-per-
cent slope).

Exception: Where it is technically infeasible to comply
because of site constraints, ramps may have a maximum
slope of one unit vertical in eight horizontal (12.5 percent
slope).

R311.6.2 Landings required. A minimum 3-foot-by-3-foot
(914 mm by 914 mm) landing shall be provided:

1. At the top and bottom of ramps.

2. Where doors open onto ramps.

3. Where ramps change direction.

R31 1.6.3 Handrails required. Handrails shall be provided
on at least one side of all ramps exceeding a slope of one unit
vertical in 12 units horizontal (8.33-percent slope).

R311.6.3.1 Height. Handrail height, measured above
the finished surface of the ramp slope, shall be not less
than 34 inches (864 mm) and not more than 38 inches
(965 mm).

R311.6.3.2 Handrail grip size. Handrails on ramps
shall comply with Section R31 1.5.6.3.

R311.6.3.3 Continuity. Handrails where required on
ramps shall be continuous for the full length of the ramp.
Handrail ends shall be returned or shall terminate in
newel posts or safety terminals. Handrails adjacent to a
wall shall have a space of not less than 1.5 inches (38
mm) between the wall and the handrails.

SECTION R312
GUARDS

R312.1 Guards. Porches, balconies, ramps or raised floor sur- I
faces located more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor or |
grade below shall have guards not less than 36 inches (914 mm)
in height. Open sides of stairs with a total rise of more than 30
inches (762 mm) above the floor or grade below shall have
guards not less than 34 inches (864 mm) in height measured
vertically from the nosing of the treads.

Porches and decks which are enclosed with insect screening
shall be equipped with guards where the walking surface is
located more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the floor or grade
below.

R312.2 Guard opening limitations. Required guards on open
sides of stairways, raised floor areas, balconies and porches
shall have intermediate rails or ornamental closures which do
not allow passage of a sphere 4 inches (102mm) or more in
diameter.

Exceptions:

1 . The triangular openings formed by the riser, tread and
bottom rail of a guard at the open side of a stairway are
permitted to be of such a size that a sphere 6 inches
(152 mm) cannot pass through.

2. Openings for required guards on the sides of stair
treads shall not allow a sphere 4 Vg inches (107 mm) to
pass through.

SECTION R313
SMOKE ALARMS

R313.1 Smoke detection and notification. All smoke alarms
shall be listed in accordance with UL 217 and installed in
accordance with the provisions of this code and the household
fire warning equipment provisions of NFPA 72.

Household fire alarm systems installed in accordance with
NFPA 72 that include smoke alarms, or a combination of
smoke detector and audible notification device installed as
required by this section for smoke alarms, shall be permitted.
The household fire alarm system shall provide the same level of
smoke detection and alarm as required by this section for
smoke alarms in the event the fire alarm panel is removed or the
system is not connected to a central station.

R313.2 Location. Smoke alarms shall be installed in the fol-
lowing locations:

1 . In each sleeping room.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

BUILDING PLANNING

2. Outside each separate sleeping area in the immediate
vicinity of the bedrooms.

3. On each additional story of the dwelling, including base-
ments but not including crawl spaces and uninhabitable
attics. In dwellings or dwelling units with split levels and
without an intervening door between the adjacent levels,
a smoke alarm installed on the upper level shall suffice
for the adjacent lower level provided that the lower level
is less than one full story below the upper level.

When more than one smoke alarm is required to be installed
within an individual dwelling unit the alarm devices shall be
interconnected in such a manner that the actuation of one alarm
will activate all of the alarms in the individual unit.

R313.2.1 Alterations, repairs and additions. When alter-
ations, repairs or additions requiring a permit occur, or
when one or more sleeping rooms are added or created in
existing dwellings, the individual dwelling unit shall be
equipped with smoke alarms located as required for new
dwellings; the smoke alarms shall be interconnected and
hard wired.

Exceptions:

1. Interconnection and hard- wiring of smoke alarms
in existing areas shall not be required where the
alterations or repairs do not result in the removal of
interior wall or ceiling finishes exposing the struc-
ture, unless there is an attic, crawl space or base-
ment available which could provide access for
hard wiring and interconnection without the
removal of interior finishes.

2. Work involving the exterior surfaces of dwellings,
such as the replacement of roofing or siding, or the
addition or replacement of windows or doors, or
the addition of a porch or deck, are exempt from
the requirements of this section.

R313.3 Power source. In new construction, the required
smoke alarms shall receive their primary power from the build-
ing wiring when such wiring is served from a commercial
source, and when primary power is interrupted, shall receive
power from a battery. Wiring shall be permanent and without a
disconnecting switch other than those required for overcurrent
protection. Smoke alarms shall be permitted to be battery oper-
ated when installed in buildings without commercial power or
in buildings that undergo alterations, repairs or additions regu-
lated by Section R313.2.1.

SECTION R314
FOAM PLASTIC

R314.1 General. The provisions of this section shall govern
the materials, design, application, construction and installation
of foam plastic materials.

R314.2 Labeling and identification. Packages and contain-
ers of foam plastic insulation and foam plastic insulation
components delivered to the job site shall bear the label of an
approved agency showing the manufacturer's name, the prod-
uct listing, product identification and information sufficient

to determine that the end use will comply with the require-
ments.

R314.3 Surface burning characteristics. Unless otherwise
allowed in Section R314.5 or R314.6, all foam plastic or foam
plastic cores used as a component in manufactured assemblies
used in building construction shall have a flame spread index of
not more than 75 and shall have a smoke-developed index of
not more than 450 when tested in the maximum thickness
intended for use in accordance with ASTM E 84.
Loose-fill-type foam plastic insulation shall be tested as board
stock for the flame spread index and smoke-developed index.

Exception: Foam plastic insulation more than 4 inches
thick shall have a maximum flame spread index of 75 and a
smoke-developed index of 450 where tested at a minimum
thickness of 4 inches, provided the end use is approved in
accordance with Section R314.6 using the thickness and
density intended for use.

R314.4 Thermal barrier. Unless otherwise allowed in Section
R3 14.5 or Section R3 14.6, foam plastic shall be separated from
the interior of a building by an approved thermal barrier of min-
imum 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) gypsum wallboard or an approved
finish material equivalent to a thermal barrier material that will
limit the average temperature rise of the unexposed surface to
no more than 250°F (139°C) after 15 minutes of fire exposure
complying with the ASTM E 119 standard time temperature
Curve. The thermal barrier shall be installed in such a manner
that it will remain in place for 15 minutes based on NFPA 286
with the acceptance criteria of Section R315.4, FM 4880, UL
1040 or UL 1715.

R314.5 Specific requirements. The following requirements
shall apply to these uses of foam plastic unless specifically
approved in accordance with Section R314.6 or by other sec-
tions of the code or the requirements of Sections R314.2
through R314.4 have been met.

R314.5.1 Masonry or concrete construction. The thermal
barrier specified in Section R314.4 is not required in a
masonry or concrete wall, floor or roof when the foam plas-
tic insulation is separated from the interior of the building
by a minimum 1-inch (25 mm) thickness of masonry or con-
crete.

R314.5.2 Roofing. The thermal barrier specified in Section
R314.4 is not required when the foam plastic in a roof
assembly or under a roof covering is installed in accordance
with the code and the manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions and is separated from the interior of the building by
tongue-and-groove wood planks or wood structural panel
sheathing in accordance with Section R803, not less than
^^/32 inch (11.9 mm) thick bonded with exterior glue and
identified as Exposure 1 , with edges supported by blocking
or tongue-and-groove joints or an equivalent material. The
smoke-developed index for roof applications shall not be
hmited.

; R314.5.3 Attics. The thermal barrier specified in Section
314.4 is not required where attic access is required by Sec-
tion R807 . 1 and where the space is entered only for service
of utilities and when the foam plastic insulation is protected

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

BUILDING PLANNING

against ignition using one of the following ignition barrier
materials:

1. 1.5 -inch-thick (38 mm) mineral fiber insulation;

2. 0.25-inch-thick (6.4 mm) wood structural panels;

3. 0.375-inch (9.5 mm) particleboard;

4. 0.25-inch (6.4 nam) hardboard;

5. 0.375-inch (9.5 mm) gypsum board; or

6. Corrosion-resistant steel having a base metal thick-
ness of 0.016 inch (0.406 mm).

The above ignition barrier is not required where the foam
plastic insulation has been tested in accordance with Section
R314.6.

R314.5.4 Crawl spaces. The thermal barrier specified in
Section R314.4 is not required where crawlspace access is
required by Section R408.3 and where entry is made only
for service of utilities and the foam plastic insulation is pro-
tected against ignition using one of the following ignition
barrier materials:

1. 1.5-inch-thick (38 mm) mineral fiber insulation;

2. 0.25-inch-thick (6.4 mm) wood structural panels;

3. 0.375-inch (9.5 mm) particleboard;

4. 0.25-inch (6.4 mm) hardboard;

5. 0.375-inch (9.5 mm) gypsum board; or

6. Corrosion-resistant steel having a base metal thick-
ness of 0.016 inch (0.41 mm).

The above ignition barrier is not required where the foam
plastic insulation has been tested in accordance with Section
R314.6.

R314.5.5 Foam-filled exterior doors. Foam-filled exterior
doors are exempt from the requirements of Sections R3 14.3
and R3 14.4.

R314.5.6 Foam-filled garage doors. Foam-filled garage
doors in attached or detached garages are exempt from the
requirements of Sections R314.3 and R314.4.

R3 14.5.7 Foam backer board. The thermal barrier speci-
fied in Section R314.4 is not required where siding backer
board foam plastic insulation has a maximum thickness of
0.5 inch (12.7 mm) and a potential heat of not more than
2000 Btu per square foot (22 720 kJ/m^) when tested in
accordance with NFPA 259 provided that:

1 . The foam plastic insulation is separated from the inte-
rior of the building by not less than 2 inches (5 1 mm)
of mineral fiber insulation or

2. The foam plastic insulation is installed over existing
exterior wall finish in conjunction with re-siding or

3. The foam plastic insulation has been tested in accor-
dance with Section R314.6.

R314.5.8 Re-siding. The thermal barrier specified in Sec-
tion R314.4 is not required where the foam plastic insula-
tion is installed over existing exterior wall finish in
conjunction with re-siding provided the foam plastic has a
maximum thickness of 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) and a potential

heat of not more than 2000 Btu per square foot (22 720
kJ/m^) when tested in accordance with NFPA 259.

R314.5.9 Interior trim. The thermal barrier specified in
Section R314.4 is not required for exposed foam plastic
interior trim, provided all of the following are met:

1. The minimum density is 20 pounds per cubic foot
(320 kg/m3).

2. The maximum thickness of the trim is 0.5 inch (12.7
mm) and the maximum width is 8 inches (204 mm).

3 . The interior trim shall not constitute more than 1 per-
cent of the aggregate wall and ceiling area of any
room or space.

4. The flame spread index does not exceed 75 when
tested per ASTM E 84. The smoke-developed index is
not hmited.

R314.5.10 Interior finish. Foam plastics shall be permitted
as interior finish where approved in accordance with
R314.6. Foam plastics that are used as interior finish shall
also meet the flame spread and smoke-developed require-
ments of Section R315.

R314.5.11 Sill plates and headers. Foam plastic shall be
permitted to be spray applied to a sill plate and header with-
out the thermal barrier specified in Section R314.4 subject
to all of the following:

1 . The maximum thickness of the foam plastic shall be
3 V4 inches (83 mm).

2. The density of the foam plastic shall be in the range of
1.5 to 2.0 pounds per cubic foot (24 to 32 kg/m^).

3 . The foam plastic shall have a flame spread index of 25
or less and an accompanying smoke developed index
of 450 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM

E84.

R3 14.5. 12 Sheathing. Foam plastic insulation used as
sheathing shall comply with Section R314.3 and Section
R3 14.4. Where the foam plastic sheathing is exposed to the
attic space at a gable or kneewall, the provisions of Section
R314.5.3 shall apply.

R314.6 Specific approval. Foam plastic not meeting the
requirements of Sections R314.3 through R314.5 shall be spe-
cifically approved on the basis of one of the following
approved tests: NFPA 286 with the acceptance criteria of Sec-
tion R3 15.4, FM4880, UL 1040 or UL 17 15, or fire tests related
to actual end-use configurations. The specific approval shall be
based on the actual end use configuration and shall be per-
formed on the finished foam plastic assembly in the maximum
thickness intended for use. Assembhes tested shall include
seams, joints and other typical details used in the installation of
the assembly and shall be tested in the manner intended for use.

R314.7 Termite damage. The use of foam plastics in areas of
"very heavy" termite infestation probability shall be in accor-
dance with Section R320.4.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

BUILDING PLANNING

SECTION R31 5
FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DENSITY

R315.1 Wall and ceiling. Wall and ceiling finishes shall have a
flame-spread classification of not greater than 200.

Exception: Hame-spread requirements for finishes shall not
apply to trim defined as picture molds, chair rails, baseboards
and handrails; to doors and windows or their frames; or to
materials that are less than V28 i^^ch (0.91 mm) in thickness
cemented to the surface of walls or ceilings if these materials
have a flame-spread characteristic no greater than paper of
this thickness cemented to a noncombustible backing.

R315.2 Smoke-developed index. Wall and ceiling finishes
shall have a smoke-developed index of not greater than 450.

R315.3 Testing. Tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM

E84.

R315.4 Alternate test method. As an alternate to having a
flame-spread classification of not greater than 200 and a smoke
developed index of not greater than 450 when tested in accor-
dance with ASTM E 84, wall and ceiling finishes, other than
textiles, shall be permitted to be tested in accordance with
NFPA 286. Materials tested in accordance with NFPA 286
shall meet the following criteria:

During the 40 kW exposure, the interior finish shall comply
with Item 1. During the 160 kW exposure, the interior finish
shall comply with Item 2. During the entire test, the interior fin-
ish shall comply with Item 3. ~

1 . During the 40 kW exposure, flames shall not spread to
the ceiling.

2. During the 160 kW exposure, the interior finish shall
comply with the following:

2.1. Flame shall not spread to the outer extremity of
the sample on any wall or ceiling.

2.2. Flashover, as defined in NFPA 286, shall not
occur.

3. The total smoke released throughout the NFPA 286 test
shall not exceed 1,000 m^.

SECTION R31 6
INSULATION

R316.1 Insulation. Insulation materials, including facings,
such as vapor retarders or vapor permeable membranes
installed within floor-ceiling assemblies, roof-ceiling assem-
blies, wall assembhes, crawl spaces and attics shall have a
flame-spread index not to exceed 25 with an accompanying
smoke-developed index not to exceed 450 when tested in
accordance with ASTM E 84.

Exceptions:

1. When such materials are installed in concealed
spaces, the flame-spread and smoke-developed limi-
tations do not apply to the facings, provided that the
facing is installed in substantial contact with the unex-
posed surface of the ceiling, floor or wall finish.

2. Cellulose loose-fill insulation, which is not spray
applied, complying with the requirements of Section

R316.3, shall only be required to meet the smoke-
developed index of not more than 450.

R316.2 Loose-fill insulation. Loose-fill insulation materials
that cannot be mounted in the ASTM E 84 apparatus without a
screen or artificial supports shall comply with the flame spread
and smoke-developed limits of Sections R316.1 and R316.4
when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC S 102.2.

Exception: Cellulose loose-fill insulation shall not be
required to comply with the flame spread index requirement
of CAN/ULC S 102.2, provided such insulation complies
with the requirements of Section R316.3.

R316.3 Cellulose loose-fill insulation. Cellulose loose-fill
insulation shall comply with CPSC 16 CFR, Parts 1209 and
■ 1404. Each package of such insulating material shall be clearly
labeled in accordance with CPSC 16 CFR, Parts 1209 and
1404.

R316.4 Exposed attic insulation. All exposed insulation
materials installed on attic floors shall have a critical radiant
flux not less than 0.12 watt per square centimeter.

R316.5 Testing. Tests for critical radiant flux shall be made in
accordance with ASTM E 970.

SECTION R317
DWELLING UNIT SEPARATION

R317.1 Two-family dwellings. Dwelling units in two-family
dwellings shall be separated from each other by wall and/or
floor assemblies having not less than a 1-hour fire-resistance
rating when tested in accordance with ASTM E 1 19. Fire-resis-
tance-rated floor-ceiling and wall assemblies shall extend to
and be tight against the exterior wall, and wall assemblies shall
extend to the underside of the roof sheathing.

Exceptions:

1 . A fire-resistance rating of Vj hour shall be permitted
in buildings equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system installed in accordance with NFPA
13.

2. Wall assemblies need not extend through attic spaces
when the ceiling is protected by not less than Vg-inch
(15.9 mm) Type X gypsum board and an attic draft
stop constructed as specified in Section R502.12.1 is
provided above and along the wall assembly separat-
ing the dwellings. The structural framing supporting
the ceiUng shall also be protected by not less than Vj
-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board or equivalent.

R317.1.1 Supporting construction. When floor assem-
: blies are required to be fire-resistance-rated iby Section
; R317.1, the supporting construction of such assembhes

shall have an equal or greater fire-resistive rating.

R317.2 Townhouses. Each townhouse shall be considered a
separate building and shall be separated by fire-resis-
tance-rated wall assemblies meeting the requirements of Sec-
tion R302 for exterior walls.

Exception: A common 2-hour fire-resistance-rated wall is
permitted for townhouses if such walls do not contain
plumbing or mechanical equipment, ducts or vents in the

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

BUILDING PLANNING

cavity of the common wall. Electrical installations shall be
installed in accordance with Chapters 33 through 42. Pene-
trations of electrical outlet boxes shall be in accordance with
Section R3 17.3.

R317.2.1 Continuity. The fire-resistance-rated wall or
assembly separating townhouses shall be continuous from
the foundation to the underside of the roof sheathing, deck
or slab. The fire-resistance rating shall extend the full length
of the wall or assembly, including wall extensions through
and separating attached enclosed accessory structures.

R317.2.2 Parapets. Parapets constructed in accordance
with Section R3 17.2.3 shall be constructed for townhouses
as an extension of exterior walls or common walls in accor-
dance with the following:

1 . Where roof surfaces adjacent to the wall or walls are
at the same elevation, the parapet shall extend not
less than 30 inches (762 mm) above the roof sur-
faces.

2. Where roof surfaces adjacent to the wall or walls are
at different elevations and the higher roof is not more
than 30 inches (762 mm) above the lower roof, the
parapet shall extend not less than 30 inches (762
mm)above the lower roof surface.

Exception: A parapet is not required in the two
cases above when the roof is covered with a mini-
mum class C roof covering, and the roof decking or
sheathing is of noncombustible materials or
approved fire-retardant-treated wood for a dis-
tance of 4 feet (1219 mm) on each side of the wall
or walls, or one layer of Vg-inch (15.9 mm) Type X
gypsum board is installed directly beneath the roof
decking or sheathing, supported by a minimum of
nominal 2-inch (51 mm) ledgers attached to the
sides of the roof framing members, for a minimum
distance of 4 feet (1220 mm) on each side of the
wall or walls.

3. A parapet is not required where roof surfaces adja-
cent to the wall or walls are at different elevations
and the higher roof is more than 30 inches (762 mm)
above the lower roof. The common wall construc-
tion from the lower roof to the underside of the
higher roof deck shall have not less than a 1-hour
fire-resistence rating. The wall shall be rated for
exposure from both sides.

R317.2.3 Parapet construction. Parapets shall have the
same fire-resistance rating as that required for the supporting
wall or walls. On any side adjacent to a roof surface, the para-
pet shall have noncombustible faces for the uppermost 18
inches (457 mm), to include counterflashing and coping
materials. Where the roof slopes toward a parapet at slopes
greater than two units vertical in 12 units horizontal
(16.7-percent slope), the parapet shall extend to the same
height as any portion of the roof within a distance of 3 feet
(914 mm), but in no case shall the height be less than 30
inches (762 mm).

R317.2.4 Structural independence. Each individual town-
house shall be structurally independent.

Exceptions:

1 . Foundations supporting exterior walls or common
walls.

2. Structural roof and wall sheathing from each unit
may fasten to the common wall framing.

3. Nonstructural wall coverings.

4. Flashing at termination of roof covering over com-
mon wall.

5. Townhouses separated by a common 2-hour
fire-resistance-rated wall as provided in Section
R317.2.

R317.3 Rated penetrations. Penetrations of wall or floor/ceil-
ing assemblies required to be fire-resistance rated in accor-
dance with Section R317.1 or R3 17.2 shall be protected in
accordance with this section.

R317.3.1 Through penetrations. Through penetrations of
fire-resistance-rated wall or floor assemblies shall comply
with Section R317.3. 1.1 or R317.3.1.2.

Exception: Where the penetrating items are steel, fer-
rous or copper pipes, tubes or conduits, the annular space
shall be protected as follows:

1. In concrete or masonry wall or floor assemblies
where the penetrating item is a maximum 6 inches
(152 mm) nominal diameter and the area of the I
opening through the wall does not exceed 144 |
square inches (92 900 mm^), concrete, grout or
mortar is permitted where installed to the full
thickness of the wall or floor assembly or the thick-
ness required to maintain the fire-resistance rating.

2. The material used to fill the annular space shall
prevent the passage of flame and hot gases suffi-
cient to ignite cotton waste where subjected to
ASTM E 119 time temperature fire conditions
under a minimum positive pressure differential of
0.01 inch of water (3 Pa) at the location of the pen-
etration for the time period equivalent to the fire
resistance rating of the construction penetrated.

R317.3.1.1 Fire-resistance-rated assembly. Penetra-
tions shall be installed as tested in the approved fire-
resistance-rated assembly.

R317.3.1.2 Penetration firestop system. Penetrations
shall be protected by an approved penetration firestop
system installed as tested in accordance with ASTM E
814 or UL 1479, with a minimum positive pressure dif-
ferential of 0.01 inch of water (3 Pa) and shall have an F
rating of not less than the required fire-resistance rating
of the wall or floor/ceiling assembly penetrated.

R317.3.2 Membrane penetrations. Membrane penetra-
tions shall comply with Section R3 17.3.1. Where walls are
required to have a fire-resistance rating, recessed fixtures |

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

BUILDING PLANNING

shall be so installed such that the required fire resistance will
not be reduced.

Exceptions:

1. Membrane penetrations of maximum 2-hour
fire-resistance-rated walls and partitions by steel
electrical boxes that do not exceed 16 square inches
(0.0103 m 2) in area provided the aggregate area of
the openings through the membrane does not
exceed 100 square inches (0.0645 m^) in any 100
square feet (9.29 m^) of wall area. The annular
space between the wall membrane and the box shall
not exceed Vg inch (3.1 mm). Such boxes on oppo-
site sides of the wall shall be separated as follows:

1 . 1 . By a horizontal distance of not less than 24
inches (610 mm) except at walls or parti-
tions constructed using parallel rows of
studs or staggered studs;

1 .2. By a horizontal distance of not less than the
depth of the wall cavity when the wall cav-
ity is filled with cellulose loose-fill,
rockwool or slag mineral wool insulation;

1.3. By solid fire blocking in accordance with
Section R602. 8.1;

1.4. By protecting both boxes with listed putty
pads; or

1.5. By other listed materials and methods.

2. Membrane penetrations by listed electrical boxes
of any materials provided the boxes have been
tested for use in fire-resistance-rated assemblies
and are installed in accordance with the instruc-
tions included in the listing. The annular space
between the wall membrane and the box shall not
exceed Vg inch (3.1 mm) unless listed otherwise.
Such boxes on opposite sides of the wall shall be
separated as follows:

2. 1 . By a horizontal distance of not less than 24
inches (610 mm) except at walls or parti-
tions constructed using parallel rows of
studs or staggered studs;

2.2. By solid fire blocking in accordance with
Section R602.8;

2.3. By protecting both boxes with listed putty
pads; or

2.4. By other hsted materials and methods.

3. The annular space created by the penetration of a
fire sprinkler provided it is covered by a metal
escutcheon plate.

SECTION R318
MOISTURE VAPOR RETARDERS

R318.1 Moisture control. In all framed walls, floors and
roof/ceilings comprising elements of the building thermal
envelope, a vapor retarder shall be installed on the warm-
in- winter side of the insulation.

Exceptions:

1 . In construction where moisture or freezing will not
damage the materials.

2. Where the framed cavity or space is ventilated to
allow moisture to escape.

3. In counties identified as in climate zones 1 through 4 |
■ in Table Nl 101.2.

SECTION R319
PROTECTION AGAINST DECAY

R319.1 Location required. Protection from decay shall be
provided in the following locations by the use of naturally
durable wood or wood that is preservative treated in accor-
dance with AWPA Ul for the species, product, preservative
and end use. Preservatives shall be listed in Section 4 of
AWPAUl.

1. Wood joists or the bottom of a wood structural floor
when closer than 18 inches (457 mm) or wood girders
when closer than 12 inches (305 mm) to the exposed
ground in crawl spaces or unexcavated area located
within the periphery of the building foundation.

2. All wood framing members that rest on concrete or
masonry exterior foundation walls and are less than 8
inches (203 mm) from the exposed ground.

3. Sills and sleepers on a concrete or masoniy slab that is in
direct contact with the ground unless separated from
such slab by an impervious moisture bander.

4. The ends of wood girders entering exterior masonry or con-
crete walls having clearances of less than 0.5 inch (12.7
mm) on tops, sides and ends.

5. Wood siding, sheathing and wall framing on the exterior
of a building having a clearance of less than 6 inches (152
mm) from the ground.

6. Wood structural members supporting moisture-perme-
able floors or roofs that are exposed to the weather, such
as concrete or masonry slabs, unless separated from such
floors or roofs by an impervious moisture barrier.

7. Wood furring strips or other wood framing members
attached directly to the interior of exterior masonry walls
or concrete walls below grade except where an approved
vapor retarder is applied between the wall and the furring
strips or framing members.

R319.1.1 Field treatment. Field-cut ends, notches and
drilled holes of preservative-treated wood shall be treated in
the field in accordance with AWPA M4.

R319.1.2 Ground contact. All wood in contact with the
ground, embedded in concrete in direct contact with the
ground or embedded in concrete exposed to the weather that
supports permanent structures intended for human occu-
pancy shall be approved pressure-preservative-treated
wood suitable for ground contact use, except untreated
wood may be used where entirely below groundwater level
or continuously submerged in fresh water.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

BUILDING PLANNING

R319.1.3 Geographical areas. In geographical areas
where experience has demonstrated a speciiic need,
approved naturally durable or pressure-preservative-treated
wood shall be used for those portions of wood members that
form the structural supports of buildings, balconies, porches
or similar permanent building appurtenances when those
members are exposed to the weather without adequate pro-
tection from a roof, eave, overhang or other covering that
would prevent moisture or water accumulation on the sur-
face or at joints between members. Depending on local
experience, such members may include:

1 . Horizontal members such as girders, joists and deck-
ing.

2. Vertical members such as posts, poles and columns.

3. Both horizontal and vertical members.

R319.1.4 Wood columns. Wood columns shall be approved
wood of natural decay resistance or approved pressure-pre-
servative-treated wood.

Exceptions:

1 . Columns exposed to the weather or in basements
when supported by concrete piers or metal pedes-
tals projecting 1 inch (25.4 mm) above a concrete
floor or 6 inches (152 mm) above exposed earth
and the earth is covered by an approved impervi-
ous moisture barrier.

2. Columns in enclosed crawl spaces or unexcavated
areas located within the periphery of the building
when supported by a concrete pier or metal pedes-
tal at a height more than 8 inches (203mm) from
exposed earth and the earth is covered by an imper-
vious moisture barrier.

R319.1.5 Exposed glued-laminated timbers. The portions
of glued-laminated timbers that form the structural supports
of a building or other structure and are exposed to weather
and not properly protected by a roof, eave or similar covering
shall be pressure treated with preservative, or be manufac-
tured from naturally durable or preservative-treated wood.

R319.2 Quality mark. Lumber and plywood required to be
pressure-preservative-treated in accordance with Section
R319.1 shall bear the quality mark of an approved inspection
agency that maintains continuing supervision, testing and
inspection over the quality of the product and that has been
approved by an accreditation body that complies with the
requirements of the American Lumber Standard Committee
treated wood program.

R319.2.1 Required information. The required quality
mark on each piece of pressure-preservative-treated lumber
or plywood shall contain the following information:

1. Identification of the treating plant.

2. Type of preservative.

3. The minimum preservative retention.

4. End use for which the product was treated.

5. Standard to which the product was treated.

6. Identity of the approved inspection agency.

7. The designation "Dry," if applicable.

Exception: Quahty marks on lumber less than 1
inch (25.4 mm) nominal thickness, or lumber less
than nominal 1 inch by 5 inches (25.4 mm by 127
mm) or 2 inches by 4 inches (51 mm by 102 mm)
or lumber 36 inches (914 mm) or less in length
shall be applied by stamping the faces of exterior
pieces or by end labeling not less than 25 percent
of the pieces of a bundled unit.

R319.3 Fasteners. Fasteners for pressure-preservative and
fire-retardant-treated wood shall be of hot-dipped zinc-coated
galvanized steel, stainless steel, silicon bronze or copper. The
coating weights for zinc-coated fasteners shall be in accor-
dance with ASTM A 153.

Exceptions:

1. One-half-inch (12.7 mm) diameter or larger steel
bolts.

2. Fasteners other than nails and timber rivets shall be
permitted to be of mechanically deposited zinc-
coated steel with coating weights in accordance with
ASTM B 695, Class 55, minimum.

SECTION R320

PROTECTION AGAINST

SUBTERRANEAN TERMITES

R320.1 Subterranean termite control methods. In areas sub-
ject to damage from termites as indicated by Table R301 .2(1),
methods of protection shall be one of the following methods or
a combination of these methods:

1 . Chemical termiticide treatment, as provided in Section
R320.2.

2. Termite baiting system installed and maintained accord-
ing to the label.

3. Pressure-preservative-treated wood in accordance with
the AWPA standards hsted in Section R319.1.

4. Naturally termite-resistant wood as provided in Section
R320.3.

5. Physical barriers as provided in Section R320.4.

R320.1.1 Quality mark. Lumber and plywood required to
be pressure-preservative-treated in accordance with Section
R320. 1 shall bear the quality mark of an approved inspec-
tion agency which maintains continuing supervision, test-
ing and inspection over the quality of the product and which
has been approved by an accreditation body which complies
with the requirements of the American Lumber Standard
Committee treated wood program.

R320.1.2 Field treatment. Field-cut ends, notches, and
drilled holes of pressure-preservative-treated wood shall be
retreated in the field in accordance with AWPA M4.

R320.2 Chemical termiticide treatment. Chemical
termiticide treatment shall include soil treatment and/or field
applied wood treatment. The concentration, rate of application
and method of treatment of the chemical termiticide shall be in
strict accordance with the termiticide label.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

BUILDING PLANNING

R320.3 Naturally resistant wood. Heartwood of redwood and
eastern red cedar shall be considered termite resistant.

R320.4 Barriers. Approved physical barriers, such as metal or
plastic sheeting or collars specifically designed for termite pre-
vention, shall be installed in a rnanner to prevent termites from
entering the structure. Shields placed on top of an exterior
foundation wall are permitted to be used only if in combination
with another method of protection.

R320.5 Foam plastic protection. In areas where the probability
of termite infestation is "very heavy" as indicated in Figure
R301.2(6), extruded and expanded polystyrene, polyiso-
cyanurate and other foam plastics shall not be installed on the
exterior face or under interior or exterior foundation walls or slab
foundations located below grade. The clearance between foam
plastics installed above grade and exposed earth shall be at least
6 inches (152 mm).

Exceptions:

1. Buildings where the structural members of walls,
floors, ceilings and roofs are entirely of noncom-
bustible materials or pressure-preservative-treated
wood.

2. When in addition to the requirements of Section
R320.1, an approved method of protecting the foam
plastic and structure from subterranean termite dam-
age is used.

3. On the interior side of basement walls.

SECTION R321
SITE ADDRESS

R321.1 Premises identification. Approved numbers or
addresses shall be provided for all new buildings in such a posi-
tion as to be plainly visible and legible from the street or road
fronting the property.

SECTION R322
ACCESSIBILITY

R322.1 Scope. Where there are four or more dwelling units or
sleeping units in a single structure, the provisions of Chapter 1 1
of the International Building Code for Group R-3 shall apply.

SECTION R323
ELEVATORS AND PLATFORM LIFTS

R323.1 Elevators. Where provided, passenger elevators, lim-
ited-use/limited-application elevators or private residence ele-
vators shall comply with ASME A17.1.

R323.2 Platform lifts. Where provided, platform lifts shall
comply with ASME A18.1.

R323.3 Accessibility. Elevators or platform lifts that are part of
an accessible route required by Chapter 1 1 of the International
Building Code, shall comply with ICC A117.1.

SECTION R324
FLOOD-RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION

R324.1 General. Buildings and structures constructed in
whole or in part in flood hazard areas (including A or V Zones)
as established in Table R301.2(l) shall be designed and con-
structed in accordance with the provisions contained in this
section.

Exception: Buildings and structures located in whole or in
part in identified floodways as established in Table
R301 .2(1) shall be designed and constructed as stipulated in
the International Building Code.

R324.1.1 Structural systems. All structural systems of all
buildings and structures shall be designed, connected and
anchored to resist flotation, collapse or permanent lateral
movement due to structural loads and stresses from flooding
equal to the design flood elevation.

R324.1.2 Flood-resistant construction. All buildings and
structures erected in areas prone to flooding shall be con-
structed by methods and practices that minimize flood dam-
age.

R324.1.3 Establishing the design flood elevation. The

design flood elevation shall be used to define areas prone to
flooding, and shall describe, at a minimum, the base flood
elevation at the depth of peak elevation of flooding (includ-
ing wave height) which has a 1 percent (100-year flood) or
greater chance of being equaled or exceeded in any given
year.

R324. 1.3.1 Determination of design flood elevations.

If design flood elevations are not specified, the building
official is authorized to require the applicant to:

1. Obtain and reasonably use data available from a fed-
eral, state or other source; or

2. Determine the design flood elevation in accordance
with accepted hydrologic and hydraulic engineering
practices used to define special flood hazard areas.
Determinations shall be undertaken by a registered
design professional who shall document that the tech-
nical methods used reflect currently accepted engi-
neering practice. Studies, analyses and computations
shall be submitted in sufficient detail to allow thor-
ough review and approval.

R324.1.3.2 Determination of impacts. In riverine flood
hazard areas where design flood elevations are specified
but floodways have not been designated, the applicant
shall demonstrate that the effect of the proposed build-
ings and structures on design flood elevations, including
fill, when combined with all other existing and antici-
pated flood hazard area encroachments, will not increase
the design flood elevation more than 1 foot (305 mm) at
any point within the jurisdiction.

R324.1.4 Lowest floor. The lowest floor shall be the floor
of the lowest enclosed area, including basement, but exclud-
ing any unfinished flood-resistant enclosure that is useable
solely for vehicle parking, building access or limited storage
provided that such enclosure is not built so as to render the
: building or structure in violation of this section.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

BUILDING PLANNING

R324.1.5 Protection of mechanical and electrical sys-
tems. Electrical systems, equipment and components, and
heating, ventilating, air conditioning and plumbing appli-
ances, plumbing fixtures, duct systems, and other service
equipment shall be located at or above the design flood ele-
vation. If replaced as part of a substantial improvement,
electrical systems, equipment and components, and heating,
ventilating, air conditioning, and plumbing appliances,
plumbing fixtures, duct systems, and other service equip-
ment shall meet the requirements of this section. Systems,
fixtures, and equipment and components shall not be
mounted on or penetrate through walls intended to break
away under flood loads.

Exception: Electrical systems, equipment and compo-
nents, and heating, ventilating, air conditioning and
plumbing appliances, plumbing fixtures, duct systems,
and other service equipment are permitted to be located
below the design flood elevation provided that they are
designed and installed to prevent water from entering or
accumulating within the components and to resist hydro-
static and hydrodynamic loads and stresses, including
the effects of buoyancy, during the occurrence of flood-
ing to the design flood elevation in compliance with the
flood-resistant construction requirements of the Interna-
tional Building Code. Electrical wiring systems are per-
mitted to be located below the design flood elevation
provided they conform to the provisions of the electrical
part of this code for wet locations.

R324.1.6 Protection of water supply and sanitary sew-
age systems. New and replacement water supply systems
shall be designed to minimize or eliminate infiltration of
flood waters into the systems in accordance with the plumb-
ing provisions of this code. New and replacement sanitary
sewage systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate
infiltration of floodwaters into systems and discharges from
systems into floodwaters in accordance with the plumbing
provisions of this code and Chapter 3 of the International
Private Sewage Disposal Code.

R324.1.7 Flood-resistant materials. Building materials
used below the design flood elevation shall comply with the
following:

1. All wood, including floor sheathing, shall be pres-
sure-preservative-treated in accordance with AWPA
Ul for the species, product, preservative and end use
or be the decay-resistant heartwood of redwood,
black locust or cedars. Preservatives shall be listed in
Section 4 of AWPA Ul.

2. Materials and installation methods used for flooring
and interior and exterior walls and wall coverings
shall conform to the provisions of FEMA/FIA-TB

R324.1.8 Manufactured housing. New or replacement
manufactured housing shall be elevated in accordance with
Section R324.2 and the anchor and tie-down requirements
of Sections AE604 and AE605 of Appendix E shall apply.
The foundation and anchorage of manufactured housing to
be located in identified flood ways as established in Table
R301.2(l) shall be designed and constructed in accordance

with the applicable provisions in the International Building
Code.

R324.1.9 As-built elevation documentation. A registered
design professional shall prepare and seal documentation of
the elevations specified in Section R324.2 or R324.3.

R324.2 Flood hazard areas (including A Zones). Areas that
have been determined to be prone to flooding but not subject to
high velocity wave action shall be designated as flood hazard
areas. All buildings and structures constructed in whole or in
part in flood hazard areas shall be designed and constructed in
accordance with Sections R324.2.1 and R324.2.3.

R324.2.1 Elevation requirements.

1 . Buildings and structures shall have the lowest floors
elevated to or above the design flood elevation.

2. In areas of shallow flooding (AO Zones), buildings
and structures shall have the lowest floor (including
basement) elevated at least as high above the highest
adjacent grade as the depth number specified in feet
(mm) on the FIRM, or at least 2 feet (610 mm) if a
depth number is not specified.

3 . Basement floors that are below grade on all sides shall
be elevated to or above the design flood elevation.

Exception; Enclosed areas below the design flood eleva-
tion, including basements whose floors are not below
grade on all sides, shall meet the requirements of Section
R324.2.2.

R324.2.2 Enclosed area below design flood elevation.

Enclosed areas, including crawl spaces, that are below the
design flood elevation shall:

1. Be used solely for parking of vehicles, building
access or storage.

2. Be provided with flood openings that meet the fol-
lowing criteria:

2.1. There shall be a minimum of two openings on
different sides of each enclosed area; if a
building has more than one enclosed area be-
low the design flood elevation, each area shall
have openings on exterior walls.

2.2. The total net area of all openings shall be at
least 1 square inch (645 mm^) for each square
foot (0.093 m^) of enclosed area, or the open-
ings shall be designed and the construction
documents shall include a statement that the
design and installation will provide for equal-
ization of hydrostatic flood forces on exterior
walls by allowing for the automatic entry and
exit of floodwaters.

2.3. The bottom of each opening shall be 1 foot
(305 mm) or less above the adjacent ground
level.

2.4. Openings shall be at least 3 inches (76 mm) in
diameter.

2.5. Any louvers, screens or other opening covers
shall allow the automatic flow of floodwaters
into and out of the enclosed area.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

BUILDING PLANNING

2.6. Openings installed in doors and windows, that
meet requirements 2.1 through 2.5, are ac-
ceptable; however, doors and windows with-
out installed openings do not meet the
requirements of this section.

R324.2.3 Foundation design and construction. Founda-
tion walls for all buildings and structures erected in flood
hazard areas shall meet the requirements of Chapter 4.

Exception: Unless designed in accordance with Section
R404:

1. The unsupported height of 6-inch (152 mm) plain
masonry walls shall be no more than 3 feet (914
mm).

2. The unsupported height of 8-inch (203 mm) plain
masonry walls shall be no more than 4 feet (1219
mm).

3. The unsupported height of 8-inch (203 mm) rein-
forced masonry walls shall be no more than 8 feet
(2438 mm).

For the purpose of this exception, unsupported
height is the distance from the finished grade of the
under-floor space and the top of the wall.

R324.3 Coastal high-hazard areas (including V Zones).

Areas that have been determined to be subject to wave heights
in excess of 3 feet (914 mm) or subject to high- velocity wave
action or wave-induced erosion shall be designated as coastal
high-hazard areas. Buildings and structures constructed in
whole or in part in coastal high-hazard areas shall be desig-
nated and constructed in accordance with Sections R324.3.1
through R324.3.6.

R324.3.1 Location and site preparation.

1 . Buildings and structures shall be located landward of
the reach of mean high tide.

2. For any alteration of sand dunes and mangrove stands
the building official shall require submission of an
engineering analysis which demonstrates that the pro-
posed alteration will not increase the potential for
flood damage.

R324.3.2 Elevation requirements.

1. All buildings and structures erected within coastal
high hazard areas shall be elevated so that the lowest
portion of all structural members supporting the low-
est floor, with the exception of mat or raft founda-
tions, pihng, pile caps, columns, grade beams and
bracing, is located at or above the design flood eleva-
tion.

2. Basement floors that are below grade on all sides are
prohibited.

3. The use of fill for structural support is prohibited.

4. The placement of fill beneath buildings and structures
is prohibited.

Exception: Walls and partitions enclosing areas below
the design flood elevation shall meet the requirements of
Sections R324.3.4 and R324.3.5.

R324.3.3 Foundations. Buildings and structures erected in
coastal high-hazard areas shall be supported on pilings or
columns and shall be adequately anchored to those pilings
or columns. Pilings shall have adequate soil penetrations to
resist the combined wave and wind loads (lateral and uplift).
Water loading values used shall be those associated with the
design flood. Wind loading values shall be those required by
this code. Pile embedment shall include consideration of
decreased resistance capacity caused by scour of soil strata
surrounding the pihng. Pile systems design and installation
shall be certified in accordance with Section B1324.3.6. Mat,
raft or other foundations that support columns shall not be
permitted where soil investigations that are required in
accordance with Section R401.4 indicate that soil material
under the mat, raft or other foundation is subject to scour or
erosion from wave-velocity flow conditions. Slabs, pools,
pool decks and walkways shall be located and constructed
to be structurally independent of buildings and structures
and their foundations to prevent transfer of flood loads to
the buildings and structures during conditions of flooding,
scour or erosion from wave- velocity flow conditions, unless
the buildings and structures and their foundation are
designed to resist the additional flood load.

R324.3.4 Walls below design flood elevation. Walls and
partitions are permitted below the elevated floor, provided
that such walls and partitions are not part of the structural
support of the building or structure and:

1 . Electrical, mechanical, and plumbing system compo-
nents are not to be mounted on or penetrate through
walls that are designed to break away under flood
loads; and

2. Are constructed with insect screening or open lattice;
or

3. Are designed to break away or collapse without caus-
ing collapse, displacement or other structural damage
to the elevated portion of the building or supporting
foundation system. Such walls, framing and connec-
tions shall have a design safe loading resistance of not
less than 10 (479 Pa) and no more than 20 pounds per
square foot (958 Pa); or

4. Where wind loading values of this code exceed 20
pounds per square foot (958 Pa), the construction
documents shall include documentation prepared and
sealed by a registered design professional that:

4.1. The walls and partitions below the design
flood elevation have been designed to col-
lapse from a water load less than that which
would occur during the design flood.

4.2. The elevated portion of the building and sup-
porting foundation system have been designed
to withstand the effects of wind and flood loads
acting simultaneously on all building compo-
nents (structural and nonstructural). Water
loading values used shall be those associated
with the design flood. Wind loading values
shall be those required by this code.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE**

BUILDING PLANNING

R324.3.5 Enclosed areas below design flood elevation.

Enclosed areas below the design flood elevation shall be
used solely for parking of vehicles, building access or stor-
age.

R324.3.6 Construction documents. The construction doc-
uments shall include documentation that is prepared and
sealed by a registered design professional that the design
and methods of construction to be used meet the applicable
criteria of this section.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE® 65

66 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

CHAPTER 4

FOUNDATIONS

SECTION R401
GENERAL

R401.1 Application. The provisions of this chapter shall control
the design and construction of the foundation and foundation
spaces for all buildings. In addition to the provisions of this
chapter, the design and construction of foundations in areas
prone to flooding as established by Table R301.2(l) shall meet
the provisions of Section R324. Wood foundations shall be
designed and installed in accordance with AF&PA Report No. 7.

Exception: The provisions of this chapter shall be permit-
ted to be used for wood foundations only in the following
situations:

1 . In buildings that have no more than two floors and a
roof.

2. When interior basement and foundation walls are con-
structed at intervals not exceeding 50 feet (15 240 mm).

I Wood foundations in Seismic Design Category Dq, Dj or Dj
shall be designed in accordance with accepted engineering
practice.

R401.2 Requirements. Foundation construction shall be
capable of accommodating all loads according to Section R301
and of transmitting the resulting loads to the supporting soil.
Fill soils that support footings and foundations shall be
designed, installed and tested in accordance with accepted
engineering practice. Gravel fill used as footings for wood and
precast concrete foundations shall comply with Section R403.

R401.3 Drainage. Surface drainage shall be diverted to a
storm sewer conveyance or other approved point of collection
so as to not create a hazard. Lots shall be graded to drain surface
water away from foundation walls. The grade shall fall a mini-
mum of 6 inches (152 mm) within the first 10 feet (3048 mm).

Exception: Where lot lines, walls, slopes or other physical
barriers prohibit 6 inches (152 mm) of fall within 10 feet
(3048 mm), the final grade shall slope away from the foun-
dation at a minimum slope of 5 percent and the water shall
be directed to drains or swales to ensure drainage away from
the structure. Swales shall be sloped a minimum of 2 percent
when located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the building
foundation. Impervious surfaces within 10 feet (3048 mm)
of the building foundation shall be sloped a minimum of 2
percent away from the building.

R401.4 Soil tests. In areas likely to have expansive, compress-
ible, shifting or other unknown soil characteristics, the building
official shall determine whether to require a soil test to deter-
mine the soil's characteristics at a particular location. This test
shall be made by an approved agency using an approved
method.

R401.4.1 Geotechnical evaluation. In lieu of a complete
geotechnical evaluation, the load-bearing values in Table
R401.4.1 shall be assumed.

TABLE R401. 4.1

PRESUMPTIVE LOAD-BEARING VALUES OF

FOUNDATION MATERIALS^

CLASS OF MATERIAL

LOAD-BEARING

PRESSURE

(pounds per square foot)

Crystalline bedrock

12,000

Sedimentary and foliated rock

4,000

Sandy gravel and/or gravel (GW and GP)

3,000

Sand, silty sand, clayey sand, silty gravel

and clayey gravel

(SW, SP, SM, SC, GM and GC)

2,000

Clay, sandy clay, silty clay, clayey silt, silt

and sandy silt

(CL, ML, MH and CH)

1,500"^

For SI; 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

a. When soil tests are required by Section R401 .4, the allowable bearing capaci-

ties of the soil shall be part of the recommendations.

b. Where the building official determines that in-place soils with an allowable
bearing capacity of less than 1 ,500 psf are likely to be present at the site, the
allowable bearing capacity shall be determined by a soils investigation.

R401.4.2 Compressible or shifting soil. Instead of a complete
geotechnical evaluation, when top or subsoils are compressible
or shifting, they shall be removed to a depth and width suffi-
cient to assure stable moisture content in each active zone and
shall not be used as fill or stabilized within each active zone by
chemical, dewatering or presaturation.

SECTION R402
MATERIALS

R402.1 Wood foundations. Wood foundation systems shall be
designed and installed in accordance with the provisions of this
code.

R402.1.1 Fasteners. Fasteners used below grade to attach
plywood to the exterior side of exterior basement or crawl-
space wall studs, or fasteners used in knee wall construc-
tion, shall be of Type 304 or 316 stainless steel. Fasteners
used above grade to attach plywood and all lumber-to-lum-
ber fasteners except those used in knee wall construction
shall be of Type 304 or 316 stainless steel, silicon bronze,
copper, hot-dipped galvanized (zinc coated) steel nails, or
hot- tumbled galvanized (zinc coated) steel nails. Electro-
galvanized steel nails and galvanized (zinc coated) steel sta-
ples shall not be permitted.

R402.1.2 Wood treatment. All lumber and plywood shall
be pressure-preservative treated and dried after treatment in
accordance with AWPA Ul (Commodity Specification A,
Use Category 4B and Section 5.2), and shall bear the label of
an accredited agency. Where lumber and/or plywood is cut
or drilled after treatment, the treated surface shall be field
treated with copper naphthenate, the concentration of which
shall contain a minimum of 2 percent copper metal, by

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

FOUNDATIONS

repeated brushing, dipping or soaking until the wood
absorbs no more preservative.

R402.2 Concrete. Concrete shall have a minimum specified

(compressive strength of //, as shown in Table R402.2. Con-
crete subject to moderate or severe weathering as indicated in
Table R301.2(l) shall be air entrained as specified in Table
R402.2. The maximum weight of fly ash, other pozzolans, sil-

Iica fume, slag or blended cements that is included in concrete
mixtures for garage floor slabs and for exterior porches, carport
slabs and steps that will be exposed to deicing chemicals shall
not exceed the percentages of the total weight of cementitious
I materials specified in Section 4.2.3 of ACI 318. Materials used
to produce concrete and testing thereof shall comply with the
applicable standards listed in Chapter 3 of ACI 318.

R402.3 Precast concrete. Approved precast concrete founda-
tions shall be designed and installed in accordance with the
provisions of this code and the manufacturer's installation
instructions.

SECTION R403
FOOTINGS

R403.1 General. All exterior walls shall be supported on con-
tinuous sohd or fully grouted masonry or concrete footings,
wood foundations, or other approved structural systems which
shall be of sufficient design to accommodate all loads accord-
ing to Section R301 and to transmit the resulting loads to the
soil within the limitations as determined from the character of
the soil. Footings shall be supported on undisturbed natural
soils or engineered fill.

TABLE R403.1

MINIMUM WIDTH OF CONCRETE OR

MASONRY FOOTINGS

(inches)^

LOAD-BEARING VALUE OF SOIL (psf)

1,500

2,000

3,000

>4,000

Conventional light-frame construction

1 -story

2-story

3 -story

4-inch brick veneer over light frame or 8-inch hollow concrete masonry

1- story

2-story

3-story

8-inch solid or fully grouted masonry

1 -story

2-story

3 -story

For Sr. 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.
a. Where minimum footing width is 12 inches, use of a single wythe of solid or
fully grouted 12-inch nominal concrete masonry units is permitted.

R403.1.1 Minimum size. Minimum sizes for concrete and
masonry footings shall be as set forth in Table R403.1 and
Figure R403.1(l). The footing width, W, shall be based on
the load-bearing value of the soil in accordance with Table
R401.4.1. Spread footings shall be at least 6 inches (152
mm) thick. Footing projections, P, shall be at least 2 inches

TABLE R402.2
MINIMUM SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF CONCRETE

TYPE OR LOCATION OF CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION

MINIMUM SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH^ (f ^)

Weathering Potential"

Negligible

Moderate

Severe

Basement walls, foundations and other concrete not
exposed to the weather

2,500

2,500'^

Basement slabs and interior slabs on grade, except
garage floor slabs

2,500

2,500^

Basement walls, foundation walls, exterior walls and
other vertical concrete work exposed to the weather

2,500

3,000^1

3,000'*

Porches, carport slabs and steps exposed to the weather,
and garage floor slabs

2,500

3,000'^'^'f

3,500*^='^

For SI: 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

a. Strength at 28 days psi.

b. See Table R301 .2(1) for weathering potential.

c. Concrete in these locations that may be subject to freezing and thawing during construction shall be air-entrained concrete in accordance with Footnote d.

d. Concrete shall be air-entrained. Total air content (percent by volume of concrete) shall be not less than 5 percent or more than 7 percent.

e. See Section R402.2 for maximum cementitious materials content.

f. For garage floors with a steel troweled finish, reduction of the total air content (percent by volume of concrete) to not less than 3 percent is permitted if the specified
compressive strength of the concrete is increased to not less than 4,000 psi.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

FOUNDATIONS

3.5 IN. MIN.

V?y^

|l ° -*

o°,

\\\^ ////

BEARING WALL

////\\\

v// \\\^

1^ — w — H

MONOLITHIC SLAB WITH
INTEGRAL FOOTING

1^ — W — M

INTERIOR

3.5 IN. MIN.

7//\\\v///\\\\f7?
4^\\v/// A\v///T\v

y//A\\
\\v

*;^

■w-

GROUND SUPPORT SLAB
WITH MASONRY WALL
AND SPREAD FOOTING

lC^^^^>>W

Lf-

INTERIOR

■W-

BASEMENT OR CRAWL SPACE
WITH MASONRY WALL AND
SPREAD FOOTING

V^y'^^^o"

INTERIOR

° 1

„ o"

;- .-- ..■

° ' . o 1

BASEMENT OR CRAWL SPACE
WITH CONCRETE WALL AND
SPREAD FOOTING

INTERIOR

BASEMENT OR CRAWL SPACE
WITH FOUNDATION WALL
BEARING DIRECTLY ON SOIL

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R403.1(1)
CONCRETE AND MASONRY FOUNDATION DETAILS

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

FOUNDATIONS

□ PRESSURE-PRESERVATIVE TREATED

FIELD^APPUED 2 x 6 IN. TOP PLATE
2x6!N.TOPPLATe

MIN, 3.5 IN. CONCRETE SLAB WITH
VAPOR BARRIER AND OPTIONAL
1 IN. SCREED BOARD

SIN. — I

4 IN. GRAVEL OR CRUSHED
STONE FILL UNDER FLOOR
(SEE SECTION R403.2)

4 FT (MAX. BACKFILL)

2x6 !N. STUD WALL INSULATED
AS APPROPRIATE AND WARM SIDE
VAPOR BARRIER

1 IN. THICK PRESSURE-PRESERVATIVE
TREATED LUMBER OR PLYWOOD STf^lP
PROTECTING TOP OF POLYETHYLENE FILM

ESSURE-PRESERVATiVE
EATED PLYWOOD
E TABLE R404.2.3)

6 MIL POLYETHYLENE FILM

6 MIL POLYETHYLENE FILM
ON CRUSHED STONE OR
GRAVEL BACKFILL

FINISH GRADE SLOPE Vo IN.
PER FOOT, MIN. 6 FT FROM
WALL

PRESSURE-PRES£F?VATIVE
TREATED 2x6 IN. BOTTOM PLATE

PRESSURE-PRESEF?VATIVE
TREATED 2x8 IN. FOOTING PLATE

For SL- 1 inch 25.4 = mm, 1 foot =304.8, 1 mil =0.0254 mm.

FIGURE R403.1 (2)
PERMANENT WOOD FOUNDATION BASEMENT WALL SECTION

(51 mm) and shall not exceed the thickness of the footing.
The size of footings supporting piers and columns shall be
based on the tributary load and allowable soil pressure in
accordance with Table R40 1.4.1. Footings for wood foun-
dations shall be in accordance with the details set forth in
Section R403.2, and Figures R403.1(2) and R403.1(3).

R403.1.2 Continuous footing in Seismic Design Catego-
ries Dq, Dj and Dj. The braced wall panels at exterior walls
of buildings located in Seismic Design Categories Do, Dj

and D2 shall be supported by continuous footings. All
required interior braced wall panels in buildings with plan
dimensions greater than 50 feet (15 240 mm) shall also be
supported by continuous footings.

R403.1.3 Seismic reinforcing. Concrete footings located in
Seismic Design Categories Dq, Dj and D2, as established in
Table R301.2(l), shall have minimum reinforcement. Bot-
tom reinforcement shall be located a minimum of 3 inches
(76 mm) clear from the bottom of the footing.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FOUNDATIONS

n PRESSURE-PRESERVATIVE TREATED

FLOOR JO!S

6 MIL POLYETHYLENE FILM

6 IN.

1'7// \\\N '///%\\\ ■;/// s\\\'///
|\\\v/;// v\\v<'7/ xw^ ///f ws"

^v '''*/ -^ \V\'' ////wv //:// \\\^

/// \\\! //// ^^\'■ //// \\\'^=~_H

(S\\ ''/VyA^\^^ /^\\\//^■^^

. FIELD-APPLIED 2x6 IN. TOP PLATE
FLASHING
. 2 X 6 IN. TOP PLATE

'/// A Y//
'Mi

6 IN. GRAVEL OR CRUSHED STONE '
{SEE SECTION R403.2)

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm.

FINISH GRADE SLOPE V, IN.
PER FOOT. MIN. 6 FT FROM
WALL

PRESSURE-PRESERVATIVE
TREATED 2x6 IN. STUD WALL

PRESSURE-PRESERVATIVE
TREATED PLYWOOD
(SEE TABLE R404.2.3)

PRESSURE-PRESERVATIVE
TREATED 2 x 6 IN. BOTTOM PLATE

PRESSURE-PRESERVATIVE
TREATED 2 x 8 IN. FOOTING PLATE

BELOW FROST LINE

FIGURE R403.1(3)
PERMANENT WOOD FOUNDATION CRAWL SPACE SECTION

In Seismic Design Categories Dq, Dj and Dj where a con-
struction joint is created between a concrete footing and a
stem wall, a minimum of one No. 4 bar shall be installed at
not more than 4 feet (1219 mm) on center. The vertical bar
shall extend to 3 inches (76 mm) clear of the bottom of the
footing, have a standard hook and extend a minimum of 14
inches (357 mm) into the stem wall.

In Seismic Design Categories Dq, Dj and Dj where a
grouted masonry stem wall is supported on a concrete foot-
ing and stem wall, a minimum of one No. 4 bar shall be
installed at not more than 4 feet on center. The vertical bar
shall extend to 3 inches (76 mm) clear of the bottom of the
footing and have a standard hook.

In Seismic Design Categories Dq, Dj and D2 masonry
stem walls without solid grout and vertical reinforcing are
not permitted.

Exception: In detached one- and two-family dwellings
which are three stories or less in height and constructed
with stud bearing walls, plain concrete footings without
longitudinal reinforcement supporting walls and isolated
plain concrete footings supporting columns or pedestals
are permitted.

R403.1.3.1 Foundations with stemwalls. Foundations
with stem walls shall have installed a minimum of one
No. 4 bar within 12 inches (305 mm) of the top of the wall

and one No. 4 bar located 3 inches (76 mm) to 4 inches |
(102 mm) from the bottom of the footing.

R403.1.3.2 Slabs-on-ground with turned-down foot-
ings. Slabs-on-ground with turned-down footings shall
have a minimum of one No. 4 bar at the top and bottom of
the footing.

Exception: For slabs-on-ground cast monolithically
with a footing, one No. 5 bar or two No. 4 bars shall be
located in the middle third of the footing depth.

R403.1.4 Minimum depth. All exterior footings shall be
placed at least 12 inches (305 mm) below the undisturbed
ground surface. Where applicable, the depth of footings shall
also conform to Sections R403. 1.4.1 through R403. 1.4.2.

R403.1.4.1 Frost protection. Except where otherwise
protected from frost, foundation walls, piers and other
permanent supports of buildings and structures shall be
protected from frost by one or more of the following
methods:

1 . Extended below the frost line specified in Table
R301.2.(l);

2. Constructing in accordance with Section R403.3;

3. Constructing in accordance with ASCE 32; or |

4. Erected on solid rock.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

FOUNDATIONS

Exceptions:

1. Protection of freestanding accessory
structures with an area of 600 square feet
(56 m^) or less, of light-framed construc-
tion, with an eave height of 10 feet (3048
mm) or less shall not be required.

2. Protection of freestanding accessory
structures with an area of 400 square feet
(37 m^) or less, of other than light-framed
construction, with an eave height of 10
feet (3048 mm) or less shall not be
required.

3. Decks not supported by a dwelling need
not be provided with footings that extend
below the frost line.

Footings shall not bear on frozen soil unless the frozen
condition is permanent.

R403.1.4.2 Seismic conditions. In Seismic Design Cat-
egories Dq, Dj and D2, interior footings supporting bear-
ing or bracing walls and cast monolithically with a slab
on grade shall extend to a depth of not less than 12 inches
(305 mm) below the top of the slab.

R403.1.5 Slope. The top surface of footings shall be level.
The bottom surface of footings shall not have a slope
exceeding one unit vertical in 10 units horizontal (10-per-
cent slope). Footings shall be stepped where it is necessary
to change the elevation of the top surface of the footings or
where the slope of the bottom surface of the footings will
exceed one unit vertical in ten units horizontal (10-percent
slope).

R403.1.6 Foundation anchorage. When braced wall pan-
els are supported directly on continuous foundations, the
wall wood sill plate or cold-formed steel bottom track shall
be anchored to the foundation in accordance with this sec-
tion.

The wood sole plate at exterior walls on monolithic
slabs and wood sill plate shall be anchored to the founda-
tion with anchor bolts spaced a maximum of 6 feet (1829
mm) on center. There shall be a minimum of two bolts per
plate section with one bolt located not more than 12 inches
(305 mm) or less than seven bolt diameters from each end
of the plate section. In Seismic Design Categories Dq, Dj
and D2, anchor bolts shall be spaced at 6 feet ( 1 829 mm) on
center and located within 12 inches (305 mm) of the ends
of each plate section at interior braced wall lines when
required by Section R602. 10.9 to be supported on a contin-
uous foundation. Bolts shall be at least V2 inch (13 mm) in
diameter and shall extend a minimum of 7 inches (178
mm) into masonry or concrete. Interior bearing wall sole
plates on monolithic slab foundation shall be positively
anchored with approved fasteners. A nut and washer shall
be tightened on each bolt of the plate. Sills and sole plates
shall be protected against decay and termites where
required by Sections R319 and R320. Cold-formed steel
framing systems shall be fastened to the wood sill plates or
anchored directly to the foundation as required in Section
R505.3.1orR603.1.1.

Exceptions:

1. Foundation anchorage, spaced as required to pro-
vide equivalent anchorage to Vj-inch-diameter (13
mm) anchor bolts.

2. Walls 24 inches (610 mm) total length or shorter
connecting offset braced wall panels shall be
anchored to the foundation with a minimum of one
anchor bolt located in the center third of the plate
section and shall be attached to adjacent braced
wall panels per Figure R602.10.5 at comers.

3. Walls 12 inches (305 mm) total length or shorter
connecting offset braced wall panels shall be per-
mitted to be connected to the foundation without
anchor bolts. The wall shall be attached to adjacent
braced wall panels per Figure R602.10.5 at cor-
ners.

R403.1.6.1 Foundation anchorage in Seismic Design
Categories C, Dq, D^ and Dj. In addition to the require-
ments of Section R403.1.6, the following requirements
shall apply to wood light-frame structures in Seismic
Design Categories Dq, D, and D2 and wood light-frame
townhouses in Seismic Design Category C.

1. Plate washers conforming to Section R602.11.1
shall be provided for all anchor bolts over the full
length of required braced wall lines. Properly sized
cut washers shall be permitted for anchor bolts in
wall lines not containing braced wall panels.

2. Interior braced wall plates shall have anchor bolts
spaced at not more than 6 feet (1 829 mm) on center
and located within 12 inches (305 mm) of the ends
of each plate section when supported on a continu-
ous foundation.

3. Interior bearing wall sole plates shall have anchor
bolts spaced at not more than 6 feet (1829 mm) on
center and located within 12 inches (305 mm) of
the ends of each plate section when supported on a
continuous foundation.

4. The maximum anchor bolt spacing shall be 4 feet
(1219 mm) for buildings over two stories in height.

5. Stepped cripple walls shall conform to Section
R602.11.3.

6. Where continuous wood foundations in accor-
dance with Section R404.2 are used, the force
transfer shall have a capacity equal to or greater
than the connections required by Section
R602. 11.1 or the braced wall panel shall be con-
nected to the wood foundations in accordance with
the braced wall panel-to-floor fastening require-
ments of Table R602.3(l).

R403.1.7 Footings on or adjacent to slopes. The place-
ment of buildings and structures on or adjacent to slopes
steeper than 1 unit vertical in 3 units horizontal (33.3-per-
cent slope) shall conform to Sections R403. 1.7.1 through
R403.1.7.4.

R403. 1.7.1 Building clearances from ascending
slopes. In general, buildings below slopes shall be set a

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDEENTIAL CODE^^

FOUNDATIONS

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

H/2 BUT NEED NOT EXCEED 15 FT MAX

FIGURE R403.1 .7.1
FOUNDATION CLEARANCE FROM SLOPES

sufficient distance from the slope to provide protection
from slope drainage, erosion and shallow failures.
Except as provided in Section R403.1.7.4 and Figure
R403. 1.7.1, the following criteria will be assumed to
provide this protection. Where the existing slope is
steeper than one unit vertical in one unit horizontal
(100-percent slope), the toe of the slope shall be assumed
to be at the intersection of a horizontal plane drawn from
the top of the foundation and a plane drawn tangent to the
slope at an angle of 45 degrees (0.79 rad) to the horizon-
tal. Where a retaining wall is constructed at the toe of the
slope, the height of the slope shall be measured from the
top of the wall to the top of the slope.

R403.1.7.2 Footing setback from descending slope
surfaces. Footings on or adjacent to slope surfaces shall
be founded in material with an embedment and setback
from the slope surface sufficient to provide vertical and
lateral support for the footing without detrimental settle-
ment. Except as provided for in Section R403. 1.7.4 and
Figure R403 . 1 .7 . 1 , the following setback is deemed ade-
quate to meet the criteria. Where the slope is steeper than
one unit vertical in one unit horizontal (100-percent
slope), the required setback shall be measured from an
imaginary plane 45 degrees (0.79 rad) to the horizontal,
projected upward from the toe of the slope.

R403.1.7.3 Foundation elevation. On graded sites, the
top of any exterior foundation shall extend above the ele-
vation of the street gutter at point of discharge or the inlet
of an approved drainage device a minimum of 12 inches
(305 mm) plus 2 percent. Alternate elevations are per-
mitted subject to the approval of the building official,
provided it can be demonstrated that required drainage to
the point of discharge and away from the structure is pro-
vided at all locations on the site.

R403.1.7.4 Alternate setback and clearances. Alter-
nate setbacks and clearances are permitted, subject to the
approval of the building official. The building official is
permitted to require an investigation and recommenda-
tion of a qualified engineer to demonstrate that the intent
of this section has been satisfied. Such an investigation
shall include consideration of material, height of slope,
slope gradient, load intensity and erosion characteristics
of slope material.

R403.1.8 Foundations on expansive soils. Foundation and
floor slabs for buildings located on expansive soils shall be
designed in accordance with Section 1805.8 of the Interna-
tional Building Code.

Exception: Slab-on-ground and other foundation sys-
tems which have performed adequately in soil conditions
similar to those encountered at the building site are per-
mitted subject to the approval of the building official.

R403.1.8.1 Expansive soils classifications. Soils meet-
ing all four of the following provisions shall be consid-
ered expansive, except that tests to show compliance
with Items 1 , 2 and 3 shall not be required if the test pre-
scribed in Item 4 is conducted:

1 . Plasticity Index (PI) of 1 5 or greater, determined in
accordance with ASTM D 4318.

2. More than 10 percent of the soil particles pass a
No. 200 sieve (75 mm), determined in accordance
with ASTM D 422.

3. More than 10 percent of the soil particles are less
than 5 micrometers in size, determined in accor-
dance with ASTM D 422.

4. Expansion Index greater than 20, determined in
accordance with ASTM D 4829.

R403.2 Footings for wood foundations. Footings for wood
foundations shall be in accordance with Figures R403 . 1 (2) and
R403.1(3). Gravel shall be washed and well graded. The maxi-
mum size stone shall not exceed V4 inch (19.1 mm). Gravel
shall be free from organic, clayey or silty soils. Sand shall be
coarse, not smaller than Vig-inch (1.6 mm) grains and shall be
free from organic, clayey or silty soils. Crushed stone shall
have a maximum size of V2 inch (12.7 mm).

R403.3 Frost protected shallow foundations. For buildings
where the monthly mean temperature of the building is main-
tained at a minimum of 64°F (18°C), footings are not required
to extend below the frost line when protected from frost by
insulation in accordance with Figure R403.3(l) and Table
R403.3. Foundations protected from frost in accordance with
Figure R403.3(l) and Table R403.3 shall not be used for
unheated spaces such as porches, utility rooms, garages and
carports, and shall not be attached to basements or crawl spaces

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

FOUNDATIONS

TABLE R403.3
MINIMUM INSULATION REQUIREMENTS FOR FROST-PROTECTED FOOTINGS IN HEATED BUILDINGS^

AIR FREEZING
INDEX ("F-days)"

VERTICAL
INSULATION
ff-VALUE^'"

HORIZONTAL INSULATION fl-VALUE^'^

HORIZONTAL INSULATION DIMENSIONS
PER FIGURE R403.3(1) (Inches)

Along walls

At corners

1,500 or less

4.5

Not required

2,000

5.6

Not required

2,500

6.7

1.7

4.9

3,000

7.8

6.5

8.6

3,500

9.0

8.0

11.2

4,000

10.1

10.5

13.1

a. Insulation requirements are for protection against frost damage in heated buildings: Greater values may be required to meet energy conservation standards. Inter-
polation between values is permissible.

b. See Figure R403.3(2) for Air Freezing Index values.

c. Insulation materials shall provide the stated minimum /?-values under long-term exposure to moist, below-ground conditions in freezing climates. The following
/?-values shall be used to determine insulation thicknesses required for this application; Type 11 expanded polystyrene — 2.4R per inch; Type IV extruded polysty-
rene — 4.5R per inch; Type VI extruded polystyrene — 4.57? per inch; Type IX expanded polystyrene — 3 .2/? per inch; Type X extruded polystyrene — 4.5/? per inch.

d. Vertical insulation shall be expanded polystyrene insulation or extruded polystyrene insulation.

e. Horizontal insulation shall be extruded polystyrene insulation.

INSULATION DETAIL

FLja^SHING PER SECTION R703.8

INSULATION PROTECTION PER SECTION R403.3.2
SLOPE FINAL GRADE PER SECTION R403.3.3.

12 IN. MIN

NOMINAL 4 IN. SCREENED AND
WASHED GRAVEL OR CRUSHED
STONE, DRAINED PER SECTION
R403.3.3

( - - \ J o\, o .^ i\v\
'?f» 1__X? i_ ° ?.^/A

^\\\\ '/// \\\\v//%.y// N% y// s\\\v// \\\^

^SLAB-ON-GROUND FOUNDATION FLOOR
PER SECTIONS R403.1 AND R506

Aw////

////\\v
WW///

y//\\v

WW///
y//\\v
WW///

' VERTICAL WALL INSULATIONS
HORIZONTAL INSULATION^

HORIZONTAL INSULATION PLAN

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. See Table R403.3 for required dimensions and R-values for vertical and horizontal insulation.

FIGURE R403.3(1)
INSULATION PLACEMENT FOR FROST-PROTECTED FOOTINGS IN HEATED BUILDINGS

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

o
o

For SI: °C = [(°F)-32]/l .8.

NOTE: The air- freezing index is defined as cumulative degree days below 32°F. It is used as a measure of the combined magnitude and duration of air temperature below freezing. The index was computed over a

12-month period (July-June) for each of the 3,044 stations used in the above analysis. Data from the 1951-80 period were fitted to a Weibull probabihty distribution to produce an estimate of the 100-year return

period.

FIGURE R403.3(2)

AIR-FREEZING INDEX

AN ESTIMATE OF THE 100-YEAR RETURN PERIOD

c
z
a

H
O

FOUNDATIONS

INSULATION DETAIL

FLASHING PER SECTION R703.8

INSULATION PROTECTION PER SECTION SECTION R403.3.2

FINISH GRADE OR CONCRETE-
SLAB OF ADJACENT UNHEATED
SLAB-ON-GROUND STRUCTURE

BEAM LINTEL OR CANTILEVER
TO CARRY LOAD OVER
NON LOAD-BEARING
INSULATION

CONCRETE MASONRY OR
PERMANENT WOOD
FOUNDATION GRADE BEAM
OR WALL OF ADJACENT
UNHEATED STRUCTURE

FOOTING AS REQUIRED

FROST PROTECTED SHALLOW
FOUNDATION SLAB-ON-GRADE
FLOOR PER SECTION 403.3

NOMINAL 4 IN. SCREEN AND

WASHED GRAVEL OR CRUSHED STONE,

DRAINED PER SECTION R403.3.3

VERTICAL WALL INSULATION ^

HORIZONTAL INSULATION ^

HORIZONTAL INSULATION PLAN

ATTACHED SLAB
FOUNDATION OF UNHEATED
SLAB-ON-GROUND
STRUCTURE PER
SECTION R403.1
AND R403.2

-FOUNDATION PERIMETER

HEATED BUILDING AREA

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. See Table R403.3 for required dimensions and7?-values for vertical and horizontal insulation.

FIGURE R403.3(3)

INSULATION PLACEMENT FOR FROST-PROTECTED FOOTINGS

ADJACENT TO UNHEATED SLAB-ON-GROUND STRUCTURE

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FOUNDATIONS

that are not maintained at a minimum monthly mean tempera-
ture of 64°F (18°C).

Materials used below grade for the purpose of insulating
footings against frost shall be labeled as complying with
ASTM C 578.

R403.3.1 Foundations adjoining frost protected shallow
foundations. Foundations that adjoin frost protected shal-
low foundations shall be protected from frost in accordance
with Section R403. 1.4.

R403.3.1.1 Attachment to unheated slab-on-ground
structure. Vertical wall insulation and horizontal insula-
tion of frost protected shallow foundations that adjoin a
slab-on-ground foundation that does not have a monthly
mean temperature maintained at a minimum of 64°F
(18°C), shall be in accordance with Figure R403.3(3)
and Table R403.3. Vertical wall insulation shall extend
between the frost protected shallow foundation and the
adjoining slab foundation. Required horizontal insula-
tion shall be continuous under the adjoining slab founda-
tion and through any foundation walls adjoining the frost
protected shallow foundation. Where insulation passes
through a foundation wall, it shall either be of a type
complying with this section and having bearing capacity
equal to or greater than the structural loads imposed by
the building, or the building shall be designed and con-
structed using beams, lintels, cantilevers or other means
of transferring building loads such that the structural
loads of the building do not bear on the insulation.

R403.3.1.2 Attachment to heated structure. Where a
frost protected shallow foundation abuts a structure that
has a monthly mean temperature maintained at a mini-

mum of 64°F (18°C), horizontal insulation and vertical
wall insulation shall not be required between the frost
protected shallow foundation and the adjoining struc-
ture. Where the frost protected shallow foundation abuts
the heated structure, the horizontal insulation and verti-
cal wall insulation shall extend along the adjoining foun-
dation in accordance with Figure R403.3(4) a distance of
not less than Dimension A in Table R403.3.

Exception: Where the frost protected shallow foun-
dation abuts the heated structure to form an inside cor-
ner, vertical insulation extending along the adjoining
foundation is not required.

R403.3.2 Protection of horizontal insulation below
ground. Horizontal insulation placed less than 12 inches
(305 mm) below the ground surface or that portion of hori-
zontal insulation extending outward more than 24 inches
(610 mm) from the foundation edge shall be protected
against damage by use of a concrete slab or asphalt paving
on the ground surface directly above the insulation or by
cementitious board, plywood rated for below-ground use,
or other approved materials placed below ground, directly
above the top surface of the insulation.

R403.3.3 Drainage. Final grade shall be sloped in accor-
dance with Section R401.3. In other than Group I Soils, as
detailed in Table R405.1, gravel or crushed stone beneath
horizontal insulation below ground shall drain to daylight or
into an approved sewer system.

R403.3.4 Termite damage. The use of foam plastic in
areas of "very heavy" termite infestation probability shall
be in accordance with Section R320.5.

— — — A

FOUNDATION OF HEATED
STRUCTURE PER
SECTIONS R403.1,
R403.2,ANDR403,3.2.1

-FROST-PROTECTION —
SHALLOW FOUNDATION

INSIDE CORNER

FIGURE R403.3(4)

INSULATION PLACEMENT FOR FROST-PROTECTED

FOOTINGS ADJACENT TO HEATED STRUCTURE

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FOUNDATIONS

SECTION R404
FOUNDATION AND RETAINING WALLS

R404,l Concrete and masonry foundation walls. Concrete
and masonry foundation walls shall be selected and con-
structed in accordance with the provisions of Section R404 or
in accordance with ACI 3 1 8, ACI 332, NCMA TR68-A or ACI
530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 or other approved structural standards.
When ACI 3 1 8, ACI 332 or ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402 or the
provisions of Section R404 are used to design concrete or
masonry foundation walls, project drawings, typical details
and specifications are not required to bear the seal of the archi-
tect or engineer responsible for design, unless otherwise
required by the state law of the jurisdiction having authority.

Foundation walls that meet all of the following shall be con-
sidered laterally supported:

1. Full basement floor shall be 3.5 inches (89 mm) thick
concrete slab poured tight against the bottom of the foun-
dation wall.

2. Floor joists and blocking shall be connected to the sill plate
at the top of wall by the prescriptive method called out in
Table R404.1(l), or; shall be connected with an approved
connector with Msted capacity meeting Table R404.1(l).

3. Bolt spacing for the sill plate shall be no greater than per
Table R404. 1(2).

4. Floor shall be blocked perpendicular to the floor joists.
Blocking shall be full depth within two joist spaces of the

TABLE R404.1(1)
TOP REACTIONS AND PRESCRIPTIVE SUPPORT FOR FOUNDATION WALLS^

MAXIMUM WALL HEIGHT
(feet)

MAXIMUM UNBALANCED
BACKFILL HEIGHT (feet)

HORIZONTAL REACTION TO TOP (pif)

Soil Classes
(Letter indicates connection types'')

GW, GP, SW and
SP soils

GM, GC, SM-SC
and ML soils

SC, MH, ML-CL
and inorganic CL soils

45.7
A

68.6

91.4

89.3
A

133.9
B

178.6
B

154.3
B

231.4
C

308.6
C

245.0
C

367.5
C

490.0
D

40.0

60.0

80.0
A

78.1

117.2
B

156.3
B

135.0
B

202.5
B

270.0
C

214.0
B

321.6
C

428.8
C

320.0
C

480.0
C

640.0
D

35.6

53.3

71.1

69.4
A

104.2
B

138.9
B

120.0
B

180.0
B

240.0
C

190.6
B

285.8
C

381.1
C

284.4
C

426.7
C

568.9
D

405.0
C

607.5
D

810.0
D

For SI: 1 foot - 304.8 mm, 1 pound = 0.454 kg, 1 plf = pounds per linear foot = 1.488 kg/m.

a. Loads are pounds per linear foot of wall. Prescriptive options are limited to maximum joist and blocking spacing of 24 inches on center

b. Prescriptive Support Requirements:

Type

A
B
C

Joist/blocking Attachment Requirement

3-8d per joist per Table R602.3(l).

1-20 gage angle clip each joist with 5-8d per leg.

l-V4-inch thick steel angle. Horizontal leg attached to sill bolt adjacent to joist/blocking, vertical leg attached to joist/blocking with V2-inch

minimum diameter bolt. '

2-V4-inch thick steel, angles, one on each side of joist/blocking. Attach each angle to adjacent sill bolt through horizontal leg. Bolt to joist/blocking

with V2-inch minimum diameter bolt common to both angles.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

FOUNDATIONS

TABLER404.1(2)
MAXIMUM PLATE ANCHOR-BOLT SPACING FOR SUPPORTED FOUNDATION WALL^

MAXIMUM WALL HEIGHT
(feet)

MAXIMUM UNBALANCED
BACKFILL HEIGHT (feet)

ANCHOR BOLT SPACING (inches)

Soil Classes

GW, GP, SW
and SP soils

GM, GC, SM-SC
and ML soils

SC, MH, ML-CL
and inorganic CL soils

5
6
7

72
44
26
16

58
30
17
11

43
22
13
8

4
5
6

7
8

72
51
29
18
12

34
20
12
8

50
25
15
9
6

4
5
6
7
8
9

72
57
33
21
14
10

72
38
22
14
9
7

56
29
17
10

7
5

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. Spacing is based on V2-inch diameter anchor bolts. For Vg-inch diameter anchor bolts, spacing may be multiplied by 1 .27, with a maximum spacing of 72 inches.

foundation wall, and be flat-blocked with minimum
2-inch by 4-inch (5 1 mm by 1 02 mm) blocking elsewhere.

5. Where foundation walls support unbalanced load on
opposite sides of the building, such as a daylight base-
ment, the building aspect ratio, LAV, shall not exceed the
value specified in Table R404.1(3). For such foundation
walls, the rim board shall be attached to the sill with a 20
gage metal angle clip at 24 inches (610 mm) on center,
with five 8d nails per leg, or an approved connector sup-
plying 230 pounds per linear foot (3.36 kN/m) capacity.

R404.1.1 Masonry foundation walls. Concrete masonry
and clay masonry foundation walls shall be constructed as
set forth in Table R404. 1.1(1), R404. 1 . 1 (2), R404. 1.1(3) or
R404.1.1(4) and shall also comply with the provisions of
Section R404 and the applicable provisions of Sections
R606, R607 and R608. In Seismic Design Categories Dq, Di
and Dj, concrete masonry and clay masonry foundation
walls shall also comply with Section R404.1.4. Rubble
stone masonry foundation walls shall be constructed in
accordance with Sections R404.1.8 and R607.2.2. Rubble
stone masonry walls shall not be used in Seismic Design
Categories Do, D, and D2.

R404.1.2 Concrete foundation walls. Concrete founda-
tion walls shall be constructed as set forth in Table
R404.1.1(5) and shall also comply with the provisions of
Section R404 and the apphcable provisions of Section
R402.2. In Seismic Design Categories Dq, Dj and D2, con-
crete foundation walls shall also comply with Section
R404.1.4.

R4()4.1.3 Design required. Concrete or masonry founda-
tion walls shall be designed in accordance with accepted
engineering practice when either of the following condi-
tions exists;

1. Walls are subject to hydrostatic pressure from
groundwater.

2. Walls supporting more than 48 inches (1219 mm)
of unbalanced backfill that do not have permanent
lateral support at the top or bottom.

R404.1.4 Seismic Design Categories Dq, D^ and Dj. In

addition to the requirements of Tables R404. 1.1(1) and
R404.1.1(5), plain concrete and plain masonry foundation
walls located in Seismic Design Categories Dq, D, and D2, as
established in Table R301.2(l), shall comply with the fol-
lowing.

1. Wall height shall not exceed 8 feet (2438 mm).

2. Unbalanced backfill height shall not exceed 4 feet
(1219 mm).

3. Minimum reinforcement for plain concrete founda-
tion walls shall consist of one No. 4 (No. 13) horizon-
tal bar located in the upper 12 inches (305 mm) of the
wall.

4. Minimum thickness for plain concrete foundation
walls shall be 7.5 inches (191 mm) except that 6
inches (152 mm) is permitted when the maximum
height is 4 feet, 6 inches (1372 mm).

5. Minimum nominal thickness for plain masonry foun-
dation walls shall be 8 inches (203 mm).

6. Masonry stem walls shall have a minimum vertical
reinforcement of one No. 3 (No. 10) bar located a
maximum of 4 feet (1220 mm) on center in grouted
cells. Vertical reinforcement shall be tied to the hori-
zontal reinforcement in the footings.

Foundation walls located in Seismic Design Categories
Dq, Dj and D2, as established in Table R301 .2(1), supporting
more than 4 feet (1219 mm) of unbalanced backfill or
exceeding 8 feet (2438 mm) in height shall be constructed in
accordance with Table R404.1.1(2), R404.1.1(3) or
R404.1.1(4) for masonry, or Table R404.1.1(5) for con-

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

FOUNDATIONS

TABLE R404.1(3)
MAXIMUM ASPECT RATIO, L/W FOR UNBALANCED FOUNDATIONS

MAXIMUM WALL HEIGHT
(feet)

MAXIMUM UNBALANCED
BACKFILL HEIGHT (feet)

GW, GP, SW
and SP soils

SOIL CLASSES

GM, GC, SM-SC
and ML soils

SC, MH, ML-CL
and inorganic CL soils

4.0
4.0
3.0
1.9

4.0
3.4
2.0
1.2

4.0
2.6
1.5
0.9

4.0
4.0
3.4
2.1
1.4

4.0
3.9
2.3
1.4
1.0

4.0
2.9
1.7
1.1
0.7

4.0
4.0
3.8
2.4
1.6
1.1

4.0
4.0
2.6
1.6
1.1
0.8

4.0
3.3
1.9
1.2
0.8
0.6

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

UNBALANCED FILL HEIGHT

Crete. Where Table R404.1.1(5) permits plain concrete
walls, not less than No. 4 (No. 13) vertical bars at a spacing
not exceeding 48 inches (1219 mm) shall be provided. Insu-
lating concrete form foundation walls shall be reinforced as
required in Table R404.4(l), R404.4(2), R404.4(3),
R404.4(4) or R404.4(5). Where no vertical reinforcement is
required by Table R404.4(2), R404.4(3) or R404.4(4) there
shall be a minimum of one No. 4 (No. 13) bar at 48 inches
(1220 mm) on center. All concrete and masonry foundation
walls shall have two No. 4 (No. 13) horizontal bars located
in the upper 12 inches (305 mm) of the wall.

R404.1.5 Foundation wall thickness based on walls sup-
ported. The thickness of concrete and masonry foundation
walls shall not be less than the thickness of the wall sup-
ported, except that foundation walls of at least 8-inch (203
mm) nominal thickness shall be permitted under brick-
veneered frame walls and under 10-inch- wide (254 mm) cav-
ity walls where the total height of the wall supported, includ-
ing gables, is not more than 20 feet (6096 mm), provided the
requirements of Sections R404.1.1 and R404.1.2 are met.

R404.1.5.1 Pier and curtain wall foundations. Use of

Pier and curtain wall foundations shall be permitted to
support light-frame construction not more than two stories
in height, provided the following requirements are met:

1 . All load-bearing walls shall be placed on continu-
ous concrete footings placed integrally with the
exterior wall footings.

2. The minimum actual thickness of a load-bearing
masonry wall shall be not less than 4 inches (102
mm) nominal or 3^/^ inches (92 mm) actual thick-
ness, and shall be bonded integrally with piers
spaced in accordance with Section R606.9.

3. Piers shall be constructed in accordance with Sec-
tion R606.6 and Section R606.6.1, and shall be
bonded into the load-bearing masonry wall in
accordance with Section R608.L1 or Section
R608.1.1.2.

4. The maximum height of a 4-inch (102 mm)
load-bearing masonry foundation wall supporting

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FOUNDATIONS

TABLE R404.1. 1(1)
PLAIN MASONRY FOUNDATION WALLS

MAXIMUM WALL HEIGHT
(feet)

MAXIMUM

UNBALANCED

BACKFILL HEIGHr (feet)

PLAIN MASONRY^ MINIMUM NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS (inches)

Soil classes''

GW, GP, SW
andSP

GM, GC, SM,
SM-SC and ML

SC, MH, ML-CL
and inorganic CL

4
5

6 solid'' or 8
6 solid'' or 8

6 solid'' or 8
8

6 solid" or 8
10

4
5
6

6 solid'' or 8

6 solid'' or 8
8
10

6 solid" or 8
10
12

4
5
6

6 solid'' or 8
6 solid'' or 8

10 solid"

10
10 solid"
12 solid"

4
5
6
7
8

6 solid'' or 8
6 solid'' or 8

12
10 solid''

6 solid'' or 8

12
12 solid''
12 solid"

12 solid"

Footnote e

4
5
6
7
8
9

6 solid'' or 8

12 solid''

Footnote e

6 solid" or 8

12 solid"

Footnote e

12 solid"

Footnote e

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 Fh.

a. Mortar shall be Type M or S and masonry shall be laid in running bond. Ungrouted hollow masonry units are permitted except where otherwise indicated.

b. Soil classes are in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System. Refer to Table R405.1.

c. Unbalanced backfill height is the difference in height between the exterior finish ground level and the lower of the top of the concrete footing that supports the foun-
dation wall or the interior finish ground level. Where an interior concrete slab-on-grade is provided and is in contact with the interior surface of the foundation wall,
measurement of the unbalanced backfill height from the exterior finish ground level to the top of the interior concrete slab is pennitted.

d. Solid grouted hollow units or solid masonry units.

e. Wall construction shall be in accordance with Table R404.1.1(2) or a design shall be provided.

wood-frame walls and floors shall not be more
than 4 feet (1219 mm).

5. Anchorage shall be in accordance with Section
R403.1.6, Figure R404. 1.5(1), or as specified by
engineered design accepted by the building offi-
cial.

6. The unbalanced fill for 4-inch (102 mm) founda-
tion walls shall not exceed 24 inches (610 nrni) for
solid masonry or 12 inches (305 mm) for hollow
masonry.

7. In Seismic Design Categories Dq, Dj and Dj, pre-
scriptive reinforcement shall be provided in the hor-
izontal and vertical direction. Provide minimum
horizontal joint reinforcement of two No.9 gage
wires spaced not less than 6 inches (152 mm) or one
'/4 inch (6.4 mm) diameter wire at 10 inches (254
mm) on center vertically. Provide minimum verti-
cal reinforcement of one No. 4 bar at 48 inches
( 1 220 mm) on center horizontally grouted in place.

R404.1.6 Height above finished grade. Concrete and
masonry foundation walls shall extend above the finished
grade adjacent to the foundation at all points a minimum of
4 inches (102 mm) where masonry veneer is used and a min-
imum of 6 inches (152 mm) elsewhere.

R404.1.7 Backfill placement. Backfill shall not be placed
against the wall until the wall has sufficient strength and has
been anchored to the floor above, or has been sufficiently
braced to prevent damage by the backfill.

Exception: Bracing is not required for walls supporting
less than 4 feet (1219 mm) of unbalanced backfill.

R404.1.8 Rubble stone masonry. Rubble stone masonry
foundation walls shall have a minimum thickness of 16
inches (406 mm), shall not support an unbalanced backfill
exceeding 8 feet (2438 mm) in height, shall not support a
soil pressure greater than 30 pounds per square foot per foot
(4.71 kPa/m), and shall not be constructed in Seismic
Design Categories Dq, Dj, Dj or townhouses in Seismic
Design Category C, as established in Figure R301.2(2).

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

FOUNDATIONS

TABLE R404.1. 1(2)

8-INCH MASONRY FOUNDATION WALLS WITH REINFORCING

WHERE d > 5 INCHES^

HEIGHT OF
UNBALANCED

MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT* •=

Soil classes and lateral soil load^ (psf per foot below grade)

GW, GP, SW and SP soils

GM, GC, SM, SM-SC and ML soils

SC, ML-CL and inorganic CL soils

WALL HEIGHT

BACKFILL^

4 feet (or less)

#4 at 48" o.c.

6 feet 8 inches

5 feet

#4 at 48" o.c.

6 feet 8 inches

#4 at 48" o.c.

#5 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 48" o.c.

4 feet (or less)

#4 at 48" o.c.

7 feet 4 inches

5 feet

#4 at 48" o.c.

6 feet

#4 at 48" o.c.

#5 at 48" o.c.

7 feet 4 inches

#5 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 40" o.c.

4 feet (or less)

#4 at 48" o.c.

5 feet

#4 at 48" o.c.

8 feet

6 feet

#4 at 48" o.c.

#5 at 48" o.c.

7 feet

#5 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 40" o.c.

8 feet

#5 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 32" o.c.

4 feet (or less)

#4 at 48" o.c.

5 feet

#4 at 48" o.c.

#5 at 48" o.c.

8 feet 8 inches

6 feet

#4 at 48" o.c.

#5 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 48" o.c.

7 feet

#5 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 40" o.c.

8 feet 8 inches

#6 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 32" o.c.

#6 at 24" o.c.

4 feet (or less)

#4 at 48" o.c.

5 feet

#4 at 48" o.c.

#5 at 48" o.c.

9 feet 4 inches

6 feet

#4 at 48" o.c.

#5 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 48" o.c.

7 feet

#5 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 40" o.c.

8 feet

#6 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 40" o.c.

#6 at 24" o.c.

9 feet 4 inches

#6 at 40" o.c.

#6 at 24" o.c.

#6 at 16" o.c.

4 feet (or less)

#4 at 48" o.c.

5 feet

#4 at 48" o.c.

#5 at 48" o.c.

6 feet

#4 at 48" o.c.

#5 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 48" o.c.

10 feet

7 feet

#5 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 32" o.c.

8 feet

#6 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 32" o.c.

#6 at 24" o.c.

9 feet

#6 at 40" o.c.

#6 at 24" o.c.

#6 at 16" o.c.

10 feet

#6 at 32" o.c.

#6 at 16" o.c.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot per foot = 0.157 kPa/mm.

a. Mortar shall be Type M or S and masonry shall be laid in running bond.

b. Alternative reinforcing bar sizes and spacings having an equivalent cross-sectional area of reinforcement per lineal foot of wall shall be permitted provided the
spacing of the reinforcement does not exceed 72 inches.

c. Vertical reinforcement shall be Grade 60 minimum. The distance from the face of the soil side of the wall to the center of vertical reinforcement shall be at least 5
inches.

d. Soil classes are in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System and design lateral soil loads are for moist conditions without hydrostatic pressure. Refer
to Table R405.1.

e. Unbalanced backfill height is the difference in height between the exterior finish ground level and the lower of the top of the concrete footing that supports the foun-
dation wall or the interior finish ground level. Where an interior concrete slab-on-grade is provided and is in contact with the interior surface of the foundation wall,
measurement of the unbalanced backfill height from the exterior finish ground level to the top of the interior concrete slab is permitted.

R404.2 Wood foundation walls. Wood foundation walls shall
be constructed in accordance with the provisions of Sections
R404.2.1 through R404.2.6 and with the details shown in Fig-
ures R403.1(2) and R403.1(3).

R404.2.1 Identification. All load-bearing lumber shall be
identified by the grade mark of a lumber grading or inspec-
tion agency which has been approved by an accreditation
body that complies with DOC PS 20. In lieu of a grade mark,
a certificate of inspection issued by a lumber grading or
inspection agency meeting the requirements of this section
shall be accepted. Wood structural panels shall conform to
DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2 and shall be identified by a grade

mark or certificate of inspection issued by an approved
agency.

R404.2.2 Stud size. The studs used in foundation walls
shall be 2-inch by 6-inch (51 mm by 152 mm) members.
When spaced 16 inches (406 mm) on center, a wood species
with an F^ value of not less than 1,250 pounds per square
inch (8612 kPa) as hsted in AF&PA/NDS shall be used.
When spaced 12 inches (305 mm) on center, an F,, of not less
than 875 psi (6029 kPa) shall be required.

R404.2.3 Height of backfill. For wood foundations that are
not designed and installed in accordance with i'^&PA Report

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FOUNDATIONS

No.7, the height of backfill against a foundation wall shall not
exceed 4 feet (1219 mm). When the height of fill is more than
1 2 inches (305 mm) above the interior grade of a crawl space or
floor of a basement, the thickness of the plywood sheathing
shall meet the requirements of Table R404.2.3.

R404.2.4 Backfilling. Wood foundation walls shall not be
backfilled until the basement floor and first floor have been
constructed or the walls have been braced. For crawl space
construction, backfill or bracing shall be installed on the
interior of the walls prior to placing backfill on the exterior.

R404.2.5 Drainage and dampproofing. Wood foundation
basements shall be drained and dampproofed in accordance
with Sections R405 and R406, respectively.

R404.2.6 Fastening. Wood structural panel foundation
wall sheathing shall be attached to framing in accordance
with Table R602.3(l) and Section R402.1.1.

R404.3 Wood sill plates. Wood sill plates shall be a minimum
of 2-inch by 4-inch (51 mm by 102 mm) nominal lumber. Sill
plate anchorage shall be in accordance with Sections R403.1 .6
and R602.il.

TABLE R404.1. 1(3)

10-INCH MASONRY FOUNDATION WALLS WITH REINFORCING

WHERE d > 6.75 INCHES^

HEIGHT OF
UNBALANCED

MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT^ "^

Soil classes and later soil load" (psf per foot below grade)

GW, GP, SW and SP soils

GM, GC, SM, SM-SC and ML soils

SC, MH, ML-CL and inorganic CL soils

WALL HEIGHT

BACKFILL^

4 feet (or less)

#4 at 56" o.c.

6 feet 8 inches

5 feet

#4 at 56" o.c.

6 feet 8 inches

#4 at 56" o.c.

#5 at 56" o.c.

4 feet (or less)

#4 at 56" o.c.

7 feet 4 inches

5 feet

6 feet

#4 at 56" o.c.
#4 at 56" o.c.

#4 at 56" o.c.
#5 at 56" o.c.

7 feet 4 inches

#4 at 56" o.c.

#5 at 56" o.c.

#6 at 56" o.c.

4 feet (or less)

#4 at 56" o.c.

5 feet

#4 at 56" o.c.

8 feet

6 feet

#4 at 56" o.c.

#5 at 56" o.c.

7 feet

#4 at 56" o.c.

#5 at 56" o.c.

#6 at 56" o.c.

8 feet

#5 at 56" o.c.

#6 at 56" o.c.

#6 at 48" o.c.

4 feet (or less)

#4 at 56" o.c.

5 feet

#4 at 56" o.c.

8 feet 8 inches

6 feet

#4 at 56" o.c.

#5 at 56" o.c.

7 feet

#4 at 56" o.c.

#5 at 56" o.c.

#6 at 56" o.c.

8 feet 8 inches

#5 at 56" o.c.

#6 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 32" o.c.

4 feet (or less)

#4 at 56" o.c.

5 feet

#4 at 56" o.c.

9 feet 4 inches

6 feet

7 feet

#4 at 56" o.c.
#4 at 56" o.c.

#5 at 56" o.c.
#5 at 56" o.c.

#5 at 56" o.c.
#6 at 56" o.c.

8 feet

#5 at 56" o.c.

#6 at 56" o.c.

#6 at 40" o.c.

9 feet 4 inches

#6 at 56" o.c.

#6 at 40" o.c.

#6 at 24" o.c.

4 feet (or less)

#4 at 56" o.c.

5 feet

#4 at 56" o.c.

6 feet

#4 at 56" o.c.

#5 at 56" o.c.

10 feet

7 feet

#5 at 56" o.c.

#6 at 56" o.c.

#6 at 48" o.c.

8 feet

#5 at 56" o.c.

#6 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 40" o.c.

9 feet

#6 at 56" o.c.

#6 at 40" o.c.

#6 at 24" o.c.

10 feet

#6 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 32" o.c.

#6 at 24" o.c.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot per foot = 0.157 kPa/mm.

a. Mortar shall be Type M or S and masonry shall be laid in running bond.

c. Vertical reinforcement shall be Grade 60 minimum. The distance from the face of the soil side of the wall to the center of vertical reinforcement shall be at least 6.75
inches.

d. Soil classes are in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System and design lateral soil loads are for moist conditions without hydrostatic pressure. Refer
to Table R405.1.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FOUNDATIONS

TABLE R404.1. 1(4)

12-INCH MASONRY FOUNDATION WALLS WITH REINFORCING

WHERE d > 8.75 INCHES^

HEIGHT OF
UNBALANCED

MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT^' =

Soil classes and lateral soil load" (psf per foot below grade)

GW, GP, SW and SP soils

GM, GC, SM, SM-SC and ML soils

SC, ML-CL and inorqanic CL soils

WALL HEIGHT

BACKFILL^

4 feet (or less)

#4 at 72

'o.c.

#4 at 72" o.c.

6 feet 8 inches

5 feet

#4 at 72

'o.c.

#4 at 72" o.c.

6 feet 8 inches

#4 at 72

'o.c.

#4 at 72" o.c.

#5 at 72" o.c.

4 feet (or less)

#4 at 72

'o.c.

#4 at 72" o.c.

7 feet 4 inches

5 feet

#4 at 72

'o.c.

#4 at 72" o.c.

6 feet

#4 at 72

' o.c.

#4 at 72" o.c.

#5 at 72" o.c.

7 feet 4 inches

#4 at 72

'o.c.

#5 at 72" o.c.

#6 at 72" o.c.

4 feet (or less)

#4 at 72

' o.c.

#4 at 72" o.c.

5 feet

#4 at 72

'o.c.

#4 at 72" o.c.

8 feet

6 feet

#4 at 72

'o.c.

#4 at 72" o.c.

#5 at 72" o.c.

7 feet

#4 at 72

' o.c.

#5 at 72" o.c.

#6 at 72" o.c.

8 feet

#5 at 72

' o.c.

#6 at 72" o.c.

#6 at 64" o.c.

4 feet (or less)

#4 at 72

'o.c.

#4 at 72" o.c.

5 feet

#4 at 72

'o.c.

#4 at 72" o.c.

8 feet 8 inches

6 feet

#4 at 72

'o.c.

#4 at 72" o.c.

#5 at 72" o.c.

7 feet

#4 at 72

'o.c.

#5 at 72" o.c.

#6 at 72" o.c.

8 feet 8 inches

#5 at 72

'o.c.

#7 at 72" o.c.

#6 at 48" o.c.

4 feet (or less)

#4 at 72

' o.c.

#4 at 72" o.c.

5 feet

#4 at 72

' o.c.

#4 at 72" o.c.

9 feet 4 inches

6 feet

#4 at 72

' o.c.

#5 at 72" o.c.

7 feet

#4 at 72

' o.c.

#5 at 72" o.c.

#6 at 72" o.c.

8 feet

#5 at 72

'o.c.

#6 at 72" o.c.

#6 at 56" o.c.

9 feet 4 inches

#6 at 72

' o.c.

#6 at 48" o.c.

#6 at 40" o.c.

4 feet (or less)

#4 at 72

'o.c.

#4 at 72" o.c.

5 feet

#4 at 72

'o.c.

#4 at 72" o.c.

6 feet

#4 at 72

' o.c.

#5 at 72" o.c.

10 feet

7 feet

#4 at 72

' o.c.

#6 at 72" o.c.

8 feet

#5 at 72

' o.c.

#6 at 72" o.c.

#6 at 48" o.c.

9 feet

#6 at 72

'o.c.

#6 at 56" o.c.

#6 at 40" o.c.

10 feet

#6 at 64" o.c.

#6 at 40" o.c.

#6 at 32" o.c.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot per foot = 0.157 kPa/mm.

a. Mortar shall be Type M or S and masonry shall be laid in running bond.

c. Vertical reinforcement shall be Grade 60 minimum. The distance from the face of the soil side of the wall to the center of vertical reinforcement shall be at least 8.75
inches.

d. Soil classes are in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System and design lateral soil loads are for moist conditions without hydrostatic pressure. Refer
to Table R405.1.

e. Unbalanced backfill height is the difference in height between the exterior finish ground level and the lower of the top of the concrete footing that supports the foun-
dation wall or the interior finish ground levels. Where an interior concrete slab-on-grade is provided and in contact with the interior surface of the foundation wall,
measurement of the unbalanced backfill height is permitted to be measured from the exterior finish ground level to the top of the interior concrete slab is permitted.

R404.4 Insulating concrete form foundation walls. Insulat-
ing concrete form (ICF) foundation walls shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with the provisions of this section or
in accordance with the provisions of ACI 318. When ACI 318
or the provisions of this section are used to design insulating
concrete form foundation walls, project drawings, typical
details and specifications are not required to bear the seal of the
architect or engineer responsible for design unless otherwise
required by the state law of the jurisdiction having authority.

R404.4.1 Applicability limits. The provisions of this sec-
tion shall apply to the construction of insulating concrete
form foundation walls for buildings not more than 60 feet

(18 288 mm) in plan dimensions, and floors not more than
32 feet (9754 mm) or roofs not more than 40 feet (12 192
mm) in clear span. Buildings shall not exceed two stories in
height above grade with each story not more than 10 feet
(3048 mm) high. Foundation walls constructed in accor-
dance with the provisions of this section shall be limited to
buildings subjected to a maximum ground snow load of 70
psf (3.35 kPa) and located in Seismic Design Category A, B
or C. In Seismic Design Categories Dq, D] and D2, founda-
tion walls shall comply with Section R404.1.4. Insulating
concrete form foundation walls supporting above-grade
concrete walls shall be reinforced as required for the above-

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FOUNDATIONS

TABLE R404.1. 1(5)
CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALLS'^' '■' "^

MAXIMUM

WALL

HEIGHT

(feet)

MAXIMUM

unbalanced
backfill
height"

(feet)

MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT SIZE AND SPACINC^' "'«•'■ '

Soil classes^ and design lateral soil (psf per foot of depth)

GW, GP, SW and SP
30

GM, GC, SM, SM-SC and ML
45

SC, ML-CL and inorganic CL
60

Minimum wall thickness (inches)

5.5

7.5

9.5

11.5

5.5

7.5

9.5

11.5

5.5

7.5

9.5

11.5

PCS

#4@35"

peg

#5@48"

#5@36"

#5@47"

#5@42"

#6@43"

#5@48"

PCS

#5@46"

#6@42"

#5@46"

PCS

#6@34"

#6@48"

#4@38"

PCS

#5@43"

#4@37"

PCS

#5@37"

#6@37"

#5@43"

PCS

#5@40"

#6@37"

#5@41"

#6@34"

#6@43"

#5@47"

PCS

#6@34"

#6@43"

#6@27"

#6@32"

#6@44"

#4@35"

PCS

#5@40"

PC^

#4@34"

PCS

#6@48"

#6@36"

#5@39"

PCS

#5@36"

#6@34"

#5@37"

#6@33"

#6@38"

#5@37"

peg

#6@38"

#5@41"

PCS

#6@33"

#6@38"

#5@37"

PCS

#6@24"

#7@39"

#6@39"

#4@48"'^

#6@34"

#6@46"

#6@26"

#7@41"

#6@41"

#6@19"

#7@31"

#7@41"

#6@39"

#4@33"

PCS

#5@38"

#5@48"

PCS

#6@45"

#6@34"

#5@37"

#6@47"

#6@34"

#6@48"

#6@30"

#6@35"

#6@48"

PCS

#6@34"

#5@38"

#6@30"

#7@47"

#6@47"

PCS

#6@22"

#7@35"

#7@48"

#6@45"''

#6@34"

#6@41"

#4@48"

PC8

#6@23"

#7@37"

#7@48"

#4@48"h

#6@22"

#7@37"

#7@47"

#6@28"

#7@45"

#6@45"

#7@31"

#7@40"

#6@38"

#6@22"

#7@30"

#7@38"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa; 1 pound per square foot per foot = 0.157 kPa/mm.

a. Soil classes are in accordance with the United Soil Classification System. Refer to Table R405.1

b. Unbalanced backfill height is the difference in height of the exterior and interior finish ground levels. Where there is an interior concrete slab, the unbalanced back-
fill height shall be measured from the exterior finish ground level to the top of the interior concrete slab.

c. The size and spacing of verfical reinforcement shown in the table is based on the use of reinforcement with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi. Vertical rein-
forcement with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi or 50,000 psi is permitted, provided the same size bar is used and the spacing shown in the table is reduced
by multiplying the spacing by 0.67 or 0.83, respectively.

d. Vertical reinforcement, when required, shall be placed nearest the inside face of the wall a distance d from the outside face (soil side) of the wall. The distance d is
equal to the wall thickness, t, minus 1 .25 inches plus one-half the bar diameter, db (d = t - (1 .25 + db/2). The reinforcement shall be placed within a tolerance of ± %
inch where d is less than or equal to 8 inches, or ± V2 inch where d is greater than 8 inches.

e. In lieu of the reinforcement shown, smaller reinforcing bar sizes and closer spacings resulting in an equivalent cross-sectional area of reinforcement per linear foot
of wall are permitted.

f . Concrete cover for reinforcement measured from the inside face of the wall shall not be less than ^/^ inch. Concrete cover for reinforcement measured from the out-
side face of the wall shall not be less than 1 V2 inches for No. 5 bars and smaller, and not less than 2 inches for larger bars.

g. The minimum thickness is permitted to be reduced 2 inches, provided the minimum specified compressive strength of concrete //, is 4,000 psi.

(continued)

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FOUNDATIONS

TABLE R404.1. 1(5)— continued
CONCRETE FOUNDATION WALLS'^ ''•''

h. A plain concrete wall with a minimum thickness of 1 1.5 inches is permitted, provided minimum specified compressive strength of concrete, //, is 3,500 psi.
i. Concrete shall have a specified compressive strength of not less than 2,500 psi at 28 days, unless a higher strength is required by note g or h.
j. "DR" means design is required in accordance with ACI 318 or ACI 332.
k. "PC" means plain concrete.

1. Where vertical reinforcement is required, horizontal reinforcement shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of Section R404.4.6.2 for ICF founda-
tion walls.

grade wall immediately above or the requirements in Tables
R404.4(l), R404.4(2), R404.4(3), R404.4(4) orR404.4(5),
whichever is greater.

R404.4.2 Flat insulating concrete form wall systems. Flat
ICF wall systems shall comply with Figure R611.3, shall
have a minimum concrete thickness of 5.5 inches (140 mm),
and shall have reinforcement in accordance with Table
R404.4(l), R404.4(2) or R404.4(3). Alternatively, for
7.5-inch (191 mm) and 9.5-inch (241 mm) flat ICF wall sys-
tems, use of Table R404. 1 . 1 (5) shall be permitted, provided
the vertical reinforcement is of the grade and located within
the wall as required by that table.

R404.4.3 Waffle-grid insulating concrete form wall sys-
tems. Waffle-grid wall systems shall have a minimum nom-
inal concrete thickness of 6 inches (152 mm) for the
horizontal and vertical concrete members (cores) and shall
be reinforced in accordance with Table R404.4(4). The min-
imum core dimension shall comply with Table R61 1.2 and
Figure R6 11.4.

R404.4.4 Screen-grid insulating concrete form wall sys-
tems. Screen-grid ICF wall systems shall have a minimum
nominal concrete thickness of 6 inches (152 mm) for the
horizontal and vertical concrete members (cores). The mini-
mum core dimensions shall comply with Table R611 .2 and
Figure R611.5. Walls shall have reinforcement in accor-
dance with Table R404.4(5).

R404.4.5 Concrete material. Ready-mixed concrete for
insulating concrete form walls shall be in accordance with
Section R402.2. Maximum slump shall not be greater than 6
inches (152 mm) as determined in accordance with ASTM
C 143. Maximum aggregate size shall not be larger than V4
inch (19.1 mm).

Exception: Concrete mixes conforming to the ICF man-
ufacturer's recommendations.

R404.4.6 Reinforcing steel.

R404.4.6.1 General. Reinforcing steel shall meet the
requirements of ASTM A 615, A 706 or A 996. The min-
imum yield strength of reinforcing steel shall be 40,000
psi (Grade 40) (276 MPa). Vertical and horizontal wall
reinforcements shall be placed no closer to the outside
face of the wall than one-half the wall thickness. Steel
reinforcement for foundation walls shall have concrete
cover in accordance with ACI 318.

Exception: Where insulated concrete forms are used
and the form remains in place as cover for the con-
crete, the minimum concrete cover for the reinforcing
steel is permitted to be reduced to V4 inch (19.1 mm) .

R404.4.6.2 Horizontal reinforcement. When vertical
reinforcement is required, ICF foundation walls shall
have horizontal reinforcement in accordance with this
section. ICF foundation walls up to 8 feet (2438 mm) in
height shall have a minimum of one continuous No. 4
horizontal reinforcing bar placed at 48 inches (1219 mm)
on center with one bar located within 12 inches (305
mm) of the top of the wall story. ICF Foundation walls
greater than 8 feet (2438 mm) in height shall have a mini-
mum of one continuous No. 4 horizontal reinforcing bar
placed at 36 inches (914 mm) on center with one bar
located within 12 inches (305 mm) of the top of the wall
story.

R404.4.6.3 Wall openings. Vertical wall reinforcement
required by Section R404.4.2, R404.4.3 or R404.4.4 that
is interrupted by wall openings shall have additional ver-
tical reinforcement of the same size placed within 12
inches (305 mm) of each side of the opening.

R404.4.7 Foam plastic insulation. Foam plastic insulation
in insulating concrete foam construction shall comply with
this section.

R404.4.7.1 Material. Insulating concrete form material
shall meet the surface burning characteristics of Section
R3 14.3 . A thermal barrier shall be provided on the build-
ing interior in accordance with Section R314.4.

R404.4.7.2 Termite hazards. In areas where hazard of
termite damage is very heavy in accordance with Figure
R301.2(6), foam plastic insulation shall be permitted
below grade on foundation walls in accordance with one
of the following conditions:

1. When in addition to the requirements in Section
R320.1, an approved method of protecting the
foam plastic and structure from subterranean ter-
mite damage is provided.

2. The structural members of walls, floors, ceilings
and roofs are entirely of noncombustible materials
or pressure preservatively treated wood.

3. On the interior side of basement walls.

R404.4.8 Foundation wall thickness based on walls sup-
ported. The thickness of ICF foundation walls shall not be
less than the thickness of the wall supported above.

R404.4.9 Height above finished ground. ICF foundation
walls shall extend above the finished ground adjacent to the
foundation at all points a minimum of 4 inches (102 mm)
where masonry veneer is used and a minimum of 6 inches
(152 mm) elsewhere.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FOUNDATIONS

GALVANIZED OR STAINLESS STEEL STRAPS,
MIN. 27,,," WIDE BY 1 2 GAGE THICK,
MIN. 2" FROM EDGE OF PIER, TYP.

IN. NINE 16d NAILS PER STRAP

MIN. 8" X 16" MASONRY PIER. TYP.

N. TWO 9 GAGE BOX TIES OR TWO
MASONRY HEADERS AT 8" O.C. EACH PIER

STRAPS ANCHORED WITH 90 DEGREE HOOK, MIN. TWO STRAPS PER PIER,
MIN. 4" EMBEDMENT INTO FOOTING, MIN. 1.75" HORIZ. LEG EXTENSION

DOUBLE RIM JOISTS

MIN. 18 GAGE PLATE
CONNECTORS AT
MAX. 12 IN. O.C. (TYP.)

MIN. 4 IN. MASONRY
CURTAIN WALL

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 d^ree = 0.0157 rad.

FIGURE R404.1. 5(1)
FOUNDATION WALL CLAY MASONRY CURTAIN WALL WITH CONCRETE MASONRY PIERS

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FOUNDATIONS

TABLE R404.2.3

PLYWOOD GRADE AND THICKNESS FOR WOOD FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION

(30 pcf equivalent-fluid weight soil pressure)

HEIGHT OF FILL
(inches)

STUD SPACING
(inches)

FACE GRAIN ACROSS STUDS

FACE GRAIN PARALLEL TO STUDS

Grade^

Minimum
thickness
(inches)

Span rating

Grade^

Minimum
thickness
(inches)'''^

Span rating

'%2

32/16

•v.,

32/16

'^A,^

32/16

'%2

32/16

^%,^

32/16

i%2^(4,5ply)

40/20

'%2

32/16

'%2

32/16

^V (4, 5 ply)

32/16

1%, (4, 5 ply)

40/20

'%2'

32/16

'%2

40/20

'\2

48/24

'%2

32/16

'%2'

32/16

i%/(4,5ply)

40/20

'%2

40/20

'%/

40/20

'%2

48/24

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per cubic foot = 0.1572 kN/n?.

a. Plywood shall be of the following minimum grades in accordance with DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2:

1 . DOC PS 1 Plywood grades marked:

1.1. Structural I C-D (Exposure 1)

1.2. C-D (Exposure 1)

2. DOC PS 2 Plywood grades marked:

2.1. Structural I Sheathing (Exposure 1)

2.2. Sheathing (Exposure 1)

3. Where a major portion of the wall is exposed above ground and abetter appearance is desired, the following plywood grades marked exterior are suitable:

3.1. Structural I A-C, Structural I B-C or Structural I C-C (Plugged) in accordance with DOC PS 1

3.2. A-C Group 1, B-C Group 1, C-C (Plugged) Group 1 orMDO Group 1 in accordance with DOC PS 1

3.3. Single Floor in accordance with DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2

b. Minimum thickness ^^l-i2 inch, except crawl space sheathing may be ^/g inch for face grain across studs 16 inches on center and maximum 2-foot depth of unequal
fill.

c. For this fill height, thickness and grade combination, panels that are continuous over less than three spans (across less than three stud spacings) require blocking 16
inches above the bottom plate. Offset adjacent blocks and fasten through studs with two 16d corrosion-resistant nails at each end.

R404.4.10 Backfill placement. Backfill shall be placed in
accordance with Section R404.1.7.

R404.4.11 Drainage and dampproofing/waterproofing.

ICF foundation basements shall be drained and
dampproofed/waterproofed in accordance with Sections
R405 and R406.

R404.5 Retaining walls. Retaining walls that are not laterally
supported at the top and that retain in excess of 24 inches (610
mm) of unbalanced fill shall be designed to ensure stability
against overturning, sliding, excessive foundation pressure and
water uplift. Retaining walls shall be designed for a safety fac-
tor of 1.5 against lateral sliding and overturning.

SECTION R405
FOUNDATION DRAINAGE

R405.1 Concrete or masonry foundations. Drains shall be
provided around all concrete or masonry foundations that retain
earth and enclose habitable or usable spaces located below
grade. Drainage tiles, gravel or crushed stone drains, perforated
pipe or other approved systems or materials shall be installed at
or below the area to be protected and shall discharge by gravity
or mechanical means into an approved drainage system. Gravel
or crushed stone drains shall extend at least 1 foot (305 mm)
beyond the outside edge of the footing and 6 inches (152 mm)
above the top of the footing and be covered with an approved fil-
ter membrane material. The top of open joints of drain tiles shall
be protected with strips of building paper, and the drainage tiles
or perforated pipe shall be placed on a minimum of 2 inches (5 1
mm) of washed gravel or crushed rock at least one sieve size

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

FOUNDATIONS

TABLE R404.4(1)
5.5-INCH THICK FLAT ICF FOUNDATION WALLS^ *"=■"

HEIGHT OF BASEMENT
WALL
(feet)

MAXIMUM UNBALANCED

BACKFILL HEIGHT

(feet)

MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT SIZE AND SPACING

Soil classes' and design lateral soil load (psf per foot of depth)

GW, GP, SW and SP
30

GM, GC, SM, SM-SC and ML
45

SC, ML-CL and inorganic CL
60

#4@48"

#3@12";#4@22";
#5@32"

#3@8";#4@14";
#5 @ 20"; #6 @ 26"

#3@12";#4@22";
#5@30"

#3@8";#4@14";
#5@20";#6@24"

#3@6";#4@10":
#5@14";#6@20"

#3@8";#4@14";
#5@22";#6@26"

#3@5";#4@10";
#5@14";#6@18"

#3@4";#4@6";
#5@10";#6@14"

#4@48"

#3@12";#4@20";
#5@28";#6@36"

#3@8";#4@14";
#5@20"; #6@22"

#3@10";#4@20";
#5@28";#6@34"

#3@6";#4@12";
#5@18";#6@20"

#4@8";
#5@14";#6@16"

#3@8";#4@14";
#5@20";#6@22"

#4@8";#5@12";#6@16"

#4@6";
#5@10";#6@12"

#3@6";#4@10";
#5@14";#6@16"

#4@6";#5@10";#6@12"

#4@4";
#5@6";#6@8"

#4@48"

#3@10";#4@18";
#5 @ 26"; #6 @ 30"

#3@6";#4@14";
#5@18";#6@20"

#3@10";#4@18";
#5 @ 24"; #6 @ 30"

#3@6";#4@12";
#5@16";#6@18"

#3@4";#4@8";
#5@12";#6@14"

#3@6";#4@12";
#5@16";#6@18"

#3@4";#4@8";#5@12"

#4@6";
#5@8";#6@10"

#4@8";#5@12";#6@14"

#4@6";#5@8";#6@12"

#4@4";
#5@6";#6@8"

#4@6";#5@10";#6@12"

#4@4";#5@6";#6@8"

#5@4";#6@6"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa. |

a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified concrete strength of 2500 psi, reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi. When rein-
forcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used, the spacing of the reinforcement shall be increased to 1 .5 times the spacing value in the table but
in no case greater than 48 inches on center.

b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of an ICF manufacturer's tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318.

c. Deflection criteria: L/240.

d. Interpolation between rebar sizes and spacing is not permitted.

e. Unbalanced backfill height is the difference in height of the exterior and interior finished ground. Where an interior concrete slab is provided, the unbalanced back-
fill height shall be measured from the exterior finished ground level to the top of the interior concrete slab.

f. Soil classes are in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System. Refer to Table R405.1.

larger than the tile joint opening or perforation and covered with
not less than 6 inches (152 mm) of the same material.

Exception: A drainage system is not required when the
foundation is installed on well-drained ground or
sand-gravel mixture soils according to the Unified Soil
Classification System, Group I Soils, as detailed in Table
R405.1.

R405.2 Wood foundations. Wood foundations enclosing hab-
itable or usable spaces located below grade shall be adequately
drained in accordance with Sections R405.2.1 through
R405.2.3.

R405.2.1 Base. A porous layer of gravel, crushed stone or
coarse sand shall be placed to a minimum thickness of 4
inches (102 mm) under the basement floor. Provision shall
be made for automatic draining of this layer and the gravel
or crushed stone wall footings.

R405.2.2 Moisture barrier. A 6-mil-thick (0. 15 mm) poly-
ethylene moisture barrier shall be applied over the porous
layer with the basement floor constructed over the polyeth-
ylene.

R405.2.3 Drainage system, hi other than Group I soils, a
sump shall be provided to drain the porous layer and footings.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'^

FOUNDATIONS

TABLE R404.4(2)
7.5-INCH-THICK FLAT ICF FOUNDATION WALLS^ "■ "= "^

HEIGHT OF

BASEMENT WALL

(feet)

MAXIMUM

UNBALANCED

BACKFILL height'

(feet)

MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT SIZE AND SPACING

Soil classes^ and design lateral soil load (psf per foot of depth)

GW, GP, SW and SP
30

GM, GC, SM, SM-SC and ML
45

SC, ML-CL and inorganic CL
60

N/R

#3@6";#4@12";
#5@18";#6@24"

N/R

#3@8";#4@14";
#5 @ 20"; #6 @ 28"

#3@6";#4@10";
#5@16";#6@20"

N/R

#3@8";#4@14";
#5@20";#6@28"

N/R

#3@6";#4@12";
#5@18";#6@26"

#3@4";#4@8";
#5@14";#6@18"

#3@8";#4@14";
#5@22";#6@28"

#3@4";#4@8";
#5@14";#6@18"

#3@4";#4@6";
#5@10";#6@14"

N/R

#3@6";#4@12";
#5@18";#6@26"

N/R

#3@6";#4@12";
#5@18";#6@24"

#3@4";#4@8";
#5@12";#6@18"

#3@6";#4@12";
#5 @ 20"; #6 @ 26"

#3@4";#4@8";
#5@12";#6@16"

#3@4";#4@6";
#5@8";#6@12"

#3@6";#4@10";
#5@14";#6@20"

#3@4";#4@6";
#5@10";#6@12"

#4@4";#5@6";
#6@10"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch - 6.895 kPa, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of an ICF manuiacturer's tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318.

c. N/R denotes "not required."

d. Deflection criteria: L/240.

e. Interpolation between rebar sizes and spacing is not permitted.

f . Unbalanced backfill height is the difference in height of the exterior and interior finished ground. Where an interior concrete slab is provided, the unbalanced back-
fill height shall be measured from the exterior finished ground level to the top of the interior concrete slab.

The sump shall be at least 24 inches (610 mm) in diameter or
20 inches square (0.0129 m^), shall extend at least 24 inches
(610 mm) below the bottom of the basement floor and shall
be capable of positive gravity or mechanical drainage to
remove any accumulated water. The drainage system shall
discharge into an approved sewer system or to dayhght.

SECTION R406

FOUNDATION WATERPROOFING

AND DAMPPROOFING

R406.1 Concrete and masonry foundation dampprooflng.

Except where required by Section R406.2 to be waterproofed,
foundation walls that retain earth and enclose interior spaces
and floors below grade shall be dampproofed from the top of
the footing to the finished grade. Masonry walls shall have not
less than Vg inch (9.5 mm) portland cement parging applied to
the exterior of the wall. The parging shall be dampproofed in
accordance with one of the following:

1 . Bituminous coating.

2. 3 pounds per square yard (1.63 kg/m^) of acrylic modi-
fied cement.

3. 1/8-inch (3.2 mm) coat of surface-bonding cement com-
plying with ASTM C 887.

4. Any material permitted for waterproofing in Section
R406.2.

5. Other approved methods or materials.

Exception: Parging of unit masonry walls is not
required where a material is approved for direct appli-
cation to the masonry.

Concrete walls shall be dampproofed by applying any one of
the above listed dampprooflng materials or any one of the
waterproofing materials listed in Section R406.2 to the exterior
of the wall.

R406.2 Concrete and masonry foundation waterproofing.

In areas where a high water table or other severe soil-water con-
ditions are known to exist, exterior foundation walls that retain
earth and enclose interior spaces and floors below grade shall
be waterproofed from the top of the footing to the finished
grade. Walls shall be waterproofed in accordance with one of
the following:

1. 2-ply hot-mopped felts.

2. 55 pound (25 kg) roll roofing.

3. 6-mil (0.15 mm) polyvinyl chloride.

4. 6-mil (0.15 mm) polyethylene.

5. 40-mil (1 mm) polymer-modified asphalt.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

FOUNDATIONS

TABLE R404.4(3)
9.5-INCH-THICK FLAT ICF FOUNDATION WALLS^ "''■''^

HEIGHT OF

BASEMENT WALL

(feet)

MAXIMUM

UNBALANCED

BACKFILL HEIGHT*

(feet)

MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT SIZE AND SPACING

Soil classes^ and design lateral soil load (psf per foot of depth)

GW, GP, SW and SP
30

GM, GC, SM, SM-SC and ML
45

SC, ML-CL and inorganic CL
60

N/R

#3@6";#4@12";
#5@18";#6@26"

N/R

#3@6";#4@12";
#5@18";#6@26"

#3@4";#4@8";
#5@14";#6@18"

N/R

#3@6";#4@10";
#5@18";#6@24"

N/R

#3@6";#4@12";
#5@16";#6@24"

#3@4"; #4@8";
#5@12";#6@16"

#3@4";#4@10";
#5@14";#6@20"

#3@4";#4@8";
#5@12";#6@18"

#3@4";#4@6";
#5@10";#6@12"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of an ICF manuiacturer's tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318.

c. N/R denotes "not required."

d. Deflection criteria: L/240.

e. Interpolation between rebar sizes and spacing is not permitted.

f. Unbalanced backfill height is the difference in height of the exterior and interior finished ground. Where an interior concrete slab is provided, the unbalanced back-
fill height shall be measured from the exterior finished ground level to the top of the interior concrete slab.

g. Soil classes are in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System. Refer to Table R405.1.

6. 60-mil (1.5 mm) flexible polymer cement.

7. Vg inch (3 mm) cement-based, fiber-reinforced, water-
proof coating.

8. 60-mil (0.22 mm) solvent-free liquid-applied synthetic
rubber.

Exception: Organic-solvent-based products such as hydro-
carbons, chlorinated hydrocarbons, ketones and esters shall
not be used for ICF walls with expanded polystyrene form
material. Use of plastic roofing cements, acrylic coatings,
latex coatings, mortars and pargings to seal ICF walls is
permitted. Cold-setting asphalt or hot asphalt shall conform
to type C of ASTM D 449. Hot asphalt shall be applied at a
temperature of less than 200°F (93°C).

All joints in membrane waterproofing shall be lapped and
sealed with an adhesive compatible with the membrane.

R406.3 Dampproofing for wood foundations. Wood founda-
tions enclosing habitable or usable spaces located below grade
shall be dampproofed in accordance with Sections R406.3.1
through R406.3.4.

R406.3.1 Panel joint sealed. Plywood panel joints in the
foundation walls shall be sealed full length with a caulking
compound capable of producing a moisture-proof seal
under the conditions of temperature and moisture content at
which it will be applied and used.

R406.3.2 Below-grade moisture barrier. A 6-mil-thick
(0.15 mm) polyethylene film shall be applied over the
below-grade portion of exterior foundation walls prior to
backfilling. Joints in the polyethylene film shall be lapped 6
inches (152 mm) and sealed with adhesive. The top edge of
the polyethylene film shall be bonded to the sheathing to
form a seal. Film areas at grade level shall be protected from
mechanical damage and exposure by a pressure
preservatively treated lumber or plywood strip attached to
the wall several inches above finish grade level and extend-
ing approximately 9 inches (229 mm) below grade. The
joint between the strip and the wall shall be caulked full
length prior to fastening the strip to the wall. Other cover-
ings appropriate to the architectural treatment may also be
used. The polyethylene film shall extend down to the bot-
tom of the wood footing plate but shall not overlap or extend
into the gravel or crushed stone footing.

R406.3.3 Porous fill. The space between the excavation and
the foundation wall shall be backfilled with the same mate-
rial used for footings, up to a height of 1 foot (305 mm)
above the footing for well-drained sites, or one-half the total
back-fill height for poorly drained sites. The porous fill shall
be covered with strips of 30-pound (13.6 kg) asphalt paper
or 6-mil (0.15 mm) polyethylene to permit water seepage
while avoiding infiltration of fine soils.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

FOUNDATIONS

TABLE R404.4(4)
WAFFLE GRID ICF FOUNDATION WALLS^- " =■ "^

MINIMUM NOMINAL

WALL THICKNESS'

(inches)

HEIGHT OF

BASEMENT WALL

(feet)

MAXIMUM

UNBALANCED

BACKFILL HEIGHTS

(feet)

MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT SIZE AND SPACING

Soil classes^ and design lateral soil load (psf per foot of depth)

GW, GP, SW and SP
30

GM, GC, SM, SM-SC and ML
45

SC, ML-CL and inorganic CL
60

#4@48"

#3@12";#4@24"

#3@12"

#3@12";#5@24"

#4@12"

#7@12"

#4@12"

Design required

#7@12"

Design required

#4@48"

#3@12";#5@24"

#3@12"

#4@12"

Design required

#5@12"

Design required

#4@48"

#4@12"

#;5@12"

#3@12"

Design required

N/R

#3@12";#4@24";
#5@36"

#3@12";#5@24"

■#3@12";#4@24";
#5@36"

#4@12";#5@24"

#4@12"

#3@12";#6@24"

#4@12"

#:5@12"

N/R

#3@12";#5@24"

#3@12";#4@24"

#4@12"

#4@12";#5@24"

#5@12"

#4@12"

#5@12"

#8@12"

N/R

#3@12";#4@24";
#6@36"

#3@12";#5@24"

N/R

#3@12";#4@24";
#6@36"

#4@12";#5@24"

#3@12";#5@24"

#4@12"

#5@12"

#4@12"

#5@12"

#6@12"

#4@12"

#6@12"

Design required

#5@12"

Design required

I For Sr. 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified concrete strength of 2500 psi, reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi. When rein-
forcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used, the spacing of the reinforcement shall be increased 12 inches but in no case greater than 48 inches
on center.

b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of an ICF manulacturer's tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318.

c. N/R denotes "not required."

d. Deflection criteria: L/240.

e. Inteipolation between rebar sizes and spacing is not permitted.

f. Refer to Table R611 .4(2) for wall dimensions. ,

g. Unbalanced backfill height is the difference in height of the exterior and interior finished ground. Where an interior concrete slab is provided, the unbalanced back-
fill height shall be measured from the exterior finished ground level to the top of ;the interior concrete slab.

h. Soil classes are in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System. Refer; to Table R405.I.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

FOUNDATIONS

TABLE R404.4(5)
SCREEN-GRID ICF FOUNDATION WALLS^- "=•"■«

MINIMUM NOMINAL

WALL THICKNESS*

(inches)

HEIGHT OF

BASEMENT WALL

(feet)

MAXIMUM

UNBALANCED

BACKFILL HEIGHT^

(feet)

MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT SIZE AND SPACING

Soil classes^ and design lateral soil load (psf per foot of depth)

GW, GP, SW and SP
30

GM, GC, SM, SM-SC and ML
45

SC, ML-CL and inorganic CL
60

#4@48"

#3@12";#4@24";
#5@36"

#3@12";#5@24"

#3@12";#4@24"

#3@12"

#4@12"

#5@12"

Design required

#4@12"

Design required

#4@48"

#3@12";#4@24"

#3@12";#6@24"

#3@12";#5@24"

#4@12"

#7@12"

#4@12"

Design required

#4@48"

#3@12";#5@24"

#3@12"

#4@12"

#7@12"

#4@12"

Design required

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa. |

b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of an ICF manulacturer's tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318.

c. N/R denotes "not required."

d. Deflection criteria: L/240.

e. Interpolation between rebar sizes and spacing is not permitted.

f. Refer to Table R611.4(2) for wall dimensions.

g. Unbalanced backfill height is the difference in height of the exterior and interior finished ground. Where an interior concrete slab is provided, the unbalanced bacJi-
fill height shall be measured from the exterior finished ground level to the top of the interior concrete slab.

h. Soil classes are in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System. Refer to Table R405.1.

R406.3.4 Backfill. The remainder of the excavated area
shall be backfilled with the same type of soil as was removed
during the excavation.

or footing are exempt from the bottom end lateral displace-
ment requirement within underfloor areas enclosed by a
continuous foundation.

SECTION R407
COLUMNS

R407.1 Wood column protection. Wood columns shall be
protected against decay as set forth in Section R319.

R407.2 Steel column protection. All surfaces (inside and out-
side) of steel columns shall be given a shop coat of
rust-inhibitive paint, except for corrosion-resistant steel and
steel treated with coatings to provide corrosion resistance.

R407.3 Structural requirements. The columns shall be
restrained to prevent lateral displacement at the bottom end.
Wood columns shall not be less in nominal size than 4 inches by
4 inches (102 mm by 102 mm) and steel columns shall not be
less than 3 -inch-diameter (76 mm) standard pipe or approved
equivalent.

Exception: In Seismic Design Categories A, B and C col-
umns no more than 48 inches (1219 mm) in height on a pier

SECTION R408
UNDER-FLOOR SPACE

R408.1 Ventilation. The under-floor space between the bot-
tom of the floor joists and the earth under any building (except
space occupied by a basement) shall have ventilation openings
through foundation walls or exterior walls. The minimum net
area of ventilation openings shall not be less than 1 square foot
(0.0929 m^) for each 150 square feet (14 m^) of under-floor
space area. One such ventilating opening shall be within 3 feet
(914 mm) of each corner of the building.

R408.2 Openings for under-floor ventilation. The minimum
net area of ventilation openings shall not be less than 1 square
foot (0.0929 m^) for each 150 square feet (14 m^) of under-floor
area. One ventilating opening shall be within 3 feet (914 mm)
of each comer of the building. Ventilation openings shall be
covered for their height and width with any of the following

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'^

FOUNDATIONS

TABLE R405.1
PROPERTIES OF SOILS CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO THE UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM

SOIL
GROUP

UNIFIED SOIL
CLASSIFICATION
SYSTEM SYMBOL

SOIL DESCRIPTION

DRAINAGE
CHARACTERISTICS^

FROST HEAVE
POTENTIAL

volume change
potential
expansion"

Group I

Well-graded gravels, gravel sand mixtures,
little or no fines

Good

Low

Poorly graded gravels or gravel sand
mixtures, little or no fines

Good

Low

Well-graded sands, gravelly sands, little or
no fines

Good

Low

Poorly graded sands or gravelly sands, little
or no fines

Good

Low

Silty gravels, gravel-sand-silt mixtures

Good

Medium

Low

Silty sand, sand-silt mixtures

Good

Medium

Low

Group II

Clayey gravels, gravel-sand-clay mixtures

Medium

Low

Clayey sands, sand-clay mixture

Medium

Low

Inorganic silts and very fine sands, rock
flour, silty or clayey fine sands or clayey
silts with slight plasticity

Medium

High

Low

Inorganic clays of low to medium plasticity,
gravelly clays, sandy clays, silty clays, lean
clays

Medium

Medium
to Low

Group III

Inorganic clays of high plasticity, fat clays

Poor

Medium

High

Inorganic silts, micaceous or diatomaceous
fine sandy or silty soils, elastic silts

Poor

High

Group IV

Organic silts and organic silty clays of lo\v
plasticity

Poor

Medium

Organic clays of medium to high plasticity,
organic silts

Unsatisfactory

Medium

High

Peat and other highly organic soils

Unsatisfactory

Medium

High

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. The percolation rate for good drainage is over 4 inches per hour, medium drainage is 2 inches to 4 inches per hour, and poor is less than 2 inches per hour.

b. Soils with a low potential expansion typically have a plasticity index (PI) of to 15, soils with a medium potential expansion have a PI of 10 to 35 and soils with a
high potential expansion have a PI greater than 20.

materials provided that the least dimension of the covering
shall not exceed V4 inch (6.4 rrmi):

1. Perforated sheet metal plates not less than 0.070 inch
(1.8 mm) thick.

2. Expanded sheet metal plates not less than 0.047 inch (1.2
mm) thick.

3. Cast-iron grill or grating.

4. Extruded load-bearing brick vents.

5. Hardware cloth of 0.035 inch (0.89 mm) wire or heavier.

6. Corrosion-resistant wire mesh, with the least dimension
being Vg inch (3.2 mm).

R408.3 Unvented crawl space. Ventilation openings in
under-floor spaces specified in Sections R408.1 and R408.2
shall not be required where:

1. Exposed earth is covered with a continuous vapor
retarder. Joints of the vapor retarder shall overlap by 6

inches (152 mm) and shall be sealed or taped. The edges
of the vapor retarder shall extend at least 6 inches (152
mm) up the stem wall and shall be attached and sealed to
the stem wall; and

2. One of the following is provided for the under-floor
space:

2.1. Continuously operated mechanical exhaust ven-
tilation at a rate equal to 1 cfm (0.47 L/s) for each
50 ft^ (4.7 m^) of crawlspace floor area, including
an air pathway to the common area (such as a
duct or transfer grille), and perimeter walls insu-
lated in accordance with Section Nl 102.2.8;

2.2. Conditioned air supply sized to deliver at a rate
equal to 1 cfm (0.47 L/s) for each 50 ft^ (4.7 m^)
of under-floor area, including a return air path-
way to the common area (such as a duct or trans-
fer grille), and perimeter walls insulated in
accordance with Section Nl 102.2.8'

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

FOUNDATIONS

2.3. Plenum complying with Section M1601.4, if
under-floor space is used as a plenum.

R408.4 Access. Access shall be provided to all under-floor
spaces. Access openings through the floor shall be a minimum
of 18 inches by 24 inches (457 mm by 610 mm). Openings
through a perimeter wall shall be not less than 16 inches by 24
inches (407 mm by 610 mm). When any portion of the
through- wall access is below grade, an areaway not less than 16
inches by 24 inches (407 mm by 610 mm) shall be provided.
The bottom of the areaway shall be below the threshold of the
access opening. Through wall access openings shall not be
located under a door to the residence. See Section M1305.1.4
for access requirements where mechanical equipment is
located under floors.

R408.5 Removal of debris. The under-floor grade shall be
cleaned of all vegetation and organic material. All wood forms
used for placing concrete shall be removed before a building is
occupied or used for any purpose. All construction materials
shall be removed before a building is occupied or used for any
purpose.

R408.6 Finished grade. The finished grade of under-floor sur-
face may be located at the bottom of the footings; however,
where there is evidence that the groundwater table can rise to
within 6 inches (152 mm) of the finished floor at the building
perimeter or where there is evidence that the surface water does
not readily drain from the building site, the grade in the
under-floor space shall be as high as the outside finished grade,
unless an approved drainage system is provided.

R408.7 Flood resistance. For buildings located in areas prone
to flooding as established in Table R301.2(l):

1 . Walls enclosing the under-floor space shall be provided
with flood openings in accordance with Section
R324.2.2.

2. The finished ground level of the under-floor space shall
be equal to or higher than the outside finished ground
level.

Exception: Under-floor spaces that meet the require-
ments of FEM A/FIA TB 1 1 - 1 .

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE® 95

96 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

CHAPTER 5

FLOORS

SECTION R501
GENERAL

R501.1 Application. The provisions of this chapter shall con-
trol the design and construction of the floors for all buildings
including the floors of attic spaces used to house mechanical or
plumbing fixtures and equipment.

R501.2 Requirements. Hoor construction shall be capable of
accommodating all loads according to Section R301 and of trans-
mitting the resulting loads to the supporting structural elements.

SECTION R502
WOOD FLOOR FRAMING

R502.1 Identification. Load-bearing dimension lumber for
joists, beams and girders shall be identified by a grade mark of
a lumber grading or inspection agency that has been approved
by an accreditation body that complies with DOC PS 20. In lieu
of a grade mark, a certificate of inspection issued by a lumber
grading or inspection agency meeting the requirements of this
section shall be accepted.

R502.1.1 Preservative-treated lumber. Preservative treated
dimension lumber shall also be identified as required by Sec-
tion R3 19.1.

R502.1.2 Blocking and subflooring. Blocking shall be a
minimum of utility grade lumber. Subflooring may be a mini-
mum of utility grade lumber or No. 4 common grade boards.

R502.1.3 End-jointed lumber. Approved end-jointed lum-
ber identified by a grade mark conforming to Section
R502. 1 may be used interchangeably with solid-sawn mem-
bers of the same species and grade.

R502.1.4 Prefabricated wood I-joists. Structural capaci-
ties and design provisions for prefabricated wood I-joists
shall be established and monitored in accordance with
ASTM D 5055.

R502.1.5 Structural glued laminated timbers. Glued
laminated timbers shall be manufactured and identified as
required in AITC A190.1 and ASTM D 3737.

R502.1.6 Structural log members. Stress grading of struc-
tural log members of nonrectangular shape, as typically
used in log buildings, shall be in accordance with ASTM D
3957. Such structural log members shall be identified by the
grade mark of an approved lumber grading or inspection
agency. In lieu of a grade mark on the material, a certificate
of inspection as to species and grade issued by a lum-
ber-grading or inspection agency meeting the requirements
of this section shall be permitted to be accepted.

R502.2 Design and construction. Floors shall be designed
and constructed in accordance with the provisions of this chap-
ter. Figure R502.2 and Sections R319 and R320 or in accor-
dance with AF&PA/NDS.

R502.2.1 Framing at braced wall lines. A load path for
lateral forces shall be provided between floor framing and
braced wall panels located above or below a floor, as speci-
fied in Section R602.10.8.

R502.2.2 Decks. Where supported by attachment to an
exterior wall, decks shall be positively anchored to the pri-
mary structure and designed for both vertical and lateral
loads as applicable. Such attachment shall not be accom-
plished by the use of toenails or nails subject to withdrawal.
Where positive connection to the primary building structure
cannot be verified during inspection, decks shall be self-
supporting. For decks with cantilevered framing members,
connections to exterior walls or other framing members,
shall be designed and constructed to resist uplift resulting
from the full live load specified in Table R301.5 acting on
the cantilevered portion of the deck.

R502.3 Allowable joist spans. Spans for floor joists shall be in
accordance with Tables R502.3.1(l) and R502.3.1(2). For
other grades and species and for other loading conditions, refer
to the AF&PA Span Tables for Joists and Rafters.

R502.3.1 Sleeping areas and attic joists. Table
R502.3 . 1 ( 1 ) shall be used to determine the maximum allow-
able span of floor joists that support sleeping areas and attics
that are accessed by means of a fixed stairway in accordance
with Section R3 1 1 .5 provided that the design live load does
not exceed 30 psf (1.44 kPa) and the design dead load does
not exceed 20 psf (0.96 kPa). The allowable span of ceiling
joists that support attics used for limited storage or no stor-
age shall be determined in accordance with Section R802.4.

R502.3.2 Other floor joists. Table R502.3.1(2) shall be
used to determine the maximum allowable span of floor
joists that support all other areas of the building, other than
sleeping rooms and attics, provided that the design live load
does not exceed 40 psf (1.92 kPa) and the design dead load
does not exceed 20 psf (0.96 kPa).

R502.3.3 Floor cantilevers. Floor cantilever spans shall not
exceed the nominal depth of the wood floor joist. Hoor canti-
levers constructed in accordance with Table R502.3.3(l)
shall be permitted when supporting a light-frame bearing
wall and roof only. Roor cantilevers supporting an exterior
balcony are permitted to be constructed in accordance with
Table R502.3.3(2).

R502.4 Joists under bearing partitions. Joists under parallel
bearing partitions shall be of adequate size to support the load.
Double joists, sized to adequately support the load, that are sep-
arated to permit the installation of piping or vents shall be full
depth solid blocked with lumber not less than 2 inches (5 1 mm)
in nominal thickness spaced not more than 4 feet (1219 mm) on
center. Bearing partitions perpendicular to joists shall not be
offset from supporting girders, walls or partitions more than
the joist depth unless such joists are of sufficient size to carry
the additional load.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

FLOORS

BOTTOM WALL
PLATE

OPTIONAL FINISH
FLOOR

STUDS

2 IN. CLEARANCE-
SEE SECTION
R1 003.1 2

FIREPLACE

/SUBFLOOROR
FLOOR SHEATH! NG-
SEE SECTION R503

WOOD STRUCTURAL
PANEL

JOISTS— SEE TABLES
R502.3.1 (1) AND R502.3.1 (2)

HEADER— DOUBLE IF
MORE THAN 4 FT SPAN

USE HANGER IF HEADER

SPANS MORE THAN

6 FT ,^

SOLID

BLOCKING— SEE
SECTION R502.7

SILLPU\TE>

FOUNDATION ,

LAPJ0IST3IN. MIN. OR
SPLICE— SEE SECTION
R502.6.1

GIRDER— SEE TABLES
R502.5(1) ANDR502.5(2)

•PIER

SILL PLATE

BAND, RIM OR
HEADER JOIST

BRIDGING BETWEEN
JOISTS— SEE SECTION
R502.7.1

PROVISION FOR PIPES
AND VENTS

DOUBLE JOISTS UNDER BEARING
PARTITIONS. IF JOISTS ARE
SEPARATED FOR PIPES, BLOCK
4 FT ON CENTER MAXIMUM

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

FIGURE R502.2
FLOOR CONSTRUCTION

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

FLOORS

TABLE R502.3.1(1)
FLOOR JOIST SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES

Residential

sleeping areas, live loac

i = 30 psf, U

A = 360)^

JOIST
SPACING
(inches)

DEAD LOAD = 10 psf

DEAD LOAD = 20 psf

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

2x6 ,

2x8

2x10

2x12

Maximum floor joist spans

SPECIES AND GRADE

(ft -in.)

Douglas fir-larch

12-6

16-6

21-0

25-7

12-6

16-6

21-0

25-7

Douglas fir-larch

12-0

15-10

20-3

24-8

12-0

15-7

19-0

22-0

Douglas fir-larch

11-10

15-7

19-10

23-0

11-6

14-7

17-9

20-7

Douglas fir-larch

9-8

12-4

15-0

17-5

8-8

11-0

13-5

15-7

Hem-fir

11-10

15-7

19-10

24-2

11-10

15-7

19-10

24-2

Hem-fir

11-7

15-3

19-5

23-7

11-7

15-2

18-6

21-6

Hem-fir

11-0

14-6

18-6

22-6

11-0

14-4

17-6

20-4

Hem-fir

9-8

12-4

15-0

17-5

8-8

11-0

13-5

15-7

Southern pine

12-3

16-2

20-8

25-1

12-3

16-2

20-8

25-1

Southern pine

12-0

15-10

20-3

24-8

12-0

15-10

20-3

24-8

Southern pine

11-10

15-7

19-10

24-2

11-10

15-7

18-7

21-9

Southern pine

10-5

13-3

15-8

18-8

9-4

11-11

14-0

16-8

Spruce-pine-fir

11-7

15-3

19-5

23-7

11-7

15-3

19-5

23-7

Spruce-pine-fir

11-3

14-11

19-0

23-0

11-3

14-7

17-9

20-7

Spruce-pine-fir

11-3

14-11

19-0

23-0

11-3

14-7

17-9

20-7

Spruce-pine-fir

9-8

12-4

15-0

17-5

8-8

11-0

13-5

15-7

Douglas fir-larch

11-4

15-0

19-1

23-3

11-4

15-0

19-1

23-0

Douglas fir-larch

10-11

14-5

18-5

21-4

10-8

13-6

16-5

19- 1

Douglas fir-larch

10-9

14-1

17-2

19-11

9-11

12-7

15-5

17-10

Douglas fir-larch

8-5

10-8

13-0

15-1

7-6

9-6

11-8

13-6

Hem-fir

10-9

14-2

18-0

21-11

10-9

14-2

18-0

21-11

Hem-fir

10-6

13-10

17-8

20-9

10-4

13-1

16-0

18-7

Hem-fir

10-0

13-2

16-10

19-8

9-10

12-5

15-2

17-7

Hem-fir

8-5

10-8

13-0

15-1

7-6

9-6

11-8

13-6

Southern pine

11-2

14-8

18-9

22-10

11-2

14-8

18-9

22-10

Southern pine

10-11

14-5

18-5

22-5

10-11

14-5

17-11

21-4

Southern pine

10-9

14-2

18-0

21- 1

10-5

13-6

16-1

18-10

Southern pine

9-0

11-6

13-7

16-2

8-1

10-3

12-2

14-6

Spruce-pine-fir

10-6

13-10

17-8

21-6

10-6

13-10

17-8

21-4

Spruce-pine-fir

10-3

13-6

17-2

19-11

9-11

12-7

15-5

17-10

Spruce-pine-fir

10-3

13-6

17-2

19-11

9-11

12-7

15-5

17-10

Spruce-pine-fir

8-5

10-8

13-0

15-1

7-6

9-6

11-8

13-6

Douglas fir-larch

10-8

14-1

18-0

21-10

10-8

14-1

18-0

21-0

Douglas fir-larch

10-4

13-7

16-9

19-6

9-8

12-4

15-0

17-5

Douglas fir-larch

10-1

12-10

15-8

18-3

9-1

11-6

14-1

16-3

Douglas fir-larch

7-8

9-9

11-10

13-9

6-10

8-8

10-7

12-4

Hem-fir

10- 1

13-4

17-0

20-8

10-1

13-4

17-0

20-7

Hem-fir

9-10

13-0

16-4

19-0

9-6

12-0

14-8

17-0

Hem-fir

9-5

12-5

15-6

17-1

8-11

11-4

13-10

16- 1

19.2

Hem-fir

7-8

9-9

11-10

13-9

6-10

8-8

10-7

12-4

Southern pine

10-6

13-10

17-8

21-6

10-6

13-10

17-8

21-6

Southern pine

10-4

13-7

17-4

21-1

10-4

13-7

16-4

19-6

Southern pine

10-1

13-4

16-5

19-3

9-6

12-4

14-8

17-2

Southern pine

8-3

10-6

12-5

14-9

7-4

9-5

11-1

13-2

Spruce-pine-fir

9- 10

13-0

16-7

20-2

9-10

13-0

16-7

19-6

Spruce-pine-fir

9-8

12-9

15-8

18-3

9-1

11-6

14- 1

16-3

Spruce-pine-fir

9-8

12-9

15-8

18-3

9-1

11-6

14- 1

16-3

Spmce-pine-fir

7-8

9-9

11-10

13-9

6-10

8-8

10-7

12-4

Douglas fir-larch

9-11

13-1

16-8

20-3

9-11

13-1

16-2

18-9

Douglas fir-larch

9-7

12-4

15-0

17-5

8-8

11-0

13-5

15-7

Douglas fir-larch

9- 1

11-6

14-1

16-3

8-1

10-3

12-7

14-7

Douglas fir-larch

6-10

8-8

10-7

12-4

6-2

7-9

9-6

11-0

Hem-fir

9-4

12-4

15-9

19-2

9-4

12-4

15-9

18-5

Hem-fir

9-2

12-0

14-8

17-0

8-6

10-9

13-1

15-2

Hem-fir

8-9

11-4

13-10

16-1

8-0

10-2

12-5

14-4

Hem-fir

6-10

8-8

10-7

12-4

6-2

7-9

9-6

11-0

Southern pine

9-9

12-10

16-5

19-11

9-9

12-10

16-5

19-11

Southern pine

9-7

12-7

16-1

19-6

9-7

12-4

14-7

17-5

Southern pine

9-4

12-4

14-8

17-2

8-6

11-0

13-1

15-5

Southern pine

7-4

9-5

11-1

13-2

6-7

8-5

9-11

11-10

Spruce-pine-fir

9-2

12-1

15-5

18-9

9-2

12- 1

15-0

17-5

Spruce-pine-fir

8-11

11-6

14-1

16-3

8-1

10-3

12-7

14-7

Spruce-pine-fir

8-11

11-6

14- 1

16-3

8-1

10-3

12-7

14-7

Spruce-pine-fir

6-10

8-8

10-7

12-4

6-2

7-9

9-6

11-0

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

NOTE: Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet.

a. Dead load limits for townhouses in Seismic Design Category C and all structures in Seismic Design Categories Dg, Dj and D2 shall be determined in accordance I

with Section R301. 2.2.2.1.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

FLOORS

TABLER502.3.1(2)

FLOOR JOIST SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES

(Residential living areas, live load = 40 psf, UA = 360)''

JOIST
SPACING
(inches)

DEAD LOAD =10 psf

DEAD LOAD = 20 psf

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

2x6

2x10

2x12

Maximum floor joist spans

SPECIES AND GRADE

(ft- in.)

(ft -in.)

Douglas fir-larch

11-4

15-0

19-1

23-3

11-4

15-0

19-1

23-3

Douglas fir-larch

10-11

14-5

18-5

22-0

10-11

14-2

17-4

20- 1

Douglas fir-larch

10-9

14-2

17-9

20-7

10-6

13-3

16-3

18-10

Douglas fir-larch

8-8

11-0

13-5

15-7

7-11

10-0

12-3

14-3

Hem-fir

10-9

14-2

18-0

21-11

10-9

14-2

18-0

21-11

Hem-fir

10-6

13-10

17-8

21-6

10-6

13-10

16-11

19-7

Hem-fir

10-0

13-2

16-10

20-4

10-0

13-1

16-0

18-6

Hem-fir

8-8

11-0

13-5

15-7

7-11

10-0

12-3

14-3

Southern pine

11-2

14-8

18-9

22-10

11-2

14-8

18-9

22-10

Southern pine

10-11

14-5

18-5

22-5

10-11

14-5

18-5

22-5

Southern pine

10-9

14-2

18-0

21-9

10-9

14-2

16-11

19-10

Southern pine

9-4

11-11

14-0

16-8

8-6

10-10

12-10

15-3

Spruce-pine-fir

10-6

13-10

17-8

21-6

10-6

13-10

17-8

21-6

Spruce-pine-fir

10-3

13-6

17-3

20-7

10-3

13-3

16-3

18-10

Spruce-pine-fir

10-3

13-6

17-3

20-7

10-3

13-3

16-3

18-10

Spruce-pine-fir

8-8

11-0

13-5

15-7

7-11

10-0

12-3

14-3

Douglas fir-larch

10-4

13-7

17-4

21-1

10-4

13-7

17-4

21-0

Douglas fir-larch

9-11

13-1

16-5

19-1

9-8

12-4

15-0

17-5

Douglas fir-larch

9-9

12-7

15-5

17-10

9-1

11-6

14-1

16-3

Douglas fir-larch

7-6

9-6

11-8

13-6

6-10

8-8

10-7

12-4

Hem-fir

9-9

12-10

16-5

19-11

9-9

12-10

16-5

19-11

Hem-fir

9-6

12-7

16-0

18-7

9-6

12-0

14-8

17-0

Hem-fir

9-1

12-0

15-2

17-7

8-11

11-4

13-10

16- 1

Hem-fir

7-6

9-6

11-8

13-6

6-10

8-8

10-7

12-4

Southern pine

10-2

13-4

17-0

20-9

■ 10-2

13-4

17-0

20-9

Southern pine

9-11

13-1

16-9

20-4

9-11

13-1

16-4

19-6

Southern pine

9-9

12-10

16-1

18-10

9-6

12-4

14-8

17-2

Southern pine

8-1

10-3

12-2

14-6

7-4

9-5

11-1

13-2

Spruce-pine-fir

9-6

12-7

16-0

19-6

9-6

12-7

16-0

19-6

Spruce-pine-fir

9-4

12-3

15-5

17-10

9-1

11-6

14-1

16-3

Spruce-pine-fir

9-4

12-3

15-5

17-10

9-1

11-6

14-1

16-3

Spruce-pine-fir

7-6

9-6

11-8

13-6

6-10

8-8

10-7

12-4

Douglas fir-larch

9-8

12-10

16-4'

19-10

9-8

12-10

16-4

19-2

Douglas fir-larch

9-4

12-4

15- 0'

17-5

8-10

11-3

13-8

15-11

Douglas fir-larch

9-1

11-6

14-1

16-3

8-3

10-6

12-10

14-10

Douglas fir-larch

6-10

8-8

10-7'

12-4

6-3

7-11

9-8

11-3

Hem-fir

9-2

12-1

15-5

18-9

9-2

12-1

15-5

18-9

Hem-fir

9-0

11-10

14- 8^

17-0

8-8

10-11

13-4

15-6

Hem-fir

8-7

11-3

13-iq

16-1

8-2

10-4

12-8

14-8

19.2

Hem-fir

6-10

8-8

10-7

12-4

6-3

7-11

9-8

11-3

Southern pine

9-6

12-7

16-

19-6

9-6

12-7

16-0

19-6

Southern pine

9-4

12-4

15-91

19-2

9-4

12-4

14-11

17-9

Southern pine

9-2

12-1

14-8

17-2

8-8

11-3

13-5

15-8

Southern pine

7-4

9-5

11- 1.

13-2

6-9

8-7

10-1

12- 1

Spruce-pine-fir

9-0

11-10

15- 1

18-4

9-0

11-10

15-1

17-9

Spruce-pine-fir

8-9

11-6

14- 1

16-3

8-3

10-6

12-10

14-10

Spruce-pine-fir

8-9

11-6

14- 1:

16-3

8-3

10-6

12-10

14-10

Spruce-pine-fir

6-10

8-8

10-7

12-4

6-3

7-11

9-8

11-3

Douglas fir-larch

9-0

11-11

15-2

18-5

9-0

11-11

14-9

17-1

Douglas fir-larch

8-8

11-0

13-5

15-7

7-11

10-0

12-3

14-3

Douglas fir-larch

8-1

10-3

12-7

14-7

7-5

9-5

11-6

13-4

Douglas fir-larch

6-2

7-9

9-6

11-0

5-7

7-1

8-8

10- 1

Hem-fir

8-6

11-3

14-4

17-5

8-6

11-3

14-4

16-10'

Hem-fir

8-4

10-9

13-1

15-2

7-9

9-9

11-11

13-10

Hem-fir

7-11

10-2

12-5

14-4

7-4

9-3

11-4

13-1

Hem-fir

6-2

7-9

9-6,

11-0

5-7

7-1

8-8

10-1

Southern pine

8-10

11-8

14-11

18-1

8-10

11-8

14-11

18-1

Southern pine

8-8

11-5

14-7

17-5

8-8

11-3

13-4

15-11

Southern pine

8-6

11-0

13-1

15-5

7-9

10-0

12-0

14-0

Southern pine

6-7

8-5

9-11

11-10

6-0

7-8

9-1

10-9

Spruce-pine-fir

8-4

11-0

14-0

17-0

8-4

11-0

13-8

15-11

Spruce-pine-fir

8-1

10-3

12-7

14-7

7-5

9-5

11-6

13-4

Spruce-pine-fir

8-1

10-3

12-7

14-7

7-5

9-5

11-6

13-4

Spruce-pine-fir

6-2

7-9

9-6

11-0

5-7

7-1

8-8

10-1

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.
NOTE: Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet.

a. End bearing length shall be increased to 2 inches.

b. Dead load limits for townhouses in Seismic Design Category C and all structures in Seismic Design Categories Dq, D j , and D2 shall be determined in accordance

with Section R301.2.2.2.1.

100

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

FLOORS

TABLE R502.3.3(1)
CANTILEVER SPANS FOR FLOOR JOISTS SUPPORTING LIGHT-FRAME EXTERIOR BEARING WALL AND ROOF ONLY'- "'"='* a*'

(Floor Live Load < 40 psf, Roof Live Load < 20 psf)

Member & Spacing

Maximum Cantilever Span (Uplift Force at Backspan Support In Lbs.)**' ®

Ground Snow Load

< 20 psf

30 psf

50 psf

70 psf

Roof Widtli

Roof Width

24 ft

32 ft

40 ft

24 ft

32 ft

40 ft

24 ft

32 ft

40 ft

24 ft

32 ft

40 ft

2 X 8 @ 12"

20"

(177)

15"

(227)

—

18"
(209)

—

2 X 10 @ 16"

29"

(228)

21"

(297)

16"
(364)

26"

(271)'

18"
(354)

—

20"
(375)

—

2 X 10 @ 12"

36"
(166)

26"
(219)

20"
(270)

34"
(198)

22"
(263)

16"

(324)

26"

(277)

—

19"

(356)

—

2 X 12 @ 16"

—

32"
(287)

25"
(356)

36"

(263)

29"

(345)

21"

(428)

29"
(367)

20"

(484)

—

23"
(471)

—

2 X 12 @ 12"

—

42"
(209)

31"

(263)

—

37"
(253)

27"
(317)

36"

(271)

27"
(358)

17"

(447)

31"

(348)

19"

(462)

—

2 X 12 @ 8"

—

48"
(136)

45"
(169)

—

48"
(164)

38"
(206)

—

40"

(233)

26"
(294)

36"

(230)

29"
(304)

18"

(379)

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

a. Tabulated values are for clear-span roof supported solely by exterior bearing walls.

b. Spans are based on No. 2 Grade lumber of Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, southern pine, and spruce-pine-fir for repetitive (3 or more) members.

c. Ratio of backspan to cantilever span shall be at least 3:1.

d. Connections capable of resisting the indicated uplift force shall be provided at the backspan support.

e. Uplift force is for a backspan to cantilever span ratio of 3 : 1 . Tabulated uplift values are permitted to be reduced by multiplying by a factor equal to 3 divided by the
actual backspan ratio provided (3/backspan ratio).

f. See Section R301.2.2.2.2, Item 1, for additional limitations on cantilevered floor joists for detached one- and two-family dwellings in Seismic Design Category I
Dq, D] , or Dj and townhouses in Seismic Design Category C, Dg, D^, or D2. I

g. A full-depth rim joist shall be provided at the cantilevered end of the joists. Solid blocking shall be provided at the cantilever support,
h. Linear interpolation shall be permitted for building widths and ground snow loads other than shown.

TABLE R502.3.3(2)
CANTILEVER SPANS FOR FLOOR JOISTS SUPPORTING EXTERIOR BALCONY^" ^^

Member Size

Spacing

Maximum Cantilever Span
(Uplift l=orce at Bacicspan Support in Ibf ■ ''

Ground Snow Load

< 30 psf

50 psf

70 psf

2x8

12"

42" (139)

39" (156)

34" (165)

2x8

16"

36" (151)

34" (171)

29" (180)

2x10

12"

61" (164)

57" (189)

49" (201)

2x10

16"

53" (180)

49" (208)

42" (220)

2x10

24"

43" (212)

40" (241)

34" (255)

2x12

16"

72" (228)

67" (260)

57" (268)

2x12

24"

58" (279)

54" (319)

47" (330)

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

a. Spans are based on No. 2 Grade lumber of Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, southern pine, and spruce-pine-fir for repetitive (3 or more) members.

b. Ratio of backspan to cantilever span shall be at least 2: 1.

c. Connections capable of resisting the indicated uplift force shall be provided at the backspan support.

d. Uplift force is for a backspan to cantilever span ratio of 2: 1 . Tabulated uplift values are permitted to be reduced by multiplying by a factor equal to 2 divided by the
actual backspan ratio provided (2/backspan ratio).

e. A full-depth rim joist shall be provided at the cantilevered end of the joists. Solid blocking shall be provided at the cantilevered support.

f . Linear interpolation shall be permitted for ground snow loads other than shown.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

101

FLOORS

TABLE R502.5(1)

GIRDER SPANS^ AND HEADER SPANS^FOR EXTERIOR BEARING WALLS

(Maximum spans for Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, southern pine and spruce-pine-fir'^ and required number of jack studs)

GIRDERS AND

HEADERS
SUPPORTING

SIZE

GROUND SNOW LOAD (psf)^

30 50

Building width<= (feet)

Span

NJ"

Span

NJ"

Span

NJ"

Span

NJ"

Span

NJ''

Span

NJ"

Span

NJ"

Span

NJ''

Span

NJ"*

Roof and ceiling

2-2x4

3-6

3-2

2-10

3-2

2-9

2-6

2-10

2-6

2-3

2-2x6

5-5

4-8

4-2

4-8

4-1

3-8

4-2

3-8

3-3

2-2x8

6-10

5-11

5-4

5-11

5-2

4-7

5-4

4-7

4-1

2-2x10

8-5

7-3

6-6

7-3

6-3

5-7

6-6

5-7

5-0

2-2x12

9-9

8-5

7-6

8-5

7-3

6-6

7-6

6-6

5-10

3-2x8

8-4

7-5

6-8

7-5

6-5

5-9

6-8

5-9

5-2

3-2x10

10-6

9-1

8-2

9-1

7-10

7-0

8-2

7-0

6-4

,3-2x12

12-2

10-7

9-5

10-7

9-2

8-2

9-5

8-2

7-4

4-2x8

9-2

8-4

7-8

8-4

7-5

6-8

7-8

6-8

5-11

4-2x10

11-8

10-6

9-5

10-6

9-1

8-2

9-5

8-2

7-3

4-2x12

14-1

12-2

10-11

12-2

10-7

9-5

10-11

9-5

8-5

Roof, ceiling and one
center-bearing floor

2-2x4

3-1

2-9

2-5

2-9

2-5

2-2

2-7

2-3

2-0

2-2x6

4-6

4-0

3-7

4-1

3-7

3-3

3-9

3-3

2-11

2-2x8

5-9

5-0

4-6

5-2

4-6

4-1

4-9

4-2

3-9

2-2x10

7-0

6-2

5-6

6-4

■2

5-6

5-0

5-9

5-1

4-7

2-2x12

8-1

7-1

6-5

7-4

6-5

5-9

6-8

5-10

5-3

3-2x8

7-2

6-3

5-8

6-5

5-8

5-1

5-11

5-2

4-8

3-2x10

8-9

7-8

6-11

7-11

6-11

6-3

7-3

6-4

5-8

3-2x12

10-2

8-11

8-0

9-2

8-0

7-3

8-5

7-4

6-7

4-2x8

8-1

7-3

6-7

7-5

6-6

5-11

6-10

6-0

5-5

4-2x10

10-1

8-10

8-0

9-1

8-0

7-2

8-4

7-4

6-7

4-2x12

11-9

10-3

9-3

10-7

9-3

8-4

9-8

8-6

7-7

Roof, ceiling and one
clear span floor

2-2x4

2-8

2-4

2-1

2-7

2-3

2-0

2-5

2-1

1-10

2-2x6

3-11

3-5

3-0

3-10

3-4

3-0

3-6

3-1

2-9

2-2x8

5-0

4-4

3-10

4-10

4-2

3-9

4-6

3-11

3-6

2-2x10

6-1

5-3

4-8

5-11

5-1

4-7

5-6

4-9

4-3

2-2x12

7-1

6-1

5-5

6-10

5-11

5-4

6-4

5-6

5-0

3-2x8

6-3

5-5

4-10

6-1

5-3

4-8

5-7

4-11

4-5

3-2x10

7-7

6-7

5-11

7-5

6-5

5-9

6-10

6-0

5-4

3-2x12

8-10

7-8

6-10

8-7

7-5

6-8

7-11

6-11

6-3

4-2x8

7-2

6-3

5-7

7-0

6-1

5-5

6-6

5-8

5-1

4-2x10

8-9

7-7

6-10

8-7

7-5

6-7

7-11

6-11

6-2

4-2x12

10-2

8-10

7-11

9-11

8-7

7-8

9-2

8-0

7-2

Roof, ceiling and

two center-bearing

floors

2-2x4

2-7

2-3

2-0

2-6

2-2

1-11

2-4

2-0

1-9

2-2x6

3-9

3-3

2-11

3-8

3-2

2-10

3-5

3-0

2-8

2-2x8

4-9

4-2

3-9

4-7

■2

4-0

3-8

4-4

3-9

3-5

2-2x10

5-9

5-1

4-7

5-8

4-11

4-5

5-3

4-7

4-2

2-2x12

6-8

5-10

5-3

6-6

5-9

5-2

6-1

5-4

4-10

3-2x8

5-11

5-2

4-8

5-9

5-1

4-7

5-5

4-9

4-3

3-2x10

7-3

6-4

5-8

7-1

6-2

5-7

6-7

5-9

2 '

5-3

3-2x12

8-5

7-4

6-7

8-2

7-2

6-5

7-8

6-9

6-1

4-2x8

6-10

6-0

5-5

6-8

5-10

5-3

6-3

5-6

4-11

4-2x10

8-4

7-4

6-7

8-2

7-2

6-5

7-7

6-8

6-0

4-2x12

9-8

8-6

7-8

9-5

8-3

7-5

8-10

7-9

7-0

(continued)

102

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

FLOORS

TABLE R502.5(1)— continued

GIRDER SPANS^ AND HEADER SPANS^FOR EXTERIOR BEARING WALLS

(Maximum spans for Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, southern pine and spruce-pine-fir" and required number of jack studs)

GIRDERS AND

HEADERS
SUPPORTING

SIZE

GROUND SNOW LOAD (psf)^

50 70

Building width^ (feet)

Span

NJ"

Span

NJ"

Span

NJ"

Span

NJ''

Span

NJ--

Span

NJ"

Span

NJ''

Span

NJ^

Span

NJ''

Roof, ceiling, and

two clear span

floors

2-2x4

2-1

1-8

1-6

2-0

1-8

1-5

2-0

1-8

1-5

2-2x6

3-1

2-8

2-4

3-0

2-7

2-3

2-11

2-7

2-3

2-2x8

3-10

3-4

3-0

3-10

3-4

2-11

3-9

3-3

2-11

2-2x10

4-9

4-1

3-8

4-8

4-0

3-7

4-7

4-0

3-6

2-2x12

5-6

4-9

4-3

5-5

4-8

4-2

5-4

4-7

4-1

3-2x8

4-10

4-2

3-9

4-9

4-1

3-8

4-8

4-1

3-8

3-2x10

5-11

5-1

4-7

5-10

5-0

4-6

5-9

4-11

4-5

3-2x12

6-10

5-11

5-4

6-9

5-10

5-3

6-8

5-9

5-2

4-2x8

5-7

4-10

4-4

'5-6

4-9

4-3

5-5

4-8

4-2

4-2x10

6-10

5-11

5-3

6-9

5-10

5-2

6-7

5-9

5-1

4-2x12

7-11

6-10

6-2

7-9

6-9

6-0

7-8

6-8

5-11

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

a. Spans are given in feet and inches.

b. Tabulated values assume #2 grade lumber

c. Building width is measured perpendicular to the ridge. Bar widths between those shown, spans are permitted to be interpolated.

d. NJ - Number of jack studs required to support each end. Where the number of required jack studs equals one, the header is permitted to be supported by an approved
framing anchor attached to the full-height wall stud and to the header

e. Use 30 psf ground snow load for cases in which ground snow load is less than 30 psf and the roof live load is equal to or less than 20 psf.

R502.5 Allowable girder spans. The allowable spans of gird-
ers fabricated of dimension lumber shall not exceed the values
set forth in Tables R502.5(l) and R502.5(2).

R502.6 Bearing. The ends of each joist, beam or girder shall
have not less than 1.5 inches (38 mm) of bearing on wood or
metal and not less than 3 inches (76 mm) on masonry or con-
crete except where supported on a l-inch-by-4-inch (25.4 mm
by 102 mm) ribbon strip and nailed to the adjacent stud or by
the use of approved joist hangers.

R502.6.1 Floor systems. Joists framing from opposite
sides over a bearing support shall lap a minimum of 3 inches
(76 mm) and shall be nailed together with a minimum three
lOd face nails. A wood or metal splice with strength equal to
or greater than that provided by the nailed lap is permitted.

R502.6.2 Joist framing. Joists framing into the side of a
wood girder shall be supported by approved framing
anchors or on ledger strips not less than nominal 2 inches by
2 inches (51 mm by 51 mm).

R502.7 Lateral restraint at supports. Joists shall be sup-
ported laterally at the ends by full-depth solid blocking not less
than 2 inches (51 mm) nominal in thickness; or by attachment
to a full-depth header, band or rim joist, or to an adjoining stud
or shall be otherwise provided with lateral support to prevent
rotation.

Exception: In Seismic Design Categories Dq, Di and Dj,
lateral restraint shall also be provided at each intermediate
support.

R502.7.1 Bridging. Joists exceeding a nominal 2 inches by
12 inches (51 mm by 305 mm) shall be supported laterally

by solid blocking, diagonal bridging (wood or metal), or a
continuous l-inch-by-3-inch (25.4 mm by 76 mm) strip
nailed across the bottom of joists perpendicular to joists at
intervals not exceeding 8 feet (2438 mm).

R502.8 Drilling and notching. Structural floor members shall
not be cut, bored or notched in excess of the limitations speci-
fied in this section. See Figure R502.8.

R502.8.1 Sawn lumber. Notches in soHd lumber joists, raf-
ters and beams shall not exceed one-sixth of the depth of the
member, shall not be longer than one-third of the depth of
the member and shall not be located in the middle one-third
of the span. Notches at the ends of the member shall not
exceed one-fourth the depth of the member. The tension
side of members 4 inches (102 mm) or greater in nominal
thickness shall not be notched except at the ends of the
members. The diameter of holes bored or cut into members
shall not exceed one-third the depth of the member. Holes
shall not be closer than 2 inches (5 1 mm) to the top or bot-
tom of the member, or to any other hole located in the mem-
ber. Where the member is also notched, the hole shall not be
closer than 2 inches (5 1 mm) to the notch.

R502.8.2 Engineered wood products. Cuts, notches and
holes bored in trusses, structural composite lumber, struc-
tural glue-laminated members or I-joists are prohibited
except where permitted by the manufacturer's recommen-
dations or where the effects of such alterations are specifi-
cally considered in the design of the member by a registered
design professional.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

103

FLOORS

TABLE R502.5(2)

GIRDER SPANS' AND HEADER SPANS' FOR INTERIOR BEARING WALLS

(Maximum spans for Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, southern pine and spruce-pine-fir'^ and required number of jack studs)

HEADERS AND GIRDERS SUPPORTING

SIZE

BUILDING WIDTH= (feet)

20 :

Span

NJ"

Span

NJ"

Span

NJ"

One floor only

2-2x4

3-1

2-8

2-5

2-2x6

4-6

3-11

3-6

2-2x8

5-9

5-0

4-5

2-2x10

7-0

6-1

5-5

2-2x12

8-1

7-0

6-3

3-2x8

7-2

6-3

5-7

3-2x10

8-9

7-7

6-9

3-2x12

10-2

8-10

7-10

4-2x8

9-0

7-8

6-9

4-2x10

10-1

8-9

7-10

4-2x12

11-9

10-2

9-1

Two floors

2-2x4

2-2

1-10

1-7

2-2x6

3-2

2-9

2-5

2-2x8

4-1

3-6

3-2

2-2x10

4-11

4-3

3-10

2-2x12

5-9

5-0

4-5

3-2x8

5-1

4-5

3-11

3-2x10

6-2

5-4

4-10

3-2x12

7-2

6-3

5-7

4-2x8

6-1

5-3

4-8

4-2x10

7-2

6-2

5-6

4-2x12

8-4

7-2

6-5

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. Spans are given in feet and inches.

b. Tabulated values assume #2 grade lumber.

c. Building width is measured perpendicular to the ridge. For widths between those shown, spans are permitted to be interpolated.

R502.9 Fastening. Roor framing shall be nailed in accordance
with Table R602.3(l). Where posts and beam or girder construc-
tion is used to support floor framing, positive connections shall
be provided to ensure against uplift and lateral displacement.

R502.10 Framing of openings. Openings in floor framing
shall be framed with a header and trimmer joists. When the
header joist span does not exceed 4 feet (1219 mm), the header
joist may be a single member the same size as the floor joist.
Single trimmer joists may be used to carry a single header joist
that is located within 3 feet (914 mm) of the trimmer joist bear-
ing. When the header joist span exceeds 4 feet (1219 mm), the
trimmer joists and the header joist shall be doubled and of suffi-
cient cross section to support the floor joists framing into the
header. Approved hangers shall be used for the header joist to
trimmer joist connections when the header joist span exceeds 6
feet (1829 mm). Tail joists over 12 feet (3658 mm) long shall be
supported at the header by framing anchors or on ledger strips
not less than 2 inches by 2 inches (51 mm by 51 mm).

R502.il Wood trusses.

R502.11.1 Design. Wood trusses shall be designed in accor-
dance with approved engineering practice. The design and
manufacture of metal plate connected wood trusses shall
comply with ANSI/TPI 1 . The truss design drawings shall
be prepared by a registered professional where required by
the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project is to be
constructed in accordance with Section R106. 1 .

R502.11.2 Bracing. Trusses shall be braced to prevent rota-
tion and provide lateral stabihty in accordance with the
requirements specified in the construction documents for the
building and on the individual truss design drawings. In the

' absence of specific bracing requirements, trusses shall be
braced in accordance with the Building Component Safety

' Information (BCSI 1-03) Guide to Good Practice for Han-
dhng, Instalhng & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected Wood
Trusses.

104

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

FLOORS

L/3

i-*i r

D/3MAX,

D/6 MAX.

D/4MAX.

MAX. D FROM
SUPPORT

D/3IVIAX.'

D/3MAX.

NO NOTCHES
PERMITTED

H_t^,

r~L

D/3 MAX.

D/6 MAX.

FLOOR JOIST— CENTER CUTS

D/4 MAX.

FLOOR JOIST-^ND CUTS

RAFTER/CBUNG JOISTS (R802.7.1)

2 IN. MIN. FROM TOP
AND BOTTOM OF JOIST

PIPE OR CONDUIT

D (ACTUAL DEPTH)

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R502.8
CUTTING, NOTCHING AND DRILLING

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE<^

105

FLOORS

R502.11.3 Alterations to trusses. Truss members and com-
ponents shall not be cut, notched, spliced or otherwise altered
in any way without the approval of a registered design profes-
sional. Alterations resulting in the addition of load (e.g.,
HVAC equipment, water heater, etc.), that exceed the design
load for the truss, shall not be permitted without verification
that the truss is capable of supporting the additional loading.

R502.11.4 Truss design drawings. Truss design drawings,
prepared in compliance with Section R502. 11.1, shall be sub-
mitted to the building official and approved prior to installa-
tion. Truss design drawings shall be provided with the
shipment of trasses deUvered to the job site. Trass design draw-
ings shall include, at a minimum, the information specified
below:

1. Slope or depth, span and spacing.

2. Location of all joints.

3. Required bearing widths.

4. Design loads as applicable:

4.1. Top chord live load;

4.2. Top chord dead load;

4.3. Bottom chord live load;

4.4. Bottom chord dead load;

4.5. Concentrated loads and their points of applica-
tion; and

4.6. Controlling wind and earthquake loads.

5. Adjustments to lumber and joint connector design
values for conditions of use.

6. Each reaction force and direction.

7. Joint connector type and description, e.g., size,
thickness or gauge, and the dimensioned location of
each joint connector except where symmetrically
located relative to the joint interface.

8. Lumber size, species and grade for each member.

9. Connection requirements for:

9.1. Trass-to-girder-trass;

9.2. Trass ply-to-ply; and

9.3. Field splices.

10. Calculated deflection ratio and/or maximum
description for live and total load.

11. Maximum axial compression forces in the trass
members to enable the building designer to design the
size, connections and anchorage of the permanent
continuous lateral bracing. Forces shall be shown on
the trass drawing or on supplemental documents.

12. Required permanent trass member bracing location.

R502.12 Draftstopping required. When there is usable space
both above and below the concealed space of a floor/ceiling
assembly, draftstops shall be installed so that the area of the
concealed space does not exceed 1,000 square feet (92.9 m^).
Draftstopping shall divide the concealed space into approxi-
mately equal areas. Where the assembly is enclosed by a floor
membrane above and a ceiling membrane below draftstopping

shall be provided in floor/ceiling assemblies under the follow-
ing circumstances:

1 . Ceiling is suspended under the floor franning.

2. Floor framing is constracted of trass-type open-web or
perforated members.

R502.12.1 Materials. Draftstopping materials shall not be
less than Vj-inch (12.7 mm) gypsum board, V^-inch (9.5 mm)
wood stractural panels, Vg-inch (9.5 mm) Type 2-M-W
particleboard or other approved materials adequately sup-
ported. Draftstopping shall be installed parallel to the floor
framing members unless otherwise approved by the building
official. The integrity of all draftstops shall be maintained.

R502.13 Fireblocking required. Fireblocking shall be
provided in accordance with Section R602.8.

SECTION R503
FLOOR SHEATHING

R503.1 Lumber sheathing. Maximum allowable spans for
lumber used as floor sheathing shall conform to Tables R503. 1 ,
R503.2.1.1(l) and R503.2.1.1(2).

R503.1.1 End joints. End joints in lumber used as
subflooring shall occur over supports unless end-matched
lumber is used, in which case each piece shall bear on at
least two joists. Subflooring may be omitted when joist
spacing does not exceed 16 inches (406 mm) and a 1-inch
(25.4 mm) nominal tongue-and-groove wood strip flooring
is applied perpendicular to the joists.

TABLE R503.1
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF LUMBER FLOOR SHEATHING

JOIST OR BEAM
SPACING (inches)

MINIMUM NET THICKNESS

Perpendicular to joist

Diagonal to joist

'%6

48='

IV2T&G

N/A

54''

60^

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

a. For this support spacing, lumber sheathing shall have a minimum F^ of 675
and minimum E of 1,100,000 (see AF&PA/NDS).

b. For this support spacing, lumber sheathing shall have a minimum F^ of 765
and minimum E of 1,400,000 (see AF&PA/NDS).

c. For this support spacing, lumber sheathing shall have a minimum F^ of 855
and minimum E of 1,700,000 (see AF&PA/NDS).

R503.2 Wood structural panel sheathing.

R503.2.1 Identification and grade. Wood structural panel
sheathing used for structural purposes shall conform to DOC
PS 1 , DOC PS 2 or, when manufactured in Canada, CS A 0437
or CS A 0325 . All panels shall be identified by a grade mark of
certificate of inspection issued by an approved agency.

R503.2.1.1 Subfloor and combimed subfloor
underlayment. Where used as subflooring or combina-
tion subfloor underlayment, wood structural panels shall
be of one of the grades specified in Table R503.2.1.1(l).

106

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

FLOORS

TABLE R503.2.1. 1(1)

ALLOWABLE SPANS AND LOADS FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS FOR ROOF

AND SUBFLOOR SHEATHING AND COMBINATION SUBFLOOR UNDERLAYMENF'''^

SPAN RATING

MINIMUM

NOMINAL PANEL

THICKNESS

(inch)

ALLOWABLE LIVE LOAD
(psf)'-'

MAXIMUM SPAN
(inches)

LOAD (pounds per square foot,
at maximum span)

MAXIMUM

SPAN
(inches)

SPAN
@ 16" o.c.

SPAN
@ 24" O.C.

With edge
support''

Without edge
support

Total load

Live load

Sheathing^

Roof

Subfloor'

12/0

v„

16/0

v„

20/0

v..

24/0

100

20S

24/16

100

32/16

15/ 1/
'32. '2

180

16"

40/20

'32, 'S

305

130

20"''

48/24

^32, ^48

175

60/32

305

Underlayment, C-C plugged,
single floor^

Roof

Combination

subfloor
underlayment**

16o.c.

'32, '8

100

16'

20 o.c.

^32, ^8

150

20'J

24 o.c.

'%..'U

240

100

32 o.c.

■ y.

185

48 o.c.

iV.x 1%

—

290

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

a. The allowable total loads were determined using a dead load of 10 psf. If the dead load exceeds 10 psf, then the live load shall be reduced accordingly.

b. Panels continuous over two or more spans with long dimension perpendicular to supports. Spans shall be limited to values shown because of possible effect of con-
centrated loads.

c. Applies to panels 24 inches or wider.

d. Lumber blocking, panel edge clips (one midway between each support, except two equally spaced between supports when span is 48 inches), tongue-and-groove
panel edges, or other approved type of edge support.

e. Includes Structural 1 panels in these grades.

f. Uniform load deflection limitation: Vjgg of span under live load plus dead load, V240 of span under live load only.

g. Maximum span 24 inches for '^/32-and V2-inch panels.

h. Maximum span 24 inches where ^/4-inch wood finish flooring is installed at right angles to joists.

i. Maximum span 24 inches where 1 .5 inches of lightweight concrete or approved cellular concrete is placed over the subfloor.

j. Unsupported edges shall have tongue-and-groove joints or shall be supported with blocking unless minimum nominal V4-inch thick underlayment with end and
edge joints offset at least 2 inches or 1 .5 inches of lightweight concrete or approved cellular concrete is placed over the subfloor, or ^/4-inch wood finish flooring is
installed at right angles to the supports. Allowable uniform live load at maximum span, based on deflection of V360 of span, is 100 psf.

k. Unsupported edges shall have tongue-and-groove joints or shall be supported by blocking unless nominal V4- inch-thick underlayment with end and edge joints
offset at least 2 inches or ^/4-inch wood finish flooring is installed at right angles to the supports. Allowable uniform live load at maximum span, based on deflection
of V360 of span, is 100 psf, except panels with a span rating of 48 on center are limited to 65 psf total uniform load at maximum span.

1. Allowable live load values at spans of 1 6" o.c. and 24" o.c taken from reference standard APA E30, APA Engineered Wood Construction Guide. Refer to reference
standard for allowable spans not listed in the table.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

107

FLOORS

When sanded plywood is used as combination subfloor
underlayment, the grade shall be as specified in Table
R503.2.1.1(2).

TABLE R503.2.1. 1(2)
ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR SANDED PLYWOOD
COMBINATION SUBFLOOR UNDERLAYMENT^

IDENTIFICATION

SPACING OF JOISTS (inches)

Species group''

—

2,3

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

a. Plywood continuous over two or more spans and face grain perpendicular to
supports. Unsupported edges shall be tongue-and-groove or blocked except
where nominal V4-inch- thick underlayment or ■'/4-inch wood finish floor is
used. Allowable uniform live load at maximum span based on deflection of
V360 of span is 100 psf.

b. Applicable to all grades of sanded exterior-type plywood.

R503.2.2 Allowable spans. The maximum allowable span
for wood structural panels used as subfloor or combination
subfloor underlayment shall be as set forth in Table
R503.2. 1.1(1), or APA E30. The maximum span for sanded
plywood combination subfloor underlayment shall be as set
forth in Table R503.2. 1.1(2).

R503.2.3 Installation. Wood structural panels used as
subfloor or combination subfloor underlayment shall be
attached to wood framing in accordance with Table
R602.3(l) and shall be attached to cold-formed steel fram-
ing in accordance with Table R505.3.1(2).

R503.3 Particleboard.

R503.3.1 Identification and grade. Particleboard shall con-
form to ANSI A208.1 and shall be so identified by a grade
mark or certificate of inspection issued by an approved
agency.

R503.3.2 Floor underlayment. Particleboard floor
underlayment shall conform to Type PBU and shall not be
less than V4 inch (6.4 mm) in thickness.

R503.3.3 Installation. Particleboard underlayment shall be
installed in accordance with the reconmiendations of the
manufacturer and attached to framing in accordance with
Table R602.3(l).

SECTION R504

PRESSURE PRESERVATIVELY TREATED-WOOD

FLOORS (ON GROUND)

R504.1 General. Pressure preservatively treated-wood base-
ment floors and floors on ground shall be designed to withstand
axial forces and bending moments resulting from lateral soil
pressures at the base of the exterior walls and floor live and
dead loads. Floor framing shall be designed to meet joist
deflection requirements in accordance with Section R301.

R504.1.1 Unbalanced soil loads. Unless special provision
is made to resist sliding caused by unbalanced lateral soil

loads, wood basement floors shall be limited to applications
where the differential depth of fill on opposite exterior foun-
dation walls is 2 feet (610 mm) or less.

R504.1.2 Construction. Joists in wood basement floors
shall bear tightly against the narrow face of studs in the
foundation wall or directly against a band joist that bears on
the studs. Plywood subfloor shall be continuous over lapped
joists or over butt joints between in-line joists. Sufficient
blocking shall be provided between joists to transfer lateral
forces at the base of the end walls into the floor system.

R504.1.3 Uplift and buckling. Where required, resistance
to uplift or restraint against buckling shall be provided by
interior bearing walls or properly designed stub walls
anchored in the supporting soil below.

R504.2 Site preparation. The area within the foundation
walls shall have all vegetation, topsoil and foreign material
removed, and any fill material that is added shall be free of veg-
etation and foreign material. The fill shall be compacted to
assure uniform support of the pressure preservatively treated-
wood floor sleepers.

R504.2.1 Base. A minimum 4-inch-thick (102 mm) granu-
lar base of gravel having a maximum size of % inch (19.1
mm) or crushed stone having a maximum size of V2 inch
(12.7 mm) shall be placed over the compacted earth.

R504.2.2 Moisture barrier. Polyethylene sheeting of minimum
6-mil (0. 15 mm) thickness shall be placed over the granular base.
Joints shall be lapped 6 inches (152 mm) and left unsealed. The
polyethylene membrane shall be placed over the pressure
preservatively treated-wood sleepers and shall not extend beneath
the footing plates of the exterior walls.

R504.3 Materials. All framing materials, including sleepers,
joists, blocking and plywood subflooring, shall be pressure-
preservative treated and dried after treatment in accordance
with AWPA Ul (Commodity Specification A, Use Category
4B and section 5.2), and shall bear the label of an accredited
agency.

SECTION R505
STEEL FLOOR FRAMING

R505.1 Cold-formed steel floor framing. Elements shall be
straight and free of any defects that would significantly affect
structural performance. Cold-formed steel floor framing mem-
bers shall comply with the requirements of this section.

R505.1.1 Applicability limits. The provisions of this sec-
tion shall control the construction of steel floor framing for
buildings not greater than 60 feet (18,288 mm) in length
perpendicular to the joist span, not greater than 40 feet (12
192 mm) in width parallel to the joist span, and not greater
than two stories in height. Steel floor framing constructed in
accordance with the provisions of this section shall be hm-
ited to sites subjected to a maximum design wind speed of
110 miles per hour (49 m/s). Exposure A, B, or C, and a
maximum ground snow load of 70 psf (3.35 kPa).

R505.1.2 In-line framing. When supported by steel-
framed walls in accordance with Section R603, steel floor
framing shall be constructed with floor joists located

108

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDEENTIAL CODE^

FLOORS

directly in-line with load-bearing studs located below the
joists with a maximum tolerance of V4 inch (19.1 mm)
between the center lines of the joist and the stud.

R505.1.3 Floor trusses. The design, quality assurance,
installation and testing of cold-formed steel trusses shall be
in accordance with the AISI Standard for Cold-formed Steel
Framing-Truss Design (COFS/Truss). Truss members shall
not be notched, cut or altered in any manner without an
approved design.

R505.2 Structural framing. Load-bearing floor framing
members shall comply with Figure R505.2(l) and with the
dimensional and minimum thickness requirements specified in
Tables R505.2(l) and R505.2(2). Tracks shall comply with
Figure R505.2(2) and shall have a minimum flange width of
174 inches (32 mm). The maximum inside bend radius for
members shall be the larger of ^/jj inch (2.4 mm) or twice the
uncoated steel thickness. Holes in joist webs shall comply with
all of the following conditions:

1. Holes shall conform to Figure R505.2(3);

2. Holes shall be permitted only along the centerline of the
web of the framing member;

3. Holes shall have a center-to-center spacing of not less
than 24 inches (610 mm);

4. Holes shall have a web hole width not greater than 0.5
times the member depth, or 2V2 inches (64.5 mm);

5. Holes shall have a web hole length not exceeding 4V2
inches (1 14 mm); and

6. Holes shall have a minimum distance between the edge
of the bearing surface and the edge of the web hole of not
less than 10 inches (254 mm).

Framing members with web holes not conforming to the
above requirements shall be patched in accordance with Sec-
tion R505.3.6 or designed in accordance with accepted engi-
neering practices.

R505.2.1 Material. Load-bearing members used in steel
floor construction shall be cold-formed to shape from struc-
tural quality sheet steel complying with the requirements of
one of the following:

1. ASTM A 653: Grades 33, 37, 40 and 50 (Class 1 and
3).

2. ASTM A 792: Grades 33, 37, 40 and 50A.

3. ASTM A 875: Grades 33, 37, 40 and 50 (Class 1 and
3).

4. ASTM A 1003: Grades 33, 37, 40 and 50.

R505.2.2 Identification. Load-bearing steel framing mem-
bers shall have a legible label, stencil, stamp or embossment
with the following information as a minimum:

1. Manufacturer's identification.

2. Minimum uncoated steel thickness in inches (mm).

3. Minimum coating designation.

4. Minimum yield strength, in kips per square inch (ksi)
(kPa).

R505.2.3 Corrosion protection. Load-bearing steel fram-
ing shall have a metallic coating complying with one of the
following:

1 . A minimum of G 60 in accordance with ASTM A
653.

2. A minimum of AZ 50 in accordance with ASTM A
792.

TABLE R505.2(1)
COLD-FORMED STEEL JOIST SIZES

MEMBER DESIGNATION^

WEB DEPTH
(inches)

MINIMUM FLANGE WIDTH
(inches)

MAXIMUM FLANGE WIDTH
(inches)

MINIMUM LIP SIZE
(inches)

550S162-t

5.5

1.625

0.5

800S162-t

1.625

0.5

1000S162-t

1.625

0.5

1200s 162-t

1.625

0.5

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm.

a. The member designation is defined by the first number representing the member depth in 0.01 inch, the letter "S" representing a stud or joist member, the second

number representing the flange width in 0.01 inch, and the letter "t" shall be a number representing the minimum base metal thickness in mils [See Table

R505.2(2)].

TABLE R505.2(2)
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF COLD-FORMED STEEL MEMBERS

DESIGNATION
(mils)

MINIMUM UNCOATED THICKNESS
(inches)

REFERENCE GAGE NUMBER

0.033

0.043

0.054

0.068

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

109

FLOORS

FLANGE

WEB

DEPTH OF WEB
(OUTSIDE TO
OUTSIDE)

FLANGE

WEB

SIZE OF TRACK
(INSIDE TO INSIDE)

FIGURE R505.2(1)
C-SECTION

FIGURE R505.2(2)
TRACK SECTION

C.L.

2V;' MAX.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

24" MIN.

MAX*

Sim
MAX.

10"MtN.

CENTERLINE OF WEB

BEARING CONDITION

FIGURE R505.2(3)
FLOOR JOIST WEB HOLES

3. A minimum of GF 60 in accordance with ASTM A
875.

R505.2.4 Fastening requirements. Screws for steel-to-
steel connections shall be installed with a minimum edge
distance and center-to-center spacing of 0.5 inch (12.7
mm), shall be self-drilling tapping, and shall conform to
SAE J78. Floor sheathing shall be attached to steel joists
with minimum No. 8 self-drilling tapping screws that con-
form to SAE J78. Screws attaching floor-sheath-
ing-to-steel joists shall have a minimum head diameter of
0.292 inch (7.4 mm) with countersunk heads and shall be
installed with a minimum edge distance of 0.375 inch (9.5

mm). Gypsum board ceilings shall be attached to steel
joists with minimum No. 6 screws conforming to ASTM C
954 and shall be installed in accordance with Section
R702. For all connections, screws shall extend through the
steel a minimum of three exposed threads. All self -drilling
tapping screws conforming to SAE J78 shall have a Type II
coating in accordance with ASTMB 633.

Where No. 8 screws are specified in a steel to steel con-
nection the required number of screws in the connection is
permitted to be reduced in accordance with the reduction
factors in Table R505.2.4 when larger screws are used or
when one of the sheets of steel being connected is thicker

110

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FLOORS

than 33 mils (0.84 mm). When applying the reduction factor
the resulting number of screws shall be rounded up.

TABLE R505.2.4
SCREW SUBSTITUTION FACTOR

SCREW SIZE

THINNEST CONNECTED STEEL SHEET (mils)

1.0

0.67

#10

0.93

0.62

#12

0.86

0.56

For SI: 1 mil = 0.0254 mm.

R505.3 Floor construction. Cold-formed steel floors shall be
constructed in accordance with this section and Figure R505 .3 .

R505.3.1 Floor to foundation or bearing wall connections.

Cold-formed steel floors shall be anchored to foundations,
wood sills or load-bearing walls in accordance with Table
R505.3.1(l) and Figure R505.3.1(l), R505.3.1(2),
R505.3.1(3), R505.3.1(4), R505.3.1(5) orR505.3.1(6). Con-
tinuous steel joists supported by interior load-bearing walls
shall be constructed in accordance with Figure R505.3.1(7).
Lapped steel joists shall be constructed in accordance with
Figure R505. 3. 1(8). Fastening of steel joists to other framing
members shall be in accordance with Table R505.3.1(2).

R505.3.2 Allowable joist spans. The clear span of
cold-formed steel floor joists shall not exceed the limits set
forth in Tables R505.3.2(l), R505.3.2(2), and R505.3.2(3).
Hoor joists shall have a minimum bearing length of 1 .5 inches
(38 mm). When continuous joists are used, the interior bearing
supports shall be located within 2 feet (610 nrni) of mid span of
the steel joists, and the individual spans shall not exceed the
span in Tables R505.3.2(2) and R505.3.2(3). Bearing stiffen-
ers shall be installed at each bearing location in accordance
with Section R505.3.4 and as shown in Figure R505.3.

Blocking is not required for continuous back-to-back floor
joists at bearing supports. Blocking shall be installed between
the joists for single continuous floor joists across bearing sup-
ports. Blocking shall be spaced at a maximum of 12 feet (3660
mm) on center. Blocking shall consist of C-shape or track sec-
tion with a minimum thickness of 33 mils (0.84 mm). Blocking
shall be fastened to each adjacent joist through a 33-mil (0.84
mm) clip angle, bent web of blocking or flanges of web stiffen-
ers with two No. 8 screws on each side. The minimum depth of
the blocking shall be equal to the depth of the joist minus 2
inches (51 mm). The minimum length of the angle shall be
equal to the depth of the joist minus 2 inches (51 mm).

SUBFLOOR SHEATHING

8 FT MAX. HEADER SPAN

MAX. 24 IN.
CANTILEVER

40 FT MAX.
BUILDING WIDTH

BLOCKING
12 FT

BEARING
STIFFENER

JOIST SPAN

HEADER TRIMMER

USE FLAT STRAP WITH BLOCKING
OR GYPSUM BOARD TO BRACE
BOTTOM FLANGE

GIRDER BEAM OR LOAD-BEARING WALL

STRAPPING 12 FT
MAX. (TYP)

TRACK

FOUNDATION WALL

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

FIGURE R505.3
STEEL FLOOR CONSTRUCTION

(continued)

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

111

FLOORS

BUILT-UP HEADER AND TRIMMER JOISTS SHALL
CONSIST OF A C-SECTION INSIDE A TRACK
SECTION, SCREWED TOGETHER 24 IN. O.C.
MAXIMUM THROUGH THE TOP AND BOTTOM
FLANGES

CLIP ANGLE (BOTH SIDES OF CONNECTION)
MIN. LENGTH = JOIST WEB DEPTH

FLOOR JOIST INSIDE TRACK

8 SCREWS (4 PER LEG OF CLIP ANGLE)

BUILT-UP HEADER OR TRIMMER JOIST

JOIST

CLIP ANGLE (BOTH SIDES OF CONNECTION)
MINIMUM LENGTH = JOIST WEB DEPTH
MINUS 1/2 IN.

BUILT-UP HEADER AND TRIMMER JOISTS
SHALL CONSIST OF A C-SECTION INSIDE A
TRACK SECTION, SCREWED TOGETHER 24 IN.
O.C. MAXIMUM THROUGH THE TOP AND
BOTTOM FLANGES

BUILT-UP HEADER JOIST

8 SCREWS (4 PER LEG OF CLIP ANGLE)

JOIST TO HEADER JOIST

1 SCREW THROUGH BRACE
AT EACH FLANGE

2 SCREWS THROUGH EACH LEG OF
33 MIL 2 IN. X 2 IN. x BLOCKING
DEPTH, CLIP ANGLE

33 MIL TRACK OR C-SECTION
MINIMUM HEIGHT OF JOIST
DEPTH MINUS 2 IN.

X-BRACING

For SI: linch = 25.4 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm.

SOLID BLOCKING

BLOCKING OPTIONS

FIGURE R505.3— continued
STEEL FLOOR CONSTRUCTION

112

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

FLOORS

TABLE R505.3.1(1)
FLOOR TO FOUNDATION OR BEARING WALL CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS^' ^

FRAMING CONDITION

WIND SPEED (mph) AND EXPOSURE

Up to 110 A/B or 85 C or Seismic
Design Categories A, B, C

Up to 110 c

Floor joist to wall track of exterior steel
load-bearing wall per Figure R505.3.1(l)

2-No. 8 screws

3-No. 8 screws

Floor joist track to wood sill per Figure
R505.3.U2)

Steel plate spaced at 3' o.c, with 4-No, 8
screws and 4-lOd or 6-8d common nails

Steel plate, spaced at 2' o.c, with 4-No. 8
screws and 4-lOd or 6-8d common nails

Floor joist track to foundation per Figure
R505.3.1(3)

V2" minimum diameter anchor bolt and clip
angle spaced at 6' o.c. with 8-No. 8 screws

V2" minimum diameter anchor bolt and clip
angle spaced at 4' o.c. with 8-No. 8 screws

Joist cantilever to wall track per Figure
R505.3.1('4)

2-No. 8 screws per stiffener or bent plate

3-No. 8 screws per stiffener or bent plate

Joist cantilever to wood sill per Figure
R505.3.K5)

Steel plate spaced at 3' o.c, with 4-No. 8
screws and 4-lOd or 6-8d common nails

Steel plate spaced at 2' o.c, with 4-No. 8
screws and 4-lOd or 6-8d common nails

Joist cantilever to foundation per Figure
R505.3.1(6)

V2" minimum diameter anchor bolt and cUp
angle spaced at 6' o.c. with 8-No. 8 screws

V2" minimum diameter anchor bolt and clip
angle spaced at 4' o.c. with 8-No. 8 screws

For SI: I inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.

a. Anchor bolts shall be located not more than 1 2 inches from comers or the termination of bottom tracks (e.g., at door openings). Bolts shall extend a minimum of 15
inches into masonry or 7 inches into concrete.

b. All screw sizes shown are minimum.

TABLER505.3.1(2)
FLOOR FASTENING SCHEDULE^

DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING ELEMENTS

NUMBER AND SIZE OF FASTENERS

SPACING OF FASTENERS

Floor joist to track of an interior load-bearing wall
per Figures R505.3.1(7) and R505.3.1(8)

2 No. 8 screws

Each joist

Floor joist to track at end of joist

2 No. 8 screws

One per flange or two per bearing stiffener

Subfloor to floor joists

No. 8 screws

6" o.c. on edges and 12" o.c. at intermediate
supports

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. All screw sizes shown are minimum.

R505.3.3 Joist bracing. The top flanges of steel joists shall
be laterally braced by the application of floor sheathing fas-
tened to the joists in accordance with Table R505.3.1(2).
Floor joists with spans that exceed 12 feet (3658 mm) shall
have the bottom flanges laterally braced in accordance with
one of the following:

1 . Gypsum board installed with minimum No. 6 screws
in accordance with Section R702.

2. Continuous steel strapping installed in accordance with
Figure R505.3. Steel straps shall be at least 1.5 inches
(38 mm) in width and 33 mils (0.84 mm) in thickness.
Straps shall be fastened to the bottom flange at each joist
with at least one No. 8 screw and shall be fastened to
blocking with at least two No. 8 screws. Blocking or
bridging (X-bracing) shall be installed between joists
in-hne with straps at a maximum spacing of 12 feet
(3658 mm) measured perpendicular to the joist run and
at the termination of all straps.

R505.3.4 Bearing stiffeners. Bearing stiffeners shall be
installed at all bearing locations for steel floor joists. A bear-
ing stiffener shall be fabricated from a minimum 33 mil (0.84
mm) C-section or 43 mil (1 .09 mm) track section. Each stiff-
ener shall be fastened to the web of the joist with a minimum
of four No. 8 screws equally spaced as shown in Figure
R505.3.4. Stiffeners shall extend across the full depth of the
web and shall be installed on either side of the web.

R5053.5 Cutting and notching. Ranges and lips of load-bear-
ing steel floor framing members shall not be cut or notched.

R505.3.6 Hole patcliing. Web holes not conforming to the
requirements in Section R505.2 shall be designed in accor-
dance with one of the following:

1. Framing members shall be replaced or designed in
accordance with accepted engineering practices when
web holes exceed the following size limits:

1.1. The depth of the hole, measured across the
web, exceeds 70 percent of the flat width of
the web; or

1.2. The length of the hole measured along the
web, exceeds 10 inches (254 mm) or the depth
of the web, whichever is greater.

2. Web holes not exceeding the dimensional require-
ments in Section R505.3.6, Item 1, shall be patched
with a solid steel plate, stud section, or track section in
accordance with Figure R505.3.6. The steel patch
shall, as a minimum, be of the same thickness as the
receiving member and shall extend at least 1 inch (25
mm) beyond all edges of the hole. The steel patch shall
be fastened to the web of the receiving member with
N0.8 screws spaced no greater than 1 inch (25 mm)
center- to-center along the edges of the patch with mini-
mum edge distance of V2 inch (13 mm).

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

113

FLOORS

TRACK

BEARING STIFFENER

SCREWS THROUGH JOIST
FLANGE, CLIP ANGLE OR
BENT STIFFENER

SCREW FLOOR TRACK
TO WALL TRACK WITH
SCREWS AT 24 IN. O.C.

TRACK

JOIST

LOAD-BEARING STUD

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm.

FIGURE R505.3.1(1)
FLOOR TO LOAD-BEARING WALL STUD CONNECTION

4 SCREWS

FOUNDATION

TRACK

4 - 1 0d COMMON OR
6 -8d COMMON

3 IN. X 4 IN. X 33 MIL PLATE
(MIN.)

WOOD SILL AND ANCHOR BOLT

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm.

FIGURE R505.3.1(2)
FLOOR TO WOOD SILL CONNECTION

114

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FLOORS

BEARING STIFFENER
TRACK

8 SCREWS

JOIST

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm.

FIGURE R505.3.1(3)
FLOOR TO FOUNDATION CONNECTION

SCREW AT EACH
FLANGE

TRACK

SCREWS THROUGH JOIST
FLANGE, CLIP ANGLE OR
BENT STIFFENER

TRACK

JOIST

LOAD-BEARING STUD

FIGURE R505.3.1(4)
FLOOR CANTILEVER TO LOAD-BEARING WALL CONNECTION

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

115

FLOORS

BLOCKING CONNECTED TO JOIST
WITH SCREWS THROUGH WEB
STIFFENER OR CLIP ANGLE

BLOCKING EVERY OTHER JOIST
(MIN. THICKNESS OF TRACK)

WOOD SILL AND
ANCHOR BOLT

SCREW AT
EACH FLANGE

TRACK

'FOUNDATION

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254.

FIGURE R505.3.1(5)
FLOOR CANTILEVER TO WOOD SILL CONNECTION

TRACK

BLOCKING EVERY OTHER JOIST
(MIN. THICKNESS AS TRACK)

SCREW AT EVERY
FU\NGE

SHEATHING

BEARING STIFFENER

JOIST

6IN. x6IN. x6IN. X54MIL
CLIP ANGLE AND
ANCHOR BOLT

FOUNDATION

For Sr. 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254.

CONNECTION OF BLOCKING TO
JOIST THROUGH WEB STIFFENER
OR CLIP ANGLE WITH 4 SCREWS
THROUGH EACH LEG

FIGURE R505.3.1 (6)
FLOOR CANTILEVER TO FOUNDATION CONNECTION

116

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

FLOORS

BEARING STIFFENER

2 SCREWS THROUGH JOIST
FLANGE, CLIP ANGLE OR
BENT STIFFENER

JOIST

TRACK

LOAD-BEARING STUD

FIGURE R505.3.1(7)
CONTINUOUS JOIST SPAN SUPPORTED ON STUD

TRACK

ONE BEARING STIFFENER
(4 SCREWS THROUGH
STIFFENER AND BOTH
JOISTS)

TWO SCREWS

LOAD-BEARING'
STUD

FIGURE R505.3.1(8)
LAPPED JOISTS SUPPORTED ON STUD

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

117

FLOORS

TABLE R505.3.2(1)
ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR COLD-FORMED STEEL JOISTS— SINGLE SPANS^ " 33 ksi STEEL

JOIST
DESIGNATION

30 PSF LIVE LOAD

40 PSF LIVE LOAD

Spacing (inches)

19.2

550S 162-33

11 '-7"

10'-7"

9'-6"

8'-6"

10'-7"

9'-3"

8'-6"

7'-6"

550S 162-43

12'-8"

ll'-6"

lO'-lO"

10'-2"

11 '-6"

10'-5"

9'-10"

9'-l"

550S 162-54

13'-7"

12'-4"

11 '-7"

10'-9"

12'-4"

ll'-2"

10'-6"

9'-9"

550S 162-68

14'-7"

13'-3"

12'-6"

11 '-7"

13'-3"

12'-0"

11 '-4"

10'-6"

800S 162-97

16'-2"

14'-9"

13'-10"

12'-10"

14'-9"

13'-4"

12'-7"

ll'-8"

800S 162-33

15'-8"

13'- 11"

12'-9"

11 '-5"

14'-3"

12'-5"

11 '-3"

9'-0"

800S 162-43

17'-1"

15'-6"

14'-7"

13'-7"

15'-6"

14'- 1"

13'-3"

12'-4"

800S 162-54

18'-4"

16'-8"

15 '-8"

14'-7"

16'-8"

15'-2"

14'-3"

13'-3"

800S 162-68

19'-9"

17'- 11"

16'-10"

15'-8"

17'- 11"

16'-3"

15'-4"

14'-2"

800S 162-97

22'-0"

20'-0"

16'-10"

17'-5"

20'-0"

18'-2"

17'-1"

15'- 10"

lOOOS 162-43

20'-6"

18'-8"

17'-6"

15'-8"

18'-8"

16'- 11"

15'-6"

13'- 11"

lOOOS 162-54

22'-l"

20'-0"

18'- 10"

17'-6"

20'-0"

18'-2"

17'-2"

15'- 11"

lOOOS 162-68

23'- 9"

21 '-7"

20'-3"

18'- 10"

21'-7"

19'-7"

18'-5"

17'-1"

lOOOS 162-97

26'-6"

24'- 1"

22'-8"

21'-0"

24'- 1"

21'-10"

20'-7"

19'- 1"

1200S 162-43

23'-9"

20'- 10"

19'-0"

16'-8"

21'-5"

18'-6"

16'-6"

13'-2"

1200S 162-54

25'-9"

23'-4"

22'-0"

20'- 1"

23'-4"

21'-3"

20'-0"

17'- 10"

1200S 162-68

27'-8"

25'- 1"

23'-8"

21'- 11"

25'- 1"

22'- 10"

21'-6"

21'-1"

1200S 162-97

30'- 11"

28'- 1"

26'-5"

24'-6"

28'- 1"

25'-6"

24'-0"

22'-3"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot =

a. Deflection criteria: L/480 for live

b. Floor dead load = 10 psf.

304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot :
loads, L/240 for total loads.

: 0.0479 kPa.

BEARING STIFFENER

FIGURE R505.3.4
BEARING STIFFENER

118

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FLOORS

TABLE R505.3.2{2)
ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR COLD-FORMED STEEL JOISTS-

-MULTIPLE SPANS^" 33 ksi STEEL

JOIST
DESIGNATION

30 PSF LIVE LOAD

40 PSF LIVE LOAD

Spacing (inches)

19.2

550S 162-33

12'-1"

10'-5"

9'-6"

8'-6"

10'-9"

9'-3"

8'-6"

7'-6"

550S 162-43

14'-5"

12'-5"

ll'-4"

10'-2"

12'-9"

11'- 11"

10'- 1"

9'-0"

550S 162-54

16'-3"

14'- 1"

12'- 10"

ll'-6"

14'-5"

12'-6"

11 '-5"

10'-2"

550S 162-68

19'-7"

17'-9"

16'-9"

15'-6"

17'-9"

16'-2"

15'-2"

14'-1"

800S 162-97

21 '-9"

19'-9"

lB'-7"

17'-3"

19'-9"

17'-11"

16'-10"

15'-4"

BOOS 162-33

14'-8"

ll'-lO"

10'-4"

8'-B"

12'-4"

9'- 11"

B'-7"

7'-2"

BOOS 162-43

20'-0"

17'-4"

15'-9"

14'-1"

17'-9"

15'-4"

14'-0"

12'-0" .

BOOS 162-54

23'-7"

20'-5"

18'-8"

16'-8"

21'.0"

lB'-2"

16'-7"

14'- 10"

B00S162-6B

26'-5"

23'- 1"

21'-0"

18'- 10"

23'-8"

20'-6"

IB'-B"

16'-9"

BOOS 162-97

29'-6"

26'- 10"

25'-3"

22'-B"

26'- 10"

24'-4"

22'-6"

20'-2"

1000S162-43

22'-2"

lB'-3"

16'-0"

13'-7"

18'- 11"

15'-5"

13'-6"

ll'-5"

lOOOS 162-54

26'-2"

22'-8"

20'-8"

18'-6"

23'-3"

20'-2"

18'-5"

16'-5"

lOOOS 162-68

31'- 5"

27'-2"

24'- 10"

22'-2"

27'- 11"

24'-2"

22'- 1"

19'-9"

lOOOS 162-97

35'-6"

32'-3"

29'- 11"

26'-9"

32'-3"

29'-2"

26'-7"

23'-9"

1200S 162-43

21'-B"

17'-6"

15'-3"

12'- 10"

18'-3"

14'-B"

12'-B"

10'-62

1200S 162-54

28'-5"

24'-8"

22'-6"

19'-6"

25'-3"

21'-11"

19'-4"

16'-6"

1200S 162-68

33'-7"

29'- 1"

26'-6"

23'-9"

29'- 10"

25'- 10"

23'-7"

21'-1"

1200S 162-97

41'-5"

37'-8"

34'-6"

30'- 10"

37'-B"

33'-6"

30'-7"

27'-5"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot =

a. Deflection criteria: L/480 for live

b. Floor dead load = 10 psf.

304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa.
loads, L/240 for total loads.

■ SOLID STEEL PLATE, C-SECTION
OR TRACK (MINIMUM THICKNESS
OF JOIST)

SCREWS 1 IN. O.C
(TYP.)

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R505.3.6
HOLE PATCH

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

119

FLOORS

TABLE R505.3.2(3)
ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR COLD-FORMED STEEL JOISTS— MULTIPLE SPANS" " 50 ksi STEEL

JOIST
DESIGNATION

30 PSF LIVE LOAD

40 PSF LIVE LOAD

Spacing (inches)

19.2

550S 162-33

13'-11"

12'-0"

ll'-O"

9'-3"

12'-3"

10'-8"

9'-7"

8'-4"

550S 162-43

16'-3"

14'- 1"

12'- 10"

ll'-6"

14'-6"

12'-6"

ll'-5"

10'-3"

550S 162-54

18'-2"

16'-6"

15'-4"

13'-8"

16'-6"

14'- 11"

13'-7"

12'-2"

550S 162-68

19'-6"

17'-9"

16'-8"

15'-6"

17'-9"

16'-1"

15'-2"

14'-0"

550S 162-97

21 '-9"

19'-9"

18'-6"

17'-2"

19'-8"

17'- 10"

16'-8"

15'-8"

800S 162-33

15'-6"

12'-6"

10'- 10"

9'-l"

13'-0"

10'-5"

8'- 11"

6'-9"

800S 162-43

22'-0"

19'-1"

17'-5"

15'-0"

19'-7"

16'-11"

14'-10"

12'-8"

800S 162-54

24'-6"

22'-4"

20'-6"

17'- 11"

22'-5"

19'-9"

17'-11"

15'- 10"

800S 162-68

26'-6"

24'- 1"

22'-8"

21'-0"

24'- 1"

21'-10"

20'-7"

19'-2"

800S 162-97

29'-9"

26'-8"

25'-2"

23'-5"

26'-8"

24'-3"

22'- 11"

21'-4"

lOOOS 162-43

23'-6"

19'-2"

16'-9"

14'-2"

19'-11"

16'-2"

14'-0"

ll'-9"

1000S162-54

28'-2"

23'- 10"

21'-7"

18'- 11"

24'-8"

20'- 11"

18'-9"

18'-4"

lOOOS 162-68

31'- 10"

28'- 11"

27'-2"

25'-3"

28'- 11"

26'-3"

24'-9"

22'-9"

lOOOS 162-97

35'-4"

32'-l"

30'-3"

28'- 1"

32'- 1"

29'-2"

27'-6"

25'-6"

1200S 162-43

22'- 11"

18'-5"

16'-0"

13'-4"

19'-2"

15'-4"

13'-2"

10'-6"

1200S162-54

32'-8"

28'- 1"

24'-9"

21'-2"

29'-0"

23'-10"

20'- 11"

17'-9"

1200S 162-68

37'- 1"

32'-5"

29'-4"

25'- 10"

33'-4"

28'-6"

25'-9"

22'-7"

1200S162-97

41'-2"

37'-6"

35'-3"

32'-9"

37'-6"

34'- 1"

32'- 1"

29'-9"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot =

a. Deflection criteria: L/480 for live

b. Floor dead load =10 psf.

304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot :
loads, L/240 for total loads.

: 0.0479kPa.

JOIST SECTION INSIDE TRACK

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

■TRACK

FIGURE R5()5.3.8
TRACK SPLICE

4 SCREWS ON EACH
SIDE OF SPLICE

120

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FLOORS

R505.3.7 Floor cantilevers. Floor cantilevers shall not
exceed 24 inches (610 mm) as illustrated in Figure
R505.3. The cantilever back-span shall extend a mini-
mum of 6 feet (1 830 mm) within the building, and shall be
fastened to a bearing condition in accordance with Sec-
tion R505.3.1. Floor cantilevers shall be permitted only
on the second floor of a two-story building or the first
floor of a one-story building. Floor framing that is canti-
levered and supports the cantilevered floor only shall
consist of single joist members in accordance with Sec-
tion R505.3.2. Floor framing that is cantilevered and sup-
ports the cantilevered floor and the roof framing load
above shall consist of double joist members of the same
size and material thickness as that for single joist mem-
bers in accordance with Section R505.3.2, and shall be
fastened web-to-web with minimum No. 8 screws at 24
inches (610 mm) maximum on-center spacing top and
bottom. Built-up floor framing consisting of a C-section
inside a track section, fastened at the top and bottom
flanges by minimum No. 8 screws at 24 inches (610 mm)
maximum on center spacing, is permitted in lieu of the
web-to-web double joist method.

R505.3.8 Splicing. Joists and other structural members
shall not be spliced. Splicing of tracks shall conform with
Figure R505.3.8.

R505.3.9 Framing of openings. Openings in floor framing
shall be framed with header and trimmer joists. Header joist
spans shall not exceed 8 feet (2438 mm). Header and trim-
mer joists shall be fabricated from joist and track sections,
which shall be of a minimum size and thickness as the adja-
cent floor joists and shall be installed in accordance with
Figure R505.3. Each header joist shall be connected to trim-
mer joists with a minimum of four 2-inch-by-2-inch (5 1 mm
by 51 mm) clip angles. Each clip angle shall be fastened to
both the header and trimmer joists with four No. 8 screws,
evenly spaced, through each leg of the clip angle. The clip
angles shall have a steel thickness not less than that of the
floor joist.

shall be placed on the prepared subgrade when the slab is
below grade.

Exception: A base course is not required when the
concrete slab is installed on well-drained or
sand-gravel mixture soils classified as Group I
according to the United Soil Classification System in
accordance with Table R405.1.

R506.2.3 Vapor retarder. A 6 mil (0.006 inch; 152 fxm)
polyethylene or approved vapor retarder with joints lapped
not less than 6 inches (152 mm) shall be placed between the
concrete floor slab and the base course or the prepared
subgrade where no base course exists.

Exception: The vapor retarder may be omitted:

1 . From garages, utility buildings and other unheated
accessory structures.

2. From driveways, walks, patios and other flatwork
not likely to be enclosed and heated at a later date.

3. Where approved by the building official, based on
local site conditions.

R506.2.4 Reinforcement support. Where provided in
slabs on ground, reinforcement shall be supported to remain
in place from the center to upper one third of the slab for the
duration of the concrete placement.

SECTION R506
CONCRETE FLOORS (ON GROUND)

R506.1 General. Concrete slab-on-ground floors shall be a
minimum 3.5 inches (89 mm) thick (for expansive soils, see
Section R403.1.8). The specified compressive strength of con-
crete shall be as set forth in Section R402.2.

R506.2 Site preparation. The area within the foundation
walls shall have all vegetation, top soil and foreign material
removed.

R506.2.1 Fill. Fill material shall be free of vegetation and
foreign material. The fill shall be compacted to assure uni-
form support of the slab, and except where approved, the fill
depths shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm) for clean sand
or gravel and 8 inches (203 mm) for earth.

R506.2.2 Base. A 4-inch-thick (102 mm) base course con-
sisting of clean graded sand, gravel, crushed stone or
crushed blast-furnace slag passing a 2-inch (5 1 mm) sieve

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

121

122 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

CHAPTER 6

WALL CONSTRUCTION

SECTION R601
GENERAL

R601.1 Application. The provisions of this chapter shall con-
trol the design and construction of all walls and partitions for
all buildings.

R601.2 Requirements. Wall construction shall be capable of
accommodating all loads imposed according to Section R301
and of transmitting the resulting loads to the supporting struc-
tural elements.

R601.2.1 Compressible floor-covering materials. Com-
pressible floor-covering materials that compress more than
'/32 inch (0.8 mm) when subjected to 50 pounds (23 kg)
applied over 1 inch square (645 mm) of material and are
greater than Vg inch (3 mm) in thickness in the uncom-
pressed state shall not extend beneath walls, partitions or
columns, which are fastened to the floor.

SECTION R602
WOOD WALL FRAMING

R602.1 Identification. Load-bearing dimension lumber for
studs, plates and headers shall be identified by a grade mark of
a lumber grading or inspection agency that has been approved
by an accreditation body that complies with DOC PS 20. In lieu
of a grade mark, a certification of inspection issued by a lumber
grading or inspection agency meeting the requirements of this
section shall be accepted.

R602.1.1 End-jointed lumber. Approved end-jointed lum-
ber identified by a grade mark conforming to Section
R602. 1 may be used interchangeably with solid-sawn mem-
bers of the same species and grade.

R602.1.2 Structural glued laminated timbers. Glued
laminated timbers shall be manufactured and identified as
required in AITC A190.1 and ASTM D 3737.

R602.1.3 Structural log members. Stress grading of struc-
tural log members of nonrectangular shape, as typically
used in log buildings, shall be in accordance with ASTM D
3957. Such structural log members shall be identified by the
grade mark of an approved lumber grading or inspection
agency. In lieu of a grade mark on the material, a certificate
of inspection as to species and grade issued by a lum-
ber-grading or inspection agency meeting the requirements
of this section shall be permitted to be accepted.

R602.2 Grade. Studs shall be a minimum No. 3, standard or
stud grade lumber.

Exception: Bearing studs not supporting floors and
nonbearing studs may be utility grade lumber, provided the
studs are spaced in accordance with Table R602.3(5).

R602.3 Design and construction. Exterior walls of
wood-frame construction shall be designed and constructed in

accordance with the provisions of this chapter and Figures
R602.3(l) and R602.3(2) or in accordance with AF&PA's
NDS. Components of exterior walls shall be fastened in accor-
dance with Tables R602.3(l) through R602.3(4). Exterior
walls covered with foam plastic sheathing shall be braced in
accordance with Section R602.10. Structural sheathing shall
be fastened directly to structural framing members.

R602.3.1 Stud size,4ieight and spacing. The size, height
and spacing of studs shall be in accordance with Table
R602.3.(5).

Exceptions:

1 . Utility grade studs shall not be spaced more than
16 inches (406 mm) on center, shall not support
more than a roof and ceiling, and shall not exceed 8
feet (2438 mm) in height for exterior walls and
load-bearing walls or 10 feet (3048 mm) for inte-
rior nonload-bearing walls.

2. Studs more than 10 feet (3048 mm) in height
which are in accordance with Table R602.3.1.

R602.3.2 Top plate. Wood stud walls shall be capped with a
double top plate installed to provide overlapping at comers
and intersections with bearing partitions. End joints in top
plates shall be offset at least 24 inches (610 mm). Joints in
plates need not occur over studs. Plates shall be not less than
2-inches (51 mm) nominal thickness and have a width at
least equal to the width of the studs.

Exception: A single top plate may be installed in stud
walls, provided the plate is adequately tied at joints, cor-
ners and intersecting walls by a minimum 3-inch-by-
6-inch by a 0.036-inch-thick (76 mm by 152 mm by
0.914 mm) galvanized steel plate that is nailed to each
wall or segment of wall by six 8d nails on each side, pro-
vided the rafters or joists are centered over the studs with
a tolerance of no more than 1 inch (25 mm) . The top plate
may be omitted over lintels that are adequately tied to
adjacent wall sections with steel plates or equivalent as
previously described.

R602.3.3 Bearing studs. Where joists, trusses or rafters are
spaced more than 16 inches (406 mm) on center and the
bearing studs below are spaced 24 inches (610 mm) on cen-
ter, such members shall bear within 5 inches (127 mm) of
the studs beneath.

Exceptions:

1 . The top plates are two 2-inch by 6-inch (38 mm by
140 mm) or two 3-inch by 4-inch (64 mm by 89
mm) members.

2. A third top plate is installed.

3 . Solid blocking equal in size to the studs is installed
to reinforce the double top plate.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

123

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R602.3(1)
FASTENER SCHEDULE FOR STRUCTURAL MEMBERS

DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING ELEMENTS

NUMBER AND TYPE OF
FASTENER^''''=

SPACING OF FASTENERS

Joist to sill or girder, toe nail

3-8d (2-V2"x 0.113")

—

1" X 6" subfloor or less to each joist, face nail

2-8d(2V2"x 0.113")
2 staples, P//'

—

2" subfloor to joist or girder, blind and face nail

2-16d(3V2"x 0.135")

Sole plate to joist or blocking, face nail

16d(3V2"x 0.135")

16" o.c.

Top or sole plate to stud, end nail

2-16d(3V2"x 0.135")

Stud to sole plate, toe nail

3-8d(2V2"x 0.113") or
2-16d(3V2"x 0.135")

Double studs, face nail

10d(3"x0.128")

24" o.c.

Double top plates, face nail

10d(3"x0.128")

24" o.c.

Sole plate to joist or blocking at braced wall panels

3-16d(3V2"x 0.135")

16" o.c.

Double top plates, minimum 24-inch offset of end joints, face nail in
lapped area

8-16d(3'/2"x 0.135")

—

Blocking between joists or rafters to top plate, toe nail

3-8d(2V2"x 0.113")

Rim joist to top plate, toe nail

8d(2V2"x 0.113")

6" o.c.

Top plates, laps at comers and intersections, face nail

2-10d(3"x0.128")

—

Built-up header, two pieces with V2" spacer

16d(3V2"x 0.135")

16" o.c. along each edge

Continued header, two pieces

16d(3V2"x 0.135")

16" o.c. along each edge

Ceiling joists to plate, toe nail

3-8d(2V2"x 0.113")

Continuous header to stud, toe nail

4-8d(2V2"x 0.113")

Ceiling joist, laps over partitions, face nail

3-10d(3"x0.128")

Ceiling joist to parallel rafters, face nail

3-10d(3"x0.128")

—

Rafter to plate, toe nail

2-16d(3V2"x 0.135")

—

1" brace to each stud and plate, face nail

2-8d(2V2"x 0.113")
2 staples, IV4"

—

1" X 6" sheathing to each bearing, face nail

2-8d(2V2"x 0.113")
2 staples, 1%"

—

1" X 8" sheathing to each bearing, face nail

2-8d(2'/2"x 0.113")
3 staples, 1%"

—

Wider than 1" x 8" sheathing to each bearing, face nail

3-8d(2V2"x0.113")
4 staples, P//'

—

Built-up corner studs

10d(3"x0.128")

24"o.c.

Built-up girders and beams, 2-inch lumber layers

10d(3"x0.128")

Nail each layer as follows: 32" o.c. at
top and bottom and staggered. Two
nails at ends and at each splice.

2" planks

2-16d(3V2"x 0.135")

At each bearing

Roof rafters to ridge, valley or hip rafters:
toe nail
face nail

4-16d(3V2"x 0.135")
3-16d(3V2"x 0.135")

—

Rafter ties to rafters, face nail

3-8d(2V2"x 0.113")

—

Collar tie to rafter, face nail, or 1 V4" x 20 gage ridge strap

3-10d(3"x0.128")

—

(continued)

124

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R602.3(1)— continued
FASTENER SCHEDULE FOR STRUCTURAL MEMBERS

DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING
MATERIALS

DESCRIPTION OF FASTENER"' ='^

SPACING OF FASTENERS

Edges (inches)' Intermediate supports'^'^ (inches)

Wood structural panels, subfloor, roof and wall sheathing to framing, and partlcleboard wall sheathing to framing

'i^rii'

6d common (2" x 0.113") nail (subfloor, wall)
8d common ilM^' x 0.131") nail (roof)f

128

•V-i"

8d common nail (2V2" x 0.131")

128

lVs"-lV4"

lOd common (3" x 0.148") nail or
8d (2V2" x 0.131") deformed nail

other wall sheathing"^

V2" structural cellulosic fiberboard
sheathing

1 V2" galvanized roofing nail 8d common
(2V2" X 0.131") nail; staple 16 ga., IV2" long

^^732" structural cellulosic
fiberboard sheathing

1^/4" galvanized roofing nail 8d common
(2V2" X 0.131") nail; staple 16 ga., IV4" long

V2" gypsum sheathing''

1 V2" galvanized roofing nail;

6d common (2" x 0.131") nail; staple galvanized

1 V2" long; 1 V4" screws. Type W or S

^/g" gypsum sheathing'*

P/4" galvanized roofing nail;

8d common (2V2" x 0.131") nail; staple galvanized

iVg" long; P/g" screws, Type W or S

Wood structural panels, combination subfloor underlayment to framing

V4" and less

6d deformed (2" x 0.120") nail or
8d common (2V2" x 0.131") nail

V-1"

8d common (2V2" x 0.131") nail or
8d deformed (2V2" x 0.120") nail

i>V'-iv/

lOd common (3" x 0.148") nail or
8d deformed (2V2" x 0.120") nail

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s; Iksi = 6.895 MPa.

a. All nails are smooth-common, box or deformed shanks except where otherwise stated. Nails used for framing and sheathing connections shall have minimum aver-
age bending yield strengths as shown: 80 ksi for shank diameter of 0. 192 inch (20d common nail), 90 ksi for shank diameters larger than 0. 142 inch but not larger
than 0.177 inch, and 100 ksi for shank diameters of 0.142 inch or less.

b. Staples are 16 gage wire and have a minimum ^/[5-inch on diameter crown width.

c. Nails shall be spaced at not more than 6 inches on center at all supports where spans are 48 inches or greater.

d. Four-foot-by-8-foot or 4-foot-by-9-foot panels shall be applied -vertically.

e. Spacing of fasteners not included in this table shall be based on Ikble R602.3(2).

f. For regions having basic wind speed of 110 mph or greater, 8d deformed (2 V2" x 0. 120) nails shall be used for attaching plywood and wood structural panel roof
sheathing to framing within minimum 48-inch distance from ^ble end walls, if mean roof height is more than 25 feet, up to 35 feet maximum.

g. For regions having basic wind speed of 1 00 mph or less, nails for attaching wood structural panel roof sheathing to gable end wall framing shall be spaced 6 inches
on center. When basic wind speed is greater than 100 mph, nails for attaching panel roof sheathing to intermediate supports shall be spaced 6 inches on center for
minimum 48-inch distance from ridges, eaves and gable end walls; and 4 inches on center to gable end wall framing.

h. Gypsum sheathing shall conform to ASTM C 79 and shall be installed in accordance with GA 253. Fiberboard sheathing shall conform to ASTM C 208.

i. Spacing of fasteners on floor sheathing panel edges applies to panel edges supported by framing members and required blocking and at all floor perimeters only.
Spacing of fasteners on roof sheathing panel edges applies to panel edges supported by framing members and required blocking. Blocking of roof or floor sheath-
ing panel edges perpendicular to the framing members need not be provided except as required by other provisions of this code. Floor perimeter shall be supported
by framing members or solid blocking.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

125

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R602.3(2)
ALTERNATE ATTACHMENTS

NOMINAL IVIATERIAL THICKNESS
(inches)

DESCRIPTION^'' OF FASTENER AND LENGTH
(inches)

SPACING"=OF FASTENERS

Edges
(inches)

Intermediate supports
(inches)

Wood structural panels subfloor, roof and wall sheathing to framing and particleboard wall sheathing to framing'

up to V2

Staple 15 ga. IV4

0.097 - 0.099 Nail 2V4

Staple 16 ga. 1%

'%2 and 5/3

0.113 Nail 2

Staple 15 and 16 ga. 2

0.097 - 0.099 Nail 2V4

23/32 and %

Staple 14 ga. 2

Staple 15 ga. IV4

0.097 - 0.099 Nail 2V4

Staple 16 ga. 2

Staple 14 ga. 2V4

0.113 Nail 2 V4

Staple 15 ga. 2V4

0.097 - 0.099 Nail 2V2

NOMINAL MATERIAL THICKNESS
(inches)

DESCRIPTION^'" OF FASTENER AND LENGTH
(inches)

SPACING'^ OF FASTENERS

Edges
(inches)

Body of panel''
(inches)

Floor underlayment; plywood-hardboard-particleboard'

Plywood

V4and5/,6

1 V4 ring or screw shank nail — minimum
12V, ga. (0.099") shank diameter

Staple 18 ga., ^/^, V,f; crown width

/32» /g' ^32' I2

and ^9/32

1 V4 ring or screw shank nail — minimum
I2V2 ga. (0.099") shank diameter

Vg, 23/32 and V4

1 V2 ring or screw shank nail — minimum
I2V2 ga. (0.099") shank diameter

Staple 16 ga. IV2

Hard board'

0.200

1 '/2 long ring-grooved underlayment nail

4d cement-coated sinker nail

Staple 18 ga., %long (plastic coated)

Particleboard

'/4

4d ring-grooved underlayment nail

Staple 18 ga., % long, Vj^ crown

6d ring-grooved underlayment nail

Staple 16 ga., iVg long, % crown

6d ring-grooved underlayment nail

Staple 16 ga., iVglong, Vg crown

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Nail is a general description and may be T-head, modified round head or round head.

b. Staples shall have a minimum crown width of ^/jg-inch on diameter except as noted.

c. Nails or staples shall be spaced at not more than 6 inches on center at all supports where spans are 48 inches or greater. Nails or staples shall be spaced at not more
than 12 inches on center at intermediate supports for floors.

d. Fasteners shall be placed in a grid pattern throughout the body of the panel.

e. For 5-ply panels, intermediate nails shall be spaced not more than 12 inches on center each way.

f. Hardboard underlayment shall conform to ANSI/ AHA A135.4.

126

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R602.3(3)
WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL WALL SHEATHING

PANEL SPAN RATING

PANEL NOMINAL THICKNESS
(inch)

MAXIMUM STUD SPACING (inches)

Siding nailed to:^

Stud

Sheathing

12/0, 16/0, 20/0, or wall —16 o.c.

'Ue,%

16"

24/0, 24/16, 32/16 or wall— 24 o.c.

/g' /l6' /32' I2

24'^

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Blocking of horizontal joints shall not be required.

b. Plywood sheathing ^/g-inch thick or less shall be applied with long dimension across studs.

c. Three-ply plywood panels shall be applied with long dimension across studs.

TABLE R602.3(4)
ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR PARTICLEBOARD WALL SHEATHING^

THICKNESS
(inch)

GRADE

STUD SPACING
(inches)

When siding is nailed to studs

When siding is nailed to sheathing

M-1 Exterior glue

—

M-2 Exterior glue

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Wall sheathing not exposed to the weather. If the panels are appUed horizontally, the end j oints of the panel shall be offset so that four panels comers will not meet.
All panel edges must be supported. Leave a Vjg-inch gap between panels and nail no closer than^/g inch from panel edges.

TABLE R602.3(5)
SIZE, HEIGHT AND SPACING OF WOOD STUDS^

STUD SIZE
(inches)

BEARING WALLS

NONBEARING WALLS

Laterally

unsupported stud

height^

(feet)

Maximum spacing

when supporting

roof and ceiling

only

(inches)

Maximum spacing

when supporting

one floor, roof

and ceiling

(inches)

Maximum spacing

when supporting

two floors, roof

and ceiling

(inches)

Maximum spacing

when supporting

one floor only

(inches)

Laterally

unsupported stud

height^

(feet)

Maximum spacing
(inches)

2x31^

—

2x4

—

3x4

2x5

—

2x6

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Listed heights are distances between points of lateral support placed perpendicular to the plane of the wall. Increases in unsupported height are permitted where
justified by analysis.

b. Shall not be used in exterior walls.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

127

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TOP PLATE

BOTTOM PLATE

TOP PLATE

BAND JOIST
OR BLOCKING

SILL PLATE.

y//N\\\y//

RAFTERS AND CEILING
JOISTS OR APPROVED
ROOF TRUSS

SECOND STORY

FLOOR JOIST-
SEE DRILLING AND
NOTCHING PROVISIONS
SECTION R502.8

JOIST IS PERMITTED TO
BE CUT OR NOTCHED
BETWEEN THESE LIMITS

\ |//3SPAN^|

V3 SPAN

BAND JOIST OR
BLOCKING

BOTTOM PLATE

FOR BLOCKING AND
BRIDGING—SEE
SECTION R502.7

BEARING
WALL

LAP JOIST 3 IN. MIN.
OR SPLICE— SEE
SECTION R502.6.1

CRAWL SPACE OR

BASEMENT

FOUNDATION

'/// \\\^ //// n\\\ y// v\\V/// \\V

SUBFLOOR

TOP PLATE -
SEE DRILLING AND
NOTCHING PROVISIONS
SECTION R602.6.1

WALL STUD-
SEE DRILLING AND
NOTCHING PROVISIONS
SECTION R602.6

JOIST NAILED TO
STUD

1 IN. X 4 IN. RIBBON
CUT INTO STUD-
SEE SECTION R502.,6

SEE SECTION R602.8
FOR FIRE BLOCKING

WW///

PLATFORM FRAMING

INTERMEDIATE
BEARING WALL

MONOLITHIC

SLAB-ON-GRADE

FOUNDATION

BALLOON FRAMING

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R602.3(1)
TYPICAL WALL, FLOOR AND ROOF FRAMING

128

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

SINGLE OR DOUBLE
TOP PLATE

CUT PLATE TIED WITH
,16 GAGE STEEL STRAP.
SEE SECTION R602.6.1.

FIREBLOCK AROUND
PIPE

WALL STUDS-
SEE SECTION R602.3

SUBFLOOR

SILL PLATE

STAGGER JOINTS 24 IN. OR
USE SPLICE PLATES-
SEE SECTION R602.3.2

HEADER-
SEE TABLES R502.5(1)
AND R502,5(2)

BOTTOM
PUTE

SOUD BLOCKING
FLOOR JOISTS

FOUNDATION
CRIPPLE WALL-
SEE SECTION R602.9

FOUNDATION
WALL STUDS

1 IN. BY 4 IN.
DIAGONAL BRACE
LET INTO STUDS

ANCHOR BOLTS EMBEDDED IN
FOUNDATION 6 FT O.C. MAX.

CORNER AND PARTITION POSTS

APPLY APPROVED SHEATHING OR BRACE
EXTERIOR WALLS WITH 1 IN. BY 4 IN. BRACES LET
INTO STUDS AND PLATES AND EXTENDING FROM
BOTTOM PUTE TO TOP PLATE, OR OTHER
APPROVED METAL STRAP DEVICES INSTALLED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S
SPECIFICATIONS. SEE SECTION R602.10.

NOTE: A THIRD STUD AND/OR PARTITION INTERSECTION
BACKING STUDS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE OMITTED
THROUGH THE USE OF WOOD BACKUP CLEATS, METAL
DRYWALL CLIPS OR OTHER APPROVED DEVICES THAT
WILL SERVE AS ADEQUATE BACKING FOR THE FACING
MATERIALS.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

FIGURE R602.3(2)
FRAMING DETAILS

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

129

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R602.3.1

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LENGTH OF WOOD WALL STUDS EXPOSED TO WIND SPEEDS OF 100 mph OR LESS

IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES A, B, C and Dq, D^ AND Dj" '=

HEIGHT
(feet)

ON-CENTER SPACING (inches)

Supporting a roof only

>10

2x4

2x6

2x4

2x6

2x4

2x6

2x4

NA^

2x6

NA^

NA" ■

2x6

NA^

NA^ :

NA^

2x6

Supporting one floor and a roof

>10

2x6

2x4,

2x4

2x6

2x4

2x6

NA^

2x6

NA^

2x6

NA^

NA"*

2x6

NA^

2 X 6

Supporting two floors and a roof

>10

2x6

2x4

2x6

2x6:

2x6

NA^

NA'' ■

2x6

NA^

NA'^ ;

2x6

NA^

NA''

NA^

2x6

NA^

NA'^ ,

NA^

NA.^

NA^

NA'^ ,

NA^

NA"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa,
1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.

a. Design required.

b. Applicabihty of this table assumes the following: Snow load not exceeding 25 psf ,/^ not less than 1 3 10 psi determined by multiplying the AF&PA NDS tabular
base design value by the repetitive use factor, and by the size factor for all species except southern pine, E not less than 1 .6 x 1 0^ psi, tributary dimensions for floors
and roofs not exceeding 6 feet, maximum span for floors and roof not exceeding 1 2 feet, eaves not over 2 feet in dimension and exterior sheathing. Where the condi-
tions are not within these parameters, design is required.

c. Utility, standard, stud and No. 3 grade lumber of any species are not permitted. '

(continued)

130

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R602.3.1— continued

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LENGTH OF WOOD WALL STUDS EXPOSED TO WIND SPEEDS OF 100 mph OR LESS

IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES A, B, C, Dq, D^ and D^

H = HEIGHT

1 ROOF LOAD

1 ROOF LOAD
1 FLOOR LOAD

1 FLOOR

1 ROOF LOAD

2 FLOOR LOADS

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

131

WALL CONSTRUCTION

R602.3.4 Bottom (sole) plate. Studs shall have full bearing
on a nominal 2-by (38 mm) or larger plate or sill having a
width at least equal to the width of the studs.

R602.4 Interior load-bearing walls. Interior load-bearing
walls shall be constructed, framed and fireblocked as specified
for exterior walls.

R602.5 Interior nonbearing walls. Interior nonbearing
walls shall be permitted to be constructed with
2-inch-by-3-inch (5 1 mm by 76 mm) studs spaced 24 inches
(610 mm) on center or, when not part of a braced wall line,
2-inch-by-4-inch (5 1 mm by 1 02 mm) flat studs spaced at 1 6
inches (406 mm) on center. Interior nonbearing walls shall
be capped with at least a single top plate. Interior nonbearing
walls shall be fireblocked in accordance with Section
R602.8.

IR602.6 Drilling and notching-studs. Drilling and notching
of studs shall be in accordance with the following:

1. Notching. Any stud in an exterior wall or bearing parti-
tion may be cut or notched to a depth not exceeding 25
percent of its width. Studs in nonbearing partitions may
be notched to a depth not to exceed 40 percent of a single
stud width.

2. Drilling. Any stud may be bored or drilled, provided that
the diameter of the resulting hole is no more than 60 per-
cent of the stud width, the edge of the hole is no more
than Vg inch (16 mm) to the edge of the stud, and the hole
is not located in the same section as a cut or notch. Studs
located in exterior walls or bearing partitions drilled over
40 percent and up to 60 percent shall also be doubled
with no more than two successive doubled studs bored.
See Figures R602.6(l) and R602.6(2).

Exception: Use of approved stud shoes is permitted
when they are installed in accordance with the manu-
facturer's recommendations.

TOP PLATES

BORED HOLE MAX.
DIAMETER 40 PERCENtX
OF STUD DEPTH A

5/8 IN. MIN. TOEDGE

NOTCH MUST NOT EXCEED 25
PERCENT OF STUD DEPTH

BORED HOLES SHALL NOT BE
LOCATED IN THE SAME CROSS
SECTION OF CUT OR NOTCH IN
STUD

STUD

% IN. MIN. TO EDGE

IF HOLE IS BETWEEN 40 PERCENT AND
60 PERCENT OF STUD DEPTH, THEN STUD
MUST BE DOUBLE AND NO MORE THAN TWO
SUCCESSIVE STUDS ARE DOUBLED AND SO
BORED

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

NOTE: Condition for exterior and bearing walls.

FIGURE R602.6(1)
NOTCHING AND BORED HOLE LIMITATIONS FOR EXTERIOR WALLS AND BEARING WALLS

132

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TOP PLATES

BORED HOLE MAX.
DIAMETER 60 PERCENT \
OF STUD DEPTH ^

5/glN. MIN. TOEDGE

NOTCH MUST NOT EXCEED
40 PERCENT OF STUD DEPTH

BORED HOLES SHALL NOT BE
LOCATED IN THE SAME CROSS
SECTION OF CUT OR NOTCH IN
STUD

STUD

5/g IN. MIN. TO EDGE

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R602.6(2)
NOTCHING AND BORED HOLE LIMITATIONS FOR INTERIOR NONBEARING WALLS

R602.6.1 Drilling and notching of top plate. When piping
or ductwork is placed in or pardy in an exterior wall or inte-
rior load-bearing wall, necessitating cutting, drilling or
notching of the top plate by more than 50 percent of its
width, a galvanized metal tie of not less than 0.054 inch
thick (1.37 mm) (16 ga) and 1 Vj inches (38 mm) wide shall
be fastened across and to the plate at each side of the open-
ing with not less than eight 16d nails at each side or equiva-
lent. See Figure R602.6.1.

Exception: When the entire side of the wall with the
notch or cut is covered by wood structural panel sheath-
ing.

R602.7 Headers. For header spans see Tables R502.5(l) and
R502.5(2).

R602.7.1 Wood structural panel box headers. Wood
structural panel box headers shall be constructed in accor-
dance with Figure R602.7.2 and Table R602.7.2.

R602.7.2 Nonbearing walls. Load-bearing headers are not
required in interior or exterior nonbearing walls. A single

flat 2-inch-by-4-inch (51 mm by 102 mm) member may be
used as a header in interior or exterior nonbearing walls for
openings up to 8 feet (2438 mm) in width if the vertical dis-
tance to the parallel nailing surface above is not more than
24 inches (610 mm). For such nonbearing headers, no crip-
ples or blocking are required above the header.

R602.8 Fireblocking required. Fireblocking shall be provided
to cut off all concealed draft openings (both vertical and horizon-
tal) and to form an effective fire barrier between stories, and
between a top story and the roof space. Fireblocking shall be
provided in wood-frame construction in the following locations.

1 . In concealed spaces of stud walls and partitions, includ-
ing furred spaces and parallel rows of studs or staggered
studs; as follows:

1.1. Vertically at the ceiling and floor levels.

1.2. Horizontally at intervals not exceeding 10 feet
(3048 mm).

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

133

WALL CONSTRUCTION

BCTERIOR OR BEARING WALL,

NOTCH GREATER THAN 50
PERCENT OF THE PU^TE WIDTH

16 GAGE (0.054 IN.) AND 1 .5 IN. WIDE
METAL TIE FASTENED ACROSS AND
TO THE PLATE AT EACH SIDE OF THE
NOTCH WITH 8-16d NAILS EACH SIDE

TOP PLATES

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R602.6.1
TOP PLATE FRAMING TO ACCOMMODATE PIPING

2. At all interconnections between concealed vertical and
horizontal spaces such as occur at soffits, drop ceilings
and cove ceilings.

3 . In concealed spaces between stair stringers at the top and
bottom of the run. Enclosed spaces under stairs shall
comply with Section R3 11.2.2.

4. At openings around vents, pipes, ducts, cables and wires
at ceiling and floor level, with an approved material to
resist the free passage of flame and products of combus-
tion.

5 . For the fireblocking of chimneys and fireplaces, see Sec-
tion R1003. 19.

6. Fireblocking of cornices of a two-family dwelling is
required at the line of dwelling unit separation.

R602.8.1 Materials. Except as provided in Section R602.8,
Item 4, fireblocking shall consist of 2-inch (5 1 mm) nomi-
nal lumber, or two thicknesses of 1-inch (25.4 mm) nominal
lumber with broken lap joints, or one thickness of ^Vgj-inch
(19.8 mm) wood structural panels with joints backed by
2V32-inch (19.8 mm) wood structural panels or one thickness
of V4-inch (19.1 mm) particleboard with joints backed by
V4-inch (19.1 mm) particleboard, V2-inch (12.7 mm) gyp-
sum board, or V4-inch (6.4 mm) cement-based millboard.
Batts or blankets of mineral wool or glass fiber or other
approved materials installed in such a manner as to be
securely retained in place shall be permitted as an accept-
able fire block. Batts or blankets of mineral or glass fiber or
other approved nonrigid materials shall be permitted for
compliance with the 10 foot horizontal fireblocking in walls
constructed using parallel rows of studs or staggered studs.

Loose-fill insulation material shall not be used as a fire
block unless specifically tested in the form and manner
intended for use to demonstrate its ability to remain in place
and to retard the spread of fire and hot gases.

R602.8.1.1 Unfaced fiberglass. Unfaced fiberglass batt
insulation used as fireblocking shall fill the entire cross
section of the wall cavity to a minimum height of 16
inches (406 mm) measured vertically. When piping, con-
duit or similar obstructions are encountered, the insula-
tion shall be packed tightly around the obstruction.

R602.8.1.2 Fireblocking integrity. The integrity of all
fireblocks shall be maintained.

R602.9 Cripple walls. Foundation cripple walls shall be
framed of studs not smaller than the studding above. When
exceeding 4 feet (1219 mm) in height, such walls shall be
framed of studs having the size required for an additional story.

Cripple walls with a stud height less than 14 inches (356
mm) shall be sheathed on at least one side with a wood struc-
tural panel that is fastened to both the top and bottom plates in
accordance with Table R602.3(l), or the cripple walls shall be
constructed of solid blocking. Cripple walls shall be supported
on continuous foundations. '

R602.10 Wall bracing. All exterior walls shall be braced in
accordance with this section. In addition, interior braced wall
lines shall be provided in accordance with Section R602. 10. 1.1.
For buildings in Seismic Design Categories Dq, Dj and D2, walls
shall be constructed in accordance with the additional require-
ments of Sections R602.10.9, R602.10.il, and R602.il.

134

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R602.7.2
MAXIMUM SPANS FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL BOX HEADERS^

HEADER

construction"

HEADER DEPTH
(inches)

HOUSE DEPTH (feet)

Wood structural
panel — one side

9
15

4
5

3
4

3
3

Wood structural
panel — both sides

7
8

5
8

5
7

4
7

3
6

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. Spans are based on single story with clear-span trussed roof or two-story with floor and roof supported by interior-bearing walls.

b. See Figure R602.7.2 for construction details.

CRIPPUE*

TOP PLATE*

STRENGTH AXIS

HEADER DEPTH

STRENGTH AXIS

WOOD

9 IN. OR
tSIN.

STRUCTURAL
PANEL* «

INSULATION AS
REQUIRED

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 ram, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
NOTES:

a. The top plate shall be continuous over header.

b. Jack studs shall be used for spans over 4 feet. SECTION

c. Cripple spacing shall be the same as for studs.

d. Wood structural panel faces shall be single pieces of ' ^732- inch-thick Exposure 1 (exterior glue) or thicker, installed on the interior or exterior or both sides of the
header

e. Wood structural panel faces shall be nailed to framing and cripples with 8d common or galvanized box nails spaced 3 inches on center, staggering alternate nails
V2 inch. Galvanized nails shall be hot-dipped or tumbled.

FIGURE R602.7.2
TYPICAL WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL BOX HEADER CONSTRUCTION

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

135

WALL CONSTRUCTION

R602.10.1 Braced wall lines. Braced wall lines shall con-
sist of braced wall panel construction in accordance with
Section R602.10.3. The amount and location of bracing
shall be in accordance with Table R602.10.1 and the
amount of bracing shall be the greater of that required by
the seismic design category or the design wind speed.
Braced wall panels shall begin no more than 12.5 feet
(3810 mm) from each end of a braced wall line. Braced
wall panels that are counted as part of a braced wall line
shall be in line, except that offsets out-of-plane of up to 4
feet (1219 mm) shall be permitted provided that the total
out-to-out offset dimension in any braced wall line is not
more than 8 feet (2438 mm).

R602.10.1.1 Spacing. Spacing of braced wall lines shall
not exceed 35 feet (10 668 mm) on center in both the lon-
gitudinal and transverse directions in each story.

Exception: Spacing of braced wall lines not exceed-
ing 50 feet shall be permitted where:

1 . The wall bracing installed equals or exceeds the
amount of bracing required by Table R602. 10. 1
multiplied by a factor equal to the braced wall
line spacing divided by 35 feet and

2. The length-to- width ratio for the floor or roof
diaphragm does not exceed 3:1.

R602.10.2 Cripple wall bracing.

R602.10.2.1 Seismic design categories other than D2.

In Seismic Design Categories other than Dj, cripple
walls shall be braced with an amount and type of bracing
as required for the wall above in accordance with Table
R602.10.1 with the following modifications for cripple
wall bracing:

1. The percent bracing amount as determined from
Table R602.10.1 shall be increased by 15 percent
and

2. The wall panel spacing shall be decreased to 18
feet (5486 mm) instead of 25 feet (7620 mm).

R602.10.2.2 Seismic Design Category Dj. In Seismic
Design Category D2, cripple walls shall be braced in
accordance with Table R602.10.1.

R602.10.2.3 Redesignation of cripple walls. In any

seismic design category, cripple walls are permitted to be
redesignated as the first story walls for purposes of deter-
mining wall bracing requirements. If the cripple walls
are redesignated, the stories above the redesignated story
shall be counted as the second and third stories, respec-
tively.

R602.10.3 Braced wall panel construction methods. The

construction of braced wall panels shall be in accordance
with one of the following methods:

1 . Nominal 1 -inch-by-4-inch (25 mm by 102 mm) con-
tinuous diagonal braces let in to the top and bottom
plates and the intervening studs or approved metal
strap devices installed in accordance with the manu-
facturer's specifications. The let-in bracing shall be
placed at an angle not more than 60 degrees (1.06

rad) or less than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) from the hori-
zontal.

2. Wood boards of ^/g inch (16 mm) net minimum thick-
ness applied diagonally on studs spaced a maximum
of 24 inches (610 mm). Diagonal boards shall be
attached to studs in accordance with Table R602.3(l).

3. Wood structural panel sheathing with a thickness not
less than Vjg inch (8 mm) for 16-inch (406 mm) stud
spacing and not less than Vg inch (9 mm) for 24-inch
(610 mm) stud spacing. Wood structural panels shall
be installed in accordance with Table R602.3(3).

4. One-half-inch (13 mm) or 25/32-inch (20 mm) thick
structural fiberboard sheathing applied vertically or
horizontally on studs spaced a maximum of 16
inches (406 mm) on center. Structural fiberboard
sheathing shall be installed in accordance with Table
R602.3(l).

5 . Gypsum board with minimum Vj-inch (13 mm) thick-
ness placed on studs spaced a maximum of 24 inches
(610 mm) on center and fastened at 7 inches (178 mm)
on center with the size nails specified in Table
R602.3(l) for sheathing and Table R702.3.5 for inte-
rior gypsum board.

6. Particleboard wall sheathing panels installed in
accordance with Table R602.3(4).

7. Portland cement plaster on studs spaced a maximum
of 16 inches (406 mm) on center and installed in
accordance with Section R703.6.

8. Hardboard panel siding when installed in accordance
with Table R703. 4.

Exception: Alternate braced wall panels constructed in
accordance with Section R602. 10.6.1 or R602. 10.6.2
shall be permitted to replace any of the above methods of
braced wall panels.

R602.10.4 Length of braced panels. For Methods 2, 3, 4,
6, 7 and 8 above, each braced wall panel shall be at least 48
inches (1219 nrni) in length, covering a minimum of three
stud spaces where studs are spaced 16 inches (406 mm) on
center and covering a minimum of two stud spaces where
studs are spaced 24 inches (610 mm) on center. For Method
5 above, each braced wall panel shall be at least 96 inches
(2438 mm) in length where applied to one face of a braced
wall panel and at least 48 inches (1219 mm) where applied
to both faces.

Exceptions:

1. Lengths of braced wall panels for ^continuous
wood structural panel sheathing shall be in accor-
dance with Section R602. 10.5.

2. Lengths of alternate braced wall panels shall be in
accordance with Section R602. 10.6.1 or Section
R602. 10.6.2.

R602.10.5 Continuous wood structural panel sheathing.

When continuous wood structural panel sheathing is pro-
vided in accordance with Method 3 of Section R602. 10.3 on
all sheathable areas of all exterior walls, and interior braced

136

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R602.10.1
WALL BRACING

SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY OR
WIND SPEED

CONDITION

TYPE OF BRACE"' =

AMOUNT OF BRACING^' "' ^

Category A and B (S, < 0.35g
and S^, < 0.33g) or 100 mph or
less

One story
Top of two or three story

Methodsl,2, 3,4, 5,6,7or8

Located in accordance with Section R602. 10 and at
least every 25 feet on center but not less than 16%
of braced wall line for Methods 2 through 8.

First story of two story
Second story of three story

Methods 1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8

Located in accordance with Section R602.10 and
at least every 25 feet on center but not less than
16% of braced wall line for Method 3 or 25% of
braced wall hne for Methods 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8.

First story of three story

Methods 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8

Located in accordance with Section R602.10 and
at least every 25 feet on center but not less than
25% of braced wall hne for Method 3 or 35% of
braced wall line for Methods 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8.

Category C (S, < 0.6g and
S^,<0.50g) or less than 110
mph

One story
Top of two or three story

Methods 1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8

Located in accordance with Section R602.10 and
at least every 25 feet on center but not less than
16% of braced wall Une for Method 3 or 25% of
braced wall line for Methods 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8.

First story of two story
Second story of three story

Methods 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8

Located in accordance with Section R602.10 and
at least every 25 feet on center but not less than
30% of braced wall Une for Method 3 or 45% of
braced wall Une for Methods 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8.

First story of three story

Methods 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8

Located in accordance with Section R602.10 and
at least every 25 feet on center but not less than
45% of braced wall Une for Method 3 or 60% of
braced wall Une for Methods 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8.

Categories Dq and Dj
(S,<1.25gandS,,<0.83g)
or less than 110 mph

One story
Top of two or three story

Methods 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8

Located in accordance with Section R602.10 and
at least every 25 feet on center but not less than
20% of braced wall hne for Method 3 or 30% of
braced waU Une for Methods 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8.

First story of two story
Second story of three story

Methods 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8

Located in accordance with Section R602. 10 and
at least every 25 feet on center but not less than
45% of braced wall Une for Method 3 or 60% of
braced wall Une for Methods 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8.

First story of three story

Methods 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8

Located in accordance with Section R602.10 and
at least every 25 feet on center but not less than
60% of braced waU Une for Method 3 or 85% of
braced wall Une for Methods 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8.

Category Dj or less than
110 mph

One story
Top of two story

Methods 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8

Located in accordance with Section R602.10 and
at least every 25 feet on center but not less than
25% of braced wall Une for Method 3 or 40% of
braced waU Une for Methods 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8.

First story of two story

Methods 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8

Located in accordance with Section R602.10 and
at least every 25 feet on center but not less than
55% of braced waU line for Method 3 or 75% of
braced waU Une for Methods 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8.

Cripple walls

Method 3

Located in accordance with Section R602.10
and at least every 25 feet on center but not less
than 75% of braced wall line.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot - 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa, 1 mile per hour = 0.477 m/s.

a. Wall bracing amounts are based on a soil site class "D." Interpolation of bracing amounts between the S^^ values associated with the seismic design categories shall
be permitted when a site specific S^^ value is determined in accordance with Section 1613.5 of the International Building Code.

b. Foundation cripple wall panels shall be braced in accordance with Section R602.10.2.

c. Methods of bracing shall be as described in Section R602. 10.3. The alternate braced wall panels described in Section R602. 10.6. 1 or R602. 10.6.2 shall also be per-
mitted.

d. The bracing amounts for Seismic Design Categories are based on a 15 psf wall dead load. For walls with a dead load of 8 psf or less, the bracing amounts shall be
permitted to be multiplied by 0.85 provided that the adjusted bracing amount is not less than that required for the site's wind speed. The minimum length of braced
panel shall not be less than required by Section R602.10.3.

e. When the dead load of the roof/ceiling exceeds 15 psf, the bracing amounts shall be increased in accordance with Section R301. 2.2.2.1. Bracing required for a
site's wind speed shall not be adjusted.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

137

WALL CONSTRUCTION

wall lines, where required, including areas above and below
openings, bracing wall panel lengths shall be in accordance
with Table R602.10.5. Wood structural panel sheathing
shall be installed at comers in accordance with Figure
R602.10.5. The bracing amounts in Table R602.10.1 for
Method 3 shall be permitted to be multiplied by a factor of
0.9 for wall with a maximum opening height that does not
exceed 85 percent of the wall height or a factor of 0.8 for
walls with a maximum opening height that does not exceed
67 percent of the wall height.

R602.10.6 Alternate braced wall panel construction
methods. Alternate braced wall panels shall be constructed
in accordance with Sections R602. 10.6. 1 and R602. 10.6.2.

R602.10.6.1 Alternate braced wall panels. Altemate
braced wall lines constructed in accordance with one of the
following provisions shall be permitted to replace each 4
feet (1219 mm) of braced wall panel as required by Section
R602.10.4. The maximum height and minimum width of
each panel shall be in accordance with Table R602.10.6:

1. In one-story buildings, each panel shall be
sheathed on one face with ^/g-inch-mini-
mum- thickness (10 mm) wood structural panel
sheathing nailed with 8d common or galvanized
box nails in accordance with Table R602.3(l) and
blocked at all wood structural panel sheathing
edges. Two anchor bolts installed in accordance
with Figure R403.1(l) shall be provided in each
panel. Anchor bolts shall be placed at panel quarter
points. Each panel end stud shall have a tie-down
device fastened to the foundation, capable of pro-
viding an uplift capacity in accordance with Table
R602.10.6. The tie down device shall be installed
in accordance with the manufacturer's recommen-
dations. The panels shall be supported directly on a

foundation or on floor framing supported directly
on a foundation which is continuous across the
entire length of the braced wall line. This founda-
tion shall be reinforced with not less than one No. 4
bar top and bottom. When the continuous founda-
tion is required to have a depth greater than 12
inches (305 mm), a minimum 12-inch-by- 12-inch
(305 mm by 305 mm) continuous footing or turned
down slab edge is permitted at door openings in the
braced wall line. This continuous footing or turned
down slab edge shall be reinforced with not less
than one No. 4 bar top and bottom. This reinforce-
ment shall be lapped 15 inches (381 mm) with the
reinforcement required in the continuous founda-
tion located directly under the braced wall line.

2. In the first story of two-story buildings, each
braced wall panel shall be in accordance with Item
1 above, except that the wood structural panel
sheathing shall be installed on both faces, sheath-
ing edge nailing spacing shall not exceed 4 inches
(102 mm) on center, at least three anchor bolts
shall be placed at one-fifth points.

R602.10.6.2 Alternate braced wall panel adjacent to a
door or window opening. Altemate braced wall panels
constructed in accordance with one of the following pro-
visions are also permitted to replace each 4 feet (1219
mm) of braced wall panel as required by Section
R602. 10.4 for use adjacent to a window or door opening
with a full-length header:

1. In one-story buildings, each panel shall have a
length of not less than 16 inches (406 mm) and a
height of not more than 10 feet (3048 mm). Each
panel shall be sheathed on one face with a single
layer of Vg-inch-minimum- thickness (10 mm)

TABLE R602.10.5
LENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR BRACED WALL PANELS IN A CONTINUOUSLY SHEATHED WALL^ "> =

MINIMUM LENGTH OF BRACED WALL PANEL
(inches)

MAXIMUM OPENING HEIGHT NEXT TO THE BRACED WALL PANEL
(% of wall height)

8-foot wall

9-foot wall

10-foot wall

100

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa.

a. Linear interpolation shall be permitted.

b. Full-height sheathed wall segments to either side of garage openings that support light frame roofs only, with roof covering dead loads of 3 psf or less shall be per-
mitted to have a 4:1 aspect ratio, i

c. Walls on either or both sides of openings in garages attached to fully sheathed dwellings shall be permitted to be built in accordance with Section R602. 10.6.2 and
Figure R602. 10.6.2 except that a single bottom plate shall be permitted and two anchor bolts shall be placed at 1/3 points. In addition, tie-down devices shall not be
required and the vertical wall segment shall have a maximum 6: 1 height-to-width ratio (with height being measured from top of header to the bottom of the sill
plate). This option shall be permitted for the first story of two-story applications in Seismic Design Categories A through C.

138

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE

WALL CONSTRUCTION

16dNAILAT12IN.O.C

ORIENTATION OF STUD WIAV VARY.SE£ FIGURE R602.3{2)

GYPSUM WALL BOARD INSTALLED IN
ACCORDANCE WfTH CHAPTER 7

ad NAIL AT 6 IN. 0,C.
(ALL PANEL EDGES)

8d NAIL AT 12 IN.O.CON ALL
FRAMING MEMBERS NOT AT
PANEL EDGES

WOOD STRUaURAL PANEL
INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH TABLE R602.3C1)

fa) OUTSIDE CORNER DETAIL

16dNAILAT12(N,O.C

ORIENTATION OF STUD MAY VARY. SEE FIGURE R602.3(2)

GYPSUM WALL BOARD INSTALLED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 7 (INTERIOR)

WOOD STRUaURAL PANEL
INSTALLED (N ACCORDANCE
WITH TABLE R602.3(1)

8d NAIL AT6 IN.O.C.ALL FRAMING
MEMBERS AT PANEL EDGES AND 12 IN.
O.C.ON ALLFRAMING MEMBERS NOT
AT PANEL EDGES

{b| INSIDE CORNER DETAIL

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

Gypsum board nails deleted for clarity.

FIGURE R602.10.5

TYPICAL EXTERIOR CORNER FRAMING FOR CONTINUOUS STRUCTURAL

PANEL SHEATHING; SHOWING REQUIRED STUD-TO-STUD NAILING

wood structural panel sheathing nailed with 8d
common or galvanized box nails in accordance
with Figure R602. 10.6.2. The wood structural
panel sheathing shall extend up over the solid sawn
or glued-laminated header and shall be nailed in
accordance with Figure R602. 10.6.2. Use of a
built-up header consisting of at least two 2 x 12s
and fastened in accordance with Table R602.3(l)
shall be permitted. A spacer, if used, shall be
placed on the side of the built-up beam opposite
the wood structural panel sheathing. The header
shall extend between the inside faces of the first
full-length outer studs of each panel. The clear
span of the header between the inner studs of each
panel shall be not less than 6 feet (1829 mm) and
not more than 1 8 feet (5486 mm) in length. A strap

with an uplift capacity of not less than 1000
pounds (4448 N) shall fasten the header to the side
of the inner studs opposite the sheathing. One
anchor bolt not less than %-inch-diameter (16
mm) and installed in accordance with Section
R403 .1.6 shall be installed in the center of each sill
plate. The studs at each end of the panel shall have
a tie-down device fastened to the foundation with
an uplift capacity of not less than 4,200 pounds
(18 683 N).

Where a panel is located on one side of the open-
ing, the header shall extend between the inside face
of the first full-length stud of the panel and the bear-
ing studs at the other end of the opening. A strap
with an uplift capacity of not less than 1000 pounds
(4448 N) shall fasten the header to the bearing

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

139

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R602.10.6
MINIMUM WIDTHS AND TIE-DOWN FORCES OF ALTERNATE BRACED WALL PANELS

SEISMIC DESIGN

CATEGORY AND

WINDSPEED

TIE-DOWN
FORCE (lb)

HEIGHT OF BRACED WALL PANEL

Sheathed Width

8 ft.

2' - 4 "

9 ft.
2' - 8"

10 ft.
2' - 8 "

11ft.

3' - 2 "

12 ft.
3' - 6 "

SDC A, B, and C
Windspeed< 110
mph

R602. 10.6.1, Item 1

1800

2000

2200

R602.10.6.1,Item2

3000

3300

3600

SDC Do, Di and
D2 Windspeed <
110 mph

R602. 10.6.1, Item 1

Sheathed Width

2' - 8"

Note a

1800

—

R602.10.6.1,Item2

3000

—

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. Not permitted because maximum height is 10 feet.

EXTENT OF HEADER
"DOUBLE PORTAL FRAME (TWO BRACED WALL PANELS)

EXTENT OF HEADER
SINGLE PORTAL FRAME (ONE BRACED WALL PANEL)

MIN. 3"X11.25" NET HEADER

-6' TO 18'-

FASTEN TOP PLATE TO HEADER WITH TWO
ROWS OF 1 6D SINKER NAILS AT 3" O.C. TYP

1000 LB STRAP OPPOSITE SHEATHING

1000 LB
STRAP

FASTEN SHEATHING TO HEADER WITH 8D COMMON OR
GALVANIZED BOX NAILS IN 3" GRID PATTERN AS SHOWN AND
3" O.C. IN ALL FRAMING (STUDS, BLOCKING, AND SILLS) TYR

MIN. WIDTH = 16" FOR ONE STORY STRUCTURES
MIN. WIDTH = 24" FOR USE IN THE FIRST OF TWO
STORY STRUCTURES

MIN. 2x4 FRAMING

3/8" MIN. THICKNESS WOOD
STRUCTURAL PANEL SHEATHING

MIN.

DOUBLE

2x4 POST

MIN. 4200 LB TIE-DOWN DEVICE (EMBEDDED INTO
CONCRETE AND NAILED INTO FRAMING) .

SEE SECTION R602. 10.6.2

TYPICAL PORTAL -~-

FRAME
CONSTRUCTION

FOR A PANEL SPLICE
(IF NEEDED), PANEL
EDGES SHALL BE
BLOCKED, AND OCCUR
WITHIN 24" OF MID-
HEIGHT ONE ROW OF
TYP SHEATH I NG-TO-
FRAMING NAILING IS
REQUIRED.
IF 2X4 BLOCKING IS
USED, THE 2X4'S MUST
BE NAILED TOGETHER
WITH 3 16D SINKERS

MIN. 1000 LB
TIE DOWN
DEVICE

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound = 0.454 kg.

FIGURE R602.10.6.2
ALTERNATE BRACED WALL PANEL ADJACENT TO A DOOR OR WINDOW OPENING

140

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

WALL CONSTRUCTION

Studs. The bearing studs shall also have a tie-down
device fastened to the foundation with an uplift
capacity of not less than 1000 pounds (4448 N).

The tie-down devices shall be an embedded-
strap type, installed in accordance with the manu-
facturer's recommendations. The panels shall be
supported directly on a foundation which is con-
tinuous across the entire length of the braced wall
line. The foundation shall be reinforced with not
less than one No. 4 bar top and bottom.

Where the continuous foundation is required to
have a depth greater than 12 inches (305 mm), a
minimum 12-inch-by- 12-inch (305 mm by 305
mm) continuous footing or turned down slab edge
is permitted at door openings in the braced wall
line. This continuous footing or turned down slab
edge shall be reinforced with not less than one No.
4 bar top and bottom. This reinforcement shall be
lapped not less than 15 inches (381 mm) with the
reinforcement required in the continuous founda-
tion located directly under the braced wall line.

2. In the first story of two-story buildings, each wall
panel shall be braced in accordance with Item 1
above, except that each panel shall have a length of
not less than 24 inches (610 mm).

R602.10.7 Panel joints. All vertical joints of panel sheath-
ing shall occur over, and be fastened to, common studs. Hor-
izontal joints in braced wall panels shall occur over, and be
fastened to, common blocking of a minimum 1 Vj inch (38
mm) thickness.

Exception: Blocking is not required behind horizontal
joints in Seismic Design Categories A and B and
detached dwellings in Seismic Design Category C when
constructed in accordance with Section R602.10.3,
braced-wall-panel construction method 3 and Table
R602.10.1, method 3, or where permitted by the manu-
facturer's installation requirements for the specific
sheathing material.

R602.10.8 Connections. Braced wall line sole plates shall
be fastened to the floor framing and top plates shall be con-
nected to the framing above in accordance with Table
R602.3(l). Sills shall be fastened to the foundation or slab in
accordance with Sections R403.1.6 and R602.il. Where
joists are perpendicular to the braced wall lines above,
blocking shall be provided under and in line with the braced
wall panels. Where joists are perpendicular to braced wall
lines below, blocking shall be provided over and in line with
the braced wall panels. Where joists are parallel to braced
wall lines above or below, a rim joist or other parallel fram-
ing member shall be provided at the wall to permit fastening
per Table R602.3(l).

R602.10.9 Interior braced wall support. In one-story
buildings located in Seismic Design Category Dj, interior
braced wall lines shall be supported on continuous founda-
tions at intervals not exceeding 50 feet (15 240 mm). In two-
story buildings located in Seismic Design Category Dj, all
interior braced wall panels shall be supported on continuous
foundations.

Exception: Two-story buildings shall be permitted to
have interior braced wall lines supported on continuous
foundations at intervals not exceeding 50 feet (15 240
mm) provided that:

1 . The height of cripple walls does not exceed 4 feet
(1219 mm).

2. First-floor braced wall panels are supported on
doubled floor joists, continuous blocking or floor
beams.

3. The distance between bracing lines does not
exceed twice the building width measured parallel
to the braced wall line.

R602.10.10 Design of structural elements. Where a build-
ing, or portion thereof, does not comply with one or more of
the bracing requirements in this section, those portions shall
be designed and constructed in accordance with accepted
engineering practice.

R602.10.il Bracing in Seismic Design Categories Dq,

Di and Dj. Structures located in Seismic Design Catego-
ries Dq, Di and D2 shall have exterior and interior braced
wall lines.

R602.10.il. 1 Braced wall line spacing. Spacing
between braced wall lines in each story shall not exceed
25 feet (7620 mm) on center in both the longitudinal and
transverse directions.

Exception: In one- and two-story buildings, spacing
between two adjacent braced wall lines shall not
exceed 35 feet (10 363 mm) on center in order to
accommodate one single room not exceeding 900
square feet (84 m^) in each dwelling unit. Spacing
between all other braced wall lines shall not exceed 25
feet (7620 mm).

R602.10.il. 2 Braced wall panel location. Exterior
braced wall lines shall have a braced wall panel at each
end of the braced wall line.

Exception: For braced wall panel construction
Method 3 of Section R602. 10.3, the braced wall panel
shall be permitted to begin no more than 8 feet (2438
mm) from each end of the braced wall line provided
the following is satisfied:

1. A minimum 24-inch- wide (610 mm) panel is
applied to each side of the building comer and
the two 24-inch (610 mm) panels at the comer
shall be attached to framing in accordance with
Figure R602. 10.5; or

2. The end of each braced wall panel closest to the
corner shall have a tie-down device fastened to
the stud at the edge of the braced wall panel
closest to the comer and to the foundation or
framing below. The tie-down device shall be
capable of providing an uplift allowable design
value of at least 1,800 pounds (8 kN). The
tie-down device shall be installed in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE**

141

WALL CONSTRUCTION

R602.10.11.3 Collectors. A designed collector shall be
provided if a braced wall panel is not located at each end
of a braced wall line as indicated in Section
R602.10.11.2, or, when using the Section R602.10.11.2
exception, if abraced wall panel is more than 8 feet (2438
mm) from each end of a braced wall line.

R602.10.11.4 Cripple wall bracing. In addition to the
requirements of Section R602.10.2, where interior
braced wall lines occur without a continuous foundation
below, the length of parallel exterior cripple wall bracing
shall be one and one-half times the length required by
Table R602.10.1. Where cripple walls braced using
Method 3 of Section R602. 10.3 cannot provide this addi-
tional length, the capacity of the sheathing shall be
increased by reducing the spacing of fasteners along the
perimeter of each piece of sheathing to 4 inches (102
mm) on center.

R602.10.11.5 Sheathing attachment. Adhesive attach-
ment of wall sheathing shall not be permitted in Seismic
Design Categories C, Dq, Dj and Dj.

R602.il Framing and connections for Seismic Design Cat-
egories Do, Dj and D2. The framing and connections details of
buildings located in Seismic Design Categories Dq, Dj and D2
shall be in accordance with Sections R602.11.1 through
R602.11.3.

R602.11.1 Wall anchorage. Braced wall hne sills shall be
anchored to concrete or masonry foundations in accordance
with Sections R403.1.6 and R602.il. For all buildings in
Seismic Design Categories Dq, D, and Dj and townhouses in

Seismic Design Category C, plate washers, a minimum of
0.229 inch by 3 inches by 3 inches (5.8 mm by 76 mm by 76
mm) in size, shall be installed between the foundation sill
plate and the nut. The hole in the plate washer is permitted to
be diagonally slotted with a width of up to Vjg inch (5 mm)
larger than the bolt diameter and a slot length not to exceed
IV4 inches (44 mm), provided a standard cut washer is
placed between the plate washer and the nut.

R602.11.2 Interior braced wall panel connections. Inte-
rior braced wall hues shall be fastened to floor and roof
framing in accordance with Table R602.3(l), to required
foundations in accordance with Section R602. 11.1, and in
accordance with the following requirements:

1 . Floor joists parallel to the top plate shall be toe-nailed
to the top plate with at least 8d nails spaced a maxi-
mum of 6 inches (152 mm) on center.

2. Top plate laps shall be face-nailed with at least eight
16d nails on each side of the splice.

R602.11.3 Stepped foundations. Where stepped founda-
tions occur, the following requirements apply:

1 . Where the height of a required braced wall panel that
extends from foundation to floor above varies more
than 4 feet (1220 mm), the braced wall panel shall be
constructed in accordance with Figure R602.11.3.

2. Where the lowest floor framing rests directly on a sill
bolted to a foundation not less than 8 feet (2440 mm)
in length along a line of bracing, the line shall be con-
sidered as braced. The double plate of the cripple stud

2x SILL PLATE

CONCRETE

STEPPED

FOOTING

2 FT MIN.

SPLICE

'//I v\\\ '//I sVWV// \\V '//

.WHERE FOOTING SECTION "A" IS MORE THAN 8 FT
PROVIDE METAL TIE 16 GA BY1,5BY4FT MIN. EACH
SIDE OF SPLICE W/ 8-1 6d COMMON NAILS.

. 2- 2x PLATE

///)

FOOTING SECTION "A"

v// n\\v y// v\v\^/// \\v w/ n\\v v// x\\\^///

2k CRIPPLE
STUD WALL

W A\\ V// s\\\V// \\v

For SI: 1 inch 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. ;

Note: Where footing Section "A" is less than 8 feet long in a 25-foot-long wall, install bracing at cripple stud wall.

FIGURE R602.11. 3
STEPPED FOUNDATION CONSTRUCTION

142

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

wall beyond the segment of footing that extends to the
lowest framed floor shall be spliced by extending the
upper top plate a minimum of 4 feet (1219 mm) along
the foundation. Anchor bolts shall be located a maxi-
mum of 1 foot and 3 feet (305 and 914 mm) from the
step in the foundation.

Where cripple walls occur between the top of the
foundation and the lowest floor framing, the bracing
requirements for a story shall apply.

Where only the bottom of the foundation is stepped
and the lowest floor framing rests directly on a sill
bolted to the foundations, the requirements of Section
R602.11.1 shall apply.

SECTION R603
STEEL WALL FRAMING

R603.1 General. Elements shall be straight and free of any
defects that would significantly affect structural performance.
Cold-formed steel wall framing members shall comply with
the requirements of this section.

R603.1.1 Applicability limits. The provisions of this section
shall control the construction of exterior steel wall framing
and interior load-bearing steel wall framing for buildings not
more than 60 feet ( 1 8 288 mm) long perpendicular to the joist
or truss span, not more than 40 feet (12192 mm) wide parallel
to the joist or truss span, and not more than two stories in
height. All exterior walls installed in accordance with the pro-
visions of this section shall be considered as load-bearing
walls. Steel walls constructed in accordance with the provi-
sions of this section shall be limited to sites subjected to a
maximum design wind speed of 1 10 miles per hour (49 m/s)
Exposure A, B or C and a maximum ground snow load of 70
psf(3.35kPa).

R603.1.2 In-line framing. Load-bearing steel studs con-
structed in accordance with Section R603 shall be located
direcdy in-line with joists, trusses and rafters with a maxi-
mum tolerance of V4 inch (19.1 mm) between their center
lines. Interior load-bearing steel stud walls shall be supported
on foundations or shall be located directly above load-bear-
ing walls with a maximum tolerance of V4 inch (19 nmi)
between the centerline of the studs.

R603.2 Structural framing. Load-bearing steel wall framing
members shall comply with Figure R603.2(l) and with the
dimensional and minimum thickness requirements specified in
Tables R603.2(l) and R603.2(2). Tracks shall comply with Fig-
ure R603.2(2) and shall have a minimum flange width of IV4
inches (32 mm). The maximum inside bend radius for members
shall be the greater of V32 inch (2.4 mm) or twice the uncoated
steel thickness. Holes in wall studs and other structural members
shall comply with all of the following conditions:

1. Holes shall conform to Figure R603.2(3);

2. Holes shall be permitted only along the centerline of the
web of the framing member;

3. Holes shall have a center-to-center spacing of not less
than 24 inches (610 mm);

4. Holes shall have a width not greater than 0.5 times the
member depth, or 1 V2 inches (38.1 mm);

5. Holes shall have a length not exceeding 4V2 inches (1 14
mm); and

6. Holes shall have a minimum distance between the edge
of the bearing surface and the edge of the hole of not less
than 10 inches (254 mm).

Framing members with web holes violating the above require-
ments shall be patched in accordance with Section R603.3.5 or
designed in accordance with accepted engineering practices.

TABLE R603.2(1)
LOAD-BEARING COLD-FORMED STEEL STUD SIZES

MEMBER DESIGNATION^

WEB DEPTH
(inches)

MINIMUM FLANGE WIDTH
(inches)

MAXIMUM FLANGE WIDTH
(inches)

MINIMUM LIP SIZE
(inches)

350S162-t

3.5

L625

0.5

550S162-t

5.5

1.625

0.5

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 mil = 0.0254 mm.

a. The member designation is defined by the first number representing the member depth in hundredths of an inch "S" representing a stud or joist member, the second

number representing the flange width in hundredths of an inch, and the letter "t" shall be a number representing the minimum base metal thickness in mils [See

Table R603. 2(2)].

TABLE R603.2(2)
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF COLD-FORMED STEEL STUDS

DESIGNATION (mils)

MINIMUM UNCOATED THICKNESS (inches)

REFERENCE GAGE NUMBER

0.033

0.043

0.054

0.068

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

143

WALL CONSTRUCTION

FLANGE

WEB

DEPTH OF WEB
(OUTSIDE TO
OUTSIDE)

FLANGE

WEB

FIGURE R603.2(1)
C-SECTION

R603.2.1 Material. Load-bearing steel framing members
shall be cold-formed to shape from structural quality sheet
steel complying with the requirements of one of the follow-
ing:

1. ASTM A 653: Grades 33, 37, 40 and 50 (Class 1 and
3).

2. ASTM A 792: Grades 33, 37, 40 and 50A.

3 . ASTM A 875 : Grades 33,37, 40 and 50 (Class 1 and 3).

4. ASTM A 1003: Grades 33, 37, 40 and 50.

R603.2.2 Identification. Load-bearing steel framing mem-
bers shall have a legible label, stencil, stamp or embossment
with the following information as a minimum:

1. Manufacturer's identification.

2. Minimum uncoated steel thickness in inches (mm).

3. Minimum coating designation.

4. Minimum yield strength, in kips per square inch (ksi)

(kN).

R603.2.3 Corrosion protection. Load-bearing steel fram-
ing shall have a metallic coating complying with one of the
following:

1 . A minimum of G 60 in accordance with ASTM A
653.

2. A minimum of AZ 50 in accordance with ASTM A

792.

3. A minimum of GF 60 in accordance with ASTM A

875.

R603.2.4 Fastening requirements. Screws for steel-to-steel
connections shall be installed with a minimum edge distance

FIGURE R603.2(2)
TRACK SECTION

MAX.

PENETRATION
(HOLE. PUNCHOUT)

r/a" MAX.

STUD & PUNCHOUT

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R603.2(3)
WEB HOLES

and center-to-center spacing of Vj inch (12.7 mm), shall be
self-drilling tapping and shall conform to S AE J 78. Structural
sheathing shall be attached to steel studs with minimum No. 8
self-drilling tapping screws that conform to SAE J 78. Screws
for attaching structural sheathing to steel wall framing shall
have a minimum head diameter of 0.292 inch (7.4 mm) with
countersunk heads and shall be installed with a minimum edge
distance of Vg inch (9.5 mm). Gypsum board shall be attached

144

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

WALL CONSTRUCTION

to steel wall framing with minimum No. 6 screws conforming
to ASTM C 954 and shall be installed in accordance with Sec-
tion R702. For all connections, screws shall extend through the
steel a minimum of three exposed threads. All self-drilling tap-
ping screws conforming to S AE J 78 shall have a Type 11 coat-
ing in accordance with ASTM B 633.

Where No. 8 screws are specified in a steel-to-steel con-
nection the required number of screws in the connection is
permitted to be reduced in accordance with the reduction
factors in Table R603.2.4, when larger screws are used or
when one of the sheets of steel being connected is thicker
than 33 mils (0.84 mm). When applying the reduction factor
the resulting number of screws shall be rounded up.

TABLE R603.2.4
SCREW SUBSTITUTION FACTOR

SCREW SIZE

THINNEST CONNECTED STEEL SHEET (mils)

1.0

0.67

#10

0.93

0.62

#12

0.86

0.56

For SI: 1 mil = 0.0254 mm.

R603.3 Wall construction. All exterior steel framed walls and
interior load-bearing steel framed walls shall be constructed in
accordance with the provisions of this section and Figure R603.3.

R603.3.1 Wall to foundation or floor connections. Steel
framed walls shall be anchored to foundations or floors in
accordance with Table R603.3.1 and Figure R603.3.1(l) or
R603.3.1(2).

R603.3.2 Load-bearing walls. Steel studs shall comply
with Tables R603.3.2(2) through R603.3.2(21). The tabu-
lated stud thickness for structural walls shall be used when
the attic load is 10 psf (0.48 kPa) or less. When an attic stor-
age load is greater than 10 psf (0.48 kPa) but less than or
equal to 20 psf (0.96 kPa), the next higher snow load column
value from Tables R603.3.2(2) through R603.3.2(21) shall
be used to select the stud size. The tabulated stud thickness
for structural walls supporting one floor, roof and ceiling
shall be used when the second floor live load is 30 psf (1 .44
kPa). When the second floor live load is greater than 30 psf
(1.44 kPa) but less than or equal to 40 psf (1.92 kPa) the
design value in the next higher snow load column from
Tables R603.2(12) through R603.3.2(21) shall be used to
select the stud size.

Fastening requirements shall be in accordance with Section
R603.2.4 and Table R603.3.2(l). Tracks shall have the same
minimum thickness as the wall studs. Exterior walls with a
minimum of '^-inch (13 mm) gypsum board installed in
accordance with Section R702 on the interior surface and
wood structural panels of minimum Vi^-inch thick (1 1mm) ori-
ented-strand board or 'Vjj-inch thick (12 mm) plywood
installed in accordance with Table R603.3.2(l) on the outside
surface shall be permitted to use the next thinner stud from
Tables R603.3.2(2) through R603.3.2(13) but not less than 33
mils (0.84 mm). Interior load-bearing walls with a minimum
Vj-inch (13 mm) gypsum board installed in accordance with
Section R702 on both sides of the wall shall be permitted to use

the next thinner stud from Tables R603.3.2(2) through
R603.3.2(13) but not less than 33 mils (0.84 mm).

R603.3.3 Stud bracing. The flanges of steel studs shall be
laterally braced in accordance with one of the following:

1 . Gypsum board installed with minimum No. 6 screws
in accordance with Section R702 or structural sheath-
ing installed in accordance with Table R603. 3.2(1).

2. Horizontal steel strapping installed in accordance with
Figure R603.3 at mid-height for 8-foot (2438 mm)
walls, and one-third points for 9-foot and 10-foot
(2743 mm and 3048 mm) walls. Steel straps shall be at
least 1.5 inches in width and 33 mils in thickness (38
mm by 0.84 mm). Straps shall be attached to the
flanges of studs with at least one No. 8 screw. In-Une
blocking shall be installed between studs at the termi-
nation of all straps. Straps shall be fastened to the
blocking with at least two No. 8 screws.

3. Sheathing on one side and strapping on the other side.
Sheathing shall be installed in accordance with
Method #1 above. Steel straps shall be installed in
accordance with Method #2 above.

R603.3.4 Cutting and notching. Flanges and hps of steel
studs and headers shall not be cut or notched.

R603.3.5 Hole patching. Web holes violating the require-
ments in Section R603.2 shall be designed in accordance
with one of the following:

1. Framing members shall be replaced or designed in
accordance with accepted engineering practices when
web holes exceed the following size limits:

1.1. The depth of the hole, measured across the
web, exceeds 70 percent of the flat width of
the web; or

1.2. The length of the hole measured along the
web exceeds 10 inches (254 mm) or the depth
of the web, whichever is greater.

2. Web holes not exceeding the dimensional require-
ments in R603. 3.5(1) shall be patched with a solid
steel plate, stud section, or track section in accordance
with Figure R603.3.5. The steel patch shall be as a
minimum the same thickness as the receiving mem-
ber and shall extend at least 1 inch (25 mm) beyond all
edges of the hole. The steel patch shall be fastened to
the web of the receiving member with No. 8 screws
spaced no more than 1 inch (25 mm) center-to-center
along the edges of the patch with a minimum edge dis-
tance of V2 inch (13 mm).

R603.3.6 Splicing. Steel studs and other structural mem-
bers shall not be spliced. Tracks shall be spliced in accor-
dance with Figure R603.3.6.

R603.4 Corner framing. Comer studs and the top tracks shall
be installed in accordance with Figure R603.4.

R603.5 Exterior wall covering. The method of attachmelit of
exterior wall covering materials to cold-formed steel stud wall
framing shall conform to the manufacturer's installation
instructions.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

145

WALL CONSTRUCTION

STRUCTURAL
SHEATHING

TRACK

FOUNDATION
ANCHOR

STRUCTURAL
SHEATHING

BLOCKING

INTERIOR HORIZONTAL STUD BRACING
(OR ''/2 IN. GYPSUM BOARD)

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

MN-LINE FRAMING

FIGURE R603.3
STEEL WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.1
WALL TO FOUNDATION OR FLOOR CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS^ "'

FRAMING CONDITION

BASIC WIND SPEED (mph) AND EXPOSURE

85 A/B or Seismic Design
Categories A, B and C

85 C or less than 110 A/B

Less than 110 c

Wall bottom track to floor joist or track

1-No. 8 screw at 12" o.c.

1-No. 8 screw at 12"o.c.

2-No. 8 screw at 12" o.c.

Wall bottom track to wood sill per Figure
R603.3.1(2)

Steel plate spaced at 4' o.c,
with 4-No. 8 screws and
4-lOd or 6-8d common nails

Steel plate spaced at 3' o.c,
with 4-No. 8 screws and
4-lOd or 6-8d common nails

Steel plate spaced at 2' o.c,
with 4-No. 8 screws and
4-lOd or 6-8d common nails

Wall bottom track to foundation per Figure
R603.3.1(l)

V2" minimum diameter
anchor bolt at 6' o.c.

V2" minimum diameter
anchor bolt at 4' o.c.

Wind uplift connector capacity for 16-inch stud
spacing'^

N/R

651b

Wind uplift connector capacity for 24-inch stud
spacing'^

N/R

1001b

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound = 4.4 N.

a. Anchor bolts shall be located not more than 1 2 inches from comers or the terminatidn of bottom tracks (e.g., at door openings or comers). Bolts shall extend a mini-
mum of 7 inches into concrete or masonry.

b. All screw sizes shown are minimum.

c. N/R = uplift connector not required. Uplift connectors are in addition to other connection requirements and shall be apphed in accordance with Section R603 .8 .

146

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

4 SCREWS IN EACH
FLANGE

STUD BLOCKING INSIDE WALL
TRACK (MIN. THICKNESS AS
WALL STUD)

TRACK

FOUNDATION

fK.

■ WALL STUD

SCREWS AT
EACH FLANGE

ANCHOR BOLT

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R603.3.1(1)
WALL TO FOUNDATION CONNECTION

WALL STUD

FOUNDATION

3 IN. X 4 IN. X 33 MIL PLATE (MIN.]
4 SCREWS
4-10d OR 6-8d COMMON

ANCHOR BOLT THROUGH
WOOD SILL

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R603.3.1 (2)
WALL TO WOOD SILL CONNECTION

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

147

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(1)
WALL FASTENING SCHEDULE^

DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING ELEMENT

NUMBER AND SIZE OF FASTENERS^

SPACING OF FASTENERS

Floor joist to track of load-bearing wall

2-No. 8 screws

Each joist

Wall stud to top or bottom track

2-No. 8 screws

Each end of stud, one per flange

Structural sheathing to wall studs

No. 8 screws

6" o.c. on edges and 12" o.c. at intermediate
supports

Roof framing to wall

Approved design or tie down in accordance with Section R802. 1 1

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. All screw sizes shown are minimum.

SCREWS 1 IN. O.C. (TYP.)

SOLID STEEL PLATE,
C-SECTION OR TRACK
MINIMUM THICKNESS
AS STUD

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R603.3.5
HOLE PATCH

R603.6 Headers. Headers shall be installed above wall open-
ings in all exterior walls and interior load-bearing walls in
accordance with Figure R603.6 and Tables R603.6(l) through
R603.6(8), or shall be designed in accordance with the AISI
Standard for Cold-formed Steel Framing-Header Design
(COFS/Header Design).

R603.6.1 Jack and king studs, and head track. The num-
ber of jack and king studs shall comply with Table
R603.6(9). King and jack studs shall be of the same dimen-
sion and thickness as the adjacent wall studs. Headers con-
structed of C-shape framing members shall be connected to
king studs in accordance with Table R603.6.(10). One-half
the total number of screws shall be applied to the header and
one-half to the king stud by use of a minimum 2-inch by
2-inch (51 mm by 51 mm) clip angle or 4-inch-wide (102
mm) steel plate. The clip angle or plate shall extend the
depth of the header minus Vj inch (13 mm) and shall have a
minimum thickness of the header members or the wall
studs, whichever is thicker.

Head track spans shall comply with Table R603 .6( 11) and
shall be in accordance with Figures R603.3 and R603.6.
Increasing the head track tabular value shall not be prohibited
when in accordance with one of the following:

1 . For openings less than 4 feet (1219 mm) in height that
have a top and bottom head track, multiply the tabular

' value by 1.75; or

2. For openings less than 6 feet ( 1 829 mm) in height that
have a top and bottom head track, multiply the tabular
value by 1.50.

1R603.7 Structural sheathing. In areas where the basic wind
speed is less than 1 10 miles per hour (49 m/s), wood structural
panel sheathing shall be installed on all exterior walls of build-
ings in accordance with this section. Wood structural panel
sheathing shall consist of minimum Vig-inch-thick (11 mm)
oriented-strand board or 'Vgj-inch-thick (12 mm) plywood and
shall be installed on all exterior wall surfaces in accordance
with Section R603.7.1 and Figure R603.3. The minimum
length of full height sheathing on exterior walls shall be deter-
mined in accordance with Table R603.7, but shall not be less
than 20 percent of the braced wall length in any case. The mini-
mum percentage of full height sheathing in Table R603.7 shall
include only those sheathed wall sections, uninterrupted by
openings, which are a minimum of 48 inches (1 120 mm) wide.
The minimum percentage of full-height structural sheathing
shall be multiplied by 1.10 for 9-foot-high (2743 mm) walls
and multiplied by 1.20 for 10-foot-high (3048 mm) walls. In
addition, structural sheathing shall:

1 . Be installed with the long dimension parallel to the stud
framing and shall cover the full vertical height of studs,
from the bottom of the bottom track to the top of the top
track of each story.

2. Be applied to each end (comers) of each of the exterior
walls with a minimum 48-inch-wide (1219 mm) panel.

R603.7.1 Structural sheathing fastening. All edges and
interior areas of wood structural panel sheathing shall be |
fastened to a framing member and tracks in accordance with
Table R603.3.2(l).

R603.7.2 Hold-down requirements. Multiplying the per-
centage of structural sheathing required in Table R603 .7 by
. 0.6 is permitted where a hold-down anchor with a capacity
of 4,300 pounds ( 1 9 kN) is provided at each end of exterior
walls. Installations of a single hold-down anchor at wall cor-
ners is permitted.

148

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

WALL CONSTRUCTION

4 SCREWS ON EACH
SIDE OF SPLICE

'STUD SECTION
INSIDE TRACK

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

For SI: 1 inch - 25.4

FIGURE R603.3.6
TRACK SPLICE

4 SCREWS AT LAPPED TRACK

FIGURE R603.4
CORNER FRAMING

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

149

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(2)
24-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ROOF AND CEILING ONLY^ "

33 ksl STEEL

WIND

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

SPEED

8-Foot Studs

9-Foot Studs

10-Foo1t Studs

Exp. A/B

Exp.
C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85mph

350S162

550S162

33 ■

90
mph

350S162

^ 33

33 '

550S162

33 :

33 1

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

33 !

33 :

550S162

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

33 1

550S162

33 i

33 '

—

100
mph

350S162

43 i

550S162

33 !

—

110
mph

350S162

43 1

L__54_

550S162

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa,
lksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the wall studs.

150

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(3)
24-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ROOF AND CEILING ONLY^'''^

50 ksl STEEL

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

Vlmu
SPEED

8-Fobt Studs

9-Foot Studs

10-Foot Studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp. C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85
mph

—

350S162

550S162

90
mph

—

350S162

550S162

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

550S162

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

550S162

—

100
mph

350S162

550S162

—

110
mph

350S162

550S162

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot - 0.0479 kPa,
1 ksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the wall studs.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

151

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(4)
28-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ROOF AND CEILING ONLY^ "

33 ksi STEEL

WIND
SPEED

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

8-Foot Studs

9-Foot Studs

10-Foot Studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp.C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85
mph

—

350S162

550S162

90
mph

—

350S162

550S162

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

550S162

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

550S162

'33

—

100
mph

350S162

550S162

—

110
mph

350S162

550S162

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot - 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa,
1 ksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic Uve load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the wall studs.

152

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(5)
28-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ROOF AND CEILING ONLY^ "■ =

50 ksi STEEL

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

SPEED

8-Foot Studs

9-Foot Studs

10-Foot Studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp.C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85
mph

350S162

550S162

90
mph

350S162

550S162

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

550S162

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

550S162

—

100
mph

350S162

550S162

—

110
mph

350S162

550S162

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa,
1 ksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the wall studs.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

153

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(6)
32-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ROOF AND CEILING ONLY^"^

33 ksi STEEL

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

SPEED

8-Foot Studs

g-Foot studs

10-Foot studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp.C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85
mph

—

350S162

'33

550S162

90
mph

—

350S162

550S162

.33

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

550S162

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

:33

550S162

■33

,33

—

100
mph

350S162

■33

550S162

—

110
mph

350S162

550S162

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa,
1 ksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the wall studs.

154

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(7)
32-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ROOF AND CEILING ONLY""

50 ksi STEEL

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

WUHU

SPEED

8-Foot Studs

9-Foot Studs

10-Foot Studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp.C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85
mph

—

350S162

550S162

90
mph

—

350S162

550S162

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

550S162

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

• 33

550S162

—

100
mph

350S162

550S162

—

110
mph

350S162

550S162

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa,
1 ksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the wall studs.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

155

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(8)
36-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ROOF AND CEILING ONLY^ "••=

33 ksi STEEL

WIND
SPEED

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

8-Foot Studs

9-Foot Studs

10-Foot Studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp. C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

! 20

85
mph

—

350S162

: 33

550S162

' 33

90
mph

—

350S162

550S162

. 33

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

, 33

550S162

I 33

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

550S162

; 33

—

100
mph

350S162

550S162

. 33

' 33

—

110
mph

350S162

550S162

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot - 0.0479 kPa,
1 ksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the wall studs.

156

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(9)
36-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ROOF AND CEILING ONLY^''^

50 ksi STEEL

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

SPEED

8-Foot Studs

9-Foot Studs

10-Foot Studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp. C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85
mph

—

350S162

550S162

90
mph

—

350S162

550S162

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

550S162

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

550S162

100
mph

350S162

L 33

550S162

—

110
mph

350S162

550S162

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa,
1 ksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the wall studs.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

157

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(10)
40-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ROOF AND CEILING ONLY^ "■ =

33 ksi STEEL

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

SPEED

8-Foot Studs

9-Foot Studs

10-Foot Studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp.C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85
mph

—

350S162

550S162

90
mph

—

350S162

: 33

550S162

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

.. 33

550S162

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

550S162

, 33

—

100
mph

350S162

' 33

• 43

550S162

! 33

—

110
mph

350S162

' 33

550S162

' 33

i 33

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa,
1 ksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the wall studs.

158

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(11)
40-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ROOF AND CEILING ONLY^ "■"=

50 ksi STEEL

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(Inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

SPEED

8-Foot Studs

9-Foot Studs

10-Foot Studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp.C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85
mph

—

350S162

550S162

33 J

90
mph

—

350S162

550S162

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

550S162

^33

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

550S162

33 .

—

100
mph

350S162

43^

550S162

—

110
mph

350S162

550S162

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil - 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot - 0.0479 kPa,
1 ksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the wall studs.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

.®

159

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(12)
24-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ONE FLOOR, ROOF AND CEILING^"

33 ksi STEEL

WIND
SPEED

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

8-Foot Studs

9-Foot Studs

10-Foot Studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp.C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85
mph

—

350S162

550S162

^ 33

90
mph

—

350S162

550S162

:33

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

550S162

'33

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

.43

550S162

:33

—

100
mph

350S162

.33

550S162

—

110
mph

350S162

:33

550S162

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 icPa,
1 ksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Second floor dead load is 10 psf.
Second floor live load is 30 psf.
Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the \«ill studs.

160

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLER603.3.2(13)
24-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ONE FLOOR, ROOF AND CEILING^- "■"=

50 ksi STEEL

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

SPEED

8-Foot Studs

9-Foot Studs

10-Foot Studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp.C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85
mph

—

350S162

550S162

90
mph

—

350S162

550S162

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

550S162

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

550S162

—

100
mph

350S162

550S162

—

110
mph

350S162

550S162

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa,
1 ksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Second floor dead load is 10 psf.
Second floor live load is 30 psf.
Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the wall studs.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

161

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLER603.3.2(14)
28-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ONE FLOOR, ROOF AND CEILING^' "•=

33 ksi STEEL

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

SPEED

8-Foot Studs

9-Foot Studs

10-Foot Studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp. C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85
mph

—

350S162

550S162

90
mph

—

350S162

550S162

:33

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

550S162

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

'43

550S162

—

100
mph

350S162

550S162

—

110
mph

350S162

550S162

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour - 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot - 0.0479 kPa,
1 ksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Second floor dead load is 10 psf.
Second floor live load is 30 psf.
Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the wall studs.

162

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(15)
28-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ONE FLOOR, ROOF AND CEILING^- "^

50 ksi STEEL

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

SPEED

8-Foot Studs

9-Foot Studs

10-Foot Studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp. C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85
mph

—

350S162

550S162

90
mph

—

350S162

550S162

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

550S162

33_^

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

550S162

—

100
mph

350S162

550S162

—

110
mph

350S162

550S162

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil - 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa,
1 ksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Second floor dead load is 10 psf.
Second floor live load is 30 psf.
Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the wall studs.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

163

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(16)
32-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ONE FLOOR, ROOF AND CEILING^ "^

33 ksi STEEL

WIND
SPEED

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

8-Foot Studs

9-Foot Studs

10-Foot Studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp. C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85
mph

—

350S162

550S162

,33

90
mph

—

350S162

550S162

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

550S162

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

550S162

—

100
mph

350S162

550S162

—

110
mph

350S162

550S162

,33

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa,
1 ksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa. ;

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Second floor dead load is 10 psf.
Second floor live load is 30 psf.
Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the wall studs.

164

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(17)
32-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ONE FLOOR, ROOF AND CEILING^- "■'^

50 ksi STEEL

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(Inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

SPEED

8-Foot Studs

9-Foot Studs

10-Foot Studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp.C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85
mph

—

350S162

550S162

90
mph

—

350S162

550S162

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

550S162

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

550S162

—

100
mph

350S162

16 ^

550S162

—

110
mph

350S162

550S162

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa,
1 ksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Second floor dead load is 10 psf.
Second floor live load is 30 psf.
Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the wall studs.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

165

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(18)
36-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ONE FLOOR, ROOF AND CEILING^- "•=

33 ksi STEEL

WIND
SPEED

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(Inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

8-Foot Studs

9-Foot Studs 1 0-Foot Studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp.C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85
mph

—

350S162

550S162

. 33

I43__

90
mph

—

350S162

: 33

l^3_

' 43

550S162

, 33

|43_

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

. 33

550S162

■ 33

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

I 33

550S162

: 33

:33

—

100
mph

350S162

'43

550S162

! 33

—

110
mph

350S162

: 33

550S162

■ 33

: 33

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa,
1 ksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Second floor dead load is 10 psf.
Second floor live load is 30 psf.
Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the vail studs.

166

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(19)
36-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ONE FLOOR, ROOF AND CEILING^-

50 ksl STEEL

b,c

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(Inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

SPEED

8-Foot Studs

9-Foot Studs

10-Foot Studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp.C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85
mph

—

350S162

550S162

90
mph

—

350S162

'43

550S162

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

550S162

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

550S162

—

100
mph

350S162

550S162

110
mph

350S162

550S162

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa,
lksi= 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Second floor dead load is 10 psf.
Second floor live load is 30 psf.
Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the wall studs.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

167

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(20)
40-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ONE FLOOR, ROOF AND CEILING^ ">

33 ksi STEEL

WIND
SPEED

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

8-Foot Studs

9-Foot Studs

10-Foot Studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp.C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85
mph

—

350S162

' 33

,43

550S162

. 33

:43

90
mph

—

350S162

550S162

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

550S162

mph

90
mph

350S162

43^

550S162

r 43

—

100
mph

350S162

550S162

—

110
mph

350S162

550S162

,43

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour - 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa,
1 ksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Second floor dead load is 10 psf.
Second floor live load is 30 psf.
Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the wall studs.

168

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.3.2(21)
40-FOOT-WIDE BUILDING SUPPORTING ONE FLOOR, ROOF AND CEILING" "

50 ksi STEEL

MEMBER
SIZE

STUD
SPACING
(inches)

MINIMUM STUD THICKNESS (mils)

SPEED

8-Foot Studs

9-Foot Studs

10-Foot Studs

Exp.
A/B

Exp. C

Ground Snow Load (psf)

85
mph

—

350S162

550S162

90
mph

—

350S162

550S162

100
mph

85
mph

350S162

550S162

110
mph

90
mph

350S162

550S162

100
mph

350S162

550S162

—

110
mph

350S162

550S162

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa,
1 ksi = 1000 psi = 6.895 MPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240.

b. Design load assumptions:

Second floor dead load is 10 psf.
Second floor live load is 30 psf.
Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic live load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the wall studs.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

169

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.6(1)

BOX-BEAM HEADER SPANS

Headers supporting roof and ceiling only (33 ksi steel)^- "' '^

MEMBER
DESIGNATION

GROUND SNOW LOAD
(20 psf)

GROUND SNOW LOAD
(30 psf)

Building width*^

Building width'^

24'

28'

32'

36'

40'

24'

28'

32'

36'

40'

2-350S 162-33

3'- 10"

3'-5"

3'-0"

2'-6"

2'-2"

3'-3"

2'-9"

2'-4"

—

2-350S 162-43

5'-l"

4'- 8"

4'-4"

4'-0"

3'-7"

4'-6"

4'-2"

3'-8"

3'-4"

2'- 11"

2-350S 162-54

5'-9"

5'-4"

5'-0"

4'-9"

4'-5"

5'-3"

4'- 10"

4'-6"

4'-2"

3'- 10"

2-350S 162-68

6'-7"

6'-l"

5'-9"

5'-5"

5'-i"

6'-0"

5'-6"

5'-2"

4'- 10"

4'-7"

2-350S 162-97

8'-0"

7'-5"

7'-0"

6'-6"

6'-3"

7'-3"

6'-9"

6'-4"

6'-0"

5'-7"

2-550S 162-33

5'-8"

5'-0"

4'-5"

3'- 11"

3'-4"

4'-9"

4'-l"

3'-6"

2'- 11"

—

2-550S 162-43

7'-2"

6'-8"

6'-3"

5'-8"

5'-2"

6'-6"

5'-ll"

5'-3"

4'-9"

4'-3"

2-550S 162-54

8'-2"

I'-l"

7'-2"

6'-9"

6'-5"

7'-5"

6'-ll"

6'-6"

6'-0"

5'-6"

2-550S162-68

9'-3"

8'-7"

8'-0"

7'-8"

7'-3"

8'-5"

7'-10"

7'-4"

7'-0"

6'-7"

2-550S 162-97

ll'-2"

10'-5"

9'- 10"

9'-3"

8'- 11"

10'-2"

9'-6"

9'-l"

8'-5"

8'-0"

2-800S162-33

6'-9"

5'- 11"

5'-2"

4'-6"

3'- lb"

5'-6"

4'-6"

4'-0"

—

2-800S 162-43

9'-0"

8'-5"

7'-8"

7'-0"

6'-4"

8'-l"

7'-3"

6'-6"

5'-9"

5'-2"

2-800S 162-54

10'-9"

lO'-O"

9'-5"

8'- 11"

8'-4"

9'-9"

9'-l"

8'-6"

7'-9"

7'-l"

2- 800S 162-68

12'-2"

11 '-4"

10'-8"

10'-2"

9'-7"

ll'-l"

10'-4"

9'-9"

9'-3"

8'-9"

2-800S 162-97

14'-9"

13'-9"

13'-0"

12'-3"

11 '-7"

13'-5"

12'-6"

ll'-lO"

ll'-2"

10'-7"

2- lOOOS 162-43

lO'-O"

9'-2"

8'-4"

7'-6"

6'-9"

8'-9"

7'- 10"

7'-0"

6'-2"

5'-5"

2-1000S162-54

12'-0"

11 '-2"

10'-6"

9'- 11"

9'-2"

lO'-ll"

10'-2"

9'-3"

8'-6"

7'-9"

2- lOOOS 162-68

14'-5"

13'-6"

12'-8"

12'-0"

11 '-5"

13'-2"

12'-3"

11 '-6"

11 '-0"

10'-4"

2-1000S162-97

17'-5"

16'-4"

15'-4"

14'-6"

13'-11"

16'-0"

14'- 11"

14'-0"

13'-3"

12'-7"

2- 1200S 162-43

lO'-lO"

9'-9"

8'-9"

7'- 11"

7'-l"

9'-3"

8'-2"

7'-2"

6'-4"

5'-6"

2-1200S 162-54

13'-0"

12'-2"

ll'-6"

10'-7"

9'-^"

U'-U"

U'-O"

lO'-O"

9'-0"

8'-2"

2- 1200S 162-68

15'-5"

14'-5"

13'-6"

12'-11"

12'-3"

14'-0"

13'-2"

12'-4"

ll'-9"

10'- 11"

2- 1200S 162-97

20'- 1"

18'-9"

17'-9"

16'-9"

16'-b"

18'-4"

17'-2"

16'-2"

15'-3"

14'-7"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

a. Deflection criteria: L/360 for live loads, L/240 for total loads. '

b. Design load assumptions:

Roof/Ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic dead load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the header

170

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.6(2)

BOX-BEAM HEADER SPANS

Headers supporting roof and ceiling only (33 ksi steel)^' "' '^

MEMBER
DESIGNATION

GROUND SNOW LOAD
(50 psf)

GROUND SNOW LOAD
(70 psf)

Building width'^

24'

28'

32'

36'

40'

24'

28'

32'

38'

40'

2-350S 162-33

—

2-350S 162-43

3'-2"

2'-7"

2'-2"

—

2'-0"

—

2-350S 162-54

4'-l"

3'-6"

3'-l"

2'-8"

2'-3"

3'-0"

2'-6"

2-350S162-68

4'-9"

4'-5"

4'-0"

3'-7"

3'-3"

4'-0"

3'-4"

3'-0"

2'-6"

2'-l"

2-350S 162-97

5'-10"

5'-5"

5'-l"

4'-9"

4'-6"

5'-0"

4'-7"

4'-4"

4'-0"

3'-9"

2-550S 162-33

2'-9"

—

2-550S 162-43

4'-7"

3'- 11"

3'-3"

—

3'-2"

2-550S162-54

5'- 10"

5'-2"

4'-6"

4'-0"

3'-6"

4'-5"

3'-9"

3'-l"

2-550S162-68

6'- 10"

6'-4"

5'-9"

5'-3"

4'-9"

5'-7"

5'-0"

4'-4"

3'-9"

3'-3"

2-550S 162-97

8'-4"

7'-9"

7'-3"

6'- 10"

6'-6"

7'-2"

6'-8"

6'-3"

5'-ll"

5'-7"

2-800S 162-33

—

2-800S 162-43

5'-7"

4'-9"

3'- 11"

—

2-800S 162-54

7'-7" ,

6'-8"

5'- 11"

5'-2"

4'-6"

5'-9"

4'- 10"

2-800S 162-68

9'-l"

8'-4"

7'-6"

6'-10"

6'-3"

7'-4"

6'-6"

5'-9"

5'-0"

4'-4"

2-800S 162-97

ll'-O"

10'-4"

9'-8"

9'-2"

8'-9"

9'-6"

8'- 11"

8'-4"

7'- 11"

7'-6"

2-1000S162-43

6'-0"

4'- 11"

—

2-1000S162-54

8'-4"

7'-4"

6'-4"

5'-7"

4'-9"

6'-3"

5'-2"

2- lOOOS 162-68

10'-9"

9'-9"

8'- 10"

8'-0"

7'-3"

8'-7"

7-1"

6'-7"

5'-9"

5'-0"

2-1000S162-97

13'-1"

12'-3"

ir-6"

lO'-ll"

10'-4"

ir-4"

10'-7"

lO'-O"

9'-5"

8'-ll"

2- 1200S 162-43

6'-l"

—

2- 1200S 162-54

8'-9"

7'-8"

6'-7"

5'-9"

6'-6"

—

2- 1200S 162-68

ll'-6"

10'-4"

9'-4"

8'-4"

I'-l"

9'-l"

8'-0"

6'- 11"

6'-0"

2- 1200S 162-97

15'-1"

14'-1"

13'-3"

12'-7"

12'-0"

13'-1"

12'-3"

11 '-6"

ll'-O"

10'-2"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

a. Deflection criteria: L/360 for Uve loads, L/240 for total loads.

b. Design load assumptions:

Roof/Ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic dead load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the header

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

171

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.6(3)
BOX-BEAM HEADER SPANS
Headers supporting one floor, roof and ceiling (33 ksi

steel)^

MEMBER
DESIGNATION

GROUND SNOW LOAD
(20 psf)

GROUND SNOW LOAD
(30 psf)

Building width'^

24'

28'

32'

36'

40'

24'

28'

32'

36'

40'

2-350S 162-33

—

2-350S 162-43

2'-6"

2'-5"

2-350S 162-54

3'-6"

3'-0"

2'-6"

—

3'-4"

2'- 10"

2'-4"

—

2-350S 162-68

4'-4"

3'- 11"

3'-5"

3'-0"

2'-7"

4'-3"

3'-9"

3'-3"

2'- 10"

2'-6"

2-350S 162-97

5'-4"

5'-0"

4'-7"

4'-4"

4'-l"

5'-4"

4'- 11"

4'-6"

4'-3"

4'-0"

2-550S162-33

___

2-550S 162-43

3'-9"

3'-0"

—

— .

3'-7"

2'-ll"

—

2-550S 162-54

5'-0"

4'-4"

3'-9"

3'-2"

4'-10"

4'-2"

3'-6"

3'-0"

2-550S162-68

6'-3"

5'-6"

5'-0"

4'-5"

4'-0"

6'-l"

5'-5"

4'-9"

4'-3"

3'-9"

2-550S 162-97

7'-8"

7'-2"

6'-8"

6'-4"

6'-0"

7'-6"

7'-0"

6'-6"

6'-2"

5'- 10"

2-800S 162-33

—

— .

—

2-800S 162-43

4'-6"

;

4'-4"

2-800S162-54

6'-6"

5'-7"

4'-10"

4'-l"

6'-4"

5'-5"

4'-7"

2-800S 162-68

8'-2"

7'-3"

6'-6"

5'- 10"

5'-2"

8'-0"

7'-0"

6'-4"

5'-6"

5'-0"

2-800S 162-97

lO'-l"

9'-6"

8'- 11"

8'-6"

8'-0"

lO'-O"

9'-4"

8'-9"

8'-3"

7'- 11"

2-lOOOS 162-43

4'-9"

—

— .

—

2-1000S162-54

7'-l"

6'-0"

5'-2"

6'-10"

5'- 10"

4'- 11"

—

2-1000S162-68

9'-7"

8'-6"

I'-l"

6'-9"

6'-0"

9'-4"

8'-4"

7'-4"

6'-6"

5'-9"

2-1000S162-97

12'-0"

11 '-3"

10'-7"

lO'-O"

9'-6"

ll'-ll"

11'- 1"

10'-5"

9'-ll"

9'-5"

2- 1200S 162-43

— -

—

2-1200S162-54

7'-6"

6'-4"

—

7'-2"

6'-0"

—

2- 1200S 162-68

10'- 1"

9'-0"

8'-0"

7'-0"

6'-2"

9'- 11"

8'-9"

7'-9"

6'-9"

6'-0"

2-1200S162-97

14'-0"

13'-0"

12'-3"

ll'-7"

11 '-P"

13'-9"

12'-10"

12'-0"

11 '-6"

10'- 11"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

a. Deflection criteria: L/360 for live loads, L/240 for total loads.

b. Design load assumptions:

Roof/Ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic dead load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the header

172

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.6(4)

BOX-BEAM HEADER SPANS

Headers supporting one floor, roof and ceiling (33 ksi steel)^'''''^

MEMBER
DESIGNATION

GROUND SNOW LOAD
(50 psf)

GROUND SNOW LOAD
(70 psf)

Building width<=

Building wldth*^

24'

28'

32'

36'

40'

24'

28'

32'

36'

40'

2-350S162-33

—

2-350S 162-43

—

2-350S 162-54

2'-6"

2'-l"

—

2-350S 162-68

3'-6"

3'-0"

2'-6"

2'-2"

2'-9"

2'-2"

—

2-350S 162-97

4'-9"

4'-5"

4'-l"

3'- 10"

3'-7"

4'-2"

3'- 11"

3'-7"

3'-4"

2'- 11"

2-550S162-33

2-550S162-43

2-550S162-54

3'- 11"

3'-4"

—

2'-10"

2-550S 162-68

5'-2"

4'-6"

3'-ll"

3'-4"

2'- 10"

4'-l"

3'-5"

2'-9"

—

2-550S 162-97

6'- 10"

6'-4"

6'-0"

5'-7"

5'-4"

6'-l"

5'-7"

5'-4"

4'-9"

4'-4"

2-800S 162-33

—

2-800S 162-43

—

2-800S 162-54

5'-l"

4'-2"

—

2-800S 162-68

6'-9"

6'-l"

5'-2"

4'-5"

5'-5"

4'-6"

2-800S 162-97

9'-l"

8'-6"

8'-0"

7'-6"

r-1"

8'-2"

7'-7"

7'-0"

6'-5"

5'- 10"

2-lOOOS 162-43

—

2-1000S162-54

5'-6"

—

2-1000S162-68

7'- 10"

6'- 11"

6'-0"

5'-2"

6'-4"

5'-4"

2- lOOOS 162-97

10'- 10"

lO'-l"

9'-6"

9'-0"

8'-4"

9'-9"

9'-2"

8'-4"

I'-T

7'-0"

2- 1200S 162-43

— _

—

2- 1200S 162-54

5'-7"

—

2- 1200S 162-68

8'-4"

7'-2"

6'-2"

—

6'-6"

2- 1200S 162-97

12'-6"

ll'-8"

11 '-0"

10'-4"

9'-6"

ll'-3"

10'-6"

9'-6"

8'-8"

8'-0"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

a. Deflection criteria: L/360 for live loads, L/240 for total loads.

b. Design load assumptions:

Roof/Ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic dead load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the header.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

173

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.6(5)

BACK-TO-BACK HEADER SPANS

Headers supporting roof and ceiling only (33 ksi steel)^' "' *=

MEMBER
DESIGNATION

GROUND SNOW LOAD
(20 psf)

GROUND SNOW LOAD
(30 psf)

Building width''

24'

28'

32'

36'

40^

24'

28'

32'

36'

40'

2-350S162-33

3'-7"

3'-l"

2'-8"

2'-4"

— '.

2'- 11"

2'-6"

—

2-350S 162-43

5'-0"

4'-8"

4'-4"

3'- 10"

3'-7"

4'-6"

4'-0"

3'-8"

3'-4"

2'- 11"

2-350S 162-54

5'-9"

5'-5"

5'-0"

4'-9"

4'-6"

5'-3"

4'- 10"

4'-6"

4'-4"

3'- 11"

2-350S 162-68

6'-7"

6'-2"

5'-9"

5'-5"

5'-2"

5'- 11"

5'-7"

5'-2"

4'-10"

4'-7"

2-350S 162-97

7'- 11"

7'-6"

6'- 11"

6'-7"

6'-6"

7'-4"

6'-9"

6'-4"

5'- 11"

5'-8"

2-550S 162-33

5'-5"

4'-9"

4'-4"

3'-9"

3'-5"

4'-7"

3'- 11"

3'-5"

2'- 11"

2-550S 162-43

7'-3"

6'-8"

6'-2"

5'-8"

5'-4"

6'-6"

5'- 10"

5'-5"

4'- 10"

4'-6"

2-550S162-54

8'-2"

7'-8"

7'-2"

6'-9"

6'-5"

7'-5"

6'- 10"

6'-6"

6'-l"

5'-9"

2-550S 162-68

9'-4"

8'-8"

8'-7"

7'-8"

7'-4"

8'-6"

7'- 10"

7'-5"

6'-ll"

6'-7"

2-550S 162-97

11 '-3"

10'-6"

9'- 11"

9'-4"

8'- 10"

10'-3"

9'-6"

8'- 11"

8'-6"

8'-0"

2-800S 162-33

6'-9"

5'- 11"

5'-5"

4'-9"

4'-4"

6'-9"

5'-0"

4'-5"

3'-9"

—

2-800S 162-43

9'-l"

8'-6"

7'-9"

7'-3"

6'-8"

8'-3"

7'-6"

6'-9"

6'-3"

5'-8"

2-800S 162-54

10'-9"

10'- 1"

9'-6"

8'- 11"

8'-6"

9'-9"

9'-2"

8'-7"

8'-2"

7'-8"

2-800S 162-68

12'-3"

ll'-5"

10'-9"

10'-2"

9'-8"^

ll'-2"

10'-5"

9'-9"

9'-4"

8'-9"

2-800S 162-97

14'-9"

13'-9"

13'-0"

12'-4"

ll'-8"

13'-6"

12'-7"

U'-IO"

ll'-2"

10'-8"

2-1000S162-43

10'- 1"

9'-5"

8'-8"

8'-0"

7'-6"

9'-l"

8'-4"

7'-7"

6'- 11"

6'-5"

2- lOOOS 162-54

12'-0"

11 '-5"

10'-7"

lO'-O"

9'-6"

11 '-0"

10'-3"

9'-7"

9'-l"

8'-6"

2-1000S162-68

14'-6"

13'-6"

12'-8"

12'-0"

11 '-6"

13'-2"

12'-4"

11 '-7"

10'- 11"

10'-6"

2-1000S162-97

17'-6"

16'-5"

15'-5"

14'-7"

13'- 10"

16'-0"

14'- 10"

14'-0"

13'-4"

12'-8"

2-1200S162-43

U'-O"

10'-4"

9'-6"

8'-9"

8'-2"

lO'-O"

9'-l"

8'-4"

7'-7"

7'-0"

2- 1200S 162-54

13'-1"

12'-3"

11 '-6"

10'- 10"

10'-5"

11'- 10"

ll'-l"

10'-6"

9'- 10"

9'-4"

2-1200S162-68

15'-6"

14'-6"

13'-7"

12'- 10"

12'-3"

14'- 1"

13'-2"

12'-5"

ll'-9"

ll'-2"

2- 1200S 162-97

20'-2"

18'-9"

17'-9"

16'-9"

16'-b"

18'-4"

17'-2"

16'-2"

15'-5"

14'-7"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot - 0.0479kPa, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

a. Deflection criteria: L/360 for live loads, L/240 for total loads.

b. Design load assumptions:

Roof/Ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic dead load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the header.

174

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.6(6)

BACK-TO-BACK HEADER SPANS

Headers supporting roof and ceiling only (33 ksi steel)^'''''^

MEMBER
DESIGNATION

GROUND SNOW LOAD
(50 psf)

GROUND SNOW LOAD
(70 psf)

Building width<=

Building width''

24'

28'

32'

36'

40'

24'

28'

32'

36'

40'

2-350S 162-33

2-350S 162-43

3'-2"

2'-8"

2'-4"

—

2'-3"

—

2-350S 162-54

4'-3"

3'-8"

3'-5"

2'- 11"

2'-8"

3'-4"

2'-9"

2'-5"

2'-0"

l'-7"

2-350S162-68

4'-9"

4'-6"

4'-2"

3'- 10"

3'-7"

4'-l"

3'-9"

3'-5"

3'-l"

2'-8"

2-350S 162-97

5'- 10"

5'-6"

5'-2"

4'- 10"

4'-7"

5'-0"

4'-8"

4'-5"

4'-2"

3'- 10"

2-550S 162-33

2'-9"

—

2-550S 162-43

4'-9"

4'-2"

3'-8"

3'-3"

2'-8"

3'-6"

2'- 10"

2-550S 162-54

6'-0"

5'-6"

4'- 11"

4'-6"

4'-l"

4'- 10"

4'-4"

3'- 10"

3'-6"

2'- 11"

2-550S162-68

6'- 10"

6'-5"

5'-ll"

5'-8"

5'-4"

5'-ll"

5'-6"

4'- 11"

4'-7"

4'-3"

2-550S 162-97

8'-5"

7'-7"

4'-4"

6'- 10"

6'-7"

7'-3"

6'-8"

6'-4"

5'- 11"

5'-8"

2-800S 162-33

3'-8"

2-800S 162-43

6'-l"

5'-5"

4'-9"

4'-2"

3'-8"

4'-7"

3'-9"

2-800S 162-54

8'-0"

7'-4"

6'-8"

6'-l"

5'-7"

6'-6"

5'-8"

5'-3"

4'-8"

4'-3"

2-800S 162-68

9'-l"

8'-6"

7'- 11"

7'-7"

r-1"

7'- 10"

7'-5"

6'-9"

6'-3"

5'-9"

2-800S 162-97

ll'-l"

10'-4"

9'-8"

9'-2"

8'-9"

9'-8"

8'- 11"

8'-5"

7'- 11"

7'-7"

2-1000S162-43

6'-9"

6'-0"

5'-5"

4'-9"

4'-2"

5'-2"

4'-5"

2- lOOOS 162-54

8'- 11"

8'-2"

7-6"

6'- 10"

6'-6"

7'-4"

6'-7"

5'- 10"

5'-4"

4'-9"

2-1000S162-68

10'-9"

lO'-l"

9'-6"

8'- 11"

8'-6"

9'-5"

8'-9"

8'-l"

7'-6"

6'- 10"

2-1000S162-97

13'-1"

12'-4"

ll'-6"

lO'-lO"

10'-5"

ll'-5"

10'-7"

9'-ll"

9'-6"

8'- 11"

2-1200S162-43

7'-6"

6'-7"

5'- 10"

5'-2"

4'-7"

5'-8"

4'- 10"

2- 1200S 162-54

9'-9"

8'- 10"

8'-l"

7'-6"

6'- 10"

7'- 11"

7'-2"

6'-6"

5'-9"

5'-3"

2-1200S162-68

ir-7"

10'-9"

10'-2"

9'-7"

9'-l"

10'-2"

9'-6"

8'-7"

7'- 11"

7'-5"

2-1200S162-97

15'-1"

14'- 1"

13'-4"

12'-7"

12'-0"

13'-2"

12'-4"

11 '-7"

lO'-ll"

10'-6"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

a. Deflection criteria: L/360 for live loads, L/240 for total loads.

b. Design load assumptions:

Roof/Ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic dead load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by theheader.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

175

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.6(7)
BACK-TO-BACK HEADER SPANS
Headers supporting one floor, roof and ceiling (33 ksi

steel)'

,3, b, c

MEMBER
DESIGNATION

GROUND SNOW LOAD
(20 psf)

GROUND SNOW LOAD
(30 psf)

Building width'^

Building wldth<=

24'

28'

32'

36'

40'

24'

28'

32'

36'

40'

2-350S162-33

—

2-350S 162-43

2'-7"

2'-l"

—

2'-6"

—

2-350S 162-54

3'-8"

3'-3"

2'-9"

2'-6"

2'-l"

3'-7"

3'-l"

2'-8"

2'-5"

I'-ll"

2-350S 162-68

4'-5"

4'-0"

3'-9"

3'-6"

3'-l"

4'-4"

3'- 11"

3'-8"

3'-5"

3'-0"

2-350S 162-97

5'-5"

4'- 11"

4'-8"

4'-5"

4'-l"

5'-4"

4'- 10"

4'-7"

4'-4"

4'-0"

2-550S 162-33

—

— -

—

2-550S 162-43

4'-l"

3'-6"

2'- 10"

2'-5"

— ,

3'- 11"

3'-5"

2'-9"

—

2-550S 162-54

5'-5"

4'-9"

4'-4"

3'- 10"

3'-6"

5'-3"

4'-8"

4'-3"

3'-9"

3'-5"

2-550S 162-68

6'-6"

5'- 10"

5'-6"

5'-l"

4'-8"

6'-2"

5'-9"

5'-5"

4'- 11"

4'-7"

2-550S 162-97

7'-8"

7'-2"

6'-8"

6'-5"

5'- 11"

7'-7"

7'-0"

6'-7"

6'-3"

5'- 10"

2-800S162-33

—

2-800S 162-43

5'-4"

4'-7"

3'- 10"

3'-4"

5'-l"

4'-5"

3'-9"

2-800S 162-54

7'-3"

6'-6"

5'-10"

5'-4"

4'-9"

6'- 11"

6'-4"

5'-8"

5'-3"

4'-8"

2-800S 162-68

8'-5"

7'-9"

7'-5"

6'-9"

6'-5"

8'-4"

7'-8"

7'-3"

6'-8"

6'-3"

2-800S 162-97

10'-2"

9'-6"

8'- 11"

8'-6"

8'-l"

lO'-O"

9'-5"

8'-9"

8'-5"

7'- 10"

2- lOOOS 162-43

5'-9"

5'-l"

4'-5"

3'-9"

— "

5'-8"

4'- 11"

4'-4"

—

2-1000S162-54

7'- 11"

7'-3"

6'-7"

5'- 11"

5'-5"

7'-9"

7'-l"

6'-5"

5'-9"

5'-4"

2-1000S162-68

9'-ll"

9'-4"

8'-9"

8'-l"

I'-T

9'- 10"

9'-2"

8'-7"

7'- 11"

7'-5"

2-1000S162-97

12'-1"

11 '-4"

10'-8"

lO'-O"

9'-7"

ll'-ll"

ll'-l"

10'-6"

9'- 10"

9'-6"

2-1200S162-43

6'-6"

5'-8"

4'- 10"

4'-2"

6'-4"

5'-6"

4'-8"

2- 1200S 162-54

8'-8"

7'- 10"

7'-2"

6'-6"

5'- 11"

8'-6"

7'-8"

6'- 11"

6'-5"

5'-9"

2- 1200S 162-68

10'-8"

9'- 11"

9'-5"

8'-8"

8'-l"

10'-6"

9'-9"

9'-3"

8'-6"

7'- 11"

2- 1200S 162-97

13'- 11"

13'-0"

12'-4"

11 '-7"

ii'-i"

13'-9"

12'-10"

12'- 1"

11 '-6"

lO'-lO"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot - 0.0479 kPa, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

a. Deflection criteria: L/360 for live loads, L/240 for total loads.

b. Design load assumptions:

Second floor dead load is 10 psf.
Roof/Ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Second floor live load is 30 psf.
Roof/ceiling load is 12 psf.
Attic dead load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by th'e header.

176

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.6(8)
BACK-TO-BACK HEADER SPANS
Headers supporting one floor, roof and ceiling (33 ksi

steel)^

MEMBER
DESIGNATION

GROUND SNOW LOAD
(50 psf)

GROUND SNOW LOAD
(70 psf)

Building width'^

Building width*^

24'

28'

32'

36'

40'

24'

28'

32'

36'

40'

2-350S 162-33

—

. — .

—

2-350S 162-43

—

2-350S162-54

2'- 11"

2'-6"

2'-2"

2'-4"

2-350S 162-68

3'- 10"

3'-6"

3'-2"

2'-9"

2'-6"

3'-4"

2'- 10"

2'-6"

2'-3"

I'-IO"

2-350S 162-97

4'-9"

4'-5"

4'-2"

3'- 10"

3'-8"

4'-3"

3'- 10"

3'-8"

3'-5"

3'-2"

2-550S 162-33

—

2-550S 162-43

3'-l"

2'-5"

—

2-550S162-54

4'-6"

3'-10"

3'-6"

3'-0"

2'-7"

3'-8"

3'-l"

2'-7"

2'-l"

—

2-550S 162-68

5'-7"

5'-l"

4'-8"

4'-4"

3'-ll"

4'-10" .

4'-5"

3'- 10"

3'-6"

3'-3"

2-550S 162-97

6'- 10"

6'-5"

5'- 11"

5'-8"

5'-5"

6'-2"

5'-8"

5'-.5"

3'-l"

4'-9"

2-800S162-33

2-800S 162-43

4'-l"

3'-5"

—

2-800S 162-54

6'-0"

5'-5"

4'-9"

4'-4"

3'-9"

4'- 11"

4'-5"

3'-9"

3'-2"

—

2-800S 162-68

7'-6"

6'- 10"

e-5"

5'- 10"

5'-5"

6'-7"

5'-10"

5'-5"

4'-10"

4'-6"

2-800S 162-97

9'-l"

8'-6"

8'-0"

r-T

7'-4"

8'-3"

7'-8"

7'-3"

6'-9"

6'-6"

2-1000S162-43

4'-8"

3'- 10"

—

2-1000S162-54

6'-9"

6'-0"

5'-5"

4'-10"

4'-4"

5'-8"

4'-10"

4'-4"

3'-8"

2-1000S162-68

8'-10"

8'-3"

7'-7"

6'- 11"

6'-6"

7'-9"

7'-l"

6'-6"

5'- 10"

5'-5"

2- lOOOS 162-97

lO'-lO"

10'-3"

9'-7"

9'-l"

8'-8"

9'-9"

9'-3"

8'-7"

8'-3"

7'-9"

2-1200S162-43

5'-l"

4'_42

—

2- 1200S 162-54

r-5"

6'-6"

5'-10"

5'-4"

4'-9"

6'-3"

5'-5"

4'-8"

4'-l"

—

2-1200S162-68

9'-7"

8'-9"

8'-l"

7'-6"

6'- 11"

8'-8"

7'-7"

6'- 11"

6'-4"

5'-9"

2-1200S162-97

12'-6"

11 '-8"

11'- 1"

10'-6"

9'- 11"

11 '-4"

10'-7"

lO'-O"

9'-6"

9'-0"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

a. Deflection criteria: L/360 for live loads, L/240 for total loads.

b. Design load assumptions:

Second floor dead load is 10 psf.
Roof/Ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Second floor live load is 30 psf.
Roof/ceiling dead load is 12 psf.
Attic dead load is 10 psf.

c. Building width is in the direction of horizontal framing members supported by the header.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

177

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.6(9)
TOTAL NUMBER OF JACK AND KING STUDS REQUIRED AT EACH END OF AN OPENING

SIZE OF OPENING
(feet-inches)

24" O.C. STUD SPACING

16" O.C. STUD SPACING

No. of jack studs

No. of king studs

No. of jack studs

No. of king studs

Up to 3'-6"

> 3'-6" to 5'-0"

> 5'-0" to 5'-6"

> 5'-6" to 8'-0"

> 8'-0" to 10'-6"

2 .

> 10'-6" to 12'-0"

2 :

>12'-0"tol3'-0"

>13'-0"tol4'-0"

3 ,

> 14'-0" to 16'-0"

3 '

>16'-0"tol8'-0"

3 ■

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

TABLE R603.6(10)
HEADER TO KING STUD CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS^ "^^

HEADER SPAN
(feet)

BASIC WIND SPEED (mph), EXPOSURE

85 A/B or Seismic Design
Categories A, B, C, Dq, D., and Dj

85 Cor less than 110 A/B

Less than HOC

<4'

4-No. 8 screws

6-No. 8 screws

> 4' to 8'

4-No. 8 screws

8 -No. 8 screws

> 8' to 12'

4-No. 8 screws

6-No. 8 screws

10-No. 8 screws

> 12'to 16'

4-No. 8 screws

8-No. 8 screws

12-No. 8 screws

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound = 4.448 N.

a. All screw sizes shown are minimum.

b. For headers located on the first floor of a two-story building, the total number of screws may be reduced by two screws, but the total number of screws shall be no
less than four.

c. For roof slopes of 6: 12 or greater, the required number of screws may be reduced 'by half, but the total number of screws shall be no less than four.

d. Screwscanbereplacedbyanupliftconnectorwhichhasacapacityof the number of screws multiplied by 164 pounds (e.g., 12-No. 8 screws can be replaced by an
uplift connector whose capacity exceeds 12 X 164 pounds = 1,968 pounds).

TABLE R603.6(11)
HEAD TRACK SPAN (33 ksi Steel)

BASIC WIND
SPEED (mph)

ALLOWABLE HEAD TRACK SPAN^' "
(ft-in)

Exposure

Track Designation

A/B

350T1 25-33

350T1 25-43

350T1 25-54

550T1 25-33

550T1 25-43

550T1 25-54

5'-0"

5'-7"

6'-2"

5'- 10"

6'-8"

7'-0"

4'-10"

5'-5"

6'-0"

5'-8"

6'-3"

6'-10"

100

4'-6"

5'-l"

5'-8"

5'-4"

5'- 11"

6'-5"

110

4'-2"

4'-9"

5^-4"

5'-l"

5'-7"

6'-l"

100

3'- 11"

4'-6"

5'-0"

4'- 10"

5'-4"

5'- 10"

110

3'-8"

4'-2"

4^-9"

4'-l"

5'-l"

5'-7"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 nrni, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.

a. Deflection Limit: L/240

b. Head track spans are based on components and cladding wind speeds and a 49-inch tributary span.

178

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

WALL CONSTRUCTION

2 SCREWS AT 24 IN. O.C.
(ONE PER HEADER FLANGE)

2SCREWSAT24IN. O.C.

(SEE ALTERNATE DETAIL)

CLIP ANGLE ATTACHED WITH SCREWS
IN EACH LEG OF CLIP ANGLE,
MINIMUM ANGLE LENGTH = HEADER
DEPTH MINUS V2 IN.

JACKSTUD(S)
KINGSTUD(S)

STRUCTURAL
SHEATHING EXTERIOR

SCREW AT 24 IN. O.C. THROUGH EXTERIOR
SHEATHING TO EACH JACK AND KING STUD

2 SCREWS AT 24" O.C
ONE PER FLANGE

C-SHAPES

TRACK

CRIPPLE STUD

TRACK OR C-SHAPE
ATTACH WITH SCREWS
(MmmUM DEPTH = HEADER
DEPTH MINUS H INCH)

KING STUD{S)

JACKSTUD(S)

SCREWS TO SHEATHING TO
EACH JACK AND KING STUD
AT 12" ON CENTER

For SI; 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

ALTERNATE DETAIL
(BOX BEAM HEADER)

FIGURE R603.6
HEADER DETAIL

STRUCTURAL SHEATHING

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

179

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R603.7
MINIMUM PERCENTAGE OF FULL HEIGHT STRUCTURAL SHEATHING ON EXTERIOR WALLS"- *"= ''^

WALL SUPPORTING

ROOF
SLOPE

WIND SPEED (mph) AND EXPOSURE

85A/B

100A/B

110A/Bor85C

100 c

110C

Roof and ceiling only

3:12

6:12

9:12

12:12

One story, roof and ceiling

3:12

6:12

9:12

12:12

100

115

For SI: 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.

a. Linear interpolation shall be permitted.

b. Bracing amount shall not be less than 20 percent of the wall length after all applicable adjustments are made.

c. Minimum percentages are based on a building aspect ratio of 1 : 1 . Minimum percentages for the shorter walls of a building shall be multiplied by a factor of 1 . 5 and
2.0 for building aspect ratios of 1.5:1 and 2:1 respectively.

d. For hip roofed homes with continuous structural sheathing, the amount of bracing shall be permitted to be multiplied by a factor of 0.95 for roof slopes not exceed-
ing 7:12 and a factor of 0.9 for roof slopes greater than 7:12.

e. Sheathing percentages are permitted to be reduced in accordance with Section R603.7.2.

SECTION R604
WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS

R604.1 Identification and grade. Wood structural panels
shall conform to DOC PS 1 or DOC PS 2. All panels shall be
identified by a grade mark or certificate of inspection issued by
an approved agency.

R604.2 Allowable spans. The maximum allowable spans for
wood structural panel wall sheathing shall not exceed the val-
ues set forth in Table R602.3(3).

R604.3 Installation. Wood structural panel wall sheathing
shall be attached to framing in accordance with Table
R602.3(l). Wood structural panels marked Exposure 1 or
Exterior are considered water-repellent sheathing under the
code.

SECTION R605
PARTICLEBOARD

R605.1 Identification and grade. Particleboard shall conform
to ANSI A208.1 and shall be so identified by a grade mark or
certificate of inspection issued by an approved agency.
Particleboard shall comply with the grades specified in Table
R602.3(4).

SECTION R606
GENERAL MASONRY CONSTRUCTION

R606.1 General. Masonry construction shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with the provisions of this secdon or
in accordance with the provisions of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS
402.

R606.1.1 Professional registration not required. When
the empirical design provisions of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS
402 Chapter 5 or the provisions of this section are used to
design masonry, project drawings, typical details and speci-
fications are not required to bear the seal of the architect or

engineer responsible for design, unless otherwise required
by the state law of the jurisdiction having authority.

R606.2 Thickness of masonry. The nominal thickness of
masonry walls shall conform to the requirements of Sections
R606.2.1 through R606.2.4.

R606.2.1 Minimum thickness. The minimum thickness of
masonry bearing walls more than one story high shall be 8
inches (203 mm). Solid masonry walls of one-story dwell-
ings and garages shall not be less than 6 inches (152 mm) in
thickness when not greater than 9 feet (2743 mm) in height,
provided that when gable construction is used, an additional 6
feet (1 829 mm) is permitted to the peak of the gable. Masonry
walls shall be laterally supported in either the horizontal or
vertical direction at intervals as required by Section R606.9.

R606.2.2 Rubble stone masonry wall. The minimum
thickness of rough, random or coursed rubble stone
masonry walls shall be 16 inches (406 mm).

R606.2.3 Change in thickness. Where walls of masonry of
hollow units or masonry-bonded hollow walls are decreased
in thickness, a course of solid masonry shall be constructed
between the wall below and the thinner wall above, or spe-
cial units or construction shall be used to transmit the loads
from face shells or wythes above to those below.

R606.2.4 Parapet walls. Unreinforced solid masonry para-
pet walls shall not be less than 8 inches (203 mrn) thick and
their height shall not exceed four times their thickness.
Unreinforced hollow unit masonry parapet walls shall be
not less than 8 inches (203 mm) thick, and their height shall
not exceed three times their thickness. Masonry parapet
walls in areas subject to wind loads of 30 pounds per square
foot (1.44 kPa) located in Seismic Design Category Dg, Dj
\ or D2, or on townhouses in Seismic Design Category C shall
' be reinforced in accordance with Section R606.12.

R606.3 Corbeled masonry. Solid masonry units shall be used
for corbeling. The maximum corbeled projection beyond the

180

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

WALL CONSTRUCTION

face of the wall shall not be more than one-half of the wall
thickness or one-half the wythe thickness for hollow walls; the
maximum projection of one unit shall not exceed one-half the
height of the unit or one-third the thickness at right angles to the
wall. When corbeled masonry is used to support floor or
roof-framing members, the top course of the corbel shall be a
header course or the top course bed joint shall have ties to the
vertical wall. The hollow space behind the corbeled masonry
shall be filled with mortar or grout.

R606.4 Support conditions. Bearing and support conditions
shall be in accordance with Sections R606.4.1 and R606.4.2.

R606.4.1 Bearing on support. Each masonry wythe shall
be supported by at least two-thirds of the wythe thickness.

R606.4.2 Support at foundation. Cavity wall or masonry
veneer construction may be supported on an 8-inch (203
mm) foundation wall, provided the 8-inch (203 mm) wall is
corbeled with solid masonry to the width of the wall system
above. The total horizontal projection of the corbel shall not
exceed 2 inches (51 mm) with individual corbels projecting
not more than one-third the thickness of the unit or one-half
the height of the unit.

R606.5 Allowable stresses. Allowable compressive stresses in
masonry shall not exceed the values prescribed in Table
R606.5. In determining the stresses in masonry, the effects of
all loads and conditions of loading and the influence of all
forces affecting the design and strength of the several parts
shall be taken into account.

R606.5.1 Combined units. In walls or other structural
members composed of different kinds or grades of units,
materials or mortars, the maximum stress shall not exceed
the allowable stress for the weakest of the combination of
units, materials and mortars of which the member is com-
posed. The net thickness of any facing unit that is used to
resist stress shall not be less than 1.5 inches (38 mm).

R606.6 Piers. The unsupported height of masonry piers shall
not exceed ten times their least dimension. When structural
clay tile or hollow concrete masonry units are used for isolated
piers to support beams and girders, the cellular spaces shall be
filled solidly with concrete or Type M or S mortar, except that
unfilled hollow piers may be used if their unsupported height is
not more than four times their least dimension. Where hollow
masonry units are solidly filled with concrete or Type M, S or N
mortar, the allowable compressive stress shall be permitted to
be increased as provided in Table R606.5.

R606.6.1 Pier cap. Hollow piers shall be capped with 4
inches (102 mm) of solid masonry or concrete or shall have
cavities of the top course filled with concrete or grout or
other approved methods.

R606.7 Chases. Chases and recesses in masonry walls shall
not be deeper than one-third the wall thickness, and the maxi-
mum length of a horizontal chase or horizontal projection shall
not exceed 4 feet (1219 mm), and shall have at least 8 inches
(203 mm) of masonry in back of the chases and recesses and
between adjacent chases or recesses and the jambs of openings.
Chases and recesses in masonry walls shall be designed and
constructed so as not to reduce the required strength or required
fire resistance of the wall and in no case shall a chase or recess

be permitted within the required area of a pier. Masonry
directly above chases or recesses wider than 12 inches (305
mm) shall be supported on noncombustible lintels.

TABLE R606.5

ALLOWABLE COMPRESSIVE STRESSES FOR

EMPIRICAL DESIGN OF MASONRY

CONSTRUCTION; COMPRESSIVE
STRENGTH OF UNIT, GROSS AREA

ALLOWABLE COMPRESSIVE

STRESSES' GROSS
CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA"

Type M or S
mortar

Type N
mortar

Solid masonry of brick and other
solid units of clay or shale; sand-lime
or concrete brick:

8,000 + psi

4,500 psi

2,500 psi

1,500 psi

350
225
160
115

300
200
140
100

Grouted'^ masonry, of clay or shale;
sand-lime or concrete:

4,500+ psi

2,500 psi

1,500 psi

225
160
115

200
140
100

SoHd masonry of soUd concrete
masonry units:

3,000+ psi

2,000 psi

1,200 psi

225
160
115

200
140
100

Masonry of hollow load-bearing
units:

2,000+ psi

1,500 psi

1,000 psi

700 psi

140
115
75
60

120
100
70
55

Hollow walls (cavity or masonry
bonded'') solid units:

2,500+ psi

1,500 psi

Hollow units

160
115

140
100
70

Stone ashlar masonry:
Granite

Limestone or marble
Sandstone or cast stone

720
450
360

640
400
320

Rubble stone masonry:
Coarse, rough or random

120

100

For SI: 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

a. Linear interpolation shall be used for determining allowable stresses for
masonry units having compressive strengths that are intermediate between
those given in the table.

b. Gross cross-sectional area shall be calculated on the actual rather than nomi-
nal dimensions.

c. See Section R608.

d. Where floor and roof loads are carried upon one wythe, the gross cross-sec-
tional area is that of the wythe under load; if both wythes are loaded, the
gross cross-sectional area is that of the wall minus the area of the cavity
between the wythes. Walls bonded with metal ties shall be considered as
cavity walls unless the collar joints are filled with mortar or grout.

R606.8 Stack bond. In unreinforced masonry where masonry
units are laid in stack bond, longitudinal reinforcement consist-
ing of not less than two continuous wires each with a minimum

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

181

WALL CONSTRUCTION

aggregate cross-sectional area of 0.017 square inch (11 mm^)
shall be provided in horizontal bed joints spaced not more than
16 inches (406 mm) on center vertically.

R606.9 Lateral support. Masonry walls shall be laterally sup-
ported in either the horizontal or the vertical direction. The
maximum spacing between lateral supports shall not exceed
the distances in Table R606.9. Lateral support shall be pro-
vided by cross walls, pilasters, buttresses or structural frame
members when the limiting distance is taken horizontally, or by
floors or roofs when the limiting distance is taken vertically.

TABLE R606.9
SPACING OF LATERAL SUPPORT FOR MASONRY WALLS

CONSTRUCTION

MAXIMUM WALL LENGTH TO THICKNESS
OR WALL HEIGHT TO THICKNESS^"

Bearing walls:

Solid or solid grouted
All other

20
18

Nonbearing walls:
Exterior
Interior

18
36

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. Except for cavity walls and cantilevered walls, the thickness of a wall shall
be its nominal thiciaiess measured perpendicular to the face of the wall. For
cavity walls, the thickness shall be determined as the sum of the nominal
thicknesses of the individual wythes. For cantilever walls, except for para-
pets, the ratio of height to nominal thickness shall not exceed 6 for solid
masonry, or 4 for hollow masonry. For parapets, see Section R606.2.4.

b. An additional unsupported height of 6 feet is permitted for gable end walls.

R606.9.1 Horizontal lateral support. Lateral support in
the horizontal direction provided by intersecting masonry
walls shall be provided by one of the methods in Section
R606.9.1.1 or Section R606.9. 1.2.

R606.9.1.1 Bonding pattern. Fifty percent of the units at
the intersection shall be laid in an overlapping masonry
bonding pattern, with alternate units having a bearing of
not less than 3 inches (76 mm) on the unit below.

R606.9.1.2 Metal reinforcement. Interior nonload- bear-
ing walls shall be anchored at their intersections, at vertical
intervals of not more than 16 inches (406 mm) with joint
reinforcement of at least 9 gage [0.148 in. (4mm)], or V4
inch (6 mm) galvanized mesh hardware cloth. Litersecting
masonry walls, other than interior nonloadbearing walls,
shall be anchored at vertical intervals of not more than 8
inches (203 mm) with joint reinforcement of at least 9 gage
and shall extend at least 30 inches (762 mm) in each direc-
tion at the intersection. Other metal ties, joint reinforcement
or anchors, if used, shall be spaced to provide equivalent
area of anchorage to that required by this section.

R606.9.2 Vertical lateral support. Vertical lateral support
of masonry walls in Seismic Design Category A, B or C
shall be provided in accordance with one of the methods in
Section R606.9.2.1 or Section R606.9.2.2.

R606.9.2.1 Roof structures. Masonry walls shall be
anchored to roof structures with metal strap anchors
spaced in accordance with the manufacturer's instruc-
tions, '/2-inch (13 mm) bolts spaced not more than 6 feet
(1829 mm) on center, or other approved anchors.
Anchors shall be embedded at least 16 inches (406 mm)

into the masonry, or be hooked or welded to bond beam
reinforcement placed not less than 6 inches (152 mm)
from the top of the wall.

R606.9.2.2 Floor diaphragms. Masonry walls shall be
anchored to floor diaphragm framing by melal strap anchors
spaced in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions,
Vj-inch-diameter (13 mm) bolts spaced at intervals not to
exceed 6 feet (1829 mm) and installed as shown in Figure
R606. 1 1 ( 1), or by other approved methods.

R606.10 Lintels. Masonry over openings shall be supported
by steel lintels, reinforced concrete or masonry lintels or
masonry arches, designed to support load imposed.

R606.il Anchorage. Masonry walls shall be anchored to floor
and roof systems in accordance with the details shown in Fig-
ure R606.11(l), R606.11(2) or R606.11(3). Footings may be
considered as points of lateral support.

R606.12 Seismic requirements. The seismic requirements of
this section shall apply to the design of masonry and the con-
struction of masonry building elements located in Seismic
Design Category Dq, D, or Dj. Townhouses in Seismic Design
Category C shall comply with the requirements of Section
R606.12.2. These requirements shall not apply to glass unit
masonry conforming to Section R610 or masonry veneer con-
forming to Section R703.7.

R606.12.1 General. Masonry structures and masonry ele-
ments shall comply with the requirements of Sections
R606. 12.2 through R606. 12.4 based on the seismic design
category established in Table R301.2(l). Masonry struc-
tures and masonry elements shall comply with the require-
■ ments of Section R606.12 and Figures R606.11(l),
R606.11(2) and R606.il (3) or shall be designed in accor-
dance with ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402.

R606.12.1.1 Floor and roof diaphragm construction.

Floor and roof diaphragms shall be constructed of wood
structural panels attached to wood framing in accordance
with Table R602.3(l) or to cold-formed steel floor fram-
ing in accordance with Table R505.3.1(2) or to
cold-formed steel roof framing in accordance with Table
R804.3. Additionally, sheathing panel edges perpendic-
ular to framing members shall be backed by blocking,
and sheathing shall be connected to the blocking with
fasteners at the edge spacing. For Seismic Design Cate-
gories C, Dq, Dj and D2, where the width-to-thickness
dimension of the diaphragm exceeds 2-to-l, edge spac-
ing of fasteners shall be 4 inches (102 mm) on center.

R606.12.2 Seismic Design Category C» Townhouses
I located in Seismic Design Category C shall comply with the
requirements of this section.

R606. 12.2. 1 Design of elements not part of the lateral
force-resisting system.

R606,12.2.1.1 Load-bearing frames or columns.

Elements not part of the lateral-force-resisting system
shall be analyzed to determine their effect on the
response of the system. The frames or columns shall
be adequate for vertical load carrying capacity and
; induced moment caused by the design story drift.

182

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

SHEATHING NAILED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH
TABLE R602.3(1)

RAFTER

BLOCKING

2 IN. NOMINAL
PUVTE

SHEATHING NAILED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH
TABLE R602.3(1)

1/2 IN. BOLT AT 8 FT O.C.
EMBEDDED4IN. MIN.

I/2 IN. BOLT AT 8 FT O.C.
EMBEDDED 4 IN. MIN.

BOLT EMBEDDED,
4 IN.

SEE TABLE FOR BOLT
SIZE AND SPACING

LEDGER BOLT
SIZE AND SPACING

JOIST

APPROVED METAL CONNECTOR
SIN. NOMINAL LEDGER

JOIST SPAN

BOLT SIZE AND SPACING

ROOF

FLOOR

10 FT

1/2 AT 2 FT 6 IN.
7/aAT3FT6IN.

V2 AT 2 FT IN.
7/gAT2FT9IN.

10-15 FT

V2ATI FT 9 IN,
7/8 AT 2 FT 6 IN.

V2ATI FT 4 IN.
7/8 AT 2 FT IN.

1 5-20 FT

1/2 ATI FT 3 IN.
7/8AT2FT0IN.

V2 AT 1 FT IN.
7/8 ATI FT 6 IN.

SHEATHING NAILED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH
TABLE R602.3(1)

JOISTS

PERPENDICULAR
TO WALL

SEE TABLE
ABOVE FOR BOLT
AND SIZE
SPACING

3-1 6d PER JOIST
SPACING

3 IN. NOMINAL
END JOIST

V2IN. BOLT AT 8 FT O.C,
EMBEDDED AT 4 IN. MIN

'EMBEDDED 4 IN. MIN

JOISTS
PARALLEL TO
WALL

NOTE: Where bolts are located in hollow masonry, the cells in the courses receiving the bolt shall be grouted solid.
For SI: I inch = 25.4 mm, Ifoot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kR.

FIGURE R606.1 1(1)

ANCHORAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR MASONRY WALLS LOCATED IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY

A, B OR C AND WHERE WIND LOADS ARE LESS THAN 30 PSF

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

183

WALL CONSTRUCTION

ROOF CONNECTORS AT
48 IN, MAX. O.C.

#4 BARS AROUND
OPENINGS

DETAIL B

#4 BARS WITHIN 8 IN. OF ENDS
OF WALLS AND AT CORNERS

#4BARSAT10FTO.C

24 IN. OR
40 db

#4BARS(MIN.)AT
DIAPHRAGMS
CONT THRU C.J.

#4BARS(IVttN,)
WITHIN 8 IN. OF
ALLC.J.'S

CONTROL JOINT
(C.J.)

#4 BARS AT 10 FT O.C. OR W1 ,7
JOINT REINFORCED AT 16 IN. O.C.

MINIMUM reinforcement; FOR MASONRY WALLS

ANCHOR BOLTS

2 m. PLATE WITH V, IN. ^ BOLTS
NOT MORE THAN 4TT O.C.
EMBEDDED 4 IN. MIN

BOND BEAM STEEL H|;
TWO Va IN. BARS

LINTEL STEEL-
SEE SECTION R606.10

REINFORCEMENT-
SEE SECTIONS
R606.12.2,1.3ancl
R606. 12.2.2.3

NOT HEADER^
COURSE

LAP 40 OIA.

'DOWEL

3 IN. X 3 IN. X 1/4 IN. CLIP
ANGLE 4 FT O.C.
ONE i/g IN. BOLT

TWO #4 LATERAL TIES WITHIN
TOP 5 IN. OF COLUMN THAT
ENCLOSE ANCHOR BOLTS AND
VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT

VERTICAL COLUMN
REINFORCEMENT

REINFORCEMENT SHALL
HAVE MIN. 1/4 IN.
CLEARANCE -

5 IN. MAX

COLUMN TIES

12 IN, MAX.

BEFORE

GROUTING

METAL TIES-
SEE SECTION R608

HEADER COURSES
NOT PERMITTED

MIN. % IN. GROUT

WHERE INTERIOR
STUD PARTITION
MEETS WALL BOLT
END STUD WITH 1/2 IN.
(J! BOLTS 3 FT O.C.

LAP 40 OIA.

SECTION 1

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm. \

FIGURE R606.11 (2)
REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED GROUTED MASONRY CONSTRUCTION IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C

184

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

ROOF CONNECTORS AT
48 IN. MAX. O.C.

#4 BARS AROUND
OPENINGS

DETAILS

#4 BARS WITHIN 8 IN. OF ENDS
OF WALLS AND AT CORNERS

#4BARSAT48IN. O.C,

24 IN. OR
40 dj,

#4 8ARS(WlfN.)AT
DIAPHRAGMS
CONT THRU C.J.

#4 BARS {WIN.)
WITHIN 8 IN. OF

ALL c.j;s

CONTROL JOINT
(C.J.)

#4 BARS AT 48 IN. O.C.

MINIMUM REINFORCEMENT FOR MASONRY WALLS

3 IN, X 31/4 IN. CLIP ANGLE 4 FT O.C,
ONE 1/2 <|» IN. BOLT,

BOND BEAM TWO Vg i> IN.
BARS STEEL

1/5 IN. BOLTS NOT MORE
THAN 4 FT O.C. IN CELLS
WITH VERTICAL ROD
WHERE POSSIBLE
EMBEDDED 4 IN, MIN.

ANCHOR BOLTS

TWO #4 LATERAL TIES WITHIN
TOP 5 IN. OF COLUMN WHICH >,.
ENCLOSE ANCHOR BOLTS AND Z
VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT

VERTICAL COLUMN
REINFORCEMENT

TIE COURSE

REINFORCEMENTS-
SEE SECTIONS R606.12;2.1,3.
R6D6,12,3.2andR606.12.4

DOWEL2FT6IN.
LONG

SECTION C

.^iv.^„

LINTEL BAR OR
BARS—SEE
SECTION R606.10

SIN. MAX,

#3 COLUMN
TIES AT 8 IN.
MAX.

% IN. 4) DOWEL

a/g IN. ^ ROD

6 IN.

6 IN. MIN.

FT-

6 IN.

14 IN.

DETAIL "A"

FOUNDATION

INSPECTION OPENING
NOT REQUIRED IF
INSPECTED AT THE
COURSE

FOUNDATION FOR
WOOD FLOOR

FOUNDATION FOR
CONCRETE FLOOR

Note: A full bed joint must be provided. All cells containing vertical bars are to be filled to the top of wall and provide inspection opening as shown
on detail "A," Horizontal bare are to be laid as shown on detail "B." Lintel bars are to be laid as shown on Section C,

NOTE: A full bed joint must be provided. All cells containing vertical bars are to be filled to the top of wall and provide inspection opening as shown on detail "A."

Horizontal bars are to be laid as shown on detail "B." Lintel bars are to be laid as shown on Section C.
For SL 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

FIGURE R606.1 1(3)
REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED MASONRY CONSTRUCTION IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY Do, Di OR D2

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

185

WALL CONSTRUCTION

R606.12.2.1.2 Masonry partition walls. Masonry
partition walls, masonry screen walls and other
masonry elements that are not designed to resist verti-
cal or lateral loads, other than those induced by their
own weight, shall be isolated from the structure so
that vertical and lateral forces are not imparted to
these elements. Isolation joints and connectors
between these elements and the structure shall be
designed to accommodate the design story drift.

R606.12.2.1.3 Reinforcement requirements for
masonry elements. Masonry elements listed in Sec-
tion R606. 12.2. 1.2 shall be reinforced in either the
horizontal or vertical direction as shown in Figure
R606.il (2) and in accordance with the following:

1. Horizontal reinforcement. Horizontal joint
reinforcement shall consist of at least two lon-
gitudinal W1.7 wires spaced not more than 16
inches (406 mm) for walls greater than 4 inches
(102 mm) in width and at least one longitudinal
Wl .7 wire spaced not more than 16 inches (406
mm) for walls not exceeding 4 inches (102 nmi)
in width; or at least one No. 4 bar spaced not
more than 48 inches (1219 mm). Where two
longitudinal wires of joint reinforcement are
used, the space between these wires shall be the
widest that the mortar joint will accommodate.
Horizontal reinforcement shall be provided
within 16 inches (406 mm) of the top and bot-
tom of these masonry elements.

2. Vertical reinforcement. Vertical reinforcement
shall consist of at least one No. 4 bar spaced not
more than 48 inches (1219 mm). Vertical rein-
forcement shall be located within 16 inches
(406 mm) of the ends of masonry walls.

R606.12.2.2 Design of elements part of the lat-
eral-force-resisting system.

R606.12.2.2.1 Connections to masonry shear
walls. Connectors shall be provided to transfer forces
between masonry walls and horizontal elements in
accordance with the requirements of Section 2.1.8 of
ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402. Connectors shall be
designed to transfer horizontal design forces acting
either perpendicular or parallel to the wall, but not less
than 200 pounds per linear foot (2919 N/m) of wall.
The maximum spacing between connectors shall be 4
feet (1219 mm). Such anchorage mechanisms shall
not induce tension stresses perpendicular to grain in
ledgers or nailers.

R606.12.2.2.2 Connections to masonry columns.

Connectors shall be provided to transfer forces
between masonry columns and horizontal elements in
accordance with the requirements of Section 2.1.8 of
ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS 402. Where anchor bolts are
used to connect horizontal elements to the tops of col-
umns, the bolts shall be placed within lateral ties. Lat-
eral ties shall enclose both the vertical bars in the
column and the anchor bolts. There shall be a mini-

mum of two No. 4 lateral ties provided in the top 5
inches (127 mm) of the column.

R606. 12.2.2.3 Minimum reinforcement require-
ments for masonry shear walls. Vertical reinforce-
ment of at least one No. 4 bar shall be provided at
comers, within 16 inches (406 mm) of each side of
openings, within 8 inches (203 mm) of each side of
movement joints, within 8 inches (203 mm) of the
ends of walls, and at a maximum spacing of 10 feet
(3048 mm).

Horizontal joint reinforcement shall consist of at
leasttwo wiresofWl.7 spaced not more than 16inches
(406 mm); or bond beam reinforcement of at least one
No. 4 bar spaced not more than 10 feet (3048 mm) shall
be provided. Horizontal reinforcement shall also be
provided at the bottom and top of wall openings and
shall extend not less than 24 inches (610 mm) nor less
than 40 bar diameters past the opening; continuously at
structurally connected roof and floor levels; and within
16 inches (406 mm) of the top of walls.

R606.12.3 Seismic Design Category Do or Dj. Structures I
in Seismic Design Category Dq or Dj shall comply with the I
requirements of Seismic Design Category C and the addi-
tional requirements of this section.

R606. 12.3.1 Design requirements. Masonry elements
other than those covered by Section R606. 12.2. 1.2 shall
be designed in accordance with the requirements of
Chapter 1 and Sections 2.1 and 2.3 of ACI 530/ASCE
5/TMS 402 and shall meet the minimum reinforcement
requirements contained in Sections R606. 12.3.2 and
R606.12.3.2.1.

Exception: Masonry walls limited to one story in
height and 9 feet (2743 mm) between lateral supports
need not be designed provided they comply with the
minimum reinforcement requirements of Sections
R606.12.3.2 and R606.12.3.2.1.

R606. 12.3.2 Minimum reinforcement requirements for
masonry walls. Masonry walls other than those covered by
Section R606. 12.2. 1 .3 shall be reinforced in both the verti-
cal and horizontal direction. The sum of the cross-sectional
area of horizontal and vertical reinforcement shall be at
least 0.002 times the gross cross-sectional .area of the wall,
and the minimum cross-sectional area in each direction
shall be not less than 0.0007 times the gross cross-sectional
area of the wall. Reinforcement shall be uniformly distrib-
uted. Table R606. 12.3.2 shows the mininium reinforcing
bar sizes required for varying thicknesses of masonry walls.
The maximum spacing of reinforcement shall be 48 inches
(1219 mm) provided that the walls are solid grouted and
constructed of hoUow open-end units, hollow units laid
with full head joints or two wythes of soUd units. The maxi-
mum spacing of reinforcement shall be 24 inches (610 mm)
for all other masonry.

R606. 12.3.2.1 Shear wall reinforcement require-
ments. The maximum spacing of vertical and hori-
zontal reinforcement shall be the smaller of one-third
the length of the shear wall, one-third the height of the

186

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R606.1 2.3.2
MINIMUM DISTRIBUTED WALL REINFORCEMENT FOR BUILDING ASSIGNED TO SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY Dq or D,

MINIMUM REINFORCEMENT AS

MINIMUM SUM OF THE VERTICAL

DISTRIBUTED IN BOTH

AND HORIZONTAL

HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL

MINIMUM BAR SIZE FOR

NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS

REINFORCEMENT AREAS^

DIRECTIONS"

REINFORCEMENT SPACED AT 48

(Inches)

(square inches per foot)

(square Inches per foot)

INCHES

0.135

0.047

0.183

0.064

0.231

0.081

0.279

0.098

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square inch per foot = 2064 mrr?/m.

a. Based on the minimum reinforcing ratio of 0.002 times the gross cross-sectional area of the \\all.

b. Based on the minimum reinforcing ratio each direction of 0.0007 times the gross cross-sectional area of the wall.

shear wall, or 48 inches (1219 mm). The minimum
cross-sectional area of vertical reinforcement shall be
one-third of the required shear reinforcement. Shear
reinforcement shall be anchored around vertical rein-
forcing bars with a standard hook.

R606.12.3.3 Minimum reinforcement for masonry
columns. Lateral ties in masonry columns shall be
spaced not more than 8 inches (203 mm) on center and
shall be at least Vg inch (9.5 mm) diameter. Lateral ties
shall be embedded in grout.

R606. 12.3.4 Material restrictions. Type N mortar or
masonry cement shall not be used as part of the
lateral-force-resisting system.

R606.12.3.5 Lateral tie anchorage. Standard hooks for
lateral tie anchorage shall be either a 135-degree (2.4 rad)
standard hook or a 180-degree (3.2 rad) standard hook.

R606.12.4 Seismic Design Category Dj. All structures in
Seismic Design Category D2 shall comply with the require-
ments of Seismic Design Category Dj and to the additional
requirements of this section.

R606.12.4.1 Design of elements not part of the
lateral-force-resisting system. Stack bond masonry that
is not part of the lateral-force-resisting system shall have a
horizontal cross-sectional area of reinforcement of at least
0.0015 times the gross cross-sectional area of masonry.
Table R606. 12.4.1 shows minimum reinforcing bar sizes
for masonry walls. The maximum spacing of horizontal
reinforcement shall be 24 inches (610 mm). These ele-
ments shall be solidly grouted and shall be constructed of
hollow open-end units or two wythes of solid units.

TABLE R606.1 2.4.1

MINIMUM REINFORCING FOR STACKED BONDED

MASONRY WALLS IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D,

NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS
(inches)

MINIMUM BAR SIZE
SPACED AT 24 INCHES

10
12

#4
#5
#5
#6

is part of the lateral-force-resisting system shall have a
horizontal cross-sectional area of reinforcement of at least
0.0025 times the gross cross-sectional area of masonry.
Table R606. 12.4.2 shows minimum reinforcing bar sizes
for masonry walls. The maximum spacing of horizontal
reinforcement shall be 16 inches (406 mm). These ele-
ments shall be soUdly grouted and shall be constructed of
hollow open-end units or two wythes of solid units.

TABLE R606.1 2.4.2

MINIMUM REINFORCING FOR STACKED BONDED MASONRY

WALLS IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D,

NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS
(Inches)

MINIMUM BAR SIZE
SPACED AT 16 INCHES

6
8

10
12

#4
#5
#5
#6

For SI: I inch = 25.4 mm.

R606. 12.4.2 Design of elements part of the
lateral-force-resisting system. Stack bond masonry that

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

R606.13 Protection for reinforcement. Bars shall be com-
pletely embedded in mortar or grout. Joint reinforcement
embedded in horizontal mortar joints shall not have less than
Vg-inch (15.9 mm) mortar coverage from the exposed face. All
other reinforcement shall have a minimum coverage of one bar
diameter over all bars, but not less than '^/^ inch (19 mm), except
where exposed to weather or soil, in which case the minimum
coverage shall be 2 inches (51 mm).

R606.14 Beam supports. Beams, girders or other concen-
trated loads supported by a wall or column shall have a bearing
of at least 3 inches (76 mm) in length measured parallel to the
beam upon solid masonry not less than 4 inches (102 mm) in
thickness, or upon a metal bearing plate of adequate design and
dimensions to distribute the load safely, or upon a continuous
reinforced masonry member projecting not less than 4 inches
(102 mm) from the face of the wall.

R606.14.1 Joist bearing. Joists shall have a bearing of not
less than 1 V2 inches (38 mm), except as provided in Section
R606.14, and shall be supported in accordance with Figure
R606.11(l).

R606.15 Metal accessories. Joint reinforcement, anchors, ties
and wire fabric shall conform to the following: ASTM A 82 for
wire anchors and ties; ASTM A 36 for plate, headed and

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

187

WALL CONSTRUCTION

bent-bar anchors; ASTM A 510 for corrugated sheet metal
anchors and ties; ASTM A 951 for joint reinforcement; ASTM
B 227 for copper-clad steel wire ties; or ASTM A 167 for stain-
less steel hardware.

R606.15.1 Corrosion protection. Minimum corrosion
protection of joint reinforcement, anchor ties and wire fab-
ric for use in masonry wall construction shall conform to
Table R606. 15.1.

TABLE R606.15.1
MINIMUM CORROSION PROTECTION

MASONRY METAL ACCESSORY

STANDARD

Joint reinforcement, interior walls

ASTM A 641, Class 1

Wire ties or anchors in exterior walls
completely embedded in mortar or
grout

ASTM A 641, Class 3

Wire ties or anchors in exterior walls
not completely embedded in mortar
or grout

ASTM A 153, Class B-2

Joint reinforcement in exterior walls
or interior walls exposed to moist
environment

ASTM A 153, Class B-2

Sheet metal ties or anchors exposed
to weather

ASTM A 153, Class B-2

Sheet metal ties or anchors completely
embedded in mortar or grout

ASTM A 653, Coating
Designation G60

Stainless steel hardware for any
exposure

ASTM A 167, Type 304

SECTION R607
UNIT MASONRY

R607.1 Mortar. Mortar for use in masonry construction shall
comply with ASTM C 270. The type of mortar shall be in
accordance with Sections R607.1.1, R607.1.2 and R607.1.3
and shall meet the proportion specifications of Table R607. 1 or
the property specifications of ASTM C 270.

R607.1.1 Foundation walls. Masonry foundation walls
constructed as set forth in Tables R404. 1.1(1) through
R404.1.1(4) and mortar shall be Type M or S.

R607.1.2 Masonry in Seismic Design Categories A, B

and C. Mortar for masonry serving as the lateral-force-
resisting system in Seismic Design Categories A, B and C
shall be Type M, S or N mortar.

R607.1.3 Masonry in Seismic Design Categories Do, Di and

Dj. Mortar for masonry serving as the lateral-force- resisting
system in Seismic Design Categories Dg, Dy and D2 shall be
Type M or S portland cement-lime or mortar cement mortar.

R607.2 Placing mortar and masonry units.

R607.2.1 Bed and head joints. Unless otherwise required
or indicated on the project drawings, head and bed joints
shall be ^/g inch (10 mm) thick, except that the thickness of
the bed joint of the starting course placed over foundations
shall not be less than V4 inch (7 mm) and not more than V4
inch (19 mm).

R607.2.1.1 Mortar joint thickness tolerance. Mortar
joint thickness shall be within the following tolerances
from the specified dimensions:

1. Bed joint: + Vg inch (3 mm).

2. Head joint: 74 inch (7 mm), -f- Vg inch (10 mm).

3. Collar joints: V4 inch (7 mm), + Vg inch (10 mm).

Exception: Nonload-bearing masonry elements and
masonry veneers designed and constructed in accor-
dance with Section R703.7 are not required to meet
these tolerances.

R607.2.2 Masonry unit placement. The mortar shall be
sufficiently plastic and units shall be placed with sufficient
pressure to extrude mortar from the joint and produce a tight
joint. Deep furrowing of bed joints that produces voids shall
not be permitted. Any units disturbed to the extent that ini-
tial bond is broken after initial placement shall be removed
and relaid in fresh mortar. Surfaces to be in contact with
, mortar shall be clean and free of deleterious materials.

R607.2.2.1 Solid masonry. Solid masonry units shall be
laid with full head and bed joints and all interior vertical
joints that are designed to receive mortar shall be filled.

R607.2.2.2 Hollow masonry. For hollow masonry units,
head and bed joints shall be filled solidly with mortar for
a distance in from the face of the unit not less than the
thickness of the face shell.

R607.3 Installation of wall ties. The installation of wall ties
shall be as follows:

1 . The ends of wall ties shall be embedded in mortar joints.
! Wall tie ends shall engage outer face shells of hollow

units by at least Vj inch (13 mm). Wire wall ties shall be
embedded at least IV2 inches (38 mm) into the mortar
bed of solid masonry units or solid grouted hollow units .

2. Wall ties shall not be bent after being embedded in grout
or mortar.

SECTION R608
MULTIPLE WYTHE MASONRY

R608.1 General. The facing and backing of multiple wythe
masonry walls shall be bonded in accordance with Section
R608.1.1, R608.1.2 or R608.1.3. In cavity walls, neither the
facing nor the backing shall be less than 3 inches (76 mm) nom-
inal in thickness and the cavity shall not be more than 4 inches
(102 mm) nominal in width. The backing shall be at least as
thick as the facing.

Exception: Cavities shall be permitted to exceed the 4-inch
( 1 02 mm) nominal dimension provided tie size and tie spac-
ing have been established by calculation.

R608.1.1 Bonding with masonry headers. Bonding with
solid or hollow masonry headers shall comply with Sections
i R608.1.1.1andR608.1.1.2.

R608.1.1.1 Solid units. Where the facing and backing
(adjacent wythes) of solid masonry construction are
bonded by means of masonry headers, no less than 4 per-
cent of the wall surface of each face shall be composed of

188

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R607.1

MORTAR PROPORTIONS^ "

PROPORTIONS BY VOLUME (cementitious materials)

Mortar cement

Masonry cement

Hydrated lime'' or
lime puttv

Aggregate ratio (measured in
damp, loose conditions)

MORTAR

TYPE

blended cement

—

Cement-lime

S
N

1
1

—

over V4 to V2
over V2to IV4
over lV^to2Vo

—

Mortar cement

S
S

—

Not less than 2V4 and not
more than 3 times the sum

—

of separate volumes of

lime, if used, and cement

—

Masonry

—

cement

S
N
O

—

1
1

For SI: 1 cubic foot = 0.0283 m^, 1 pound = 0.454 kg.

a. For the purpose of these specifications, the weight of 1 cubic foot of the respective materials shall be considered to be as follows:

Portland Cement 94 pounds Masonry Cement Weight printed on bag

Mortar Cement Weight printed on bag Hydrated Lime 40 pounds

Lime Putty (Quicklime) 80 pounds Sand, damp and loose 80 pounds of dry sand

b. Two air-entraining materials shall not be combined in mortar

c. Hydrated lime conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 207.

headers extending not less than 3 inches (76 mm) into the
backing. The distance between adjacent full-length
headers shall not exceed 24 inches (610 mm) either verti-
cally or horizontally. In walls in which a single header
does not extend through the wall, headers from the oppo-
site sides shall overlap at least 3 inches (76 mm), or head-
ers from opposite sides shall be covered with another
header course overlapping the header below at least 3
inches (76 mm).

R608.1.1.2 Hollow units. Where two or more hollow
units are used to make up the thickness of a wall, the
stretcher courses shall be bonded at vertical intervals not
exceeding 34 inches (864 mm) by lapping at least 3
inches (76 mm) over the unit below, or by lapping at ver-
tical intervals not exceeding 17 inches (432 mm) with
units that are at least 50 percent thicker than the units
below.

R608.1.2 Bonding with wall ties or joint reinforcement.

Bonding with wall ties or joint reinforcement shall comply
with Sections R608.1.2.1 through R608.1.2.3.

R608.1.2.1 Bonding with wall ties. Bonding with wall
ties, except as required by Section R610, where the facing
and backing (adjacent wythes) of masonry walls are
bonded with Vig-inch-diameter (5 mm) wall ties embed-
ded in the horizontal mortar joints, there shall be at least
one metal tie for each 4.5 square feet (0.418 m^) of wall
area. Ties in alternate courses shall be staggered. The
maximum vertical distance between ties shall not exceed
24 inches (610 mm), and the maximum horizontal dis-

tance shall not exceed 36 inches (914 mm). Rods or ties
bent to rectangular shape shall be used with hollow
masonry units laid with the cells vertical. In other walls,
the ends of ties shall be bent to 90-degree (0.79 rad) angles
to provide hooks no less than 2 inches (51 mm) long.
Additional bonding ties shall be provided at aU openings,
spaced not more than 3 feet (914 mm) apart around the
perimeter and within 12 inches (305 mm) of the opening.

R608.1.2.2 Bonding with adjustable wall ties. Where
the facing and backing (adjacent wythes) of masonry are
bonded with adjustable wall ties, there shall be at least
one tie for each 2.67 square feet (0.248 m^) of wall area.
Neither the vertical nor the horizontal spacing of the
adjustable wall ties shall exceed 24 inches (610 mm).
The maximum vertical offset of bed joints from one
wythe to the other shall be 1.25 inches (32 mm). The
maximum clearance between connecting parts of the ties
shall be Vjg inch (2 mm). When pintle legs are used, ties
shall have at least two Vig-inch-diameter (5 mm) legs.

R608. 1.2.3 Bonding with prefabricated joint rein-
forcement. Where the facing and backing (adjacent
wythes) of masonry are bonded with prefabricated joint
reinforcement, there shall be at least one cross wire serv-
ing as a tie for each 2.67 square feet (0.248 m^) of wall
area. The vertical spacing of the joint reinforcement shall
not exceed 16 inches (406 mm). Cross wires on prefabri-
cated joint reinforcement shall not be smaller than No. 9
gage. The longitudinal wires shall be embedded in the
mortar.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

189

WALL CONSTRUCTION

R608.1.3 Bonding with natural or cast stone. Bonding
with natural and cast stone shall conform to Sections
R608.1.3.1andR608.1.3.2.

R608.1.3.1 Ashlar masonry. In ashlar masonry, bonder
units, uniformly distributed, shall be provided to the
extent of not less than 10 percent of the wall area. Such
bonder units shall extend not less than 4 inches (102 mm)
into the backing wall.

R608.1.3.2 Rubble stone masonry. Rubble stone
masonry 24 inches (610 mm) or less in thickness shall
have bonder units with a maximum spacing of 3 feet (914
mm) vertically and 3 feet (914 mm) horizontally, and if
the masonry is of greater thickness than 24 inches (610
nmn), shall have one bonder unit for each 6 square feet
(0.557 m^) of wall surface on both sides.

R608.2 Masonry bonding pattern. Masonry laid in running
and stack bond shall conform to Sections R608.2.1 and
R608.2.2.

R608.2.1 Masonry laid in running bond. In each wythe of
masonry laid in running bond, head joints in successive
courses shall be offset by not less than one-fourth the unit
length, or the masonry walls shall be reinforced longitudi-
nally as required in Section R608.2.2.

R608.2.2 Masonry laid in stack bond. Where unit
masonry is laid with less head joint offset than in Section

R607.2.1, the minimum area of horizontal reinforcement
placed in mortar bed joints or in bond beams spaced not
more than 48 inches (1219 mm) apart, shall be 0.0007 times
the vertical cross-sectional area of the wall.

SECTION R609
GROUTED MASONRY

R609.1 General. Grouted multiple-wythe masonry is a form
of construction in which the space between the wythes is sol-
idly filled with grout. It is not necessary for the cores of
masonry units to be filled with grout. Grouted hollow unit
masonry is a form of construction in which certain cells of hol-
low units are continuously filled with grout.

R609.1.1 Grout. Grout shall consist of cementitious mate-
rial and aggregate in accordance with ASTM C 476 and the
proportion specifications of Table R609.1.1. Type M or
Type S mortar to which sufficient water has been added to
produce pouring consistency can be used as grout.

R609. 1 .2 Grouting requirements. Maximum pour heights
and the minimum dimensions of spaces provided for grout
placement shall conform to Table R609.1.2. If the work is
stopped for one hour or longer, the horizontal construction
; joints shall be formed by stopping all tiers at the same eleva-
tion and with the grout 1 inch (25 mm) below the top.

TABLE R609.1.1
GROUT PROPORTIONS BY VOLUME FOR MASONRY CONSTRUCTION

TYPE

PORTLAND CEMENT

OR BLENDED CEMENT

SLAG CEMENT

HYDRATED LIME
OR LIME PUTTY

' AGGREGATE MEASURED IN A DAMP, LOOSE CONDITION

Fine

Coarse

Fine

to 1/10

2 V4 to 3 times the sum of the volume
of the cementitious materials

—

Coarse

to 1/10

2 V4 to 3 times the sum of the volume
of the cementitious materials

1 to 2 times the sum of the volumes of
the cementitious materials

TABLER609.1.2
GROUT SPACE DIMENSIONS AND POUR HEIGHTS

GROUT TYPE

GROUT POUR MAXIMUM HEIGHT
(feet)

MINIMUM WIDTH OF

GROUT SPACES^'"

(inches)

MINIMUM GROUT''''^ SPACE DIMENSIONS FOR

GROUTING CELLS OF HOLLOW UNITS

(inches x inches)

Fine

0.75

1.5x2

2x3

2.5

2.5 X 3

3x3

Coarse

1.5

1.5x3

2.5 X 3

' 2.5

3x3

: 3

3x4

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot

= 304.8 mm.

a. For grouting between masonry wythes.

b. Grout space dimension is the clear dimension between any masonry protmsion and shall be increased by the horizontal projection of the diameters of the horizontal
bars within the cross section of the grout space. !

c. Area of vertical reinforcement shall not exceed 6 percent of the area of the grout space.

190

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

R609.1.3 Grout space (cleaning). Provision shall be made
for cleaning grout space. Mortar projections that project
more than 0.5 inch (13 mm) into grout space and any other
foreign matter shall be removed from grout space prior to
inspection and grouting.

R609.1.4 Grout placement. Grout shall be a plastic mix
suitable for pumping without segregation of the constituents
and shall be mixed thoroughly. Grout shall be placed by
pumping or by an approved alternate method and shall be
placed before any initial set occurs and in no case more than
172 hours after water has been added. Grouting shall be
done in a continuous pour, in lifts not exceeding 5 feet (1524
mm). It shall be consolidated by puddling or mechanical
vibrating during placing and reconsolidated after excess
moisture has been absorbed but before plasticity is lost.

R609.1.4.1 Grout pumped through aluminum pipes.

Grout shall not be pumped through aluminum pipes.

R609.1.5 Cleanouts. Where required by the building offi-
cial, cleanouts shall be provided as specified in this section.
The cleanouts shall be sealed before grouting and after
inspection.

R609. 1.5.1 Grouted multiple-wythe masonry.

Cleanouts shall be provided at the bottom course of the
exterior wythe at each pour of grout where such pour
exceeds 5 feet (1524 mm) in height.

R609.1.5.2 Grouted hollow unit masonry. Cleanouts
shall be provided at the bottom course of each cell to be
grouted at each pour of grout, where such pour exceeds 4
feet (1219 mm) in height.

R609.2 Grouted multiple-wythe masonry. Grouted multi-
ple-wythe masonry shall conform to all the requirements speci-
fied in Section R609.1 and the requirements of this section.

R609.2.1 Bonding of backup wythe. Where all interior
vertical spaces are filled with grout in multiple-wythe con-
struction, masonry headers shall not be permitted. Metal
wall ties shall be used in accordance with Section R608. 1 .2
to prevent spreading of the wythes and to maintain the verti-
cal alignment of the wall. Wall ties shall be installed in
accordance with Section R608.1.2 when the backup wythe
in multiple-wythe construction is fully grouted.

R609.2.2 Grout spaces. Fine grout shall be used when inte-
rior vertical space to receive grout does not exceed 2 inches
(51 mm) in thickness. Interior vertical spaces exceeding 2
inches (5 1 mm) in thickness shall use coarse or fine grout.

R609.2.3 Grout barriers. Vertical grout barriers or dams
shall be built of solid masonry across the grout space the
entire height of the wall to control the flow of the grout hori-
zontally. Grout barriers shall not be more than 25 feet (7620
mm) apart. The grouting of any section of a wall between
control barriers shall be completed in one day with no inter-
ruptions greater than one hour.

R609.3 Reinforced grouted multiple-wythe masonry. Rein-
forced grouted multiple-wythe masonry shall conform to all
the requirements specified in Sections R609.1 and R609.2 and
the requirements of this section.

R609.3.1 Construction. The thickness of grout or mortar
between masonry units and reinforcement shall not be less
than V4 inch (7 mm), except that V4-inch (7 mm) bars may be
laid in horizontal mortar joints at least V2 inch (13 mm)
thick, and steel wire reinforcement may be laid in horizontal
mortar joints at least twice the thickness of the wire diame-
ter.

R609.4 Reinforced hollow unit masonry. Reinforced hollow
unit masonry shall conform to all the requirements of Section
R609.1 and the requirements of this section.

R609.4.1 Construction. Requirements for construction
shall be as follows:

1 . Reinforced hollow-unit masonry shall be built to pre-
serve the unobstructed vertical continuity of the cells
to be filled. Walls and cross webs forming cells to be
filled shall be full-bedded in mortar to prevent leak-
age of grout. Head and end joints shall be solidly
filled with mortar for a distance in from the face of the
wall or unit not less than the thickness of the longitu-
dinal face shells. Bond shall be provided by lapping
units in successive vertical courses.

2. Cells to be filled shall have vertical alignment suffi-
cient to maintain a clear, unobstructed continuous
vertical cell of dimensions prescribed in Table
R609.1.2.

3. Vertical reinforcement shall be held in position at top
and bottom and at intervals not exceeding 200 diame-
ters of the reinforcement.

4. Cells containing reinforcement shall be filled solidly
with grout. Grout shall be poured in lifts of 8-foot
(2438 mm) maximum height. When a total grout pour
exceeds 8 feet (2438 mm) in height, the grout shall be
placed in lifts not exceeding 5 feet (1524 mm) and
special inspection during grouting shall be required.

5. Horizontal steel shall be fully embedded by grout in
an uninterrupted pour.

SECTION R610
GLASS UNIT MASONRY

R610.1 General. Panels of glass unit masonry located in
load-bearing and nonload-bearing exterior and interior walls
shall be constructed in accordance with this section.

R610.2 Materials. Hollow glass units shall be partially evacu-
ated and have a minimum average glass face thickness of Vjs
inch (5 mm). The surface of units in contact with mortar shall
be treated with a polyvinyl butyral coating or latex-based paint.
The use of reclaimed units is prohibited.

R610.3 Units. Hollow or solid glass block units shall be stan-
dard or thin units.

R610.3.1 Standard units. The specified thickness of stan-
dard units shall be at least 378 inches (98 mm).

R610.3.2 Thin units. The specified thickness of thin units
shall be at least 378 inches (79 mm) for hollow units and at
least 3 inches (76 mm) for solid units.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE**

191

WALL CONSTRUCTION

R610.4 Isolated panels. Isolated panels of glass unit masonry
shall conform to the requirements of this section.

R610.4.1 Exterior standard-unit panels. The maximum
area of each individual standard-unit panel shall be 144
square feet (13.4 m^) when the design wind pressure is 20
psf (958 Pa) . The maximum area of such panels subjected to
design wind pressures other than 20 psf (958 Pa) shall be in
accordance with Figure R610.4.1. The maximum panel
dimension between structural supports shall be 25 feet
(7620 mm) in width or 20 feet (6096 mm) in height.

R610.4.2 Exterior thin-unit panels. The maximum area of
each individual thin-unit panel shall be 85 square feet (7.9
m^). The maximum dimension between structural supports
shall be 15 feet (4572 mm) in width or 10 feet (3048 mm) in
height. Thin units shall not be used in applications where the
design wind pressure as stated in Table R301.2(l) exceeds
20 psf (958 Pa).

R610.4.3 Interior panels. The maximum area of each indi-
vidual standard-unit panel shall be 250 square feet (23.2
m^). The maximum area of each thin-unit panel shall be 150
square feet (13.9 m^). The maximum dimension between
structural supports shall be 25 feet (7620 mm) in width or 20
feet (6096 mm) in height.

R610.4.4 Curved panels. The width of curved panels shall
conform to the requirements of Sections R610.4.1, R610.4.2
and R610.4.3, except additional structural supports shall be
provided at locations where a curved section joins a straight
section, and at inflection points in multicurved walls.

R610.5 Panel support. Glass unit masonry panels shall con-
form to the support requirements of this section.

R610.5.1 Deflection. The maximum total deflection of
structural members that support glass unit masonry shall not
exceed V^oo-

R610.5.2 Lateral support. Glass unit masonry panels shall
be laterally supported along the top and sides of the panel.
Lateral supports for glass unit masonry panels shall be
designed to resist a minimum of 200 pounds per lineal feet
(2918 N/m) of panel, or the actual apphed loads, whichever
is greater. Except for single unit panels, latei^al Support shall
be provided by panel anchors along the top and sides spaced
a maximum of 16 inches (406 mm) on center or by
channel-type restraints. Single unit panels shall be sup-
ported by channel-type restraints.

Exceptions:

1 . Lateral support is not required at the top of panels
that are one unit wide.

2. Lateral support is not required at the sides of pan-
els that are one unit high.

R610.5.2.1 Panel anchor restraints. Panel anchors
shall be spaced a maximum of 16 inches (406 mm) on
center in both jambs and across the head. Panel anchors
shall be embedded a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm)
and shall be provided with two fasteners so as to resist the
loads specified in Section R610.5.2.

R610. 5.2.2 Channel-type restraints. Glass unit
masonry panels shall be recessed at least 1 inch (25
mm) within channels and chases. Channel-type
restraints shall be oversized to accommodate expansion
material in the opening, packing and sealant between

MAXIMUM AREA OF PANEL (SQUARE FEET)

For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m^, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kP^.

FIGURE R610.4.1
GLASS UNIT MASONRY DESIGN WIND LOAD RESISTANCE

192

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

WALL CONSTRUCTION

the framing restraints, and the glass unit masonry per-
imeter units.

R610.6 Sills. Before bedding of glass units, the sill area shall
be covered with a water base asphaltic emulsion coating. The
coating shall shall be a minimum of Vg inch (3 mm) thick.

R610.7 Expansion joints. Glass unit masonry panels shall be
provided with expansion joints along the top and sides at all
structural supports. Expansion joints shall be a minimum of Vg
inch (10 mm) in thickness and shall have sufficient thickness to
accommodate displacements of the supporting structure.
Expansion joints shall be entirely free of mortar and other
debris and shall be filled with resilient material.

R610.8 Mortar. Glass unit masonry shall be laid with Type S
or N mortar. Mortar shall not be retempered after initial set.
Mortar unused within 1 '^ hours after initial mixing shall be
discarded.

R610.9 Reinforcement. Glass unit masonry panels shall have
horizontal joint reinforcement spaced a maximum of 16 inches
(406 mm) on center located in the mortar bed joint. Horizontal
joint reinforcement shall extend the entire length of the panel
but shall not extend across expansion joints. Longitudinal
wires shall be lapped a minimum of 6 inches (152 mm) at
splices. Joint reinforcement shall be placed in the bed joint
immediately below and above openings in the panel. The rein-
forcement shall have not less than two parallel longitudinal
wires of size W1.7 or greater, and have welded cross wires of
size W 1.7 or greater.

R610.10 Placement. Glass units shall be placed so head and
bed joints are filled solidly. Mortar shall not be furrowed. Head
and bed joints of glass unit masonry shall be V4 inch (6.4 mm)
thick, except that vertical joint thickness of radial panels shall
not be less than Vg inch (3 mm) or greater than Vg inch (16 mm).
The bed joint thickness tolerance shall be minus V,6 inch (1.6
mm) and plus Vg inch (3 mm). The head joint thickness toler-
ance shall be plus or minus Vg inch (3 mm).

SECTION R611

INSULATING CONCRETE FORM

WALL CONSTRUCTION

R611.1 General. Insulating Concrete Form (IPC) walls shall
be designed and constructed in accordance with the provi-
sions of this section or in accordance with the provisions of
ACI 318. When ACI 318 or the provisions of this section are
used to design insulating concrete form walls, project draw-
ings, typical details and specifications are not required to bear
the seal of the architect or engineer responsible for design,
unless otherwise required by the state law of the jurisdiction
having authority.

R611.2 Applicability limits. The provisions of this section
shall apply to the construction of insulating concrete form
walls for buildings not greater than 60 feet (18 288 mm) in plan
dimensions, and floors not greater than 32 feet (9754 mm) or
roofs not greater than 40 feet (12 192 mm) in clear span. Build-
ings shall not exceed two stories in height above-grade. ICF
walls shall comply with the requirements in Table R611.2.
Walls constructed in accordance with the provisions of this sec-
tion shall be limited to buildings subjected to a maximum
design wind speed of 150 miles per hour (67 m/s), and Seismic
Design Categories A, B, C, Dq, Dj and D2. The provisions of |
this section shall not apply to the construction of ICF walls for
buildings or portions of buildings considered irregular as
defined in Section R301. 2.2.2.2.

For townhouses in Seismic Design Category C and all build-
ings in Seismic Design Category Dq, Dj or D2, the provisions of |
this section shall apply only to buildings meeting the following
requirements.

1 . Rectangular buildings with a maximum building aspect
ratio of 2: 1 .The building aspect ratio shall be determined
by dividing the longest dimension of the building by the
shortest dimension of the building.

2. Walls are aligned vertically with the walls below.

TABLER611.2
REQUIREMENTS FOR ICF WALLS"

WALL TYPE AND
NOMINAL SIZE

MAXIMUM WALL
WEIGHT (psf)'=

MINIMUM WIDTH

OF VERTICAL

CORE (inches)^

MINIMUM
THICKNESS OF
VERTICAL CORE

(inches)^

MAXIMUM SPACING

OF VERTICAL

CORES

(Inches)

MAXIMUM SPACING

OF HORIZONTAL

CORES

(inches)

MINIMUM WEB

THICKNESS

(inches)

3.5" Flat"

44d

N/A

5.5" Flat

N/A

7.5" Flat

N/A

9.5" Flat

119

N/A

6" Waffle-Grid

6.25

8" Waffle-Grid

6" Screen-Grid

5.5

N/A

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 pound per cubic foot = 16.018 kg/m?; 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

a. For width "W", thickness "T", spacing, and web thickness, refer to Figures R611.4 and R611.5.

b. N/A indicates not applicable.

c. Wall weight is based on a unit weight of concrete of 150 pcf. The tabulated values do not include any allowance for interior and exterior finishes.

d. For all buildings in Seismic Design Category A or B, and detached one- and two-family dwellings in Seismic Design Category C the actual wall thickness is per-
mitted to be up to 1 inch thicker than shown and the maximum wall weight to be 56 psf. Construction requirements and other limitations within Section R61 1 for
3.5-inch flat ICF walls shall apply. Interpolation between provisions for 3.5-inch and 5.5-inch flat ICF walls is not permitted.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

193

WALL CONSTRUCTION

3. Cantilever and setback construction shall not be permit-
ted.

4. The weight of interior and exterior finishes applied to
ICF walls shall not exceed 8 psf (380 Pa).

5. The gable portion of ICF walls shall be constructed of
light-frame construction.

R611.3 Flat insulating concrete form wall systems. Flat ICF
wall systems shall comply with Figure R61 1.3 and shall have
reinforcement in accordance with Tables R61 1.3(1) and
R611.3(2) and Section R611.7.

R611.4 Waffle-grid insulating concrete form wall systems.

Waffle-grid wall systems shall comply with Figure R611 .4 and
shall have reinforcement in accordance with Tables R611.3(l)

and R61 1.4(1) and Section R611.7. The minimum core
dimensions shall comply with Table R611.2.

R611.5 Screen-grid insulating concrete form wall systems.

Screen-grid ICF wall systems shall comply with Figure R611 .5
and shall have reinforcement in accordance with Tables
;R61 1 .3(1) and R61 1 .5 and Section R61 1 .7. The minimum core
dimensions shall comply with Table R611.2.

R611.6 Material. Insulating concrete form wall materials
shall comply with this section.

R611.6.1 Concrete material. Ready-mixed concrete for
insulating concrete form walls shall be in accordance with
Section R402.2. Maximum slump shall not be greater than 6
inches (152 mm) as determined in accordance with ASTM

•

ACTUAL WALL
THICKNESS

^INSUUTING FORM

VERTICAL
REINFORCEMENT
IF REQUIRED

CONCRETE

PLAN VIEW

NSULATING FORM

ISOMETRIC VIEW

FIGURE R61 1.3
FLAT ICF WALL SYSTEM

TABLE R61 1.3(1)
DESIGN WIND PRESSURE FOR USE WITH TABLES R61 1.3(2), R611

.4(1), AND R611.5 FOR ABOVE GRADE WALLS^

WIND SPEED
(mphf

DESIGN WIND PRESSURE (psf)

Enclosed"

Partially Enclosed''

Exposure*^

Exposure"^

D i

32 ■

100

39 '

110

48 '

120

130

85"

140

84^

99"

150

88''

96''

114" .

For SI: 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa; 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s; I foot = 304.8 mm; 1 square foot = 0.0929 n?.

a. This table is based on ASCE 7-98 components and cladding wind pressures using a mean roof height of 35 ft and a trihitary area of 10 ft-^.

b. Buildings in wind-borne debris regions as defined in Section R202 shall be considered as "Partially Enclosed" unless glazed openings are protected in accordance
with Section R301.2.1.2, in which case the building shall be considered as "Enclosed." All other buildings shall be classified as "Enclosed."

c. Exposure Categories shall be determined in accordance with Section R301.2.1.4.

d. For wind pressures greater than 80 psf, design is required in accordance with ACI 318 and approved manufacturer guidehnes.

e. Interpolation is permitted between wind speeds.

194

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

C 143. Maximum aggregate size shall not be larger than V4
inch (19 mm).

Exception: Concrete mixes conforming to the ICF man-
ufacturer's recommendations.

In Seismic Design Categories Dq, D, and Dj, the mini-
mum concrete compressive strength shall be 3,000 psi (20.5
MPa).

WALL CONSTRUCTION

R61 1.6.2 Reinforcing steel. Reinforcing steel shall
meet the requirements of ASTM A 615, A 706, or A 996.
Except in Seismic Design Categories Dq, D, and D2, the
minimum yield strength of reinforcing steel shall be
40,000 psi (Grade 40) (276 MPa). In Seismic Design
Categories Dq, Dj and D2, reinforcing steel shall meet the
requirements of ASTM A 706 for low-alloy steel with a
minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi (Grade 60) (414
Mpa).

TABLE R61 1.3(2)
MINIMUM VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT FOR FLAT ICF ABOVE-GRADE WALLS^" = "

Design Wind
Pressure [Table
R611.3(1)](psf)

Maximum

Unsupported

Wall Height

(feet)

Minimum Vertical Reinforcement'^' ®' *

Nonload-Bearing Wall
or Supporting Roof

Supporting Light-Framed
Second Story and Roof

Supporting ICF Second
Story and Roof

Minimum Wall Thickness (inches)

3.59

5.5

3.59

5.5

3.59

5.5

#4@48

#4@38

#4@48

#4@40

#4@48

#4@42

#4@48

#4@42

#4@48

#4@46

#4@48

#4@32; #5@48

#4@48

#4@34; #5@48

#4@48

#4@34;#5@48

#4@48

Design Required

#4@48

Design Required

#4@48

Design Required

#4@48

#4@30;#5@48

#4@48

#4@30;#5@48

#4@48

#4@32;#5@48

#4@48

Design Required

#4@42

Design Required

#4@46

Design Required

#4@48

Design Required

#4@32; #5@48

Design Required

#4@34; #5@48

Design Required

#4@38

#4 @ 20; #5 @ 30

#4@42

#4 @ 22; #5 @ 34

#4@46

#4@24;#5@36

#4@48

Design Required

#4@34;#5@48

Design Required

#4@34;#5@48

Design Required

#4@38

Design Required

#4@26;#5@38

Design Required

#4@26;#5@38

Design Required

#4@28;#5@46

Design Required

#4@34;#5@48

Design Required

#4@36

Design Required

#4@40

Design Required

#4@26;#5@38

Design Required

#4@28;#5@46

Design Required

#4@34;#5@48

Design Required

#4@22;#5@34

Design Required

#4@22;#5@34

Design Required

#4@26;#5@38

Design Required

#4@28;#5@46

Design Required

#4@30;#5@48

Design Required

#4@34;#5@48

Design Required

#4@22;#5@34

Design Required

#4@22;#5@34

Design Required

#4@24;#5@36

Design Required

#4@16;#5@26

Design Required

#4@18;#5@28

Design Required

#4 @ 20; #5 @ 30

Design Required

#4@26;#5@38

Design Required

#4@26;#5@38

Design Required

#4@28; #5@46

Design Required

#4@20;#5@30

Design Required

#4@20;#5@30

Design Required

#4@21;#5@34

Design Required

#4 @ 14; #5 @ 24

Design Required

#4 @ 14; #5 @ 24

Design Required

#4@16;#5@26

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s; 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

a. This table is based on reinforcing bars with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi. For
Seismic Design Categories Dq, Dj and D2, reinforcing bars shall have a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi. See Section R611.6.2.

b. Deflection criterion is L/240, where L is the height of the wall story in inches.

c. Interpolation shall not be permitted.

d. Reinforcement spacing for 3.5 inch walls shall be permitted to be multiplied by 1 .6 when reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used.
Reinforcement shall not be less than one #4 bar at 48 inches (1.2 m) on center

e. Reinforcement spacing for 5.5 inch (139.7 mm) walls shall be permitted to be multiplied by 1 .5 when reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi
is used. Reinforcement shall not be less than one #4 bar at 48 inches on center

f. See Section R61 1 .7. 1 .2 for limitations on maximum spacing of \ertical reinforcement in Seismic Design Categories C, Dq, Dj and D2.

g. A 3.5-inch wall shall not be permitted if wood ledgers are used to support floor or roof loads. See Section R61 1.8.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

195

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R61 1.4(1)
MINIMUM VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT FOR WAFFLE-GRID ICF ABOVE-GRADE WALLS^" =

Design Wind
Pressure [Table
R611.3(1)](psf)

Maximum

Unsupported Wall

Height (feet)

MINIMUIVI VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT^' ^

Nonload-Bearing Wall or
Supporting Roof

Supporting Light-Framed Second
Story and Roof

Supporting ICF Second
Story and Roof

Minimum Wall Thickness (inches)

#4@48

: #4@48

#4@48

#4@36;#5@48

#4@48

#4@36;#5@48

#4@48

#4@36;#5@48

#4@48

#4@36;#5@48

#4@48

#4@36;#5@48

#4@48

#4@36;#5@48

#4@48

#4@36;#5@48

#4@48

#4 @ 24; #5 @ 36

#4@36;#5@48

#4@24;#5@36

#4@48

#4@24; #5@36

#4@48

#4@36;#5@48

#4@48

#4@36;#5@48

#4@48

#4@36;#5@48

#4@48

#4@24;#5@36

#4@36;#5@48

#4@24;#5@36

#4@48

#4@24;#5@48

#4@48

Design Required

#4@36;#5@48

Design Required

#4@36;#5@48

Design Required

#4@36;#5@48

#4@24;#5@36

#4@48

#4@24;#5@36

#4@48

#4@24;#5@48

#4@48

Design Required

#4@36;#5@48

Design Required

#4@36;#5@48

Design Required

#4@36;#5@48

Design Required

#4@24;#5@36

Design Required

#4 @ 24; #5 @ 36

Design Required

#4@24;#5@48

#4@24;#5@36

#4@36;#5@48

#4@24;#5@36

#4@36;#5@48

#4@24;#5@36

#4@48

Design Required

#4@24;#5@36

Design Required

#4@24;#5@48

Design Required

#4@24;#5@48

Design Required

#4@12;#5@36

Design Required

#4 @ 24; #5 @ 36

Design Required

#4 @ 24; #5 @ 36

#4@12;#5@24

#4@24; #5@48

#4@12;#5@24

#4@24;#5@48

#4@12;#5@24

#4@36;#5@48

Design Required

#4@24;#5@36

Design Required

#4@24;#5@36

Design Required

#4@24; #5@36

Design Required

#4@12;#5@24

Design Required

#4@12;#5@24

Design Required

#4@12;#5@24

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s; 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 MPa.

I a. This table is based on reinforcing bars with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi. For
Seismic Design Categories Dg, Dj and D2, reinforcing bars shall have a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi. See Section R61 1.6.2.

b. Deflection criterion is L/240, where L is the height of the wall story in inches.

c. Interpolation shall not be permitted.

d. Increasing reinforcement spacing by 1 2 inches shall be permitted when reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used or substitution of No.
4 reinforcing bars for #5 bars shall be permitted when reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used at the same spacing required for #5 bars.
Reinforcement shall not be less than one #4 bar at 48 inches on center

I e. See Section R61 1 .7. 1 .2 for limitations on maximum spacing of \ertical reinforceihent in Seismic Design Categories C, Dq, D, and D2.

^L^ 2IN. MIN.

tP concrete web

INSULATING
FORM

VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT
IF REQUIRED

HORIZONTAL CONCRETE CORE
(HIDDEN) AT 16 IN. O.C. MAX.

VERTICAL
CONCRETE CORE

INSUUVTING FORM

PLAN VIEW

ISOMETRIC VIEW
WAFFLE ICF WALL SYSTEM

FIGURE R6il1. 4
WAFFLE-GRID ICF WALL SYSTEM

196

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

.®

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R61 1.5
MINIMUM VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT FOR SCREEN-GRID ICF ABOVE-GRADE WALLS^"''

DESIGN WIND PRESSURE

[TABLE R61 1.3(1)]

(psf)

MAXIMUM UNSUPPORTED

WALL HEIGHT

(feet)

MINIMUM VERTICAL REINFORCEMENr''^

Nonload-Bearing Wall or
Supporting Roof

Supporting Light-Framed
Second Story and Roof

Supporting ICF Second
Story and Roof

#4@48

#4@36; #5@48

#4@48

#4@36;#5@48

#4@48

#4@24;#5@48

#4@36;#5@48

#4@48

#4@24;#5@48

Design Required

#4@24;#5@48

#4@36;#5@48

#4 @ 24; #5 @ 36

#4@24;#5@36

Design Required

#4 @ 24; #5 @ 36

Design Required

080

#4@12;#5@36

#4@24; #5@36

#4@24;#5@36

Design Required

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s; 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

a. This table is based on reinforcing bars with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi . For I
Seismic Design Categories Dq, D, and D2, reinforcing bars shall have a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi. See Section R61 1.6.2. I

b. Deflection criterion is L/240, where L is the height of the wall story in inches.

c. Interpolation shall not be permitted.

d. Increasing reinforcement spacing by 1 2 inches shall be permitted when reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used. Reinforcement shall
not be less than one #4 bar at 48 inches on center

e. See Section R61 1.7.1.2 for limitations on maximum spacing of vertical reinforcement in Seismic Design Categories C, Dg, Dj and D2. I

INSULATING
FORM

\^^

12 IN. MAX

VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT
F REQUIRED

HORIZONTAL CONCRETE CORE
(HIDDEN) AT 12 IN. O.C. MAX.

VERTICAL
CONCRETE CORE

VOIDS

INSULATING FORM

PLAN VIEW

ISOMETRIC VIEW
SCREEN-GRID IFC WALL SYSTEM

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R611. 5
SCREEN-GRID IFC WALL SYSTEM

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

197

WALL CONSTRUCTION

R61 1.6.3 Insulation materials. Insulating concrete
forms material shall meet the surface burning character-
istics of Section R314.3. A thermal barrier shall be pro-
vided on the building interior in accordance with Section
R314.4 or Section R702.3.4.

R611.7 Wall construction. Insulating concrete form walls
shall be constructed in accordance with the provisions of this
section and Figure R61 1.7(1).

R611.7.1 Reinforcement.

R611.7.1.1 Location. Vertical and horizontal wall rein-
forcement shall be placed within the middle third of the
wall. Steel reinforcement shall have a minimum con-
crete cover in accordance with ACI 318.

Exception: Where insulated concrete forms are used
and the form remains in place as cover for the concrete,
the minimum concrete cover for the reinforcing steel is
permitted to be reduced to '^1^ inch (19 mm).

R61 1.7.1.2 Vertical steel. Above-grade concrete walls
shall have reinforcement in accordance with Sections
R611.3, R611.4, or R611.5 and R61 1.7.2. Where the
design wind pressure exceeds 40 psf (1.92 kPa) in accor-
dance with Table R61 1.3(1) or for townhouses in Seismic
Design Category C and all buildings in Seismic Design
Categories Dq, Dj and Dj, vertical wall reinforcement in
the top-most ICF story shall terminate with a 90-degree
(1.57 rad) standard hook in accordance with Section
R6 11.7.1.5. The free end of the hook shall be within 4
inches (102 mm) of the top of the ICF wall and shall be ori-
ented parallel to the horizontal steel in the top of the wall.

For townhouses in Seismic Design Category C, the
minimum vertical reinforcement shall be one No. 5 bar at
24 inches (610 mm) on center or one No. 4 at 16 inches
(407 mm) on center. For all buildings in Seismic Design
Categories Dq, D, and D2, the minimum vertical rein-
forcement shall be one No. 5 bar at 18 inches (457 mm)
on center or one No. 4 at 12 inches (305 mm) on center.

Above-grade ICF walls shall be supported on concrete
foundations reinforced as required for the above-grade
wall immediately above, or in accordance with Tables
R404.4(l) through R404.4(5), whichever requires the
greater amount of reinforcement.

Vertical reinforcement shall be continuous from the
bottom of the foundation wall to the roof. Lap splices, if
required, shall comply with Section R61 1.7.1.4. Where
vertical reinforcement in the above-grade wall is not con-
tinuous with the foundation wall reinforcement, dowel
bars with a size and spacing to match the vertical ICF
wall reinforcement shall be embedded 40 d^ into the
foundation wall and shall be lap spliced with the
above-grade wall reinforcement. Alternatively, for No. 6
and larger bars, the portion of the bar embedded in the
foundation wall shall be embedded 24 inches in the foun-
dation wall and shall have a standard hook.

R611.7.1.3 Horizontal reinforcement. Concrete walls
with a minimum thickness of 4 inches (102 mm) shall
have a minimum of one continuous No. 4 horizontal rein-
forcing bar placed at 32 inches (812 mm) on center with

one bar within 12 inches (305 mm) of the top of the wall
story. Concrete walls 5.5 inches (140 mm) thick or more
shall have a minimum of one continuous No. 4 horizontal
reinforcing bar placed at 48 inches (1219 mm) on center
with one bar located within 12 inches (305 mm) of the
top of the wall story.

For townhouses in Seismic Design Category C, the
minimum horizontal reinforcement shall be one No. 5
bar at 24 inches (610 mm) on center or one No. 4 at 16
inches (407 mm) on center. For all buildings in Seismic
Design Categories D,,, D, and D2, the minimum horizon- |
tal reinforcement shall be one No. 5 bar at 1 8 inches (457
mm) on center or one No. 4 at 12 inches (305 mm) on
center.

Horizontal reinforcement shall be continuous around
building comers using comer bars or by bending the
bars. In either case, the minimum lap splice shall be 24
inches (610 mm). For townhouses in Seismic Design
Category C and for all buildings in Seismic Design Cate-
gories Dq, D 1 and D2, each end of all horizontal reinforce- |
ment shall terminate with a standard hook or lap splice.

R611.7.1.4 Lap splices. Where lap splicing of vertical
or horizontal reinforcing steel is necessary, the lap
splice shall be in accordance with Figure R61 1.7.1.4
and a minimum of 40 d^, where d^ is the diameter of the
smaller bar. The maximum distance between
noncontact parallel bars at a lap splice shall not exceed
8db.

R611.7.1.5 Standard hook. Where the free end of a
reinforcing bar is required to have a standard hook, the
hook shall be a 1 80-degree bend plus 4 d^, extension but
not less than 2V2 inches, or a 90-degree bend plus 12 d^
extension.

R611.7.2 Wall openings. Wall openings shall have a mini-
mum of 8 inches (203 mm) of depth of concrete for flat and
waffle-grid ICF walls and 12 inches (305 mm) for
screen-grid walls over the length of the opening. When the
depth of concrete above the opening is less than 12 inches for
flat or waffle-grid walls, lintels in accordance with Section
R61 1 .7.3 shall be provided. Reinforcement around openings
shaU be provided in accordance with Table R6 11.7(1) and
Figure R61 1.7(2). Reinforcement placed horizontally above
or below an opening shall extend a minimum of 24 inches
(610 mm) beyond the limits of the opening. Wall opening
reinforcement shall be provided in addition to the reinforce-
ment required by Sections R611.3, R611.4, R611.5 and
R61 1 .7. 1 . The perimeter of all wall openings shall be framed
with a minimum 2-inch by 4-inch plate, anchored to the wall
with 72-inch (13 mm) diameter anchor bolts spated a maxi-
mum of 24 inches (610 mm) on center. The bolts shall be
embedded into the concrete a minimum of 4 inches (102 mm)
and have a minimum of 1 Vj inches (38 mm) of concrete cover
to the face of the wall.

Exception: The 2-inch by 4-inch plate is not required
where the wall is formed to provide soUd concrete around
the perimeter of the opening with a minimum depth of 4
inches (102 mm) for the full thickness of the wall.

198

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R61 1.7(1)
MINIMUM WALL OPENING REINFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS IN ICF WALLS'

WALL TYPE AND
OPENING WIDTH (L) (feet)

MINIMUM HORIZONTAL
OPENING REINFORCEMENT

MINIMUM VERTICAL
OPENING REINFORCEMENT

Flat, Waffle-, and

Screen-Grid:

L<2

None required

Flat, Waffle-, and

Screen-Grid:

L>2

Provide lintels in accordance with Section R61 1.7.3.
Provide one No. 4 bar within 12 inches from the
bottom of the opening. Top and bottom lintel
reinforcement shall extend a minimum of 24 inches
beyond the Umits of the opening.

In locations with wind speeds less than or equal to 110 mph
or in Seismic Design Categories A and B, provide one No. 4
bar for the full height of the wall story within 12 inches of
each side of the opening.

In locations with wind speeds greater than 110 mph,
townhouses in Seismic Design Category C, or all buildings
in Seismic Design Categories Dq, Dj and Dj, provide two
No. 4 bars or one No. 5 bar for the full height of the wall
story within 12 inches of each side of the opening.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mile per hour = 0.447 mJs; 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi, reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and an
assumed equivalent rectangular cross section. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of ICF manufacturer's tables based on engineering analysis in accor-
dance with ACI 31 8.

SEE FIGURE
R611.9

LIGHT-FRAME ROOF

SEE FIGURES
R611.8(1)
THROUGH
R611.8(7)

ICF OR LIGHT-FRAME
WALL

SEE FIGURES"
R611.8(1)
THROUGH
R611.8(7)

2ND STORY
WALL HEIGHT
10 FT MAX.

i^^

LIGHT-FRAME FLOOR

1ST STORY
WALL HEIGHT
10 FT MAX.

LIGHT-FRAME FLOOR

(OR CONCRETE SLAB-ON-GRADE)

BASEMENT, CRAWL SPACE, OR
SLAB-ON-GRADE FOUNDATION

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

NOTE: Section cut through flat wall or vertical core of waffle- or screen-grid walls.

FIGURE R61 1.7(1)
ICF WALL CONSTRUCTION

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

199

WALL CONSTRUCTION

R61 1.7.3 Lintels.

R611.7.3.1 General requirements. Lintels shall be
provided over all openings greater than or equal to 2 feet
(610 mm) in width. Lintels for flat ICF walls shall be
constructed in accordance with Figure R61 1.7(3) and
Table R61 1.7(2) or R61 1.7(3). Lintels for waffle-grid
ICF walls shall be constructed in accordance with Fig-
ure R61 1.7(4) or Figure R61 1.7(5) and Table
R611.7(4) or R611.7(5). Lintels for screen-grid ICF
walls shall be constructed in accordance with Figure
R611.7(6) or Figure R611.7(7). Lintel construction in
accordance with Figure R611.7(3) shall be permitted
with waffle-grid and screen-grid ICF wall construction.
Lintel depths are permitted to be increased by the height
of the ICF wall located directly above the opening, pro-
vided that the lintel depth spans the entire length of the
opening.

R611.7.3.2 Stirrups. Where required, No. 3 stirrups
shall be installed in flat, waffle-grid and screen-grid
wall lintels in accordance with the following:

1 . For flat walls the stirrups shall be spaced at a max-
imum spacing of d/1 where d equals the depth of
the lintel (D) minus the bottom cover of concrete
as shown in Figure R6 11.7(3). Stirrups shall not
be required in the middle portion of the span (A)
per Figure R61 1.7(2), for flat walls for a length
not to exceed the values shown in parenthesis in
Tables R6 11.7(2) and R6 11.7(3) or for spans in
accordance with Table R61 1.7(8).

2. For waffle-grid walls a minimum of two No. 3
stirrups shall be placed in each vertical core of
waffle-grid lintels. Stirrups shall not be required
in the middle portion of the span (A) per Figure
R61 1.7(2), for waffle-grid walls for a length not
to exceed the values shown in parenthesis in
Tables R61 1.7(4) and R61 1.7(5) or for spans in
accordance with Table R61 1 .7(8).

3. For screen-grid walls one No. 3 stirrup shall be
placed in each vertical core of screen-grid lintels.

Exception: Stirrups are not required in
screen-grid lintels meeting the following
requirements:

1 . Lintel Depth (D) = 12 inches (305 mm) -
spans less than or equal 3 feet 7 inches.

2. Lintel Depth (D) = 24 inches (610 mm) -
spans less than or equal 4 feet 4 inches.

R611.7.3.3 Horizontal reinforcement. One No. 4 hor-
izontal bar shall be provided in the top of the lintel. Hor-
izontal reinforcement placed within 12 inches (305
mm) of the top of the wall in accordance with Section
R61 1 .7. 1 .3 shall be permitted to serve as the top or bot-
tom reinforcement in the lintel provided the reinforce-
ment meets the location requirements in Figure
R611.7(2), R611.7(3), R611.7(4), R611.7(5),

R61 1.7(6), or R61 1.7(7), and the size requirements in
Tables R61 1.7(2), R61 1.7(3), R61 1.7(4), R611.7(5),
R611.7(6), R611.7(7), orR611.7(8).

R611.7.3.4 Load-bearing walls. Lintels in flat ICF
load-bearing walls shall comply with Table R61 1.7(2),
Table RR611.7(3) or Table R61 1.7(8). Lintels in waf-
fle-grid ICF load-bearing walls shall comply with Table
R6 1 1 .7(4), Table R6 1 1 .7(5) or Table R6 1 1 .7(8). Lintels
in screen-grid ICF load-bearing walls shall comply
with Table R61 1.7(6) or Table R61 1.7(7).

Where spans larger than those permitted in Table
R6 11.7(2), Table R6 11.7(3), Table R6 11.7(4), Table
R61 1.7(5), R61 1.7(6), R61 1.7(7) or R61 1.7(8) are
required, the hntels shaU comply with Table R6 1 1 .7 (9).

R611.7.3.5 Nonload-bearing walls. Lintels in
nonload-bearing flat, waffle-grid and screen-grid ICF
walls shall comply with Table R61 1.7 (10). Stirrups are
not required.

R61 1.7.4 Minimum length of wall without openings. The

wind velocity pressures of Table R611.7.4 shall be used to
determine the minimum amount of solid wall length in
accordance with Tables R611.7(9A) through R611.7(10B)
and Figure R611.7.4. Table R611.7(ll) shall be used to
determine the minimum amount of solid wall length for
townhouses in Seismic Design Category C, and all build-
ings in Seismic Design Categories Dq, Dj and Dj for all |
types of ICF walls. The greater amount of solid wall length
required by wind loading or seismic loading shall apply.
The minimum percentage of solid wall length shall include
only those solid wall segments that are a minimum of 24
inches (610 mm) in length. The maximum distance between
wall segments included in determining solid wall length
shall not exceed 18 feet (5486 mm). A minimum length of
24 inches (610 mm) of solid wall segment, extending the
full height of each wall story, shall occur at all interior and
exterior comers of exterior walls.

R611.8 ICF wall-to-floor connections.

R611.8.1 Top bearing. Floors bearing on the top of ICF

foundation walls in accordance with Figure R6 11.8(1)
shall have the wood sill plate anchored to the ICF wall with
minimum Vj-inch (13 mm) diameter bolts embedded a
minimum of 7 inches (178 mm) and placed at a maximum
spacing of 6 feet (1829 mm) on center and not more than 1 2
I inches (305 mm) from corners. Anchor bolts for waf-
fle-grid and screen-grid walls shall be located in the cores.
In conditions where wind speeds are in excess of 90 miles
per hour (40 m/s), the V2"inch (13 mm) diameter anchor
bolts shall be placed at a maximum spacing of 4 feet (1219
mm) on center. Bolts shall extend a minimum of 7 inches
(178 mm) into concrete. Sill plates shall be protected
against decay where required by Section R319.
Cold-formed steel framing systems shall be anchored to
the concrete in accordance with Section R505.3.1 or Sec-
tion R603. 3.1.

200

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R61 1.7(2)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR ICF LINTELS FOR FLAT LOAD-BEARING WALLS"'' ^'"

NO. 4 BOTTOM BAR SIZE

MINIMUM LINTEL

THICKNESS, T

(inches)

LINTEL DEPTH, D
(inches)

MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN, (feet-inches)
(Number is Middle of Span, A)^

Supporting Roof Only

Supporting Light-Framed
2nd Story and Roof

Supporting ICF Second Story
and Roof

Ground Snow Load

30psf

70psf

30psf

70psf

30psf

70psf

3.5

4-9
(1-2)

4-2
(0-9)

3-10
(0-8)

3-4
(0-6)

3-5
(0-6)

3-1
(0-5)

6-8
(1-11)

5-5
(1-3)

5-0
(1-1)

4-5
(0-10)

4-6
(0-10)

4-0
(0-8)

7-11
(2-9)

6-5
(1-9)

6-0
(1-6)

5-3
(1-2)

5-4
(1-2)

4-10
(1-0)

8-11
(3-5)

7-4
(2-3)

6-9
(1-11)

6-0
(1-6)

6-1

(1-7)

5-6

(1-3)

9-10
(4-1)

8-1
(2-9)

7-6
(2-4)

6-7
(1-10)

6-9
(1-11)

6-1
(1-6)

5.5

5-2
(1-10)

4-2
(1-2)

3-10
(1-0)

3-5
(0-9)

3-5
(0-10)

3-1
(0-8)

6-8

(3-0)

5-5
(2-0)

5-0
(1-9)

4-5
(1-4)

4-6
(1-4)

4-1
(1-1)

7-10
(4-1)

6-5

(2-9)

6-0

(2-5)

5-3
(1-10)

5-4
(1-11)

4-10
(1-7)

8-10

(5-3)

7-3
(3-6)

6-9

(3-1)

6-0

(2-4)

6-1

(2-5)

5-6

(2-0)

9-8
(6-3)

8-0

(4-3)

7-5
(3-8)

6-7
(2-11)

6-8
(3-0)

6-0

(2-5)

7.5

5-2
(2-6)

4-2
(1-8)

3-11
(1-5)

3-5
(1-1)

3-6

(1-1)

3-2
(0-11)

6-7
(4-0)

5-5
(2-8)

5-0

(2-4)

4-5
(1-10)

4-6
(1-10)

4-1
(1-6)

7-9

(5-5)

6-5
(3-8)

5-11

(3-3)

5-3
(2-6)

5-4
(2-7)

4-10

(2-2)

8-8
(6-10)

7-2
(4-8)

6-8

(4-2)

5-11
(3-3)

6-0

(3-4)

5-5
(2-9)

9-6

(8-2)

7-11
(5-8)

7-4
(5-1)

6-6

(3-11)

6-7
(4-1)

6-0

(3-4)

9.5

5-2
(3-1)

4-2
(2-1)

3-11
(1-9)

3-5
(1-5)

3-6

(1-5)

3-2
(1-2)

6-7
(5-0)

5-5
(3-4)

5-0
(3-0)

4-5
(2-4)

4-6

(2-5)

4-1
(1-11)

7-8
(6-9)

6-4

(4-7)

5-11

(4-2)

5-3
(3-3)

5-4
(3-4)

4-10
(2-8)

igth of 40,000 psi and an
; in the shaded cells shall

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895kPa, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi, reinforcing steel with a minimum yield stren^
assumed equivalent rectangular cross section. When reinforcement with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used, the span lengths i
be increased by 1.2 times the table values.

b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of ICF manufacturer's tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318.

c. Deflection criterion: L/IAO.

d. Design load assumptions:

Floor dead load is 10 psf Attic live load is 20 psf

Floor live load is 30 psf Roof dead load is 15 psf

Building width is 32 feet ICF wall dead load is 69 psf

Light-framed wall dead load is 10 psf

e. No. 3 stirrups are required at d/2 spacing except no stirrups are required for the distance, (A), shown in the middle portion of the span in accordance with Figure
R61 1.7(2) and Section R61 1.7 .3.2.

f. Interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'^

201

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R61 1.7(3)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR ICF LINTELS FOR FLAT LOAD-BEARING WALLS"- "'=''•*

NO. 5 BOTTOM BAR SIZE

MINIMUM LINTEL

THICKNESS, T

(inches)

LINTEL DEPTH, D
(inches)

MAXIMUM CLEAR iSPAN, (feet-Inches) (Number is Middle of Span, A)^

Supporting Roof

Supporting Light-Framed 2nd Story
and Roof

Supporting ICF Second Story and
Roof

Ground Snow Load

30psf

70psf

30psf

70psf

30psf

70psf

3.5

4-9
(1-2)

4-2
(0-9)

3-11
(0-8)

3-7
(0-6)

3-5
(0-5)

7-2
(1-11)

6-3

(1-3)

5-11

(1-1)

5-5
(0-10)

5-0
(0-8)

9-6

(2-9)

8-0
(1-9)

7-4
(1-6)

6-6

(1-2)

6-7
(1-2)

5-11
(1-0)

11-1

(3-5)

9-1

(2-3)

8-4
(1-11)

I 7-5
i(l-6)

7-6
(1-7)

6-9

(1-3)

12-2
(4-1)

10-0
(2-9)

9-3

(2-4)

i 8-2
1(1-10)

8-4
(1-11)

7-6
(1-6)

5.5

5-6
(MO)

4-10
(1-2)

4-7
(1-0)

4-2
(0-9)

4-2
(0-10)

3-10
(0-8)

8-3
(3-0)

6-9

(2-0)

6-3
(1-9)

5-6

(1-4)

5-7-
(1-4)

5-0
(1-1)

9-9

(4-1)

8-0
(2-9)

7-5
(2-5)

'■ 6-6

!(i-io)

6-7
(1-11)

6-0

(1-7)

10-11

(5-3)

9-0

(3-6)

8-4
(3-1)

; 7-5

K2-4)

7-6
(2-5)

6-9

(2-0)

12-0
(6-3)

9-11

(4-3)

9-3

(3-8)

! 8-2
1(2-11)

8-3
(3-0)

7-6

(2-5)

7.5

6-1

(2-6)

5-2
(1-8)

4-9
: (1-5)

4-3
(1-1)

3-10
(0-11)

8-2
(4-0)

6-9

(2-8)

6-3

(2-4)

:5-6

id-lO)

5-7
(1-10)

5-0
(1-6)

9-7
(5-5)

7-11
(3-8)

7-4
(3-3)

= 6-6
k2-6)

6-7
(2-7)

6-0

(2-2)

10-10
(6-10)

8-11
(4-8)

8-4
(4-2)

\ 7-4
1(3-3)

7-6
(3-4)

6-9

(2-9)

11-10
(8-2)

9-10

(5-8)

9-2
(5-1)

: 8-1

=(3-11)

8-3
(4-1)

7-5
(3-4)

9.5

6-4
(3-1)

5-2
(2-1)

4-10
(1-9)

■ 4-3
(1-5)

4-4
(1-5)

3-11
(1-2)

8-2
(5-0)

6-8

(3-4)

6-2
(3-0)

5-6

:(2-4)

5-7
(2-5)

5-0
(1-11)

9-6
(6-9)

7-11
(4-7)

7-4
(4-2)

\ 6-6
! (3-3)

6-7

(3-4)

5-11
(2-8)

10-8

(8-4)

8-10
(5-10)

8-3
(5-4)

] 7-4
!(4-2)

7-5
(4-3)

6-9

(3-6)

11-7
(10-0)

9-9

(6-11)

9-0

(6-5)

\ 8-1
■(5-0)

8-2
(5-2)

7-5
(4-3)

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi, reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and an
assumed equivalent rectangular cross section. When reinforcement with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used the span lengths in the shaded cells shall be
increased by 1.2 times the table values.

b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of ICF manufacturer's tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318.

c. Deflection criterion: L/240.

d. Design load assumptions:

Floor dead load is 10 psf Attic live load is 20 psf

Floor live load is 30 psf Roof dead load is 15 psf '

Building width is 32 feet ICF wall dead load is 69 psf

Light-framed wall dead load is 10 psf j

{. Interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths.;

202

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R61 1.7(4)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR WAFFLE-GRID ICF WALL LINTELS^' "■=■"■'

NO. 4 BOTTOM BAR SIZE

NOMINAL LINTEL

THICKNESS TS"

(Inches)

LINTEL
DEPTH D
(inches)

MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN (feet-lnches)
(Number is Middle of Span, Af

Supporting Roof

Supporting Light-Framed 2nd Story
and Roof

Supporting ICF Second Story and
Roof

Ground Snow Load

30psf

70psf

30psf

70psf

30psf

70psf

5-2
(0-10)

4-2
(0-7)

3-10
(0-6)

3-5
(0-4)

3-6
(0-5)

3-2
(0-4)

6-8

(1-5)

5-5
(0-11)

5-0
(0-9)

4-5
(0-7)

4-7
(0-8)

4-2
(0-6)

7-11
(1-11)

6-6

(1-4)

6-0
(1-1)

5-3
(0-10)

5-6
(0-11)

4-11
(0-9)

8-11
(2-6)

7-4
(1-8)

6-9

(1-5)

6-0
(1-1)

6-3

(1-2)

5-7
(0-11)

9-10

(3-0)

8-1
(2-0)

7-6
(1-9)

6-7
(1-4)

6-10
(1-5)

6-2

(1-2)

5-2
(0-10)

4-3
(0-7)

3-11
(0-6)

3-5
(0-4)

3-7
(0-5)

3-2
(0-4)

6-8

(1-5)

5-5
(0-11)

5-1
(0-9)

4-5
(0-7)

4-8
(0-8)

4-2
(0-6)

7-10
(1-11)

6-5

(1-4)

6-0

(1-1)

5-3
(0-10)

5-6
(0-11)

4-11
(0-9)

8-10
(2-6)

7-3
(1-8)

6-9

(1-5)

6-0
(1-1)

6-2

(1-2)

5-7
(0-11)

9-8
(3-0)

8-0
(2-0)

7-5
(1-9)

6-7

(1-4)

6-10

(1-5)

6-2
(1-2)

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 psi = 6.895 kPa, 1 psf = 0.0479 kPa.

a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi, reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and an
assumed equivalent rectangular cross section. When reinforcement with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used the span lengths in the shaded cells shall be
increased by 1.2 times the table values.

b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of ICF manufacturer's tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318.

c. Deflection criterion: L/240.

d. Design load assumptions:

Floor dead load is 10 psf Attic live load is 20 psf

Floor live load is 30 psf Roof dead load is 15 psf

Building width is 32 feet ICF wall dead load is 55 psf

Light-framed wall dead load is 10 psf

f. Interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths.

g. For actual wall lintel width, refer to Table R61 1.2. |
h. Lintel width corresponds to the nominal waffle-grid ICF wall thickness with a minimum thickness of 2 inches.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

203

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R61 1.7(5)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR WAFFLE-GRID ICF WALL LINTELS"" = "'

NO. 5 BOTTOM BAR SIZE

NOMINAL LINTEL

THICKNESS, T9''

(Inches)

LINTEL DEPTH D
(Inches)

MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN (feet-inches)
(Number is Middle of Span, A)^

Supporting Roof

Supporting Light-Framed 2nd Story Supporting ICF Second Story and
and Roof Roof

Ground Snow Load

30psf

70psf

30psf

70psf

30psf

70psf

5-4
(0-10)

4-8
(0-7)

4-5
' (0-6)

4-1
(0-4)

4-5
(0-5)

3-10
(0-4)

8-0
(1-5)

6-9

(0-11)

6-3

; (0-9)

5-6

(0-7)

6-3
(0-8)

5-1
(0-6)

9-9
(1-11)

8-0
(1-4)

7-5
(1-1)

}6-6
(0-10)

7-5
(0-11)

6-1
(0-9)

11-0
(2-6)

9-1
(1-8)

8-5
(1-5)

1
i7-5

h-1)

8-5
(1-2)

6-11
(0-11)

12-2
(3-0)

10-0
(2-0)

9-3
(1-9)

lS-2

;(i-4)

9-3

(1-5)

7-8
(1-2)

6-0
(0-10)

5-2
(0-7)

4-9
(0-6)

4-3
(0-4)

4-9
(0-5)

3-11
(0-4)

8-3
(1-5)

6-9
(0-11)

6-3
(0-9)

. l5-6
^0-7)

6-3

(0-8)

5-2
(0-6)

9-9
(1-11)

8-0
(1-4)

7-5
(1-1)

?6-6
(0-10)

7-5
(0-11)

6-1

(0-9)

10-11

(2-6)

9-0
(1-8)

8-4 7-5
(1-5) : (1-1)

8-4
(1-2)

6-11
(0-11)

12-0
(3-0)

9-11

(2-0)

9-2 ! 8-2
: (1-9) i 11-4)

9-2
(1-5)

7-8
(1-2)

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 psi = 6.895 kPa, 1 psf = 0.0479 kPa.

a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi, reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and an
assumed equivalent rectangular cross section. When reinforcement with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used the span lengths in the shaded cells shall be
increased by 1.2 times the table values.

b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of ICF manufacturer's tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318.

c. Deflection criterion: L/240.

d. Design load assumptions:

Floor dead load is 10 psf Attic live load is 20 psf

Floor live load is 30 psf Roof dead load is 15 psf

Building width is 32 feet ICF wall dead load is 53 psf

Light-framed wall dead load is 10 psf

f Interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths. ■

g. For actual wall lintel width, refer to Table R61 1.2.

h. Lintel width corresponds to the nominal waffle-grid ICF wall thickness with a minimum thickness of 2 inches.

204

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R61 1.7(6)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR SCREEN-GRID ICF LINTELS IN LOAD-BEARING WALLS'- "'=' *^' '■ ^

NO. 4 BOTTOM BAR SIZE

MINIMUM LINTEL

THICKNESS, T

(inches)'^'

MINIMUM LINTEL
DEPTH, D
(inches)

MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN (feet-inches)

Supporting Roof

Supporting Light-Framed Second
Story and Roof

Supporting ICF Second Story and
Roof

Maximum Ground Snow Load (psf)

3-7

2-10

2-5

2-0

9-10

8-1

7-6

6-7

6-11

6-2

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 psi = 6.895 kPa, 1 psf = 0.0479 kPa.

a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi, reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and an
assumed equivalent rectangular cross section. When reinforcement with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used the span lengths in the shaded cells shall be
increased by 1.2 times the table values.

b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of ICF manufacturer's tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318.

c. Deflection criterion: L/240.
d Design load assumptions:

Floor dead load is 10 psf
Floor live load is 30 psf
Maximum floor clear span is 32 ft
Light- frame wall dead load is 10 psf

e. Stirrup requirements:
Stirrups are not required for lintels 12 inches deep.
One No. 3 stirrup is required in each vertical core for lintels 24 inches deep.

f. Interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads.

g. Flat ICF lintels may be used in lieu of screen-grid lintels,
h. For actual wall lintel width, refer to Table R61 1.2.
i. Lintel width corresponds to the nominal screen-grid ICF wall thickness.

Attic live load is 20 psf
Roof dead load is 15 psf
ICF wall dead load is 53 psf

TABLE R61 1.7(7)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR SCREEN-GRID ICF LINTELS IN LOAD-BEARING WALLS'' "•=•"■ ^' '• ^

NO. 5 BOTTOM BAR SIZE

MINIMUM LINTEL

THICKNESS, T

(inches)'''

MINIMUM LINTEL
DEPTH, D
(inches)

MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN (feet-inches)

Supporting Roof

Supporting Light-Framed Second
Story and Roof

Supporting ICF Second Story and
Roof

Maximum Ground Snow Load (psf)

3-7

2-10

2-5

2-0

12-3

10-0

9-3

8-3

8-7

7-8

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895kPa, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi, reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and an
assumed equivalent rectangular cross section. When reinforcement with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used the span lengths in the shaded cells shall be
increased by 1.2 times the table values.

b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of ICF manufacturer's tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318.

c. Deflection criterion: L/240.
d.

Attic live load is 20 psf
Roof dead load is 15 psf
ICF wall dead load is 53 psf

Design load assumptions:
Floor dead load is 10 psf
Floor live load is 30 psf
Maximum floor clear span is 32 ft
Light-frame wall dead load is 10 psf

e. Stirrup requirements:

Stirrups are not required for lintels 12 inches deep.

One No. 3 stirrup is required in each vertical core for lintels 24 inches deep

f. Interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads.

g. Flat ICF lintels may be used in Ueu of screen-grid Untels.
h. For actual wall lintel width, refer to Table R61 1.2.

i. Lintel width corresponds to the nominal screen-grid ICF wall thickness.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

205

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R61 1.7(8)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR ICF LINTELS WITHOUT STIRRUPS IN LOAD-BEARING WALLS^ ""= "'^ * a"

(NO. 4 OR NO. 5) BOTTOM BAR SIZE

MINIMUM LINTEL

THICKNESS, T

(inches)

MINIMUM LINTEL
DEPTH, D
(inches)

MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN (feet-inches)

Supporting Roof Only

Sjupporting Light-Framed Second
Story and Roof

Supporting ICF Second Story and
RoolF

MAXIMUM GROUND SNOW LOAD (psf)

Flat ICF Lintel

3.5

2-6

2-4

2-5

2-2

4-2

4-1

3-10

3-7

4-11

4-8

4-6

4-2

3-11

6-3

5-3

' 4-11

4-6

4-3

7-7

6-4

, 6-0

5-6

5-2

5.5

2-10

2-6

; 2-6

2-5

2-6

2-2

4-8

4-4

' 4-3

3-11

3-10

3-7

6-5

5-1

4-8

4-2

4-3

3-11

8-2

6-6

6-0

5-4

5-5

5-0

9-8

7-11

7-4

6-6

6-7

6-1

7.5

3-6

2-8

2-7

2-5

2-2

5-9

4-5

4-4

4-0

3-10

3-7

7-9

6-1

5-7

4-10

4-11

4-5

8-8

7-2

6-8

5-11

6-0

5-5

9-6

7-11

'■ 7-4

6-6

6-7

6-0

9.5

4-2

3-1

: 2-9

2-5

2-2

6-7

5-1

i 4-7

3-11

4-0

3-7

7-10

6-4

' 5-11

5-3

5-4

4-10

8-7

7-2

: 6-8

5-11

6-0

5-5

9-4

7-10

' 7-3

6-6

6-7

6-0

Waffle-Grid ICF Lintel

6 or 8

2-6

! 2-6

2-4

, 2-2

4-2

1 4-1

3-8

3-9

3-7

5-9

5-8

; 5-7

5-1

5-2

4-8

7-6

7-4

1 6-9

6-0

6-3

5-7

9-2

8-1

1 7-6

6-7

6-10

6-2

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa; 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

a. Table values are based on tensile reinforcement with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi (276 MPa), concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength
of 2,500 psi, and a building width (clear span) of 32 feet. ,

b. Spans located in shaded cells shall be permitted to be multiplied by 1 .05 when concrete with a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 psi is used or by 1 . 1 when
concrete with a minimum compressive strength of 4,000 psi is used.

c. Deflection criterion is L/240, where L is the clear span of the lintel in inches. '

d. Linear interpolation shall be permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths.

e. Lintel depth, D, shall be permitted to include the available height of ICF wall located directly above the lintel, provided that the increased lintel depth spans the
entirelength of the opening.

f. Spans shall be permitted to be multiplied by 1.05 for a building width (clear span) of 28 feet.

g. Spans shall be permitted to be multiphed by 1.1 for a building width (clear span) bf 24 feet or less,
h. ICF wall dead load is 69 psf.

206

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R61 1.7(9)
MINIMUM BOTTOM BAR ICF LINTEL REINFORCEMENT FOR LARGE CLEAR SPANS IN LOAD-BEARING WALLS^ "■'=•'' ^' '■ '^

MINIMUM LINTEL

THICKNESS, T*'9

(inches)

MINIMUM LINTEL
DEPTH, D
(inches)

MINIMUM BOTTOM LINTEL REINFORCEMENT

Supporting Light-Frame Roof Only

Supporting Light-Framed Second
Story and Roof

Supporting ICF Second Story and
Light-Frame Roof

Maximum Ground Snow Load (psf)

Flat ICF Lintel, 12 feet- 3 inches Maximum Clear Span

3.5

1#5

1#7

D/R

5.5

1#6

1#7

D/R

1#5

1#7

1#8

D/R

7.5

1#7;2#5

D/R

1 #6; 2 #4

1#7; 2 #5

1 #8; 2 #6

D/R

1 #6; 2 #4

1 #7; 2 #5

1 #8; 2 #6

9.5

1 #7; 2 #5

D/R

1 #6; 2 #4

1 #7; 2 #5

1 #8; 2 #6

1 #9; 2 #6

1 #6; 2 #4

1 #7; 2 #5

1 #7; 2 #6

1 #8; 2 #6

1 #9; 2 #6

Flat ICF Lintel, 16 feet-3 inches Maximum Clear Span

5.5

1#7

D/R

7.5

1 #7; 2 #5

D/R

9.5

1 #7; 2 #5

1 #9; 2 #6

D/R

Waffle-Grid ICF Lintel, 12 feet-3 inches Maximum Clear Span

1#6

D/R

1#5

1 #7; 2 #5

1 #8; 2 #6

D/R

1 #7; 2 #5

D/R

1 #6; 2 #4

1 #7; 2 #5

1 #8; 2 #6

D/R

1#5

1 #7; 2 #5

1 #8; 2 #6

Screen-Grid ICF Lintel, 12 feet-3 inches Maximum Clear Span

1#5

1#7

D/R

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 psi = 6.895 kPa, 1 psf = 0.0479 kPa.

a. This table is based on concrete with a minimum specified compressive strength of 2,500 psi, reinforcing steel with a minimum yield strength of 40,000 psi and an
assumed equivalent rectangular cross section. When reinforcement with a minimum yield strength of 60,000 psi is used the span lengths in the shaded cells shall be
increased by 1.2 times the table values.

b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of ICF manufacturers tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318.

c. D/R indicates design is required.

d. Deflection criterion: L/240.

e. Interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths.

f. No. 3 stirrups are required a maximum d/2 spacing for spans greater than 4 feet.

g. Actual thickness is shown for flat hntels; nominal thickness is given for waffle-grid and screen-grid lintels. Lintel thickness corresponds to the nominal waffle-grid
and screen-grid ICF wall thickness. Refer to Table R61 1.2 for actual wall thickness.

h. ICF wall dead load varies based on wall thickness using 150 pcf concrete density.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

207

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R61i.7(9A)
MINIMUM SOLID END WALL LENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR FLAT ICF WALLS (WIND PERPENDICULAR TO RIDGE)^

WALL CATEGORY

BUILDING

SIDE WALL

LENGTH, L

(feet)

Roof
Slope

WIND VELOCITY PRESSURE FROM TABLE R61 1.7.4 (psf)

Minimum Solid Wall Length on Building End Wall (feet)

One-Story or Top Story
of Two-Story

<1:12

4.00

5:12

4.00

4.25

4.50

7:12'*

4.00

4.25

'4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.50

12:12''

4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.25

5.50

5.75

6.25

<1:12

4.00

4.25

4.50

5:12

4.00

4.25

4.50

4.75

7:12''

4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.25

5.50

5.75

6.25

12:12''

4.75

5.00

5.25

5.75

6.00

6.50

6.75

7.50

< 1:12

4.00

4.25

4.50

4.75

5:12

4.00

^4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.25

7:12"

4.50

5.00

,5.25

5.50

6.00

6.25

6.50

7.25

12:12''

5.00

5.50

'6.00

6.50

7.00

7.25

7.75

8.75

<1:12

4.00

'4.25

4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

5:12

4.00

4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.25

5.50

7:12''

4.75

5.25

:5.75

6.00

6.50

7.00

7.25

8.00

12:12''

5.50

6.00

'■6.50

7.25

7.75

8.25

8.75

10.0

<1:12

4.00

4.25

■4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.50

5:12

4.25

4.50

^4.75

5.00

5.25

5.50

5.75

6.00

7:12''

5.25

5.75

:6.25

6.75

7.25

7.75

8.25

9.25

12:12''

6.00

6.75

7.50

8.00

8.75

9.50

10.25

11.5

<1:12

4.00

4.25

i4.50

4.75

5.00

5.25

5.75

5:12

4.50

4.75

:5.oo

5.25

5.50

5.75

6.00

6.75

7:12''

5.50

6.25

6.75

7.50

8.00

8.50

9.25

10.25

12:12''

6.50

7.25

,8.25

9.00

9.75

10.5

11.5

13.0

First Story of
Two-Story

<1:12

4.00

4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.25

5.75

5:12

4.50

4.75

:5.00

5.25

5.50

5.75

6.00

6.75

7:12"

4.50

5.00

i5.25

5.75

6.00

6.25

6.75

7.25

12:12''

5.00

5.25

;5.75

6.25

6.50

7.00

7.25

8.25

<1:12

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.25

5.50

5.75

6.00

6.75

5:12

4.75

5.25

'5.50

6.00

6.25

6.75

7.00

7.75

7:12''

5.25

5.75

6.25

6.75

7.00

7.50

8.00

9.00

12:12''

5.50

6.25

i6.75

7.25

8.00

8.50

9.00

10.25

<1:12

4.75

5.00

i5.50

5.75

6.25

6.50

6.75

7.50

5:12

5.25

5.75

!6.25

6.75

7.25

7.50

8.00

9.00

7:12''

5.75

6.50

7.00

7.75

8.25

9.00

9.50

10.75

12:12''

6.25

7.00

7.75

8.50

9.25

10.0

10.75 ;

12.25

<1:12

5.00

5.50

:5.75

6.25

6.75

7.25

7.50

8.50

5:12

5.50

6.25

6.75

7.25

8.00

8.50

9.00

10.25

7:12''

6.25

7.00

7.75

8.75

9.50

10.25

11.0

12.5

12:12''

7.00

8.00

■8.75

9.75

10.75

11.5

12.5

14.25

<1:12

5.50

6.00

6.50

7.00

7.50

8.00

8.50

9.50

5:12

6.00

6.75

7.50

8.25

9.00

9.75

10.5 I

11.75

7:12"

7.00

8.00

9.00

10.0

10.75

11.75

12.75

14.5

12:12"

7.75

9.00

10.0

11.25

12.25

13.50

14.75

17.0

<1:12

5.75

6.50

7.00

7.50

8.25

8.75

9.50

10.75

5:12

6.75

7.50

,8.25

9.25

10.0

10.75

11.75 :

13.25

7:12"

7.75

9.00

iio.o

11.0

12.25

13.25

14.5 :

16.75

12:12"

8.75

10.0

111.5

12.75

14.0

15.5

16.75

19.5

(continued)

208

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

WALL CONSTRUCTION

Footnotes to Table R61 1.7 (9A)

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa.

a. Table values are based on a 3.5 in thick flat wall. For a 5.5 in thick flat wall, multiply the table values by 0.9. The adjusted values shall not result in solid wall lengths
less than 4ft.

b. Table values are based on a maximum unsupported wall height of 10 ft.

c. Linear interpolation shall be permitted.

d. The minimum solid wall lengths shown in the table are based on a building with an end wall length "W" of 60 feet and a roof slope of less than 7:12. For roof slopes
of 7:12 or greater and end wall length "W" greater than 30 feet, the minimum solid wall length determined from the table shall be multiplied by:

l + 0.4[(W-30)/30].

TABLE R611.7(9B)
MINIMUM SOLID SIDEWALL LENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR FLAT ICF WALLS (WIND PARALLEL TO RIDGE) ^ "'='''

WALL CATEGORY

BUILDING END WALL
WIDTH, W(feet)

WIND VELOCITY PRESSURE FROM TABLE R61 1.7.4 (psf)

One-Story or Top
Story of Two-Story

Minimum Solid Wall Length on Building Side Wall (feet)

4.00

4.25

4.50

4.75

4.00

4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.25

5.50

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.25

5.50

6.00

6.25

6.75

5.00

5.50

5.75

6.25

6.75

7.00

7.50

8.25

5.75

6.25

7.00

7.50

8.25

8.75

9.50

10.75

6.50

7.50

8.25

9.25

10.0

10.75

11.75

13.25

First Story of
Two-Story

4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.25

5.50

5.75

6.50

4.75

5.25

5.50

6.00

6.25

6.75

7.00

8.00

5.50

6.00

6.50

7.00

7.50

8.00

8.75

9.75

6.25

7.00

7.50

8.25

9.00

9.75

10.5

12.0

7.25

8.25

9.25

10.25

11.25

12.25

13.25

15.25

8.50

9.75

11.0

12.25

13.5

15.0

16.25

18.75

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa.

a. Table values are based on a 3.5 in thick flat wall. For a 5.5 in thick flat wall, multiply the table values by 0.9. The adjusted values shall not result in solid wall lengths
less than 4ft.

b. Table values are based on a maximum unsupported wall height of 10 ft.

c. Table values are based on a maximum 12:12 roof pitch.

d. Linear interpolation shall be permitted.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

209

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R611. 7(10)
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CLEAR SPANS FOR ICF LINTELS IN NONLOAD-BEARING WALLS WITHOUT STIRRUPS^"""

NO. 4 BOTTOM BAR

MINIMUM LINTEL THICKNESS, T
(inches)

MINIMUM LINTEL DEPTH, D
(inches)

MAXIMUM CLEAR SPAN

Supporting

Light-Framed Nonbearing Wall

(feet-inches)

Supporting ICF

Second Story and Nonbearing Wall

(feet-inches)

Flat ICF Lintel

3.5

11-1

3-1

15-11

5-1

16-3

6-11

: 16-3

8-8

16-3

10-5

5.5

16-3

4-4

16-3

7-0

16-3

9-7

16-3

12-0

16-3

14-3

7.5

16-3

5-6

16-3

8-11

I 16-3

12-2

16-3

15-3

16-3

9.5

16-3

6-9

16-3

10-11

16-3

14-10

16-3

Waffle-Grid ICF Lintel

6 or 8

9-1

2-11

13-4

4-10

16-3

6-7

16-3

8-4

16-3

9-11

Screen-Grid Lintel

5-8

4-1

16-3

9-1

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 pounds per square foot = 0.0479kPa.

b. This table is not intended to prohibit the use of ICF manufacturers tables based on engineering analysis in accordance with ACI 318.

c. Deflection criterion is L/240, where L is the clear span of the hntel in inches. ■

d. Linear interpolation is permitted between lintel depths.

210

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R611. 7(1 OA)

MINIMUM SOLID END WALL LENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR WAFFLE AND

SCREEN-GRID ICF WALLS (WIND PERPENDICULAR TO RIDGE)^'"=

WALL
CATEGORY

BUILDING SIDE

WALL LENGTH, L

(feet)

ROOF SLOPE

WIND VELOCITY PRESSURE FROM TABLE R61 1.7.4

Minimum Solid Wall Length on Building End Wall (feet)

One-Story or

Top Story of

Two-Story

<1:12

4.00

4.25

5:12

4.00

4.25

4.50

7:12'^

4.00

4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.25

5.50

6.00

12:12"

4.25

4.75

5.00

5.50

5.75

6.00

6.50

7.00

<1:12

4.00

4.25

4.50

5:12

4.00

4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

7:12^^

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.50

5.75

6.25

6.50

7.25

12:12''

5.00

5.50

6.00

6.50

7.00

7.25

7.75

8.75

<1:12

4.00

4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

5:12

4.00

4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.25

5.75

7:12*^

4.75

5.25

5.75

6.25

6.50

7.00

7.50

8.50

12:12''

5.50

6.25

6.75

7.50

8.00

8.75

9.25

10.5

<1:12

4.00

4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.50

5:12

4.00

4.25

4.50

5.00

5.25

5.50

5.75

6.25

7:12''

5.25

5.75

6.25

7.00

7.50

8.00

8.50

9.75

12:12"

6.00

6.75

7.75

8.50

9.25

10.0

10.75

12.25

<1:12

4.00

4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.25

5.50

6.00

5:12

4.25

4.75

5.00

5.25

5.50

6.00

6.25

7.00

7:12"

5.75

6.50

7.00

7.75

8.50

9.25

9.75

11.25

12:12"

6.75

7.75

8.75

9.75

10.75

11.5

12.5

14.5

<1:12

4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.25

5.50

5.75

6.50

5:12

4.50

5.00

5.25

5.75

6.00

6.50

6.75

7.75

7:12"

6.25

7.00

8.00

8.75

9.50

10.25

11.25

12.75

12:12"

7.50

8.75

9.75

11.0

12.0

13.25

14.25

16.5

First Story of
Two-Story

<1:12

4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

5.25

5.50

5.75

6.50

5:12

4.50

5.00

5.25

5.75

6.00

6.50

6.75

7.75

7:12"

4.75

5.25

5.75

6.25

6.75

7.25

7.75

8.75

12:12"

5.25

5.75

6.50

7.00

7.50

8.00

8.75

9.75

<1:12

4.50

5.00

5.25

5.75

6.25

6.50

7.00

7.75

5:12

5.00

5.75

6.25

6.75

7.25

7.75

8.25

9.25

7:12"

5.75

6.25

7.00

7.75

8.25

9.00

9.75

11.0

12:12"

6.25

7.00

7.75

8.50

9.50

10.25

11.0

12.75

<1:12

5.00

5.50

6.00

6.50

7.00

7.50

8.00

9.00

5:12

5.75

6.25

7.00

7.75

8.25

9.00

9.75

11.0

7:12"

6.50

7.25

8.25

9.00

10.0

10.75

11.75

13.5

12:12"

7.25

8.25

9.25

10.25

11.25

12.5

13.5

15.5

<1:12

5.50

6.00

6.50

7.25

7.75

8.50

9.00

10.25

5:12

6.25

7.00

7.75

8.75

9.50

10.25

11.0

12.75

7:12"

7.25

8.25

9.25

10.5

11.5

12.5

13.75

15.75

12:12"

8.00

9.50

10.75

12.0

13.25

14.5

15.75

18.25

(continued)

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

211

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R61 1. 7(1 OA)— continued

MINIMUM SOLID END WALL LENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR WAFFLE AND

SCREEN-GRID ICF WALLS (WIND PERPENDICULAR TO RIDGE)^ "«=

WALL CATEGORY

BUILDING SIDE

WALL LENGTH, L

(feet)

ROOF SLOPE

WIND VELOCITY PRESSURE FROM TABLE R61 1.7.4

Minimum Solid Wall Length on Building End Wall (feet)

First Story of
Two-Story

< 1:12

6.00

6.75

7.50

8.00

8.75

9.50

10.25

11.75

5:12

7.00

8.00

9.00

10.0

11.0

12.0

13.0

14.75

7:12''

8.25

9.50

10.75

12.25

13.5

14.75

16.0

18.75

12:12^

9.25

11.0

12.5

14.0

15.5

17.25

18.75

22.0

<1:12

6.50

7.25

8.25

9.00

10.0

10.75

11.75

13.25

5:12

7.75

8.75 '

10.0

11.25

12.25

13.5

14.75

17.0

7:12^

9.25

10.75 '

12.25

14.0

15.5

17.0

18.5

21.75

12:12'^

10.5

12.25,

14.25

16.25

18.0

20.0

21.75

■ 25.5

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa.

a. Table values are based on a 6 in (152.4 mm) thick nominal waffle-grid wall. For a 8 in thick nominal waffle-grid wall, multiply the table values by 0.90.

b. Table values are based on a maximum unsupported wall height of 10 ft. ,

c. Linear interpolation is permitted.

d. The minimum solid wall lengths shown in the table are based on a building with an end wall length "W" of 60 feet and a roof slope of less than 7:12. For roof
slopes of 7: 12 or greater and end wall length "W" greater than 30 feet, the minimum solid wall length determined from the table shall be multiplied by: 1 + 0.4
[(W-30)/30].

TABLE R61 1.7(1 OB)

MINIMUM SOLID SIDE WALL LENGTH REQUIREMENTS FOR 6-INCH WAFFLE AND

SCREEN-GRID ICF WALLS (WIND PARALLEL TO RIDGE)^ ""= "

WALL CATEGORY

BUILDING END WALL
WIDTH, W(feet)

WIND VELOCITY PRESSURE FROM TABLE R61 1 .7.4 (psf)

■
30

50 60

Minimum Solid Wall Length on Building Side Wall (feet)

One-Story or Top
Story of Two-Story

4.00

4.25

4.50

4.75

5.00

4.00

4.25

4.50

5.00

5.25

5.50

5.75

6.25

4.50

5.00

5.50

5.75

6.25

6.75

7.00

8.00

5.25

6.00

6.50

7.00

7.75

8.25

8.75

10.0

6.50

7.25

8.00

9.00

9.75

10.75

11.5

13.25

7.75

8.75

10.0

11.25

12.25

13.5

14.5

17.0

First Story of
Two-Story

4.50

4.75

5.25

5.50

5.75

6.25

6.50

7.25

5.00

5.75

6.25

6.75

7.25

7.75

8.25

9.50

6.00

6.75

7.50

8.25

9.00

9.75

10.5

12.0

7.00

8.00

9.00

10.0

11.0

12.0

13.0

15.0

8.50

9.75

11.25

12.5

14.0

15.25

16.75

19.5

10.25

12.0

13.75

15.5

17.25

19.0

21.0

24.5

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm; 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa.

a. Table values are based on a 6 in thick nominal waffle-grid wall. For a 8 in thick nominal waffle-grid wall, multiply the table values by

b. Table values are based on a maximum unsupported wall height of 10 ft.

c. Table values are based on a maximum 12:12 roof pitch.

d. Linear interpolation shall be permitted.

0.90.

212

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R61 1.7(11)

MINIMUM PERCENTAGE OF SOLID WALL LENGTH ALONG EXTERIOR WALL LINES FOR TOWNHOUSES IN SEISMIC DESIGN

CATEGORY C AND ALL BUILDINGS IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES Dq, D^ AND Dg^"

SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY (SDC)

MINIMUM SOLID WALL LENGTH (percent)

One-Story or Top Story of Two-Story

Wall Supporting Light-Framed
Second Story and Roof

Wall Supporting ICF Second Story
and Roof

Townhouses in SDC C^

20 percent

25 percent

35 percent

D,^

25 percent

30 percent

40 percent

30 percent

35 percent

45 percent

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm; 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.

a. Base percentages are applicable for maximum unsupported wall height of 10-feet, light-frame gable construction, and all ICF wall types. These percentages
assume that the maximum weight of the interior and exterior wall finishes applied to ICF walls do not exceed 8 psf.

b. For all walls, the minimum required length of solid walls shall be based on the table percent value multiplied by the minimum dimension of a rectangle inscribing
the overall building plan.

c. Walls shall be reinforced with a minimum No. 5 bar (Grade 40 or 60) spaced a maximum of 24 inches on center each way or a No. 4 bar spaced a maximum of 1 6
inches on center each way. (Grade 40 or 60) spaced at a maximum of 16 inches on center each vway.

d. Walls shall be constructed with a minimum concrete compressive strength of 3,000 psi and reinforced with minimum #5 rebar (Grade 60 ASTM A 706) spaced a
maximum of 1 8 inches on center each way or No. 4 rebar (Grade 60 ASTM A706) spaced at a maximum of 1 2 inches (304.8 mm) on center each way. The mini-
mum thickness of flat ICF walls shall be 5.5 inches.

TABLE R61 1.7.4

WIND VELOCITY PRESSURE FOR DETERMINATION OF

MINIMUM SOLID WALL LENGTH^

WIND SPEED
(mph) "

VELOCITY PRESSURE (psf)

Exposure ''

100

110

120

130

140

150

69'=

For SI: 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa; 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s.

a. Table values are based on ASCE 7-98 Figure 6-4 using a mean roof height of
35 ft.

b. Exposure Categories shall be determined in accordance with Section
R301.2.1.4.

c. Design is required in accordance with ACT 318 and approved manufacturer
guidelines.

d. Interpolation is permitted between wind speeds.

R611.8.1.1 Top bearing requirements for Seismic
Design Categories C, Dq, Dj and Dj. For townhouses in
Seismic Design Category C, wood sill plates attached to
ICF walls shall be anchored with Grade A 307,
Vg-inch-diameter (10 mm) headed anchor bolts embed-
ded a minimum of 7 inches (178 mm) and placed at a
maximum spacing of 36 inches (914 mm) on center. For
all buildings in Seismic Design Category Dq or Dj, wood
sill plates attached to ICF walls shall be anchored with
ASTM A 307, Grade A, Vg-inch-diameter (10 mm)
headed anchor bolts embedded a minimum of 7 inches
(178 nrni) and placed at a maximum spacing of 24 inches
(610 mm) on center. For all buildings in Seismic Design
Category D2, wood sill plates attached to ICF walls shall

be anchored with ASTM A 307, Grade A, Vg-inch-diam-
eter (10 mm) headed anchor bolts embedded a minimum
of 7 inches (178 mm) and placed at a maximum spacing
of 16 inches (406 mm) on center. Larger diameter bolts
than specified herein shall not be used.

For townhouses in Seismic Design Category C, each
floor joist perpendicular to an ICF wall shall be attached
to the sill plate with an 18-gage [(0.0478 in.) (1.2 mm)]
angle bracket using 3 - 8d common nails per leg in accor-
dance with Figure R611.8(l). For all buildings in Seis-
mic Design Category Dq or D,, each floor joist
perpendicular to an ICF wall shall be attached to the sill
plate with an 18-gage [(0.0478 in.) (1.2 mm)] angle
bracket using 4 - 8d common nails per leg in accordance
with Figure R61 1.8(1). For all buildings in Seismic
Design Category Dj, each floor joist perpendicular to an
ICF wall shall be attached to the sill plate with an 1 8-gage
[(0.0478 in.) (1.2 mm)] angle bracket using 6 - 8d com-
mon nails per leg in accordance with Figure R61 1.8(1).

For ICF walls parallel to floor framing in townhouses
in Seismic Design Category C, full depth blocking shall
be placed at 24 inches (610 mm) on center and shall be
attached to the sill plate with an 18-gage [(0.0478 in.)
(1.2 mm)] angle bracket using 5 - 8d conamon nails per
leg in accordance with Figure R61 1.8(6). For ICF walls
parallel to floor framing for all buildings in Seismic
Design Category Dq or D,, full depth blocking shall be
placed at 24 inches (610 mm) on center and shall be
attached to the sill plate with an 18-gage [(0.0478 in.)
(1.2 mm)] angle bracket using 6 - 8d common nails per
leg in accordance with Figure R61 1 .8(6). For ICF walls
parallel to floor framing for all buildings in Seismic
Design Category D2, full depth blocking shall be placed
at 24 inches (610 mm) on center and shall be attached to
the sill plate with an 18-gage [(0.0478 in.) (1.2 mm)]
angle bracket using 9 - 8d common nails per leg in accor-
dance with Figure R61 1 .8(6).

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

213

WALL CONSTRUCTION

NO. 4 CONTINUOUS BAR
AS REQUIRED IN
SECTION R61 1.7.1

TOP OF WALL STORY

MIDDLE OF SPAN, A.
NOT REQUIRING STIRRUPS _
SEE TABLE R611.7(2). R6t1.7{3),
R611.7{4). R611.7{5), OR R611.7(8)

LINTEL REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED

-WALL REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED

OPEN REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED PER
TABLE R611J{1)

FIGURE R611 .7(2)
REINFORCEMENT OF OPERNINGS

SEE TABLE R61 1.7(2),

R611J{3).R611JC8).

R611.7(9)ORR611.7(10).

1.51N.MIN,
2.5 IN. MAX

1.5IN, MIN. I

2.5 IN. MAX.

NO. 4 BAR LINTEL
REINFORCEMENT REQUIRED

MINIfyiUM NO. 3 STIRRUP
AS REQUIRED

NSULATIN6 FORM

HORIZONTAL LINTEL
REINFORCEMENT AS REQUIRED

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.
NOTE: Section cut through flat walL

FIGURE R611. 7(3)
ICF LINTELS FOR FLAT AND SCREEN-GRID WALLS

214

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

SEE TABLE R611J(4). .
R611. 7(5). R61 1.7(8),
R611.7(9)OR
R611.7(10).

1.5IN. MIN.
2.5 IN. MAX.

MINIMUM NO. 3 STIRRUP AS
REQUIRED

NO. 4 BAR LINTEL
REINFORCEMENT REQUIRED

CONCRETE WEB (HIDDEN)

VERTICAL CONCRETE
CORE

INSUUTING FORM

HORIZONTAL LINTEL
REINFORCEMENT AS REQUIRED

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

NOTE: Section cut through vertical core of a waffle-grid lintel.

FIGURE R61 1.7(4)
SINGLE FORM HEIGHT WAFFLE-GRID LINTEL

1,5 IN. MIN.
2.5 IN. MAX

SEE TABLE R611.7{4),
R611.7(5), R611.7(8).
R611.7(9)ORR611.7(10).

NO. 4 BAR LINTEL REQUIREMENT
REQUIRED

CONCRETE WEB (HIDDEN)

MINIMUM NO, 3 STIRRUP AS
REQUIRED

VERTICAL CONCRETE
CORE

INSULATING FORM

HORIZONTAL LINTEL
REINFORCEMENT AS REQUIRED

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

NOTE: Section cut through vertical core of a waffle-grid lintel.

FIGURE R61 1.7(5)
DOUBLE FORM HEIGHT WAFFLE-GRID LINTEL

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

215

WALL CONSTRUCTION

1-1/2" (36 mm) MINIMUM
2-1/2" (64 mm) MAXIMUM

SEE TABLE R61 1.7(6),
R611.7(7), R611(9),
ORR611.7(10)

1-1/2" (36 mm) MINIMUM
2-1/2" (64 mm) MAXIMUM

•S^- : ■ ■■•. ^ ^*

v: .m.

No. 4 BAR LINTEL REINFORCEMENT

VERTICAL CONCRETE CORE

INSULATING FORM

HORIZONTAL LINTEL REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED

FIGURE R611. 7(6)
SINGLE FORM HEIGHT SCREEN-GRID LINTEL

t-1/2" (36 mm) MINIMUM \ 7

2-1/2" (64 mm) MAXIMUM J

SEE TABLE R611 .7(6),
R611.7(7), R611(9).
ORR611.7(10)

1-1/2" (36 mm) MINIMUM \
2-1/2" (64 mm) M/U<IMUM J

No. 4 BAR LINTEL REINFORCEMENT

MINIMUM No, 3 STIRRUP AS REQUIRED

VERTICAL CONCRETE CORE \

INSULATING FORM i

HORIZONTAL LINTEL REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED

FIGURE R611. 7(7)
DOUBLE FORM HEIGHT SCREEN-GRID LINTEL

R611.8.2 Ledger bearing. Wood ledger boards supporting
bearing ends of joists or trusses shall be anchored to flat ICF
walls with minimum thickness of 5.5 inches (140 mm) and
to waffle- or screen-grid ICF walls with minimum nominal
thickness of 6 inches (152 mm) in accordance with Figure
R611.8(2), R611.8(3), R611.8(4) or R611.8(5) and Table
R61 1.8(1). Wood ledger boards supporting bearing ends of
joists or trusses shall be anchored to flat ICF walls with min-
imum thickness of 3.5 inches (140 mm) in accordance with
Figure R61 1.8(5) and Table R61 1.8(1). The ledger shall be
a minimum 2 by 8, No. 2 Southern Yellow Pine or No. 2
Douglas Fir. Ledgers anchored to nonload-bearing walls to
support floor or roof sheathing shall be attached with '/2 inch
(12.7 mm) diameter or headed anchor bolts spaced a maxi-

216

mum of 6 feet (1829 mm) on center. Anchor bolts shall be
embedded a minimum of 4 inches (102 nrnii) into the con-
crete measured from the inside face of the insulating form.
For insulating forms with a face shell thickness of 1 .5 inches
(38 mm) or less, the hole in the form shall be a minimum of 4
inches (102 mm) in diameter. For insulating forms with a
face shell thicker than 1.5 inches (38 mm), theidiameter of
the hole in the form shall be increased by 1 inch (25 mm) for
each V2 inch (13 nmi) of additional insulating form face
shell thickness. The ledger board shall be in direct contact
with the concrete at each bolt location. 1

R611.8.2.1 Ledger bearing requirements for Seismic
Design Categories C, Do, D^ and Dj. Additional anchor- |
age mechanisms connecting the wall to the floor system

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

WALL CONSTRUCTION

CONCRETE

REINFORCEMENT AS REQUIRED

MAXIMUM 8d,3

REINFORCEMENT AS REQUIRED

LAP SPLICE

FIGURE R61 1.7.1 .4
LAP SPLICES

shall be installed at a maximum spacing of 6 feet (1829
mm) on center for townhouses in Seismic Design Category
C and 4 feet (1220 mm) on center for all buildings in Seis-
mic Design Categories Dq, Dj and Dj. The additional
anchorage mechanisms shall be attached to the ICF wall
reinforcement and joist rafters or blocking in accordance
with Figures R611.8(l) through R61 1.8(7). The additional
anchorage shall be installed through an oversized hole in
the ledger board that is Vj inch (13 mm) larger than the
anchorage mechanism diameter to prevent combined ten-
sion and shear in the mechanism. The blocking shall be
attached to floor or roof sheathing in accordance with edge
fastener spacing. Such additional anchorage shall not be
accomplished by the use of toe nails or nails subject to with-
drawal nor shall such anchorage mechanisms induce ten-
sion stresses perpendicular to grain in ledgers or nailers.
The capacity of such anchors shall result in connections
capable of resisting the design values listed in Table
R611.8(2).The diaphragm sheathing fasteners apphed
directly to a ledger shall not be considered effective in pro-
viding the additional anchorage required by this section.

Where the additional anchorage mechanisms consist of
threaded rods with hex nuts or headed bolts complying
with ASTM A 307, Grade A or ASTM F 1554, Grade 36,
the design tensile strengths shown in Table R611.9 shall
be equal to or greater than the product of the design values
hsted in Table R611.8(2) and the spacing of the bolts in
feet (mm). Anchor bolts shall be embedded as indicated in
Table R611 .9. Bolts with hooks shall not be used.

R611.8.3 Floor and roof diaphragm construction. Floor
and roof diaphragms shall be constructed of wood structural
panel sheathing attached to wood framing in accordance with
Table R602.3(l) or Table R602.3(2) or to cold-formed steel
floor framing in accordance with Table R505.3.1(2) or to
cold-formed steel roof framing in accordance with Table
R804.3.

R611.8.3.1 Floor and roof diaphragm construction
requirements in Seismic Design Categories Dq, D^ and

D2. The requirements of this section shall apply in addi-

tion to those required by Section R61 1.8.3. Edge spacing
of fasteners in floor and roof sheathing shall be 4 inches
( 1 02 mm) on center for Seismic Design Category Dg or D 1 |
and 3 inches (76 mm) on center for Seismic Design Cate-
gory D2. In Seismic Design Categories Dq, D, and D2, all |
sheathing edges shall be attached to framing or blocking.
Minimum sheathing fastener size shall be 0.113 inch (3
mm) diameter with a minimum penetration of P/g-inches
(35 mm) into framing members supporting the sheathing.
Minimum wood structural panel thickness shall be V,6
inch (11 mm) for roof sheathing and ^V32 inch (18 mm) for
floor sheathing. Vertical offsets in floor framing shall not
be permitted.

R611.9 ICF wall to top sill plate (roof) connections. Wood
sill plates attaching roof framing to ICF walls shall be anchored
with minimum V2 inch (13 mm) diameter anchor bolt embed-
ded a minimum of 7 inches (178 mm) and placed at 6 feet (1 829
mm) on center in accordance with Figure R6 1 1 .9. Anchor bolts
shall be located in the cores of waffle-grid and screen-grid ICF
walls. Roof assemblies subject to wind uplift pressure of 20
pounds per square foot (1.44 kPa) or greater as established in
Table R30 1.2(2) shall have rafter or truss ties provided in
accordance with Table R802. 1 1 .

R611.9.1 ICF wall to top sill plate (roof) connections for
Seismic Design Categories C, Do, Dj and Dj. The require- |
ments of this section shall apply in addition to those required
by Section R61 1 .9. The top of an ICF wall at a gable shall be
attached to an attic floor in accordance with Section
R61 1.8.1.1. For townhouses in Seismic Design Category C,
attic floor diaphragms shall be constructed of structural wood
sheathing panels attached to wood framing in accordance
with Table R602.3(l) or Table R602.3(2). Edge spacing of
fasteners in attic floor sheathing shall be 4 inches (102 mm)
on center for Seismic Design Category Dq or Di and 3 inches |
(76 mm) on center for Seismic Design Category D2. In Seis-
mic Design Categories Dq, Dj and D2, all sheathing edges |
shall be attached to framing or blocking. Minimum sheathing
fastener size shall be 0.113 inch (2.8 mm) diameter with a

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

217

WALL CONSTRUCTION

WIND

PERPENDICULAR "^\
TO RIDGE

ONE-STORY OR TOP STORY OF

TWO-STORY

[TABLE R611.7(9A)ORR611.7(10A)]

MIN. SOLID WALL LENGTH < A + B + C

FIRST STORY OF TWO-STORY
[TABLE R611.7(9A) OR R 611. 7(1 OA)]
MIN. SOLID WALL LENGTH < D + E

WIND
PARALLEL
TO RIDGE

ONE-STORY OR TOP STORY OF
TWO-STORY !

[TABLE R611.7(9B) OR R 611.7(108)1 ':
MIN. SOLID WALL LENGTH < A + B + C

FIRST STORY OF TWO-STORY !

[TABLE R611.7(9B) OR R611.7(10B)] ,'
MIN. SOLID WALL LENGTH < D + E + F

NOTE: EACH WALL SEGMENT (A, B, C, D AND F)
MUST MEET THE MINIMUM SOLID WALL SEGMENT LENGTH
IN ORDER TO APPLICABLE TO THE MINIMUM SOLID
WALL LENGTH EQUATIONS ABOVE.

FIGURE R61 1.7.4
MINIMUM SOLID WALL LENGTH

218

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R61 1.8(1)
FLOOR LEDGER-ICF WALL CONNECTION (SIDE-BEARING CONNECTION) REQUIREMENTS^"-

MAXIMUM FLOOR CLEAR SPAN"
(feet)

MAXIMUM ANCHOR BOLT SPACING^ (inches)

Staggered

Va-inch-diameter

anchor bolts

Staggered

%-inch-diameter

anchor bolts

Two

Vj-inch-diameter

anchor bolts'

Two

%-inch-diameter

anchor bolts*

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. Minimum ledger board nominal depth shall be 8 inches. The thickness of the ledger board shall be a minimum of 2 inches. Thickness of ledger board is in nominal
lumber dimensions. Ledger board shall be minimum No. 2 Grade.

b. Minimum edge distance shall be 2 inches for V2-inch-diameter anchor bolts and 2.5 inches for ^/g-inch-diameter anchor bolts.

c. Interpolation is permitted between floor spans.

d. Floor span corresponds to the clear span of the floor structure (i.e., joists or trusses) spanning between load-bearing walls or beams.

e. Anchor bolts shall extend through the ledger to the center of the flat ICF wall thickness or the center of the horizontal or vertical core thickness of the waffle-grid or
screen-grid ICF wall system.

f. Minimum vertical distance between bolts shall be 1.5 inches for V2-inch-diameter anchor bolts and 2 inches for ^/g-inch-diameter anchor bolts.

minimum penetration of 1% inches (35 mm) into framing
members supporting the sheathing. Minimum wood struc-
tural panel thickness shall be 7ig inch (11 mm) for the attic
floor sheathing. Where hipped roof construction is used, the
use of a structural attic floor is not required.

For townhouses in Seismic Design Category C, wood sill
plates attached to ICF walls shall be anchored with ASTM A
307, Grade A, Vg-inch (10 mm) diameter anchor bolts
embedded a minimum of 7 inches (178 mm) and placed at a
maximum spacing of 36 inches (914 mm) on center. For all
buildings in Seismic Design Category Dq or Dj, wood sill
plates attached to ICF walls shall be anchored with ASTM A
307, Grade A, Vg-inch (10 mm) diameter anchor bolts
embedded a minimum of 7 inches (178 mm) and placed at a
maximum spacing of 16 inches (406 mm) on center. For all
buildings in Seismic Design Category D2, wood sill plates
attached to ICF walls shall be anchored with ASTM A 307,
Grade A, Vg-inch (10 mm) diameter anchor bolts embedded
a minimum of 7 inches (1 78 mm) and placed at a maximum
spacing of 16 inches (406 mm) on center.

For townhouses in Seismic Design Category C, each
floor joist shall be attached to the sill plate with an 18-gage
[(0.0478 in.) (1.2 mm)] angle bracket using 3 - 8d common
nails per leg in accordance with Figure R61 1.8(1). For all

buildings in Seismic Design Category Do or Dj, each floor
joist shall be attached to the sill plate with an 18-gage
[(0.0478 in.) (1.2 mm)] angle bracket using 4 - 8d common
nails per leg in accordance with Figure R6 11.8(1). For all
buildings in Seismic Design Category D2, each floor joist
shall be attached to the sill plate with an 18-gage [(0.0478
in.) (1.2 mm)] angle bracket using 6-8d common nails per
leg in accordance with Figure R611.8(l).

Where hipped roof construction is used without an attic
floor, the following shall apply. For townhouses in Seismic
Design Category C, each rafter shall be attached to the sill
plate with an 18-gage [(0.0478 in.) (1.2 mm)] angle bracket
using 3 - 8d common nails per leg in accordance with Figure
R61 1 .9. For all buildings in Seismic Design Category Dq or
Di, each rafter shall be attached to the sill plate with an
18-gage [(0.0478 in.) (1.2 mm)] angle bracket using 4 - 8d
common nails per leg in accordance with Figure R611.9.
For all buildings in Seismic Design Category D2, each rafter
shall be attached to the sill plate with an 18-gage [(0.0478
in.) (1.2 mm)] angle bracket using 6-8d common nails per
leg in accordance with Figure R61 1.9.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

219

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R61 1.8(2)

DESIGN VALUES (PLF) FOR FLOOR JOIST-TO-WALL ANCHORS REQUIRED FOR TOWNHOUSES

IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C AND ALL BUILDINGS IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES Dq, D, AND D/ "

WALL TYPE

SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY

Do or Di

Flat 3.5

193

Flat 5.5

303

502

708

Flat 7.5

413

685

965

Flat 9.5

523

867

1,223

Waffle 6

246

409

577

Waffle 8

334

555

782 :

Screen 6

233

387

546 ;

For SI: Ipound per linear foot = 1.488 kg/m.
NP = Not Permitted

a. Table values are based on IBC Equation 16-64 using a tributary wall height of 1 1 feet. Table values shall be permitted to be reduced for tributary wall heights less
than 1 1 feet by multiplying the table values by X/1 1, where X is the tributary wall height. !

b. Values may be reduced by 30 percent when used for ASD. ;

SILL PLATE

MIN. 7 IN.
(178 mm)

LIGHT-FRAME
CONSTRUCTION ABOVE

CUP ANGLE M EACH JOIST
IN SEISMIC DESIGN
CATEGORIES C, Dq, D^, AND D^
PER SECTION R611. 8. 1.1

ANCHOR BOO"
AS REQUIRED

VERTICAL WALL
REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED

ICFWALL

MIN. NO. 4 BAR
(CONTINUOUS)

FIGURE R611. 8(1)

SECTION CUT THROUGH FLAT WALL OR VERTICAL CORE

OF WAFFLE- OR SCREEN-GRID WALL

220

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

WALL CONSTRUCTION

DOUBLE (SHOWN) OR
STAGGERED ANCHOR
BOLT AS REQUIRED

LAP SPLICE AS
REQUIRED

MIN.N0.4BAR
(CONTINUOUS;

INSULATING FORM

LEDGER BOARD

JOIST

V— JOIST HANGER

WALL OUT-OF-PLANE
ANCHOR IN SEISMIC
DESIGN CATEGORIES C,
Do, Di AND D2
(SEE SECTION R6II.8.2.I;

Mm. 4-INCH-DIAMETER HOLE
THROUGH FORM AT EACH
BOLT LOCATION

ICFWALL

VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

NOTE: Section cut through flat wall or vertical core of a waffle- or screen-grid wall.

FIGURE R61 1.8(2)
FLOOR LEDGER— ICF WALL CONNECTION (SIDE-BEARING CONNECTION)

DOUBLE (SHOWN) OR
STAGGERED ANCHOR
BOLT AS REQUIRED

LAP SPLICE AS
REQUIRED

MJN. NO. 4 BAR
(CONTINUOUS)

WALL OUT-OF-PLANE
ANCHOR IN SEISMIC
DESIGN CATEGORIES C,
Do, Dt AND Dg
(SEE SECTION R611. 8.2.1)

i < 3 IN. (76 mm)

-^^^^ ICF WALL

VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

NOTE: Section cut through flat wall or vertical core of a waffle- or screen-grid wall.

FIGURE R61 1.8(3)
FLOOR LEDGER— ICF WALL CONNECTION (LEDGE-BEARING CONNECTION)

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

221

WALL CONSTRUCTION

LAP SPLICE AS
REQUIRED

DOUBLE (SHOWN) OR
STAGGERED ANCHOR
BOLT AS REQUIRED

INSULATING FORM

MlN.4!N.x4IN.xV4lN
(102 mm X 102 mm x 6 mm)
STEEL PUTE FOR
EACH BOLT

/- WALL OUT-OF-PLANE
/ ANCHOR IN SEISMIC

MIN. NO. 4 BAR
(CONTINUOUS)

JOIST HANGER

DESIGN CATEGORIES C.

Do, Di. AND Dg

(SEE SECTION FI61 1.8.2.1)

MIN. 4-INCH-DIAMETER HOLE
THROUGH FORM AT EACH
BOLT LOCATION

:::^ICFWALL

•VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 nun.

NOTE: Section cut through flat wall.

FIGURE R61 1.8(4)

WOOD FLOOR LEDGER— ICF WALL SYSTEM CONNECTION

(THROUGH-BOLT SIDE-BEARING CONNECTION)

VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED

LAP SPLICE AS
REQUIRED

DOUBLE (SHOWN) OR
STAGGERED ANCHOR t i
BOLT AS REQUIRED"-^^! i^

MIN. 4 IN. X 4 IN. X 1/4 IN
(102 mm X 102 mm x 6 mm)
STEEL PLATE FOR
EACH BOLT

MIN, # 4 BAR
(CONTINUOUS)

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

NOTE: Section cut through flat wall.

INSULATING FORM

WALL OUT-OF-PLANE
ANCHOR IN SEISMIC
DESIGN CATEGORIES C.
Do, Di, AND Da
SEE SECTION R611 .8.2.1)

CFWALL

VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED

FIGURE R6l 1.8(5)
FLOOR LEDGER— ICF WALL CONNECTION

222

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WALL CONSTRUCTION

CLIP ANGLE AT EACH FULL
DEPTH BLOCKING SEISMIC
DESIGN CATEGORIES C,
Do, Di AND Da

SILL PLATE

LIGHT-FRAME ABOVE
~-A/

MIN.7iiN.
(178 mm)

BLOCKING SHALL RECEIVE
SHEATHING EDGE NAILING

r FLOOR JOIST

STRAP ACROSS WIDTH OF
BUILDING WITH {4}-8d NAILS
PER JOIST SPACING

MIN. NO. 4 BAR
(CONTINUOUS)

FIGURE R611. 8(6)
ANCHORAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR TOP BEARING WALLS FOR TOWNHOUSES IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C
AND ALL BUILDINGS IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES Do, Di, AND Da FOR FLOOR FRAMING PARALLEL TO WALL

BLOCKING SHALL EXTEND THE WIDTH
OF THE BUILDING AND SHALL RECEIVE
SHEATHING EDGE NAILING

DOUBLE (SHOWN) OR
STAGGERED ANCHOR
BOOT AS REQUIRED

LAP SPLICE AS
REQUIRED

VERTICAL WALL
REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED

NSULATINQ FORM

FLOOR JOIST

BLOCWNG IN LINE WITH WALL
OUT-OF-PLANE ANCHOR IN SEISMIC
DESIGN CATEGORIES 0, Dq, D, AND Dg
PER R61 1.9(2) ~\

BLOCKING

BLOCKING^

MIN. NO. 4 BAR
(CONTINUOUS)

MIN. 4-INCH-DfAMETER HOLE,
THROUGH FORM AT EACH
BOLT LOCATION

; ICF WALL

STRAP ACROSS THE WIDTH OF
BUILDING WITH (5)-16d NAILS
PER FLOOR JOIST SPACING

FIGURE R611 .8(7)

ANCHORAGE REQUIREMENTS FOR LEDGER BEARING WALLS FOR TOWNHOUSES IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY C AND ALL

BUILDINGS IN SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES Do, Di AND D2 FOR FLOOR FRAMING PARALLEL TO WALL

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

223

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R61 1.9
DESIGN TENSILE STRENGTH OF HEADED BOLTS CAST IN CONCRETE^

DIAMETER OF BOLT
(inches)

MINIMUM EMBEDMENT DEPTH
(inches)

DESIGN TENSILE STRENGTH"
(pounds)

1040

^/g with washer^

2V/

2540

V2 with washer^

4" ;

4630

For SI: 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

a. Applicable to concrete of all strengths. See Notes (c) and (d).

b. Values are based on ASTM F 1554, Grade 36 bolts. Where ASTM A 307, Grade A headed bolts are used, the strength shall be increased b\/ 1.034.

c. A hardened washer shall be installed at the nut embedded in the concrete or head of the bolt to increase the bearing area. The washer is not required where the con-
crete strength is 4000 psi or more.

d. Embedment depth shall be permitted to be reduced V4-inch where 4000 psi concrete is used.

CUP ANGLE M EACH ROOF
FRAMING MEMBER IN SEISMIC
DESIGN CATEGORIES C, Dq,
Di AND D2

PER SECTION R61 1.9.1

LIGHT-FRAME
ROOF

ANCHOR SOU

(SEE SECTION R61 1.9)

MINIMUM NO. 4 BAR
(CONTINUOUS)

VERTICAL WALL REINFORCEMENT
AS REQUIRED

NOTE: Section cut through flat wall or vertical core of a waffle- or screen-grid wall.

FIGURE R611. 9
ROOF SILL PLATE— ICF WALL CONNECTION

SECTION R612

CONVENTIONALLY FORMED CONCRETE WALL

CONSTRUCTION

R612.1 GeneraL Conventionally formed concrete walls with
flat surfaces shall be designed and constructed in accordance
with the provisions of Section R61 1 for Flat ICF walls or in
accordance with the provisions of ACT 318.

SECTION R613
EXTERIOR WINDOWS AND GLASS DOORS

R613.1 GeneraL This section prescribes performance and
construction requirements for exterior window systems
installed in wall systems. Windows shall be installed and
flashed in accordance with the manufacturer's written installa-
tion instructions. Written installation instructions shall be pro-
vided by the manufacturer for each window.

R613.2 Window sills. In dwelling units, where the opening of
an operable window is located more than 72 inches (1829 mm)
above the finished grade or surface below, the lowest part of the

clear opening of the window shall be a minimum of 24 inches
(610 mm) above the finished floor of the room in which the
window is located. Glazing between the floor and 24 inches
(610 mm) shall be fixed or have openings through which a
4-inch-diameter (102 mm) sphere cannot pass.

Exceptions:

1. Windows whose openings will not allow a
4-inch-diameter ( 1 02 mm) sphere to pass through the
opening when the opening is in its largest opened
position. I

2. Openings that are provided with window I guards that
comply with ASTM F 2006 or F 2090. \

R613.3 Performance. Exterior windows and doors shall be

designed to resist the design wind loads specified in Table
R301.2(2) adjusted for height and exposure! per Table
R301.2(3). ;

R613.4 Testing and labeling. Exterior windows land shding
doors shall be tested by an approved independent laboratory, and
bear a label identifying manufacturer, performance characteris-

224

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

WALL CONSTRUCTION

tics and approved inspection agency to indicate compliance with
AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440. Exterior side-hinged
doors shall be tested and labeled as conforming to AAMA/
WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 or comply with Section R613.6.

Exception: Decorative glazed openings.

R613.4.1 Comparative analysis. Structural wind load
design pressures for window and door units smaller than the
size tested in accordance with Section R613.4 shall be per-
mitted to be higher than the design value of the tested unit
provided such higher pressures are determined by accepted
engineering analysis. All components of the small unit shall
be the same as those of the tested unit. Where such calcu-
lated design pressures are used, they shall be validated by an
additional test of the window or door unit having the highest
allowable design pressure.

R613.5 Vehicular access doors. Vehicular access doors shall
be tested in accordance with either ASTM E 330 or ANSI/
DASMA 108, and shall meet the acceptance criteria of
ANSI/DASMA 108.

R613.6 Other exterior window and door assemblies. Exte-
rior windows and door assemblies not included within the
scope of Section R613.4 or Section R613.5 shall be tested in
accordance with ASTM E 330. Glass in assemblies covered by
this exception shall comply with Section R308.5.

R613.7 Wind-borne debris protection. Protection of exterior
windows and glass doors in buildings located in wind-borne
debris regions shall be in accordance with Section R301 .2. 1 .2.

R613.7.1 Fenestration testing and labeling. Fenestration
shall be tested by an approved independent laboratory, listed
by an approved entity, and bear a label identifying manufac-
turer, performance characteristics, and approved inspection
agency to indicate compliance with the requirements of the
following specification:

1. ASTM E 1886 and ASTM E 1996; or

2. AAMA 506.

R613.8 Anchorage methods. The methods cited in this sec-
tion apply only to anchorage of window and glass door assem-
blies to the main force-resisting system.

SHIM OR WOOD BUCK
THICKNESS

R613.8.1 Anchoring requirements. Window and glass
door assemblies shall be anchored in accordance with the
published manufacturer's recommendations to achieve the
design pressure specified. Substitute anchoring systems
used for substrates not specified by the fenestration manu-
facturer shall provide equal or greater anchoring perfor-
mance as demonstrated by accepted engineering practice.

R613.8.2 Anchorage details. Products shall be anchored in
accordance with the minimum requirements illustrated in
Figures R613.8(l), R613.8(2), R613.8(3), R613.8(4),
R613.8(5), R613.8(6), R613.8(7) and R613.8(8).

R613.8.2.1 Masonry, concrete or other structural
substrate. Where the wood shim or buck thickness is
less than IV2 inches (38 mm), window and glass door
assemblies shall be anchored through the jamb, or by
jamb clip and anchors shall be embedded directly into
the masonry, concrete or other substantial substrate
material. Anchors shall adequately transfer load from the
window or door frame into the rough opening substrate
[see Figures R613.8(l) and R613.8(2).]

Where the wood shim or buck thickness is 1 V2 inches
(38 mm) or more, the buck is securely fastened to the
masonry, concrete or other substantial substrate, and the
buck extends beyond the interior face of the window or
door frame, window and glass door assemblies shall be
anchored through the jamb, or by jamb clip, or through
the flange to the secured wood buck. Anchors shall be
embedded into the secured wood buck to adequately
transfer load from the window or door frame assembly
[Figures R613.8(3), R613.8(4) and R613.8(5)].

R613.8.2.2 Wood or other approved framing mate-
rial. Where the framing material is wood or other
approved framing material, window and glass door
assemblies shall be anchored through the frame, or by
frame clip, or through the flange. Anchors shall be
embedded into the frame construction to adequately

FRAME CLIP
INSTALLATION

FIGURE R61 3.8(1)
THROUGH THE FRAME

APPLY FRAME CLIP TO WINDOW OR DOOR IN ACCORDANCE
WITH PUBLISHED MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.

FIGURE R61 3.8(2)
FRAME CLIP

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

225

WALL CONSTRUCTION

TAPERED
BUCKS ARE
NOT ALLOWED

THROUGH THE FRAME ANCHORING METHOD. ANCHORS SHALL
BE PROVIDED TO TRANSFER LOAD FROM THE WINDOW OR
DOOR FRAME INTO THE ROUGH OPENING SUBSTRATE.

FIGURE R613.8(3)
THROUGH THE FRAME

Apply anchors through flange in accordance with
published manufacturer's recommendations.

FIGURE R61 3.8(5)
THROUGH THE FLANGE

FRAME CLIP
INSTALLATION

FIGURE R61 3.8(6)
THROUGH THE FRAME

APPLY FRAME CLIP TO WINDOW OR DOOR FRAME IN ACCOR-
DANCE WITH PUBLISHED MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDA
TIONS. ANCHORS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO TRANSFER LOAD
FROM THE FRAME CLIP INTO THE ROUGH OPENING SUB-
STRATE.

FIGURE R61 3.8(4)
FRAME CLIP

transfer load [Figures R613.8(6), R613.8(7) and
R613.8(8)].

R613.9 Mullions occurring between individual window
and glass door assemblies.

R613.9.1 Mullions. Mullions shall be tested by an
approved testing laboratory in accordance with AAMA
450, or be engineered in accordance with accepted engi-
neering practice. Mullions tested as stand-alone units or
qualified by engineering shall use performance criteria cited
in Sections R613.9.2, R613.9.3 and R613.9.4. Mullions

qualified by an actual test of an entire assembly shall com- I
ply with Sections R613.9.2 and R613.9.4. |

R613.9.2 Load transfer. MulHons shall be designed to

transfer the design pressure loads applied by the window

and door assemblies to the rough opening substrate.

i
R613.9.3 Deflection. Mullions shall be capable of resisting

the design pressure loads applied by the window and door

assemblies to be supported without deflecting more than

LI 115, where L is the span of the mullion in inches.

R613.9.4 Structural safety factor. Mullions shall be capa-
ble of resisting a load of 1.5 times the design pressure loads
apphed by the window and door assembhes to be supported
without exceeding the appropriate material stress levels. If
tested by an approved laboratory, the 1.5 times the design
pressure load shall be sustained for 10 seconds, and the per-

226

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

WALL CONSTRUCTION

manent deformation shall not exceed 0.4 percent of the mul-
hon span after the 1 .5 tunes design pressure load is removed.

FIGURE R61 3.8(8)
THROUGH THE FLANGE

FIGURE R61 3.8(7)
FRAME CLIP

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

227

228

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

CHAPTER 7

WALL COVERING

SECTION R701
GENERAL

R701.1 Application. The provisions of this chapter shall con-
trol the design and construction of the interior and exterior wall
covering for all buildings.

R701.2 Installation. Products sensitive to adverse weather
shall not be installed until adequate weather protection for the
installation is provided. Exterior sheathing shall be dry before
applying exterior cover.

SECTION R702
INTERIOR COVERING

R702.1 General. Interior coverings or wall finishes shall be
installed in accordance with this chapter and Table R702.1(l),
Table R702. 1(2), Table R702. 1(3) and Table R702.3.5. Interior
masonry veneer shall comply with the requirements of Section
R703.7.1 for support and Section R703.7.4 for anchorage,
except an air space is not required. Interior finishes and materi-
als shall conform to the flame spread and smoke-density
requirements of Section R315.

TABLE R702.1(1)
THICKNESS OF PLASTER

PLASTER BASE

FINISHED THICKNESS OF PLASTER FROM FACE OF LATH, MASONRY, CONCRETE (inches)

Gypsum plaster

Portland cement mortar

Expanded metal lath

%, minimum^

^/g, minimum''

Wire lath

^/g, minimum'*

V4, minimum (interior)''
%, minimum (exterior)''

Gypsum lath^

V2, minimum

^1^, minimum (interior)''

Masonry walls'^

V2, minimum

Monolithic concrete walls'^''

Vg, maximum

Monolithic concrete ceilings'^''

^/g, maximum^

V2, maximum

Gypsum veneer base^'^

'/16, minimum

%, minimum (interior)''

Gypsum sheathing^

—

^/4, minimum (interior)''
Vg, minimum (exterior)''

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. When measured from back plane of expanded metal lath, exclusive of ribs, or self-furring lath, plaster thickness

b. When measured from face of support or backing.

c. Because masonry and concrete surfaces may vary in plane, thickness of plaster need not be uniform.

d. When applied over a liquid bonding agent, finish coat may be applied directly to concrete surface.

e. Approved acoustical plaster may be applied directly to concrete or over base coat plaster, beyond the maximum

f. Attachment shall be in accordance with Table R702.3.5.

g. Where gypsum board is used as a base for portland cement plaster, weather-resistant sheathing paper complying

shall be ^1^ inch minimum.

plaster thickness shown,
with Section R703.2 shall be provided.

TABLE R702.1(2)
GYPSUM PLASTER PROPORTIONS^

NUMBER

COAT

PLASTER BASE OR LATH

MAXIMUM VOLUME AGGREGATE PER 100 POUNDS
NEAT PLASTER" (cubic feet)

Damp loose sand^

Perllte or vermiculite*^

Two-coat work

Base coat

Gypsum lath

2.5

Base coat

Masonry

Three-coat work

First coat

Lath

Second coat

Lath

3''

First and second coats

Masonry

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 cubic foot = 0.0283 m^ 1 pound = 0.454 kg.

a. Wood-fibered gypsum plaster may be mixed in the proportions of 100 pounds of gypsum to not more than 1 cubic foot of sand where applied on masonry or concrete.

b. When determining the amount of aggr^ate in set plaster, a tolerance of 10 percent shall be allowed.

c. Combinations of sand and lightweight aggregate may be used, provided the volume and weight relationship of the combined aggregate to gypsum plaster is maintained.

d. If used for both first and second coats, the volume of aggregate may be 2.5 cubic feet.

e. Where plaster is 1 inch or more in total thickness, the proportions for the second coat may be increased to 3 cubic feet.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

229

WALL COVERING

TABLER702.1(3)
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER

MAXIMUM VOLUME AGGREGATE PER VOLUME CEMENTITIOUS MATERIAL^

MINIMUM PERIOD
MOIST COATS

MINIMUM INTERVAL
BETWEEN

Coat

Portland cement

plaster'' maximum

volume aggregate per

volume cement

Portland cement-lime plaster"^

Maximum volume

lime per volume

cement

Maximum volume
sand per volume
cement and lime

Approximate

minimum thickness"

curing (inches)

First

3/ e

48 Hours*^

48 Hourss

Second

First and second
coats

48 Hours

7 Days''

Finish

—

Notch

For SI: 1 inch - 25 A mm, 1 pound = 0.454 kg.

a. When determining the amount of aggregate in set plaster, a tolerance of 10 percent may be allowed.

b. From 10 to 20 pounds of dry hydrated lime (or an equivalent amount of lime putty) may be added as a plasticizing agent to each sack of Type I and Type II standard
Portland cement in base coat plaster.

c. No plasticizing agents shall be added.

d. See Table R702.1(l).

e. Measured from face of support or backing to crest of scored plaster

f. Twenty-four-hour minimum period for moist curing of interior portland cement plaster

g. Twenty-four hour minimum interval between coats of interior portland cement plaster.

h. Finish coat plaster may be applied to interior portland cement base coats after a 48-hour period.

i. For finish coat, plaster up to an equal part of dry hydrated lime by weight (or an equivalent volume of lime putty) may be added to Type I, Type 11 and Type III stan-
dard Portland cement.

R702.2 Interior plaster. Gypsum plaster or portland cement
plastering materials shall conform to ASTM C 5, C 28, C 35, C
37, C 59, C 61, C 587, C 588, C 631, C 847, C 897, C 933, C
1032 and C 1047, and shall be installed or applied in confor-
mance with ASTM C 843, C 844 and C 1063. Plaster shall not
be less than three coats when applied over metal lath and not
less than two coats when applied over other bases permitted by
this section, except that veneer plaster may be applied in one
coat not to exceed Vi^ inch (5 mm) thickness, provided the total
thickness is as set forth in Table R702.1(l).

R702.2.1 Support. Support spacing for gypsum or metal
lath on walls or ceilings shall not exceed 16 inches (406
mm) for Vg inch thick (10 mm) or 24 inches (610 mm) for
72-inch-thick (13 mm) plain gypsum lath. Gypsum lath
shall be installed at right angles to support framing with end
joints in adjacent courses staggered by at least one framing
space.

R702.3 Gypsum board.

R702.3.1 Materials. All gypsum board materials and
accessories shall conform to ASTM C 36, C 79, C 475, C
514, C 630, C 931, C 960, C 1002, C 1047, C 1 177, C 1178,
C 1278, C 1395 or C 1396 and shall be installed in accor-
dance with the provisions of this section. Adhesives for the
installation of gypsum board shall conform to ASTM C 557 .

R702.3.2 Wood framing. Wood framing supporting gyp-
sum board shall not be less than 2 inches (5 1 mm) nomi-
nal thickness in the least dimension except that wood
furring strips not less than 1 -inch-by-2 inch (25 mm by 5 1
mm) nominal dimension may be used over solid backing
or framing spaced not more than 24 inches (610 mm) on
center.

R702.3.3 Steel framing. Steel framing supporting gypsum
board shall not be less than 1 .25 inches (32 mm) wide in the
least dimension. Light-gage nonload-bearing steel framing
shall comply with ASTM C 645. Load-bearing steel fram-
ing and steel framing from 0.033 inch to 0.1 12 inch (1 mm
to 3 mm) thick shall comply with ASTMC 955.

R702.3.4 Insulating concrete form walls. Foam plastics
for insulating concrete form walls constructed in accor-
dance with Sections R404.4 and R61 1 on the interior of hab-
itable spaces shall be covered in accordance with Section
R314.4. Use of adhesives in conjunction with; mechanical
fasteners is permitted. Adhesives used for interior and exte-
rior finishes shall be compatible with the insulating form
materials.

R702.3.5 Application. Maximum spacing of supports and
the size and spacing of fasteners used to attach gypsum
board shall comply with Table R702.3.5. Gypsum sheathing
shall be attached to exterior walls in accordance with Table
R602.3(l). Gypsum board shall be applied at right angles or
parallel to framing members. All edges and ends of gypsum
board shall occur on the framing members, except those
edges and ends that are perpendicular to the framing mem-
bers. Interior gypsum board shall not be installed where it is
directly exposed to the weather or to water.

R702.3.6 Fastening. Screws for attaching gypsum board to
wood framing shall be Type W or Type S in accordance with
ASTM C 1002 and shall penetrate the wood not less than ^/g
inch (16 mm). Screws for attaching gypsum board to
light-gage steel framing shall be Type S in accordance with
ASTM C 1002 and shall penetrate the steel not less than Vg
inch (10 mm). Screws for attaching gypsum board to steel
framing 0.033 inch to 0. 1 12 inch (1 mm to 3 mm) thick shall
comply with ASTM C 954. ';

230

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WALL COVERING

TABLE R702.3.5
MINIMUM THICKNESS AND APPLICATION OF GYPSUM BOARD

THICKNESS

OF GYPSUM

BOARD

(inches)

APPLICATION

ORIENTATION OF

GYPSUM BOARD

TO FRAMING

MAXIMUM

SPACING OF

FRAMING

MEMBERS

(inches o.c.)

MAXIMUM

SPACING OF

FASTENERS

(inches)

SIZE OF NAILS FOR APPLICATION
TO WOOD FRAMING^

Nails^

Screws"

Application without adhesive

Ceiling^

Perpendicular

13 gage, 1'// long, ^V^" head; 0.098" diameter, 1'//
long, annular-ringed; or 4d cooler nail, 0.080"
diameter, 1^/j," long, V^," head.

Wall

Either direction

Ceiling

Either direction

13 gage, l%"long, '9/54" head; 0.098" diameter, 1'//'
long, annular-ringed; 5d cooler nail, 0.086"
diameter, l^/g" long, '^/g/' head; or gypsum board
nail, 0.086" diameter, 1%" long, ^2" head.

Ceiling''

Perpendicular

Wall

Either direction

Wall

Either direction

Ceiling

Either direction

13 gage, iVg" long, 'V' head; 0.098" diameter, 1%"
long, annular-ringed; 6d cooler nail, 0.092"
diameter, 1^/g" long, ^f/' head; or gypsum board
nail, 0.0915" diameter, 1%" long, ^^/^" head.

Ceiling^

Perpendicular

Wall

Either direction

Wall

Either direction

Application with adtiesive

Ceiling''

Perpendicular

Same as above for ^/g" gypsum board

Wall

Either direction

%0T%

Ceiling

Either direction

Same as above for ^/j" and Vg" gypsum board,
respectively

Ceiling''

Perpendicular

Wall

Either direction

Two
Vg layers

Ceiling

Perpendicular

Base ply nailed as above for '/2" gypsum board; face
ply installed with adhesive

Wall

Either direction

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. For application without adhesive, a pair of nails spaced not less than 2 inches apart or more than 2 ' /j inches apart may be used with the pair of nails spaced 1 2 inches
on center.

b. Screws shall be Type S or W per ASTM C 1002 and shall be sufficiently long to penetrate wood framing not less than ^/g inch and metal framing not less than ■'/g
inch.

c. Where metal framing is used with a clinching design to receive nails by two edges of metal, the nails shall be not less than ^/g inch longer than the gypsum board
thickness and shall have ringed shanks. Where the metal framing has a nailing groove formed to receive the nails, the nails shall have barbed shanks or be 5d, 1 3 '/2
gage, 1% inches long, 1%4-inch head for '/2-inch gypsum board; and 6d, 13 gage, 1% inches long, '^/g4-inch head for %-inch gypsum board.

d. Three-eighths-inch-thick single-ply gypsum board shall not be used on a ceiling where a water-based textured finish is to be applied, or where it will be required to
support insulation above a ceiling. On ceiling applications to receive a water-based texture material, either hand or spray applied, the gypsum board shall be applied
perpendicular to framing. When applying a water-based texture material, the minimum gypsum board thickness shall be increased from ^/g inch to '/2 inch for
16-inch on center framing, and from /j inch to ^/g inch for 24-inch on center framing or 72- inch sag-resistant gypsum ceiling board shall be used.

e. Type X gypsum board for garage ceilings beneath habitable rooms shall be installed perpendicular to the ceiling framing and shall be fastened at maximum 6
inches o.c. by minimum 1 Vg inches 6d coated nails or equivalent drywall screws.

R702.3.7 Horizontal gypsum board diaphragm ceilings.

Use of gypsum board shall be permitted on wood joists to
create a horizontal diaphragm in accordance with Table
R702.3.7. Gypsum board shall be installed perpendicular to
ceiling framing members. End joints of adjacent courses of
board shall not occur on the same joist. The maximum
allowable diaphragm proportions shall be l'/2:l between
shear resisting elements. Rotation or cantilever conditions
shall not be permitted. Gypsum board shall not be used in
diaphragm ceilings to resist lateral forces imposed by
masonry or concrete construction. All perimeter edges shall
be blocked using wood members not less than 2-inch (5 1
mm) by 6-inch (152 mm) nominal dimension. Blocking
material shall be installed flat over the top plate of the wall to
provide a nailing surface not less than 2 inches (5 1 mm) in
width for the attachment of the gypsum board.

R702.3.8 Water-resistant gypsum backing board. Gyp-
sum board used as the base or backer for adhesive applica-
tion of ceramic tile or other required nonabsorbent finish
material shall conform to ASTM C 630 or C 1 178. Use of
water-resistant gypsum backing board shall be permitted on
ceilings where framing spacing does not exceed 12 inches
(305 mm) on center for '/2-inch-thick (13 mm) or 16 inches
(406 mm) for Vg-inch-thick (16 mm) gypsum board.
Water-resistant gypsum board shall not be installed over a
vapor retarder in a shower or tub compartment. Cut or
exposed edges, including those at wall intersections, shall
be sealed as recommended by the manufacturer.

R702.3.8.1 Limitations. Water resistant gypsum back-
ing board shall not be used where there will be direct
exposure to water, or in areas subject to continuous high
humidity.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

231

WALL COVERING

TABLE R702.3.7
SHEAR CAPACITY FOR HORIZONTAL WOOD-FRAMED
GYPSUM BOARD DIAPHRAGM CEILING ASSEMBLIES

MATERIAL

THICKNESS OF
MATERIAL
(min.) (in.)

SPACING OF FRAMING
MEMBERS
(max.) (in.)

SHEAR VALUE^' "
(pif of ceiling)

MINIMUM FASTENER
S,2EC,d

Gypsum Board

'/2

I60.C.

5d cooler or wallboard
nail; iVg-inch long; 0.086-
inch shank; •V64-inch head

Gypsum Board

'/2

24 o.c.

5d cooler or wallboard
nail; iVg-inch long; 0.086-
inch shank; 'V64-inch head

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per linear foot = 1.488 kg/m.

a. Values are not cumulative with other horizontal diaphragm values and are for short-term loading caused by wind or seismic loading. Values shall be reduced 25 per-
cent for normal loading.

b. Values shall be reduced 50 percent in Seismic Design Categories Dq, Dj, D2 and E.

c. 1'//', #6 Type S or W screws may be substituted for the listed nails.

d. Fasteners shall be spaced not more than 7 inches on center at all supports, including perimeter blocking, and not less than ^/g inch from the edges and ends of the
gypsum board.

R702.4 Ceramic tile.

R702.4.1 General. Ceramic tile surfaces shall be installed in
accordance with ANSI A108.1, A108.4, A108.5, A108.6,
A108.il, A118.1, A118.3, A136.1 and A137.1.

R702.4.2 Cement, fiber-cement and glass mat gypsum
backers. Cement, fiber-cement or glass mat gypsum back-
ers in compliance with ASTM C 1288, C 1325 or C 1178
and installed in accordance with manufacturers' recom-
mendations shall be used as backers for wall tile in tub and
shower areas and wall panels in shower areas.

R702.5 Other finishes. Wood veneer paneling and hardboard
paneling shall be placed on wood or cold-formed steel fram-
ing spaced not more than 16 inches (406 mm) on center. Wood
veneer and hard board paneling less than ^1^ inch (6 mm) nom-
inal thickness shall not have less than a Vg-inch (10 mm) gyp-
sum board backer. Wood veneer paneling not less than
74-inch (6 mm) nominal thickness shall conform to ANSI/
HPVA HP-1. Hardboard paneling shall conform to ANSI/
AHAA135.5.

R702.6 Wood shakes and shingles. Wood shakes and shingles
shall conform to CSSB Grading Rules for Wood Shakes and
Shingles and shall be permitted to be installed directly to the
studs with maximum 24 inches (610 mm) on-center spacing.

R702.6.1 Attachment. Nails, staples or glue are permitted
for attaching shakes or shingles to the wall, and attachment
of the shakes or shingles directly to the surface shall be per-
mitted provided the fasteners are appropriate for the type of
wall surface material. When nails or staples are used, two
fasteners shall be provided and shall be placed so that they
are covered by the course above.

R702.6.2 Furring strips. Where furring strips are used, they
shall be 1 inch by 2 inches or 1 inch by 3 inches (25 mm by 5 1
mm or 25 mm by 76 mm), spaced a distance on center equal
to the desired exposure, and shall be attached to the wall by
nailing through other wall material into the studs.

SECTION R703
EXTERIOR COVERING

R703.1 General. Exterior walls shall provide the building
with a weather-resistant exterior wall envelope. The exterior
wall envelope shall include flashing as described in Section
R703.8. The exterior wall envelope shall be designed and
constructed in a manner that prevents the accumulation of
water within the wall assembly by providing a water-resistant
barrier behind the exterior veneer as required by Section
R703.2. and a means of draining water that enters the assem-
bly to the exterior. Protection against condensation in the
exterior wall assembly shall be provided in accordance with
Chapter 1 1 of this code.

Exceptions:

1. A weather-resistant exterior wall envelope shall not
be required over concrete or masonry walls designed
in accordance with Chapter 6 and flashed according
to Section R703.7 or R703.8.

2. Compliance with the requirements for a means of
drainage, and the requirements of Section R703.2 and
Section R703.8, shall not be required for an exterior
wall envelope that has been demonstrated to resist
wind-driven rain through testing of the exterior wall
envelope, including joints, penetrations and intersec-
tions with dissimilar materials, in accordance with
ASTM E 331 under the following conditions:

2.1. Exterior wall envelope test assemblies shall
include at least one opening, one control joint,
one wall/eave interface and one wall sill. All
tested openings and penetrations sjhall be rep-
resentative of the intended end-use configura-
tion. I

2.2. Exterior wall envelope test assemblies shall
be at least 4 feet (1219 mm) by 8 feet (2438
mm) in size. '

2.3. Exterior wall assemblies shall be tested at a
minimum differential pressure of 6.24 pounds
per square foot (299 Pa).

232

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

WALL COVERING

2.4. Exterior wall envelope assemblies shall be
subjected to a minimum test exposure dura-
tion of 2 hours.

The exterior wall envelope design shall be consid-
ered to resist wind-driven rain where the results of
testing indicate that water did not penetrate: control
joints in the exterior wall envelope; joints at the per-
imeter of openings penetration; or intersections of ter-
minations with dissimilar materials.

R703.2 Water-resistive barrier. One layer of No. 15 asphalt
felt, free from holes and breaks, complying with ASTM D 226
for Type 1 felt or other approved water-resistive barrier shall be
applied over studs or sheathing of all exterior walls. Such felt or
material shall be applied horizontally, with the upper layer
lapped over the lower layer not less than 2 inches (51 mm).
Where joints occur, felt shall be lapped not less than 6 inches
(152 mm). The felt or other approved material shall be continu-
ous to the top of walls and terminated at penetrations and build-
ing appendages in a manner to meet the requirements of the
exterior wall envelope as described in Section R703.1.

Exception: Omission of the water-resistive barrier is per-
mitted in the following situations:

1. In detached accessory buildings.

2. Under exterior wall finish materials as permitted in
Table R703.4.

3. Under paperbacked stucco lath when the paper back-
ing is an approved weather-resistive sheathing paper.

R703.3 Wood, hardboard and wood structural panel siding.

R703.3.1 Panel siding. Joints in wood, hardboard or wood
structural panel siding shall be made as follows unless other-
wise approved. Vertical joints in panel siding shall occur over
framing members, unless wood or wood structural panel
sheathing is used, and shall be shiplapped or covered with a
batten. Horizontal joints in panel siding shall be lapped a
minimum of 1 inch (25 mm) or shall be shiplapped or shall be
flashed with Z-flashing and occur over solid blocking, wood
or wood structural panel sheathing.

R703.3.2 Horizontal siding. Horizontal lap siding shall be
lapped a minimum of 1 inch (25 mm), or 0.5 inch (13 mm) if
rabbeted, and shall have the ends caulked, covered with a
batten, or sealed and installed over a strip of flashing.

R703.4 Attachments. Unless specified otherwise, all wall
coverings shall be securely fastened in accordance with Table
R703.4 or with other approved aluminum, stainless steel,
zinc-coated or other approved corrosion-resistive fasteners.
Where the basic wind speed per Figure R301 .2(4) is 1 10 miles
per hour (49 m/s) or higher, the attachment of wall coverings
shall be designed to resist the component and cladding loads
specified in Table R301 .2(2), adjusted for height and exposure
in accordance with Table R30 1.2(3).

R703.5 Wood shakes and shingles. Wood shakes and shingles
shall conform to CSSB Grading Rules for Wood Shakes and
Shingles.

R703.5.1 Application. Wood shakes or shingles shall be
applied either single-course or double-course over nominal
Vj-inch (13 mm) wood-based sheathing or to furring strips

over V2-inch (13 mm) nominal nonwood sheathing . A per-
meable water-resistive barrier shall be provided over all I
sheathing, with horizontal overlaps in the membrane of not |
less than 2 inches (51mm) and vertical overlaps of not less
than 6 inches (152 mm). Where furring strips are used, they
shall be 1 inch by 3 inches or 1 inch by 4 inches (25 mm by 76
mm or 25 mm by 102 mm) and shall be fastened horizontally
to the studs with 7d or 8d box nails and shall be spaced a dis-
tance on center equal to the actual weather exposure of the
shakes or shingles, not to exceed the maximum exposure
specified in Table R703.5.2. The spacing between adjacent
shingles to allow for expansion shall not exceed 74 inch (6
mm), and between adjacent shakes, it shall not exceed Vj inch
(13 mm). The offset spacing between joints in adjacent
courses shall be a minimum of V/2 inches (38 mm).

R703.5.2 Weather exposure. The maximum weather
exposure for shakes and shingles shall not exceed that speci-
fied in Table R703.5.2.

R703.5.3 Attachment. Each shake or shingle shall be held
in place by two hot-dipped zinc-coated, stainless steel, or
aluminum nails or staples. The fasteners shall be long
enough to penetrate the sheathing or furring strips by a mini-
mum of V2 inch (13 mm) and shall not be overdriven.

R703.5.3.1 Staple attachment. Staples shall not be less
than 16 gage and shall have a crown width of not less than
7i6 inch (11 mm), and the crown of the staples shall be par-
allel with the butt of the shake or shingle. In single-course
application, the fasteners shall be concealed by the course
above and shall be driven approximately 1 inch (25 mm)
above the butt line of the succeeding course and V4 inch (19
mm) from the edge. In double-course apphcations, the
exposed shake or shingle shall be face-nailed with two cas-
ing nails, driven approximately 2 inches (5 1 mm) above the
butt hne and V4 inch (19 mm) from each edge. In all apphca-
tions, staples shall be concealed by the course above. With
shingles wider than 8 inches (203 mm) two additional nails
shall be required and shaU be naUed approximately 1 inch
(25 mm) apart near the center of the shingle.

R703.5.4 Bottom courses. The bottom courses shall be dou-
bled.

R703.6 Exterior plaster. Installation of these materials shall I
be in compUance with ASTM C 926 and ASTM C 1063 and the I
provisions of this code. |

R703.6.1 Lath. All lath and lath attachments shall be of cor-
rosion-resistant materials. Expanded metal or woven wire
lath shall be attached with 1 Vj-inch-long (38 mm), 11 gage
nails having a Vig-inch (11.1 mm) head, or 7g-inch-long
(22.2 mm), 16 gage staples, spaced at no more than 6 inches
(152 mm), or as otherwise approved.

R703.6.2 Plaster. Plastering with portland cement plaster
shall be not less than three coats when applied over metal lath
or wire lath and shall be not less than two coats when applied
over masonry, concrete, pressure-preservative treated wood I
or decay-resistant wood as specified in Section R319.i or |
gypsum backing. If the plaster surface is completely covered
by veneer or other facing material or is completely concealed,
plaster application need be only two coats, provided the total
thickness is as set forth in Table R702.1(l).

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

233

WALL COVERING

TABLE R703.4
WEATHER-RESISTANT SIDING ATTACHMENT AND MINIMUM THICKNESS

SIDING MATERIAL

NOMINAL

THICKNES^

(inches)

JOINT
TREATMENT

WATER-
RESISTIVE

BARRIER
REQUIRED

TYPE OF SUPPORTS FOR THE SIDING MATERIAL AND FASTENERS""',"

Wood or wood
structural

panel
sheathing

Fiberboard

sheathing into

stud

Gypsum
sheathing
into stud

Foam

plastic

sheathing

into stud

Direct to
studs

Number or
spacing of
fasteners

Horizontal
aluminum^

Without
insulation

0.0 19f
0.024

Lap

Yes

0.120 nail
1 V2" long

0.120 nail
1" long

0.120 nail
2" long

0.120 naily

Not
allowed

Same as stud
spacing

Lap

Yes

0.120 nail
1 1/2" long

0.120 nail
2" long

0.120 naily

Not
allowed

With
insulation

0.019

Lap

Yes

0.120 nail
1 V2" long

0.120 nail
21/2" long

0.120 nail
2V2" long

0.120 naily

0.120 nail
1 1/2" long

Brick veneer^
Concrete masonry
veneer^

2
2

Section R703

Yes
(Note 1)

See Section R703 and Figure R703.78

Hardboard'^

Panel siding-vertical

V,6

—

Yes

Note n

Noten

6" panel edges
12" inter. sup.°

Hardboard*^

Lap-siding-horizontal

V,6

Noteq

Yes

Notep

Same as stud

spacing
2 per bearing

Steel''

29 ga.

Lap

Yes

0.113 nail IV
Staple-13/4"

0. 113 nail 2 V
Staple-21/2"

0.113 nail

2'/2"

Staple-2V4"

0.113 naily
Staple^

Not allowed

Same as stud
spacing

Stone veneer

Section R703

Yes

(Note 1)

See Section R703 and Figure R703 .78

Particleboard panels

V8-'/2

—

Yes

6d box nail
(2" X 0.099")

box nailv

6d box nail
(2" X 0.099"),
Vg not allowed

6" panel edge,
12" inter, sup.

—

Yes

6d box nail
(2" X 0.099")

8d box nail
(21/2" X 0.1 13")

8d box nail
(21/2" X 0.113")

box naily

6d box nail
(2" X 0.099")

Plywood panel'
(exterior grade)

—

Yes

0.099 nail-2"

0.113 nail-2V2"

0.099 nail-2"

0.113 naily

0.099 nail-2"

6" on edges,
12" inter, sup.

Vinyl siding""

0.035

Lap

Yes

0.120 nail IV2"
Staple-13/4"

0.120 nail 2"
Staple-2'/2" ,

0.120 nail 2"
Staple-2'/2"

0.120 naily
Staple^

Not allowed

Same as stud
spacing

Wood) rustic, drop

^/g Min

Lap

Yes

Fastener penetration into stud-1"

0.113 nail-

2V2"
Staple-2"

Face nailing up

' to 6" widths,

1 nail per

bearing;

8" widths

and over,

2 nails per

bearing

Shiplap

'%2 Average

Lap

Yes

Bevel

^/l6

Butt tip

Vi6

Lap

Yes

Fiber cement panel
siding''

Vl6

Notes

Yes
Notex

6d corrosion-
resistant naiF

6d corrosion-
resistant nail'

6d corrosion-
resistant
nail'- y

4d corrosion-
resistant nail"

6" o.c. on

edges, 12" o.c.

on intermed.

studs

Fiber cement lap siding''

V,6

Note V

Yes
Notex

6d corrosion-
resistant nail'

6d corrosion-
resistant
nail'- y

6d corrosion-
resistant nail*

Note w

ForSL 1 inch = 25.4 mm. ';

a. Based on stud spacing of 16 inches on center where studs are spaced 24 inches, siding shall be applied to sheathing approved for that spacing. :

b. Nail is a general description and shall be T-head, modified round head, or round head with smooth or deformed shanks.

c. Staples shall have a minimum crown width of ^/jg-inch outside diameter and be rhanufactured of minimum 16 gage wire. !

d. Nails or staples shall be aluminum, galvanized, or rust-preventative coated and shall be driven into the studs for fiberboard or gypsum backing. |

e. Aluminum nails shall be used to attach aluminum siding. j

f. Aluminum (0.019 inch) shall be unbacked only when the maximum panel width is 10 inches and the maximum flat area is 8 inches. The tolerance for aluminum
siding shall be 4-0.002 inch of the nominal dimension. j

Ig. All attachments shall be coated with a corrosion-resistant coating. ■

h. Shall be of approved type.

{continued) j

234

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WALL COVERING

Footnotes to Table R703.4 — continued

i. Three-eighths-inch plywood shall not be applied directly to studs spaced more than 1 6 inches on center when long dimension is parallel to studs. Plywood '/2-inch
or thinner shall not be applied directly to studs spaced more than 24 inches on center. The stud spacing shall not exceed the panel span rating provided by the manu-
facturer unless the panels are installed with the face grain perpendicular to the studs or over sheathing approved for that stud spacing.

j. Wood board sidings appUed vertically shall be nailed to horizontal nailing strips or blocking set 24 inches on center. Nails shall penetrate 1 V2 inches into studs,
studs and wood sheathing combined, or blocking. A weather-resistive membrane shall be installed weatherboard fashion under the vertical siding unless the siding
boards are lapped or battens are used.

k. Hardboard siding shall comply with AHA A135.6.

1. For masonry veneer, a weather-resistive sheathing paper is not required over a sheathing that performs as a weather-resistive barrier when a 1 -inch air space is pro-
vided between the veneer and the sheathing. When the 1 -inch space is filled with mortar, a weather-resistive sheathing paper is required over studs or sheathing.

m. Vinyl siding shall comply with ASTM D 3679.

n. Minimum shank diameter of 0.092 inch, minimum head diameter of 0.225 inch, and nail length must accommodate sheathing and penetrate framing 1 '/2 inches.

o. When used to resist shear forces, the spacing must be 4 inches at panel edges and 8 inches on interior supports.

p. Minimum shankdiameter of 0.099 inch, minimum head diameter of 0.240 inch, and nail length must accommodate sheathing and penetrate framing 1 '/2 inches.

q. Vertical end joints shall occur at studs and shall be covered with a joint cover or shall be caulked.

r. Fiber cement siding shall comply with the requirements of ASTM C 1186.

s. See Section R703. 10.1.

t. Minimum 0.102" smooth shank, 0.255" round head.

u. Minimum 0.099" smooth shank, 0.250" round head.

V. See Section R703. 10.2.

w. Face nailing: 2 nails at each stud. Concealed nailing: one 1 1 gage 1 V2 galv. roofing nail (0.37 1" head diameter, 0. 120" shank) or 6d galv. box nail at each stud.

X. See Section R703.2 exceptions.

y. Minimum nail length must accommodate sheathing and penetrate framing 1V2 inches.

z. Adhered masonry veneer shall comply with the requirements in Sections 6.1 and 6.3 of ACI 530/ASCE 5/TMS-402.

TABLE R703.5.2
MAXIMUM WEATHER EXPOSURE FOR WOOD SHAKES AND SHINGLES ON EXTERIOR WALLS^'"^

(Dimensions are in inches)

LENGTH

EXPOSURE FOR SINGLE COURSE

EXPOSURE FOR DOUBLE COURSE

Shingles''
16
18

7V2
8V2
IIV2

12''
14c

Shakes'*
18

8V2
IIV2

14
18

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Dimensions given are for No. 1 grade.

b. A maximum 10-inch exposure is permitted for No. 2 grade.

c. A maximum 1 1 -inch exposure is permitted for No. 2 grade.

On wood-frame construction with an on-grade floor slab
system, exterior plaster shall be applied to cover, but not
extend below, lath, paper and screed.

The proportion of aggregate to cementitious materials
shall be as set forth in Table R702.1(3).

R703.6.2.1 Weep screeds. A minimum 0.019-inch (0.5
mm) (No. 26 galvanized sheet gage), corrosion-resistant
weep screed or plastic weep screed, with a minimum ver-
tical attachment flange of 3V2 inches (89 mm) shall be
provided at or below the foundation plate line on exterior
stud walls in accordance with ASTM C 926. The weep
screed shall be placed a minimum of 4 inches (102 mm)
above the earth or 2 inches (51 mm) above paved areas
and shall be of a type that will allow trapped water to
drain to the exterior of the building. The weather-resis-

tant barrier shall lap the attachment flange. The exterior
lath shall cover and terminate on the attachment flange of
the weep screed.

R703.6.3 Water-resistive barriers. Water-resistive barri-
ers shall be installed as required in Section R703.2 and,
where appHed over wood-based sheathing, shall include a
water-resistive vapor-permeable barrier with a performance
at least equivalent to two layers of Grade D paper.

Exception: Where the water-resistive barrier that is
applied over wood-based sheathing has a water resis-
tance equal to or greater than that of 60 minute Grade D
paper and is separated from the stucco by an intervening,
substantially nonwater-absorbing layer or designed
drainage space.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

235

WALL COVERING

SEALANT

FLASHING AND WEEPHOLES
VENEER

WALLBOARD

WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER OR
APPROVED WATER-REPELLANT
SHEATHING

MASONRY VENEER

1 IN. AIR SPACE OR

1 IN. MORTARED SPACE'

WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER OR
APPROVED WATER-REPELLANT
SHEATHING

METAL TIE"
FLASHING

WEEPHOLE

«vx////\V^^////
////\\>\V//\\V

x-^A\V//\\\-
\\V-

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

WALLBOARD

SHEATHING

A/-

• ANCHOR BOLT
GROUTED FULL

FIGURE R703.7
MASONRY VENEER WALL DETAILS

(continued)

236

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

WALL COVERING

ROORNG

MIN. CLEARANCE OF
3/4-IN. (19 mm)

METAL T!Eb

WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER OR
APPROVED VyATER-REPELLANT ^
SHEATHING

MASONRY VENEER

METAL TIEb

1 IN. AIR SPACE OR

1 IN. MORTARED SPACES

WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER OR
APPROVED WATER-REPELLANT
SHEATHING ^^

METAL TIE&

FUSHINGa
STEEL LINTELd ~-^ ^^

WEEPHOLEa
SEAUNT

MASONRY VENEER

WALLBOARD

INSUUTION BETWEEN STUDS

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. See Sections R703.7.5, R703.7.6 and R703.8.

b. See Sections R703.2 and R703.7,4.

c. See Sections R703.7.4.2 and R703.7.4.3.

d. See Section R703.7.3.

FIGURE R703.7— continued
MASONRY VENEER WALL DETAILS

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

237

WALL COVERING

R703.7 Stone and masonry veneer, general. Stone and
masonry veneer shall be installed in accordance with this chap-
ter, Table R703.4 and Figure R703.7. These veneers installed
over a backing of wood or cold-formed steel shall be limited to
the first story above-grade and shall not exceed 5 inches (127
mm) in thickness.

Exceptions:

1 . For all buildings in Seismic Design Categories A, B
and C, exterior stone or masonry veneer, as specified
in Table R703.7(l), with a backing of wood or steel
framing shall be permitted to the height specified in
Table R703. 7(1) above a noncombustible foundation.
Wall bracing at exterior and interior braced wall lines
shall be in accordance with Section R602.10 or
R603.7, and the additional requirements of Table
R703.7(l).

2. For detached one- or two-family dwellings in Seismic
Design Categories Dq, Di and Dj, exterior stone or
masonry veneer, as specified in Table R703.7(2),
with a backing of wood framing shall be permitted to
the height specified in Table R703.7(2) above a
noncombustible foundation. Wall bracing and hold
downs at exterior and interior braced wall lines shall
be in accordance with Sections R602. 10 and R602. 1 1
and the additional requirements of Table R703.7(2).
In Seismic Design Categories Dq, D, and D2, cripple
walls shall not be permitted, and required interior

braced wall lines shall be supported on continuous l|
foundations. |

R703.7.1 Interior veneer support. Veneers used as interior
wall finishes shall be permitted to be supported on wood or
cold-formed steel floors that are designed to support the
loads imposed.

R703.7.2 Exterior veneer support. Except in Seismic
Design Categories Dq, Dj and Dj, exterior masonry veneers |
having an installed weight of 40 pounds per square foot ( 1 95
kg/m^) or less shall be permitted to be supported on wood or
cold-formed steel construction. When masonry veneer sup-
ported by wood or cold-formed steel construction adjoins
masonry veneer supported by the foundation, there shall be
a movement joint between the veneer supported by the
wood or cold-formed steel construction and the veneer sup-
ported by the foundation. The wood or cold-formed steel
construction supporting the masonry veneer shall be
designed to limit the deflection to Vgoo of the span for the
supporting members. The design of the wood or
cold-formed steel construction shall consider the weight of
the veneer and any other loads.

R703.7.2.1 Support by steel angle. A minimum 6 inches
by 4 inches by Vj^ inch (152 mm by 102 mm by 8 mm)
steel angle, with the long leg placed vertically, shall be
anchored to double 2 inches by 4 inches (51 mm by 102
mm) wood studs at a maximum on-center spacing of 16
inches (406 mm). Anchorage of the steel angle at every
double stud spacing shall be a minimum of two 7,6 inch

TABLE R703.7(1)

STONE OR MASONRY VENEER LIMITATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS, WOOD

OR STEEL FRAMING, SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES A, B AND C

SEISMIC DESIGN
CATEGORY

NUMBER OF
WOOD OR STEEL
FRAMED STORIES

MAXIMUM HEIGHT
OF VENEER ABOVE
NONCOMBUSTIBLE
FOUNDATION^ (feet)

MAXIMUM NOMINAL
THICKNESS OF
VENEER (inches)

MAXIMUM WEIGHT
OF VENEER (psf)"

WOOD OR STEEL
FRAMED STORY

MINIMUM SHEATHING

AMOUNT (percent of

braced wall line

length)'^

AorB

Steel: 1 or 2
Wood: 1,2 or 3

all

Table R602. 10. lor Table
R603.7

1 only

Table R602. 10. lor Table
R603.7

top

Table R602. 10. lor Table
R603.7

bottom

1.5 times length required
by Table R602. 10. lor
1.5 times length required
by Table R603.7

Wood only: 3

top

Table R602. 10. 1

middle

1.5 times length required
by Table R602. 10.1

bottom

1.5 times length required
by Table R602. 10.1

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.479 kPa. !

a. An Additional 8 feet is permitted for gable end walls. See also story height limitations of Section R301.3.

b. Maximum weight is installed weight and includes weight of mortar, grout, lath and other materials used for installation. Where veneer is placed oii both faces of a

wall, the combined weight shall not exceed that specified in this table.
Applies to exterior and interior braced wall lines.

238

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

WALL COVERING

TABLE R703.7(2)
STONE OR MASONRY VENEER LIMITATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS, ONE- AND TWO-FAMILY DETACHED DWELLINGS, WOOD

FRAMING, SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORIES Dq, D^ AND D^

SEISMIC

DESIGN

CATEGORY

NUMBER

WOOD

FRAMED

STORIES^

MAXIMUM HEIGHT
OF VENEER ABOVE
NONCOMBUSTIBLE

FOUNDATION OR

FOUNDATION WALL

(feet)

MAXIMUM

NOMINAL

THICKNESS

OF VENEER

(inches)

MAXIMUM

WEIGHT OF

VENEER

(psf)"

WOOD
FRAMED
STORY

MINIMUM

SHEATHING

AMOUNT (percent

of braced wall line

length)^

MINIMUM

SHEATHING

THICKNESS AND

FASTENING

SINGLE

STORY

HOLD DOWN

FORCE (lb)"

CUMULATIVE
HOLD DOWN
FORCE (Ib)^

20^

1 only

Vig-inch wood
structural panel
sheathing with 8d
common nails
spaced at 4 inches
on center at panel
edges, 12 inches
on center at
intermediate
supports. 8d
common nails at 4
inches on center at
braced wall panel
end posts with
hold down
attached.

N/A

20f

top

1900

bottom

3200

5100

308

top

1900

middle

3500

5400

bottom

3500

8900

20f

1 only

2100

20^

top

2100

bottom

3700

5800

20f

top

2100

middle

3700

5800

bottom

3700

9500

20f

1 only

2300

20^

top

2300

bottom

3900

6200

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.479 kPa, 1 pound-force = 4.448 N.

a. Cripple walls are not permitted in Seismic Design Categories Dq, Di and D2.

b. Maximum weight is installed weight and includes weight of mortar, grout and lath, and other materials used for installation.

c. Applies to exterior and interior braced wall lines.

d. Hold down force is minimum allowable stress design load for connector providing uplift tie from wall framing at end of braced wall panel at the noted story to wall
framing at end of braced wall panel at the story below, or to foundation or foundation wall. Use single story hold down force where edges of braced wall panels do
not align; a continuous load path to the foundation shall be maintained. [See Figure R703.7(l)(b)].

e. Where hold down connectors from stories above align with stories below, use cumulative hold down force to size middle and bottom story hold down connectors.
[See Figure R703.7(l)(a)].

f . The veneer shall not exceed 20 feet in height above a noncombustible foundation, with an additional 8 feet permitted for gable end walls, or 30 feet in height with an
additional 8 feet for gable end walls where the lower 10 feet has a backing of concrete or masonry wall. See also story height limitations of Section R301.3.

g. The veneer shall not exceed 30 feet in height above a noncombustible foundation, with an additional 8 feet permitted for gable end walls. See also story height limi-
tations of Section R301.3.

(11 mm) diameter by 4 inch (102 mm) lag screws. The
steel angle shall have a minimum clearance to underlying
construction of V,6 inch (2 mm). A minimum of two-thirds
the width of the masonry veneer thickness shall bear on
the steel angle. Flashing and weep holes shall be located in
the masonry veneer wythe in accordance with Figure
R703.7.2.1. The maximum height of masonry veneer
above the steel angle support shall be 12 feet, 8 inches
(3861 mm). The air space separating the masonry veneer
from the wood backing shall be in accordance with Sec-
tions R703.7.4 and R703 .7.4.2. The method of supportfor
the masonry veneer on wood construction shall be con-
structed in accordance with Figure R703.7.2.1.

The maximum slope of the roof construction without
stops shall be 7: 12. Roof construction with slopes greater
than 7:12 but not more than 12:12 shall have stops of a
minimum 3 inch x 3 inch x 74 inch (76 mm x 76 mm x 6
mm) steel plate welded to the angle at 24 inches (610
mm) on center along the angle or as approved by the
building official.

R703.7.2.2 Support by roof construction. A steel angle
shall be placed directly on top of the roof construction.
The roof supporting construction for the steel angle shall
consist of a minimum of three 2-inch by 6-inch (5 1 mm by
152 nun) wood members. The wood member abutting the
vertical wall stud construction shall be anchored with a
minimum of three Vg-inch (16 mm) diameter by 5-inch
(127 mm) lag screws to every wood stud spacing. Each
additional roof member shall be anchored by the use of
two lOd nails at every wood stud spacing. A minimum of
two-thirds the width of the masonry veneer thickness shall
bear on the steel angle. Flashing and weep holes shall be
located in the masonry veneer wythe in accordance with
Figure R703.7.2.2. The maximum height of the masonry
veneer above the steel angle support shall be 12 feet, 8
inches (3861 mm). The air space separating the masonry
veneer from the wood backing shall be in accordance with
Sections R703.7.4 and R703.7.4.2. The support for the
masonry veneer on wood construction shall be con-
structed in accordance with Figure R703.7.2.2.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

239

WALL COVERING

EDGES OF

BFRACED

WALL PANELS

ALIGN.

HOLD DOWNS

ALIGN.

SINGLE STORY

HOLD DOWN

FORCE

-TOP STORY

BRACED WALL
PANEL

CUMULATIVE

HOLD DOWN

FORCE

-MIDDLE STORY

BRACED WALL
PANEL

CUMULATIVE

HOLD DOWN

FORCE

-BOTTOM STORY

(a)

(b)

EDGES OF

BRACED WALL

PANELS

DO NOT ALIGN.

USE (a) WHERE

THEY ALIGN.

BRACED WALL
PANEL

SINGLE STORY
HOLD DOWN
FORCE - TOP
STORY

BRACED WALL
PANEL

SINGLE STORY
HOLD DOWN
FORCE
-MIDDLE STORY

BRACED WALL
PANEL

SINGLE STORY
HOLD DOWN
FORCE
-BOTTOM STORY

(a) Braced wall panels stacked (aligned story to story). Use cumulative hold down force.

(b) Braced wall panels not stacked. Use single story hold down force.

FIGURE R703.7(1)

HOLD DOWNS AT EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR BRACED WALL PANELS

WHEN USING STONE OR MASONRY VENEER

SHEATHING

STUD

STEEL ANGLE
ATTACHED TO STUD
WITH FASTENERS

FASTENERS

BRICK VENEER
VENEER TIE

FLASHING
WEEP HOLE
COUNTERFLASHiNG
BASE FLASHING

ROOF SHEATHING

ROOF FRAMING

SUPPORT BY STEEL ANGLE

FIGURE R703.7.2.1
EXTERIOR MASONRY VENEER SUPPORT BY STEEL ANGLES

240

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENtlAL CODE*^

WALL COVERING

SHEATHING

STUD

STEEL ANGLE
ATTACHED TO STUD
WITH FASTENERS

FASTENERS

BRICK VENEER
VENEER TIE

FLASHING
WEEP HOLE

COUNTERFLASHING
BASE FLASHING

TRIPLE RAFTERS
ATTACHED TO STUDS

SUPPORT BY ROOF MEMBERS

FIGURE R703.7.2.2
EXTERIOR MASONRY VENEER SUPPORT BY ROOF MEMBERS

The maximum slope of the roof construction without
stops shall be 7:12. Roof construction with slopes greater
than 7:12 but not more than 12:12 shall have stops of a
minimum 3 inch x 3 inch x V4 inch (76 mm x 76 mm x 6
mm) steel plate welded to the angle at 24 inches (610 nmi)
on center along the angle or as approved by the building
official.

R703.7.3 Lintels. Masonry veneer shall not support any ver-
tical load other than the dead load of the veneer above. Veneer
above openings shall be supported on hntels of
noncombustible materials and the allowable span shall not
exceed the value set forth in Table R703.7.3. The lintels shall
have a length of bearing not less than 4 inches (102 mm).

R703.7.4 Anchorage. Masonry veneer shall be anchored to
the supporting wall with corrosion-resistant metal ties.
Where veneer is anchored to wood backings by corrugated
sheet metal ties, the distance separating the veneer from the
sheathing material shall be a maximum of a nominal 1 inch
(25 mm). Where the veneer is anchored to wood backings
using metal strand wire ties, the distance separating the
veneer from the sheathing material shall be a maximum of
4V2 inches (114 mm). Where the veneer is anchored to
cold-formed steel backings, adjustable metal strand wire ties
shall be used. Where veneer is anchored to cold-formed steel
backings, the distance separating the veneer from the sheath-
ing material shall be a maximum of 4V2 inches (114 mm).

R703.7.4.1 Size and spacing. Veneer ties, if strand wire,
shall not be less in thickness than No. 9 U.S. gage [(0. 148
in.) (4 mm)] wire and shall have a hook embedded in the
mortar joint, or if sheet metal, shall be not less than No.

22 U.S. gage by [(0.0299 in.)(0.76 mm)] % inch (22 mm)
corrugated. Each tie shall be spaced not more than 24
inches (610 mm) on center horizontally and vertically
and shall support not more than 2.67 square feet (0.25
m^) of wall area.

Exception: In Seismic Design Category Dq, D, or Dj |
or townhouses in Seismic Design Category C or in
wind areas of more than 30 pounds per square foot
pressure (1.44 kPa), each tie shall support not more
than 2 square feet (0.2 m^) of wall area.

R703.7.4.1.1 Veneer ties around wall openings.

Veneer ties around wall openings. Additional metal
ties shall be provided around all wall openings greater
than 16 inches (406 mm) in either dimension. Metal
ties around the perimeter of openings shall be spaced
not more than 3 feet (9144 mm) on center and placed
within 12 inches (305 mm) of the wall opening.

R703.7.4.2 Air space. The veneer shall be separated
from the sheathing by an air space of a minimum of a
nominal 1 inch (25 mm) but not more than 4V2 inches I
(114 mm). I

R703.7.4. 3 Mortar or grout fill. As an alternate to the
air space required by Section R703 .7 .4.2, mortar or grout
shall be permitted to fill the air space .When the air space I
is filled with mortar, a water-resistive barrier is required |
over studs or sheathing. When filling the air space,
replacing the sheathing and water-resistive barrier with a
wire mesh and approved water-resistive barrier or an
approved water-resistive barrier-backed reinforcement
attached directly to the studs is permitted.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

241

WALL COVERING

TABLE R703.7.3
ALLOWABLE SPANS FOR LINTELS SUPPORTING MASONRY VENEERS "•<=

SIZE OF STEEL ANGLE^^
(inches)

NO STORY ABOVE

ONE STORY ABOVE

TWO STORIES ABOVE

NO. OF V/ OR EQUIVALENT
REINFORCING BARS'"

3 X 3 X V4

6'-0"

4'-6"

3'-0"

4 X 3 X V4

8'-0"

6'-0"

4'-6"

5x3V2xVi6

lO'-O"

8'-0",

6'-0"

6x3V2x5/i6

14'-0"

9'-6"

7'-0"

2-6 X 3V2 X 5/16

20'-0"

12'-0"

9'-6"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot =304.8 mm.

a. Long leg of the angle shall be placed in a vertical position.

b. Depth of reinforced lintels shall not be less than 8 inches and all cells of hollow masonry lintels shall be grouted solid. Reinforcing bars shall extend not less than i
inches into the support.

c. Steel members indicated are adequate typical examples; other steel members meeting structural design requirements may be used.

R703.7.5 Flashing. Flashing shall be located beneath the
first course of masonry above finished ground level above
the foundation wall or slab and at other points of support,
including structural floors, shelf angles and lintels when
masonry veneers are designed in accordance with Section
R703.7. See Section R703.8 for additional requirements.

R703.7.6 Weepholes. Weepholes shall be provided in the
outside wythe of masonry walls at a maximum spacing of 33
inches (838 mm) on center. Weepholes shall not be less than
^/i6 inch (5 mm) in diameter. Weepholes shall be located
immediately above the flashing.

R703.8 Flashing. Approved corrosion-resistant flashing shall
be applied shingle-fashion in such a manner to prevent entry of
water into the wall cavity or penetration of water to the building
structural framing components. The flashing shall extend to the
surface of the exterior wall finish. Approved corrosion-resis-
tant flashings shall be installed at all of the following locations:

1 . Exterior window and door openings. Flashing at exterior
window and door openings shall extend to the surface of
the exterior wall finish or to the water-resistive barrier
for subsequent drainage.

2. At the intersection of chimneys or other masonry con-
struction with frame or stucco walls, with projecting lips
on both sides under stucco copings.

3 . Under and at the ends of masonry , wood or metal copings
and sills.

4. Continuously above all projecting wood trim.

5. Where exterior porches, decks or stairs attach to a wall or
floor assembly of wood-frame construction.

6. At wall and roof intersections.

7. At built-in gutters.

R703.9 Exterior insulation finish systems, general. All

Exterior Insulation Finish Systems (EIFS) shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions
and the requirements of this section. Decorative trim shall not
be face nailed through the EIFS. The EIFS shall terminate not
less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the finished ground level.

R703.9.1 Water-resistive barrier. All EIFS shall have a
water-resistive barrier applied between the underlying

water-sensitive building components and the exterior insula-
tion, and a means of draining water to the exterior of the
veneer. A water-resistive barrier shall be compliant with
ASTM D 226 Type I asphalt saturated felt or equivalent, shall
be apphed horizontally with the upper layer lapped over the
lower layer not less than 2 inches (5 1 mm), and shall have all
vertical joints lapped not less than 6 inches (152 mm).

R703.9.2 Flashing, general. Flashing of EIFS shall be pro-
vided in accordance with the requirements of Section
R703.8.

R703.10 Fiber cement siding.

R703.10.1 Panel siding. Panels shall be installed with the
long dimension parallel to framing. Vertical joints shall
occur over framing members and shall be sealed with caulk-
ing or covered with battens. Horizontal joints shall be
flashed with Z-flashing and blocked with solid wood fram-
ing.

R703.10.2 Horizontal lap siding. Lap siding shall be
lapped a minimum of 1 V4 inches (32 mm) and shall have the
ends sealed with caulking, covered with an H-section joint
cover, or located over a strip of flashing. Lap siding courses
may be installed with the fastener heads exposed or con-
cealed, according to approved manufacturers' installation
instructions.

R703.il Vinyl siding. Vinyl siding shall be certified and
labeled as conforming to the requirements of ASTM D 3679
by an approved quality control agency.

R703.il. 1 Installation. Vinyl siding, soffit and accessories
shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions.

242

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

CHAPTER 8

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

SECTION R801
GENERAL

R801.1 Application. The provisions of this chapter shall con-
trol the design and construction of the roof-ceiling system for
all buildings.

R801.2 Requirements. Roof and ceiling construction shall be
capable of accommodating all loads imposed according to Sec-
tion R301 and of transmitting the resulting loads to the support-
ing structural elements.

R801.3 Roof drainage. In areas where expansive or collaps-
ible soils are known to exist, all dwellings shall have a con-
trolled method of water disposal from roofs that will collect
and discharge roof drainage to the ground surface at least 5 feet
(1524 mm) from foundation walls or to an approved drainage
system.

SECTION R802
WOOD ROOF FRAMING

R802.1 Identification. Load-bearing dimension lumber for
rafters, trusses and ceiling joists shall be identified by a grade
mark of a lumber grading or inspection agency that has been
approved by an accreditation body that complies with DOC PS
20. In lieu of a grade mark, a certificate of inspection issued by
a lumber grading or inspection agency meeting the require-
ments of this section shall be accepted.

R802.1.1 Blocking. Blocking shall be a minimum of utility
grade lumber.

R802.1.2 End-jointed lumber. Approved end-jointed lum-
ber identified by a grade mark conforming to Section
R802. 1 may be used interchangeably with solid-sawn mem-
bers of the same species and grade.

R802.1.3 Fire-retardant-treated wood. Fire-retardant-
treated wood (FRTW) is any wood product which, when
impregnated with chemicals by a pressure process or other
means during manufacture, shall have, when tested in
accordance with ASTM E 84, a listed flame spread index of
25 or less and shows no evidence of significant progressive
combustion when the test is continued for an additional
20-minute period. In addition, the flame front shall not
progress more than 10.5 feet (3200 mm) beyond the center
line of the burners at any time during the test.

R802.1.3.1 Labeling. Fire-retardant-treated lumber and
wood structural panels shall be labeled. The label shall
contain:

1 . The identification mark of an approved agency in
accordance with Section 1703.5 of the Interna-
tional Building Code.

2. Identification of the treating manufacturer.

3. The name of the fire-retardant treatment.

4. The species of wood treated.

5. Flame spread and smoke-developed rating.

6. Method of drying after treatment.

7. Conformance to appropriate standards in accor-
dance with Sections R802.1.3.2 through
R802. 1.3.5.

8. For FRTW exposed to weather, or a damp or wet
location, the words "No increase in the listed clas-
sification when subjected to the Standard Rain
Test" (ASTM D 2898).

R802.1.3.2 Strength adjustments. Design values for
untreated lumber and wood structural panels as specified
in Section R802.1 shall be adjusted for fire-retardant-
treated wood. Adjustments to design values shall be
based upon an approved method of investigation which
takes into consideration the effects of the anticipated
temperature and humidity to which the fire-retar-
dant-treated wood will be subjected, the type of treat-
ment and redrying procedures.

R802.1.3.2.1 Wood structural panels. The effect of
treatment and the method of redrying after treatment,
and exposure to high temperatures and high
humidities on the flexure properties of fire-retar-
dant-treated softwood plywood shall be determined
in accordance with ASTM D 5516. The test data
developed by ASTM D 5516 shall be used to develop
adjustment factors, maximum loads and spans, or
both for untreated plywood design values in accor-
dance with ASTM D 6305. Each manufacturer shall
publish the allowable maximum loads and spans for
service as floor and roof sheathing for their treatment.

R802.1.3.2.2 Lumber. For each species of wood
treated, the effect of the treatment and the method of
redrying after treatment and exposure to high tempera-
tures and high humidities on the allowable design
properties of fire-retardant-treated lumber shall be
determined in accordance with ASTM D 5664. The
test data developed by ASTM D 5664 shall be used to
develop modification factors for use at or near room
temperature and at elevated temperatures and humidity I
in accordance with ASTM D 684 1 . Each manufacturer |
shall publish the modification factors for service at
temperatures of not less than 80°F (27°C) and for roof
framing. The roof framing modification factors shall
take into consideration the climatological location.

R802.1.3.3 Exposure to weather. Where fire-retar-
dant-treated wood is exposed to weather or damp or wet
locations, it shall be identified as "Exterior" to indicate
there is no increase in the listed flame spread index as
defined in Section R802. 1 .3 when subjected to ASTM D
2898.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"

243

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

R802.1.3.4 Interior applications. Interior fire-retar-
dant-treated wood shall have a moisture content of not
over 28 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM D
3201 procedures at 92 percent relative humidity. Interior
fire-retardant-treated wood shall be tested in accordance
with Section R802. 1.3.2.1 or R802. 1.3.2.2. Interior
fire-retardant-treated wood designated as Type A shall
be tested in accordance with the provisions of this sec-
tion.

R802. 1.3.5 Moisture content. Fire-retardant-treated
wood shall be dried to a moisture content of 1 9 percent or
less for lumber and 15 percent or less for wood structural
panels before use. For wood kiln dried after treatment
(KDAT) the kiln temperatures shall not exceed those
used in kiln drying the lumber and plywood submitted
for the tests described in Section R802.1.3.2.1 for ply-
wood and R802.1.3.2.2 for lumber.

R802.1.4 Structural glued laminated timbers. Glued
laminated timbers shall be manufactured and identified as
required in AITC A 190.1 and ASTM D 3737.

R802.1.5 Structural log members. Stress grading of struc-
tural log members of nonrectangular shape, as typically
used in log buildings, shall be in accordance with ASTM D
3957. Such structural log members shall be identified by the
grade mark of an approved lumber grading or inspection
agency. In lieu of a grade mark on the material, a certificate
of inspection as to species and grade issued by a lum-
ber-grading or inspection agency meeting the requirements
of this section shall be permitted to be accepted.

R802.2 Design and construction. The framing details
required in Section R802 apply to roofs having a minimum
slope of three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25 -percent
slope) or greater. Roof-ceilings shall be designed and con-
structed in accordance with the provisions of this chapter and
Figures R606.11(l), R606.11(2) and R606.11(3) or in accor-
dance with AFPA/NDS. Components of roof-ceilings shall be
fastened in accordance with Table R602.3(l).

R802.3 Framing details. Rafters shall be framed to ridge
board or to each other with a gusset plate as a tie. Ridge board
shall be at least 1-inch (25 mm) nominal thickness and not less
in depth than the cut end of the rafter. At all valleys and hips
there shall be a valley or hip rafter not less than 2-inch (5 1 mm)
nominal thickness and not less in depth than the cut end of the
rafter. Hip and valley rafters shall be supported at the ridge by a
brace to a bearing partition or be designed to carry and distrib-
ute the specific load at that point. Where the roof pitch is less
than three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25-percent
slope), structural members that support rafters and ceiling
joists, such as ridge beams, hips and valleys, shall be designed
as beams.

R802.3.1 Ceiling joist and rafter connections. Ceiling
joists and rafters shall be nailed to each other in accordance
with Table R802.5.1(9), and the rafter shall be nailed to the
top wall plate in accordance with Table R602.3(l). Ceiling
joists shall be continuous or securely joined in accordance
with Table R802.5. 1(9) where they meet over interior parti-
tions and are nailed to adjacent rafters to provide a continu-

ous tie across the building when such joists are parallel to
the rafters.

Where ceiling joists are not connected to the rafters at the
top wall plate, joists connected higher in the attic shall be
installed as rafter ties, or rafter ties shall be installed to pro-
vide a continuous tie. Where ceiling joists are not parallel to
' rafters, rafter ties shall be installed. Rafter ties shall be a
minimum of 2-inch by 4-inch (51 mm by 102 mm) (nomi-
nal), installed in accordance with the connection require-
ments in Table R802.5.1(9), or connections of equivalent
capacities shall be provided. Where ceiling joists or rafter
ties are not provided, the ridge formed by these, rafters shall
be supported by a wall or girder designed in; accordance
with accepted engineering practice.

Collar ties or ridge straps to resist wind uplift shall be
connected in the upper third of the attic space in accordance
with Table R602.3(l).

Collar ties shall be a minimum of 1-inch by 4-inch (25
mm by 102 mm) (nominal), spaced not more than 4 feet
(1219 mm) on center.

R802.3.2 Ceiling joists lapped. Ends of ceiling joists shall
be lapped a minimum of 3 inches (76 mm) or butted over
bearing partitions or beams and toenailed to the bearing
member. When ceiling joists are used to provide resistance
to rafter thrust, lapped joists shall be nailed together in
accordance with Table R602.3(l) and butted joists shall be
tied together in a manner to resist such thrust. :

R802.4 Allowable ceiling joist spans. Spans for ceiling joists
shall be in accordance with Tables R802.4(l) and R802.4(2).
For other grades and species and for other loading conditions,
refer to the AF&PA Span Tables for Joists and Rafters.

R802.5 Allowable rafter spans. Spans for rafters shall be in
accordance with Tables R802.5.1(l) through R802.5.1(8). For
other grades and species and for other loading conditions, refer
to the AF&PA Span Tables for Joists and Rafters. The span of
each rafter shall be measured along the horizontal projection of
the rafter. '

R802.5.1 Purlins. Installation of purlins to reduce the span
of rafters is permitted as shown in Figure R802.5 . 1 . Purlins
shall be sized no less than the required size of the rafters that
they support. Purlins shall be continuous and shall be sup-
ported by 2-inch by 4-inch (51 mm by 102 mm) braces
installed to bearing walls at a slope not less than 45 degrees
from the horizontal. The braces shall be spaced not more
than 4 feet (1219 mm) on center and the unbraced length of
braces shall not exceed 8 feet (2438 mm).

R802.6 Bearing. The ends of each rafter or ceilinig joist shall
have not less than 1 V2 inches (38 mm) of bearing jon wood or
metal and not less than 3 inches (76 mm) on masonry or con-
crete. I

R802.6.1 Finished ceiling material. If the finished ceiling
material is installed on the ceiling prior to the attachment of
the ceiling to the walls, such as in construction at a factory, a
compression strip of the same thickness as the finish ceiling
I material shall be installed directly above the top plate of
bearing walls if the compressive strength of the; finish ceil-
ing material is less than the loads it will be required to with-

244

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

Stand. The compression strip shall cover the entire length of
such top plate and shall be at least one-half the width of the
top plate. It shall be of material capable of transmitting the
loads transferred through it.

R802.7 Cutting and notching. Structural roof members shall
not be cut, bored or notched in excess of the limitations speci-
fied in this section.

R802.7.1 Sawn lumber. Notches in solid lumber joists, raf-
ters and beams shall not exceed one- sixth of the depth of the
member, shall not be longer than one-third of the depth of
the member and shall not be located in the middle one-third
of the span. Notches at the ends of the member shall not
exceed one-fourth the depth of the member. The tension
side of members 4 inches (102 mm) or greater in nominal
thickness shall not be notched except at the ends of the
members. The diameter of the holes bored or cut into mem-
bers shall not exceed one-third the depth of the member.
Holes shall not be closer than 2 inches (5 1 mm) to the top or
bottom of the member, or to any other hole located in the
member. Where the member is also notched, the hole shall
not be closer than 2 inches (5 1 mm) to the notch.

Exception: Notches on cantilevered portions of rafters
are permitted provided the dimension of the remaining
portion of the rafter is not less than 4-inch nominal (102
mm) and the length of the cantilever does not exceed 24
inches (610 mm).

R802.7.2 Engineered wood products. Cuts, notches and
holes bored in trusses, structural composite lumber, struc-
tural glue-laminated members or I-joists are prohibited
except where permitted by the manufacturer's recommen-
dations or where the effects of such alterations are specifi-
cally considered in the design of the member by a registered
design professional.

R802.8 Lateral support. Rafters and ceiling joists having a
depth-to-thickness ratio exceeding 5 to 1 based on nominal
dimensions shall be provided with lateral support at points of
bearing to prevent rotation.

R802.8.1 Bridging. Rafters and ceihng joists having a depth-
to-thickness ratio exceeding 6 to 1 based on nominal dimen-
sions shall be supported laterally by solid blocking, diagonal
bridging (wood or metal) or a continuous 1-inch by 3 -inch
(25 mm by 76 mm) wood strip nailed across the rafters or
ceiling joists at intervals not exceeding 8 feet (2438 mm).

R802.9 Framing of openings. Openings in roof and ceiling
framing shall be framed with header and trimmer joists. When
the header joist span does not exceed 4 feet (1219 mm), the
header joist may be a single member the same size as the ceiling
joist or rafter. Single trimmer joists may be used to carry a sin-
gle header joist that is located within 3 feet (914 mm) of the
trimmer joist bearing. When the header joist span exceeds 4
feet (1219 mm), the trimmer joists and the header joist shall be
doubled and of sufficient cross section to support the ceiling
joists or rafter framing into the header. Approved hangers shall
be used for the header joist to trimmer joist connections when
the header joist span exceeds 6 feet (1829 mm). Tail joists over
12 feet (3658 mm) long shall be supported at the header by

framing anchors or on ledger strips not less than 2 inches by 2
inches (51 mm by 51 mm).

R802.10 Wood trusses.

R802.10.1 Truss design drawings. Truss design drawings,
prepared in conformance to Section R802.10.1, shall be
provided to the building official and approved prior to
installation. Truss design drawings shall include, at a mini-
mum, the information specified below. Truss design draw-
ing shall be provided with the shipment of trusses delivered
to the jobsite.

1 . Slope or depth, span and spacing.

2. Location of all joints.

3. Required bearing widths.

4. Design loads as applicable.

4. 1 . Top chord live load (as determined from Sec- I
tionR301.6). |

4.2. Top chord dead load.

4.3. Bottom chord live load.

4.4. Bottom chord dead load.

4.5. Concentrated loads and their points of appli-
cation.

4.6. Controlling wind and earthquake loads.

5. Adjustments to lumber and joint connector design
values for conditions of use.

6. Each reaction force and direction.

7. Joint connector type and description (e.g., size,
thickness or gage) and the dimensioned location of
each joint connector except where symmetrically
located relative to the joint interface.

8. Lumber size, species and grade for each member.

9. Connection requirements for:

9.1. Truss to girder-truss. |

9.2. Truss ply to ply.

9.3. Field splices.

10. Calculated deflection ratio and/or maximum
description for live and total load.

11. Maximum axial compression forces in the truss
members to enable the building designer to design
the size, connections and anchorage of the perma-
nent continuous lateral bracing. Forces shall be
shown on the truss design drawing or on supplemen-
tal documents.

1 2. Required permanent truss member bracing location.

R802.10.2 Design. Wood trusses shall be designed in accor-
dance with accepted engineering practice. The design and
manufacture of metal-plate-connected wood trusses shall
comply with ANSI/TPI 1. The truss design drawings shall
be prepared by a registered professional where required by
the statutes of the jurisdiction in which the project is to be
constructed in accordance with Section R 106.1.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

245

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.4(1)

CEILING JOIST SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES

(Uninhabitable attics without storage, live load = 10 psf, L/A = 240)

CEILING JOIST
SPACING
(inches)

SPECIES AND GRADE

DEAD LOAD = 5 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

Maximum ceiling joist spans

(feet - inches)

Douglas fir-larch SS
Douglas fir-larch #1
Douglas fir-larch #2
Douglas fir-larch #3
Hem-fir SS
Hem-fir #1
Hem-fir #2
Hem-fu- #3
Southern pine SS
Southern pine #1
Southern pine #2
Southern pine #3
Spruce-pine-fir SS
Spruce-pine-fir #1
Spruce-pine-fir #2
Spruce-pine-fir #3

13-2
12-8
12-5
10-10
12-5
12-2
11-7
10-10
12-11
12-8
12-5
11-6
12-2
11-10
11-10
10-10

20-8
19-11
19-6
15-10
19-6
19-1
18-2
15-10
20-3
19-11
19-6
17-0
19-1
18-8
18-8
15-10

Note a
Note a
25-8
20-1
25-8
25-2
24-0
20-1
Note a
Note a
25-8
21-8
25-2
24-7
24-7
20-1

Note a
Note a
Note a

24-6
Note a
Note a
Note a

25-7
Note a
Note a
Note a

24-6

Douglas fir-larch SS
Douglas fir-larch #1
Douglas fir-larch #2
Douglas fir-larch #3
Hem-fir SS
Hem-fir #1
Hem-fir #2
Hem-fir #3
Southern pine SS
Southern pine #1
Southern pine #2
Southern pine #3
Spruce-pine-fir SS
Spruce-pine-fir #1
Spruce-pine-fir #2
Spruce-pine-fir #3

11-11

11-6

11-3

9-5

11-3

11-0

10-6

9-5

11-9

11-6

11-3

10-0

11-0

10-9

9-5

18-9
18-1
17-8
13-9
17-8
17-4
16-6
13-9
18-5
18-1
17-8
14-9
17-4
16-11
16-11
13-9

24-8
23-10
23-0
17-5
23-4
22-10
21-9
17-5
24-3
23-1
23-4
18-9
22-10
22-4
22-4
17-5

Note a
Note a
Note a

21-3
Note a
Note a
Note a

22-2
Note a

Note a

Note a
21-3

19.2

Douglas fir-larch SS
Douglas fir-larch #1
Douglas fir-larch #2
Douglas fir-larch #3
Hem-fir SS
Hem-fir #1
Hem-fir #2
Hem-fir #3
Southern -pine SS
Southern pine #1
Southern pine #2
Southern pine #3
Spruce-pine-fir SS
Spruce-pine-fir #1
Spruce-pine-fir #2
Spruce-pine-fir #3

11-3
10-10
10-7
8-7
10-7
10-4
9-11
8-7
11-0
10-10
10-7
9-1
10-4
10-2
10-2
8-7

17-8
17-0
16-7
12-6
16-8
16-4
15-7
12-6
17-4
17-0
16-8
13-6
16-4
15-11
15-11
12-6

23-3
22-5
21-0
15-10
21-11
21-6
20-6
15-10
22-10
22-5
21-11
17-2
21-6
21-0
21-0
15-10

Note a

25-8

19-5

Note a

25-3

19-5

Note a

20-3

Note a

25-8

19-5

(continued)

246

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.4(1)— continued

CEILING JOIST SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES

(Uninhabitable attics without storage, live load = 10 psf, L/A = 240)

CEILING JOIST
SPACING
(inches)

SPECIES AND GRADE

DEAD LOAD = 5 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

Maximum ceiling joist spans

(feet - inches)

Douglas fir-larch

10-5

16-4

21-7

Note a

Douglas fir-larch

10-0

15-9

20-1

24-6

Douglas fir-larch

9-10

14-10

18-9

22-11

Douglas fir-larch

7-8

11-2

14-2

17-4

Hem-fir

9-10

15-6

20-5

Note a

Hem-fir

9-8

15-2

19-7

23-11

Hem-fir

9-2

14-5

18-6

22-7

Hem-fir

7-8

11-2

14-2

17-4

Southern pine

10-3

16-1

21-2

Note a

Southern pine

10-0

15-9

20-10

Note a

Southern pine

9-10

15-6

20-1

23-11

Southern pine

8-2

12-0

15-4

18-1

Spruce-pine-fir

9-8

15-2

19-11

25-5

Spruce-pine-fir

9-5

14-9

18-9

22-11

Spruce-pine-fir

9-5

14-9

18-9

22-11

Spruce-pine-fir

7-8

11-2

14-2

17-4

Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa.

a. Span exceeds 26 feet in length.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"^

247

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.4(2)

CEILING JOIST SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES

(Uninhabitable attics with limited storage, live load = 20 psf, L/A = 240)

CEILING JOIST
SPACING
(inches)

SPECIES AND GRADE

DEAD LOAD = 10 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8 2x10

Maximum ceiling joist spans

(feet - inches)

10-5
10-0
9-10
7-8
9-10
9-8
9-2
7-8
10-3
10-0
9-10
8-2
9-8
9-5
9-5
7-8

16-4
15-9
14-10
11-2
15-6
15-2
14-5
11-2
16-1
15-9
15-6
12-0
15-2
14-9
14-9
11-2

21-7
20-1
18-9
14-2
20-5
19-7
18-6
14-2
21-2
20-10
20-1
15-4
19-11
18-9
18-9
14-2

Note a

24-6

22-11

17-4

Note a

23-11

22-7

17-4

Note a

23-11

18-1

25-5

22-11

17-4

Douglas fir-larch SS
Douglas fir- larch #1
Douglas fir-larch #2
Douglas fir-larch #3
Hem-fir SS
Hem-fir #1
Hem-fir #2
Hem-fir #3
Southern pine SS
Southern pine #1
Southern pine #2
Southern pine #3
Spruce-pine-fir SS
Spruce-pine-fir #1
Spruce-pine-fir #2
Spruce-pine-fir #3

9-6
9-1
8-9
6-8
8-11
8-9
8-4
6-8
9-4
9-1
8-11
7-1
8-9
8-7
8-7
6-8

14-11
13-9
12-10
9-8
14-1
13-5
12-8
9-8
14-7
14-4
13-6
10-5
13-9
12-10
12-10
9-8

19-7
17-5
16-3
12-4
18-6
16-10
16-0
12-4
19-3
18-11
17-5
13-3
18-1
16-3
16-3
12-4

25-0
21-3
19-10

;15-0

23-8
20-8
19-7
15-0
24-7
23-1
20-9
15-8
23-1
19-10
19-10
15-0

19.2

8-11
8-7
8-0
6-1
8-5
8-3
7-10
6-1
8-9
8-7
8-5
6-5
8-3
8-0
8-0
6-1

14-0
12-6
11-9
8-10
13-3
12-3
11-7
8-10
13-9
13-6
12-3
9-6
12-11
11-9
11-9
8-10

18-5
15-10
14-10
11-3
17-5
15-6
14-8
11-3
18-1
17-9
15-10
12-1
17-1
14-10
14-10
11-3

23-4

19-5

18-2

13-8

22-3

18-11

17-10

,13-8

23-1

21-1

18-11

il4-4

21-8

il8-2

|l8-2

13-8

(continued)

248

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.4(2)— continued
CEILING JOIST SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES
(Uninhabitable attics with limited storage, live load = 20 psf, L/A

= 240)

CEILING JOIST
SPACING
(inches)

SPECIES AND GRADE

DEAD LOAD = 10 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

Maximum Ceiling Joist Spans

(feet - inches)

Douglas fir-larch

8-3

13-0

17-1

20-11

Douglas fir-larch

7-8

11-2

14-2

17-4

Douglas fir-larch

7-2

10-6

13-3

16-3

Douglas fir-larch

5-5

7-11

10-0

12-3

Hem-fir

7-10

12-3

16-2

20-6

Hem-fir

7-6

10-11

13-10

16-11

Hem-fir

7-1

10-4

13-1

16-0

Hem-fir

5-5

7-11

10-0

12-3

Southern pine

8-1

12-9

16-10

21-6

Southern pine

8-0

12-6

15-10

18-10

Southern pine

7-8

11-0

14-2

16-11

Southern pine

5-9

8-6

10-10

12-10

Spruce-pine-fir

7-8

12-0

15-10

19-5

Spruce-pine-fir

7-2

10-6

13-3

16-3

Spruce-pine-fir

7-2

10-6

13-3

16-3

Spruce-pine-fir

5-5

7-11

10-0

12-3

Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa.

a. Span exceeds 26 feet in length.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

249

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.5.1(1)

RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES

(Roof live load=20 psf, ceiling not attached to rafters, L/A = 180)

RAFTER
SPACING
(inches)

DEAD LOAD = 10 psf

DEAD LOAD = 20 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

Maximum rafter spans

SPECIES AND GRADE

(feet -
inches)

(feet-
inches)

(feet -
inches)

Douglas fir-larch

11-6

18-0

23-9

Noteb

11-6

18-0

23-5

Note b

Noteb

Douglas fir-larch

1-1

17-4

22-5

Noteb

10-6

15-4

19-5

23-9

Noteb

Douglas fir-larch

1-10

16-7

21-0

25-8

Noteb

9-10

14-4

18-2

22-3

25-9

Douglas fir-larch

8-7

12-6

15-10

19-5

22-6

7-5

10-10

13-9

16-9

19-6

Hem-fir

10-10

17-0

22-5

Noteb

10-10

17-0

22-5

Note b

Noteb

Hem-fir

10-7

16-8

21-10

Noteb

10-3

14-11

18-11

23-2

Noteb

Hem-fir

10-1

15-11

20-8

25-3

Noteb

9-8

14-2

17-11

21-11

25-5

Hem-fir

8-7

12-6

15-10

19-5

22-6

7-5

10-10

13-9

16-9

19-6

Southern pine

11-3

17-8

23-4

Noteb

11-3

17-8

23-4

Note b

Noteb

Southern pine

11-1

17-4

22-11

Noteb

11-1

17-3

21-9

25-10

Noteb

Southern pine

10-10

17-0

22-5

Noteb

10-6

15-1

19-5

23-2

Noteb

Southern pine

9-1

13-6

17-2

20-3

24-1

7-11

11-8

14-10

17-6

20-11

Spruce-pine-fir

10-7

16-8

21-11

Noteb

10-7

16-8

21-9

Note b

Noteb

Spruce-pine-fir

10-4

16-3

21-0

25-8

Noteb

9-10

14-4

18-2

22-3

25-9

Spruce-pine-fir

10-4

16-3

21-0

25-8

Noteb

9-10

14-4

18-2

22-3

25-9

Spruce-pine-fir

8-7

12-6

15-10

19-5

22-6

7-5

10-10

13-9

16-9

19-6

Douglas fir-larch

10-5

16-4

21-7

Noteb

10-5

16-0

20-3

24-9

Noteb

Douglas fir-larch

10-0

15-4

19-5

23-9

Noteb

9-1

13-3

16-10

20-7

23-10

Douglas fir-larch

9-10

14-4

18-2

22-3

25-9

8-6

12-5

15-9

19-3

22-4

Douglas fir-larch

7-5

10-10

13-9

16-9

19-6

6-5

9-5

11-11

14-6

16-10

Hem-fir

9-10

15-6

20-5

Noteb

9-10

15-6

19-11

24-4

Noteb

Hem-fir

9-8

14-11

18-11

23-2

Noteb

8-10

12-11

16-5

20-0

23-3

Hem-fir

9-2

14-2

17-11

21-11

25-5

8-5

12-3

15-6

18-11

22-0

Hem-fir

7-5

10-10

13-9

16-9

19-6

6-5

9-5

11-11

14-6

16-10

Southern pine

10-3

16-1

21-2

Noteb

10-3

16-1

21-2

Note b

Noteb

Southern pine

10-0

15-9

20-10

25-10

Noteb

10-0

15-0

18-10

22-4

Noteb

Southern pine

9-10

15-1

19-5

23-2

Noteb

9-1

13-0

16-10

20-1

23-7

Southern pine

7-11

11-8

14-10

17-6

20-11

6-10

10-1

12-10

15-2

18-1

Spruce-pine-fir

9-8

15-2

19-11

25-5

Noteb

9-8

14-10

18-10

23-0

Noteb

Spruce-pine-fir

9-5

14-4

18-2

22-3

25-9

8-6

12-5

15-9

19-3

22-4

Spruce-pine-fir

9-5

14-4

18-2

22-3

25-9

8-6

12-5

15-9

19-3

22-4

Spruce-pine-fir

7-5

10-10

13-9

16-9

19-6

6-5

9-5

11-11

14-6

16-10

Douglas fir-larch

9-10

15-5

20-4

25-11

Noteb

9-10

14-7

18-6

22-7

Noteb

Douglas fir-larch

9-5

14-0

17-9

21-8

25-2'

8-4

12-2

15-4

18-9

21-9

Douglas fir-larch

8-11

13-1

16-7

20-3

23-6

7-9

11-4

14-4

17-7

20-4

Douglas fir-larch

6-9

9-11

12-7

15-4

17-9

5-10

8-7

10-10

13-3

15-5

Hem-fir

9-3

14-7

19-2

24-6

Noteb

9-3

14-4

18-2

22-3

25-9

Hem-fir

9-1

13-8

17-4

21-1

24-6

8-1

11-10

15-0

18-4

21-3

Hem-fir

8-8

12-11

16-4

20-0

23-2

7-8

11-2

14-2

17-4

20-1

19.2

Hem-fir

6-9

9-11

12-7

15-4

17-9

5-10

8-7

10-10

13-3

15-5

Southern pine

9-8

15-2

19-11

25-5

Noteb

9-8

15-2

19-11

25-5

Noteb

Southern pine

9-5

14-10

19-7

23-7

Noteb

9-3

13-8

17-2

20-5

24-4

Southern pine

9-3

13-9

17-9

21-2

24-10

8-4

11-11

15-4

18-4

21-6

Southern pine

7-3

10-8

13-7

16-0

19-1

6-3

9-3

11-9

13-110

16-6

Spruce-pine-fir

9-1

14-3

18-9

23-11

Noteb

9-1

13-7

17-2

21-0

24-4

Spruce-pine-fir

8-10

13-1

16-7

20-3

23-6

7-9

11-4

14-4

17-7

20-4

Spruce-pine-fir

8-10

13-1

16-7

20-3

23-6

7-9

11-4

14-4

17-7

20-4

Spruce-pine-fir

6-9

9-11

12-7

15-4

17-9

5-10

8-7

10-10

13-3

15-5

(continued)

250

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.5.1(1)— continued

RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES

(Roof live load=20 psf, ceiling not attached to rafters, L/A = 180)

RAFTER
SPACING
(inches)

SPECIES AND GRADE

DEAD LOAD = 10 psf

DEAD LOAD = 20 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

lUlaximum rafter spans

(feet-
inches)

(feet -
inches)

Douglas fir-larch

9-1

14-4

18-10

23-4

Noteb

8-11

13-1

16-7

20-3

23-5

Douglas fir-larch

8-7

12-6

15-10

19-5

22-6

7-5

10-10

13-9

16-9

19-6

Douglas fir-larch

8-0

11-9

14-10

18-2

21-0

6-11

10-2

12-10

15-8

18-3

Douglas fir-larch

6-1

8-10

11-3

13-8

15-11

5-3

7-8

9-9

11-10

13-9

Hem-fir

8-7

13-6

17-10

22-9

Noteb

8-7

12-10

16-3

19-10

23-0

Hem-fir

8-4

12-3

15-6

18-11

21-11

7-3

10-7

13-5

16-4

19-0

Hem-fir

7-11

11-7

14-8

17-10

20-9

6-10

10-0

12-8

15-6

17-11

Hem-fir

6-1

8-10

11-3

13-8

15-11

5-3

7-8

9-9

11-10

13-9

Southern pine

8-11

14-1

18-6

23-8

Noteb

8-11

14-1

18-6

22-11

Noteb

Southern pine

8-9

13-9

17-9

21-1

25-2

8-3

12-3

15-4

18-3

21-9

Southern pine

8-7

12-3

15-10

18-11

22-2

7-5

10-8

13-9

16-5

19-3

Southern pine

6-5

9-6

12-1

14-4

17-1

5-7

8-3

10-6

12-5

14-9

Spruce-pine-fir

8-5

13-3

17-5

21-8

25-2

8-4

12-2

15-4

18-9

21-9

Spruce-pine-fir

8-0

11-9

14-10

18-2

21-0

6-11

10-2

12-10

15-8

18-3

Spruce-pine-fir

8-0

11-9

14-10

18-2

21-0

6-11

10-2

12-10

15-8

18-3

Spruce-pine-fir

6-1

8-10

11-3

13-8

15-11

5-3

7-8

9-9

11-10

13-9

Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa.

a. The tabulated rafter spans assume that ceiling joists are located at the bottom of the attic space or that some other method of resisting the outward push of the rafters

on the bearing wahs, such as rafter ties, is provided at that location. When ceiling joists or rafter ties are located higher in the attic space, the rafter spans shall be

multiplied by the factors given below:

Hc/««

Rafter Span Adjustment Factor

1/3

0.67

1/4

0.76

1/5

0.83

1/6

0.90

1/7.5 or less

1.00

where:

Hq = Height of ceiling joists or rafter ties measured verticaUy above the top of the rafter support walls.
)f = Height of roof ridge measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls.

b. Span exceeds 26 feet in length.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

251

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLER802.5.1(2)

RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES

(Roof live load=20 psf, ceiling attached to rafters, L/A = 240)

RAFTER
SPACING
(inches)

DEAD LOAD = 10 psf

DEAD LOAD = 20 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

Maximum rafter spans

SPECIES AND GRADE

(feet -
inches)

(feet -
iriches)

(feet -
inches)

Douglas fir-larch

10-5

16-4

21-7

Noteb

10-5

16-4

21-7

Note b

Noteb

Douglas fir-larch

10-0

15-9

20-10

Noteb

10-0

15-4

19-5

23-9

Noteb

Douglas fir-larch

9-10

15-6

20-5

25-8

Noteb

9-10

14-4

18-2

22-3

25-9

Douglas fir-larch

8-7

12-6

15-10

19-5

22-6

7-5

10-10

13-9

16-9

19-6

Hem-fir

9-10

15-6

20-5

Noteb

9-10

15-6

20-5

Noteb

Hem-fir

9-8

15-2

19-11

25-5

Noteb

9-8

14-11

18-11

23-2

Noteb

Hem-fir

9-2

14-5

19-0

24-3

Noteb

9-2

14-2

17-11

21-11

25-5

Hem-fir

8-7

12-6

15-10

19-5

22-6

7-5

10-10

13-9

16-9

19-6

Southern pine

10-3

16-1

21-2

Noteb

10-3

16-1

21-2

Noteb

Southern pine

10-0

15-9

20-10

Noteb

10-0

15-9

20-10

25-10

Noteb

Southern pine

9-10

15-6

20-5

Noteb

9-10

15-1

19-5

23-2

Noteb

Southern pine

9-1

13-6

17-2

20-3

24-1

7-11

11-8

14-10

17-6

20-11

Spruce-pine-fir

9-8

15-2

19-11

25-5

Noteb

9-8

15-2

19-11

25-5

Noteb

Spruce-pine-fir

9-5

14-9

19-6

24-10

Noteb

9-5

14-4

18-2

22-3

25-9

Spruce-pine-fir

9-5

14-9

19-6

24-10

Noteb

9-5

14-4

18-2

22-3

25-9

Spruce-pine-fir

8-7

12-6

15-10

19-5

22-6

7-5

10-10

13-9

16-9

19-6

Douglas fir-larch

9-6

14-11

19-7

25-0

Noteb

9-6

14-11

19-7

24-9

Noteb

Douglas fir-larch

9-1

14-4

18-11

23-9

Noteb

9-1

13-3

16-10

20-7

23-10

Douglas fir-larch

8-11

14-1

18-2

22-3

25-9

8-6

12-5

15-9

19-3

22-4

Douglas fir-larch

7-5

10-10

13-9

16-9

19-6

6-5

9-5

11-11

14-6

16-10

Hem-fir

8-11

14-1

18-6

23-8

Noteb

8-11

14-1

18-6

23-8

Noteb

Hem-fir

8-9

13-9

18-1

23-1

Noteb

8-9

12-11

16-5

20-0

23-3

Hem-fir

8-4

13-1

17-3

21-11

25-5

8-4

12-3

15-6

18-11

22-0

Hem-fir

7-5

10-10

13-9

16-9

19-6

6-5

9-5

11-11

14-6

16-10

Southern pine

9-4

14-7

19-3

24-7

Noteb

9-4

14-7

19-3

24-7

Noteb

Southern pine

9-1

14-4

18-11

24-1

Noteb

9-1

14-4

18-10

22-4

Noteb

Southern pine

8-11

14-1

18-6

23-2

Noteb

8-11

13-0

16-10

20-1

23-7

Southern pine

7-11

11-8

14-10

17-6

20-11

6-10

10-1

12-10

15-2

18-1

Spruce-pine-fir

8-9

13-9

18-1

23-1

Noteb

8-9

13-9

18-1

23-0

Noteb

Spruce-pine-fir

8-7

13-5

17-9

22-3

25-9

8-6

12-5

15-9

19-3

22-4

Spruce-pine-fir

8-7

13-5

17-9

22-3

25-9

8-6

12-5

15-9

19-3

22-4

Spruce-pine-fir

7-5

10-10

13-9

16-9

19-6

6-5

9-5

11-11

14-6

16-10

Douglas fir-larch

8-11

14-0

18-5

23-7

Noteb

8-11

14-0

18-5

22-7

Noteb

Douglas fir-larch

8-7

13-6

17-9

21-8

25-2

8-4

12-2

15-4

18-9

21-9

Douglas fir-larch

8-5

13-1

16-7

20-3

23-6

7-9

11-4

14-4

17-7

20-4

Douglas fir-larch

6-9

9-11

12-7

15-4

17-9

5-10

8-7

10-10

13-3

15-5

Hem-fir

8-5

13-3

17-5

22-3

Noteb

8-5

13-3

17-5

22-3

25-9

Hem-fir

8-3

12-11

17-1

21-1

24-6

8-1

11-10

15-0

18-4

21-3

Hem-fir

7-10

12-4

16-3

20-0

23-2

7-8

11-2

14-2

17-4

20-1

19.2

Hem-fir

6-9

9-11

12-7

15-4

17-9

5-10

8-7

10-10

13-3

15-5

Southern pine

8-9

13-9

18-1

23-1

Noteb

8-9

13-9

18-1

23- i

Noteb

Southern pine

8-7

13-6

17-9

' 22-8

Noteb

8-7

13-6

17-2

20-5

24-4

Southern pine

8-5

13-3

17-5

21-2

24-10

8-4

11-11

15-4

18-4

21-6

Southern pine

7-3

10-8

13-7

16-0

19-1

6-3

9-3

11-9

13- lb

16-6

Spruce-pine-fir

8-3

12-11

17-1

21-9

Noteb

8-3

12-11

17-1

21-(}

24-4

Spruce-pine-fir

8-1

12-8

16-7

20-3

23-6

7-9

11-4

14-4

17-7

20-4

Spruce-pine-fir

8-1

12-8

16-7

20-3

23-6

7-9

11-4

14-4

17-7

20-4

Spruce-pine-fir

6-9

9-11

12-7

15-4

17-9

5-10

8-7

10-10

13-i

15-5

(continued)

252

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"^

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.5.1 (2)— continued

RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES

(Roof live load=20 psf, ceiling attached to rafters, L/A = 240)

RAFTER
SPACING
(inches)

SPECIES AND GRADE

DEAD LOAD = 10 psf

DEAD LOAD = 20 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

Maximum rafter spans

(feet -
inches)

Douglas fir-larch

8-3

13-0

17-2

21-10

Noteb

8-3

13-0

16-7

20-3

23-5

Douglas fir-larch

8-0

12-6

15-10

19-5

22-6

7-5

10-10

13-9

16-9

19-6

Douglas fir-larch

7-10

11-9

14-10

18-2

21-0

6-11

10-2

12-10

15-8

18-3

Douglas fir-larch

6-1

8-10

11-3

13-8

15-11

5-3

7-8

9-9

11-10

13-9

Hem-fir

7-10

12-3

16-2

20-8

25-1

7-10

12-3

16-2

19-10

23-0

Hem-fir

7-8

12-0

15-6

18-11

21-11

7-3

10-7

13-5

16-4

19-0

Hem-fir

7-3

11-5

14-8

17-10

20-9

6-10

10-0

12-8

15-6

17-11

Hem-fir

6-1

8-10

11-3

13-8

15-11

5-3

7-8

9-9

11-10

13-9

Southern pine

8-1

12-9

16-10

21-6

Note b

8-1

12-9

16-10

21-6

Noteb

Southern pine

8-0

12-6

16-6

21-1

25-2

8-0

12-3

15-4

18-3

21-9

Southern pine

7-10

12-3

15-10

18-11

22-2

7-5

10-8

13-9

16-5

19-3

Southern pine

6-5

9-6

12-1

14-4

17-1

5-7

8-3

10-6

12-5

14-9

Spruce-pine-fir

7-8

12-0

15-10

20-2

24-7

7-8

12-0

15-4

18-9

21-9

Spruce-pine-fir
Spruce-pine-fir
Spruce-pine-fir

#2
#3

7-6
7-6
6-1

11-9
11-9
8-10

14-10
14-10
11-3

18-2
18-2
13-8

21-0
21-0
15-11

6-11
6-11

5-3

10-2
10-2
7-8

12-10

9-9

15-8
15-8
11-10

18-3
18-3
13-9

Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa.

a. The tabulated rafter spans assume that ceihng joists are located at the bottom of the attic space or that some other method of resisting the outward push of the rafters

on the bearing walls, such as rafter ties, is provided at that location. When ceihng joists or rafter ties are located higher in the attic space, the rafter spans shall be

multiphed by the factors given below:

Hc/Hr

Rafter Span Adjustment Factor

1/3

0.67

1/4

0.76

1/5

0.83

1/6

0.90

1/7.5 or less

1.00

where:

//(- = Height of ceihng joists or rafter ties measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls.
Hji - Height of roof ridge measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls.
Span exceeds 26 feet in length.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

253

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.5.1(3)

RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES

(Ground snow load=30 psf, ceiling not attached to rafters, L/A = 180)

RAFTER
SPACING
(inches)

DEAD LOAD = 10 psf

DEAD LOAD = 20 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

Maximum rafter spans

SPECIES AND GRADE

(feet -
inches)

(feet-
inches)

(feet -
inches)

Douglas fir-larch

10-0

15-9

20-9

Noteb

10-0

15-9

20-1

24-6

Noteb

Douglas fir-larch

9-8

14-9

18-8

22-9

Noteb

9-0

13-2

16-8

20-4

23-7

Douglas fir-larch

9-5

13-9

17-5

21-4

24-8

8-5

12-4

15-7

19-1

22-1

Douglas fir-larch

7-1

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

6-4

9-4

11-9

14-5

16-8

Hem-fir

9-6

14-10

19-7

25-0

Noteb

9-6

14-10

19-7

24-1

Noteb

Hem-fir

9-3

14-4

18-2

22-2

25-9

8-9

12-10

16-3

19-10

23-0

Hem-fir

8-10

13-7

17-2

21-0

24-4

8-4

12-2

15-4

18-9

21-9

Hem-fir

7-1

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

6-4

9-4

11-9

14-5

16-8

Southern pine

9-10

15-6

20-5

Noteb

9-10

15-6

20-5

Noteb

Southern pine

9-8

15-2

20-0

24-9

Noteb

9-8

14-10

18-8

22-2

Noteb

Southern pine

9-6

14-5

18-8

22-3

Noteb

9-0

12-11

16-8

19-11

23-4

Southern pine

7-7

11-2

14-3

16-10

20-0

6-9

10-0

12-9

15-1

17-11

Spruce-pine-fir

9-3

14-7

19-2

24-6

Noteb

9-3

14-7

18-8

22-9

Noteb

Spruce-pine-fir

9-1

13-9

17-5

21-4

24-8

8-5

12-4

15-7

19-1

22-1

Spruce-pine-fir

9-1

13-9

17-5

21-4

24-8

8-5

12-4

15-7

19-1

22-1

Spruce-pine-fir

7-1

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

6-4

9-4

11-9

14-5

16-8

Douglas fir-larch

9-1

14-4

18-10

23-9

Noteb

9-1

13-9

17-5

21-3

24-8

Douglas fir-larch

8-9

12-9

16-2

19-9

22-10

7-10

11-5

14-5

17-8

20-5

Douglas fir-larch

8-2

11-11

15-1

18-5

21-5

7-3

10-8

13-6

16-6

19-2

Douglas fir-larch

6-2

9-0

11-5

13-11

16-2

5-6

8-1

10-3

12-6

14-6

Hem-fir

8-7

13-6

17-10

22-9

Noteb

8-7

13-6

17-1

20-10

24-2

Hem-fir

8-5

12-5

15-9

19-3

22-3

7-7

11-1

14-1

17-2

19-11

Hem-fir

8-0

11-9

14-11

18-2

21-1

7-2

10-6

13-4

16-3

18-10

Hem-fir

6-2

9-0

11-5

13-11

16-2

5-6

8-1

10-3

12-6

14-6

Southern pine

8-11

14-1

18-6

: 23-8

Noteb

8-11

14-1

18-6

23-8

Noteb

Southern pine

8-9

13-9

18-1

21-5

25-7

8-8

12-10

16-2

19-2

22-10

Southern pine

8-7

12-6

16-2

19-3

22-7

7-10

11-2

14-5

17-3

20-2

Southern pine

6-7

9-8

12-4

14-7

17-4

5-10

8-8

11-0

13-0

15-6

Spruce-pine-fir

8-5

13-3

17-5

22-1

25-7

8-5

12-9

16-2

19-9

22-10

Spruce-pine-fir

8-2

11-11

15-1

18-5

21-5

7-3

10-8

13-6

16-6

19-2

Spruce-pine-fir

8-2

11-11

15-1

18-5

21-5

7-3

10-8

13-6

16-6

19-2

Spruce-pine-fir

6-2

9-0

11-5

13-11

16-2

5-6

8-1

10-3

12-6

14-6

Douglas fir-larch

8-7

13-6

17-9

21-8

25-2

8-7

12-6

15-10

19-5

22-6

Douglas fir-larch

7-11

11-8

14-9

18-0

20-11

7-1

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

Douglas fir-larch

7-5

10-11

13-9

16-10

19-6

6-8

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

Douglas fir-larch

5-7

8-3

10-5

12-9

14-9

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

Hem-fir

8-1

12-9

16-9

21-4

24-8

8-1

12-4

15-7

19-1

22-1

Hem-fir

7-9

11-4

14-4

17-7

20-4

6-11

10-2

12-10

15-8

18-2

Hem-fir

7-4

10-9

13-7

16-7

19-3

6-7

9-7

12-2

14-10

17-3

19.2

Hem-fir

5-7

8-3

10-5

12-9

14-9

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

Southern pine

8-5

13-3

17-5

22-3

Noteb

8-5

13-3

17-5

22-(j

25-9

Southern pine

8-3

13-0

16-6

19-7

23-4

7-11

11-9

14-9

17-6

20-11

Southern pine

7-11

11-5

14-9

17-7

20-7

7-1

10-2

13-2

15-9

18-5

Southern pine

6-0

8-10

11-3

13-4

15-10

5-4

7-11

10-1

11-11

14-2

Spruce-pine-fir

7-11

12-5

16-5

20-2

23-4

7-11

11-8

14-9

18-0

20-11

Spruce-pine-fir

7-5

10-11

13-9

16-10

19-6

6-8

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

Spruce-pine-fir

7-5

10-11

13-9

16-10

19-6

6-8

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

Spruce-pine-fir

5-7

8-3

10-5

12-9

14-9

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

(continued)

254

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.5.1 (3)— continued

RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES

(Ground snow load=30 psf, ceiling not attached to rafters, L/A = 180)

RAFTER
SPACING
(inches)

SPECIES AND GRADE

DEAD LOAD = 10 psf

DEAD LOAD = 20 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

Maximum rafter spans

(feet -
inches)

Douglas fir-larch

7-11

12-6

15-10

19-5

22-6

7-8

11-3

14-2

17-4

20-1

Douglas fir-larch

7-1

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

6-4

9-4

11-9

14-5

16-8

Douglas fir-larch

6-8

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

5-11

8-8

11-0

13-6

15-7

Douglas fir-larch
Hem-fir

#3
SS

5-0
7-6

7-4
11-10

9-4
15-7

11-5
19-1

13-2
22-1

4-6

7-6

6-7
11-0

8-4
13-11

10-2
17-0

11-10
19-9

Hem-fir

6-11

10-2

12-10

15-8

18-2

6-2

9-1

11-6

14-0

16-3

Hem-fir

6-7

9-7

12-2

14-10

17-3

5-10

8-7

10-10

13-3

15-5

Hem-fir

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

4-6

6-7

8-4

10-2

11-10

Southern pine

7-10

12-3

16-2

20-8

25-1

7-10

12-3

16-2

19-8

23-0

Southern pine

7-8

11-9

14-9

17-6

20-11

7-1

10-6

13-2

15-8

18-8

Southern pine

7-1

10-2

13-2

15-9

18-5

6-4

9-2

11-9

14-1

16-6

Southern pine

5-4

7-11

10-1

11-11

14-2

4-9

7-1

9-0

10-8

12-8

Spruce-pine-fir

7-4

11-7

14-9

18-0

20-11

7-1

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

Spruce-pine-fir
Spruce-pine-fir
Spruce-pine-fir

#2
#3

6-8
6-8
5-0

9-9
9-9

7-4

12-4
12-4
9-4

15-1
15-1
11-5

17-6
17-6
13-2

5-11
5-11
4-6

8-8
8-8
6-7

11-0
11-0
8-4

13-6
13-6
10-2

15-7
15-7
11-10

Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa.

a. The tabulated rafter spans assume that ceiling joists are located at the bottom of the attic space or that some other method of resisting the outward push of the rafters

on the bearing walls, such as rafter ties, is provided at that location. When ceiling joists or rafter ties are located higher in the attic space, the rafter spans shall be

multiplied by the factors given below:

Mc/Hn

Rafter Span Adjustment Factor

1/3

0.67

1/4

0.76

1/5

0.83

1/6

0.90

1/7.5 or less

1.00

where:

//(- = Height of ceiling joists or rafter ties measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls.
Hif = Height of roof ridge measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls.
b. Span exceeds 26 feet in length.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

255

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.5.1(4)

RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES

(Ground snow load=50 psf, ceiling not attached to rafters, L/A = 180)

RAFTER

DEAD LOAD = 10 psf

DEAD LOAD = 20 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

IVIaximum rafter spans

SPACING
(inches)

SPECIES AND GRADE

(feet -
inches)

Douglas fir-larch

8-5

13-3

17-6

22-4

26-0

8-5

13-3

17-0

20-9

24-0

Douglas fir-larch

8-2

12-0

15-3

18-7

21-7

7-7

11-2

14-1

17-3

20-0

Douglas fir-larch

7-8

11-3

14-3

17-5

20-2

7-1

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

Douglas fir-larch

5-10

8-6

10-9

13-2

15-3

5-5

7-10

10-0

12-2

14-1

Hem-fir

8-0

12-6

16-6

21-1

25-6

8-0

12-6

16-6

20-4

23-7

Hem-fir

7-10

11-9

14-10

18-1

21-0

7-5

10-10

13-9

16-9

19-5

Hem-fir

7-5

11-1

14-0

17-2

19-11

7-0

10-3

13-0

15-10

18-5

Hem-fir

5-10

8-6

10-9

13-2

15-3

5-5

7-10

10-0

12-2

14-1

Southern pine

8-4

13-0

17-2

21-11

Noteb

8-4

13-0

17-2

21-11

Noteb

Southern pine

8-2

12-10

16-10

20-3

24-1

8-2

12-6

15-9

18-9

22-4

Southern pine

8-0

11-9

15-3

18-2

21-3

7-7

10-11

14-1

16-10

19-9

Southern pine

6-2

9-2

11-8

13-9

16-4

5-9

8-5

10-9

12-9

15-2

Spruce-pine-fir

7-10

12-3

16-2

20-8

24-1

7-10

12-3

15-9

19-3

22-4

Spruce-pine-fir

7-8

11-3

14-3

17-5

20-2

7-1

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

Spruce-pine-fir

7-8

11-3

14-3

17-5

15-2

7-1

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

Spruce-pine-fir

5-10

8-6

10-9

13-2

20-3

5-5

7-10

10-0

12-2

14-1

Douglas fir-larch

7-8

12-1

15-10

19-5

22-6

7-8

11-7

14-8

17-11

20-10

Douglas fir-larch

7-1

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

6-7

9-8

12-2

14-11

17-3

Douglas fir-larch

6-8

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

6-2

9-0

11-5

13-11

16-2

Douglas fir-larch

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

4-8

6-10

8-8

10-6

12-3

Hem-fir

7-3

11-5

15-0

19-1

22-1

7-3

11-5

14-5

17-8

20-5

Hem-fir

6-11

10-2

12-10

15-8

18-2

6-5

9-5

11-11

14-6

16-10

Hem-fir

6-7

9-7

12-2

14-10

17-3

6-1

8-11

11-3

13-9

15-11

Hem-fir

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

4-8

6-10

8-8

10-6

12-3

Southern pine

7-6

11-10

15-7

19-11

24-3

7-6

11-10

15-7

19-11

23-10

Southern pine

7-5

11-7

14-9

17-6

20-11

7-4

10-10

13-8

16-2

19-4

Southern pine

7-1

10-2

13-2

15-9

18-5

6-7

9-5

12-2

14-7

17-1

Southern pine

5-4

7-11

10-1

11-11

14-2

4-11

7-4

9-4

11-0

13-1

Spruce-pine-fir

7-1

11-2

14-8

18-0

20-11

7-1

10-9

13-8

15-11

19-4

Spruce-pine-fir

6-8

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

6-2

9-0

11-5

13-11

16-2

Spruce-pine-fir

6-8

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

6-2

9-0

11-5

13-11

16-2

Spruce-pine-fir

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

4-8

6-10

8-8

10-6

12-3

Douglas fir-larch

7-3

11-4

14-6

17-8

20-6

7-3

10-7

13-5

16-5

19-0

Douglas fir-larch

6-6

9-6

12-0

14-8

17-1

6-0

8-10

11-2

13-7

15-9

Douglas fir-larch

6-1

8-11

11-3

13-9

15-11

5-7

8-3

10-5

12-9

14-9

Douglas fir-larch

4-7

6-9

8-6

10-5

12-1

4-3

6-3

7-11

9-7

11-2

Hem-fir

6-10

10-9

14-2

17-5

20-2

6-10

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

Hem-fir

6-4

9-3

11-9

14-4

16-7

5-10

8-7

10-10

13-3

15-5

Hem-fir

6-0

8-9

11-1

13-7

15-9

5-7

8-1

10-3

12-7

14-7

19.2

Hem-fir

4-7

6-9

8-6

10-5

12-1

4-3

6-3

7-11

9-7

11-2

Southern pine

7-1

11-2

14-8

18-9

22-10

7-1

11-2

14-8

18 7

21-9

Southern pine

7-0

10-8

13-5

16-0

19-1

6-8

9-11

12-5

14-10

17-8

Southern pine

6-6

9-4

12-0

14-4

16-10

6-0

8-8

11-2

13-4

15-7

Southern pine

4-11

7-3

9-2

10-10

12-11

4-6

6-8

8-6

10- i

12-0

Spruce-pine-fir

6-8

10-6

13-5

16-5

19-1

6-8

9-10

12-5

15-3

17-8

Spruce-pine-fir

6-1

8-11

11-3

13-9

15-11

5-7

8-3

10-5

12-9

14-9

Spruce-pine-fir

6-1

8-11

11-3

13-9

15-11

5-7

8-3

10-5

12-9

14-9

Spruce-pine-fir

4-7

6-9

8-6

10-5

12-1

4-3

6-3

7-11

9-7

11-2

(continued)

256

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.5.1 (4)— continued

RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES

(Ground snow load=50 psf, ceiling not attached to rafters, L/A = 180)

RAFTER
SPACING
(inches)

SPECIES AND GRADE

DEAD LOAD = 10 psf

DEAD LOAD =

20 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

Maximum rafter spans^

(feet -
inches)

(feet-
inches)

(feet -
inches)

Douglas fir-larch

6-8

10-

13-0

15-10

18-4

6-6

9-6

12-0

14-8

17-0

Douglas fir-larch

5-10

8-6

10-9

13-2

15-3

5-5

7-10

10-0

12-2

14-1

Douglas fir-larch

5-5

7-11

10-1

12-4

14-3

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

Douglas fir-larch

4-1

6-0

7-7

9-4

10-9

3-10

5-7

7-1

8-7

10-0

Hem-fir

6-4

9-11

12-9

15-7

18-0

6-4

9-4

11-9

14-5

16-8

Hem-fir

5-8

8-3

10-6

12-10

14-10

5-3

7-8

9-9

11-10

13-9

Hem-fir

5-4

7-10

9-11

12-1

14-1

4-11

7-3

9-2

11-3

13-0

Hem-fir

4-1

6-0

7-7

9-4

10-9

3-10

5-7

7-1

8-7

10-0

Southern pine

6-7

10-4

13-8

17-5

21-0

6-7

10-4

13-8

16-7

19-5

Southern pine

6-5

9-7

12-0

14-4

17-1

6-0

8-10

11-2

13-3

15-9

Southern pine

5-10

8-4

10-9

12-10

15-1

5-5

7-9

10-0

11-11

13-11

Southern pine

4-4

6-5

8-3

9-9

11-7

4-1

6-0

7-7

9-0

10-8

Spruce-pine-fir

6-2

9-6

12-0

14-8

17-1

6-0

8-10

11-2

13-7

15-9

Spruce-pine-fir

5-5

7-11

10-1

12-4

14-3

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

Spruce-pine-fir

5-5

7-11

10-1

12-4

14-3

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

Spruce-pine-fir

4-1

6-0

7-7

9-4

10-9

3-10

5-7

7-1

8-7

10-0

Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa.

a. The tabulated rafter spans assume that ceiling joists are located at the bottom of the attic space or that some other method of resisting the outward push of the rafters

on the bearing walls, such as rafter ties, is provided at that location. When ceiling joists or rafter ties are located higher in the attic space, the rafter spans shall be

multiplied by the factors given below:

Hc/Hf,

Rafter Span Adjustment Factor

1/3

0.67

1/4

0.76

1/5

0.83

1/6

0.90

1/7.5 or less

1.00

where:

H(^ = Height of ceiling joists or rafter ties measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls.
H[{ = Height of roof ridge measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls,
b. Span exceeds 26 feet in length.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

257

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.5.1(5)

RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES

(Ground snow load=30 psf, ceiling aHached to rafters, L/A = 240)

RAFTFR

DEAD LOAD = 10 psf

DEAD LOAD = 20 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

Maximum rafter spans

nMr 1 tn
SPACING
(inches)

SPECIES AND GRADE

(feet -
inches)

Douglas fir-larch

9-1

14-4

18-10

24-1

Noteb

9-1

14-4

18-10

24-1

Noteb

Douglas fir-larch

8-9

13-9

18-2

22-9

Noteb

8-9

13-2

16-8

20-4

23-7

Douglas fir-larch

8-7

13-6

17-5

21-4

24-8

8-5

12-4

15-7

19-1

22-1

Douglas fir-larch

7-1

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

6-4

9-4

11-9

14-5

16-8

Hem-fir

8-7

13-6

17-10

22-9

Noteb

8-7

13-6

17-10

22-9

Noteb

Hem-fir

8-5

13-3

17-5

22-2

25-9

8-5

12-10

16-3

19-10

23-0

Hem-fir

8-0

12-7

16-7

21-0

24-4

8-0

12-2

15-4

18-9

21-9

Hem-fir

7-1

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

6-4

9-4

11-9

14-5

16-8

Southern pine

8-11

14-1

18-6

23-8

Noteb

8-11

14-1

18-6

23-8

Noteb

Southern pine

8-9

13-9

18-2

23-2

Noteb

8-9

13-9

18-2

22-2

Noteb

Southern pine

8-7

13-6

17-10

22-3

Noteb

8-7

12-11

16-8

19-11

23-4

Southern pine

7-7

11-2

14-3

16-10

20-0

6-9

10-0

12-9

15-1

17-11

Spruce-pine-fir

8-5

13-3

17-5

22-3

Noteb

8-5

13-3

17-5

22-3

Noteb

Spruce-pine-fir

8-3

12-11

17-0

21-4

24-8

8-3

12-4

15-7

19-1

22-1

Spruce-pine-fir

8-3

12-11

17-0

21-4

24-8

8-3

12-4

15-7

19-1

22-1

Spruce-pine-fir

7-1

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

6-4

9-4

11-9

14-5

16-8

Douglas fir-larch

8-3

13-0

17-2

21-10

Noteb

8-3

13-0

■ 17-2

21-3

24-8

Douglas fir-larch

8-0

12-6

16-2

19-9

22-10

7-10

11-5

14-5

17-8

20-5

Douglas fir-larch

7-10

11-11

15-1

18-5

21-5

7-3

10-8

13-6

16-6

19-2

Douglas fir-larch

6-2

9-0

11-5

13-11

16-2

5-6

8-1

10-3

12-6

14-6

Hem-fir

7-10

12-3

16-2

20-8

25-1

7-10

12-3

16-2

20-8

24-2

Hem-fir

7-8

12-0

15-9

19-3

22-3

7-7

11-1

14-1

17-2

19-11

Hem-fir

7-3

11-5

14-11

18-2

21-1

7-2

10-6

13-4

16-3

18-10

Hem-fir

6-2

9-0

11-5

13-11

16-2

5-6

8-1

10-3

12-6

14-6

Southern pine

8-1

12-9

16-10

21-6

Noteb

8-1

12-9

16-10

21-6

Noteb

Southern pine

8-0

12-6

16-6

21-1

25-7

8-0

12-6

16-2

19-2

22-10

Southern pine

7-10

12-3

16-2

19-3

22-7

7-10

11-2

14-5

17-3

20-2

Southern pine

6-7

9-8

12-4

14-7

17-4

5-10

8-8

11-0

13-0

15-6

Spruce-pine-fir

7-8

12-0

15-10

20-2

24-7

7-8

12-0

15-10

19-9

22-10

Spruce-pine-fir

7-6

11-9

15-1

18-5

21-5

7-3

10-8

13-6

16-6

19-2

Spruce-pine-fir

7-6

11-9

15-1

18-5

21-5

7-3

10-8

13-6

16-6

19-2

Spruce-pine-fir

6-2

9-0

11-5

13-11

16-2

5-6

8-1

10-3

12-6

14-6

Douglas fir-larch

7-9

12-3

16-1

20-7

25-0

7-9

12-3

15-10

19-5

22-6

Douglas fir-larch

7-6

11-8

14-9

18-0

20-11

7-1

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

Douglas fir-larch

7-4

10-11

13-9

16-10

19-6

6-8

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

Douglas fir-larch

5-7

8-3

10-5

12-9

14-9

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

Hem-fir

7-4

11-7

15-3

19-5

23-7

7-4

11-7

15-3

19-1

22-1

Hem-fir

7-2

11-4

14-4

17-7

20-4

6-11

10-2

12-10

15-8

18-2

Hem-fir

6-10

10-9

13-7

16-7

19-3

6-7

9-7

12-2

14-10

17-3

19.2

Hem-fir

5-7

8-3

10-5

12-9

14-9

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

Southern pine

7-8

12-0

15-10

20-2

24-7

7-8

12-0

15-10

20-2

24-7

Southern pine

7-6

11-9

15-6

19-7

23-4

7-6

11-9

14-9

17-6

20-11

Southern pine

7-4

11-5

14-9

17-7

20-7

7-1

10-2

13-2

15-9

18-5

Southern pine

6-0

8-10

11-3

13-4

15-10

5-4

7-11

10-1

11-11

14-2

Spruce-pine-fir

7-2

11-4

14-11

19-0

23-1

7-2

11-4

14-9

18-0

20-11

Spruce-pine-fir

7-0

10-11

13-9

16-10

19-6

6-8

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

Spruce-pine-fir

7-0

10-11

13-9

16-10

19-6

6-8

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

Spruce-pine-fir

5-7

8-3

10-5

12-9

14-9

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

(continued)

258

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.5.1 (5)— continued

RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES

(Ground snow load=30 psf, ceiling attaclied to rafters, L/A = 240)

RAFTER
SPACING
(inches)

SPECIES AND GRADE

DEAD LOAD = 10 psf

DEAD LOAD = 20 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

Maximum rafter spans

(feet-
inches)

Douglas fir-larch
Douglas fir-larch

7-3
7-0

11-4
10-5

15-0
13-2

19-1
16-1

22-6
18-8

7-3
6-4

11-3
9-4

14-2
11-9

17-4
14-5

20-1
16-8

Douglas fir-larch

6-8

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

5-11

8-8

11-0

13-6

15-7

Douglas fir-larch

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

4-6

6-7

8-4

10-2

11-10

Hem-fir

6-10

10-9

14-2

18-0

21-11

6-10

10-9

13-11

17-0

19-9

Hem-fir

6-8

10-2

12-10

15-8

18-2

6-2

9-1

11-6

14-0

16-3

Hem-fir

6-4

9-7

12-2

14-10

17-3

5-10

8-7

10-10

13-3

15-5

Hem-fir

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

4-6

6-7

8-4

10-2

11-10

Southern pine

7-1

11-2

14-8

18-9

22-10

7-1

11-2

14-8

18-9

22-10

Southern pine

7-0

10-11

14-5

17-6

20-11

7-0

10-6

13-2

15-8

18-8

Southern pine

6-10

10-2

13-2

15-9

18-5

6-4

9-2

11-9

14-1

16-6

Southern pine

5-4

7-11

10-1

11-11

14-2

4-9

7-1

9-0

10-8

12-8

Spruce-pine-fir

6-8

10-6

13-10

17-8

20-11

6-8

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

Spruce-pine-fir

6-6

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

5-11

8-8

11-0

13-6

15-7

Spruce-pine-fir
Spruce-pine-fir

#2
#3

6-6
5-0

9-9

7-4

12-4
9-4

15-1
11-5

17-6
13-2

5-11
4-6

8-8
6-7

11-0

8-4

13-6
10-2

15-7
11-10

Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot - 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa.

a. The tabulated rafter spans assume that ceiling joists are located at the bottom of the attic space or that some other method of resisting the outward push of the rafters

on the bearing walls, such as rafter ties, is provided at that location. When ceiling joists or rafter ties are located higher in the attic space, the rafter spans shall be

multiplied by the factors given below:

»CJ»R

Rafter Span Adjustment Factor

1/3

0.67

1/4

0.76

1/5

0.83

1/6

0.90

1/7.5 or less

1.00

where:

Hq = Height of ceiling joists or rafter ties measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls.
Hjf = Height of roof ridge measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls,
b. Span exceeds 26 feet in length.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

259

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.5.1(6)

RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES

(Ground snow load=50 psf, ceiling attached to rafters, L/A = 240)

RAFTFR

DEAD LOAD = 10 psf

DEAD LOAD = 20 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

IVIaximum rafter spans

riMi 1 en

SPACING
(inches)

SPECIES AND GRADE

(feet-
inches)

Douglas fir-larch

7-8

12-1

15-11

: 20-3

24-8

7-8

12-1

15-11

20-3

24-0

Douglas fir-larch

7-5

11-7

15-3

18-7

21-7

7-5

11-2

14-1

17-3

20-0

Douglas fir-larch

7-3

11-3

14-3

17-5

20-2

7-1

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

Douglas fir-larch

5-10

8-6

10-9

13-2

15-3

5-5

7-10

10-0

12-2

14-1

Hem-fir

7-3

11-5

15-0

19-2

23-4

7-3

11-5

15-0

19-2

23-4

Hem-fir

7-1

11-2

14-8

18-1

21-0

7-1

10-10

13-9

16-9

19-5

Hem-fir

6-9

10-8

14-0

17-2

19-11

6-9

10-3

13-0

15-10

18-5

Hem-fir

5-10

8-6

10-9

13-2

15-3

5-5

7-10

10-0

12-2

14-1

Southern pine

7-6

11-10

15-7

19-11

24-3

7-6

11-10

15-7

19-11

24-3

Southern pine

7-5

11-7

15-4

19-7

23-9

7-5

11-7

15-4

18-9

22-4

Southern pine

7-3

11-5

15-0

18-2

21-3

7-3

10-11

14-1

16-10

19-9

Southern pine

6-2

9-2

11-8

13-9

16-4

5-9

8-5

10-9

12-9

15-2

Spruce-pine-fir

7-1

11-2

14-8

18-9

22-10

7-1

11-2

14-8

18-9

22-4

Spruce-pine-fir

6-11

10-11

14-3

, 17-5

20-2

6-11

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

Spruce-pine-fir

6-11

10-11

14-3

17-5

20-2

6-11

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

Spruce-pine-fir

5-10

8-6

10-9

13-2

15-3

5-5

7-10

10-0

12-2

14-1

Douglas fir-larch

7-0

11-0

14-5

18-5

22-5

7-0

11-0

14-5

17-11

20-10

Douglas fir-larch

6-9

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

6-7

9-8

12-2

14-11

17-3

Douglas fir-larch

6-7

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

6-2

9-0

11-5

13-11

16-2

Douglas fir-larch

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

4-8

6-10

8-8

10-6

12-3

Hem-fir

6-7

10-4

13-8

17-5

21-2

6-7

10-4

13-8

17-5

20-5

Hem-fir

6-5

10-2

12-10

15-8

18-2

6-5

9-5

11-11

14-6

16-10

Hem-fir

6-2

9-7

12-2

14-10

17-3

6-1

8-11

11-3

13-9

15-11

Hem-fir

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

4-8

6-10

8-8

10-6

12-3

Southern pine

6-10

10-9

14-2

18-1

22-0

6-10

10-9

14-2

18-1

22-0

Southern pine

6-9

10-7

13-11

17-6

20-11

6-9

10-7

13-8

16-2

19-4

Southern pine

6-7

10-2

13-2

15-9

18-5

6-7

9-5

12-2

14-7

17-1

Southern pine

5-4

7-11

10-1

11-11

14-2

4-11

7-4

9-4

11-0

13-1

Spruce-pine-fir

6-5

10-2

13-4

17-0

20-9

6-5

10-2

13-4

16-8

19-4

Spruce-pine-fir

6-4

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

6-2

9-0

11-5

13-11

16-2

Spruce-pine-fir

6-4

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

6-2

9-0

11-5

13-11

16-2

Spruce-pine-fir

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

4-8

6-10

8-8

10-6

12-3

Douglas fir-larch

6-7

10-4

13-7

17-4

20-6

6-7

10-4

13-5

16-5

19-0

Douglas fir-larch

6-4

9-6

12-0

14-8

17-1

6-0

8-10

11-2

13-7

15-9

Douglas fir-larch

6-1

8-11

11-3

13-9

15-11

5-7

8-3

10-5

12-9

14-9

Douglas fir-larch

4-7

6-9

8-6

. 10-5

12-1

4-3

6-3

7-11

9-7

11-2

Hem-fir

6-2

9-9

12-10

16-5

19-11

6-2

9-9

12-10

16-1

18-8

Hem-fir

6-1

9-3

11-9

14-4

16-7

5-10

8-7

10-10

13-3

15-5

Hem-fir

5-9

8-9

11-1

13-7

15-9

5-7

8-1

10-3

12-7

14-7

19.2

Hem-fir

4-7

6-9

8-6

10-5

12-1

4-3

6-3

7-11

9-7

11-2

Southern pine

6-5

10-2

13-4

17-0

20-9

6-5

10-2

13-4

17-0

20-9

Southern pine

6-4

9-11

13-1

16-0

19-1

6-4

9-11

12-5

14-10

17-8

Southern pine

6-2

9-4

12-0

14-4

16-10

6-0

8-8

11-2

13-4

15-7

Southern pine

4-11

7-3

9-2

10-10

12-11

4-6

6-8

8-6

10-1

12-0

Spruce-pine-fir

6-1

9-6

12-7

16-0

19-1

6-1

9-6

12-5

15-3

17-8

Spruce-pine-fir

5-11

8-11

11-3

13-9

15-11

5-7

8-3

10-5

12-9

14-9

Spruce-pine-fir

5-11

8-11

11-3

13-9

15-11

5-7

8-3

10-5

12-9

14-9

Spruce-pine-fir

4-7

6-9

8-6

10-5

12-1

4-3

6-3

7-11

9-7

11-2

(continued)

260

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.5.1 (6)— continued

RAFTER SPANS FOR COMMON LUMBER SPECIES

(Ground snow load=50 psf, ceiling attached to rafters, L/A = 240)

RAFTER
SPACING
(inches)

SPECIES AND GRADE

DEAD LOAD = 10 psf

DEAD LOAD = 20 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

Maximum rafter spans

(feet-
inches)

Douglas fir-larch

6-1

9-7

12-7

15-10

18-4

6-1

9-6

12-0

14-8

17-0

Douglas fir-larch

5-10

8-6

10-9

13-2

15-3

5-5

7-10

10-0

12-2

14-1

Douglas fir-larch

5-5

7-11

10-1

12-4

14-3

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

Douglas fir-larch

4-1

6-0

7-7

9-4

10-9

3-10

5-7

7-1

8-7

10-0

Hem-fir

5-9

9-1

11-11

15-2

18-0

5-9

9-1

11-9

14-5

15-11

Hera-fir

5-8

8-3

10-6

12-10

14-10

5-3

7-8

9-9

11-10

13-9

Hem-fir

5-4

7-10

9-11

12-1

14-1

4-11

7-3

9-2

11-3

13-0

Hera-fir

4-1

6-0

7-7

9-4

10-9

3-10

5-7

7-1

8-7

10-0

Southern pine

6-0

9-5

12-5

15-10

19-3

6-0

9-5

12-5

15-10

19-3

Southern pine

5-10

9-3

12-0

14-4

17-1

5-10

8-10

11-2

13-3

15-9

Southern pine

5-9

8-4

10-9

12-10

15-1

5-5

7-9

10-0

11-11

13-11

Southern pine

4-4

6-5

8-3

9-9

11-7

4-1

6-0

7-7

9-0

10-8

Spruce-pine-fir

5-8

8-10

11-8

14-8

17-1

5-8

8-10

11-2

13-7

15-9

Spruce-pine-fir

5-5

7-11

10-1

12-4

14-3

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

Spruce-pine-fir

5-5

7-11

10-1

12-4

14-3

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

Spruce-pine-fir

4-1

6-0

7-7

9-4

10-9

3-10

5-7

7-1

8-7

10-0

Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

a. The tabulated rafter spans assume that ceiling joists are located at the bottom of the attic space or that some other method of resisting the outward push of the rafters

on the bearing walls, such as rafter ties, is provided at that location. When ceiling joists or rafter ties are located higher in the attic space, the rafter spans shall be

multiplied by the factors given below:

Hc/H„

Rafter Span Adjustment Factor

1/3

0.67

1/4

0.76

1/5

0.83

1/6

0.90

1/7.5 or less

1.00

where:

//(^ = Height of ceiling joists or rafter ties measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls.

///; = Height of roof ridge measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

261

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.5.1(7)

RAFTER SPANS FOR 70 PSF GROUND SNOW LOAD

(Ceiling not attached to rafters, L/A = 180)

RAFTER
SPACING
(inches)

SPECIES AND GRADE

DEAD LOAD = 1

Opsf

DEAD LOAD = 20 psf

2x4

2x6 ^

2x8

2x10

2x12

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

Maximum Rafter Spans^

(feet-
inches)

Douglas fir-larch

7-7

11-10

15-8

19-5

22-6

7-7

11-10

15-0

18-3

21-2

Douglas fir-larch

7-1

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

6-8

9-10

12-5

15-2

17-7

Douglas fir-larch

6-8

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

6-3

9-2

11-8

14-2

16-6

Douglas fir-larch

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

4-9

6-11

8-9

10-9

12-5

Hem-fir

7-2

11-3

14-9

18-10

22-1

7-2

11-3

14-8

18-0

20-10

Hem-fir

6-11

10-2

12-10

15-8

18-2

6-6

9-7

12-1

14-10

17-2

Hem-fir

6-7

9-7

12-2

14-10

17-3

6-2

9-1

11-5

14-0

16-3

Hem-fir

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

4-9

6-11

8-9

10-9

12-5

Southern pine

7-5

11-8

15-4

19-7

23-10

7-5

11-8

15-4

19-7

23-10

Southern pine

7-3

11-5

14-9

17-6

20-11

7-3

11-1

13-11

16-6

19-8

Southern pine

7-1

10-2

13-2

15-9

18-5

6-8

9-7

12-5

14-10

17-5

Southern pine

5-4

7-11

10-1

11-11

14-2

5-1

7-5

9-6

11-3

13-4

Spruce-pine-fir

7-0

11-0

14-6

18-0

20-11

7-0

11-0

13-11

17-0

19-8

Spruce-pine-fir

6-8

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

6-3

9-2

11-8

14-2

16-6

Spruce-pine-fir

6-8

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

6-3

9-2

11-8

14-2

16-6

Spruce-pine-fir

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

4-9

6-11

8-9

10-9

12-5

Douglas fir-larch

6-10

10-9

13-9

16-10

19-6

6-10

10-3

13-0

15-10

18-4

Douglas fir-larch

6-2

9-0

11-5

13-11

16-2

5-10

8-6

10-9

13-2

15-3

Douglas fir-larch

5-9

8-5

10-8

13-1

15-2

5-5

7-11

10-1

12-4

14-3

Douglas fir-larch

4-4

6-4

8-1

9-10

11-5

4-1

6-0

7-7

9-4

10-9

Hem-fir

6-6

10-2

13-5

16-6

19-2

6-6

10-1

12-9

15-7

18-0

Hem-fir

6-0

8-9

11-2

13-7

15-9

5-8

8-3

10-6

12-10

14-10

Hem-fir

5-8

8-4

10-6

12-10

14-11

5-4

7-10

9-11

12-1

14-1

Hem-fir

4-4

6-4

8-1

9-10

11-5

4-1

6-0

7-7

9-4

10-9

Southern pine

6-9

10-7

14-0

17-10

21-8

6-9

10-7

14-0

17-10

21-0

Southern pine

6-7

10-2

12-9

15-2

18-1

6-5

9-7

12-0

14-4

17-1

Southern pine

6-2

8-10

11-5

13-7

16-0

5-10

8-4

10-9

12-10

15-1

Southern pine

4-8

6-10

8-9

10-4

12-3

4-4

6-5

8-3

9-9

11-7

Spruce-pine-fir

6-4

10-0

12-9

15-7

18-1

6-4

9-6

12-0

14-8

17-1

Spruce-pine-fir

5-9

8-5

10-8

13-1

15-2

5-5

7-11

10-1

12-4

14-3

Spruce-pine-fir

5-9

8-5

10-8

13-1

15-2

5-5

7-11

10-1

12-4

14-3

Spruce-pine-fir

4-4

6-4

8-1

9-10

11-5

4-1

6-0

7-7

9-4

10-9

Douglas fir-larch

6-5

9-11

12-7

15-4

17-9

6-5

9-4

11-10

14-5

16-9

Douglas fir-larch

5-7

8-3

10-5

12-9

14-9

5-4

7-9

9-10

12-0

13-11

Douglas fir-larch

5-3

7-8

9-9

11-11

13-10

5-0

7-3

9-2

11-3

13-0

Douglas fir-larch

4-0

5-10

7-4

9-0

10-5

3-9

5-6

6-11

8-6

9-10

Hem-fir

6-1

9-7

12-4

15-1

17-4

6-1

9-2

11-8

14-2

15-5

Hem-fir

5-6

8-0

10-2

12-5

14-5

5-2

7-7

9-7

11-8

13-7

Hem-fir

5-2

7-7

9-7

11-9

13-7

4-11

7-2

9-1

11-1

12-10

19.2

Hem-fir

4-0

5-10

7-4

9-0

10-5

3-9

5-6

6-11

8-6

9-10

Southern pine

6-4

10-0

13-2

16-9

20-4

6-4

10-0

13-2

16-5

19-2

Southern pine

6-3

9-3

11-8

13-10

16-6

5-11

8-9

11-0

13-1

15-7

Southern pine

5-7

8-1

10-5

12-5

14-7

5-4

7-7

9-10

11-9

13-9

Southern pine

4-3

6-3

8-0

9-5

11-2

4-0

5-11

7-6

8-10

10-7

Spruce-pine-fir

6-0

9-2

11-8

14-3

16-6

5-11

8-8

11-0

13-5

15-7

Spruce-pine-fir

5-3

7-8

9-9

11-11

13-10

5-0

7-3

•9-2

11-3

13-0

Spruce-pine-fir

5-3

7-8

9-9

11-11

13-10

5-0

7-3

9-2

11-3

13-0

Spruce-pine-fir

4-0

5-10

7-4

9-0

10-5

3-9

5-6

6-11

8-6

9-10

(continued)

262

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.5.1 (7)— continued

RAFTER SPANS FOR 70 PSF GROUND SNOW LOAD

(Ceiling not attached to rafters, L/A = 180)

RAFTER
SPACING
(inches)

SPECIES AND GRADE

DEAD LOAD = 10 psf

DEAD LOAD = 20 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

lUlaximum rafter spans

(feet-
inches)

(feet -
inches)

Douglas fir-larch

6-0

8-10

11-3

13-9

15-11

5-9

8-4

10-7

12-11

15-0

Douglas fir-larch

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

4-9

6-11

8-9

10-9

12-5

Douglas fir-larch

4-8

6-11

8-9

10-8

12-4

4-5

6-6

8-3

10-0

11-8

Douglas fir-larch

3-7

5-2

6-7

8-1

9-4

3-4

4-11

6-3

7-7

8-10

Hem-fir

5-8

8-8

11-0

13-6

13-11

5-7

8-3

10-5

12-4

Hem-fir

4-11

7-2

9-1

11-1

12-10

4-7

6-9

8-7

10-6

12-2

Hem-fir

4-8

6-9

8-7

10-6

12-2

4-4

6-5

8-1

9-11

11-6

Hem-fir

3-7

5-2

6-7

8-1

9-4

3-4

4-11

6-3

7-7

8-10

Southern pine

5-11

9-3

12-2

15-7

18-2

5-11

9-3

12-2

14-8

17-2

Southern pine

5-7

8-3

10-5

12-5

14-9

5-3

7-10

9-10

11-8

13-11

Southern pine

5-0

7-3

9-4

11-1

13-0

4-9

6-10

8-9

10-6

12-4

Southern pine

3-9

5-7

7-1

8-5

10-0

3-7

5-3

6-9

7-11

9-5

Spruce-pine-fir

5-6

8-3

10-5

12-9

14-9

5-4

7-9

9-10

12-0

12-11

Spruce-pine-fir

4-8

6-11

8-9

10-8

12-4

4-5

6-6

8-3

10-0

11-8

Spruce-pine-fir

4-8

6-11

8-9

10-8

12-4

4-5

6-6

8-3

10-0

11-8

Spruce-pine-fir

3-7

5-2

6-7

8-1

9-4

3-4

4-11

6-3

7-7

8-10

Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa.

a. The tabulated rafter spans assume that ceiling joists are located at the bottom of the attic space or that some other method of resisting the outward push of the rafters

on the bearing walls, such as rafter ties, is provided at that location. When ceiling joists or rafter ties are located higher in the attic space, the rafter spans shall be

multiplied by the factors given below:

«c/H«

Rafter Span Adjustment Factor

1/3

0.67

1/4

0.76

1/5

0.83

1/6

0.90

1/7.5 or less

1.00

where:

H(2 = Height of ceiling joists or rafter ties measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls.

Hk - Height of roof ridge measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

263

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.5.1(8)

RAFTER SPANS FOR 70 PSF GROUND SNOW LOAD

(Ceiling attached to rafters, L/A = 240)

RAFTER
SPACING
(inches)

DEAD LOAD = 10 psf

DEAD LOAD = 20 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

Maximum rafter spans

SPECIES AND GRADE

(feet -
inches)

(feet -
Inches)

(feet -
inches)

Douglas fir-larch

6-10

10-9

14-3

18-2

22-1

6-10

10-9

14-3

18-2

21-2

Douglas fir-larch

6-7

10-5

13-2

16-1

18-8

6-7

9-10

12-5

15-2

17-7

Douglas fir-larch

6-6

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

6-3

9-2

11-8

14-2

16-6

Douglas fir-larch

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

4-9

6-11

8-9

10-9

12-5

Hem-fir

6-6

10-2

13-5

17-2

20-10

6-6

10-2

13-5

17-2

20-10

Hem-fir

6-4

10-0

12-10

15-8

18-2

6-4

9-7

12-1

14-10

17-2

Hem-fir

6-1

9-6

12-2

14-10

17-3

6-1

9-1

11-5

14-0

16-3

Hem-fir

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

4-9

6-11

8-9

10-9

12-5

Southern pine

6-9

10-7

14-0

17-10

21-8

6-9

10-7

14-0

17-10

21-8

Southern pine

6-7

10-5

13-8

17-6

20-11

6-7

10-5

13-8

16-6

19-8

Southern pine

6-6

10-2

13-2

15-9

18-5

6-6

9-7

12-5

14-10

17-5

Southern pine

5-4

7-11

10-1

11-11

14-2

5-1

7-5

9-6

11-3

13-4

Spruce-pine-fir

6-4

10-0

13-2

16-9

20-5

6-4

10-0

13-2

16-9

19-8

Spruce-pine-fir

6-2

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

6-2

9-2

11-8

14-2

16-6

Spruce-pine-fir

6-2

9-9

12-4

15-1

17-6

6-2

9-2

11-8

14-2

16-6

Spruce-pine-fir

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

4-9

6-11

8-9

10-9

12-5

Douglas fir-larch

6-3

9-10

12-11

16-6

19-6

6-3

9-10

12-11

15-10

18-4

Douglas fir-larch

6-0

9-0

11-5

13-11

16-2

5-10

8-6

10-9

13-2

15-3

Douglas fir-larch

5-9

8-5

10-8

13-1

15-2

5-5

7-11

10-1

12-4

14-3

Douglas fir-larch

4-4

6-4

8-1

9-10

U-5

4-1

6-0

7-7

9-4

10-9

Hem-fir

5-11

9-3

12-2

15-7

18-11

5-11

9-3

12-2

15-7

18-0

Hem-fir

5-9

8-9

11-2

13-7

15-9

5-8

8-3

10-6

12-10

14-10

Hem-fir

5-6

8-4

10-6

12-10

14-11

5-4

7-10

9-11

12-1

14-1

Hem-fir

4-4

6-4

8-1

9-10

11-5

4-1

6-0

7-7

9-4

10-9

Southern pine

6-1

9-7

12-8

16-2

19-8

6-1

9-7

12-8

16-2

19-8

Southern pine

6-0

9-5

12-5

15-2

18-1

6-0

9-5

12-0

14-4

17-1

Southern pine

5-11

8-10

11-5

13-7

16-0

5-10

8-4

10-9

12-10

15-1

Southern pine

4-8

6-10

8-9

10-4

12-3

4-4

6-5

8-3

9-9

11-7

Spruce-pine-fir

5-9

9-1

11-11

15-3

18-1

5-9

9-1

11-11

14-8

17-1

Spruce-pine-fir

5-8

8-5

10-8

13-1

15-2

5-5

7-11

10-1

12-4

14-3

Spruce-pine-fir

5-8

8-5

10-8

13-1

15-2

5-5

7-11

10-1

12-4

14-3

Spruce-pine-fir

4-4

6-4

8-1

9-10

11-5

4-1

6-0

7-7

9-4

10-9

Douglas fir-larch

5-10

9-3

12-2

15-4

17-9

5-10

9-3

11-10

14-5

16-9

Douglas fir-larch

5-7

8-3

10-5

12-9

14-9

5-4

7-9

9-10

12-0

13-11

Douglas fir-larch

5-3

7-8

9-9

11-11

13-10

5-0

7-3

9-2

11-3

13-0

Douglas fir-larch

4-0

5-10

7-4

9-0

10-5

3-9

5-6

6-11

8-6

9-10

Hem-fir

5-6

8-8

11-6

14-8

17-4

5-6

8-8

11-6

14-2

15-5

Hem-fir

5-5

8-0

10-2

12-5

14-5

5-2

7-7

9-7

11-8

13-7

Hem-fir

5-2

7-7

9-7

11-9

13-7

4-11

7-2

9-1

11-1

12-10

19.2

Hem-fir

4-0

5-10

7-4

9-0

10-5

3-9

5-6

6-11

8-6

9-10

Southern pine

5-9

9-1

11-11

15-3

18-6

5-9

9-1

11-11

15-3

18-6

Southern pine

5-8

8-11

11-8

13-10

16-6

5-8

8-9

11-0

13-1

15-7

Southern pine

5-6

8-1

10-5

12-5

14-7

5-4

7-7

9-10

11-9

13-9

Southern pine

4-3

6-3

8-0

9-5

11-2

4-0

5-11

7-6

8-10

10-7

Spruce-pine-fir

5-5

8-6

11-3

14-3

16-6

5-5

8-6

11-0

13-5

15-7

Spruce-pine-fir

5-3

7-8

9-9

11-11

13-10

5-0

7-3

9-2

11-3

13-0

Spruce-pine-fir

5-3

7-8

9-9

11-11

13-10

5-0

7-3

9-2

11-3

13-0

Spruce-pine-fir

4-0

5-10

7-4

9-0

10-5

3-9

5-6

6-11

8-6

9-10

(continued)

264

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.5.1 (8)— continued

RAFTER SPANS FOR 70 PSF GROUND SNOW LOAD^

(Ceiling attached to rafters, L/A = 240)

RAFTER
SPACING
(inches)

SPECIES AND GRADE

DEAD LOAD = 10 psf

DEAD LOAD = 20 psf

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

2x4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

Maximum rafter spans

(feet -
inches)

Douglas fir-larch

5-5

8-7

11-3

13-9

15-11

5-5

8-4

10-7

12-11

15-0

Douglas fir-larch

5-0

7-4

9-4

11-5

13-2

4-9

6-11

8-9

10-9

12-5

Douglas fir-larch

4-8

6-11

8-9

10-8

12-4

4-5

6-6

8-3

10-0

11-8

Douglas fir-larch

3-7

5-2

6-7

8-1

9-4

3-4

4-11

6-3

7-7

8-10

Hem-fir

5-2

8-1

10-8

13-6

13-11

5-2

8-1

10-5

12-4

Hem-fir

4-11

7-2

9-1

11-1

12-10

4-7

6-9

8-7

10-6

12-2

Hem-fir

4-8

6-9

8-7

10-6

12-2

4-4

6-5

8-1

9-11

11-6

Hem-fir

3-7

5-2

6-7

8-1

9-4

3-4

4-11

6-3

7-7

8-10

Southern pine

5-4

8-5

11-1

14-2

17-2

5-4

8-5

11-1

14-2

17-2

Southern pine

5-3

8-3

10-5

12-5

14-9

5-3

7-10

9-10

11-8

13-11

Southern pine

5-0

7-3

9-4

11-1

13-0

4-9

6-10

8-9

10-6

12-4

Southern pine

3-9

5-7

7-1

8-5

10-0

3-7

5-3

6-9

7-11

9-5

Spruce-pine-fir

5-0

7-11

10-5

12-9

14-9

5-0

7-9

9-10

12-0

12-11

Spruce-pine-fir

4-8

6-11

8-9

10-8

12-4

4-5

6-6

8-3

10-0

11-8

Spruce-pine-fir

4-8

6-11

8-9

10-8

12-4

4-5

6-6

8-3

10-0

11-8

Spruce-pine-fir

3-7

5-2

6-7

8-1

9-4

3-4

4-11

6-3

7-7

8-10

Check sources for availability of lumber in lengths greater than 20 feet.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa.

a. The tabulated rafter spans assume that ceiling joists are located at the bottom of the attic space or that some other method of resisting

on the bearing walls, such as rafter ties, is provided at that location. When ceiling joists or rafter ties are located higher in the attic

multiplied by the factors given below:

: the outward push of the rafters
space, the rafter spans shall be

Mc/H,

Rafter Span Adjustment Factor

1/3

0.67

1/4

0.76

1/5

0.83

1/6

0.90

1/7.5 or less

1.00

where:

7/^ = Height of ceiling joists or rafter ties measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls.

H[{ = Height of roof ridge measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

265

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.5.1(9)
RAFTER/CEILING JOIST HEEL JOINT CONNECTIONS^"'' ''^'a

RAFTER
SLOPE

RAFTER
SPACING
(inches)

GROUND SNOW LOAD (psf)

Roof span (feet)

12 20

Required number of 16d common nails^''' per heel joint splices''''''^''

3:12

4:12

5:12

7:12

9:12

■ 3

12:12

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa.

a. 40d box nails shall be permitted to be substituted for 16d common nails.

b. Nailing requirements shall be permitted to be reduced 25 percent if nails are clinched.

c. Heel joint connections are not required when the ridge is supported by a load-bearing vaW, header or ridge beam.

d. When intermediate support of the rafter is provided by vertical struts or purlins to a loadbearing wall, the tabulated heel joint connection requirements shall be per-
mitted to be reduced proportionally to the reduction in span.

e. Equivalent nailing patterns are required for ceiling joist to ceiling joist lap splices.

f. When rafter ties are substituted for ceiling joists, the heel joint connection requirement shall be taken as the tabulated heel joint connection requirement for
two-thirds of the actual rafter-slope.

g. Tabulated heel joint connection requirements assume that ceiling joists or rafter ties are located at the bottom of the attic space. When ceiling joists or rafter ties are
located higher in the attic, heel joint connection requirements shall be increased by the following factors:

Wc/«fl

Heel Joint Connection
Adjustment Factor

1/3

1.5

1/4

1.33

1/5

1.25

1/6

1.2

1/10 or less

1.11

where:

H(^ = Height of ceiling joists or rafter ties measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls.

Hif - Height of roof ridge measured vertically above the top of the rafter support walls.

266

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDElilTIAL CODE

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

RAFTER SPAN-
SEE TABLES R802.5. 1(1)
THROUGH R802.5.1(8)

RIDGE BOARD

PURLIN CONTINUOUS
BETWEEN SUPPORT,
BRACES

TOP PLATE-

NAIL TO JOIST

V-

2 IN. X 4 IN. PURLIN

SUPPORT BRACE

AT4FT. O.C.

BEARING
PARTITIONS

V-

CEILING JOIST*-
SEE TABLES R802.4(1)
AND R802.4(2)

N-

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 d^ree = 0.018 rad.

NOTE: Where ceihng joints run perpendicular to the rafters, rafter ties shall be nailed to each rafter near the top of the ceiling joist.

FIGURE R802.5.1
BRACED RAFTER CONSTRUCTION

R802. 10.2.1 Applicability limits. The provisions of this
section shall control the design of truss roof framing
when snow controls for buildings not greater than 60 feet
(1 8 288 mm) in length perpendicular to the joist, rafter or
truss span, not greater than 36 feet (10 973 mm) in width
parallel to the joist span or truss, not greater than two sto-
ries in height with each story not greater than 10 feet
(3048 mm) high, and roof slopes not smaller than 3:12
(25-percent slope) or greater than 12:12 (100-percent
slope). Truss roof framing constructed in accordance
with the provisions of this section shall be limited to sites
subjected to a maximum design wind speed of 1 10 miles
per hour (49 m/s). Exposure A, B or C, and a maximum
ground snow load of 70 psf (3352 Pa). Roof snow load is
to be computed as: 0.7 p^.

R802.10.3 Bracing. Trusses shall be braced to prevent rota-
tion and provide lateral stability in accordance with the
requirements specified in the construction documents for
the building and on the individual truss design drawings. In
the absence of specific bracing requirements, trusses shall
be braced in accordance with the Building Component
Safety Information (BCSI 1-03) Guide to Good Practice for
Handling, Installing & Bracing of Metal Plate Connected
Wood Trusses.

R802.10.4 Alterations to trusses. Truss members shall not
be cut, notched, drilled, spliced or otherwise altered in any

way without the approval of a registered design professional.
Alterations resulting in the addition of load (e.g., HVAC
equipment, water heater) that exceeds the design load for the
truss shall not be permitted without verification that the truss
is capable of supporting such additional loading.

R802.10.5 Truss to wall connection. Trusses shall be con-
nected to wall plates by the use of approved connectors having
a resistance to uplift of not less than 175 pounds (779 N) and
shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's speci-
fications. For roof assemblies subject to wind uplift pressures
of 20 pounds per square foot (960 Pa) or greater, as estabUshed
in Table R301 .2(2), adjusted for height and exposure per Table
R301.2(3), see section R802.il.

R802.il Roof tie-down.

R802.11.1 Uplift resistance. Roof assembUes which are sub-
ject to wind uplift pressures of 20 pounds per square foot (960
Pa) or greater shall have roof rafters or trusses attached to their
supporting wall assemblies by connections capable of provid-
ing the resistance required in Table R802. 1 1 . Wind upUft pres-
sures shall be determined using an effective wind area of 100
square feet (9.3 m2) and Zone 1 in Table R301.2(2), as
adjusted for height and exposure per Table R301.2(3).

A continuous load path shall be designed to transmit the
uplift forces from the rafter or truss ties to the foundation.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

267

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R802.11
REQUIRED STRENGTH OF TRUSS OR RAFTER CONNECTIONS TO RESIST WIND UPLIFT FORCES^ '''•='^''

(Pounds per connection)

BASIC WIND SPEED
(mph) (3-second gust)

ROOF SPAN (feet)

OVERHANGS"
(pounds/foot)

-72

-120

-145

-169

-193

-217

-241

-38.55

-91

-151

-181

-212

-242

-272

-302

-43.22

100

-131

-218

-262

-305

-349

-393

-436

-53.36

110

-175

-292

-351

-409

-467

-526

-584

-64.56

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 305 mm, 1 mph = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound/foot = 14.5939 N/m, 1 pound = 0.454 kg.

a. The uphft connection requirements are based on a 30 foot mean roof height located in Exposure B. For Exposures C and D and for'other mean roof heights, multi-
ply the above loads by the Adjustment Coeflicients in Table R30 1.2(3).

b. The uplift connection requirements are based on the framing being spaced 24 inches on center. Multiply by 0.67 for framing spaced 16 inches on center and multi-
ply by 0.5 for framing spaced 12 inches on center

c. The uplift connection requirements include an allowance for 10 pounds of dead load.

d. The uplift connection requirements do not account for the effects of overhangs. The magnitude of the above loads shall be increased by adding the overhang loads
found in the table. The overhang loads are also based on framing spaced 24 inches on center. The overhang loads given shall be multiplied by the overhang projec-
tion and added to the roof uplift value in the table.

e. The uplift connection requirements are based on wind loading on end zones as defined in Figure 6-2 of ASCE 7. Connection loads for connections located a dis-
tance of 20% of the least horizontal dimension of the building from the comer of the building are permitted to be reduced by multiplying the table connection value
by 0.7 and multiplying the overhang load by 0.8.

f. For wall-to-wall and wall-to-foundation connections, the capacity of the uplift connector is permitted to be reduced by 100 pounds for each full wall above. (For
example, if a 600-pound rated connector is used on the roof framing, a 500-pound rated connector is permitted at the nect floor level down).

SECTION R803
ROOF SHEATHING

R803.1 Lumber sheathing. Allowable spans for lumber used as
roof sheathing shall conform to Table R803.1. Spaced lumber
sheathing for wood shingle and shake roofing shall conform to
the requirements of Sections R905.7 and R905.8. Spaced lum-
ber sheathing is not allowed in Seismic Design Category D2.

TABLE R803.1
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF LUMBER ROOF SHEATHING

RAFTER OR BEAM SPACING
(inches)

MINIMUM NET THICKNESS
(Inches)

'/,

48*

IV^T&G

60"

12"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Minimum 270 F^, 340,000 E.

b. Minimum 420 F^, 660,000 E.

c. Minimum 600 F^, 1,150,000 £.

R803.2 Wood structural panel sheathing.

R803.2.1 Identification and grade. Wood structural pan-
els shall conform to DOC PS 1, DOC PS 2 or, when manu-
factured in Canada, CSA 0437, and shall be identified by a
grade mark or certificate of inspection issued by an
approved agency. Wood structural panels shall comply with
the grades specified in Table R503.2. 1.1(1).

R803.2.1.1 Exposure durability. All wood structural
panels, when designed to be permanently exposed in out-
door applications, shall be of an exterior exposure dura-
bility. Wood structural panel roof sheathing exposed to
the underside may be of interior type bonded with exte-
rior glue, identified as Exposure 1 .

R803.2.1.2 Fire-retardant-treated plywood. The allow-
able unit stresses for fire-retardant-treated plywood, includ-

ing fastener values, shall be developed from an approved
method of investigation that considers the effects of antici-
pated temperature and humidity to which the fire-retar-
dant-treated plywood will be subjected, the type of
treatment and redrying process. The fire-retardant- treated
plywood shall be graded by an approved agency.

R803.2.2 Allowable spans. The maximum allowable spans
for wood structural panel roof sheathing shall not exceed the
values set forth in Table R503.2. 1.1(1), or APA E30.

R803.2.3 Installation. Wood structural panel used as roof
sheathing shall be installed with joints staggered or not stag-
gered in accordance with Table R602.3(l), or APA E30 for
wood roof framing or with Table R804.3 for steel roof framing.

SECTION R804
STEEL ROOF FRAMING

R804.1 General. Elements shall be straight and free of any
defects that would significantly affect their stmctural perfor-
mance. Cold-formed steel roof framing members shall comply
with the requirements of this section.

R804.1.1 Applicability limits. The provisions of this sec-
tion shall control the construction of steel roof framing for
buildings not greater than 60 feet (18 288 mm) perpendicu-
lar to the joist, rafter or truss span, not greater than 40 feet
(12 192 mm) in width parallel to the joist span or truss, not
greater than two stories in height and roof slopes not smaller

, than 3 : 1 2 (25 -percent slope) or greater than 1 2 : 1 2 ( 1 00 per-
cent slope). Steel roof framing constructed in accordance
with the provisions of this section shall be limited to sites
subjected to a maximum design wind speed of 1 10 miles per

. hour (49 m/s). Exposure A, B, or C, and a maximum ground
snow load of 70 pounds per square foot (3350 Pa).

R804.1.2 In-line framing. Steel roof framing constructed
in accordance with Section R804 shall be located directly in
line with load-bearing studs below with a maximum toler-

268

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

ance of V4 inch (19 mm) between the centerline of the stud
and the roof joist/rafter.

R804.1.3 Roof trusses. The design, quality assurance,
installation and testing of cold-formed steel trusses shall be
in accordance with the AISI Standard for Cold-formed Steel
Framing-Truss Design (COFS/Truss). Truss members shall
not be notched, cut or altered in any manner without an
approved design.

R804.2 Structural framing. Load-bearing steel roof framing
members shall comply with Figure R804.2(l) and with the
dimensional and minimum thickness requirements specified in
Tables R804.2(l) and R804.2(2). Tracks shall comply with
Figure R804.2(2) and shall have a minimum flange width of
174 inches (32 mm). The maximum inside bend radius for
load-bearing members shall be the greater of V32 inch (2.4 mm)
or twice the uncoated steel thickness. Holes in roof framing
members shall comply with all of the following conditions:

1. Holes shall conform to Figure R804.2(3);

2. Holes shall be permitted only along the centerline of the
web of the framing member;

3. Holes shall have a center-to-center spacing of not less
than 24 inches (610 mm);

4. Holes shall have a width not greater than 0.5 times the
member depth, or 2V2 inches (64 mm);

5. Holes shall have a length not exceeding 4V2 inches (114
mm); and

6. Holes shall have a minimum distance between the edge
of the bearing surface and the edge of the hole of not less
than 10 inches (254 mm).

Framing members with web holes not conforming to these
requirements shall be patched in accordance with Section
R804.3.6 or designed in accordance with accepted engineering
practices.

R804.2.1 Material. Load-bearing steel framing members
shall be cold-formed to shape from structural quaUty sheet
steel complying with the requirements of one of the following:

1 . ASTM A 653: Grades 33, 37, 40 and 50 (Class 1 and 3).

2. ASTM A 792: Grades 33, 37, 40 and 50A.

3. ASTM A 875: Grades 33, 37, 40 and 50 (Class land 3).

4. ASTM A 1003: Grades 33, 37, 40 and 50.

R804.2.2 Identification. Load-bearing steel framing mem-
bers shall have a legible label, stencil, stamp or embossment
with the following information as a minimum:

1. Manufacturer's identification.

2. Minimum uncoated steel thickness in inches (mm).

3. Minimum coating designation.

4. Minimum yield strength, in kips per square inch (ksi) .

R804.2.3 Corrosion protection. Load-bearing steel fram-
ing shall have a metallic coating complying with one of the
following:

1. A minimum of G 60 in accordance with ASTM A
653.

2. A minimum of AZ 50 in accordance with ASTM A

792.

3. A minimum of GF 60 in accordance with ASTM A
875.

TABLE R804.2(1)
LOAD-BEARING COLD-FORMED STEEL MEMBER SIZES

NOMINAL MEMBER SIZE
MEMBER DESIGNATION"

WEB DEPTH
(inches)

MINIMUM FLANGE WIDTH
(inches)

MAXIMUM FLANGE WIDTH
(inches)

MINIMUM LIP SIZE
(inches)

350S162-t

3.5

1.625

0.5

550S162-t

5.5

1.625

0.5

800S162-t

1.625

0.5

1000S162-t

1.625

0.5

1200s 162-t

1.625

0.5

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. The member designation is defined by the first number representing the member depth in hundredths of an inch, the letter "s" representing a stud or joist member, the

second number representing the flange width in hundredths of an inch, and the letter "t" shall be a number representing the minimum base metal thickness in mils [see

Table R804.2(2)].

TABLE R804.2(2)
MINIMUM THICKNESS OF COLD-FORMED STEEL ROOF FRAMING MEMBERS

DESIGNATION (mils)

MINIMUM UNCOATED THICKNESS (inches)

REFERENCED GAGE NUMBER

0.033

0.043

0.054

0.068

For SI; 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

269

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

FLANGE

DEPTH OF WEB
(OUTSIDE TO
OUTSIDE)

SIZE OF TRACK
NSIDE TO INSIDE)

WEB

FIGURE R804.2(1)
C-SECTION

FIGURE R804.2(2)
TRACK SECTION

C.L

i
<

~ 24

- - ■■" ~ -'"I '

!
j

_^.,-.--^]"'---.^

^■'^i^.^

4V "

'MAX.

..:"■-..'.-' ^.- :

2'4"IV1AX. —

C.L.

.-.-XHz::^

4V,'

MAX.

10" MIN.

Z — nc

CENTERLINE OF WEB

BEARING CONDITION

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R804.2(3)
WEB HOLES

R804.2.4 Fastening requirements. Screws for steel-to-
steel connections shall be installed with a minimum edge
distance and center-to-center spacing of Vj inch (13 mm),
shall be self -drilling tapping, and shall conform to S AE J78.
Structural sheathing shall be attached to roof rafters with
minimum No. 8 self-drilling tapping screws that conform to
SAE J78. Screws for attaching structural sheathing to steel
roof framing shall have a minimum head diameter of 0.292
inch (7.4 mm) with countersunk heads and shall be installed
with a minimum edge distance of Vg inch (10 mm). Gypsum
board ceilings shall be attached to steel joists with minimum
No. 6 screws conforming to ASTM C 954 and shall be
installed in accordance with Section R805. For all connec-
tions, screws shall extend through the steel a minimum of
three exposed threads. All self-drilling tapping screws con-
forming to SAE J78 shall have a minimum Type II coating
in accordance with ASTM B 633.

Where No. 8 screws are specified in a steel-to- steel con-
nection, reduction of the required number of screws in the
connection is permitted in accordance with the reduction
factors in Table R804.2.4 when larger screws are used or
when one of the sheets of steel being connected is thicker
that 33 mils (0.84 mm). When applying the reduction factor,
the resulting number of screws shall be rounded up.

TABLE R804.2.4
SCREW SUBSTITUTION FACTOR

SCREW SIZE

THINNEST CONNECTED STEEL SHEET (mils)

1.0

0.67

#10

0.93

0.62

: #12

0.86

0.56

For SI: 1 mil = 0.0254 mm.

270

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

R804.3 Roof construction. Steel roof systems constructed in
accordance with the provisions of this section shall consist of
both ceiling joists and rafters in accordance with Figure R804.3
and fastened in accordance with Table R804.3.

R804.3.1 Allowable ceiling joist spans. The clear span of
cold-formed steel ceiling joists shall not exceed the limits set
forth in Tables R804.3.1(l) through R804.3.1(8). Ceiling
joists shall have a minimum bearing length of 1.5 inches (38
mm) and shall be connected to rafters (heel joint) in accor-
dance with Figure R804.3.1(l) and Table R804.3.1. When

continuous joists are framed across interior bearing supports,
the interior bearing supports shall be located within 24 inches
(610 mm) of midspan of the ceiling joist, and the individual
spans shall not exceed the apphcable spans in Tables
R804.3.1(2), R804.3.1(4), R804.3.1(6), R804.3.1(8). Where
required in Tables R804.3.1(l) through R804.3.1(8), bearing
stiffeners shall be installed at each bearing location in accor-
dance with Section R804.3.8 and Figure R804.3.8. When the
attic is to be used as an occupied space, the ceiling joists shall
be designed in accordance with Section R505.

TABLE R804.3
ROOF FRAMING FASTENING SCHEDULE^"

DESCRIPTION OF BUILDING ELEMENTS

NUMBER AND SIZE OF FASTENERS

SPACING OF FASTENERS

Ceiling joist to top track of load-bearing wall

2 No. 10 screws

Each joist

Roof sheathing (oriented strand board or plywood)
to rafters

No. 8 screws

6" o.c. on edges and 12" o.c. at interior supports.
6" o.c. at gable end truss

Truss to bearing walP

2 No. 10 screws

Each truss

Gable end truss to endwall top track

No. 10 screws

12" o.c.

Rafter to ceiling joist

Minimum No. 10 screws, per Table
R804.3.1

Evenly spaced, not less than V2" from all edges.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm.

a. Screws shall be applied through the flanges of the truss or ceiling joist or a 54 mil clip angle shall be used with two No. 1 screws in each leg. See Section R804.4 for
additional requirements to resist uplift forces.

b. Spacing of fasteners on roof sheathing panel edges applies to panel edges supported by framing members and at all roof plane perimeters. Blocking of roof sheath-
ing panel edges perpendicular to the framing members shall not be required except at the intersection of adjacent roof planes. Roof perimeter shall be supported by
framing members or cold-formed blocking of the same depth and gage as the floor members.

C-SECTION OR TRACK INSTALLED
AT 4 FT O.C. TO RAFTER SUPPORT
BRACE

RAFTER BOTTOM FLANGE BRACING
(FLAT STRAP, 3508162-33 MIL
C-SECTION, OR TRACK SECTION)

RAFTER SPAN
WITH RAFTER

SUPPORT BRACE

V2 IN. GYPSUM
BOARD

LOAD-BEARING '
WALL

I I

I I
II
I I
I I
I I
-JJ-

RAFTER SPAN WITHOUT RAFTER
SUPPORT BRACE

RAFTER BOTTOM FLANGE BRACING
(FLAT STRAP, 3508162-33 MIL
C-SECTION, OR TRACK SECTION)

WHEN INSTALLED, RAFTER
SUPPORT BRACE SHALL BE A
MINIMUM OF 3508162-33 MIL
C-SECTION, CONNECTED TO EACH
CEILING JOIST AND RAFTER WITH
4 SCREWS AT EACH END (COPE
FLj(\NGES OF BRACE AT CEILING
JOIST CONNECTION OR USE
GUSSET PLATE)

I I
I I
I I

-U-

LOAD-BEARING WALL
SHALL BE INSTALLED WHEN
RAFTER BRACE IS USED

M-

CANTILEVER
2 FT MAX.

■ LOAD-BEARING
WALL

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 mil = 0.0254 mm.

FIGURE R804.3
STEEL ROOF CONSTRUCTiOM

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

271

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R804.3.1(1)

CEILING JOIST SPANS

SINGLE SPANS WITH BEARING STIFFENERS

10 lb per sq ft LIVE LOAD (NO ATTIC STORAGE)^ " = 33 ksi STEEL

MEMBER
DESIGNATION

ALLOWABLE SPAN (feet-inches)

Lateral Support of Top (Compression) Flange

Unbraced

Mid-Span Bracing

Third-Point Bracing

Ceiling Joist Spacing (inches)

350S 162-33

9'-5"

8'-6"

12'-2"

10'-4"

12'-2"

10'-7"

350S 162-43

10'-3"

9'-2"

12'- 10"

11 '-2"

12'-10"

ll'-2"

350S 162-54

ll'-l"

9'- 11"

13'-9"

12'-0"

13'-9"

12'-0"

350S 162-68

12'- 1"

10'-9"

14'-8"

12'-10"

14'-8"

12'-10"

350S 162-97

14'-4"

12'-7"

16'-4"

■ 14'-3"

16'-4"

14'-3"

550S 162-33

10'-7"

9'-6"

14'- 10"

12'-10"

15'-11"

13'-4"

550S 162-43

11 '-8"

10'-6"

16'-4"

14'-3"

17'-10"

15'-3"

550S 162-54

12'-6"

11 '-2"

17'-7"

15'-7"

19'-5"

16'- 10"

550S 162-68

13'-6"

12'-1"

19'-2"

17'-1"

21'-0"

18'-4"

550S 162-97

15'-9"

13'- 11"

21 '-8"

19'-3"

23'-5"

20'-5"

800S 162-33

12'-2"

lO'-ll"

17'-8"

15'-10"

19'-10"

17'-1"

800S 162-43

13'-0"

ll'-9"

18'- 10"

17'-0"

21'-6"

19'-1"

800S162-54

13'-10"

12'-5"

20'-0"

18'-0"

22'-9"

20'-4"

800S 162-68

14'- 11"

13'-4"

21'-3"'

19'-1"

24'- 1"

21 '-8"

800S 162-97

17'-1"

15'-2"

23'- 10"

21 '-3"

26'-7"

23'- 10"

lOOOS 162-43

13'- 11"

12'-6"

20'-2"

18'-3"

23'-l"

20'-9"

1000S162-54

14'-9"

13'-3"

21 '-4"

19'-3"

24'-4"

22'-0"

lOOOS 162-68

15'-10"

14'-2"

22'-8"

20'-5"

25'-9"

23'-2"

lOOOS 162-97

18'-0"

16'-0"

25'-3"

22'-7"

28'-3"

25'-4"

1200S 162-43

14'-8"

13'-3"

21'-4"

19'-3"

24'-5"

21 '-8"

1200S 162-54

15'-7"

14'-0"

22'-6"

20'-4"

25'-9"

23'-2"

1200S 162-68

16'-8"

14'-11"

23'- 11"

21'-6"

27'-2"

24'-6"

lOOOS 162-97

18'-9"

16'-9"

26'-6"

23'-8"

29'-9"

26'-9"

For Sr. 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240 for total loads.

b. Ceiling dead load = 5 psf.

c. Bearing stiffeners are required at all bearing points and concentrated load locations.

272

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLER804.3.1(2)

CEILING JOIST SPANS

TWO EQUAL SPANS WITH BEARING STIFFENERS

10 lb per sq ft LIVE LOAD (NO ATTIC STORAGE)" "•= 33 ksi STEEL

MEMBER
DESIGNATION

ALLOWABLE SPAN (feet-inches)

Lateral Support of Top (Compression) Flange

Unbraced

Mid-Span Bracing

Third-Point Bracing

Ceiling Joist Spacing (inches)

350S 162-33

12'-11"

10'- 11"

13'-5"

lO'-ll"

13'-5"

10'- 11"

350S 162-43

14'-2"

12'-8"

15'-10"

12'-11"

15'-10"

12'-11"

350S 162-54

15'-6"

13'-10"

17'-1"

14'-6"

17'-9"

14'-6"

350S 162-68

17'-3"

15'-3"

18'-6"

16'-1"

19'-8"

16'- 1"

350S 162-97

20'-10"

18'-4"

21 '-5"

18'- 10"

21'-11"

18'-10"

550S 162-33

14'-4"

12'-11"

16'-7"

14'-1"

17'-3"

14'-1"

550S 162-43

16'-0"

14'- 1"

17'-11"

16'- 1"

20'-7"

16'-10"

550S 162-54

17'-4"

15'-6"

19'-5"

17'-6"

23'-2"

19'-0"

550S162-68

19'-1"

16'-11"

20'- 10"

18'-8"

25'-2"

21 '-5"

550S 162-97

22'-8"

19'-9"

23'-6"

20'- 11"

27'-ll"

25'- 1"

800S162-33

16'-5"

14'- 10"

19'-2"

17'-3"

23'- 1"

18'-3"

800S 162-43

17'-9"

15'-11"

20'-6"

18'-5"

25'-0"

22'-6"

800S 162-54

19'-1"

17'-1"

21'-8"

19'-6"

26'-4"

23'-9"

800S 162-68

20'-9"

18'-6"

23'- 1"

20'-9"

28'-0"

25'-2"

800S 162-97

24'-5"

21'-6"

26'-0"

23'-2"

31'-1"

27'-9"

lOOOS 162-43

18'-11"

17'-0"

21'-11"

19'-9"

26'-8"

24'- 1"

lOOOS 162-54

20'-3"

18'-2"

23'-2"

20'- 10"

28'-2"

25'-5"

lOOOS 162-68

21'-11"

19'-7"

24'-7"

22'-2"

29'- 10"

26'-ll"

lOOOS 162-97

25'-7"

22'-7"

27'-6"

24'-6"

33'-0"

29'-7"

1200S 162-43

19'- 11"

17'-11"

23'- 1"

20'- 10"

28'-3"

25'-6"

1200S 162-54

21'-3"

19'-1"

24'-5"

22'-0"

29'-9"

26'- 10"

1200S 162-68

23'-0"

20'-7"

25'- 11"

23'-4"

31'-6"

28'-4"

1000S162-97

26'-7"

23'-6"

28'-9"

25'- 10"

34'-8"

31'-1"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240 for total loads.

b. Ceiling dead load = 5 psf.

c. Bearing stiffeners are required at all bearing points and concentrated load locations.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

273

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLER804.3.1(3)

CEILING JOIST SPANS

SINGLE SPANS WITH BEARING STIFFENERS

20 lb per sq ft LIVE LOAD (LIMITED ATTIC STORAGE)^' ''■^ 33 ksi STEEL

MEMBER
DESIGNATION

ALLOWABLE SPAN (feet-inches)

Lateral Support of Top (Compression) Flange

Unbraced

Mid-Span Bracing

Third-Point Bracing

Ceiling Joist S|

lacing (inches)

350S162-33

8'-2"

7'-2"

9'-9"

8'-l"

9'- 11"

8'-l"

350S 162-43

8'- 10"

7'- 10"

11 '-0"

9'-5"

ll'-O"

9'-7"

350S 162-54

9'-6"

8'-6"

11 '-9"

10'-3"

11 '-9"

10'-3"

350S 162-68

10'-4"

9'-2"

12'-7"

ll'-O"

12'-7"

ll'-O"

350S 162-97

12'-1"

10'-8"

14'-0"

12'-0"

14'-0"

12'-0"

550S 162-33

9'-2"

8'-3"

12'-2"

10'-2"

12'-6"

10'-5"

550S 162-43

10'- 1"

9'-l"

13'-7"

ll'-7"

14'-5"

12'-2"

550S 162-54

10'-9"

9'-8"

14'- 10"

12'- 10"

15'- 11"

13'-6"

550S 162-68

ll'-7"

10'-4"

16'-4"

14'-0"

17'-5"

14'-11"

550S 162-97

13'-4"

U'-IO"

18'-5"

16'-2"

20'-l"

17'-1"

800S 162-33

10'-7"

9'-6"

15'-1"

13'-0"

16'-2"

13'-7"

800S 162-43

1 r-4"

10'-2"

16'-5"

14'-6"

18'-2"

15'-9"

800S 162-54

12'-0"

10'-9"

17'-4"

15'-6"

19'-6"

17'-0"

800S 162-68

12'- 10"

ll'-6"

18'-5"

16'-6"

20'- 10"

18'-3"

800S 162-97

14'-7"

12'- 11"

20'-5"

18'-3"

22'- 11"

20'-5"

lOOOS 162-43

12'- 1"

lO'-ll"

17'-7"

15'-10"

19'- 11"

17'-3"

lOOOS 162-54

12'-10"

11 '-6"

18'-7"

16'-9"

21 '-2"

18'- 10"

lOOOS 162-68

13'-8"

12'-3"

19'-8"

17'-8"

22'-4"

20'- 1"

1000S162-97

15'-4"

13'-8"

21 '-8"

19'-5"

24'-5"

21'-11"

1200S162-43

12'-9"

ll'-6"

18'-7"

16'-6"

20'-9"

18'-2"

1200S 162-54

13'-6"

12'-2"

19'-7"

17'-8"

22'-5"

20'-2"

1200S162-68

14'-4"

12'- 11"

20'-9"

18'-8"

23'-7"

21 '-3"

lOOOS 162-97

16'-1"

14'-4"

22'- 10"

20'-6"

25'-9"

23'-2"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

a. Deflection criterion: L/240 for total loads.

b. Ceiling dead load = 5 psf.

c. Bearing stiffeners are required at all bearing points and concentrated load locations.

274

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLER804.3.1(4)

CEILING JOIST SPANS

TWO EQUAL SPANS WITH BEARING STIFFENERS

20 lb per sq ft LIVE LOAD (LIMITED ATTIC STORAGE)^ ""= 33 ksi STEEL

MEMBER
DESIGNATION

ALLOWABLE SPAN (feet-inches)

Lateral Support of Top (Compression) Flange

Unbraced

Mid-Span Bracing

Third-Point Bracing

Ceiling Joist Spacing (inches)

350S 162-33

10'-2"

8'-4"

10'-2"

8'-4"

10'-2"

8'-4"

350S 162-43

12'-1"

9'- 10"

12'-1"

9'- 10"

12'-1"

9'- 10"

350S 162-54

13'-3"

11 '-0"

13'-6"

ll'-O"

13'-6"

ll'-O"

350S 162-68

14'-7"

12'-3"

15'-0"

12'-3"

15'-0"

12'-3"

350S 162-97

17'-6"

14'-3"

17'-6"

14'-3"

17'-6"

14'-3"

550S 162-33

12'-5"

10'-9"

13'-2"

10'-9"

13'-2"

10'-9"

550S 162-43

13'-7"

12'- 1"

15'-6"

12'-9"

15'-8"

12'-9"

550S 162-54

14'-11"

13'-4"

16'- 10"

14'-5"

17'-9"

14'-5"

550S162-68

16'-3"

14'-5"

18'-0"

16'-1"

20'-0"

16'-4"

550S 162-97

19'-1"

16'-10"

20'-3"

IB'-O"

23'-10"

19'-5"

BOOS 162-33

14'-3"

12'-4"

16'-7"

12'-4"

16'-7"

12'-4"

BOOS 162-43

15'-4"

13'- 10"

17'-9"

16'-0"

21 '-8"

17'-9"

BOOS 162-54

16'-5"

14'-9"

18'- 10"

16'-11"

22'- 11"

20'-6"

BOOS 162-68

17'-9"

15'-11"

20'-0"

18'-0"

24'-3"

21'- 10"

800S 162-97

20'-8"

18'-3"

22'-3"

19'-11"

26'-9"

24'-0"

lOOOS 162-43

16'-5"

14'-9"

19'-0"

17'-2"

23'-3"

18'-11"

lOOOS 162-54

ir-6"

15'-8"

20'- 1"

IB'-l"

24'-6"

22'- 1"

lOOOS 162-68

18'-10"

16'- 10"

21'-4"

19'-2"

25'- 11"

23'-4"

lOOOS 162-97

21'-B"

19'-3"

23'-7"

21'-2"

28'-5"

25'-6"

1200S 162-43

17'-3"

15'-7"

20'-l"

18'-2"

24'-6"

18'-3"

1200S 162-54

18'-5"

16'-6"

21'-3"

19'-2"

25'-ll"

23'-5"

1200S 162-68

19'-9"

17'-8"

22'-6"

20'-3"

27'-4"

24'-B"

10008162-97

22'-7"

20'- 1"

24'- 10"

22'-3"

29'- 11"

26'- 11"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

a. Deflection criterion: Zy24G for total loads.

b. Ceiling dead load = 5 psf.

c. Bearing stiffeners are required at all bearing points and concentrated load locations.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

275

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLER804.3.1(5)

CEILING JOIST SPANS

SINGLE SPANS WITHOUT BEARING STIFFENERS

10 lb per sq ft LIVE LOAD (NO ATTIC STORAGE)^ "33 ksi STEEL

MEMBER
DESIGNATION

ALLOWABLE SPAN (feet-inches)

Lateral Support of Top (Compression) Flange

Unbraced

Mid-Span Bracing

Third-Point Bracing

Ceiling Joist Spacing (inches)

350S 162-33

9'-5"

8'-6"

12'-2"

10'-4"

12'-2"

10'-7"

350S 162-43

10'-3"

9'- 12"

13'-2"

ll'-6"

13'-2"

ll'-6"

350S 162-54

U'-l"

9'- 11"

13'-9"

12'-0"

13'-9"

12'-0"

350S 162-68

12'-1"

10'-9"

14'-8"

12'- 10"

14'-8"

12'-10"

350S 162-97

14'-4"

12'-7"

16'- 10"

14'-3"

16'-4"

14'-3"

550S 162-33

10'-7"

9'-6"

14'- 10"

12'-10"

15'-11"

13'-4"

550S 162-43

11 '-8"

10'-6"

16'-4"

14'-3"

17'-10"

15'-3"

550S162-54

12'-6"

ll'-2"

17'-7"

15'-7"

19'-5"

16'- 10"

550S 162-68

13'-6"

12'- 1"

19'-2"

17'-0"

21'-0"

18'-4"

550S162-97

15'-9"

13'- 11"

21'-8"

19'-3"

23'-5"

20'-5"

800S 162-33

800S 162-43

13'-0"

ll'-9"

18'- 10"

17'-0"

21 '-6"

19'-0"

800S 162-54

13'-10"

12'-5"

20'-0"

18'-0"

22'-9"

20'-4"

800S 162-68

14'-11"

13'-4"

21'-3"

19'-1"

24'- 1"

21 '-8"

800S 162-97

17'-1"

15'-2"

23'- 10"

21 '-3"

26'-7"

23'- 10"

lOOOS 162-43

—

1000S162-54

14'-9"

13'-3"

21'-4"

19'-3"

24'-4"

22'-0"

1000S162-68

15'-10"

14'-2"

22'-8"

20'-5"

25'-9"

23'-2"

lOOOS 162-97

18'-0"

16'-0"

25'-3"

22'-7"

28'-3"

25'-4"

1200S 162-43

—

1200S 162-54

1200S 162-68

16'-8"

14'-11"

23'-ll"

21'-6"

27'-2"

24'-6"

lOOOS 162-97

18'-9"

16'-9"

26'-6"

23'-8"

29'-9"

26'-9"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1

a. Deflection criterion: L/240

b. Ceiling dead load = 5 psf .

foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.
for total loads.

276

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R804.3.1(6)

CEILING JOIST SPANS

TWO EQUAL SPANS WITHOUT BEARING STIFFENERS

10 lb per sq ft LIVE LOAD (NO ATTIC STORAGE)^" 33 ksl STEEL

MEMBER
DESIGNATION

ALLOWABLE SPAN (feet-inches)

Lateral Support of Top (Compression) Flange

Unbraced

Mid-Span Bracing

Third-Point Bracing

Ceiling Joist Spacing (inches)

350S 162-33

ll'-9"

8'- 11"

11 '-9"

8'- 11"

ll'-9"

8'- 11"

350S162-43

14'-2"

ll'-7"

14'- 11"

ll'-7"

14'- 11"

ll'-7"

350S 162-54

15'-6"

13'-10"

17'- 1"

13'-10"

17'-7"

13'-10"

350S 162-68

17'-3"

15'-3"

18'-6"

16'-1"

19'-8"

16'-1"

350S 162-97

20'- 10"

18'-4"

21 '-5"

18'-9"

21'-11"

18'-9"

550S162-33

13'-4"

9'-ll"

13'-4"

9'-ll"

13'-4"

9'- 11"

550S 162-43

16'-0"

13'-6"

17'-9"

13'-6"

17'-9"

13'-6"

550S 162-54

17'-4"

15'-6"

19'-5"

16'- 10"

21 '-9"

16'- 10"

550S 162-68

19'-1"

16'-11"

20'- 10"

18'-8"

24'-ll"

20'-6"

550S 162-97

22'-8"

20'-0"

23'-9"

21'-1"

28'-2"

25'- 1"

800S 162-33

—

800S 162-43

17'-9"

15'-7"

20'-6"

15'-7"

21'-0"

15'-7"

800S 162-54

19'-1"

17'-1"

21'-8"

19'-6"

26'-4"

23'- 10"

800S 162-68

20'-9"

18'-6"

23'-l"

20'-9"

28'-0"

25'-2"

800S 162-97

24'-5"

21 '-6"

26'-0"

23'-2"

31'-1"

27'-9"

lOOOS 162-43

lOOOS 162-54

20'-3"

18'-2"

23'-2"

20'-10"

28'-2"

21 '-2"

lOOOS 162-68

21'-11"

19'-7"

24'-7"

22'-2"

29'-10"

26'- 11"

lOOOS 162-97

25'-7"

22'-7"

27'-6"

24'-6"

33'-0"

29'-7"

1200S162-43

—

1200S162-54

—

1200S 162-68

23'-0"

20'-7"

25'- 11"

23'-4"

31'-6"

28'-4"

lOOOS 162-97

26'-7"

23'-6"

28'-9"

25'-10"

34'-8"

31'-1"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4

a. Deflection criterion:

b. Ceiling dead load =

mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.
L/240 for total loads.
5 psf.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

277

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R804.3.1(7)

CEILING JOIST SPANS

SINGLE SPANS WITHOUT BEARING STIFFENERS

20 lb per sq ft LIVE LOAD (LIMITED ATTIC STORAGE)^ "33 ksl STEEL

MEMBER
DESIGNATION

ALLOWABLE SPAN (feet-inches)

Lateral Support of Top (Compression) Flange

Unbraced

Mid-Span Bracing

Third-Point Bracing

Ceiling Joist S|

3acing (inches)

350S162-33

8'-2"

6'-10"

9'-9"

6'-10"

9'- 11"

6'- 10"

350S 162-43

8'- 10"

7'- 10"

ll'-O"

9'-5"

ll'-O"

9'-7"

350S 162-54

9'-6"

8'-6"

ll'-9"

10'-3"

ll'-9"

10'-3"

350S 162-68

10'-4"

9'-2"

12'-7"

ll'-O"

12'-7"

ll'-O"

350S 162-97

12'-10"

10'-8"

13'-9"

12'-0"

13'-9"

12'-0"

550S 162-33

9'-2"

8'-3"

12'-2"

8'-5"

12'-6"

8'-5"

550S 162-43

lO'-l"

9'-l"

13'-7"

11 '-8"

14'-5"

12'-2"

550S 162-54

10'-9"

9'-8"

14'-10"

12'- 10"

15'-11"

13'-6"

550S 162-68

ir-7"

10'-4"

16'-4"

14'-0"

17'-5"

14'-11"

550S 162-97

13'-4"

ll'-lO"

18'-5"

16'-2"

20'- 1"

17'-4"

800S 162-33

800S 162-43

ll'-4"

10'- 1"

16'-5"

13'-6"

18'-1"

13'-6"

800S162-54

20'-0"

10'-9"

17'-4"

15'-6"

19'-6"

27'-0"

800S 162-68

12'- 10"

ll'-6"

18'-5"

16'-6"

20'- 10"

18'-3"

800S 162-97

14'-7"

12'-11"

20'-5"

18'-3"

22'- 11"

20'-5"

1000S162-43

—

1000S162-54

12'-10"

11 '-6"

18'-7"

16'-9"

21'-2"

15'-5"

lOOOS 162-68

13'-8"

12'-3"

19'-8"

17'-8"

22'-4"

20'- 1"

lOOOS 162-97

15'-4"

13'-8"

21 '-8"

19'-5"

24'-5"

21'-11"

1200S 162-43

—

1200S 162-54

—

1200S 162-68

14'-4"

12'- 11"

20'-9"

18'-8"

23'-7"

21 '-3"

lOOOS 162-97

16'-1"

14'-4"

22'- 10"

20'-6"

25'-9"

23'-2"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4

a. Deflection criterion:

b. Ceiling dead load -

mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.
L/240 for total loads.
5 psf.

278

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R804.3.1(8)

CEILING JOIST SPANS

TWO EQUAL SPANS WITHOUT BEARING STIFFENERS

20 lb per sq ft LIVE LOAD (LIMITED ATTIC STORAGE)^'' 33 ksi STEEL

MEMBER
DESIGNATION

ALLOWABLE SPAN (feet-inches)

Lateral Support of Top (Compression) Flange

Unbraced

Mid-Span Bracing

Third-Point Bracing

Ceiling Joist Spacing (inclies)

350S162-33

8'-l"

6'-l"

8'-l"

6'-l"

8'-l"

6'-l"

350S 162-43

10'-7"

8'-l"

10'-7"

8'-l"

10'-7"

8'-l"

350S 162-54

12'-8"

9'-10"

12'-8"

9'- 10"

12'-8"

9'- 10"

350S 162-68

14'-7"

11'- 10"

14'- 11"

ll'-lO"

14'- 11"

11'- 10"

350S 162-97

17'-6"

14'-3"

17'-6"

14'-3"

17'-6"

14'-3"

550S 162-33

8'- 11"

6'-8"

8'- 11"

6'-8"

8'- 11"

6'-8"

550S 162-43

12'-3"

9'-2"

12'-3"

9'-2"

12'-3"

9'-2"

550S 162-54

14'- 11"

ll'-8"

15'-4"

11 '-8"

15'-4"

ll'-8"

550S162-68

16'-3"

14'-5"

18'-0"

15'-8"

18'-10"

14'-7"

550S162-97

19'-1"

16'- 10"

20'-3"

18'-0"

23'-9"

19'-5"

800S162-33

800S 162-43

13'-11"

9'- 10" J

13'-11"

9'- 10"

13'- 11"

9'- 10"

800S 162-54

16'-5"

13'-9"

18'-8"

13'-9"

18'-8"

13'-9"

800S 162-68

17'-9"

15'-11"

20'-0"

18'-0"

24'- 1"

18'-3"

800S 162-97

20'-8"

18'-3"

22'-3"

19'-11"

26'-9"

24'-0"

lOOOS 162-43

lOOOS 162-54

17'-6"

13'-11"

19'-1"

13'-11"

19'-1"

13'-11"

1000S162-68

18'- 10"

16'-10"

21'-4"

19'-2"

25'- 11"

19'-7"

lOOOS 162-97

21 '-8"

19'-3"

23'-7"

21 '-2"

28'-5"

25'-6"

1200S162-43

1200S162-54

—

1200S 162-68

19'-9"

17'-8"

22'-6"

19'-8"

26'-8"

19'-8"

1000S162-97

22'-7"

20'- 1"

24'- 10"

22'-3"

29'-ll"

26'- 11"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1

a. Deflection criterion: 17240

b. Ceiling dead load = 5 psf.

foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.
for total loads.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

279

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

RAFTER

CEILING JOIST

HEEL JOINT CONNECTION WITH
SCREWS (AS REQUIRED)

TRACK

LOAD- BEARING STUD

ROOF TO WALL CONNECTION
WITH TWO SCREWS THROUGH
CEILING JOIST FLANGE, 54 MIL
(Ml N.) ANGLE

For SI: 1 mil = 0.0254 mm.

FIGURE R804.3.1(1)
JOIST TO RAFTER CONNECTION

TABLE R804.3.1
NUMBER OF SCREWS REQUIRED FOR CEILING JOIST TO RAFTER CONNECTION^

ROOF
SLOPE

NUMBER OF SCREWS

Building width (feet)

Ground snow load (psf)

3/12

4/12

5/12

6/12

7/12

8/12

9/12

10/12

11/12

12/12

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm,
a. Screws shall be No. 10.

1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kl^.

280

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

R804.3.2 Ceiling joist bracing. The bottom flanges of steel
ceiling joists shall be laterally braced in accordance with Sec-
tion R702. The top flanges of steel ceiling joists shall be later-
ally braced with a minimum of 33 mil (0.84 mm) C-section,
33 mil (0.84 mm) track section or 1 V2 inch by 33 mil (38 mm
by 0.84 mm) continuous steel strapping as required in Tables
R804.3.1(l) through R804.3.1(8). Lateral bracing shall be
installed in accordance with Figure R804.3. C-section, tracks
or straps shall be fastened to the top flange at each joist with at
least one No. 8 screw and shall be fastened to blocking with at
least two No. 8 screws. Blocking or bridging (X-bracing)
shall be installed between joists in hne with strap bracing at a
maximum spacing of 12 feet (3658 mm) measured perpen-
dicular to the joists, and at the termination of all straps. The
third-point bracing span values from Tables R804.3.1(l)
through R804.3.1(8) shall be used for straps installed at
closer spacings than third-point bracing, or when sheathing is
apphed to the top of the ceiling joists.

R804.3.3 Allowable rafter spans. The horizontal projec-
tion of the rafter span, as shown in Figure R804.3, shall not
exceed the limits set forth in Table R804.3.3(l). Wind
speeds shall be converted to equivalent ground snow loads
in accordance with Table R804.3.3(2). Rafter spans shall be
selected based on the higher of the ground snow load or the
equivalent snow load converted from the wind speed. When
required, a rafter support brace shall be a minimum of
350S 162-33 C-section with maximum length of 8 feet
(2438 mm) and shall be connected to a ceihng joist and raf-
ter with four No. 10 screws at each end.

R804.3.3.1 Rafter framing. Rafters shall be connected
to a parallel ceiling joist to form a continuous tie
between exterior walls in accordance with Figures
R804.3 and R804.3.1(l) and Table R804.3.1. Rafters
shall be connected to a ridge member with a minimum
2-inch by 2-inch (5 1 mm by 5 1 mm) clip angle fastened
with minimum No. 10 screws to the ridge member in
accordance with Figure R804.3.3.1 and Table
R804.3.3.1. The clip angle shall have a minimum steel
thickness as the rafter member and shall extend the full
depth of the rafter member. The ridge member shall be
fabricated from a C-section and a track section, which
shall be of a minimum size and steel thickness as the
adjacent rafters and shall be installed in accordance
with Figure R804.3. 3.1.

R804.3.3.2 Roof cantilevers. Roof cantilevers shall not
exceed 24 inches (610 mm) in accordance with Figure
R804.3. Roof cantilevers shall be supported by a header
in accordance with Section R603.6 or shall be supported
by the floor framing in accordance with Section
R505.3.7.

R804.3.4 Rafter bottom flange bracing. The bottom
flanges of steel rafters shall be continuously braced with a
minimum 33-mil (0.84 mm) C-section, 33-mil (0.84 mm)
track section, or a 1 Va-inch by 33-mil (38 mm by 0.84 mm)
steel strapping at a maximum spacing of 8 feet (2438 mm)
as measured parallel to the rafters. Bracing shall be installed
in accordance with Figure R804.3. The C-section, track sec-
tion, or straps shall be fastened to blocking with at least two
No. 8 screws. Blocking or bridging (X-bracing) shall be

installed between rafters in-line with the continuous bracing
at a maximum spacing of 12 feet (3658 mm) measured per-
pendicular to the rafters and at the termination of all straps.
The ends of continuous bracing shall be fastened to block-
ing with at least two No. 8 screws.

R804.3.5 Cutting and notching. Flanges and lips of load-
bearing steel roof framing members shall not be cut or notched.
Holes in webs shall be in accordance with Section R804.2.

R804.3.6 Hole patching. Web holes not conforming to the
requirements in Section R804.2 shall be designed in accor-
dance with one of the following:

1. Framing members shall be replaced or designed in
accordance with accepted engineering practices when
web holes exceed the following size limits:

1.1. The depth of the hole, measured across the
web, exceeds 70 percent of the flat width of
the web; or,

1.2. The length of the hole, measured along the
web, exceeds 10 inches (254 mm) or the depth
of the web, whichever is greater.

2. Web holes not exceeding the dimensional require-
ments in Section R804.3.6, Item 1 shall be patched
with a solid steel plate, stud section, or track section in
accordance with Figure R804.3.6. The steel patch
shall be of a minimum thickness as the receiving
member and shall extend at least 1 inch (25 mm)
beyond all edges of the hole. The steel patch shall be
fastened to the web of the receiving member with No.
8 screws spaced no greater than 1 inch (25 mm) cen-
ter-to-center along the edges of the patch with mini-
mum edge distance of V2 inch (13 mm).

R804.3.7 Splicing. Rafters and other structural members,
except ceiling joists, shall not be spliced. Splices in ceiling
joists shall only be permitted at interior bearing points and
shall be constructed in accordance with Figure R804.3.7(l).
Spliced ceiling joists shall be connected with the same num-
ber and size of screws on connection. Splicing of tracks
shall conform to Figure R804.3.7(2).

R804.3.8 Bearing stiffener. A bearing stiffener shall be
fabricated from a minimum 33-mil (0.84 mm) C-section or
track section. Each stiffener shall be fastened to the web of
the ceiling joist with a minimum of four No. 8 screws
equally spaced as shown in Figure R804.3.8. Stiffeners shall
extend across the full depth of the web and shall be installed
on either side of the web.

R804.3.9 Headers. Roof-ceiling framing above wall open-
ings shall be supported on headers. The allowable spans for
headers in bearing walls shall not exceed the values set forth
in Table R603.6(l).

R804.3.10 Framing of opening. Openings in roof and ceil-
ing framing shall be framed with headers and trimmers
between ceiling joists or rafters. Header joist spans shall not
exceed 4 feet (1219 mm). Header and trimmer joists shall be
fabricated from joist and track sections, which shall be of a
minimum size and thickness in accordance with Figures
R804.3.10(l) and R804.3.10(2). Each header joist shall be

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

281

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R804.3.3(1)
ALLOWABLE HORIZONTAL RAFTER SPANS^''^ 33 ksi STEEL

lUIEMBER
DESIGNATION

ALLOWABLE SPAN MEASURED HORIZONTALLY (feet-inches)

Ground Snow Load

20psf

30psf

50psf

70 psf

Rafter spacing (in)

! 24

550S162-33

14'-0"

ll'-5"

ll'-lO"

9'-8"

9'-5"

7'-8"

B'-l"

I 6'-7"

550S 162-43

16'-6"

13'-10"

14'-4"

11 '-9"

ll'-5"

9'-4"

9'-10"

j 8'-0"

550S 162-54

17'-9"

15'-6"

13'-2"

12'-11"

10'-6"

ll'-l"

1 9'-0"

550S 162-68

19'-0"

16'-7"

16'-8"

14'-7"

14'-1"

ll'-lO"

12'-5"

10'-2"

550S162-97

21 '-2"

18'-6"

18'-7"

16'-2"

15'-8"

13'-8"

14'-0"

12'-2"

800S 162-33

17'-0"

13'-11"

14'-5"

11 '-9"

11 '-6"

7'-9"

8'-6"

5'-8"

BOOS 162-43

21'-1"

17'-3"

17'-10"

14'-7"

14'-3"

11 '-7"

12'-2"

9'-ll"

BOOS 162-54

23'-ll"

20'-4"

21'-0"

17'-3"

16'-10"

13'-9"

14'-5"

11 '-9"

B00S162-6B

25'-9"

22'-6"

22'-7"

19'-5"

19'-0"

15'-6"

16'-3"

13'-3"

BOOS 162-97

2B'-9"

25'-l"

25'-2"

22'-0"

21'-3"

18'-7"

19'-0"

16'-0"

lOOOS 162-43

23'-4"

19'-1"

19'-9"

16'-2"

15'-9"

12'-11"

13'-6"

lO'-O"

lOOOS 162-54

27'-8"

22'-7"

23'-5"

19'-1"

18'-8"

15'-3"

16'-0"

13'-1"

1000S162-6B

30'-ll"

27'-0"

27'-2"

22'-ll"

22'-5"

18'-3"

19'-2"

15'-8"

1000S162-97

34'-7"

30'-2"

30'-4"

26'-6?'

25'-7"

22'- 1"

22'- 10"

' 18'-11"

1200S 162-43

25'-5"

20'-9"

21 '-6"

17'-6"

17'-1"

11 '-5"

12'-6"

1 8'-6"

1200S 162-54

30'-0"

24'-6"

25'-5"

20'-9"

20'-3"

16'-7"

17'-5"

I 14'-2"

1200S 162-68

35'-5"

28'-ll"

.30'-0"

24'-6"

23'-ll"

19'-6"

20'-6"

! 16'-9"

1200S162-97

40'-4"

35'-3"

35'-5"

30'-ll"

29'-10"

25'-5"

26'-B"

21 '-9"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot -

a. Table provides maximum horizontal rafter spans in feet and inches for

b. Deflection criterion: L/240 for live loads and L/180 for total loads.

c. Roof dead load =12 psf.

r 0.0479kPa.
slopes between 3:

12 and 12:12.

TABLE R804.3.3(2)
BASIC WIND SPEED TO EQUIVALENT SNOW LOAD CONVERSION

BASIC WIND SPEED
AND EXPOSURE

EQUIVALENT GROUND SNOW LOAD (psf)

Roof slope

Exp. A/B

Exp. C

3:12

4:12

5:12

6:12

7:12

8:12

9:12

10:12

11:12

12:12

85mph

—

100 mph

85 mph

50 ':

UOmph

100 mph

—

UOmph

—

For SI: 1 mile per hour = 0.447 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa.

connected to a trimmer joist with a minimum of four 2-inch
by 2-inch (51 by 51 mm) clip angles. Each clip angle shall be
fastened to both the header and trimmer joists with four No. 8
screws, evenly spaced, through each leg of the clip angle. The
clip angles shall have a steel thickness not less than that of the
floor joist.

282

R804.4 Roof tie-down. Roof assemblies subjectlto wind uplift
pressures of 20 pounds per square foot (0.96 kN/m^) or greater,
as established in Table R30 1.2(2), shall have rafter-to-bearing
wall ties provided in accordance with Table R802. 1 1 .

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

TABLE R804.3.3.1
NUMBER OF SCREWS REQUIRED AT EACH LEG OF CLIP
ANGLE FOR RAFTER TO RIDGE MEMBER CONNECTION^

BUILDING WIDTH
(feet)

NUMBER OF SCREWS

Ground snow load (psf)

0to20

21 to 30

31 to 50

51 to 70

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kl^.
a. Screws shall be No. 10 minimum.

CLIP ANGLE

SCREWS IN EACH LEG
OF CLIP ANGLE

RAFTER

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

RIDGE MEMBER SHALL CONSIST OF A
C-SECTION INSIDE A TRACK SECTION
SCREWED AT 24 IN. O.C. THROUGH TOP
AND BOTTOM FLANGES

FIGURE R804.3.3.1
RIDGE BOARD CONNECTION

'SOLID STEEL PLATE, C-SECTION OR TRACK
(MIN. THICKNESS OF JOIST)

SCREWS 1 IN. O.C.
(TYP)

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R804.3.6
HOLE PATCHING

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

283

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

CEILING JOIST

NUMBER OF SCREWS ON EACH
SIDE OF SPLICE SHALL BE THE
SAME AS REQUIRED FOR THE
HEEL JOINT CONNECTION

C- OR TRACK SECTION WITH MIN. S;iZE
AND THICKNESS AS CEILING JOISTS

CEILING JOIST

•

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R804.3.7(1)
SPLICED CEiLING JOISTS

JOIST SECTION INSIDE TFiACK

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

284

■ TRACK

FIGURE R804.3.7(2)
TRACK SPLICE

FOUR SCREWS ON
EACH SIDE OF
SPLICE

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

CEILING JOIST

BEARING STIFFENER

FIGURE R804.3.8
BEARING STIFFENER

HEADER

JOIST/RAFTER
(TYP.)

JOIST/RAFTER

CLIP ANGLE
(TYP.)

JOIST/RAFTER (TYP)

TRIMMER

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

FIGURE R804.3.10(1)
ROOF OPENING

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

285

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

2 IN. CLIP ANGLE WITH FOUR
SCREWS EACH LEG BOTH SIDES
OF CONNECTION

4 SCREWS EACH LEG OF CLIP ANGLE
(BOTH SIDES OF CONNECTION)
MIN. LENGTH = JOIST/RAFTER WEB
DEPTH MINUS V2 IN.

BUILT-UP HEADER AND TRIMMER JOISTS SHALL
BE SCREWED TOGETHER AT 24 IN. O.C. MAX.
THROUGH TOP AND BOTTOM FLANGES (TYP.)

BUILT-UP HEADER JOISTS SHALL
CONSIST OF A C-SECTION INSIDE A
TRACK SECTION

JOIST/RAFTER

BUILT-UP HEADER JOISTS SHALL
CONSIST OF A C-SECTION INSIDE A
TRACK SECTION

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R804.3.10(2)
HEADER TO TRIMMER CONNECTION

SECTION R805
CEILING FINISHES

R805.1 Ceiling installation. Ceilings shall be installed in
accordance with the requirements for interior wall finishes as
provided in Section R702.

SECTION R806
ROOF VENTILATION

R806.1 Ventilation required. Enclosed attics and enclosed
rafter spaces formed where ceilings are applied directly to the
underside of roof rafters shall have cross ventilation for each
separate space by ventilating openings protected against the
entrance of rain or snow. Ventilating openings shall be pro-
vided with corrosion-resistant wire mesh, with Vg inch (3.2
mm) minimum to V4 inch (6 mm) maximum openings.

R806.2 Minimum area. The total net free ventilating area
shall not be less than V150 of the area of the space ventilated
except that reduction of the total area to '/300 is permitted, pro-
vided that at least 50 percent and not more than 80 percent of
the required ventilating area is provided by ventilators located
in the upper portion of the space to be ventilated at least 3 feet
(914 mm) above the eave or cornice vents with the balance of
the required ventilation provided by eave or cornice vents. As
an alternative, the net free cross-ventilation area may be
reduced to V300 when a vapor barrier having a transmission rate

not exceeding 1 perm (5.7 x 10"^' kg/s
the warm-in- winter side of the ceiling.

m^ • Pa) is installed on

R806.3 Vent and insulation clearance. Where eave or cornice
vents are installed, insulation shall not block the free flow of

air. A minimum of a 1-inch (25 nrni) space shall t»e provided
between the insulation and the roof sheathing and 1 at the loca- I
tion of the vent. |

R806.4 Conditioned attic assemblies. Unvented conditioned
attic assemblies (spaces between the ceiling joists of the top
story and the roof rafters) are permitted under the following
conditions:

1. No interior vapor retarders are installed on the ceiling
side (attic floor) of the unvented attic assembly.

2. An air-impermeable insulation is applied in direct con-
tact to the underside/interior of the structural roof deck.
"Air-impermeable" shall be defined by ASTM E 283.

Exception: In Zones 2B and 3B, insulation is not
required to be air impermeable.

3. In the warm humid locations as defined in Section
NllOl.2.1:

3.1. For asphalt roofing shingles: A 1-perm (5.7 x
10"'^ kg/s • m^ • Pa) or less vapor retarder (deter-
mined using Procedure B of ASTM E 96) is
placed to the exterior of the structural roof deck;
that is, just above the roof structural isheathing.

3.2. For wood shingles and shakes: a minimum con-
tinuous V4-inch (6 mm) vented air space sepa-
rates the shingles/shakes and the roofing felt
placed over the structural sheathing.

4. In Zones 3 through 8 as defined in Section Ni 101 .2, suf-
ficient insulation is installed to maintain the monthly
average temperature of the condensing surface above
45°F (7°C). The condensing surface is defiiled as either

286

I
2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

the structural roof deck or the interior surface of an
air-impermeable insulation applied in direct contact with
the underside/interior of the structural roof deck.
"Air-impermeable" is quantitatively defined by ASTM
E 283. For calculation purposes, an interior temperature
of 68°F (20°C) is assumed. The exterior temperature is
assumed to be the monthly average outside temperature.

SECTION R807
ATTIC ACCESS

R807.1 Attic access. Buildings with combustible ceiling or
roof construction shall have an attic access opening to attic
areas that exceed 30 square feet (2.8 m^) and have a vertical
height of 30 inches (762 mm) or more.

The rough-framed opening shall not be less than 22 inches
by 30 inches (559 mm by 762 mm) and shall be located in a
hallway or other readily accessible location. A 30-inch (762
mm) minimum unobstructed headroom in the attic space shall
be provided at some point above the access opening. See Sec-
tion M1305.1.3 for access requirements where mechanical
equipment is located in attics.

SECTION R808
INSULATION CLEARANCE

R808.1 Combustible insulation. Combustible insulation shall
be separated a minimum of 3 inches (76 mm) from recessed
luminaires, fan motors and other heat-producing devices.

Exception: Where heat-producing devices are listed for
lesser clearances, combustible insulation complying with
the listing requirements shall be separated in accordance
with the conditions stipulated in the listing.

Recessed luminaires installed in the building thermal enve-
lope shall meet the requirements of Section Nl 102.4.3.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

287

288

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDiENTIAL CODE"

CHAPTER 9

ROOF ASSEMBLIES

SECTION R901
GENERAL

R901.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the
design, materials, construction and quality of roof assemblies.

SECTION R902
ROOF CLASSIFICATION

R902.1 Roofing covering materials. Roofs shall be covered
with materials as set forth in Sections R904 and R905. Class A,
B or C roofing shall be installed in areas designated by law as
requiring their use or when the edge of the roof is less than 3
feet (914 mm) from a property line. Classes A, B and C roofing
required to be listed by this section shall be tested in accor-
dance with UL 790 or ASTM E 108. Roof assemblies with cov-
erings of brick, masonry, slate, clay or concrete roof tile,
exposed concrete roof deck, ferrous or copper shingles or
sheets, and metal sheets and shingles, shall be considered Class
A roof coverings.

R902.2 Fire-retardant-treated shingles and shakes.

Fire-retardant-treated wood shakes and shingles shall be
treated by impregnation with chemicals by the full-cell vac-
uum-pressure process, in accordance with AWRA. CI. Each
bundle shall be marked to identify the manufactured unit and
the manufacturer, and shall also be labeled to identify the clas-
sification of the material in accordance with the testing
required in Section R902. 1 , the treating company and the qual-
ity control agency.

SECTION R903
WEATHER PROTECTION

R903.1 General. Roof decks shall be covered with approved
roof coverings secured to the building or structure in accor-
dance with the provisions of this chapter. Roof assemblies shall
be designed and installed in accordance with this code and the
approved manufacturer's installation instructions such that the
roof assembly shall serve to protect the building or structure.

R903.2 Flashing. Flashings shall be installed in a manner that
prevents moisture from entering the wall and roof through
joints in copings, through moisture permeable materials and at
intersections with parapet walls and other penetrations through
the roof plane.

R903.2.1 Locations. Flashings shall be installed at wall and
roof intersections, wherever there is a change in roof slope
or direction and around roof openings. Where flashing is of
metal, the metal shall be corrosion resistant with a thickness
of not less than 0.019 inch (0.5 mm) (No. 26 galvanized
sheet).

R903.3 Coping. Parapet walls shall be properly coped with
noncombustible, weatherproof materials of a width no less
than the thickness of the parapet wall.

R903.4 Roof drainage. Unless roofs are sloped to drain over
roof edges, roof drains shall be installed at each low point of the
roof. Where required for roof drainage, scuppers shall be
placed level with the roof surface in a wall or parapet. The scup-
per shall be located as determined by the roof slope and con-
tributing roof area.

R903.4.1 Overflow drains and scuppers. Where roof
drains are required, overflow drains having the same size as
the roof drains shall be installed with the inlet flow line
located 2 inches (5 1 mm) above the low point of the roof, or
overflow scuppers having three times the size of the roof
drains and having a minimum opening height of 4 inches
(102 mm) shall be installed in the adjacent parapet walls
with the inlet flow located 2 inches (5 1 mm) above the low
point of the roof served. The installation and sizing of over-
flow drains, leaders and conductors shall comply with the
International Plumbing Code.

Overflow drains shall discharge to an approved location
and shall not be connected to roof drain lines.

R903.5 Hail exposure. Hail exposure, as specified in Sections
R903.5.1 and R903.5.2, shall be determined using Figure
R903.5.

R903.5.1 Moderate hail exposure. One or more hail days
with hail diameters larger than 1.5 inches (38 mm) in a
20-year period.

R903.5.2 Severe hail exposure. One or more hail days with
hail diameters larger than or equal to 2.0 inches (5 1 mm) in a
20-year period.

SECTION R904
MATERIALS

R904.1 Scope. The requirements set forth in this section shall
apply to the application of roof covering materials specified
herein. Roof assemblies shall be applied in accordance with
this chapter and the manufacturer's installation instructions.
Installation of roof assemblies shall comply with the apphcable
provisions of Section R905.

R904.2 Compatibility of materials. Roof assembhes shall be
of materials that are compatible with each other and with the
building or structure to which the materials are applied.

R904.3 Material specifications and physical characteris-
tics. Roof covering materials shall conform to the applicable
standards listed in this chapter. In the absence of applicable
standards or where materials are of questionable suitability,
testing by an approved testing agency shall be required by the
building official to determine the character, quality and limita-
tions of application of the materials.

R904.4 Product identification. Roof covering materials shall
be delivered in packages bearing the manufacturer's identify-
ing marks and approved testing agency labels when required.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

289

L j Minimum 1 hall clay/20 years. Moderate Size (1.5 - 5.0 In.)
■ Minimum 1 hail day/20 years, Severe Size (2.0 - 5.0 «n.)

FIGURE R903.5
HAIL EXPOSURE MAP

ROOF ASSEMBLIES

Bulk shipments of materials shall be accompanied by the same
information issued in the form of a certificate or on a bill of lad-
ing by the manufacturer.

SECTION R905
REQUIREMENTS FOR ROOF COVERINGS

R905.1 Roof covering application. Roof coverings shall be
applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this
section and the manufacturer's installation instructions. Unless
otherwise specified in this section, roof coverings shall be
installed to resist the component and cladding loads specified
in Table R301 .2(2), adjusted for height and exposure in accor-
dance with Table R30 1.2(3).

R905.2 Asphalt shingles. The installation of asphalt shingles
shall comply with the provisions of this section.

R905.2.1 Sheathing requirements. Asphalt shingles shall
be fastened to solidly sheathed decks.

R905.2.2 Slope. Asphalt shingles shall be used only on roof
slopes of two units vertical in 12 units horizontal (2:12) or
greater. For roof slopes from two units vertical in 12 units
horizontal (2:12) up to four units vertical in 12 units hori-
zontal (4:12), double underlayment application is required
in accordance with Section R905.2.7.

R905.2.3 Underlayment. Unless otherwise noted, required
underlayment shall conform to ASTM D 226 Type I, ASTM
D 4869 Type I, or ASTM D 6757.

Self-adhering polymer modified bitumen sheet shall
comply with ASTM D 1970.

R905.2.4 Asphalt shingles. Asphalt shingles shall have
self-seal strips or be interlocking, and comply with ASTM
D 225 or D 3462.

R905.2.4.1 Wind resistance of asphalt shingles.

Asphalt shingles shall be installed in accordance with Sec-
tion R905.2.6. Shingles classified using ASTM D 3161
are acceptable for use in wind zones less than 110 mph (49
m/s). Shingles classified using ASTM D 3 161 , Class F, are
acceptable for use in all cases where special fastening is
required.

R905.2.5 Fasteners. Fasteners for asphalt shingles shall be
galvanized steel, stainless steel, aluminum or copper roof-
ing nails, minimum 12 gage [0. 105 inch (3 mm)] shank with
a minimum Vg-inch (10 mm) diameter head, ASTM F 1667,
of a length to penetrate through the roofing materials and a
minimum of V4 inch (19 mm) into the roof sheathing. Where
the roof sheathing is less than V4 inch (19 mm) thick, the fas-
teners shall penetrate through the sheathing. Fasteners shall
comply with ASTM F 1667.

R905.2.6 Attachment. Asphalt shingles shall have the min-
imum number of fasteners required by the manufacturer.
For normal application, asphalt shingles shall be secured to
the roof with not less than four fasteners per strip shingle or
two fasteners per individual shingle. Where the roof slope
exceeds 20 units vertical in 12 units horizontal (167 percent
slope), special methods of fastening are required. For roofs
located where the basic wind speed per Figure R301 .2(4) is

110 mph (49 m/s) or higher, special methods of fastening
are required. Special fastening methods shall be tested in
accordance with ASTM D 3161, Class F. Asphalt shingle I
wrappers shall bear a label indicating compliance with I
ASTM D 3161, Class F. |

R905.2.7 Underlayment application. For roof slopes from
two units vertical in 12 units horizontal (17-percent slope), up
to four units vertical in 1 2 units horizontal (33-percent slope),
underlayment shall be two layers apphed in the following
manner. Apply a 19-inch (483 mm) strip of underlayment felt
parallel to and starting at the eaves, fastened sufficiently to
hold in place. Starting at the eave, apply 36-inch- wide (914
mm) sheets of underlayment, overlapping successive sheets
19 inches (483 mm), and fastened sufficiently to hold in
place. Distortions in the underlayment shall not interfere with I
the abihty of the shingles to seal. For roof slopes of four units |
vertical in 12 units horizontal (33-percent slope) or greater,
underlayment shall be one layer applied in the following
manner. Underlayment shall be apphed shingle fashion, par-
allel to and starting from the eave and lapped 2 inches (51
mm), fastened sufficiently to hold in place. Distortions in the I
underlayment shall not interfere with the ability of the shin- |
gles to seal. End laps shall be offset by 6 feet (1829 mm).

R905.2.7.1 Ice barrier. In areas where there has been a I
history of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup I
of water as designated in Table R301 .2(1), an ice barrier |
that consists of a least two layers of underlayment
cemented together or of a self-adhering polymer modi-
fied bitumen sheet, shall be used in heu of normal
underlayment and extend from the lowest edges of all I
roof surfaces to a point at least 24 inches (610 mm) inside |
the exterior wall line of the building.

Exception: Detached accessory structures that con-
tain no conditioned floor area.

R905.2.7.2 Underlayment and high wind. Underlay-
ment applied in areas subject to high winds [above 110
mph (49 m/s) per Figure R30 1 .2(4)] shall be applied with
corrosion-resistant fasteners in accordance with manu-
facturer's installation instructions. Fasteners are to be
applied along the overlap not farther apart than 36 inches
(914 mm) on center.

R905.2.8 Flashing. Flashing for asphalt shingles shall com-
ply with this section.

R905.2.8.1 Base and cap flashing. Base and cap flashing
shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instal-
lation instructions. Base flashing shall be of either corro-
sion-resistant metal of minimum nominal 0.019-inch (0.5
mm) thickness or mineral surface roll roofing weighing a
minimum of 77 pounds per 100 square feet (4 kg/m^). Cap
flashing shall be corrosion-resistant metal of minimum
nominal 0.019-inch (0.5 mm) thickness.

R905.2.8.2 Valleys. Valley linings shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions before applying shingles. Valley finings of the fol-
lowing types shall be permitted:

1. For open valley (valley lining exposed) lined with
metal, the vafiey lining shall be at least 24 inches

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

291

ROOF ASSEMBLIES

(610 mm) wide and of any of the corrosion-resis-
tant metals in Table R905.2.8.2.

2. For open valleys, valley lining of two plies of min-
eral surfaced roll roofing, complying with ASTM
D 3909 or ASTM D 6380 Class M, shall be permit-
ted. The bottom layer shall be 18 inches (457mm)
and the top layer a minimum of 36 inches (914
mm) wide.

3. For closed valleys (valley covered with shingles),
valley lining of one ply of smooth roll roofing
complying with ASTM D 6380 Class S Type III,
Class M Type II, or ASTM D 3909 and at least 36
inches wide (914 mm) or valley lining as described
in Items 1 and 2 above shall be permitted. Spe-
cialty underlayment complying with ASTM D
1970 may be used in lieu of the lining material.

TABLE R905.2.8.2
VALLEY LINING MATERIAL

MATERIAL

MINIMUM

THICKNESS

(inches)

GAGE

WEIGHT
(pounds)

Cold-rolled copper

0.0216
nominal

—

ASTM B 370,
16 oz. per
square foot

Lead-coated copper

0.0216
nominal

—

ASTMB 101,
16 oz. per
square foot

High-yield copper

0.0162
nominal

—

ASTM B 370,
12 oz. per
square foot

Lead-coated
high-yield copper

0.0162
nominal

—

ASTMB 101,

12 oz. per

square foot

Aluminum

0.024

Stainless steel

Galvanized steel

0.0179

26 (zinc
coated G90)

—

Zinc alloy

0.027

Lead

2V,

Painted terne

—

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound = 0.454 kg.

R905.2.8.3 Crickets and saddles. A cricket or saddle
shall be installed on the ridge side of any chimney or pen-
etration more than 30 inches (762 mm) wide as measured
perpendicular to the slope. Cricket or saddle coverings
shall be sheet metal or of the same material as the roof
covering.

R905.2.8.4 Sidewall flashing. Flashing against a verti-
cal sidewall shall be by the step-flashing method.

R905.2.8.5 Other flashing. Flashing against a vertical
front wall, as well as soil stack, vent pipe and chimney
flashing, shall be applied according to the asphalt shingle
manufacturer's printed instructions.

R905.3 Clay and concrete tile. The installation of clay and
concrete shall comply with the provisions of this section. Clay
roof tile shall comply with ASTM C 1 167.

R905.3.1 Deck requirements. Concrete and clay tile shall
be installed only over solid sheathing or spaced structural
sheathing boards.

R905.3.2 Deck slope. Clay and concrete roof tile shall be
installed on roof slopes of two and one-half units vertical in
1 2 units horizontal ( 2'/2: 1 2) or greater. For roof slopes from
two and one-half units vertical in 12 units horizontal
(272:12) to four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (4:12),
double underlayment application is required in accordance
with Section R905.3.3.

R905.3.3 Underlayment. Unless otherwise noted, required
underlayment shall conform to ASTM D 226 Type II;
ASTM D 2626 Type I; or ASTM D 6380 Class M mineral |
surfaced roll roofing.

R905.3.3.1 Low slope roofs. For roof slopes from two
and one-half units vertical in 12 units horizontal
(272:12), up to four units vertical in 12 units horizontal
(4:12), underlayment shall be a minimum of two layers
underlayment appHed as follows:

1. Starting at the eave, a 19-inch (483 mm) strip of
underlayment shall be applied parallel with the
eave and fastened sufficiently in place.

2. Starting at the eave, 36-inch- wide (914 mm) strips
of underlayment felt shall be applied, overlapping
successive sheets 19 inches (483 mm), and fas-
tened sufficiently in place.

R905.3.3.2 High slope roofs. For roof slopes of four
units vertical in 12 units horizontal (4:12) or greater,
underlayment shall be a minimum of one layer of
underlayment felt applied shingle fashion, parallel to and
starting from the eaves and lapped 2 inches (5 1 mm), fas-
tened sufficiently in place.

R905.3.3.3 Underlayment and high wind. Underlay-
ment applied in areas subject to high wind [over 110
miles per hour (49 m/s) per Figure R30 1.2(4)] shall be
applied with corrosion-resistant fasteners in accordance
with manufacturer's installation instructions. Fasteners
are to be applied along the overlap not farther apart than
36 inches (914 mm) on center.

R905.3.4 Tile. Clay roof tile shall comply with ASTM C
1167.

R905.3.5 Concrete tile. Concrete roof tile shall comply
with ASTM C 1492.

R905.3.6 Fasteners. Nails shall be corrosion resistant and
not less than 1 1 gage, V,6-inch (11 mm) head, and of suffi-
cient length to penetrate the deck a minimum of V4 inch (19
mm) or through the thickness of the deck, whichever is less.
Attaching wire for clay or concrete tile shall not be smaller
than 0.083 inch (2 mm). Perimeter fastening areas include
three tile courses but not less than 36 inches (914 mm) from
either side of hips or ridges and edges of eaves and gable
rakes.

292

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

ROOF ASSEMBLIES

R905.3.7 Application. Tile shall be applied in accordance
with this chapter and the manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions, based on the following:

1. Climatic conditions.

2. Roof slope.

3. Underlayment system.

4. Type of tile being installed.

Clay and concrete roof tiles shall be fastened in accor-
dance with this section and the manufacturer's installation
instructions. Perimeter tiles shall be fastened with a mini-
mum of one fastener per tile. Tiles with installed weight less
than 9 pounds per square foot (0.4 kg/m^) require a mini-
mum of one fastener per tile regardless of roof slope. Clay
and concrete roof tile attachment shall be in accordance
with the manufacturer's installation instructions where
applied in areas where the wind speed exceeds 100 miles per
hour (45 m/s) and on buildings where the roof is located
more than 40 feet (12 192 mm) above grade. In areas subject
to snow, a minimum of two fasteners per tile is required. In
all other areas, clay and concrete roof tiles shall be attached
in accordance with Table R905.3.7.

TABLE R905.3.7
CLAY AND CONCRETE TILE ATTACHMENT

SHEATHING

ROOF SLOPE

NUMBER OF
FASTENERS

Solid without battens

All

One per tile

Spaced or solid
with battens and
slope < 5:12

Fasteners not required

—

Spaced sheathing
without battens

5:12 < slope < 12:12

One per tile/every
other row

12:12 < slope < 24:12

One per tile

R905.3.8 Flashing. At the juncture of roof vertical surfaces,
flashing and counterflashing shall be provided in accor-
dance with this chapter and the manufacturer's installation
instructions and, where of metal, shall not be less than 0.019
inch (0.5 mm) (No. 26 galvanized sheet gage) corro-
sion-resistant metal. The valley flashing shall extend at least
1 1 inches (279 mm) from the centerline each way and have a
splash diverter rib not less than 1 inch (25 mm) high at the
flow line formed as part of the flashing. Sections of flashing
shall have an end lap of not less than 4 inches (102 mm). For
roof slopes of three units vertical in 12 units horizontal
(25 -percent slope) and greater, valley flashing shall have a
36-inch-wide (914 mm) underlayment of one layer of Type I
underlayment running the full length of the valley, in addi-
tion to other required underlayment. In areas where the
average daily temperature in January is 25 °F (-4°C) or less,
metal valley flashing underlayment shall be solid-cemented
to the roofing underlayment for slopes less than seven units
vertical in 12 units horizontal (58-percent slope) or be of
self-adhering polymer modified bitumen sheet.

R905.4 Metal roof shingles. The installation of metal roof
shingles shall comply with the provisions of this section.

R905.4.1 Deck requirements. Metal roof shingles shall be
applied to a solid or closely fitted deck, except where the
roof covering is specifically designed to be applied to
spaced sheathing.

R905.4.2 Deck slope. Metal roof shingles shall not be
installed on roof slopes below three units vertical in 12 units
horizontal (25 -percent slope).

R905.4.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply with
ASTM D 226, Type I or ASTM D 4869, Type I or II.

R905.4.3.1 Ice barrier. In areas where there has been a
history of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup
of water as designated in Table R301.2(l), an ice barrier
that consists of at least two layers of underlayment
cemented together or a self-adhering polymer modified
bitumen sheet shall be used in place of normal
underlayment and extend from the lowest edges of all
roof surfaces to a point at least 24 inches (610 mm) inside
the exterior wall line of the building.

Exception: Detached accessory structures that con-
tain no conditioned floor area.

R905.4.4 Material standards. Metal roof shingle roof cov-
erings shall comply with Table R905. 10.3(1). The materials
used for metal roof shingle roof coverings shall be naturally
corrosion resistant or be made corrosion resistant in accor-
dance with the standards and minimum thicknesses listed in
Table R905. 10.3(2).

R905.4.5 Application. Metal roof shingles shall be secured
to the roof in accordance with this chapter and the approved
manufacturer's installation instructions.

R905.4.6 Flashing. Roof valley flashing shall be of corro-
sion-resistant metal of the same material as the roof cover-
ing or shall comply with the standards in Table
R905. 10.3(1). The valley flashing shall extend at least 8
inches (203 mm) from the center line each way and shall
have a splash diverter rib not less than V4 inch (19 mm) high
at the flow line formed as part of the flashing. Sections of
flashing shall have an end lap of not less than 4 inches (102
mm). The metal valley flashing shall have a 36-inch-wide
(914 mm) underlayment directly under it consisting of one
layer of underlayment running the full length of the valley,
in addition to underlayment required for metal roof shin-
gles. In areas where the average daily temperature in Janu-
ary is 25°F (-4°C) or less , the metal valley flashing
underlayment shall be solid cemented to the roofing
underlayment for roof slopes under seven units vertical in
12 units horizontal (58-percent slope) or self-adhering poly-
mer modified bitumen sheet.

R905.5 Mineral-surfaced roll roofing. The installation of min-
eral-surfaced roll roofing shall comply with this section.

R905.5.1 Deck requirements. Mineral-surfaced roll roof-
ing shall be fastened to solidly sheathed roofs.

R905.5.2 Deck slope. Mineral-surfaced roll roofing shall
not be applied on roof slopes below one unit vertical in 12
units horizontal (8-percent slope).

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

293

ROOF ASSEMBLIES

R905.5.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply with
ASTM D 226, Type I or ASTM D 4869, Type I or II.

R905.5.3.1 Ice barrier. In areas where there has been a
history of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup
of water as designated in Table R301 .2(1), an ice barrier
that consists of at least two layers of underlayment
cemented together or a self-adhering polymer modified
bitumen sheet shall be used in place of normal
underlayment and extend from the lowest edges of all
roof surfaces to a point at least 24 inches (610 mm) inside
the exterior wall line of the building.

Exception: Detached accessory structures that con-
tain no conditioned floor area.

R905.5.4 Material standards. Mineral-surfaced roll roof-
ing shall conform to ASTM D 3909 or ASTM D 6380,
Class M.

R905.5.5 Application. Mineral-surfaced roll roofing shall
be installed in accordance with this chapter and the manu-
facturer's installation instructions.

R905.6 Slate and slate-type shingles. The installation of slate
and slate-type shingles shall comply with the provisions of this
section.

R905.6.1 Deck requirements. Slate shingles shall be fas-
tened to solidly sheathed roofs.

R905.6.2 Deck slope. Slate shingles shall be used only on
slopes of four units vertical in 12 units horizontal (33-per-
cent slope) or greater.

R905.6.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply with
ASTM D 226, Type I or ASTM D 4869, Type I or II.

R905.6.3.1 Ice barrier. In areas where there has been a
history of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup
of water as designated in Table R301 .2(1), an ice barrier
that consists of at least two layers of underlayment
cemented together or a self-adhering polymer modified
bitumen sheet shall be used in lieu of normal
underlayment and extend from the lowest edges of all
roof surfaces to a point at least 24 inches (610 mm) inside
the exterior wall line of the building.

Exception: Detached accessory structures that con-
tain no conditioned floor area.

R905.6.4 Material standards. Slate shingles shall comply
with ASTM C 406.

R905.6.5 Application. Minimum headlap for slate shingles
shall be in accordance with Table R905.6.5. Slate shingles
shall be secured to the roof with two fasteners per slate. Slate
shingles shall be installed in accordance with this chapter
and the manufacturer's installation instructions.

TABLE R905.6.5
SLATE SHINGLE HEADLAP

SLOPE

HEADLAP (inches)

4:12 < slope < 8:12

8:12 < slope < 20:12

Slope < 20:12

R905.6.6 Flashing. Flashing and counterflashing shall be
made with sheet metal. Valley flashing shall be a minimum
of 15 inches (381 mm) wide. Valley and flashing metal shall
be a minimum uncoated thickness of 0.0179-inch (0.5 mm)
zinc coated G90. Chimneys, stucco or brick walls shall have
a minimum of two plies of felt for a cap flashing consisting
of a 4-inch- wide (102 mm) strip of felt set in plastic cement
and extending 1 inch (25 mm) above the first felt and a top
coating of plastic cement. The felt shall extend over the base
flashing 2 inches (51 mm).

R905.7 Wood shingles. The installation of wood shingles shall
comply with the provisions of this section.

R905.7.1 Deck requirements. Wood shingles shall be
installed on solid or spaced sheathing. Where spaced
sheathing is used, sheathing boards shall not be less than
1 -inch by 4-inch (25 .4 mm by 1 02 mm) nominal dimensions
and shall be spaced on centers equal to the weather exposure
to coincide with the placement of fasteners.

R905.7.1.1 Solid sheathing required. In areas where
the average daily temperature in January is 25 °F (-4°C)
or less, solid sheathing is required on that portion of the
roof requiring the application of an ice barrier.

R905.7.2 Deck slope. Wood shingles shall be installed on
slopes of three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25 -per-
cent slope) or greater.

R905.7.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply with
ASTM D 226, Type I or ASTM D 4869, Type I or II.

R905.7.3.1 Ice barrier. In areas where there has been a
history of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup
of water as designated in Table R301.2(l), an ice barrier
that consists of at least two layers of underlayment
cemented together or a self- adhering polymer modified
bitumen sheet shall be used in lieu of normal
underlayment and extend from the lowest edges of all
roof surfaces to a point at least 24 inches (610 mm) inside
the exterior wall line of the building.

Exception: Detached accessory structures that con-
tain no conditioned floor area.

R905.7.4 Material standards. Wood shingles shall be of
naturally durable wood and comply with the requirements
ofTableR905.7.4.

TABLE R905.7.4
WOOD SHINGLE MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS

MATERIAL

MINIMUM GRADES

APPLICABLE
GRADING RULES

Wood shingles of
naturally durable wood

1,2 or 3

Cedar Shake and
Shingle Bureau

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

R905.7.5 Application. Wood shingles shall be installed
according to this chapter and the manufacturer's installation
instructions. Wood shingles shall be laid with a side lap not
less than 172 inches (38 mm) between joints in courses, and
no two joints in any three adjacent courses shall be in direct
alignment. Spacing between shingles shall not be less than 74
inch to Vg inch (6 mm to 10 mm). Weather exposure for wood
shingles shall not exceed those set in Table R905.7.5. Fasten-
ers for wood shingles shall be corrosion resistant with a mini-

294

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

ROOF ASSEMBLIES

mum penetration of '/2 inch (13 mm) into the sheathing. For
sheathing less than V2 inch (13 mm) in thickness, the fasteners
shall extend through the sheathing. Wood shingles shall be
attached to the roof with two fasteners per shingle, positioned
no more than V4 inch (19 mm) from each edge and no more
than 1 inch (25 mm) above the exposure Hne.

TABLE R905.7.5
WOOD SHINGLE WEATHER EXPOSURE AND ROOF SLOPE

ROOFING
MATERIAL

LENGTH
(inches)

GRADE

EXPOSURE (inches)

3:12 pitch to
<4:12

4:12 pitch or
steeper

Shingles of
naturally durable
wood

No. 1 J

No. 2

No. 3

No. 1

4V4

No. 2

No. 3

No. 1

No. 2

6V2

No. 3

5V2

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

R905.7.6 Valley flashing. Roof flashing shall be not less
than No. 26 gage [0.019 inches (0.5 mm)] corrosion-resis-
tant sheet metal and shall extend 10 inches (254 nam) from
the centerline each way for roofs having slopes less than 12
units vertical in 12 units horizontal (100-percent slope), and
7 inches (178 mm) from the centerline each way for slopes
of 12 units vertical in 12 units horizontal and greater. Sec-
tions of flashing shall have an end lap of not less than 4
inches (102 mm).

R905.7.7 Label required. Each bundle of shingles shall be
identified by a label of an approved grading or inspection
bureau or agency.

R905.8 Wood shakes. The installation of wood shakes shall
comply with the provisions of this section.

R905.8.1 Deck requirements. Wood shakes shall be used
only on solid or spaced sheathing. Where spaced sheathing is
used, sheathing boards shall not be less than 1-inch by 4-inch
(25 mm by 102 mm) nominal dimensions and shall be spaced
on centers equal to the weather exposure to coincide with the
placement of fasteners. Where 1-inch by 4-inch (25 mm by
102 mm) spaced sheathing is installed at 10 inches (254 mm)
on center, additional 1-inch by 4-inch (25 mm by 102 mm)
boards shall be installed between the sheathing boards.

R905.8.1.1 Solid sheathing required. In areas where
the average daily temperature in January is 25 °F (-4°C)
or less, solid sheathing is required on that portion of the
roof requiring an ice barrier.

R905.8.2 Deck slope. Wood shakes shall only be used on
slopes of three units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25-per-
cent slope) or greater.

R905.8.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply
with ASTM D 226, Type I or ASTM D 4869, Type I or II.

R905.8.3.1 Ice barrier. In areas where there has been a
history of ice forming along the eaves causing a backup
of water as designated in Table R301 .2(1), an ice barrier
that consists of at least two layers of underlayment
cemented together or a self-adhering polymer modified
bitumen sheet shall be used in place of normal
underlayment and extend from the lowest edges of all
roof surfaces to a point at least 24 inches (610 mm)
inside the exterior wall line of the building.

Exception: Detached accessory structures that con-
tain no conditioned floor area.

R905.8.4 Interlayment. Interlayment shall comply with
ASTM D 226, Type I.

R905.8.5 Material standards. Wood shakes shall comply
with the requirements of Table R905.8.5.

TABLE R905.8.5
WOOD SHAKE MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS

IMATERiAL

lUIINilUIUiVI
GRADES

APPLICABLE GRADING
RULES

Wood shakes of naturally
durable wood

Cedar Shake and
Shingle Bureau

Taper sawn shakes of naturally
durable wood

lor 2

Cedar Shake and
Shingle Bureau

Preservative-treated shakes
and shingles of naturally
durable wood

Cedar Shake and
Shingle Bureau

Fire-retardant-treated shakes
and shingles of naturally
durable wood

Cedar Shake and
Shingle Bureau

Preservative-treated taper sawn
shakes of Southern pine
treated in accordance with
AWPA Standard Ul
(Commodity Specification
A, Use Category 3B and
Section 5.6)

lor 2

Forest Products
Laboratory of the
Texas Forest
Services

R905.8.6 Application. Wood shakes shall be installed
according to this chapter and the manufacturer's installa-
tion instructions. Wood shakes shall be laid with a side lap
not less than VI 2 inches (38 mm) between joints in adja-
cent courses. Spacing between shakes in the same course
shall be Vg inch to Vg inch (3 mm to 16 mm) for shakes and
tapersawn shakes of naturally durable wood and shall be
'/4 inch to Vg inch (6 mm to 10 mm) for preservative treated
taper sawn shakes. Weather exposure for wood shakes
shall not exceed those set forth in Table R905.8.6. Fasten-
ers for wood shakes shall be corrosion-resistant, with a
minimum penetration of V2 inch (12.7 mm) into the
sheathing. For sheathing less than V2 inch (12.7 mm) in
thickness, the fasteners shall extend through the sheath-
ing. Wood shakes shall be attached to the roof with two
fasteners per shake, positioned no more than 1 inch (25
mm) from each edge and no more than 2 inches (5 1 mm)
above the exposure line.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

295

ROOF ASSEMBLIES

R905.8.7 Shake placement. The starter course at the eaves
shall be doubled and the bottom layer shall be either 15-inch
(381 mm), 18-inch (457 mm) or 24-inch (610 mm) wood
shakes or wood shingles. Fifteen-inch (381 mm) or 18-inch
(457 mm) wood shakes may be used for the final course at
the ridge. Shakes shall be interlaid with 18-inch- wide (457
mm) strips of not less than No. 30 felt shingled between
each course in such a manner that no felt is exposed to the
weather by positioning the lower edge of each felt strip
above the butt end of the shake it covers a distance equal to
twice the weather exposure.

TABLE Rg05.8.6
WOOD SHAKE WEATHER EXPOSURE AND ROOF SLOPE

ROOFING MATERIAL

LENGTH
(inches)

GRADE

EXPOSURE (inches)

4:12 pitch or steeper

Shakes of naturally durable
wood

No. 1

7V,

No. 1

10^

Preservative-treated taper
sawn shakes of Southern
Yellow Pine

No. 1

VI,

No. 1

No. 2

5V,

No. 2

7V,

Taper-sawn shakes of
naturally durable wood

No. 1

No. 2

5V,

No. 2

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. For 24-inch by Vg-inch handsplit shakes, the maximum exposure is 7 Vj inches.

R905.8.8 Valley flashing. Roof valley flashing shall not be
less than No. 26 gage [0.019 inch (0.5 mm)] corrosion-resis-
tant sheet metal and shall extend at least 1 1 inches (279 mm)
from the centerline each way. Sections of flashing shall have
an end lap of not less than 4 inches (102 mm).

R905.8.9 Label required. Each bundle of shakes shall be
identified by a label of an approved grading or inspection
bureau or agency.

R905.9 Built-up roofs. The installation of built-up roof s shall
comply with the provisions of this section.

R905.9.1 Slope. Built-up roofs shall have a design slope of
a minimum of one-fourth unit vertical in 12 units horizon-
tal (2-percent slope) for drainage, except for coal-tar
built-up roofs, which shall have a design slope of a mini-
mum one- eighth unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (1 -per-
cent slope).

R905.9.2 Material standards. Built-up roof covering mate-
rials shall comply with the standards in Table R905.9.2.

R905.9.3 Application. Built-up roofs shall be installed
according to this chapter and the manufacturer's installation
instructions.

R905.10 Metal roof panels. The installation of metal roof
panels shall comply with the provisions of this section.

R905.10.1 Deck requirements. Metal roof panel roof cov-
erings shall be applied to sohd or spaced sheathing, except
where the roof covering is specifically designed to be
applied to spaced supports.

R905.10.2 Slope. Minimum slopes for metal roof panels
shall comply with the following:

1. The minimum slope for lapped, nonsoldered-seam
metal roofs without appUed lap sealant shall be three
units vertical in 12 units horizontal (25-percent slope).

2. The minimum slope for lapped, nonsoldered-seam
metal roofs with applied lap sealant shall be one-half
vertical unit in 12 units horizontal (4-percent slope).
Lap sealants shall be applied in accordance with the
approved manufacturer's installation instructions.

3. The minimum slope for standing-seam roof systems
shall be one-quarter unit vertical in 12 units horizon-
tal (2-percent slope).

R905.10.3 Material standards. Metal-sheet roof covering
systems that incorporate supporting structural members
shall be designed in accordance with the International
Building Code. Metal-sheet roof coverings installed over
structural decking shall comply with Table R905. 10.3(1).
The materials used for metal-sheet roof coverings shall be
naturally corrosion resistant or provided with corrosion
resistance in accordance with the standards and minimum
thicknesses shown in Table R905. 10.3(2).

R905.10.4 Attachment. Metal roof panels shall be secured
to the supports in accordance with this chapter and the man-
ufacturer's installation instructions. In the absence of manu-
facturer's installation instructions, the following fasteners
shall be used:

1. Galvanized fasteners shall be used for steel roofs.

2. Three hundred series stainless steel fasteners shall be
used for copper roofs.

3. Stainless steel fasteners are acceptable for metal
roofs.

R905.il Modified bitumen roofing. The installation of modi-
fied bitumen roofing shall comply with the provisions of this
section.

296

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

ROOF ASSEMBLIES

TABLE Rg05.9.2
BUILT-UP ROOFING MATERIAL STANDARDS

MATERIAL STANDARD

STANDARD

Acrylic coatings used in roofing

ASTM D 6083

Aggregate surfacing

ASTMD1863

Asphalt adhesive used in roofing

ASTM D 3747

Asphalt cements used in roofing

ASTM D 3019; D 2822; D 4586

Asphalt-coated glass fiber base sheet

ASTM D 4601

Asphalt coatings used in roofing

ASTM D 1227; D 2823; D 2824; D 4479

Asphalt glass felt

ASTM D 2178

Asphalt primer used in roofing

ASTM D 41

Asphalt-saturated and asphalt-coated organic felt base sheet

ASTM D 2626

Asphalt-saturated organic felt (perforated)

ASTM D 226

Asphalt used in roofing

ASTM D 312

Coal tar cements used in roofing

ASTM D 4022; D 5643

Coal-tar primer used in roofing, dampproofing and waterproofing

ASTM D 43

Coal-tar saturated organic felt

ASTM D 227

Coal-tar used in roofing

ASTM D 450, Types I or II

Glass mat, coal tar

ASTM D 4990

Glass mat, venting type

ASTM D 4897

Mineral- surfaced inorganic cap sheet

ASTM D 3909

Thermoplastic fabrics used in roofing

ASTM D 5665; D 5726

TABLE R905.1 0.3(1)
METAL ROOF COVERINGS STANDARDS

ROOF COVERING TYPE

STANDARD APPLICATION RATE^-HICKNESS

Galvanized Steel

ASTM A 653 G90 Zinc Coated

Stainless Steel

ASTM A 240, 300 Series Alloys

Steel

ASTM A 924

Lead-coated Copper

ASTM B 101

Cold Rolled Copper

ASTM B 370 minimum 16 oz/square ft and 12 oz/square ft high yield copper for
metal-sheet roof-covering systems; 12 oz/square ft for preformed metal shingle
systems.

Hard Lead

2 lb/ sq ft

Soft Lead

3 lb/ sq ft

Aluminum

ASTM B 209, 0.024 minimum thickness for roUformed panels and 0.019 inch
minimum thickness for pressformed shingles.

Terne (tin) and terne-coated stainless

Terne coating of 40 lb per double base box, field painted where applicable in
accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.

Zinc

0.027 inch minimum thickness: 99.995% electrolytic high grade zinc with alloy
additives of copper (0.08 - 0.20%), titanium (0.07% - 0.12%) and aluminum
(0.015%).

For SI: 1 ounce per square foot = 0.305 kg/m^, 1 pound per square foot = 4.214 kg/nf , 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound == 0.454 kg.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

297

ROOF ASSEMBLIES

TABLE R905.1 0.3(2)
MINIMUM CORROSION RESISTANCE

55% Aluminum-zinc alloy
coated steel

ASTM A 792 AZ 50

5% aluminum alloy-coated steel

ASTM A 875 GF60

Aluminum-coated steel

ASTM A 463 T2 65

Galvanized steel

ASTM A 653 G-90

Prepainted steel

ASTM A 755^^

a. Paint systems in accordance with ASTM A 755 shall be applied over steel
products with corrosion-resistant coatings complying with ASTM A 792,
ASTM A 875, ASTM A 463, or ASTM A 653.

R905.11.1 Slope. Modified bitumen membrane roofs shall
have a design slope of a minimum of one-fourth unit vertical
in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) for drainage.

R905.11.2 Material standards. Modified bitumen roof
coverings shall comply with the standards in Table
R905.11.2.

TABLE R905.1 1.2
MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING MATERIAL STANDARDS

MATERIAL

STANDARD

Acrylic coating

ASTM D 6083

Asphalt adhesive

ASTM D 3747

Asphalt cement

ASTM D 3019

Asphalt coating

ASTM D 1227; D 2824

Asphalt primer

ASTM D 41

Modified bitumen roof
membrane

ASTM D 6162; D 6163; D 6164;
D 6222; D 6223; D 6298;
CGSB 37-56M

R905.11.3 Application. Modified bitumen roofs shall be
installed according to this chapter and the manufacturer's
installation instructions.

R905.12 Thermoset single-ply roofing. The installation of
thermoset single-ply roofing shall comply with the provisions
of this section.

R905.12.1 Slope. Thermoset single-ply membrane roofs
shall have a design slope of a minimum of one-fourth unit
vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) for drain-
age.

R905.12.2 Material standards. Thermoset single-ply roof
coverings shall comply with ASTM D 4637, ASTM D 5019
or CGSB 37-GP-52M.

R905.12.3 Application. Thermoset single-ply roofs shall
be installed according to this chapter and the manufacturer's
installation instructions.

R905.13 Thermoplastic single-ply roofing. The installation
of thermoplastic single-ply roofing shall comply with the pro-
visions of this section.

R905.13.1 Slope. Thermoplastic single-ply membrane
roofs shall have a design slope of a minimum of one-fourth
unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope).

R905.13.2 Material standards. Thermoplastic single-ply
roof coverings shall comply with ASTM D 4434, ASTM D I
6754, ASTM D 6878, or CAN/CGSB 37.54. |

R905.13.3 Application. Thermoplastic single-ply roofs
shall be installed according to this chapter and the manufac-
turer's installation instructions.

R905.14 Sprayed polyurethane foam roofing. The installa-
tion of sprayed polyurethane foam roofing shall comply with
the provisions of this section.

R905.14.1 Slope. Sprayed polyurethane foam roofs shall
have a design slope of a minimum of one-fourth unit vertical
in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) for drainage.

R905.14.2 Material standards. Spray-applied polyure-
thane foam insulation shall comply with ASTM C 1029.

R905.14.3 Application. Foamed-in-place roof insulation
shall be installed in accordance with this chapter and the
manufacturer's installation instructions. A liquid-applied
protective coating that complies with Section R905. 15 shall
be applied no less than 2 hours nor more than 72 hours fol-
lowing the application of the foam.

R905.14.4 Foam plastics. Foam plastic materials and
installation shall comply with Section R314.

R905.15 Liquid-applied coatings. The installation of liquid-
apphed coatings shall comply with the provisions of this section.

R905.15.1 Slope. Liquid-applied roofs shall have a design
slope of a minimum of one-fourth unit vertical in 12 units
horizontal (2-percent slope).

R905.15.2 Material standards. Liquid-appHed roof coat-
ings shall comply with ASTM C 836, C 957, D 1227, D I
3468, D 6083 or D 6694. |

R905.15.3 Application. Liquid-applied roof coatings shall
be installed according to this chapter and the manufacturer's
installation instructions.

SECTION R906
ROOF INSULATION

R906.1 General. The use of above-deck thermal insulation
shall be permitted provided such insulation is covered with an
approved roof covering and passes FM 4450 or UL 1256.

R906.2 Material standards. Above-deck thermal insulation
board shall comply with the standards in Table R906.2.

TABLE R906.2
MATERIAL STANDARDS FOR ROOF INSULATION

Cellular glass board

ASTM C 552

Composite boards

ASTM C 1289, Type HI, IV, V, or
VI

Expanded polystyrene

ASTM C 578

Extruded polystyrene board

ASTM C 578

Perlite Board

ASTM C 728

Polyisocyanurate Board

ASTM C 1289, Type I or Type II

Wood fiberboard

ASTM C 208

298

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

ROOF ASSEMBLIES

SECTION R907
REROOFING

R907.1 General. Materials and methods of application used
for re-covering or replacing an existing roof covering shall
comply with the requirements of Chapter 9.

Exception: Reroofing shall not be required to meet the min-
imum design slope requirement of one-quarter unit vertical
in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) in Section R905 for
roofs that provide positive roof drainage.

R907.2 Structural and construction loads. The structural
roof components shall be capable of supporting the roof cover-
ing system and the material and equipment loads that will be
encountered during installation of the roof covering system.

R907.3 Re-covering versus replacement. New roof cover-
ings shall not be installed without first removing existing rbof
coverings where any of the following conditions occur:

1 . Where the existing roof or roof covering is water-soaked
or has deteriorated to the point that the existing roof or
roof covering is not adequate as a base for additional
roofing.

2. Where the existing roof covering is wood shake, slate,
clay, cement or asbestos-cement tile.

3. Where the existing roof has two or more applications of
any type of roof covering.

4. For asphalt shingles, when the building is located in an
area subject to moderate or severe hail exposure accord-
ing to Figure R903.5.

Exceptions:

1. Complete and separate roofing systems, such as
standing-seam metal roof systems, that are designed
to transmit the roof loads directly to the building's
structural system and that do not rely on existing roofs
and roof coverings for support, shall not require the
removal of existing roof coverings.

2. Installation of metal panel, metal shingle, and con-
crete and clay tile roof coverings over existing wood
shake roofs shall be permitted when the application is
in accordance with Section R907.4.

3. The application of new protective coating over exist-
ing spray polyurethane foam roofing systems shall be
permitted without tear-off of existing roof coverings.

R907.4 Roof recovering. Where the application of a new roof
covering over wood shingle or shake roofs creates a combusti-
ble concealed space, the entire existing surface shall be covered
with gypsum board, mineral fiber, glass fiber or other approved
materials securely fastened in place.

R907.5 Reinstallation of materials. Existing slate, clay or
cement tile shall be permitted for reinstallation, except that
damaged, cracked or broken slate or tile shall not be reinstalled.
Existing vent flashing, metal edgings, drain outlets, collars and
metal counterflashings shall not be reinstalled where rusted.

damaged or deteriorated. Aggregate surfacing materials shall
not be reinstalled.

R907.6 Flashings. Flashings shall be reconstructed in accor-
dance with approved manufacturer's installation instructions.
Metal flashing to which bituminous materials are to be adhered
shall be primed prior to installation.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

299

300 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

CHAPTER 10

CHIMNEYS AND FIREPLACES

SECTION R1001

I MASONRY FIREPLACES

RlOOl.l General. Masonry fireplaces shall be constructed in
accordance with this section and the applicable provisions of
Chapters 3 and 4.

R1001.2 Footings and foundations. Footings for masonry
fireplaces and their chimneys shall be constructed of concrete
or solid masonry at least 12 inches (305 mm) thick and shall
extend at least 6 inches (152 mm) beyond the face of the fire-
place or foundation wall on all sides. Footings shall be founded
on natural, undisturbed earth or engineered fill below frost
depth. In areas not subjected to freezing, footings shall be at
least 12 inches (305 mm) below finished grade.

RlOOl.2.1 Ash dump cleanout. Cleanout openings located
within foundation walls below fireboxes, when provided,
shall be equipped with ferrous metal or masonry doors and
frames constructed to remain tightly closed except when in
use. Cleanouts shall be accessible and located so that ash
removal will not create a hazard to combustible materials.

R1001.3 Seismic reinforcing. Masonry or concrete chimneys

I in Seismic Design Category Dq, Dj or D2 shall be reinforced.
Reinforcing shall conform to the requirements set forth in
Table RlOOl.l and Section R609, Grouted Masonry.

RlOOl.3.1 Vertical reinforcing. For chimneys up to 40
inches (1016 mm) wide, four No. 4 continuous vertical bars
shall be placed between wythes of solid masonry or within
the cells of hollow unit masonry and grouted in accordance
with Section R609. Grout shall be prevented from bonding
with the flue liner so that the flue liner is free to move with
thermal expansion. For chimneys more than 40 inches
(1016 mm) wide, two additional No. 4 vertical bars shall be
provided for each additional flue incorporated into the
chimney or for each additional 40 inches (1016 mm) in
width or fraction thereof.

RlOOl.3.2 Horizontal reinforcing. Vertical reinforcement
shall be placed within V4-inch (6 mm) ties, or other reinforc-
ing of equivalent net cross-sectional area, placed in the bed
joints according to Section R607 at a minimum of every 18
inches (457 mm) of vertical height. Two such ties shall be
installed at each bend in the vertical bars.

IR1001.4 Seismic anchorage. Masonry or concrete chimneys
in Seismic Design Categories Dq, Dj or D2 shall be anchored at
each floor, ceiling or roof line more than 6 feet (1829 mm)
above grade, except where constructed completely within the
exterior walls. Anchorage shall conform to the requirements of
Section RlOOl.4.1.

RlOOl.4.1 Anchorage. Two Vig-inch by 1-inch (5 mm by 25
mm) straps shall be embedded a minimum of 12 inches (305
mm) into the chimney. Straps shall be hooked around the outer
bars and extend 6 inches (152 mm) beyond the bend. Each
strap shall be fastened to a minimum of four floor ceiUng or
floor joists or rafters with two Vj-inch (13 mm) bolts.

R1001.5 Firebox walls. Masonry fireboxes shall be con-
structed of solid masonry units, hollow masonry units grouted
solid, stone or concrete. When a lining of firebrick at least 2
inches (5 1 mm) thick or other approved lining is provided, the
minimum thickness of back and side walls shall each be 8
inches (203 mm) of solid masonry, including the lining. The
width of joints between firebricks shall not be greater than 74
inch (6 mm). When no lining is provided, the total minimum
thickness of back and side walls shall be 10 inches (254 mm) of
solid masonry. Firebrick shall conform to ASTM C 27 or C
1261 and shall be laid with medium duty refractory mortar con-
forming to ASTM C 199.

RlOOl.5.1 Steel fireplace units. Installation of steel fire-
place units with solid masonry to form a masonry fireplace
is permitted when installed either according to the require-
ments of their listing or according to the requirements of this
section. Steel fireplace units incorporating a steel firebox
lining, shall be constructed with steel not less than 74 inch (6
mm) thick, and an air circulating chamber which is ducted to
the interior of the building. The firebox lining shall be
encased with solid masonry to provide a total thickness at
the back and sides of not less than 8 inches (203 mm), of
which not less than 4 inches (102 mm) shall be of solid
masonry or concrete. Circulating air ducts used with steel
fireplace units shall be constructed of metal or masonry.

R1001.6 Firebox dimensions. The firebox of a concrete or
masonry fireplace shall have a minimum depth of 20 inches
(508 mm). The throat shall not be less than 8 inches (203 mm)
above the fireplace opening. The throat opening shall not be
less than 4 inches (102 mm) deep. The cross-sectional area of
the passageway above the firebox, including the throat, damper
and smoke chamber, shall not be less than the cross-sectional
area of the flue.

Exception: Rumford fireplaces shall be permitted provided
that the depth of the fireplace is at least 12 inches (305 mm)
and at least one-third of the width of the fireplace opening,
that the throat is at least 12 inches (305 mm) above the lintel
and is at least 72o the cross-sectional area of the fireplace
opening.

R1001.7 Lintel and throat. Masonry over a fireplace opening
shall be supported by a lintel of noncombustible material. The
minimum required bearing length on each end of the fireplace
opening shall be 4 inches (102 mm). The fireplace throat or
damper shall be located a minimum of 8 inches (203 mm)
above the lintel.

RlOOl.7.1 Damper. Masonry fireplaces shall be equipped
with a ferrous metal damper located at least 8 inches (203
mm) above the top of the fireplace opening. Dampers shall
be installed in the fireplace or the chimney venting the fire-
place, and shall be operable from the room containing the
fireplace.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

301

CHIMNEYS AND FIREPLACES

TABLE R1 001.1
SUMMARY OF REQUIREMENTS FOR MASONRY FIREPLACES AND CHIMNEYS

ITEM

LETTERS

REQUIREMENTS

Hearth slab thickness

Hearth extension

(each side of opening)

8" fireplace opening < 6 square foot.
12" fireplace opening > 6 square foot.

Hearth extension
(front of opening)

16" fireplace opening < 6 square foot.
20" fireplace opening > 6 square foot.

Hearth slab reinforcing

Reinforced to carry its own weight and all imposed loads.

Thickness of wall of firebox

10" solid brick or 8" where a firebrick lining is used. Joints in
firebrick V4" maximum.

Distance from top of opening to throat

Smoke chamber wall thickness
Unlined walls

Chimney

Vertical reinforcing''

Four No. 4 full-length bars for chimney up to 40" wide. Add two
No. 4 bars for each additional 40" or fraction of width or each
additional flue.

Horizontal reinforcing

V4" ties at 18" and two ties at each bend in vertical steel.

Bond beams

No specified requirements.

Fireplace lintel

Noncombustible material.

Chimney walls with flue lining

SoUd masonry units or hollow masonry units grouted solid with
at least 4 inch nominal thickness.

Distances between adjacent flues

—

See Section R1003.13.

Effective flue area (based on area of fireplace opening)

See Section R1003. 15.

Clearances:

Combustible material
Mantel and trim
Above roof

See Sections RlOOl.ll and R1003.18.
See Section RlOOl.l 1, Exception 4.
3' at roofline and 2' at 10'.

Anchorage''

Strap

Number

Embedment into chimney
Fasten to
Bolts

V'xl"

Two

12" hooked around outer bar with 6" extension.

4 joists

Two '/j" diameter.

Footing
Thickness
Width

12"min.

6" each side of fireplace wall.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square foot = 0.0929 m^.

NOTE: This table provides a summary of major requirements for the construction of masonry chimneys and fireplaces. Letter references are to Figure RlOOl.l,

which shows examples of typical construction. This table does not cover all requirements, nor does it cover all aspects of the indicated requirements. For the actual

mandatory requirements of the code, see the indicated section of text.

a. The letters refer to Figure RlOOl.l.

b. Not required in Seismic Design Category A, B or C.

302

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

CHIMNEYS AND FIREPLACES

(g) BONO BEAM .
MORTOH CAP

ftp is • — It ^- srr -■-

IL-LL bM_JI

■ a FT MiN.

/3\ EFFECTIVE
Viy FLUE W^EA

(g) BOND SEAM >^/

FLUE UNiNG

(R) BONDffiAM^/

©HORIZONTAL J

REINFORCINSTiESs'^

RBNFORCING TIES

(^FOOTING WIDTH ■

@WAaTHICKN^Sv f/
^^ PARSE WtW >^

NCtRTAR

l^ SMOKE

VS/ CHAMBER vJ/

VeRTiCM.

REINF0FK31NQ

.FIREBOX WALL ^
' THICKNESS \^

HEARTH 20 IN.
Mm. FIRffiRICK

©HEARTH SLAB — i
THICKNESS ±_

^H DUMP OPTIONAL-
CLEAN OUT

BBNFORCiNG TIES
VslN.MIN.
4 IN, THICK MASONRY UNITS

/rjv VERTICAL RBNFORCING
4 ■— Vty ao IN. LAP IF SPLICED TO

mi¥m_j>

BARS IN CONCRETE-'
FCWTING

' HEARTH 20 IN. MIN.

BRICK FIREBOX AND CHIMNEY-
SECTIONAL SIDE VIEW ON WOOD FLOOR

BRICK FIREBOX AND BLCCK CHIMNEY-
SECTIONAL SIDE VIEW ON CONCRETE SLAB

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

FIGURE R1001.1
FIREPLACE AND CHIMNEY DETAILS

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

303

CHIMNEYS AND FIREPLACES

R1001.8 Smoke chamber. Smoke chamber walls shall be con-
structed of solid masonry units, hollow masonry units grouted
solid, stone or concrete. Corbelling of masonry units shall not
leave unit cores exposed to the inside of the smoke chamber.
When a lining of firebrick at least 2 inches (5 1 mm) thick, or a
hning of vitrified clay at least Vg inch (16 mm) thick, is pro-
vided, the total minimum thickness of front, back and side
walls shall be 6 inches (152 mm) of solid masonry, including
the hning. Firebrick shall conform to ASTM C 27 or C 1261
and shall be laid with medium duty refractory mortar conform-
ing to ASTM C 199. Where no lining is provided, the total min-
imum thickness of front, back and side walls shall be 8 inches
(203 mm) of solid masonry. When the inside surface of the
smoke chamber is formed by corbeled masonry, the inside sur-
face shall be parged smooth.

RlOOl.8.1 Smoke chamber dimensions. The inside height
of the smoke chamber from the fireplace throat to the begin-
ning of the flue shall not be greater than the inside width of
the fireplace opening. The inside surface of the smoke
chamber shall not be inclined more than 45 degrees (0.79
rad) from vertical when prefabricated smoke chamber lin-
ings are used or when the smoke chamber walls are rolled or
sloped rather than corbeled. When the inside surface of the
smoke chamber is formed by corbeled masonry, the walls
shall not be corbeled more than 30 degrees (0.52 rad) from
vertical.

R1001.9 Hearth and hearth extension. Masonry fireplace
hearths and hearth extensions shall be constructed of concrete
or masonry, supported by noncombustible materials, and rein-
forced to carry their own weight and all imposed loads. No
combustible material shall remain against the underside of
hearths and hearth extensions after construction.

RlOOl.9.1 Hearth thickness. The minimum thickness of
fireplace hearths shall be 4 inches (102 mm).

RlOOl.9.2 Hearth extension thickness. The minimum
thickness of hearth extensions shall be 2 inches (51 mm).

Exception: When the bottom of the firebox opening is
raised at least 8 inches (203 mm) above the top of the
hearth extension, a hearth extension of not less than
Vg-inch-thick (10 mm) brick, concrete, stone, tile or other
approved noncombustible material is penmitted.

RlOOl.lO Hearth extension dimensions. Hearth extensions
shall extend at least 1 6 inches (406 mm) in front of and at least 8
inches (203 mm) beyond each side of the fireplace opening.
Where the fireplace opening is 6 square feet (0,6 m^) or larger,
the hearth extension shall extend at least 20 inches (508 mm) in
front of and at least 12 inches (305 mm) beyond each side of the
fireplace opening.

RlOOl.ll Fireplace clearance. All wood beams, joists, studs
and other combustible material shall have a clearance of not
less than 2 inches (51 mm) from the front faces and sides of
masonry fireplaces and not less than 4 inches (102 mm) from
the back faces of masonry fireplaces. The air space shall not be
filled, except to provide fire blocking in accordance with Sec-
tion RlOOl. 12.

Exceptions:

1. Masonry fireplaces listed and labeled for use in con-
tact with combustibles in accordance with UL 127
and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions are permitted to have com-
bustible material in contact with their exterior sur-
faces.

2. When masonry fireplaces are part of masonry or con-
crete walls, combustible materials shall not be in con-
tact with the masonry or concrete walls less than 12
inches (306 mm) from the inside surface of the nearest
firebox lining.

3. Exposed combustible trim and the edges of sheathing
materials such as wood siding, flooring and drywall
shall be permitted to abut the masonry fireplace side
walls and hearth extension in accordance with Figure
RlOOl . 11 , provided such combustible trim or sheath-

MASONRY

COMBUSTIBLE SHEATHING
EDGE ABUTTING MASONRY
12IN. MIN. FROM FIREBOX

FRAME WALL

2 IN. CLEARANCE (AIR SPACE)
TO COMBUSTIBLE FRAMING

WOOD MANTEL

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R1001.11
CLEARANCE FROM COMBUSTIBLES

304

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

CHIMNEYS AND FIREPLACES

ing is a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) from the
inside surface of the nearest firebox Hning.

4. Exposed combustible mantels or trim may be placed
directly on the masonry fireplace front surrounding
the fireplace opening providing such combustible
materials are not placed within 6 inches (152 mm) of a
fireplace opening. Combustible material within 12
inches (306 mm) of the fireplace opening shall not
project more than Vg inch (3 mm) for each 1-inch (25
mm) distance from such an opening.

R1001.12 Fireplace fireblocking. Fireplace fireblocking
shall comply with the provisions of Section R602.8.

SECTION R1002
MASONRY HEATERS

R1002.1 Definition. A masonry heater is a heating appliance
constructed of concrete or soUd masonry, hereinafter referred
to as masonry, which is designed to absorb and store heat from
a solid-fuel fire built in the firebox by routing the exhaust gases
through internal heat exchange channels in which the flow path
downstream of the firebox may include flow in a horizontal or
downward direction before entering the chimney and which
delivers heat by radiation from the masonry surface of the
heater.

R1002.2 Installation. Masonry heaters shall be installed in
accordance with this section and comply with one of the fol-
lowing:

1 . Masonry heaters shall comply with the requirements of
ASTME1602;or

2. Masonry heaters shall be listed and labeled in accor-
dance with UL 1482 and installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions.

R1002.3 Footings and foundation. The firebox floor of a
masonry heater shall be a minimum thickness of 4 inches (102
mm) of noncombustible material and be supported on a
noncombustible footing and foundation in accordance with
Section R1003.2.

R1002.4 Seismic reinforcing. In Seismic Design Categories
Dq, Dj and D2, masonry heaters shall be anchored to the
masonry foundation in accordance with Section R1003.3.
Seismic reinforcing shall not be required within the body of a
masonry heater whose height is equal to or less than 3.5 times
it's body width and where the masonry chimney serving the
heater is not supported by the body of the heater. Where the
masonry chimney shares a common wall with the facing of the
masonry heater, the chimney portion of the structure shall be
reinforced in accordance with Section R1003.

R1002.5 Masonry heater clearance. Combustible materials
shall not be placed within 36 inches (914 mm) of the outside
surface of a masonry heater in accordance with NFPA 211 Sec-
tion 8-7 (clearances for solid-fuel-buming appliances), and the
required space between the heater and combustible material
shall be fully vented to permit the free flow of air around all
heater surfaces.

Exceptions:

1 . When the masonry heater wall is at least 8 inches (203
mm) thick of solid masonry and the wall of the heat
exchange channels is at least 5 inches (127 mm) thick
of solid masonry, combustible materials shall not be
placed within 4 inches (102 mm) of the outside sur-
face of a masonry heater. A clearance of at least 8
inches (203 mm) shall be provided between the
gas-tight capping slab of the heater and a combustible
ceiling.

2. Masonry heaters tested and listed by an American
National Standards Association (ANSI)-accredited
laboratory to the requirements of UL1482 may be
installed in accordance with the listing specifications
and the manufacturer's written instructions.

SECTION R1003
MASONRY CHIMNEYS

R1003.1 Definition. A masonry chimney is a chimney con-
structed of concrete or masonry, hereinafter referred to as
masonry. Masonry chimneys shall be constructed, anchored,
supported and reinforced as required in this chapter.

R1003.2 Footings and foundations. Footings for masonry
chimneys shall be constructed of concrete or solid masonry at
least 12 inches (305 mm) thick and shall extend at least 6 inches
(152 mm) beyond the face of the foundation or support wall on
all sides. Footings shall be founded on natural undisturbed
earth or engineered fill below frost depth. In areas not subjected
to freezing, footings shall be at least 12 inches (305 mm) below
finished grade.

R1003.3 Seismic reinforcing. Masonry or concrete chimneys
shall be constructed, anchored, supported and reinforced as
required in this chapter. In Seismic Design Category Dq, D, or
D2 masonry and concrete chimneys shall be reinforced and
anchored as detailed in Section R1003.3.1, R1003.3.2 and
R1003.4. In Seismic Design Category A, B or C, reinforcement
and seismic anchorage is not required.

R1003.3.1 Vertical reinforcing. For chimneys up to 40
inches (1016 mm) wide, four No. 4 continuous vertical bars,
anchored in the foundation, shall be placed in the concrete,
or between wythes of solid masonry, or within the cells of
hollow unit masonry, and grouted in accordance with Sec-
tion R609. 1.1. Grout shall be prevented from bonding with
the flue liner so that the flue liner is free to move with ther-
mal expansion. For chimneys more than 40 inches (1016
mm) wide, two additional No. 4 vertical bars shall be
installed for each additional 40 inches (1016 mm) in width
or fraction thereof.

R1003.3.2 Horizontal reinforcing. Vertical reinforcement
shall be placed enclosed within V4-inch (6 mm) ties, or other
reinforcing of equivalent net cross-sectional area, spaced
not to exceed 18 inches (457 mm) on center in concrete, or
placed in the bed joints of unit masonry, at a minimum of
every 18 inches (457 mm) of vertical height. Two such ties
shall be installed at each bend in the vertical bars.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

305

CHIMNEYS AND FIREPLACES

R1003.4 Seismic anchorage. Masonry and concrete chimneys
and foundations in Seismic Design Category Dq, Di or D2 shall
be anchored at each floor, ceiling or roof line more than 6 feet
(1829 mm) above grade, except where constructed completely
within the exterior walls. Anchorage shall conform to the
requirements in Section R1003.4.1.

R1003.4.1 Anchorage. Two V^g-inch by 1-inch (5 mm by
25 mm) straps shall be embedded a minimum of 12 inches
(305 mm) into the chimney. Straps shall be hooked around
the outer bars and extend 6 inches (152 mm) beyond the
bend. Each strap shall be fastened to a minimum of four
floor joists with two V2-inch (13 mm) bolts.

R1003.5 Corbeling. Masonry chimneys shall not be corbeled
more than one-half of the chimney's wall thickness from a
wall or foundation, nor shall a chimney be corbeled from a
wall or foundation that is less than 12 inches (305 mm) thick
unless it projects equally on each side of the wall, except that
on the second story of a two-story dwelling, corbeling of
chimneys on the exterior of the enclosing walls may equal the
wall thickness. The projection of a single course shall not
exceed one-half the unit height or one-third of the unit bed
depth, whichever is less.

R1003.6 Changes in dimension. The chimney wall or chim-
ney flue lining shall not change in size or shape within 6 inches
(152 mm) above or below where the chimney passes through
floor components, ceiling components or roof components.

R1003.7 Offsets. Where a masonry chimney is constructed
with a fireclay flue liner surrounded by one wythe of masonry,
the maximum offset shall be such that the centerline of the flue
above the offset does not extend beyond the center of the chim-
ney wall below the offset. Where the chimney offset is sup-
ported by masonry below the offset in an approved manner, the
maximum offset limitations shall not apply. Each individual
corbeled masonry course of the offset shall not exceed the pro-
jection limitations specified in Section R1003.5.

R1003.8 Additional load. Chimneys shall not support loads
other than their own weight unless they are designed and con-
structed to support the additional load. Construction of
masonry chimneys as part of the masonry walls or reinforced
concrete walls of the building shall be permitted.

R1003.9 Termination. Chimneys shall extend at least 2 feet
(610 mm) higher than any portion of a building within 10 feet
(3048 nrni), but shall not be less than 3 feet (914 mm) above the
highest point where the chimney passes through the roof.

R1003.9.1 Spark arrestors. Where a spark arrestor is
installed on a masonry chimney, the spark arrestor shall
meet all of the following requirements:

1 . The net free area of the arrestor shall not be less than
four times the net free area of the outlet of the chim-
ney flue it serves.

2. The arrestor screen shall have heat and corrosion
resistance equivalent to 19-gage galvanized steel or
24-gage stainless steel.

3 . Openings shall not permit the passage of spheres hav-
ing a diameter greater than V2 inch (13 mm) nor block

the passage of spheres having a diameter less than Vg
inch (10 mm).

4. The spark arrestor shall be accessible for cleaning and
the screen or chimney cap shall be removable to allow
for cleaning of the chimney flue.

R1003.10 Wall thickness. Masonry chimney walls shall be
constructed of solid masonry units or hollow masonry units
grouted solid with not less than a 4-inch (102 mm) nominal
thickness.

R1003.10.1 Masonry veneer chimneys. Where masonry is
used to veneer a frame chimney, through-flashing and weep
holes shall be installed as required by Section R703.

R1003.il Flue lining (material). Masonry chimneys shall be
lined. The lining material shall be appropriate for the type of
appliance connected, according to the terms of the appliance
Hsting and manufacturer's instructions.

R1003.il. 1 Residential-type appliances (general). Flue
lining systems shall comply with one of the following:

1 . Clay flue lining complying with the requirements of
ASTM C 315 or equivalent.

2. Listed chimney lining systems complying with UL
1777.

3. Factory -built chimneys or chimney units listed for
installation within masonry chimneys.

4. Other approved materials that will resist corrosion,
erosion, softening or cracking from flue gases and
condensate at temperatures up to 1,800°F (982°C).

R1003.11.2 Flue linings for specific appUances. Flue lin-
ings other than these covered in Section R1003.11.1,
intended for use with specific types of appliances, shall
comply with Sections R1003.11.3 through R1003.11.6.

R1003.11.3 Gas appliances. Flue lining systems for gas
appliances shall be in accordance with Chapter 24.

R1003.11.4 Pellet fuel-burning appliances. Flue lining
and vent systems for use in masonry chimneys with pellet
fuel-burning appliances shall be limited to the following:

1. Flue lining systems complying with Section
R1003.11.1.

2. Pellet vents listed for installation within masonry
chimneys. (See Section R1003.1 1.6 for marking.)

R1003.11.5 Oil-fired appliances approved for use with
Type L vent. Flue lining and vent systems for use in
masonry chimneys with oil-fired appliances approved for
use with Type L vent shall be limited to the following:

1. Flue lining systems complying with Section
R1003.il. 1.

2. Listed chimney liners complying with UL 641. (See
Section R1003.1 1.6 for marking.)

R1003.11.6 Notice of usage. When a flue is relined with a
material not complying with Section R 1 003 . 1 1 . 1 , the chim-
ney shall be plainly and permanently identified by a label
attached to a wall, ceiling or other conspicuous location
adjacent to where the connector enters the chimney. The

306

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

CHIMNEYS AND FIREPLACES

label shall include the following message or equivalent lan-
guage:

THIS CHIMNEY FLUE IS FOR USE ONLY WITH
[TYPE OR CATEGORY OF APPLIANCE] APPLI-
ANCES THAT BURN [TYPE OF FUEL]. DO NOT CON-
NECT OTHER TYPES OF APPLIANCES.

R1003.12 Clay flue lining (installation). Clay flue liners shall
be installed in accordance with ASTM C 1283 and extend from
a point not less than 8 inches (203 mm) below the lowest inlet
or, in the case of fireplaces, from the top of the smoke chamber
to a point above the enclosing walls. The lining shall be carried
up vertically, with a maximum slope no greater than 30 degrees
(0.52 rad) from the vertical.

Clay flue liners shall be laid in medium-duty refractory mor-
tar conforming to ASTM C 199 with tight mortar joints left
smooth on the inside and installed to maintain an air space or
insulation not to exceed the thickness of the flue liner separat-
ing the flue liners from the interior face of the chimney
masonry walls. Flue liners shall be supported on all sides. Only
enough mortar shall be placed to make the joint and hold the
liners in position.

R1003.12.1 Listed materials. Listed materials used as flue
linings shall be installed in accordance with the terms of
their listings and manufacturer's instructions.

R1003.12.2 Space around lining. The space surrounding a
chimney lining system or vent installed within a masonry
chimney shall not be used to vent any other appliance.

Exception: This shall not prevent the installation of a
separate flue lining in accordance with the manufac-
turer's installation instructions.

R1003.13 Multiple flues. When two or more flues are located in
the same chimney, masonry wythes shall be built between adja-
cent flue linings. The masonry wythes shall be at least 4 inches
(102 mm) thick and bonded into the walls of the chimney.

Exception: When venting only one apphance, two flues may
adjoin each other in the same chimney with only the flue lin-
ing separation between them. The joints of the adjacent flue
linings shall be staggered at least 4 inches (102 mm).

R1003.14 Flue area (appliance). Chimney flues shall not be
smaller in area than that of the area of the connector from the
apphance [see Tables R1003.14(l) and R1003.14(2)]. The sizing
of a chimney flue to which multiple apphance venting systems are
connected shall be in accordance with Section Ml 805.3.

R1003.15 Flue area (masonry fireplace). Flue sizing for
chimneys serving fireplaces shall be in accordance with Sec-
tion R1003.15.1 or Section R1003.15.2.

R1003.15.1 Option 1. Round chimney flues shall have a
minimum net cross-sectional area of at least V,2 of the fire-
place opening. Square chimney flues shall have a minimum
net cross-sectional area of Vjo of the fireplace opening. Rect-
angular chimney flues with an aspect ratio less than 2 to 1
shall have a minimum net cross-sectional area of Vjo of the
fireplace opening. Rectangular chimney flues with an aspect
ratio of 2 to 1 or more shall have a minimum net cross-sec-
tional area of 7g of the fireplace opening. Cross-sectional
areas of clay flue linings are shown in Tables R 100 1.1 4(1)

and R 100 1.1 4(2) or as provided by the manufacturer or as
measured in the field.

R1003.15.2 Option 2. The minimum net cross-sectional area
of the chimney flue shall be determined in accordance with
Figure R1003.15.2. A flue size providing at least the equiva-
lent net cross-sectional area shall be used. Cross-sectional
areas of clay flue Unings are shown in Tables R 1003. 14(1)
and R 1003. 14(2) or as provided by the manufacturer or as
measured in the field. The height of the chimney shall be
measured from the firebox floor to the top of the chimney
flue.

TABLE R1 003.1 4(1)
NET CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA OF ROUND FLUE SIZES^

FLUE SIZE, INSIDE DIAMETER
(inches)

CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA
(square inches)

10%

113

176

254

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645.16 mn?.
a. Flue sizes are based on ASTM C 315.

TABLE R1 003.1 4(2)

NET CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA OF SQUARE AND

RECTANGULAR FLUE SIZES

FLUE SIZE, OUTSIDE NOMINAL
DIMENSIONS (inches)

CROSS-SECTIONAL AREA
(square inches)

4.5 X 8.5

4.5x13

8x8

8.5 X 8.5

8x12

8.5x13

12x12

102

8.5x18

101

13x13

127

12x16

131

13x18

173

16x16

181

16x20

222

18x18

233

20x20

298

20x24

335

24x24

431

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645.16 mm^.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

307

CHIMNEYS AND FIREPLACES

"^onn

269
214

168
124

82
58

^^^-^

"^Rnn

^.^.-^

^^^.--^

/oOU

.,,^-^

,--"^

z4UU

--'^

-"^

nii-in

224

^..^

"-^

■^

^__^

187

.^^

^Qnn

"-^

ipnn

-— -^

"-^

^ -inn

_,..^

-SECTIONA
o

I'^rm

— "

--^

_— —

. — — ^

__^

— ■

PX\(\

t 76

__--

—

(i.T\r\

_- ■

400

■

■^nn

a CO

^ 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
0:3 <
2 "5 HEIGHT, MEASURED FROM FLOOR g g —
51^ OF COMBUSTION CHAMBER TO 3 O -
S&C^ TOP OF FLUE (FT) gllg

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square inch = 645.16 mnn?.

FIGURE R1 003.1 5.2
FLUE SIZES FOR MASONRY CHIMNEYS

R1003.16 Inlet. Inlets to masonry chimneys shall enter from
the side. Inlets shall have a thimble of fireclay, rigid refractory
material or metal that will prevent the connector from pulling
out of the inlet or from extending beyond the wall of the liner.

R1003.17 Masonry chimney cleanout openings. Cleanout
openings shall be provided within 6 inches (152 mm) of the
base of each flue within every masonry chinmey. The upper
edge of the cleanout shall be located at least 6 inches (152 mm)
below the lowest chimney inlet opening. The height of the
opening shall be at least 6 inches (152 mm). The cleanout shall
be provided with a noncombustible cover.

Exception: Chimney flues serving masonry fireplaces
where cleaning is possible through the fireplace opening.

R1003.18 Chimney clearances. Any portion of a masonry
chimney located in the interior of the building or within the

exterior wall of the building shall have a minimum air space
clearance to combustibles of 2 inches (51 mm). Chimneys
located entirely outside the exterior walls of the building,
including chimneys that pass through the soffit or cornice, shall
have a minimum air space clearance of 1 inch (25 mm). The air
space shall not be filled, except to provide fire blocking in
accordance with Section R1003.19.

Exceptions:

1 . Masonry chimneys equipped with a chimney lining
system listed and labeled for use in chimneys in con-
tact with combustibles in accordance with UL 1777
and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions are permitted to have com-
bustible material in contact with their exterior sur-
faces.

308

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

CHIMNEYS AND FIREPLACES

MASONRY ABUTTING
COMBUSTIBLE SHEATHING
12 IN. FROM FLUE LINING

1 IN. CLEARANCE (AIR SPACE)
TO COMBUSTIBLE SHEATHING

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R1 003.1 8
CLEARANCE FROM COMBUSTIBLES

2. When masonry chimneys are constructed as part of
masonry or concrete walls, combustible materials
shall not be in contact with the masonry or concrete
wall less than 1 2 inches (305 mm) from the inside sur-
face of the nearest flue lining.

3. Exposed combustible trim and the edges of sheathing
materials, such as wood siding and flooring, shall be
permitted to abut the masonry chimney side walls, in
accordance with Figure R1003.18, provided such
combustible trim or sheathing is a minimum of 12
inches (305 mm) from the inside surface of the nearest
flue lining. Combustible material and trim shall not
overlap the comers of the chimney by more than 1 inch
(25 mm).

R1003.19 Chimney fireblocking. All spaces between chim-
neys and floors and ceilings through which chimneys pass shall
be fireblocked with noncombustible material securely fastened
in place. The fireblocking of spaces between chimneys and
wood joists, beams or headers shall be self-supporting or be
placed on strips of metal or metal lath laid across the spaces
between combustible material and the chimney.

R1003.20 Chimney crickets. Chimneys shall be provided
with crickets when the dimension parallel to the ridgeline is
greater than 30 inches (762 mm) and does not intersect the
ridgeline. The intersection of the cricket and the chimney shall
be flashed and counterflashed in the same manner as normal
roof-chimney intersections. Crickets shall be constructed in
compliance with Figure R 1003. 20 and Table R 1003. 20.

TABLE R1 003.20
CRICKET DIMENSIONS

ROOF SLOPE

12-12

VjofW

8-12

VjofW

6-12

V4 0fW

4- 12

VeofW

3-12

VgofW

SECTION R1 004
FACTORY-BUILT FIREPLACES

R1004.1 General. Factory-built fireplaces shall be Usted and
labeled and shall be installed in accordance with the conditions
of the listing. Factory-built fireplaces shall be tested in accor-
dance with UL 127.

R1004.2 Hearth extensions. Hearth extensions of approved
factory-built fireplaces shall be installed in accordance with the
listing of the fireplace. The hearth extension shall be readily
distinguishable from the surrounding floor area.

R1004.3 Decorative shrouds. Decorative shrouds shall not be
installed at the termination of chimneys for factory-built fire-
places except where the shrouds are listed and labeled for use
with the specific factory-built fireplace system and installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

R1004.4 Unvented gas log heaters. An unvented gas log
heater shall not be installed in a factory-built fireplace unless
the fireplace system has been specifically tested, listed and
labeled for such use in accordance with UL 127.

SECTION R1005
FACTORY-BUILT CHIMNEYS

R1005.1 Listing. Factory-built chimneys shall be listed and
labeled and shall be installed and terminated in accordance
with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

R1005.2 Decorative shrouds. Decorative shrouds shall not be
installed at the termination of factory-built chimneys except
where the shrouds are listed and labeled for use with the spe-
cific factory-built chimney system and installed in accordance
with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

R1005.3 Solid-fuel appliances. Factory-built chimneys
installed in dwelling units with solid-fuel-burning appliances
shall comply with the Type HT requirements of UL 103 and
shall be marked "Type HT and "Residential Type and Building
Heating Appliance Chimney."

Exception: Chimneys for use with open combustion cham-
ber fireplaces shall comply with the requirements of UL 103

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

309

CHIMNEYS AND FIREPLACES

FLUE LINER

N kWNK^^ t^l

ROOF LINE

^ 7

^ w *

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE R1 003.20
CHIMNEY CRICKET

and shall be marked "Residential Type and Building Heat-
ing Appliance Chimney."

Chimneys for use with open combustion chamber appli-
ances installed in buildings other than dwelling units shall
comply with the requirements of UL 103 and shall be marked
"Building Heating Appliance Chimney" or "Residential Type
and Building Heating Appliance Chimney."

R1005.4 Factory-built fireplaces. Chimneys for use with fac-
tory-built fireplaces shall comply with the requirements of UL

127.

R1005.5 Support. Where factory-built chimneys are sup-
ported by structural members, such as joists and rafters, those
members shall be designed to support the additional load.

R1005.6 Medium-heat appliances. Factory-built chimneys
for medium-heat appliances producing flue gases having a
temperature above 1,000°F (538°C), measured at the entrance
to the chimney shall comply with UL 959.

SECTION R1006
EXTERIOR AIR SUPPLY

R1006.1 Exterior air. Factory-built or masonry fireplaces
covered in this chapter shall be equipped with an exterior air
supply to assure proper fuel combustion unless the room is
mechanically ventilated and controlled so that the indoor pres-
sure is neutral or positive.

R1006.1.1 Factory-built fireplaces. Exterior combustion
air ducts for factory-built fireplaces shall be a listed compo-
nent of the fireplace and shall be installed according to the
fireplace manufacturer's instructions.

R1006.1.2 Masonry fireplaces. Listed combustion air
ducts for masonry fireplaces shall be installed according to
the terms of their listing and the manufacturer's instruc-
tions.

R1006.2 Exterior air intake. The exterior air intake shall be
capable of supplying all combustion air from the exterior of the
dwelling or from spaces within the dwelling ventilated with
outside air such as non-mechanically ventilated crawl or attic
spaces. The exterior air intake shall not be located within the
garage or basement of the dwelling nor shall the air intake be
located at an elevation higher than the firebox. The exterior air
intake shall be covered with a corrosion-resistant screen of
V4-inch (6 mm) mesh.

R1006.3 Clearance. Unlisted combustion air ducts shall be
installed with a minimum 1-inch (25 mm) clearance to com-
bustibles for all parts of the duct within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the
duct outlet.

R1006.4 Passageway. The combustion air passageway shall
be a minimum of 6 square inches (3870 mm^) and not more
than 55 square inches (0.035 m^), except that combustion air
systems for listed fireplaces shall be constructed according to
the fireplace manufacturer's instructions.

R1006.5 Outlet. Locating the exterior air outlet in the back or
sides of the firebox chamber or within 24 inches (610 mm) of
the firebox opening on or near the floor is permitted. The outlet
shall be closable and designed to prevent burning material from
dropping into concealed combustible spaces.

310

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

Part IV — Energy Conservation

CHAPTER 11

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

This chapter has been revised in its entirety; there will be no marginal markings

SECTION Nil 01
GENERAL

Nl 101.1 Scope. This chapter regulates the energy efficiency
for the design and construction of buildings regulated by this
code.

Exception: Portions of the building envelope that do not
enclose conditioned space.

Nl 101.2 Compliance. Comphance shall be demonstrated by
either meeting the requirements of the International Energy
Conservation Code or meeting the requirements of this chap-
ter. Climate zones from Figure Nl 101 .2 or Table Nl 101.2 shall
be used in determining the applicable requirements from this
chapter.

Nl 101.2.1 Warm humid counties. Warm humid counties
are listed in Table Nl 101.2.1.

N1101.3 Identification. Materials, systems and equipment
shall be identified in a manner that will allow a determination
of compliance with the applicable provisions of this chapter.

N1101.4 Building thermal envelope insulation. An /?-value
identification mark shall be applied by the manufacturer to
each piece of building thermal envelope insulation 12 inches
(305 mm) or more wide. Alternately, the insulation installers
shall provide a certification listing the type, manufacturer and
/?- value of insulation installed in each element of the building
thermal envelope. For blown or sprayed insulation (fiberglass
and cellulose), the initial installed thickness, settled thickness,
settled /?- value, installed density, coverage area and number of
bags installed shall be listed on the certification. For sprayed
polyurethane foam (SPF) insulation, the installed thickness of
the area covered and ^-value of installed thickness shall be
listed on the certificate. The insulation installer shall sign, date
and post the certificate in a conspicuous location on the job site.

NllOl.4.1 Blown or sprayed roof/ceiling insulation. The

thickness of blown in or sprayed roof/ceiling insulation
(fiberglass or cellulose) shall be written in inches (mm) on
markers that are installed at least one for every 300 ft^ (28
m^) throughout the attic space. The markers shall be affixed
to the trusses or joists and marked with the minimum initial
installed thickness with numbers a minimum of 1 inch (25
mm) high. Each marker shall face the attic access opening.
Spray polyurethane foam thickness and installed R-wahie
shall be listed on the certificate provided by the insulation
installer.

NllOl.4.2 Insulation mark installation. Insulating mate-
rials shall be installed such that the manufacturer's ^- value
mark is readily observable upon inspection.

N1101.5 Fenestration product rating, [/-factors of fenestra-
tion products (windows, doors and skylights) shall be deter-
mined in accordance with NFRC 100 by an accredited,
independent laboratory, and labeled and certified by the manu-
facturer. Products lacking such a labeled [/-factor shall be
assigned a default [/-factor from Tables N1101.5(l) and
Nl 101.5(2). The solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) of glazed
fenestration products (windows, glazed doors and skylights)
shall be determined in accordance with NFRC 200 by an
accredited, independent laboratory, and labeled and certified
by the manufacturer. Products lacking such a labeled SHGC
shall be assigned a default SHGC from Table Nl 101.5(3).

N1101.6 Installation. All materials, systems and equipment
shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instal-
lation instructions and the provisions of this code.

NllOl.6.1 Protection of exposed foundation insulation.

Insulation applied to the exterior of basement walls, crawl
space walls, and the perimeter of slab-on-grade floors shall
have a rigid, opaque and weather-resistant protective cover-
ing to prevent the degradation of the insulation's thermal
performance. The protective covering shall cover the
exposed exterior insulation and extend a minimum of 6
inches (152 mm) below grade.

Nl 101.7 Above code programs. The building official or other
authority having jurisdiction shall be permitted to deem a
national, state or local energy efficiency program to exceed the
energy efficiency required by this chapter. Buildings approved
in writing by such an energy efficiency program shall be con-
sidered in compliance with this chapter.

Nl 101.8 Certificate. A permanent certificate shall be posted
on or in the electrical distribution panel. The certificate shall be
completed by the builder or registered design professional. The
certificate shall list the predominant /?-values of insulation
installed in or on ceiling/roof, walls, foundation (slab, base-
ment wall, crawlspace wall and/or floor) and ducts outside con-
ditioned spaces; [/-factors for fenestration; and the solar heat
gain coefficient (SHGC) of fenestration. Where there is more
than one value for each component, the certificate shall list the
value covering the largest area. The certificate shall list the type
and efficiency of heating, cooling and service water heating
equipment.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

311

z
>

Z
>

m
(/)

Marine (C)

Warm- Hum id
Below White Line

Ai! of Alaska ^n Zone 7
except for the fotlowing
Boroughs in Zone 8;

Bethel Northwest Arctic

Dellingham Southeast Fairbanks

Fairbanks N. Star Wade Hampton

Nome Yukon-Koyukuk
North Slope

o
m

FIGURE N1101 .2
CLIMATE ZONES

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLEN1101.2
CLIMATE ZONES BY STATES AND COUNTIES

Alabama
Zone 3 except
Zone 2
Baldwin
Mobile

Alaska
Zone 7 except
Zones

Bethel
Dellingham
Fairbanks North Star
Nome
North Slope
Northwest Arctic
Southeast Fairbanks
Wade Hampton
Yukon-Koyukuk

Arizona
Zone 3 except
Zone 2

La Paz

Maricopa

Pima

Pinal

Yuma

Zone 4

Gila

Yavapai

Zone 5

Apache

Coconino

Navajo

Arkansas
Zone 3 except
Zone 4

Baxter

Benton

Boone

Can-oil

Fulton

Izard

Madison

Marion

Newton

Searcy

Stone

Washington

California
Zone 3 Dry except
Zone 2

Imperial
Zone 3 Marine

Alameda
Marin

Mendocino

Monterey

Napa

San Benito

San Francisco

San Luis Obispo

San Mateo

Santa Barbara

Santa Clara

Santa Cruz

Sonoma

Ventura

Zone 4 Dry

Amador

Calaveras

El Dorado

Inyo

Lake

Mariposa

Trinity

Tuolumne

Zone 4 Marine

Del Norte

Humboldt

Zone 5

Lassen

Modoc

Nevada

Plumas

Sierra

Siskiyou

Zone 6

Alpine

Mono

Colorado
Zone 5 except
Zone 4

Baca

Las Animas

Otero

Zone 6

Alamosa

Archuleta

Chaffee

Conejos

Costilla

Custer

Dolores

Eagle

Moffat

Ouray

Rio Blanco

Saguache

San Miguel

Zone?

Clear Creek

Grand

Gunnison

Hinsdale

Jackson

Lake

Mineral

Park

Pitkin

Rio Grande

Routt

San Juan

Summit

Connecticut

Zone 5

Delaware
Zone 4

Dist. of Columbia
Zone 4

Florida
Zone 2 except
Zonel

Broward

Dade

Monroe

Georgia
Zone 3 except
Zone 2

Appling

Atkinson

Bacon

Baker

Berrien

Brantley

Brooks

Bryan

Camden

Charlton

Chatham

Clinch

Colquitt

Cook

Decatur

Echols

Effingham

Evans

Glynn

Grady

Jeff Davis

Lanier

Liberty

Long

Lowndes

Mcintosh

Miller

(continued)

Mitchell

Pierce

Seminole

Tattnall

Thomas

Toombs

Ware

Wayne

Zone 4

Banks

Catoosa

Dade

Dawson

Fannin

Floyd

Franklin

Gilmer

Gordon

Habersham

Hall

Lumpkin

Murray

Pickens

Rabun

Stephens

Towns

Union

Walker

White

Whitfield

Hawaii
Zone 1 Moist

Idaho
Zone 6 except
Zone 5

Ada

Benewah

Canyon

Cassia

Clearwater

Elmore

Gem

Gooding

Idaho

Jerome

Kootenai

Latah

Lewis

Lincoln

Minidoka

Nez Perce

Owyhee

Payette

Power

Shoshone

Twin Falls

Washington

Illinois
Zone 5 except
Zone 4

Alexander

Bond

Christian

Clay

Clinton

Crawford

Edwards

Effingham

Fayette

Franklin

Gallatin

Hamilton

Hardin

Jackson

Jasper

Jefferson

Johnson

Lawrence

Macoupin

Madison

Marion

Massac

Monroe

Montgomery

Perry

Pope

Pulaski

Randolph

Richland

Saline .

Shelby

St clair

Union

Wabash

Washington

Wayne

White

Williamson

Indiana
Zone 5 except
Zone 4

Brown

Clark

Crawford

Daviess

Dearborn

Dubois

Floyd

Gibson

Greene

Harrison

Jackson

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

313

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE Nil 01 .2— continued
CLIMATE ZONES BY STATES AND COUNTIES

Jefferson

Jennings

Knox

Lawrence

Martin

Monroe

Ohio

Orange

Perry

Pike

Posey

Ripley

Scott

Spencer

Sullivan

Switzerland

Vanderburgh

Warrick

Washington

Iowa
Zone 5 except
Zone 6

Allamakee

Black Hawk

Bremer

Buchanan

Buena Vista

Butler

Calhoun

Cerro Gordo

Cherokee

Chickasaw

Clay

Clayton

Delaware

Dickinson

Emmet

Fayette

Floyd

Franklin

Grundy

Hamilton

Hancock

Hardin

Howard

Humboldt

Ida

Kossuth

Lyon

Mitchell

O'Brien

Osceola

Palo Alto

Plymouth

Pocahontas

Sac

Sioux

314

Webster

Winnebago

Winneshiek

Worth

Wright

Kansas
Zone 4 except
Zone 5
Cheyenne
Cloud
Decatur
EUis
Gove
Graham
Greeley
Hamilton
Jewell
Lane
Logan
Mitchell
Ness
Norton
Osborne
PhiUips
Rawlins
RepubUc
Rooks
Scott
Sheridan
Sherman
Smith
Thomas
Trego
Wallace
Wichita

Kentucky
Zone 4

Louisiana
Zone 2 except
Zone 3

Bienville

Bossier

Caddo

Caldwell

Catahoula

Claiborne

Concordia

De Soto

East Carroll

Franklin

Grant

Jackson

La Salle

Lincoln

Madison

Morehouse

Oceana

Harrison

Natchitoches

Ogemaw

Jackson

Ouachita

Osceola

Pearl River

Red River

Oscoda

Stone

Richland

Otsego

Sabine

Presque Isle

Missouri

Tensas

Roscommon

Zone 4 except

Union

Sanilac

Zone 5

Vernon

Wexford

Adair

Webster

Zone?

Andrew

West Carroll

Baraga

Atchison

Winn

Chippewa

Buchanan

Gogebic

Caldwell

Maine

Houghton

Chariton

Zone 6 except

Iron

Clark

Zone?

Keweenaw

Chnton

Aroostook

Luce

Daviess

Mackinac

De Kalb

Maryland

Ontonagon

Gentry

Zone 4 except

Schoolcraft

Grundy

Zones

Harrison

Garrett

Minnesota

Holt

Zone 6 except

Knox

Massachusetts

Zone?

Lewis

Zone 5

Aitkin

Linn

Becker

Livingston

Michigan

Beltrami

Macon

Zone 5 except

Carlton

Marion

Zone 6

Cass

Mercer

Alcona

Clay

Nodaway

Alger

Clearwater

Pike

Alpena

Cook

Putnam

Antrim

Crow Wing

Ralls

Arenac

Grant

Schuyler

Benzie

Hubbard

Scotland

Charlevoix

Itasca

Shelby

Cheboygan

Kanabec

Sullivan

Clare

Kittson

Worth

Crawford

Koochiching

Delta

Lake of the Wood

Montana

Dickinson

Mahnomen

Zone 6

Emmet

Marshall

Gladwin

Mille Lacs

Nebraska

Grand Traverse

Norman

Zones

Huron

Otter Tail

Iosco

Pennington

Nevada

Isabella

Pine

Zone S except

Kalkaska

Polk

Zone 3

Lake

Red Lake

Clark

Leelanau

Roseau

Manistee

St Louis

New Hampshire

Marquette

Wadena

Zone 6 except

Mason

Wilkin

ZoneS

Mecosta

Cheshire

Menominee

Mississippi

Hillsborough

Missaukee

Zone 3 except

Rockingham

Montmorency

Zone 2

Stafford

Newaygo

Hancock

(continued)

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE Nil 01 .2— continued
CLIMATE ZONES BY STATES AND COUNTIES

New Jersey

Hamilton

Rockingham

Oklahoma

Bon Homme

Zone 4 except

Herkimer

Rutherford

Zone 3 Moist except

Charles Mix

Zone 5

Jefferson

Stokes

Zone 4 Dry

Clay

Bergen

Lewis

Surry

Beaver

Douglas

Hunterdon

Madison

Swain

Cimarron

Gregory

Mercer

Montgomery

Transylvania

Texas

Hutchinson

Morris

Oneida

Vance

Jackson

Passaic

Otsego

Wake

Oregon

Mellette

Somerset

Schoharie

Warren

Zone 4 Marine except

Todd

Sussex

Schuyler

Wilkes

Zone 5 Dry

Tripp

Warren

St Lawrence

Yadkin

Baker

Union

Steuben

Zone 5

Crook

Yankton

New Mexico

SuUivan

Alleghany

Deschutes

Zone 4 except

Tompkins

Ashe

Gilliam

Tennessee

Zone 3

Ulster

Avery

Grant

Zone 4 except

Chaves

Warren

Mitchell

Harney

Zone 3

Dona Ana

Wyoming

Watauga

Hood River

Chester

Eddy

Yancey

Jefferson

Crockett

Hidalgo

North Carolina

Klamath

Dyer

Lea

Zone 3 except

North Dakota

Lake

Fayette

Luna

Zone 4

Zone 7 except

Malheur

Hardeman

Otero

Alamance

Zone 6

Morrow

Hardin

Zones

Alexander

Adams

Sherman

Haywood

Catron

Bertie

Billings

Umatilla

Henderson

Colfax

Buncombe

Bowman

Union

Lake

Harding

Burke

Burleigh

Wallowa

Lauderdale

Los Alamos

Calwell

Dickey

Wasco

Madison

McKinley

Caswell

Dunn

Wheeler

McNairy

Mora

Catawba

Emmons

Shelby

Rio Arriba

Chatham

Golden Valley

Pennsylvania

Tipton

San Juan

Cherokee

Grant

Zone 5 except

San Miguel

Clay

Hettinger

Zone 4

Texas

Sandoval

Cleveland

La Moure

Bucks

Zone 2 Moist except

Santa Fe

Davie

Logan

Chester

Zone 2 Dry

Taos

Durham

Mcintosh

Delaware

Bandera

Torrance

Forsyth

McKenzie

Montgomery

Dimmit

Franklin

Mercer

Philadelphia

Edwards

New York

Gates

Morton

York

Frio

Zone 5 except

Graham

Oliver

Zone 6

Kinney

Zone 4

Granville

Ransom

Cameron

La Salle

Bronx

Guilford

Richland

Clearfield

Maverick

Kings

HaUfax

Sargent

Elk

Medina

Nassau

Harnett

Sioux

McKean

Real

New York

Haywood

Slope

Potter

Uvalde

Queens

Henderson

Stark

Susquehanna

Val Verde

Richmond

Hertford

Tioga

Webb

Suffolk

Iredell

Ohio

Wayne

Zapata

Westchester

Jackson

Zone 5 except

Zavala

Zone 6

Lee

Zone 4

Rhode Island

Zone 3 Dry

Allegany

Lincoln

Adams

Zone 5

Andrews

Broome

Macon

Brown

Baylor

Cattaraugus

Madison

Clermont

South Carolina

Borden

Chenango

McDowell

Gallia

Zone 3

Brewster

Clinton

Nash

Hamilton

Callahan

Delaware

Northampton

Lawrence

South Dakota

Childress

Essex

Orange

Pike

Zone 6 except

Coke

Franklin

Person

Scioto

Zone 5

Coleman

Fulton

Polk

Washington

(continued)

Bennett

Collingsworth

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

315

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE Nil 01 .2— continued
CLIMATE ZONES BY STATES AND COUNTIES

Concho

Wheeler

Stephens

Virginia

Wyoming

Cottle

Wilbarger

Tarrant

Zone 4

Crane

Winkler

Titus

Wisconsin

Crockett

Zone 3 Moist

Upshur

Washington

Zone 6 except

Crosby

Archer

Van Zandt

Zone 4 Marine except

Zone?

Culberson

Bianco

Wichita

Zone 5 Dry

Ashland

Dawson

Bowie

Wise

Adams

Bayfield

Dickens

Brown

Wood

Asotin

Burnett

Ector

Burnet

Young

Benton

Douglass

El Paso

Camp

Zone 4

Chelan

Florence

Fisher

Cass

Armstrong

Columbia

Forest

Foard

Clay

Bailey

Douglas

Iron

Gaines

Collin

Briscoe

Franklin

Langlade

Garza

Comanche

Carson

Garfield

Lincoln

Glasscock

Cooke

Castro

Grant

Oneida

Hall

Dallas

Cochran

Kittitas

Price

Hardeman

Delta

Dallam

Klickitat

Sawyer

Haskell

Denton

Deaf Smith

Lincoln

Taylor

Hemphill

Eastland

Donley

Skamania

Vilas

Howard

Ellis

Floyd

Spokane

Washburn

Hudspeth

Erath

Gray

Walla Walla

Irion

Fannin

Hale

Whitman

Wyoming

Jeff Davis

Franklin

Hansford

Yakima

Zone 6 except

Jones

Gillespie

Hartley

Zone 6 Dry

Zone 5

Kent

Grayson

Hockley

Ferry

Goshen

Kerr

Gregg

Hutchinson

Okanogan

Platte

Kimble

Hamilton

Lamb

Pend Oreille

Zone?

King

Harrison

Lipscomb

Stevens

Lincoln

Knox

Henderson

Moore

Sublette

Loving

Hood

Ochiltree

West Virgina

Teto

Lubbock

Hopkins

Oldham

Zone 5 except

Lynn

Hunt

Parmer

Zone 4

American Samoa

Martin

Jack

Potter

Berkely

Zone 1 Moist

Mason

Johnson

Randall

Boone

McCulIoch

Kaufman

Roberts

Braxton

Guam

Menard

Kendall

Sherman

Cabell

Zone 1 Moist

Midland

Lamar

Swisher

Calhoun

Mitchell

Lampasas

Yoakum

Clay

Northern Marianas

Motley

Llano

Gilmer

Zone 1 Moist

Nolan

Marion

Utah

Jackson

Pecos

Mills

Zone 5 except

Jefferson

Puerto Rico

Presidio

Montague

Zone 3

Kanawha

Zone 1 Moist

Reagan

Morris

Washington

Lincoln

Reeves

Nacogdoches

Zone 6

Logan

U.S. Virgin Islands

Runnels

Navarro

Box Elder

Mason

Zone 1 Moist

Schleicher

Palo Pinto

Cache

McDowell

Scurry

Panola

Carbon

Mercer

Shackelford

Parker

Daggett

Mingo

SterUng

Rains

Duchesne

Monroe

Stonewall

Red River

Morgan

Sutton

Rockwall

Rich

Pleasants

Taylor

Rusk

Summit

Putnam

Terrell

Sabine

Uintah

Ritchie

Terry

San Augustine

Wasatch

Roane

Throckmorton

San Saba

Tyler

Tom Green

Shelby

Vermont

Wayne

Upton

Smith

Zone 6

Wirt

Ward

Somervell

Wood

316

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE Nil 01 .2.1
WARM HUMID COUNTIES

Alabama

Autauga

Baldwin

Barbour

Bullock

Butler

Choctaw

Clarke

Coffee

Conecuh

Covington

Crenshaw

Dale

Dallas

Elmore

Escambia

Geneva

Henry

Houston

Lowndes

Macon

Marengo

Mobile

Monroe

Montgomery

Perry

Pike

Russell

Washington

Wilcox

Arkansas

Columbia

Hempstead

Lafayette

Little River

Miller

Sevier

Union

All

Florida

Georgia

All in Zone 2

Plus
Ben Hill
Bleckley
Bulloch
Calhoun
Candler
Chattahoochee
Clay
Coffee
Crisp
Dodge
Dooly
Dougherty
Early
Emanuel

Houston

Irwin

Jenkins

Johnson

Laurens

Lee

Macon

Marion

Montgomery

Peach

Pulaski

Quitman

Randolph

Schley

Screven

Stewart

Sumter

Taylor

Telfair

Terrell

Tift

Treutlen

Turner

Twiggs

Webster

Wheeler

Wilcox

Worth

All

Hawaii

Louisiana

All in Zone 2

Plus
Bienville
Bossier
Caddo
Caldwell
Catahoula
Claiborne
De Soto
Franklin
Grant
Jackson
La Salle
Lincoln
Madison
Natchitoches
Ouachita
Red River
Richland
Sabine
Tensas
Union
Vernon
Webster
Winn

Mississippi

All in Zone 2

Plus
Adams
Amite
Claiborne
Copiah
Covington
Forrest
Franklin
George
Greene
Hinds
Jefferson
Jefferson Davis
Jones
Lamar
Lawrence
Lincoln
Marion
Perry
Pike
Rankin
Simpson
Smith
Walthall
Warren
Wayne
Wilkinson

North Carolina

Brunswick

Carteret

Columbus

New Hanover

Onslow

Pender

South Carolina

Allendale

Bamberg

Barnwell

Beaufort

Berkeley

Charleston

Colleton

Dorchester

Georgetown

Hampton

Horry

Jasper

Texas

All in Zone 2

Plus
Blanco
Bowie
Brown
Burnet
Camp

Cass

Collin

Comanche

Dallas

Delta

Denton

ElUs

Erath

Franklin

Gillespie

Gregg

Hamilton

Harrison

Henderson

Hood

Hopkins

Hunt

Johnson

Haufman

Kendall

Lamar

Lampasas

Llano

Marion

Mills

Morris

Nacogdoches

Navarro

Palo Pinto

Panola

Parker

Rains

Red River

Rockwall

Rusk

Sabine

San Augustine

San Saba

Shelby

Smith

Somervell

Tarrant

Titus

Upshur

Van Zandt

Wood

All

American Samoa

Guam

Northern Marianas

Puerto Rico

U.S. Virgin Islands

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

317

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE Nil 01 .5(1)
DEFAULT GLAZED FENESTRATION (AFACTORS

FRAME TYPE

SINGLE PANE

DOUBLE PANE

SKYLIGHT

Single

Double

Metal

1.2

0.8

1.3

Metal with thermal break

1.1

0.65

1.9

1.1

Nonmetal or metal clad

0.95

0.55

1.75

1.05

Glazed block

0.6

TABLE N11 01 .5(2)
DEFAULT DOOR tAFACTORS

DOOR TYPE

U-FACTOR

Uninsulated metal

1.2

Insulated metal

0.6

Wood

0.5

Insulated, nonmetal edge, max 45% glazing, any glazing double pane

0.35

TABLE Nil 01 .5(3)
DEFAULT GLAZED FENESTRATION SHGC

SINGLE GLAZED

DOUBLE GLAZED

GLAZED BLOCK

Clear

Tinted

Clear

Tinted

0.8

0.7

0.6

SECTION N1 102
BUILDING THERMAL ENVELOPE

N1102.1 Insulation and fenestration criteria. The building
thermal envelope shall meet the requirements of Table
N1102. 1 based on the climate zone specified in Table Nl lOI .2.

N1102.1.1 /?-value computation. Insulation material used
in layers, such as framing cavity insulation and insulating
sheathing, shall be summed to compute the component
^- value. The manufacturer's settled i?- value shall be used
for blown insulation. Computed /^-values shall not include
an /?- value for other building materials or air films.

Nl 102.1.2 t/-factor alternative. An assembly with a
[/-factor equal to or less than that specified in Table
Nl 102. 1 .2 shall be permitted as an alternative to the /?- value
in Table Nl 102.1.

Exception: For mass walls not meeting the criterion for
insulation location in Section N1102.2.3, the [/-factor
shall be permitted to be:

1 . [/-factor of 0. 17 in Climate Zone 1

2. [/-factor of 0. 14 in Climate Zone 2

3. [/-factor of 0.12 in Climate Zone 3

4. [/-factor of 0. 1 in Climate Zone 4 except Marine

5 . [/-factor of 0.082 in Chmate Zone 5 and Marine 4

N1102.1.3 Total UA alternative. If the total building thermal
envelope UA (sum of [/-factor times assembly area) is less
than or equal to the total UA resulting from using the [/-fac-
tors in Table Nl 102. 1.2, (multiplied by the same assembly
area as in the proposed building), the building shall be consid-
ered in comphance with Table Nl 102. 1 . The UA calculation
shall be done using a method consistent with the ASHRAE
Handbook of Fundamentals and shall include the thermal
bridging effects of framing materials. The SHGC require-
ments shall be met in addition to UA compliance.

Nl 102.2 Specific insulation requirements.

N1102.2.1 Ceilings vt'ith attic spaces. When Section
Nl 102.1 would require R-38 in the ceiling, R-30 shall be
deemed to satisfy the requirement for R-38 wherever the
full height of uncompressed R-30 insulation extends over
the wall top plate at the eaves. Similarly R-38 shall be
deemed to satisfy the requirement for R-49 wherever the
full height of uncompressed R-38 insulation extends over
the wall top plate at the eaves.

N1102.2.2 Ceilings without attic spaces. Where Section
Nl 102.1 would require insulation levels above R-30 and the
design of the roof/ceihng assembly does not allow sufficient
space for the required insulation, the minimum required insu-
lation for such roof/ceihng assembUes shall be R-30. This
reduction of insulation from the requirements of Section
Nl 102. 1 shaU be limited to 500 ft^ (46 m^) of ceiUng area.

318

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE N1 102.1
INSULATION AND FENESTRATION REQUIREMENTS BY COMPONENT

CLIMATE
ZONE

FENESTRATION
U-FACTOR

SKYLIGHT"
U-FACTOR

GLAZED

FENESTRATION

SHGC

CEILING
fl-VALUE

WOOD

FRAME WALL

/?- VALUE

MASS

WALL

fl-VALUE

FLOOR
ff-VALUE

BASEMENT^

WALL

fl-VALUE

SLAB"

fl-VALUE

AND DEPTH

CRAWL

SPACE WALL

fl-VALUE

1.2

0.75

0.40

0.75

0.40

0.65

0.40^

5/13

4 except
Marine

0.40

0.60

10/13

10, 2 ft

10/13

5 and
Marine 4

0.35

0.60

19 or

13 + 5g

30f

10/13

10, 2 ft

10/13

0.35

0.60

19 or

13 + 5S

30^

10/13

10, 4 ft

10/13

7 and 8

0.35

0.60

30f

10/13

10, 4 ft

10/13

a. /?-values are minimums. f/-factors and SHGC are maximums. R-19 insulation shall be permitted to be compressed into a 2 X 6 cavity.

b. The fenestration [/-factor column excludes skylights. The solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) column applies to all glazed fenestration.

c. The first R-value applies to continuous insulation, the second to framing cavity insulation; either insulation meets the requirement.

d. R-5 shall be added to the required slab edge /?- values for heated slabs.

e. There are no solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) requirements in the Marine Zone.

f. Or insulation sufficient to fill the framing cavity, R-19 minimum.

g. "13+5" means R-13 cavity insulation plus R-5 insulated sheathing. If structural sheathing covers 25% or less of the exterior, R-5 sheathing is not required where
structural sheathing is used. If structural sheathing covers more than 25% of exterior, structural sheathing shall be supplemented with insulated sheathing of at least
R-2.

TABLE Nil 02.1 .2
EQUIVALENT (/-FACTORS^

CLIMATE
ZONE

FENESTRATION
U-FACTOR

SKYLIGHT
y-FACTOR

CEILING
y-FACTOR

FRAME

WALL

(AFACTOR

MASS WALL
U-FACTOR

FLOOR
U-FACTOR

BASEMENT

WALL
U-FACTOR

CRAWL SPACE

WALL

U-FACTOR

1.20

0.75

0.035

0.082

0.197

0.064

0.360

0.477

0.75

0.035

0.082

0.165

0.064

0.360

0.477

0.65

0.035

0.082

0.141

0.047

0.360

0.136

4 except
Marine

0.40

0.60

0.030

0.082

0.141

0.047

0.059

0.065

5 and
Marine 4

0.35

0.60

0.030

0.060

0.082

0.033

0.059

0.065

0.35

0.60

0.026

0.060

0.06

0.033

0.059

0.065

7 and 8

0.35

0.60

0.026

0.057

0.033

0.059

0.065

a. Nonfenestration {/-factors shall be obtained from measurement, calculation or an approved source.

N1102.2.3 Mass walls. Mass walls, for the purposes of this
chapter, shall be considered walls of concrete block, con-
crete, insulated concrete form (ICF), masonry cavity, brick
(other than brick veneer), earth (adobe, compressed earth
block, ranraied earth) and solid timber/logs. The provisions
of Section Nl 102.1 for mass walls shaU be applicable when
at least 50 percent of the required insulation /?- value is on the
exterior of, or integral to, the wall. Walls that do not meet this
criterion for insulation placement shall meet the wood frame
wall insulation requirements of Section Nl 102.1.

Exception: For walls that do not meet this criterion for
insulation placement, the minimum added insulation
R- value shall be permitted to be:

1 . /?-value of 4 in Climate Zone 1

2. /?- value of 6 in Climate Zone 2

3. /?- value of 8 in Climate Zone 3

4. /?- value of 10 in Climate Zone 4 except Marine

5. i?- value of 13 in climate Zone 5 and Marine 4

N1102.2.4 Steel-frame ceilings, walls and floors. Steel-
frame ceilings, walls and floors shall meet the insulation
requirements of Table Nl 102.2.4 or shall meet the ^/-factor
requirements in Table N1102.1.2. The calculation of the
17-factor for a steel-frame envelope assembly shall use a
series-parallel path calculation method.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

319

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

TABLE N1 102.2.4
STEEL-FRAME CEILING, WALL AND FLOOR INSULATION (ff-VALUE)

WOOD FRAME R-VALUE REQUIREMENT COLD-FORMED STEEL EQUIVALENT fl-VALUE^

Steel Truss Ceilings^

R-30

R-38 or R-30 + 3 or R-26 + 5

R-38

R-49 or R-38 + 3

R-49

R-38 + 5

Steel Joist Ceilings''

R-30

R-38 in 2x4 or 2X6 or 2X8
R-49 in any framing

R-38

R-49 in 2 X 4 or 2 X 6 or 2 X 8 or 2 X 10

Steel Framed Wall

R-13

R-13 + 5 or R-15 + 4 or R-21 + 3

R-19

R-13 + 9orR-19 + 8orR-25-F7

R-21

R-13 +10 or R-19 + 9 or R-25 -i- 8

Steel Joist Floor

R-13

R-19in2x6
R-19 + R-6in2 X 8 or 2 x 10

R-19

R-19 + R-6in2 X 6
R-19 + R-12in2x 8 or 2 X 10

For SI: linch = 25.4mm.

a. Cavity insulation 7?- value is listed first, followed by continuous insulation /?- value.

b. Insulation exceeding the height of the framing shall cover the framing.

Nl 102.2.5 Floors. Floor insulation shall be installed to
maintain permanent contact with the underside of the
subfloor decking.

Nl 102.2.6 Basement walls. Exterior walls associated with
conditioned basements shall be insulated from the top of the
basement wall down to 10 feet (3048 mm) below grade or to
the basement floor, whichever is less. Walls associated with
unconditioned basements shall meet this requirement
unless the floor overhead is insulated in accordance with
Sections Nl 102.1 and Nl 102.2.5.

N1102.2.7 Slab-on-grade floors. Slab-on-grade floors
with a floor surface less than 12 inches below grade shall be
insulated in accordance with Table Nl 102. 1 . The insulation
shall extend downward from the top of the slab on the out-
side or inside of the foundation wall. Insulation located .
below grade shall be extended the distance provided in
Table Nl 102.1 by any combination of vertical insulation,
insulation extending under the slab or insulation extending
out from the building. Insulation extending away from the
building shall be protected by pavement or by a minimum of
10 inches (254 mm) of soil. The top edge of the insulation
installed between the exterior wall and the edge of the inte-
rior slab shall be permitted to be cut at a 45-degree (0.79 rad)
angle away from the exterior wall. Slab-edge insulation is
not required in jurisdictions designated by the code official
as having a very heavy termite infestation.

N1102.2.8 Crawl space walls. As an alternative to insulating
floors over crawl spaces, insulation of crawl space walls
when the crawl space is not vented to the outside is permitted.

Crawl space wall insulation shall be permanenfly fastened to
the wall and extend downward from the floor to the finished
grade level and then vertically and/or horizontally for at least
an additional 24 inches (610 mm). Exposed earth in unvented
crawl space foundations shall be covered with a continuous
vapor retarder. All joints of the vapor retarder shall overlap by
6 inches (152 mm) and be sealed or taped. The edges of the
vapor retarder shall extend at least 6 inches (152 mm) up the
stem wall and shall be attached to the stem wall.

Nl 102.2.9 Masonry veneer. Insulation shall not be
required on the horizontal portion of the foundation that
supports a masonry veneer.

N1102.2.10 Thermally isolated sunroom insulation. The

minimum ceiling insulation /?- values shall be R-19 in zones
1 through 4 and R-24 in zones 5 though 8. The minimum
wall /?- value shall be R-13 in all zones. New wall(s) separat-
ing the sunroom from conditioned space shall meet the
building thermal envelope requirements.

N1102.3 Fenestration.

N1102.3.1 {/-factor. An area- weighted average of fenestra-
tion products shall be permitted to satisfy the (/-factor
requirements.

N1102.3.2 Glazed fenestration SHGC. An area-weighted
average of fenestration products more than 50 percent
glazed shall be permitted to satisfy the solar heat gain coeffi-
cient (SHGC) requirements.

Nl 102.3.3 Glazed fenestration exemption. Up to 15

; square feet (1.4 m^) of glazed fenestration per dwelling unit

320

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'*

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

shall be permitted to be exempt from f/-factor and solar heat
gain coefficient (SHGC) requirements in Section Nl 102. 1 .

Nl 102.3.4 Opaque door exemption. One opaque door
assembly is exempted from the t/-factor requirement in
Section Nl 102.1.

N1102.3.5 Thermally isolated sunroom IZ-factor. For

zones 4 through 8 the maximum fenestration t/-factor shall
be 0.50 and the maximum skylight ?7-factor shall be 0.75.
New windows and doors separating the sunroom from con-
ditioned space shall meet the building thermal envelope
requirements.

Nl 102.3.6 Replacement fenestration. Where some or all
of an existing fenestration unit is replaced with a new fenes-
tration product, including sash and glazing, the replacement
fenestration unit shall meet the applicable requirements for
[/-factor and solar heat gain coefficient (SHGC) in Table
N1102.1.

N1102.4 Air leakage.

N1102.4.1 Building thermal envelope. The building ther-
mal envelope shall be durably sealed to limit infiltration.
The sealing methods between dissimilar materials shall
allow for differential expansion and contraction. The fol-
lowing shall be caulked, gasketed, weatherstripped or other-
wise sealed with an air barrier material, suitable film or solid
material.

1. All joints, seams and penetrations.

2. Site-built windows, doors and skylights.

3 . Openings between window and door assemblies and
their respective jambs and framing.

4. Utility penetrations.

5. Dropped ceilings or chases adjacent to the thermal
envelope.

6. Knee walls.

7. Walls and ceilings separating the garage from con-
ditioned spaces.

8. Behind tubs and showers on exterior walls.

9. Common walls between dwelling units.

10. Other sources of infiltration.

N1102.4.2 Fenestration air leakage. Windows, skylights
and sliding glass doors shall have an air infiltration rate of
no more than 0.3 cubic foot per minute per square foot
[1.5(L/s)/m2], and swinging doors no more than 0.5 cubic
foot per minute per square foot [2.5(L/s)/m^], when tested
according to NFRC 400 or AAMAAVDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/
A440 by an accredited, independent laboratory, and listed
and labeled by the manufacturer.

Exception: Site-built windows, skylights and doors.

N1102.4.3 Recessed lighting. Recessed luminaires installed
in the building thermal envelope shall be sealed to limit air
leakage between conditioned and unconditioned spaces by
being:

1 . IC-rated and labeled with enclosures that are sealed or
gasketed to prevent air leakage to the ceiling cavity or
unconditioned space; or

2. IC-rated and labeled as meeting ASTM E 283 when
tested at 1 .57 pounds per square foot (75 Pa) pressure
differential with no more than 2.0 cubic feet per
minute (0.944 L/s) of air movement from the condi-
tioned space to the ceiling cavity; or

3. Located inside an airtight sealed box with clearances
of at least 0.5 inch (13 mm) from combustible mate-
rial and 3 inches (76 mm) from insulation.

Nl 102.5 Moisture control. The building design shall not cre-
ate conditions of accelerated deterioration from moisture con-
densation. Above-grade frame walls, floors and ceilings not
ventilated to allow moisture to escape shall be provided with an
approved vapor retarder. The vapor retarder shall be installed
on the warm-in-winter side of the thermal insulation.

Exceptions:

1 . In construction where moisture or its freezing will not
damage the materials.

2. Frame walls, floors and ceilings in jurisdictions in
Zones 1, 2, 3, 4A, and 4B. (Crawl space floor vapor
retarders are not exempted.)

3. Where other approved means to avoid condensation
are provided.

N1102.5.1 Maximum fenestration [/-factor. The area
weighted average maximum fenestration [/-factor permit-
ted using tradeoffs from Section N 1102.1.3 in Zones 6
through 8 shall be 0.55.

To comply with this section, the maximum [/-factor for
skylights shall be 0.75 in zones 6 through 8.

SECTION N1 103
SYSTEMS

Nl 103.1 Controls. At least one thermostat shall be installed
for each separate heating and cooling system.

Nl 103.1.1 Heat pump supplementary heat. Heat pumps
having supplementary electric-resistance heat shall have
controls that, except during defrost, prevent supplemental
heat operation when the heat pump compressor can meet the
heating load.

N1103.2 Ducts.

N1103.2.1 Insulation. Supply and return ducts shall be
insulated to a minimum of R-8. Ducts in floor trusses shall
be insulated to a minimum of R-6.

Exception: Ducts or portions thereof located completely
inside the building thermal envelope.

N1103.2.2 Sealing. Ducts, air handlers, filter boxes and
building cavities used as ducts shall be sealed. Joints and
seams shall comply with Section Ml 60 1.3.1.

N1103.2.3 Building cavities. Building framing cavities
shall not be used as supply ducts.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

321

ENERGY EFFICIENCY

Nl 103.3 Mechanical system piping insulation. Mechanical
system piping capable of carrying fluids above 105°F (40°C) or
below 55°F (13°C) shall be insulated to a minimum of R-2.

Nl 103.4 Circulating hot water systems. All circulating ser-
vice hot water piping shall be insulated to at least R-2. Circulat-
ing hot water systems shall include an automatic or readily
accessible manual switch that can turn off the hot water circu-
lating pump when the system is not in use.

Nl 103.5 Mechanical ventilation. Outdoor air intakes and
exhausts shall have automatic or gravity dampers that close
when the ventilation system is not operating.

N1103.6 Equipment sizing. Heating and cooling equipment
shall be sized as specified in Section M1401.3.

322 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

Part V — Mechanical

CHAPTER 12

MECHANICAL ADMINISTRATION

SECTION M1201
GENERAL

M1201.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapters 12 through 24
shall regulate the design, installation, maintenance, alteration
and inspection of mechanical systems that are permanently
installed and used to control environmental conditions within
buildings. These chapters shall also regulate those mechanical
systems, system components, equipment and appliances spe-
cifically addressed in this code.

M1201.2 Application. In addition to the general administra-
tion requirements of Chapter 1, the administrative provisions
of this chapter shall also apply to the mechanical requirements
of Chapters 13 through 24.

[EB] SECTION M1 202
EXISTING MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

M1202.1 Additions, alterations or repairs. Additions, alter-
ations, renovations or repairs to a mechanical system shall con-
form to the requirements for a new mechanical system without
requiring the existing mechanical system to comply with all of
the requirements of this code. Additions, alterations or repairs
shall not cause an existing mechanical system to become
unsafe, hazardous or overloaded. Minor additions, alterations
or repairs to existing mechanical systems shall meet the provi-
sions for new construction, unless such work is done in the
same manner and arrangement as was in the existing system, is
not hazardous, and is approved.

M1202.2 Existing installations. Except as otherwise pro-
vided for in this code, a provision in this code shall not require
the removal, alteration or abandonment of, nor prevent the con-
tinued use and maintenance of, an existing mechanical system
lawfully in existence at the time of the adoption of this code.

M1202.3 Maintenance. Mechanical systems, both existing
and new, and parts thereof shall be maintained in proper operat-
ing condition in accordance with the original design and in a
safe and sanitary condition. Devices or safeguards that are
required by this code shall be maintained in compliance with
the code edition under which installed. The owner or the
owner's designated agent shall be responsible for maintenance
of the mechanical systems. To determine compliance with this
provision, the building official shall have the authority to
require a mechanical system to be reinspected.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE® 323

324 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

CHAPTER 13

GENERAL MECHANICAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

SECTION M1301
GENERAL

M1301.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern
the installation of mechanical systems not specifically covered
in other chapters applicable to mechanical systems. Installa-
tions of mechanical appliances, equipment and systems not
addressed by this code shall comply with the applicable provi-
sions of the International Mechanical Code and the Interna-
tional Fuel Gas Code.

M1301.1.1 Flood-resistant installation. In areas prone to
flooding as established by Table R301.2(l), mechanical
appliances, equipment and systems shall be located or
installed in accordance with Section R323.1.5.

SECTION M1302
APPROVAL

M1302.1 Listed and labeled. Appliances regulated by this
code shall be listed and labeled for the application in which
they are installed and used, unless otherwise approved in accor-
dance with Section R104.il.

SECTION M1303
LABELING OF APPLIANCES

M1303.1 Label information. A permanent factory-applied
nameplate(s) shall be affixed to appliances on which shall
appear, in legible lettering, the manufacturer's name or trade-
mark, the model number, a serial number and the seal or mark
of the testing agency. A label shall also include the following:

1. Electrical appliances. Electrical rating in volts, amperes
and motor phase; identification of individual electrical
components in volts, amperes or watts and motor phase;
and in Btu/h (W) output and required clearances.

2. Absorption units. Hourly rating in Btu/h (W), minimum
hourly rating for units having step or automatic modulat-
ing controls, type of fuel, type of refrigerant, cooling
capacity in Btu/h (W) and required clearances.

3. Fuel-burning units. Hourly rating in Btu/h (W), type of
fuel approved for use with the appliance and required
clearances.

4. Electric comfort heating appliances. Name and trade-
mark of the manufacturer; the model number or equiva-
lent; the electric rating in volts, amperes and phase; Btu/h
(W) output rating; individual marking for each electrical
component in amperes or watts, volts and phase;
required clearances from combustibles and a seal indi-
cating approval of the appliance by an approved agency.

5. Maintenance instructions. Required regular maintenance
actions and title or publication number for the operation
and maintenance manual for that particular model and
type of product.

SECTION M1 304
TYPE OF FUEL

M1304.1 Fuel types. Fuel-fired appliances shall be designed
for use with the type of fuel to which they will be connected and
the altitude at which they are installed. Appliances that com-
prise parts of the building mechanical system shall not be con-
verted for the use of a different fuel, except where approved and
converted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
The fuel input rate shall not be increased or decreased beyond
the limit rating for the altitude at which the appliance is
installed.

SECTION M1305
APPLIANCE ACCESS

M1305.1 Appliance access for inspection service, repair and
replacement. Appliances shall be accessible for inspection, ser-
vice, repair and replacement without removing permanent con-
struction, other appliances, or any other piping or ducts not
connected to the appliance being inspected, serviced, repaired or
replaced. A level working space at least 30 inches deep and 30
inches wide (762 mm by 762 mm) shall be provided in front of
the control side to service an apphance. Installation of room
heaters shall be permitted with at least an 18-inch (457 mm)
working space. A platform shall not be required for room heat-
ers.

M1305.1.1 Central furnaces. Central furnaces within
compartments or alcoves shall have a minimum working
space clearance of 3 inches (76 mm) along the sides, back
and top with a total width of the enclosing space being at
least 12 inches (305 mm) wider than the furnace. Furnaces
having a firebox open to the atmosphere shall have at least a
6-inch (152 nun) working space along the front combustion
chamber side. Combustion air openings at the rear or side of
the compartment shall comply with the requirements of
Chapter 17.

Exception: This section shall not apply to replacement
appliances installed in existing compartments and
alcoves where the working space clearances are in accor-
dance with the equipment or appliance manufacturer's
installation instructions.

M1305.1.2 Appliances in rooms. Appliances installed in a
compartment, alcove, basement or similar space shall be
accessed by an opening or door and an unobstructed pas-
sageway measuring not less than 24 inches (610 mm) wide
and large enough to allow removal of the largest appliance
in the space, provided there is a level service space of not
less than 30 inches (762 mm) deep and the height of the
apphance, but not less than 30 inches (762 mm), at the front
or service side of the appliance with the door open.

M1305.1.3 Appliances in attics. Attics containing appli-
ances requiring access shall be provided with an opening

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

325

GENERAL MECHANICAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

and a clear and unobstructed passageway large enough to
allow removal of the largest appliance, but not less than 30
inches (762 mm) high and 22 inches (559 mm) wide and
not more than 20 feet (6096 mm) long when measured
along the centerline of the passageway from the opening to
the appliance. The passageway shall have continuous solid
flooring in accordance with Chapter 5 not less than 24
inches (610 mm) wide. A level service space at least 30
inches (762 nun) deep and 30 inches (762 mm) wide shall
be present along all sides of the appliance where access is
required. The clear access opening dimensions shall be a
minimum of 20 inches by 30 inches (508 mm) by 762 mm),
where such dimensions are large enough to allow removal
of the largest appliance.

Exceptions:

1. The passageway and level service space are not
required where the appliance can be serviced and
removed through the required opening.

2. Where the passageway is unobstructed and not
less than 6 feet (1829 mm) high and 22 inches
(559 mm) wide for its entire length, the passage-
way shall be not more than 50 feet (15 250 mm)
long.

M1305.1.3.1 Electrical requirements. A luminaire
controlled by a switch located at the required passage-
way opening and a receptacle outlet shall be installed at
or near the appliance location in accordance with Chap-
ter 38.

M1305.1.4 Appliances under floors. Underfloor spaces
containing appliances requiring access shall have an unob-
structed passageway large enough to remove the largest
appliance, but not less than 30 inches (762 mm) high and 22
inches (559 mm) wide, nor more than 20 feet (6096 mm)
long when measured along the centerline of the passageway
from the opening to the appliance. A level service space at
least 30 inches (762 mm) deep and 30 inches (762 mm)wide
shall be present at the front or service side of the appliance.
If the depth of the passageway or the service space exceeds
12 inches (305 mm) below the adjoining grade, the walls of
the passageway shall be lined with concrete or masonry
extending 4 inches (102 mm) above the adjoining grade in
accordance with Chapter 4. The rough-framed access open-
ing dimensions shall be a minimum of 22 inches by 30
inches (559 mm by 762 mm), where the dimensions are
large enough to remove the largest appliance.

Exceptions:

1. The passageway is not required where the level
service space is present when the access is open,
and the appliance can be serviced and removed
through the required opening.

2. Where the passageway is unobstructed and not
less than 6 feet high (1929 mm) and 22 inches wide

for its entire length, the passageway shall not be 1 1
limited in length. |

M1305.1.4.1 Ground clearance. Appliances supported
from the ground shall be level and firmly supported on a
concrete slab or other approved material extending
above the adjoining ground. Appliances suspended from
the floor shall have a clearance of not less than 6 inches
(152 mm) from the ground.

M1305.1.4.2 Excavations. Excavations for appliance
installations shall extend to a depth of 6 inches (152 mm)
below the appHance and 12 inches (305 mm) on all sides,
except that the control side shall have a clearance of 30
inches (762 mm).

M1305.1.4.3 Electrical requirements. A luminaire |
controlled by a switch located at the required passage-
way opening and a receptacle outlet shall be installed at
or near the appliance location in accordance with Chap-
ter 38.

SECTION M1 306

CLEARANCES FROM COMBUSTIBLE

CONSTRUCTION

M1306.1 Appliance clearance. Appliances shall be installed
with the clearances from unprotected combustible materials as
indicated on the appliance label and in the manufacturer's
installation instructions.

M1306.2 Clearance reduction. Reduction of clearances shall
be in accordance with the appliance manufacturer's instruc-
tions and Table Ml 306.2. Forms of protection with ventilated
air space shall conform to the following requirements:

1. Not less than 1-inch (25 mm) air space shall be provided
between the protection and combustible wall surface.

2. Air circulation shall be provided by having edges of the
wall protection open at least 1 inch (25 n:im).

3. If the wall protection is mounted on a single flat wall
away from comers, air circulation shall be provided by
having the bottom and top edges, or the side and top
edges open at least 1 inch (25 nmi).

4. Wall protection covering two walls in a corner shall be
open at the bottom and top edges at least 1 inch (25
mm).

M1306.2.1 Solid fuel appliances. Table M1306.2 shall not
be used to reduce the clearance required for solid-fuel appli-
ances listed for installation with minimum clearances of 12
inches (305 mm) or less. For appliances listed for installa-
tion with minimum clearances greater than 12 inches (305
mm). Table M1306.2 shall not be used to reduce the clear-
ance to less than 12 inches (305 mm).

326

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

GENERAL MECHANICAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

TABLE Ml 306.2
REDUCTION OF CLEARANCES WITH SPECIFIED FORMS OF PROTECTION^ "■=■''•«•' a- •^'i"

TYPE OF PROTECTION APPLIED TO

AND COVERING ALL SURFACES OF

COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL WITHIN THE

DISTANCE SPECIFIED AS THE

REQUIRED CLEARANCE WITH NO

PROTECTION [See Figures Ml 306.1

and M1 306.2]

WHERE THE REQUIRED CLEARANCE WITH NO PROTECTION FROM APPLIANCE,
VENT CONNECTOR, OR SINGLE WALL METAL PIPE IS:

36 inches

18 inches

12 inches

9 inches

6 inches

Allowable clearances with specified protection (Inches)''

Use column 1 for clearances above an appliance or horizontal connector.
Use column 2 for clearances from an appliance, vertical connector and single-wall metal pipe.

Above
column 1

Sides and

rear
column 2

Above
column 1

Sides and

rear
column 2

Above
column 1

Sides and

rear
column 2

Above
column 1

Sides and

rear
column 2

Above
column 1

Sides and

rear
column 2

3 Vj-inch thick masonry wall
without ventilated air space

—

V2-in. insulation board over 1-inch
glass fiber or mineral wool batts

24 gage sheet metal over 1-inch
glass fiber or mineral wool batts
reinforced with wire on rear face
with ventilated air space

3V2-inch thick masonry wall with
ventilated air space

—

24 gage sheet metal with ventilated
air space

V2-inch thick insulation board with
ventilated air space

24 gage sheet metal with ventilated
air space over 24 gage sheet metal
with ventilated air space

1-inch glass fiber or mineral wool
batts sandwiched between two
sheets 24 gage sheet metal with
ventilated air space.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 pound per cubic foot = 16.019 kg/hi^, °C = [(°F)-32/1.8], 1 Btu/(h • ft^ • °F/in.) = 0.001442299 (W/cm^ • °C/cm).

a. Reduction of clearances from combustible materials shall not interfere with combustion air, draft hood clearance and relief, and accessibility of servicing.

b. Clearances shall be measured from the surface of the heat producing appliance or equipment to the outer surface of the combustible material or combustible assem-
bly.

c. Spacers and ties shall be of noncombustible material. No spacer or tie shall be used directly opposite appliance or connector

d. Where all clearance reduction systems use a ventilated air space, adequate provision for air circulation shall be provided as described. (See Figures Ml 306.1 and
M1306.2.)

e. There shall be at least 1 inch between clearance reduction systems and combustible walls and ceilings for reduction systems using ventilated air space.

f . If a wall protector is mounted on a single flat wall away from comers, adequate air circulation shall be permitted to be provided by leaving only the bottom and top
edges or only the side and top edges open with at least a 1-inch air gap.

g. Mineral wool and glass fiber batts (blanket or board) shall have a minimum density of 8 pounds per cubic foot and a minimum melting point of 1,500°F.

h. Insulation material used as part of a clearance reduction system shall have a thermal conductivity of 1.0 Btu inch per square foot per hour °F or less. Insulation

board shall be formed of noncombustible material,
i. There shall be at least 1 inch between the appliance and the protector In no case shall the clearance between the appliance and the combustible surface be reduced

below that allowed in this table,
j. All clearances and thicknesses are minimum; laiger clearances and thicknesses are acceptable,
k. Listed single-wall connectors shall be permitted to be installed in accordance with the terms of their listing and the manufecturer's instructions.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

327

GENERAL MECHANICAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

CONSTRUCTION USING COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL,
PLASTERED OR UNPLASTERED

SHEET METAL OR OTHER
PROTECTION

NOTE: "A" equals the required clearance with no protection. "B" equals the reduced clearance permitted in accordance with Table Ml 306.2. The protection applied
to the construction using combustible material shall extend far enough in each direction to make "C" equal to "A."

FIGURE M1306.1
REDUCED CLEARANCE DIAGRAM

WALL PROTECTOR MOUNTED
WITH ALL EDGES OPEN

MOUNTED WITH SIDE AND
TOP EDGES OPEN

MOUNTED WITH TOP AND
BOTTOM EDGES OPEN

MUST BE MOUNTED WITH
TOP AND BOTTOM
EDGES OPEN

WALL PROTECTOR MOUNTED
ON SINGLE FLAT WALL

WALL PROTECTOR
INSTALLED IN CORNER

NAIL OR SCREW ANCHOR

MASONRY WALLS CAN BE ATTACHED TO
COMBUSTIBLE WALLS USING WALL LINES

DO NOT USE SPACERS DIRECTLY BEHIND
APPLIANCE OR CONNECTOR

COMBUSTIBLE
WALL

zszszs

1 IN. AIRSPACE

1 IN. NONCOMBUSTIBLE SPACER
SUCH AS STACKED WASHERS,
SMALL DIAMETER PIPE, TUBING OR
ELECTRICAL CONDUIT

CLEARANCE REDUCTION SYSTEM

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE M1 306.2
WALL PROTECTOR CLEARANCE REDUCTION SYSTEM

328

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

GENERAL MECHANICAL SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

SECTION M1307
APPLIANCE INSTALLATION

M1307.1 GeneraL Installation of appliances shall conform to
the conditions of their listing and label and the manufacturer's
installation instructions. The manufacturer's operating and
installation instructions shall remain attached to the appliance.

M1307.2 Anchorage of appliances. Apphances designed to
be fixed in position shall be fastened or anchored in an
approved manner. In Seismic Design Categories D, and D2,
water heaters shall be anchored or strapped to resist horizontal
displacement caused by earthquake motion. Strapping shall be
at points within the upper one-third and lower one-third of the
appliance's vertical dimensions. At the lower point, the strap-
ping shall maintain a minimum distance of 4 inches (102 mm)
above the controls.

M1307.3 Elevation of ignition source. Appliances having an
ignition source shall be elevated such that the source of ignition
is not less than 18 inches (457 mm) above the floor in garages.
For the purpose of this section, rooms or spaces that are not part
of the living space of a dwelling unit and that communicate
with a private garage through openings shall be considered to
be part of the garage.

M1307.3.1 Protection from impact. Appliances located in
a garage or carport shall be protected from impact by auto-
mobiles.

M1307.4 Hydrogen generating and refueling operations.

Ventilation shall be required in accordance with Section
M1307.4.1, M1307.4.2 or M1307.4.3 in private garages that

(contain hydrogen-generating appliances or refueling systems.
For the purpose of this section, rooms or spaces that are not part
of the living space of a dwelling unit and that communicate
directly with a private garage through openings shall be consid-
ered to be part of the private garage.

M1307.4.1 Natural ventilation. Indoor locations intended
for hydrogen-generating or refueling operations shall be
limited to a maximum floor area of 850 square feet (79 m^)
and shall communicate with the outdoors in accordance
with Sections M1307.4.1.1 and M1307.4.1.2. The maxi-
mum rated output capacity of hydrogen generating appli-
ances shall not exceed 4 standard cubic feet per minute (1.9
L/s) of hydrogen for each 250 square feet (23 m^) of floor
area in such spaces. The minimum cross-sectional dimen-
sion of air openings shall be 3 inches (76 mm). Where ducts
are used, they shall be of the same cross-sectional area as the
free area of the openings to which they connect. In those
locations, equipment and appliances having an ignition
source shall be located so that the source of ignition is not
within 12 inches (305 mm) of the ceiling.

M1307.4.1.1 Two openings. Two permanent openings
shall be constructed within the garage. The upper open-
ing shall be located entirely within 12 inches (305 mm)
of the ceiling of the garage. The lower opening shall be
located entirely within 12 inches (305 mm) of the floor of
the garage. Both openings shall be constructed in the
same exterior wall. The openings shall communicate
directly with the outdoors and shall have a minimum free
area of V2 square foot per 1,000 cubic feet (1.7 mVlOOO
m^) of garage volume.

M1307.4.1.2 Louvers and grilles. In calculating free
area required by Section Ml 307.4.1, the required size of
openings shall be based on the net free area of each open-
ing. If the free area through a design of louver or grille is
known, it shall be used in calculating the size opening
required to provide the free area specified. If the design
and free area are not known, it shall be assumed that
wood louvers will have a 25 -percent free area and metal
louvers and grilles will have a 75 -percent free area. Lou-
vers and grilles shall be fixed in the open position.

M1307.4.2 Mechanical ventilation. Indoor locations
intended for hydrogen-generating or refueling operations
shall be ventilated in accordance with Section 502. 1 6 of the
International Mechanical Code. In these locations, equip-
ment and appliances having an ignition source shall be
located so that the source of ignition is below the mechani-
cal ventilation outlet(s).

M1307.4.3 Specially engineered installations. As an alter-
native to the provisions of Sections Ml 307. 4.1 and
M1307.4.2, the necessary supply of air for ventilation and
dilution of flammable gases shall be provided by an approved
engineered system.

M1307.5 Electrical appliances. Electrical appliances shall be
installed in accordance with Chapters 14, 15, 19, 20 and 33
through 42 of this code.

SECTION M1308
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS INSTALLATION

M1308.1 Drilling and notching. Wood-framed structural
members shall be drilled, notched or altered in accordance with
the provisions of Sections R502.8, R602.6, R602.6.1 and
R802.7. Holes in cold-formed, steel-framed, load-bearing
members shall be permitted only in accordance with Sections
R505.2, R603.2 and R804.2. In accordance with the provisions
of Sections R505.3.5, R603.3.4 and R804.3.5, cutting and
notching of flanges and lips of cold-formed, steel-framed,
load-bearing members shall not be permitted.

M1308.2 Protection against physical damage. In concealed
locations where piping, other than cast-iron or galvanized steel,
is installed through holes or notches in studs, joists, rafters or
similar members less than 1 .5 inches (38 mm) from the nearest
edge of the member, the pipe shall be protected by shield plates.
Protective shield plates shall be a minimum of 0.062-inch-
thick (1 .6 mm) steel, shall cover the area of the pipe where the
member is notched or bored, and shall extend a minimum of 2
inches (51 mm) above sole plates and below top plates.

M1308.3 Foundations and supports. Foundations and sup-
ports for outdoor mechanical systems shall be raised at least 3
inches (76 mm) above the finished grade, and shall also con-
form to the manufacturer's installation instructions.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

329

330 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

CHAPTER 14

HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT

SECTION M1401
GENERAL

M1401.1 Installation. Heating and cooling equipment and
appliances shall be installed in accordance with the manufac-
turer's installation instructions and the requirements of this
code.

M1401.2 Access. Heating and cooling equipment shall be
located with respect to building construction and other equip-
ment to permit maintenance, servicing and replacement. Clear-
ances shall be maintained to permit cleaning of heating and
cooling surfaces; replacement of filters, blowers, motors, con-
trols and vent connections; lubrication of moving parts; and
adjustments.

M1401.3 Sizing. Heating and cooling equipment shall be sized
based on building loads calculated in accordance with ACCA
Manual J or other approved heating and cooling calculation
methodologies.

M1401.4 Exterior installations. Equipment installed out-
doors shall be listed and labeled for outdoor installation. Sup-
ports and foundations shall prevent excessive vibration,
settlement or movement of the equipment. Supports and foun-
dations shall be level and conform to the manufacturer's instal-
lation instructions.

M1401.5 Flood hazard. In areas prone to flooding as estab-
lished by Table R301.2(l), heating and cooling equipment and
appliances shall be located or installed in accordance with Sec-
tion R324. 1.5.

SECTION M1402
CENTRAL FURNACES

M1402.1 General. Oil-fired central furnaces shall conform to
ANSI/UL 727. Electric furnaces shall conform to UL 1995.

M1402.2 Clearances. Clearances shall be provided in accor-
dance with the listing and the manufacturer's installation
instructions.

M1402.3 Combustion air. Combustion air shall be supplied in
accordance with Chapter 17. Combustion air openings shall be
unobstructed for a distance of not less than 6 inches (152 mm)
in front of the openings.

SECTION M1 403
HEAT PUMP EQUIPMENT

M1403.1 Heat pumps. The minimum unobstructed total area
of the outside and return air ducts or openings to a heat pump
shall be not less than 6 square inches per 1,000 Btu/h (13 208
mm^/kW) output rating or as indicated by the conditions of the
listing of the heat pump. Electric heat pumps shall conform to
UL 1995.

M1403.2 Foundations and supports. Supports and founda-
tions for the outdoor unit of a heat pump shall be raised at least
3 inches (76 mm) above the ground to permit free drainage of
defrost water, and shall conform to the manufacturer's installa-
tion instructions.

SECTION M1 404
REFRIGERATION COOLING EQUIPMENT

M1404.1 Compliance. Refrigeration cooling equipment shall
comply with Section M1411.

SECTION M1 405
BASEBOARD CONVECTORS

M1405.1 General. Electric baseboard convectors shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions and Chapters 33 through 42 of this code.

SECTION M1406
RADIANT HEATING SYSTEMS

M1406.1 General. Electric radiant heating systems shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions and Chapters 33 through 42 of this code.

M1406.2 Clearances. Clearances for radiant heating panels or
elements to any wiring, outlet boxes and junction boxes used
for installing electrical devices or mounting luminaires shall |
comply with Chapters 33 through 42 of this code.

M1406.3 Installation of radiant panels. Radiant panels
installed on wood framing shall conform to the following
requirements:

1. Heating panels shall be installed parallel to framing
members and secured to the surface of framing members
or mounted between framing members.

2. Panels shall be nailed or stapled only through the
unheated portions provided for this purpose and shall not
be fastened at any point closer than 74 inch (7 mm) to an
element.

3. Unless listed and labeled for field cutting, heating panels
shall be installed as complete units.

M1406.4 Installation in concrete or masonry. Radiant heat-
ing systems installed in concrete or masonry shall conform to
the following requirements:

1 . Radiant heating systems shall be identified as being suit-
able for the installation, and shall be secured in place as
specified in the manufacturer' s installation instructions.

2. Radiant heating panels or radiant heating panel sets shall
not be installed where they bridge expansion joints
unless protected from expansion and contraction.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

331

HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT

M1406.5 Gypsum panels. Where radiant heating systems are
used on gypsum assembhes, operating temperatures shall not
exceed 125°F (52°C).

M1406.6 Finish surfaces. Finish materials installed over radi-
ant heating panels or systems shall be installed in accordance
with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Surfaces shall
be secured so that nails or other fastenings do not pierce the
radiant heating elements.

SECTION l\A1407
DUCT HEATERS

M1407.1 General. Electric duct heaters shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions
and Chapters 33 through 42 of this code. Electric furnaces shall
be tested in accordance with UL 1995.

M1407.2 Installation. Electric duct heaters shall be installed
so that they will not create a fire hazard. Class 1 ducts, duct cov-
erings and linings shall be interrupted at each heater to provide
the clearances specified in the manufacturer's installation
instructions. Such interruptions are not required for duct heat-
ers listed and labeled for zero clearance to combustible materi-
als. Insulation installed in the immediate area of each heater
shall be classified for the maximum temperature produced on
the duct surface.

M1407.3 Installation with heat pumps and air condition-
ers. Duct heaters located within 4 feet (1219 mm) of a heat
pump or air conditioner shall be listed and labeled for such
installations. The heat pump or air conditioner shall addition-
ally be listed and labeled for such duct heater installations.

M1407.4 Access. Duct heaters shall be accessible for servic-
ing, and clearance shall be maintained to permit adjustment,
servicing and replacement of controls and heating elements.

MI407.5 Fan interlock. The fan circuit shall be provided with
an interlock to prevent heater operation when the fan is not
operating.

3. The furnace register shall be located not less than 12
inches (305 mm) from doors in any position, draperies or
similar combustible objects.

4. The furnace register shall be located at least 5 feet (1524
mm) below any projecting combustible materials.

5. The floor furnace burner assembly shall not project into
an occupied under-floor area.

6. The floor furnace shall not be installed in concrete floor
construction built on grade.

7. The floor furnace shall not be installed where a door can
swing within 12 inches (305 mm) of the grille opening.

M1408.4 Access. An opening in the foundation not less than
18 inches by 24 inches (457 mm by 610 mm), or a trap door not
less than 22 inches by 30 inches (559 mm by 762 mm) shall be
provided for access to a floor furnace. The opening and pas-
sageway shall be large enough to allow replacement of any part
of the equipment.

M1408.5 Installation. Floor furnace installations shall con-
form to the following requirements:

1 . Thermostats controlling floor furnaces shall be located
in the room in which the register of the floor furnace is
located.

2. Floor furnaces shall be supported independently of the
furnace floor register.

3. Floor furnaces shall be installed not closer than 6 inches
(152 mm) to the ground. Clearance may be reduced to 2
inches (51 mm), provided that the lower 6 inches (152
mm) of the furnace is sealed to prevent water entry.

4 . Where excavation is required for a floor furnace installa-
tion, the excavation shall extend 30 inches (762 mm)
beyond the control side of the floor furnace and 12 inches
(305 mm) beyond the remaining sides. Excavations shall
slope outward from the perimeter of the base of the exca-
vation to the surrounding grade at an angle not exceeding
45 degrees (0.79 rad) from horizontal.

5. Floor furnaces shall not be supported from the ground.

SECTION M1 408
VENTED FLOOR FURNACES

M1408.1 General. Vented floor furnaces shall conform to UL
729 and be installed in accordance with their listing, the manu-
facturer's installation instructions and the requirements of this
code.

M1408.2 Clearances. Vented floor Tumaces shall be installed
in accordance with their listing and the manufacturer's installa-
tion instructions.

M1408.3 Location. Location of floor furnaces shall conform
to the following requirements:

1 . Floor registers of floor furnaces shall be installed not less
than 6 inches (152 nmi) from a wall.

2. Wall registers of floor furnaces shall be installed not less
than 6 inches (152 mm) from the adjoining wall at inside
comers.

SECTION M1 409
VENTED WALL FURNACES

M1409.1 General. Vented wall furnaces shall conform to UL
730 and be installed in accordance with their listing, the manu-
facturer's installation instructions and the requirements of this
code.

M1409.2 Location. The location of vented wall furnaces shall
conform to the following requirements:

1 . Vented wall furnaces shall be located where they will not
cause a fire hazard to walls, floors, combustible furnish-
ings or doors. Vented wall furnaces installed between
bathrooms and adjoining rooms shall not circulate air
from bathrooms to other parts of the building.

2. Vented wall furnaces shall not be located where a door
can swing within 12 inches (305 mm) of the furnace air
inlet or outlet measured at right angles to the opening.

332

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT

Doorstops or door closers shall not be installed to obtain
this clearance.

M1409.3 Installation. Vented wall furnace installations shall
conform to the following requirements:

1. Required wall thicknesses shall be in accordance with
the manufacturer's installation instructions.

2. Ducts shall not be attached to a wall furnace. Casing
extensions or boots shall be installed only when listed as
part of a listed and labeled appliance.

3. A manual shut off valve shall be installed ahead of all
controls.

M1409.4 Access. Vented wall furnaces shall be provided with
access for cleaning of heating surfaces; removal of burners;
replacement of sections, motors, controls, filters and other
working parts; and for adjustments and lubrication of parts
requiring such attention. Panels, grilles and access doors that
must be removed for normal servicing operations shall not be
attached to the building construction.

SECTION M1 410
VENTED ROOM HEATERS

M1410.1 General. Vented room heaters shall be tested in
I accordance with ASTM E 1509, UL 896 or UL 1482 and
installed in accordance with their listing, the manufacturer's
installation instructions and the requirements of this code.

M1410.2 Floor mounting. Room heaters shall be installed on
noncombustible floors or approved assemblies constructed of
noncombustible materials that extend at least 18 inches (457
mm) beyond the appliance on all sides.

Exceptions:

1. Listed room heaters shall be installed on noncom-
bustible floors, assemblies constructed of noncom-
bustible materials or listed floor protectors with mate-
rials and dimensions in accordance with the appliance
manufacturer's instructions.

2. Room heaters listed for installation on combustible
floors without floor protection shall be installed in
accordance with the appliance manufacturer's
instructions.

SECTION M1 411
HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT

M1411.1 Approved refrigerants. Refrigerants used in direct
refrigerating systems shall conform to the applicable provi-
sions of ANSI/ASHRAE 34.

M1411.2 Refrigeration coils in warm-air furnaces. Where a
cooling coil is located in the supply plenum of a warm-air fur-
nace, the furnace blower shall be rated at not less than 0.5-inch
water column (124 Pa) static pressure unless the furnace is
listed and labeled for use with a cooling coil. Cooling coils
shall not be located upstream from heat exchangers unless
listed and labeled for such use. Conversion of existing furnaces
for use with cooling coils shall be permitted provided the fur-

nace will operate within the temperature rise specified for the
furnace.

M1411.3 Condensate disposal. Condensate from all coohng
coils or evaporators shall be conveyed from the drain pan outlet
to an approved place of disposal. Condensate shall not dis-
charge into a street, alley or other areas where it would cause a
nuisance.

M1411.3.1 Auxiliary and secondary drain systems. In

addition to the requirements of Section M141 1.3, a second-
ary drain or auxiliary drain pan shall be required for each
cooling or evaporator coil where damage to any building
components will occur as a result of overflow from the
equipment drain pan or stoppage in the condensate drain
piping. Such piping shall maintain a minimum horizontal I
slope in the direction of discharge of not less than Vg unit I
vertical in 12 units horizontal (1 -percent slope). Drain pip- |
ing shall be a minimum of ^-inch (19 mm) nominal pipe
size. One of the following methods shall be used:

1 . An auxiliary drain pan with a separate drain shall be
installed under the coils on which condensation will
occur. The auxiliary pan drain shall discharge to a
conspicuous point of disposal to alert occupants in the
event of a stoppage of the primary drain. The pan shall
have a minimum depth of 1.5 inches (38 mm), shall
not be less than 3 inches (76 mm) larger than the unit
or the coil dimensions in width and length and shall be
constructed of corrosion-|;esistant material. Metallic
pans shall have a minimum thickness of not less than
0.0276-inch (0.7 mm) galvanized sheet metal. Non-
metallic pans shall have a minimum thickness of not
less than 0.0625 inch (1.6 mm).

2. A separate overflow drain line shall be connected to
the drain pan provided with the equipment. This over-
flow drain shall discharge to a conspicuous point of
disposal to alert occupants in the event of a stoppage
of the primary drain. The overflow drain line shall
connect to the drain pan at a higher level than the pri-
mary drain connection.

3. An auxiliary drain pan without a separate drain line
shall be installed under the coils on which condensate
will occur. This pan shall be equipped with a water
level detection device conforming to UL 508 that will |
shut off the equipment served prior to overflow of the
pan. The auxiliary drain pan shall be constructed in
accordance with Item 1 of this section.

4. A water level detection device conforming to UL 508
shall be provided that will shut off the equipment
served in the event that the primary drain is blocked.
The device shall be installed in the primary drain line,
the overflow drain line or the equipment- supplied
drain pan, located at a point higher than the primary
drain line connection and below the overflow rim of
such pan.

M1411.3.1.1 Water level monitoring devices. On

down-flow units and all other coils that have no second-
ary drain and no means to install an auxiliary drain pan, a
water-level monitoring device shall be installed inside
the primary drain pan. This device shall shut off the

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

333

HEATING AND COOLING EQUIPMENT

equipment served in the event that the primary drain
becomes restricted. Externally installed devices and
devices installed in the drain line shall not be permitted

M1411.3.2 Drain pipe materials and sizes. Components
of the condensate disposal system shall be cast iron, galva-
nized steel, copper, polybutylene, polyethylene, ABS,
CPVC or PVC pipe or tubing. All components shall be
selected for the pressure and temperature rating of the
installation. Condensate waste and drain line size shall be
not less than ^-inch (19 mm) internal diameter and shall not
decrease in size from the drain pan connection to the place
of condensate disposal. Where the drain pipes from more
than one unit are manifolded together for condensate drain-
age, the pipe or tubing shall be sized in accordance with an
approved method. All horizontal sections of drain piping
shall be installed in uniform alignment at a uniform slope.

M1411.4 Auxiliary drain pan. Category IV condensing
appliances shall have an auxiliary drain pan where damage to
any building component will occur as a result of stoppage in the
condensate drainage system. These pans shall be installed in
accordance with the applicable provisions of Section M 141 1.3.

Exception: Fuel-fired appliances that automatically shut
down operation in the event of a stoppage in the condensate
drainage system.

M1411.5 Insulation of refrigerant piping. Piping and fittings
for refrigerant vapor (suction) lines shall be insulated with
insulation having a thermal resistivity of at least R-4 and hav-
ing external surface permeance not exceeding 0.05 perm [2.87
ng/(s • m^ • Pa)] when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96.

M1413.2 Protection of potable water. The potable water sys-
tem shall be protected from backflow in accordance with the
provisions in Section P2902.

SECTION 1414
FIREPLACE STOVES

M1414.1 General. Fireplace stoves shall be listed, labeled and
installed in accordance with the terms of the listing. Fireplace
stoves shall be tested in accordance with UL 737.

M1414.2 Hearth extensions. Hearth extensions for fireplace
stoves shall be installed in accordance with the listing of the
fireplace stove. The supporting structure for a hearth extension
for a fireplace stove shall be at the same level as the supporting
structure for the fireplace unit. The hearth extension shall be
readily distinguishable from the surrounding floor area.

SECTION Ml 41 5
MASONRY HEATERS

M1415.1 General. Masonry heaters shall be constructed in
accordance with Section R1002.

SECTION Ml 41 2
ABSORPTION COOLING EQUIPMENT

M1412.1 Approval of equipment. Absorption systems shall
be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions.

M1412.2 Condensate disposal. Condensate from the cooling
coil shall be disposed of as provided in Section M141 1.3.

M1412.3 Insulation of piping. Refrigerant piping, brine pip-
ing and fittings within a building shall be insulated to prevent
condensation from forming on piping.

M1412.4 Pressure-relief protection. Absorption systems
shall be protected by a pressure-relief device. Discharge from
the pressure-relief device shall be located where it will not cre-
ate a hazard to persons or property.

SECTION Ml 41 3
EVAPORATIVE COOLING EQUIPMENT

M1413.1 Generah Cooling equipment that uses evaporation
of water for cooling shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions. Evaporative coolers
shall be installed on a level platform or base not less than 3
inches (76 mm) above the adjoining ground and secured to pre-
vent displacement. Openings in exterior walls shall be flashed
in accordance with Section R703.8.

334

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

CHAPTER 15

EXHAUST SYSTEMS

SECTION M1501
GENERAL

M1501.1 Outdoor discharge. The air removed by every
mechanical exhaust system shall be discharged to the outdoors.
Air shall not be exhausted into an attic, soffit, ridge vent or
crawl space.

Exception: Whole-house ventilation-type attic fans that
discharge into the attic space of dwelling units having pri-
vate attics shall be permitted.

including any transition duct, shall be permitted to be
in accordance with the dryer manufacturer's installa-
tion instructions.

Where large-radius 45-degree (0.8 rad) and
90-degree (1.6 rad) bends are installed, determination
of the equivalent length of clothes dryer exhaust duct
for each bend by engineering calculation in accor-
dance with the ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook
shall be permitted.

SECTION M1502
CLOTHES DRYER EXHAUST

M1502.1 General. Dryer exhaust systems shall be independ-
ent of all other systems, and shall convey the moisture to the
outdoors.

Exception: This section shall not apply to listed and labeled
condensing (ductless) clothes dryers.

M1502.2 Duct termination. Exhaust ducts shall terminate on
the outside of the building. Exhaust duct terminations shall be
in accordance with the dryer manufacturer's installation
instructions. Exhaust ducts shall terminate not less than 3 feet
(914 mm) in any direction from openings into buildings.
Exhaust duct terminations shall be equipped with a backdraft
damper. Screens shall not be installed at the duct termination.

M1502.3 Duct size. The diameter of the exhaust duct shall be
as required by the clothes dryer's listing and the manufacturer's
installation instructions.

M1502.4 Transition ducts. Transition ducts shall not be con-
cealed within construction. Flexible transition ducts used to
connect the dryer to the exhaust duct system shall be limited to
single lengths, not to exceed 8 feet (2438 mm) and shall be
listed and labeled in accordance with UL 2 158 A.

M1502.5 Duct construction. Exhaust ducts shall be con-
structed of minimum 0.016-inch-thick (0.4 mm) rigid metal
ducts, having smooth interior surfaces with joints running in
the direction of air flow. Exhaust ducts shall not be connected
with sheet-metal screws or fastening means which extend into
the duct.

M1502.6 Duct length. The maximum length of a clothes dryer
exhaust duct shall not exceed 25 feet (7620 mm) from the dryer
location to the wall or roof termination. The maximum length
of the duct shall be reduced 2.5 feet (762 mm) for each
45-degree (0.8 rad) bend and 5 feet (1524 mm) for each
90-degree (1.6 rad) bend. The maximum length of the exhaust
duct does not include the transition duct.

Exceptions:

1 . Where the make and model of the clothes dryer to be
installed is known and the manufacturer' s installation
instructions for the dryer are provided to the building
official, the maximum length of the exhaust duct.

SECTION M1503
RANGE HOODS

M1503.1 General. Range hoods shall discharge to the out-
doors through a single-wall duct. The duct serving the hood
shall have a smooth interior surface, shall be air tight and shall
be equipped with a backdraft damper. Ducts serving range
hoods shall not terminate in an attic or crawl space or areas
inside the building.

Exception: Where installed in accordance with the manu-
facturer's installation instructions, and where mechanical or
natural ventilation is otherwise provided, listed and labeled
ductless range hoods shall not be required to discharge to
the outdoors.

M1503.2 Duct material. Single-wall ducts serving range
hoods shall be constructed of galvanized steel, stainless steel or
copper.

Exception: Ducts for domestic kitchen cooking appliances
equipped with down-draft exhaust systems shall be permit-
ted to be constructed of schedule 40 PVC pipe provided that
the installation complies with all of the following:

1. The duct shall be installed under a concrete slab
poured on grade; and

2. The underfloor trench in which the duct is installed
shall be completely backfilled with sand or gravel; and

3. The PVC duct shall extend not more than 1 inch (25
mm) above the indoor concrete floor surface; and

4. The PVC duct shall extend not more than 1 inch (25
mm) above grade outside of the building; and

5. The PVC ducts shall be solvent cemented.

M1503.3 Kitchen exhaust rates. Where domestic kitchen
cooking appliances are equipped with ducted range hoods or
down-draft exhaust systems, the fans shall be sized in accor-
dance with Section M1507.3.

SECTION M1504
INSTALLATION OF MICROWAVE OVENS

M1504.1 Installation of microwave oven over a cooking
appliance. The installation of a listed and labeled cooking

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

335

EXHAUST SYSTEMS

appliance or microwave oven over a listed and labeled cooking
appliance shall conform to the terms of the upper appliance's
listing and label and the manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions. The microwave oven shall conform to UL 923.

SECTION Ml 505
OVERHEAD EXHAUST HOODS

M1505.1 General. Domestic open-top broiler units shall be
provided with a metal exhaust hood, not less than 28 gage, with
V4 inch (6 mm) between the hood and the underside of combus-
tible material or cabinets . A clearance of at least 24 inches (610
mm) shall be maintained between the cooking surface and the
combustible material or cabinet. The hood shall be at least as
wide as the broiler unit and shall extend over the entire unit.
Such exhaust hood shall discharge to the outdoors and shall be
equipped with a backdraft damper or other means to control
infiltration/exfiltration when not in operation. Broiler units
incorporating an integral exhaust system, and listed and
labeled for use without an exhaust hood, need not be provided
with an exhaust hood.

SECTION M1 506
EXHAUST DUCTS

M1505.1 Ducts. Where exhaust duct construction is not speci-
fied in this chapter, such construction shall comply with Chap-
ter 16.

SECTION M1 507
MECHANICAL VENTILATION

M1507.1 GeneraL Where toilet rooms and bathrooms are
mechanically ventilated, the ventilation equipment shall be
installed in accordance with this section.

M1507.2 Recirculation of air. Exhaust air from bathrooms
and toilet rooms shall not be recirculated within a residence or
to another dwelling unit and shall be exhausted directly to the
outdoors. Exhaust air from bathrooms and toilet rooms shall
not discharge into an attic, crawl space or other areas inside the
building.

M1507.3 Ventilation rate. Ventilation systems shall be
designed to have the capacity to exhaust the minimum air flow
rate determined in accordance with Table M1507.3.

TABLE Ml 507.3

MINIMUM REQUIRED EXHAUST RATES FOR

ONE- AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS

AREA TO BE VENTILATED

VENTILATION RATES

Kitchens

100 cfm intermittent or
25 cfm continuous

Bathrooms — Toilet Rooms

Mechanical exhaust capacity of
50 cfm intermittent or 20 cfm
continuous

For SI: 1 cubic foot per minute = 0.00047 19 mVs.

336

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

CHAPTER 16

DUCT SYSTEMS

SECTION M1601
DUCT CONSTRUCTION

M1601.1 Duct design. Duct systems serving heating, cooling
and ventilation equipment shall be fabricated in accordance
with the provisions of this section and ACCA Manual D or
other approved methods.

M1601.1.1 Above-ground duct systems. Above-ground
duct systems shall conform to the following:

1. Equipment connected to duct systems shall be
designed to limit discharge air temperature to a maxi-
mum of 250°F (12rC).

2. Factory-made air ducts shall be constructed of Class
or Class 1 materials as designated in Table
M1601. 1.1(1).

3.. Fibrous duct construction shall conform to the
SMACNA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Stan-
dards or NAIMA Fibrous Glass Duct Construction
Standards.

4. Minimum thickness of metal duct material shall be as
listed in Table M1601. 1.1(2). Galvanized steel shall
conform to ASTM A 653.

5. Use of gypsum products to construct return air ducts
or plenums is permitted, provided that the air temper-
ature does not exceed 125°F (52°C) and exposed sur-
faces are not subject to condensation.

6. Duct systems shall be constructed of materials having
a flame spread index not greater than 200.

7. Stud wall cavities and the spaces between solid floor
joists to be used as air plenums shall comply with the
following conditions:

7.1. These cavities or spaces shall not be used as a
plenum for supply air.

7.2. These cavities or spaces shall not be part of a
required fire-resistance-rated assembly.

7.3. Stud wall cavities shall not convey air from
more than one floor level.

7.4. Stud wall cavities and joist-space plenums
shall be isolated from adjacent concealed
spaces by tight-fitting fire blocking in accor-
dance with Section R602.8.

TABLE Ml 601 .1.1(1)
CLASSIFICATION OF FACTORY-MADE AIR DUCTS

DUCT CLASS

MAXIMUM FLAME-SPREAD RATING

M1601.1.2 Underground duct systems. Underground
duct systems shall be constructed of approved concrete,
clay, metal or plastic. The maximum duct temperature for
plastic ducts shall not be greater than 150°F (66°C). Metal
ducts shall be protected from corrosion in an approved man-
ner or shall be completely encased in concrete not less than 2
inches (5 1 mm) thick. Nonmetallic ducts shall be installed
in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions. Plastic pipe and fitting materials shall conform to cell
classification 12454-B of ASTM D 1248 or ASTM D 1784
and external loading properties of ASTM D 2412. All ducts
shall slope to an accessible point for drainage. Where
encased in concrete, ducts shall be sealed and secured prior
to any concrete being poured. Metallic ducts having an
approved protective coating and nonmetallic ducts shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions.

M1601.2 Factory-made ducts. Factory-made air ducts or duct
material shall be approved for the use intended, and shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions. Each portion of a factory-made air duct system
shall bear a hsting and label indicating compliance with UL
181 and UL 181A or UL 181B.

M1601.2.1 Duct insulation materials. Duct insulation
materials shall conform to the following requirements:

1 . Duct coverings and linings, including adhesives where
used, shall have a flame spread index not higher than
25, and a smoke-developed index not over 50 when
tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, using the speci-

TABLEM1601.1.1(2)
GAGES OF METAL DUCTS AND PLENUMS USED FOR HEATING OR COOLING

TYPE OF DUCT

SIZE
(inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS
(inch)

EQUIVALENT

GALVANIZED SHEET

GAGE

APPROXIMATE
ALUMINUM
B & S GAGE

Round ducts and enclosed rectangular ducts

14 or less
over 14

0.013
0.016

30
28

Exposed rectangular ducts

14 or less
over 14

0.016
0.019

28
26

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

337

DUCT SYSTEMS

men preparation and mounting procedures of ASTM E
2231.

2. Duct coverings and linings shall not flame, glow,
smolder or smoke when tested in accordance with
ASTM C 411 at the temperature to which they are
exposed in service. The test temperature shall not fall
below 250°F (121 °C).

3. External duct insulation and factory-insulated flexi-
ble ducts shall be legibly printed or identified at inter-
vals not longer than 36 inches (914 mm) with the
name of the manufacturer; the thermal resistance
i?- value at the specified installed thickness; and the
flame spread and smoke-developed indexes of the
composite materials. All duct insulation product
/^-values shall be based on insulation only, excluding
air films, vapor retarders or other duct components,
and shall be based on tested C- values at 75 °F (24°C)
mean temperature at the installed thickness, in accor-
dance with recognized industry procedures. The
installed thickness of duct insulation used to deter-
mine its /?-value shall be determined as follows:

3.1. For duct board, duct liner and factory-made
rigid ducts not normally subjected to compres-
sion, the nominal insulation thickness shall be
used.

3.2. For ductwrap, the installed thickness shall be
assumed to be 75 percent (25-percent com-
pression) of nominal thickness.

3.3. For factory-made flexible air ducts. The in-
stalled thickness shall be determined by divid-
ing the difference between the actual outside
diameter and nominal inside diameter by two.

M1601.2.2 Vibration isolators. Vibration isolators
installed between mechanical equipment and metal ducts
shall be fabricated from approved materials and shall not
exceed 10 inches (254 mm) in length.

M1601.3 Installation. Duct installation shall comply with
Sections M1601.3.1 through M1601.3.6.

M1601.3.1 Joints and seams. Joints of duct systems shall be
made substantially airtight by means of tapes, mastics,
gasketing or other approved closure systems. Closure sys-
tems used with rigid fibrous glass ducts shall comply with UL
181 A and shall be marked "181A-P" for pressure-sensitive
tape, "181 A-M" for mastic or "181 A-H" for heat- sensitive
tape. Closure systems used with flexible air ducts and flexible
air connectors shall comply with UL 18 IB and shall be
marked "181B-FX" for pressure-sensitive tape or "181B-M"
for mastic. Duct connections to flanges of air distribution sys-
tem equipment or sheet metal fittings shall be mechanically
fastened. Mechanical fasteners for use with flexible nonme-
tallic air ducts shall comply with UL 18 IB and shall be
marked 181B-C. Crimp joints for round metal ducts shall
have a contact lap of at least 1 V2 inches (38 mm) and shall be
mechanically fastened by means of at least three sheet-metal
screws or rivets equally spaced around the joint.

M1601.3.2 Support. Metal ducts shall be supported by
Vj-inch (13 mm) wide 18-gage metal straps or 12-gage gal-

vanized wire at intervals not exceeding 10 feet (3048 mm)
or other approved means. Nonmetallic ducts shall be sup-
ported in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions.

M1601.3.3 Fireblocking. Duct installations shall be
fireblocked in accordance with Section R602.8.

M1601.3.4 Duct insulation. Duct insulation shall be
installed in accordance with the following requirements:

1. A vapor retarder having a maximum permeance of
0.05 perm [(2.87 ng/(s m^ Pa)] in accordance with
ASTM E 96, or aluminum foil with a minimum thick-
ness of 2 mils (0.05 mm), shall be installed on the
exterior of insulation on cooling supply ducts that
pass through nonconditioned spaces conducive to
condensation.

2. Exterior duct systems shall be protected against the
elements.

3. Duct coverings shall not penetrate a fireblocked wall
or floor.

M1601.3.5 Factory-made air ducts. Factory-made air
ducts shall not be installed in or on the ground, in tile or
metal pipe, or within masonry or concrete.

M 1601.3.6 Duct separation. Ducts shall be installed with
at least 4 inches (102 mm) separation from earth except
where they meet the requirements of Section M1601.1.2.

M1601.3.7 Ducts located in garages. Ducts in garages
shall comply with the requirements of Section R309.1.1.

M1601.3.8 Flood hazard areas. In areas prone to flooding
as estabhshed by Table R301.2(l), duct systems shall be
located or installed in accordance with Section R324.1.5.

M1601.4 Under-floor plenums. An under-floor space used as
a supply plenum shall conform to the requirements of this sec-
tion. Fuel gas lines and plumbing waste cleanouts shall not be
located within the space.

M1601.4.1 General. The space shall be cleaned of loose
combustible materials and scrap, and shall be tighdy
enclosed. The ground surface of the space shall be covered
with a moisture barrier having a minimum thickness of 4
mils (0.1 mm).

M1601.4.2 Materials. The under-floor space, including the
sidewall insulation, shall be formed by materials having
flame-spread ratings not greater than 200 when tested in
accordance with ASTM E 84.

M1601.4.3 Furnace connections. A duct shall extend from
the furnace supply outlet to not less than 6 inches (152 mm)
below the combustible framing. This duct shall comply with
the provisions of Section M1601.1. A noncombustible
receptacle shall be installed below any floor opening into
the plenum in accordance with the following requirements:

1 . The receptacle shall be securely suspended from the
floor members and shall not be more than 18 inches
(457 mm) below the floor opening.

2. The area of the receptacle shall extend 3 inches (76
mm) beyond the opening on all sides.

338

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

DUCT SYSTEMS

3. The perimeter of the receptacle shall have a vertical
lip at least 1 inch (25 mm) high at the open sides.

M1601.4.4 Access. Access to an under-floor plenum shall
be provided through an opening in the floor with minimum
dimensions of 1 8 inches by 24 inches (457 mm by 6 1 mm) .

M1601.4.5 Furnace controls. The furnace shall be
equipped with an automatic control that will start the air-cir-
culating fan when the air in the furnace bonnet reaches a
temperature not higher than 150°F (66°C). The furnace
shall additionally be equipped with an approved automatic
control that limits the outlet air temperature to 200°F
(93°C).

SECTION M1 602
RETURN AIR

M1602.1 Return air. Return air shall be taken from inside the
dwelling. Dilution of return air with outdoor air shall be
permitted.

M1602.2 Prohibited sources. Outdoor and return air for a
forced-air heating or cooling system shall not be taken from the
following locations:

1. Closer than 10 feet (3048 mm) to an appliance vent out-
let, a vent opening from a plumbing drainage system or
the discharge outlet of an exhaust fan, unless the outlet is
3 feet (914 mm) above the outside air inlet.

2. Where flammable vapors are present; or where located
less than 10 feet (3048 mm) above the surface of any
abutting public way or driveway; or where located at
grade level by a sidewalk, street, alley or driveway.

3. A room or space, the volume of which is less than 25 per-
cent of the entire volume served by such system. Where
connected by a permanent opening having an area sized
in accordance with ACCA Manual D, adjoining rooms
or spaces shall be considered as a single room or space
for the purpose of determining the volume of such rooms
or spaces.

Exception: The minimum volume requirement shall
not apply where the amount of return air taken from a
room or space is less than or equal to the amount of
supply air delivered to such room or space.

4. A closet, bathroom, toilet room, kitchen, garage,
mechanical room, furnace room or other dwelling unit.

5. A room or space containing a fuel-burning appliance
where such room or space serves as the sole source of
return air.

Exceptions:

1. The fuel-burning appliance is a direct- vent
appliance or an appliance not requiring a vent in
accordance with Section Ml 80 1.1 or Chapter
24.

2. The room or space complies with the following
requirements:

2.1. The return air shall be taken from a
room or space having a volume exceed-

ing 1 cubic foot for each 10 Btu/h (9.6
LAV) of combined input rating of all
fuel-burning appliances therein.

2.2. The volume of supply air discharged
back into the same space shall be
approximately equal to the volume of
return air taken from the space.

2.3. Return-air inlets shall not be located
within 10 feet (3048 mm) of any appli-
ance firebox or draft hood in the same
room or space.

3. Rooms or spaces containing solid-fuel burning
appliances, provided that return-air inlets are
located not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from
the firebox of such appliances.

M1602.3 Inlet opening protection. Outdoor air inlets shall be
covered with screens having openings that are not less than
74-inch (6 mm) and not greater than 72-inch (12.7 mm).

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

339

340 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

CHAPTER 17

COMBUSTION AIR

SECTION Ml 701
GENERAL

M1701.1 Air supply. Liquid- and solid-fuel-buming appli-
ances shall be provided with a supply of air for fuel combus-
tion, draft hood dilution and ventilation of the space in which
the appliance is installed, in accordance with Section Ml 702 or
Section Ml 703. The methods of providing combustion air in
this chapter do not apply to fireplaces, fireplace stoves and
direct-vent appliances.

M1701.1.1 Buildings of unusually tight construction. In

buildings of unusually tight construction, combustion air
shall be obtained from outside the sealed thermal envelope.
In buildings of ordinary tightness, insofar as infiltration is
concerned, all or a portion of the combustion air for
fuel-burning appliances may be obtained from infiltration
when the room or space has a volume of 50 cubic feet per
1,000 Btu/h (4.83 LAV) input.

M1701.2 Exhaust and ventilation system. Air requirements
for the operation of exhaust fans, kitchen ventilation systems,
clothes dryers and fireplaces shall be considered in determin-
ing the adequacy of a space to provide combustion air.

M1701.3 Volume dampers prohibited. Volume dampers
shall not be installed in combustion air openings.

M1701.4 Prohibited sources. Combustion air ducts and open-
ings shall not connect appliance enclosures with space in which
the operation of a fan may adversely affect the flow of combus-
tion air. Combustion air shall not be obtained from an area in
which flammable vapors present a hazard. Fuel-fired appli-
ances shall not obtain combustion air from any of the following
rooms or spaces:

1. Sleeping rooms.

2. Bathrooms.

3. Toilet rooms.

Exception: The following appliances shall be permitted to
obtain combustion air from sleeping rooms, bathrooms and
toilet rooms:

1 . Solid fuel-fired appliances provided that the room is
not a confined space and the building is not of unusu-
ally tight construction.

2. Appliances installed in an enclosure in which all com-
bustion air is taken from the outdoors and the enclo-
sure is equipped with a solid weatherstripped door
and self-closing device.

M1701.5 Opening area. The free area of each opening shall be
used for determining combustion air. Unless otherwise speci-
fied by the manufacturer or determined by actual measure-
ment, the free area shall be considered 75 percent of the gross
area for metal louvers and 25 percent of the gross area for wood
louvers.

M1701.6 Opening location. In areas prone to flooding as
estabhshed by Table R30 1.2(1), openings shall be located at or
above the design flood elevation established in Section
R323.1.5.

SECTION M1 702
ALL AIR FROM INSIDE THE BUILDING

M1702.1 Required volume. Where the volume of the space in
which fuel-burning appliances are installed is greater than 50
cubic feet per 1 ,000 Btu/h (4.83 LAV) of aggregate input rating
in buildings of ordinary tightness, insofar as infiltration is con-
cerned, normal infiltration shall be regarded as adequate to pro-
vide combustion air. Rooms communicating directly with the
space in which the appliances are installed through openings
not furnished with doors shall be considered part of the
required volume.

M1702.2 Confined space. Where the space in which the appli-
ance is located does not meet the criterion specified in Section
M1702.1, two permanent openings to adjacent spaces shall be
provided so that the combined volume of all spaces meets the
criterion. One opening shall be within 12 inches (305 mm) of
the top and one within 12 inches (305 mm) of the bottom of the
space, as illustrated in Figure Ml 702.2. Each opening shall
have a free area equal to a minimum of 1 square inch per 1 ,000
Btu/h (2201 mm^/kW) input rating of all appliances installed
within the space, but not less than 100 square inches (64 415
mm^).

M1702.3 Unusually tight construction. Where the space is of
adequate volume in accordance with Section M1702.1 or Sec-
tion Ml 702.2, but is within a building sealed so tightiy that
infiltration air is not adequate for combustion, combustion air
shall be obtained from outdoors or from spaces freely commu-
nicating with the outdoors in accordance with Section Ml 703.

SECTION M1703
ALL AIR FROM OUTDOORS

M1703.1 Outdoor air. Where the space in which fuel-burning
appliances are located does not meet the criterion for indoor air
specified in Section Ml 702, outside combustion air shall be
supplied as specified in Section M1703.2.

M1703.2 Two openings or ducts. Outside combustion air
shall be supplied through openings or ducts, as illustrated in
Figures M1703.2(l), M1703.2(2), M1703.2(3) and
M1703.2(4). One opening shall be within 12 inches (305 mm)
of the top of the enclosure, and one within 12 inches (305 mm)
of the bottom of the enclosure. Openings are permitted to con-
nect to spaces directly communicating with the outdoors, such
as ventilated crawl spaces or ventilated attic spaces. The same
duct or opening shall not serve both combustion air openings.
The duct serving the upper opening shall be level or extend
upward from the appliance space.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

341

COMBUSTION AIR

M1703.2.1 Size of openings. Where directly communicat-
ing with the outdoors, or where communicating with the
outdoors by means of vertical ducts, each opening shall
have a free area of at least 1 square inch per 4,000 Btu/per
hour (550 mm^/kW) of total input rating of all appliances in
the space. Where horizontal ducts are used, each opening
shall have a free area of at least 1 square inch per 2,000
Btu/per hour ( 1 1 00 mm^/kW) of total input of all appliances
in the space. Ducts shall be of the same minimum cross-sec-
tional area as the required free area of the openings to which
they connect. The minimum cross-sectional dimension of
rectangular air ducts shall be 3 inches (76 mm).

M1703.3 Attic combustion air. Combustion air obtained from
an attic area, as illustrated in Figure M1703.2(3), shall be in
accordance with the following:

1. The attic ventilation shall be sufficient to provide the
required volume of combustion air.

2. The combustion air opening shall be provided with a
metal sleeve extending from the appliance enclosure to
at least 6 inches (152 mm) above the top of the ceiling
joists and ceiling insulation.

3. An inlet air duct within an outlet air duct shall be an
acceptable means of supplying attic combustion air to an
appliance room provided that the inlet duct extends at
least 12 inches (305 nmi) above the top of the outlet duct
in the attic space, as illustrated in Figure M 1703. 3.

4. The end of ducts that terminate in an attic shall not be
screened.

M1703.4 Under-floor combustion air. Combustion air
obtained from under-floor areas, as illustrated in Figure
M1703.2(4), shall have free opening areas to the outside equiv-
alent to not less than twice the required combustion air open-
ing.

M1703.5 Opening requirements. Outside combustion air
openings shall be covered with corrosion-resistant screen or
equivalent protection having not less than V4-inch (6 mm)
openings, and not greater than '/j-irich (13 mm) openings.

CHIMNEY OR VENT

OPENINGS

FURNACE

WATER HEATER

For SI: 1 square inch = 645.16 mm^, 1 British thermal unit per hour == 0.2931 W.

NOTE: Each opening shall have a free area of not less than 1 square inch per 1 ,000 Btu/h of the total input rating of all appliances in the enclosure, but not less than 100
square inches.

FIGURE M1702.2
APPLIANCES LOCATED IN CONFINED SPACES— ALL AIR TAKEN FROM ADJACENT SPACES WITHIN THE BUILDING

342

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

COMBUSTION AIR

CHIMNEY OR VENT

WALL OPENING TO THE
OUTDOORS OR TO AREA
FREELY COMMUNICATING
WITH THE OUTDOORS

FURNACE

WATER HEATER

For SI: 1 square inch = 645.16 mm^, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W.

NOTE: Each opening shall have a free area of not less than 1 square inch per 4,000 Btu/h of the total input rating of all appliances in the enclosure.

FIGURE M1703.2(1)

APPLIANCES LOCATED IN CONFINED SPACES— ALL AIR TAKEN

FROM OUTDOORS THROUGH TWO OPENINGS

CHIMNEY OR VENT

FURNACE

WATER HEATER

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645.16 mirf, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W.

NOTE: Each opening shall have a free area of at least 1 square inch per 2,000 Btu/h of the total input of all apphances in the space.

FIGURE M1703.2(2)

APPLIANCES LOCATED IN CONFINED SPACES— ALL AIR TAKEN

FROM OUTDOORS THROUGH HORIZONTAL DUCTS

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

343

COMBUSTION AIR

NO SCREENS ON
DUCT ENDS

WITHIN 12 iN. OF
CEILING

CONFINED SPACE

ROOF VENTS

FURNACE

WITHIN 12 IN. OF FLOOR

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, 1 square inch = 645.16 mm^.

NOTE: Each opening shall have a free area of at least 1 square inch per 4,000 Btu/h of the total input of all appliances in the space. The attic must be sufficiently vented
for combustion air to be taken from the attic.

FIGURE Ml 703.2(3)
APPLIANCES LOCATED IN CONFINED SPACES— ALL AIR TAKEN FROM OUTDOORS THROUGH VENTILATED ATTIC

'CHIMNEY OR VENT

VENTIUTION LOUVERS
(EACH END OF ATTIC)

FURNACE

VENTILATION LOUVERS FOR
UNHEATED CRAWL SRACE

For SI: 1 square inch = 645.16 mm^, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W.

NOTE: The inlet and outlet air openings shall have a free area of not less than I square inch per 4,000 Btu/h of the total input rating of all appliances in the enclosure.

FIGURE Ml 703.2(4)

APPLIANCES LOCATED IN CONFINED SPACES— INLET AIR TAKEN FROM

VENTILATED CRAWL SPACE AND OUTLET AIR TO VENTILATED ATTIC

344

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

COMBUSTION AIR

NO SCREENS ON
DUCT ENDS

WITHIN 12 IN. OF-
CEILING

CONFINED SPACE •

ROOF VENTS

\Z\

FURNACE

) PERMANENT OPENINGS
/ AND DUCTS

'WITHIN 12 IN. OF FLOOR

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 V/, 1 square inch = 645.16 mm-^.

NOTE: Each duct shall have a free area of at least 1 square inch per 4,000 Btu/h of the total input of all appliances in the space. The attic must be sufficiently ventilated
to provide the required combustion air.

FIGURE M1703.3

APPLIANCES LOCATED IN CONFINED SPACES— ALL AIR TAKEN

FROM OUTDOORS THROUGH VENTILATED ATTIC, INLET DUCT WITHIN OUTLET DUCT

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

345

346 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

CHAPTER 18

CHIMNEYS AND VENTS

SECTION Ml 801
GENERAL

M1801.1 Venting required. Fuel-burning appliances shall be
vented to the outdoors in accordance with their listing and label
and manufacturer's installation instructions except appliances
listed and labeled for unvented use. Venting systems shall con-
sist of approved chimneys or vents, or venting assemblies that
are integral parts of labeled appliances. Gas-fired appliances
shall be vented in accordance with Chapter 24.

M1801.2 Draft requirements. A venting system shall satisfy
the draft requirements of the appliance in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions, and shall be con-
structed and installed to develop a positive flow to convey com-
bustion products to the outside atmosphere.

M1801.3 Existing chimneys and vents. Where an appUance is
permanently disconnected from an existing chimney or vent, or
where an apphance is connected to an existing chimney or vent
during the process of a new installation, the chimney or vent
shall comply with Sections M1801.3.1 through M1801.3.4.

M1801.3.1 Size. The chimney or vent shall be resized as
necessary to control flue gas condensation in the interior of
the chimney or vent and to provide the appliance, or appli-
ances served, with the required draft. For the venting of
oil-fired appliances to masonry chimneys, the resizing shall
be done in accordance with NFPA 3 1 .

M1801.3.2 Flue passageways. The flue gas passageway
shall be free of obstructions and combustible deposits and
shall be cleaned if previously used for venting a solid- or liq-
uid-fuel-burning appliance or fireplace. The flue liner,
chimney inner wall or vent inner wall shall be continuous
and free of cracks, gaps, perforations, or other damage or
deterioration that would allow the escape of combustion
products, including gases, moisture and creosote.

M1801.3.3 Cleanout. Masonry chimneys shall be provided
with a cleanout opening complying with Section RlOOl . 14.

M1801.3.4 Clearances. Chimneys and vents shall have air-
space clearance to combustibles in accordance with this
code and the chimney or vent manufacturer's installation
instructions.

Exception: Masonry chimneys equipped with a chim-
ney lining system tested and listed for installation in
chimneys in contact with combustibles in accordance
with UL 1777, and installed in accordance with the man-
ufacturer's instruction, shall not be required to have a
clearance between combustible materials and exterior
surfaces of the masonry chimney. Noncombustible
firestopping shall be provided in accordance with this
code.

M1801.4 Space around lining. The space surrounding a flue
lining system or other vent installed within a masonry chimney
shall not be used to vent any other appliance. This shall not pre-

vent the installation of a separate flue lining in accordance with
the manufacturer's installation instructions and this code.

M1801.5 Mechanical draft systems. A mechanical draft sys-
tem shall be used only with appliances listed and labeled for
such use. Provisions shall be made to prevent the flow of fuel to
the equipment when the draft system is not operating. Forced
draft systems and all portions of induced draft systems under
positive pressure during operation shall be designed and
installed to prevent leakage of flue gases into a building.

M1801.6 Direct-vent appliances. Direct-vent appliances
shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instal-
lation instructions.

M1801.7 Support. Venting systems shall be adequately sup-
ported for the weight of the material used.

M1801.8 Duct penetrations. Chimneys, vents and vent con-
nectors shall not extend into or through supply and return air
ducts or plenums.

M1801.9 Fireblocking. Vent and chimney installations shall
be fireblocked in accordance with Section R602.8.

M1801.10 Unused openings. Unused openings in any venting
system shall be closed or capped.

M1801.il Multiple-appliance venting systems. Two or more
listed and labeled appliances connected to a common natural
draft venting system shall comply with the following require-
ments:

1 . Appliances that are connected to common venting sys-
tems shall be located on the same floor of the dwelling.

Exception: Engineered systems as provided for in
Section G2427.

2. Inlets to common venting systems shall be offset such
that no portion of an inlet is opposite another inlet.

3. Connectors serving appliances operating under a natural
draft shall not be connected to any portion of a mechani-
cal draft system operating under positive pressure.

M1801.12 Multiple solid fuel prohibited. A sohd-fuel-burn-
ing appliance or fireplace shall not connect to a chimney pas-
sageway venting another appliance.

SECTION M1802
VENT COMPONENTS

M1802.1 Draft hoods. Draft hoods shall be located in the
same room or space as the combustion air openings for the
appliances.

M1802.2 Vent dampers. Vent dampers shall comply with Sec-
tions M1802.2.1 and M1802.2.2.

M1802.2.1 Manually operated. Manually operated damp-
ers shall not be installed except in connectors or chimneys
serving solid-fuel-buming appliances.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

347

CHIMNEYS AND VENTS

M1802.2.2 Automatically operated. Automatically oper-
ated dampers shall conform to UL 17 and be installed in
accordance with the terms of their listing and label. The
installation shall prevent firing of the burner when the
damper is not opened to a safe position.

M1802.3 Draft regulators. Draft regulators shall be provided
for oil-fired appliances that must be connected to a chimney.
Draft regulators provided for solid-fuel-buming appliances to
reduce draft intensity shall be installed and set in accordance
with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

M1802.3.1 Location. Where required, draft regulators
shall be installed in the same room or enclosure as the appli-
ance so that no difference in pressure will exist between the
air at the regulator and the combustion air supply.

SECTION M1 803
CHIMNEY AND VENT CONNECTORS

M1803.1 General. Connectors shall be used to connect
fuel-burning appliances to a vertical chimney or vent except
where the chimney or vent is attached directly to the appliance.

M1803.2 Connectors for oil and solid fuel appliances. Con-
nectors for oil and solid-fuel-buming appliances shall be con-
structed of factory-built chimney material, Type L vent
material or single-wall metal pipe having resistance to corro-
sion and heat and thickness not less than that of galvanized steel
as specified in Table M1803.2.

TABLE M1 803.2
THICKNESS FOR SINGLE-WALL METAL PIPE CONNECTORS

DIAMETER OF
CONNECTOR (inches)

GALVANIZED SHEET
METAL GAGE NUMBER

MINIMUM
THICKNESS (inch)

Less than 6

0.019

6 to 10

0.024

Over 10 through 16

0.029

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

M1803.3 Installation. Vent and chimney connectors shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions and within the space where the appliance is
located. Appliances shall be located as close as practical to the
vent or chimney. Connectors shall be as short and straight as
possible and installed with a slope of not less than V4 inch (6 mm)
rise per foot of run. Connectors shall be securely supported and
joints shall be fastened with sheet metal screws or rivets.
Devices that obstruct the flow of flue gases shall not be
installed in a connector unless listed and labeled or approved
for such installations.

M1803.3.1 Floor, ceiling and wall penetrations. A chim-
ney connector or vent connector shall not pass through any
floor or ceiling. A chimney connector or vent connector
shall not pass through a wall or partition unless the connec-
tor is listed and labeled for wall pass-through, or is routed
through a device listed and labeled for wall pass-through
and is installed in accordance with the conditions of its list-
ing and label. Connectors for oil-fired appliances listed and
labeled for Type L vents, passing through walls or partitions
shall be in accordance with the following:

1. Type L vent material for oil appliances shall be
installed with not less than listed and labeled clear-
ances to combustible material.

2. Single-wall metal pipe shall be guarded by a venti-
lated metal thimble not less than 4 inches (102 mm)
larger in diameter than the vent connector. A mini-
mum 6 inches (152 mm) of clearance shall be main-
tained between the thimble and combustibles.

M1803.3.2 Length. The horizontal run of an uninsulated
connector to a natural draft chimney shall not exceed 75 per-
cent of the height of the vertical portion of the chimney
above the connector. The horizontal run of a listed connec-
tor to a natural draft chimney shall not exceed 100 percent of
the height of the vertical portion of the chimney above the
connector.

M1803.3.3 Size. A connector shall not be smaller than the
flue collar of the appliance.

Exception: Where installed in accordance with the
appliance manufacturer's installation instructions.

M1803.3.4 Clearance. Connectors shall be installed with
clearance to combustibles as set forth in Table M1803.3.4.
Reduced clearances to combustible materials shall be in
accordance with Table M1306.2 and Figure M1306.1.

TABLE M1 803.3.4

CHIMNEY AND VENT CONNECTOR CLEAFIANCES

TO COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS^

TYPE OF CONNECTOR

MINIMUM

CLEARANCE

(inches)

Single-wall metal pipe connectors:
Oil and solid-fuel appliances
Oil appliances listed for use with Type L vents

18
9

Type L vent piping connectors:
Oil and solid-fuel appliances
Oil appliances listed for use with Type L vents

For SI; 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. These minimum clearances apply to unlisted single-wall chimney and vent
connectors. Reduction of required clearances is permitted as in Table
M1306.2.

b. When hsted Type L vent piping is used, the clearance shall be in accordance
with the vent listing.

M1803.3.5 Access. The entire length of a connector shall be
accessible for inspection, cleaning and replacement.

M1803.4 Connection to fireplace flue. Connection of appli-
ances to chimney flues serving fireplaces shall comply with
Sections M 1 803 .4. 1 through M 1 803 .4.4.

M1803.4.1 Closure and accessibility. A noncombustible
seal shall be provided below the point of connection to pre-
vent entry of room air into the flue. Means shall be provided
for access to the flue for inspection and cleaning.

M1803.4.2 Connection to factory-built fireplace flue. A

different appliance shall not be connected to a flue serving a
factory-built fireplace unless the appliance is specifically
listed for such an installation. The connection shall be made

348

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

CHIMNEYS AND VENTS

in conformance with the appliance manufacturer's instruc-
tions.

Ml 803.4.3 Connection to masonry fireplace flue. A con-
nector shall extend from the appliance to the flue serving a
masonry fireplace to convey the flue gases directly into the
flue. The connector shall be accessible or removable for
inspection and cleaning of both the connector and the flue.
Listed direct-connection devices shall be installed in accor-
dance with their listing.

M1803.4.4 Size of flue. The size of the fireplace flue shall
be in accordance with Section Ml 805.3.1.

SECTION M1804
VENTS

M1804.1 Type of vent required. Appliances shall be provided
with a listed and labeled venting system as set forth in Table
Ml 804.1.

TABLE Ml 804.1
VENT SELECTION CHART

VENT TYPES

APPLIANCE TYPES

Type L oil vents

Oil-burning appliances listed and
labeled for venting with Type L vents

Pellet vents

Pellet fuel-burning appliances listed and
labeled for use with pellet vents

M1804.2 Termination. Vent termination shall comply with
Sections M1804.2.1 through M1804.2.6.

M1804.2.1 Tlirougli the roof. Vents passing through a roof
shall extend through flashing and terminate in accordance
with the manufacturer's installation requirements.

M1804.2.2 Decorative slirouds. Decorative shrouds shall
not be installed at the termination of vents except where the
shrouds are listed and labeled for use with the specific vent-
ing system and are installed in accordance with the manu-
facturer's installation instructions.

M1804.2.3 Natural draft appliances. Vents for natural
draft appliances shall terminate at least 5 feet (1524 mm)
above the highest connected appliance outlet, and natural
draft gas vents serving wall furnaces shall terminate at an
elevation at least 12 feet (3658 mm) above the bottom of the
furnace.

M1804.2.4 Type L vent. Type L venting systems shall con-
form to UL 641 and shall terminate with a listed and labeled
cap in accordance with the vent manufacturer's installation
instructions not less than 2 feet (610 mm) above the roof and
not less than 2 feet (610 mm) above any portion of the build-
ing within 10 feet (3048 mm).

M1804.2.5 Direct vent terminations. Vent terminals for
direct- vent appliances shall be installed in accordance with
the manufacturer's installation instructions.

M1804.2.6 Mechanical draft systems. Mechanical draft
systems shall be installed in accordance with their listing.

the manufacturer's installation instructions and, except for
direct vent appliances, the following requirements:

1 . The vent terminal shall be located not less than 3 feet
(914 mm) above a forced air inlet located within 10
feet (3048 mm).

2. The vent terminal shall be located not less than 4 feet
(1219 mm) below, 4 feet (1219 mm) horizontally
from, or 1 foot (305 mm) above any door, window or
gravity air inlet into a dwelling.

3. The vent termination point shall not be located closer
than 3 feet (914 mm) to an interior corner formed by
two walls perpendicular to each other.

4. The bottom of the vent terminal shall be located at
least 12 inches (305 mm) above finished ground level.

5. The vent termination shall not be mounted directly
above or within 3 feet (914 mm) horizontally of an oil
tank vent or gas meter.

6. Power exhauster terminations shall be located not less
than 10 feet (3048 mm) from lot lines and adjacent
buildings.

7. The discharge shall be directed away from the build-
ing.

M1804.3 Installation. Type L and pellet vents shall be
installed in accordance with the terms of their listing and label
and the manufacturer's installation instructions.

M1804.3.1 Size of single-appliance venting systems. An

individual vent for a single appliance shall have a cross-sec-
tional area equal to or greater than the area of the connector
to the apphance, but not less than 7 square inches (4515
mm^) except where the vent is an integral part of a listed and
labeled appliance.

SECTION M1805
MASONRY AND FACTORY-BUILT CHIMNEYS

M1805.1 General. Masonry and factory-built chimneys shall
be built and installed in accordance with Sections R1003 and
R1005, respectively. Flue lining for masonry chimneys shall
comply with Section R1003.il.

M1805.2 Masonry chimney connection. A chimney connec-
tor shall enter a masonry chimney not less than 6 inches (152
mm) above the bottom of the chimney. Where it is not possible
to locate the connector entry at least 6 inches (152 mm) above
the bottom of the chimney flue, a cleanout shall be provided by
installing a capped tee in the connector next to the chimney. A
connector entering a masonry chimney shall extend through,
but not beyond, the wall and shall be flush with the inner face of
the liner. Connectors, or thimbles where used, shall be firmly
cemented into the masonry.

M1805.3 Size of chimney flues. The effective area of a natural
draft chimney flue for one appliance shall be not less than the
area of the connector to the appliance. The area of chimney
flues connected to more than one appliance shall be not less

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

349

CHIMNEYS AND VENTS

than the area of the largest connector plus 50 percent of the
areas of additional chimney connectors.

Exception: Chimney flues serving oil-fired appliances
sized in accordance with NFPA 3 1 .

M1805.3.1 Size of chimney flue for solid-fuel appliance.

Except where otherwise specified in the manufacturer's
installation instructions, the cross-sectional area of a flue
connected to a solid-fuel-burning appliance shall be not less
than the area of the flue collar or connector, and not larger
than three times the area of the flue collar.

350 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

CHAPTER 19

SPECIAL FUEL-BURNING EQUIPMENT

SECTION M1901
RANGES AND OVENS

M1901.1 Clearances. Freestanding or built-in ranges shall
have a vertical clearance above the cooking top of not less than
30 inches (762 mm) to unprotected combustible material.
Reduced clearances are permitted in accordance with the list-
ing and labeling of the range hoods or appliances.

M1901.2 Cooking appliances. Household cooking appli-
ances shall be listed and labeled and shall be installed in accor-
dance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. The
installation shall not interfere with combustion air or access for
operation and servicing.

SECTION M1 902
SAUNA HEATERS

M1902.1 Locations and protection. Sauna heaters shall be
protected from accidental contact by persons with a guard of
material having a low thermal conductivity, such as wood. The
guard shall have no substantial effect on the transfer of heat
from the heater to the room.

M1902.2 Installation. Sauna heaters' shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

M1902.3 Combustion air. Combustion air and venting for a
nondirect vent-type heater shall be provided in accordance
with Chapters 17 and 18, respectively.

M1902.4 Controls. Sauna heaters shall be equipped with a
thermostat that will limit room temperature to not greater than
194°F (90°C). Where the thermostat is not an integral part of
the heater, the heat-sensing element shall be located within 6
inches (152 mm) of the ceiling.

SECTION M1 903
STATIONARY FUEL CELL POWER PLANTS

M1903.1 General. Stationary fuel cell power plants having a
power output not exceeding 1,000 kW, shall be tested in accor-
dance with ANSI Z21.83 and shall be installed in accordance
with the manufacturer's installation instructions and NFPA

853.

SECTION M1 904
GASEOUS HYDROGEN SYSTEMS

M1904.1 Installation. Gaseous hydrogen systems shall be
installed in accordance with the applicable requirements of
Sections M1307.4 and M1903.1 and the International Fuel
Gas Code, the International Fire Code and the International
Building Code.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE® 351

352 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDEENTIAL CODE*^

CHAPTER 20

BOILERS AND WATER HEATERS

SECTION M2001
BOILERS

M2001.1 Installation. In addition to the requirements of this
code, the installation of boilers shall conform to the manufac-
turer's instructions. The manufacturer's rating data, the name-
plate and operating instructions of a permanent type shall be
attached to the boiler. Boilers shall have all controls set,
adjusted and tested by the installer. A complete control dia-
gram together with complete boiler operating instructions shall
be furnished by the installer. Solid- and liquid-fuel-buming
boilers shall be provided with combustion air as required by
Chapter 17.

M2001.1.1 Standards. Oil-fired boilers and their control
systems shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL
726. Electric boilers and their control systems shall be listed
in accordance with UL 834. Boilers shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with the requirements of ASME
CSD-1 and as applicable, the ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code, Sections I and IV. Gas-fired boilers shall con-
form to the requirements listed in Chapter 24.

M2001.2 Clearance. Boilers shall be installed in accordance
with their listing and label.

M2001.3 Valves. Every boiler or modular boiler shall have a
shutoff valve in the supply and return piping. For multiple
boiler or multiple modular boiler installations, each boiler or
modular boiler shall have individual shutoff valves in the sup-
ply and return piping.

Exception: Shutoff valves are not required in a system hav-
ing a single low-pressure steam boiler.

M2001.4 Flood-resistant installation. In areas prone to
flooding as established in Table R301 .2(1), boilers, water heat-
ers and their control systems shall be located or installed in
accordance with Section R324.1.5.

the equipment served. Pressure-relief valves shall be set at the
maximum rating of the boiler. Discharge shall be piped to
drains by gravity to within 1 8 inches (457 mm) of the floor or to
an open receptor.

M2002.5 Boiler low-water cutoff. All steam and hot water
boilers shall be protected with a low- water cutoff control. The
low- water cutoff shall automatically stop the combustion oper-
ation of the appliance when the water level drops below the
lowest safe water level as established by the manufacturer.

SECTION M2003
EXPANSION TANKS

M2003.1 General. Hot water boilers shall be provided with
expansion tanks. Nonpressurized expansion tanks shall be
securely fastened to the structure or boiler and supported to
carry twice the weight of the tank filled with water. Provisions
shall be made for draining nonpressurized tanks without emp-
tying the system.

M2003.1.1 Pressurized expansion tanks. Pressurized
expansion tanks shall be consistent with the volume and
capacity of the system. Tanks shall be capable of withstand-
ing a hydrostatic test pressure of two and one-half times the
allowable working pressure of the system.

M2003.2 Minimum capacity. The minimum capacity of
expansion tanks shall be determined from Table M2003.2.

SECTION M2004
WATER HEATERS USED FOR SPACE HEATING

M2004.1 General. Water heaters used to supply both potable
hot water and hot water for space heating shall be installed in
accordance with this chapter. Chapter 24, Chapter 28 and the
manufacturer's installation instructions.

SECTION M2002
OPERATING AND SAFETY CONTROLS

M2002.1 Safety controls. Electrical and mechanical operating
and safety controls for boilers shall be listed and labeled.

M2002.2 Hot water boiler gauges. Every hot water boiler
shall have a pressure gauge and a temperature gauge, or combi-
nation pressure and temperature gauge. The gauges shall indi-
cate the temperature and pressure within the normal range of
the system's operation.

M2002.3 Steam boiler gauges. Every steam boiler shall have
a water-gauge glass and a pressure gauge. The pressure gauge
shall indicate the pressure within the normal range of the sys-
tem's operation. The gauge glass shall be installed so that the
midpoint is at the normal water level.

M2002.4 Pressure-relief valve. Boilers shall be equipped
with pressure-relief valves with minimum rated capacities for

SECTION M2005
WATER HEATERS

M2005.1 General. Water heaters shall be installed in accor-
dance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and the
requirements of this code. Water heaters installed in an attic shall
conform to the requirements of Section Ml 305. 1.3. Gas-fired
water heaters shall conform to the requirements in Chapter 24.
Domestic electric water heaters shall conform to UL 174 or UL
1453. Commercial electric water heaters shall conform to UL
1453. Oiled-fired water heaters shall conform to UL 732.

M2005.2 Prohibited locations. Fuel-fired water heaters shall
not be installed in a room used as a storage closet. Water heaters
located in a bedroom or bathroom shall be installed in a sealed
enclosure so that combustion air will not be taken from the living
space. Installation of direct- vent water heaters within an enclo-
sure is not required.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

353

BOILERS AND WATER HEATERS

TABLE M2003.2
EXPANSION TANK MINIMUM CAPACITY^ FOR FORCED HOT-WATER SYSTEMS

SYSTEM VOLUME" (gallons)

PRESSURIZED DIAPHRAGM TYPE

NONPRESSURIZED TYPE

1.0

1.5

3.0

2.5

4.5

3.0

6.0

4.0

7.5

5.0

9.0

6.0

10.5

6.5

12.0

7.5

13.5

100

8.0

15.0

For SI: 1 gallon = 3.785 L, 1 pound per square inch giuge = 6.895 kPa, °C = [(°F)-32]/l .8.

a. Based on average water temperature of 195°F, fill pressure of 12 psig and a maximum operating pressure of 30 psi^

b. System volume includes volume of water in boiler, convectors and piping, not including the expansion tank.

M2005.2.1 Water heater access. Access to water heaters
that are located in an attic or underfloor crawl space is per-
mitted to be through a closet located in a sleeping room or
bathroom where ventilation of those spaces is in accordance
with this code.

M2005.3 Electric water heaters. Electric water heaters shall
also be installed in accordance with the applicable provisions
of Chapters 33 through 42.

M2005.4 Supplemental water-heating devices. Potable
water heating devices that use refrigerant-to-water heat
exchangers shall be approved and installed in accordance with
the manufacturer's installation instructions.

SECTION M2006
POOL HEATERS

M2006.1 General. Pool and spa heaters shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.
Oil-fired pool heaters shall be tested in accordance with UL
726. Electric pool and spa heaters shall be tested in accordance
UL 1261.

M2006.2 Clearances. In no case shall the clearances interfere
with combustion air, draft hood or flue terminal relief, or acces-
sibility for servicing.

M2006.3 Temperature-limiting devices. Pool heaters shall
have temperature-relief valves.

M2006.4 Bypass valves. Where an integral bypass system is
not provided as a part of the pool heater, a bypass line and valve
shall be installed between the inlet and outlet piping for use in
adjusting the flow of water through the heater.

354

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

CHAPTER 21

HYDRONIC PIPING

SECTION M21 01
HYDRONIC PIPING SYSTEMS INSTALLATION

M2101.1 GeneraL Hydronic piping shall conform to Table
M2101.1. Approved piping, valves, fittings and connections
shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instal-
lation instructions. Pipe and fittings shall be rated for use at the
operating temperature and pressure of the hydronic system.
Used pipe, fittings, valves or other materials shall be free of for-
eign materials.

M2101.2 System drain down. Hydronic piping systems shall
be installed to permit draining the system. When the system
drains to the plumbing drainage system, the installation shall
conform to the requirements of Chapters 25 through 32 of this
code.

M2101.3 Protection of potable water. The potable water sys-
tem shall be protected from backflow in accordance with the
provisions listed in Section P2902.

M2101.4 Pipe penetrations. Openings through concrete or
masonry building elements shall be sleeved.

M2101.5 Contact with building material. A hydronic piping
system shall not be in direct contact with any building material
that causes the piping material to degrade or corrode.

M2101.6 Drilling and notching. Wood-framed structural
members shall be drilled, notched or altered in accordance with
the provisions of Sections R502.6, R602.6, R602.6.1 and
R802.6. Holes in cold-formed, steel-framed, load-bearing
members shall be permitted only in accordance with Sections
R506.2, R603.2 and R804.2. In accordance with the provisions
of Sections R505.3.5, R603.3.4 and R804.3.5, cutting and
notching of flanges and lips of cold-formed, steel-framed,
load-bearing members shall not be permitted.

M2101.7 Prohibited tee applications. Fluid in the supply side
of a hydronic system shall not enter a tee fitting through the
branch opening.

M2101.8 Expansion, contraction and settlement. Piping
shall be installed so that piping, connections and equipment
shall not be subjected to excessive strains or stresses. Provi-
sions shall be made to compensate for expansion, contraction,
shrinkage and structural settiement.

M2101.9 Piping support. Hangers and supports shall be of
material of sufficient strength to support the piping, and shall
be fabricated from materials compatible with the piping mate-
rial. Piping shall be supported at intervals not exceeding the
spacing specified in Table M2101.9.

M2101.10 Tests. Hydronic piping shall be tested hydrostati-
cally at a pressure of not less than 100 pounds per square inch
(psi) (690 kPa) for a duration of not less than 15 minutes.

SECTION M2102
BASEBOARD CONVECTORS

M2102.1 General. Baseboard convectors shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.
Convectors shall be supported independently of the hydronic
piping.

SECTION M21 03
FLOOR HEATING SYSTEMS

M2103.1 Piping materials. Piping for embedment in concrete
or gypsum materials shall be standard-weight steel pipe, cop-
per tubing, cross-linked polyethylene/aluminum/cross-linked
polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) pressure pipe, chlorinated poly-
vinyl chloride (CPVC), polybutylene, cross-linked polyethyl-
ene (PEX) tubing or polypropylene (PP) with a minimum
rating of 100 psi at 180°F (690 kPa at 82°C).

M2103.2 Piping joints. Piping joints that are embedded shall
be installed in accordance with the following requirements:

1. Steel pipe joints shall be welded.

2. Copper tubing shall be joined with brazing material hav-
ing a melting point exceeding 1,000°F (538°C).

3. Polybutylene pipe and tubing joints shall be installed
with socket-type heat-fused polybutylene fittings.

4. CPVC tubing shall be joined using solvent cement joints.

5. Polypropylene pipe and tubing joints shall be installed
with socket-type heat-fused polypropylene fittings.

6. Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) tubing shall be joined
using cold expansion, insert or compression fittings.

M2103.3 Testing. Piping or tubing to be embedded shall be
tested by applying a hydrostatic pressure of not less than 100
psi (690 kPa). The pressure shall be maintained for 30 minutes,
during which all joints shall be visually inspected for leaks.

SECTION M2104
LOW TEMPERATURE PIPING

M2104.1 Piping materials. Low temperature piping for
embedment in concrete or gypsum materials shall be as indi-
cated in Table M2 10 1.1.

M2104.2 Piping joints. Piping joints (other than those in Sec-
tion M2103.2) that are embedded shall comply with the follow-
ing requirements:

1 . Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) tubing shall be installed
in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

2. Polyethylene tubing shall be installed with heat fusion
joints.

3. Polypropylene (PP) tubing shall be installed in accor- I
dance with the manufacturer's instructions. I

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

355

HYDRONIC PIPING

TABLE M21 01.1
HYDRONIC PIPING MATERIALS

MATERIAL

USE
CODE^

STANDARD"

JOINTS

NOTES

Brass pipe

ASTM B 43

Brazed, welded, threaded,
mechanical and flanged fittings

Brass tubing

ASTM B 135

Brazed, soldered and mechanical
fittings

Chlorinated poly (vinyl chloride) (CPVC)
pipe and tubing

1,2,3

ASTM D 2846

Solvent cement joints, compression
joints and threaded adapters

Copper pipe

ASTM B 42,
B302

Brazed, soldered and mechanical
fittings threaded, welded and
flanged

Copper tubing
(type K, L or M)

1,2

ASTM B 75,

B88,B251,

B306

Brazed, soldered and flared
mechanical fittings

Joints embedded in concrete

Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX)

1,2,3

ASTM F 876,
F877

(See PEX fittings)

Install in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.

Cross-linked polyethylene/aluminum/
cross-Unkedpolyethylene-(PEX-AL-PEX)
pressure pipe

1,2

ASTM F 1281 or

CAN/ CSA

B137.10

Mechanical, crimp/insert

Install in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.

PEX Fittings

ASTM F 1807
ASTM F 1960
ASTM F 2098

Copper-crimp/insert fittings, cold
expansion fittings, stainless steel
clamp, insert fittings

Install in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions

Plastic fittings PEX

ASTM F 1807

Polybutylene (PB) pipe and tubing

1,2,3

ASTM D 3309

Heat-fusion, crimp/insert and
compression

Joints in concrete shall be
heat-fused.

Polyethylene (PE) pipe, tubing and fittings
(for ground source heat pump loop
systems)

1,2,4

ASTM D 2513
ASTM D 3350
ASTM D 2513
ASTM D 3035
ASTM D 2447
ASTM D 2683
ASTM F 1055
ASTM D 2837
ASTM D 3350
ASTM D 1693

Heat-fusion

Polyproplylene (PP)

1,2,3

ISO 15874
ASTM F 2389

Heat-fusion joints, mechanical
fittings, threaded adapters,
compression joints

Soldering fluxes

ASTM B 813

Copper tube joints

Steel pipe

1,2

ASTM A 53;
A 106

Brazed, welded, threaded, flanged
and mechanical fittings

Joints in concrete shall be
welded. Galvanized pipe shall
not be welded or brazed.

Steel tubing

ASTM A 254

Mechanical fittings, welded

For SI: °C = [(°F)-32]/1.8.

a. Use code:

1. Above ground.

2. Embedded in radiant systems.

3. Temperatures below 180°F only.

4. Low temperature (below 130°F) applications only.

b. Standards as listed in Chapter 43.

356

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

HYDRONIC PIPING

TABLEM2101.9
HANGER SPACING INTERNALS

PIPING MATERIAL

MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL SPACING
(feet)

MAXIMUM VERTICAL SPACING
(feet)

ABS

CPVC < 1 inch pipe or tubing

CPVC >lV4inch

Copper or copper alloy pipe

Copper or copper alloy tubing

PB pipe or tubing

2.67

PE pipe or tubing

2.67

PEX tubing

2.67

PP < 1 inch pipe or tubing

2.67

PP> lV4inch

PVC

Steel pipe

Steel tubing

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

M2104.2.1 Polyethylene plastic pipe and tubing for
ground source heat pump loop systems. Joints between
polyethylene plastic pipe and tubing or fittings for ground
source heat pump loop systems shall be heat fusion joints
conforming to Section M2 104.2. 1.1, electrofusion joints
conforming to Section M2104.2.1.2 or stab-type insertion
joints conforming to Section M2104.2.1.3.

M2104.2.1.1 Heat-fusion joints. Joints shall be of the
socket-fusion, saddle-fusion or butt-fusion type, fabri-
cated in accordance with the piping manufacturer's
instructions. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free of
moisture. Joint surfaces shall be heated to melt tempera-
tures and joined. The joint shall be undisturbed until
cool. Fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with
ASTM D 2683.

M2104.2.1.2 Electrofusion joints. Joint surfaces shall
be clean and free of moisture, and scoured to expose vir-
gin resin. Joint surfaces shall be heated to melt tempera-
tures for the period of time specified by the
manufacturer. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool.
Fittings shall be manufactured in accordance with
ASTM F 1055.

M2104.2.1.3 Stab-type insert fittings. Joint surfaces
shall be clean and free of moisture. Pipe ends shall be
chamfered and inserted into the fitting to full depth. Fit-
tings shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D
2513.

SECTION M2105

GROUND SOURCE HEAT PUMP SYSTEM LOOP

PIPING

M2105.1 Testing. The assembled loop system shall be pres-
sure tested with water at 100 psi (690 kPa) for 30 minutes with
no observed leaks before connection (header) trenches are
backfilled. Flow rates and pressure drops shall be compared to
calculated values. If actual flow rate or pressure drop figures
differ from calculated values by more than 10 percent, the
problem shall be identified and corrected.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

357

358 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

CHAPTER 22

SPECIAL PIPING AND STORAGE SYSTEMS

SECTION I\/I2201
OIL TANKS

M2201.1 Materials. Supply tanks shall be listed and labeled
and shall conform to UL 58 for underground tanks and UL 80
for indoor tanks.

M2201.2 Above-ground tanks. The maximum amount of fuel
oil stored above ground or inside of a building shall be 660 gal-
lons (2498 L). The supply tank shall be supported on rigid
noncombustible supports to prevent settling or shifting.

M2201.2.1 Tanks within buildings. Supply tanks for use
inside of buildings shall be of such size and shape to permit
installation and removal from dwellings as whole units.
Supply tanks larger than 10 gallons (38 L) shall be placed
not less than 5 feet (1524 mm) from any fire or flame either
within or external to any fuel-burning appliance.

M2201.2.2 Outside above-ground tanks. Tanks installed
outside above ground shall be a minimum of 5 feet (1524
mm) from an adjoining property line. Such tanks shall be
suitably protected from the weather and from physical dam-
age.

M2201.3 Underground tanks. Excavations for underground
tanks shall not undermine the foundations of existing struc-
tures. The clearance from the tank to the nearest wall of a base-
ment, pit or property line shall not be less than 1 foot (305 mm).
Tanks shall be set on and surrounded with noncorrosive inert
materials such as clean earth, sand or gravel well tamped in
place. Tanks shall be covered with not less than 1 foot (305
mm) of earth. Corrosion protection shall be provided in accor-
dance with Section M2203.7.

M2201.4 Multiple tanks. Cross connection of two supply
tanks shall be permitted in accordance with Section M2203.6.

M2201.5 Oil gauges. Inside tanks shall be provided with a
device to indicate when the oil in the tank has reached a prede-
termined safe level. Glass gauges or a gauge subject to break-
age that could result in the escape of oil from the tank shall not
be used.

M2201.6 Flood-resistant installation. In areas prone to
flooding as established by Table R301.2(l), tanks shall be
installed at or above the design flood elevation established in
Section R323 or shall be anchored to prevent flotation, collapse
and lateral movement under conditions of the design flood.

M2201.7 Tanks abandoned or removed. Exterior above-
grade fill piping shall be removed when tanks are abandoned or
removed. Tank abandonment and removal shall be in accordance
with the International Fire Code.

SECTION M2202
OIL PIPING, FITTING AND CONNECTIONS

M2202.1 Materials. Piping shall consist of steel pipe, copper
tubing or steel tubing conforming to ASTM A 539. Aluminum

tubing shall not be used between the fuel-oil tank and the
burner units.

M2202.2 Joints and fittings. Piping shall be connected with
standard fittings compatible with the piping material. Cast iron
fittings shall not be used for oil piping. Unions requiring gas-
kets or packings, right or left couplings, and sweat fittings
employing solder having a melting point less than 1,000°F
(538°C) shall not be used for oil piping. Threaded joints and
connections shall be made tight with a lubricant or pipe thread
compound.

M2202.3 Flexible connectors. Flexible metal hose used
where rigid connections are impractical or to reduce the effect
of jarring and vibration shall be listed and labeled in accor-
dance with UL 536 and shall be installed in compliance with its
label and the manufacturer's installation instructions. Connec-
tors made from combustible materials shall not be used inside
of buildings or above ground outside of buildings.

SECTION M2203
INSTALLATION

M2203.1 General. Piping shall be installed in a manner to
avoid placing stresses on the piping, and to accommodate
expansion and contraction of the piping system.

M2203.2 Supply piping. Supply piping used in the installation
of oil burners and appliances shall be not smaller than Vg-inch
(9 mm) pipe or Vg-inch (9 mm) outside diameter tubing. Copper
tubing and fittings shall be a minimum of Type L.

M2203.3 Fill piping. Fill piping shall terminate outside of
buildings at a point at least 2 feet (610 mm) from any building
opening at the same or lower level. Fill openings shall be
equipped with a tight metal cover.

M2203.4 Vent piping. Vent piping shall be not smaller than
lV4-inch (32 mm) pipe. Vent piping shall be laid to drain
toward the tank without sags or traps in which the liquid can
collect. Vent pipes shall not be cross connected with fill pipes,
lines from burners or overflow lines from auxiliary tanks. The
lower end of a vent pipe shall enter the tank through the top and
shall extend into the tank not more than 1 inch (25 mm).

M2203.5 Vent termination. Vent piping shall terminate out-
side of buildings at a point not less than 2 feet (610 mm), mea-
sured vertically or horizontally, from any building opening.
Outer ends of vent piping shall terminate in a weather-proof
cap or fitting having an unobstructed area at least equal to the
cross-sectional area of the vent pipe, and shall be located suffi-
ciently above the ground to avoid being obstructed by snow and
ice.

M2203.6 Cross connection of tanks. Cross connection of two
supply tanks, not exceeding 660 gallons (2498 L) aggregate
capacity, with gravity flow from one tank to another, shall be
acceptable providing that the two tanks are on the same hori-
zontal plane.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

359

SPECIAL PIPING AND STORAGE SYSTEMS

M2203.7 Corrosion protection. Underground tanks and bur-
ied piping shall be protected by corrosion-resistant coatings or
special alloys or fiberglass-reinforced plastic.

SECTION M2204
OIL PUMPS AND VALVES

M2204.1 Pumps. Oil pumps shall be positive displacement
types that automatically shut off the oil supply when stopped.
Automatic pumps shall be listed and labeled in accordance
with UL 343 and shall be installed in accordance with their list-
ing.

M2204.2 Shutoff valves. A readily accessible manual shutoff
valve shall be installed between the oil supply tank and the
burner. Where the shutoff valve is installed in the discharge line
of an oil pump, a pressure-relief valve shall be incorporated to
bypass or return surplus oil.

M2204.3 Maximum pressure. Pressure at the oil supply inlet
to an appliance shall be not greater than 3 pounds per square
inch (psi) (20.7 kPa).

M2204.4 Relief valves. Fuel-oil lines incorporating heaters
shall be provided with relief valves that will discharge to a
return line when excess pressure exists.

360 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

CHAPTER 23

SOLAR SYSTEMS

SECTION M2301
SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS

M2301.1 General. This section provides for the design, con-
struction, installation, alteration and repair of equipment and
systems using solar energy to provide space heating or cooling,
hot water heating and swimming pool heating.

M2301.2 Installation. Installation of solar energy systems
shall comply with Sections M230 1.2.1 through M230 1.2.9.

M2301.2.1 Access. Solar energy collectors, controls,
dampers, fans, blowers and pumps shall be accessible for
inspection, maintenance, repair and replacement.

M2301.2.2 Roof-mounted collectors. The roof shall be
constructed to support the loads imposed by roof-mounted
solar collectors. Roof-mounted solar collectors that serve as
a roof covering shall conform to the requirements for roof
coverings in Chapter 9 of this code. Where mounted on or
above the roof coverings, the collectors and supporting
structure shall be constructed of noncombustible materials
or fire-retardant-treated wood equivalent to that required for
the roof construction.

M2301.2.3 Pressure and temperature relief. System
components containing fluids shall be protected with pres-
sure- and temperature-relief valves. Relief devices shall be
installed in sections of the system so that a section cannot be
valved off or isolated from a relief device.

M2301.2.4 Vacuum relief. System components that might
be subjected to pressure drops below atmospheric pressure
during operation or shutdown shall be protected by a vac-
uum-relief valve.

M2301.2.5 Protection from freezing. System components
shall be protected from damage resulting from freezing of
heat-transfer liquids at the winter design temperature pro-
vided in Table R301.2(l). Freeze protection shall be pro-
vided by heating, insulation, thermal mass and heat transfer
fluids with freeze points lower than the winter design tem-
perature, heat tape or other approved methods, or combina-
tions thereof.

Exception: Where the winter design temperature is
greater than 32°F (0°C).

M2301.2.6 Expansion tanks. Expansion tanks in solar
energy systems shall be installed in accordance with Section
M2003 in closed fluid loops that contain heat transfer fluid.

M2301.2.7 Roof and wall penetrations. Roof and wall
penetrations shall be flashed and sealed in accordance with
Chapter 9 of this code to prevent entry of water, rodents and
insects.

M2301.2.8 Solar loop isolation. Valves shall be installed to
allow the solar collectors to be isolated from the remainder
of the system. Each isolation valve shall be labeled with the
open and closed position.

M2301.2.9 Maximum temperature limitation. Systems
shall be equipped with means to limit the maximum water
temperature of the system fluid entering or exchanging heat
with any pressurized vessel inside the dwelling to 180°F
(82°C). This protection is in addition to the required temper-
ature- and pressure-relief valves required by Section
M2301.2.3.

M2301.3 Labeling. Labeling shall comply with Sections
M2301.3.1andM2301.3.2.

M2301.3.1 Collectors. Collectors shall be listed and
labeled to show the manufacturer's name, model number,
serial number, collector weight, collector maximum allow-
able temperatures and pressures, and the type of heat trans-
fer fluids that are compatible with the collector. The label
shall clarify that these specifications apply only to the col-
lector.

M2301.3.2 Thermal storage units. Pressurized thermal
storage units shall be Usted and labeled to show the manu-
facturer's name, model number, serial number, storage unit
maximum and minimum allowable operating temperatures
and pressures, and the type of heat transfer fluids that are
compatible widi the storage unit. The label shall clarify that
these specifications apply only to the thermal storage unit.

M2301.4 Prohibited heat transfer fluids. Flammable gases
and liquids shall not be used as heat transfer fluids.

M2301.5 Backflow protection. Connections from the potable
water supply to solar systems shall comply with Section
P2902.4.5.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

361

362 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

Part VI — Fuel Gas

CHAPTER 24

FUEL GAS

The text of this chapter is excerpted from the 2006 edition of the International Fuel Gas Code and has been modified where neces-
sary to make such text conform to the scope of apphcation of the International Residential Code for One- and Two-Family Dwell-
ings. The section numbers appearing in parentheses after each section number represent the location of the corresponding text in the
International Fuel Gas Code.

SECTION G2401 (101)
GENERAL

G2401.1 (101.2) Application. This chapter covers those fuel-
gas piping systems, fuel-gas utilization equipment and related
accessories, venting systems and combustion air configurations
most commonly encountered in the construction of one- and
two-family dwellings and structures regulated by this code.

Coverage of piping systems shall extend from the point of
delivery to the outlet of the equipment shutoff valves (see
"Point of delivery"). Piping systems requirements shall include
design, materials, components, fabrication, assembly, installa-
tion, testing, inspection, operation and maintenance. Require-
ments for gas utilization equipment and related accessories
shall include installation, combustion and ventilation air and
venting and connections to piping systems.

The omission from this chapter of any material or method of
installation provided for in the International Fuel Gas Code
shall not be construed as prohibiting the use of such material or
method of installation. Fuel-gas piping systems, fuel-gas utili-
zation equipment and related accessories, venting systems and
combustion air configurations not specifically covered in these
chapters shall comply with the applicable provisions of the
International Fuel Gas Code.

Gaseous hydrogen systems shall be regulated by Chapter 7
of the International Fuel Gas Code.

This chapter shall not apply to the following:

1. Liquified natural gas (LNG) installations.

2. Temporary LP-gas piping for buildings under con-
struction or renovation that is not to become part of
the permanent piping system.

3 . Except as provided in Section G24 1 2. 1 . 1 , gas piping,
meters, gas pressure regulators, and other appurte-
nances used by the serving gas supplier in the distri-
bution of gas, other than undiluted LP-gas.

4. Portable LP-gas equipment of all types that is not con-
nected to a fixed fuel piping system.

5. Portable fuel cell appliances that are neither con-
nected to a fixed piping system nor interconnected to
a power grid.

6. Installation of hydrogen gas, LP-gas and compressed
natural gas (CNG) systems on vehicles.

SECTION G2402 (201)
GENERAL

G2402.1 (201.1) Scope. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the
following words and terms shall, for the purposes of this chap-
ter, have the meanings indicated in this chapter.

G2402.2 (201.2) Interchangeability. Words used in the pres-
ent tense include the future; words in the masculine gender
include the feminine and neuter; the singular number includes
the plural and the plural, the singular.

G2402.3 (201.3) Terms defined in other codes. Where terms
are not defined in this code and are defined in the ICC Electri-
cal Code, International Building Code, International Fire
Code, International Mechanical Code ox International Plumb-
ing Code, such terms shall have meanings ascribed to them as
in those codes.

SECTION G2403 (202)
GENERAL DEFINITIONS

AIR CONDITIONING, GAS FIRED. A gas-burning, auto-
matically operated appliance for supplying cooled and/or
dehumidified air or chilled liquid.

AIR, EXHAUST. Air being removed from any space or piece
of equipment and conveyed directly to the atmosphere by
means of openings or ducts.

AIR-HANDLING UNIT. A blower or fan used for the pur-
pose of distributing supply air to a room, space or area.

AIR, MAKEUP. Air that is provided to replace air being
exhausted.

ALTERATION. A change in a system that involves an exten-
sion, addition or change to the arrangement, type or purpose of
the original installation.

ANODELESS RISER. A transition assembly in which plastic
piping is installed and terminated above ground outside of a
building.

APPLIANCE (EQUIPMENT). Any apparatus or equipment
that utilizes gas as a fuel or raw material to produce light, heat,
power, refrigeration or air conditioning.

APPLIANCE, FAN-ASSISTED COMBUSTION. An apph-
ance equipped with an integral mechanical means to either

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

363

FUEL GAS

draw or force products of combustion through the combustion
chamber or heat exchanger.

APPLIANCE, AUTOMATICALLY CONTROLLED.

Apphances equipped with an automatic burner ignition and
safety shut-off device and other automatic devices, which
accomplish complete turn-on and shut-off of the gas to the main
burner or burners, and graduate the gas supply to the burner or
burners, but do not affect complete shut-off of the gas.

APPLIANCE, UNVENTED. An appliance designed or
installed in such a manner that the products of combustion are
not conveyed by a vent or chimney directly to the outside atmo-
sphere.

APPLIANCE, VENTED. An appliance designed and
installed in such a manner that all of the products of combus-
tion are conveyed directly from the appliance to the outside
atmosphere through an approved chimney or vent system.

(APPROVED. Acceptable to the code official or other author-
ity having jurisdiction.

ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE. The pressure of the weight of
air and water vapor on the surface of the earth, approximately
14.7 pounds per square inch (psia) (101 kPa absolute) at sea
level.

AUTOMATIC IGNITION. Ignition of gas at the burner(s)
when the gas controlling device is turned on, including
reignition if the flames on the bumer(s) have been extinguished
by means other than by the closing of the gas controlling
device.

BAROMETRIC DRAFT REGULATOR. A balanced
damper device attached to a chimney, vent connector, breech-
ing or flue gas manifold to protect combustion equipment by
controlling chimney draft. A double-acting barometric draft
regulator is one whose balancing damper is free to move in
either direction to protect combustion equipment from both
excessive draft and backdraft.

BOILER, LOW-PRESSURE. A self-contained gas-fired
appliance for supplying steam or hot water.

Hot water heating boiler. A boiler in which no steam is
generated, from which hot water is circulated for heating
purposes and then returned to the boiler, and that operates at
water pressures not exceeding 160 psig (1100 kPa gauge)
and at water temperatures not exceeding 250°F (121°C) at
or near the boiler outlet.

Hot water supply boiler. A boiler, completely filled with
water, which furnishes hot water to be used externally to
itself, and that operates at water pressures not exceeding 1 60
psig (1100 kPa gauge) and at water temperatures not
exceeding 250°F (121°C) at or near the boiler outlet.

Steam heating boiler. A boiler in which steam is generated
and that operates at a steam pressure not exceeding 15 psig
(100 kPa gauge).

BRAZING. A metal joining process wherein coalescence is
produced by the use of a nonferrous filler metal having a melting
point above 1,000°F (538°C), but lower than that of the base
metal being joined. The filler material is distributed between the
closely fitted surfaces of the joint by capillary action.

BTU. Abbreviation for British thermal unit, which is the quan-
tity of heat required to raise the temperature of 1 pound (454 g)
of water 1°F (0.56°C) (1 Btu = 1055 J).

BURNER. A device for the final conveyance of the gas, or a
mixture of gas and air, to the combustion zone.

Induced-draft. A burner that depends on draft induced by a
fan that is an integral part of the appliance and is located
downstream from the burner.

Power. A burner in which gas, air or both are supplied at
pressures exceeding, for gas, the line pressure, and for air,
atmospheric pressure, with this added pressure being
applied at the burner.

CHIMNEY. A primarily vertical structure containing one or
more flues, for the purpose of carrying gaseous products of
combustion and air from an appliance to the outside atmo-
sphere.

Factory-built chimney. A listed and labeled chimney com-
posed of factory-made components, assembled in the field
in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and the con-
ditions of the listing.

Masonry chimney. A field-constructed chiminey composed
of solid masonry units, bricks, stones or concrete.

CLEARANCE. The minimum distance through air measured
between the heat-producing surface of the mechanical appli-
ance, device or equipment and the surface of the combustible
material or assembly.

CLOTHES DRYER. An appliance used to dry wet laundry by
means of heated air.

Type 1. Factory-built package, multiple production. Pri-
marily used in the family living environment. Usually the
smallest unit physically and in function output.

CODE. These regulations, subsequent amendments thereto, or
any emergency rule or regulation that the administrative
authority having jurisdiction has lawfully adopted.

CODE OFFICIAL. The officer or other designated authority
charged with the administration and enforcement of this code,
or a duly authorized representative.

COMBUSTION. In the context of this code, refers to the rapid
oxidation of fuel accompanied by the production of heat or heat
and hght.

COMBUSTION AIR. Air necessary for complete combus-
tion of a fuel, including theoretical air and excess air.

COMBUSTION CHAMBER. The portion of an appliance
within which combustion occurs.

COMBUSTION PRODUCTS. Constituents resulting from
the combustion of a fuel with the oxygen of the air, including
the inert gases, but excluding excess air.

CONCEALED LOCATION. A location that cannot be
accessed without damaging permanent parts of the building
structure or finish surface. Spaces above, below or behind
readily removable panels or doors shall not be considered as
concealed. '

364

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE<^

FUEL GAS

CONCEALED PIPING. Piping that is located in a concealed
location (see "Concealed location").

CONDENSATE. The liquid that condenses from a gas
(including flue gas) caused by a reduction in temperature or
increase in pressure.

CONNECTOR, APPLIANCE (Fuel). Rigid metallic pipe
and fittings, semirigid metallic tubing and fittings or a listed
and labeled device that connects an appliance to the gas piping
system.

CONNECTOR, CHIMNEY OR VENT. The pipe that con-
nects an appliance to a chimney or vent.

CONTROL. A manual or automatic device designed to regu-
late the gas, air, water or electrical supply to, or operation of, a
mechanical system.

CONVERSION BURNER. A unit consisting of a burner and
its controls for installation in an appliance originally utilizing
another fuel.

CUBIC FOOT. The amount of gas that occupies 1 cubic foot
(0.02832 m^) when at a temperature of 60°F (16°C), saturated
with water vapor and under a pressure equivalent to that of 30
inches of mercury (101 kPa).

DAMPER. A manually or automatically controlled device to
regulate draft or the rate of flow of air or combustion gases.

DECORATIVE GAS APPLIANCE, VENTED. A vented
appliance wherein the primary function lies in the aesthetic
effect of the flames.

DECORATIVE GAS APPLIANCES FOR INSTALLA-
TION IN VENTED FIREPLACES. A vented appliance
designed for installation within the fire chamber of a vented
fireplace, wherein the primary function lies in the aesthetic
effect of the flames.

DEMAND. The maximum amount of gas input required per
unit of time, usually expressed in cubic feet per hour, or Btu/h
(1 Btu/h = 0.2931 W).

DESIGN FLOOD ELEVATION. The elevation of the "design
flood," including wave height, relative to the datum specified on
the community's legally designated flood hazard map.

DILUTION AIR. Air that is introduced into a draft hood and
is mixed with the flue gases.

DIRECT-VENT APPLIANCES. Appliances that are con-
structed and installed so that all air for combustion is derived
directly from the outside atmosphere and all flue gases are dis-
charged directly to the outside atmosphere.

DRAFT. The pressure difference existing between the equip-
ment or any component part and the atmosphere, that causes a
continuous flow of air and products of combustion through the
gas passages of the appliance to the atmosphere.

Mechanical or induced draft. The pressure difference cre-
ated by the action of a fan, blower or ejector that is located
between the appliance and the chimney or vent termination.

Natural draft. The pressure difference created by a vent or
chimney because of its height, and the temperature differ-
ence between the flue gases and the atmosphere.

DRAFT HOOD. A nonadjustable device built into an appli-
ance, or made as part of the vent connector from an appliance,
that is designed to (1) provide for ready escape of the flue gases
from the appliance in the event of no draft, backdraft, or stop-
page beyond the draft hood, (2) prevent a backdraft from enter-
ing the appliance, and (3) neutralize the effect of stack action of
the chimney or gas vent upon operation of the appliance.

DRAFT REGULATOR. A device that functions to maintain a
desired draft in the appliance by automatically reducing the
draft to the desired value.

DRIP. The container placed at a low point in a system of piping to
collect condensate and from which the condensate is removable.

DUCT FURNACE. A warm-air furnace normally installed in
an air-distribution duct to supply warm air for heating. This
definition shall apply only to a warm-air heating appliance that
depends for air circulation on a blower not furnished as part of
the furnace.

DWELLING UNIT. A single unit providing complete, inde-
pendent living facilities for one or more persons, including per-
manent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking and
sanitation.

EQUIPMENT. See "Appliance."

FIREPLACE. A fire chamber and hearth constructed of
noncombustible material for use with solid fuels and provided
with a chimney.

Masonry fireplace. A hearth and fire chamber of solid
masonry units such as bricks, stones, listed masonry units or
reinforced concrete, provided with a suitable chimney.

Factory-built fireplace. A fireplace composed of listed
factory-built components assembled in accordance with the
terms of listing to form the completed fireplace.

FLAME SAFEGUARD. A device that will automatically shut
off the fuel supply to a main burner or group of burners when
the means of ignition of such burners becomes inoperative, and
when flame failure occurs on the burner or group of burners.

FLOOD HAZARD AREA. The greater of the following two
areas:

1. The area within a floodplain subject to a 1 percent or
greater chance of flooding in any given year.

2. This area designated as a flood hazard area on a commu-
nity's flood hazard map, or otherwise legally designated.

FLOOR FURNACE. A completely self-contained furnace
suspended from the floor of the space being heated, taking air
for combustion from outside such space and with means for
observing flames and lighting the appliance from such space.

FLUE, APPLIANCE. The passage(s) within an appliance
through which combustion products pass from the combustion
chamber of the appliance to the draft hood inlet opening on an
appliance equipped with a draft hood or to the outlet of the
appliance on an appliance not equipped with a draft hood.

FLUE COLLAR. That portion of an appliance designed for the
attachment of a draft hood, vent connector or venting system.

FLUE GASES. Products of combustion plus excess air in

appliance flues or heat exchangers.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

365

FUEL GAS

FLUE LINER (LINING). A system or material used to form
the inside surface of a flue in a chimney or vent, for the purpose
of protecting the surrounding structure from the effects of com-
bustion products and for conveying combustion products with-
out leakage to the atmosphere.

I FUEL GAS. A natural gas, manufactured gas, liquefied petro-
leum gas or mixtures of these gases.

FUEL GAS UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT. See "Appli
ance."

FURNACE. A completely self-contained heating unit that is
designed to supply heated air to spaces remote from or adjacent
to the appliance location.

FURNACE, CENTRAL FURNACE. A self-contained appli-
ance for heating air by transfer of heat of combustion through
metal to the air, and designed to supply heated air through ducts
to spaces remote from or adjacent to the appliance location.

FURNACE PLENUM. An air compartment or chamber to
which one or more ducts are connected and which forms part of
an air distribution system.

GAS CONVENIENCE OUTLET. A permanently mounted,
manually operated device that provides the means for connect-
ing an appliance to, and disconnecting an appliance from, the
gas supply piping. The device includes an integral, manually
operated valve with a nondisplaceable valve member and is
designed so that disconnection of an appliance only occurs
when the manually operated valve is in the closed position.

GAS PIPING. An installation of pipe, valves or fittings
installed on a premises or in a building and utilized to convey
fuel gas.

GAS UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT. An apphance that uti-
lizes gas as a fuel or raw material or both.

HAZARDOUS LOCATION. Any location considered to be a
fire hazard for flammable vapors, dust, combustible fibers or
other highly combustible substances. The location is not neces-
sarily categorized in the International Building Code as a
high-hazard use group classification.

HOUSE PIPING. See "Piping system."

IGNITION PILOT. A pilot that operates during the lighting
cycle and discontinues during main burner operation.

IGNITION SOURCE. A flame spark or hot surface capable
of igniting flammable vapors or fumes. Such sources include
appliance burners, burner ignitors and electrical switching
devices.

INFRARED RADIANT HEATER. A heater which directs a
substantial amount of its energy output in the form of infrared
radiant energy into the area to be heated. Such heaters are of
either the vented or unvented type.

JOINT, FLARED. A metal-to-metal compression joint in
which a conical spread is made on the end of a tube that is com-
pressed by a flare nut against a mating flare.

JOINT, MECHANICAL. A general form of gas-tight joints
obtained by the joining of metal parts through a positive-hold-
ing mechanical construction, such as flanged joint, threaded
joint, flared joint or compression joint.

JOINT, PLASTIC ADHESIVE. A joint made in thermoset
plastic piping by the use of an adhesive substance which forms
a continuous bond between the mating surfaces without dis-
solving either one of them.

LIQUEFIED PETROLEUM GAS or LPG (LP-GAS). Liq-
uefied petroleum gas composed predominately of propane, pro-
pylene, butanes or butylenes, or mixtures thereof that is gaseous
under normal atmospheric conditions, but is capable of being
liquefied under moderate pressure at normal temperatures.

LIVING SPACE. Space within a dwelling unit utilized for liv-
ing, sleeping, eating, cooking, bathing, washing and sanitation
purposes.

LOG LIGHTER, GAS-FIRED. A manually operated
solid-fuel ignition appliance for installation in a vented
solid-fuel-burning fireplace.

MAIN BURNER. A device or group of devices essentially
forming an integral unit for the final conveyance of gas or a
mixture of gas and air to the combustion zone, and on which
combustion takes place to accomplish the function for which
the appliance is designed.

METER. The instrument installed to measure the volume of
gas delivered through it.

MODULATING. Modulating or throttling is the action of a
control from its maximum to minimum position in either pre-
determined steps or increments of movement as caused by its
actuating medium.

OFFSET (VENT). A combination of approved bends that
make two changes in direction bringing one section of the vent
out of line, but into a line parallel with the other section.

OUTLET. A threaded connection or bolted flange in a pipe
system to which a gas-burning appliance is attached.

OXYGEN DEPLETION SAFETY SHUTOFF SYSTEM
(ODS). A system designed to act to shut off the gas supply to
the main and pilot burners if the oxygen in the surrounding
atmosphere is reduced below a predetermined level.

PILOT. A small flame that is utilized to ignite the gas at the
main burner or burners.

PIPING. Where used in this code, "piping" refers to either
pipe or tubing, or both.

Pipe. A rigid conduit of iron, steel, copper, brass or plastic.

T\ibing. Semirigid conduit of copper, aluminum, plastic or
steel.

PIPING SYSTEM. All fuel piping, valves, and fittings from
the outlet of the point of delivery to the outlets of the equipment
shutoff valves.

PLASTIC, THERMOPLASTIC. A plastic that is capable of
being repeatedly softened by increase of temperature and hard-
ened by decrease of temperature.

POINT OF DELIVERY. For natural gas systems, the point of
delivery is the outiet of the service meter assembly or the outlet
of the service regulator or service shutoff valve where a meter is
not provided. Where a valve is provided at the outlet of the ser-
vice meter assembly, such valve shall be considered to be down-
stream of the point of delivery. For undiluted liquefied petroleum

366

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

FUEL GAS

gas systems, the point of delivery shall be considered to be the
outlet of the fost regulator that reduces pressure to 2 psig (13.8
kPa) or less.

PRESSURE DROP. The loss in pressure due to friction or
obstruction in pipes, valves, fittings, regulators and burners.

PRESSURE TEST. An operation performed to verify the
gas-tight integrity of gas piping following its installation or
modification.

READY ACCESS (TO). That which enables a device, appli-
ance or equipment to be directly reached, without requiring the
removal or movement of any panel, door or similar obstruction.

(See "Access.")

REGULATOR. A device for controlling and maintaining a
uniform gas supply pressure, either pounds-to-inches water
column (MP regulator) or inches-to-inches water column
(appliance regulator).

REGULATOR, GAS APPLIANCE. A pressure regulator for
controlling pressure to the manifold of gas equipment.

REGULATOR, LINE GAS PRESSURE. A device placed in
a gas line between the service pressure regulator and the equip-
ment for controlling, maintaining or reducing the pressure in
that portion of the piping system downstream of the device.

REGULATOR, MEDIUM-PRESSURE (MP Regulator).

A line pressure regulator that reduces gas pressure from the
range of greater than 0.5 psig (3.4 kPa) and less than or equal to
5 psig (34.5 kPa) to a lower pressure.

REGULATOR, PRESSURE. A device placed in a gas line for
reducing, controlling and maintaining the pressure in that por-
tion of the piping system downstream of the device.

REGULATOR, SERVICE PRESSURE. A device installed
by the serving gas supplier to reduce and limit the service line
gas pressure to delivery pressure.

RELIEF OPENING. The opening provided in a draft hood to
permit the ready escape to the atmosphere of the flue products
from the draft hood in the event of no draft, backdraft or stop-
page beyond the draft hood, and to permit air into the draft hood
in the event of a strong chimney updraft.

RELIEF VALVE (DEVICE). A safety valve designed to fore-
stall the development of a dangerous condition by relieving
either pressure, temperature or vacuum in the hot water supply
system.

RELIEF VALVE, PRESSURE. An automatic valve which
opens and closes a relief vent, depending on whether the pres-
sure is above or below a predetermined value.

RELIEF VALVE, TEMPERATURE

Manual reset type. A valve which automatically opens a
relief vent at a predetermined temperature and which must
be manually returned to the closed position.

Reseating or self-closing type. An automatic valve which
opens and closes a relief vent, depending on whether the
temperature is above or below a predetermined value.

RELIEF VALVE, VACUUM. A valve that automatically
opens and closes a vent for relieving a vacuum within the hot
water supply system, depending on whether the vacuum is
above or below a predetermined value.

RISER, GAS. A vertical pipe supplying fuel gas.

ROOM HEATER, UNVENTED. See "Unvented room
heater."

ROOM HEATER, VENTED. A free-standing gas-fired heat-
ing unit used for direct heating of the space in and adj acent to that
in which the unit is located. [See also "Vented room heater."]

SAFETY SHUTOFF DEVICE. See "Flame safeguard."

SHAFT. An enclosed space extending through one or more
stories of a building, connecting vertical openings in succes-
sive floors, or floors and the roof.

SPECIFIC GRAVITY. As applied to gas, specific gravity is
the ratio of the weight of a given volume to that of the same vol-
ume of air, both measured under the same condition.

THERMOSTAT

Electric switch type. A device that senses changes in tem-
perature and controls electrically, by means of separate
components, the flow of gas to the burner(s) to maintain
selected temperatures.

Integral gas valve type. An automatic device, actuated by
temperature changes, designed to control the gas supply to
the burner(s) in order to maintain temperatures between pre-
determined limits, and in which the thermal actuating ele-
ment is an integral part of the device.

1. Graduating thermostat. A thermostat in which the
motion of the valve is approximately in direct propor-
tion to the effective motion of the thermal element
induced by temperature change.

2. Snap-acting thermostat. A thermostat in which the
thermostatic valve travels instantly from the closed to
the open position, and vice versa.

TRANSITION FITTINGS, PLASTIC TO STEEL. An

adapter for joining plastic pipe to steel pipe. The purpose of this
fitting is to provide a permanent, pressure-tight connection
between two materials that cannot be joined directiy one to
another.

UNIT HEATER

High-static pressure type. A self-contained, automatically
controlled, vented appliance having integral means for cir-
culation of air against 0.2 inch (15 mm H2O) or greater static
pressure. Such apphance is equipped with provisions for
attaching an outlet air duct and, where the appliance is for
indoor installation remote from the space to be heated, is
also equipped with provisions for attaching an inlet air duct.

Low-static pressure type. A self-contained, automatically
controlled, vented appliance, intended for installation in the
space to be heated without the use of ducts, having integral
means for circulation of air. Such units are allowed to be

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"^

367

FUEL GAS

equipped with louvers or face extensions made in accor-
dance with the manufacturer's specifications.

UNVENTED ROOM HEATER. An unvented heating apph-
ance designed for stationary installation and utilized to provide
comfort heating. Such appliances provide radiant heat or con-
vection heat by gravity or fan circulation directly from the
heater and do not utilize ducts.

VALVE. A device used in piping to control the gas supply to
any section of a system of piping or to an appliance.

Automatic. An automatic or semiautomatic device consist-
ing essentially of a valve and operator that control the gas
supply to the burner("s) during operation of an appliance.
The operator shall be actuated by application of gas pressure
on a flexible diaphragm, by electrical means, by mechanical
means or by other approved means.

Automatic gas shutoff. A valve used in conjunction with an
automatic gas shutoff device to shut off the gas supply to a
water heating system. It shall be constructed integrally with
the gas shutoff device or shall be a separate assembly.

Equipment shutoff. A valve located in the piping system,
used to isolate individual equipment for purposes such as
service or replacement.

Individual main burner. A valve that controls the gas sup-
ply to an individual main burner.

Main burner control. A valve that controls the gas supply
to the main burner manifold.

Manual main gas-control. A manually operated valve in
the gas line for the purpose of completely turning on or shut-
ting off the gas supply to the appliance, except to pilot or
pilots that are provided with independent shutoff.

Manual reset. An automatic shutoff valve installed in the
gas supply piping and set to shut off when unsafe conditions
occur. The device remains closed until manually reopened.

Service shutoff. A valve, installed by the serving gas sup-
plier between the service meter or source of supply and the
customer piping system, to shut off the entire piping system.

VENT. A pipe or other conduit composed of factory-made
components, containing a passageway for conveying combus-
tion products and air to the atmosphere, listed and labeled for
use with a specific type or class of appliance.

Special gas vent. A vent listed and labeled for use with
listed Category II, III and IV gas appliances.

Type B vent. A vent listed and labeled for use with appli-
ances with draft hoods and other Category I appUances that
are hsted for use with Type B vents.

Type BW vent. A vent listed and labeled for use with wall
furnaces.

Type L vent. A vent listed and labeled for use with appli-
ances that are listed for use with Type L or Type B vents.

VENT CONNECTOR. See "Connector."

VENT PIPING

Breather. Piping run from a pressure-regulating device to
the outdoors, designed to provide a reference to atmo-
spheric pressure. If the device incorporates an integral pres-
sure relief mechanism, a breather vent can also serve as a
relief vent.

Relief. Piping run from a pressure-regulating or pres-
sure-limiting device to the outdoors, designed to provide for
the safe venting of gas in the event of excessive pressure in
the gas piping system.

VENTED GAS APPLIANCE CATEGORIES. Apphances
that are categorized for the purpose of vent selection are classi-
fied into the following four categories:

Category I. An appliance that operates with a nonpositive
vent static pressure and with a vent gas temperature that
avoids excessive condensate production in the vent.

Category II. An appliance that operates with a nonpositive
vent static pressure and with a vent gas temperature that is
capable of causing excessive condensate production in the
vent.

Category III. An appliance that operates vi^ith a positive
vent static pressure and with a vent gas temperature that
avoids excessive condensate production in the vent.

Category IV. An appliance that operates with a positive
vent static pressure and with a vent gas temperature that is
capable of causing excessive condensate production in the
vent.

VENTED ROOM HEATER. A vented self-contained,
free-standing, nonrecessed appliance for furnishing warm air
to the space in which it is installed, direcdy from the heater
without duct connections.

VENTED WALL FURNACE. A self-contained vented appli-
ance complete with grilles or equivalent, designed for incorpo-
ration in or permanent attachment to the structure of a building,
mobile home or travel trailer, and furnishing heated air circu-
lated by gravity or by a fan directly into the space to be heated
through openings in the casing. This definition shall exclude
floor furnaces, unit heaters and central furnaces as herein
defined.

VENTING SYSTEM. A continuous open passageway from
the flue collar or draft hood of an appliance to the outside atmo-
sphere for the purpose of removing flue or vent gases. A vent-
ing system is usually composed of a vent or a chimney and vent
connector, if used, assembled to form the open passageway.

WALL HEATER, UNVENTED TYPE. A room heater of the
type designed for insertion in or attachment to a wall or parti-
tion. Such heater does not incorporate concealed venting
arrangements in its construction and discharges all products of
combustion through the front into the room being heated.

WATER HEATER. Any heating appliance or equipment that
heats potable water and supplies such water to the potable hot
water distribution system.

368

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

FUEL GAS

SECTION G2404 (301)
GENERAL

G2404.1 (301.1) Scope. This section shall govern the approval
and installation of all equipment and appliances that comprise
parts of the installations regulated by this code in accordance
with Section G2401.

G2404.2 (301.1.1) Other fuels. The requirements for combus-
tion and dilution air for gas-fired appliances shall be governed
by Section G2407. The requirements for combustion and dilu-
tion air for appliances operating with fuels other than fuel gas
shall be regulated by Chapter 17.

G2404.3 (301.3) Listed and labeled. Appliances regulated by
this code shall be listed and labeled for the application in which
they are used unless otherwise approved in accordance with
Section R 104. 1 1 . The approval of unlisted appliances in accor-
dance with Section R104.il shall be based upon approved
engineering evaluation.

G2404.4 (301.8) Vibration isolation. Where means for isola-
tion of vibration of an appliance is installed, an approved
means for support and restraint of that appliance shall be pro-
vided.

G2404.5 (301.9) Repair. Defective material or parts shall be
replaced or repaired in such a manner so as to preserve the orig-
inal approval or listing.

G2404.6 (301.10) Wind resistance. Apphances and supports
that are exposed to wind shall be designed and installed to resist
the wind pressures determined in accordance with this code.

G2404.7 (301.11) Flood hazard. For structures located in
flood hazard areas, the appliance, equipment and system instal-
lations regulated by this code shall be located at or above the
design flood elevation and shall comply with the flood-resis-
tant construction requirements of Section R323.

Exception: The appliance, equipment and system installa-
tions regulated by this code are permitted to be located below
the design flood elevation provided that they are designed and
installed to prevent water from entering or accumulating
within the components and to resist hydrostatic and hydrody-
namic loads and stresses, including the effects of buoyancy,
during the occurrence of flooding to the design flood eleva-
tion and shall comply with the flood-resistant construction
requirements of Section R323.

G2404.8 (301.12) Seismic resistance. When earthquake loads
are applicable in accordance with this code, the supports shall
be designed and installed for the seismic forces in accordance
with this code.

G2404.9 (301.14) Rodentproofing. Buildings or structures
and the walls enclosing habitable or occupiable rooms and
spaces in which persons live, sleep or work, or in which feed,
food or foodstuffs are stored, prepared, processed, served or
sold, shall be constructed to protect against the entry of rodents.

G2404.10 (307.5) Auxiliary drain pan. Category IV condens-
ing appliances shall be provided with an auxiliary drain pan
where damage to any building component will occur as a result
of stoppage in the condensate drainage system. Such pan shall

be installed in accordance with the applicable provisions of
Section M1411.

Exception: An auxiliary drain pan shall not be required for
appliances that automatically shut down operation in the
event of a stoppage in the condensate drainage system.

SECTION G2405 (302)
STRUCTURAL SAFETY

G2405.1 (302.1) Structural safety. The building shall not be
weakened by the installation of any gas piping. In the process
of installing or repairing any gas piping, the finished floors,
walls, ceilings, tile work or any other part of the building or pre-
mises which are required to be changed or replaced shall be left
in a safe structural condition in accordance with the require-
ments of this code.

G2405.2 (302.4) Alterations to trusses. Truss members and
components shall not be cut, drilled, notched, spliced or other-
wise altered in any way without the written concurrence and
approval of a registered design professional. Alterations result-
ing in the addition of loads to any member (e.g., HVAC equip-
ment, water heaters) shall not be permitted without verification
that the truss is capable of supporting such additional loading.

G2405.3 (302.3.1) Engineered wood products. Cuts, notches
and holes bored in trusses, structural composite lumber, struc-
tural glued-laminated members and I-joists are prohibited
except where permitted by the manufacturer's recommenda-
tions or where the effects of such alterations are specifically
considered in the design of the member by a registered design
professional.

SECTION G2406 (303)
APPLIANCE LOCATION

G2406.1 (303.1) General. Appliances shall be located as
required by this section, specific requirements elsewhere in
this code and the conditions of the equipment and appliance
listing.

G2406.2 (303.3) Prohibited locations. Appliances shall not
be located in sleeping rooms, bathrooms, toilet rooms, storage
closets or surgical rooms, or in a space that opens only into such
rooms or spaces, except where the installation complies with
one of the following:

1. The appliance is a direct- vent appliance installed in
accordance with the conditions of the listing and the
manufacturer's instructions.

2. Vented room heaters, wall furnaces, vented decorative
appliances, vented gas fireplaces, vented gas fireplace
heaters and decorative appliances for installation in
vented solid fuel-burning fireplaces are installed in
rooms that meet the required volume criteria of Section
G2407.5.

3. A single wall-mounted un vented room heater is installed
in a bathroom and such unvented room heater is
equipped as specified in Section G2445.6 and has an
input rating not greater than 6,000 Btu/h (1 .76 kW). The

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

369

FUEL GAS

bathroom shall meet the required volume criteria of Sec-
tion G2407.5.

4. A single wall-mounted unvented room heater is installed
in a bedroom and such unvented room heater is equipped
as specified in Section G2445.6 and has an input rating
not greater than 10,000 Btu/h (2.93 kW). The bedroom
shall meet the required volume criteria of Section
G2407.5.

5. The appliance is installed in a room or space that opens
only into a bedroom or bathroom, and such room or
space is used for no other purpose and is provided with a
solid weather-stripped door equipped with an approved
self-closing device. All combustion air shall be taken
directly from the outdoors in accordance with Section
G2407.6.

G2406.3 (303.6) Outdoor locations. Equipment installed in
outdoor locations shall be either listed for outdoor installation
or provided with protection from outdoor environmental fac-
tors that influence the operability, durability and safety of the
equipment.

SECTION G2407 (304)
COMBUSTION, VENTILATION AND DILUTION AIR

G2407.1 (304.1) General. Air for combustion, ventilation and
dilution of flue gases for appliances installed in buildings shall
be provided by application of one of the methods prescribed in
Sections G2407.5 through G2407.9. Where the requirements
of Section G2407.5 are not met, outdoor air shall be introduced
in accordance with one of the methods prescribed in Sections
G2407.6 through G2407.9. Direct-vent appliances, gas appli-
ances of other than natural draft design and vented gas appli-
ances other than Category I shall be provided with combustion,
ventilation and dilution air in accordance with the appliance
manufacturer's instructions.

Exception: Type 1 clothes dryers that are provided with
makeup air in accordance with Section G2439.4.

G2407.2 (304.2) Appliance location. Appliances shall be
located so as not to interfere with proper circulation of combus-
tion, ventilation and dilution air.

G2407.3 (304.3) Draft hood/regulator location. Where used,
a draft hood or a barometric draft regulator shall be installed in
the same room or enclosure as the appliance served so as to pre-
vent any difference in pressure between the hood or regulator
and the combustion air supply.

G2407.4 (304.4) Makeup air provisions. Makeup air require-
ments for the operation of exhaust fans, kitchen ventilation sys-
tems, clothes dryers and fireplaces shall be considered in
determining the adequacy of a space to provide combustion air
requirements.

G2407.5 (304.5) Indoor combustion air. The required vol-
ume of indoor air shall be determined in accordance with Sec-
tion G2407.5.1 or G2407.5.2, except that where the air
infiltration rate is known to be less than 0.40 air changes per
hour (ACH), Section G2407.5.2 shall be used. The total
required volume shall be the sum of the required volume calcu-
lated for all appliances located within the space. Rooms com-

municating directly with the space in which the appliances are
installed through openings not furnished with doors, and
through combustion air openings sized and located in accor-
dance with Section G2407.5.3, are considered to be part of the
required volume.

G2407.5.1 (304.5.1) Standard method. The minimum
required volume shall be 50 cubic feet per 1,000 Btu/h (4.8
m3/kW).

G2407.5.2 (304.5.2) Known air-infiltration-rate
method. Where the air infiltration rate of a structure is
known, the minimum required volume shall be determined
as follows:

For appliances other than fan assisted, calculate volume
using Equation 24-1.

21ft^ '' ^ ^

Required Volumegthg, >

ACH

l,OOOBtu/hr

(Equation 24-1)

For fan-assisted appliances, calculate volume using
Equation 24-2.

.3 /

Required Volumef^^ >

where:

15 ft

ACH

fan

l,OOOBtu/hr

(Equation 24-2)

hther = AH appliances other than fan assisted (input in
Btu/h).

If^„ = Fan-assisted appliance (input in Btu/h).

ACH = Air change per hour (percent of volume of
space exchanged per hour, expressed as a deci-
mal).

For purposes of this calculation, an infiltration rate
greater than 0.60 ACH shall not be used in Equations 24-1
and 24-2.

G2407.5.3 (304.5.3) Indoor opening size and location.

Openings used to connect indoor spaces shall be sized and
located in accordance with Sections G2407.5.3.1 and
G2407.5.3.2 (see Figure G2407.5.3).

G2407.5.3.1 (304.5.3.1) Combining spaces on the
same story. Each opening shall have a minimum free
area of 1 square inch per 1 ,000 Btu/h (2,200 mm^/kW) of
the total input rating of all appliances in the space, but not I
less than 100 square inches (0.06 m^). One opening shall
commence within 12 inches (305 mm) of the top and one
opening shall commence within 12 inches (305 mm) of
the bottom of the enclosure. The minimum dimension of
air openings shall be not less than 3 inches (76 mm).

G2407.5.3.2 (304.5.3.2) Combining spaces in differ-
ent stories. The volumes of spaces in different stories
shall be considered as communicating spaces where such
spaces are connected by one or more openings in doors
or floors having a total minimum free area of 2 square
inches per 1 ,000 Btu/h (4402 mm^/kW) of total input rat-
ing of all appliances. I

370

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FUEL GAS

CHIMNEY OR GAS VENT

FURNACE

WATER
HEATEF

OPENING

CHIMNEY OR GAS VENT

OPENING

ALTERNATE OPENING
LOCATION

FIGURE G2407.5.3 (304.5.3)

ALL AIR FROM INSIDE THE BUILDING

(see Section 2407.5.3)

G2407.6 (304.6) Outdoor combustion air. Outdoor combus-
tion air shall be provided through opening(s) to the outdoors in
accordance with Section G2407.6.1 or G2407.6.2. The mini-
mum dimension of air openings shall be not less than 3 inches
(76 mm).

G2407.6.1 ( 304.6.1) Two-permanent-openings method.

Two permanent openings, one commencing within 12
inches (305 mm) of the top and one commencing within 12
inches (305 mm) of the bottom of the enclosure, shall be
provided. The openings shall communicate directly, or by
ducts, with the outdoors or spaces that freely communicate
with the outdoors.

Where directly communicating with the outdoors, or
where communicating with the outdoors through vertical
ducts, each opening shall have a minimum free area of 1
square inch per 4,000 Btu/h (550 mm^/kW) of total input
rating of all appliances in the enclosure [see Figures
G2407.6.1(l) and G2407.6.1(2)].

Where communicating with the outdoors through hori-
zontal ducts, each opening shall have a minimum free area
of not less than 1 square inch per 2,000 Btu/h (1,100
mm^/kW) of total input rating of all appliances in the enclo-
sure [see Figure G2407.6.1(3)].

G2407.6.2 (304.6.2) One-permanent-opening method.

One permanent opening, commencing within 12 inches
(305 mm) of the top of the enclosure, shall be provided. The
appliance shall have clearances of at least 1 inch (25 mm)
from the sides and back and 6 inches (152 mm) from the
front of the appliance. The opening shall directly communi-
cate with the outdoors or through a vertical or horizontal
duct to the outdoors, or spaces that freely communicate with
the outdoors (see Figure G2407.6.2) and shall have a mini-
mum free area of 1 square inch per 3,000 Btu/h (734

FIGURE G2407.6.2 (304.6.2)

SINGLE COMBUSTION AIR OPENING,

ALL AIR FROM OUTDOORS

(see Section 304.6.2)

mmVkW) of the total input rating of all appliances located in
the enclosure and not less than the sum of the areas of all
vent connectors in the space.

G2407.7 (304.7) Combination indoor and outdoor combus-
tion air. The use of a combination of indoor and outdoor com-
bustion air shall be in accordance with Sections G2407.7.1
through G2407.7.3.

G2407.7.1 (304.7.1) Indoor openings. Where used, open-
ings connecting the interior spaces shall comply with Sec-
tion G2407.5.3.

G2407.7.2 (304.7.2) Outdoor opening location. Outdoor
opening(s) shall be located in accordance with Section
G2407.6.

G2407.7.3 (304.7.3) Outdoor opening(s) size. The out-
door opening(s) size shall be calculated in accordance with
the following:

1. The ratio of interior spaces shall be the available vol-
ume of all communicating spaces divided by the
required volume.

2. The outdoor size reduction factor shall be one minus
the ratio of interior spaces.

3. The minimum size of outdoor opening(s) shall be the
full size of outdoor opening(s) calculated in accor-
dance with Section G2407.6, multiplied by the reduc-
tion factor. The minimum dimension of air openings
shall be not less than 3 inches (76 mm).

G2407.8 (304.8) Engineered installations. Engineered com-
bustion air installations shall provide an adequate supply of
combustion, ventilation and dilution air and shall be approved.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

371

FUEL GAS

CHIMNEY OR GAS VENT

FURNACE

ALTERNATE

AIR

INLET

VENTILATION LOUVERS

FOR UNHEATED CRAWL SPACE

VENTILATION LOUVERS
(EACH END OF ATTIC)

OUTLET AIR

WATER HEATER

INLET AIR

FIGURE G2407.6.1(1) [304.6.1(1)]

ALL AIR FROM OUTDOORS— INLET AIR FROM VENTILATED

CRAWL SPACE AND OUTLET AIR TO VENTILATED ATTIC (see Section G2407.6.1)

CHIMNEY OR GAS VENT

FURNACE

VENTILATION LOUVERS
(EACH END OF ATTIC)

OUTLET AIR

WATER HEATER

[INLET AIR DUCT (ENDS 1 FT) ABOVE
FLOOR]

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

FIGURE G2407.6.1(2) [304.6.1(2)]

ALL AIR FROM OUTDOORS THROUGH VENTILATED ATTIC

(see Section G2407.6.1)

372

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FUEL GAS

„ CHIMNEY OR GAS VENT

FIGURE G2407.6.1(3) [304.6.1(3)]

ALL AIR FROM OUTDOORS

(see Section G2407.6.1)

G2407.9 (304.9) Mechanical combustion air supply. Where
all combustion air is provided by a mechanical air supply sys-
tem, the combustion air shall be supplied from the outdoors at a
rate not less than 0.35 cubic feet per minute per 1,000 Btu/h
(0.034 mVmin per kW) of total input rating of all apphances
located within the space.

G2407.9.1 (304.9.1) Makeup air. Where exhaust fans are
installed, makeup air shall be provided to replace the
exhausted air.

G2407.9.2 (304.9.2) Appliance interlock. Each of the
appliances served shall be interlocked with the mechanical
air supply system to prevent main burner operation when the
mechanical air supply system is not in operation.

G2407.9.3 (304.9.3) Combined combustion air and ven-
tilation air system. Where combustion air is provided by
the building's mechanical ventilation system, the system
shall provide the specified combustion air rate in addition to
the required ventilation air.

G2407.10 (304.10) Louvers and grilles. The required size of
openings for combustion, ventilation and dilution air shall be
based on the net free area of each opening. Where the free area
through a design of louver, grille or screen is known, it shall be
used in calculating the size opening required to provide the free
area specified. Where the design and free area of louvers and
grilles are not known, it shall be assumed that wood louvers will
have 25 -percent free area and metal louvers and grilles will have

75-percent free area. Screens shall have a mesh size not smaller
than V4 inch (6.4 mm). Nonmotorized louvers and grilles shall
be fixed in the open position. Motorized louvers shall be inter-
locked with the appliance so that they are proven to be in the I
full open position prior to main burner ignition and during main
burner operation. Means shall be provided to prevent the main
burner from igniting if the louvers fail to open during burner
start-up and to shut down the main burner if the louvers close
during operation.

G2407.il (304.11) Combustion air ducts. Combustion air
ducts shall comply with all of the following:

1 . Ducts shall be constructed of galvanized steel complying
with Chapter 1 6 or of a material having equivalent corro- I
sion resistance, strength and rigidity. I

Exception: Within dwellings units, unobstructed
stud and joist spaces shall not be prohibited from con-
veying combustion air, provided that not more than
one required fireblock is removed.

2. Ducts shall terminate in an unobstructed space allowing
free movement of combustion air to the appliances.

3. Ducts shall serve a single enclosure.

4. Ducts shall not serve both upper and lower combustion
air openings where both such openings are used. The
separation between ducts serving upper and lower com-

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

373

FUEL GAS

bustion air openings shall be maintained to the source of
combustion air.

5. Ducts shall not be screened where terminating in an attic
space.

6. Horizontal upper combustion air ducts shall not slope
downward toward the source of combustion air.

7. The remaining space surrounding a chimney liner, gas
vent, special gas vent or plastic piping installed within a
masonry, metal or factory-built chinmey shall not be
used to supply combustion air.

Exception: Direct-vent gas-fired appliances
designed for installation in a solid fuel-burning fire-
place where installed in accordance with the manu-
facturer's instructions.

8. Combustion air intake openings located on the exterior
of a building shall have the lowest side of such openings
located not less than 12 inches (305 mm) vertically from
the adjoining grade level.

G2407.12 (304.12) Protection from fumes and gases. Where
corrosive or flammable process fumes or gases, other than
products of combustion, are present, means for the disposal of
such fumes or gases shall be provided. Such fumes or gases
include carbon monoxide, hydrogen sulfide, ammonia, chlo-
rine and halogenated hydrocarbons.

In barbershops, beauty shops and other facilities where
chemicals that generate corrosive or flammable products, such
as aerosol sprays, are routinely used, nondirect vent-type appli-
ances shall be located in a mechanical room separated or parti-
tioned off from other areas with provisions for combustion air
and dilution air from the outdoors. Direct- vent appliances shall
be installed in accordance with the appliance manufacturer's
installation instructions.

SECTION G2408 (305)
INSTALLATION

G2408.1 (305.1) GeneraL Equipment and appliances shall be
installed as required by the terms of their approval, in accor-
dance with the conditions of listing, the manufacturer's instruc-
tions and this code. Manufacturers' installation instructions
shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection.
Where a code provision is less restrictive than the conditions of
the listing of the equipment or appliance or the manufacturer's
installation instructions, the conditions of the listing and the
manufacturer's installation instructions shall apply.

Unlisted appliances approved in accordance with Section
2404.3 shall be limited to uses reconmiended by the manufac-
turer and shall be installed in accordance with the manufac-
turer's instructions, the provisions of this code and the
requirements determined by the code official.

G2408.2 (305.3) Elevation of ignition source. Equipment and
appliances having an ignition source shall be elevated such that
the source of ignition is not less than 1 8 inches (457 mm) above
the floor in hazardous locations and public garages, private

garages, repair garages, motor fuel-dispensing facilities and
parking garages. For the purpose of this section, rooms or
spaces that are not part of the living space of a dwelling unit and
that communicate directly with a private garage through open-
ings shall be considered to be part of the private garage.

Exception: Elevation of the ignition source is not required
for appliances that are listed as flammable vapor ignition
resistant.

G2408.3 (305.5) Private garages. Appliances located in pri-
vate garages shall be installed with a minimum clearance of 6
feet (1829 mm) above the floor.

Exception: The requirements of this section shall not apply
where the appliances are protected from motor vehicle
impact and installed in accordance with Section G2408.2.

G2408.4 (305.7) Clearances from grade. Equipment and
appliances installed at grade level shall be supported on a level
concrete slab or other approved material extending above
adjoining grade or shall be suspended a minimum of 6 inches
(152 mm) above adjoining grade.

G2408.5 (305.8) Clearances to combustible construction.

Heat-producing equipment and appliances shall be installed to
maintain the required clearances to combustible construction
as specified in the listing and manufacturer's instructions. Such
clearances shall be reduced only in accordance with Section
G2409. Clearances to combustibles shall include such consid-
erations as door swing, drawer pull, overhead projections or
shelving and window swing. Devices, such as door stops or
limits and closers, shall not be used to provide the required
clearances.

SECTION G2409 (308)
CLEARANCE REDUCTION

G2409.1 (308.1) Scope. This section shall govern the reduc-
tion in required clearances to combustible materials and com-
bustible assemblies for chimneys, vents, appliances, devices
and equipment.

G2409.2 (308.2) Reduction table. The allowable clearance
reduction shall be based on one of the methods specified in
Table G2409.2 or shall utilize an assembly listed for such appli-
cation. Where required clearances are not listed in Table
G2409.2, the reduced clearances shall be detennined by linear
interpolation between the distances listed in the table. Reduced
clearances shall not be derived by extrapolation below the
range of the table. The reduction of the required clearances to
combustibles for listed and labeled appliances and equipment
shall be in accordance with the requirements of this section
except that such clearances shall not be reduced where reduc-
tion is specifically prohibited by the terms of the appliance or
equipment listing [see Figures G2409.2(l), G2409.2(2) and
G2409.2(3)].

G2409.3 (308.3) Clearances for indoor air-conditioning I
appliances. Clearance requirements for indoor air-condition- I ,
ing appliances shall comply with Sections G2409.3.1 through
G2409.3.5. I

374

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

FUEL GAS

CONSTRUCTION USING COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL,
PLASTERED OR UNPLASTERED

GAS EQUIPMENT OR
VENT CONNECTOR

SHEET METAL OR OTHER
PROTECTION

NOTES:

"A" equals the clearance with no protection.

"B" equals the reduced clearance permitted in accordance with Table G2409.2. The protection applied to the construction using combustible material shall extend far
enough in each direction to make "C" equal to "A."

FIGURE G2409.2(1) [308.2(1)]

EXTENT OF PROTECTION NECESSARY TO REDUCE CLEARANCES

FROM GAS EQUIPMENT OR VENT CONNECTORS

WALL PROTECTOR MOUNTED
WITH ALL EDGES OPEN

MOUNTED WITH SIDE
AND TOP EDGES OPEN

h- MOUNTED WITH TOP
AND BOTTOM EDGES
OPEN

WALL PROTECTOR MOUNTED
ON SINGLE FLAT WALL

MUST BE MOUNTED
WITH TOP AND BOTTOM
EDGES OPEN

WALL PROTECTOR INSTALLED
IN CORNER

■^

COMBUSTIBLE
WALL

■^^

1 INCH

AIR-
SPACE

NAIL OR SCREW
ANCHOR

CLEARANCE
REDUCTION SYSTEM

1-INCH NONCOMBUSTIBLE SPACER SUCH AS STACKED WASHERS, SMALL-
DIAMETER PIPE, TUBING OR ELECTRICAL CONDUIT.

MASONRY WALLS CAN BE ATTACHED TO COMBUSTIBLE WALLS USING WALL TIES.

DO NOT USE SPACERS DIRECTLY BEHIND APPLIANCE OR CONNECTOR.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE G2409.2(2) [308.2(2)]
WALL PROTECTOR CLEARANCE REDUCTION SYSTEM

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

375

FUEL GAS

«KiW MINIMUM
M«»OWAJ»>D

ccKgusnaewAU,

mrm* «© top (mm.

OFeRSOtSSTAQQERED
FORV0rtllATK)N

A Strap OF HEAVy-GAUCE STCQ.
US© FCfl ADDED SUPPCSr

KOIB DO KOT PWC6 ^«aMW
WALL TIES DiRECTLYBEWaH

fprnrnm m coNNECTon

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE G240g.2(3) [308.2(3)]
MASONRY CLEARANCE REDUCTION SYSTEM

G2409.3.1 (308.3.1) Appliances installed in rooms that
are large in comparison with the size of the appliances.

Air-conditioning appliances installed in rooms that are large
in comparison with the size of the appliance shall be
installed with clearances in accordance with the manufac-
turer's instructions.

G2409.3.2 (308.3.2) Appliances installed in rooms that
are not large in comparison with the size of the appli-
ances. Air-conditioning appliances installed in rooms that
are not large in comparison with the size of the appliance,
such as alcoves and closets, shall be hsted for such installa-
tions and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions. Listed clearances shall not be reduced by the
protection methods described in Table G2409.2, regardless
of whether the enclosure is of combustible or
noncombustible material.

G2409.3.3 (308.3.3) Clearance reduction. Air-condition-
ing appliances installed in rooms that are large in compari-
son with the size of the appliance shall be permitted to be
installed with reduced clearances to combustible material,
provided the combustible material or appliance is protected
as described in Table G2409.2.

G2409.3.4 (308.3.4) Plenum clearances. Where the fur-
nace plenum is adjacent to plaster on metal lath or
noncombustible material attached to combustible material,
the clearance shall be measured to the surface of the plaster
or other noncombustible finish where the clearance speci-
fied is 2 inches (51 mm) or less.

G2409.3.5 (308.3.5) Clearance from supply ducts.

Air-conditioning appliances shall have the clearance from
supply ducts within 3 feet (914 mm) of the furnace plenum
be not less than that specified from the furnace plenum.
Clearance is not necessary beyond this distance.

G2409.4 (308.4) Central heating boilers and furnaces.

Clearance requirements for central -heating boilers and fur-
naces shall comply with Sections G2409.4.1 through
G2409.4.6. The clearance to these apphances shall not inter-
fere with combustion air; draft hood clearance and relief; and
accessibility for servicing.

G2409.4.1 (308.4.1) Appliances installed in rooms that
are large in comparison with the size of the appliances.

Central-heating furnaces and low-pressure boilers installed
in rooms large in comparison with the size of the appliance
shall be installed with clearances in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.

G2409.4.2 (308.4.2) Apphances installed in rooms that
are not large in comparison with the size of the appli-
ances. Central-heating furnaces and low-pressure boilers
installed in rooms that are not large in comparison with the
size of the appliance, such as alcoves and closets, shall be
listed for such installations. Listed clearances shall not be
reduced by the protection methods described in Table
G2409.2 and illustrated in Figures G2409.2(l) through
G2409.2(3), regardless of whether the enclosure is of com-
bustible or noncombustible material.

G2409.4.3 (308.4.3) Clearance reduction. Central heating
furnaces and low-pressure boilers installed in rooms that are
large in comparison with the size of the equipment shall be
permitted to be installed with reduced clearances to com-
bustible material provided the combustible material or
equipment is protected as described in Table G2409.2.

G2409.4.4 (308.4.5) Plenum clearances. Where the fur-
nace plenum is adjacent to plaster on metal lath or
noncombustible material attached to combustible material,
the clearance shall be measured to the surface of the plaster
or other noncombustible finish where the clearance speci-
fied is 2 inches (51 mm) or less.

G2409.4.5 (308.4.6) Clearance from supply ducts. Cen-
tral-heating furnaces shall have the clearance from supply
ducts within 3 feet (914 mm) of the furnace plenum be not
less than that specified from the furnace plenum. No clear-
ance is necessary beyond this distance.

G2409.4.6 (308.4.4) Clearance for servicing appliances.

Front clearance shall be sufficient for servicing the burner
and the furnace or boiler.

SECTION G241 0(309)
ELECTRICAL

G2410.1 (309.1) Grounding. Gas piping shall not be used as a
grounding electrode.

G2410.2 (309.2) Connections. Electrical connections
between gas utilization equipment and the building wiring,
including the grounding of the equipment, shall conform to
Chapters 33 through 42.

376

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

FUEL GAS

TABLE G2409.2 (308.2)^ "'^°"9^ ■*
REDUCTION OF CLEARANCES WITH SPECIFIED FORMS OF PROTECTION

TYPE OF PROTECTION APPLIED TO

AND COVERING ALL SURFACES OF COMBUSTIBLE

MATERIAL WITHIN THE DISTANCE SPECIFIED AS THE

REQUIRED CLEARANCE WITH NO PROTECTION

[see Figures G2409.2(1), G2409.2(2), and G2409.2(3)]

WHERE THE REQUIRED CLEARANCE WITH NO PROTECTION FROM
APPLIANCE, VENT CONNECTOR, OR SINGLE-WALL METAL PIPE IS: (inches)

Allowable clearances with specified protection (inches)

Use Column 1 for clearances above appliance or horizontal connector. Use Column 2
for clearances from appliance, vertical connector, and single-wall metal pipe.

Above
Col. 1

Sides

and rear

Col. 2

Above
Col. 1

Sides

and rear

Col. 2

Above
Col. 1

Sides

and rear

Col. 2

Above
Col. 1

Sides

and rear

Col. 2

Above
Col. 1

Sides

and rear

Col. 2

1. SVj-inch-thick masonry wall without ventilated air-
space

—

2. 'A-inch insulation board over 1-inch glass fiber or
mineral wool batts

3 . 0.024-inch (nominal 24 gage) sheet metal over 1 -inch
glass fiber or mineral wool batts reinforced with wire
on rear face with ventilated airspace

4. S'A-inch-thick masonry wall with ventilated air-
space

—

5. 0.024-inch (nominal 24 gage) sheet metal with ven-
tilated airspace

6. 'A-inch-thick insulation board with ventilated air-
space

7. 0.024-inch (nominal 24 gage) sheet metal with ven-
tilated airspace over 0.024-inch (nominal 24 gage)
sheet metal with ventilated airspace

8. 1-inch glass fiber or mineral wool batts sandwiched
between two sheets 0.024-inch (nominal 24 gage)
sheet metal with ventilated airspace

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, °C = [(°F - 32)/l .8], 1 pound per cubic foot = 16.02 kgAn^, 1 Btu per inch per square foot per hour per °F - 0.144 WAn^ x K.

a. Reduction of clearances from combustible materials shall not interfere with combustion air, draft hood clearance and relief, and accessibility of servicing.

b. All clearances shall be measured from the outer surface of the combustible material to the nearest point on the surface of the appliance, disregarding any interven-
ing protection applied to the combustible material.

c. Spacers and ties shall be of noncombustible material. No spacer or tie shall be used directly opposite an appliance or connector

d. For all clearance reduction systems using a ventilated airspace, adequate provision for air circulation shall be provided as described [see Figures G2409.2(2) and
G2409.2(3)].

e. There shall be at least 1 inch between clearance reduction systems and combustible walls and ceilings for reduction systems using ventilated airspace.

f. Where a wall protector is mounted on a single flat wall away from comers, it shall have a minimum 1-inch air gap. To provide air circulation, the bottom and top
edges, or only the side and top edges, or all edges shall be left open.

g. Mineral wool batts (blanket or board) shall have a minimum density of 8 pounds per cubic foot and a minimum melting point of 1500°E

h. Insulation material used as part of a clearance reduction system shall have a thermal conductivity of 1.0 Btu per inch per square foot per hour per °F or less,
i. There shall be at least 1 inch between the appliance and the protector. In no case shall the clearance between the appliance and the combustible surface be reduced

below that allowed in this table,
j. All clearances and thicknesses are minimum; larger clearances and thicknesses are acceptable,
k. Listed single-wall connectors shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

SECTION G2411 (310)
ELECTRICAL BONDING

G2411.1 (310.1) Gas pipe bonding. Each above-ground por-
tion of a gas piping system that is likely to become energized
shall be electrically continuous and bonded to an effective
ground-fault current path. Gas piping shall be considered to be
bonded where it is connected to appliances that are connected
to the equipment grounding conductor of the circuit supplying
that appliance.

SECTION G241 2 (401)
GENERAL

G2412.1 (401.1) Scope. This section shall govern the design,
installation, modification and maintenance of piping systems.
The appHcability of this code to piping systems extends from
the point of delivery to the connections with the equipment and
includes the design, materials, components, fabrication,
assembly, installation, testing, inspection, operation and main-
tenance of such piping systems.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

377

FUEL GAS

G2412.1.1 (401.1.1) Utility piping systems located
within buildings. Utility service piping located within
buildings shall be installed in accordance with the structural
safety and fire protection provisions of this code.

G2412.2 (401.2) Liquefied petroleum gas storage. The stor-
age system for liquefied petroleum gas shall be designed and
installed in accordance with the International Fire Code and
NFPA 58.

G2412.3 (401.3) Modifications to existing systems. In modi-
fying or adding to existing piping systems, sizes shall be main-
tained in accordance with this chapter.

G2412.4 (401.4) Additional appliances. Where an additional
appliance is to be served, the existing piping shall be checked to
determine if it has adequate capacity for all appliances served.
If inadequate, the existing system shall be enlarged as required
or separate piping of adequate capacity shall be provided.

G2412.5 (401.5) Identification. For other than steel pipe,
exposed piping shall be identified by a yellow label marked
"Gas" in black letters. The marking shall be spaced at intervals
not exceeding 5 feet (1524 mm). The marking shall not be
required on pipe located in the same room as the equipment
served.

G2412.6 (401.6) Interconnections. Where two or more
meters are installed on the same premises, but supply separate
consumers, the piping systems shall not be interconnected on
the outlet side of the meters.

G2412.7 (401.7) Piping meter identification. Piping from
multiple meter installations shall be marked with an approved
permanent identification by the installer so that the piping sys-
tem supplied by each meter is readily identifiable.

G2412.8 (401.8) Minimum sizes. All pipe utilized for the
installation, extension and alteration of any piping system shall
be sized to supply the full number of outlets for the intended
purpose and shall be sized in accordance with Section G2413.

SECTION G241 3 (402)
PIPE SIZING

G2413.1 (402.1) General considerations. Piping systems
shall be of such size and so installed as to provide a supply of
gas sufficient to meet the maximum demand without undue
loss of pressure between the point of delivery and the appli-
ance.

G2413.2 (402.2) Maximum gas demand. The volume of gas
to be provided, in cubic feet per hour, shall be determined
directly from the manufacturer's input ratings of the appliances
served. Where an input rating is not indicated, the gas supplier,
appliance manufacturer or a qualified agency shall be con-
tacted, or the rating from Table G2413.2 shall be used for esti-
mating the volume of gas to be supplied.

The total connected hourly load shall be used as the basis for
pipe sizing, assuming that all appliances could be operating at
full capacity simultaneously. Where a diversity of load can be
established, pipe sizing shall be permitted to be based on such
loads.

TABLE G241 3.2 (402.2)
APPROXIMATE GAS INPUT FOR TYPICAL APPLIANCES

APPLIANCE

INPUT BTU/H
(Approx.)

Space Heating Units

Hydronic boiler

Single family

Multifamily, per unit
Warm-air furnace

Single family

Multifamily, per unit

100,000
60,000

Space and Water Heating Units

Hydronic boiler
Single family
Multifamily, per unit

120,000
75,000

Water Heating Appliances

Water heater, automatic instantaneous

Capacity at 2 gal./minute

Capacity at 4 gal./minute

Capacity at 6 gal./minute

Water heater, automatic storage, 30- to
40-gal. tank

Water heater, automatic storage, 50-gal. tank

Water heater, domestic, circulating or
side-arm

142,800
285,000
428,400

35,000

50,000

35,000

Cooking Appliances

Built-in oven or broiler unit, domestic
Built-in top unit, domestic
Range, free-standing, domestic

25,000
40,000
65,000

Other Appliances

Barbecue

Clothes dryer, Type 1 (domestic)

Gas fireplace, direct vent

Gas light

Gas log

Refrigerator

40,000
35,000
40,000

2,500
80,000

3,000

For SI: 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.293 W; 1 gallon = 3.785 L,
1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m.

G2413.3 (402.3) Sizing. Gas piping shall be sized in accor-
dance with one of the following:

1 . Pipe sizing tables or sizing equations in accordance with
Section G24 13. 4.

2. The sizing tables included in a listed piping system's
manufacturer's installation instructions.

3. Other approved engineering methods.

378

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

FUEL GAS

G2413.4 (402.4) Sizing tables and equations. Where Tables
G2413.4(l) through G2413.4(8) are used to size piping or tub-
ing, the pipe length shall be determined in accordance with
Section G2413.4.1, G2413.4.2 or G2413.4.3.

Where Equations 24-3 and 24-4 are used to size piping or
tubing, the pipe or tubing shall have smooth inside walls and
the pipe length shall be determined in accordance with Section
G2413.4.1, G2413.4.2 or G2413.4.3.

1. Low-pressure gas equation [Less than 1.5 pounds per
square inch (psi) (10.3 kPa)]:

^0.381

D = (Equation 24-3)

19.17

CxL

2. High-pressure gas equation [1.5 psi (10.3 kPa) and
above]:

18.93

(P.'-P.')

CxL

(Equation 24-4)

where:
D =

Q =

Inside diameter of pipe, inches (mm).

Input rate appliance(s), cubic feet per hour at 60°F
(16°C) and 30-inch mercury column.

Pi = Upstream pressure, psia (P^ + 14.7).

P2 = Downstream pressure, psia {P2 + 14.7).

L = Equivalent length of pipe, feet.

AH= Pressure drop, inch water column (27.7 inch water
column = 1 psi).

TABLE G241 3.4 (402.4)

C, AND /VALUES FOR NATURAL GAS AND

UNDILUTED PROPANE AT STANDARD CONDITIONS

GAS

EQUATION FACTORS

Natural gas

0.6094

0.9992

Undiluted propane

1.2462

0.9910

For SI: 1 cubic foot = 0.028 m^, 1 foot = 305 mm, 1 inch water column =
0.249 kPa, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1 British thermal
unit per hour - 0.293 W.

G2413.4.1 (402.4.1) Longest length method. The pipe
size of each section of gas piping shall be determined using
the longest length of piping from the point of delivery to the
most remote outlet and the load of the section.

G2413.4.2 (402.4.2) Branch length method. Pipe shall be
sized as follows:

1 . Pipe size of each section of the longest pipe run from
the point of delivery to the most remote outlet shall be

determined using the longest run of piping and the
load of the section.

2 . The pipe size of each section of branch piping not pre-
viously sized shall be determined using the length of
piping from the point of delivery to the most remote
outlet in each branch and the load of the section.

G2413.4.3 (402.4.3) Hybrid pressure. The pipe size for
each section of higher pressure gas piping shall be deter-
mined using the longest length of piping from the point of
delivery to the most remote line pressure regulator. The pipe
size from the line pressure regulator to each outlet shall be
determined using the length of piping from the regulator to
the most remote outlet served by the regulator.

G2413.5 (402.5) Allowable pressure drop. The design pres-
sure loss in any piping system under maximum probable flow
conditions, from the point of delivery to the inlet connection of
the appliance, shall be such that the supply pressure at the
appliance is greater than the minimum pressure required for
proper appliance operation.

G2413.6 (402.6) Maximum design operating pressure. The

maximum design operating pressure for piping systems
located inside buildings shall not exceed 5 pounds per square
inch gauge (psig) (34 kPa gauge) except where one or more of
the following conditions are met:

1. The piping system is welded.

2. The piping is located in a ventilated chase or otherwise
enclosed for protection against accidental gas accumula-
tion.

3 . The piping is a temporary installation for buildings under
construction.

G2413.6.1 (402.6.1) Liquefied petroleum gas systems.

The operating pressure for undiluted LP-gas systems shall
not exceed 20 psig (140 kPa gauge). Buildings having sys-
tems designed to operate below -5°F (-21°C) or with butane
or a propane-butane mix shall be designed to either accom-
modate liquid LP-gas or prevent LP-gas vapor from con-
densing into a liquid.

SECTION G241 4 (403)
PIPING MATERIALS

G2414.1 (403.1) General. Materials used for piping systems
shall comply with the requirements of this chapter or shall be
approved.

G2414.2 (403.2) Used materials. Pipe, fittings, valves or other
materials shall not be used again unless they are free of foreign
materials and have been ascertained to be adequate for the ser-
vice intended.

G2414.3 (403.3) Other materials. Material not covered by the
standards specifications listed herein shall be investigated and
tested to determine that it is safe and suitable for the proposed
service, and, in addition, shall be recommended for that service
by the manufacturer and shall be approved by the code official.

G2414.4 (403.4) Metallic pipe. Metallic pipe shall comply
with Sections G2414.4.1 and G2414.4.2.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

379

FUEL GAS

TABLE G241 3.4(1) [402.4(2)]
SCHEDULE 40 METALLIC PIPE

Gas

Natural

Inlet Pressure

Less than 2 psi

Pressure Drop

0.5

in. w.c.

Specific Gravity

0.60

PIPE SIZE (Inch)

Nominal

IV4

IV2

2V2

Actual ID

0.622

0.824

1.049

1.380

1.610

2.067

2.469

3.068

4.026

5.047

6.065

7.981

10.020

11.938

Length (ft)

Capacity

n Cubic Feet of Gas per Hour

172

360

678

1,390

2,090

4,020

6,400

11,300

23,100

41,800

67,600

139,000

252,000

399,000

118

247

466

957

1,430

2,760

4,400

7,780

15,900

28,700

46,500

95,500

173,000

275,000

199

374

768

1,150

2,220

3,530

6,250

12,700

23,000

37,300

76,700

139,000

220,000

170

320

657

985

1,900

3,020

5,350

10,900

19,700

31,900

65,600

119,000

189,000

151

284

583

873

1,680

2,680

4,740

9,660

17,500

28,300

58,200

106,000

167,000

137

257

528

791

1,520

2,430

4,290

8,760

15,800

25,600

52,700

95,700

152,000

126

237

486

728

1,400

2,230

3,950

8,050

14,600

23,600

48,500

88,100

139,000

117

220

452

677

1,300

2,080

3,670

7,490

13,600

22,000

45,100

81,900

130,000

110

207

424

635

1,220

1,950

3,450

7,030

12,700

20,600

42,300

76,900

122,000

100

104

195

400

600

1,160

1,840

3,260

6,640

12,000

19,500

40,000

72,600

115,000

125

173

355

532

1,020

1,630

2,890

5,890

10,600

17,200

35,400

64,300

102,000

150

157

322

482

928

1,480

2,610

5,330

9,650

15,600

32,100

58,300

92,300

175

144

296

443

854

1,360

2,410

4,910

8,880

14,400

29,500

53,600

84,900

200

134

275

412

794

1,270

2,240

4,560

8,260

13,400

27,500

49,900

79,000

250

119

244

366

704

1,120

1,980

4,050

7,320

11,900

24,300

44,200

70,000

300

108

221

331

638

1,020

1,800

3,670

6,630

10,700

22,100

40,100

63,400

350

203

305

587

935

1,650

3,370

6,100

9,880

20,300

36,900

58,400

400

189

283

546

870

1,540

3,140

5,680

9,190

18,900

34,300

54,300

450

177

266

512

816

1,440

2,940

5,330

8,620

17,700

32,200

50,900

500

168

251

484

771

1,360

2,780

5,030

8,150

16,700

30,400

48,100

550

159

239

459

732

1,290

2,640

4,780

7,740

15,900

28,900

45,700

600

152

228

438

699

1,240

2,520

4,560

7,380

15,200

27,500

43,600

650

145

218

420

669

1,180

2,410

4,360

7,070

14,500

26,400

41,800

700

140

209

403

643

1,140

2,320

4,190

6,790

14,000

25,300

40,100

750

135

202

389

619

1,090

2,230

4,040

6,540

13,400

24,400

38,600

800

130

195

375

598

1,060

2,160

3,900

6,320

13,000

23,600

37,300

850

126

189

363

579

1,020

2,090

3,780

6,110

12,600

22,800

36,100

900

122

183

352

561

992

2,020

3,660

5,930

12,200

22,100

35,000

950

118

178

342

545

963

1,960

3,550

5,760

11,800

21,500

34,000

1,000

115

173

333

530

937

1,910

3,460

5,600

11,500

20,900

33,100

1,100

109

164

316

503

890

1,810

3,280

5,320

10,900

19,800

31,400

1,200

104

156

301

480

849

1,730

3,130

5,070

10,400

18,900

30,000

1,300

100

150

289

460

813

1,660

3,000

4,860

9,980

18,100

28,700

1,400

144

277

442

781

1,590

2,880

4,670

9,590

17,400

27,600

1,500

139

267

426

752

1,530

2,780

4,500

9,240

16,800

26,600

1,600

134

258

411

727

1,480

2,680

4,340

8,920

16,200

25,600

1,700

130

250

398

703

1,430

2,590

4,200

8,630

15,700

24,800

1,800

126

242

386

682

1,390

2,520

4,070

8,370

15,200

24,100

1,900

122

235

375

662

1,350

2,440

3,960

8,130

14,800

23,400

2,000

119

229

364

644

1,310

2,380

3,850

7,910

14,400

22,700

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch := 6.895 kPa, 1-inch water column - 0.2488 kPa,

1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, 1 cubic foot per hour = 0.0283 m'/h, 1 degree = 0.01745 rad.
Notes:

1. NA means a flow of less than 10 cfh.

2. All table entries have been rounded to three significant digits.

380

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FUEL GAS

TABLE G241 3.4(2) [402.4(3)]
SCHEDULE 40 METALLIC PIP

Gas

Natural

Inlet Pressure

2.0 psi

Pressure Drop

1.0 psi

Specific Gravity

0.60

PIPE SIZE (inch)

Nominal

'/2

IV4

IV2

2V2

Actual ID

0.622

0.824

1.049

1.380

1.610

2.067

2.469

3.068

4.026

Length (ft)

Capacity in Cubic Feet of Gas per Hour

1,510

3,040

5,560

11,400

17,100

32,900

52,500

92,800

189,000

1,070

2,150

3,930

8,070

12,100

23,300

37,100

65,600

134,000

869

1,760

3,210

6,590

9,880

19,000

30,300

53,600

109,000

753

1,520

2,780

5,710

8,550

16,500

26,300

46,400

94,700

673

1,360

2,490

5,110

7,650

14,700

23,500

41,500

84,700

615

1,240

2,270

4,660

6,980

13,500

21,400

37,900

77,300

569

1,150

2,100

4,320

6,470

12,500

19,900

35,100

71,600

532

1,080

1,970

4,040

6,050

11,700

18,600

32,800

67,000

502

1,010

1,850

3,810

5,700

11,000

17,500

30,900

63,100

100

462

934

1,710

3,510

5,260

10,100

16,100

28,500

58,200

125

414

836

1,530

3,140

4,700

9,060

14,400

25,500

52,100

150

372

751

1,370

2,820

4,220

8,130

13,000

22,900

46,700

175

344

695

1,270

2,601

3,910

7,530

12,000

21,200

43,300

200

318

642

1,170

2,410

3,610

6,960

11,100

19,600

40,000

250

279

583

1,040

2,140

3,210

6,180

9,850

17,400

35,500

300

253

528

945

1,940

2,910

5,600

8,920

15,800

32,200

350

232

486

869

1,790

2,670

5,150

8,210

14,500

29,600

400

216

452

809

1,660

2,490

4,790

7,640

13,500

27,500

450

203

424

759

1,560

2,330

4,500

7,170

12,700

25,800

500

192

401

717

1,470

2,210

4,250

6,770

12,000

24,400

550

182

381

681

1,400

2,090

4,030

6,430

11,400

23,200

600

174

363

650

1,330

2,000

3,850

6,130

10,800

22,100

650

166

348

622

1,280

1,910

3,680

5,870

10,400

21,200

700

160

334

598

1,230

1,840

3,540

5,640

9,970

20,300

750

154

322

576

1,180

1,770

3,410

5,440

9,610

19,600

800

149

311

556

1,140

1,710

3,290

5,250

9,280

18,900

850

144

301

538

1,100

1,650

3,190

5,080

■ 8,980

18,300

900

139

292

522

1,070

1,600

3,090

4,930

8,710

17,800

950

135

283

507

1,040

1,560

3,000

4,780

8,460

17,200

1,000

132

275

493

1,010

1,520

2,920

4,650

8,220

16,800

1,100

125

262

468

960

1,440

2,770

4,420

7,810

15,900

1,200

119

250

446

917

1,370

2,640

4,220

7,450

15,200

1,300

114

239

427

878

1,320

2,530

4,040

7,140

14,600

1,400

110

230

411

843

1,260

2,430

3,880

6,860

14,000

1,500

106

221

396

812

1,220

2,340

3,740

6,600

13,500

1,600

102

214

382

784

1,180

2,260

3,610

6,380

13,000

1,700

207

370

759

1,140

2,190

3,490

6,170

12,600

1,800

200

358

736

1,100

2,120

3,390

5,980

12,200

1,900

195

348

715

1,070

2,060

3,290

5,810

11,900

2,000

189

339

695

1,040

2,010

3,200

5,650

11,500

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot == 304.8 mm,

1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.293

Note: All table entries have been rounded to three si

1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1-inch water column = 0.2488 kPa,
1 W, 1 cubic foot per hour = 0.0283 m'/h, 1 degree = 0.01745 rad.
gnificant digits.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

381

FUEL GAS

TABLE G241 3.4(3) [402.4(7)]
SEMIRIGID COPPER TUBING

Gas

Natural

Inlet Pressure

Less than 2 psi

Pressure Drop

0.5 in. w.c.

Specific Gravity

0.60

TUBE SIZE (inch)

Nominal

K&L

'/2

1V4

1V2

ACR

iVs

1^/8

—

Outside

0.375

0.500

0.625

0.750

0.875

1.125

1.375

1.625

2.125

Inside

0.305

0.402

0.527

0.652

0.745

0.995

1.245

1.481

1.959

Length (ft)

Capacity in Cubic Feet of Gas per Hour

111

195

276

590

1,060

1,680

3,490

134

190

406

730

1,150

2,400

107

152

326

586

925

1,930

131

279

502

791

1,650

116

247

445

701

1,460

105

224

403

635

1,320

206

371

585

1,220

192

345

544

1,130

180

324

510

1,060

100

170

306

482

1,000

125

151

271

427

890

150

136

245

387

806

175

125

226

356

742

200

117

210

331

690

250

103

186

294

612

300

169

266

554

350

155

245

510

400

144

228

474

450

135

214

445

500

128

202

420

550

122

192

399

600

116

183

381

650

111

175

365

700

107

168

350

750

NA ■

103

162

338

800

156

326

850

151

315

900

147

306

950

143

297

1,000

139

289

1,100

132

274

1,200

126

262

1,300

120

251

1,400

116

241

1,500

111

232.

1,600

108

224

1,700

104

217

1,800

101

210

1,900

204

2,000

199

For SI: 1 inch - 25 A mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1-inch water column = 0.2488 kPa,

1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, 1 cubic foot per hour = 0.0283 m'/h, 1 degree = 0.01745 rad.
Notes:

1. Table capacities are based on Type K copper tubing inside diameter (shown), which has the smallest inside diameter of the copper tubing products.

2. NA means a flow of less than 10 cfh.

3. All table entries have been rounded to three significant digits.

382

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

FUEL GAS

Gas

Natural

TABLE G241 3.4(4) [402.4(10)]
SEMIRIGID COPPER TUBING

Inlet Pressure

2.0 psi

Pressure Drop

1.0 psi

Specific Gravity

0.60

TUBE SIZE (inch)

Nominal

K&L

1V4

I'll

ACR

I'/s

Outside

0.375

0.500

0.625

0.750

0.875

1.125

1.375

1.625

2.125

Inside

0.305

0.402

0.527

0.652

0.745

0.995

1.245

1.481

1.959

Length (ft)

Capacity in Cubic Feet of Gas per Hour

245

506

1,030

1,800

2,550

5,450

9,820

15,500

32,200

169

348

708

1,240

1,760

3,750

6,750

10,600

22,200

135

279

568

993

1,410

3,010

5,420

8,550

17,800

116

239

486

850

1,210

2,580

4,640

7,310

15,200

103

212

431

754

1,070

2,280

4,110

6,480

13,500

192

391

683

969

2,070

3,730

5,870

12,200

177

359

628

891

1,900

3,430

5,400

11,300

164

334

584

829

1,770

3,190

5,030

10,500

154

314

548

778

1,660

2,990

4,720

9,820

100

146

296

518

735

1,570

2,830

4,450

9,280

125

129

263

459

651

1,390

2,500

3,950

8,220

150

117

238

416

590

1,260

2,270

3,580

7,450

175

108

219

383

543

1,160

2,090

3,290

6,850

200

100

204

356

505

1,080

1,940

3,060

6,380

250

181

315

448

956

1,720

2,710

5,650

300

164

286

406

866

1,560

2,460

5,120

350

150

263

373

797

1,430

2,260

4,710

400

140

245

347

741

1,330

2,100

4,380

450

131

230

326

696

1,250

1,970

4,110

500

124

217

308

657

1,180

1,870

3,880

550

118

206

292

624

1,120

1,770

3,690

600

112

196

279

595

1,070

1,690

3,520

650

108

188

267

570

1,030

1,620

3,370

700

103

181

256

548

986

1,550

3,240

750

100

174

247

528

950

1,500

3,120

800

168

239

510

917

1,450

3,010

850

163

231

493

888

1,400

2,920

900

158

224

478

861

1,360

2,830

950

153

217

464

836

1,320

2,740

1,000

149

211

452

813

1,280

2,670

1,100

142

201

429

772

1,220

2,540

1,200

135

192

409

737

1,160

2,420

1,300

129

183

392

705

1,110

2,320

1,400

124

176

376

678

1,070

2,230

1,500

120

170

363

653

1,030

2,140

1,600

116

164

350

630

994

2,070

1,700

112

159

339

610

962

2,000

1,800

108

154

329

592

933

1,940

1,900

105

149

319

575

906

1,890

2,000

102

145

310

559

881

1,830

For SI:

Notes:

1 inch - 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1-inch water column = 0.2488 kPa,
I British thermal unit per hour = 0.293 1 W, 1 cubic foot per hour = 0.0283 m^/h, 1 degree = 0.01745 rad.

1. Table capacities are based on Type K copper tubing inside diameter (shown), which has the smallest inside diameter of the copper tubing products.

2. All table entries have been rounded to three signiiicant digits.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

383

FUEL GAS

Gas

Natural

TABLE G241 3.4(5) [402.4(13)]
CORRUGATED STAINLESS STEEL TUBING (CSST)

Inlet Pressure

Less than 2 psi

Pressure Drop

0.5 in. w.c.

Specific Gravity

0.60

TUBE SIZE (EHD)

Flow
Designation

Length (ft)

Capacity in Cubic Feet of Gas per Hour

115

134

225

270

471

546

895

1,790

2,070

3,660

4,140

161

192

330

383

639

1,260

1,470

2,600

2,930

132

157

267

310

524

1,030

1,200

2,140

2,400

116

137

231

269

456

888

1,050

1,850

2,080

104

122

206

240

409

793

936

1,660

1,860

112

188

218

374

723

856

1,520

1,700

162

188

325

625

742

1,320

1,470

144

168

292

559

665

1,180

1,320

131

153

267

509

608

1,080

1,200

121

141

248

471

563

1,000

1,110

113

132

232

440

527

940

1,040

107

125

219

415

498

887

983

100

101

118

208

393

472

843

933

150

171

320

387

691

762

200

148

277

336

600

661

250

133

247

301

538

591

300

226

275

492

540

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 ram, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895kPa, 1-inch water column = 0.2488 kPa,

1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, 1 cubic foot per hour = 0.0283 m^/h, 1 degree = 0.01745 rad.
Notes:

1 . Table includes losses for four 90-degree bends and two end fittings. Tubing runs with larger numbers of bends and/or fittings shall be increased by an equivalent
length of tubing to the following equation: L = 1.3«, where L is additional length (feet) of tubing and n is the number of additional fittings and/or bends.

2. EHD — Equivalent Hydraulic Diameter, which is a measure of the relative hydraulic efficiency between different tubing sizes. The greater the value of EHD, the
greater the gas capacity of the tubing.

3. All table entries have been rounded to three significant digits.

384

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FUEL GAS

Gas

^Jatural

TABLE G241 3.4(6) [402.4(16)]
CORRUGATED STAINLESS STEEL TUBING (CSST)

Inlet Pressure <

l.O psi

Pressure Drop

1.0 psi

Specific Gravity (

D.60

TUBE SIZE (EHD)

Flow
Designation

Length (ft)

Capacity in Cubic Feet of Gas per Hour

270

353

587

700

1,100

1,370

2,590

2,990

4,510

9,600

10,700

18,600

21,600

166

220

374

444

709

876

1,620

1,870

2,890

6,040

6,780

11,900

13,700

151

200

342

405

650

801

1,480

1,700

2,640

5,510

6,200

10,900

12,500

129

172

297

351

567

696

1,270

1,470

2,300

4,760

5,380

9,440

10,900

115

154

266

314

510

624

1,140

1,310

2,060

4,260

4,820

8,470

9,720

124

218

257

420

512

922

1,070

1,690

3,470

3,950

6,940

7,940

120

211

249

407

496

892

1,030

1,640

3,360

3,820

6,730

7,690

100

107

189

222

366

445

795

920

1,470

3,000

3,420

6,030

6,880

150

155

182

302

364

646

748

1,210

2,440

2,800

4,940

5,620

200

135

157

263

317

557

645

1,050

2,110

2,430

4,290

4,870

250

121

141

236

284

497

576

941

1,890

2,180

3,850

4,360

300

110

129

217

260

453

525

862

1,720

1,990

3,520

3,980

400

111

189

225

390

453

749

1,490

1,730

3,060

3,450

500

100

170

202

348

404

552

1,330

1,550

2,740

3,090

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895kPa, 1-inch water column = 0.2488 kPa,

1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W, 1 cubic foot per hour = 0.0283 m^/h, 1 degree = 0.01745 rad.
Notes:

1 . Table does not include effect of pressure drop across the line regulator. Where regulator loss exceeds V4 psi, DO NOT USE THIS TABLE. Consult with the regula-
tor manufacturer for pressure drops and capacity factors. Pressure drops across a regulator can vary with flow rate.

2. CAUTION: Capacities shown in the table might exceed maximum capacity for a selected regulator. Consult with the regulator or tubing manufacturer for guid-
ance.

3 . Table includes losses for four 90-degree bends and two end fittings. Tubing runs with larger numbers of bends and/or fittings shall be increased by an equivalent
length of tubing to the following equation: L = 1 .3n where L is additional length (feet) of tubing and n is the number of additional fittings and/or bends.

4. EHD — Equivalent Hydraulic Diameter, which is a measure of the relative hydraulic efficiency between different tubing sizes. The greater the value of EHD, the
greater the gas capacity of the tubing.

5. All table entries have been rounded to three significant digits.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

385

FUEL GAS

TABLE G241 3.4(7) [402.4(19)]
POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC PIPE

Gas

Inlet Pressure

Pressure Drop

Specific Gravity

Natural

Less than 2 psi

0.5 in. w.c.

0.60

PIPE SIZE (In.)

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.J

1 British thermal unit per hour =

Note: All table entries have been rounded

1 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1-inch water column = 0.2488
0.2931 W, 1 cubic foot per hour = 0.0283 m^/h, 1 degree = 0.01745 rad.
to three significant digits.

kPa,

Nominal OD

'/a

IV4

IV2

Designation

SDR 9.33

SDR 11.0

SDR 11.00

SDR 10.00

SDR 11.00

Actual ID

0.660

0.860

1.077

1.328

1.554

1.943

Length (ft)

Capacity in Cubic Feet of Gas per Hour

201

403

726

1,260

1,900

3,410

138

277

499

865

1,310

2,350

111

222

401

695

1,050

1,880

190

343

594

898

1,610

169

304

527

796

1,430

153

276

477

721

1,300

140

254

439

663

1,190

131

236

409

617

1,110

123

221

383

579

1,040

100

116

209

362

547

983

125

103

185

321

485

871

150

168

291

439

789

175

154

268

404

726

200

144

249

376

675

250

127

221

333

598

300

115

200

302

542

350

106

184

278

499

400

171

258

464

450

160

242

435

500

152

229

411

386

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

FUEL GAS

TABLE G241 3.4(8) [402.4(20)]
POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC PIPE

Gas

Natural

Inlet Pressure

2.0 psi

Pressure Drop

1 .0 psi

Specific Gravity

0.60

PIPE SIZE (in.)

Nominal OD

IV4

Designation

SDR 9.33

SDR 11.0

SDR 11.00

SDR 10.00

SDR 11.00

Actual ID

0.660

0.860

1.077

1.328

1.554

1.943

Length (ft)

Capacity in Cubic Feet of Gas per Hour

1,860

3,720

6,710

11,600

17,600

31,600

1,280

2,560

4,610

7,990

12,100

21,700

1,030

2,050

3,710

6,420

9,690

17,400

878

1,760

3,170

5,490

8,300

14,900

778

1,560

2,810

4,870

7,350

13,200

705

1,410

2,550

4,410

6,660

12,000

649

1,300

2,340

4,060

6,130

11,000

603

1,210

2,180

3,780

5,700

10,200

566

1,130

2,050

3,540

5,350

9,610

100

535

1,070

1,930

3,350

5,050

9,080

125

474

949

1,710

2,970

4,480

8,050

150

429

860

1,550

2,690

4,060

7,290

175

395

791

1,430

2,470

3,730

6,710

200

368

736

1,330

2,300

3,470

6,240

250

326

652

1,180

2,040

3,080

5,530

300

295

591

1,070

1,850

2,790

5,010

350

272

544

981

1,700

2,570

4,610

400

253

506

913

1,580

2,390

4,290

450

237

475

856

1,480

2,240

4,020

500

224

448

809

1,400

2,120

3,800

550

213

426

768

1,330

2,010

3,610

600

203

406

733

1,270

1,920

3,440

650

194

389

702

1,220

1,840

3,300

700

187

374

674

1,170

1,760

3,170

750

180

360

649

1,130

1,700

3,050

800

174

348

627

1,090

1,640

2,950

850

168

336

607

1,050

1,590

2,850

900

163

326

588

1,020

1,540

2,770

950

158

317

572

990

1,500

2,690

1,000

154

308

556

963

1,450

2,610

1,100

146

293

528

915

1,380

2,480

1,200

139

279

504

873

1,320

2,370

1,300

134

267

482

836

1,260

2,270

1,400

128

257

463

803

1,210

2,180

1,500

124

247

446

773

1,170

2,100

1,600

119

239

431

747

1,130

2,030

1,700

115

231

417

723

1,090

1,960

1,800

112

224

404

701

1,060

1,900

109

218

393

680

1,030

1,850

2,000

106

212

382

662

1,000

1,800

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa, 1-inch water column = 0.2488 kPa,

1 British thermal unit per hour - 0.2931 W, 1 cubic foot per hour = 0.0283 m'/h, 1 degree =:: 0.01745 rad.
Note: All table entries have been rounded to three significant digits.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

.®

387

FUEL GAS

G2414.4.1 (403.4.1) Cast iron. Cast-iron pipe shall not be
used.

G2414.4.2 (403.4.2) Steel. Steel and wrought-iron pipe
shall be at least of standard weight (Schedule 40) and shall
comply with one of the following:

1. ASMEB 36.10, lOM;

2. ASTM A 53; or

3. ASTM A 106.

G2414.5 (403.5) Metallic tubing. Seamless copper, alumi-
num alloy or steel tubing shall be permitted to be used with
gases not corrosive to such material.

G2414.5.1 (403.5.1) Steel tubing. Steel tubing shall com-
ply with ASTM A 539 or ASTM A 254.

G2414.5.2 (403.5.2) Copper tubing. Copper tubing shall
comply with standard Type K or L of ASTM B 88 or ASTM
B280.

Copper and brass tubing shall not be used if the gas con-
tains more than an average of 0.3 grains of hydrogen sulfide
per 100 standard cubic feet of gas (0.7 milligrams per 100
liters).

G2414.5.3 (403.5.4) Corrugated stainless steel tubing.

Corrugated stainless steel tubing shall be listed in accor-
dance with ANSI LC 1/CSA 6.26.

G2414.6 (403.6) Plastic pipe, tubing and fittings. Plastic
pipe, tubing and fittings used to supply fuel gas shall be used
outdoors, underground, only, and shall conform to ASTM D
2513. Pipe shall be marked "Gas" and "ASTM D 2513."

G2414.6.1 (403.6.1) Anodeless risers. Anodeless risers
shall comply with the following:

1. Factory-assembled anodeless risers shall be recom-
mended by the manufacturer for the gas used and
shall be leak-tested by the manufacturer in accor-
dance with written procedures.

2. Service head adapters and field-assembled anodeless
risers incorporating service head adapters shall be
recommended by the manufacturer for the gas used
by the manufacturer and shall be designed certified to
meet the requirements of Category I of ASTM D
2513, and U.S. Department of Transportation, Code
of Federal Regulations, Title 49, Part 192.281(e). The
manufacturer shall provide the user qualified installa-
tion instructions as prescribed by the U.S. Depart-
ment of Transportation, Code of Federal Regulations,
Title 49, Part 192.283(b).

G2414.6.2 (403.6.2) LP-gas systems. The use of plastic
pipe, tubing and fittings in undiluted liquefied petroleum
gas piping systems shall be in accordance with NFPA 58.

G2414.6.3 (403.6.3) Regulator vent piping. Plastic pipe,
tubing and fittings used to connect regulator vents to remote
vent terminations shall be of PVC conforming to UL 651.
PVC vent piping shall not be installed indoors.

G2414.7 (403.7) Workmanship and defects. Pipe or tubing
and fittings shall be clear and free from cutting burrs and defects

in structure or threading, and shall be thoroughly brushed, and
chip and scale blown.

Defects in pipe or tubing or fittings shall not be repaired.
Defective pipe, tubing or fittings shall be replaced. (See Sec-
tion G2417. 1.2.)

G2414.8 (403.8) Protective coating. Where in contact with
material or atmosphere exerting a corrosive action, metallic
piping and fittings coated with a corrosion-resistant material
shall be used. External or internal coatings or linings used on
piping or components shall not be considered as adding
strength.

G2414.9 (403.9) Metallic pipe threads. Metallic pipe and fit-
ting threads shall be taper pipe threads and shall comply with
ASMEB 1.20.1.

G2414.9.1 (403.9.1) Damaged threads. Pipe with threads
that are stripped, chipped, corroded or otherwise damaged
shall not be used. If a weld opens during the operation of
cutting or threading, that portion of the pipe shall not be
used.

G2414.9.2 (403.9.2) Number of threads. Field threading
of metalhc pipe shall be in accordance with Table
G2414.9.2.

TABLE G241 4.9.2 (403.9.2)
SPECIFICATIONS FOR THREADING METALLIC PIPE

IRON PIPE SIZE
(inches)

APPROXIMATE

LENGTH OF

THREADED PORTION

(inches)

APPROXIIVIATE NO. OF
THREADS TO BE CUT

IV4

IV2

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

G2414.9.3 (403.9.3) Thread compounds. Thread Goint)
compounds (pipe dope) shall be resistant to the action of liq-
uefied petroleum gas or to any other chemical constituents
of the gases to be conducted through the piping.

G2414.10 (403.10) Metallic piping joints and fittings. The

type of piping joint used shall be suitable for the pressure-tem-
perature conditions and shall be selected giving consideration
to joint tightness and mechanical strength under the service
conditions. The joint shall be able to sustain the maximum end
force due to the internal pressure and any additional forces due
to temperature expansion or contraction, vibration, fatigue, or
to the weight of the pipe and its contents.

G2414.10.1 (403.10.1) Pipe joints. Pipe joints shall be
threaded, flanged, brazed or welded. Where nonferrous
pipe is brazed, the brazing materials shall have a melting
point in excess of 1,000°F (538°C). Brazing alloys shall not
contain more than 0.05-percent phosphorus.

G2414.10.2 (403.10.2) Tubing joints. Tubing joints shall
either be made with approved gas tubing fittings or be
brazed with a material having a melting point in excess of

388

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

FUEL GAS

1 ,000°F (538°C). Brazing alloys shall not contain more than
0.05-percent phosphorus.

G2414.10.3 (403.10.3) Flared joints. Flared joints shall be
used only in systems constructed from nonferrous pipe and
tubing where experience or tests have demonstrated that the
joint is suitable for the conditions and where provisions are
made in the design to prevent separation of the joints.

G2414.10.4 (403.10.4) Metallic fittings. Metallic fittings,
including valves, strainers and filters shall comply with the
following:

1 . Fittings used with steel or wrought-iron pipe shall be
steel, brass, bronze, malleable iron, ductile iron or
cast iron.

2. Fittings used with copper or brass pipe shall be cop-
per, brass or bronze.

3. Cast-iron bushings shall be prohibited.

4. Special fittings. Fittings such as couplings,
proprietary-type joints, saddle tees, gland-type com-
pression fittings, and flared, flareless or compres-
sion-type tubing fittings shall be: used within the
fitting manufacturer's pressure-temperature recom-
mendations; used within the service conditions antici-
pated with respect to vibration, fatigue, thermal
expansion or contraction; installed or braced to pre-
vent separation of the joint by gas pressure or external
physical damage; and shall be approved.

G2414.il (403.11) Plastic piping, joints and fittings. Plastic
pipe, tubing and fittings shall be joined in accordance with the
manufacturers' instructions. Such joints shall comply with the
following:

1 . The joints shall be designed and installed so that the lon-
gitudinal pull-out resistance of the joints will be at least
equal to the tensile strength of the plastic piping material.

2. Heat-fusion joints shall be made in accordance with
qualified procedures that have been established and
proven by test to produce gas-tight joints at least as
strong as the pipe or tubing being joined. Joints shall be
made with the joining method recommended by the pipe
manufacturer. Heat fusion fittings shall be marked
"ASTMD2513."

3. Where compression-type mechanical joints are used, the
gasket material in the fitting shall be compatible with the
plastic piping and with the gas distributed by the system.
An internal tubular rigid stiffener shall be used in con-
junction with the fitting. The stiffener shall be flush with
the end of the pipe or tubing and shall extend at least to
the outside end of the compression fitting when installed.
The stiffener shall be free of rough or sharp edges and
shall not be a force fit in the plastic. Split tubular stiffen-
ers shall not be used.

4. Plastic piping joints and fittings for use in liquefied
petroleum gas piping systems shall be in accordance
with NFPA 58.

SECTION G241 5 (404)
PIPING SYSTEM INSTALLATION

G2415.1 (404.1) Prohibited locations. Piping shall not be
installed in or through a circulating air duct, clothes chute,
chimney or gas vent, ventilating duct, dumbwaiter or elevator
shaft. Piping installed downstream of the point of delivery shall
not extend through any townhouse unit other than the unit
served by such piping.

G2415.2 (404.2) Piping in solid partitions and walls. Con-
cealed piping shall not be located in solid partitions and solid
walls, unless installed in a chase or casing.

G2415.3 (404.3) Piping in concealed locations. Portions of a
piping system installed in concealed locations shall not have
unions, tubing fittings, right and left couphngs, bushings, com-
pression couplings, and swing joints made by combinations of
fittings.

Exceptions:

1. Tubingjoined by brazing.

2. Fittings listed for use in concealed locations.

G2415.4 (404.4) Piping through foundation wall. Under-
ground piping, where installed below grade through the outer
foundation or basement wall of a building, shall be encased in a
protective pipe sleeve. The annular space between the gas pip-
ing and the sleeve shall be sealed.

G2415.5 (404.5) Protection against physical damage. In

concealed locations, where piping other than black or galva-
nized steel is installed through holes or notches in wood studs,
joists, rafters or similar members less than 1.5 inches (38 mm)
from the nearest edge of the member, the pipe shall be pro-
tected by shield plates. Shield plates shall be a minimum of
Vig-inch-thick (1.6 mm) steel, shall cover the area of the pipe
where the member is notched or bored and shall extend a mini-
mum of 4 inches (102 mm) above sole plates, below top plates
and to each side of a stud, joist or rafter.

G2415.6 (404.6) Piping in solid floors. Piping in sohd floors
shall be laid in channels in the floor and covered in a manner
that will allow access to the piping with a minimum amount of
damage to the building. Where such piping is subject to expo-
sure to excessive moisture or corrosive substances, the piping
shall be protected in an approved manner. As an alternative to
installation in channels, the piping shall be installed in a con-
duit of Schedule 40 steel, wrought iron, PVC or ABS pipe with
tightly sealed ends and joints. Both ends of such conduit shall
extend not less than 2 inches (5 1 mm) beyond the point where
the pipe emerges from the floor. The conduit shall be vented
above grade to the outdoors and shall be installed so as to pre-
vent the entry of water and insects.

G2415.7 (404.7) Above-ground piping outdoors. All piping
installed outdoors shall be elevated not less than VI2 inches
(152 mm) above ground and where installed across roof sur-
faces, shall be elevated not less than VI2 inches (152 mm)
above the roof surface. Piping installed above ground, out-
doors, and installed across the surface of roofs shall be securely
supported and located where it will be protected from physical
damage. Where passing through an outside wall, the piping
shall also be protected against corrosion by coating or wrap-

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

389

FUEL GAS

ping with an inert material. Where piping is encased in a pro-
tective pipe sleeve, the annular space between the piping and
the sleeve shall be sealed.

G2415.8 (404.8) Protection against corrosion. Metallic pipe
or tubing exposed to corrosive action, such as soil condition or
moisture, shall be protected in an approved manner. Zinc coat-
ings (galvanizing) shall not be deemed adequate protection for
gas piping underground. Ferrous metal exposed in exterior
locations shall be protected from corrosion in a manner satis-
factory to the code official. Where dissimilar metals are joined
underground, an insulating coupling or fitting shall be used.
Piping shall not be laid in contact with cinders.

G2415.8.1 (404.8.1) Prohibited use. Uncoated threaded or
socket welded joints shall not be used in piping in contact
with soil or where internal or external crevice corrosion is
known to occur.

G2415.8.2 (404.8.2) Protective coatings and wrapping.

Pipe protective coatings and wrappings shall be approved
for the application and shall be factory applied.

Exception: Where installed in accordance with the man-
ufacturer's installation instructions, field application of
coatings and wrappings shall be permitted for pipe nip-
ples, fittings and locations where the factory coating or
wrapping has been damaged or necessarily removed at
joints.

G2415.9 (404.9) Minimum burial depth. Underground pip-
ing systems shall be installed a minimum depth of 12 inches
(305 mm) below grade, except as provided for in Section
G2415.9.1.

G2415.9.1 (404.9.1) Individual outside appliances. Indi-
vidual lines to outside lights, grills or other appliances shall
be installed a minimum of 8 inches (203 mm) below fin-
ished grade, provided that such installation is approved and
is installed in locations not susceptible to physical damage.

G2415.10 (404.10) Trenches. The trench shall be graded so
that the pipe has a firm, substantially continuous bearing on the
bottom of the trench.

G2415.il (404.11) Piping underground beneath buildings.

Piping installed underground beneath buildings is prohibited
except where the piping is encased in a conduit of wrought
iron, plastic pipe, or steel pipe designed to withstand the super-
imposed loads. Such conduit shall extend into an occupiable
portion of the building and, at the point where the conduit ter-
minates in the building, the space between the conduit and the
gas piping shall be sealed to prevent the possible entrance of
any gas leakage. If the end sealing is capable of withstanding
the full pressure of the gas pipe, the conduit shall be designed
for the same pressure as the pipe. Such conduit shall extend not
less than 4 inches (102 mm) outside the building, shall be
vented above grade to the outdoors, and shall be installed so as
prevent the entrance of water and insects. The conduit shall be
protected from corrosion in accordance with Section G2415.8.

G2415.12 (404.12) Outlet closures. Gas outlets that do not
connect to appliances shall be capped gas tight.

Exception: Listed and labeled flush-mounted-type
quick-disconnect devices and listed and labeled gas conve-

nience outlets shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions.

G2415.13 (404.13) Location of outlets. The unthreaded por-
tion of piping outlets shall extend not less than 1 inch (25 mm)
through finished ceilings and walls and where extending
through floors, outdoor patios and slabs, shall not be less than 2
inches (5 1 mm) above them. The outlet fitting or piping shall be
securely supported. Outlets shall not be placed behind doors.
Outlets shall be located in the room or space where the appli-
ance is installed.

Exception: Listed and labeled flush-mounted-type
quick-disconnect devices and listed and labeled gas conve-
nience outlets shall be installed in accordance with the man-
ufacturer's installation instructions.

G2415.14 (404.14) Plastic pipe. The installation of plastic
pipe shall comply with Sections G2415.14.1 through
G2415.14.3.

G2415.14.1 (404.14.1) Limitations. Plastic pipe shall be
installed outside underground only. Plastic pipe shall not be
used within or under any building or slab or be operated at
pressures greater than 100 psig (689 kPa) for natural gas or
30 psig (207 kPa) for LP gas.

Exceptions:

1 . Plastic pipe shall be permitted to terminate above
ground outside of buildings where installed in
premanufactured anodeless risers or service head
adapter risers that are installed in accordance with
that manufacturer's installation instructions.

2. Plastic pipe shall be permitted to terminate with a
wall head adapter within buildings where the plas-
tic pipe is inserted in a piping material for fuel gas
use in buildings.

G2415.14.2 (404.14.2) Connections. Connections made
outside and underground between metallic and plastic pip-
ing shall be made only with transition fittings categorized as
Category I in accordance with ASTM D 2513.

G2415.14.3 (404.14.3) Tracer. A yellow insulated copper
tracer wire or other approved conductor shall be installed
adjacent to underground nonmetallic piping. Access shall
be provided to the tracer wire or the tracer wire shall termi-
nate above ground at each end of the nonmetallic piping.
The tracer wire size shall not be less than 1 8 AWG and the
insulation type shall be suitable for direct burial.

G2415.15 (404.15) Prohibited devices. A device shall not be
placed inside the piping or fittings that will reduce the
cross-sectional area or otherwise obstruct the free flow of gas.

Exception: Approved gas filters.

G2415.16 (404.16) Testing of piping. Before any system of
piping is put in service or concealed, it shall be tested to ensure
that it is gas tight. Testing, inspection and purging of piping
systems shall comply with Section G2417.

390

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

FUEL GAS

SECTION G241 6 (405)
PIPING BENDS AND CHANGES IN DIRECTION

G2416.1 (405.1) General. Changes in direction of pipe shall
be permitted to be made by the use of fittings, factory bends or
field bends.

G2416.2 (405.2) Metallic pipe. Metallic pipe bends shall com-
ply with the following:

1. Bends shall be made only with bending tools and proce-
dures intended for that purpose.

2. All bends shall be smooth and free from buckling, cracks
or other evidence of mechanical damage.

3 . The longitudinal weld of the pipe shall be near the neutral
axis of the bend.

4. Pipe shall not be bent through an arc of more than 90
degrees (1.6 rad).

5 . The inside radius of a bend shall be not less than six times
the outside diameter of the pipe.

G2416.3 (405.3) Plastic pipe. Plastic pipe bends shall comply
with the following:

1 . The pipe shall not be damaged and the internal diameter
of the pipe shall not be effectively reduced.

2. Joints shall not be located in pipe bends.

3. The radius of the inner curve of such bends shall not be
less than 25 times the inside diameter of the pipe.

4. Where the piping manufacturer specifies the use of spe-
cial bending tools or procedures, such tools or proce-
dures shall be used.

SECTION G241 7 (406)
INSPECTION, TESTING AND PURGING

G2417.1 (406.1) General. Prior to acceptance and initial oper-
ation, all piping installations shall be inspected and pressure
tested to determine that the materials, design, fabrication, and
installation practices comply with the requirements of this
code.

G2417.1.1 (406.1.1) Inspections. Inspection shall consist
of visual examination, during or after manufacture, fabrica-
tion, assembly or pressure tests as appropriate.

G2417.1.2 (406.1.2) Repairs and additions. In the event
repairs or additions are made after the pressure test, the
affected piping shall be tested.

Minor repairs and additions are not required to be pres-
sure tested provided that the work is inspected and connec-
tions are tested with a noncorrosive leak-detecting fluid or
other approved leak-detecting methods.

G2417.1.3 (406.1.3) New branches. Where new branches
are installed to new appliances, only the newly installed
branches shall be required to be pressure tested. Connec-
tions between the new piping and the existing piping shall
be tested with a noncorrosive leak-detecting fluid or other
approved leak-detecting methods.

G2417.1.4 (406.1.4) Section testing. A piping system shall
be permitted to be tested as a complete unit or in sections.

Under no circumstances shall a valve in a hne be used as a
bulkhead between gasin one section of the piping system
and test medium in an adjacent section, unless two valves
are installed in series with a valved "tell-tale" located
between these valves. A valve shall not be subjected to the
test pressure unless it can be determined that the valve,
including the valve closing mechanism, is designed to
safely withstand the test pressure.

G2417.1.5 (406.1.5) Regulators and valve assemblies.

Regulator and valve assemblies fabricated independendy of
the piping system in which they are to be installed shall be
permitted to be tested with inert gas or air at the time of fab-
rication.

G2417.2 (406.2) Test medium. The test medium shall be air,
nitrogen, carbon dioxide or an inert gas. Oxygen shall not be
used.

G2417.3 (406.3) Test preparation. Pipe joints, including
welds, shall be left exposed for examination during the test.

Exception: Covered or concealed pipe end joints that have
been previously tested in accordance with this code.

G2417.3.1 (406.3.1) Expansion joints. Expansion joints
shall be provided with temporary restraints, if required, for
the additional thrust load under test.

G2417.3.2 (406.3.2) Equipment isolation. Equipment that
is not to be included in the test shall be either disconnected
from the piping or isolated by blanks, blind flanges or caps.

G2417.3.3 (406.3.3) Appliance and equipment discon-
nection. Where the piping system is connected to appli-
ances or equipment designed for operating pressures of less
than the test pressure, such appliances or equipment shall be
isolated from the piping system by disconnecting them and
capping the outlet(s).

G2417.3.4 (406.3.4) Valve isolation. Where the piping sys-
tem is connected to appliances or equipment designed for
operating pressures equal to or greater than the test pressure,
such appliances or equipment shall be isolated from the pip-
ing system by closing the individual appliance or equipment
shutoff valve(s).

G2417.3.5 (406.3.5) Testing precautions. All testing of
piping systems shall be done with due regard for the safety
of employees and the public during the test. Prior to testing,
the interior of the pipe shall be cleared of all foreign mate-
rial.

G2417.4 (406.4) Test pressure measurement. Test pressure
shall be measured with a manometer or with a pressure-mea-
suring device designed and calibrated to read, record, or indi-
cate a pressure loss caused by leakage during the pressure test
period. The source of pressure shall be isolated before the pres-
sure tests are made. Mechanical gauges used to measure test
pressures shall have a range such that the highest end of the
scale is not greater than five times the test pressure.

G2417.4.1 (406.4.1) Test pressure. The test pressure to be
used shall be not less than one and one-half times the pro-
posed maximum working pressure, but not less than 3 psig
(20 kPa gauge), irrespective of design pressure. Where the
test pressure exceeds 125 psig (862 kPa gauge), the test

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

391

FUEL GAS

pressure shall not exceed a value that produces a hoop stress
in the piping greater than 50 percent of the specified mini-
mum yield strength of the pipe.

G2417.4.2 (406.4.2) Test duration. The test duration shall
be not less than 10 minutes.

G2417.5 (406.5) Detection of leaks and defects. The piping
system shall withstand the test pressure specified without
showing any evidence of leakage or other defects. Any reduc-
tion of test pressures as indicated by pressure gauges shall be
deemed to indicate the presence of a leak unless such reduction
can be readily attributed to some other cause.

G2417.5.1 (406.5.1) Detection methods. The leakage shall
be located by means of an approved combustible gas detec-
tor, a noncorrosive leak detection fluid or an equivalent non-
flammable solution. Matches, candles, open flames or other
methods that could provide a source of ignition shall not be
used.

G2417.5.2 (406.5.2) Corrections. Where leakage or other
defects are located, the affected portion of the piping system
shall be repaired or replaced and retested.

G2417.6 (406.6) Piping system, appliance and equipment
leakage check. Leakage checking of systems and equipment
shall be in accordance with Sections G2417.6.1 through
G2417.6.4.

G2417.6.1 (406.6.1) Test gases. Fuel gas shall be permitted
to be used for leak checks in piping systems that have been
tested in accordance with Section G2417.

G2417.6.2 (406.6.2) Before turning gas on. Before gas is
introduced into a system of new gas piping, the entire sys-
tem shall be inspected to determine that there are no open
fittings or ends and that all valves at unused outlets are
closed and plugged or capped.

G2417.6.3 (406.6.3) Leak check. Immediately after the gas
is turned on into a new system or into a system that has been
initially restored after an interruption of service, the piping
system shall be checked for leakage. Where leakage is indi-
cated, the gas supply shall be shut off until the necessary
repairs have been made.

G2417.6.4 (406.6.4) Placing appHances and equipment
in operation. Appliances and equipment shall be permitted
to be placed in operation after the piping system has been
checked for leakage and determined to be free of leakage
and purged in accordance with Section G2417.7.2.

G2417.7 (406.7) Purging. Purging of piping shall comply with
Sections G2417.7.1 through G2417.7.4.

G2417.7.1 (406.7.1) Removal from service. When gas
piping is to be opened for servicing, addition or modifica-
tion, the section to be worked on shall be turned off from the
gas supply at the nearest convenient point, and the line pres-
sure vented to the outdoors, or to ventilated areas of suffi-
cient size to prevent accumulation of flammable mixtures.

G2417.7.2 (406.7.2) Placing in operation. When piping
full of air is placed in operation, the air in the piping shall be
displaced with fuel gas. The air can be safely displaced with
fuel gas provided that a moderately rapid and continuous

flow of fuel gas is introduced at one end of the line and air is
vented out at the other end. The fuel gas flow should be con-
tinued without interruption until the vented gas is free of air.
The point of discharge shall not be left unattended during
purging. After purging, the vent shall then be closed.

G2417.7.3 (406.7.3) Discharge of purged gases. The open
end of piping systems being purged shall not discharge into
confined spaces or areas where there are sources of ignition
unless precautions are taken to perform this operation in a
safe manner by ventilation of the space, control or purging
rate, and elimination of all hazardous conditions.

G2417.7.4 (406.7.4) Placing appliances and equipment
in operation. After the piping system has been placed in
operation, all appliances and equipment shall be purged and
then placed in operation, as necessary.

SECTION G241 8 (407)
PIPING SUPPORT

G2418.1 (407.1) General. Piping shall be provided with sup-
port in accordance with Section G2418.2.

G2418.2 (407.2) Design and installation. Piping shall be sup-
ported with pipe hooks, metal pipe straps, bands, brackets or
hangers suitable for the size of piping, of adequate strength and
quality, and located at intervals so as to prevent or damp out
excessive vibration. Piping shall be anchored to prevent undue
strains on connected equipment and shall not be supported by
other piping. Pipe hangers and supports shall conform to the
requirements of MSS SP-58 and shall be spaced in accordance
with Section G2424. Supports, hangers, and anchors shall be
installed so as not to interfere with the free expansion and con-
traction of the piping between anchors. All parts of the support-
ing equipment shall be designed and installed so they will not
be disengaged by movement of the supported piping.

SECTION G241 9 (408)
DRIPS AND SLOPED PIPING

G2419.1 (408.1) Slopes. Piping for other than dry gas condi-
tions shall be sloped not less than 0.25 inch in 1 5 feet (6.4 mm
in 4572 mm) to prevent traps.

G2419.2 (408.2) Drips. Where wet gas exists, a drip shall be
provided at any point in the line of pipe where condensate
could collect. A drip shall also be provided at the outlet of the
meter and shall be installed so as to constitute a trap wherein an
accumulation of condensate will shut off the flow of gas before
the condensate will run back into the meter.

G2419.3 (408.3) Location of drips. Drips shall be provided
with ready access to permit cleaning or emptying. A drip shall
not be located where the condensate is subject to freezing.

G2419.4 (408.4) Sediment trap. Where a sediment trap is not
incorporated as part of the gas utilization equipment, a sedi-
ment trap shall be installed downstream of the equipment shut-
off valve as close to the inlet of the equipment as practical. The
sediment trap shall be either a tee fitting with a capped nipple in
the bottom opening of the run of the tee or other device
approved as an effective sediment trap. Illuminating appli-

392

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

FUEL GAS

ances, ranges, clothes dryers and outdoor grills need not be so
equipped.

be installed in accordance with the appliance manufac-
turer's instructions.

SECTION G2420 (409)
GAS SHUTOFF VALVES

G2420.1 (409.1) General. Piping systems shall be provided
with shutoff valves in accordance with this section.

G2420.1.1 (409.1.1) Valve approval. Shutoff valves shall
be of an approved type; shall be constructed of materials
compatible with the piping; and shall comply with the stan-
dard that is applicable for the pressure and application, in
accordance with Table G2420.1.1.

G2420.1.2 (409.1.2) Prohibited locations. Shutoff valves
shall be prohibited in concealed locations and furnace ple-
nums.

G2420.1.3 (409.1.3) Access to shutoff valves. Shutoff
valves shall be located in places so as to provide access for
operation and shall be installed so as to be protected from
damage.

G2420.2 (409.2) Meter valve. Every meter shall be equipped
with a shutoff valve located on the supply side of the meter.

G2420.3 (409.3.2) Individual buildings. In a common system
serving more than one building, shutoff valves shall be
installed outdoors at each building.

G2420.4 (409.4) MP regulator valves. A listed shutoff valve
shall be installed immediately ahead of each MP regulator.

G2420.5 (409.5) Equipment shutoff valve. Each appliance
shall be provided with a shutoff valve separate from the appli-
ance. The shutoff valve shall be located in the same room as the
appliance, not further than 6 feet (1829 mm) from the appli-
ance, and shall be installed upstream from the union, connector
or quick disconnect device it serves. Such shutoff valves shall
be provided with access.

Exception: Shutoff valves for vented decorative appliances
and decorative appliances for installation in vented fire-
places shall not be prohibited from being installed in an area
remote from the appliance where such valves are provided
with ready access. Such valves shall be permanently identi-
fied and shall serve no other equipment.

G2420.5.1 (409.5.1) Shutoff valve in fireplace. Equip-
ment shutoff valves located in the firebox of a fireplace shall

SECTION G2421 (410)
FLOW CONTROLS

G2421.1 (410.1) Pressure regulators. A line pressure regula-
tor shall be installed where the appliance is designed to operate
at a lower pressure than the supply pressure. Line gas pressure
regulators shall be listed as complying with ANSI Z21.80.
Access shall be provided to pressure regulators. Pressure regu-
lators shall be protected from physical damage. Regulators
installed on the exterior of the building shall be approved for
outdoor installation.

G2421.2 (410.2) MP regulators. MP pressure regulators shall
comply with the following:

1 . The MP regulator shall be approved and shall be suitable
for the inlet and outlet gas pressures for the application.

2. The MP regulator shall maintain a reduced outlet pres-
sure under lockup (no-flow) conditions.

3. The capacity of the MP regulator, determined by pub-
lished ratings of its manufacturer, shall be adequate to
supply the appliances served.

4. The MP pressure regulator shall be provided with access.
Where located indoors, the regulator shall be vented to
the outdoors or shall be equipped with a leak-limiting
device, in either case complying with Section G2421 .3.

5. A tee fitting with one opening capped or plugged shall be
installed between the MP regulator and its upstream
shutoff valve. Such tee fitting shall be positioned to
allow connection of a pressure measuring instrument
and to serve as a sediment trap.

6. A tee fitting with one opening capped or plugged shall be
installed not less than 10 pipe diameters downstream of
the MP regulator outlet. Such tee fitting shall be posi-
tioned to allow connection of a pressure measuring
instrument.

G2421.3 (410.3) Venting of regulators. Pressure regulators
that require a vent shall be vented directiy to the outdoors. The
vent shall be designed to prevent the entry of insects, water and
foreign objects.

TABLE G2420.1.1
MANUAL GAS VALVE STANDARDS

VALVE STANDARDS

APPLIANCE SHUTOFF

VALVE APPLICATION UP

TO Vj psig PRESSURE

OTHER VALVE APPLICATIONS

UP TO Vj psig
PRESSURE

UP TO 2 psig
PRESSURE

UP TO 5 psig
PRESSURE

UP TO 125 psig
PRESSURE

ANSIZ21.15

—

CSA Requirement 3-88

—

ASMEB 16.44

ASMEB 16.33

For SI: 1 pound per square inch gauge = 6.895 kPa.

a. If labeled 2G.

b. If labeled 5G.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

393

FUEL GAS

Exception: A vent to the outdoors is not required for regula-
tors equipped with and labeled for utilization with an
approved vent-limiting device installed in accordance with
the manufacturer's instructions.

G2421.3.1 (410.3.1) Vent piping. Vent piping shall be not
smaller than the vent connection on the pressure regulating
device. Vent piping serving relief vents and combination
relief and breather vents shall be run independently to the
outdoors and shall serve only a single device vent. Vent pip-
ing serving only breather vents is permitted to be connected
in a manifold arrangement where sized in accordance with
an approved design that minimizes back pressure in the
event of diaphragm rupture.

SECTION G2422 (411)
APPLIANCE CONNECTIONS

G2422.1 (411.1) Connecting appliances. Apphances shall be
connected to the piping system by one of the following:

1. Rigid metallic pipe and fittings.

2. Corrugated stainless steel tubing (CSST) where installed
in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

3. Listed and labeled appliance connectors in compliance
with ANSI Z21.24 and installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions and located
entirely in the same room as the appliance.

4. Listed and labeled quick-disconnect devices used in con-
junction with listed and labeled appliance connectors.

5. Listed and labeled convenience outlets used in conjunc-
tion with listed and labeled appliance connectors.

6. Listed and labeled outdoor appliance connectors in com-
pliance with ANSI Z2L75/CSA 6.27 and installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions.

G2422.1.1 (411.1.2) Protection from damage. Connec-
tors and tubing shall be installed so as to be protected against
physical damage.

G2422.1.2 (411.1.3) Connector installation. Appliance
fuel connectors shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions and Sections G2422 1.2.1
through G2422. 1.2.4.

G2422.1.2.1 (411.1.3.1) Maximum length. Connectors
shall have an overall length not to exceed 3 feet (914
mm), except for range and domestic clothes dryer con-
nectors, which shall not exceed 6 feet (1 829 mm) in over-
all length. Measurement shall be made along the
centerline of the connector. Only one connector shall be
used for each appliance.

Exception: Rigid metallic piping used to connect an
appliance to the piping system shall be permitted to
have a total length greater than 3 feet (914 mm), pro-
vided that the connecting pipe is sized as part of the
piping system in accordance with Section 024 13 and
the location of the equipment shutoff valve complies
with Section O2420.5.

G2422. 1.2.2 (411.1.3.2) Minimum size. Connectors
shall have the capacity for the total demand of the con-
nected appliance.

G2422.1.2.3 (411.1.3.3) Prohibited locations and pen-
etrations. Connectors shall not be concealed within, or
extended through, walls, floors, partitions, ceilings or
appliance housings.

Exception: Fireplace inserts that are factory
equipped with grommets, sleeves or other means of
protection in accordance with the listing of the appli-
ance.

G2422.1.2.4 (411.1.3.4) Shutoff valve. A shutoff valve
not less than the nominal size of the connector shall be
installed ahead of the connector in accordance with Sec-
tion O2420.5.

G2422.1.3 (411.1.4) Movable appliances. Where appli-
ances are equipped with casters or are otherwise subject to
periodic movement or relocation for purposes such as rou-
tine cleaning and maintenance, such appliances shall be
connected to the supply system piping by means of an
approved flexible connector designed and labeled for the
application. Such flexible connectors shall be installed and
protected against physical damage in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions.

SECTION 02423(413)
CNG GAS-DISPENSING SYSTEMS

G2423.1 (413.1) General. Motor fuel-dispensing facilities for
CNO fuel shall be in accordance with Section 413 of the Inter-
national Fuel Gas Code.

SECTION 02424(415)
PIPING SUPPORT INTERVALS

G2424.1 (415.1) Interval of support. Piping shall be sup-
ported at intervals not exceeding the spacing specified in Table
02424. 1 . Spacing of supports for CSST shall be in accordance
with the CSST manufacturer's instructions.

TABLE G2424.1
SUPPORT OF PIPING

STEEL PIPE,

NOMINAL SIZE

OF PIPE

(inches)

SPACING OF

SUPPORTS

(feet)

NOMINAL SIZE
OF TUBING

SMOOTH-WALL
(inch O.D.)

SPACING OF

SUPPORTS

(feet)

'U or 1

%or%

IV4 or larger
(horizontal)

%orl
(horizontal)

1 V4 or larger
(vertical)

Every floor
level

1 or Larger
(vertical)

Every floor
level

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

394

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

FUEL GAS

SECTION G2425 (501)
GENERAL

G2425.1 (501.1) Scope. This section shall govern the installa-
tion, maintenance, repair and approval of factory-built and
masonry chimneys, chimney liners, vents and connectors serv-
ing gas-fired appliances.

G2425.2 (501.2) General. Every appliance shall discharge the
products of combustion to the outdoors, except for appliances
exempted by Section G2425.8.

G2425.3 (501.3) Masonry chimneys. Masonry chimneys
shall be constructed in accordance with Section G2427.5 and
Chapter 10.

G2425.4 (501.4) Minimum size of chimney or vent. Chim-
neys and vents shall be sized in accordance with Section

G2427.

G2425.5 (501.5) Abandoned inlet openings. Abandoned
inlet openings in chimneys and vents shall be closed by an
approved method.

G2425.6 (501.6) Positive pressure. Where an appliance
equipped with a mechanical forced draft system creates a posi-
tive pressure in the venting system, the venting system shall be
designed for positive pressure applications.

G2425.7 (501.7) Connection to fireplace. Connection of
appliances to chimney flues serving fireplaces shall be in
accordance with Sections G2425.7.1 through G2425.7.3.

G2425.7.1 (501.7.1) Closure and access. A

noncombustible seal shall be provided below the point of
connection to prevent entry of room air into the flue. Means
shall be provided for access to the flue for inspection and
cleaning.

G2425.7.2 (501.7.2) Connection to factory-built fire-
place flue. An appliance shall not be connected to a flue
serving a factory-built fireplace unless the appliance is spe-
cifically listed for such installation. The connection shall be
made in accordance with the appliance manufacturer's
installation instructions.

G2425.7.3 (501.7.3) Connection to masonry fireplace
flue. A connector shall extend from the appliance to the flue
serving a masonry fireplace such that the flue gases are
exhausted directly into the flue. The connector shall be
accessible or removable for inspection and cleaning of both
the connector and the flue. Listed direct connection devices
shall be installed in accordance with their listing.

G2425.8 (501.8) Equipment not required to be vented. The

following appliances shall not be required to be vented:

1. Ranges.

2. Built-in domestic cooking units listed and marked for
optional venting.

3. Hot plates and laundry stoves.

4. Type 1 clothes dryers (Type 1 clothes dryers shall be
exhausted in accordance with the requirements of Sec-
tion G2439).

5. Refrigerators.

6. Counter appliances.

7. Room heaters listed for unvented use.

Where the appliances and equipment listed in Items 5
through 7 above are installed so that the aggregate input rating
exceeds 20 Btu per hour per cubic foot (207 watts per m^) of
volume of the room or space in which such appliances and
equipment are installed, one or more shall be provided with
venting systems or other approved means for conveying the
vent gases to the outdoor atmosphere so that the aggregate
input rating of the remaining unvented appliances and equip-
ment does not exceed the 20 Btu per hour per cubic foot (207
watts per m^) figure. Where the room or space in which the
equipment is installed is directiy connected to another room or
space by a doorway, archway or other opening of comparable
size that cannot be closed, the volume of such adjacent room or
space shall be permitted to be included in the calculations.

G2425.9 (501.9) Chimney entrance. Connectors shall con-
nect to a masonry chimney flue at a point not less than 12 inches
(305 mm) above the lowest portion of the interior of the chim-
ney flue.

G2425.10 (501.10) Connections to exhauster. Appliance
connections to a chimney or vent equipped with a power
exhauster shall be made on the inlet side of the exhauster. Joints
on the positive pressure side of the exhauster shall be sealed to
prevent flue-gas leakage as specified by the manufacturer's
installation instructions for the exhauster.

G2425.il (501.11) Masonry chimneys. Masonry chimneys
utilized to vent appliances shall be located, constructed and
sized as specified in the manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions for the appliances being vented and Section G2427.

G2425.12 (501.12) Residential and low-heat appliances flue
lining systems. Flue lining systems for use with residen-
tial-type and low-heat appliances shall be limited to the follow-
ing:

1. Clay flue lining complying with the requirements of
ASTM C 315 or equivalent. Clay flue lining shall be
installed in accordance with Chapter 10.

2. Listed chimney lining systems complying with UL 1777.

3. Other approved materials that will resist, without crack-
ing, softening or corrosion, flue gases and condensate at
temperatures up to 1,800°F (982°C).

G2425.13 (501.13) Category I appliance flue lining systems.

Flue lining systems for use with Category I appliances shall be
limited to the following:

1. Flue lining systems complying with Section G2425.12.

2. Chimney lining systems listed and labeled for use with
appliances with draft hoods and other Category I gas
appliances listed and labeled for use with Type B vents.

G2425.14 (501.14) Category II, III and IV appUance vent-
ing systems. The design, sizing and installation of vents for
Category II, III and IV appliances shall be in accordance with
the appliance manufacturer's installation instructions.

G2425.15 (501.15) Existing chimneys and vents. Where an
appliance is permanently disconnected from an existing chim-
ney or vent, or where an appliance is connected to an existing
chimney or vent during the process of a new installation, the

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

395

FUEL GAS

chimney or vent shall comply with Sections G2425.15.1
through G2425. 15.4.

G2425.15.1 (501.15.1) Size. The chimney or vent shall be
resized as necessary to control flue gas condensation in the
interior of the chimney or vent and to provide the appliance
or appliances served with the required draft. For Category I
appliances, the resizing shall be in accordance with Section
G2426.

G2425.15.2 (501.15.2) Flue passageways. The flue gas
passageway shall be free of obstructions and combustible
deposits and shall be cleaned if previously used for venting a
solid or liquid fuel-burning appliance or fireplace. The flue
liner, chimney inner wall or vent inner wall shall be continu-
ous and shall be free of cracks, gaps, perforations, or other
damage or deterioration that would allow the escape of
combustion products, including gases, moisture and creo-
sote.

G2425.15.3 (501.15.3) Cleanout. Masonry chimney flues
shall be provided with a cleanout opening having a mini-
mum height of 6 inches (152 mm). The upper edge of the
opening shall be located not less than 6 inches (152 mm)
below the lowest chimney inlet opening. The cleanout shall
be provided with a tight-fitting, noncombustible cover.

G2425.15.4 (501.15.4) Clearances. Chimneys and vents
shall have airspace clearance to combustibles in accordance
with Chapter 10 and the chimney or vent manufacturer's
installation instructions. Noncombustible firestopping or
fireblocking shall be provided in accordance with Chapter
10.

Exception: Masonry chimneys equipped with a chim-
ney lining system tested and listed for installation in
chimneys in contact with combustibles in accordance
with UL 1777, and installed in accordance with the man-
ufacturer's instructions, shall not be required to have
clearance between combustible materials and exterior
surfaces of the masonry chimney.

SECTION G2426 (502)
VENTS

G2426.1 (502.1) General. All vents, except as provided in
Section G2427.7, shall be listed and labeled. Type B and BW
vents shall be tested in accordance with UL 441. Type L vents
shall be tested in accordance with UL 641. Vents for Category
II and III appliances shall be tested in accordance with UL
1738. Plastic vents for Category IV appHances shall not be
required to be listed and labeled where such vents are as speci-
fied by the appliance manufacturer and are installed in accor-
dance with the appliance manufacturer's installation
instructions.

G2426.2 (502.2) Connectors required. Connectors shall be
used to connect appliances to the vertical chimney or vent,
except where the chimney or vent is attached directly to the
appliance. Vent connector size, material, construction and
installation shall be in accordance with Section G2427.

G2426.3 (502.3) Vent application. The appHcation of vents
shall be in accordance with Table G2427.4.

G2426.4 (502.4) Insulation shield. Where vents pass through
insulated assemblies, an insulation shield constructed of not
less than 26 gage sheet (0.016 inch) (0.4 mm) metal shall be
installed to provide clearance between the vent and the insula-
tion material. The clearance shall not be less than the clearance
to combustibles specified by the vent manufacmrer's installa-
tion instructions. Where vents pass through attic space, the
shield shall terminate not less than 2 inches (5 1 mm) above the
insulation materials and shall be secured in place to prevent dis-
placement. Insulation shields provided as part of a listed vent
system shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions.

G2426.5 (502.5) Installation. Vent systems shall be sized,
installed and terminated in accordance with the vent and appli-
ance manufacturer's installation instructions and Section

G2427.

G2426.6 (502.6) Support of vents. All portions of vents shall
be adequately supported for the design and weight of the mate-
rials employed.

G2426.7 (502.7) Protection against physical damage. In

concealed locations, where a vent is installed through holes or
notches in studs, joists, rafters or similar members less than 1 .5
inches (38 mm) from the nearest edge of the member, the vent
shall be protected by shield plates. Shield plates shall be a mini-
mum of Vi6-inch-thick (1.6 mm) steel, shall cover the area of
the vent where the member is notched or bored and shall extend
a minimum of 4 inches (102 mm) above sole plates, below top
plates and to each side of a stud, joist or rafter.

SECTION G2427 (503)
VENTING OF EQUIPMENT

G2427.1 (503.1) General. This section recognizes that the
choice of venting materials and the methods of installation of
venting systems are dependent on the operating characteristics
of the appliance being vented. The operating characteristics of I
vented appliances can be categorized with respect to: (1) posi- I
tive or negative pressure within the venting system; and (2)
whether or not the appliance generates flue or vent gases that
might condense in the venting system. See Section G2403 for
the definitions of these vented appliance categories.

G2427.2 (503.2) Venting systems required. Except as per-
mitted in Sections G2427.2.1, G2427.2.2 and G2425.8, all
appliances shall be connected to venting systems. I

G2427.2.1 (503.2.3) Direct-vent appliances. Listed
direct- vent apphances shall be installed in accordance with |
the manufacturer's instructions and Section G2427.8, Item 3.

G2427.2.2 (503.2.4) Apphances with integral vents.

Appliances incorporating integral venting means shall be |
considered properly vented where installed in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions and Section G2427.8, I
Items 1 and 2.

G2427.3 (503.3) Design and construction. A venting system
shall be designed and constructed so as to develop a positive
flow adequate to convey flue or vent gases to the outdoors. ■

G2427.3.1 (503.3.1) Appliance draft requirements. A

venting system shall satisfy the draft requirements of the

396

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

.®

FUEL GAS

appliance in accordance with the manufacturer's instruc-
tions.

G2427.3.2 (503.3.2) Design and construction. Appliances
required to be vented shall be connected to a venting system
designed and installed in accordance with the provisions of
Sections G2427.4 through G2427.15.

G2427.3.3 (503.3.3) Mechanical draft systems. Mechani-
cal draft systems shall comply with the following:

1. Mechanical draft systems shall be hsted and shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions for both the appliance and the
mechanical draft system.

2. Appliances, except incinerators, requiring venting
shall be permitted to be vented by means of mechani-
cal draft systems of either forced or induced draft
design.

3. Forced draft systems and all portions of induced draft
systems under positive pressure during operation
shall be designed and installed so as to prevent leak-
age of flue or vent gases into a building.

4. Vent connectors serving appliances vented by natural
draft shall not be connected into any portion of
mechanical draft systems operating under positive
pressure.

5. Where a mechanical draft system is employed, provi-
sions shall be made to prevent the flow of gas to the
main burners when the draft system is not performing
so as to satisfy the operating requirements of the
appliance for safe performance.

6. The exit terminals of mechanical draft systems shall
be not less than 7 feet (2134 mm) above grade where

located adjacent to public walkways and shall be
located as specified in Section 503.8, Items 1 and 2.

G2427.3.4 (503.3.5) Circulating air ducts and furnace
plenums. No portion of a venting system shall extend into
or pass through any circulating air duct or furnace plenum.

G2427.3.5 (503.3.6) Above-ceiling air-handling spaces.

Where a venting system passes through an above-ceiling
air-handling space or other nonducted portion of an air-han-
dling system, the venting system shall conform to one of the
following requirements:

1. The venting system shall be a listed special gas vent;
other venting system serving a Category III or Cate-
gory IV appliance; or other positive pressure vent,
with joints sealed in accordance with the appliance or
vent manufacturer's instructions.

2. The venting system shall be installed such that fittings
and joints between sections are not installed in the
above-ceiling space.

3. The venting system shall be installed in a conduit or
enclosure with sealed joints separating the interior of
the conduit or enclosure from the ceiling space.

G2427.4 (503.4) Type of venting system to be used. The type
of venting system to be used shall be in accordance with Table

G2427.4.

G2427.4.1 (503.4.1) Plastic piping. Plastic piping used for
venting appliances listed for use with such venting materials I
shall be approved.

G2427.4.2 (503.4.2) Special gas vent. Special gas vent
shall be listed and installed in accordance with the special
gas vent manufacturer's installation instructions. |

TABLE G2427.4
TYPE OF VENTING SYSTEM TO BE USED

APPLIANCES

TYPE OF VENTING SYSTEM

Listed Category I appliances

Listed appliances equipped with draft hood

Appliances listed for use with Type B gas vent

Type B gas vent (Section G2427.6)

Chimney (Section G2427.5)

Single-wall metal pipe (Section G2427.7)

Listed chimney lining system for gas venting (Section G2427.5.2)

Special gas vent listed for these appliances (Section G2427.4.2)

Listed vented wall furnaces

Type B-W gas vent (Secrions G2427.6, G2436)

Category II appliances

As specified or furnished by manufacturers of listed appliances
(Sections G2427.4.1, G2427.4.2)

Category III appliances

As specified or furnished by manufacturers of listed appliances
(Sections G2427.4.1, G2427.4.2)

Category IV appliances

As specified or furnished by manufacturers of listed appliances
(Sections G2427.4.L G2427.4.2)

Unlisted appliances

Chimney (Section G2427.5)

Decorative appliances in vented fireplaces

Chimney

Direct- vent appliances

See Section G2427. 2.1

Appliances with integral vent

See Section G2427.2.2

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

397

FUEL GAS

G2427.5 (503.5) Masonry, metal, and factory-built chim-
neys. Masonry, metal and factory-built chimneys shall comply
with Sections G2427.5.1 through G2427.5.9.

G2427.5.1 (503.5.1) Factory-built chimneys. Fac-
tory-built chimneys shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions. Factory-built
chimneys used to vent appliances that operate at a positive
vent pressure shall be listed for such application.

G2427.5.2 (503.5.3) Masonry chimneys. Masonry chim-
neys shall be built and installed in accordance with NFPA
211 and shall be lined with approved clay flue lining, a listed
chimney lining system or other approved material that will
resist corrosion, erosion, softening or cracking from vent
gases at temperatures up to 1,800°F (982°C).

Exception: Masonry chimney flues serving listed gas
appliances with draft hoods, Category I appliances and
other gas appliances listed for use with Type B vents shall
be permitted to be lined with a chimney Hning system
specifically listed for use only with such appliances. The
liner shall be installed in accordance with the liner manu-
facturer's installation instructions. A permanent identi-
fying label shall be attached at the point where the

connection is to be made to the liner. The label shall read:
"This chimney liner is for appliances that burn gas only.
Do not connect to solid or liquid fuel-burning appliances
or incinerators."

G2427.5.3 (503.5.4) Chimney termination. Chimneys for
residential-type or low-heat appliances shall extend at least
3 feet (914 mm) above the highest point where they pass
through a roof of a building and at least 2 feet (610 mm)
higher than any portion of a building within a horizontal dis-
tance of 10 feet (3048 mm) (see Figure G2427.5.3). Chim-
neys for medium-heat appliances shall extend at least 10
feet (3048 mm) higher than any portion of any building
within 25 feet (7620 mm). Chimneys shall extend at least 5
feet (1524 mm) above the highest connected appliance draft
hood outlet or flue collar. Decorative shrouds shall not be
installed at the termination of factory-built chimneys except
where such shrouds are listed and labeled for use with the
specific factory-built chimney system and are installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions.

G2427.5.4 (503.5.5) Size of chimneys. The effective area
of a chimney venting system serving listed appliances with

10 FT OR LESS

2 FT

min;

-La

CHIMNEY

2 FT MIN.

WALL OR
PARAPET

3 FT MIN.

JLJL

CHIMNEY

MORE THAN
10 FT

„Jf

SEE NOTE a

WALL OR
PARAPET _|L\J_

CHIMNEY

3 FT
MIN.

10 FT OR LESS

RIDGE

3 FT MIN.

-Lvl

CHIMNEY

A. TERMINATION 10 FT OR LESS
FROM RIDGE, WALL OR PARAPET

CHIMNEY

B. TERMINATION MORE THAN 10 FT
FROM RIDGE, WALL OR PARAPET

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.
NOTES:

a. No height above parapet required when distance from walls or parapet is more than 10 feet.

b. Height above any roof surface within 10 feet horizontally.

FIGURE G2427.5.3 (503.5.4)
TYPICAL TERMINATION LOCATIONS FOR CHIMNEYS AND SINGLE-WALL METAL PIPES

398

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

FUEL GAS

draft hoods, Category I appliances, and other appliances
listed for use with Type B vents shall be determined in
accordance with one of the following methods:

1. The provisions of Section G2428.

2. For sizing an individual chimney venting system for a
single appliance with a draft hood, the effective areas
of the vent connector and chimney flue shall be not
less than the area of the appliance flue collar or draft
hood outlet, nor greater than seven times the draft
hood outlet area.

3. For sizing a chimney venting system connected to
two appliances with draft hoods, the effective area of
the chimney flue shall be not less than the area of the
larger draft hood outlet plus 50 percent of the area of
the smaller draft hood outlet, nor greater than seven
times the smallest draft hood outlet area.

4. Chimney venting systems using mechanical draft
shall be sized in accordance with approved engineer-
ing methods.

5. Other approved engineering methods.

G2427.5.5 (503.5.6) Inspection of chimneys. Before
replacing an existing appliance or connecting a vent con-
nector to a chimney, the chimney passageway shall be
examined to ascertain that it is clear and free of obstructions
and it shall be cleaned if previously used for venting solid or
liquid fuel-burning appliances or fireplaces.

G2427.5.5.1 (503.5.6.1) Chimney Uning. Chimneys
shall be lined in accordance with Chapter 10.

Exception: Existing chimneys shall be permitted to
have their use continued when an appliance is
replaced by an appliance of similar type, input rating
and efficiency.

G2427.5.5.2 (503.5.6.2) Cleanouts. Cleanouts shall be
examined to determine they will remain tightly closed
when not in use.

G2427.5.5.3 (503.5.6.3) Unsafe chimneys. Where
inspection reveals that an existing chimney is not safe for
the intended application, it shall be repaired, rebuilt,
lined, relined or replaced with a vent or chimney to con-
form to NFPA 211 and it shall be suitable for the appli-
ances to be vented.

G2427.5.6 (503.5.7) Chimneys serving equipment burn-
ing other fuels. Chimneys serving equipment burning other
fuels shall comply with Sections G2427.5.6.1 through
G2427.5.6.4.

G2427.5.6.1 (503.5.7.1) Solid fuel-burning appli-
ances. An appliance shall not be connected to a chimney
flue serving a separate appliance designed to burn solid
fuel.

G2427.5.6.2 (503.5.7.2) Liquid fuel-burning appli-
ances. Where one chimney flue serves gas appliances
and liquid fuel-burning appliances, the appliances shall
be connected through separate openings or shall be con-
nected through a single opening where joined by a suit-
able fitting located as close as practical to the chimney.

Where two or more openings are provided into one
chimney flue, they shall be at different levels. Where the
appliances are automatically controlled, they shall be
equipped with safety shutoff devices.

G2427.5.6.3 (503.5.7.3) Combination gas- and solid
fuel-burning appliances. A combination gas- and solid
fuel-burning appliance equipped with a manual reset
device to shut off gas to the main burner in the event of
sustained backdraft or flue gas spillage shall be permit-
ted to be connected to a single chimney flue. The chim-
ney flue shall be sized to properly vent the appliance.

G2427.5.6.4 (503.5.7.4) Combination gas- and oil
fuel-burning appliances. A listed combination gas- and
oil fuel-burning apphance shall be permitted to be con-
nected to a single chimney flue. The chimney flue shall
be sized to properly vent the appliance.

G2427.5.7 (503.5.8) Support of chimneys. All portions of
chimneys shall be supported for the design and weight of the
materials employed. Factory-built chimneys shall be sup-
ported and spaced in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions.

G2427.5.8 (503.5.9) Cleanouts. Where a chimney that for-
merly carried flue products from liquid or solid fuel-burn-
ing appliances is used with an appliance using fuel gas, an
accessible cleanout shall be provided. The cleanout shall
have a tight-fitting cover and be installed so its upper edge is
at least 6 inches (152 mm) below the lower edge of the low-
est chimney inlet opening.

G2427.5.9 (503.5.10) Space surrounding lining or vent.

The remaining space surrounding a chimney liner, gas vent,
special gas vent or plastic piping installed within a masonry
chimney flue shall not be used to vent another appliance.
The insertion of another liner or vent within the chinmey as
provided in this code and the liner or vent manufacturer's
instructions shall not be prohibited.

The remaining space surrounding a chimney liner, gas
vent, special gas vent or plastic piping installed within a
masonry, metal or factory -built chimney shall not be used to
supply combustion air. Such space shall not be prohibited
from supplying combustion air to direct-vent appliances
designed for installation in a solid fuel-burning fireplace
and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installa-
tion instructions.

G2427.6 (503.6) Gas vents. Gas vents shall comply with Sec-
tions G2427.6.1 through G2427.6.10. (See Section G2403,
Definitions.)

G2427.6.1 (503.6.1) Installation, general. Gas vents shall
be installed in accordance with the terms of their listings and
the manufacturer's instructions.

G2427.6.2 (503.6.2) Type B-W vent capacity. A Type
B-W gas vent shall have a listed capacity not less than that of
the listed vented wall furnace to which it is connected.

G2427.6.3 (503.6.4) Gas vent termination. A gas vent
shall terminate in accordance with one of the following:

1. Gas vents that are 12 inches (305 mm) or less in size
and located not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) from a ver-

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

399

FUEL GAS

tical wall or similar obstruction shall terminate above
the roof in accordance with Figure G2427.6.3.

2. Gas vents that are over 12 inches (305 mm) in size or
are located less than 8 feet (2438 mm) from a vertical
wall or similar obstruction shall terminate not less
than 2 feet (610 mm) above the highest point where
they pass through the roof and not less than 2 feet (610
mm) above any portion of a building within 10 feet
(3048 mm) horizontally.

3. As provided for direct- vent systems in Section
G2427.2.1.

4. As provided for appliances with integral vents in Sec-
tion G2427.2.2.

5. As provided for mechanical draft systems in Section

G2427.3.3.

G2427.6.3.1 (503.6.4.1) Decorative shrouds. Decora-
tive shrouds shall not be installed at the termination of
gas vents except where such shrouds are listed for use
with the specific gas venting system and are installed in
accordance with manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions.

G2427.6.4 (503.6.5) Minimum height. A Type B or L gas
vent shall terminate at least 5 feet (1524 mm) in vertical
height above the highest connected appliance draft hood or
flue collar. A Type B-W gas vent shall terminate at least 12
feet (3658 mm) in vertical height above the bottom of the
wall furnace.

LOWEST DISCHARGE
OPENING

LISTED CAP -i I

T IT

LISTED GAS
VENT

H (MIN.) -

MINIMUM HEIGHT FROM ROOF

TO LOWEST DISCHARGE OPENING

ROOF SLOPE

H (minimum) ft

Flat to V,2

1.0

Over *5/i2 to V^2

1.25

Over ^/i2 to ^/i2

1.5

Over «/,2 to Vn

2.0

Over 9/i2 to "^/i2

2.5

Over i%2 to "/i2

3.25

OveriVi2to'2/i2

4.0

Over '2/i2 to 14/, 2

5.0

Over '4/i2 to »6/,2

6.0

Over i«/i2 to i^/i2

7.0

Over iV,2 to 20/,2

7.5

Over2%2to2V,2

8.0

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

FIGURE G2427.6.3 (503.6.4)

GAS VENT TERMINATION LOCATIONS FOR LISTED CAPS 12 INCHES

OR LESS IN SIZE AT LEAST 8 FEET FROM A VERTICAL WALL

400

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

FUEL GAS

G2427.6.5 (503.6.6) Roof terminations. Gas vents shall
extend through the roof flashing, roof jack or roof thimble
and terminate with a listed cap or listed roof assembly.

G2427.6.6 (503.6.7) Forced air inlets. Gas vents shall ter-
minate not less than 3 feet (914 mm) above any forced air
inlet located within 10 feet (3048 mm).

G2427.6.7 (503.6.8) Exterior wall penetrations. A gas

vent extending through an exterior wall shall not terminate
adjacent to the wall or below eaves or parapets, except as
provided in Sections G2427.2.1 and G2427.3.3.

G2427.6.8 (503.6.9) Size of gas vents. Venting systems
shall be sized and constructed in accordance with Section
G2428 or other approved engineering methods and the gas
vent and appliance manufacturer's installation instructions.

G2427.6.8.1 (503.6.9.1) Category I appliances. The

sizing of natural draft venting systems serving one or
more listed appliances equipped with a draft hood or
appliances listed for use with Type B gas vent, installed
in a single story of a building, shall be in accordance with
one of the following methods:

1. The provisions of Section G2428.

2. For sizing an individual gas vent for a single,
draft-hood-equipped appliance, the effective area
of the vent connector and the gas vent shall be not
less than the area of the appliance draft hood outlet,
nor greater than seven times the draft hood outlet
area.

3. For sizing a gas vent connected to two appliances
with draft hoods, the effective area of the vent shall
be not less than the area of the larger draft hood
outlet plus 50 percent of the area of the smaller
draft hood outlet, nor greater than seven times the
smaller draft hood outlet area.

4. Approved engineering practices.

G2427.6.8.2 (503.6.9.2) Vent offsets. Type B and L
vents sized in accordance with Item 2 or 3 of Section
G2427.6.8. 1 shall extend in a generally vertical direction
with offsets not exceeding 45 degrees (0.79 rad), except
that a vent system having not more than one 60-degree
(1.04 rad) offset shall be permitted. Any angle greater
than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) from the vertical is considered
horizontal. The total horizontal distance of a vent plus
the horizontal vent connector serving draft
hood-equipped appliances shall be not greater than 75
percent of the vertical height of the vent.

G2427.6.8.3 (503.6.9.3) Category II, III and IV appli-
ances. The sizing of gas vents for Category II, III and IV
appliances shall be in accordance with the appliance
manufacturer's instructions.

G2427.6.8.4 (503.6.9.4) Mechanical draft. Chimney
venting systems using mechanical draft shall be sized in
accordance with approved engineering methods.

G2427.6.9 (503.6.11) Support of gas vents. Gas vents
shall be supported and spaced in accordance with the manu-
facturer's installation instructions.

G2427.6.10 (503.6.12) Marking. In those localities where
solid and liquid fuels are used extensively, gas vents shall be
permanently identified by a label attached to the wall or ceil-
ing at a point where the vent connector enters the gas vent.
The determination of where such localities exist shall be
made by the code official. The label shall read:

"This gas vent is for appliances that bum gas. Do not con-
nect to solid or liquid fuel-burning appliances or incinera-
tors."

G2427.7 (503.7) Single-wall metal pipe. Single-wall metal
pipe vents shall comply with Sections G2427.7.1 through
G2427.7.12.

G2427.7.1 (503.7.1) Construction. Single-wall metal pipe
shall be constructed of galvanized sheet steel not less than
0.0304 inch (0.7 mm) thick, or other approved,
noncombustible, corrosion-resistant material.

G2427.7.2 (503.7.2) Cold climate. Uninsulated sin-
gle-wall metal pipe shall not be used outdoors for venting
appliances in regions where the 99-percent winter design
temperature is below 32°F (0°C).

G2427.7.3 (503.7.3) Termination. Single-wall metal pipe
shall terminate at least 5 feet (1524 mm) in vertical height
above the highest connected appliance draft hood outlet or
flue collar. Single- wall metal pipe shall extend at least 2 feet
(610 mm) above the highest point where it passes through a
roof of a building and at least 2 feet (610 mm) higher than
any portion of a building within a horizontal distance of 10
feet (3048 mm) (see Figure G2427.6.4). An approved cap or
roof assembly shall be attached to the terminus of a sin-
gle-wall metal pipe (see also Section G2427.7.8, Item 3).

G2427.7.4 (503.7.4) Limitations of use. Single-wall metal
pipe shall be used only for runs directly from the space in
which the appliance is located through the roof or exterior
wall to the outdoor atmosphere.

G2427.7.5 (503.7.5) Roof penetrations. A pipe passing
through a roof shall extend without interruption through the
roof flashing, roof jack, or roof thimble. Where a sin-
gle-wall metal pipe passes through a roof constructed of
combustible material, a noncombustible, nonventilating
thimble shall be used at the point of passage. The thimble
shall extend at least 18 inches (457 mm) above and 6 inches
(152 mm) below the roof with the annular space open at the
bottom and closed only at the top. The thimble shall be sized
in accordance with Section G2427.10.15.

G2427.7.6 (503.7.6) Installation. Single-wall metal pipe
shall not originate in any unoccupied attic or concealed
space and shall not pass through any attic, inside wall, con-
cealed space, or floor. The installation of a single- wall metal
pipe through an exterior combustible wall shall comply with
Section G2427. 10. 15 . Single- wall metal pipe used for vent-
ing an incinerator shall be exposed and readily examinable
for its full length and shall have suitable clearances main-
tained.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

401

FUEL GAS

G2427.7.7 (503.7.7) Clearances. Minimum clearances
from single-wall metal pipe to combustible material shall be
in accordance with Table G2427.7.7. The clearance from
single- wall metal pipe to combustible material shall be per-
mitted to be reduced where the combustible material is pro-
tected as specified for vent connectors in Table G2409.2.

G2427.7.8 (503.7.8) Size of single-wall metal pipe. A

venting system constructed of single- wall metal pipe shall
be sized in accordance with one of the following methods
and the appliance manufacturer's instructions:

1 . For a draft-hood-equipped appliance, in accordance
with Section G2428.

2. For a venting system for a single appliance with a
draft hood, the areas of the connector and the pipe
each shall be not less than the area of the appliance
flue collar or draft hood outlet, whichever is smaller.
The vent area shall not be greater than seven times the
draft hood outlet area.

3. Other approved engineering methods.

G2427.7.9 (503.7.9) Pipe geometry. Any shaped sin-
gle-wall metal pipe shall be permitted to be used, provided
that its equivalent effective area is equal to the effective area
of the round pipe for which it is substituted, and provided
that the minimum internal dimension of the pipe is not less
than 2 inches (51 mm).

G2427.7.10 (503.7.10) Termination capacity. The vent
cap or a roof assembly shall have a venting capacity not less
than that of the pipe to which it is attached.

G2427.7.11 (503.7.11) Support of single- wall metal pipe.

All portions of single-wall metal pipe shall be supported for
the design and weight of the material employed.

G2427.7.12 (503.7.12) Marking. Single-wall metal pipe
shall comply with the marking provisions of Section
G2427.6.11.

G2427.8 (503.8) Venting system termination location. The

location of venting system terminations shall comply with the
following (see Appendix C):

1. A mechanical draft venting system shall terminate at
least 3 feet (914 mm) above any forced-air inlet located
within 10 feet (3048 mm).

Exceptions:

1 . This provision shall not apply to the combus-
tion air intake of a direct- vent appliance.

2. This provision shall not apply to the separation
of the integral outdoor air inlet and flue gas dis-
charge of listed outdoor appliances.

2. A mechanical draft venting system, excluding
direct-vent appliances, shall terminate at least 4 feet
(1219 mm) below, 4 feet (1219 mm) horizontally from,
or 1 foot (305 mm) above any door, operable window, or
gravity air inlet into any building. The bottom of the vent
terminal shall be located at least 12 inches (305 mm)
above grade.

3. The vent terminal of a direct- vent appliance with an
input of 10,000 Btu per hour (3 kW) or less shall be
located at least 6 inches (152 mm) from any air opening
into a building, and such an appliance with an input over
10,000 Btu per hour (3 kW) but not over 50,000 Btu per
hour (14.7 kW) shall be installed with a 9-inch (230 mm)
vent termination clearance, and an appliance with an
input over 50,000 Btu/h (14.7 kW) shall have at least a
12-inch (305 mm) vent termination clearance. The bot-
tom of the vent terminal and the air intake shall be
located at least 12 inches (305 mm) above grade.

4. Through-the-wall vents for Category II and IV appli-
ances and noncategorized condensing appliances shall
not terminate over public walkways or over an area
where condensate or vapor could create a nuisance or
hazard or could be detrimental to the operation of regula-
tors, relief valves, or other equipment. Where local expe-

TABLE G2427.7.7 (503.8.7)^
CLEARANCES FOR CONNECTORS

APPLIANCE

MINIMUM DISTANCE FROM COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL

Listed Type B gas
vent material

Listed Type L
vent material

Single-wall
metal pipe

Factory-built
chimney sections

Listed appliances with draft hoods and appliances listed for
use with Type B gas vents

As listed

6 inches

As listed

Residential boilers and furnaces with listed gas conversion
burner and with draft hood

6 inches

9 inches

As Usted

Residential appliances listed for use with Type L vents

Not permitted

As listed

9 inches

As Usted

Listed gas-fired toilets

Not permitted

As listed

As Usted

As listed

Unlisted residential appliances with draft hood

Not permitted

6 inches

9 inches

As Usted

Residential and low-heat appliances other than above

Not permitted

9 inches

18 inches

As listed

Medium-heat appliances

Not permitted

36 inches

As listed

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. These clearances shall apply unless the manufacturer's installation instructions for a listed appliance or connector specify different clearances, in which case the
listed clearances shall apply.

402

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

FUEL GAS

rience indicates that condensate is a problem with
Category I and III appliances, this provision shall also
apply.

G2427.9 (503.9) Condensation drainage. Provisions shall be
made to collect and dispose of condensate from venting sys-
tems serving Category II and IV appliances and
noncategorized condensing appliances in accordance with
Section 503.8, Item 4. Where local experience indicates that
condensation is a problem, provision shall be made to drain off
and dispose of condensate from venting systems serving Cate-
gory I and III appliances in accordance with Section G2427.8,
Item 4.

G2427.10 (503.10) Vent connectors for Category I equip-
ment. Vent connectors for Category I equipment shall comply
with Sections G2427.10.1 through G2427.10.15.

G2427.10.1 (503.10.1) Where required. A vent connector
shall be used to connect an appliance to a gas vent, chimney
or single- wall metal pipe, except where the gas vent, chim-
ney or single-wall metal pipe is directly connected to the
appliance.

G2427.10.2 (503.10.2) Materials. Vent connectors shall be
constructed in accordance with Sections G2427.10.1
through G2427. 10.2.5.

G2427.10.2.1 (503.10.2.1) General. A vent connector
shall be made of noncombustible corrosion-resistant
material capable of withstanding the vent gas tempera-
ture produced by the appliance and of sufficient thick-
ness to withstand physical damage.

G2427.10.2.2 (503.10.2.2) Vent connectors located in
unconditioned areas. Where the vent connector used
for an appliance having a draft hood or a Category I
appliance is located in or passes through attics, crawl
spaces or other unconditioned spaces, that portion of the
vent connector shall be listed Type B, Type L or listed
vent material having equivalent insulation properties.

Exception: Single-wall metal pipe located within the
exterior walls of the building in areas having a local
99-percent winter design temperature of 5°F (-15°C)
or higher shall be permitted to be used in uncondi-
tioned spaces other than attics and crawl spaces.

G2427.10.2.3 (503.10.2.3) Residential-type appliance
connectors. Where vent connectors for residential-type
appliances are not installed in attics or other uncondi-
tioned spaces, connectors for listed appliances having
draft hoods, appliances having draft hoods and equipped
with listed conversion burners and Category I appliances
shall be one of the following:

1. Type B or L vent material;

2. Galvanized sheet steel not less than 0.018 inch
(0.46 mm) thick;

3. Aluminum (1100 or 3003 alloy or equivalent)
sheet not less than 0.027 inch (0.69 mm) thick;

4. Stainless steel sheet not less than 0.012 inch (0.31
mm) thick;

5. Smooth interior wall metal pipe having resistance
to heat and corrosion equal to or greater than that
of Item 2, 3 or 4 above; or

6. A listed vent connector.

Vent connectors shall not be covered with insulation.

Exception: Listed insulated vent connectors shall be
installed according to the terms of their listing.

G2427.10.2.4 (503.10.2.4) Low-heat equipment. A

vent connector for a nonresidential, low-heat appliance
shall be a factory-built chimney section or steel pipe hav-
ing resistance to heat and corrosion equivalent to that for
the appropriate galvanized pipe as specified in Table
G2427. 10.2.4. Factory-built chimney sections shall be
joined together in accordance with the chimney manu-
facturer's instructions.

TABLE G2427.1 0.2.4 (503.10.2.4)

MINIMUM THICKNESS FOR GALVANIZED STEEL VENT

CONNECTORS FOR LOW-HEAT APPLIANCES

DIAMETER OF CONNECTOR
(inches)

MINIMUM THICKNESS
(inch)

Less than 6

0.019

6 to less than 10

0.023

10 to 12 inclusive

0.029

14 to 16 inclusive

0.034

Over 16

0.056

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

G2427.10.3 (503.10.3) Size of vent connector. Vent con-
nectors shall be sized in accordance with Sections
G2427.10.3.1 through G2427.3.5.

G2427.10.3.1 (503.10.3.1) Single draft hood and
fan-assisted. A vent connector for an appliance with a
single draft hood or for a Category I fan-assisted com-
bustion system appliance shall be sized and installed in
accordance with Section G2428 or other approved engi-
neering methods.

G2427.10.3.2 (503.10.3.2) Multiple draft hood. For a

single appliance having more than one draft hood outlet
or flue collar, the manifold shall be constructed accord-
ing to the instructions of the appliance manufacturer.
Where there are no instructions, the manifold shall be
designed and constructed in accordance with approved
engineering practices. As an alternate method, the effec-
tive area of the manifold shall equal the combined area of
the flue collars or draft hood outlets and the vent connec-
tors shall have a minimum 1-foot (305 mm) rise.

G2427.10.3.3 (503.10.3.3) Multiple apphances. Where
two or more appliances are connected to a common vent
or chimney, each vent connector shall be sized in accor-
dance with Section G2428 or other approved engineer-
ing methods.

As an alternative method applicable only when all of
the appliances are draft hood equipped, each vent con-
nector shall have an effective area not less than the area of
the draft hood outlet of the appliance to which it is con-
nected.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

403

FUEL GAS

G2427.10.3.4 (503.10.3.4) Common connector/mani-
fold. Where two or more appliances are vented through a
common vent connector or vent manifold, the common
vent connector or vent manifold shall be located at the
highest level consistent with available headroom and the
required clearance to combustible materials and shall be
sized in accordance with Section G2428 or other
approved engineering methods.

As an alternate method applicable only where there
are two draft hood-equipped appliances, the effective
area of the common vent connector or vent manifold and
all junction fittings shall be not less than the area of the
larger vent connector plus 50 percent of the area of the
smaller flue collar outlet.

G2427.10.3.5 (503.10.3.5) Size increase. Where the
size of a vent connector is increased to overcome instal-
lation limitations and obtain connector capacity equal to
the appliance input, the size increase shall be made at the
appliance draft hood outlet.

G2427.10.4 (503.10.4) Two or more appliances con-
nected to a single vent. Where two or more vent connectors
enter a common gas vent, chimney flue, or single- wall metal
pipe, the smaller connector shall enter at the highest level
consistent with the available headroom or clearance to com-
bustible material. Vent connectors serving Category I appli-
ances shall not be connected to any portion of a mechanical
draft system operating under positive static pressure, such
as those serving Category HI or IV appliances.

G2427.10.5 (503.10.5) Clearance. Minimum clearances
from vent connectors to combustible material shall be in
accordance with Table G2427.7.7.

Exception; The clearance between a vent connector and
combustible material shall be permitted to be reduced
where the combustible material is protected as specified
for vent connectors in Table G2409.2.

G2427.10.6 (503.10.6) Flow resistance. A vent connector
shall be installed so as to avoid turns or other construction
features that create excessive resistance to flow of vent
gases.

G2427.10.7 (503.10.7) Joints. Joints between sections of
connector piping and connections to flue collars and draft
hood outlets shall be fastened by one of the following meth-
ods:

1. Sheet metal screws.

2. Vent connectors of listed vent material assembled and
connected to flue collars or draft hood outlets in
accordance with the manufacturers' instructions.

3. Other approved means.

G2427.10.8 (503.10.8) Slope. A vent connector shall be
installed without dips or sags and shall slope upward toward
the vent or chimney at least V4 inch per foot (21 mm/m).

Exception: Vent connectors attached to a mechanical
draft system installed in accordance with the manufac-
turers' instructions.

G2427.10.9 (503.10.9) Length of vent connector. A vent
connector shall be as short as practical and the appliance
located as close as practical to the chimney or vent. The
maximum horizontal length of a single- wall connector shall
be 75 percent of the height of the chimney or vent except for I
engineered systems. The maximum horizontal length of a I
Type B double- wall connector shall be 100 percent of the
height of the chimney or vent except for engineered sys- I
tems. For a chimney or vent system serving multiple appli- |
ances, the maximum length of an individual connector, from
the appliance outlet to the junction with the common vent or
another connector, shall be 100 percent of the height of the
chimney or vent.

G2427.10.10 (503.10.10) Support. A vent connector shall
be supported for the design and weight of the material
employed to maintain clearances and prevent physical dam-
age and separation of joints.

G2427.10.il (503.10.11) Chimney connection. Where
entering a flue in a masonry or metal chimney, the vent con-
nector shall be installed above the extreme bottom to avoid
stoppage. Where a thimble or slip joint is used to facilitate
removal of the connector, the connector shall be firmly
attached to or inserted into the thimble or slip joint to pre-
vent the connector from falling out. Means shall be
employed to prevent the connector from entering so far as to
restrict the space between its end and the opposite wall of
the chimney flue (see Section G2425.9).

G2427.10.12 (503.10.12) Inspection. The entire length of a
vent connector shall be provided with ready access for
inspection, cleaning, and replacement.

G2427.10.13 (503.10.13) Fireplaces. A vent connector
shall not be connected to a chimney flue serving a fireplace
unless the fireplace flue opening is permanently sealed.

G2427.10.14 (503.10.14) Passage through ceilings, floors
or walls. Single-wall metal pipe connectors shall not pass
through any wall, floor or ceiling except as permitted by
Sections G2427.7.4 and G2427.10.15.

G2427.10.15 (503.10.15) Single-wall connector penetra-
tions of combustible walls. A vent connector made of a sin-
gle-wall metal pipe shall not pass through a combustible
exterior wall unless guarded at the point of passage by a ven-
tilated metal thimble not smaller than the following:

1 . For listed appliances equipped with draft hoods and
appliances listed for use with Type B gas vents, the
thimble shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm)
larger in diameter than the vent connector. Where
there is a run of not less than 6 feet ( 1 829 mm) of vent
connector in the open between the draft hood outlet
and the thimble, the thimble shall be permitted to be
not less than 2 inches (5 1 mm) larger in diameter than
the vent connector.

2. For unlisted appliances having draft hoods, the thim-
ble shall be not less than 6 inches (152 mm) larger in
diameter than the vent connector.

404

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FUEL GAS

3. For residential and low-heat appliances, the thimble
shall be not less than 12 inches (305 mm) larger in
diameter than the vent connector.

Exception: In lieu of thimble protection, all combustible
material in the wall shall be removed from the vent con-
nector a sufficient distance to provide the specified clear-
ance from such vent connector to combustible material.
Any material used to close up such opening shall be
noncombustible.

G2427.il (503.11) Vent connectors for Category II, III and
IV appliances. Vent connectors for Category II, III and IV

appliances shall be as specified for the venting systems in
accordance with Section G2427.4.

G2427.12 (503.12) Draft hoods and draft controls. The

installation of draft hoods and draft controls shall comply with
Sections G2427.12.1 through G2427.12.7.

G2427.12.1 (503.12.1) Appliances requiring draft
hoods. Vented appliances shall be installed with draft
hoods.

Exception: Dual oven-type combination ranges;
incinerators; direct-vent appliances; fan-assisted com-
bustion system appliances; appliances requiring chim-
ney draft for operation; single firebox boilers equipped
with conversion burners with inputs greater than 400,000
Btu per hour (117 kW); appHances equipped with blast,
power or pressure burners that are not listed for use with
draft hoods; and appliances designed for forced venting.

G2427.12.2 (503.12.2) Installation. A draft hood supphed
with or forming a part of a listed vented appliance shall be
installed without alteration, exactly as furnished and speci-
fied by the appliance manufacturer.

G2427.12.2.1 (503.12.2.1) Draft hood required. If a

draft hood is not supplied by the appliance manufacturer
where one is required, a draft hood shall be installed,
shall be of a listed or approved type and, in the absence of
other instructions, shall be of the same size as the appli-
ance flue collar. Where a draft hood is required with a
conversion burner, it shall be of a listed or approved type.

G2427.12.2.2 (503.12.2.2) Special design draft hood.

Where it is determined that a draft hood of special design
is needed or preferable for a particular installation, the
installation shall be in accordance with the recommenda-
tions of the appliance manufacturer and shall be
approved.

G2427.12.3 (503.12.3) Draft control devices. Where a
draft control device is part of the appliance or is supplied by
the appliance manufacturer, it shall be installed in accor-
dance with the manufacturer's instructions. In the absence
of manufacturer's instructions, the device shall be attached
to the flue collar of the appliance or as near to the appliance
as practical.

G2427.12.4 (503.12.4) Additional devices. Apphances
(except incinerators) requiring a controlled chimney draft
shall be permitted to be equipped with a listed double-acting

barometric-draft regulator installed and adjusted in accor-
dance with the manufacturer's instructions.

G2427.12.5 (503.12.5) Location. Draft hoods and baro-
metric draft regulators shall be installed in the same room or
enclosure as the appliance in such a manner as to prevent
any difference in pressure between the hood or regulator
and the combustion air supply.

G2427.12.6 (503.12.6) Positioning. Draft hoods and draft
regulators shall be installed in the position for which they
were designed with reference to the horizontal and vertical
planes and shall be located so that the relief opening is not
obstructed by any part of the appliance or adjacent construc-
tion. The appliance and its draft hood shall be located so that
the relief opening is accessible for checking vent operation.

G2427.12.7 (503.12.7) Clearance. A draft hood shall be
located so its relief opening is not less than 6 inches (152
mm) from any surface except that of the appliance it serves
and the venting system to which the draft hood is connected.
Where a greater or lesser clearance is indicated on the
appliance label, the clearance shall be not less than that
specified on the label. Such clearances shall not be reduced.

G2427.13 (503.13) Manually operated dampers. A manu-
ally operated damper shall not be placed in the vent connector
for any apphance. Fixed baffles shall not be classified as manu-
ally operated dampers.

G2427.14 (503.14) Automatically operated vent dampers.

An automatically operated vent damper shall be of a listed type.

G2427.15 (503.15) Obstructions. Devices that retard the flow
of vent gases shall not be installed in a vent connector, chimney,
or vent. The following shall not be considered as obstructions :

1 . Draft regulators and safety controls specifically listed for
installation in venting systems and installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions.

2. Approved draft regulators and safety controls that are
designed and installed in accordance with approved
engineering methods.

3. Listed heat reclaimers and automatically operated vent
dampers installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions.

4. Approved economizers, heat reclaimers, and recupera-
tors installed in venting systems of equipment not
required to be equipped with draft hoods, provided that
the appliance manufacturer's instructions cover the
installation of such a device in the venting system and
performance in accordance with Sections G2427.3 and
G2427.3.1 is obtained.

5. Vent dampers serving listed apphances installed in
accordance with Sections G2428.2.1 and G2428.3.1 or
other approved engineering methods.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

405

FUEL GAS

SECTION G2428 (504)

SIZING OF CATEGORY I APPLIANCE

VENTING SYSTEMS

G2428.1 (504.1) Definitions. The following definitions apply
to tables in this section.

APPLIANCE CATEGORIZED VENT DIAME-
TER/AREA. The minimum vent area/diameter permissible
for Category I appliances to maintain a nonpositive vent static
pressure when tested in accordance with nationally recognized
standards.

FAN-ASSISTED COMBUSTION SYSTEM. An apphance
equipped with an integral mechanical means to either draw or
force products of combustion through the combustion chamber
or heat exchanger.

FAN MIN. The minimum input rating of a Category I fan-
assisted appliance attached to a vent or connector.

FAN MAX. The maximum input rating of a Category I
fan-assisted appliance attached to a vent or connector.

NAT MAX. The maximum input rating of a Category I
draft-hood-equipped appliance attached to a vent or connector.

FAN + FAN. The maximum combined appliance input rating
of two or more Category I fan-assisted appliances attached to
the common vent.

FAN + NAT. The maximum combined appliance input rating
of one or more Category I fan-assisted appliances and one or
more Category I draft-hood-equipped appliances attached to
the common vent.

NA. Vent configuration is not permitted due to potential for
condensate formation or pressurization of the venting system,
or not applicable due to physical or geometric restraints.

NAT + NAT. The maximum combined appliance input rating
of two or more Category I draft-hood-equipped appliances
attached to the common vent.

G2428.2 (504.2) Application of single appliance vent Tables
G2428.2(l) and G2428.2(2). The application of Tables
G2428.2(l) and G2428.2(2) shall be subject to the require-
ments of Sections G2428.2.1 through G2428.2.15.

G2428.2.1 (504.2.1) Vent obstructions. These venting
tables shall not be used where obstructions, as described in
Section G2427.15, are installed in the venting system. The
installation of vents serving listed appliances with vent
dampers shall be in accordance with the appliance manufac-
turer's instructions or in accordance with the following:

1 . The maximum capacity of the vent system shall be
determined using the "NAT Max" column.

2. The minimum capacity shall be determined as if the
appliance were a fan-assisted appliance, using the
"FAN Min" column to determine the minimum

capacity of the vent system. Where the corresponding
"FAN Min" is "NA," the vent configuration shall not
be permitted and an alternative venting configuration
shall be utilized.

G2428.2.2 (504.2.2) Minimum size. Where the vent size
determined from the tables is smaller than the appliance
draft hood outlet or flue collar, the smaller size shall be per-
mitted to be used provided all of the following are met:

1 . The total vent height (H) is at least 10 feet (3048 mm).

2. Vents for appliance draft hood outlets or flue collars
12 inches (305 mm) in diameter or smaller are not
reduced more than one table size.

3. Vents for appliance draft hood outiets or flue collars
larger than 12 inches (305 mm) in diameter are not
reduced more than two table sizes.

4. The maximum capacity listed in the tables for a
fan-assisted appliance is reduced by 10 percent (0.90
by maximum table capacity).

5. The draft hood outlet is greater than 4 inches (102
nmn) in diameter. Do not connect a 3 -inch-diameter
(76 mm) vent to a 4-inch-diameter (102 mm) draft
hood outlet. This provision shall not apply to
fan-assisted appliances.

G2428.2.3 (504.2.3) Vent offsets. Single-apphance venting
configurations with zero (0) lateral lengths in Tables
G2428.2(l) and G2428.2(2) shall not have elbows in the
venting system. Single-appliance venting configurations
with lateral lengths include two 90-degree (1.57 rad)
elbows. For each additional elbow up to and including 45
degrees (0.79 rad), the maximum capacity hsted in the vent-
ing tables shall be reduced by 5 percent. For each additional
elbow greater than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) up to and including
90 degrees (1.57 rad), the maximum capacity listed in the
venting tables shall be reduced by 10 percent.

G2428.2.4 (504.2.4) Zero lateral. Zero (0) lateral (L) shall
apply only to a straight vertical vent attached to a top outlet
draft hood or flue collar.

G2428.2.5 (504.2.5) High altitude installations. Sea level
input ratings shall be used when determining maximum
capacity for high altitude installation. Actual input, derated
for altitude, shall be used for determining minimum capac-
ity for high altitude installation.

G2428.2.6 (504.2.6) Multiple input rate appliances. For

appliances with more than one input rate, the minimum vent
capacity (FAN Min) determined from the tables shall be less
than the lowest appliance input rating, and the maximum
vent capacity (FAN Max/NAT Max) determined from the
tables shall be greater than the highest appliance rating
input.

406

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

TABLE G2428.2(1) [504.2(1)]
TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL GAS VENT

Number of Appliances

Single

Appliance Type

Category I

Appliance Vent Connection

Connected directly to vent

HEIGHT

(H)

(feet)

LATERAL

(L)

(feet)

VENT DIAMETER— (O; inches

APPLIANCE INPUT RATING IN THOUSANDS OF BTU/H

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

152

251

141

375

205

524

285

698

370

897

470

157

105

232

157

321

217

425

285

543

370

153

103

227

153

316

211

419

279

536

362

149

100

223

149

310

205

413

273

110

530

354

165

276

155

415

235

583

320

780

415

1,006

537

109

178

120

263

180

365

247

483

322

619

418

103

171

115

255

173

356

237

473

313

607

^407

164

109

247

165

347

227

463

303

117

596

396

175

100

295

166

447

255

631

345

847

450

1,096

585

118

194

129

289

195

402

273

533

355

684

457

113

187

124

280

188

392

263

522

346

671

446

104

176

115

267

175

376

245

104

504

330

122

651

427

191

112

327

187

502

285

716

390

970

525

1,263

682

136

226

150

339

225

475

316

633

414

815

544

130

219

142

330

217

463

300

620

403

800

529

121

206

135

315

208

445

288

600

386

116

777

507

112

195

128

301

198

429

275

115

580

373

134

755

491

202

119

349

202

540

307

776

430

1,057

575

1,384

752

149

100

250

166

377

249

531

346

711

470

917

612

143

242

160

367

241

519

337

697

460

902

599

133

229

150

351

228

499

321

675

443

112

877

576

124

217

142

337

217

481

308

111

654

427

129

853

557

116

206

134

322

206

107

464

295

125

634

410

145

830

537

(continued)

TABLE G2428.2(1) [504.2(1)]— continued
TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL GAS VENT

Number of Appliances

Single

Appliance Type

Category I

Appliance Vent Connection

Connected directly to vent

-n

c
m

HEIGHT

(h;

(feet)

LATERAL

(L)

(feet)

VENT DIAMETER— (D; inches

APPLIANCE INPUT RATING IN THOUSANDS OF BTU/H

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

100

213

128

374

220

587

336

853

475

1,173

650

1,548

855

166

112

283

185

432

280

613

394

826

535

1,072

700

160

108

275

176

421

273

600

385

811

524

1,055

688

150

102

262

171

405

261

580

371

788

507

107

1,028

668

141

249

163

389

249

560

357

105

765

490

124

1,002

648

132

237

154

374

237

102

542

343

119

743

473

139

977

628

113

214

104

346

219

131

507

321

149

702

444

171

929

594

101

216

134

397

232

633

363

932

518

1,297

708

1,730

952

183

122

320

206

497

314

715

445

975

615

1,276

813

177

119

312

200

487

308

702

438

960

605

1,259

798

. NA

168

114

299

190

471

298

681

426

935

589

101

1,230

773

158

287

180

455

288

662

413

100

911

572

117

1,203

747

149

275

169

440

278

642

401

113

888

556

131

1,176

722

131

250

410

259

123

605

376

141

844

522

161

1,125

670

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W.

z
>

m
</)

o
o

m
w

H
>

r-
o
o
o
m
®

TABLE G2428.2(2) [504.2(2)]
TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL GAS VENT

Number of Appliances

Single

Appliance Type

Category I

Appliance Vent Connection

Single-wall metal connector

HEIGHT

(H)
(feet) J

LATERAL

(L)

(feet)

VENT DIAMETER— (D) inches

6 7

APPLIANCE INPUT RATING IN THOUSANDS OF BTU/H

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

151

249

140

126

373

204

165

522

284

211

695

369

267

894

469

371

1,118

569

537

1,639

849

156

104

123

231

156

159

320

213

201

423

284

251

541

368

347

673

453

498

979

648

102

152

102

146

225

152

187

313

208

237

416

277

295

533

360

409

664

443

584

971

638

114

147

163

220

148

207

307

203

263

409

271

327

526

352

449

656

433

638

962

627

164

273

154

123

412

234

161

580

319

206

777

414

258

1,002

536

360

1,257

658

521

1,852

967

108

176

119

121

261

179

155

363

246

197

482

321

246

617

417

339

768

513

486

1,120

743

102

107

168

114

151

252

171

193

352

235

245

470

311

305

604

404

418

754

500

598

1,104

730

122

161

107

175

243

163

223

342

225

280

458

300

344

591

392

470

740

486

665

1,089

715

174

293

165

120

444

254

158

628

344

202

844

449

253

1,093

584

351

1,373

718

507

2,031

1,057

117

193

128

119

287

194

153

400

272

193

531

354

242

681

456

332

849

559

475

1,242

848

111

105

185

122

148

277

186

190

388

261

241

518

344

299

667

443

409

834

544

584

1,224

825

100

132

171

112

188

261

171

237

369

241

296

497

325

363

643

423

492

808

520

688

1,194

788

190

111

325

186

116

499

283

153

713

388

195

966

523

244

1,259

681

336

1,591

838

488

2,374

1,237

136

225

149

115

337

224

148

473

314

187

631

413

232

812

543

319

1,015

673

457

1,491

983

128

102

216

140

144

326

217

182

459

298

231

616

400

287

795

526

392

997

657

562

1,469

963

116

128

201

131

182

308

203

228

438

284

592

381

349

768

501

470

966

628

664

1,433

928

158

186

124

220

290

192

272

418

269

334

568

367

404

742

484

540

937

601

750

1,399

894

200

118

346

201

114

537

306

149

772

428

190

1,053

573

238

1,379

750

326

1,751

927

473

2,631

1,346

148

248

165

113

375

248

144

528

344

182

708

468

227

914

611

309

1,146

754

443

1,689

1,098

140

100

239

158

141

363

239

178

514

334

224

692

457

279

896

596

381

1,126

734

547

1,665

1,074

129

125

223

146

177

344

224

222

491

316

277

666

437

339

866

570

457

1,092

702

646

1,626

1,037

155

208

136

216

325

210

264

469

301

325

640

419

393

838

549

526

1,060

677

730

1,587

1,005

186

192

126

254

306

196

309

448

285

374

616

400

448

810

526

592

1,028

651

808

1,550

973

(continued)

TABLE G2428.2(2) [504.2(2)— continued]
TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL GAS VENT

Number of Appliances

Single

Appliance Type

Category I

Appliance Vent Connection

Single-wall metal connector

HEIGHT

(H)
(feet)

LATERAL

(L)

(feet)

VENT DIAMETER— (D) inches

APPLIANCE INPUT RATING IN THOUSANDS OF BTU/H

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

211

127

372

219

584

334

144

849

472

184

1,168

647

229

1,542

852

312

1,971

1,056

454

2,996

1,545

164

111

281

183

109

429

279

139

610

392

175

823

533

219

1,069

698

296

1,346

863

424

1,999

1,308

157

106

271

173

136

417

271

171

595

382

215

806

521

269

1,049

684

366

1,324

846

524

1,971

1,283

144

122

255

168

171

397

257

213

570

367

265

777

501

327

1,017

662

440

1,287

821

620

1,927

1,234

115

131

151

239

157

208

377

242

255

547

349

312

750

481

379

985

638

507

1,251

794

702

1,884

1,205

181

223

246

357

228

298

524

333

360

723

461

433

955

615

570

1,216

768

780

1,841

1,166

389

477

305

461

670

426

541

895

574

704

1,147

720

937

1,759

1,101

213

133

394

230

105

629

361

138

928

515

176

1,292

704

220

1,724

948

295

2,223

1,189

428

3,432

1,818

181

121

318

205

104

495

312

133

712

443

168

971

613

209

1,273

811

280

1,615

1,007

401

2,426

1,509

174

117

308

198

131

482

305

164

696

435

204

953

602

257

1,252

795

347

1,591

991

496

2,396

1,490

160

118

292

186

162

461

292

203

671

420

253

923

583

313

1,217

765

418

1,551

963

589

2,347

1,455

112

148

145

275

174

199

441

280

244

646

405

299

894

562

363

1,183

736

481

1,512

934

668

2,299

1,421

176

257

236

420

267

285

622

389

345

866

543

415

1,150

708

544

1,473

906

741

2,251

1,387

315

376

373

573

442

809

502

521

1,086

649

674

1,399

848

892

2,159

1,318

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W.

z
>

l-
3)

m
u>

p
m

G2428.2.7 (504.2.7) Liner system sizing and connec-
tions. Listed corrugated metallic chimney liner systems in
masonry chimneys shall be sized by using Table
02428.2(1) or G2428.2(2) for Type B vents with the maxi-
mum capacity reduced by 20 percent (0.80 x maximum
capacity) and the minimum capacity as shown in Table
G2428.2(l) or 02428.2(2). Corrugated metallic liner sys-
tems installed with bends or offsets shall have their maxi-
mum capacity further reduced in accordance with Section
02428.2.3. The 20-percent reduction for corrugated
metallic chimney liner systems includes an allowance for
one long-radius 90-degree (1.57 rad) turn at the bottom of
the liner.

Connections between chimney liners and listed dou-
ble-wall connectors shall be made with listed adapters
designed for such purpose.

G2428.2.8 (504.2.8) Vent area and diameter. Where the
vertical vent has a larger diameter than the vent connector,
the vertical vent diameter shall be used to determine the
minimum vent capacity, and the connector diameter shall be
used to determine the maximum vent capacity. The flow
area of the vertical vent shall not exceed seven times the
flow area of the listed appliance categorized vent area, flue
collar area, or draft hood outlet area unless designed in
accordance with approved engineering methods.

G2428.2.9 (504.2.9) Chimney and vent locations. Tables
02428.2(1) and 02428.2(2) shall only be used for chim-
neys and vents not exposed to the outdoors below the roof
line. A Type B vent or hsted chimney lining system passing
through an unused masonry chimney flue shall not be con-
sidered to be exposed to the outdoors. A Type B vent shall
not be considered to be exposed to the outdoors where it
passes through an unventilated enclosure or chase insulated
to a value of not less than R-8.

Exception: The installation of vents serving listed appli-
ances shall be permitted to be in accordance with the
appliance manufacturer's installation instructions.

G2428.2.10 (504.2.10) Corrugated vent connector size.

Corrugated vent connectors shall be not smaller than the
listed appliance categorized vent diameter, flue collar diam-
eter, or draft hood outlet diameter.

G2428.2.11 (504.2.11) Vent connector size limitation.

Vent connectors shall not be increased in size more than two
sizes greater than the listed appliance categorized vent
diameter, flue collar diameter or draft hood outlet diameter.

G2428.2.12 (504.2.12) Component commingling. In a

single run of vent or vent connector, different diameters and
types of vent and connector components shall be permitted
to be used, provided that all such sizes and types are permit-
ted by the tables.

G2428.2.13 (504.2.13) Draft hood conversion accesso-
ries. Draft hood conversion accessories for use with

FUEL GAS

masonry chimneys venting listed Category I fan-assisted
apphances shall be listed and installed in accordance with
the manufacturer's installation instructions for such listed
accessories.

G2428.2.14 (504.2.14) Table interpolation. Interpolation
shall be permitted in calculating capacities for vent dimen-
sions that fall between the table entries (see Example 3,
Appendix B).

G2428.2.15 (504.2.15) Extrapolation prohibited. Extrap-
olation beyond the table entries shall not be permitted.

G2428.2.16 (504.2.16) Engineering calculations. For vent
heights less than 6 feet (1829 mm) and greater than shown in
the tables, engineering methods shall be used to calculate
vent capacities.

G2428.3 (504.3) Application of multiple appliance vent
Tables G2428.3(l) through G2428.3(4). The application of
Tables 02428.3(1) through 02428.3(4) shall be subject to the
requirements of Sections 02428.3.1 through 02428.3.22.

G2428.3.1 (504.3.1) Vent obstructions. These venting
tables shall not be used where obstructions, as described in
Section 02427.15, are installed in the venting system. The
installation of vents serving listed appliances with vent
dampers shall be in accordance with the appliance manufac-
turer's instructions or in accordance with the following:

1 . The maximum capacity of the vent connector shall be
determined using the NAT Max column.

2. The maximum capacity of the vertical vent or chim-
ney shall be determined using the FAN+NAT column
when the second appliance is a fan-assisted appliance,
or the NAT-i-NAT column when the second appliance
is equipped with a draft hood.

3. The minimum capacity shall be determined as if the
appliance were a fan-assisted appliance.

3.1. The minimum capacity of the vent connector
shall be determined using the FAN Min column.

3.2. The FAN-i-FAN column shall be used when the
second appliance is a fan-assisted appliance,
and the FANh-NAT column shall be used when
the second appliance is equipped with a draft
hood, to determine whether the vertical vent or
chimney configuration is not permitted (NA).
Where the vent configuration is NA, the vent
configuration shall not be permitted and an al-
ternative venting configuration shall be utilized.

G2428.3.2 (504.3.2) Connector length limit. The vent
connector shall be routed to the vent utilizing the shortest
possible route. Except as provided in Section 02428.3.3,
the maximum vent connector horizontal length shall be 1.5
feet (457 mm) for each inch (18 mm per mm) of connector
diameter as shown in Table G2428.3.2.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

411

FUEL GAS

TABLE G2428.3(1) [504.3(1)]
TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL VENT

Number of Appliances

Two or more

Appliance Type

Category I

Appliance Vent Connection Type B double- wall connector

VENT CONNECTOR CAPACITY

VENT
HEIGHT

(H)
(feet)

CONNECTOR
RISE

(R)
(feet)

TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL VENT AND CONNECTOR DIAMETER— (D) inches

APPLIANCE INPUT RATING LIMITS IN THOUSANDS OF BTU/H

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

106

164

104

225

142

296

185

109

376

237

128

466

289

121

183

124

253

168

333

220

112

424

282

131

526

345

132

199

139

275

189

363

248

114

463

317

134

575

386

114

176

109

243

148

100

320

194

118

408

248

138

507

303

128

195

129

269

175

103

356

230

121

454

294

141

564

358

139

101

210

145

290

198

105

384

258

123

492

330

143

612

402

123

189

113

257

154

106

341

200

125

436

257

146

542

314

136

206

134

282

182

109

374

238

128

479

305

149

596

372

146

104

220

150

303

205

111

402

268

131

515

342

152

642

417

142

220

120

298

163

110

389

214

134

493

273

162

609

333

153

235

142

320

193

112

419

253

137

532

323

165

658

394

102

163

111

248

160

339

218

115

445

286

140

565

365

167

700

444

157

246

125

334

171

107

436

224

131

552

285

158

681

347

.57

105

167

104

259

149

354

202

110

463

265

134

587

339

161

725

414

110

176

116

271

168

371

228

113

486

300

137

618

383

164

764

466

113

181

288

134

391

182

103

512

238

125

649

305

151

802

372

118

190

110

299

158

408

215

105

535

282

129

679

360

155

840

439

123

198

124

309

178

423

242

108

555

317

132

706

405

158

874

494

COMMON VENT CAPACITY

VENT
HEIGHT

(H)
(feet)

TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL COMMON VENT DIAMETER (D)— inches

6 7

COMBINED APPLIANCE INPUT RATING IN THOUSANDS OF BTU/H

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

140

116

103

204

161

147

309

248

200

404

314

260

547

434

335

672

520

410

101

155

129

114

224

178

163

339

275

223

444

348

290

602

480

378

740 :

577

465

110

169

141

124

243

194

178

367

299

242

477

377

315

649

522

405

800

627

495

125

112

195

164

144

283

228

206

427

352

280

556

444

365

753

612

465

924

733

565

136

123

102

215

183

160

314

255

229

475

394

310

621

499

405

842

688

523

1,035

826

640

152

138

118

244

210

185

361

297

266

547

459

360

720

585

470

979

808

605

1,209

975

740

167

153

134

279

244

214

421

353

310

641

547

423

854

706

550

1,164

977

705

1,451

1,188

860

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.293 1 W

412

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"^

FUEL GAS

TABLE G2428.3(2) [504.3(2)]
TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL VENT

Number of Appliances

Two or more

Appliance Type

Category 1

Appliance Vent Connection

Single-wall metal connector

VENT CONNECTOR CAPACITY

VENT
HEIGHT

(H)
(feet)

CONNECTOR
RISE

(ff)
(feet)

SINGLE-WALL METAL VENT CONNECTOR DIAMETER— (D) inches

APPLIANCE INPUT RATING LIMITS IN THOUSANDS OF BTU/H

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

102

207

223

140

262

293

183

325

373

234

447

463

286

168

182

123

215

251

167

271

331

219

334

422

281

458

524

344

121

131

175

198

138

222

273

188

279

361

247

344

462

316

468

574

385

106

226

240

145

285

316

191

352

403

244

481

502

299

125

126

184

193

127

234

266

173

293

353

228

360

450

292

492

560

355

130

138

100

191

208

144

241

287

197

302

381

256

370

489

328

501

609

400

119

121

182

186

110

240

253

150

302

335

196

372

429

252

506

534

308

124

134

189

203

132

248

278

183

311

369

235

381

473

302

517

589

368

129

144

102

197

217

148

257

299

203

320

398

265

391

511

339

528

637

413

116

138

177

214

116

238

291

158

312

380

208

397

482

266

556

596

324

121

150

185

230

138

246

314

189

321

411

248

407

522

317

568

646

387

100

127

160

109

193

243

157

255

333

215

331

438

281

418

557

360

579

690

437

115

152

175

238

120

233

325

165

306

425

217

390

538

276

546

664

336

103

120

163

101

182

252

144

243

346

197

317

453

259

400

574

331

558

709

403

107

125

172

113

190

264

164

252

363

223

326

476

294

412

607

375

570

750

457

110

112

175

169

278

129

226

380

175

296

497

230

378

630

294

528

779

358

115

117

185

106

177

290

152

236

397

208

307

521

274

389

662

349

541

819

425

119

122

193

120

185

300

172

244

412

235

316

542

309

400

690

394

555

855

482

COMMON VENT CAPACITY

VENT
HEIGHT

(H)
(feet)

TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL COMMON VENT DIAMETER— (D) inches

6 7 8 9 10

COMBINED APPLIANCE INPUT RATING IN THOUSANDS OF BTU/H

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

113

200

158

144

304

244

196

398

310

257

541

429

332

665

515

407

126

111

218

173

159

331

269

218

436

342

285

592

473

373

730

569

460

163

137

120

237

189

174

357

292

236

467

369

309

638

512

398

787

617

487

121

108

189

159

140

275

221

200

416

343

274

544

434

357

738

599

456

905

718

553

131

118

208

177

156

305

247

223

463

383

302

606

487

395

824

673

512

1,013

808

626

145

132

113

236

202

180

350

286

257

533

446

349

703

570

459

958

790

593

1,183

952

723

159

145

128

268

233

208

406

337

296

622

529

410

833

686

535

1,139

954

689

1,418

1,157

838

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

413

FUEL GAS

TABLE G2428.3(3) [504.3(3)]
MASONRY CHIMNEY

Number of Appliances

Two or more

Appliance Type

Category I

Appliance Vent Connection

Type B double- wall connector

VENT CONNECTOR CAPACITY

VENT
HEIGHT

(H)
(feet)

CONNECTOR
RISE

(fl)
(feet)

TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL VENT CONNECTOR DIAMETER— (D) inches

_ s '

APPLIANCE INPUT RATING LIMITS IN THOUSANDS OF BTU/H

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

106

194

101

274

141

104

370

201

124

479

253

145

599

319

133

230

124

324

173

107

436

232

127

562

300

148

694

378

155

262

143

369

203

109

491

270

129

633

349

151

795

439

117

213

105

304

148

113

414

210

134

539

267

156

682

335

140

246

127

350

179

116

473

240

137

615

311

160

776

394

159

269

145

383

206

119

517

276

139

672

358

163

848

452

130

232

108

101

324

153

120

444

216

142

582

277

165

739

348

153

261

129

103

366

184

123

498

247

145

652

321

168

825

407

105

170

100

284

148

106

397

209

126

540

281

147

705

366

171

893

463

154

277

114

100

384

164

125

511

229

153

658

297

184

824

375

105

174

299

134

103

419

192

128

558

260

156

718

339

187

900

432

115

189

102

319

153

105

448

215

131

597

292

159

760

382

190

960

486

102

.53

172

313

119

437

173

123

584

239

150

752

312

180

943

397

114

190

335

138

101

467

199

126

625

270

153

805

354

184

1,011

452

123

204

104

353

157

104

493

222

129

661

301

156

851

396

187

1,067

505

COMMON VENT CAPACITY

VENT
HEIGHT

(H)
(feet)

MINIMUM INTERNAL AREA OF MASONRY CHIMNEY FLUE (square inches)

113

COMBINED APPLIANCE INPUT RATING IN THOUSANDS OF BTU/H

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

119

178

257

103

351

143

458

188

582

246

1,041

853

130

193

279

119

384

163

501

218

724

636

278

1,144

937

408

138

207

299

131

409

177

606

538

236

776

686

302

1,226

1,010

454

152

233

106

334

152

523

467

212

682

611

283

874

781

365

1,374

1,156

546

250

122

368

172

565

508

243

742

668

325

955

858

419

1,513

1,286

648

270

137

404

198

615

564

278

816

747

381

1,062

969

496

1,702

1,473

749

620

328

879

831

461

1,165

1,089

606

1,905

1,692

922

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645.16 mm^, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W

414

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

FUEL GAS

TABLE G2428.3(4) [504.3(4)]
MASONRY CHIMNEY

Number of Appliances

Two or more

Appliance Type

Category I

Appliance Vent Connection

Single-wall metal connector

VENT CONNECTOR CAPACITY

VENT
HEIGHT

(H)
(feet)

CONNECTOR
RISE

(ff)
(feet)

SINGLE-WALL METAL VENT CONNECTOR DIAMETER (D)— inches

APPLIANCE INPUT RATING LIMITS IN THOUSANDS OF BTU/H

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

FAN

NAT

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

Min

Max

179

191

100

231

271

140

292

366

200

362

474

252

499

594

316

186

227

123

239

321

172

301

432

231

373

557

299

509

696

376

134

153

193

258

142

247

365

202

309

491

269

381

634

348

519

793

437

195

208

103

250

298

146

313

407

207

387

530

263

529

672

331

137

139

202

240

125

258

343

177

323

465

238

397

607

309

540

766

391

143

156

210

264

145

266

376

205

332

509

274

407

663

356

551

838

450

130

151

202

225

106

267

316

151

333

434

213

410

571

273

558

727

343

136

150

210

255

128

276

358

181

343

489

244

420

640

317

569

813

403

102

143

166

217

277

147

284

389

207

352

530

279

430

694

363

580

880

459

129

151

199

271

112

268

376

161

349

502

225

445

646

291

623

808

366

103

135

170

207

295

132

277

411

189

359

548

256

456

706

334

634

884

424

112

141

185

101

215

315

151

286

439

213

368

586

289

466

755

378

646

945

479

128

167

197

303

117

265

425

169

345

569

235

439

734

306

614

921

347

111

134

185

205

325

136

274

455

195

355

610

266

450

787

348

627

986

443

119

140

199

103

213

343

154

282

481

219

365

644

298

461

831

391

639

1,042

496

COMMON VENT CAPACITY

VENT
HEIGHT

(H)
(feet)

MINIMUM INTERNAL AREA OF MASONRY CHIMNEY FLUE (square inches)

113

COMBINED APPLIANCE INPUT RATING IN THOUSANDS OF BTU/H

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

FAN
+FAN

FAN
+NAT

NAT
+NAT

118

176

255

102

348

142

455

187

579

245

846

128

190

276

118

380

162

497

217

633

277

1,136

928

405

136

205

295

129

405

175

532

234

171

680

300

1,216

1,000

450

230

105

335

150

400

210

677

602

280

866

772

360

1,359

1,139

540

247

120

362

170

503

240

765

661

321

947

849

415

1,495

1,264

640

135

398

195

558

275

808

739

377

1,052

957

490

1,682

1,447

740

612

325

821

456

1,152

1,076

600

1,879

1,672

910

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 square inch = 645.16 mm^, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

415

FUEL GAS

TABLE G2428.3.2 (504.3.2)
MAXIMUM VENT CONNECTOR LENGTH

CONNECTOR DIAMETER

CONNECTOR HORIZONTAL

Maximum
(inches)

Length
(feet)

4.5

7.5

10.5

13.5

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

G2428.3.3 (504.3.3) Connectors with longer lengths.

Connectors with longer horizontal lengths than those listed
in Section G2428.3.2 are permitted under the following
conditions:

1 . The maximum capacity (FAN Max or NAT Max) of
the vent connector shall be reduced 10 percent for
each additional multiple of the length listed above.
For example, the maximum length listed above for a
4-inch (102 mm) connector is 6 feet (1 829 mm). With
a connector length greater than 6 feet (1829 mm), but
not exceeding 12 feet (3658 mm), the maximum
capacity must be reduced by 10 percent (0.90 x maxi-
mum vent connector capacity). With a connector
length greater than 12 feet (3658 mm), but not
exceeding 18 feet (5486 mm), the maximum capacity
must be reduced by 20 percent (0.80 x maximum vent
capacity).

2. For a connector serving a fan-assisted appliance, the
minimum capacity (FAN Min) of the connector shall
be determined by referring to the corresponding sin-
gle appliance table. For Type B double-wall connec-
tors, Table 02428.2(1) shall be used. For single- wall
connectors, Table G2428.2(2) shall be used. The
height (H) and lateral (L) shall be measured according
to the procedures for a single appliance vent, as if the
other appliances were not present.

G2428.3.4 (504.3.4) Vent connector manifold. Where the
vent connectors are combined prior to entering the vertical
portion of the common vent to form a common vent mani-
fold, the size of the common vent manifold and the common
vent shall be determined by applying a 10-percent reduction
(0.90 X maximum common vent capacity) to the common
vent capacity part of the common vent tables. The length of
the common vent connector manifold (L^) shall not exceed
1 V2 feet for each inch (457 mm per mm) of common vent con-
nector manifold diameter (D) (see Appendix B Figure B- 1 1 ).

G2428.3.5 (504.3.5) Common vertical vent offset. Where
the common vertical vent is offset, the maximum capacity of
the common vent shall be reduced in accordance with Sec-
tion G2428.3.6. The horizontal length of the common vent

offset (LJ shall not exceed 1 V2 feet for each inch (457 mm
per mm) of common vent diameter.

G2428.3.6 (504.3.6) Elbows in vents. For each elbow up to
and including 45 degrees (0.79 rad) in the common vent, the
maximum common vent capacity listed in the venting tables
shall be reduced by 5 percent. For each elbow greater than
45 degrees (0.79 rad) up to and including 90 degrees (1.57
rad), the maximum common vent capacity listed in the vent-
ing tables shall be reduced by 10 percent.

G2428.3.7 (504.3.7) Elbows in connectors. The vent con-
nector capacities listed in the common vent sizing tables
include allowance for two 90-degree (1.57 rad) elbows. For
each additional elbow up to and including 45 degrees (0.79
rad), the maximum vent connector capacity listed in the
venting tables shall be reduced by 5 percent. For each elbow
greater than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) up to and including 90
degrees (1.57 rad), the maximum vent connector capacity
listed in the venting tables shall be reduced by 10 percent.

G2428.3.8 (504.3.8) Common vent minimum size. The

cross-sectional area of the common vent shall be equal to or
greater than the cross-sectional area of the largest connector.

G2428.3.9 (504.3.9) Common vent fittings. At the point
where tee or wye fittings connect to a common vent, the
opening size of the fitting shall be equal to the size of the
common vent. Such fittings shall not be prohibited from
having reduced-size openings at the point of connection of
appliance vent connectors.

G2428.3.9.1 (504.3.9.1) Tee and wye fittings. Tee and

wye fittings connected to a common vent shall be consid-
ered as part of the common vent and shall be constructed
of materials consistent with that of the common vent.

G2428.3.10 (504.3.10) High altitude installations. Sea-
level input ratings shall be used when determining maxi-
mum capacity for high altitude installation. Actual input,
derated for altitude, shall be used for determining minimum
capacity for high altitude installation.

G2428.3.11 (504.3.11) Connector rise measurement.

Connector rise (R) for each appliance connector shall be
measured from the draft hood outlet or flue collar to the cen-
terline where the vent gas streams come together.

G2428.3.12 (504.3.12) Vent height measurement. For

multiple appliances all located on one floor, available total
height (H) shall be measured from the highest draft hood
outlet or flue collar up to the level of the outlet of the com-
mon vent.

G2428.3.13 (504.3.17) Vertical vent maximum size.

Where two or more appliances are connected to a vertical
vent or chimney, the flow area of the largest section of verti-
cal vent or chimney shall not exceed seven times the small-
est listed appliance categorized vent areas, flue collar area,
or draft hood outlet area unless designed in accordance with
approved engineering methods.

G2428.3.14 (504.3.18) Multiple input rate appliances.

For appliances with more than one input rate, the minimum
vent connector capacity (FAN Min) determined from the
tables shall be less than the lowest appliance input rating.

416

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

FUEL GAS

and the maximum vent connector capacity (FAN Max or
NAT Max) determined from the tables shall be greater than
the highest appliance input rating.

G2428.3.15 (504.3.19) Liner system sizing and connec-
tions. Listed, corrugated metallic chimney liner systems in
masonry chimneys shall be sized by using Table
G2428.3(l) or G2428.3(2) for Type B vents, with the maxi-
mum capacity reduced by 20 percent (0.80 x maximum
capacity) and the minimum capacity as shown in Table
G2428.3(l) or 02428.3(2). Corrugated metallic liner sys-
tems installed with bends or offsets shall have their maxi-
mum capacity further reduced in accordance with Sections
G2428.3.5 and G2428.3.6. The 20-percent reduction for
corrugated metallic chimney liner systems includes an
allowance for one long-radius 90-degree (1.57 rad) turn at
the bottom of the liner. Where double- wall connectors are
required, tee and wye fittings used to connect to the com-
mon vent chimney liner shall be listed double- wall fittings.
Connections between chimney liners and listed double- wall
fittings shall be made with listed adapter fittings designed
for such purpose.

G2428.3.16 (504.3.20) Chimney and vent location.

Tables G2428.3(l), G2428.3(2), G2428.3(3) and
G2428.3(4) shall only be used for chimneys and vents not
exposed to the outdoors below the roof line. A Type B vent
or listed chimney lining system passing through an unused
masonry chimney flue shall not be considered to be exposed
to the outdoors. A Type B vent shall not be considered to be
exposed to the outdoors where it passes through an unventi-
lated enclosure or chase insulated to a value of not less than
R-8.

Exception: Vents serving hsted appliances installed in
accordance with the appliance manufacturer's installa-
tion instructions.

G2428.3.17 (504.3.21) Connector maximum and mini-
mum size. Vent connectors shall not be increased in size
more than two sizes greater than the listed appliance catego-
rized vent diameter, flue collar diameter, or draft hood outlet
diameter. Vent connectors for draft-hood-equipped appli-
ances shall not be smaller than the draft hood outlet diame-
ter. Where a vent connector size(s) determined from the
tables for a fan-assisted appliance(s) is smaller than the flue
collar diameter, the use of the smaller size(s) shall be per-
mitted provided that the installation complies with all of the
following conditions:

1 . Vent connectors for fan-assisted appliance flue col-
lars 12 inches (305 mm) in diameter or smaller are not
reduced by more than one table size [e.g., 12 inches to
10 inches (305 mm to 254 mm) is a one-size reduc-
tion] and those larger than 12 inches (305 nmi) in
diameter are not reduced more than two table sizes
[e.g., 24 inches to 20 inches (610 mm to 508 mm) is a
two-size reduction].

2. The fan-assisted appliance(s) is common vented with
a draft-hood-equipped appliances(s).

3. The vent connector has a smooth interior wall.

G2428.3.18 (504.3.22) Component commingling. All

combinations of pipe sizes, single-wall, and double-wall
metal pipe shall be allowed within any connector run(s) or
within the common vent, provided all of the appropriate
tables permit all of the desired sizes and types of pipe, as if
they were used for the entire length of the subject connector
or vent. Where single-wall and Type B double-wall metal
pipes are used for vent connectors within the same venting
system, the common vent must be sized using Table
G2428.3(2) or G2428.3(4), as appropriate.

G2428.3.19 (504.3.23) Draft hood conversion accesso-
ries. Draft hood conversion accessories for use with
masonry chimneys venting listed Category I fan-assisted
appliances shall be listed and installed in accordance with
the manufacturer's installation instructions for such listed
accessories.

G2428.3.20 (504.3.24) Multiple sizes permitted. Where a
table permits more than one diameter of pipe to be used for a
connector or vent, all the permitted sizes shall be permitted
to be used.

G2428.3.21 (504.3.25) Table interpolation. Interpolation
shall be permitted in calculating capacities for vent dimen-
sions that fall between table entries. (See Example 3,
Appendix B.)

G2428.3.22 (504.3.26) Extrapolation prohibited. Extrap-
olation beyond the table entries shall not be permitted.

G2428.3.23 (504.3.27) Engineering calculations. For vent
heights less than 6 feet ( 1 829 mm) and greater than shown in
the tables, engineering methods shall be used to calculate
vent capacities.

SECTION G2429 (505)

DIRECT-VENT, INTEGRAL VENT, MECHANICAL

VENT AND VENTILATION/EXHAUST

HOOD VENTING

G2429.1 (505.1) General. The installation of direct- vent and
integral vent appliances shall be in accordance with Section
G2427. Mechanical venting systems shall be designed and
installed in accordance with Section G2427.

SECTION G2430 (506)
FACTORY-BUILT CHIMNEYS

G2430.1 (506.1) Listing. Factory-built chimneys for building
heating appliances producing flue gases having a temperature
not greater than 1,000°F (538°C), measured at the entrance to
the chimney, shall be listed and labeled in accordance with UL
103 and shall be installed and terminated in accordance with
the manufacturer's installation instructions.

G2430.2 (506.2) Support. Where factory-built chimneys are
supported by structural members, such as joists and rafters,
such members shall be designed to support the additional
load.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

417

FUEL GAS

SECTION G2431 (601)
GENERAL

G2431.1 (601.1) Scope. Sections G2432 through G2453 shall
govern the approval, design, installation, construction, mainte-
nance, alteration and repair of the appliances and equipment
specifically identified herein.

SECTION G2432 (602)

DECORATIVE APPLIANCES FOR INSTALLATION

IN FIREPLACES

G2432.1 (602.1) General. Decorative appliances for installa-
tion in approved solid fuel burning fireplaces shall be tested in
accordance with ANSI Z21.60 and shall be installed in accor-
dance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Manu-
ally lighted natural gas decorative appliances shall be tested in
accordance with ANSI Z21.84.

G2432.2 (602.2) Flame safeguard device. Decorative appli-
ances for installation in approved solid fuel-burning fireplaces,
with the exception of those tested in accordance with ANSI
Z2 1 . 84, shall utilize a direct ignition device, an ignitor or a pilot
flame to ignite the fuel at the main burner, and shall be
equipped with a flame safeguard device. The flame safeguard
device shall automatically shut off the fuel supply to a main
burner or group of burners when the means of ignition of such
burners becomes inoperative.

G2432.3 (602.3) Prohibited installations. Decorative appli-
ances for installation in fireplaces shall not be installed where
prohibited by Secfion G2406.2.

SECTION G2436 (608)
VENTED WALL FURNACES

G2436.1 (608.1) General. Vented wall furnaces shall be tested
in accordance with ANSI Z21.86/CSA 2.32 and shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions.

G2436.2 (608.2) Venting. Vented wall furnaces shall be vented
in accordance with Section G2427.

G2436.3 (608.3) Location. Vented wall furnaces shall be
located so as not to cause a fire hazard to walls, floors, combus-
tible furnishings or doors. Vented wall furnaces installed
between bathrooms and adjoining rooms shall not circulate air
from bathrooms to other parts of the building.

G2436.4 (608.4) Door swing. Vented wall furnaces shall be
located so that a door cannot swing within 12 inches (305 mm)
of an air inlet or air outlet of such furnace measured at right
angles to the opening. Doorstops or door closers shall not be
installed to obtain this clearance.

G2436.5 (608.5) Ducts prohibited. Ducts shall not be
attached to wall furnaces. Casing extension boots shall not be
installed unless listed as part of the appliance.

G2436.6 (608.6) Access. Vented wall furnaces shall be pro-
vided with access for cleaning of heating surfaces, removal of
burners, replacement of sections, motors, controls, filters and
other working parts, and for adjustments and lubrication of
parts requiring such attention. Panels, grilles and access doors
that are required to be removed for normal servicing operations
shall not be attached to the building construction.

SECTION G2433 (603)
LOG LIGHTERS

G2433.1 (603.1) General. Log lighters shall be tested in accor-
dance with CS A 8 and shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions.

SECTION G2434 (604)

VENTED GAS FIREPLACES

(DECORATIVE APPLIANCES)

G2434.1 (604.1) General. Vented gas fireplaces shall be tested
in accordance with ANSI Z21.50, shall be installed in accor-
dance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and
shall be designed and equipped as specified in Section

G2432.2.

G2434.2 (604.2) Access. Panels, grilles, and access doors that
are required to be removed for normal servicing operations
shall not be attached to the building.

SECTION G2435 (605)
VENTED GAS FIREPLACE HEATERS

G2435.1 (605.1) General. Vented gas fireplace heaters shall
be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions, shall be tested in accordance with ANSI Z21.88
and shall be designed and equipped as specified in Section
G2432.2.

SECTION G2437 (609)
FLOOR FURNACES

G2437.1 (609.1) General. Floor furnaces shall be tested in
accordance with ANSI Z21 .86/CSA 2.32 and shall be installed
in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

G2437.2 (609.2) Placement. The following provisions apply
to floor furnaces:

1 . Floors. Floor furnaces shall not be installed in the floor of
any doorway, stairway landing, aisle or passageway of
any enclosure, public or private, or in an exitway from
any such room or space.

2. Walls and comers. The register of a floor furnace with a
horizontal warm air outlet shall not be placed closer than
6 inches (152 mm) to the nearest wall. A distance of at
least 18 inches (457 mm) from two adjoining sides of the
floor furnace register to walls shall be provided to elimi-
nate the necessity of occupants walking over the warm
air discharge. The remaining sides shall be permitted to
be placed not closer than 6 inches (152 mm) to a wall.
Wall-register models shall not be placed closer than 6
inches (152 mm) to a comer.

3. Draperies. The fumace shall be placed so that a door,
drapery, or similar object cannot be nearer than 12 inches
(305 mm) to any portion of the register of the fumace.

4. Floor construction. Floor fumaces shall not be installed
in concrete floor constmction built on grade.

418

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

FUEL GAS

5. Thermostat. The controlling thermostat for a floor fur-
nace shall be located within the same room or space as
the floor furnace or shall be located in an adjacent room
or space that is permanently open to the room or space
containing the floor furnace.

G2437.3 (609.3) Bracing. The floor around the furnace shall
be braced and headed with a support framework designed in
accordance with Chapter 5.

G2437.4 (609.4) Clearance. The lowest portion of the floor
furnace shall have not less than a 6-inch (152 mm) clearance
from the grade level; except where the lower 6-inch (152 mm)
portion of the floor furnace is sealed by the manufacturer to
prevent entrance of water, the minimum clearance shall be
reduced to not less than 2 inches (51 mm). Where these clear-
ances cannot be provided, the ground below and to the sides
shall be excavated to form a pit under the furnace so that the
required clearance is provided beneath the lowest portion of the
furnace. A 12-inch (305 mm) minimum clearance shall be pro-
vided on all sides except the control side, which shall have an
18-inch (457 mm) minimum clearance.

G2437.5 (609.5) First floor installation. Where the basement
story level below the floor in which a floor furnace is installed
is utihzed as habitable space, such floor furnaces shall be
enclosed as specified in Section G2437.6 and shall project into
a nonhabitable space.

G2437.6 (609.6) Upper floor installations. Floor furnaces
installed in upper stories of buildings shall project below into
nonhabitable space and shall be separated from the
nonhabitable space by an enclosure constructed of
noncombustible materials. The floor furnace shall be provided
with access, clearance to all sides and bottom of not less than 6
inches (152 mm) and combustion air in accordance with Sec-
tion G2407.

SECTION G2438 (613)
CLOTHES DRYERS

G2438.1 (613.1) General. Clothes dryers shall be tested in
accordance with ANSI Z21.5.1 and shall be installed in accor-
dance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

SECTION 02439(614)
CLOTHES DRYER EXHAUST

G2439.1 (614.1) Installation. Clothes dryers shall be
exhausted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
Dryer exhaust systems shall be independent of all other sys-
tems and shall convey the moisture and any products of com-
bustion to the outside of the building.

G2439.2 (614.2) Duct penetrations. Ducts that exhaust
clothes dryers shall not penetrate or be located within any
fireblocking, draftstopping or any wall, floor/ceiling or other
assembly required by this code to be fire-resistance rated,
unless such duct is constructed of galvanized steel or aluminum
of the thickness specified in the mechanical provisions of this
code and the fire-resistance rating is maintained in accordance
with this code. Fire dampers shall not be installed in clothes
dryer exhaust duct systems.

G2439.3 (614.4) Exhaust installation. Dryer exhaust ducts for
clothes dryers shall terminate on the outside of the building and
shall be equipped with a backdraft damper. Screens shall not be
installed at the duct termination. Ducts shall not be connected or
installed with sheet metal screws or other fasteners that will
obstruct the flow. Clothes dryer exhaust ducts shall not be con-
nected to a vent connector, vent or chimney. Clothes dryer
exhaust ducts shall not extend into or through ducts or plenums.

G2439.4 (614.5) Makeup air. Installations exhausting more
than 200 cfm (0.09 m^/s) shall be provided with makeup air.
Where a closet is designed for the installation of a clothes dryer,
an opening having an area of not less than 100 square inches
(0.0645 m^) for makeup air shall be provided in the closet enclo-
sure, or makeup air shall be provided by other approved means.

G2439.5 (614.6) Clothes dryer ducts. Exhaust ducts for
domestic clothes dryers shall be constructed of metal and shall
have a smooth interior finish. The exhaust duct shall be a mini-
mum nominal size of 4 inches (102 mm) in diameter. The entire
exhaust system shall be supported and secured in place. The
male end of the duct at overlapped duct joints shall extend in
the direction of airflow. Clothes dryer transition ducts used to
connect the appliance to the exhaust duct system shall be metal
and limited to a single length not to exceed 8 feet (2438 mm) in
length and shall be listed and labeled for the application. Tran-
sition ducts shall not be concealed within construction.

G2439.5.1 (614.6.1) Maximum length. The maximum
length of a clothes dryer exhaust duct shall not exceed 25
feet (7620 mm) from the dryer location to the oudet termi-
nal. The maximum length of the duct shall be reduced VI2
feet (762 mm) for each 45 degree (0.79 rad) bend and 5 feet
(1524 mm) for each 90 degree (1.6 rad) bend.

Exception: Where the make and model of the clothes
dryer to be installed is known and the manufacturer's
installation instructions for such dryer are provided to
the code official, the maximum length of the exhaust
duct, including any transition duct, shall be permitted to
be in accordance with the dryer manufacturer's installa-
tion instructions.

G2439.5.2 (614.6.2) Rough-in-required. Where a com-
partment or space for a clothes dryer is provided, an exhaust
duct system shall be installed.

SECTION 02440(615)
SAUNA HEATERS

G2440.1 (615.1) General. Sauna heaters shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

G2440.2 (615.2) Location and protection. Sauna heaters
shall be located so as to minimize the possibility of accidental
contact by a person in the room.

G2440.2.1 (615.2.1) Guards. Sauna heaters shall be pro-
tected from accidental contact by an approved guard or bar-
rier of material having a low coefficient of thermal
conductivity. The guard shall not substantially affect the
transfer of heat from the heater to the room.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

419

FUEL GAS

G2440.3 (615.3) Access. Panels, grilles and access doors that
are required to be removed for normal servicing operations,
shall not be attached to the building.

G2440.4 (615.4) Combustion and dilution air intakes.

Sauna heaters of other than the direct- vent type shall be
installed with the draft hood and combustion air intake located
outside the sauna room. Where the combustion air inlet and the
draft hood are in a dressing room adjacent to the sauna room,
there shall be provisions to prevent physically blocking the
combustion air inlet and the draft hood inlet, and to prevent
physical contact with the draft hood and vent assembly, or
warning notices shall be posted to avoid such contact. Any
warning notice shall be easily readable, shall contrast with its
background, and the wording shall be in letters not less than
0.25 inch (6.4 mm) high.

G2440.5 (615.5) Combustion and ventilation air. Combus-
tion air shall not be taken from inside the sauna room. Combus-
tion and ventilation air for a sauna heater not of the direct- vent
type shall be provided to the area in which the combustion air
inlet and draft hood are located in accordance with Section
G2407.

G2440.6 (615.6) Heat and time controls. Sauna heaters shall
be equipped with a thermostat which will limit room tempera-
ture to 194°F (90°C). If the thermostat is not an integral part of
the sauna heater, the heat-sensing element shall be located
within 6 inches (152 mm) of the ceiling. If the heat-sensing ele-
ment is a capillary tube and bulb, the assembly shall be attached
to the wall or other support, and shall be protected against phys-
ical damage.

G2440.6.1 (615.6.1) Timers. A timer, if provided to control
main burner operation, shall have a maximum operating
time of 1 hour. The control for the timer shall be located out-
side the sauna room.

G2440.7 (615.7) Sauna room. A ventilation opening into the
sauna room shall be provided. The opening shall be not less
than 4 inches by 8 inches (102 mm by 203 mm) located near the
top of the door into the sauna room.

SECTION G2441 (617)
POOL AND SPA HEATERS

G2441.1 (617.1) General. Pool and spa heaters shall be tested
in accordance with ANSI Z21.56 and shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

SECTION 02442(618)
FORCED-AIR WARM-AIR FURNACES

G2442.1 (618.1) General. Forced-air warm-air furnaces shall
be tested in accordance with ANSI Z21 .47 or UL 795 and shall
be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions.

G2442.2 (618.2) Forced-air furnaces. The minimum unob-
structed total area of the outside and return air ducts or open-
ings to a forced-air warm-air furnace shall be not less than 2
square inches for each 1,000 Btu/h (4402 mm^AV) output rat-
ing capacity of the furnace and not less than that specified in the

furnace manufacturer's installation instructions. The minimum
unobstructed total area of supply ducts from a forced-air
warm-air furnace shall be not less than 2 square inches for each
1,000 Btu/h (4402 mm^AV) output rating capacity of the fur-
nace and not less than that specified in the furnace manufac-
turer's installation instructions.

Exception: The total area of the supply air ducts and outside
and return air ducts shall not be required to be larger than the
minimum size required by the furnace manufacturer's
installation instructions.

G2442.3 (618.3) Dampers. Volume dampers shall not be
placed in the air inlet to a furnace in a manner that will reduce
the required air to the furnace.

G2442.4 (618.4) Circulating air ducts for forced-air
warm-air furnaces. Circulating air for forced-air-type,
warm-air furnaces shall be conducted into the blower housing
from outside the furnace enclosure by continuous air-tight
ducts.

G2442.5 (618.5) Prohibited sources. Outside or return air for
a forced-air heating system shall not be taken from the follow-
ing locations:

1. Closer than 10 feet (3048 mm) from an appliance vent
outlet, a vent opening from a plumbing drainage system
or the discharge outlet of an exhaust fan, unless the outlet
is 3 feet (914 mm) above the outside air inlet.

2. Where there is the presence of objectionable odors,
fumes or flammable vapors; or where located less than
10 feet (3048 mm) above the surface of any abutting pub-
lic way or driveway; or where located at grade level by a
sidewalk, street, alley or driveway.

3. A room or space, the volume of which is less than 25 per-
cent of the entire volume served by such system. Where
connected by a permanent opening having an area sized
in accordance with Section G2442.2, adjoining rooms or
spaces shall be considered as a single room or space for
the purpose of determining the volume of such rooms or
spaces.

Exception: The minimum volume requirement shall
not apply where the amount of return air taken from a
room or space is less than or equal to the amount of
supply air delivered to such room or space.

4. A room or space containing an appliance where such a
room or space serves as the sole source of return air.

Exception: This shall not apply where:

1 . The appliance is a direct-vent appliance or an
appliance not requiring a vent in accordance
with Section G2425.8.

2. The room or space complies with the following
requirements:

2.1. The return air shall be taken from a
room or space having a volume exceed-
ing 1 cubic foot (28 316.85 mm^) for
each 10 Btu/h (9.6 L/W) of combined
input rating of all fuel-burning appli-
ances therein.

420

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

FUEL GAS

2.2. The volume of supply air discharged
back into the same space shall be
approximately equal to the volume of
return air taken from the space.

2.3. Return-air inlets shall not be located
within 10 feet (3048 mm) of any appli-
ance firebox or draft hood in the same
room or space.

3. Rooms or spaces containing solid-fuel burning
appliances, provided that return-air inlets are
located not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from
the firebox of such appliances.

5. A closet, bathroom, toilet room, kitchen, garage,
mechanical room, boiler room or furnace room.

G2442.6 (618.6) Screen. Required outdoor air inlets shall be
covered with a screen having V4-inch (6.4 mm) openings.
Required outdoor air inlets serving a nonresidential portion of
a building shall be covered with screen having openings larger
than 74 inch (6.4 mm) and not larger than 1 inch (25 mm).

G2442.7 (618.7) Return-air limitation. Return air from one
dwelling unit shall not be discharged into another dwelUng unit.

SECTION G2443 (619)
CONVERSION BURNERS

G2443.1 (619.1) Conversion burners. The installation of con-
version burners shall conform to ANSI Z21.8.

SECTION G2444 (620)
UNIT HEATERS

G2444.1 (620.1) General. Unit heaters shall be tested in accor-
dance with ANSI Z83.8 and shall be installed in accordance
with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

G2444.2 (620.2) Support. Suspended-type unit heaters shall
be supported by elements that are designed and constructed to
accommodate the weight and dynamic loads. Hangers and
brackets shall be of noncombustible material.

G2444.3 (620.3) Ductwork. Ducts shall not be connected to a
unit heater unless the heater is listed for such installation.

G2444.4 (620.4) Clearance. Suspended-type unit heaters
shall be installed with clearances to combustible materials of
not less than 18 inches (457 mm) at the sides, 12 inches (305
mm) at the bottom and 6 inches (152 mm) above the top where
the unit heater has an internal draft hood or 1 inch (25 mm)
above the top of the sloping side of the vertical draft hood.

Floor-mounted-type unit heaters shall be installed with
clearances to combustible materials at the back and one side
only of not less than 6 inches (152 mm). Where the flue gases
are vented horizontally, the 6-inch (152 mm) clearance shall be
measured from the draft hood or vent instead of the rear wall of
the unit heater. Floor-mounted-type unit heaters shall not be
installed on combustible floors unless listed for such installa-
tion.

Clearance for servicing all unit heaters shall be in accor-
dance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

Exception: Unit heaters listed for reduced clearance shall
be permitted to be installed with such clearances in accor-
dance with their listing and the manufacturer's instructions.

SECTION 02445(621)
UNVENTED ROOM HEATERS

G2445.1 (621.1) General. Unvented room heaters shall be
tested in accordance with ANSI Z 21 . 1 1 .2 and shall be installed
in accordance with the conditions of the listing and the manu-
facturer's installation instructions.

G2445.2 (621.2) Prohibited use. One or more unvented room
heaters shall not be used as the sole source of comfort heating
in a dwelling unit.

G2445.3 (621.3) Input rating. Unvented room heaters shall
not have an input rating in excess of 40,000 Btu/h (11.7 kW).

G2445.4 (621.4) Prohibited locations. The location of
unvented room heaters shall comply with Section G2406.2.

G2445.5 (621.5) Room or space volume. The aggregate input
rating of all unvented appliances installed in a room or space
shall not exceed 20 Btu/h per cubic foot (0.21 kW/m^) of vol-
ume of such room or space. Where the room or space in which
the equipment is installed is directly connected to another room
or space by a doorway, archway or other opening of compara-
ble size that cannot be closed, the volume of such adjacent
room or space shall be permitted to be included in the calcula-
tions.

G2445.6 (621.6) Oxygen-depletion safety system. Unvented
room heaters shall be equipped with an oxygen-depletion-sen-
sitive safety shutoff system. The system shall shut off the gas
supply to the main and pilot burners when the oxygen in the
surrounding atmosphere is depleted to the percent concentra-
tion specified by the manufacturer, but not lower than 18 per-
cent. The system shall not incorporate field adjustment means
capable of changing the set point at which the system acts to
shut off the gas supply to the room heater.

G2445.7 (621.7) Unvented decorative room heaters. An

unvented decorative room heater shall not be installed in a fac-
tory-built fireplace unless the fireplace system has been specif-
ically tested, listed and labeled for such use in accordance with
UL 127.

G2445.7.1 (621.7.1) Ventless firebox enclosures. Ventiess
firebox enclosures used with unvented decorative room
heaters shall be listed as complying with ANSI Z21.91.

SECTION G2446 (622)
VENTED ROOM HEATERS

G2446.1 (622.1) General. Vented room heaters shall be tested
in accordance with ANSI Z21.86/CSA 2.32, shall be designed
and equipped as specified in Section G2432.2 and shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

421

FUEL GAS

SECTION G2447 (623)
COOKING APPLIANCES

G2447.1 (623.1) Cooking appliances. Cooking appliances
that are designed for permanent installation, including ranges,
ovens, stoves, broilers, grills, fryers, griddles, hot plates and
barbecues, shall be tested in accordance with ANSI Z21.1 or
ANSI Z21.58 and shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions.

G2447.2 (623.2) Prohibited location. Cooking appliances
designed, tested, listed and labeled for use in commercial occu-
pancies shall not be installed within dwelling units or within
any area where domestic cooking operations occur.

G2447.3 (623.3) Domestic appliances. Cooking appliances
installed within dwelling units and within areas where domes-
tic cooking operations occur shall be listed and labeled as
household-type appliances for domestic use.

G2447.4 (623.4) Range installation. Ranges installed on
combustible floors shall be set on their own bases or legs and
shall be installed with clearances of not less than that shown on
the label.

SECTION G2448 (624)
WATER HEATERS

G2448.1 (624.1) General. Water heaters shall be tested in
accordance with ANSI Z 21 . 10. 1 and ANSI Z 21. 10.3 and shall
be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions.

G2448.1.1 (624.1.1) Installation requirements. The

requirements for water heaters relative to sizing, relief
valves, drain pans and scald protection shall be in accor-
dance with this code.

G2448.2 (624.2) Water heaters utilized for space heating.

Water heaters utilized both to supply potable hot water and pro-
vide hot water for space-heating applications shall be listed and
labeled for such applications by the manufacturer and shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions and this code.

SECTION G2449 (627)
AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT

G2449.1 (627.1) General. Air conditioning equipment shall
be tested in accordance with ANSI Z21 .40. 1 or ANSI Z21 .40.2
and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions.

G2449.2 (627.2) Independent piping. Gas piping serving
heating equipment shall be permitted to also serve cooling
equipment where such heating and cooling equipment cannot
be operated simultaneously. (See Section G2413.)

G2449.3 (627.3) Connection of gas engine-powered air con-
ditioners. To protect against the effects of normal vibration in
service, gas engines shall not be rigidly connected to the gas
supply piping.

G2449.4 (627.6) Installation. Air conditioning equipment
shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's

instructions. Unless the equipment is listed for installation on a
combustible surface such as a floor or roof, or unless the sur-
face is protected in an approved manner, equipment shall be
installed on a surface of noncombustible construction with
noncombustible material and surface finish and with no com-
bustible material against the underside thereof.

SECTION G2450 (628)
ILLUMINATING APPLIANCES

G2450.1 (628.1) General. Illuminating appliances shall be
tested in accordance with ANSI Z21.42 and shall be installed
in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions.

G2450.2 (628.2) Mounting on buildings. Illuminating appU-
ances designed for wall or ceiling mounting shall be securely
attached to substantial structures in such a manner that they are
not dependent on the gas piping for support.

G2450.3 (628.3) Mounting on posts. Illuminating appliances
designed for post mounting shall be securely and rigidly
attached to a post. Posts shall be rigidly mounted. The strength
and rigidity of posts greater than 3 feet (914 mm) in height shall
be at least equivalent to that of a 2.5-inch-diameter (64 mm)
post constructed of 0.064-inch-thick (1.6 mm) steel or a 1-inch
(25 mm) Schedule 40 steel pipe. Posts 3 feet (914 mm) or less
in height shall not be smaller than V4-inch (19.1 mm) Schedule
40 steel pipe. Drain openings shall be provided near the base of
posts where there is a possibility of water collecting inside
them.

G2450.4 (628.4) Appliance pressure regulators. Where an
appliance pressure regulator is not supplied with an illuminat-
ing appliance and the service line is not equipped with a ser-
vice pressure regulator, an appliance pressure regulator shall
be installed in the line to the illuminating appliance. For mul-
tiple installations, one regulator of adequate capacity shall be
permitted to serve more than one illuminating appliance.

SECTION G2451 (630)
INFRARED RADIANT HEATERS

G2451.1 (630.1) General. Infrared radiant heaters shall be
tested in accordance with ANSI Z 83.6 and shall be installed
in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions.

G2451.2 (630.2) Support. Infrared radiant heaters shall be
fixed in a position independent of gas and electric supply lines.
Hangers and brackets shall be of noncombustible material.

SECTION 02452(631)
BOILERS

G2452.1 (631.1) Standards. Boilers shall be listed in accor-
dance with the requirements of ANSI Z21.13 or UL 795. If
applicable, the boiler shall be designed and constructed in
accordance with the requirements of ASME CSD-1 and as
applicable, the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Sec-
tions I, II, IV, V and IX and NFPA 85.

422

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE

FUEL GAS

G2452.2 (631.2) Installation. In addition to the requirements
of this code, the installation of boilers shall be in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions and this code. Operating
instructions of a permanent type shall be attached to the boiler.
Boilers shall have all controls set, adjusted and tested by the
installer. A complete control diagram together with complete
boiler operating instructions shall be furnished by the installer.
The manufacturer's rating data and the nameplate shall be
attached to the boiler.

G2452.3 (631.3) Clearance to combustible material. Clear-
ances to combustible materials shall be in accordance with Sec-
tion G2409.4.

SECTION G2453 (634)
CHIMNEY DAMPER OPENING AREA

G2453.1 (634.1) Free opening area of chimney dampers.

Where an unlisted decorative appliance for installation in a
vented fireplace is installed, the fireplace damper shall have a
permanent free opening equal to or greater than specified in
Table G2453.1.

TABLE G2453.1 (634.1)

FREE OPENING AREA OF CHIMNEY DAMPER FOR VENTING FLUE GASES

FROM UNLISTED DECORATIVE APPLIANCES FOR INSTALLATION IN VENTED FIREPLACES

CHIMNEY HEIGHT
(feet)

IWINIWIUM PERMANENT FREE OPENING
(square inches)^

Appliance input rating (Btu per hour)

7,800

14,000

23,200

34,000

46,400

62,400

80,000

8,400

15,200

25,200

37,000

50,400

68,000

86,000

9,000

16,800

27,600

40,400

55,800

74,400

96,400

9,800

18,200

30,200

44,600

62,400

84,000

108,800

10,600

20,200

32,600

50,400

68,400

94,000

122,200

11,200

21,600

36,600

55,200

76,800

105,800

138,600

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 square inch = 645.16 mii^, 1,000 Btu per hour = 0.293 kW.

a. The first six minimum permanent free openings (8 square inches to 51 square inches) correspond approximately to the cross-sectional areas of chimneys having
diameters of 3 inches through 8 inches, respectively. The 64-square inch opening corresponds to the cross-sectional area of standard 8-inch by 8-inch chimney tile.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

423

424 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

Part VII — Plumbing

CHAPTER 25

PLUMBING ADMINISTRATION

SECTION P2501
GENERAL

P2501.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall establish
the general administrative requirements applicable to plumb-
ing systems and inspection requirements of this code.

P2501.2 Application. In addition to the general administration
requirements of Chapter 1, the administrative provisions of this
chapter shall also apply to the plumbing requirements of Chap-
ters 25 through 32.

SECTION P2502
EXISTING PLUMBING SYSTEMS

P2502.1 Existing building sewers and drains. Existing
building sewers and drains shall be used in connection with
new systems when found by examination and/or test to con-
form to the requirements prescribed by this document.

P2502.2 Additions, alterations or repairs. Additions, alter-
ations, renovations or repairs to any plumbing system shall
conform to that required for a new plumbing system without
requiring the existing plumbing system to comply with all the
requirements of this code. Additions, alterations or repairs
shall not cause an existing system to become unsafe, insanitary
or overloaded.

Minor additions, alterations, renovations and repairs to
existing plumbing systems shall be permitted in the same man-
ner and arrangement as in the existing system, provided that
such repairs or replacement are not hazardous and are
approved.

SECTION P2503
INSPECTION AND TESTS

P2503.1 Inspection required. New plumbing work and parts
of existing systems affected by new work or alterations shall be
inspected by the building official to ensure compliance with the
requirements of this code.

P2503.2 Concealment. A plumbing or drainage system, or
part thereof, shall not be covered, concealed or put into use
until it has been tested, inspected and approved by the building
official.

P2503.3 Responsibility of permittee. Test equipment, materi-
als and labor shall be furnished by the permittee.

P2503.4 Building sewer testing. The building sewer shall be
tested by insertion of a test plug at the point of connection with
the public sewer and filling the building sewer with water, test-
ing with not less than a 1 0-foot (3048 mm) head of water and be
able to maintain such pressure for 15 minutes.

P2503.5 DWV systems testing. Rough and finished plumbing
installations shall be tested in accordance with Sections
P2503.5.1andP2503.5.2.

P2503.5.1 Rough plumbing. DWV systems shall be tested
on completion of the rough piping installation by water or
air with no evidence of leakage. Either test shall be applied
to the drainage system in its entirety or in sections after
rough piping has been installed, as follows:

1 . Water test. Each section shall be filled with water to a
point not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) above the high-
est fitting connection in that section, or to the highest
point in the completed system. Water shall be held in
the section under test for a period of 15 minutes. The
system shall prove leak free by visual inspection.

2. Air test. The portion under test shall be maintained at
a gauge pressure of 5 pounds per square inch (psi) (34
kPa) or 10 inches of mercury column (34 kPa). This
pressure shall be held without introduction of addi-
tional air for a period of 15 minutes.

P2503.5.2 Finished plumbing. After the plumbing fixtures
have been set and their traps filled with water, their connec-
tions shall be tested and proved gas tight and/or water tight
as follows:

1. Water tightness. Each fixture shall be filled and then
drained. Traps and fixture connections shall be
proven water tight by visual inspection.

2. Gas tightness. When required by the local administra-
tive authority, a final test for gas tightness of the
DWV system shall be made by the smoke or pepper-
mint test as follows:

2.1. Smoke test. Introduce a pungent, thick smoke
into the system. When the smoke appears at
vent terminals, such terminals shall be sealed
and a pressure equivalent to a 1-inch water
column (249 Pa) shall be applied and main-
tained for a test period of not less than 15 min-
utes.

2.2. Peppermint test. Introduce 2 ounces (59 mL)
of oil of peppermint into the system. Add 10
quarts (9464 mL) of hot water and seal all vent
terminals. The odor of peppermint shall not be
detected at any trap or other point in the sys-
tem.

P2503.6 Water-supply system testing. Upon completion of
the water-supply system or a section of it, the system or portion
completed shall be tested and proved tight under a water pres-
sure of not less than the working pressure of the system or, for
piping systems other than plastic, by an air test of not less than

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

425

PLUMBING ADMINISTRATION

50 psi (345 kPa). This pressure shall be held for not less than 15
minutes. The water used for tests shall be obtained from a pota-
ble water source.

P2503.7 Inspection and testing of backflow prevention
devices. Inspection and testing of backflow prevention devices
shall comply with Sections P2503.7.1 and P2503.7.2.

P2503.7.1 Inspections. Inspections shall be made of all
backflow prevention assemblies to determine whether they
are operable.

P2503.7.2 Testing. Reduced pressure principle backflow
preventers, double check valve assemblies, double-detector
check valve assemblies and pressure vacuum breaker
assemblies shall be tested at the time of installation, imme-
diately after repairs or relocation and at least annually.

P2503.8 Test gauges. Gauges used for testing shall be as fol-
lows:

1. Tests requiring a pressure of 10 psi or less shall utilize a
testing gauge having increments of 0.10 psi (0.69 kPa) or
less.

2. Tests requiring a pressure higher than 10 psi (0.69 kPa)
but less than or equal to 100 psi (690 kPa) shall use a test-
ing gauge having increments of 1 psi (6.9 kPa) or less.

3. Tests requiring a pressure higher than 100 psi (690 kPa)
shall use a testing gauge having increments of 2 psi ( 14 kPa)
or less.

426 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'^

CHAPTER 26

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS

SECTION P2601
GENERAL

P2601.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the
installation of plumbing not specifically covered in other chap-
ters applicable to plumbing systems. The installation of plumb-
ing, appliances, equipment and systems not addressed by this
code shall comply with the applicable provisions of the Inter-
national Plumbing Code.

P2601.2 Connection. Plumbing fixtures, drains and appli-
ances used to receive or discharge liquid wastes or sewage shall
be connected to the sanitary drainage system of the building or
premises in accordance with the requirements of this code.
This section shall not be construed to prevent indirect waste
systems.

P2601.3 Flood hazard area. In areas prone to flooding as
established by Table R301 .2(1), plumbing fixtures, drains, and
appliances shall be located or installed in accordance with Sec-
tion R324. 1.5.

SECTION P2602

INDIVIDUAL WATER SUPPLY AND SEWAGE

DISPOSAL

P2602.1 General. The water-distribution and drainage system
of any building or premises where plumbing fixtures are
installed shall be connected to a public water supply or sewer
system, respectively, if available. When either a public
water-supply or sewer system, or both, are not available, or
connection to them is not feasible, an individual water supply
or individual (private) sewage-disposal system, or both, shall
be provided.

P2602.2 Flood-resistant installation. In areas prone to flood-
ing as established by Table R301.2(l):

1. Water supply systems shall be designed and constructed
to prevent infiltration of floodwaters.

2. Pipes for sewage disposal systems shall be designed and
constructed to prevent infiltration of floodwaters into the
systems and discharges from the systems into flood-
waters.

SECTION P2603
STRUCTURAL AND PIPING PROTECTION

P2603.1 General. In the process of installing or repairing any
part of a plumbing and drainage installation, the finished
floors, walls, ceilings, tile work or any other part of the building
or premises that must be changed or replaced shall be left in a
safe structural condition in accordance with the requirements
of the building portion of this code.

P2603.2 Drilling and notching. Wood-framed structural
members shall not be drilled, notched or altered in any manner
except as provided in Sections R502.8, R602.5, R602.6,

R802.7 and R802.7.1. Holes in cold-formed steel-framed
load-bearing members shall be permitted only in accordance
with Sections R505.2, R603.2 and R804.2. In accordance with
the provisions of Sections R603.3.4 and R804.3.5 cutting and
notching of flanges and lips of cold-formed steel-framed
load-bearing members shall not be permitted.

P2603.2.1 Protection against physical damage. In con-
cealed locations, where piping, other than cast-iron or gal-
vanized steel, is installed through holes or notches in studs,
joists, rafters or similar members less than 1.5 inches (38
mm) from the nearest edge of the member, the pipe shall be
protected by shield plates. Protective shield plates shall be a
minimum of 0.062-inch-thick (1.6 mm) steel, shall cover
the area of the pipe where the member is notched or bored
and shall extend a minimum of 2 inches (5 1 mm) above sole
plates and below top plates.

P2603.3 Breakage and corrosion. Pipes passing through or
under walls shall be protected from breakage. Pipes passing
through concrete or cinder walls and floors, cold-formed steel
framing or other corrosive material shall be protected against
external corrosion by a protective sheathing or wrapping or
other means that will withstand any reaction from lime and acid
of concrete, cinder or other corrosive material. Sheathing or
wrapping shall allow for expansion and contraction of piping to
prevent any rubbing action. Minimum wall thickness of mate-
rial shall be 0.025 inch (0.64 nrni).

P2603.4 Sleeves. Annular spaces between sleeves and pipes
shall be filled or tightly caulked as approved by the building
official. Annular spaces between sleeves and pipes in fire-rated
assemblies shall be filled or tightly caulked in accordance with
the building portion of this code.

P2603.5 Pipes through footings or foundation walls. Any

pipe that passes under a footing or through a foundation wall
shall be provided with a relieving arch; or there shall be built
into the masonry wall a pipe sleeve two pipe sizes greater than
the pipe passing through.

P2603.6 Freezing. In localities having a winter design temper-
ature of 32°F (0°C) or lower as shown in Table R301.2(l) of
this code, a water, soil or waste pipe shall not be installed out-
side of a building, in exterior walls, in attics or crawl spaces, or
in any other place subjected to freezing temperature unless ade-
quate provision is made to protect it from freezing by insulation
or heat or both. Water service pipe shall be installed not less
than 12 inches (305 mm) deep and not less than 6 inches (152
mm) below the frost line.

P2603.6.1 Sewer depth. Building sewers that connect to
private sewage disposal systems shall be a minimum of
[NUMBER] inches (mm) below finished grade at the point of
septic tank connection. Building sewers shall be a minimum
of [NUMBER] inches (mm) below grade.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'^

427

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS

SECTION P2604
TRENCHING AND BACKFILLING

P2604.1 Trenching and bedding. Where trenches are excavated
such that the bottom of the trench forms the bed for the pipe, soUd
and continuous load-bearing support shall be provided between
joints. Where over-excavated, the trench shall be backfilled to the
proper grade with compacted earth, sand, fine gravel or similar
granular material. Piping shall not be supported on rocks or blocks
at any point. Rocky or unstable soil shall be over-excavated by two
or more pipe diameters and brought to the proper grade with suit-
able compacted granular material.

P2604.2 Common trench. See Section P2904.4.2.

P2604.3 Backfilling. Backfill shall be free from discarded
construction material and debris. Backfill shall be free from
rocks, broken concrete and frozen chunks until the pipe is cov-
ered by at least 12 inches (305 mm) of tamped earth. Backfill
shall be placed evenly on both sides of the pipe and tamped to
retain proper alignment. Loose earth shall be carefully placed
in the trench in 6-inch (152 mm) layers and tamped in place.

P2604.4 Protection of footings. Trenching installed parallel to
footings shall not extend below the 45-degree (0.79 rad) bearing
plane of the bottom edge of a wall or footing (see Figure P2604.4).

\\v //// W^y/P/// AW y// N\\\v// \\v
y// \\\' y// WW/// \\\^ ////

y//Awv//\\v

INSTALL PIPES
ABOVE THIS LINE

For SI: 1 degree = 0.018 rad.

FIGURE P2604.4
PIPE LOCATION WITH RESPECT TO FOOTINGS

SECTION P2605
SUPPORT

P2605.1 General. Piping shall be supported in accordance
with the following:

1 . Piping shall be supported to ensure alignment and pre-
vent sagging, and allow movement associated with the
expansion and contraction of the piping system.

2. Piping in the ground shall be laid on a firm bed for its
entire length, except where support is otherwise pro-
vided.

3. Hangers and anchors shall be of sufficient strength to
maintain their proportional share of the weight of pipe
and contents and of sufficient width to prevent distortion
to the pipe. Hangers and strapping shall be of approved
material that will not promote galvanic action. Rigid sup-
port sway bracing shall be provided at changes in direc-
tion greater than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) for pipe sizes 4
inches (102 mm) and larger.

4. Piping shall be supported at distances not to exceed those
indicated in Table P2605.1.

SECTION P2606
WATERPROOFING OF OPENINGS

P2606.1 General. Roof and exterior wall penetrations shall be
made water tight. Joints at the roof, around vent pipes, shall be
made water tight by the use of lead, copper or galvanized iron
flashings or an approved elastomeric material. Counterflashing
shall not restrict the required internal cross-sectional area of
any vent.

SECTION P2607
WORKMANSHIP

P2607.1 General. Valves, pipes and fittings shall be installed
in correct relationship to the direction of the flow. Burred ends
shall be reamed to the full bore of the pipe.

SECTION P2608
MATERIALS EVALUATION AND LISTING

P2608.1 Identification. Each length of pipe and each pipe fit-
ting, trap, fixture, material and device used in a plumbing sys-
tem shall bear the identification of the manufacturer.

P2608.2 Installation of materials. All materials used shall be
installed in strict accordance with the standards under which
the materials are accepted and approved. In the absence of such
installation procedures, the manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions shall be followed. Where the requirements of referenced
standards or manufacturer's installation instmctions do not
conform to the minimum provisions of this code, the provi-
sions of this code shall apply.

P2608.3 Plastic pipe, fittings and components. All plastic
pipe, fittings and components shall be third-party certified as
conforming to NSF 14.

P2608.4 Third-party testing and certification. All plumbing
products and materials shall comply with the referenced stan-
dards, specifications and performance criteria of this code and
shall be identified in accordance with Section P2608.1. Where
required by Table P2608.4, plumbing products and materials
shall either be tested by an approved third-party testing agency
or certified by an approved third-party certification agency.

F2608.5 Water supply systems. Water service pipes, water
distribution pipes and the necessary connecting pipes, fittings,
control valves, faucets and all appurtenances used to dispense
water intended for human ingestion shall be evaluated and
listed as conforming to the requirements of NSF 61.

428

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

GENERAL PLUMBING REQUIREMENTS

TABLE P2605.1
PIPING SUPPORT

PIPING MATERIAL

MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL
SPACING (feet)

MAXIMUM VERTICAL
SPACING

ABS pipe

10''

Aluminum tubing

Brass pipe

Cast-iron pipe

Copper or copper alloy pipe

Copper or copper alloy tubing (V/^ inch diameter and smaller)

Copper or copper alloy tubing {V/2 inch diameter and larger)

Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) pipe

2.67 (32 inches)

10''

Cross-linked polyethylene/aluminum/cross-Unked polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) pipe

2.67 (32 inches)

CPVC pipe or tubing (1 inch in diameter and smaller)

10''

CPVC pipe or tubing (1 V4 inch in diameter and larger)

10"

Lead pipe

Continuous

PB pipe or tubing

2.67 (32 inches)

Polyethylene/aluminum/polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) pipe

2.67 (32 inches)

Polypropylene (PP) pipe or tubing 1 inch and smaller

2.67 (32 inches)

10"

Polypropylene (PP) pipe or tubing, 1 V4 inches and larger

10"

PVC pipe

10"

Stainless steel drainage systems

10"

Steel pipe

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. The maximum horizontal spacing of cast-iron pipe hangers shall be increased to 10 feet where 10-foot lengths of pipe are installed.

b. Midstory guide for sizes 2 inches and smaller.

TABLE P2608.4
PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS REQUIRING THIRD-PARTY TESTING AND THIRD-PARTY CERTIFICATION

PRODUCT OR MATERIAL

THIRD-PARTY CERTIFIED

THIRD-PARTY TESTED

Backflow prevention devices

Required

Plumbing appliance

Required

Plumbing fixtures

Required

Potable water supply system components and potable
water fixture fittings

Required

—

Sanitary drainage and vent system components

Plastic pipe, fittings, and pipe related components

All others

Special waste system components

Required

Storm drainage system components

Plastic pipe, fittings, and pipe related components

All others

Subsoil drainage system components

Required

Waste fixture fittings

Plastic pipe, fittings, and pipe related components

All others

Water distribution system safety devices

Required

—

2006 SNTERfvJATSOS^AL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

430 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

CHAPTER 27

PLUMBING FIXTURES

SECTION P2701
FIXTURES, FAUCETS AND FIXTURE FITTINGS

P2701.1 Quality of fixtures. Plumbing fixtures, faucets and
fixture fittings shall be constructed of approved materials, shall
have smooth impervious surfaces, shall be free from defects
and concealed fouling surfaces, and shall conform to the stan-
dards cited in this code. Plumbing fixtures shall be provided
with an adequate supply of potable water to flush and keep the
fixtures in a clean and sanitary condition without danger of
backflow or cross connection.

SECTION P2702
FIXTURE ACCESSORIES

P2702.1 Plumbing fixtures. Plumbing fixtures, other than
water closets, shall be provided with approved strainers.

P2702.2 Waste fittings. Waste fittings shall conform to ASME
A112.18.2, ASTMF409, CSA B125 or to one of the standards
listed in Table P3002.1(l) for above-ground drainage and vent
pipe and fittings.

P2702.3 Plastic tubular fittings. Plastic tubular fittings shall
conform to ASTM F 409 Hsted in Table P2701.1.

P2702.4 Carriers for wall-hung water closets. Carriers for
wall-hung water closets shall conform to ASME A 11 2. 6.1 or
ASME Al 12.6.2.

SECTION P2703
TAIL PIECES

P2703.1 Minimum size. Fixture tail pieces shall be not less than
IVj inches (38 mm) in diameter for sinks, dishwashers, laundry
tubs, bathtubs and similar fixtures, and not less than 1 74 inches
(32 mm) in diameter for bidets, lavatories and similar fixtures.

SECTION P2704
ACCESS TO CONNECTIONS

P2704.1 General. Slip joints shall be made with an approved
elastomeric gasket and shall be installed only on the trap outlet,
trap inlet and within the trap seal. Fixtures with concealed
slip-joint connections shall be provided with an access panel or
utility space at least 12 inches (305 mm) in its smallest dimen-
sion or other approved arrangement so as to provide access to
the slip connections for inspection and repair.

SECTION P2705
INSTALLATION

P2705.1General. The installation of fixtures shall conform to
the following:

1 . Floor-outlet or floor-mounted fixtures shall be secured
to the drainage connection and to the floor, where so
designed, by screws, bolts, washers, nuts and similar fas-

teners of copper, brass or other corrosion-resistant
material.

2. Wall-hung fixtures shall be rigidly supported so that
strain is not transmitted to the plumbing system.

3 . Where fixtures come in contact with walls and floors, the
contact area shall be water tight.

4. Plumbing fixtures shall be usable.

5. The centerline of water closets or bidets shall not be less
than 15 inches (381 mm) from adjacent walls or parti-
tions or not less than 1 5 inches (381 mm) from the center-
line of a bidet to the outermost rim of an adjacent water
closet. There shall be at least 21 inches (533 mm) clear-
ance in front of the water closet, bidet or lavatory to any
wall, fixture or door.

6. The location of piping, fixtures or equipment shall not
interfere with the operation of windows or doors.

7. In areas prone to flooding as established by Table
R301.2(l), plumbing fixtures shall be located or installed
in accordance with Section R323.1.5.

8. Integral fixture-fitting mounting surfaces on manufac-
tured plumbing fixtures or plumbing fixtures con-
structed on site, shall meet the design requirements of
ASME A112.19.2 or ASME Al 12.19.3.

SECTION P2706
WASTE RECEPTORS

P2706.1 General. Every waste receptor shall be of an approved
type. Plumbing fixtures or other receptors receiving the discharge
of indirect waste pipes shall be shaped and have a capacity to pre-
vent splashing or flooding and shall be readily accessible for
inspection and cleaning. Waste receptors and standpipes shaU be
trapped and vented and shall connect to the building drainage sys-
tem. A removable strainer or basket shall cover the waste outlet of
waste receptors. Waste receptors shall be installed in ventilated
spaces. Waste receptors shall not be installed in bathrooms or in
any inaccessible or unventilated space such as a closet. Ready
access shall be provided to waste receptors.

Exception: Open hub waste receptors shall be permitted in
the form of a hub or pipe extending not less than 1 inch (25
mm) above a water-impervious floor, and are not required to
have a strainer.

P2706.2 Standpipes. Standpipes shall extend a minimum of
18 inches (457 mm) and a maximum of 42 inches (1067 mm)
above the trap weir. Access shall be provided to all standpipe
traps and drains for rodding.

P2706.2.1 Laundry tray connection. A laundry tray waste
line is permitted to connect into a standpipe for the auto-
matic clothes washer drain. The standpipes shall not be less
than 30 inches (762 mm) as measured from the crown weir.
The outlet of the laundry tray shall be a maximum horizon-
tal distance of 30 inches (762 mm) from the standpipe trap.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

431

PLUMBING FIXTURES

TABLE P2701.1
PLUMBING FIXTURES, FAUCETS AND FIXTURE FITTINGS

MATERIAL

STANDARD

Air gap fittings for use with plumbing fixtures, appliances and appurtenances

ASMEAl 12.1.3

Bathtub/ whirlpool pressure-sealed doors

ASMEA112.19.15

Diverters for faucets with hose spray anti-syphon type, residential application

ASSE 1025

Enameled cast-iron plumbing fixtures

ASMEAl 12.19.1M,
CSA B45.2

Floor drains

ASMEA112.6.3

Floor-affixed supports for off-the-floor plumbing fixtures for public use

ASMEA112.6.1M

Framing-affixed supports for off-the-floor water closets with concealed tanks

ASMEA112.6.2

Handheld showers

ASSE 1014

Home laundry equipment

ASSE 1007

Hose connection vacuum breaker

ASSE 1052

Hot water dispensers, household storage type, electrical

ASSE 1023

Household dishwashing machines

ASSE 1006

Household disposers

ASSE 1008

Hydraulic performance for water closets and urinals

ASMEAl 12. 19.6

Individual pressure balancing valves for individual fixture fittings

ASSE 1066

Individual shower control valves anti-scald

ASSE 1016, CSA B125

Macerating toilet systems and related components

ASMEAl 12.3.4

Nonvitreous ceramic plumbing fixtures

ASMEAl 12. 19.9M,
CSAB45.1

Plastic bathtub units

ANSI Z124.1, CSA B45.1

Plastic lavatories

ANSI Z124.3, CSA B45.5

Plastic shower receptors and shower stall

ANSI Z124.2, CSA B45.5

Plastic sinks

ANSI Z 124.6, CSA B45.5

Plastic water closet bowls and tanks

ANSI Z 12.4.4, CSA B45.5

Plumbing fixture fittings

ASMEAl 12.18.1M,
CSA B 125

Plumbing fixture waste fittings

ASMEAl 12.18.2,
ASTMF409,CSAB125

Porcelain-enameled formed steel plumbing fixtures

ASMEAl 12. 19.4M,
CSAB45.3

Pressurized flushing devices for plumbing fixtures

ASSE 1037

Specification for copper sheet and strip for building construction

ASTM B 370

Stainless steel plumbing fixtures (residential)

ASMEAl 12.19.3M,
CSA B45.4

Suction fittings for use in swimming pools, wading pools, spas, hot tubs and whirlpool bathtub appliances

ASMEAl 12. 19.8M

Temperature-actuated, flow reduction valves to individual fixture fittings

ASSE 1062

Thermoplastic accessible and replaceable plastic tube and tubular fittings

ASTM F 409

Trench drains

ASMEAl 12.6.3

Trim for water closet bowls, tanks and urinals

ASMEAl 12. 19.5

Vacuum breaker wall hydrant — frost-resistant, automatic-draining type

ASSE 1019

Vitreous china plumbing fixtures

ASMEAl 12. 19.2M

Wall-mounted and pedestal-mounted, adjustable and pivoting lavatory and sink carrier systems

ASMEA112.19.12

Water closet flush tank fill valves

ASSE 1002, CSA B 125

Whirlpool bathtub appliances

ASMEAl 12.19.7M

432

200S INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

PLUMBING FIXTURES

P2706.3 Prohibited waste receptors. Plumbing fixtures that
are used for domestic or culinary purposes shall not be used to
receive the discharge of indirect waste piping.

Exceptions:

1 . A kitchen sink trap is acceptable for use as a receptor
for a dishwasher.

2. A laundry tray is acceptable for use as a receptor for a
clothes washing machine.

a high limit stop in accordance with ASSE 1016 or CSA B 125.
The high limit stop shall be set to limit water temperature to a
maximum of 120°F (49°C). In-line thermostatic valves shall
not be used for compliance with this section.

P2708.4 Hand showers. Hand-held showers shall conform to
ASMEA112.18.1 or CSAB125.1. Hand-held showers shall be
provide backflow protection in accordance with ASME
Al 12.18.1 or CSA B 125.1 or shall be protected against
backflow by a device complying with ASME Al 12.18.3.

•,

SECTION P2707
DIRECTIONAL FITTINGS

P2707.1 Directional Htting required. Approved direc-
tional-type branch fittings shall be installed in fixture tailpieces
receiving the discharge from food waste disposal units or dish-
washers.

SECTION P2708
SHOWERS

P2708.1 General. Shower compartments shall have at least
900 square inches (0.6 m^) of interior cross-sectional area.
Shower compartments shall be not less than 30 inches (762
mm) in minimum dimension measured from the finished inte-
rior dimension of the shower compartment, exclusive of fixture
valves, shower heads, soap dishes, and safety grab bars or rails.
The minimum required area and dimension shall be measured
from the finished interior dimension at a height equal to the top
of the threshold and at a point tangent to its centerline and shall
be continued to a height of not less than 70 inches (1778 mm)
above the shower drain outlet. Hinged shower doors shall open
outward. The wall area above built-in tubs having installed
shower heads and in shower compartments shall be constructed
in accordance with Section R702.4. Such walls shall form a
water-tight joint with each other and with either the tub, recep-
tor or shower floor.

Exceptions:

1. Fold-down seats shall be permitted in the shower,
provided the required 900-square-inch (0.6 m^)
dimension is maintained when the seat is in the
folded-up position.

2. Shower compartments having not less than 25 inches
(635 mm) in minimum dimension measured from the
finished interior dimension of the compartment pro-
vided that the shower compartment has a minimum of
1 ,300 square inches (0.838 m^) of cross-sectional area.

P2708.1.1 Access. The shower compartment access and
egress opening shall have a minimum clear and unob-
structed finished width of 22 inches (559 mm).

P2708.2 Water-supply riser. The water supply riser from the
shower valve to the shower head outlet shall be secured to the
permanent structure.

P2708.3 Shower control valves. Individual shower and
tub/shower combination valves shall be equipped with control
valves of the pressure-balance, thermostatic-mixing or combi-
nation pressure-balance/thermostatic-mixing valve types with

SECTION P2709
SHOWER RECEPTORS

P2709.1 Construction. Shower receptors shall have a finished
curb threshold not less than 1 inch (25 mm) below the sides and
back of the receptor. The curb shall be not less than 2 inches (5 1
mm) and not more than 9 inches (229 mm) deep when mea-
sured from the top of the curb to the top of the drain. The fin-
ished floor shall slope uniformly toward the drain not less than
V4 unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope) nor
more than V2 inch (13 mm), and floor drains shall be flanged to
provide a water-tight joint in the floor.

P2709.2 Lining required. The adjoining walls and floor fram-
ing enclosing on-site built-up shower receptors shall be lined
with sheet lead, copper or a plastic liner material that complies
with ASTM D 4068 or ASTM D 4551. The lining material
shall extend not less than 3 inches (76 mm) beyond or around
the rough jambs and not less than 3 inches (76 mm) above fin-
ished thresholds. Hot mopping shall be permitted in accor-
dance with Section P2709.2.3.

P2709.2.1 PVC sheets. Plasticized polyvinyl chloride
(PVC) sheets shall be a minimum of 0.040 inch (1 mm)
thick, and shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 4551.
Sheets shall be joined by solvent welding in accordance
with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

P2709.2.2 Chlorinated polyethylene (CPE) sheets. Non-
plasticized chlorinated polyethylene sheet shall be a mini-
mum of 0.040 inch (1 mm) thick, and shall meet the require-
ments of ASTM D 4068. The liner shall be joined in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

P2709.2.3 Hot-mopping. Shower receptors lined by hot
mopping shall be built-up with not less than three layers of
standard grade Type 15 asphalt-impregnated roofing felt.
The bottom layer shall be fitted to the formed subbase and
each succeeding layer thoroughly hot-mopped to that
below. All comers shall be carefully fitted and shall be made
strong and water tight by folding or lapping, and each comer
shall be reinforced with suitable webbing hot-mopped in
place. All folds, laps and reinforcing webbing shall extend
at least 4 inches (102 mm) in all directions from the corner
and all webbing shall be of approved type and mesh, pro-
ducing a tensile strength of not less than 50 pounds per inch
(893 kg/m) in either direction.

P2709.3 Installation. Lining materials shall be pitched
one-fourth unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slope)
to weep holes in the subdrain by means of a smooth, solidly
formed subbase, shall be properly recessed and fastened to
approved backing so as not to occupy the space required for the

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'^

433

PLUMBING FIXTURES

wall covering, and shall not be nailed or perforated at any point
less than 1 inch (25.4 mm) above the finished threshold.

P2709.3.1 Materials. Lead and copper linings shall be
insulated from conducting substances other than the con-
necting drain by 15-pound (6.80 kg) asphalt felt or its equiv-
alent. Sheet lead liners shall weigh not less than 4 pounds
per square foot (19.5 kg/m^). Sheet copper liners shall
weigh not less than 12 ounces per square foot (3.7 kg/m^).
Joints in lead and copper pans or liners shall be burned or sil-
ver brazed, respectively. Joints in plastic liner materials
shall be jointed per the manufacturer's recommendations.

P2709.4 Receptor drains. An approved flanged drain shall be
installed with shower subpans or linings. The flange shall be
placed flush with the subbase and be equipped with a clamping
ring or other device to make a water-tight connection between
the lining and the drain. The flange shall have weep holes into
the drain.

SECTION P2710
SHOWER WALLS

P2710.1 Bathtub and shower spaces. Shower walls shall be
finished in accordance with Section R307.2.

SECTION P2711
LAVATORIES

P2711.1 ApprovaL Lavatories shall conform to ANSI Z124.3,
ASME A112.19.1, ASME Al 12.19.2, ASME Al 12.19.3,
ASME A112.19.4, ASME A112.19.9, CSA B45.1, CSA
B45.2, CSA B45.3 or CSA B45.4.

P2711.2 Cultured marble lavatories. Cultured marble vanity
tops with an integral lavatory shall conform to ANSI Z124.3 or
CSA B45.5.

P2711.3 Lavatory waste outlets. Lavatories shall have waste
outlets not less than 1 V4 inch (32 nrni) in diameter. A strainer,
pop-up stopper, crossbar or other device shall be provided to
restrict the clear opening of the waste outlet.

P2711.4 Movable lavatory systems. Movable lavatory sys-
tems shall comply with ASME A112.19.12.

P2712.2 Flushing devices required. Water closets shall be
provided with a flush tank, flushometer tank or flushometer
valve designed and installed to supply water in sufficient quan-
tity and flow to flush the contents of the fixture, to cleanse the
fixture and refill the fixture trap in accordance with ASME
A112.19.2 and ASME A112.19.6.

P2712.3 Water supply for flushing devices. An adequate
quantity of water shall be provided to flush and clean the fixture
served. The water supply to flushing devices equipped for
manual flushing shall be controlled by a float valve or other
automatic device designed to refill the tank after each discharge
and to completely shut off the water flow to the tank when the
tank is filled to operational capacity. Provision shall be made to
automatically supply water to the fixture so as to refill the trap
after each flushing.

P2712.4 Flush valves in flush tanks. Flush valve seats in tanks
for flushing water closets shall be at least 1 inch (25 mm) above
the flood-level rim of the bowl connected thereto, except an
approved water closet and flush tank combination designed so
that when the tank is flushed and the fixture is clogged or par-
tially clogged, the flush valve will close tightly so that water
will not spill continuously over the rim of the bowl or backflow
from the bowl to the tank.

P2712.5 Overflows in flush tanks. Flush tanks shall be pro-
vided with overflows discharging to the water closet connected
thereto and such overflow shall be of sufficient size to prevent
flooding the tank at the maximum rate at which the tanks are
supplied with water according to the manufacturer's design
conditions.

P2712.6 Access. All parts in a flush tank shall be accessible for
repair and replacement.

P2712.7 Water closet seats. Water closets shall be equipped
with seats of smooth, nonabsorbent material and shall be prop-
erly sized for the water closet bowl type.

P2712.8 Flush tank lining. Sheet copper used for flush tank
linings shall have a minimum weight of 10 ounces per square
foot (3 kg/m2).

P2712.9 Electro-hydraulic water closets. Electro-hydraulic
water closets shall conform to ASME A112. 19.13.

SECTION P271 2
WATER CLOSETS

P2712.1 Approval. Water closets shall conform to the water
consumption requirements of Section P2903.2 and shall con-
form to ANSI Z124.4, ASME A112.19.2, CSA B45.1, CSA
B45.4 or CSA B45.5. Water closets shall conform to the
hydraulic performance requirements of ASME Al 12.19.6.
Water closets tanks shall conform to ANSI Z124.4, ASME
A112.19.2, ASME Al 12.19.9, CSA B45.1, CSA B45.4 or
CSA B45.5. Water closets that have an invisible seal and
unventilated space or walls that are not thoroughly washed at
each discharge shall be prohibited. Water closets that permit
backflow of the contents of the bowl into the flush tank shall be
prohibited.

SECTION P2713
BATHTUBS

P2713.1 Bathtub waste outlets and overflows. Bathtubs shall
have outlets and overflows at least 1 '^ inches (38 mm) in diam-
eter, and the waste outlet shall be equipped with an approved
stopper.

P2713.2 Bathtub enclosures. Doors within a bathtub enclo-
sure shall conform to ASME A112.19.15.

P2713.3 Bathtub and whirlpool bathtub valves. The hot

water supplied to bathtubs and whirlpool bathtubs shall be lim-
ited to a maximum temperature of 120°F (49°C) by a water-
temperamre-timiting device that conforms to ASSE 1070,
except where such protection is otherwise provided by a com-
i bination tub/shower valve in accordance with Section P2708 .3 .

434

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

PLUMBING FIXTURES

SECTION P2714
SINKS

P2714.1 Sink waste outlets. Sinks shall be provided with
waste outlets not less than 1 Vj inches (38 mm) in diameter. A
strainer, crossbar or other device shall be provided to restrict
the clear opening of the waste outlet.

P2714.2 Movable sink systems. Movable sink systems shall
comply with ASME A112.19.12.

SECTION P271 5
LAUNDRY TUBS

P2715.1 Laundry tub waste outlet. Each compartment of a
laundry tub shall be provided with a waste outlet not less than
1 Vj inches (38 mm) in diameter and a strainer or crossbar to
restrict the clear opening of the waste outlet.

SECTION P2716
FOOD WASTE GRINDER

P2716.1 Food waste grinder waste outlets. Food waste
grinders shall be connected to a drain of not less than 1 Vj inches
(38 mm) in diameter.

P2716.2 Water supply required. Food waste grinders shall be
provided with an adequate supply of water at a sufficient flow
rate to ensure proper functioning of the unit.

SECTION P2717
DISHWASHING MACHINES

P2717.1 Protection of water supply. The water supply for
dishwashers shall be protected by an air gap or integral
backflow preventer.

P2717.2 Sink and dishwasher. A sink and dishwasher are per-
mitted to discharge through a single IVj-inch (38 mm) trap.
The discharge pipe from the dishwasher shall be increased to a
minimum of '^1^ inch (19 mm) in diameter and shall be con-
nected with a wye fitting to the sink tailpiece. The dishwasher
waste line shall rise and be securely fastened to the underside of
the counter before connecting to the sink tailpiece.

P2717.3 Sink, dishwasher and food grinder. The combined
discharge from a sink, dishwasher, and waste grinder is permit-
ted to discharge through a single 172 inch (38 mm) trap. The
discharge pipe from the dishwasher shall be increased to a min-
imum of V4 inch (19 mm) in diameter and shall connect with a
wye fitting between the discharge of the food-waste grinder
and the trap inlet or to the head of the food grinder. The dish-
washer waste line shall rise and be securely fastened to the
underside of the counter before connecting to the sink tail piece
or the food grinder.

SECTION P271 8
CLOTHES WASHING MACHINE

P2718.1 Waste connection. The discharge from a clothes
washing machine shall be through an air break.

SECTION P271 9
FLOOR DRAINS

P2719.1 Floor drains. Floor drains shall have waste outlets
not less than 2 inches (5 1 mm) in diameter and shall be pro-
vided with a removable strainer. The floor drain shall be con-
structed so that the drain is capable of being cleaned. Access
shall be provided to the drain inlet.

SECTION P2720
WHIRLPOOL BATHTUBS

P2720.1 Access to pump. Access shall be provided to circula-
tion pumps in accordance with the fixture manufacturer's
installation instructions. Where the manufacturer's instruc-
tions do not specify the location and minimum size of field fab-
ricated access openings, a 12-inch by 12-inch (304 mm by 304
mm) minimum size opening shall be installed to provide access
to the circulation pump. Where pumps are located more than 2
feet (609 mm) from the access opening, an 1 8-inch by 1 8-inch
(457 mm by 457 mm) minimum size opening shall be
installed. A door or panel shall be permitted to close the open-
ing. In all cases, the access opening shall be unobstructed and
be of the size necessary to permit the removal and replacement
of the circulation pump.

P2720.2 Piping drainage. The circulation pump shall be
accessibly located above the crown weir of the trap. The pump
drain line shall be properly graded to ensure minimum water
retention in the volute after fixture use. The circulation piping
shall be installed to be self-draining.

P2720.3 Leak testing. Leak testing and pump operation shall
be performed in accordance with the manufacturer's installa-
tion instructions.

P2720.4 Manufacturer's instructions. The product shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions.

SECTION P2721
BIDET INSTALLATIONS

P2721.1 Water supply. The bidet shall be equipped with either
an air-gap-type or vacuum-breaker-type fixture supply fitting.

P2721.2 Bidet water temperature. The discharge water tem-
perature from a bidet fitting shall be limited to a maximum tem-
perature of 110°F (43°C) by a water-temperature-limiting
device conforming to ASSE 1070.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

435

PLUMBING FIXTURES

SECTION P2722
FIXTURE FITTING

P2722.1 General. Fixture supply valves and faucets shall com-
ply with ASME Al 12.18.1 or CSA B 125 as Hsted in Table
P2701 . 1 . Faucets and fixture fittings that supply drinking water
for human ingestion shall conform to the requirements of NSF
61, Section 9. Flexible water connectors shall conform to the
requirements of Section P2904.7.

P2722.2 Hot water. Fixture fittings and faucets that are sup-
plied with both hot and cold water shall be installed and
adjusted so that the left-hand side of the water temperature con-
trol represents the flow of hot water when facing the outlet.

Exception: Shower and tub/shower mixing valves con-
forming to AS SE 1016 or CSA B 125, where the water tem-
perature control corresponds to the markings on the device.

P2722.3 Hose-connected outlets. Faucets and fixture fittings
with hose-connected outlets shall conform to ASME
A112.18.3orCSAB125.

P2722.4 Individual pressure-balancing in-line valves for
individual fixture fittings. Where individual pressure-balanc-
ing in-line valves for individual fixture fittings are installed, the
valves shall comply with ASSE 1066. Such valves shall be
installed in an accessible location and shall not be used alone as
a substitute for the balanced pressure, thermostatic or combina-
tion shower valves required in Section P2708.3.

SECTION P2723
MACERATING TOILET SYSTEMS

P2723.1 General. Macerating toilet systems shall be installed
in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.

P2723.2 Drain. The minimum size of the drain from the mac-
erating toilet system shall be ^U inch (19 mm) in diameter.

SECTION P2724

SPECIALTY TEMPERATURE CONTROL

DEVICES AND VALVES

P2724.1 Temperature-actuated, flow-reduction devices for
individual fixtures. Temperature-actuated, flow-reduction
devices, where installed for individual fixture fittings, shall
conform to ASSE 1062. Such valves shall not be used alone as
a substitute for the balanced pressure, thermostatic or combina-
tion shower valves required for showers in Section P2708.3.

436

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

CHAPTER 28

WATER HEATERS

SECTION P2801
GENERAL

P2801.1 Required. Each dwelling shall have an approved
automatic water heater or other type of domestic water-heating
system sufficient to supply hot water to plumbing fixtures and
appliances intended for bathing, washing or culinary purposes.
Storage tanks shall be constructed of noncorrosive metal or
shall be lined with noncorrosive material.

P2801.2 Installation. Water heaters shall be installed in accor-
dance with this chapter and Chapters 20 and 24.

P2801.3 Location. Water heaters and storage tanks shall be
located and connected to provide access for observation, main-
tenance, servicing and replacement.

P2801.4 Prohibited locations. Water heaters shall be located
in accordance with Chapter 20.

P2801.5 Required pan. Where water heaters or hot water stor-
age tanks are installed in locations where leakage of the tanks
or connections will cause damage, the tank or water heater shall
be installed in a galvanized steel pan having a minimum thick-
ness of 24 gage (0.016 inch) (0.4 mm) or other pans for such
use. Listed pans shall comply with CSA LC3.

P2801.5.1 Pan size and drain. The pan shall be not less
than 1 V2 inches (38 mm) deep and shall be of sufficient size
and shape to receive all dripping or condensate from the
tank or water heater. The pan shall be drained by an indirect
waste pipe having a minimum diameter of % inch (19 mm).
Piping for safety pan drains shall be of those materials listed
in Table P2904.5.

P2801.5.2 Pan drain termination. The pan drain shall
extend full-size and terminate over a suitably located indi-
rect waste receptor or shall extend to the exterior of the
building and terminate not less than 6 inches (152 mm) and
not more than 24 inches (610 mm) above the adjacent
ground surface.

P2801.6 Water heaters installed in garages. Water heaters
having an ignition source shall be elevated such that the source
of ignition is not less than 1 8 inches (457 mm) above the garage
floor.

P2801.7 Water heater seismic bracing, hi Seismic Design Cate-
gories Dq, D, and D2 and townhouses in Seismic Design Category
C, water heaters shaU be anchored or strapped in the upper
one-third and in the lower one-third of the appUance to resist a
horizontal force equal to one-third of the operating weight of the
water heater, acting in any horizontal direction, or in accordance
with the appUance manufacturer's recommendations.

SECTION P2802
WATER HEATERS USED FOR SPACE HEATING

P2802.1 Protection of potable water. Piping and components
connected to a water heater for space heating applications shall

be suitable for use with potable water in accordance with Chap-
ter 29. Water heaters that will be used to supply potable water
shall not be connected to a heating system or components pre-
viously used with nonpotable-water heating appliances.
Chemicals for boiler treatment shall not be introduced into the
water heater.

P2802.2 Temperature control. Where a combination water
heater-space heating system requires water for space heating at
temperatures exceeding 140°F (60°C), a master thermostatic
mixing valve complying with ASSE 1017 shall be installed to
temper the water to a temperature of 140°F (60°C) or less for
domestic uses.

SECTION P2803
RELIEF VALVES

P2803.1 Relief valves required. Appliances and equipment
used for heating water or storing hot water shall be protected
by:

1. A separate pressure-relief valve and a separate tempera-
ture-relief valve; or

2. A combination pressure- and temperature-relief valve.

P2803.2 Rating. Relief valves shall have a minimum rated
capacity for the equipment served and shall conform to

ANSI Z 21.22.

P2803.3 Pressure relief valves. Pressure-relief valves shall
have a relief rating adequate to meet the pressure conditions for
the apphances or equipment protected. In tanks, they shall be
installed directly into a tank tapping or in a water line close to
the tank. They shall be set to open at least 25 psi (172 kPa)
above the system pressure but not over 150 psi (1034 kPa). The
relief-valve setting shall not exceed the tanks rated working
pressure.

P2803.4 Temperature relief valves. Temperature-relief
valves shall have a relief rating compatible with the tempera-
ture conditions of the appliances or equipment protected. The
valves shall be installed such that the temperature-sensing ele-
ment monitors the water within the top 6 inches (152 mm) of
the tank. The valve shall be set to open at a maximum tempera-
ture of 21 0°F (99°C).

P2803.5 Combination pressure-Ztemperature-relief valves.

Combination pressure-Ztemperature-relief valves shall comply
with all the requirements for separate pressure- and tempera-
ture-relief valves.

P2803.6 Installation of relief valves. A check or shutoff valve
shall not be installed in the following locations:

1 . Between a relief valve and the termination point of the
relief valve discharge pipe;

2. Between a relief valve and a tank; or

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

437

WATER HEATERS

3. Between a relief valve and heating appliances or equip-
ment.

P2803.6.1 Requirements for discharge pipe. The dis-
charge piping serving a pressure-relief valve, temperature-
relief valve or combination valve shall:

1 . Not be directly connected to the drainage system.

2. Discharge through an air gap located in the same
room as the water heater.

3 . Not be smaller than the diameter of the outlet of the
valve served and shall discharge full size to the air
gap.

4. Serve a single relief device and shall not connect to
piping serving any other relief device or equipment.

5. Discharge to the floor, to an indirect waste receptor
or to the outdoors. Where discharging to the out-
doors in areas subject to freezing, discharge piping
shall be first piped to an indirect waste receptor
through an air gap located in a conditioned area.

6. Discharge in a manner that does not cause personal
injury or structural damage.

7. Discharge to a termination point that is readily
observable by the building occupants.

8. Not be trapped.

9. Be installed to flow by gravity.

10. Not terminate more than 6 inches (152 mm) above
the floor or waste receptor.

1 1 . Not have a threaded connection at the end of the pip-
ing.

12. Not have valves or tee fittings.

13. Be constructed of those materials listed in Section
P2904.5 or materials tested, rated and approved for
such use in accordance with ASME Al 12.4.1.

438

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'^

CHAPTER 29

WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION

SECTION P2901
GENERAL

P2901.1 Potable water required. Dwelling units shall be
supplied with potable water in the amounts and pressures speci-
fied in this chapter. In a building where both a potable and
nonpotable water-distribution system are installed, each system
shall be identified by color marking, metal tag or other appropri-
ate method. Any nonpotable outlet that could inadvertently be
used for drinking or domestic purposes shall be posted.

SECTION P2902
PROTECTION OF POTABLE WATER SUPPLY

P2902.1 GeneraL A potable water supply system shall be
designed and installed as to prevent contamination from
nonpotable liquids, solids or gases being introduced into the
potable water supply. Connections shall not be made to a pota-
ble water supply in a manner that could contaminate the water
supply or provide a cross-connection between the supply and a
source of contamination unless an approved backflow-preven-
tion device is provided. Cross-connections between an individ-
ual water supply and a potable public water supply shall be
prohibited.

P2902.2 Plumbing fixtures. The supply lines and fittings for
every plumbing fixture shall be installed to prevent backflow.
Plumbing fixture fittings shall provide backflow protection in
accordance with ASME Al 12.18.1.

P2902.3 Backflow protection. A means of protection against
backflow shall be provided in accordance with Sections
P2902.3.1 through P2902.3.6. Backflow prevention appHca-
tions shall conform to Table P2902.3, except as specifically
stated in Sections P2902.4 through P2902.5.5.

P2902.3.1 Air gaps. Air gaps shall comply with ASME
Al 12.1.2 and air gap fittings shall comply with ASME
A 11 2. 1 .3. The minimum air gap shall be measured vertically
from the lowest end of a water supply outlet to the flood level
rim of the fixture or receptor into which such potable water
outlets discharge. The minimum required air gap shall be
twice the diameter of the effective opening of the outlet, but in
no case less than the values specified in Table P2902.3. 1 . An
air gap is required at the discharge point of a reUef valve or
piping. Air gap devices shall be incorporated in dishwashing
and clothes washing appliances.

P2902.3.2 Atmospheric-type vacuum breakers. Pipe-
applied atmospheric-type vacuum breakers shall conform
to ASSE 1001 or CSA B64.1.1. Hose-connection vacuum
breakers shall conform to ASSE 1011, ASSE 1019, ASSE
1035, ASSE 1052, CSA B64.2, CSA B64.2.1, CSA
B64.2. 1 . 1 , CSA B64.2.2 or CSA B64.7. These devices shall
operate under normal atmospheric pressure when the criti-
cal level is installed at the required height.

P2902.3.3 Backflow preventer with intermediate atmo-
spheric vent. Backflow preventers with intermediate atmo-
spheric vents shall conform to ASSE 1012 or CSA
CAN/CSA B64.3. These devices shall be permitted to be
installed where subject to continuous pressure conditions.
The relief opening shall discharge by air gap and shall be
prevented from being submerged.

P2902.3.4 Pressure-type vacuum breakers. Pressure-
type vacuum breakers shall conform to ASSE 1020 or CSA I
B64. 1 .2 and spillproof vacuum breakers shall comply with |
ASSE 1056. These devices are designed for installation
under continuous pressure conditions when the critical level
is installed at the required height. Pressure-type vacuum
breakers shall not be installed in locations where spillage
could cause damage to the structure.

P2902.3.5 Reduced pressure principle backflow preven-
ters. Reduced pressure principle backflow preventers shall
conform to ASSE 1013, AWWA C51 1, CSA B64.4 or CSA I
B64.4.1. Reduced pressure detector assembly backflow |
preventers shall conform to ASSE 1047. These devices shall
be permitted to be installed where subject to continuous pres-
sure conditions. The reUef opening shall discharge by air gap
and shall be prevented from being submerged.

P2902.3.6 Double check- valve assemblies. Double check-
valve assemblies shall conform to ASSE 1015, CSA B64.5, I
CSA B64.5.1 or AWWA C510. Double-detector check- I
valve assemblies shall conform to ASSE 1048. These
devices shall be capable of operating under continuous pres-
sure conditions.

P2902.4 Protection of potable water outlets. Potable water
openings and outlets shall be protected by an air gap, reduced
pressure principle backflow preventer with atmospheric vent,
atmospheric-type vacuum breaker, pressure-type vacuum
breaker or hose connection backflow preventer.

P2902.4.1 Fill valves. Flush tanks shall be equipped with an
antisiphon fill valve conforming to ASSE 1002 or CSA
B125. The fill valve backflow preventer shall be located at
least 1 inch (25 mm) above the full opening of the overflow
pipe.

P2902.4.2 Deck-mounted and integral vacuum break-
ers. Approved deck-mounted vacuum breakers and faucets
with integral atmospheric or spill-proof vacuum breakers
shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions and the requirements for labeling
with the critical level not less than 1 inch (25 mm) above the
flood level rim.

P2902.4.3 Hose connection. Sillcocks, hose bibbs, wall
hydrants and other openings with a hose connection shall be
protected by an atmospheric-type or pressure-type vacuum
breaker or a permanently attached hose connection vacuum
breaker.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE

439

WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION

TABLE P2902.3
APPLICATION FOR BACKFLOW PREVENTERS

DEVICE

DEGREE OF
HAZARD^

APPLICATION"

APPLICABLE
STANDARDS

Air gap

High or low hazard

Backsiphonage or backpressure

ASMEA112.1.2

Air gap fittings for use with plumbing fixtures,
appliances and appurtenances

High or low hazard

Backsiphonage or backpressure

ASMEAl 12.1.3

Antisiphon-type fill valves for gravity water
closet flush tanks

High hazard

Backsiphonage only

ASSE 1002
CSACAN/CSAB125

Backflow preventer with intermediate
atmospheric vents

Low hazard

Backpressure or backsiphonage
Sizes V/'-V

ASSE 1012
CSA B64.3

Double check backflow prevention assembly
and double check fire protection backflow
prevention assembly

Low hazard

Backpressure or backsiphonage
Sizes %"- 16"

ASSE 1015, AWWAC5 10
CSAB64.5,CSAB64.5.1

Double check detector fire protection backflow
prevention assembhes

Low hazard

Backpressure or backsiphonage
(Fire sprinkler systems)
Sizes 2"- 16"

ASSE 1048

Dual-check- valve-type backflow preventer

Low hazard

Backpressure or backsiphonage
Sizes 7/ - 1"

ASSE 1024, CSA B64.6

Hose connection backflow preventer

High or low hazard

Low head backpressure, rated working
pressure backpressure or backsiphonage.
Sizes V/'-l"

ASSE 1052,
CSAB64.2.1.1

Hose-connection vacuum breaker

High or low hazard

Low head backpressure or backsiphonage
Sizes V,", 3//', 1"

ASSE 1011,
CSAB64.2,CSAB64.2.1

Laboratory faucet backflow preventer

High or low hazard

Low head backpressure and
backsiphonage

ASSE 1035, CSA B64.7

Pipe-applied atmospheric-type vacuum breaker

High or low hazard

Backsiphonage only

Sizes V4"-4"

ASSE 1001
CSAB64.1.1

Pressure vacuum breaker assembly

High or low hazard

Backsiphonage only

Sizes V," - 2"

ASSE 1020, CSA B64.1.2

Reduced pressure detector fire protection
backflow prevention assemblies

High or low hazard

Backsiphonage or backpressure
(Fire sprinkler systems)

ASSE 1047

Reduced pressure principle backflow preventer
and reduced pressure principle fire protection
backflow preventer

High or low hazard

Backpressure or backsiphonage
Sizes Vg"- 16"

ASSF 1013, AWWA

C511

CSAB64.4,CSAB64.4.1

Spillproof vacuum breaker

High or low hazard

Backsiphonage only
Sizes V/' - 2"

ASSE 1056

Vacuum breaker wall hydrants, frost-resistant,
automatic draining type

High or low hazard

Low head backpressure or

backsiphonage

Sizes ^11' - 1"

ASSE 1019,
CSA B64.2.2

For SI: I inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Low hazard — See Pollution (Section 202). High hazard — See Contamination

b. See Backpressure (Section 202). See Backpressure, Low Head (Section 202).

(Section 202).

See Backsiphonage (Section 202).

Exceptions:

1. This section shall not apply to water heater and
boiler drain valves that are provided with hose
connection threads and that are intended only for
tank or vessel draining.

2. This section shall not apply to water supply valves
intended for connection of clothes washing
machines where backflow prevention is otherwise
provided or is integral with the machine.

P2902.5 Protection of potable water connections. Connec-
tions to the potable water shall conform to Sections P2902.5.1
through P2902.5.5.

P2902.5.1 Connections to boilers. The potable supply to
the boiler shall be equipped with a backflow preventer with
an intermediate atmospheric vent complying with ASSE
1012 or CSA B64.3. Where conditioning chemicals are
introduced into the system, the potable water connection
shall be protected by an air gap or a reduced pressure princi-
ple backflow preventer complying with ASSE 1013, CSA
B64.3orAWWAC511.

440

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION

TABLE P2902.3.1
MINIMUM AIR GAPS

FIXTURE

MINIMUM AIR GAP

Away from a wall^
(inches)

Close to a wall
(inches)

Effective openings greater than 1 inch

Two times the diameter of the
effective opening

Three times the diameter of
the effective opening

Lavatories and other fixtures with effective opening not greater than V2 inch
in diameter

1.5

Over-rim bath fillers and other fixtures with effective openings not greater
than 1 inch in diameter

Sink, laundry trays, gooseneck back faucets and other fixtures with effective
openings not greater than ^1^ inch in diameter

1.5

2.5

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Applicable where walls or obstructions are spaced from the nearest inside edge of the spout opening a distance greater than three times the diameter of the effective
opening for a single wall, or a distance greater than four times the diameter of the effective opening for two intersecting walls.

P2902.5.2 Heat exchangers. Heat exchangers using an
essentially toxic transfer fluid shall be separated from the
potable water by double- wall construction. An air gap open
to the atmosphere shall be provided between the two walls.
Heat exchangers utilizing an essentially nontoxic transfer
fluid shall be permitted to be of single-wall construction.

P2902.5.3 Lawn irrigation systems. The potable water
supply to lawn irrigation systems shall be protected against
backflow by an atmospheric-type vacuum breaker, a pres-
sure-type vacuum breaker or a reduced pressure principle
backflow preventer. A valve shall not be installed down-
stream from an atmospheric vacuum breaker. Where chemi-
cals are introduced into the system, the potable water supply
shall be protected against backflow by a reduced pressure
principle backflow preventer.

P2902.5.4 Connections to automatic fire sprinkler sys-
tems. The potable water supply to automatic fire sprinkler
systems shall be protected against backflow by a double
check- valve assembly or a reduced pressure principle
backflow preventer.

Exception: Where systems are installed as a portion of
the water distribution system in accordance with the
requirements of this code and are not provided with a fire
department connection, isolation of the water supply
system shall not be required.

P2902.5.4.1 Additives or nonpotable source. Where
systems contain chemical additives or antifreeze, or
where systems are connected to a nonpotable secondary
water supply, the potable water supply shall be protected
against backflow by a reduced pressure principle

backflow preventer. Where chemical additives or anti-
freeze is added to only a portion of an automatic fire
sprinkler or standpipe system, the reduced pressure prin-
ciple backflow preventer shall be permitted to be located
so as to isolate that portion of the system.

P2902.5.5 Solar systems. The potable water supply to a
solar system shall be equipped with a backflow preventer
with intermediate atmospheric vent complying with ASSE
1012 or a reduced pressure principle backflow preventer
complying with ASSE 1013. Where chemicals are used, the
potable water supply shall be protected by a reduced pres-
sure principle backflow preventer.

Exception: Where all solar system piping is a part of the
potable water distribution system, in accordance with the
requirements of the International Plumbing Code, and
all components of the piping system are listed for potable
water use, cross-connection protection measure shall not
be required.

P2902.6 Access. Backflow prevention devices shall be acces-
sible for inspection and servicing.

SECTION P2903
WATER-SUPPLY SYSTEM

P2903.1 Water supply system design criteria. The water ser-
vice and water distribution systems shall be designed and pipe
sizes shall be selected such that under conditions of peak
demand, the capacities at the point of outlet discharge shall not
be less than shown in Table P2903.1.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

441

WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION

TABLE P2903.1

REQUIRED CAPACITIES AT

POINT OF OUTLET DISCHARGE

FIXTURE AT POINT OF OUTLET

FLOW RATE

(gpm)

FLOW

PRESSURE

(psi)

Bathtub

Bidet

Dishwasher

2.75

Laundry tub

Lavatory

Shower

Shower, temperature controlled

Sillcock, hose bibb

Sink

2.5

Water closet, flushometer tank

1.6

Water closet, tank, close coupled

Water closet, tank, one-piece

For SI: 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m,

1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

P2903.2 Maximum flow and water consumption. The maxi-
mum water consumption flow rates and quantities for all
plumbing fixtures and fixture fittings shall be in accordance
with Table P2903.2.

TABLE P2903.2

MAXIMUM FLOW RATES AND CONSUMPTION FOR

PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FIXTURE FITTINGS"

PLUMBING FIXTURE
OR FIXTURE FITTING

Lavatory faucet

2.2 gpm at 60 psi

Shower head''

2.5 gpm at 80 psi

Sink faucet

2.2 gpm at 60 psi

Water closet

1.6 gallons per flushing cycle

For SI: 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m,

1 pound per square inch = 6.895 kPa.

a. A handheld shower spray is also a shower head.

b. Consumption tolerances shall be determined from referenced standards.

P2903.3 Minimum pressure. Minimum static pressure (as
determined by the local water authority) at the building
entrance for either public or private water service shall be 40
psi (276 kPa).

P2903.3.1 Maximum pressure. Maximum static pressure
shall be 80 psi (55 1 kPa). When main pressure exceeds 80 psi
(55 1 kPa), an approved pressure-reducing valve conforming
to ASSE 1003 shall be installed on the domestic water branch
main or riser at the connection to the water-service pipe.

P2903.4 Thermal expansion control. A means for controlling
increased pressure caused by thermal expansion shall be
installed where required in accordance with Sections
P2903.4.1andP2903.4.2.

P2903.4.1 Pressure-reducing valve. For water service sys-
tem sizes up to and including 2 inches (5 1 mm), a device for
controlling pressure shall be installed where, because of
thermal expansion, the pressure on the downstream side of a
pressure-reducing valve exceeds the pressure-reducing
valve setting.

P2903.4.2 Backflow prevention device or check valve.

Where a backflow prevention device, check valve or other
device is installed on a water supply system using storage
water heating equipment such that thermal expansion
causes an increase in pressure, a device for controlling pres-
sure shall be installed.

P2903.5 Water hammer. The flow velocity of the water distri-
bution system shall be controlled to reduce the possibility of
water hanuner. A water-hammer arrestor shall be installed
where quick-closing valves are used. Water-hammer arrestors
shall be installed in accordance with manufacturers' specifica-
tions. Water-hammer arrestors shall conform to ASSE 1010.

P2903.6 Determining water-supply fixture units. Supply
loads in the building water-distribution system shall be deter-
mined by total load on the pipe being sized, in terms of
water-supply fixture units (w.s.f.u.), as shown in Table
P2903.6, and gallon per minute (gpm) flow rates [see Table
P2903.6(l)]. For fixtures not listed, choose a w.s.f.u. value of a
fixture with similar flow characteristics.

P2903.7 Size of water-service mains, branch mains and ris-
ers. The minimum size water service pipe shall be % inch (19
mm). The size of water service mains, branch mains and risers
shall be determined according to water supply demand [gpm
(L/m)], available water pressure [psi (kPa)] and friction loss
caused by the water meter and developed length of pipe [feet
(m)], including equivalent length of fittings. The size of each
water distribution system shall be determined according to the
procedure outlined in this section or by other design methods
conforming to acceptable engineering practice and approved
by the administrative authority:

1. Obtain the minimum daily static service pressure [psi
(kPa)] available (as determined by the local water
authority) at the water meter or other source of supply at
the installation location. Adjust this minimum daily
static pressure [psi (kPa)] for the following conditions:

1.1. Determine the difference in elevation between the
source of supply and the highest water supply out-
let. Where the highest water supply outlet is located
above the source of supply, deduct 0.5 psi (3 .4 kPa)
for each foot (305 mm) of difference in elevation.
Where the highest water supply outlet is located
below the source of supply, add 0.5 psi (3 .4 kPa) for
each foot (305 mm) of difference in elevation.

1.2. Where a water pressure reducing valve is
installed in the water distribution system, the
minimum daily static water pressure available is
80 percent of the minimum daily static water
pressure at the source of supply or the set pres-
sure downstream of the pressure reducing valve,
whichever is smaller.

442

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION

1.3. Deduct all pressure losses caused by special
equipment such as a backflow preventer, water
filter or water softener. Pressure loss data for
each piece of equipment shall be obtained from
the manufacturer of such devices.

1.4. Deduct the pressure in excess of 8 psi (55 kPa)
caused by installation of special plumbing fix-
tures, such as temperature controlled showers
and flushometer tank water closets.

Using the resulting minimum available pressure,
find the corresponding pressure range in Table
P2903.7.

2. The maximum developed length for water piping is the
actual length of pipe between the source of supply and
the most remote fixture, including either hot (through the
water heater) or cold water branches multiplied by a fac-
tor of 1 .2 to compensate for pressure loss through fit-
tings.

Select the appropriate column in Table P2903.7 equal
to or greater than the calculated maximum developed
length.

3. To determine the size of water service pipe, meter and
main distribution pipe to the building using the appropri-
ate table, follow down the selected "maximum devel-

oped length" column to a fixture unit equal to, or greater
than the total installation demand calculated by using the
"combined" water supply fixture unit column of Table
P2903.6. Read the water service pipe and meter sizes in
the first left-hand column and the main distribution pipe
to the building in the second left-hand column on the
same row.

4. To determine the size of each water distribution pipe,
start at the most remote outlet on each branch (either hot
or cold branch) and, working back toward the main dis-
tribution pipe to the building, add up the water supply
fixture unit demand passing through each segment of the
distribution system using the related hot or cold column
of Table P2903.6. Knowing demand, the size of each
segment shall be read from the second left-hand column
of the same table and a maximum developed length col-
umn selected in Steps 1 and 2, under the same or next
smaller size meter row. In no case does the size of any
branch or main need to be larger that the size of the main
distribution pipe to the building established in Step 3.

P2903.8 Gridded and parallel water distribution system
manifolds. Hot water and cold water manifolds installed with
gridded or parallel-connected individual distribution lines to
each fixture or fixture fittings shall be designed in accordance
with Sections P2903.8.1 through P2903.8.6.

TABLE P2903.6
WATER-SUPPLY FIXTURE-UNIT VALUES FOR VARIOUS PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FIXTURE GROUPS

TYPE OF FIXTURES OR GROUP OF FIXTURES

WATER-SUPPLY FIXTURE-UNIT VALUE (w.s.f.u.)

Hot

Cold

Combined

Bathtub (with/without overhead shower head)

1.0

1.4

Clothes washer

1.0

1.4

Dishwasher

1.4

—

1.4

Full-bath group with bathtub (with/without shower head) or shower stall

1.5

2.7

3.6

Half-bath group (water closet and lavatory)

0.5

2.5

2.6

Hose bibb (sillcock)^

—

2.5

Kitchen group (dishwasher and sink with/without garbage grinder)

1.0

2.5

Kitchen sink

1.0

1.4

Laundry group (clothes washer standpipe and laundry tub)

1.8

2.5

Laundry tub

1.0

1.4

Lavatory

0.5

0.7

Shower stall

1.0

1.4

Water closet (tank type)

—

2.2

For SI: 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m.

a. The fixture unit value 2.5 assumes a flow demand of 2.5 gpm, such as for an individual lawn sprinkler device. If a hose bibb/sill cock will be required to furnish a
greater flow, the equivalent fixture-unit value may be obtained from this table or Table P2903.6(l).

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'^

443

WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION

P2903.8.1 Sizing of manifolds. Manifolds shall be sized in
accordance with Table P2903.8.1. Total gallons per minute
is the demand for all outlets.

P2903.8.2 Minimum size. Where the developed length of
the distribution line is 60 feet (18 288 mm) or less, and the
available pressure at the meter is a minimum of 40 pounds per
square inch (276 kPa), the minimum size of individual distri-
bution lines shall be Vg inch (10 mm). Certain fixtures such as
one-piece water closets and whirlpool bathtubs shall require a
larger size where specified by the manufacturer. If a water

heater is fed from the end of a cold water manifold, the mani-
fold shall be one size larger than the water heater feed.

P2903.8.3 Orientation. Manifolds shall be permitted to be
installed in a horizontal or vertical position.

P2903.8.4 Support and protection. Plastic piping bundles
shall be secured in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions and supported in accordance with
Section P2605. Bundles that have a change in direction
equal to or greater than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) shall be pro-
tected from chafing at the point of contact with framing
members by sleeving or wrapping.

TABLE P2903.6{1)
CONVERSIONS FROM WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT TO GALLON PER MINUTE FLOW RATES

SUPPLY SYSTEMS PREDOMINANTLY FOR FLUSH TANKS

SUPPLY SYSTEM PREDOMINANTLY FOR FLUSH VALVES

Load

Demand

Load

Demand

(Water supply
fixture units)

(Gallons per minute)

(Cubic feet per minute)

(Water supply
fixture units)

(Gallons per minute)

(Cubic feet per minute)

3.0

0.04104

—

5.0

0.0684

—

6.5

0.86892

—

8.0

1.06944

—

9.4

1.256592

15.0

2.0052

10.7

1.430376

17.4

2.326032

11.8

1.577424

19.8

2.646364

12.8

1.711104

22.2

2.967696

13.7

1.831416

24.6

3.288528

14.6

1.951728

27.0

3.60936

15.4

2.058672

27.8

3.716304

16.0

2.13888

28.6

3.823248

16.5

2.20572

29.4

3.930192

17.0

2.27256

30.2

4.037136

17.5

2.3394

31.0

4.14408

18.0

2.90624

31.8

4.241024

18.4

2.459712

32.6

4.357968

18.8

2.513184

33.4

4.464912

19.2

2.566656

34.2

4.571856

19.6

2.620128

35.0

4.6788

21.5

2.87412

38.0

5.07984

23.3

3.114744

42.0

5.61356

24.9

3.328632

44.0

5.88192

26.3

3.515784

46.0

6.14928

27.7

3.702936

48.0

6.41664

29.1

3.890088

50.0

6.684

For SI: 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m, 1 cubic foot per minute - 0.4719 L/s.

444

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION

TABLE P2903.7

MINIMUM SIZE OF WATER METERS, MAINS AND DISTRIBUTION PIPING

BASED ON WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT VALUES

Pressure Range — 30 to 39 psi

METER AND

SERVICE PIPE

(inches)

DISTRIBUTION

PIPE

(inches)

MAXIMUM DEVELOPMENT LENGTH (feet)

100

150

200

250

300

400

500

2.5

1.5

9.5

7.5

5.5

3.5

2.5

1.5

16.5

7.5

6.5

5.5

4.5

13.5

5.5

1V4

10.5

1V4

1V2

1V4

17.5

IV,

VI,

IV,

151

117

Pressure Range — 40 to 49 psi

METER AND

SERVICE PIPE

(inches)

DISTRIBUTION

PIPE

(inches)

MAXIMUM DEVELOPMENT LENGTH (feet)

100

150

200

250

300

400

500

'//

2.5

1.5

9.5

8.5

5.5

4.5

3.5

2.5

13.5

10.5

7.5

11.5

9.5

7.5

6.5

IV4

16.5

IV4

IV,

IV4

IV,

151

130

109

Pressure Range — 50 to 60 psi

METER AND

SERVICE PIPE

(inches)

DISTRIBUTION

PIPE

(inches)

MAXIMUM DEVELOPMENT LENGTH (feet)

100

150

200

250

300

400

500

2.5

1.5

9.5

8.5

6.5

4.5

2.5

18.5

14.5

9.5

16.5

1V4

IV,

1V4

1V2

IV,

151

139

120

(continued)

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

445

WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION

TABLE P2903.7— continued

MINIMUM SIZE OF WATER METERS, MAINS AND DISTRIBUTION PIPING

BASED ON WATER SUPPLY FIXTURE UNIT VALUES

Pressure Range — greater than 60 psi

METER AND

SERVICE PIPE

(inches)

DISTRIBUTION

PIPE

(inches)

MAXIMUM DEVELOPMENT LENGTH (feet)

100

150

200

250

300

400

500

2.5

1.5

9.5

7.5

4.5

3.5

3/
'4

19.5

15.5

11.5

9.5

1V4

l'/4

IV,

1V4

1V2

151

144

114

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 pound per square inch = 6.895kPa.
a. Minimum size for building supply is ^-inch pipe.

TABLE P2903.8.1
MANIFOLD SIZING

PLASTIC

METALLIC

Nominal Size ID
(inches)

Maximum^
gpm

Nominal Size ID
(inches)

Maximum^
gpm

l'/4

IV4

IV2

l'/2

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 gallon per minute = 3.785 L/m, 1 foot per second = 0.3048 m/s.
NOTE: See Table P2903.6 for w.s.f.u and Table 2903.6(1) for gallon-per-minute (gpm) flow rates,
a. Based on velocity limitation: plastic — 12 fps; metal — 8 fps.

P2903.8.5 Valving. Fixture valves, when installed, shall be
located either at the fixture or at the manifold. If valves are
installed at the manifold, they shall be labeled indicating the
fixture served.

P2903.8.6 Hose bibb bleed. A readily accessible air bleed
shall be installed in hose bibb supplies at the manifold or at
the hose bibb exit point.

P2903.9 Valves. Valves shall be installed in accordance with
Sections P2903.9.1 through P2903.9.3.

P2903.9.1 Service valve. Each dwelling unit shall be pro-
vided with an accessible main shutoff valve near the
entrance of the water service. The valve shall be of a
full-open type having nominal restriction to flow, with pro-
vision for drainage such as a bleed orifice or installation of a
separate drain valve. Additionally, the water service shall be
valved at the curb or property line in accordance with local
requirements.

P2903.9.2 Water heater valve. A readily accessible
full-open valve shall be installed in the cold-water supply
pipe to each water heater at or near the water heater.

P2903.9.3 Fixture valves and access. Valves serving indi-
vidual fixtures, appliances, risers and branches shall be pro-
vided with access. An individual shutoff valve shall be
required on the fixture supply pipe to each plumbing fixture
other than bathtubs and showers.

P2903.9.4 Valve requirements. Valves shall be of an
approved type and compatible with the type of piping mate-
rial installed in the system. Ball valves, gate valves, globe
valves and plug valves intended to supply drinking water
shall meet the requirements of NSF 61.

P2903.10 Hose bibb. Hose bibbs subject to freezing, including
the "frost-proof type, shall be equipped with an accessible
stop-and-waste-type valve inside the building so that they can
be controlled and/or drained during cold periods.

446

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION

Exception: Frostproof hose bibbs installed such that the
stem extends through the building insulation into an open
heated or semiconditioned space need not be separately
valved (see Figure P2903.10).

SECTION P2904
MATERIALS, JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS

P2904.1 Soil and groundwater. The installation of water ser-
vice pipe, water distribution pipe, fittings, valves, appurte-
nances and gaskets shall be prohibited in soil and groundwater
that is contaminated with solvents, fuels, organic compounds
or other detrimental materials that cause permeation, corro-
sion, degradation or structural failure of the water service or
water distribution piping material.

P2904.1.1 Investigation required. Where detrimental con-
ditions are suspected by or brought to the attention of the
building official, a chemical analysis of the soil and ground-
water conditions shall be required to ascertain the accept-
ability of the water service material for the specific
installation.

P2904.1.2 Detrimental condition. When a detrimental
condition exists, approved alternate materials or alternate
routing shall be required.

P2904.2 Lead content. Pipe and fittings used in the water-sup-
ply system shall have a maximum of 8 percent lead.

P2904.3 Polyethylene plastic piping installation. Polyethyl-
ene pipe shall be cut square using a cutter designed for plastic
pipe. Except where joined by heat fusion, pipe ends shall be

chamfered to remove sharp edges. Pipe that has been kinked
shall not be installed. For bends, the installed radius of pipe
curvature shall be greater than 30 pipe diameters or the coil
radius when bending with the coil. Coiled pipe shall not be bent
beyond straight. Bends shall not be permitted within 10 pipe
diameters of any fitting or valve. Joints between polyethylene
plastic pipe and fittings shall comply with Sections P2904.3.1
and P2904.3.2.

P2904.3.1 Heat-fusion joints. Joint surfaces shall be clean
and free from moisture. Joint surfaces shall be heated to
melting temperature and joined. The joint shall be undis-
turbed until cool. Joints shall be made in accordance with
ASTM D 2657.

P2904.3.2 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions.

P2904.4 Water service pipe. Water service pipe shall conform
to NSF 61 and shall conform to one of the standards listed in
Table P2904.4. Water service pipe or tubing, installed under-
ground and outside of the structure, shall have a minimum
working pressure rating of 160 pounds per square inch at 73°F
(1103 kPa at 23 °C). Where the water pressure exceeds 160
pounds per square inch (1 103 kPa), piping material shall have a
rated working pressure equal to or greater than the highest
available pressure. Water service piping materials not
third-party certified for water distribution shall terminate at or
before the full open valve located at the entrance to the struc-
ture. Ductile iron water service piping shall be cement mortar
lined in accordance with AWWA CI 04.

INSULATED
FRAME WALL

SUPPLY LINE

FROSTPROOF
HOSE BIBB

FOUNDATION WALL

HEATED BASEMENT

FIGURE P2903.10
TYPICAL FROSTPROOF HOSE BIBB INSTALLATION NOT REQUIRING SEPARATE VALUE

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

447

WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION

P2904.4.1 Dual check- valve-type backflow preventer.

Where a dual check- valve backflow preventer is installed on
the water supply system, it shall comply with ASSE 1024 or
CSA B64.6.

P2904.4.2 Water service installation. Trenching, pipe
installation and backfilling shall be in accordance with Sec-
tion P2604. Water-service pipe is permitted to be located in
the same trench with a building sewer provided such sewer
is constructed of materials listed for underground use within
a building in Section P3002.1. If the building sewer is not
constructed of materials listed in Section P3002.1, the
water-service pipe shall be separated from the building
sewer by a minimum of 5 feet (1524 mm), measured hori-
zontally, of undisturbed or compacted earth or placed on a
solid ledge at least 12 inches (305 mm) above and to one
side of the highest point in the sewer line.

Exception: The required separation distance shall not
apply where a water service pipe crosses a sewer pipe,
provided that the water service pipe is sleeved to at least 5
feet (1524 mm), horizontally from the sewer pipe center-
line, on both sides of the crossing with pipe materials
hsted in Tables P2904.4, P3002.1(l), P3002.1(2) or
P3002.2.

P2904.5 Water-distribution pipe. Water-distribution piping
within dwelling units shall conform to NSF 61 and shall con-
form to one of the standards listed in Table P2904.5. All
hot-water-distribution pipe and tubing shall have a minimum
pressure rating of 100 psi at 180°F (689 kPa at 82°C).

P2904.5.1 Under concrete slabs. Inaccessible water distri-
bution piping under slabs shall be copper water tube mini-
mum Type M, brass, ductile iron pressure pipe, cross-linked
polyethylene/aluminum/cross-linked polyethylene (PEX-
AL-PEX) pressure pipe, polyethylene/aluminum/polyeth-
ylene (PE-AL-PE) pressure pipe, chlorinated polyvinyl
chloride (CPVC), polybutylene (PB), cross-linked polyeth-
ylene (PEX) plastic pipe or tubing or polypropylene (PP)
pipe or tubing, all to be installed with approved fittings or
bends. The minimum pressure rating for plastic pipe or tub-
ing installed under slabs shall be 100 pounds per square inch
atl80°F(689kPaat82°C).

P2904.6 Fittings. Pipe fittings shall be approved for installa-
tion with the piping material installed, and shall conform to the
respective pipe standards listed in Table P2904.6. Pipe fittings
used in the water supply system shall also conform to NSF 61 .

TABLE P2904.4
WATER SERVICE PIPE

MATERIAL

STANDARD

Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) plastic pipe

ASTM D 1527; ASTM D 2282

Asbestos-cement pipe

ASTM C 296

Brass pipe

ASTM B 43

Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) plastic pipe

ASTM D 2846; ASTM F 441; ASTM F 442; CSA B 137.6

Copper or copper-alloy pipe

ASTM B 42; ASTM B 302

Copper or copper-alloy tubing (Type K, WK, L, WL, M or WM)

ASTM B 75; ASTM B 88; ASTM B 251; ASTM B 447

Cross-linked polyethylene/aluminum/cross-linked polyethylene
(PEX-AL-PEX) pipe

ASTM F 1281; CSA CAN/CSAB137. 10

Cross-linked polyethylene/aluminum/high-density polyethylene
(PEX-AL-HDPE)

ASTM F 1986

Cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) plastic tubing

ASTM F 876; ASTM F 877; CSA B 137.5

Ductile iron water pipe

AWWA C151; AWWA CI 15

Galvanized steel pipe

ASTM A 53

Polybutylene (PB) plastic pipe and tubing

ASTM D 2662; ASTM D 2666; ASTM D 3309; CSA B137.8M

Polyethylene/aluminum/polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) pipe

ASTM F 1282; CSA CAN/CSA-B137.9M

Polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe

ASTM D 2104; ASTM D 2239; CSA-B137.1

Polyethylene (PE) plastic tubing

ASTM D 2737; CSA B 137.1

Polypropylene (PP) plastic pipe or tubing

ASTM F 2389; CSA B137.il

Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe

ASTM D 1785; ASTM D 2241; ASTM D 2672; CSA B 137.3

Stainless steel (Type 304/304L) pipe

ASTM A 312; ASTM A 778

Stainless steel (Type 316/31 6L) pipe

ASTM A 312; ASTM A 778

448

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION

TABLE P2904.5
WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPE

MATERIAL

STANDARD

Brass pipe

ASTM B 43

Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) plastic pipe and tubing

ASTM D 2846; ASTM F 441; ASTM F 442; CSA B 137.6

Copper or copper-alloy pipe

ASTM B 42; ASTM B 302

Copper or copper-alloy tubing (Type K, WK, L, WL, M or WM)

ASTM B 75; ASTM B 88; ASTM B 251; ASTM B 447

Cross-Unked polyethylene (PEX) plastic tubing

ASTM F 877; CSA B 137.5

Cross-linked polyethylene/aluminum/cross-linked polyethylene
(PEX-AL-PEX) pipe

ASTM F 1281; CSACAN/CSA-B137.10

Cross-linked polyethylene/aluminum/high-density polyethylene
(PEX-AL-HDPE)

ASTM F 1986

Galvanized steel pipe

ASTM A 53

Polybutylene (PB) plastic pipe and tubing

ASTM D 3309; CSA CAN3-B 137.8

Polyethylene/aluminum/polyethylene (PE-AL-PE) composite pipe

ASTM F 1282

Polypropylene (PP) plastic pipe or tubing

ASTM F 2389; CSA B137.il

Stainless steel (Type 304/304L) pipe

ASTM A 312; ASTM A 778

Stainless steel (Type 316/316L) pipe

ASTM A 312; ASTM A 778

TABLE P2904.6
PIPE FITTINGS

MATERIAL

STANDARD

Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) plastic

ASTM D 2468

Brass

ASTM F1974

Cast-iron

ASME B16.4; ASME B16.12

Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride (CPVC) plastic

ASTM F 437; ASTM F 438; ASTM F 439; CSA B 137.6

Copper or copper alloy

ASME B16.15; ASME B16.18; ASME B16.22;
ASME B 16.23; ASME B 16.26; ASME B 16.29

Cross-linked polyethylene/aluminum/high-density polyethylene
(PEX-AL-HDPE)

ASTM F 1986

Fittings for cross-linked polyethylene (PEX) plastic tubing

ASTM F 877; ASTM F 1807; ASTM F 1960; ASTM F 2080;
ASTM F 2159; CSA B137.5

Gray iron and ductile iron

AWWA CllO; AWWA C153

Malleable iron

ASME B 16.3

Polybutylene (PB) plastic

CSAB137.8

Polyethylene (PE) plastic

ASTM D 2609; CSA B 137.1

Polypropylene (PP) plastic pipe or tubing

ASTM F 2389; CSA B137.il

Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic

ASTM D 2464; ASTM D 2466; ASTM D 2467; CSA B 137.2

Stainless steel (Type 304/304L) pipe

ASTM A 312; ASTM A 778

Stainless steel (Type 316/316L) pipe

ASTM A 312; ASTM A 778

Steel

ASME B 16.9; ASME B16.il; ASME B 16.28

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

449

WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION

P2904.7 Flexible water connectors. Flexible water connec-
tors, exposed to continuous pressure, shall conform to ASME
Al 12.18.6. Access shall be provided to all flexible water con-
nectors.

P2904.8 Joint and connection tightness. Joints and connec-
tions in the plumbing system shall be gas tight and water tight
for the intended use or required test pressure.

P2904.9 Plastic pipe joints. Joints in plastic piping shall be
made with approved fittings by solvent cementing, heat fusion,
corrosion-resistant metal clamps with insert fittings or com-
pression connections. Flared joints for polyethylene pipe are
permitted in accordance with Section P2904.3.

P2904.9.1 Solvent cementing. Solvent-cemented joints
shall comply with Sections P2904.9.1.1 through
P2904.9.1.3.

P2904.9.1.1 ABS plastic pipe. Solvent cement for ABS
plastic pipe conforming to ASTM D 2235 shall be
applied to all joint surfaces.

P2904.9.1.2 CPVC plastic pipe. Joint surfaces shall be
clean and free from moisture and an approved primer
shall be applied. Solvent cement for CPVC plastic pipe,
orange in color and conforming to ASTM F 493, shall be
applied to all joint surfaces. The parts shall be joined
while the cement is wet and in accordance with ASTM D
2846 or ASTM F 493. Solvent-cement joints shall be
permitted above or below ground.

Exception: A primer is not required where all of the
following conditions apply:

1 . The solvent cement used is third-party certified
as conforming to ASTM F 493.

2. The solvent cement used is yellow in color.

3. The solvent cement is used only for joining
Vj-inch (13 mm) through 2-inch (5 1 mm) diam-
eter CPVC pipe and fittings.

4. The CPVC pipe and fittings are manufactured
in accordance with ASTM D 2846.

P2904.9.1.3 PVC plastic pipe. A purple primer that
conforms to ASTM F 656 shall be applied to PVC sol-
vent cemented joints. Solvent cement for PVC plastic
pipe conforming to ASTM D 2564 shall be applied to all
joint surfaces.

P2904.9.1.4 Cross-linked polyethylene plastic (PEX).

Joints between cross-linked polyethylene plastic tubing
or fittings shall comply with Section P2904.9. 1.4.1 or
Section P2904.9. 1.4.2.

P2904.9.1.4.1 Flared joints. Flared pipe ends shall
be made by a tool designed for that operation.

P2904.9.1.4.2 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints
shall be installed in accordance with the manufac-
turer's instructions. Fittings for cross-linked polyeth-
ylene (PEX) plastic tubing as described in ASTM F
877, ASTM F 1807, ASTM F 1960, and ASTM F
2080 shall be installed in accordance with the manu-
facturer's installation instructions.

P2904.10 Polypropylene (PP) plastic. Joints between PP
plastic pipe and fittings shall comply with Section P2904.10.1
orP2904.10.2.

P2904.10.1 Heat-fusion joints. Heat fusion joints for poly-
propylene pipe and tubing joints shall be installed with
socket-type heat-fused polypropylene fittings, butt-fusion
polypropylene fittings or electrofusion polypropylene fit-
tings. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free from moisture.
The joint shall be undisturbed until cool. Joints shall be
made in accordance with ASTM F 2389.

P2904.10.2 Mechanical and compression sleeve joints.

Mechanical and compression sleeve joints shall be installed
in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions.

P2904.ll Stainless steel. Joints between stainless steel pipe
and fittings shall comply with Sections P2904.11.1 and
P2904.11.2.

P2904.11.1 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instruc-
tions.

P2904.11.2 Welded joints. Joint surfaces shall be cleaned.
The joint shall be welded autogenously or with an approved
filler metal in accordance with ASTM A 312.

P2904.12 Threaded pipe joints. Threaded joints shall con-
form to American National Taper Pipe Thread specifications.
Pipe ends shall be deburred and chips removed. Pipe joint com-
pound shall be used only on male threads.

P2904.13 Soldered joints. Soldered joints in tubing shall be
made with fittings approved for water piping and shall conform
to ASTM B 828. Surfaces to be soldered shall be cleaned
bright. The joints shall be properly fluxed and made with
approved solder. Solders and fluxes used in potable water-sup-
ply systems shall have a maximum of 0.2 percent lead. Fluxes
shall conform to ASTM B 813.

P2904.14 Flared joints. Flared joints in water tubing shall be
made with approved fittings. The tubing shall be reamed and
then expanded with a flaring tool.

P2904.15 Underground joints. Joints in polybutylene (PB)
plastic pipe or tubing underground or under a concrete floor
slab shall be installed using heat fusion, in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions. Joints in copper pipe
or tube installed in a concrete floor slab or under a concrete
floor slab on grade shall be installed using wrought-copper fit-
tings and brazed joints.

P2904.16 Above-ground joints. Joints within the building
between copper pipe, polybutylene tubing or CPVC tubing, in
any combination with compatible outside diameters, are per-
mitted to be made with the use of approved push-in mechanical
fittings of a pressure-lock design.

P2904.17 Joints between different materials. Joints between
different piping materials shall be made in accordance with
Sections P2904.17.1, P2904.17.2 and P2904.17.3 or with a
mechanical joint of the compression or mechanical sealing
type having an elastomeric seal conforming to ASTM D 1869
or ASTM F 477. Joints shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions.

450

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

WATER SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION

P2904.17.1 Copper or copper-alloy tubing to galvanized
steel pipe. Joints between copper or copper-alloy tubing
and galvanized steel pipe shall be made with a brass fitting
or dielectric fitting. The copper tubing shall be joined to the
fitting in an approved manner, and the fitting shall be
screwed to the threaded pipe.

P2904.17.2 Plastic pipe or tubing to other piping mate-
rial. Joints between different grades of plastic pipe or
between plastic pipe and other piping material shall be made
with an approved adapter fitting. Joints between plastic pipe
and cast-iron hub pipe shall be made by a caulked joint or a
mechanical compression joint.

P2904.17.3 Stainless steel. Joints between stainless steel
and different piping materials shall be made with a mechan-
ical joint of the compression or mechanical-sealing type or a
dielectric fitting.

P2904.18 Press joints. Press-type mechanical joints in copper
tubing shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions using approved tools which affix the copper fitting
with integral 0-ring to the tubing.

SECTION P2905
CHANGES IN DIRECTION

P2905.1 Bends. Changes in direction in copper tubing are per-
mitted to be made with bends having a radius of not less than
four diameters of the tube, providing such bends are made by
use of forming equipment that does not deform or create loss in
cross-sectional area of the tube.

SECTION P2906
SUPPORT

P2906.1 General. Pipe and tubing support shall conform to
Section P2605.

SECTION P2907
DRINKING WATER TREATMENT UNITS

P2907.1 Design. Drinking water treatment units shall meet the
requirements of NSF 42, NSF 44 or NSF 53.

P2907.2 Reverse osmosis drinking water treatment units.

Point-of-use reverse osmosis drinking water treatment units,
designed for residential use, shall meet the requirements of
NSF 58. Waste or discharge from reverse osmosis drinking
water treatment units shall enter the drainage system through
an air gap or an air gap device that meets the requirements of
NSF 58.

P2907.3 Connection tubing. The tubing to and from drinking
water treatment units shall be of a size and material as recom-
mended by the manufacturer. The tubing shall comply with

NSF 14, NSF 42, NSF 44, NSF 53, NSF 58 or NSF 61.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

451

452 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

CHAPTER 30

SANITARY DRAINAGE

SECTION P3001
GENERAL

P3001.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall govern the
materials, design, construction and installation of sanitary drain-
age systems. Plumbing materials shall conform to the require-
ments of this chapter. The drainage, waste and vent (DWV)
system shall consist of all piping for conveying wastes from
plumbing fixtures, appliances and appurtenances, including fix-
ture traps; above-grade drainage piping; below-grade drains
within the building (building drain); below- and above-grade
venting systems; and piping to the pubhc sewer or private septic
system.

P3001.2 Protection from freezing. No portion of the above
grade DWV system other than vent terminals shall be located
outside of a building, in attics or crawl spaces, concealed in out-
side walls, or in any other place subjected to freezing tempera-
tures unless adequate provision is made to protect them from
freezing by insulation or heat or both, except in locaUties having
a winter design temperature above 32°F (0°C) (ASHRAE 97.5
percent column, winter, see Chapter 3).

P3001.3 Flood-resistant installation. In areas prone to flood-
ing as estabhshed by Table R301 .2(1), drainage, waste and vent
systems shall be located and installed to prevent infiltration of
floodwaters into the systems and discharges from the systems
into floodwaters.

SECTION P3002
MATERIALS

P3002.1 Piping within buildings. Drain, waste and vent
(DWV) piping in buildings shall be as shown in Tables
P3002.1(l) and P3002.1(2) except that galvanized wrought-
iron or galvanized steel pipe shall not be used underground and
shall be maintained not less than 6 inches (152 mm) above
ground. Allowance shall be made for the thermal expansion
and contraction of plastic piping.

P3002.2 Building sewer. Building sewer piping shall be as
shown in Table P3002.2. Forced main sewer piping shall con-
form to one of the standards for ABS plastic pipe, copper or
copper-alloy tubing, PVC plastic pipe or pressure-rated pipe
fisted in Table P3002.2.

P3002.3 Fittings. Fittings shall be approved and compatible
with the type of piping being used and shall be of a sanitary or
DWV design for drainage and venting as shown in Table
P3002.3. Water pipe fittings shall be permitted in engineer-
designed systems where the design indicates compliance with
Section P3 101. 2.1.

P3002.3.1 Drainage. Drainage fittings shall have a smooth
interior waterway of the same diameter as the piping served.
All fittings shall conform to the type of pipe used. Drainage
fittings shall have no ledges, shoulders or reductions which
can retard or obstruct drainage flow in the piping. Threaded

drainage pipe fittings shall be of the recessed drainage type,
black or galvanized. Drainage fittings shall be designed to
maintain one-fourth unit vertical in 12 units horizontal
(2-percent slope) grade.

P3002.4 Other materials. Sheet lead, lead bends, lead traps and
sheet copper shall comply with Sections P3002.4.1 through
P3002.4.3.

P3002.4.1 Sheet lead. Sheet lead for the following uses
shall weigh not less than indicated below:

1. Flashing of vent terminals, 3 psf (15 kg/m^).

2. Prefabricated flashing for vent pipes, 2V2 psf (12
kg/m^).

P3002.4.2 Lead bends and traps. Lead bends and lead
traps shall not be less than Vg-inch (3 mm) wall thickness.

P3002.4.3 Sheet copper. Sheet copper for the following
uses shall weigh not less than indicated below:

1. General use, 12 ounces per square feet (4 kg/m^).

2. Flashing for vent pipes, 8 ounces per square feet (2.5
kg/m^).

SECTION P3003
JOINTS AND CONNECTIONS

P3003.1 Tightness. Joints and connections in the DWV sys-
tem shall be gas tight and water tight for the intended use or
pressure required by test.

P3003.2 Prohibited joints. Running threads and bands shall
not be used in the drainage system. Drainage and vent piping
shall not be drilled, tapped, burned or welded.

The following types of joints and connections shall be pro-
hibited:

1 . Cement or concrete.

2. Mastic or hot-pour bituminous joints.

3. Joints made with fittings not approved for the specific
installation.

4. Joints between different diameter pipes made with
elastomeric rolling 0-rings.

5. Solvent-cement joints between different types of plastic
pipe.

6. Saddle-type fittings.

P3003.3 ABS plastic. Joints between ABS plastic pipe or fit-
tings shall comply with Sections P3003.3. 1 through P3003.3.3.

P3003.3.1 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints on drain-
age pipes shall be made with an elastomeric seal conforming
to ASTM C 1 173, ASTM D 3212 or CSA B602. Mechanical
joints shall be installed only in underground systems unless
otherwise approved. Joints shall be installed in accordance
with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

453

SANITARY DRAINAGE

TABLE P3002.1(1)
ABOVE-GROUND DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPE

MATERIAL

STANDARD

Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) plastic pipe

ASTM D 2661; ASTM F 628; CSA B 181.1

Brass pipe

ASTM B 43

Cast-iron pipe

ASTM A 74; CISPI 301 ; ASTM A 888

Coextruded composite ABS DWV schedule 40 IPS pipe (solid)

ASTM F 1488

Coextruded composite ABS DWV schedule 40 IPS pipe (cellular core) ;

ASTM F 1488

Coextruded composite PVC DWV schedule 40 IPS pipe (solid)

ASTM F 1488

Coextruded composite PVC DWV schedule 40 IPS pipe (cellular core)

ASTM FUSS; ASTM F 891

Coextruded composite PVC IPS-DR, PS 140, PS200 DWV

ASTM F 1488

Copper or copper-alloy pipe

ASTM B 42; ASTM B 302

Copper or copper-alloy tubing (Type K, L, M or DWV)

ASTM B 75; ASTM B 88; ASTM B 251; ASTM B 306

Galvanized steel pipe

ASTM A 53

Polyolefm pipe

CSAB181.3

Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe (Type DWV)

ASTM D 2665; ASTM D 2949; CSA B181.2;
ASTM F 1488

Stainless steel drainage systems, Types 304 and 316L

ASMEAl 12.3.1

TABLE P3002.1(2)
UNDERGROUND BUILDING DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPE

MATERIAL

STANDARD

Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) plastic pipe

ASTM D 2661; ASTM F 628; CSA B181.1

Asbestos-cement pipe

ASTM C 428

Cast-iron pipe

ASTM A 74; CISPI 301; ASTM A 888

Coextruded composite ABS DWV schedule 40 IPS pipe (solid)

ASTM F 1488

Coextruded composite ABS DWV schedule 40 IPS pipe (cellular core)

ASTM F 1488

Coextruded composite PVC DWV schedule 40 IPS pipe (sohd)

ASTM F 1488

Coextruded composite PVC DWV schedule 40 IPS pipe (cellular core)

ASTM F 891; ASTM F 1488

Coextruded composite PVC IPS-DR, PS 140, PS200 DWV

ASTM F 1488

Copper or copper alloy tubing (Type K, L, M or DWV)

ASTM B 75; ASTM B 88; ASTM B 251; ASTM B 306

Polyolefin pipe

ASTM F 1412; CSA B18I.3

Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe (Type DWV)

ASTM D 2665; ASTM D 2949; CSA B181.2

Stainless steel drainage systems. Type 316L

ASMEAl 12.3.1

P3003.3.2 Solvent cementing. Joint surfaces shall be clean
and free from moisture. Solvent cement that conforms to
ASTM D 2235 or CSA B 181.1 shall be appUed to all joint
surfaces. The joint shall be made while the cement is wet.
Joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM D 2235,
ASTM D 2661, ASTM F 628 or CSA B 181.1. Solvent-
cement joints shall be permitted above or below ground.

P3003.3.3 Threaded joints. Threads shall conform to
ASME B 1.20.1. Schedule 80 or heavier pipe shall be per-
mitted to be threaded with dies specifically designed for
plastic pipe. Approved thread lubricant or tape shall be
applied on the male threads only.

P3003.4 Asbestos-cement. Joints between asbestos-cement
pipe or fittings shall be made with a sleeve coupling of the same
composition as the pipe, sealed with an elastomeric ring con-
forming to ASTM D 1869.

P3003.5 Brass. Joints between brass pipe or fittings shall com-
ply with Sections P3003.5.1 through P3003.5.3.

P3003.5.1 Brazed joints. All joint surfaces shall be cleaned.
An approved flux shall be applied where required. The joint
shall be brazed with a filler metal conforming to AWS A5 . 8 .

P3003.5.2 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions.

454

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE

SANITARY DRAINAGE

TABLE P3002.2
BUILDING SEWER PIPE

MATERIAL

STANDARD

Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) plastic pipe

ASTM D 2661; ASTM D 2751; ASTM F 628

Asbestos-cement pipe

ASTM C 428

Cast-iron pipe

ASTM A 74; ASTM A 888; CISPI 301

Coextruded composite ABS DWV schedule 40 IPS pipe (solid)

ASTM F 1488

Coextruded composite ABS DWV schedule 40 IPS pipe (cellular core)

ASTM F 1488

Coextruded composite PVC DWV schedule 40 IPS pipe (solid)

ASTM F 1488

Coextruded composite PVC DWV schedule 40 IPS pipe (cellular core)

ASTM F 1488; ASTM F 891

Coextruded composite PVC IPS-DR-PS DWV, PS 140, PS200

ASTM F 1488

Coextruded composite ABS sewer and drain DR-PS in PS35, PS50, PS 100,
PS 140, PS200

ASTM F 1488

Coextruded composite PVC sewer and drain DR-PS in PS35, PS50, PS 100,
PS 140, PS200

ASTM F 1488

Coextruded composite PVC sewer and drain PS 25, PS 50, PS 100
(cellular core)

ASTM F 891

Concrete pipe

ASTM C 14; ASTM C 76; CSA A257.1M; CSA A257.2M

Copper or copper-alloy tubing (Type K or L)

ASTM B 75; ASTM B 88; ASTM B 251

Polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe (SDR-PR)

ASTM F 714

Polyolefm pipe

ASTM F 1412; CSA B181.3

Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe (Type DWV, SDR 26, SDR 35,
SDR41,PS50orPS100)

ASTM D 2665; ASTM D 2949; ASTM D 3034; ASTM F
1412; CSA B182.2; CSA B182.4

Stainless steel drainage systems, Types 304 and 316L

ASMEAl 12.3.1

Vitrified clay pipe

ASTM C 425; ASTM C 700

TABLE P3002.3
PIPE FITTINGS

MATERIAL

STANDARD

Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) plastic pipe

ASTM D 3311; CSA B181.I; ASTM D 2661

Cast-iron pipe

ASME B 16.12; ASTM A 74; ASTM A 888; CISPI 301

Coextruded composite ABS DWV schedule 40 IPS pipe
(solid or cellular core)

ASTM D 2661; ASTM D 3311; ASTM F 628

Coextruded composite ABS DWV schedule 40 IPS-DR, PS 140, PS 200
(solid or cellular core)

ASTM D 2665; ASTM D 3311; ASTM F 891

Coextruded composite ABS sewer and drain DR-PS in PS35, PS50, PS 100,
PS140,PS200

ASTM D 2751

Coextruded composite PVC DWV schedule 40 IPS-DR, PS 140, PS200
(solid and cellular core)

ASTM D 2665; ASTM D 3311; ASTM F 891

Coextruded composite PVC sewer and drain DR-PS in PS35, PS50, PS 100,
PS 140, PS200

ASTM D 3034

Copper or copper alloy

ASME B 16.23; ASME B 16.29

Gray iron and ductile iron

AWWACllO

Polyolefin

ASTM F 1412; CSA B181.3

Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe

ASTM D 3311; ASTM D 2665; ASTM F 1412; ASTM F
1866; CSA B 181.2; CSA B 182.4

Stainless steel drainage systems. Types 304 and 316L

ASMEAl 12.3.1

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

455

SANITARY DRAINAGE

P3003.5.3 Threaded joints. Threads shall conform to
ASME B 1 .20. 1 . Pipe-joint compound or tape shall be applied
on the male threads only.

P3003.6 Cast iron. Joints between cast-iron pipe or fittings
shall comply with Sections P3003.6.1 through P3003.6.3.

P3003.6.1 Caulked joints. Joints for hub and spigot pipe
shall be firmly packed with oakum or hemp. Molten lead
shall be poured in one operation to a depth of not less than 1
inch (25 mm). The lead shall not recede more than Vg inch (3
mm) below the rim of the hub and shall be caulked tight.
Paint, varnish or other coatings shall not be permitted on the
jointing material until after the joint has been tested and
approved. Lead shall be run in one pouring and shall be
caulked tight. Acid-resistant rope and acidproof cement
shall be permitted.

P3003.6.2 Compression gasket joints. Compression gas-
kets for hub and spigot pipe and fittings shall conform to
ASTM C 564. Gaskets shall be compressed when the pipe is
fully inserted.

P3003.6.3 Mechanical joint coupling. Mechanical joint
couplings for hubless pipe and fittings shall comply with
CISPI 3 1 or ASTM C 1 277 . The elastomeric seahng sleeve
shall conform to ASTM C 564 or CSA B602 and shall have
a center stop. Mechanical joint couplings shall be installed
in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions.

P3003.7 Concrete joints. Joints between concrete pipe and fit-
tings shall be made with an elastomeric seal conforming to
ASTM C 443, ASTM C 1 173, CSA A257.3M or CSA B602.

P3003.8 Coextruded composite ABS pipe. Joints between
coextruded composite pipe with an ABS outer layer or ABS fit-
tings shall comply with Sections P3003.8.1 and P3003.8.2.

P3003.8.1 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints on drain-
age pipe shall be made with an elastomeric seal conforming
to ASTM C 1 173, ASTM D 3212 or CSA B602. Mechanical
joints shall not be installed in above-ground systems, unless
otherwise approved. Joints shall be installed in accordance
with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

P3003.8.2 Solvent cementing. Joint surfaces shall be clean
and free from moisture. Solvent cement that conforms to
ASTM D 2235 or CSA B181.1 shall be appUed to all joint
surfaces. The joint shall be made while the cement is wet.
Joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM D 2235,
ASTM D 2661, ASTM F 628 or CSA B 18 1.1. Solvent-
cement joints shall be permitted above or below ground.

P3003.9 Coextruded composite PVC pipe. Joints between
coextruded composite pipe with a PVC outer layer or PVC fit-
tings shall comply with Sections P3003.9.1 and P3003.9.2.

P3003.9.1 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints on drain-
age pipe shall be made with an elastomeric seal conforming
to ASTM D 3212. Mechanical joints shall not be installed in
above-ground systems, unless otherwise approved. Joints
shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
installation instructions.

P3003.9.2 Solvent cementing. Joint surfaces shall be clean
and free from moisture. A purple primer that conforms to

ASTM F 656 shall be applied. Solvent cement not purple in
color and conforming to ASTM D 2564, CSA B 137.3 or
CSA B 181.2 shall be applied to all joint surfaces. The joint
shall be made while the cement is wet, and shall be in accor-
dance with ASTM D 2855. Solvent-cement joints shall be
permitted above or below ground.

P3003.10 Copper pipe. Joints between copper or copper-alloy
pipe or fittings shall comply with Sections P3003.10.1 through
P3003.10.4.

P3003.10.1 Brazed joints. All joint surfaces shall be
cleaned. An approved flux shall be applied where required.
The joint shall be brazed with a filler metal conforming to
AWS A5.8.

P3003.10.2 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions.

P3003.10.3 Soldered joints. Solder joints shall be made in
accordance with the methods of ASTM B 828. All cut tube
ends shall be reamed to the full inside diameter of the tube
end. All joint surfaces shall be cleaned. A flux conforming
to ASTM B 813 shall be applied. The joint shall be soldered
with a solder conforming to ASTM B 32.

P3003.10.4 Threaded joints. Threads shall conform to
ASME B 1.20.1. Pipe-joint compound or tape shall be
applied on the male threads only.

P3003.ll Copper tubing. Joints between copper or cop-
per-alloy tubing or fittings shall comply with Sections
P3003.11.1 through P3003.1 1.3.

P3003.11.1 Brazed joints. All joint surfaces shall be
cleaned. An approved flux shall be applied where required.
The joint shall be brazed with a filler metal conforming to
AWS A5.8.

P3003.11.2 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions.

P3003.11.3 Soldered joints. Solder joints shall be made in
accordance with the methods of ASTM B 828. Cut tube
ends shall be reamed to the full inside diameter of the tube
end. All joint surfaces shall be cleaned. A flux conforming
to ASTM B 813 shall be applied. The joint shall be soldered
with a solder conforming to ASTM B 32.

P3003.12 Steel. Joints between galvanized steel pipe or fittings
shall comply with Sections P3003.12.1 and P3003.12.2.

P3003.12.1 Threaded joints. Threads shall conform to
ASME B 1.20.1. Pipe-joint compound or tape shall be
applied on the male threads only.

P3003.12.2 Mechanical joints. Joints shall be made with
an approved elastomeric seal. Mechanical joints shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions.

P3003.13 Lead. Joints between lead pipe or fittings shall com-
ply with Sections P3003.13.1 and P3003.13.2.

P3003.13.1 Burned. Burned joints shall be uniformly fused
together into one continuous piece. The thickness of the

456

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"^

SANITARY DRAINAGE

joint shall be at least as thick as the lead being joined. The
filler metal shall be of the same material as the pipe.

P3003.13.2 Wiped. Joints shall be fully wiped, with an
exposed surface on each side of the joint not less than V4
inch (19 mm). The joint shall be at least Vg inch (9.5 mm)
thick at the thickest point.

P3003.14 PVC plastic. Joints between PVC plastic pipe or fit-
tings shall comply with Sections P3003.14.1 through
P3003.14.3.

P3003.14.1 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints on drain-
age pipe shall be made with an elastomeric seal conforming
to ASTM C 1 173, ASTM D 3212 or CSA B602. Mechanical
joints shall not be installed in above-ground systems, unless
otherwise approved. Joints shall be installed in accordance
with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

P3003.14.2 Solvent cementing. Joint surfaces shall be
clean and free from moisture. A purple primer that con-
forms to ASTM F 656 shall be applied. Solvent cement not
purple in color and conforming to ASTM D 2564, CSA
B 137.3 or CSA B 1 8 1 .2 shall be apphed to all joint surfaces.
The joint shall be made while the cement is wet, and shall be
in accordance with ASTM D 2855. Solvent-cement joints
shall be permitted above or below ground.

P3003.14.3 Threaded joints. Threads shall conform to
ASME B 1.20.1. Schedule 80 or heavier pipe shall be per-
mitted to be threaded with dies specifically designed for
plastic pipe. Approved thread lubricant or tape shall be
applied on the male threads only.

P3003.15 Vitrified clay. Joints between vitrified clay pipe or
fittings shall be made with an elastomeric seal conforming to
ASTM C 425, ASTM C 1 173 or CSA B602.

P3003.16 Polyolefin plastic. Joints between polyolefin plastic
pipe and fittings shall comply with Sections P3003.16.1 and
P3003.16.2.

P3003.16.1 Heat-fusion joints. Heat-fusion joints for
polyolefin pipe and tubing joints shall be installed with
socket-type heat-fused polyolefin fittings or electrofusion
polyolefin fittings. Joint surfaces shall be clean and free
from moisture. The joint shall be undisturbed until cool.
Joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM F 1412 or
CSAB181.3.

P3003.16.2 Mechanical and compression sleeve joints.

Mechanical and compression sleeve joints shall be installed
in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instruc-
tions.

P3003.17 Polyethylene plastic pipe. Joints between polyeth-
ylene plastic pipe and fittings shall be underground and shall
comply with Section P3003.17.1 or P3003.17.2.

P3003.17.1 Heat fusion joints. Joint surfaces shall be clean
and free from moisture. All joint surfaces shall be cut,
heated to melting temperature and joined using tools specif-
ically designed for the operation. Joints shall be undisturbed
until cool. Joints shall be made in accordance with ASTM D
2657 and the manufacturer's installation instructions.

P3003.17.2 Mechanical joints. Mechanical joints in drain-
age piping shall be made with an elastomeric seal conform-
ing to ASTM C 1173, ASTM D 3212 or CSA B602.
Mechanical joints shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions.

P3003.18 Joints between different materials. Joints between
different piping materials shall be made with a mechanical
joint of the compression or mechanical-sealing type conform-
ing to ASTM C 1173, ASTM C 1460 or ASTM C 1461. Con-
nectors and adapters shall be approved for the application and
such joints shall have an elastomeric seal conforming to ASTM
C 425, ASTM C 443, ASTM C 564, ASTM C 1440, ASTM D
1869, ASTM F 477, CSA A257.3M or CSA B602, or as
required in Sections P3003.18.1 through P3003.18.6. Joints
between glass pipe and other types of materials shall be made
with adapters having a TFE seal. Joints shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

P3003.18.1 Copper or copper-alloy tubing to cast-iron
hub pipe. Joints between copper or copper-alloy tubing and
cast-iron hub pipe shall be made with a brass ferrule or com-
pression joint. The copper or copper-alloy tubing shall be
soldered to the ferrule in an approved manner, and the fer-
rule shall be joined to the cast-iron hub by a caulked joint or
a mechanical compression joint.

P3003.18.2 Copper or copper-alloy tubing to galvanized
steel pipe. Joints between copper or copper-alloy tubing
and galvanized steel pipe shall be made with a brass con-
verter fitting or dielectric fitting. The copper tubing shall be
soldered to the fitting in an approved manner, and the fitting
shall be screwed to the threaded pipe.

P3003.18.3 Cast-iron pipe to galvanized steel or brass
pipe. Joints between cast-iron and galvanized steel or brass
pipe shall be made by either caulked or threaded joints or
with an approved adapter fitting.

P3003.18.4 Plastic pipe or tubing to other piping mate-
rial. Joints between different types of plastic pipe or
between plastic pipe and other piping material shall be made
with an approved adapter fitting. Joints between plastic pipe
and cast-iron hub pipe shall be made by a caulked joint or a
mechanical compression joint.

P3003.18.5 Lead pipe to other piping material. Joints
between lead pipe and other piping material shall be made
by a wiped joint to a caulking ferrule, soldering nipple, or
bushing or shall be made with an approved adapter fitting.

P3003.18.6 Stainless steel drainage systems to other
materials. Joints between stainless steel drainage systems
and other piping materials shall be made with approved
mechanical couplings.

P3003.19 Joints between drainage piping and water closets.

Joints between drainage piping and water closets or similar fix-
tures shall be made by means of a closet flange compatible with
the drainage system material, securely fastened to a structur-
ally firm base. The inside diameter of the drainage pipe shall
not be used as a socket fitting for a four by three closet flange.
The joint shall be bolted, with an approved gasket, flange to fix-
ture connection complying with ASME Al 12.4.3 or setting
compound between the fixture and the closet flange.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

457

SANITARY DRAINAGE

SECTION P3004
DETERMINING DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS

P3004.1 DWV system load. The load on DWV-system piping
shall be computed in terms of drainage fixture unit (d.f .u.) val-
ues in accordance with Table P3004. 1 .

SECTION P3005
DRAINAGE SYSTEM

P3005.1 Drainage fittings and connections. Changes in
direction in drainage piping shall be made by the appropriate
use of sanitary tees, wyes, sweeps, bends or by a combination
of these drainage fittings in accordance with Table P3005.1.
Change in direction by combination fittings, heel or side inlets
or increasers shall be installed in accordance with Table
P3005.1 and Sections P3005.1.1 through P3005.1.4. based on
the pattern of flow created by the fitting.

TABLE P3004.1
DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT (d.f.u.) VALUES FOR VARIOUS PLUMBING FIXTURES

TYPE OF FIXTURE OR GROUP OF FIXTURES

DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNIT VALUE (d.f.u.)^

Bar sink

Bathtub (with or without shower head and/or whirlpool attachments)

Bidet

Clothes washer standpipe

Dishwasher

Floor drain''

Kitchen sink

Lavatory

Laundry tub

Shower stall

Water closet (1.6 gallons per flush)

Water closet (greater than 1.6 gallons per flush)

Full-bath group with bathtub (with 1.6 gallon per flush water closet, and With or without
shower head and/or whirlpool attachment on the bathtub or shower stall)

Full-bath group with bathtub (water closet greater than 1.6 gallon per flush, and with or
without shower head and/or whirlpool attachment on the bathtub or shower stall)

Half -bath group (1.6 gallon per flush water closet plus lavatory)

Half-bath group (water closet greater than 1.6 gallon per flush plus lavatory)

Kitchen group (dishwasher and sink with or without garbage grinder)

Laundry group (clothes washer standpipe and laundry tub)

Multiple-bath groups'^:
1.5 baths

2 baths
2.5 baths

3 baths
3.5 baths

7
8
9
10
11

For SI: 1 gallon = 3.785 L.

a. For a continuous or semicontinuous flow into a drainage system, such as from a pump or similar device, 1 .5 fixture units shall be allowed per gpm of flow. For a fix-
ture not listed, use the highest d.f u. value for a similar listed fixture.

b. A floor drain itself adds no hydraulic load. However, where used as a receptor, the fixture unit value of the fixture discharging into the receptor shall be applicable.

c. Add 2 d.f u. for each additional full bath.

458

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

SANITARY DRAINAGE

TABLE P3005.1
FITTINGS FOR CHANGE IN DIRECTION

TYPE OF FITTING
PATTERN

CHANGE IN DIRECTION

Horizontal to
vertical''

Vertical to
horizontal

Horizontal to
horizontal

Sixteenth bend

Eighth bend

Sixth bend

Quarter bend

X'^

Short sweep

Xa,b

Long sweep

Sanitary tee

X'^

—

Wye

Combination wye
and eighth bend

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. The fittings shall only be permitted for a 2-inch or smaller fixture drain.

b. Three inches and larger

c. For a limitation on multiple connection fittings, see Section P3005.1.1.

P3005.1.1 Horizontal to vertical (multiple connection
fittings). Double fittings such as double sanitary tees and
tee-wyes or approved multiple connection fittings and
back-to-back fixture arrangements that connect two or more
branches at the same level shall be permitted as long as
directly opposing connections are the same size and the dis-
charge into directly opposing connections is from similar
fixture types or fixture groups. Double sanitary tee patterns
shall not receive the discharge of back-to-back water closets
and fixtures or appliances with pumping action discharge.

Exception: Back-to-back water closet connections to
double sanitary tee patterns shall be permitted where the
horizontal developed length between the outlet of the
water closet and the connection to the double sanitary tee
is 18 inches (457 mm) or greater.

P3005.1.2 Heel- or side-inlet quarter bends, drainage.

Heel-inlet quarter bends shall be an acceptable means of
connection, except where the quarter bends serves a water
closet. A low-heel inlet shall not be used as a wet- vented
connection. Side-inlet quarter bends shall be an acceptable
means of connection for both drainage, wet venting and
stack venting arrangements.

P3005.1.3 Heel- or side-inlet quarter bends, venting.

Heel-inlet or side-inlet quarter bends, or any arrangement of
pipe and fittings producing a similar effect, shall be accept-
able as a dry vent where the inlet is placed in a vertical posi-
tion. The inlet is permitted to be placed in a horizontal
position only where the entire fitting is part of a dry vent
arrangement.

P3005.1.4 Water closet connection between flange and
pipe. One-quarter bends 3 inches (76 mm) in diameter shall
be acceptable for water closet or similar connections, pro-
vided a 4-inch by 3-inch (102 mm by 76 mm) flange is

installed to receive the closet fixture horn. Alternately, a
4-inch by 3-inch (102 mm by 76 mm) elbow shall be accept-
able with a 4-inch (102 mm) flange.

P3005.1.5 Dead ends. Dead ends shall be prohibited except
where necessary to extend a cleanout or as an approved part
of a rough-in more than 2 feet (610 mm) in length.

P3005.1.6 Provisions for future fixtures. Where drainage
has been roughed-in for future fixtures, the drainage unit
values of the future fixtures shall be considered in determin-
ing the required drain sizes. Such future installations shall
be terminated with an accessible permanent plug or cap fit-
ting.

P3005.1.7 Change in size. The size of the drainage piping
shall not be reduced in size in the direction of the flow. A
4-inch by 3-inch (102 mm by 76 mm) water closet connec-
tion shall not be considered as a reduction in size.

P3005.2 Drainage pipe cleanouts. Drainage pipe cleanouts
shall comply with Sections P3005.2.1 through P3005.2.11.

Exception: These provisions shall not apply to pressurized
building drains and building sewers that convey the dis-
charge of automatic pumping equipment to a gravity drain-
age system.

P3005.2.1 Materials. Cleanouts shall be liquid and gas
tight. Cleanout plugs shall be brass or plastic.

P3005.2.2 Spacing. Cleanouts shall be installed not more
than 100 feet (30 480 mm) apart in horizontal drainage lines
measured from the upstream entrance of the cleanout. I

P3005.2.3 Underground drainage cleanouts. When
installed in underground drains, cleanouts shall be extended
vertically to or above finished grade either inside or outside
the building.

P3005.2.4 Change of direction. Cleanouts shall be
installed at each fitting with a change of direction more than
45 degrees (0.79 rad) in the building sewer, building drain
and horizontal waste or soil lines. Where more than one
change of direction occurs in a run of piping, only one
cleanout shall be required in each 40 feet (12 192 mm) of
developed length of the drainage piping.

P3005.2.5 Accessibility. Cleanouts shall be accessible.
Minimum clearance in front of cleanouts shall be 18 inches
(457 mm) on 3-inch (76 mm) and larger pipes, and 12 inches
(305 mm) on smaller pipes. Concealed cleanouts shall be
provided with access of sufficient size to permit removal of
the cleanout plug and rodding of the system. Cleanout plugs
shall not be concealed by permanent finishing material.

P3005.2.6 Base of stacks. Accessible cleanouts shall be
provided near the base of each vertical waste or soil stack.
Alternatively, such cleanouts shall be installed outside the
building within 3 feet (914 mm) of the building wall.

P3005.2.7 Building drain and building sewer junction.

There shall be a cleanout near the junction of the building
drain and building sewer. This cleanout shall be either inside
or outside the building wall, provided that it is brought up to
finish grade or to the lowest floor level. An approved
two-way cleanout shall be permitted to serve as the required

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"^

459

SANITARY DRAINAGE

cleanout for both the building drain and the building sewer.
The cleanout at the junction of the building drain and build-
ing sewer shall not be required where a cleanout on a 3-inch
(76 mm) or larger diameter soil stack is located within a
developed length of 10 feet (3048 mm) of the building drain
and building sewer junction.

P3005.2.8 Direction of flow. Cleanouts shall be installed so
that the cleanout opens to allow cleaning in the direction of
the flow of the drainage line.

P3005.2.9 Cleanout size. Cleanouts shall be the same nom-
inal size as the pipe they serve up to 4 inches (102 mm). For
pipes larger than 4 inches (102 mm) nominal size, the mini-
mum size of the cleanout shall be 4 inches (102 mm).

Exceptions:

1. "P" trap connections with shp joints or ground
joint connections, or stack cleanouts that are not
more than one pipe diameter smaller than the drain
served, shall be permitted.

2. Cast-iron cleanouts sized in accordance with the
referenced standards in Table P3002.3, ASTM A
74 for hub and spigot fittings or ASTM A 888 or
CISPI 301 for hubless fittings.

P3005.2.10 Cleanout equivalent. A fixture trap or a fixmre
with integral trap, readily removable without disturbing con-
cealed piping shall be acceptable as a cleanout equivalent.

P3005.2.11 Connections to cleanouts prohibited. Clean-
out openings shall not be used for the installation of new fix-
tures except where approved and an acceptable alternate
cleanout is provided.

P3005.3 Horizontal drainage piping slope. Horizontal drain-
age piping shall be installed in uniform alignment at uniform
slopes not less than V4 unit vertical in 12 units horizontal
(2-percent slope) for 2V2-inch (64 mm) diameter and less, and
not less than Vg unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (1 -percent
slope) for diameters of 3 inches (76 mm) or more.

P3005.4 Drain pipe sizing. Drain pipes shall be sized accord-
ing to drainage fixture unit (d.f.u.) loads. The size of the drain-
age piping shall not be reduced in size in the direction of flow.
The following general procedure is permitted to be used:

1 . Draw an isometric layout or riser diagram denoting fix-
tures on the layout.

2. Assign d.f.u. values to each fixture group plus individual
fixtures using Table P3004.1.

3. Starting with the top floor or most remote fixtures, work
downstream toward the building drain accumulating d.f.u.
values for fixture groups plus individual fixtures for each
branch. Where multiple bath groups are being added, use
the reduced d.f.u. values in Table P3004.1, which take
into account probability factors of simultaneous use.

4. Size branches and stacks by equating the assigned d.f.u.
values to pipe sizes shown in Table P3005.4.1.

5. Determine the pipe diameter and slope of the building
drain and building sewer based on the accumulated d.f.u.
values, using Table P3005.4.2.

P3005.4.1 Fixture branch and stack sizing.

1 . Branches and stacks shall be sized according to Table
P3005.4.1. Below grade drain pipes shall not be less
than IV2 inches (38 mm) in diameter.

2. Minimum stack size. Drain stacks shall not be smaller
than the largest horizontal branch connected.

Exceptions:

1. A 4-inch by 3-inch (102 mm by 76 mm)
closet bend or flange.

2. A 4-inch (102 mm) closet bend into a 3-inch
(76 mm) stack tee shall be acceptable (see
Section P3005. 1.4).

TABLE P3005.4.1

MAXIMUM FIXTURE UNITS ALLOWED TO BE CONNECTED

TO BRANCHES AND STACKS

NOMINAL PIPE SIZE
(inches)

ANY HORIZONTAL
FIXTURE BRANCH

ANY ONE VERTICAL
STACK OR DRAIN

IV/

—

IV^"

2V2''

160

240

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. 1 V4-inch pipe size limited to a single-fixture drain or trap arm. See Table
P3201.7.

b. No water closets.

P3005.4.2 Building drain and sewer size and slope. Pipe
sizes and slope shall be determined from Table P3005.4.2
on the basis of drainage load in fixture units (d.f.u.) com-
puted from Table P3004. 1 .

TABLE P3005.4.2
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF FIXTURE UNITS ALLOWED TO BE

CONNECTED TO THE BUILDING DRAIN,
BUILDING DRAIN BRANCHES OR THE BUILDING SEWER

DIAMETER OF
PIPE (inches)

SLOPE PER FOOT

Vg inch

V4 inch

V2 inch

V/2^'^

—

Note a

—

2V2''

—

180

216

250

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. 1 ' /2-inch pipe size limited to a building drain branch serving not more than
two waste fixtures, or not more than one waste fixture if serving a pumped
discharge fixture or garbage grinder discharge.

b. No water closets.

P3005.5 Connections to offsets and bases of stacks. Hori-
zontal branches shall connect to the bases of stacks at a point
located not less than 1 times the diameter of the drainage stack
downstream from the stack. Horizontal branches shall connect
to horizontal stack offsets at a point located not less than 10

460

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

SANITARY DRAINAGE

•l

times the diameter of the drainage stack downstream from the
upper stack.

SECTION P3006
SIZING OF DRAIN PIPE OFFSETS

P3006.1 Vertical offsets. An offset in a vertical drain, with a
change of direction of 45 degrees (0.79 rad) or less from the
vertical, shall be sized as a straight vertical drain.

P3006.2 Horizontal offsets above the lowest branch. A stack
with an offset of more than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) from the verti-
cal shall be sized as follows:

1 . The portion of the stack above the offset shall be sized as
for a regular stack based on the total number of fixture
units above the offset.

2. The offset shall be sized as for a building drain in accor-
dance with Table P3005.4.2.

3 . The portion of the stack below the offset shall be sized as
for the offset or based on the total number of fixture units
on the entire stack, whichever is larger.

P3006.3 Horizontal offsets below the lowest branch. In soil
or waste stacks below the lowest horizontal branch, there shall
be no change in diameter required if the offset is made at an
angle not greater than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) from the vertical. If
an offset greater than 45 degrees (0.79 rad) from the vertical is
made, the offset and stack below it shall be sized as a building
drain (see Table P3005.4.2).

charged into the building gravity drainage system by automatic
pumping equipment.

P3007.2.1 Drainage piping. The system of drainage piping
below the sewer level shall be installed and vented in a man-
ner similar to that of the gravity system. Only such drains
that must be lifted for discharge shall be discharged into
sumps. All other drains shall be discharged by gravity.

Exception: Macerating toilet systems shall be permitted
as an alternate to the sewage pump or ejector system. The
macerating toilet shall comply with ASME Al 12.3.4 or
CSA B45.9 and shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturers' instructions.

SECTION P3008
BACKWATER VALVES

P3008.1 General. Fixtures that have flood level rims located
below the elevation of the next upstream manhole cover of the
public sewer serving such fixtures shall be protected from
backflow of sewage by installing an approved backwater valve.
Fixtures having flood level rims above the elevation of the next
upstream manhole shall not discharge through the backwater
valve. Backwater valves shall be provided with access.

P3008.2 Construction. Backwater valves shall have
noncorrosive bearings, seats and self-aligning discs, and shall
be constructed to ensure a positive mechanical seal. Valve
access covers shall be water tight.

SECTION P3007
SUMPS AND EJECTORS

P3007.1 Sewage ejectors or sewage pumps. A sewage ejec-
tor, sewage pump, or grinder pump receiving discharge from a
water closet shall have minimum discharge velocity of 1.9 feet
per second (0.579 m/s) throughout the discharge piping to the
point of connection with a gravity building drain, gravity sewer
or pressure sewer system. A nongrinding pump or ejector shall
be capable of passing a 1 V2-inch-diameter (38 mm) solid ball,
and the discharge piping shall be not less than 2 inches (5 1 mm)
in diameter. The discharge piping of grinding pumps shall be
not less than 1 '/4 inches (32 mm) in diameter. A check valve and
a gate valve located on the discharge side of the check valve
shall be installed in the pump or ejector discharge piping
between the pump or ejector and the drainage system. Access
shall be provided to such valves. Such valves shall be located
above the sump cover or, where the discharge pipe from the
ejector is below grade, the valves shall be accessibly located
outside the sump below grade in an access pit with a
removeable access cover.

Exception: Macerating toilet systems shall be permitted to
have the discharge pipe sized in accordance with manufac-
turer's instructions, but not less than 0.75 inch (19 mm) in
diameter.

P3007.2 Building drains below sewer (building subdrains).

Building drains which cannot be discharged to the sewer by
gravity flow shall be discharged into a tightly covered and
vented sump from which the contents shall be lifted and dis-

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

461

462 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

CHAPTER 31

VENTS

SECTION P3101
VENT SYSTEMS

P3101.1 General. This chapter shall govern the selection and
installation of piping, tubing and fittings for vent systems. This
chapter shall control the minimum diameter of vent pipes, cir-
cuit vents, branch vents and individual vents, and the size and
length of vents and various aspects of vent stacks and stack
vents. Additionally, this chapter regulates vent grades and con-
nections, height above fixtures and relief vents for stacks and
fixture traps, and the venting of sumps and sewers.

P3101.2 Trap seal protection. The plumbing system shall be
provided with a system of vent piping that will permit the
admission or emission of air so that the seal of any fixture trap
shall not be subjected to a pneumatic pressure differential of
more than 1 inch of water column (249 Pa).

P3101.2.1 Venting required. Every trap and trapped fix-
ture shall be vented in accordance with one of the venting
methods specified in this chapter.

P3101.3 Use limitations. The plumbing vent system shall not
be used for purposes other than the venting of the plumbing
system.

P3101.4 Extension outside a structure. In climates where the
97.5-percent value for outside design temperature is 0°F
(-18°C) or less (ASHRAE 97.5-percent column, winter, see
Chapter 3), vent pipes installed on the exterior of the structure
shall be protected against freezing by insulation, heat or both.
Vent terminals shall be protected from frost closure in accor-
dance with Section P3 103.2.

P3101.5 Flood resistance. In areas prone to floodings as
established by Table R301.2(l), vents shall be located at or
above the design flood elevation established in Section R324. 1 .

SECTION P3102
VENT STACKS AND STACK VENTS

P3 102.1 Required vent extension. The vent system serving
each building drain shall have at least one vent pipe that extends
to the outdoors.

P3 102.2 Installation. The required vent shall be a dry vent that
connects to the building drain or an extension of a drain that
connects to the building drain. Such vent shall not be an island
fixture vent as permitted by Section P31 12.

P3102.3 Size. The required vent shall be sized in accordance
with Section P3 1 13. 1 based on the required size of the building
drain.

SECTION P3103
VENT TERMINALS

P3103.1 Roof extension. Open vent pipes that extend through
a roof shall be terminated at least 6 inches (152 mm) above the

roof or 6 inches (152 mm) above the anticipated snow accumu- I
lation, whichever is greater, except that where a roof is to be |
used for any purpose other than weather protection, the vent
extension shall be run at least 7 feet (2 1 34 mm) above the roof.

P3103.2 Frost closure. Where the 97.5-percent value for out-
side design temperature is 0°F (-18°C) or less, every vent
extension through a roof or wall shall be a minimum of 3 inches
(76 mm) in diameter. Any increase in the size of the vent shall
be made inside the structure a minimum of 1 foot (305 mm)
below the roof or inside the wall.

P3103.3 Flashings and sealing. The juncture of each vent pipe
with the roof line shall be made water tight by an approved
flashing. Vent extensions in walls and soffits shall be made
weather tight by caulking.

P3103.4 Prohibited use. Vent terminals shall not be used as a
flag pole or to support flag poles, TV aerials, or similar items,
except when the piping has been anchored in an approved man-
ner.

P3103.5 Location of vent terminal. An open vent terminal
from a drainage system shall not be located less than 4 feet
(1219 mm) directiy beneath any door, openable window, or
other air intake opening of the building or of an adjacent build-
ing, nor shall any such vent terminal be within 10 feet (3048
mm) horizontally of such an opening unless it is at least 2 feet
(610 mm) above the top of such opening.

P3103.6 Extension through the wall. Vent terminals extend-
ing through the wall shall terminate a minimum of 10 feet
(3048 mm) from the lot hne and 10 feet (3048 mm) above the
highest adjacent grade within 10 feet (3048 mm) horizontally
of the vent terminal. Vent terminals shall not terminate under
the overhang of a structure with soffit vents. Side wall vent ter-
minals shall be protected to prevent birds or rodents from enter-
ing or blocking the vent opening.

SECTION P3104
VENT CONNECTIONS AND GRADES

3104.1 Connection. All individual branch and circuit vents
shall connect to a vent stack, stack vent or extend to the open
air.

Exception: Individual, branch and circuit vents shall be
permitted to terminate at an air admittance valve in accor-
dance with Section P31 14.

P3104.2 Grade. Vent and branch vent pipes shall be graded,
connected and supported to allow moisture and condensate to
drain back to the soil or waste pipe by gravity.

P3104.3 Vent connection to drainage system. Every dry vent
connecting to a horizontal drain shall connect above the center-
line of the horizontal drain pipe.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

463

VENTS

P3104.4 Vertical rise of vent. Every dry vent shall rise verti-
cally to a minimum of 6 inches (152 mm) above the flood level
rim of the highest trap or trapped fixture being vented.

P3104.5 Height above fixtures. A connection between a vent
pipe and a vent stack or stack vent shall be made at least 6
inches (152 mm) above the flood level rim of the highest fixture
served by the vent. Horizontal vent pipes forming branch vents
shall be at least 6 inches (152 mm) above the flood level rim of
the highest fixture served.

P3104.6 Vent for future fixtures. Where the drainage piping
has been roughed-in for future fixtures, a rough-in connection
for a vent shall be installed a minimum of one-half the diameter
of the drain. The vent rough-in shall connect to the vent system
or shall be vented by other means as provided in this chapter.
The connection shall be identified to indicate that the connec-
tion is a vent.

SECTION P3105
FIXTURE VENTS

P3105.1 Distance of trap from vent. Each fixture trap shall
have a protecting vent located so that the slope and the devel-
oped length in the fixture drain from the trap weir to the vent fit-
ting are within the requirements set forth in Table P3 105.1.

Exception: The developed length of the fixture drain from
the trap weir to the vent fitting for self-siphoning fixtures,
such as water closets, shall not be limited.

TABLE P3105.1
MAXIMUM DISTANCE OF FIXTURE TRAP FROM VENT

SIZE OF TRAP
(inches)

SLOPE
(Inch per foot)

DISTANCE FROM
TRAP (feet)

l'/4

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm,
1 inch per foot = 83.3 mm/m.

P3105.2 Fixture drains. The total fall in a fixture drain result-
ing from pipe slope shall not exceed one pipe diameter, nor
shall the vent pipe connection to a fixture drain, except for
water closets, be below the weir of the trap.

P3105.3 Crown vent. A vent shall not be installed within two
pipe diameters of the trap weir.

SECTION P3106
INDIVIDUAL VENT

P3106.1 Individual vent permitted. Each trap and trapped
fixture is permitted to be provided with an individual vent. The
individual vent shall connect to the fixture drain of the trap or
trapped fixture being vented.

SECTION P31 07
COMMON VENT

P3107.1 Individual vent as common vent. An individual vent
is permitted to vent two traps or trapped fixtures as a common
vent. The traps or trapped fixtures being common vented shall
be located on the same floor level.

P3107.2 Connection at the same level. Where the fixture
drains being common vented connect at the same level, the vent
connection shall be at the interconnection of the fixture drains
or downstream of the interconnection.

P3107.3 Connection at different levels. Where the fixture
drains connect at different levels, the vent shall connect as a
vertical extension of the vertical drain. The vertical drain pipe
connecting the two fixture drains shall be considered the vent
for the lower fixture drain, and shall be sized in accordance
with Table P3 107.3. The upper fixture shall not be a water
closet.

TABLE P31 07.3
COMMON VENT SIZES

PIPE SIZE
(inches)

MAXIMUM DISCHARGE FROM
UPPER FIXTURE DRAIN (d.f.u.)

2'/2 to 3

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

SECTION P3108
WET VENTING

P3108.1 Horizontal wet vent permitted. Any combination of
fixtures within two bathroom groups located on the same floor
level are permitted to be vented by a horizontal wet vent. The
wet vent shall be considered the vent for the fixtures and shall
extend from the connection of the dry vent along the direction
of the flow in the drain pipe to the most downstream fixture
drain connection. Each fixture drain shall connect horizontally
to the horizontal branch being wet vented or shall have a dry
vent. Only the fixtures within the bathroom groups shall con-
nect to the wet- vented horizontal branch drain. Any additional
fixtures shall discharge downstream of the horizontal wet vent.

P3108.2 Vent connections. The dry vent connection to the wet
vent shall be an individual vent or common vent to the lavatory,
bidet, shower or bathtub. In vertical wet vent systems, the most
upstream fixture drain connection shall be a dry-vented fixture
drain connection. In horizontal wet-vent systems, not more
than one wet- vented fixture drain shall discharge upstream of
the dry-vented fixture drain connection.

P3108.3 Size. Horizontal and vertical wet vents shall be of a
minimum size as specified in Table P3 108.3, based on the fix-
ture unit discharge to the wet vent. The dry vent serving the wet
vent shall be sized based on the largest required diameter of
pipe within the wet-vent system served by the dry vent.

464

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

VENTS

TABLE P31 08.3
WET VENT SIZE

TABLE P31 09.4
WASTE STACK VENT SIZE

WET VENT PIPE SIZE
(inches)

FIXTURE UNIT LOAD
(d.f.u.)

IV2

2V,

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

P3108.4 Vertical wet vent permitted. A combination of fix-
tures located on the same floor level are permitted to be vented
by a vertical wet vent. The vertical wet vent shall be considered
the vent for the fixtures and shall extend from the connection of
the dry vent down to the lowest fixture drain connection. Each
wet- vented fixture shall connect independently to the vertical
wet vent. All water closet drains shall connect at the same ele-
vation. Other fixture drains shall connect above or at the same
elevation as the water closet fixture drains. The dry vent con-
nection to the vertical wet vent shall be an individual or com-
mon vent serving one or two fixtures.

P3108.5 Trap weir to wet vent distances. The maximum
developed length of wet-vented fixture drains shall comply
with Table P3 105.1.

SECTION P31 09
WASTE STACK VENT

P3109.1 Waste stack vent permitted. A waste stack shall be
considered a vent for all of the fixtures discharging to the stack
where installed in accordance with the requirements of this sec-
tion.

P3109.2 Stack installation. The waste stack shall be vertical,
and both horizontal and vertical offsets shall be prohibited
between the lowest fixture drain connection and the highest
fixture drain connection to the stack. Every fixture drain shall
connect separately to the waste stack. The stack shall not
receive the discharge of water closets or urinals.

P3109.3 Stack vent. A stack vent shall be installed for the
waste stack. The size of the stack vent shall be not less than the
size of the waste stack. Offsets shall be permitted in the stack
vent and shall be located at least 6 inches (152 mm) above the
flood level of the highest fixture, and shall be in accordance
with Section P3 104.5. The stack vent shall be permitted to con-
nect with other stack vents and vent stacks in accordance with
Section P3 113.3.

P3109.4 Waste stack size. The waste stack shall be sized based
on the total discharge to the stack and the discharge within a
branch interval in accordance with Table P3 109.4. The waste
stack shall be the same size throughout the length of the waste
stack.

STACK SIZE
(inches)

MAXIMUM NUMBER OF FIXTURE UNITS (d.f.u.)

Total discharge into
one branch interval

Total discharge
for stack

l'/2

2'/,

No limit

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

SECTION P31 10
CIRCUIT VENTING

P3110.1 Circuit vent permitted. A maximum of eight fixtures
connected to a horizontal branch drain shall be permitted to be
circuit vented. Each fixture drain shall connect horizontally to
the horizontal branch being circuit vented. The horizontal
branch drain shall be classified as a vent from the most down-
stream fixture drain connection to the most upstream fixture
drain connection to the horizontal branch.

P3110.2 Vent connection. The circuit vent connection shall be
located between the two most upstream fixture drains. The vent
shall connect to the horizontal branch and shall be installed in
accordance with Section P3 104. The circuit vent pipe shall not
receive the discharge of any soil or waste.

P3110.3 Slope and size of horizontal branch. The maximum
slope of the vent section of the horizontal branch drain shall be
one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (8-percent slope). The
entire length of the vent section of the horizontal branch drain
shall be sized for the total drainage discharge to the branch in
accordance with Table P3005.4.1.

P3110.4 Additional fixtures. Fixtures, other than the circuit
vented fixtures are permitted to discharge, to the horizontal
branch drain. Such fixtures shall be located on the same floor as
the circuit vented fixtures and shall be either individually or
common vented.

SECTION P31 11
COMBINATION WASTE AND VENT SYSTEM

P3111.1 Type of fixtures. A combination waste and vent sys-
tem shall not serve fixtures other than floor drains, standpipes,
sinks, lavatories and drinking fountains. A combination waste
and vent system shall not receive the discharge of a food waste
grinder.

P3111.2 Installation. The only vertical pipe of a combination
drain and vent system shall be the connection between the fix- I
ture drain and the horizontal combination waste and vent pipe. I
The maximum vertical distance shall be 8 feet (2438 mm).

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE

465

VENTS

P31 11.2.1 Slope. The horizontal combination waste and
vent pipe shall have a maximum slope of Vj unit vertical in
12 units horizontal (4-percent slope). The minimum slope
shall be in accordance with Section P3005.3.

P3111.2.2 Connection. The combination waste and vent
pipe shall connect to a horizontal drain that is vented or a
vent shall connect to the combination waste and vent. The
vent connecting to the combination waste and vent pipe
shall extend vertically a minimum of 6 inches (152 mm)
above the flood level rim of the highest fixture being vented
before offsetting horizontally.

P3111.2.3 Vent size. The vent shall be sized for the total fix-
ture unit load in accordance with Section P3 113.1.

P3111.2.4 Fixture branch or drain. The fixture branch or
fixture drain shall connect to the combination waste and
vent within a distance specified in Table P3 105. 1 . The com-
bination waste and vent pipe shall be considered the vent for
the fixture.

P3111.3 Size. The minimum size of a combination waste and
vent pipe shall be in accordance with Table P311 1.3.

TABLE P311 1.3
SIZE OF COMBINATION WASTE AND VENT PIPE

DIAMETER PIPE
(Inches)

MAXIMUM NUMBER OF FIXTURE UNITS (d.f.u.)

Connecting to a

horizontal branch

or stack

Connecting to a
building drain or
building subdrain

2'/^

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

SECTION P31 12
ISLAND FIXTURE VENTING

P3 112.1 Limitation. Island fixture venting shall not be permit-
ted for fixtures other than sinks and lavatories. Kitchen sinks
with a dishwasher waste connection, a food waste grinder, or
both, in combination with the kitchen sink waste, shall be per-
mitted to be vented in accordance with this section.

P3112.2 Vent connection. The island fixture vent shall con-
nect to the fixture drain as required for an individual or com-
mon vent. The vent shall rise vertically to above the drainage
outlet of the fixture being vented before offsetting horizontally
or vertically downward. The vent or branch vent for multiple
island fixture vents shall extend to a minimum of 6 inches (152
mm) above the highest island fixture being vented before con-
necting to the outside vent terminal.

P3112.3 Vent installation below the fixture flood level rim.

The vent located below the flood level rim of the fixture being
vented shall be installed as required for drainage piping in
accordance with Chapter 30, except for sizing. The vent shall
be sized in accordance with Section P31 13.1. The lowest point
of the island fixture vent shall connect full size to the drainage
system. The connection shall be to a vertical drain pipe or to the

top half of a horizontal drain pipe. Cleanouts shall be provided
in the island fixture vent to permit rodding of all vent piping
located below the flood level rim of the fixtures. Rodding in
both directions shall be permitted through a cleanout.

SECTION P31 13
VENT PIPE SIZING

P3113.1 Size of vents. The minimum required diameter of
individual vents, branch vents, circuit vents, vent stacks and
stack vents shall be at least one-half the required diameter of
the drain served. The required size of the drain shall be deter-
mined in accordance with Chapter 30. Vent pipes shall be not
less thanlV4 inches (32 mm) in diameter. Vents exceeding 40
feet (12 192 mm) in developed length shall be increased by one
nominal pipe size for the entire developed length of the vent
pipe.

P3113.2 Developed length. The developed length of individ-
ual, branch, and circuit vents shall be measured from the far-
thest point of vent connection to the drainage system, to the
point of connection to the vent stack, stack vent or termination
outside of the building.

P3113.3 Branch vents. Where branch vents are connected to a
common branch vent, the common branch vent shall be sized in
accordance with this section, based on the size of the common
horizontal drainage branch that is or would be required to serve
the total drainage fixture unit (dfu) load being vented.

P3113.4 Sump vents. Sump vent sizes shall be determined in
accordance with Sections P3 11 3.4.1 and P3 113.4.2.

P3113.4.1 Sewage pumps and sewage ejectors other
than pneumatic. Drainage piping below sewer level shall
be vented in a manner similar to that of a gravity system.
Building sump vent sizes for sumps with sewage pumps or
sewage ejectors, other than pneumatic, shall be determined
in accordance with Table P31 13.4.1.

P31 13.4.2 Pneumatic sewage ejectors. The air pressure
relief pipe from a pneumatic sewage ejector shall be con-
nected to an independent vent stack terminating as required
for vent extensions through the roof. The relief pipe shall be
sized to relieve air pressure inside the ejector to atmospheric
pressure, but shall not be less than 1 74 inches (32 mm) in
size.

SECTION P31 14
AIR ADMITTANCE VALVES

P3114.1 General. Vent systems using air admittance valves
shall comply with this section. Individual and branch-type air
admittance valves shall conform to ASSE 1051. Stack-type air
admittance valves shall conform to ASSE 1050.

P3114.2 Installation. The valves shall be installed in accor-
dance with the requirements of this section and the manufac-
turer's installation instructions. Air admittance valves shall be
installed after the DWV testing required by Section P2503.5.1
or P2503.5.2 has been performed.

466

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

VENTS

P3114.3 Where permitted. Individual vents, branch vents,
circuit vents and stack vents shall be permitted to terminate
with a connection to an air admittance valve.

P3114.4 Location. Individual and branch air admittance
valves shall be located a minimum of 4 inches (102 mm) above
the horizontal branch drain or fixture drain being vented.
Stack-type air admittance valves shall be located a minimum of
6 inches (152 mm) above the flood level rim of the highest fix-
ture being vented. The air admittance valve shall be located
within the maximum developed length permitted for the vent.
The air admittance valve shall be installed a minimum of 6
inches (152 mm) above insulation materials where installed in
attics.

P3114.5 Access and ventilation. Access shall be provided to
all air admittance valves. The valve shall be located within a
ventilated space that allows air to enter the valve.

P3114.6 Size. The air admittance valve shall be rated for the
size of the vent to which the valve is connected.

P3114.7 Vent required. Within each plumbing system, a mini-
mum of one stack vent or a vent stack shall extend outdoors to
the open air.

TABLE P31 13.4.1
SIZE AND LENGTH OF SUMP VENTS

DISCHARGE
CAPACITY OF PUMP

(gpm)

MAXIMUM DEVELOPED LENGTH OF VENT (feet)^

Diameter of vent (inches)

iV.

No limit''

No limit

270

No limit

160

No limit

270

No limit

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 ^llon per minute (gpm) = 3.785 L/m.

a. Developed length plus an appropriate allowance for entrance losses and friction caused by fittings, changes in direction and diameter. Suggested allowances shall
be obtained from NBS Monograph 3 1 or other approved sources. An allowance of 50 percent of the developed length shall be assumed if a more precise value is not
available.

b. Actual values greater than 500 feet.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

467

468 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

CHAPTER 32

TRAPS

SECTION P3201
FIXTURE TRAPS

P3201.1 Design of traps. Traps shall be of standard design,
shall have smooth uniform internal waterways, shall be
self-cleaning and shall not have interior partitions except
where integral with the fixture. Traps shall be constructed of
lead, cast iron, cast or drawn brass or approved plastic. Tubular
brass traps shall be not less than No. 20 gage (0.8 nun) thick-
ness. Solid connections, slip joints and couplings are permitted
to be used on the trap inlet, trap outlet, or within the trap seal.
Slip joints shall be accessible.

P3201.2 Trap seals and trap seal protection. Traps shall have
a liquid seal not less than 2 inches (5 1 mm) and not more than 4

■ inches (102 mm). Traps for floor drains shall be fitted with a
trap primer or shall be of the deep seal design.

P3201.3 Trap setting and protection. Traps shall be set level
with respect to their water seals and shall be protected from
freezing. Trap seals shall be protected from siphonage, aspira-
tion or back pressure by an approved system of venting (see
Section P3 101).

P3201.4 Building traps. Building traps shall not be installed,
except in special cases where sewer gases are extremely corro-
sive or noxious, as directed by the building official.

P3201.5 Proliibited trap designs. The following types of
traps are prohibited:

1. Bell traps.

2. Separate fixture traps with interior partitions, except
those lavatory traps made of plastic, stainless steel or
other corrosion-resistant material.

I 3. "S" traps.

4. Drum traps.

5. Trap designs with moving parts.

P3201.6 Number of fixtures per trap. Each plumbing fixture
shall be separately trapped by a water seal trap. The vertical
distance from the fixture outlet to the trap weir shall not exceed
24 inches (610 mm) and the horizontal distance shall not
exceed 30 inches (762 mm) measured from the center line of
the fixture outlet to the centerline of the inlet of the trap. The
height of a clothes washer standpipe above a trap shall conform
to Section P2706.2. Fixtures shall not be double trapped.

Exceptions:

1. Fixtures that have integral traps.

2. A single trap shall be permitted to serve two or three
like fixtures limited to kitchen sinks, laundry tubs and
lavatories. Such fixtures shall be adjacent to each
other and located in the same room with a continuous
waste arrangement. The trap shall be installed at the
center fixture where three fixtures are installed. Com-

mon trapped fixture outlets shall be not more than 30
inches (762 mm) apart.

3. Connection of a laundry tray waste line into a
standpipe for the automatic clothes-washer drain is
permitted in accordance with Section P2706.2.1.

P3201.7 Size of fixture traps. Fixture trap size shall be suffi-
cient to drain the fixture rapidly and not less than the size indi-
cated in Table P3201.7. A trap shall not be larger than the
drainage pipe into which the trap discharges.

TABLEP3201.7
SIZE OF TRAPS AND TRAP ARMS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES

PLUMBING FIXTURE

TRAP SIZE MINIMUM
(inches)

Bathtub (with or without shower head and/or
whirlpool attachments)

VI,

Bidet

l'/4

Clothes washer standpipe

Dishwasher (on separate trap)

VI,

Floor drain

Kitchen sink (one or two traps, with or
without dishwasher and garbage grinder)

VI,

Laundry tub (one or more compartments)

VI,

Lavatory

l'/4

Shower (based on the total flow rate through

showerheads and bodysprays)

Flow rate:

5.7 gpm and less

More than 5.7 gpm up to 12.3 gpm
More than 12.3 gpm up to 25.8 gpm
More than 25.8 gpm up to 55.6 gpm

VI,
■ 2

Water closet

Note a

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Consult fixture standards for trap dimensions of specific bowls.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

469

470 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

Part VIII — Electrical

CHAPTER 33

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

This Electrical Part (Chapters 33 through 42) is produced and copyrighted by the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and
is based on the 2005 National Electrical Code® (NEC®) (NFPA 70-2005), copyright 2005 National Fire Protection Association, all
rights reserved. Use of the Electrical Part is pursuant to license with the NFPA.

The tide National Electrical Code® and the acronym NEC® are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection Association, Quincy,
Massachusetts. See Appendix Q, International Residential Code Electrical Provisions/National Electrical Code Cross Reference.

SECTION E3301
GENERAL

E3301.1 Applicability. The provisions of Chapters 33 through
42 shall establish the general scope of the electrical system and
equipment requirements of this code. Chapters 33 through 42
cover those wiring methods and materials most commonly
encountered in the construction of one- and two-family dwell-
ings and structures regulated by this code. Other wiring meth-
ods, materials and subject matter covered in the NFPA 70 are
also allowed by this code.

E3301.2 Scope. Chapters 33 through 42 shall cover the instal-
lation of electrical systems, equipment and components
indoors and outdoors that are within the scope of this code,
including services, power distribution systems, fixtures, appli-
ances, devices and appurtenances. Services within the scope of
this code shall be limited to 120/240- volt, 0- to 400-ampere,
single-phase systems. These chapters specifically cover the
equipment, fixtures, appliances, wiring methods and materials
that are most commonly used in the construction or alteration
of one- and two-family dwellings and accessory structures reg-
ulated by this code. The omission from these chapters of any
material or method of construction provided for in the refer-
enced standard NFPA 70 shall not be construed as prohibiting
the use of such material or method of construction. Electrical
systems, equipment or components not specifically covered in
these chapters shall comply with the applicable provisions of
the NFPA 70.

E3301.3 Not covered. Chapters 33 through 42 do not cover the
following:

1. Installations, including associated lighting, under the
exclusive control of communications utilities and elec-
tric utilities.

2. Services over 400 amperes.

E3301.4 Additions and alterations. Any addition or alter-
ation to an existing electrical system shall be made in confor-
mity with the provisions of Chapters 33 through 42. Where
additions subject portions of existing systems to loads exceed-
ing those permitted herein, such portions shall be made to com-
ply with Chapters 33 through 42.

SECTION E3302
BUILDING STRUCTURE PROTECTION

E3302.1 Drilling and notching. Wood-framed structural
members shall not be drilled, notched or altered in any manner
except as provided for in this code.

E3302.2 Penetrations of fire-resistance-rated assemblies.

Electrical installations in hollow spaces, vertical shafts and
ventilation or air-handling ducts shall be made so that the pos-
sible spread of fire or products of combustion will not be sub-
stantially increased. Electrical penetrations through
fire-resistance-rated walls, partitions, floors or ceilings shall be
protected by approved methods to maintain the fire-resistance
rating of the element penetrated. Penetrations of fire-resis-
tance-rated walls shall be limited as specified in Section
R317.3.

E3302.3 Penetrations of firestops and draftstops. Penetra-
tions through fire blocking and draftstopping shall be protected
in an approved manner to maintain the integrity of the element
penetrated.

SECTION E3303
INSPECTION AND APPROVAL

E3303.1 Approval. Electrical materials, components and
equipment shall be approved.

E3303.2 Inspection required. New electrical work and parts
of existing systems affected by new work or alterations shall be
inspected by the building official to ensure compliance with the
requirements of Chapters 33 through 42.

E3303.3 Listing and labeling. Electrical materials, compo-
nents, devices, fixtures and equipment shall be listed for the
application, shall bear the label of an approved agency and
shall be installed, and used, or both, in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions.

SECTION E3304
GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

E3304.1 Voltages. Throughout Chapters 33 through 42, the
voltage considered shall be that at which the circuit operates.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

471

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

E3304.2 Interrupting rating. Equipment intended to inter-
rupt current at fault levels shall have a minimum interrupting
rating of 10,000 amperes. Equipment intended to interrupt cur-
rent at levels other than fault levels shall have an interrupting
rating at nominal circuit voltage sufficient for the current that
must be interrupted.

E3304.3 Circuit characteristics. The overcurrent protective
devices, total impedance, component short-circuit current rat-
ings and other characteristics of the circuit to be protected shall
be so selected and coordinated as to permit the circuit protec-
tive devices that are used to clear a fault to do so without exten-
sive damage to the electrical components of the circuit. This
fault shall be assumed to be either between two or more of the
circuit conductors or between any circuit conductor and the
grounding conductor or enclosing metal raceway. Listed prod-
ucts applied in accordance with their listing shall be considered
to meet the requirements of this section.

E3304.4 Protection of equipment. Equipment identified only
as "dry locations," "Type 1," or "indoor use only" shall be pro-
tected against permanent damage from the weather during
building construction.

E3304.5 Unused openings. Unused cable or raceway open-
ings in boxes, cabinets, meter socket enclosures, equipment
cases or housings shall be effectively closed to afford protec-
tion substantially equivalent to the wall of the equipment.
Where metallic plugs or plates are used with nonmetallic
enclosures they shall be recessed at least V4 inch (6 mm) from
the outer surface of the enclosure.

E3304.6 Integrity of electrical equipment. Internal parts of
electrical equipment, including busbars, wiring terminals,
insulators and other surfaces, shall not be damaged or contami-
nated by foreign materials such as paint, plaster, cleaners or
abrasives, and corrosive residues. There shall not be any dam-
aged parts that might adversely affect safe operation or
mechanical strength of the equipment such as parts that are bro-
ken; bent; cut; deteriorated by corrosion, chemical action, or
overheating. Foreign debris shall be removed from equipment.

E3304.7 Mounting. Electrical equipment shall be firmly
secured to the surface on which it is mounted. Wooden plugs
driven into masonry, concrete, plaster, or similar materials shall
not be used.

E3304.8 Energized parts guarded against accidental con-
tact. Approved enclosures shall guard energized parts that are
operating at 50 volts or more against accidental contact.

E3304.9 Prevent physical damage. In locations where electri-
cal equipment is likely to be exposed to physical damage,
enclosures or guards shall be so arranged and of such strength
as to prevent such damage.

E3304.10 Equipment identification. The manufacturer's
name, trademark or other descriptive marking by which the
organization responsible for the product can be identified shall
be placed on all electric equipment. Other markings shall be pro-
vided that indicate voltage, current, wattage or other ratings as
specified elsewhere in Chapters 33 through 42. The marking
shall have the durabiUty to withstand the environment involved.

E3304.il Identification of disconnecting means. Each dis-
connecting means shall be legibly marked to indicate its pur-

pose, except where located and arranged so that the purpose is
evident. The marking shall have the durability to withstand the
environment involved.

SECTION E3305
EQUIPMENT LOCATION AND CLEARANCES

E3305.1 Working space and clearances. Sufficient access
and working space shall be provided and maintained around all
electrical equipment to permit ready and safe operation and
maintenance of such equipment in accordance with this section
and Figure E3305.1.

E3305.2 Working clearances for energized equipment and
panelboards. Except as otherwise specified in Chapters 33
through 42, the dimension of the working space in the direction
of access to panelboards and live parts likely to require examina-
tion, adjustment, servicing or maintenance while energized shall
be not less than 36 inches (914 mm) in depth. Distances shall be
measured from the energized parts where such parts are exposed
or from the enclosure front or opening where such parts are
enclosed. In addition to the 36-inch dimension (914 mm), the
work space shall not be less than 30 inches (762 mm) wide in
front of the electrical equipment and not less than the width of
such equipment. The work space shall be clear and shall extend
from the floor or platform to a height of 6.5 feet (1981 mm). In
all cases, the work space shall allow at least a 90~degree opening
of equipment doors or hinged panels. Equipment associated
with the electrical installation located above or below the electri-
cal equipment shall be permitted to extend not more than 6
inches (152 mm) beyond the front of the electrical equipment.

E3305.3 Dedicated panelboard space. The space equal to the
width and depth of the panelboard and extending from the floor
to a height of 6 feet (1829 mm) above the panelboard, or to the
structural ceiling, whichever is lower, shall be dedicated to the
electrical installation. Piping, ducts, leak protection apparatus
and other equipment foreign to the electrical installation shall
not be installed in such dedicated space. The area above the dedi-
cated space shall be permitted to contain foreign systems, pro-
vided that protection is installed to avoid damage to the electrical
equipment from condensation, leaks and breaks in such foreign
systems (see Figure E3305.1).

Exception: Suspended ceilings with removable panels shall I
be permitted within the 6-foot (1.8 m) dedicated space. |

E3305.4 Location of working spaces and equipment.

Required working space shall not be designated for storage.
Panelboards and overcurrent protection devices shall not be
located in clothes closets or bathrooms.

E3305.5 Access and entrance to working space. Access shall
be provided to the required working space.

E3305.6 Illumination. Artificial illumination shall be pro-
vided for all working spaces for service equipment and
panelboards installed indoors.

E3305.7 Headroom. The minimum headroom for working
spaces for service equipment and panelboards shall be 6.5 feet
(1981 mm).

472

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

FOOTNOTE a

i FOOTNOTE b

FOOTNOTE a

FIGURE ESaOS.I^'"'''''''^
WORKING SPACE AND CLEARANCES

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. Equipment, piping and ducts foreign to the electrical installation shall not be placed in the shaded areas extending from the floor to a height of 6 feet above the |
paneiboard enclosure, or to the structural ceiling, whichever is lower.

b. The working space shall be clear and unobstructed from the floor to a height of 6.5 feet.

c. The working space shall not be designated for storage.

d. Panelboards, service equipment and similar enclosures shall not be located in bathrooms, toilet rooms and clothes closets.

e. Such work spaces shall be provided with artificial lighting where located indoors.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"^

473

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

SECTION E3306
ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTIONS

E3306.1 GeneraL This section provides general requirements
for conductors, connections and splices. These requirements
do not apply to conductors that form an integral part of equip-
ment, such as motors, appliances and similar equipment, or to
conductors specifically provided for elsewhere in Chapters 33
through 42.

E3306.2 Conductor materiaL Conductors used to conduct
current shall be of copper except as otherwise provided in
Chapters 33 through 42. Where the conductor material is not
specified, the material and the sizes given in these chapters
shall apply to copper conductors. Where other materials are
used, the conductor sizes shall be changed accordingly.

E3306.3 Minimum size of conductors. The minimum size of
conductors for feeders and branch circuits shall be 14 AWG
copper and 12 AWG aluminum. The minimum size of service
conductors shall be as specified in Chapter 35. The minimum
size of class 2 remote control, signahng and power-hmited cir-
cuits conductors shall be as specified in Chapter 42.

E3306.4 Stranded conductors. Where installed in raceways,
conductors of size 8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. A solid
8 AWG conductor shall be permitted to be installed in a race-
way only to meet the requirements of Section E4104.

E3306.5 Individual conductor insulation. Except where oth-
erwise permitted in Sections E3505.1 andE3808.9, andE4203,
current-carrying conductors shall be insulated. Insulated con-
ductors shall have insulation types identified as RH, RHW,
RHW-2, THHN, THHW, THW, THW-2, THWN, THWN-2,
TW, UF, USE, USE-2, XHHW or XHHW-2. Insulation types
shall be approved for the application.

E3306.6 Conductors in parallel. Circuit conductors that are
connected in parallel shall be limited to sizes 1/0 AWG and
larger. Conductors in parallel shall be of the same length, same
conductor material, same circular mil area and same insulation
type. Conductors in parallel shall be terminated in the same
manner. Where run in separate raceways or cables, the raceway

I or cables shall have the same physical characteristics. Where
conductors are in separate raceways or cables, the same num-
ber of conductors shall be used in each raceway or cable.

E3306.7 Conductors of the same circuit. All conductors of
the same circuit and, where used, the grounded conductor and
I all equipment grounding conductors and bonding conductors
shall be contained within the same raceway, cable or cord.

E3306.8 Aluminum and copper connections. Terminals and
I splicing connectors shall be identified for the material of the
conductors joined. Conductors of dissimilar metals shall not be
joined in a terminal or splicing connector where physical con-
tact occurs between dissimilar conductors such as copper and
aluminum, copper and copper-clad aluminum, or aluminum
and copper-clad aluminum, except where the device is listed
for the purpose and conditions of application. Materials such as
inhibitors and compounds shall be suitable for the application
and shall be of a type that will not adversely affect the conduc-
tors, installation or equipment.

E3306.9 Terminals. Connection of conductors to terminal
parts shall be made without damaging the conductors and shall

be made by means of pressure connectors, including set-screw
type, by means of splices to flexible leads, or for conductor
sizes of 10 AWG and smaller, by means of wire binding screws
or studs and nuts having upturned lugs or the equivalent. Ter-
minals for more than one conductor and terminals for connect-
ing aluminum conductors shall be identified for the
application.

E3306.10 Splices. Conductors shall be spliced or joined with
splicing devices listed for the purpose. Splices and joints and
the free ends of conductors shall be covered with an insulation
equivalent to that of the conductors or with an insulating device
listed for the purpose. Wire connectors or splicing means
installed on conductors for direct burial shall be listed for such
use.

E3306.10.1 Continuity. Conductors in raceways shall be
continuous between outlets, boxes, and devices and shall be |
without splices or taps in the raceway.

Exception: Splices shall be permitted within
surface-mounted raceways that have a removable cover.

E3306.10.2 Device connections. The continuity of a
grounded conductor in multiwire branch circuits shall not
be dependent on connection to devices such as receptacles
and lampholders. The arrangement of grounding connec-
tions shall be such that the disconnection or the removal of a
receptacle, luminaire or other device fed from the box does
not interfere with or interrupt the grounding continuity.

E3306.10.3 Length of conductor for splice or termina-
tion. Where conductors are to be spliced, terminated or con-
nected to fixtures or devices, a minimum length of 6 inches
(150 mm) of free conductor shall be provided at each outlet,
junction or switch point. The required length shall be mea-
sured from the point in the box where the conductor
emerges from its raceway or cable sheath. Where the open-
ing to an outlet, junction or switch point is less than 8 inches
(200 mm) in any dimension, each conductor shall be long
enough to extend at least 3 inches (75 mm) outside of such
opening.

SECTION E3307
CONDUCTOR AND TERMINAL IDENTIFICATION

E3307.1 Grounded conductors. Insulated grounded conduc-
tors of sizes 6 AWG or smaller shall be identified by a continu-
ous white or gray outer finish or by three continuous white
stripes on other than green insulation along the entire length of
the conductors. Conductors of sizes larger than 6 AWG shall be
identified either by a continuous white or gray outer finish or
by three continuous white stripes on other than green insulation
along its entire length or at the time of installation by a distinc-
tive white or gray marking at its terminations. This marking |
shall encircle the conductor or insulation.

E3307.2 Equipment grounding conductors. Equipment
grounding conductors of sizes 6 AWG and smaller shall be |^
identified by a continuous green color or a continuous green
color with one or more yellow stripes on the insulation or cov-
ering, except where bare. Conductors with insulation or indi- I
vidual covering that is green, green with one or more yellow I

474

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

stripes, or otherwise identified as permitted by this section shall
not be used for ungrounded or grounded circuit conductors.

Equipment grounding conductors larger than 6 AWG that
are not identified as required for conductors of sizes 6 AWG
and smaller shall, at the time of installation, be permanently
identified as an equipment grounding conductor at each end
and at every point where the conductor is accessible, except
where such conductors are bare.

The required identification for conductors larger than 6
AWG shall encircle the conductor and shall be accomplished
by one of the following:

1. Stripping the insulation or covering from the entire
exposed length.

2. Coloring the exposed insulation or covering green.

3. Marking the exposed insulation or covering with green
tape or green adhesive labels.

Exception: Conductors larger than 6 AWG shall not be
required to be identified in conduit bodies that do not con-
tain splices or unused hubs.

E3307.3 Ungrounded conductors. Insulation on the
ungrounded conductors shall be a continuous color other than
white, gray and green.

Exceptions:

1 . An insulated conductor that is part of a cable or flexi-
ble cord assembly and that has a white or gray finish
or a finish marking with three continuous white
stripes shall be permitted to be used as an ungrounded
conductor where it is permanently reidentified to
indicate its use as an ungrounded conductor at all ter-
minations and at each location where the conductor is
visible and accessible. Identification shall encircle the
insulation and shall be a color other than white, gray,
and green.

2. Where a cable assembly contains an insulated con-
ductor for single-pole, 3-way or 4-way switch loops
and the conductor with white or gray insulation or a
marking of three continuous white stripes is used for
the supply to the switch but not as a return conductor
from the switch to the switched outlet. In these appli-
cations, the conductor with white or gray insulation or
with three continuous white stripes shall be perma-
nently reidentified to indicate its use by painting or
other effective means at its terminations and at each
location where the conductor is visible and accessi-
ble.

E3307.4 Identification of terminals. Terminals for attach-
ment to conductors shall be identified in accordance with Sec-
tions E3307.4.1 and E3307.4.2.

E3307.4.1 Device terminals. All devices excluding
panelboards, provided with terminals for the attachment of
conductors and intended for connection to more than one
side of the circuit shall have terminals properly marked for
identification, except where the terminal intended to be con-
nected to the grounded conductor is clearly evident.

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Exception: Terminal identification shall not be required
for devices that have a normal current rating of over 30
amperes, other than polarized attachment caps and polar-
ized receptacles for attachment caps as required in Sec-
tion E3 307 .4. 2.

E3307.4.2 Receptacles, plugs, and connectors. Recepta-
cles, polarized attachment plugs and cord connectors for
plugs and polarized plugs shall have the terminal intended
for connection to the grounded (white) conductor identified.
Identification shall be by a metal or metal coating substan-
tially white in color or by the word "white" or the letter "W"
located adjacent to the identified terminal. Where the termi-
nal is not visible, the conductor entrance hole for the con-
nection shall be colored white or marked with the word
"white" or the letter "W."

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

475

476 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

CHAPTER 34

ELECTRICAL DEFINITIONS

SECTION E3401
GENERAL

E3401.1 Scope. This chapter contains definitions that shall
apply only to the electrical requirements of Chapters 33
through 42. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the following
terms shall, for the purpose of this code, have the meanings
indicated in this chapter. Words used in the present tense
include the future; the singular number includes the plural and
the plural the singular. Where terms are not defined in this sec-
tion and are defined in Section R202 of this code, such terms
shall have the meanings ascribed to them in that section. Where
terms are not defined in these sections, they shall have their
ordinarily accepted meanings or such as the context implies.

ACCESSIBLE. (As apphed to equipment.) Admitting close
approach; not guarded by locked doors, elevation or other
effective means.

ACCESSIBLE. (As applied to wiring methods.) Capable of
being removed or exposed without damaging the building
structure or finish, or not permanently closed in by the structure
or finish of the building.

ACCESSIBLE, READILY. Capable of being reached quickly
for operation, renewal or inspections, without requiring those
to whom ready access is requisite to climb over or remove
obstacles or to resort to portable ladders, etc.

AMPACITY. The current in amperes that a conductor can
carry continuously under the conditions of use without exceed-
ing its temperature rating.

APPLIANCE. Utilization equipment, normally built in stan-
dardized sizes or types, that is installed or connected as a unit to
perform one or more functions such as clothes washing, air
conditioning, food mixing, deep frying, etc.

APPROVED. Acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction.

ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER. A device
intended to provide protection from the effects of arc-faults by
recognizing characteristics unique to arcing and by functioning
to de-energize the circuit when an arc-fault is detected.

ATTACHMENT PLUG (PLUG CAP) (PLUG). A device
that, by insertion into a receptacle, establishes connection
between the conductors of the attached flexible cord and the
conductors connected permanently to the receptacle.

AUTOMATIC. Self-acting, operating by its own mechanism
when actuated by some impersonal influence, as, for example,
a change in current, pressure, temperature or mechanical con-
figuration.

BATHROOM. An area, including a basin, with one or more of
the following: a toilet, a tub or a shower.

BONDING. The permanent joining of metallic parts to form
an electrically conductive path that will ensure electrical conti-
nuity and the capacity to conduct safely any current likely to be
imposed.

BONDING JUMPER. A reliable conductor to ensure the
required electrical conductivity between metal parts required
to be electrically connected.

BONDING JUMPER (EQUIPMENT). The connection
between two or more portions of the equipment grounding con-
ductor.

BONDING JUMPER, MAIN. The connection between the
grounded circuit conductor and the equipment grounding con-
ductor at the service.

BRANCH CIRCUIT. The circuit conductors between the
final overcurrent device protecting the circuit and the outlet(s).

BRANCH CIRCUIT, APPLIANCE. A branch circuit that
supplies energy to one or more outlets to which appliances are
to be connected, and that has no permanently connected
luminaires that are not a part of an appliance.

BRANCH CIRCUIT, GENERAL PURPOSE. A branch cir-
cuit that supplies two or more receptacle outiets or outlets for
lighting and appliances.

BRANCH CIRCUIT, INDIVIDUAL. A branch circuit that
supplies only one utilization equipment.

BRANCH CIRCUIT, MULTIWIRE. A branch circuit con-
sisting of two or more ungrounded conductors having voltage
difference between them, and a grounded conductor having
equal voltage difference between it and each ungrounded con-
ductor of the circuit, and that is connected to the neutral or
grounded conductor of the system.

CABINET. An enclosure designed either for surface or flush
mounting and provided with a frame, mat or trim in which a
swinging door or doors are or may be hung.

CIRCUIT BREAKER. A device designed to open and close a
circuit by nonautomatic means and to open the circuit automat-
ically on a predetermined overcurrent without damage to itself
when properly applied within its rating.

CONCEALED. Rendered inaccessible by the structure or fin-
ish of the building. Wires in concealed raceways are considered
concealed, even though they may become accessible by with-
drawing them [see "Accessible (As applied to wiring meth-
ods)"].

CONDUCTOR

Bare. A conductor having no covering or electrical insula-
tion whatsoever.

Covered. A conductor encased within material of composi-
tion or thickness that is not recognized by this code as elec-
trical insulation.

Insulated. A conductor encased within material of compo-
sition and thickness that is recognized by this code as elec-
trical insulation.

CONDUIT BODY. A separate portion of a conduit or tubing
system that provides access through a removable cover(s) to

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

477

ELECTRICAL DEFINITIONS

the interior of the system at a junction of two or more sections
of the system or at a terminal point of the system. Boxes such as
FS and FD or larger cast or sheet metal boxes are not classified
as conduit bodies.

CONNECTOR, PRESSURE (SOLDERLESS). A device
that establishes a connection between two or more conductors
or between one or more conductors and a terminal by means of
mechanical pressure and without the use of solder.

CONTINUOUS LOAD. A load where the maximum current
is expected to continue for 3 hours or more.

COOKING UNIT, COUNTER-MOUNTED. A cooking
appliance designed for mounting in or on a counter and consist-
ing of one or more heating elements, internal wiring and
built-in or separately mountable controls.

COPPER-CLAD ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS. Conduc-
tors drawn from a copper-clad aluminum rod with the copper
metallurgically bonded to an aluminum core. The copper forms
a minimum of 10 percent of the cross-sectional area of a solid
conductor or each strand of a stranded conductor.

CUTOUT BOX. An enclosure designed for surface mounting
and having swinging doors or covers secured directly to and
telescoping with the walls of the box proper (see "Cabinet").

DEAD FRONT. Without live parts exposed to a person on the
operating side of the equipment.

DEMAND FACTOR. The ratio of the maximum demand of a
system, or part of a system, to the total connected load of a sys-
tem or the part of the system under consideration.

DEVICE. A unit of an electrical system that is intended to
I carry or control but not utilize electric energy.

DISCONNECTING MEANS. A device, or group of devices,
or other means by which the conductors of a circuit can be dis-
connected from their source of supply.

DWELLING

I Dwelling unit. A single unit, providing complete and inde-
pendent living facilities for one or more persons, including
permanent provisions for living, sleeping, cooking and sani-
tation.

One-family dwelling. A building consisting solely of one
dwelling unit.

Two-family dwelling. A building consisting solely of two
dwelling units.

ENCLOSED. Surrounded by a case, housing, fence or walls
that will prevent persons from accidentally contacting ener-
gized parts.

ENCLOSURE. The case or housing of apparatus, or the fence
or walls surrounding an installation, to prevent personnel from
accidentally contacting energized parts or to protect the equip-
ment from physical damage.

I ENERGIZED. Electrically connected to, or is, a source of
voltage.

EQUIPMENT. A general term including material, fittings,
devices, appliances, luminaires, apparatus and the like used as
a part of, or in connection with, an electrical installation.

EXPOSED. (As applied to live parts.) Capable of being inad-
vertently touched or approached nearer than a safe distance by
a person. It is applied to parts not suitably guarded, isolated or
insulated.

EXPOSED. (As applied to wiring methods.) On or attached to
the surface or behind panels designed to allow access.

EXTERNALLY OPERABLE. Capable of being operated
without exposing the operator to contact with live parts.

FEEDER. All circuit conductors between the service equip-
ment, or the source of a separately derived system, or other
power supply source and the final branch-circuit overcurrent
device.

FITTING. An accessory such as a locknut, bushing or other
part of a wiring system that is intended primarily to perform a
mechanical rather than an electrical function.

GROUND. A conducting connection, whether intentional or
accidental, between an electrical circuit or equipment and the
earth, or to some conducting body that serves in place of the
earth.

GROUNDED. Connected to earth or to some conducting body
that serves in place of the earth.

GROUNDED, EFFECTIVELY. Intentionally connected to
earth through a ground connection or connections of suffi-
ciently low impedance and having sufficient current-carrying
capacity to prevent the buildup of voltages that may result in
undue hazards to connected equipment or to persons.

GROUNDED CONDUCTOR. A system or circuit conductor
that is intentionally grounded.

GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. A conductor used to connect
equipment or the grounded circuit of a wiring system to a
grounding electrode or electrodes.

GROUNDING CONDUCTOR, EQUIPMENT. The con-
ductor used to connect the noncurrent-carrying metal parts of
equipment, raceways and other enclosures to the system
grounded conductor, the grounding electrode conductor or
both, at the service equipment, or at the source of a separately |
derived system.

GROUNDING ELECTRODE. A device that establishes an I
electrical connection to earth. |

GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR. The con-
ductor used to connect the grounding electrode(s) to the equip-
ment grounding conductor, to the grounded conductor, or to
both, at the service, at each building or structure where sup- I
plied by a feeder(s) or branch circuit(s), or at the source of a |
separately derived system.

GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT-INTERRUPTER. A device
intended for the protection of personnel that functions to
de-energize a circuit or portion thereof within ah established
period of time when a current to ground exceeds the value for a
Class A device.

GUARDED. Covered, shielded, fenced, enclosed or otherwise
protected by means of suitable covers, casings, barriers, rails,
screens, mats or platforms to remove the likelihood of
, approach or contact by persons or obj ects to a point of danger.

478

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE

;®

ELECTRICAL DEFINITIONS

IDENTIFIED. (As applied to equipment.) Recognizable as
suitable for the specific purpose, function, use, environment,
application, etc., where described in a particular code require-
ment.

INTERRUPTING RATING. The highest current at rated
voltage that a device is intended to interrupt under standard test
conditions.

ISOLATED. (As applied to location.) Not readily accessible
to persons unless special means for access are used.

LABELED. Equipment or materials to which has been
attached a label, symbol or other identifying mark of an organi-
zation acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and con-
cerned with product evaluation that maintains periodic
inspection of production of labeled equipment or materials and
by whose labeling the manufacturer indicates compliance with
appropriate standards or performance in a specified manner.

LIGHTING OUTLET. An outlet intended for the direct con-
nection of a lampholder, a luminaire (lighting fixture) or a pen-
dant cord terminating in a lampholder.

LISTED. Equipment, materials or services included in a list
published by an organization that is acceptable to the authority
having jurisdiction and concerned with evaluation of products
or services, that maintains periodic inspection of production of
listed equipment or materials or periodic evaluation of ser-
vices, and whose listing states either that the equipment, mate-
rial or services meets identified standards or has been tested
and found suitable for a specified purpose.

LIVE PARTS. Energized conductive components.

LOCATION, DAMP. Location protected from weather and
not subject to saturation with water or other liquids but subject
to moderate degrees of moisture. Examples of such locations
include partially protected locations under canopies, mar-
quees, roofed open porches and like locations, and interior
locations subject to moderate degrees of moisture, such as
some basements, some bams and some cold-storage ware-
houses.

LOCATION, DRY. A location not normally subject to damp-
ness or wetness. A location classified as dry may be tempo-
rarily subject to dampness or wetness, as in the case of a
building under construction.

LOCATION, WET. Installations underground or in concrete
slabs or masonry in direct contact with the earth and locations
subject to saturation with water or other liquids, such as vehi-
cle-washing areas, and locations exposed to weather.

LUMINAIRE. A complete lighting unit (lighting fixture) con-
sisting of a lamp or lamps together with parts designed to dis-
tribute the light, to position and protect the lamps and ballast,
where applicable, and to connect the lamps to the power sup-
ply.

MULTIOUTLET ASSEMBLY. A type of surface, or flush, or
freestanding raceway; designed to hold conductors and recep-
tacles, assembled in the field or at the factory.

OUTLET. A point on the wiring system at which current is
taken to supply utilization equipment.

OVERCURRENT. Any current in excess of the rated current
of equipment or the ampacity of a conductor. Such current
might result from overload, short circuit or ground fault.

OVERLOAD. Operation of equipment in excess of normal,
full-load rating, or of a conductor in excess of rated ampacity
that, when it persists for a sufficient length of time, would cause
damage or dangerous overheating. A fault, such as a short cir-
cuit or ground fault, is not an overload.

PANELBOARD. A single panel or group of panel units
designed for assembly in the form of a single panel, including
buses and automatic overcurrent devices, and equipped with or
without switches for the control of light, heat or power circuits,
designed to be placed in a cabinet or cutout box placed in or
against a wall, partition or other support and accessible only
from the front.

PLENUM. A compartment or chamber to which one or more
air ducts are connected and that forms part of the air distribu-
tion system.

POWER OUTLET. An enclosed assembly that may include
receptacles, circuit breakers, fuseholders, fused switches,
buses and watt-hour meter mounting means, intended to supply
and control power to mobile homes, recreational vehicles or
boats, or to serve as a means for distributing power required to
operate mobile or temporarily installed equipment.

PREMISES WIRING (SYSTEM). That interior and exterior
wiring, including power, lighting, control and signal circuit
wiring together with all of their associated hardware, fittings
and wiring devices, both permanently and temporarily
installed, that extends from the service point or source of power
such as a battery, a solar photovoltaic system, or a generator,
transformer, or converter winding, to the outlet(s). Such wiring
does not include wiring internal to appliances, luminaires (fix-
tures), motors, controllers, and similar equipment.

QUALIFIED PERSON. One who has the skills and knowl-
edge related to the construction and operation of the electrical
equipment and installations and has received safety training on
the hazards involved.

RACEWAY. An enclosed channel of metal or nonmetallic
materials designed expressly for holding wires, cables, or
busbars, with additional functions as permitted in this code.
Raceways include, but are not limited to, rigid metal conduit,
rigid nonmetallic conduit, intermediate metal conduit, liq-
uid-tight flexible conduit, flexible metallic tubing, flexible
metal conduit, electrical nonmetallic tubing, electrical metallic
tubing, underfloor raceways, cellular concrete floor raceways,
cellular metal floor raceways, surface raceways, wireways and
bus ways.

RAINPROOF. Constructed, protected or treated so as to pre-
vent rain from interfering with the successful operation of the
apparatus under specified test conditions.

RAIN TIGHT. Constructed or protected so that exposure to a
beating rain will not result in the entrance of water under speci-
fied test conditions.

RECEPTACLE. A receptacle is a contact device installed at
the outlet for the connection of an attachment plug. A single
receptacle is a single contact device with no other contact

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

479

ELECTRICAL DEFINITIONS

device on the same yoke. A multiple receptacle is two or more
contact devices on the same yoke.

RECEPTACLE OUTLET. An outlet where one or more
receptacles are installed.

SERVICE. The conductors and equipment for delivering
energy from the serving utility to the wiring system of the pre-
mises served.

SERVICE CABLE. Service conductors made up in the form
of a cable.

SERVICE CONDUCTORS. The conductors from the ser-
vice point to the service disconnecting means.

SERVICE DROP. The overhead service conductors from the
last pole or other aerial support to and including the splices, if
any, connecting to the service-entrance conductors at the build-
ing or other structure.

SERVICE-ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS, OVERHEAD
SYSTEM. The service conductors between the terminals of
the service equipment and a point usually outside the building,
clear of building walls, where joined by tap or splice to the ser-
vice drop.

SERVICE-ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS, UNDER-
GROUND SYSTEM. The service conductors between the ter-
minals of the service equipment and the point of connection to
the service lateral.

SERVICE EQUIPMENT. The necessary equipment, usually
consisting of a circuit breaker(s) or switch(es) and fuse(s), and
their accessories, connected to the load end of the service con-
ductors to a building or other structure, or an otherwise desig-
nated area, and intended to constitute the main control and
cutoff of the supply.

SERVICE LATERAL. The underground service conductors
between the street main, including any risers at a pole or other
structure or from transformers, and the first point of connection
to the service-entrance conductors in a terminal box or meter or
other enclosure, inside or outside the building wall. Where
there is no terminal box, meter or other enclosure with ade-
quate space, the point of connection shall be considered to be
the point of entrance of the service conductors into the build-
ing.

SERVICE POINT. Service point is the point of connection
between the facilities of the serving utility and the premises
wiring.

STRUCTURE. That which is built or constructed.

SWITCHES

General-use switch. A switch intended for use in general
distribution and branch circuits. It is rated in amperes and is
capable of interrupting its rated current at its rated voltage.

General-use snap switch. A form of general-use switch
constructed so that it can be installed in device boxes or on
box covers or otherwise used in conjunction with wiring
systems recognized by this code.

Isolating switch. A switch intended for isolating an electric
circuit from the source of power. It has no interrupting rating

and is intended to be operated only after the circuit has been
opened by some other means.

Motor-circuit switch. A switch, rated in horsepower that is
capable of interrupting the maximum operating overload
current of a motor of the same horsepower rating as the
switch at the rated voltage.

UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT. Equipment that utilizes elec-
tric energy for electronic, electromechanical, chemical, heat-
ing, lighting or similar purposes.

VENTILATED. Provided with a means to permit circulation
of air sufficient to remove an excess of heat, fumes or vapors.

VOLTAGE (OF A CIRCUIT). The greatest
root-mean-square (rms) (effective) difference of potential
between any two conductors of the circuit concerned.

VOLTAGE, NOMINAL. A nominal value assigned to a cir-
cuit or system for the purpose of conveniently designating its
voltage class (e.g., 120/240). The actual voltage at which a cir-
cuit operates can vary from the nominal within a range that per-
mits satisfactory operation of equipment.

VOLTAGE TO GROUND. For grounded circuits, the voltage
between the given conductor and that point or conductor of the
circuit that is grounded. For ungrounded circuits, the greatest
voltage between the given conductor and any other conductor
of the circuit.

WATERTIGHT. So constructed that moisture will not enter
the enclosure under specified test conditions.

WEATHERPROOF. So constructed or protected that expo-
sure to the weather will not interfere with successful operation.

480

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

CHAPTER 35

SERVICES

SECTION E3501
GENERAL SERVICES

E3501.1 Scope. This chapter covers service conductors and
equipment for the control and protection of services and their
installation requirements.

I E3501.2 Number of services. One- and two-family dwellings
shall be supplied by only one service.

E3501.3 One building or otlier structure not to be supplied
through another. Service conductors supplying a building or
other structure shall not pass through the interior of another
building or other structure.

E3501.4 Other conductors in raceway or cable. Conductors
other than service conductors shall not be installed in the same
service raceway or service cable.

Exceptions:

1. Grounding conductors and bonding jumpers.

2. Load management control conductors having
over-current protection.

E3501.5 Raceway seal. Where a service raceway enters from
an underground distribution system, it shall be sealed in accor-
dance with Section E3703.6.

I E3501.6 Service disconnect required. Means shall be pro-
vided to disconnect all conductors in a building or other struc-
ture from the service entrance conductors.

E3501.6.1 Marking of service equipment and discon-
nects. Service disconnects shall be permanently marked as
a service disconnect. Service equipment shall be listed for
the purpose. Individual meter socket enclosures shall not be
considered service equipment.

E3501.6.2 Service disconnect location. The service dis-
connecting means shall be installed at a readily accessible
location either outside of a building or inside nearest the
point of entrance of the service conductors. Service discon-
necting means shall not be installed in bathrooms. Each
occupant shall have access to the disconnect serving the
dwelling unit in which they reside.

E3501.7 Maximum number of disconnects. The service dis-
connecting means shall consist of not more than six switches or
six circuit breakers mounted in a single enclosure or in a group
of separate enclosures.

SECTION E3502
SERVICE SIZE AND RATING

E3502.1 Ampacity of ungrounded conductors. Ungrounded

service conductors shall have an ampacity of not less than the
I load served. For one-family dwellings, the ampacity of the

ungrounded conductors shall be not less than 100 amperes, 3
I wire. For all other installations, the ampacity of the

ungrounded conductors shall be not less than 60 amperes.

E3502.2 Service load. The minimum load for ungrounded ser-
vice conductors and service devices that serve 100 percent of
the dwelling unit load shall be computed in accordance with
Table E3502.2. Ungrounded service conductors and service
devices that serve less than 100 percent of the dwelling unit
load shall be computed as required for feeders in accordance
with Chapter 36.

TABLE E3502.2
MINIMUM SERVICE LOAD CALCULATION

LOADS AND PROCEDURE

3 volt-amperes per square foot of floor area for general lighting
and general use receptacle outlets.

Plus

1,500 volt-amperes x total number of 20-ampere-rated small
appliance and laundry circuits.

Plus

The nameplate volt-ampere rating of all fastened-in-place,
permanently connected or dedicated circuit-supplied appliances
such as ranges, ovens, cooking units, clothes dryers and water
heaters.

Apply the following demand factors to the above subtotal:

The minimum subtotal for the loads above shall be 100 percent of
the first 10,000 volt-amperes of the sum of the above loads plus 40
percent of any portion of the sum that is in excess of 10,000
volt-amperes.

Plus the largest of the following:

Nameplate rating(s) of the air-conditioning and cooling
equipment.

Nameplate rating(s) of the heating where a heat pump is used
without any supplemental electric heating.

Nameplate rating of the electric thermal storage and other heating
systems where the usual load is expected to be continuous at the
full nameplate value. Systems quahfying under this selection shall
not be figured under any other category in this table.

One-hundred percent of nameplate rating of the heat pump
compressor and sixty-five percent of the supplemental electric
heating load for central electric space-heating systems. If the heat
pump compressor is prevented from operating at the same time as
the supplementary heat, the compressor load does not need to be
added to the supplementary heat load for the total central electric
space-heating load.

Sixty-five percent of nameplate rating(s) of electric space-
heating units if less than four separately controlled units.

Forty percent of nameplate rating(s) of electric space-heating units
of four or more separately controlled units.

The minimum total load in amperes shall be the
volt-ampere sum calculated above divided by 240 volts.

E3502.2.1 Services under 100 amperes. Services that are
not required to be 100 amperes shall be sized in accordance
with Chapter 36.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

481

SERVICES

E3502.3 Rating of service disconnect. The combined rating
of all individual service disconnects serving a single dwelling
unit shall not be less than the load determined from Table
E3502.2 and shall not be less than as specified in Section
E3502.1.

E3502.4 Voltage rating. Systems shall be three-wire,
120/240- volt, single-phase with a grounded neutral.

SECTION E3503

SERVICE, FEEDER AND GROUNDING

ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR SIZING

E3503.1 Grounded and ungrounded service conductor size.

Conductors used as ungrounded service entrance conductors,
service lateral conductors, and feeder conductors that serve as
the main power feeder to a dwelling unit shall be those Usted in
Table E3503.1. The main power feeder shall be the feeder(s)
between the main disconnect and the lighting and appliance
branch-circuit panelboard(s). Ungrounded service conductors
shall have a minimum size in accordance with Table E3503.1.
The grounded conductor ampacity shall be not less than the
maximum unbalance of the load and its size shall be not smaller

than the required minimum grounding electrode conductor size
specified in Table E3503.1.

E3503.2 Ungrounded service conductors for accessory
buildings and structures. Ungrounded conductors for other
than dwelling units shall have an ampacity of not less than 60 |
amperes and shall be sized as required for feeders in Chapter 36.

Exceptions:

1 . For limited loads of a single branch circuit, the service |
conductors shall have an ampacity of not less than 15 |
amperes.

2. For loads consisting of not more than two two-wire
branch circuits, the service conductors shall have an I
ampacity of not less than 30 amperes. |

E3503.3 Overload protection. Each ungrounded service con-
ductor shall have overload protection.

E3503.3.1 Ungrounded conductor. Overload protection
shall be provided by an overcurrent device installed in series
with each ungrounded service conductor. The overcurrent
device shall have a rating or setting not higher than the
allowable ampacity specified in Table E3503.1. A set of

TABLE E3503.1
SERVICE CONDUCTOR AND GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR SIZING

CONDUCTOR TYPES AND SIZES— THHN, THHW, THW, THWN, USE, XHHW,

THW-2, THWN-2, XHHW-2, SE, USE-2

(Parallel sets of 1/0 and larger conductors are

permitted in either a single raceway or in separate raceways)

ALLOWABLE
AMPACITY

MINIMUM GROUNDING
ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR SIZE^

Copper

(AWG)

Aluminum and copper-clad aluminum
(AWG)

Maximum load
(amps)

Copper

(AWG)

Aluminum
(AWG)

100

110

6*=

1/0

125

2/0

150

6*=

1/0

3/0

175

6^^

2/0

4/0 or
two sets of I/O

200

3/0

250 kcmil or
two sets of 2/0

225

4/0 or
two sets of 1/0

300 kcmil or
two sets of 3/0

250

1/0"

250 kcmil
or two sets of 2/0

350 kcmil or
two sets of 4/0

300

1/0"

350 kcmil
or two sets of 3/0

500 kcmil or
two sets of 250 kcmil

350

1/0"

400 kcmil
or two sets of 4/0

600 kcmil or
two sets of 300 kcmil

400

1/0''

3/0"

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Where protected by a ferrous metal raceway, grounding electrode conductors shall be electrically bonded to the ferrous metal raceway at both ends.

b. Eight AWG grounding electrode conductors shall be protected with metal conduit or nonmetallic conduit.

c. Where not protected, 6 AWG grounding electrode conductors shall closely follow a structural surface for physical protection. The supports shall be spaced not
more than 24 inches on center and shall be within 12 inches of any enclosure or termination.

d. Where the sole grounding electrode system is a ground rod or pipe as covered in Section E3508.2, the grounding electrode conductor shall not be required to be
larger than 6 AWG copper or 4 AWG aluminum. Where the sole grounding electrode system is the footing steel as covered in Section E3508.1.2, the grounding
electrode conductor shall not be required to be larger than 4 AWG copper conductor.

482

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

fuses shall be considered all the fuses required to protect all
of the ungrounded conductors of a circuit. Single pole cir-
cuit breakers, grouped in accordance with Section E3501 .7,
shall be considered as one protective device.

Exception: Two to six circuit breakers or sets of fuses shall
be permitted as the overcurrent device to provide the over-
load protection. The sum of the ratings of the circuit break-
ers or fuses shall be permitted to exceed the ampacity of the
service conductors, provided that the calculated load does
not exceed the ampacity of the service conductors.

E3503.3.2 Not in grounded conductor. Overcurrent
devices shall not be connected in series with a grounded ser-
vice conductor except where a circuit breaker is used that
simultaneously opens all conductors of the circuit.

E3503.3.3 Location. The service overcurrent device shall
be an integral part of the service disconnecting means or
shall be located immediately adjacent thereto.

E3503.4 Grounding electrode conductor size. The ground-
ing electrode conductors shall be sized based on the size of the
service entrance conductors as required in Table E3503.1.

E3503.5 Temperature limitations. Except where the equip-
ment is marked otherwise, conductor ampacities used in deter-
mining equipment termination provisions shall be based on
Table E3503.1.

SERVICES

SECTION E3504

OVERHEAD SERVICE-DROP AND SERVICE

CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION

E3504.1 Clearances on buildings. Open conductors and
multiconductor cables without an overall outer jacket shall
have a clearance of not less than 3 feet (914 mm) from the sides
of doors, porches, decks, stairs, ladders, fire escapes and balco-
nies, and from the sides and bottom of windows that open. See
Figure E3504.1.

E3504.2 Vertical clearances. Service-drop conductors shall
not have ready access and shall comply with Sections
E3504.2.1andE3504.2.2.

E3504.2.1 Above roofs. Conductors shall have a vertical
clearance of not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) above the roof
surface. The vertical clearance above the roof level shall be
maintained for a distance of not less than 3 feet (914 mm) in
all directions from the edge of the roof. See Figure
E3504.2.1.

Exceptions:

1 . Conductors above a roof surface subject to pedes-
trian traffic shall have a vertical clearance from the
roof surface in accordance with Section
E3504.2.2.

2. Where the roof has a slope of 4 inches ( 1 02 mm) in
12 inches (305 mm), or greater, the minimum
clearance shall be 3 feet (914 mm).

3-FOOT CLEARANCE

CLEARANCE NOT REQUIRED FROM
NONOPENABLE WINDOWS

CLEARANCE NOT REQUIRED ABOVE OPENINGS

CLEARANCE NOT REQUIRED BETWEEN WINDOW
AND SE CABLE OR CONDUCTORS IN RACEWAY

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

FIGURE E3504.1
CLEARANCES FROM BUILDING OPENINGS

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

483

SERVICES

3. The minimum clearance above only the overhang-
ing portion of the roof shall not be less than 18
inches (457 mm) where not more than 6 feet (1829
mm) of conductor length passes over 4 feet (1219
mm) or less of roof surface measured horizontally
and such conductors are terminated at a
through-the-roof raceway or approved support.

4. The requirement for maintaining the vertical clear-
ance for a distance of 3 feet (914 mm) from the
edge of the roof shall not apply to the final conduc-
tor span where the service drop is attached to the
side of a building.

E3504.2.2 Vertical clearance from grade. Service-drop
conductors shall have the following minimum clearances
from final grade:

1. For service-drop cables supported on and cabled
together with a grounded bare messenger wire, the
minimum vertical clearance shall be 10 feet (3048
mm) at the electric service entrance to buildings, at
the lowest point of the drip loop of the building elec-
tric entrance, and above areas or sidewalks accessed
by pedestrians only. Such clearance shall be mea-
sured from final grade or other accessible surfaces.

2. Twelve feet (3658 mm) — over residential property
and driveways.

3 . Eighteen feet (5486 mm) — over public streets, alleys,
roads or parking areas subject to truck traffic.

E3504.3 Point of attachment. The point of attachment of the
service-drop conductors to a building or other structure shall
provide the minimum clearances as specified in Sections
E3504.1 through E3504.2.2. In no case shall the point of attach-
ment be less than 10 feet (3048 mm) above finished grade.

E3504.4 Means of attachment. Multiconductor cables used
for service drops shall be attached to buildings or other struc-
tures by fittings approved for the purpose.

E3504.5 Service masts as supports. Where a service mast is
used for the support of service-drop conductors, it shall be of
adequate strength or be supported by braces or guys to with-
stand the strain imposed by the service drop. Where race-
way-type service masts are used, all equipment shall be
approved. Only power service drop conductors shall be permit-
ted to be attached to a service mast.

E3504.6 Supports over buildings. Service-drop conductors
passing over a roof shall be securely supported. Where practi-
cable, such supports shall be independent of the building.

SECTION E3504.2.1 AND EXCEPTION 1

SECTION E3504.2.1 AND EXCEPTION 3

SECTION E3504.2.1
MAINTAIN ALL
CLEARANCES 3'0"
MINIMUM BEYOND THE
EDGE OF THE ROOF.
SEE EXCEPTION 4.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

FIGURE E3504.2.1
CLEARANCES FROM ROOFS

484

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

SERVICES

SECTION E3505
SERVICE-ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS

E3505.1 Insulation of service-entrance conductors. Ser-
vice-entrance conductors entering or on the exterior of build-
ings or other structures shall be insulated in accordance with
Section E3306.5.

Exceptions:

1 . A copper grounded conductor shall not be required to
be insulated where it is:

1 . 1 . In a raceway or part of a service cable assem-
bly,

1 .2. Directly buried in soil of suitable condition, or

1 .3. Part of a cable assembly listed for direct burial
without regard to soil conditions.

2. An aluminum or copper-clad aluminum grounded
conductor shall not be required to be insulated where
part of a cable or where identified for direct burial or
utilization in underground raceways.

E3505.2 Wiring methods for services. Service-entrance wir-
ing methods shall be installed in accordance with the applica-
ble requirements in Chapter 37.

E3505.3 Spliced conductors. Service-entrance conductors
shall be permitted to be spliced or tapped. Splices shall be made
in enclosures or, if directly buried, with listed underground
splice kits. Conductor splices shall be made in accordance with
Chapters 33, 36, 37 and 38.

E3505.4 Protection against physical damage. Underground
service-entrance conductors shall be protected against physical
damage in accordance with Chapter 37.

E3505.5 Protection of service cables against damage.

Above-ground service-entrance cables, where subject to phys-
ical damage, shall be protected by one or more of the following:
rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit. Schedule 80
rigid nonmetallic conduit, electrical metallic tubing or other
approved means.

E3505.6 Locations exposed to direct sunlight. Insulated con-
ductors and cables used where exposed to direct rays of the sun
shall comply with one of the following:

1 . The cables are listed, or listed and marked, as being sun-
light resistant.

2. The conductors are listed, or listed and marked, as being
sunlight resistant.

3. The conductors and cables are covered with insulating
material, such as tape or sleeving, that is listed, or listed
and marked, as being sunlight resistant.

E3505.7 Mounting supports. Service cables shall be sup-
ported by straps or other approved means within 12 inches (305
mm) of every service head, gooseneck or connection to a race-
way or enclosure and at intervals not exceeding 30 inches (762
mm).

E3505.8 Raceways to drain. Where exposed to the weather,
raceways enclosing service-entrance conductors shall be
raintight and arranged to drain. Where embedded in masonry,
raceways shall be arranged to drain.

E3505.9 Overhead service locations. Connections at service
heads shall be in accordance with Sections E3505.9.1 through
E3505.9.7.

E3505.9.1 Rain-tight service head. Service raceways shall
be equipped with a rain-tight service head at the point of
connection to service-drop conductors.

E3505.9.2 Service cable, service head or gooseneck. Ser-
vice cable shall be equipped with a rain-tight service head or
shall be formed into a gooseneck in an approved manner.

E3505.9.3 Service head location. Service heads, and
goosenecks in service-entrance cables, shall be located
above the point of attachment of the service-drop conduc-
tors to the building or other structure.

Exception: Where it is impracticable to locate the ser-
vice head or gooseneck above the point of attachment, |
the service head or gooseneck location shall be not more
than 24 inches (610 mm) from the point of attachment.

E3505.9.4 Separately bushed openings. Service heads
shall have conductors of different potential brought out
through separately bushed openings.

E3505.9.5 Drip loops. Drip loops shall be formed on indi-
vidual conductors. To prevent the entrance of moisture, ser-
vice-entrance conductors shall be connected to the
service-drop conductors either below the level of the service
head or below the level of the termination of the ser-
vice-entrance cable sheath.

E3505.9.6 Conductor arrangement. Service-drop con-
ductors and service-entrance conductors shall be arranged
so that water will not enter service raceways or equipment.

E3505.9.7 Secured. Service cables shall be held securely in
place.

SECTION E3506
SERVICE EQUIPMENT— GENERAL

E3506.1 Service equipment enclosures. Energized parts of
service equipment shall be enclosed.

E3506.2 Working space. In no case shall the working space in
the vicinity of service equipment be less than that specified in
Chapter 33.

E3506.3 Available short-circuit current. Service equipment
shall be suitable for the maximum fault current available at its
supply terminals, but not less than 10,000 amperes.

E3506.4 Marking. Service equipment shall be marked to iden-
tify it as being suitable for use as service equipment. Individual
meter socket enclosures shall not be considered service equip-
ment.

SECTION E3507
SYSTEM GROUNDING

E3507.1 System service ground. The premises wiring system
shall be grounded at the service with a grounding electrode
conductor connected to a grounding electrode system as

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

485

SERVICES

required by this code. Grounding electrode conductors shall be
sized in accordance with Table E3503.1.

E3507.2 Location of grounding electrode conductor con-
nection. The grounding electrode conductor shall be con-
nected to the grounded service conductor at any accessible
point from the load end of the service drop or service lateral to
and including the terminal or bus to which the grounded service
conductor is connected at the service disconnecting means. A
grounding connection shall not be made to any grounded cir-
cuit conductor on the load side of the service disconnecting
means, except as provided in Section E3507.3.

E3507.3 Buildings or structures supplied by feeder(s) or
branch circuit(s). Buildings or structures supplied by
feeder(s) or branch circuit(s) shall have a grounding electrode
or grounding electrode system installed in accordance with
Section E3508. The grounding electrode conductor(s) shall be
connected in a manner specified in Section E3507.3.1 or
E3507.3.2. Where there is no existing grounding electrode, the
grounding electrode(s) required in Section E3508 shall be
installed.

Exception: A grounding electrode shall not be required
where only one branch circuit supplies the building or struc-
ture and the branch circuit includes an equipment grounding
conductor for grounding the noncurrent-carrying parts of all
equipment. For the purposes of this section, a multiwire
branch circuit shall be considered as a single branch circuit.

E3507.3.1 Equipment grounding conductor. An equip-
ment grounding conductor as described in Section E3808
shall be run with the supply conductors and connected to the
building or structure disconnecting means and to the
grounding electrode(s). The equipment grounding conduc-
tor shall be used for grounding or bonding of equipment,
structures or frames required to be grounded or bonded. The
equipment grounding conductor shall be sized in accor-
dance with Section E3808.12. Any installed grounded con-
ductor shall not be connected to the equipment grounding
conductor or to the grounding electrode(s).

E3507.3.2 Grounded conductor. Where an equipment
grounding conductor is not run with the supply conductors
to the building or structure, and there are no continuous
metallic paths bonded to the grounding system in both
buildings or structures involved, and ground-fault protec-
tion of equipment has not been installed on the common ser-
vice, the grounded circuit conductor run with the supply
conductors to the building or structure shall be connected to
the building or structure disconnecting means and to the
grounding electrode(s) and shall be used for grounding or
bonding of equipment, structures, or frames required to be
grounded or bonded. The size of the grounded conductor
shall be not smaller than the larger of:

1. That required by Section E3604.3.

2. That required by Section E3808.12.

E3507.4 Grounding electrode conductor. A grounding elec-
trode conductor shall be used to connect the equipment
grounding conductors, the service equipment enclosures, and
the grounded service conductor to the grounding electrode(s).

E3507.5 Main bonding jumper. An unspliced main bonding
jumper shall be used to connect the equipment grounding con-
ductor(s) and the service-disconnect enclosure to the grounded
conductor of the system within the enclosure for each service
disconnect.

E3507.6 Common grounding electrode. Where an ac system
is connected to a grounding electrode in or at a building or
structure, the same electrode shall be used to ground conductor
enclosures and equipment in or on that building or structure.
Where separate services, feeders or branch circuits supply a
building and are required to be connected to a grounding elec-
trode(s), the same grounding electrode(s) shall be used. Two or
more grounding electrodes that are effectively bonded together
shall be considered as a single grounding electrode system.

SECTION E3508
GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM

E3508.1 Grounding electrode system. All electrodes speci-
fied in Sections E3508.1.1, E3508.1.2, E3508.1.3, E3508.1.4
and E3508.1.5 that are present at each building or structure
served shall be bonded together to form the grounding elec-
trode system. Where none of these electrodes are available, one
or more of the electrodes specified in Sections E3508.1.3,
E3508.1.4 and E3508.1.5 shall be installed and used.

Exception: Concrete-encased electrodes of existing build-
ings or structures shall not be required to be part of the
grounding electrode system where the steel reinforcing bars
or rods are not accessible for use without disturbing the con-
crete.

E3508.1.1 Metal underground water pipe. A metal
underground water pipe that is in direct contact with the
earth for 10 feet (3048 mm) or more, including any well cas-
ing effectively bonded to the pipe and that is electrically
continuous, or made electrically continuous by bonding
around insulating joints or insulating pipe to the points of
connection of the grounding electrode conductor and the
bonding conductors, shall be considered as a grounding
electrode (see Section E3508.1). Interior metal water pip-
ing located more than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the entrance to
the building shall not be used as part of the grounding elec-
trode system or as a conductor to interconnect electrodes
that are part of the grounding electrode system.

E3508.1.1.1 Installation. Continuity of the grounding |
path or the bonding connection to interior piping shall
not rely on water meters, filtering devices and similar
equipment. A metal underground water pipe shall be
supplemented by an additional electrode of a type speci-
fied in Sections E3508.1.2 through E3508.1.5. The sup-
plemental electrode shall be bonded to the grounding
electrode conductor, the grounded service entrance con-
ductor, a nonflexible grounded service raceway or any
grounded service enclosure.

Where the supplemental electrode is a rod, pipe or
plate electrode in accordance with Sections E3508.1.4
and E3508. 1 .5, that portion of the bonding jumper that is
the sole connection to the supplemental grounding elec-

486

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

SERVICES

trode shall not be required to be larger than 6 AWG cop-
per or 4 AWG aluminum wire.

E3508.1.2 Concrete-encased electrode. An electrode
encased by at least 2 inches (5 1 mm) of concrete, located
within and near the bottom of a concrete foundation or foot-
ing that is in direct contact with the earth, consisting of at least
20 feet (6096 mm) of one or more bare or zinc-galvanized or
other electrically conductive coated steel reinforcing bars or
rods of not less than V2inch (12.7 mm) diameter, or consisting
of at least 20 feet (6096 mm) of bare copper conductor not
smaller than 4 AWG shall be considered as a grounding elec-
trode. Reinforcing bars shall be permitted to be bonded
together by the usual steel tie wires or other effective means.

E3508.1.3 Ground rings. A ground ring encircling the
building or structure, in direct contact with the earth at a
depth below the earth's surface of not less than 30 inches
(762 mm), consisting of at least 20 feet (6096 mm) of bare
copper conductor not smaller than 2 AWG shall be consid-
ered as a grounding electrode.

E3508.1.4 Rod and pipe electrodes. Rod and pipe elec-
trodes not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) in length and consist-
ing of the following materials shall be considered as a
grounding electrode:

1 . Electrodes of pipe or conduit shall not be smaller than
trade size V4 (metric designator 21) and, where of iron
or steel, shall have the outer surface galvanized or
otherwise metal-coated for corrosion protection.

2. Electrodes of rods of iron or steel shall be at least Vg
inch (15.9 mm) in diameter. Stainless steel rods less
than Vg inch (15.9 mm) in diameter, nonferrous rods
or their equivalent shall be listed and shall be not less
than V2 inch (12.7 mm) in diameter.

E3508.1.4.1 Installation. The rod and pipe electrodes
shall be installed such that at least 8 feet (2438 mm) of
length is in contact with the soil. They shall be driven to a
depth of not less than 8 feet (2438 mm) except that,
where rock bottom is encountered, electrodes shall be
driven at an oblique angle not to exceed 45 degrees from
the vertical or shall be buried in a trench that is at least 30
inches (762 mm) deep. The upper end of the electrodes
shall be flush with or below ground level except where
the aboveground end and the grounding electrode con-
ductor attachment are protected against physical dam-
age.

E3508.1.5 Plate electrodes. A plate electrode that exposes
not less than 2 square feet (0.186 m^) of surface to exterior
soil shall be considered as a grounding electrode. Electrodes
of iron or steel plates shall be at least V4 inch (6.4 mm) in
thickness. Electrodes of nonferrous metal shall be at least
0.06 inch (1.5 mm) in thickness. Plate electrodes shall be
installed not less than 30 inches (762 mm) below the surface
of the earth.

E3508.2 Bonding jumper. The bonding jumper(s) used to
connect the grounding electrodes together to form the ground-
ing electrode system shall be installed in accordance with Sec-
tions E3510.2, and E3510.3, shall be sized in accordance with

Section E3503.4, and shall be connected in the manner speci-
fied in Section E35 11.1.

E3508.3 Rod, pipe and plate electrode requirements.

Where practicable, rod, pipe and plate electrodes shall be
embedded below permanent moisture level. Such electrodes
shall be free from nonconductive coatings such as paint or
enamel. Where more than one such electrode is used, each elec-
trode of one grounding system shall be not less than 6 feet
(1 829 mm) from any other electrode of another grounding sys-
tem. Two or more grounding electrodes that are effectively
bonded together shall be considered as a single grounding elec-
trode system. That portion of a bonding jumper that is the sole
connection to a rod, pipe or plate electrode shall not be required
to be larger than 6 AWG copper or 4 AWG aluminum wire.

E3508.4 Resistance of rod, pipe and plate electrodes. A sin-
gle electrode consisting of a rod, pipe or plate that does not
have a resistance to ground of 25 ohms or less shall be aug-
mented by one additional electrode of any of the types speci-
fied in Sections E3508. 1 .2 through E3508. 1 .5. Where multiple
rod, pipe or plate electrodes are installed to meet the require-
ments of this section, they shall be not less than 6 feet (1829
mm) apart.

E3508.5 Aluminum electrodes.

not be permitted.

Aluminum electrodes shall

E3508.6 Metal underground gas piping system. A metal
underground gas piping system shall not be used as a ground-
ing electrode.

SECTION E3509
BONDING

E3509.1 General. Bonding shall be provided where necessary
to ensure electrical continuity and the capacity to conduct
safely any fault current likely to be imposed.

E3509.2 Bonding of services. The noncurrent-carrying metal
parts of the following equipment shall be effectively bonded
together:

1 . The service raceways or service cable armor.

2. All service enclosures containing service conductors,
including meter fittings, and boxes, inteiposed in the ser-
vice raceway or armor.

3. Any metallic raceways or armor enclosing a grounding
electrode conductor. Bonding shall apply at each end and
to all intervening raceways, boxes and enclosures
between the service equipment and the grounding elec-
trode.

E3509.3 Bonding to other systems. An accessible means
external to enclosures for connecting intersystem bonding and
grounding electrode conductors shall be provided at the service
equipment and at the disconnecting means for any additional
buildings or structures by at least one of the following means:

1. Exposed nonflexible metallic service raceways.

2. Exposed grounding electrode conductor.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"*

487

SERVICES

3. Approved means for the external connection of a copper
or other corrosion-resistant bonding or grounding con-
ductor to the service raceway or equipment.

E3509.4 Method of bonding at the service. Electrical conti-
nuity at service equipment, service raceways and service con-
ductor enclosures shall be ensured by one or more of the
methods specified in Sections E3509.4.1 through E3509.4.4.

Bonding jumpers meeting the other requirements of this
code shall be used around concentric or eccentric knockouts
that are punched or otherwise formed so as to impair the electri-
cal connection to ground. Standard locknuts or bushings shall
not be the sole means for the bonding required by this section.

E3509.4.1 Grounded service conductor. Equipment shall
be bonded to the grounded service conductor in a manner
provided in this code.

E3509.4.2 Threaded connections. Equipment shall be
bonded by connections using threaded couplings or
threaded bosses on enclosures. Such connections shall be
made wrench tight.

E3509.4.3 Threadless couplings and connectors. Equip-
ment shall be bonded by threadless couplings and connec-
tors for metal raceways and metal-clad cables. Such
couplings and connectors shall be made wrench tight. Stan-
dard locknuts or bushings shall not be used for the bonding
required by this section.

E3509.4.4 Other devices. Equipment shall be bonded by
other listed devices, such as bonding-type locknuts, bush-
ings and bushings with bonding jumpers.

E3509.5 Sizing bonding juniper on supply side of service
and main bonding jumper. The bonding jumper shall not be
smaller than the sizes shown in Table E3503.1 for grounding
electrode conductors. Where the service-entrance conductors
are paralleled in two or more raceways or cables, the equipment
bonding jumper, where routed with the raceways or cables,
shall be run in parallel. The size of the bonding jumper for each
raceway or cable shall be based on the size of the ser-
vice-entrance conductors in each raceway or cable.

E3509.6 Metal water piping bonding. The metal water pip-
ing system shall be bonded to the service equipment enclosure,
the grounded conductor at the service, the grounding electrode
conductor where of sufficient size, or to the one or more
grounding electrodes used. The bonding jumper shall be sized
in accordance with Table E3503. 1 . The points of attachment of
the bonding jumper(s) shall be accessible.

E3509.7 Bonding other metal piping. Where installed in or
attached to a building or structure, metal piping systems,
including gas piping, capable of becoming energized shall be
bonded to the service equipment enclosure, the grounded con-
ductor at the service, the grounding electrode conductor where
of sufficient size, or to the one or more grounding electrodes
used. The bonding jumper shall be sized in accordance with
Table E3808.12 using the rating of the circuit capable of ener-
gizing the piping. The equipment grounding conductor for the
circuit that is capable of energizing the piping shall be permit-
ted to serve as the bonding means. The points of attachment of
the bonding jumper(s) shall be accessible.

SECTION E3510
GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORS

E3510.1 Continuous. The unspliced grounding electrode con-
ductor shall run to any convenient grounding electrode avail-
able in the grounding electrode system, or to one or more
grounding electrode(s) individually. The grounding electrode
conductor shall be sized for the largest grounding electrode
conductor required among all of the electrodes connected to it.

E3510.2 Securing and protection against physical damage. I

Where exposed, a grounding electrode conductor or its enclo- |
sure shall be securely fastened to the surface on which it is car-
ried. A 4 AWG or larger conductor shall be protected where
exposed to physical damage. A 6 AWG grounding conductor
that is free from exposure to physical damage shall be permit-
ted to be run along the surface of the building construction
without metal covering or protection where it is and securely
fastened to the construction; otherwise, it shall be in rigid metal
conduit, intermediate metal conduit, rigid nonmetallic conduit,
electrical metallic tubing or cable armor. Grounding electrode |
conductors smaller than 6 AWG shall be in rigid metal conduit,
intermediate metal conduit, rigid nonmetallic conduit, electri-
cal metallic tubing or cable armor.

Bare aluminum or copper-clad aluminum grounding con- |
ductors shall not be used where in direct contact with masonry
or the earth or where subject to corrosive conditions. Where
used outside, aluminum or copper-clad aluminum grounding
conductors shall not be installed within 18 inches (457 mm) of
the earth.

E3510.3 Enclosures for grounding electrode conductors.

Ferrous metal enclosures for grounding electrode conductors |
shall be electrically continuous from the point of attachment to
cabinets or equipment to the grounding electrode, and shall be
securely fastened to the ground clamp or fitting. Nonferrous ■
metal enclosures shall not be required to be electrically contin- I
uous. Ferrous metal enclosures that are not physically continu- |
ous from cabinet or equipment to the grounding electrode shall
be made electrically continuous by bonding each end to the
grounding conductor. The bonding jumper for a grounding I
electrode conductor raceway shall be the same size or larger I
than the required enclosed grounding electrode conductor. |

Where a raceway is used as protection for a grounding con-
ductor, the installation shall comply with the requirements of
Chapter 37.

SECTION E3511

GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR

CONNECTION TO THE GROUNDING ELECTRODES

E3511.1 Methods of grounding conductor connection to
electrodes. The grounding or bonding conductor shall be con- I
nected to the grounding electrode by exothermic welding, |
listed lugs, listed pressure connectors, listed clamps or other
listed means. Connections depending on solder shall not be
used. Ground clamps shall be listed for the materials of the
grounding electrode and the grounding electrode conductor
and, where used on pipe, rod or other buried electrodes, shall
also be listed for direct soil burial or concrete encasement. Not
more than one conductor shall be connected to the grounding

488

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

SERVICES

electrode by a single clamp or fitting unless the clamp or fitting
is listed for multiple conductors. One of the methods indicated
in the following items shall be used:

1. A pipe fitting, pipe plug or other approved device
screwed into a pipe or pipe fitting.

2. A listed bolted clamp of cast bronze or brass, or plain or
malleable iron.

3. For indoor telecommunications purposes only, a listed
sheet metal strap-type ground clamp having a rigid metal
base that seats on the electrode and having a strap of such
material and dimensions that it is not likely to stretch dur-
ing or after installation.

4. Other equally substantial approved means.

E3511.2 Accessibility. The connection of the grounding elec-
trode conductor or bonding jumper to the grounding electrodes
that are not buried or concrete encased shall be accessible.

E3511.3 Effective grounding path. The connection of the
grounding electrode conductor or bonding jumper shall be
made in a manner that will ensure a permanent and effective
grounding path. Where necessary to ensure effective ground-
ing for a metal piping system used as a grounding electrode,
effective bonding shall be provided around insulated joints and
sections and around any equipment that is likely to be discon-
nected for repairs or replacement. Bonding conductors shall be
of sufficient length to permit removal of such equipment while
retaining the integrity of the bond.

E3511.4 Protection of ground clamps and fittings. Ground
clamps or other fittings shall be approved for applications with-
out protection or shall be protected from physical damage by
installing them where they are not likely to be damaged or by
enclosing them in metal, wood or equivalent protective cover-
ings.

E3511.5 Clean surfaces. Nonconductive coatings (such as
paint, enamel and lacquer) on equipment to be grounded shall
be removed from threads and other contact surfaces to ensure
good electrical continuity or shall be connected by fittings that
make such removal unnecessary.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE® 489

490 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'^

CHAPTER 36

BRANCH CIRCUIT AND FEEDER REQUIREMENTS

SECTION E3601
GENERAL

E3601.1 Scope. This chapter covers branch circuits and feed-
ers and specifies the minimum required branch circuits, the
allowable loads and the required overcurrent protection for
branch circuits and feeders that serve less than 100 percent of
the total dwelling unit load. Feeder circuits that serve 100 per-
cent of the dwelling unit load shall be sized in accordance with
the procedures in Chapter 35.

E3601.2 Branch-circuit and feeder ampacity. Branch-cir-
cuit and feeder conductors shall have ampacities not less than
the maximum load to be served. Where a branch circuit or a
feeder supplies continuous loads or any combination of contin-
uous and noncontinuous loads, the minimum branch-circuit or
feeder conductor size, before the application of any adjustment
or correction factors, shall have an allowable ampacity equal to
or greater than the noncontinuous load plus 125 percent of the
continuous load.

E3601.3 Selection of ampacity. Where more than one calcu-
lated or tabulated ampacity could apply for a given circuit
length, the lowest value shall be used.

Exception: Where two different ampacities apply to adja-
cent portions of a circuit, the higher ampacity shall be per-
mitted to be used beyond the point of transition, a distance
equal to 10 feet (3048 mm) or 10 percent of the circuit
length figured at the higher ampacity, whichever is less.

E3601.4 Multi-outlet branch circuits. Conductors of
multi-outlet branch circuits supplying more than one recepta-
cle for cord-and-plug-connected portable loads shall have
ampacities of not less than the rating of the branch circuit.

E3601.5 Multiwire branch circuits. All conductors for
multiwire branch circuits shall originate from the same
panelboard or similar distribution equipment. Where two or
more devices on the same yoke or strap are supplied by a
multiwire branch circuit, a means shall be provided at the point
where the circuit originates to simultaneously disconnect all
ungrounded conductors of the multiwire circuit. Except where
all ungrounded conductors are opened simultaneously by the
branch-circuit overcurrent device, multiwire branch circuits
shall supply only line-to-neutral loads or only one appliance.

SECTION E3602
BRANCH CIRCUIT RATINGS

E3602.1 Branch-circuit voltage limitations. The voltage rat-
ings of branch circuits that supply luminaires or receptacles for
cord-and-plug-connected loads of up to 1,400 volt-amperes or
of less than V4 horsepower shall be limited to a maximum rating
of 120 volts, nominal, between conductors.

Branch circuits that supply cord-and-plug-connected or per-
manently connected utilization equipment and appliances

rated at over 1,440 volt-amperes or V4 horsepower and greater
shall be rated at 120 volts or 240 volts, nominal.

E3602.2 Branch-circuit ampere rating. Branch circuits shall
be rated in accordance with the maximum allowable ampere
rating or setting of the overcurrent protection device. The rat-
ing for other than individual branch circuits shall be 15, 20, 30,
40 and 50 amperes. Where conductors of higher ampacity are
used, the ampere rating or setting of the specified over-current
device shall determine the circuit rating.

E3602.3 Fifteen- and 20-ampere branch circuits. A 15- or

20-ampere branch circuit shall be permitted to supply lighting
units, or other utilization equipment, or a combination of both.
The rating of any one cord-and-plug-connected utihzation
equipment not fastened in place shall not exceed 80 percent of |
the branch-circuit ampere rating. The total rating of utilization
equipment fastened in place, other than lighting fixtures, shall
not exceed 50 percent of the branch-circuit ampere rating
where lighting units, cord-and-plug-connected utilization
equipment not fastened in place, or both, are also supplied.

E3602.4 Thirty-ampere branch circuits. A 30-ampere
branch circuit shall be permitted to supply fixed utilization
equipment. A rating of any one cord-and-plug-connected utili-
zation equipment shall not exceed 80 percent of the branch-cir-
cuit ampere rating.

E3602.5 Branch circuits serving multiple loads or outlets.

General-purpose branch circuits shall supply lighting outlets,
appliances, equipment or receptacle outlets, and combinations
of such. The rating of a fastened-in-place appHance or equip-
ment, where used in combination on the same branch circuit
with light fixtures, receptacles, and/or other appliances or
equipment not fastened in place, shall not exceed 50 percent of
the branch-circuit rating. Multi-outlet branch circuits serving
lighting or receptacles shall be limited to a maximum
branch-circuit rating of 20 amperes.

E3602.6 Branch circuits serving a single motor. Branch-cir-
cuit conductors supplying a single motor shall have an
ampacity not less than 125 percent of the motor full-load cur-
rent rating.

E3602.7 Branch circuits serving motor-operated and com-
bination loads. For circuits supplying loads consisting of
motor-operated utilization equipment that is fastened in place
and that has a motor larger than Vg horsepower in combination
with other loads, the total calculated load shall be based on 125 |
percent of the largest motor load plus the sum of the other
loads.

E3602.8 Branch-circuit inductive lighting loads. For circuits
supplying luminaires having ballasts, the calculated load shall |
be based on the total ampere ratings of such units and not on the
total watts of the lamps.

E3602.9 Branch-circuit load for ranges and cooking appli-
ances. It shall be permissible to calculate the branch-circuit I

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

491

BRANCH CIRCUIT AND FEEDER REQUIREMENTS

load for one range in accordance with Table E3604.2(2). The
branch-circuit load for one wall-mounted oven or one
counter-mounted cooking unit shall be the nameplate rating of
the appliance. The branch-circuit load for a counter-mounted
cooking unit and not more than two wall-mounted ovens all
supplied from a single branch circuit and located in the same
room shall be calculated by adding the nameplate ratings of the
individual appliances and treating the total as equivalent to one
range.

E3602.9.1 Minimum branch circuit for ranges. Ranges
with a rating of 8.75 kVA or more shall be supplied by a
branch circuit having a minimum rating of 40 amperes.

E3602.10 Branch circuits serving heating loads. Electric
space-heating and water-heating appliances shall be consid-
ered continuous loads. Branch circuits supplying two or more
outlets for fixed electric space-heating equipment shall be rated
15, 20, 25 or 30 amperes.

E3602.il Branch circuits for air-conditioning and heat
pump equipment. The ampacity of the conductors supplying
multimotor and combination load equipment shall not be less
than the minimum circuit ampacity marked on the equipment.
The branch-circuit overcurrent device rating shall be the size
and type marked on the appliance and shall be listed for the spe-
cific purpose.

E3602.12 Branch circuits serving room air conditioners. A

room air conditioner shall be considered as a single motor unit
in determining its branch-circuit requirements where all the
following conditions are met:

1 . It is cord- and attachment plug-connected.

2. The rating is not more than 40 amperes and 250 volts;
single phase.

3. Total rated-load current is shown on the room air-condi-
tioner nameplate rather than individual motor currents.

4. The rating of the branch-circuit short-circuit and
ground-fault protective device does not exceed the
ampacity of the branch-circuit conductors, or the rating
of the branch-circuit conductors, or the rating of the
receptacle, whichever is less.

E3602.12.1 Where no other loads are supplied. The total
marked rating of a cord- and attachment plug-connected
room air conditioner shall not exceed 80 percent of the rat-
ing of a branch circuit where no other appliances are also
supplied.

E3602.12.2 Where lighting units or other appliances are
also supplied. The total marked rating of a cord- and attach-
ment plug-connected room air conditioner shall not exceed
50 percent of the rating of a branch circuit where lighting or
other appliances are also supplied. Where the circuitry is
interlocked to prevent simultaneous operation of the room
air conditioner and energization of other outlets on the same
branch circuit, a cord- and attachment-plug-connected
room air conditioner shall not exceed 80 percent of the
branch-circuit rating.

E3602.13 Branch-circuit requirement — summary. The

requirements for circuits having two or more outlets, or recep-

tacles, other than the receptacle circuits of Section E3603.2, are
summarized in Table E3602.13. Branch circuits in dwelling
units shall supply only loads within that dwelling unit or loads
associated only with that dwelling unit. Branch circuits
required for the purpose of lighting, central alarm, signal, com-
munications or other needs for public or common areas of a
two-family dwelling shall not be supplied from equipment that
supplies an individual dwelling unit.

TABLE E3602.13
BRANCH-CIRCUIT REQUIREMENTS— SUMMARY^"

CIRCUIT FIATING

15 amp

20 amp

30 amp

Conductors:

Minimum size (AWG)
circuit conductors

Maximum overcurrent-
protection device rating
Ampere rating

Outlet devices:

Lampholders permitted
Receptacle rating (amperes)

Any type
15 maximum

Any type
15 or 20

N/A
30

Maximum load (amperes)

a. These gages are for copper conductors.

b. N/A means not allowed.

SECTION E3603
REQUIRED BRANCH CIRCUIITS

E3603.1 Branch circuits for heating. Central heating equip-
ment other than fixed electric space heating shall be supplied
by an individual branch circuit. Permanently connected
air-conditioning equipment, and auxiliary equipment directly
associated with the central heating equipment such as pumps,
motorized valves, humidifiers and electrostatic air cleaners,
shall not be prohibited from connecting to the same branch cir-
cuit as the central heating equipment.

E3603.2 Kitchen and dining area receptacles. A minimum
of two 20- ampere-rated branch circuits shall be provided to
serve all wall and floor receptacle outlets located in the kitchen,
pantry, breakfast area, dining area or similar area of a dwelling.
The kitchen countertop receptacles shall be served by a mini-
mum of two 20-ampere-rated branch circuits, either or both of
which shall also be permitted to supply other receptacle outlets
in the kitchen, pantry, breakfast and dining area including
receptacle outlets for refrigeration appliances.

Exception: The receptacle outlet for refrigeration appli-
ances shall be permitted to be supplied from an individual
branch circuit rated 15 amperes or greater.

E3603.3 Laundry circuit. A minimum of one 20-
ampere-rated branch circuit shall be provided for receptacles
located in the laundry area and shall serve only receptacle out-
lets located in the laundry area. '

E3603.4 Bathroom branch circuits. A minirnum of one
20-ampere branch circuit shall be provided to supply bathroom
receptacle outlet(s). Such circuits shall have no other outlets.

492

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

BRANCH CIRCUIT AND FEEDER REQUIREMENTS

Exception; Where the 20-ampere circuit suppHes a single
bathroom, outlets for other equipment within the same bath-
room shall be permitted to be supplied in accordance with
Section E3602.

E3603.5 Number of branch circuits. The minimum number
of branch circuits shall be determined from the total calculated
load and the size or rating of the circuits used. The number of
circuits shall be sufficient to supply the load served. In no case
shall the load on any circuit exceed the maximum specified by
Section E3602.

E3603.6 Branch-circuit load proportioning. Where the
branch-circuit load is calculated on a volt-amperes-
per-square-foot (m^) basis, the wiring system, up to and includ-
ing the branch-circuit panelboard(s), shall have the capacity to
serve not less than the calculated load. This load shall be evenly
proportioned among multioutlet branch circuits within the
panelboard(s). Branch-circuit overcurrent devices and circuits
shall only be required to be installed to serve the connected
load.

SECTION E3604
FEEDER REQUIREMENTS

E3604.1 Conductor size. Feeder conductors that do not serve
100 percent of the dwelling unit load and branch-circuit con-
ductors shall be of a size sufficient to carry the load as deter-
mined by this chapter. Feeder conductors shall not be required
to be larger than the service-entrance conductors that supply
the dwelling unit. The load for feeder conductors that serve as
the main power feeder to a dwelling unit shall be determined as
specified in Chapter 35 for services.

E3604.2 Feeder loads. The minimum load in volt-amperes
shall be calculated in accordance with the load calculation pro- |
cedure prescribed in Table E3604.2(l). The associated table
demand factors shall be applied to the actual load to determine
the minimum load for feeders.

E3604.3 Feeder neutral load. The feeder neutral load shall be
the maximum unbalance of the load determined in accordance
with this chapter. The maximum unbalanced load shall be the
maximum net calculated load between the neutral and any one |
ungrounded conductor. For a feeder or service supplying electric
ranges, wall-mounted ovens, counter-mounted cooking units
and electric dryers, the maximum unbalanced load shall be con-
sidered as 70 percent of the load on the ungrounded conductors.

E3604.4 Lighting and general use receptacle load. A unit
load of not less than 3 volt-amperes shall constitute the mini-
mum lighting and general use receptacle load for each square
foot of floor area (33 VA for each square meter of floor area).
The floor area for each floor shall be calculated from the out- I
side dimensions of the building. The calculated floor area shall |
not include open porches, garages, or unused or unfinished
spaces not adaptable for future use.

E3604.5 Ampacity and calculated loads. The calculated load |
of a feeder shall be not less than the sum of the loads on the
branch circuits suppUed, as determined by Section E3604, after
any applicable demand factors permitted by Section E3604
have been applied.

Feeder conductors shall have sufficient ampacity to supply
the load served. In no case shall the calculated load of a feeder |
be less than the sum of the loads on the branch circuits supplied
as determined by this chapter after any permitted demand fac-
tors have been applied. ^

TABLE E3604.2(1)
FEEDER LOAD CALCULATION

LOAD CALCULATION PROCEDURE

APPLIED DEMAND FACTOR

Lighting and receptacles: A unit load of not less than 3 VA per square foot of total floor area
shall constitute the lighting and 120- volt, 15- and 20-ampere general use receptacle load.
1,500 VA shall be added for each 20-ampere branch circuit serving receptacles in the
kitchen, dining room, pantry, breakfast area and laundry area.

100 percent of first 3,000 VA or less and 35
percent of that in excess of 3,000 VA.

Plus

Appliances and motors: The nameplate rating load of all fastened-in-place appliances other
than dryers, ranges, air-conditioning and space-heating equipment.

100 percent of load for three or less appliances.
75 percent of load for four or more appliances.

Pius

Fixed motors: Full-load current of motors plus 25 percent of the full load current of the largest motor.

Plus

Electric clothes dryer: The dryer load shall be 5,000 VA for each dryer circuit or the nameplate rating load of each dryer, whichever is greater.

Plus

Cooking appliances: The nameplate rating of ranges, wall-mounted ovens, counter-mounted
cooking units and other cooking appliances rated in excess of 1.75 kVA shall be summed.

Demand factors shall be as allowed by Table
E3604.2(2).

Plus the largest of either the heating or cooling load

Largest of the following two selections:

1. 100 percent of the nameplate rating(s) of the air conditioning and cooling, including heat pump compressors.

2. 100 percent of the fixed electric space heating.

For SI: 1 square foot = 0.0929 m^.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

493

BRANCH CIRCUIT AND FEEDER REQUIREMENTS

TABLE E3604.2(2)

DEMAND LOADS FOR ELECTRIC RANGES, WALL-MOUNTED OVENS, COUNTER-MOUNTED

COOKING UNITS AND OTHER COOKING APPLIANCES OVER I^A kVA RATING^''

NUMBER OF APPLIANCES

MAXIMUM

demand''^

DEMAND FACTORS (percent)^

Column A

maximum 12 kVA

rating

Column B

less than 3V2 kVA

rating

Column C

3V2 to 8% kVA

rating

8kVA

llkVA

a. Column A shall be used in all cases except as provided for in Footnote d.

b. For ranges all having the same rating and individually rated more than 12 kVA but not more than 27 kVA, the maximum demand in Column A shall be increased 5
percent for each additional kVA of rating or major fraction thereof by which the rating of individual ranges exceeds 12 kVA.

c. For ranges of unequal ratings and individually rated more than 8.75 kVA, but none exceeding 27 kVA, an average value of rating shall be computed by adding
together the ratings of all ranges to obtain the total connected load (using 1 2 kVA for any ranges rated less than 12 kVA) and dividing by the total number of ranges;
and then the maximum demand in Column A shall be increased 5 percent for each kVA or major fraction thereof by which this average value exceeds 1 2 kVA.

d. Over 1 .75 kVA through 8.75 kVA. As an alternative to the method provided in Column A, the nameplate ratings of all ranges rated more than 1 .75 kVA but not more
than 8.75 kVA shall be added and the sum shall be multiplied by the demand factor specified in Column B or C for the given number of appliances.

SECTION E3605

CONDUCTOR SIZING

AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTION

E3605.1 General. Ampacities for conductors shall be deter-
mined based in accordance with Table E3605.1 and Sections
E3605.2 and E3605.3.

E3605.2 Correction factor for ambient temperatures. For

ambient temperatures other than 30°C (86°F), multiply the
allowable ampacities specified in Table E3 605.1 by the appro-
priate correction factor shown in Table E3605.2.

E3605.3 Adjustment factor for conductor proximity.

Where the number of current-carrying conductors in a raceway
or cable exceeds three, or where single conductors or
multiconductor cables are stacked or bundled for distances

greater than 24 inches (610 mm) without maintaining spacing
and are not installed in raceways, the allowable ampacity of
each conductor shall be reduced as shown in Table E3605.3.

Exceptions:

1 . Adjustment factors shall not apply to conductors in nip-
ples having a length not exceeding 24 inches (610 mm).

2. Adjustment factors shall not apply to underground
conductors entering or leaving an outdoor trench if
those conductors have physical protection in the form
of rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, or
rigid nonmetallic conduit having a length not exceed-
ing 10 feet (3048 mm) and the number of conductors
does not exceed four.

TABLE E3605.1
ALLOWABLE AMPACITIES

CONDUCTOR
SIZE

CONDUCTOR TEMPERATURE RATING

CONDUCTOR
SIZE

60°C

75°C

90°C

60°C

75°C

90°C

AWG
kcmil

Types
TW, UF

Types

RHW, THHW,

THW, THWN, USE,

XHHW

Types

RHW-2, THHN,

THHW, THW-2,

THWN-2, XHHW,

XHHW-2, USE-2

Types
TW, UF

Types

RHW, THHW,

THW, THWN, USE,

XHHW

Types

RHW-2, THHN,

THHW, THW-2,

THWN-2, XHHW,

XHHW-2, USE-2

AWG
kcmll

Copper

Aluminum or copper-clad aluminum

18
16
14
12
10
8

20
25
30
40

25
35
50

14
18

25
30
40
55

20
25
30

20
30
40

25
35
45

12
10

4
3
2
1

55
70
85
95
110

65
85
100
115
130

75
95
110
130
150

40
55
65
75
85

50
65
75
90
100

75
85
100
115

4
3

: 2

! 1

1/0
2/0
3/0
4/0

125
145
165
195

150
175
200
230

170
195

225
260

100
115
130
150

120
135
155
180

135
150

175
205

' 1/0
2/0

1 3/0
4/0

For SI: °C = [(°F)-32]/1.8.

494

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

BRANCH CIRCUIT AND FEEDER REQUIREMENTS

TABLE E3605.2
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE CORRECTION FACTORS

AMBIENT TEMP.

FOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURES OTHER THAN 30°C (86°F), MULTIPLY THE ALLOWABLE AMPACITIES SPECIFIED
IN TABLE E3605.1 BY THE APPROPRIATE FACTOR SHOWN BELOW

AMBIENT TEMP.
°F

CONDUCTOR TEMPERATURE RATING

60°C

75°C

90°C

60°C

75°C

90°C

Types
TW, UF

Types

RHW, THHW,

THW, THWN, USE,

XHHW

Types

RHW-2, THHN,

THHW, THW-2,

THWN-2, XHHW,

XHHW-2, USE-2

Types
TW, UF

Types

RHW, THHW,

THW, THWN, USE,

XHHW

Types

RHW-2, THHN,

THHW, THW-2,

THWN-2, XHHW,

XHHW-2, USE-2

Copper

Aluminum or copper-clad aluminum

21-25

1.08

1.05

1.04

1.08

1.05

1.04

70-77

26-30

1.00

78-86

31-35

0.91

0.94

0.96

0.91

0.94

0.96

87-95

36-40

0.82

0.88

0.91

0.82

0.88

0.91

96-104

41-45

0.71

0.82

0.87

0.71

0.82

0.87

105-113

46-50

0.58

0.75

0.82

0.58

0.75

0.82

114-122

51-55

0.41

0.67

0.76

0.41

0.67

0.76

123-131

56-60

0.58

0.71

0.58

0.71

132-140

61-70

0.33

0.58

0.33

0.58

141-158

71-80

—

0.41

—

0.41

159-176

For SI: °C = [(°F)-32]/1.8.

3 . Adjustment factors shall not apply to type AC cable or
to type MC cable without an overall outer jacket
meeting all of the following conditions:

3.1. Each cable has not more than three cur-
rent-carrying conductors.

3.2. The conductors are 12 AWG copper.

3.3. Not more than 20 current-carrying conductors
are bundled, stacked or supported on bridle
rings. A 60 percent adjustment factor shall be
applied where the current-carrying conduc-
tors in such cables exceed 20 and the cables
are stacked or bundled for distances greater
than 24 inches (610 mm) without maintaining
spacing.

TABLE E3605.3
CONDUCTOR PROXIMITY ADJUSTMENT FACTORS

NUMBER OF CURRENT-CARRYING
CONDUCTORS IN CABLE OR RACEWAY

PERCENT OF VALUES
IN TABLE E3605.1

4-6

7-9

10-20

21-30

31-40

41 and above

E3605.4 Temperature limitations. The temperature rating
associated with the ampacity of a conductor shall be so selected
and coordinated to not exceed the lowest temperature rating of
any connected termination, conductor or device. Conductors
with temperature ratings higher than specified for terminations
shall be permitted to be used for ampacity adjustment, correc-

tion, or both. Except where the equipment is marked otherwise,
conductor ampacities used in determining equipment termina-
tion provisions shall be based on Table E3605.1

E3605.4.1 Conductors rated 60°C. Except where the
equipment is marked otherwise, termination provisions of
equipment for circuits rated 100 amperes or less, or marked
for 14 AWG through 1 AWG conductors, shall be used only
for one of the following:

1. Conductors rated 60°C (140°F);

2. Conductors with higher temperature ratings, pro-
vided that the ampacity of such conductors is deter-
mined based on the 60°C (140°F) ampacity of the
conductor size used;

3. Conductors with higher temperature ratings where
the equipment is listed and identified for use with
such conductors; or

4. For motors marked with design letters B, C, or D con-
ductors having an insulation rating of 75 °C (167°F)
or higher shall be permitted to be used provided that
the ampacity of such conductors does not exceed the
75°C (167°F) ampacity.

E3605.4.2 Conductors rated 75°C. Termination provi-
sions of equipment for circuits rated over 100 amperes, or
marked for conductors larger than 1 AWG, shall be used
only for:

1. Conductors rated 75 °C (167°F).

2. Conductors with higher temperature ratings provided
that the ampacity of such conductors does not exceed
the 75°C (167°F) ampacity of the conductor size

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

495

BRANCH CIRCUIT AND FEEDER REQUIREMENTS

used, or provided that the equipment is Hsted and
identified for use with such conductors.

E3605,4.3 Separately installed pressure connectors.

Separately installed pressure connectors shall be used with
conductors at the ampacities not exceeding the ampacity at
the listed and identified temperature rating of the connector.

E3605.4.4 Conductors of Type NM cable. Conductors in
NM cable assemblies shall be rated at 90°C (194°F). Types
NM, NMC, and NMS cable identified by the markings
NM-B, NMC-B, and NMS-B meet this requirement. The
ampacity of Types NM, NMC, and NMS cable shall be at
60°C (140°F) conductors and shall comply with Section
E3605.1 and Table E3605.5.3. The 90°C (194°F) rating
shall be permitted to be used for ampacity correction and
adjustment purposes provided that the final corrected or
adjusted ampacity does not exceed that for a 60°C (140°F)
rated conductor. Where more than two NM cables contain-
ing two or more current-carrying conductors are bundled
together and pass through wood framing that is to be fire- or
draft-stopped using thermal insulation or sealing foam, the
allowable ampacity of each conductor shall be adjusted in
accordance with Table E3605.3.

E3605.5 Overcurrent protection required. All ungrounded
branch-circuit and feeder conductors shall be protected against
overcurrent by an overcurrent device installed at the point
where the conductors receive their supply. Overcurrent devices
shall not be connected in series with a grounded conductor.
Overcurrent protection and allowable loads for branch circuits
and feeders that do not serve as the main power feeder to the
dwelling unit load shall be in accordance with this chapter.

Branch-circuit conductors and equipment shall be protected
by overcurrent protective devices having a rating or setting not
exceeding the allowable ampacity specified in Table E3605.1
and Sections E3605 .2, E3605 .3 and E3605 .4 except where oth-
erwise permitted or required in Sections E3605.5.1 through
E3605.5.3.

E3605.5.1 Cords. Cords shall be protected in accordance
with Section E3809.2.

E3605.5.2 Overcurrent devices of the next higher rating.

The next higher standard overcurrent device rating, above
the ampacity of the conductors being protected, shall be per-
mitted to be used, provided that all of the following condi-
tions are met:

1. The conductors being protected are not part of a
multioutlet branch circuit supplying receptacles for
cord- and plug-connected portable loads.

2. The ampacity of conductors does not correspond with
the standard ampere rating of a fuse or a circuit
breaker without overload trip adjustments above its
rating (but that shall be permitted to have other trip or
rating adjustments).

3. The next higher standard device rating does not
exceed 400 amperes.

E3605.5.3 Small conductors. Except as specifically per-
mitted by Section E3605.5.4, the rating of overcurrent pro-

tection devices shall not exceed the ratings shown in Table
E3605.5.3 for the conductors specified therein.

E3605.5.4 Air-conditioning and heat pump equipment.

Air-conditioning and heat pump equipment circuit conduc-
tors shall be permitted to be protected against overcurrent in
accordance with Section E3602.il.

E3605.6 Fuses and fixed trip circuit breakers. The standard
ampere ratings for fuses and inverse time circuit breakers shall
be considered 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100,
110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 300, 350 and 400 amperes.

TABLE E3605.5.3
OVERCURRENT-PROTECTION RATING

COPPER

ALUMINUM OR COPPER-CLAD ALUMINUM

Size
(AWG)

Maximum

overcurrent-

protection-

device rating"

(amps)

Size
(AWG)

Maximum

overcurrent-

protection-

device rating*

(amps)

a. The maximum overcurrent-protection-device rating shall not exceed the
conductor allowable ampacity determined by the application of the correc-
tion and adjustment factors in accordance with Sections E3605.2 and
E3605.3.

E3605.7 Location of overcurrent devices in or on premises.

Overcurrent devices shall:

1 . Be readily accessible.

2. Not be located where they will be exposed to physical
damage.

3. Not be located where they will be in the vicinity of easily
ignitible material such as in clothes closets.

4. Not be located in bathrooms.

5. Be installed so that the center of the grip of the operating
handle of the switch or circuit breaker, when in its highest
position, is not more than 6 feet 7 inches (2.0 m) above the
floor or working platform.

Exceptions:

1. This section shall not apply to supplementary
overcurrent protection that is integral to utilization
equipment.

2. Overcurrent devices installed adjacent to the utiliza-
tion equipment that they supply shall be permitted to
be accessible by portable means.

E3605.8 Ready access for occupants. Each occupant shall
have ready access to all overcurrent devices protecting the con-
ductors supplying that occupancy.

E3605.9 Enclosures for overcurrent devices, bvercurrent
devices shall be enclosed in cabinets or cutout boxes except
where an overcurrent device is part of an assembly that pro-
vides equivalent protection. The operating handle of a circuit
breaker shall be permitted to be accessible without opening a
door or cover.

496

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

BRANCH CIRCUIT AND FEEDER REQUIREMENTS

SECTION E3606
PANELBOARDS

E3606.1 Panelboard rating. All panelboards shall have a rat-
ing not less than that of the minimum service entrance or feeder
I capacity required for the calculated load.

E3606.2 Panelboard circuit identification. All circuits and
circuit modifications shall be legibly identified as to their clear,
evident, and specific purpose or use. The identification shall
include sufficient detail to allow each circuit to be distin-
guished from all others. The identification shall be included in
a circuit directory located on the face of the panelboard enclo-
sure or inside the panel door.

E3606.3 Panelboard overcurrent protection. Panelboards
shall be protected on the supply side by not more than two main
circuit breakers or two sets of fuses having a combined rating
not greater than that of the panelboard.

Exception: Individual protection for a panelboard shall not
be required if the panelboard feeder has overcurrent protec-
tion not greater than the rating of the panelboard.

E3606.4 Grounded conductor terminations. Each grounded
conductor shall terminate within the panelboard on an individ-
ual terminal that is not also used for another conductor, except
that grounded conductors of circuits with parallel conductors
shall be permitted to terminate on a single terminal where the
terminal is identified for connection of more than one conduc-
tor.

E3606.5 Back-fed devices. Plug-in-type overcurrent protec-
tion devices or plug-in-type main lug assemblies that are
back-fed and used to terminate field-installed ungrounded sup-
ply conductors shall be secured in place by an additional fas-
tener that requires other than a pull to release the device from
the mounting means on the panel.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

497

498

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

CHAPTER 37

WIRING METHODS

SECTION E3701
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

E3701.1 Scope. This chapter covers the wiring methods for
services, feeders and branch circuits for electrical power and
distribution.

E3701.2 Allowable wiring methods. The allowable wiring
methods for electrical installations shall be those listed in Table
E3701.2. Single conductors shall be used only where part of
one of the recognized wiring methods listed in Table E3701.2.
As used in this code, abbreviations of the wiring-method types
shall be as indicated in Table E3701.2.

TABLEE3701.2
ALLOWABLE WIRING METHODS

ALLOWABLE WIRING METHOD

DESIGNATED ABBREVIATION

Armored cable

Electrical metallic tubing

EMT

Electrical nonmetallic tubing

ENT

Flexible metal conduit

FMC

Intermediate metal conduit

IMC

Liquidtight flexible conduit

LFC

Metal-clad cable

Nonmetallic sheathed cable

Rigid nonmetallic conduit

RNC

Rigid metallic conduit

RMC

Service entrance cable

Surface raceways

Underground feeder cable

Underground service cable

USE

E3701.3 Circuit conductors. All conductors of a circuit, includ-
ing equipment grounding conductors and bonding conductors,
shall be contained in the same raceway, trench, cable or cord.

E3701.4 Wiring method applications. Wiring methods shall
be applied in accordance with Table E3701.4.

SECTION E3702
ABOVE-GROUND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

E3702.1 Installation and support requirements. Wiring
methods shall be installed and supported in accordance with
Table E3702.1.

E3702.2 Cables in accessible attics. Cables in attics or roof
spaces provided with access shall be installed as specified in
Sections E3702.2.1 and E3702.2.2.

E3702.2.1 Across structural members. Where run across
the top of floor joists, or run within 7 feet (2134 mm) of floor

or floor joists across the face of rafters or studding, in attics
and roof spaces that are provided with access, the cable shall
be protected by substantial guard strips that are at least as
high as the cable. Where such spaces are not provided with
access by permanent stairs or ladders, protection shall only
be required within 6 feet (1829 mm) of the nearest edge of
the attic entrance.

E3702.2.2 Cable installed through or parallel to framing
members. Where cables are installed through or parallel to
the sides of rafters, studs or floor joists, guard strips and run-
ning boards shall not be required, and the installation shall
comply with Table E3702.1.

E3702.3 Exposed cable. In exposed work, except as provided
for in Sections E3702.2 and E3702.4, cable assemblies shall be
installed as specified in Sections E3702.3.1 and E3702.3.2.

E3702.3.1 Surface installation. Cables shall closely fol-
low the surface of the building finish or running boards.

E3702.3.2 Protection from physical damage. Where sub-
ject to physical damage, cables shall be protected by rigid
metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, electrical metal-
lic tubing. Schedule 80 PVC rigid nonmetallic conduit, or
other approved means. Where passing through a floor, the
cable shall be enclosed in rigid metal conduit, intermediate
metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing, Schedule 80 PVC
rigid nonmetallic conduit or other approved means extend-
ing not less than 6 inches (152 mm) above the floor.

E3702.3.3 Locations exposed to direct sunlight. Insulated
conductors and cables used where exposed to direct rays of
the sun shall be of a type listed for sunlight resistance, or of a
type listed and marked "sunlight resistant," or shall be cov-
ered with insulating material, such as tape or sleeving, that is
listed or listed and marked as being "sunlight resistant."

E3702.4 In unfinished basements. Where type SE or NM cable
is run at angles with joists in unfinished basements, cable assem-
blies containing two or more conductors of sizes 6 AWG and
larger and assemblies containing three or more conductors of
sizes 8 AWG and larger shall not require additional protection
where attached directly to the bottom of the joists. Smaller
cables shall be run either through bored holes in joists or on run-
ning boards. NM cable used on a wall of an unfinished basement
shall be permitted to be installed in a hsted conduit or tubing.
Such conduit or tubing shall be provided with a nonmetallic
bushing or adapter at the point the where cable enters the race-
way.

E3702.5 Bends. Bends shall be made so as not to damage the
wiring method or reduce the internal diameter of raceways.

For types NM and SE cable, bends shall be so made, and
other handling shall be such that the cable will not be damaged
and the radius of the curve of the inner edge of any bend shall be
not less than five times the diameter of the cable.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

499

WIRING METHODS

TABLEE3701.4
ALLOWABLE APPLICATIONS FOR WIRING METHODS^

, b, c, d, e, f,

g,h,i

ALLOWABLE APPLICATIONS
(application allowed where marked with an "A")

EMT

ENT

FWIC

IMC
RMC
RNC

LFC^

USE

Services

Feeders

—

Branch circuits

—

Inside a building

—

Wet locations exposed to sunlight

L A^

Damp locations

Embedded in noncinder concrete in dry
location

—

In noncinder concrete in contact with grade

—

Embedded in plaster not exposed to dampness

—

Embedded in masonry

—

In masonry voids and cells exposed to
dampness or below grade line

—

Fished in masonry voids

—

In masonry voids and cells not exposed to
dampness

—

Run exposed

Run exposed and subject to physical damage

—

For direct burial

—

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. Liquid-tight flexible nonmetallic conduit without integral reinforcement within the conduit wall shall not exceed 6 feet in length.

b. The grounded conductor shall be insulated except where used to supply other buildings on the same premises. Type USE cable shall not be used inside buildings.

c. The grounded conductor shall be insulated.

d. Conductors shall be a type approved for wet locations and the installation shall prevent water from entering other raceways.

e. Shall be listed as "Sunlight Resistant."

f. Metal raceways shall be protected from corrosion and approved for the application.

g. RNC shall be Schedule 80.

h. Shall be listed as "SunUght Resistant" where exposed to the direct rays of the sun.
i. Conduit shall not exceed 6 feet in length.

500

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

WIRING METHODS

TABLE E3702.1
GENERAL INSTALLATION AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS FOR WIRING METHODS^"' ■=■^•"■''9' *'■'■'■''

INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
(Requirement applicable only to wiring methods marked "A" )

EMT
IMC
RMC

ENT

FMC
LFC

NM
UF

RNC

SR^

USE

Where run parallel with the framing member or furring strip,
the wiring shall be not less than 1 ^1^ inches from the edge of
a furring strip or a framing member such as a joist, rafter or
stud or shall be physically protected.

—

Bored holes in framing members for wiring shall be located
not less than 1 V4 inches from the edge of the framing
member or shall be protected with a minimum 0.0625-inch
steel plate or sleeve, a listed steel plate or other physical
protection.

—

A''

A*^

—

Where installed in grooves, to be covered by wallboard,
siding, paneling, carpeting, or similar finish, wiring methods
shall be protected by 0.0625-inch-thick steel plate, sleeve, or
equivalent, a listed steel plate or by not less than 1 V4-inch
free space for the full length of the groove in which the
cable or raceway is installed.

—

Securely fastened bushings or grommets shall be provided
to protect wiring run through openings in metal framing
members.

—

The maximum number of 90-degree bends shall not exceed
four between junction boxes.

—

Bushings shall be provided where entering a box, fitting or
enclosure unless the box or fitting is designed to afford
equivalent protection.

—

Ends of raceways shall be reamed to remove rough edges.

—

Maximum allowable on center support spacing for the
wiring method in feet.

4.5'^''^

4.5b

4.5'

3^*

2.5^

—

2.5«

Maximum support distance in inches from box or other
terminations.

ll^'f

12b,g

12''''

—

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 d^ree = 0.009 rad.

a. Installed in accordance with listing requirements.

b. Supports not required in accessible ceiling spaces between light fixtures where lengths do not exceed 6 feet.

c. Six feet for MC cable.

d. Five feet for trade sizes greater than 1 inch.

e. Two and one-half feet where used for service or outdoor feeder and 4.5 feet where used for branch circuit or indoor feeder.

f. Twenty-four inches where flexibility is necessary.

g. Thirty-six inches where flexibility is necessary,
h. Within 8 inches of boxes without cable clamps,
i. Flat cables shall not be stapled on edge.

j. Bushings and grommets shall remain in place and shall be listed for the purpose of cable protection.

k. See Sections R502.8 and R802.7 for additional limitations on the location of bored holes in horizontal framing members.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

501

WIRING METHODS

E3702.6 Raceways exposed to different temperatures.

Where portions of a cable, raceway or sleeve are known to be
subjected to different temperatures and where condensation is
known to be a problem, as in cold storage areas of buildings or
where passing from the interior to the exterior of a building, the
raceway or sleeve shall be fdled with an approved material to
prevent the circulation of warm air to a colder section of the
raceway or sleeve.

SECTION E3703
UNDERGROUND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

E3703.1 Minimum cover requirements. Direct buried cable
or raceways shall be installed in accordance with the minimum
cover requirements of Table E3703.1.

E3703.2 Warning ribbon. Underground service conductors
that are not encased in concrete and that are buried 18 inches
(457 mm) or more below grade shall have their location identi-

fied by a warning ribbon that is placed in the trench not less
than 12 inches (300 mm) above the underground installation.

E3703.3 Protection from damage. Direct buried conductors
and cables emerging from the ground shall be protected by
enclosures or raceways extending from the Eninimum cover
distance below grade required by Section E3703. 1 to a point at
least 8 feet (2438 mm) above finished grade. In no case shall the
protection be required to exceed 18 inches (457 mm) below fin-
ished grade. Conductors entering a building shall be protected
to the point of entrance. Where the enclosure or raceway is sub-
ject to physical damage, the conductors shall be installed in
rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, Schedule 80
rigid nonmetallic conduit or the equivalent.

E3703.4 Splices and taps. Direct buried conductors or cables
shall be permitted to be spliced or tapped without the use of
splice boxes. The splices or taps shall be made by approved
methods with materials listed for the application.

TABLE E3703.1
MINIMUM COVER REQUIREMENTS, BURIAL IN INCHES^'

b, c, d, e

LOCATION OF WIRING
METHOD OR CIRCUIT

TYPE OF WIRING METHOD OR CIRCUIT

Direct burial cables or

conductors

Rigid metal conduit or

intermediate metal

conduit

3
Nonmetallic raceways
listed for direct burial

without concrete
encasement or other
approved raceways

Residential branch

circuits rated 120 volts

or less with GFCI

protection and

maximum overcurrent

protection of 20

amperes

Circuits for control of

irrigation and

landscape lighting

limited to not more

than 30 volts and

installed with type UF

or in other identified

cable or raceway

All locations not specified
below

In trench below 2-inch-thick
concrete or equivalent

Under a building

(In raceway only)

Under minimum of 4-inch-
thick concrete exterior slab
with no vehicular traffic and
the slab extending not less than
6 inches beyond the
underground installation

6 (Direct burial)
4 (In raceway)

Under streets, highways, roads,
alleys, driveways and parking
lots

One- and two-family dwelling
driveways and outdoor parking
areas, and used only for
dwelling-related purposes

In solid rock where covered by
minimum of 2 inches concrete
extending down to rock

2 (In raceway only)

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Raceways approved for burial only where encased concrete shall require concrete envelope not less than 2 inches thick.

b. Lesser depths shall be permitted where cables and conductors rise for terminations or splices or where access is otherwise required. '

c. Where one of the wiring method types listed in columns 1 to 3 is combined with one of the circuit types in columns 4 and 5, the shallower depth of burial shall be
permitted.

d. Where solid rock prevents compliance with the cover depths specified in this table, the wiring shall be installed in metal or nonmetallic raceway permitted for
direct burial. The raceways shall be covered by a minimum of 2 inches of concrete extending down to the rock.

e. Cover is defined as the shortest distance in inches (millimeters) measured between a point on the top surface of any direct-buried conductor, cable, conduit or other
raceway and the top surface of finished grade, concrete, or similar cover.

502

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

WIRING METHODS

E3703.5 Backfill. Backfill containing large rock, paving mate-
rials, cinders, large or sharply angular substances, or corrosive
material shall not be placed in an excavation where such mate-
rials cause damage to raceways, cables or other substructures
or prevent adequate compaction of fill or contribute to corro-
sion of raceways, cables or other substructures. Where neces-
sary to prevent physical damage to the raceway or cable,
protection shall be provided in the form of granular or selected
material, suitable boards, suitable sleeves or other approved
means.

E3703.6 Raceway seals. Conduits or raceways shall be sealed
or plugged at either or both ends where moisture will enter and
contact live parts.

E3703.7 Bushing. A bushing, or terminal fitting, with an inte-
gral bushed opening shall be installed on the end of a conduit or
other raceway that terminates underground where the conduc-
tors or cables emerge as a direct burial wiring method. A seal
incorporating the physical protection characteristics of a bush-
ing shall be considered equivalent to a bushing.

E3703.8 Single conductors. All conductors of the same circuit
and, where present, the grounded conductor and all equipment
grounding conductors shall be installed in the same raceway or
shall be installed in close proximity in the same trench.

Exception: Where conductors are installed in parallel in
raceways, each raceway shall contain all conductors of the
same circuit including grounding conductors.

E3703.9 Ground movement. Where direct buried conductors,
raceways or cables are subject to movement by settlement or
frost, direct buried conductors, raceways or cables shall be
arranged to prevent damage to the enclosed conductors or to
equipment connected to the raceways.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE® 503

504 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

CHAPTER 38

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

SECTION E3801
RECEPTACLE OUTLETS

E3801.1 General. Outlets for receptacles rated at 125 volts, 15-
and 20-amperes shall be provided in accordance with Sections
E3801.2 through E3801.1 1. Receptacle outlets required by this
section shall be in addition to any receptacle that is part of a
luminaire or appliance, that is located within cabinets or cup-
boards, or that is located over 5 .5 feet ( 1 676 mm) above the floor.

Permanently installed electric baseboard heaters equipped
with factory-installed receptacle oudets, or outlets provided as
a separate assembly by the baseboard manufacturer shall be
permitted as the required outlet or outlets for the wall space uti-
lized by such permanently installed heaters. Such receptacle
outlets shall not be connected to the heater circuits.

E3801.2 Convenience receptacle distribution. In every
kitchen, family room, dining room, living room, parlor, library,
den, sun room, bedroom, recreation room, or similar room or
area of dwelling units, receptacle outlets shall be installed in
accordance with the general provisions specified in Sections
E3801.2.1 through E3801. 2.3 (see Figure E3 80 1.2).

E3801.2.1 Spacing. Receptacles shall be installed so that no
point measured horizontally along the floor line in any wall
space is more than 6 feet (1829 mm), from a receptacle out-
let.

1 .^=.

12'

p c

FIXED PANEL

FLOOR RECEPTACLE

12'

-12'-

-6'-

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

FIGURE E3801. 2
GENERAL USE RECEPTACLE DISTRIBUTION

E3801.2.2 Wall space. As used in this section, a wall space
shall include the following:

1. Any space that is 2 feet (610 mm) or more in width,
(including space measured around comers), and that
is unbroken along the floor hne by doorways, fire-
places, and similar openings.

2. The space occupied by fixed panels in exterior walls,
excluding sliding panels.

3. The space created by fixed room dividers such as rail-
ings and freestanding bar- type counters.

E3801.2.3 Floor receptacles. Receptacle outlets in floors
shall not be counted as part of the required number of recep-
tacle outlets except where located within 18 inches (457
mm) of the wall.

E3801.3 Small appliance receptacles. In the kitchen, pantry,
breakfast room, dining room, or similar area of a dwelling unit,
the two or more 20-ampere small-appliance branch circuits
required by Section E3603.2, shall serve all wall and floor
receptacle outlets covered by Sections E3801.2 and E3801.4
and those receptacle outlets provided for refrigeration appli-
ances.

Exceptions:

1. In addition to the required receptacles specified by
Sections E3801.1 and E3801.2, switched receptacles
supplied from a general-purpose branch circuit as
defined in Section E3803.2, Exception 1 shall be per-
mitted.

2. The receptacle outlet for refrigeration appliances
shall be permitted to be supplied from an individual
branch circuit rated at 15 amperes or greater.

E3801.3.1 Other outlets prohibited. The two or more
small-appliance branch circuits specified in Section E3801.3
shall serve no other outlets.

Exceptions:

1 . A receptacle installed solely for the electrical sup-
ply to and support of an electric clock in any of the
rooms specified in Section E3801.3.

2. Receptacles installed to provide power for supple-
mental equipment and lighting on gas-fired
ranges, ovens, and counter-mounted cooking
units.

E3801.3.2 Limitations. Receptacles installed in a kitchen
to serve countertop surfaces shall be supplied by not less
than two small-appliance branch circuits, either or both of
which shall also be permitted to supply receptacle outlets in
the same kitchen and in other rooms specified in Section
E3801.3. Additional small-appUance branch circuits shall
be permitted to supply receptacle outlets in the kitchen and
other rooms specified in Section E3801.3. A small-appli-
ance branch circuit shall not serve more than one kitchen.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'^

505

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

E3801.4 Countertop receptacles. In kitchens and dining
rooms of dwelling units, receptacle outlets for counter spaces
shall be installed in accordance with Sections E3801.4.1
through E3801.4.5 (see Figure E3801.4).

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

FIGURE E3801. 4
COUNTERTOP RECEPTACLES

E3801.4.1 Wall counter space. A receptacle outlet shall be
installed at each wall counter space 12 inches (305 mm) or
wider. Receptacle outlets shall be installed so that no point
along the wall line is more than 24 inches (610 mm), mea-
sured horizontally from a receptacle outlet in that space.

Exception: Receptacle outlets shall not be required on a
wall directly behind a range or sink in the installation
described in Figure E380 1.4.1.

E3801.4.2 Island counter spaces. At least one receptacle out-
let shall be installed at each island counter space with a long
dimension of 24 inches (610 mm) or greater and a short dimen-
sion of 12 inches (305 mm) or greater. Where a rangetop or
sink is installed in an island counter and the width of the coun-
ter behind the rangetop or sink is less than 1 2 inches (300 mm),
the rangetop or sink has divided the island into two separate
countertop spaces as defined in Section E380 1.4.4.

E3801.4.3 Peninsular counter space. At least one recepta-
cle outlet shall be installed at each peninsular counter space
with a long dimension of 24 inches (610 mm) or greater and
a short dimension of 12 inches (305 mm) or greater. A pen-
insular countertop is measured from the connecting edge.

*- Outlet within
24 in.

Outlet not required
ifX< 12 in.

Outlet within -►
24 in.

Sink or range extending from face of counter

Outlets not
ifX

Outlet within 24 in.

Sinl< or range mounted in corner

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE E3801. 4.1
DETERMINATION OF AREA BEHIND SINK OR RANGE

E3801.4.4 Separate spaces. Countertop spaces separated
by range tops, refrigerators, or sinks shall be considered as
separate countertop spaces in applying the requirements of
Sections E3801.4.1, E3801.4.2 and E3801.4.3.

E3801.4.5 Receptacle outlet location. Receptacle outlets
shall be located not more than 20 inches (508 mm) above the
countertop. Receptacle outlets shall not be installed in a
face-up position in the work surfaces or countertops. Recep-
tacle outlets rendered not readily accessible by appliances
fastened in place, appliance garages, sinks or rangetops as
addressed in the exception to Section E3801.4.1, or appli-
ances occupying dedicated space shall not be considered as
these required outlets.

Exception: Receptacle outlets shall be permitted to be
mounted not more than 12 inches (305 mm) below the
countertop in construction designed for the physically
impaired and for island and peninsular countertops
where the countertop is flat across its entire surface and
there are no means to mount a receptacle within 20
inches (457 mm) above the countertop, such as in an
overhead cabinet. Receptacles mounted below the
countertop in accordance with this exception shall not be
located where the countertop extends more than 6 inches
(152 mm) beyond its support base.

506

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

E3801.5 Appliance outlets. Appliance receptacle outlets
installed for specific appliances, such as laundry equipment,
shall be installed within 6 feet (1829 mm) of the intended loca-
tion of the appliance.

E3801.6 Bathroom. At least one wall receptacle outlet shall be
installed in bathrooms and such outlet shall be located within
36 inches (914 mm) of the outside edge of each lavatory basin.
The receptacle outlet shall be located on a wall that is adjacent
to the lavatory basin location.

Receptacle outlets shall not be installed in a face-up position
in the work surfaces or countertops in a bathroom basin location.

Exception: The receptacle shall not be required to be
mounted on the wall or partition where it is installed on the
side or face of the basin cabinet not more than 12 inches (300
mm) below the countertop.

E3801.7 Outdoor outlets. At least one receptacle outlet acces-
sible at grade level and not more than 6 feet, 6 inches (1981
mm) above grade, shall be installed outdoors at the front and
back of each dwelling unit having direct access to grade.

E3801.8 Laundry areas. At least one receptacle outlet shall be
installed to serve laundry appliances.

E3801.9 Basements and garages. At least one receptacle out-
let, in addition to any provided for laundry equipment, shall be
installed in each basement and in each attached garage, and in
each detached garage that is provided with electrical power.
Where a portion of the basement is finished into one or more
habitable room(s), each separate unfinished portion shall have
a receptacle outlet installed in accordance with this section.

E3801.10 Hallways. Hallways of 10 feet (3048 mm) or more
in length shall have at least one receptacle outlet. The hall
length shall be considered the length measured along the cen-
terline of the hall without passing through a doorway.

E3801.il HVAC outlet. A 125-volt, single-phase, 15- or 20-
ampere-rated receptacle outlet shall be installed at an accessi-
ble location for the servicing of heating, air-conditioning and
refrigeration equipment. The receptacle shall be located on the
same level and within 25 feet (7620 mm) of the heating,
air-conditioning and refrigeration equipment. The receptacle
outlet shall not be connected to the load side of the HVAC
equipment disconnecting means.

Exception: A receptacle outlet shall not be required for the
servicing of evaporative coolers.

SECTION E3802

GROUND-FAULT AND ARC-FAULT

CIRCUIT-INTERRUPTER PROTECTION

E3802.1 Bathroom receptacles. All 125-volt, single-phase,
15- and 20-ampere receptacles installed in bathrooms shall
have ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel.

E3802.2 Garage and accessory building receptacles. All

125-volt, single-phase, 15- or 20-ampere receptacles installed in
garages and grade-level portions of unfinished accessory build-
ings used for storage or work areas shall have ground-fault cir-
cuit-interrupter protection for personnel (see Section E3802.1 1).

Exceptions:

1 . Receptacles that are not readily accessible.

2. A single receptacle or a duplex receptacle for two apph-
ances located within dedicated space for each appliance
that in normal use is not easily moved from one place to
another, and that is cord- and plug-connected.

E3802.3 Outdoor receptacles. All 125-volt, single-phase, 15-
and 20-ampere receptacles installed outdoors shall have
ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel.

Exception: Receptacles as covered in Section E4001.7.

E3802.4 Crawl space receptacles. Where a crawl space is at
or below grade level, all 125-volt, single-phase, 15- and 20-
ampere receptacles installed in such spaces shall have
ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel.

E3802.5 Unfinished basement receptacles. All 125-volt, sin-
gle-phase, 15- and 20-ampere receptacles installed in unfin-
ished basements shall have ground-fault circuit-interrupter
protection for personnel. For purposes of this section, unfin-
ished basements are defined as portions or areas of the base-
ment not intended as habitable rooms and limited to storage
areas, work areas, and the like (see Section E3802.1 1).

Exceptions:

1 . Receptacles that are not readily accessible.

2. A single receptacle or duplex receptacle for two appli-
ances located within dedicated space for each appli-
ance that in normal use is not easily moved from one
place to another, and that is cord- and plug-connected.

3. A receptacle supplying only a permanently installed
fire alarm or burglar alarm system.

E3802.6 Kitchen receptacles. All 125-volt, single-phase, 15-
and 20-ampere receptacles that serve countertop surfaces shall
have ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel.

E3802.7 Laundry, utility, and bar sink receptacles. All

125-volt, single-phase, 15- and 20-ampere receptacles that are
located within 6 feet ( 1 829 mm) of the outside edge of a laundry, I
utility or wet bar sink shall have ground- fault circuit-interrupter |
protection for personnel. Receptacle outiets shall not be installed
in a face-up position in the work surfaces or countertops.

E3802.8 Boathouse receptacles. All 125-volt, single-phase,
15- or 20-ampere receptacles installed in boathouses used for
storage or work areas shall have ground-fault circuit-inter-
rupter protection for personnel.

E3802.9 Boat hoists. Ground-fault circuit-interrupter protec- I
tion for personnel shall be provided for outlets that supply boat I
hoists supplied by 125-volt, 15- and 20-ampere branch circuits. |

E3802.10 Electrically heated floors. Ground-fault cir-
cuit-interrupter protection for personnel shall be provided for
electrically heated floors in bathrooms, and in hydromassage
bathtub, spa and hot tub locations.

E3802.il Exempt receptacles. Receptacles installed under
exceptions to Sections E3802.2 and E3802.5 shall not be con-
sidered as meeting the requirements of Section E3801.9.

E3802.12 Arc-fault protection of bedroom outlets. All

branch circuits that supply 120-volt, single-phase, 15- and

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

507

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

20-ampere outlets installed in bedrooms shall be protected by a
combination type or branch/feeder type arc-fault circuit inter-
rupter installed to provide protection of the entire branch cir-
cuit. Effective January 1, 2008, such arc-fault circuit
interrupter devices shall be combination type.

Exception: The location of the arc-fault circuit interrupter
shall be permitted to be at other than the origination of the
branch circuit provided that:

1 . The arc-fault circuit interrupter is installed within 6
feet (1 .8 m) of the branch circuit overcurrent device as
measured along the branch circuit conductors and

2. The circuit conductors between the branch circuit
overcurrent device and the arc-fault circuit interrupter
are installed in a metal raceway or a cable with a
metallic sheath.

SECTION E3803
LIGHTING OUTLETS

E3803.1 GeneraL Lighting outlets shall be provided in accor-
dance with Sections E3803.2 through E3803.4.

E3803.2 Habitable rooms. At least one wall switch-controlled
lighting outlet shall be installed in every habitable room and
bathroom.

Exceptions:

1. In other than kitchens and bathrooms, one or more
receptacles controlled by a wall switch shall be con-
sidered equivalent to the required lighting outlet.

2. Lighting outlets shall be permitted to be controlled by
occupancy sensors that are in addition to wall
switches, or that are located at a customary wall
switch location and equipped with a manual override
that will allow the sensor to function as a wall switch.

E3803.3 Additional locations. At least one wall-switch-con-
trolled Ughting outlet shall be installed in hallways, stairways,
attached garages, and detached garages with electric power. At
least one wall-switch-controlled lighting outlet shall be installed
to provide illumination on the exterior side of each outdoor
egress door having grade level access, including outdoor egress
doors for attached garages and detached garages with electric
power. A vehicle door in a garage shall not be considered as an
outdoor egress door. Where one or more lighting outlets are
installed for interior stairways, there shall be a wall switch at
each floor level and landing level that includes an entryway to
control the lighting outlets where the stairway between floor lev-
els has six or more risers.

Exception: In hallways, stairways, and at outdoor egress
doors, remote, central, or automatic control of lighting shall
be permitted.

E3803.4 Storage or equipment spaces. In attics, under-floor
spaces, utility rooms and basements, at least one lighting outlet
shall be installed where these spaces are used for storage or
contain equipment requiring servicing. Such lighting outlet
shall be controlled by a wall switch or shall have an integral
switch. At least one point of control shall be at the usual point

of entry to these spaces. The lighting outlet shall be provided at
or near the equipment requiring servicing.

SECTION E3804
GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

E3804.1 Electrical continuity of metal raceways and enclo-
sures. Metal raceways, cable armor and other metal enclosures
for conductors shall be mechanically joined together into a
continuous electric conductor and shall be connected to all
boxes, fittings and cabinets so as to provide effective electrical
continuity. Raceways and cable assemblies shall be mechani-
cally secured to boxes, fittings cabinets and other enclosures.

Exception: Short sections of raceway used to provide cable
assemblies with support or protection against physical damage.

E3804.2 Mechanical continuity — raceways and cables.

Metal or nonmetallic raceways, cable armors and cable sheaths
shall be continuous between cabinets, boxes, fittings or other
enclosures or outlets.

Exception: Short sections of raceway used to provide cable
assemblies with support or protection against physical dam-
age.

E3804.3 Securing and supporting. Raceways, cable assemblies,
boxes, cabinets and fittings shall be securely fastened in place.

E3804.3.1 Prohibited means of support,, Cable wiring
methods shall not be used as a means of support for other
cables, raceways and nonelectrical equipment.

E3804.4 Raceways as means of support. Raceways shall be
used as a means of support for other raceways, cables or
nonelectric equipment only under the following conditions:

1 . Where the raceway or means of support is identified for
the purpose; or

2. Where the raceway contains power supply conductors
for electrically controlled equipment and is used to sup-
port Class 2 circuit conductors or cables that are solely
for the purpose of connection to the control circuits of the
equipment served by such raceway; or

3. Where the raceway is used to support boxes or conduit
bodies in accordance with Sections E3806.8.4 and
E3806.8.5.

E3804.5 Raceway installations. Raceways shall be installed
complete between outlet, junction or splicing points prior to the
installation of conductors.

Exception: Short sections of raceways used to contain con-
ductors or cable assemblies for protection from physical
damage shall not be required to be installed complete
between outiet, junction, or splicing points.

E3804.6 Conduit and tubing fill. The maximum number of
conductors installed in conduit or tubing shall be in accordance
with Tables E3 804.6(1) through E3 804.6(10). \

E3804.7 Air handling — stud cavity and joist spaces. Where
wiring methods having a nonmetallic covering pass through
istud cavities and joist spaces used for air handling, such wiring
shall pass through such spaces perpendicular to the long
dimension of the spaces.

508

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

TABLE E3804.6(1)
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS IN ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT)^

TRADE SIZES

CONDUCTOR

(inches)

TYPE LETTERS

SIZE AWG/kcmil

1V4

RHW, RHW-2

4
3

7
6

11
9

20
17

27
23

46
38

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

RHw^ RHw-2^

THHW, THW,

THW-2

RHw^ RHw-2^

TW, THW,

THHW, THW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

THHN, THWN,

138

THWN-2

101

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

XHHW, XHHW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Types RHW, and RHW-2 without outer covering.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

509

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

TABLE E3804.6(2)
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS IN ELECTRICAL NONMETALLIC TUBING (ENT)^

TRADE SIZES

CONDUCTOR
SIZE AWG/kcmil

(inches)

TYPE LETTERS

1V4

1V2

RHW, RHW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

RHW^ RHW-2%

THHW, THW,

THW-2

RHW^ RHW-2^

TW, THW,

THHW, THW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

THHN, THWN,

132

THWN-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

XHHW, XHHW-2

1 29

: 15

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Types RHW, and RHW-2 without outer covering.

510

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

TABLE E3804.6(3)
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS IN FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT (FMC)'

TYPE LETTERS

CONDUCTOR
SIZE AWG/kcmil

TRADE SIZES
(inches)

1V4

RHW, RHW-2

14
12

4
3

11
9

17
14

25
21

1/0

2/0

3/0

RHW% RHW-2^

THHW, THW,
THW-2

12
10

5
4

8
6

12
10

19
15

50
39

RHW^ RHW-2%

TW, THW,
THHW, THW-2

4
3

3
3

5
4
4

7
6

13
11
10

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

THHN, THWN,
THWN-2

14
12

13
9

22
16

33
24

52
38

76
56

134
98

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

XHHW, XHHW-2

14
12

15
11

23
18

53
41

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Types RHW, and RHW-2 without outer covering.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"^

511

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

TABLE E3804.6(4)
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS IN INTERMEDIATE METALLIC CONDUIT (IMCf

TRADE SIZES

CONDUCTOR
SIZE AWG/kcmil

(inches)

TYPE LETTERS

1V4

1V,

RHW, RHW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

104

RHW\ RHW-2^

THHW, THW,

THW-2

RHW\ RHW-2^

TW, THW,

THHW, THW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

THHN, THWN,

149

THWN-2

109

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

XHHW, XHHW-2

104

i 33

1 24

, 18

1 12

1/0

' 8

2/0

3/0

4/0

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Types RHW, and RHW-2 without outer covering.

512

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

TABLE E3804.6(5)
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS IN LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE NONMETALLIC CONDUIT (FNMC-B)'

TRADE SIZES

CONDUCTOR

(inches)

TYPE LETTERS

SIZE AWG/kcmil

1V,

RHW, RHW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

RHW^ RGW-2^

THHW, THW,

THW-2

RHW^ RHW-2^

TW, THW,

THHW, THW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

THHN, THWN,

133

THWN-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

XHHW,

XHHW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Types RHW, and RHW-2 without outer covering.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

513

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

TABLE E3804.6(6)
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS IN LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE NONMETALLIC CONDUIT (FNMC-A)'

TRADE SIZES

CONDUCTOR
SIZE

(inches)

TYPE LETTERS

AWG/kcmil

1V4

1V,

RHW, RHW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

RHW^ RHW-2^

THHW, THW,

THW-2

RHW^ RHW-2^

TW, THW,

THHW, THW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

THHN, THWN,

137

THWN-2

100

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

XHHW, XHHW-2

1/0

2/0

i 6

3/0

! 5

4/0

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Types RHW, and RHW-2 without outer covering.

514

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

TABLE E3804.6(7)
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS IN LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT (LFMCf

TRADE SIZES

CONDUCTOR SIZE

(inches)

TYPE LETTERS

AWG/kcmil

1V4

1V.

RHW, RHW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

RHW\ RHW-2^

THHW, THW,

THW-2

RHW% RHW-2\

TW, THW,

THHW, THW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

THHN, THWN,

133

THWN-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

XHHW,

XHHW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Types RHW, and RHW-2 without outer covering.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

515

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

TABLE E3804.6(8)
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS IN RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMCf

TRADE SIZES

CONDUCTOR

SIZE

AWG/kcmil

(inches)

TYPE LETTERS

1V4

RHW, RHW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

' 3

4/0

RHw^ RHw-2^

THHW, THW,

THW-2

RHw^ RHw-2^

TW, THW,

THHW, THW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

THHN, THWN,

140

THWN-2

102

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

XHHW, XHHW-2

1 23

' 9

1/0

; 7

2/0

3/0

4/0

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Types RHW, and RHW-2 without outer covering.

516

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

TABLE E3804.6(9)
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS IN RIGID PVC CONDUIT, SCHEDULE 80 (PVC-80)^

TRADE SIZES

CONDUCTOR
SIZE

(inches)

TYPE LETTERS

AWG/kcmil

1V4

1V.

RHW, RHW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

RHw^ RHw-2^

THHW, THW,

THW-2

RHW^ RHW-2^

TW, THW,

THHW, THW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

THHN, THWN,

118

THWN-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

XHHW, XHHW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Types RHW, and RHW-2 without outer covering.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

517

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

TABLE E3804.6(10)
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS IN RIGID PVC CONDUIT SCHEDULE 40 (PVC-40)^

CONDUCTOR
SIZE

TRADE SIZES
(inches)

TYPE LETTERS

AWG/kcmil

1V.

1V,

RHW, RHW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

RHw^ RHw-2^

THHW, THW,

THW-2

RHw^ RHw-2^

TW, THW,

THHW, THW-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

THHN, THWN,

135

THWN-2

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

XHHW, XHHW-2

i 16

1/0

< 7

2/0

3/0

: 5

4/0

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Types RHW, and RHW-2 without outer covering.

518

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

SECTION E3805
BOXES, CONDUIT BODIES AND FITTINGS

E3805.1 Box, conduit body or fitting — where required. A

box or conduit body shall be installed at each conductor splice
point, outlet, switch point, junction point and pull point except
as otherwise permitted in Sections E3 805. 1.1 through
E3805.1.7.

Fittings and connectors shall be used only with the specific
wiring methods for which they are designed and listed.

E3805.1.1 Equipment. An integral junction box or wiring
compartment that is part of listed equipment shall be permit-
ted to serve as a box or conduit body.

E3805.1.2 Protection. A box or conduit body shall not be
required where cables enter or exit from conduit or tubing
that is used to provide cable support or protection against
physical damage. A fitting shall be provided on the end(s) of
the conduit or tubing to protect the cable from abrasion.

E3805.1.3 Integral enclosure. A wiring device with inte-
gral enclosure identified for the use, having brackets that
securely fasten the device to walls or ceilings of conven-
fional on-site frame construction, for use with nonmetal-
lic-sheathed cable, shall be permitted in lieu of a box or
conduit body.

E3805.1.4 Fitting. A fitting identified for the use shall be
permitted in lieu of a box or conduit body where such fitting
is accessible after installation and does not contain spliced
or terminated conductors.

E3805.1.5 Buried conductors. Splices and taps in buried
conductors and cables shall not be required to be enclosed in
a box or conduit body where installed in accordance with
Section E3703.4.

E3805.1.6 Luminaires. Where a luminaire is listed to be
used as a raceway, a box or conduit body shall not be
required for wiring installed therein.

E3805.1.7 Closed loop. Where a device identified and
listed as suitable for installation without a box is used with a
closed-loop power-distribution system, a box or conduit
body shall not be required.

E3805.2 Metal boxes. All metal boxes shall be grounded.

E3805.3 Nonmetallic boxes. NonmetalUc boxes shall be used
only with nonmetallic-sheathed cable, cabled wiring methods,
flexible cords and nonmetallic raceways.

Exceptions:

1 . Where internal bonding means are provided between
all entries, nonmetallic boxes shall be permitted to be
used with metal raceways and metal-armored cables.

2. Where integral bonding means with a provision for
attaching an equipment grounding jumper inside the
box are provided between all threaded entries in non-
metallic boxes listed for the purpose, nonmetallic
boxes shall be permitted to be used with metal race-
ways and metal-armored cables.

E3805.3.1 Nonmetallic-sheathed cable and nonmetallic
boxes. Where nonmetallic-sheathed cable is used, the cable

assembly, including the sheath, shall extend into the box not
less than ^1^ inch (6.4 mm) through a nonmetallic-sheathed
cable knockout opening.

E3805.3.2 Securing to box. All permitted wiring methods
shall be secured to the boxes.

Exception: Where nonmetallic-sheathed cable is used
with boxes not larger than a nominal size of 2 V4 inches by
4 inches (57 mm by 102 mm) mounted in walls or ceil-
ings, and where the cable is fastened within 8 inches (203
mm) of the box measured along the sheath, and where the
sheath extends through a cable knockout not less than ^1^
inch (6.4 mm), securing the cable to the box shall not be
required.

E3805.3.3 Conductor rating. Nonmetallic boxes shall be
suitable for the lowest temperature-rated conductor enter-
ing the box.

E3805.4 Minimum depth of outlet boxes. Boxes shall have
an internal depth of not less than 0.5 inch (12.7 mm). Boxes
designed to enclose flush devices shall have an internal depth
of not less than 0.938 inch (24 mm).

E3805.5 Boxes enclosing flush-mounted devices. Boxes
enclosing flush-mounted devices shall be of such design that
the devices are completely enclosed at the back and all sides
and shall provide support for the devices. Screws for support-
ing the box shall not be used for attachment of the device con-
tained therein.

E3805.6 Boxes at luminaire outlets. Boxes for luminare out-
lets shall be designed for the purpose. At every outiet used
exclusively for lighting, the box shall be designed or installed
so that a luminaire may be attached.

Exception: A wall-mounted luminaire weighing not more
than 6 lb (3 kg) shall be permitted to be supported on other
boxes or plaster rings that are secured to other boxes, pro-
vided the luminaire or its supporting yoke is secured to the
box with no fewer than two No. 6 or larger screws.

E3805.7 Maximum luminaire weight. Outlet boxes or fit-
tings installed as required by Section E3804.3 shall be permit-
ted to support luminaires weighing 50 lb (23 kg) or less. A
luminaire that weighs more than 50 lb (23 kg) shall be sup-
ported independently of the outlet box unless the outlet box is
listed for the weight to be supported.

E3805.8 Floor boxes. Where outlet boxes for receptacles are
installed in the floor, such boxes shall be listed specifically for
that application.

E3805.9 Boxes at fan outlets. Outlet boxes and outiet box sys-
tems used as the sole support of ceiling-suspended fans (pad-
dle) shall be marked by their manufacturer as suitable for this
purpose and shall not support ceihng-suspended fans (paddle)
that weigh more than 70 lb (32 kg). For outiet boxes and outiet
box systems designed to support ceiling-suspended fans (pad-
dle) that weigh more than 35 lb (16 kg), the required marking
shall include the maximum weight to be supported.

E3805.10 Conduit bodies and junction, pull and outlet
boxes to be accessible. Conduit bodies and junction, pull and
outlet boxes shall be installed so that the wiring therein can be
accessed without removing any part of the building or, in

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

519

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

underground circuits, without excavating sidewalks, paving,
earth or other substance used to establish the finished grade.

Exception: Boxes covered by gravel, light aggregate or
noncohesive granulated soil shall be hsted for the applica-
tion, and the box locations shall be effectively identified and
access shall be provided for excavation.

E3805.il Damp or wet locations. In damp or wet locations,
boxes, conduit bodies and fittings shall be placed or equipped
so as to prevent moisture from entering or accumulating within
the box, conduit body or fitting. Boxes, conduit bodies and fit-
tings installed in wet locations shall be listed for use in wet
locations.

E3805.12 Number of conductors in outlet, device, and junc-
tion boxes, and conduit bodies. Boxes and conduit bodies
shall be of sufficient size to provide free space for all enclosed
conductors. In no case shall the volume of the box, as calcu-
lated in Section E3 805. 12. 1, be less than the box fill calculation
as calculated in Section E3805. 12.2. The minimum volume for
conduit bodies shall be as calculated in Section E3805.12.3.
The provisions of this section shall not apply to terminal hous-
ings supplied with motors.

E3805.12.1 Box volume calculations. The volume of a wir-
ing enclosure (box) shall be the total volume of the assembled
sections, and, where used, the space provided by plaster
rings, domed covers, extension rings, etc., that are marked
with their volume in cubic inches or are made from boxes the
dimensions of which are listed in Table E3805.12.1.

E3805.12.1.1 Standard boxes. The volumes of standard
boxes that are not marked with a cubic-inch capacity
shall be as given in Table E3 805. 12.1.

E3805.12.1.2 Other boxes. Boxes 100 cubic inches
(1640 cm^) or less, other than those described in Table
E3 805. 12.1, and nonmetallic boxes shall be durably and
legibly marked by the manufacturer with their
cubic-inch capacity. Boxes described in Table
E3 805. 12.1 that have a larger cubic inch capacity than is
designated in the table shall be permitted to have their
cubic-inch capacity marked as required by this section.

E3805.12.2 Box fill calculations. The volumes in Section
E3805. 12.2.1 through Section E3805. 12.2.5, as applicable,
shall be added together. No allowance shall be required for
small fittings such as locknuts and bushings.

TABLE E3805.12.1
MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS IN METAL BOXES^

BOX DIMENSIONS
(Inches trade size and type)

MAXIMUM CAPACITY
(cubic inches)

MAXIMUM NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS^

No. 18

No. 16

No. 14

No. 12

No. 10

No. 8

No. 6

4 X 1 V4 round or octagonal

12.5

4 X 1 V2 round or octagonal

15.5

4 X 2V8 round or octagonal

21.5

4 X 1 V4 square

18.0

4 X 1 '/2 square

21.0

4 X 2Vg square

30.3

4'Vi6x'V4 square

25.5

4'7,6x"/2 square

29.5

4'Vi6x2V8 square

42.0

18 _^

3 X 2 X 1 V2 device

7.5

3x2x2 device

10.0

3 X 2 X 2V4 device

10.5

3 X 2 X 2V2 device

12.5

3 X 2 X 2V4 device

14.0

3x2x3V2device

18.0

4x278x1 1/2 device

10.3

4 X 2'/8 X iVg device

13.0

4x2V8x2V8device

14.5

3V, X 2 X 2'/^ masonry box/gang

14.0

3^/4 X 2 X 3 V2 masonry box/gang

21.0

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 cubic inch = 16.4 cm-^.

a. Where no volume allowances are required by Sections E3805. 12.2.2 through E3805. 12.2.5.

520

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

E3805.12.2.1 Conductor fill. Each conductor that origi-
nates outside the box and terminates or is spliced within
the box shall be counted once, and each conductor that
passes through the box without splice or termination
shall be counted once. A looped, unbroken conductor
having a length equal to or greater than twice that
required for free conductors by Section E3306.10.3,
shall be counted twice. The conductor fill, in cubic
inches, shall be computed using Table E3805. 12.2.1. A
conductor, no part of which leaves the box, shall not be
counted.

Exception: An equipment grounding conductor or
not more than four fixture wires smaller than No. 14,
or both, shall be permitted to be omitted from the cal-
culations where such conductors enter a box from a
domed fixture or similar canopy and terminate within
that box.

E3805.12.2.2 Clamp fill. Where one or more internal
cable clamps, whether factory or field supplied, are pres-
ent in the box, a single volume allowance in accordance
with Table E3 805 .12.2.1 shall be made based on the larg-
est conductor present in the box. No allowance shall be
required for a cable connector with its clamping mecha-
nism outside the box.

E3805.12.2.3 Support fittings fill. Where one or more
fixture studs or hickeys are present in the box, a single
volume allowance in accordance with Table
E3 805. 12.2. 1 shall be made for each type of fitting based
on the largest conductor present in the box.

TABLE E3805.1 2.2.1
VOLUME ALLOWANCE REQUIRED PER CONDUCTOR

SIZE OF CONDUCTOR (AWG)

FREE SPACE WITHIN BOX

FOR EACH CONDUCTOR

(cubic inches)

No. 18

1.50

No. 16

1.75

No. 14

2.00

No. 12

2.25

No. 10

2.50

No. 8

3.00

No. 6

5.00

For SI: 1 cubic inch = 16.4 cm^.

E3805.12.2.4 Device or equipment fill. For each yoke
or strap containing one or more devices or equipment, a
double volume allowance in accordance with Table
E3805. 12.2. 1 shall be made for each yoke or strap based
on the largest conductor connected to a device(s) or
equipment supported by that yoke or strap.

E3805.12.2.5 Equipment grounding conductor fill.

Where one or more equipment grounding conductors or
equipment bonding jumpers enters a box, a single vol-
ume allowance in accordance with Table E3 805. 12. 2.1
shall be made based on the largest equipment grounding

conductor or equipment bonding jumper present in the
box.

E3805.12.3 Conduit bodies. Conduit bodies enclosing 6
AWG conductors or smaller, other than short radius conduit
bodies, shall have a cross-sectional area not less than twice
the cross-sectional area of the largest conduit or tubing to
which it is attached. The maximum number of conductors
permitted shall be the maximum number permitted by Table
E3 804.6 for the conduit to which it is attached.

E3805. 12.3.1 Splices, taps or devices. Only those con-
duit bodies that are durably and legibly marked by the
manufacturer with their cubic inch capacity shall be per-
mitted to contain splices, taps or devices. The maximum
number of conductors shall be calculated using the same
procedure for similar conductors in other than standard
boxes.

SECTION E3806

INSTALLATION OF BOXES, CONDUIT

BODIES AND FITTINGS

E3806.1 Conductors entering boxes, conduit bodies or fit-
tings. Conductors entering boxes, conduit bodies or fittings
shall be protected from abrasion.

E3806.1.1 Insulated fittings. Where raceways containing
ungrounded conductors 4 AWG or larger enter a cabinet,
box enclosure, or raceway, the conductors shall be protected
by a substantial fitting providing a smoothly rounded insu-
lating surface, unless the conductors are separated from the
fitting or raceway by substantial insulating material
securely fastened in place.

Exception: Where threaded hubs or bosses that are an
integral part of a cabinet, box enclosure, or raceway pro-
vide a smoothly rounded or flared entry for conductors.

Conduit bushings constructed wholly of insulating mate-
rial shall not be used to secure a fitting or raceway. The insu-
lating fitting or insulating material shall have a temperature
rating not less than the insulation temperature rating of the
installed conductors.

E3806.2 Openings. Openings through which conductors enter
shall be adequately closed.

E3806.3 Metal boxes, conduit bodies and fittings. Where
raceway or cable is installed with metal boxes, or conduit bod-
ies, the raceway or cable shall be secured to such boxes and
conduit bodies.

E3806.4 Unused openings. Unused cable or raceway open-
ings in boxes and conduit bodies shall be effectively closed to
afford protection substantially equivalent to that of the wall of
the box or conduit body. Metal plugs or plates used with non-
metallic boxes or conduit bodies shall be recessed at least 0.25
inch (6.4 mm) from the outer surface of the box or conduit
body.

E3806.5 In vv'all or ceiling. In walls or ceilings of concrete, tile
or other noncombustible material, boxes employing a
flush-type cover or faceplate shall be installed so that the front
edge of the box, plaster ring, extension ring, or listed extender

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

521

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

will not be set back from the finished surface more than V4 inch
(6.4 mm). In walls and ceilings constructed of wood or other
combustible material, boxes, plaster rings, extension rings and
listed extenders shall be flush with the finished surface or pro-
ject therefrom.

E3806.6 Plaster, gypsum board and plasterboard. Open-
ings in plaster, gypsum board or plasterboard surfaces that
accommodate boxes employing a flush-type cover or faceplate
shall be made so that there are no gaps or open spaces greater
than Vg inch (3.2 mm) around the edge of the box.

E3806.7 Exposed surface extensions. Surface extensions
from a flush-mounted box shall be made by mounting and
mechanically securing a box or extension ring over the flush
box.

Exception: A surface extension shall be permitted to be
made from the cover of a flush-mounted box where the
cover is designed so it is unlikely to fall off, or be removed if
its securing means becomes loose. The wiring method shall
be flexible for a length sufficient to permit removal of the
cover and provide access to the box interior and arranged so
that any bonding or grounding continuity is independent of
the connection between the box and cover.

E3806.8 Supports. Boxes and enclosures shall be supported in
accordance with one or more of the provisions in Sections
E3806.8.1 through E3806.8.6.

E3806.8.1 Surface mounting. An enclosure mounted on a
building or other surface shall be rigidly and securely fas-
tened in place. If the surface does not provide rigid and
secure support, additional support in accordance with other
provisions of Section E3806.8 shall be provided.

E3806.8.2 Structural mounting. An enclosure supported
from a structural member of a building or from grade shall
be rigidly supported either directly, or by using a metal,
polymeric or wood brace.

E3806.8.2.1 Nails and screws. Nails and screws, where
used as a fastening means, shall be attached by using
brackets on the outside of the enclosure, or they shall
pass through the interior within V4 inch (6.4 mm) of the
back or ends of the enclosure. Screws shall not be permit-
ted to pass through the box except where exposed threads
in the box are protected by an approved means to avoid
abrasion of conductor insulation.

E3806.8.2.2 Braces. Metal braces shall be protected
against corrosion and formed from metal that is not less
than 0.020 inch (.508 mm) thick uncoated. Wood braces
shall have a cross section not less than nominal 1 inch by
2 inches (25.4 mm by 5 1 mm). Wood braces in wet loca-
tions shall be treated for the conditions. Polymeric braces
shall be identified as being suitable for the use.

E3806.8.3 Mounting in finished surfaces. An enclosure
mounted in a finished surface shall be rigidly secured there
to by clamps, anchors, or fittings identified for the applica-
tion.

E3806.8.4 Raceway supported enclosures without
devices or fixtures. An enclosure that does not contain a
device(s), other than splicing devices, or support a

luminaire, lampholder or other equipment, and that is sup-
ported by entering raceways shall not exceed 100 cubic
inches (1640 cm^) in size. The enclosure shall have threaded
entries or have hubs identified for the purpose. The enclo-
sure shall be supported by two or more conduits threaded
wrenchtight into the enclosure or hubs. Each conduit shall
be secured within 3 feet (914 mm) of the enclosure, or
within 1 8 inches (457 mm) of the enclosure if all entries are
on the same side of the enclosure.

Exception: Rigid metal, intermediate metal, or rigid
nonmetallic conduit or electrical metallic tubing shall be
permitted to support a conduit body of any size, provided
that the conduit body is not larger in trade size than the
largest trade size of the supporting conduit or electrical
metallic tubing.

E3806.8.5 Raceway supported enclosures, with devices
or luminaire. An enclosure that contains a device(s), other
than splicing devices, or supports a luminaire, lampholder
or other equipment and is supported by entering raceways
shall not exceed 100 cubic inches (1640 cm^) in size. The
enclosure shall have threaded entries or have hubs identified
for the purpose. The enclosure shall be supported by two or
more conduits threaded wrench-tight into the enclosure or
hubs. Each conduit shall be secured within 18 inches (457
mm) of the enclosure.

Exceptions:

1 . Rigid metal or intermediate metal conduit shall be
permitted to support a conduit body of any size,
provided that the conduit bodies are not larger in
trade size than the largest trade size of the support-
ing conduit.

2. An unbroken length(s) of rigid or intermediate
metal conduit shall be permitted to support a box
used for luminaire or lampholder support, or to
support a wiring enclosure that is an integral part
of a luminaire and used in lieu of a box in accor-
dance with Section E3805. 1 . 1 , where all of the fol-
lowing conditions are met:

2.1. The conduit is securely fastened at a point
so that the length of conduit beyond the last
point of conduit support does not exceed 3
feet (914 mm).

2.2. The unbroken conduit length before the
last point of conduit support is 12 inches
(305 mm) or greater, and that portion of the
conduit is securely fastened at some point
not less than 12 inches (305 mm) from its
last point of support.

2.3. Where accessible to unqualified persons,
the luminaire or lampholder, measured to
its lowest point, is not less than 8 feet (2438
mm) above grade or standing area and at
least 3 feet (914 mm) measured horizon-
tally to the 8-foot (2438 mm) elevation
from windows, doors, porches, fire
escapes, or similar locations. ;

522

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

2.4. A luminaire supported by a single conduit
does not exceed 12 inches (305 mm) in any
direction from the point of conduit entry.

2.5. The weight supported by any single con-
duit does not exceed 20 pounds (9.1 kg).

2.6. At the luminaire or lampholder end, the
conduit(s) is threaded wrenchtight into the
box, conduit body, or integral wiring
enclosure, or into hubs identified for the
purpose. Where a box or conduit body is
used for support, the luminaire shall be
secured directly to the box or conduit body,
or through a threaded conduit nipple not
over 3 inches (76 mm) long.

E3806.8.6 Enclosures in concrete or masonry. An enclo-
sure supported by embedment shall be identified as being
suitably protected from corrosion and shall be securely
embedded in concrete or masonry.

E3806.9 Covers and canopies. Outlet boxes shall be effec-
tively closed with a cover, faceplate or fixture canopy.

E3806.10 Metal covers and plates. Metal covers and plates
shall be grounded.

E3806.il Exposed combustible finish. Combustible wall or
ceiling finish exposed between the edge of a fixture canopy or
pan and the outlet box shall be covered with noncombustible
material.

SECTION E3807
CABINETS AND PANELBOARDS

E3807.1 Enclosures for switches or overcurrent devices.

Enclosures for switches or overcurrent devices shall not be
used as junction boxes, auxiliary gutters, or raceways for con-
ductors feeding through or tapping off to other switches or
overcurrent devices, except where adequate space for this pur-
pose is provided. The conductors shall not fill the wiring space
at any cross section to more than 40 percent of the cross-sec-
tional area of the space, and the conductors, splices, and taps
shall not fill the wiring space at any cross section to more than
75 percent of the cross-sectional area of that space.

E3807.2 Damp or wet locations. In damp or wet locations,
cabinets and panelboards of the surface type shall be placed or
equipped so as to prevent moisture or water from entering and
accumulating within the cabinet, and shall be mounted to pro-
vide an airspace not less than V4 inch (6.4 mm) between the
enclosure and the wall or other supporting surface. Cabinets
installed in wet locations shall be weatherproof. For enclosures
in wet locations, raceways and cables entering above the level
of uninsulated live parts shall be installed with fittings listed for
wet locations.

E3807.3 Position in wall. In walls of concrete, tile or other
noncombustible material, cabinets and panelboards shall be
installed so that the front edge of the cabinet will not set back
of the finished surface more than V4 inch (6.4 mm). In walls
constructed of wood or other combustible material, cabinets

shall be flush with the finished surface or shall project there-
from.

E3807.4 Repairing plaster, dry wall and plasterboard. Plas-
ter, drywall, and plasterboard surfaces that are broken or
incomplete shall be repaired so that there will not be gaps or
open spaces greater than Vg inch (3.2 mm ) at the edge of the
cabinet or cutout box employing a flush-type cover.

E3807.5 Unused openings. Unused cable and raceway open-
ings in cabinets and panelboards shall be effectively closed to
afford protection equivalent to that of the wall of the cabinet.
Metal plugs and plates used with nonmetallic cabinets shall be
recessed at least V4 inch (6.4 mm) from the outer surface.
Unused openings for circuit breakers and switches shall be
closed using identified closures, or other approved means that
provide protection substantially equivalent to the wall of the
enclosure.

E3807.6 Conductors entering cabinets. Conductors entering
cabinets and panelboards shall be protected from abrasion and
shall comply with Section E3806.1.1.

E3807.7 Openings to be closed. Openings through which
conductors enter cabinets, panelboards and meter sockets shall
be adequately closed.

E3807.8 Cables. Where cables are used, each cable shall be
secured to the cabinet, panelboard, cutout box, or meter socket
enclosure.

Exception: Cables with entirely nonmetallic sheaths shall
be permitted to enter the top of a surface-mounted enclosure
through one or more sections of rigid raceway not less than
18 inches (457 mm) nor more than 10 feet (3048 mm) in
length, provided all the following conditions are met:

1. Each cable is fastened within 12 inches (305 mm),
measured along the sheath, of the outer end of the
raceway.

2. The raceway extends directly above the enclosure and
does not penetrate a structural ceiling.

3. A fitting is provided on each end of the raceway to
protect the cable(s) from abrasion and the fittings
remain accessible after installation.

4. The raceway is sealed or plugged at the outer end
using approved means so as to prevent access to the
enclosure through the raceway.

5. The cable sheath is continuous through the raceway
and extends into the enclosure beyond the fitting not
less than '/4 inch (6.4 mm).

6. The raceway is fastened at its outer end and at other
points in accordance with Section E3702.1.

7. The allowable cable fill shall not exceed that permit-
ted by Table E3807.8. A multiconductor cable having
two or more conductors shall be treated as a single
conductor for calculating the percentage of conduit
fill area. For cables that have elliptical cross sections,
the cross-sectional area calculation shall be based on
the major diameter of the ellipse as a circle diameter.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

523

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

TABLE E3807.8

PERCENT OF CROSS SECTION

OF CONDUIT AND TUBING FOR CONDUCTORS

NUMBER OF CONDUCTORS

MAXIMUM PERCENT OF CONDUIT

AND TUBING AREA FILLED BY

CONDUCTORS

Over 2

SECTION E3808
GROUNDING

E3808.1 Metal enclosures. Metal enclosures of conductors,
devices and equipment shall be grounded.

Exceptions:

1 . Short sections of metal enclosures or raceways used
to provide cable assemblies with support or protec-
tion against physical damage.

2. A metal elbow that is installed in an underground
installation of rigid nonmetallic conduit and is iso-
lated from possible contact by a minimum cover of 1 8
inches (457 mm) to any part of the elbow or that is
encased in not less than 2 inches (50 mm) of concrete.

E3808.2 Equipment fastened in place or connected by per-
manent wiring methods (fixed). Exposed noncurrent-carrying
metal parts of fixed equipment likely to become energized shall
be grounded where any of the following conditions apply.

1 . Where within 8 feet (2438 mm) vertically or 5 feet (1524
mm) horizontally of earth or grounded metal objects and
subject to contact by persons;

2. Where located in a wet or damp location and not isolated;
or

3. Where in electrical contact with metal.

E3808.3 Specific equipment fastened in place or connected
by permanent wiring methods. Exposed noncurrent-carry-
ing metal parts of the following equipment and enclosures shall
be grounded:

1. Luminaires as provided in Chapter 39.

2. Motor-operated water pumps, including submersible
types. Where a submersible pump is used in a metal well
casing, the well casing shall be bonded to the pump cir-
cuit equipment grounding conductor.

E3808.4 Effective ground-fault current path. Electrical
equipment and wiring and other electrically conductive mate-
rial likely to become energized shall be installed in a manner
that creates a permanent, low-impedance circuit facilitating the
operation of the overcurrent device. Such circuit shall be capa-
ble of safely carrying the maximum ground-fault current likely
to be imposed on it from any point on the wiring system where a
ground fault to the electrical supply source might occur.

E3808.5 Earth as a ground-fault current path. The earth
I shall not be considered as an effective ground-fault current
path.

E3808.6 Load-side neutral. A grounding connection shall not
be made to any grounded circuit conductor on the load side of
the service disconnecting means.

Exception: A grounding conductor connection shall be
made at each separate building where required by Section

E3507.3.

E3808.7 Load-side equipment. A grounded circuit conductor
shall not be used for grounding noncurrent-carrying metal
parts of equipment on the load side of the service disconnecting
means.

Exception: For separate buildings, in accordance with Sec-
tion E3507.3.2

E3808.8 Types of equipment grounding conductors. The

equipment grounding conductor run with or enclosing the cir-
cuit conductors shall be one or more or a combination of the
following:

1. A copper, aluminum or copper-clad conductor. This
conductor shall be solid or stranded; insulated, covered
or bare; and in the form of a wire or a busbar of any
shape.

2. Rigid metal conduit.

3. Intermediate metal conduit.

4. Electrical metallic tubing.

5. Armor of Type AC cable in accordance with Section
E3808.4.

6. The combined metallic sheath and grounding conduc-
tor of interlocked metal tape-type MC cable where
listed and identified for grounding.

7. The metallic sheath or the combined metallic sheath
and grounding conductors of the smooth or corrugated
tube type MC cable where listed and identified for
grounding.

8. Other electrically continuous metal raceways and aux-
iliary gutters.

9. Surface metal raceways listed for grounding.

E3808.8.1 Flexible metal conduit. Flexible metal conduit
shall be permitted as an equipment grounding conductor
where all of the following conditions are met:

1 . The conduit is terminated in fittings listed for ground-
ing. '

2. The circuit conductors contained in the conduit are
protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 amperes
or less. j

3. The combined length of flexible metal: conduit and
flexible metallic tubing and liquid-tight flexible metal
conduit in the same ground return path does not
exceed 6 feet (1829 mm).

4. An equipment grounding conductor shall be installed
where the conduit is used to connect equipment where
flexibility is necessary after installation.

E3808.8.2 Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit. Liq-
uid-tight flexible metal conduit shall be permitted as an |

524

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

•

equipment grounding conductor where all of the following
conditions are met:

1 . The conduit is terminated in fittings listed for ground-
ing.

2. For trade sizes ^/g through '^ (metric designator 12
through 16), the circuit conductors contained in the
conduit are protected by overcurrent devices rated at
20 amperes or less.

3. For trade sizes % through IV4 (metric designator 21
through 35), the circuit conductors contained in the
conduit are protected by overcurrent devices rated at
not more than 60 amperes and there is no flexible
metal conduit, flexible metallic tubing, or liquid-tight
flexible metal conduit in trade sizes Vg inch or Vj inch
(9.5 mm through 12.7 mm) in the grounding path.

4. The combined length of flexible metal conduit and
flexible metallic tubing and liquid tight flexible metal
conduit in the same ground return path does not
exceed 6 feet (1829 mm).

15. An equipment grounding conductor shall be installed
where the conduit is used to connect equipment where
flexibility is necessary after installation.

E3808.8.3 Nonmetallic sheathed cable (Type NM). In

addition to the insulated conductors, the cable shall have an
insulated or bare conductor for equipment grounding pur-
poses only. Equipment grounding conductors shall be sized
in accordance with Table E3808.12.

E3808.9 Equipment fastened in place or connected by per-
manent wiring methods. Noncurrent-carrying metal parts of
equipment, raceways and other enclosures, where required to
be grounded, shall be grounded by one of the following meth-
ods:

1. By any of the equipment grounding conductors permit-
ted by Sections E3808.8 through E3808.8.3.

2. By an equipment grounding conductor contained within
the same raceway, cable or cord, or otherwise run with

I the circuit conductors. Equipment grounding conductors

shall be identified in accordance with Section E3307.2.

E3808.10 Methods of equipment grounding. Fixtures and
equipment shall be considered grounded where mechanically
connected to an equipment grounding conductor as specified in

(Sections E3808.8 through E3808.8.3. Wire type equipment
grounding conductors shall be sized in accordance with Sec-
tion E3808. 12.

E3808.il Equipment grounding conductor installation.

Where an equipment grounding conductor consists of a race-
way, cable armor or cable sheath or where such conductor is a
wire within a raceway or cable, it shall be installed in accor-
dance with the provisions of this chapter and Chapters 33 and
37 using fittings for joints and terminations approved for instal-
lation with the type of raceway or cable used. All connections,
joints and fittings shall be made tight using suitable tools.

E3808.12 Equipment grounding conductor size. Copper,

aluminum and copper-clad aluminum equipment grounding

I conductors of the wire type shall be not smaller than shown in

Table E3808.12, but shall not be required to be larger than the

circuit conductors supplying the equipment. Where a raceway
or a cable armor or sheath is used as the equipment grounding
conductor, as provided in Section E3808.8, it shall comply with
Section E3808.4. Where ungrounded connectors are increased
in size, equipment grounding conductors shall be increased
proportionally according to the circular mil area of the
ungrounded conductors.

TABLE E3808.12
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SIZING

RATING OR SETTING OF

AUTOMATIC OVERCURRENT

DEVICE IN CIRCUIT AHEAD OF

EQUIPMENT, CONDUIT, ETC., NOT

EXCEEDING THE FOLLOWING

RATINGS (amperes)

MINIMUM SIZE

Copper wire No.
(AWG)

Aluminum or

copper-clad

aluminum wire

No. (AWG)

100

200

300

400

E3808.12.1 Multiple circuits. Where a single equipment
grounding conductor is run with multiple circuits in the
same raceway or cable, it shall be sized for the largest
overcurrent device protecting conductors in the raceway or
cable.

E3808.13 Continuity and attachment of equipment
grounding conductors to boxes. Where circuit conductors are
spliced within a box or terminated on equipment within or sup-
ported by a box, any equipment grounding conductors associ-
ated with the circuit conductors shall be spliced or joined
within the box or to the box with devices suitable for the use.
Connections depending solely on solder shall not be used.
Splices shall be made in accordance with Section E3306.10
except that insulation shall not be required. The arrangement of
grounding connections shall be such that the disconnection or
removal of a receptacle, luminaire or other device fed from the
box will not interfere with or interrupt the grounding continu-
ity.

E3808.14 Connecting receptacle grounding terminal to
box. An equipment bonding jumper shall be used to connect
the grounding terminal of a grounding-type receptacle to a
grounded box except where grounded in accordance with one
of the following:

1. Surface mounted box. Where the box is mounted on the
surface, direct metal-to-metal contact between the
device yoke and the box shall be permitted to ground the
receptacle to the box. At least one of the insulating wash-
ers shall be removed from receptacles that do not have a
contact yoke or device designed and listed to be used in
conjunction with the supporting screws to establish the

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

525

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

grounding circuit between the device yoke and
flush-type boxes. This provision shall not apply to
cover-mounted receptacles except where the box and
cover combination are listed as providing satisfactory
ground continuity between the box and the receptacle.

2. Contact devices or yokes. Contact devices or yokes
designed and listed for the purpose shall be permitted in
conjunction with the supporting screws to establish the
grounding circuit between the device yoke and
flush-type boxes.

3. Floor boxes. The receptacle is installed in a floor box
designed for and listed as providing satisfactory ground
continuity between the box and the device.

E3808.15 Metal boxes. A connection shall be made between
the one or more equipment grounding conductors and a metal
box by means of a grounding screw that shall be used for no
other purpose, or by means of a listed grounding device.
Sheet-metal screws shall not be used to connect grounding con-
ductors or connection devices to boxes.

E3808.16 Nonmetallic boxes. One or more equipment
grounding conductors brought into a nonmetallic outlet box
shall be arranged to allow connection to fittings or devices
installed in that box.

E3808.17 Clean surfaces. Nonconductive coatings such as
paint, lacquer and enamel on equipment to be grounded shall
be removed from threads and other contact surfaces to ensure
electrical continuity or the equipment shall be connected by
means of fittings designed so as to make such removal unneces-
sary.

E3808.18 Bonding other enclosures. Metal raceways, cable
armor, cable sheath, enclosures, frames, fittings and other
metal noncurrent-carrying parts that serve as grounding con-
ductors, with or without the use of supplementary equipment
grounding conductors, shall be effectively bonded where nec-
essary to ensure electrical continuity and the capacity to con-
duct safely any fault current likely to be imposed on them. Any
nonconductive paint, enamel and similar coating shall be
removed at threads, contact points and contact surfaces, or con-
nections shall be made by means of fittings designed so as to
make such removal unnecessary.

E3808.19 Size of equipment bonding juniper on load side of
service. The equipment bonding jumper on the load side of the
service overcurrent devices shall be sized, as a minimum, in
accordance with Table E3808. 1 2, but shall not be required to be
larger than the circuit conductors supplying the equipment. An
equipment bonding conductor shall be not smaller than No. 14
AWG.

A single common continuous equipment bonding jumper
shall be permitted to bond two or more raceways or cables
where the bonding jumper is sized in accordance with Table
E3808.12 for the largest overcurrent device supplying circuits
therein.

E3808.20 Installation — equipment bonding jumper. The

equipment bonding jumper shall be permitted to be installed
inside or outside of a raceway or enclosure. Where installed on
the outside, the length of the equipment bonding jumper shall
not exceed 6 feet (1829 mm) and shall be routed with the race-

way or enclosure. Where installed inside of a raceway, the
equipment bonding jumper shall comply with the requirements
of Sections E3808.9, Item 2; E3808.13; E3808.15; and
E3808.16.

SECTION E3809
FLEXIBLE CORDS

E3809.1 Where permitted. Flexible cords shall be used only
for the connection of appliances where the fastening means and
mechanical connections of such appliances are designed to
permit ready removal for maintenance, repair or frequent inter-
change and the appliance is listed for flexible cord connection.
Flexible cords shall not be installed as a substitute for the fixed
wiring of a structure; shall not be run through holes in walls,
structural ceilings, suspended ceilings, dropped ceilings or
floors; shall not be concealed behind walls, floors, ceilings or
located above suspended or dropped ceilings.

E3809.2 Loading and protection. The ampere load of flexible
cords serving fixed appliances shall be in accordance with
Table E3809.2. This table shall be used in conjunction with
applicable end use product standards to ensure selection of the
proper size and type. Where flexible cord is approved for and
used with a specific listed appliance, it shall be considered to be
protected where applied within the appliance listing require-
ments.

E3809.3 SpUces. Flexible cord shall be used only in continu-
ous lengths without spHces or taps.

E3809.4 Attachment plugs. Where used in accordance with
Section E3809.1, each flexible cord shall be equipped with an
attachment plug and shall be energized from a receptacle out-
let.

TABLE E3809.2
MAXIMUM AMPERE LOAD FOR FLEXIBLE CORDS

CORD SIZE
(AWG)

CORD TYPES S, SE, SEO, SJ, SJE, SJEO, SJO,

SJOG, SJT, SJTO, SJTOO, SO, SCO, SRD, SRDE,

SRDT, ST, STD, SV, SVO, SVOO, SVTO, SVTOO

Maximum ampere load

Three current-carrying
conductors

Two current-carrying
conductors

18
16
14
12

7
10
15
20

10
13
18

526

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

CHAPTER 39

DEVICES AND LUMINAIRES

SECTION E3901
SWITCHES

E3901.1 Rating and application of snap switches. Gen-
eral-use snap switches shall be used within their ratings and
shall control only the following loads:

1. Resistive and inductive loads, including electric-dis-
charge lamps, not exceeding the ampere rating of the
switch at the voltage involved.

2. Tungsten-filament lamp loads not exceeding the ampere
rating of the switch at 120 volts.

3. Motor loads not exceeding 80 percent of the ampere rat-
ing of the switch at its rated voltage.

E3901.2 CO/ALR snap switches. Snap switches rated 20
amperes or less directly connected to aluminum conductors
shall be marked CO/ALR.

E3901.3 Indicating. General-use and motor-circuit switches
and circuit breakers shall clearly indicate whether they are in
the open OFF or closed ON position. Where single-throw
switches or circuit breaker handles are operated vertically
rather than rotationally or horizontally, the up position of the
handle shall be the ON position.

E3901.4 Time switches and similar devices. Time switches
and similar devices shall be of the enclosed type or shall be
mounted in cabinets or boxes or equipment enclosures. A bar-
rier shall be used around energized parts to prevent operator
exposure when making manual adjustments or switching.

E3901.5 Grounding of enclosures. Metal enclosures for
switches or circuit breakers shall be grounded. Where nonme-
tallic enclosures are used with metal raceways or metal-
armored cables, provisions shall be made for maintaining
grounding continuity.

Metal boxes for switches shall be effectively grounded.
Nonmetallic boxes for switches shall be installed with a wiring
method that provides or includes an equipment grounding con-
ductor.

E3901.6 Access. All switches and circuit breakers used as
switches shall be located to allow operation from a readily
accessible location. Such devices shall be installed so that the
center of the grip of the operating handle of the switch or circuit
breaker, when in its highest position, will not be more than 6
feet 7 inches (2007 mm) above the floor or working platform.

E3901.7 Wet locations. A switch or circuit breaker located in a
wet location or outside of a building shall be enclosed in a
weatherproof enclosure or cabinet. Switches shall not be
installed within wet locations in tub or shower spaces unless
installed as part of a listed tub or shower assembly.

E3901.8 Grounded conductors. Switches or circuit breakers
shall not disconnect the grounded conductor of a circuit except
where the switch or circuit breaker simultaneously disconnects
all conductors of the circuit.

E3901.9 Switch connections. Three- and four-way switches
shall be wired so that all switching occurs only in the
ungrounded circuit conductor. Color coding of switch connec-
tion conductors shall comply with Section E3307.3. Where in
metal raceways or metal-jacketed cables, wiring between
switches and outlets shall be in accordance with Section
E3306.7.

Exception: Switch loops do not require a grounded conduc-
tor.

E3901.10 Box mounted. Flush-type snap switches mounted in
boxes that are recessed from the finished wall surfaces as cov-
ered in Section E3806.5 shall be installed so that the extension
plaster ears are seated against the surface of the wall.
Flush-type snap switches mounted in boxes that are flush with
the finished wall surface or project therefrom shall be installed
so that the mounting yoke or strap of the switch is seated
against the box.

E3901.il Snap switch faceplates. Faceplates provided for
snap switches mounted in boxes and other enclosures shall be
installed so as to completely cover the opening and, where the
switch is flush mounted, seat against the finished surface.

E3901.11.1 Faceplate grounding. Snap switches, includ-
ing dimmer and similar control switches, shall be effectively
grounded and shall provide a means to ground metal face
plates, whether or not a metal faceplate is installed. Snap
switches shall be considered effectively grounded where
either of the following conditions is met:

1. The switch is mounted with metal screws to a metal
box or to a nonmetallic box with integral means for
grounding devices.

2. An equipment grounding conductor or equipment
bonding jumper is connected to an equipment
grounding termination of the snap switch.

Exception: Where a grounding means does not
exist within the snap-switch enclosure or where
the wiring method does not include or provide an
equipment ground, a snap switch without a
grounding connection shall be permitted for
replacement purposes only. A snap switch wired
under the provisions of this exception and located
within reach of earth, grade, conducting floors, or
other conducting surfaces shall be provided with a
faceplate of nonconducting, noncombustible
material or shall be protected by a ground-fault cir-
cuit interrupter.

E3901.12 Dimmer switches. General-use dimmer switches
shall be used only to control permanently installed incandes-
cent luminaires (lighting fixtures) except where listed for the
control of other loads and installed accordingly.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

527

DEVICES AND LUMINAIRES

SECTION E3902
RECEPTACLES

E3902.1 Rating and type. Receptacles and cord connectors
shall be rated at not less than 15 amperes, 125 volts, or 15
amperes, 250 volts, and shall not be a lampholder type. Recep-
tacles shall be rated in accordance with this section.

E3902.1.1 Single receptacle. A single receptacle installed
on an individual branch circuit shall have an ampere rating
not less than that of the branch circuit.

E3902.1.2 Two or more receptacles. Where connected to a
branch circuit supplying two or more receptacles or outlets,
receptacles shall conform to the values listed in Table
E3902.1.2.

TABLEE3902.1.2

RECEPTACLE RATINGS FOR VARIOUS SIZE

MULTI-OUTLET CIRCUITS

CIRCUIT RATING (amperes)

RECEPTACLE RATING (amperes)

15 or 20

40 or 50

E3902.2 Grounding type. Receptacles installed on 15- and
20-ampere-rated branch circuits shall be of the grounding type.

E3902.3 CO/ALR receptacles. Receptacles rated at 20
amperes or less and directly connected to aluminum conduc-
tors shall be marked CO/ALR.

E3902.4 Faceplates. Metal face plates shall be grounded.

E3902.5 Position of receptacle faces. After installation,
receptacle faces shall be flush with or project from face plates
of insulating material and shall project a minimum of 0.015
inch (0.381 mm) from metal face plates. Faceplates shall be
installed so as to completely cover the opening and seat against
the mounting surface.

Exceptions:

1. Listed kits or assemblies encompassing receptacles
and nonmetallic faceplates that cover the receptacle
face, where the plate cannot be installed on any other
receptacle, shall be permitted.

2. Listed nonmetallic faceplates that cover the recepta-
cle face to a maximum thickness of 0.040 inches (1
mm) shall be permitted.

E3902.6 Receptacle mounted in boxes. Receptacles mounted
in boxes that are set back from the finished wall surface as per-
mitted by Section E3 806.5 shall be installed so that the mount-
ing yoke or strap of the receptacle is held rigidly at the finished
surface of the wall. Receptacles mounted in boxes that are flush
with the wall surface or project therefrom shall be so installed
that the mounting yoke or strap is seated against the box or
raised cover.

E3902.7 Receptacles mounted on covers. Receptacles
mounted to and supported by a cover shall be held rigidly
against the cover by more than one screw or shall be a device

assembly or box cover listed and identified for securing by a ||
single screw.

E3902.8 Damp locations. A receptacle installed outdoors in a
location protected from the weather or in other damp locations
shall have an enclosure for the receptacle that is weatherproof
when the receptacle cover(s) is closed and an attachment plug
cap is not inserted. An installation suitable for wet locations
shall also be considered suitable for damp locations. A recepta-
cle shall be considered to be in a location protected from the
weather where located under roofed open porches, canopies
and similar structures and not subject to rain or water runoff.

E3902.9 Fifteen- and 20-ampere receptacles in wet loca-
tions. Where installed in a wet location, 15- and 20-ampere,
125- and 250-volt receptacles shall have an enclosure that is
weatherproof whether or not the attachment plug cap is
inserted.

E3902.10 Other receptacles in wet locations. Where a recep-
tacle other than a 15- or 20-amp, 125- or 250-volt receptacle is |
installed in a wet location and where the product intended to be
plugged into it is not attended while in use, the receptacle shall
have an enclosure that is weatherproof both when the attach-
ment plug cap is inserted and when it is removed. Where such
receptacle is installed in a wet location and where the product
intended to be plugged into it will be attended v/hile in use, the
receptacle shall have an enclosure that is weatherproof when
the attachment plug cap is removed.

E3902.il Bathtub and shower space. A receptacle shall not
be installed within or directly over a bathtub or shower stall. |

E3902.12 Flush mounting with faceplate. In damp or wet
locations, the enclosure for a receptacle installed in an outlet
box flush-mounted in a finished surface shall be made weather- |
proof by means of a weatherproof faceplate assembly that pro-
vides a water-tight connection between the plate and the
finished surface. I

SECTION E3903
FIXTURES

E3903.1 Energized parts. Luminaires, lampholders, lamps
and receptacles shall not have energized parts normally
exposed to contact.

E3903.2 Luminaires near combustible material.

Luminaires shall be installed so that combustible material will
not be subjected to temperatures in excess of 90°C (194°F).

E3903.3 Exposed conductive parts. The exposed metal parts
of luminaires shall be grounded or insulated frorii ground and
other conducting surfaces. Lamp tie wires, mounting screws,
clips and decorative bands on glass spaced at least 1 .5 inches
(38 mm) from lamp terminals shall not be required to be
grounded.

E3903.4 Screw-shell type. Lampholders of the screw-shell
type shall be installed for use as lampholders only.

E3903.5 Recessed incandescent luminaires. Recessed incan-
descent luminaires shall have thermal protection and shall be
listed as thermally protected.

528

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

DEVICES AND LUMINAIRES

Exceptions:

1 . Thermal protection shall not be required in recessed
luminaires listed for the purpose and installed in
poured concrete.

2. Thermal protection shall not be required in recessed
luminaires having design, construction, and thermal
performance characteristics equivalent to that of ther-
mally protected luminaires, and such luminaires are
identified as inherently protected.

E3903.6 Thermal protection. The ballast of a fluorescent
luminaire installed indoors shall have integral thermal protec-
tion. Replacement ballasts shall also have thermal protection
integral with the ballast. A simple reactance ballast in a fluores-
cent luminaire with straight tubular lamps shall not be required
to be thermally protected.

E3903.7 High-intensity discharge luminaires. Recessed
high-intensity luminaires designed to be installed in wall or
ceiling cavities shall have thermal protection and be identified
as thermally protected. Thermal protection shall not be
required in recessed high-intensity luminaires having design,
construction and thermal performance characteristics equiva-
lent to that of thermally protected luminaires, and such
luminaires are identified as inherently protected. Thermal pro-
tection shall not be required in recessed high-intensity dis-
charge luminaires installed in and identified for use in poured
concrete. A recessed remote ballast for a high-intensity dis-
charge luminaire shall have thermal protection that is integral
with the ballast and shall be identified as thermally protected.

E3903.8 Wet or damp locations. Luminaires installed in wet
or damp locations shall be installed so that water cannot enter
or accumulate in wiring compartments, lampholders or other
electrical parts. All luminaires installed in wet locations shall
be marked SUITABLE FOR WET LOCATIONS. All
luminaires installed in damp locations shall be marked SUIT-
ABLE FOR WET LOCATIONS or SUITABLE FOR DAMP
LOCATIONS.

E3903.9 Lampholders in wet or damp locations.

Lampholders installed in wet or damp locations shall be of the
weatherproof type.

E3903.10 Bathtub and shower areas. Cord-connected
luminaires, chain-, cable-, or cord-suspended-luminaires,
lighting track, pendants, and ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans
shall not have any parts located within a zone measured 3 feet
(914 mm) horizontally and 8 feet (2438 mm) vertically from
the top of a bathtub rim or shower stall threshold. This zone is
all encompassing and includes the zone directly over the tub or
shower. Luminaires located in this zone shall be listed for damp
locations and where subject to shower spray, shall be listed for
wet locations.

E3903.il Luminaires in clothes closets. For the purposes of
this section, storage space shall be defined as a volume
bounded by the sides and back closet walls and planes extend-
ing from the closet floor vertically to a height of 6 feet(1829
mm) or the highest clothes-hanging rod and parallel to the
walls at a horizontal distance of 24 inches (610 mm) from the
sides and back of the closet walls respectively, and continuing
vertically to the closet ceiling parallel to the walls at a horizon-

tal distance of 12 inches (305 mm) or the width of the shelf,
whichever is greater. For a closet that permits access to both
sides of a hanging rod, the storage space shall include the vol-
ume below the highest rod extending 12 inches (305 mm) on
either side of the rod on a plane horizontal to the floor extend-
ing the entire length of the rod (see Figure E3903. 1 1).

The types of luminaires installed in clothes closets shall be
limited to surface-mounted or recessed incandescent
luminaires with completely enclosed lamps, and sur-
face-mounted or recessed fluorescent luminaires. Incandes-
cent luminaires with open or partially enclosed lamps and
pendant luminaires or lamp-holders shall be prohibited.
Luminaire installations shall be in accordance with one or more
of the following:

Surface-mounted incandescent luminaires shall be
installed on the wall above the door or on the ceiling, pro-
vided there is a minimum clearance of 12 inches (305
mm) between the fixture and the nearest point of a stor-
age space.

12" OR
SHELF
WIDTH

12" OR
SHELF
WfDTH

ROD

HEIGHT

0R6'

12" OR
SHELF
WIDTH

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

FIGURE E3903.11
CLOSET STORAGE SPACE

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

529

DEVICES AND LUMINAIRES

2. Surface-mounted fluorescent luminaires shall be
installed on the wall above the door or on the ceiling, pro-
vided there is a minimum clearance of 6 inches (152 mm)
between the fixture and the nearest point of a storage
space.

3. Recessed incandescent luminaires with a completely
enclosed lamp shall be installed in the wall or the ceiling
provided there is a minimum clearance of 6 inches (152
mm) between the luminaire and the nearest point of a
storage space.

4. Recessed fluorescent luminaires shall be installed in the
wall or on the ceiling provided there is a minimum clear-
ance of 6 inches (152 mm) between the fixture and the
nearest point of a storage space.

E3903.12 Luminaire wiring — general. Wiring on or within
luminaires shall be neatly arranged and shall not be exposed to
physical damage. Excess wiring shall be avoided. Conductors
shall be arranged so that they are not subjected to temperatures
above those for which the conductors are rated.

E3903.12.1 Polarization of luminaires. Luminaires shall
be wired so that the screw shells of lampholders will be con-
nected to the same luminaire or circuit conductor or termi-
nal. The grounded conductor shall be connected to the
screw shell.

E3903.12.2 Luminaires as raceways. Luminaires shall not
be used as raceways for circuit conductors except where
such luminaires are listed and marked for use as a raceway.

SECTION E3904
LUMINAIRE INSTALLATION

E3904.1 Outlet box covers. In a completed installation, each
outlet box shall be provided with a cover except where covered
by means of a luminaire canopy, lampholder or device with a
faceplate.

E3904.2 Combustible material at outlet boxes. Combustible
wall or ceiling finish exposed between the inside edge of a
luminaire canopy or pan and the outlet box to which the
luminaire connects shall be covered with a noncombustible
material.

E3904.3 Access. Luminaires shall be installed so that the con-
nections between the luminaire conductors and the circuit con-
ductors can be accessed without requiring the disconnection of
any part of the wiring.

E3904.4 Supports. Luminaires and lampholders shall be
securely supported. A luminaire that weighs more than 6
pounds (2.72 kg) or exceeds 16 inches (406 mm) in any dimen-
sion shall not be supported by the screw shell of a lampholder.

E3904.5 Means of support. Outlet boxes or fittings installed
as required by Sections E3805 and E3806 shall be permitted to
support luminaires.

E3904.6 Exposed ballasts. Luminaires having exposed bal-
lasts or transformers shall be installed so that such ballasts or
transformers are not in contact with combustible material.

E3904.7 Combustible low-density cellulose fiberboard.

Where a surface-mounted luminaire containing a ballast is

installed on combustible low-density cellulose fiberboard, the
luminaire shall be listed for this purpose or it shall be spaced |
not less than 1.5 inches (38 mm) from the surface of the fiber-
board. Where such luminaires are partially or wholly recessed,
the provisions of Sections E3904.8 and E3904.9 shall apply.

E3904.8 Recessed luminaire clearance. A recessed luminaire
that is not identified for contact with insulation shall have all
recessed parts spaced at least 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) from combus-
tible materials. The points of support and the finish trim parts at
the opening in the ceiling or wall surface shall be permitted to
be in contact with combustible materials. A recessed luminaire
that is identified for contact with insulation, Type IC, shall be
permitted to be in contact with combustible materials at
recessed parts, points of support, and portions passing through
the building structure and at finish trim parts at the opening in
the ceiling or wall.

E3904.9 Recessed luminaire installation. Thermal insulation
shall not be installed above a recessed luminaire or within 3
inches (76 mm) of the recessed luminaire's enclosure, wiring
compartment or ballast except where such luminaire is identi-
fied for contact with insulation. Type IC.

SECTION E3905
TRACK LIGHTING

E3905.1 Installation. Lighting track shall be permanently
installed and permanently connected to a branch circuit having |
a rating not more than that of the track.

E3905.2 Fittings. Fittings identified for use on lighting track
shall be designed specifically for the track on which they are to
be installed. Fittings shall be securely fastened to the track,
shall maintain polarization and grounding, and shall be
designed to be suspended directly from the track. Only lighting
track fittings shall be installed on lighting track. Lighting track
fittings shall not be equipped with general-purpose receptacles.

E3905.3 Connected load. The connected load on lighting
track shall not exceed the rating of the track.

E3905.4 Prohibited locations. Lighting track shall not be
installed in the following locations:

1. Where likely to be subjected to physical damage.

2. In wet or damp locations.

3. Where subject to corrosive vapors.

4. In storage battery rooms.

5. In hazardous (classified) locations.

6. Where concealed.

7. Where extended through walls or partitions.

8. Less than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the finished floor
except where protected from physical daihage or the
track operates at less than 30 volts rms open^circuit volt-
age.

9. Where prohibited by Section E3903. 10.

E3905.5 Fastening. Lighting track shall be securely mounted
so that each fastening will be suitable for supporting the maxi-
mum weight of luminaires that can be installed. Except where

530

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

DEVICES AND LUMINAIRES

identified for supports at greater intervals, a single section 4
feet (1219 mm) or shorter in length shall have two supports
and, where installed in a continuous row, each individual sec-
tion of not more than 4 feet (1219 mm) in length shall have one
additional support.

E3905.6 Grounding. Lighting track shall be grounded in
accordance with Chapter 38, and the track sections shall be
securely coupled to maintain continuity of the circuitry, polar-
ization and grounding throughout.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE® 531

532

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

CHAPTER 40

APPLIANCE INSTALLATION

SECTION E4001
GENERAL

E4001.1 Scope. This section covers installation requirements
for appliances and fixed heating equipment.

E4001.2 Installation. Appliances and equipment shall be
installed in accordance with the manufacturer's installation
instructions. Electrically heated appliances and equipment
shall be installed with the required clearances to combustible
materials.

E4001.3 Flexible cords. Cord-and-plug-connected appliances
shall use cords suitable for the environment and physical con-
ditions likely to be encountered. Flexible cords shall be used
only where the appliance is listed to be connected with a flexi-
ble cord. The cord shall be identified as suitable for the purpose
in the installation instructions of the appliance manufacturer.
Receptacles for cord-and-plug-connected appliances shall be
accessible and shall be located to avoid physical damage to the
flexible cord. Except for a listed appliance marked to indicate
that it is protected by a system of double-insulation, the flexible
cord supplying an appliance shall terminate in a ground-
ing-type attachment plug. A receptacle for a cord-and-plug-
connected range hood shall be supplied by an individual
branch circuit. Specific appliances have additional require-
ments as specified in Table E4001.3 (see Section E3809).

TABLEE4001.3
FLEXIBLE CORD LENGTH

APPLIANCE

MINIMUM CORD
LENGTH (inches)

MAXIMUM CORD
LENGTH (inches)

Kitchen waste
disposal

Built-in dishwasher

Trash compactor

Range hoods

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

E4001.4 Overcurrent protection. Each appliance shall be
protected against overcurrent in accordance with the rating of
the appliance and its listing.

E4001.4.1 Single nonmotor-operated appliance. The

overcurrent protection for a branch circuit that supplies a
single nonmotor-operated appliance shall not exceed that
marked on the appliance. Where the overcurrent protection
rating is not marked and the appliance is rated at over 13.3
amperes, the overcurrent protection shall not exceed 150
percent of the appliance rated current. Where 150 percent of
the appliance rating does not correspond to a standard
overcurrent device ampere rating, the next higher standard
rating shall be permitted. Where the overcurrent protection
rating is not marked and the appliance is rated at 13.3
amperes or less, the overcurrent protection shall not exceed
20 amperes.

E4001.5 Disconnecting means. Each appliance shall be pro-
vided with a means to disconnect all ungrounded supply con-
ductors. For fixed electric space-heating equipment, means
shall be provided to disconnect the heater and any motor con-
troller(s) and supplementary overcurrent-protective devices.
Switches and circuit breakers used as a disconnecting means
shall be of the indicating type. Disconnecting means shall be as
set forth in Table E4001.5.

E4001.6 Support of ceiling-suspended paddle fans. Ceil-
ing-suspended fans (paddle) shall be supported independently
of an outlet box or by a listed outlet box or outlet box system
identified for the use and installed in accordance with Section
E3805.9.

E4001.7 Snow-melting and deicing equipment protection.

Outdoor receptacles that are not readily accessible and are sup-
plied from a dedicated branch circuit for electric snow-melting
or deicing equipment shall be permitted to be installed without
ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel. How-
ever, ground-fault protection of equipment shall be provided
for fixed outdoor electric deicing and snow-melting equip-
ment.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

533

APPLIANCE INSTALLATION

TABLEE4001.5
DISCONNECTING MEANS

DESCRIPTION

ALLOWED DISCONNECTING MEANS

Permanently connected appliance rated at not over 300
volt-amperes or Vg horsepower.

Branch-circuit overcurrent device.

Permanently connected appliances rated in excess of 300
volt-amperes or Vg horsepower.

Branch circuit breaker or switch located within sight of appliance or such
devices in any location that are capable of being locked in the open position.
The provision for locking or adding a lock to the disconnecting means shall be
installed on or at the switch or circuit breaker used as the disconnecting means
and shall remain in place with or without the lock installed.

Appliances listed for cord-and-plug connection.

A separable connector or attachment plug and receptacle provided with access.

Permanently installed heating equipment with motors rated
at not over Vg horsepower with supplementary overcurrent
protection.

Disconnect, on the supply side of fuses, in sight from the supplementary
overcurrent device, and in sight of the heating equipment or, in any location, if
capable of being locked in the open position.

Heating equipment containing motors rated over Vg
horsepower with supplementary overcurrent protection.

Disconnect permitted to serve as required disconnect for both the heating
equipment and the controller where, on the supply side of fuses, arid in sight
from the supplementary overcurrent devices, if the disconnecting means is also
in sight from the controller, or is capable of being locked off.

Heating equipment containing no motor rated over Vg
horsepower without supplementary overcurrent protection.

Branch-circuit switch or circuit breaker where within sight from the heating
equipment or capable of being locked off.

Heating equipment containing motors rated over Vg
horsepower without supplementary overcurrent protection.

Disconnecting means in sight from motor controller or as provided for heating
equipment with motor rated over Vg horsepower with supplementary
overcurrent protection.

Air-conditioning condensing units and heat pump units.

A readily accessible disconnect within sight from unit as the only allowable
means.''

AppUances and fixed heating equipment with unit switches
having a marked OFF position.

Unit switch where an additional individual switch or circuit breaker serves as a
redundant disconnecting means.

Thermostatically controlled fixed heating equipment.

Thermostats with a marked OFF position that directly open all ungrounded
conductors, which when manually placed in the OFF position are designed so
that the circuit cannot be energized automatically and that are located within
sight of the equipment controlled.

a. The disconnecting means shall be permitted to be installed on or within the unit. It shall not be located on panels designed to allow access to the unit.

534

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

CHAPTER 41

SWIMMING POOLS

SECTION E4101
GENERAL

E4101.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter shall apply to
the construction and installation of electric wiring and equip-
ment associated with all swimming pools, wading pools, deco-
rative pools, fountains, hot tubs and spas, and hydromassage
bathtubs, whether permanently installed or storable, and shall
apply to metallic auxiliary equipment, such as pumps, filters
and similar equipment. Sections E4102 through E4106 provide
general rules for permanent pools, spas and hot tubs. Section
E4107 provides specific rules for storable pools. Section
E4108 provides specific rules for spas and hot tubs. Section
E4109 provides specific rules for hydromassage bathtubs.

E4101.2 Definitions.

CORD-AND-PLUG-CONNECTED LIGHTING ASSEM-
BLY. A lighting assembly consisting of a cord-and-plug-con-
I nected transformer and a luminaire intended for installation in
the wall of a spa, hot tub, or storable pool.

DRY-NICHE LUMINAIRE. A luminaire intended for instal-
lation in the wall of a pool or fountain in a niche that is sealed
against the entry of pool water.

FORMING SHELL. A structure designed to support a
I wet-niche luminaire assembly and intended for mounting in a
pool or fountain structure.

FOUNTAIN. Fountains, ornamental pools, display pools, and
reflection pools. The definition does not include drinking foun-
tains.

HYDROMASSAGE BATHTUB. A permanendy installed
bathtub equipped with a recirculating piping system, pump,
and associated equipment. It is designed so it can accept, circu-
late and discharge water upon each use.

MAXIMUM WATER LEVEL. The highest level that water
can reach before it spills out.

NO-NICHE LUMINAIRE. A luminaire intended for instal-
lation above or below the water without a niche.

PACKAGED SPA OR HOT TUB EQUIPMENT ASSEM-
BLY. A factory-fabricated unit consisting of water-circulating,
heating and control equipment mounted on a common base,
intended to operate a spa or hot tub. Equipment may include
pumps, air blowers, heaters, luminaires, controls and sanitizer
generators.

PERMANENTLY INSTALLED SWIMMING AND
WADING POOLS. Those that are constructed in the ground
or partially in the ground, and all others capable of holding
water with a depth greater than 42 inches (1067 mm), and all
pools installed inside of a building, regardless of water depth,
whether or not served by electrical circuits of any nature.

POOL COVER, ELECTRICALLY OPERATED.

Motor-driven equipment designed to cover and uncover the

water surface of a pool by means of a flexible sheet or rigid
frame.

SELF-CONTAINED SPA OR HOT TUB. A factory-fabri-
cated unit consisting of a spa or hot tub vessel with all
water-circulating, heating and control equipment integral to
the unit. Equipment may include pumps, air blowers, heaters,
luminaires, controls and sanitizer generators.

SPA OR HOT TUB. A hydromassage pool, or tub for recre-
ational or therapeutic use, not located in health care facilities,
designed for immersion of users, and usually having a filter,
heater, and motor-driven blower. They are installed indoors or
outdoors, on the ground or supporting structure, or in the
ground or supporting structure. Generally, a spa or hot tub is
not designed or intended to have its contents drained or dis-
charged after each use.

STORABLE SWIMMING OR WADING POOL. Those
that are constructed on or above the ground and are capable of
holding water with a maximum depth of 42 inches (1067 mm),
or a pool with nonmetallic, molded polymeric walls or inflat-
able fabric walls regardless of dimension.

THROUGH- WALL LIGHTING ASSEMBLY. A lighting
assembly intended for installation above grade, on or through
the wall of a pool, consisting of two interconnected groups of
components separated by the pool wall.

WET-NICHE LUMINAIRE. A luminaire intended for
installation in a forming shell mounted in a pool or fountain
structure where the luminaire will be completely surrounded
by water.

SECTION E4102

WIRING METHODS FOR POOLS, SPAS, HOT TUBS

AND HYDROMASSAGE BATHTUBS

E4102.1 General. Wiring methods used in conjunction with per-
manently installed swimming pools, spas, hot tubs or
hydromassage bathtubs shall be installed in accordance with
Table E4102.1 and Chapter 37 except as otherwise stated in this
section. Storable swimming pools shall comply with Section
E4107.

E4102.2 Flexible cords. Flexible cords used in conjunction
with a pool, spa, hot tub or hydromassage bathtub shall be
installed in accordance with the following:

1 . For other than underwater luminaires, fixed or stationary
equipment, rated at 20 amperes or less shall be permitted to
be connected with a flexible cord to facilitate the removal or
disconnection for maintenance or repair. For other than
storable pools, the flexible cord shall not exceed 3 feet (914
mm) in length. Cords that supply swimming pool equip-
ment, shall have a copper equipment grounding conductor
not smaller than 12 AWG and shall be provided with a
grounding-type attachment plug.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

535

SWIMMING POOLS

2. Flexible cord that is supplied as part of a listed
underwater swimming pool lighting luminaire shall be
permitted to be installed in any of the permitted wiring
methods from the luminaire to a deck box or other
enclosure. Splices shall not be made within a raceway.
The equipment grounding conductor shall be an insu-
lated copper conductor that is not smaller than the sup-
ply conductors and not smaller than 16 AWG.

3 . A listed packaged spa or hot tub installed outdoors that is
GFCI protected, shall be permitted to be cord and plug
connected provided that such cord does not exceed 15
feet (4572 mm) in length.

4. A listed packaged spa or hot tub rated at 20 amperes or
less and installed indoors shall be permitted to be cord
and plug connected to facilitate maintenance and repair.

5. For other than underwater and storable pool lighting
luminaire, the requirements of Item 1 shall apply to any
cord equipped luminaire that is located within 16 feet
(4877 mm) radially from any point on the water surface.

E4102.3 Double insulated pool pumps. A listed cord-and-
plug-connected pool pump incorporating an approved system
of double insulation that provides a means for grounding only
the internal and nonaccessible, noncurrent-carrying metal
parts of the pump shall be connected to any wiring method rec-
ognized in Chapter 37 that is suitable for the location. Where
the bonding grid is connected to the equipment grounding con-
ductor of the motor circuit in accordance with Section
E4104.2, Item 4, the branch circuit wiring shall comply with
Sections E4102.1 and E4105.5.

TABLE E4102.1
ALLOWABLE APPLICATIONS FOR WIRING METHODS

a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h

WIRING LOCATION OR PURPOSE
(Application allowed where marked with an "A")

AC, FIVIC, NM,
SR, SE

EMT

ENT

IIVIC, RMC,
RNC

LFIWJC

LFNMC

IVIC

Flex
Cord

Panelboard(s) that supply pool equipment:
from service equipment to panelboard

Ab,e

A'^

—

A*"

—

Wet-niche and no-niche luminaires: from
branch circuit OCPD to deck or junction box

—

A'^

A''

—

Wet- niche and no-niche luminaires: from deck
or junction box to forming shell

—

A'l

—

Dry niche: from branch circuit OCPD to
luminaires

—

Pool-associated motors: from branch circuit
OCPD to motor

A'^

Packaged or self-contained outdoor spas and
hot tubs with underwater luminaire: from
branch circuit OCPD to spa or hot tub

—

A"^

—

Packaged or self-contained outdoor spas and
hot tubs without underwater luminaire: from
branch circuit OCPD to spa or hot tub

A"^

A''

Indoor spa and hot tubs, hydromassage
bathtubs, and other pool, spa or hot tub
associated equipment: from branch circuit
OCPD to equipment

A'^

Connection at pool lighting transformers

—

A'^

A''

—

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm. !

a. For all wiring methods, see Section E4105 for equipment grounding conductor requirements.

b. Limited to use within buildings.

c. Limited to use on or within buildings.

d. Metal conduit shall be constructed of brass or other approved corrosion resistant metal. :

e. Permitted only for existing installations in accordance with the exception to Section E4105.6.

f. Limited to use at pool, spa or hot tub equipment where flexibility is necessary. For spas and hot tubs, the maximum length shall be 6 feet (1.8 m).

g. Limited to use in individual lengths not to exceed 6 feet (1.8 m). The total length of all individual runs of LFMC and LFNMC shall not exceed 10 feet (3 m).
LFNMC Type B shall be limited to lengths not exceeding 10 feet (3 m).

h. Flexible cord shall be installed in accordance with Secdon E4 102.2. •

536

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*

SWIMMING POOLS

SECTION E4103
EQUIPMENT LOCATION AND CLEARANCES

E4103.1 Receptacle outlets. Receptacles outlets shall be
installed and located in accordance with Sections E4 103. 1.1
through E4103. 1 .6. Distances shall be measured as the shortest
path that an appliance supply cord connected to the receptacle
would follow without penetrating a floor, wall, ceiling, door-
way with hinged or sliding door, window opening, or other
effective permanent barrier.

E4103.1.1 Location. Receptacles that provide power for
water-pump motors or other loads directly related to the cir-
culation and sanitation system shall be permitted to be
located between 5 feet and 10 feet (1524 mm and 3048 mm)
from the inside walls of pools and outdoor spas and hot tubs,
and, where so located, shall be single and of the locking and
grounding type and shall be protected by ground-fault cir-
cuit interrupters.

Other receptacles on the property shall be located not less
than 10 feet (3048 m) from the inside walls of pools and out-
door spas and hot tubs except where permitted by Section
E4103.1.3.

E4103.1.2 Where required. At least one 125-volt, 15- or
20-ampere receptacle supplied by a general-purpose branch
circuit shall be located a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm)
from and not more than 20 feet (6096 mm) from the inside
wall of pools and outdoor spas and hot tubs except as per-
mitted by Section E4103.1.3. This receptacle shall be
located not more than 6 feet, 6 inches (1981 mm) above the
floor, platform or grade level serving the pool, spa or hot tub.

E4103.1.3 Restricted space. Where a pool is within 10 feet
(3.0 m) of a dwelling and the dimensions of the lot preclude
meeting the required distances of Sections E4 103. 1.1 and
E4 1 03 . 1 .2, not more than one receptacle outlet shall be permit-
ted provided that such outlet is not less than 5 feet (1.5 m) mea-
sured horizontally from the inside wall of the pool.

E4103.1.4 GFCI protection. All 15- and 20-ampere, single
phase, 125-volt receptacles located within 20 feet (6096
mm) of the inside walls of pools and outdoor spas and hot
tubs shall be protected by a ground-fault circuit-interrupter.
Receptacles that supply pool pump motors and that are rated
15 or 20 amperes, 125 volts through 250 volts, single phase,
shall be provided with GFCI protection.

E4103.1.5 Indoor locations. Receptacles shall be located
not less than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the inside walls of
indoor spas and hot tubs. A minimum of one 1 25-volt recep-
tacle shall be located between 5 feet (1524 mm) and 10 feet
(3048 mm) from the inside walls of indoor spas or hot tubs.

E4103.1.6 Indoor GFCI protection. All 125-volt recepta-
cles rated 30 amperes or less and located within 10 feet
(3048 mm) of the inside walls of spas and hot tubs installed
indoors, shall be protected by ground-fault circuit-inter-
rupters.

E4103.2 Switching devices. Switching devices shall be
located not less than 5 feet (1 .5 m) horizontally from the inside
walls of pools, spas and hot tubs except where separated from
the pool, spa or hot tub by a solid fence, wall, or other perma-
nent barrier. Switching devices located in a room or area con-

taining a hydromassage bathtub shall be located in accordance
with the general requirements of this code.

E4103.3 Disconnecting means. One or more means to discon- |
nect all ungrounded conductors for all utilization equipment,
other than lighting, shall be provided. Each of such means shall I
be readily accessible and within sight from the equipment it I
serves.

E4103.4 Luminaires and ceiling fans. Lighting outlets,
luminaires, and ceiling-suspended paddle fans shall be
installed and located in accordance with Sections E4103.4.1
through E4103.4.5.

E4103.4.1 Outdoor location. In outdoor pool, outdoor
spas and outdoor hot tubs areas, luminaires, lighting outlets,
and ceiling-suspended paddle fans shall not be installed
over the pool or over the area extending 5 feet (1524 mm)
horizontally from the inside walls of a pool except where no
part of the luminaire or ceiling-suspended paddle fan is less
than 12 feet (3658 mm) above the maximum water level.

E4103.4.2 Indoor locations. In indoor pool areas, the limi-
tations of Section E4103.4.1 shall apply except where the
luminaires, hghting outlets and ceiling-suspended paddle
fans comply with all of the following conditions:

1 . The luminaires are of a totally enclosed type;

2. A ground-fault circuit interrupter is installed in the
branch circuit supplying the luminaires or ceil-
ing-suspended (paddle) fans; and

3. The distance from the bottom of the luminaire or ceil-
ing-suspended (paddle) fan to the maximum water
level is not less than 7 feet, 6 inches (2286 mm).

E4103.4.3 Existing lighting outlets and luminaires.

Existing lighting outlets and luminaires that are located
within 5 feet (1524 mm) horizontally from the inside walls
of pools and outdoor spas and hot tubs shall be permitted to
be located not less than 5 feet (1524 mm) vertically above
the maximum water level, provided that such luminaires
and outlets are rigidly attached to the existing structure and I
are protected by a ground-fault circuit-interrupter. |

E4103.4.4 Indoor spas and hot tubs.

1. Luminaires, lighting outlets, and ceiling-suspended
paddle fans located over the spa or hot tub or within 5
feet (1524 mm) from the inside walls of the spa or hot
tub shall be a minimum of 7 feet, 6 inches (2286 mm)
above the maximum water level and shall be pro-
tected by a ground-fault circuit interrupter.

Luminaires, lighting outlets, and ceiling-sus-
pended paddle fans that are located 12 feet (3658 mm)
or more above the maximum water level shall not
require ground-fault circuit interrupter protection.

2. Luminaires protected by a ground-fault circuit inter-
rupter and complying with Item 2.1 or 2.2 shall be
permitted to be installed less than 7 feet, 6 inches
(2286 mm) over a spa or hot tub.

2. 1 . Recessed luminaires shall have a glass or plas-
tic lens and nonmetallic or electrically isolated

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

537

SWIMMING POOLS

metal trim, and shall be suitable for use in damp
locations.

2.2. Surface-mounted luminaires shall have a glass or
plastic globe and a nonmetallic body or a metallic
body isolated from contact. Such luminaires shall
be suitable for use in damp locations.

E4103.4.5 GFCI protection in adjacent areas.

Luminaires and outlets that are installed in the area extend-
ing between 5 feet (1524 mm) and 10 feet (3048 mm) from
the inside walls of pools and outdoor spas and hot tubs shall
be protected by ground-fault circuit-interrupters except
where such fixtures and outlets are installed not less than 5
feet (1524 mm) above the maximum water level and are rig-
idly attached to the structure.

E4103.5 Overhead conductor clearances. Except where
installed with the clearances specified in Table E4103.5, the
following parts of pools and outdoor spas and hot tubs shall not
be placed under existing service-drop conductors or any other
open overhead wiring; nor shall such wiring be installed above
the following:

1. Pools and the areas extending 10 feet (3048 mm) hori-
zontally from the inside of the walls of the pool;

2. Diving structures; or

3. Observation stands, towers, and platforms.

Utility-owned, -operated and -maintained communications
conductors, community antenna system coaxial cables and the
supporting messengers shall be permitted at a height of not less
than 10 feet (3048 mm) above swimming and wading pools, div-
ing structures, and observation stands, towers, and platforms.

E4103.6 Underground wiring. Underground wiring shall not
be installed under or within the area extending 5 feet(1524 mm)
horizontally from the inside walls of pools and outdoor hot tubs
and spas except where the wiring is installed to supply pool, spa
or hot tub equipment or where space limitations prevent wiring
from being routed 5 feet (1524 mm) or more horizontally from
the inside walls. Where installed within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the
inside walls, the wiring method shall be rigid metal conduit,
intermediate metal conduit or a nonmetallic raceway system.
Metal conduit shall be corrosion resistant and suitable for the
location. The minimum raceway burial depth shall be in accor-
dance with Table E4103.6.

SECTION E4104
BONDING

required by

E4104.1 Performance. The equipotential bonding

this section shall be installed to eliminate voltage gradients in

the pool area as prescribed.

E4104.2 Bonded parts. The following parts shall be bonded
together:

1. All metallic parts of pool, spa and hot tub structures,
including the reinforcing metal of pool, spa and hot tub
shells, coping stones, and decks. The usual steel tie wires
shall be considered suitable for bonding the reinforcing
steel together, and welding or special clamping shall not
be required. Such tie wires shall be made tight. Where
reinforcing steel is effectively insulated by a listed
encapsulating nonconductive compound, at the time of
manufacture and installation, it shall not be required to
be bonded. Where reinforcing steel is encapsulated with

TABLE E4103.5
OVERHEAD CONDUCTOR CLEARANCES

^ ^_--- ^^

INSULATED SUPPLY OR SERVICE DROP
CABLESrO-750 VOLTS TO GROUND,

SUPPORTED ONAND CABLED

TOGETHER WITH AN EFFECTIVELY

GROUNDED BARE MESSENGER OR

EFFECTIVELY GROUNDED NEUTRAL

CONDUCTOR

(feet)

ALL OTHER SUPPLY OR SERVICE DROP CONDUCTORS
(feet)

Voltage to ground

0-15 kV

Greater than 15 to 50 kV

A. Clearance in any direction to
the water level, edge of water
surface, base of diving platform,
or permanently-anchored raft

22.5

B. Clearance in any direction to
the diving platform

14.5

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

TABLE E4103.6
MINIMUM BURIAL DEPTHS

WIRING METHOD

UNDERGROUND WIRING (inches) !

Rigid metal conduit

Intermediate metal conduit

6 :

Nonmetallic raceways listed for direct burial without concrete encasement

Other approved raceways^

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

a. Raceways approved for burial only where concrete-encased shall require a concrete envelope not less than 2 inches in thickness.

538

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

SWIMMING POOLS

a nonconductive compound or another conductive mate-
rial is not available, provisions shall be made for an alter-
nate means to eliminate voltage gradients that would
otherwise be provided by unencapsulated bonded rein-
forcing steel.

2. All metal forming shells and mounting brackets of
no-niche luminaires except where a listed low-voltage
lighting system with a nonmetallic forming shell is used
that does not require bonding.

3. All metal fittings within or attached to pool, spa and hot
tub structures. Isolated parts that are not over 4 inches
(102 mm) in any dimension and do not penetrate into the
pool structure more than 1 inch (25.4 mm) shall not
require bonding. The metal bands or hoops used to
secure wooden staves for a hot tub or spa shall not be
required to be bonded.

4. Metal parts of electrical equipment associated with pool,
spa and hot tub water circulating systems, including
pump motors and metal parts of equipment associated
with pool covers, including electric motors. Accessible
metal parts of listed equipment incorporating an
approved system of double insulation and providing a
means for grounding internal nonaccessible,
noncurrent-carrying metal parts shall not be bonded by a
direct connection to the equipotential bonding grid. The
means for grounding internal nonaccessible, noncurrent
carrying metal parts shall be an equipment grounding
conductor run with the power-supply conductors in the
case of motors supplied with a flexible cord, or a ground-
ing terminal in the case of motors intended for permanent
connection. Where a double-insulated water-pump
motor is installed under the provisions of this section, a
solid 8 AWG copper conductor that is of sufficient
length to make a bonding connection to a replacement
motor shall be extended from the bonding grid to an
accessible point in the motor vicinity. Where there is no
connection between the swimming pool bonding grid
and the equipment grounding system for the premises,
this bonding conductor shall be connected to the equip-
ment grounding conductor of the motor circuit.

5. Electrical devices and controls not associated with pools,
spas or hot tubs and located within 5 feet (1 .5 m) of such
units.

6. Metal-sheathed cables and raceways, metal piping and
all fixed metal parts that are within 5 feet (1 524 mm) hor-
izontally of the inside walls of the pool, spa or hot tub and
that are within 12 feet (3658 mm) above the maximum
water level of the pool or any observation stands, towers
or platforms, or from any diving structures, and that are
not separated from the pool by a permanent barrier.

7. For pool water heaters rated at more than 50 amperes and
having specific instructions regarding bonding and
grounding, only those parts designated to be bonded
shall be bonded and only those parts designated to be
grounded shall be grounded.

~E4104.3 Parts not required to be bonded. Small conductive
surfaces not likely to become energized, such as towel bars,
mirror frames, and air and water jets and drain fittings that are

not connected to metallic piping, and similar equipment
installed on or within indoor spas and hot tubs shall not be
required to be bonded.

E4104.4 Methods of bonding. It shall not be the intent to
require that the 8 AWG or larger sohd copper bonding conduc-
tor be extended or attached to any remote panelboard, service
equipment, or any electrode, but only that it shall be employed
to eliminate voltage gradients in the pool area as prescribed.
Bonding shall be accomplished by one or more of the following
methods:

1 . Equipotential bonding grid. The parts specified in Sec-
tion E4104.2 above shall be connected to an
equipotential bonding grid with a solid copper conduc-
tor, insulated, covered, or bare, not smaller than 8 AWG
or rigid metal conduit of brass or other identified corro-
sion resistant metal conduit. Connection shall be made
by exothermic welding or by listed pressure connectors
or clamps that are labeled as being suitable for the pur-
pose and that are made of stainless steel, brass, copper or
copper alloy.

The equipotential bonding grid shall conform to the
contours of the pool and shall extend within or under
paved walking surfaces for 3 feet (1 m) horizontally
beyond the inside walls of the pool and shall be permitted
to be any of the following:

Exception: The equipotential bonding grid shall not
be required to be installed under the bottom of or ver-
tically along the walls of vinyl lined polymer wall,
fiberglass composite, or other pools constructed of
nonconductive materials. Any metal parts of the pool,
including metal structural supports, shall be bonded
in accordance with Section E4104. 1 . For the purposes
of this section, poured concrete, pneumatically
applied (sprayed) concrete, and concrete block, with
painted or plastered coatings, shall be considered as
conductive materials.

1.1. The structural reinforcing steel of a concrete pool
or deck where the reinforcing rods are bonded
together by the usual steel tie wires made up tight
or the equivalent. Where deck reinforcing steel is
not an integral part of the pool, the deck reinforc-
ing steel shall be bonded to the other parts of the
bonding grid using a solid conductor not smaller
than 8 AWG. Connections shall be in accordance
with Item 1.4.

1 .2. The wall of a bolted or welded metal pool.

1.3. As an alternative means, the system shall be con-
structed as specified in Items 1.3.1 through 1.3.3:

1.3.1. Materials and connections. The
equipotential bonding grid shall be
constructed of bare solid copper con-
ductors not smaller than 8 AWG. Such
conductors shall be bonded to each
other at all points of crossing. Connec-
tions shall be made as required by
Item 1.4.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

539

SWIMMING POOLS

1.3.2. Grid structure. The equipotential
bonding grid shall cover the contour
of the pool and the pool deck extend-
ing 3 feet (1 m) horizontally from the
inside walls of the pool. The
equipotential bonding grid shall be
arranged in a 12 inch (300 mm) by 12
inch (300 mm) network of conductors
in a uniformly spaced perpendicular
grid pattern with tolerance of 4 inches
(100 mm).

1.3.3. Securing. The below-grade grid shall
be secured within or under the pool
and deck media.

1.4. Connections. Where structural reinforcing steel
or the walls of bolted or welded metal pool struc-
tures are used as an equipotential bonding grid
for nonelectrical parts, the connections shall be
connected by exothermic welding, listed pres-
sure connectors, listed clamps, or other listed
means. Connection devices or fittings that
depend solely on solder shall not be used. Sheet
metal screws shall not be used to connect bond-
ing conductors or connection devices.

2. For indoor hot tubs and spas, metal to metal mounting on
a common frame or base.

3. For indoor hot tubs and spas the interconnection of
threaded metal piping and fittings.

4. For indoor hot tubs and spas the provision of a solid cop-
per bonding jumper, insulated, covered, or bare, not
smaller than 8 AWG.

SECTION E4105
GROUNDING

E4105.1 Equipment to be grounded. The following equip-
ment shall be grounded:

1. Through- wall lighting assemblies and underwater
luminaires other than those low-voltage systems listed
for the application without a grounding conductor.

2. All electrical equipment located within 5 feet (1524 mm)
of the inside wall of the pool, spa or hot tub.

3. All electrical equipment associated with the recirculat-
ing system of the pool, spa or hot tub.

4. Junction boxes.

5. Transformer enclosures.

6. Ground-fault circuit-interrupters.

7. Panelboards that are not part of the service equipment
and that supply any electrical equipment associated with
the pool, spa or hot tub.

E4105.2 Luminaires and related equipment. Through-wall
lighting assemblies, wet-niche, dry-niche, or no-niche
luminaires shall be connected to an insulated copper equip-
ment grounding conductor sized in accordance with Table
E3808.12 but not smaller than 12 AWG. The equipment

grounding conductor between the wiring chamber of the sec-
ondary winding of a transformer and a junction box shall be
sized in accordance with the overcurrent device in such circuit.
The junction box, transformer enclosure, or other enclosure in
the supply circuit to a wet-niche or no-niche luminaire and the
field-wiring chamber of a dry-niche luminaire shall be
grounded to the equipment grounding terminal of the
panelboard. The equipment grounding terminal shall be
directly connected to the panelboard enclosure. The equipment
grounding conductor shall be installed without joint or splice.

Exceptions:

1. Where more than one underwater luminaire is sup-
plied by the same branch circuit, the equipment
grounding conductor, installed between the junction
boxes, transformer enclosures, or other enclosures in
the supply circuit to wet- niche luminaires, or between
the field-wiring compartments of dry-niche
luminaires, shall be permitted to be terminated on
grounding terminals.

2. Where an underwater luminaire is supplied from a
transformer, ground-fault circuit-interrupter,
clock-operated switch, or a manual snap switch that is
located between the panelboard and a junction box
connected to the conduit that extends directly to the
underwater luminaire, the equipment grounding con-
ductor shall be permitted to terminate on grounding
terminals on the transformer, ground-fault cir-
cuit-interrupter, clock-operated switch enclosure, or
an outlet box used to enclose a snap switch.

E4105.3 Nonmetallic conduit. Where a nonmetallic conduit
is installed between a forming shell and a junction box, trans-
former enclosure, or other enclosure, a 8 AWCr insulated cop-
per bonding jumper shall be installed in this conduit except
where a listed low-voltage lighting system not requiring
grounding is used. The bonding jumper shall be terminated in
the forming shell, junction box or transformer enclosure, or
ground-fault circuit-interrupter enclosure. The termination of
the 8 AWG bonding jumper in the forming shell shall be cov-
ered with, or encapsulated in, a listed potting compound to pro-
tect such connection from the possible deteriorating effect of
pool water.

E4105.4 Flexible cords. Wet-niche luminaires that are sup-
plied by a flexible cord or cable shall have all exposed
noncurrent-carrying metal parts grounded by an insulated cop-
per equipment grounding conductor that is an integral part of
the cord or cable. This grounding conductor shall be connected
to a grounding terminal in the supply junction box, transformer
enclosure, or other enclosure. The grounding conductor shall
not be smaller than the supply conductors and not smaller than
16 AWG.

E4105.5 Motors. Pool-associated motors shall be connected to
an insulated copper equipment grounding conductor sized in
accordance with Table E3808.12, but not smaller than 12
AWG. Where the branch circuit supplying the motor is
installed in the interior of a one-family dwelling or in the inte-
rior of accessory buildings associated with a one-family dwell-
ing, using a cable wiring method permitted by Table E4102.1,
an uninsulated equipment grounding conductor ishall be per-

540

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

SWIMMING POOLS

mitted provided that it is enclosed within the outer sheath of the
cable assembly.

E4105.6 Panelboards. A panelboard that is not part of the ser-
vice equipment, or source of a separately derived system shall
have an equipment grounding conductor installed between its
grounding terminal and the grounding terminal of the applica-
ble service equipment or source of a separately derived system.
The equipment grounding conductor shall be insulated, shall
be sized in accordance with Table E3808.12, and shall be not
smaller than 12 AWG.

Exception: An existing feeder between an existing remote
panelboard and service equipment shall be permitted to run
in flexible metal conduit or an approved cable assembly that
includes an equipment grounding conductor within its outer
sheath. The equipment grounding conductor shall not be
connected to the grounded conductor in the remote
panelboard.

E4105.6.1 Separate buildings. A feeder to a separate
building or structure shall be permitted to supply swimming
pool equipment branch circuits, or feeders supplying swim-
ming pool equipment branch circuits, provided that the
grounding arrangements in the separate building meet the
requirements of Section E3507.3. Where installed in other
than existing feeders covered in the exception to Section
E4105.6, a separate equipment grounding conductor shall
be an insulated conductor.

E4105.7 Cord-connected equipment. Where fixed or station-
ary equipment is connected with a flexible cord to facilitate
removal or disconnection for maintenance, repair, or storage,
as provided in Section E4102.2, the equipment grounding con-
ductors shall be connected to a fixed metal part of the assembly.
The removable part shall be mounted on or bonded to the fixed
metal part.

E4105.8 Other equipment. Other electrical equipment shall
be grounded in accordance with Section E3808.

SECTION E41 06
EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

E4106.1 Transformers. Transformers used for the supply of
underwater luminaires, together with the transformer enclo-
sure, shall be listed as a swimming pool and spa transformer.
Such transformers shall be of an isolated winding type with an
ungrounded secondary that has a grounded metal barrier
between the primary and secondary windings.

E4106.2 Ground-fault circuit-interrupters. Ground-fault
circuit-interrupters shall be self-contained units, cir-
cuit-breaker types, receptacle types or other approved types.

E4106.3 Wiring on load side of ground-fault circuit-inter-
rupters and transformers. For other than grounding conduc-
tors, conductors installed on the load side of a ground-fault
circuit-interrupter or transformer used to comply with the pro-
visions of Section E4 106.4, shall not occupy raceways, boxes,
or enclosures containing other conductors except where the
other conductors are protected by ground-fault circuit inter-
rupters or are grounding conductors. Supply conductors to a
feed-through type ground-fault circuit interrupter shall be per-

mitted in the same enclosure. Ground-fault circuit interrupters
shall be permitted in a panelboard that contains circuits pro-
tected by other than ground-fault circuit interrupters.

E4106.4 Underwater luminaires. The design of an underwa-
ter luminaire supplied from a branch circuit either directly or
by way of a transformer meeting the requirements of Section
E4 106.1, shall be such that, where the fixture is properly
installed without a ground-fault circuit-interrupter, there is no
shock hazard with any likely combination of fault conditions
during normal use (not relamping). In addition, a ground-fault
circuit-interrupter shall be installed in the branch circuit sup-
plying luminaires operating at more than 15 volts, so that there
is no shock hazard during relamping. The installation of the
ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall be such that there is no
shock hazard with any likely fault-condition combination that
involves a person in a conductive path from any ungrounded
part of the branch circuit or the luminaire to ground. Compli-
ance with this requirement shall be obtained by the use of a
listed underwater luminaire and by installation of a listed
ground-fault circuit-interrupter in the branch circuit.
Luminaires that depend on submersion for safe operation shall
be inherently protected against the hazards of overheating
when not submerged.

E4106.4.1 Maximum voltage. Luminaires shall not be
installed for operation on supply circuits over 150 volts
between conductors.

E4106.4.2 Luminaire location. Luminaires mounted in
walls shall be installed with the top of the fixture lens not
less than 18 inches (457 mm) below the normal water level
of the pool, except where the luminaire is listed and identi-
fied for use at a depth of not less than 4 inches (102 mm)
below the normal water level of the pool. A luminaire facing
upward shall have the lens adequately guarded to prevent
contact by any person.

E4106.5 Wet-niche luminaires. Forming shells shall be
installed for the mounting of all wet-niche underwater
luminaires and shall be equipped with provisions for conduit
entries. Conduit shall extend from the forming shell to a suit-
able junction box or other enclosure located as provided in Sec-
tion E4106.9. Metal parts of the luminaire and forming shell in
contact with the pool water shall be of brass or other approved
corrosion-resistant metal.

The end of flexible-cord jackets and flexible-cord conductor
terminations within a luminaire shall be covered with, or
encapsulated in, a suitable potting compound to prevent the
entry of water into the luminaire through the cord or its conduc-
tors. In addition, the grounding connection within a luminaire
shall be similarly treated to protect such connection from the
deteriorating effect of pool water in the event of water entry
into the luminaire.

Luminaires shall be bonded to and secured to the forming
shell by a positive locking device that ensures a low-resistance
contact and requires a tool to remove the luminaire from the
forming shell.

E4106.5.1 Servicing. All luminaires shall be removable
from the water for relamping or normal maintenance.
Luminaires shall be installed in such a manner that personnel

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

541

SWIMMING POOLS

can reach the luminaire for relamping, maintenance, or
inspection while on the deck or equivalently dry location.

E4106.6 Dry-niche luminaires. Dry-niche luminaires shall be
provided with provisions for drainage of water and means for
accommodating one equipment grounding conductor for each
conduit entry. Junction boxes shall not be required but, if used,
shall not be required to be elevated or located as specified in
Section E4106.8 if the luminaire is specifically identified for
the purpose.

E4106.7 No-niche luminaires. No-niche luminaires shall be
listed for the purpose and shall be installed in accordance with
the requirements of Section E4 106.5. Where connection to a
forming shell is specified, the connection shall be to the mount-
ing bracket.

E4106.8 Through-wall lighting assembly. A through-wall
lighting assembly shall be equipped with a threaded entry or
hub, or a nonmetallic hub, for the purpose of accommodating
the termination of the supply conduit. A through- wall lighting
assembly shall meet the construction requirements of Section
E4105.4 and be installed in accordance with the requirements
of Section E4106.5 Where connection to a forming shell is
specified, the connection shall be to the conduit termination
point.

E4106.9 Junction boxes and enclosures for transformers or
ground-fault circuit interrupters. Junction boxes for under-
water luminaires and enclosures for transformers and
ground-fault circuit-interrupters that supply underwater
luminaires shall comply with the following:

E4106.9.1 Junction boxes. A junction box connected to a
conduit that extends directly to a forming shell or mounting
bracket of a no-niche luminaire shall be:

1. Listed as a swimming pool junction box;

2. Equipped with threaded entries or hubs or a nonme-
tallic hub;

3 . Constructed of copper, brass, suitable plastic, or other
approved corrosion-resistant material;

4. Provided with electrical continuity between every
connected metal conduit and the grounding terminals
by means of copper, brass, or other approved corro-
sion-resistant metal that is integral with the box; and

5. Located not less than 4 inches (102 mm), measured
from the inside of the bottom of the box, above the
ground level, or pool deck, or not less than 8 inches
(203 mm) above the maximum pool water level,
whichever provides the greatest elevation, and shall
be located not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) from the
inside wall of the pool, unless separated from the pool
by a solid fence, wall or other permanent barrier.
Where used on a lighting system operating at 15 volts
or less, a flush deck box shall be permitted provided
that an approved potting compound is used to fill the
box to prevent the entrance of moisture; and the flush
deck box is located not less than 4 feet (1219 mm)
from the inside wall of the pool.

E4106.9.2 Other enclosures. An enclosure for a trans-
former, ground-fault circuit-interrupter or a similar device

connected to a conduit that extends directly to a forming
shell or mounting bracket of a no-niche luminaire shall be:

1 . Listed and labeled for the purpose, comprised of cop-
per, brass, suitable plastic, or other approved
corrosion-resistant material;

2. Equipped with threaded entries or hubs or a nonme-
tallic hub;

3. Provided with an approved seal, such as duct seal at
the conduit connection, that prevents circulation of air
between the conduit and the enclosures;

4. Provided with electrical continuity between every
connected metal conduit and the grounding terminals
by means of copper, brass or other approved corro-
sion-resistant metal that is integral with the enclo-
sures; and

5. Located not less than 4 inches (102 mm), measured
from the inside bottom of the enclosure, above the
ground level or pool deck, or not less than 8 inches
(203 mm) above the maximum pool water level,
whichever provides the greater elevation, and shall be
located not less than 4 feet (1219 mm) from the inside
wall of the pool, except where separated from the pool
by a solid fence, wall or other permanent barrier.

E4106.9.3 Protection of junction boxes and enclosures.

Junction boxes and enclosures mounted above the grade of
the finished walkway around the pool shall not be located in
the walkway unless afforded additional protection, such as
by location under diving boards or adjacent to fixed struc-
tures.

E4106.9.4 Grounding terminals. Junction boxes, trans-
former enclosures, and ground-fault circuit-interrupter
enclosures connected to a conduit that extends directly to a
forming shell or mounting bracket of a no-niche luminaire
shall be provided with grounding terminals in a quantity not
less than the number of conduit entries plus one.

E4106.9.5 Strain reUef. The termination of a flexible cord
of an underwater luminaire within a junction box, trans-
former enclosure, ground-fault circuit-interrupter, or other
enclosure shall be provided with a strain relief.

E4106.10 Underwater audio equipment. Underwater audio
equipment shall be identified for the purpose.

E4106.10.1 Speakers. Each speaker shall be mounted in an
approved metal forming shell, the front of which is enclosed
by a captive metal screen, or equivalent, that is bonded to
and secured to the forming shell by a positive locking device
that ensures a low-resistance contact and requires a tool to
open for installation or servicing of the speaker. The form-
ing shell shall be installed in a recess in the wall or floor of

the pool. j

I
E4106.10.2 Wiring methods. Rigid metal conduit or inter-
mediate metal conduit of brass or other identified corro-
sion-resistant metal, rigid nonmetallic conduit, or liquid
tight flexible nonmetallic conduit (LFNC-B) shall extend
from the forming shell to a suitable junction box or other
enclosure as provided in Section E4 106.9. Where rigid non-
metallic conduit or liquid tight flexible nonmetallic conduit

542

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

SWIMMING POOLS

is used, an 8 AWG solid or stranded insulated copper bond-
ing jumper shall be installed in this conduit with provisions
for terminating in the forming shell and the junction box.
The termination of the 8 AWG bonding jumper in the form-
ing shell shall be covered with, or encapsulated in, a suitable
potting compound to protect such connection from the pos-
sible deteriorating effect of pool water.

E4106.10.3 Forming shell and metal screen. The forming
shell and metal screen shall be of brass or other approved
corrosion-resistant metal. All forming shells shall include
provisions for terminating an 8 AWG copper conductor.

E4106.il Electrically operated pool covers. The electric
motors, controllers, and wiring for pool covers shall be located
not less than 5 feet (1524 mm) from the inside wall of the pool
except where separated from the pool by a wall, cover, or other
permanent barrier. Electric motors installed below grade level
shall be of the totally enclosed type. The electric motor and
controller shall be connected to a circuit protected by a
ground-fault circuit-interrupter. The device that controls the
operation of the motor for an electrically operated pool cover
shall be located so that the operator has full view of the pool.

E4106.12 Electric pool water heaters. All electric pool water
heaters shall have the heating elements subdivided into loads
not exceeding 48 amperes and protected at not more than 60
amperes. The ampacity of the branch-circuit conductors and
the rating or setting of overcurrent protective devices shall be
not less than 125 percent of the total nameplate load rating.

E4106.13 Pool area heating. The provisions of Sections
E4106.13.1 through E4106.13.3 shall apply to all pool deck
areas, including a covered pool, where electrically operated
comfort heating units are installed within 20 feet (6096 mm) of
the inside wall of the pool.

E4106.13.1 Unit heaters. Unit heaters shall be rigidly
mounted to the structure and shall be of the totally enclosed
or guarded types. Unit heaters shall not be mounted over the
pool or within the area extending 5 feet (1524 mm) horizon-
tally from the inside walls of a pool.

E4106.13.2 Permanently wired radiant heaters. Electric
radiant heaters shall be suitably guarded and securely fas-
tened to their mounting devices. Heaters shall not be
installed over a pool or within the area extending 5 feet
(1524 mm) horizontally from the inside walls of the pool
and shall be mounted not less than 12 feet (3658 mm) verti-
cally above the pool deck.

E4106.13.3 Radiant heating cables prohibited. Radiant
heating cables embedded in or below the deck shall be pro-
hibited.

E4106.14 Double insulated pool pumps. A listed
cord-and-plug-connected pool pump incorporating an
approved system of double insulation that provides a means for
grounding only the internal and nonaccessible, non-cur-
rent-carrying metal parts of the pump shall be permitted to be
used with permanently installed swimming pools. Branch cir-
cuit wiring to the pump shall comply with Section E4102.3.

SECTION E4107
STORABLE SWIMMING POOLS

E4107.1 Pumps. A cord-connected pool filter pump for use
with storable pools shall incorporate an approved system of
double insulation or its equivalent and shall be provided with
means for grounding only the internal and nonaccessible
noncurrent-carrying metal parts of the appliance.

The means for grounding shall be an equipment grounding
conductor run with the power-supply conductors in a flexible
cord that is properly terminated in a grounding-type attach-
ment plug having a fixed grounding contact.

E4107.2 Ground-fault circuit-interrupters required. Elec-
trical equipment, including power-supply cords, used with
storable pools shall be protected by ground-fault circuit-inter-
rupters. All 125 -volt receptacles located within 20 feet (6.0 m)
of the inside walls of a storable pool shall be protected by a
ground-fault circuit interrupter. In determining these dimen-
sions, the distance to be measured shall be the shortest path that
the supply cord of an appliance connected to the receptacle
would follow without passing through a floor, wall, ceiling,
doorway with hinged or sliding door, window opening, or other
effective permanent barrier.

E4107.3 Luminaires. Luminaires for storable pools shall not
have exposed metal parts and shall be listed for the purpose as
an assembly. In addition, luminaires for storable pools shall
comply with the requirements of Section E4107.3.1 or
E4107.3.2.

E4107.3.1 Fifteen (15) volts or less. A luminaire installed
in or on the wall of a storable pool shall be part of a cord- and
plug-connected lighting assembly. The assembly shall:

1. Have a luminaire lamp that operates at 15 volts or
less;

2. Have an impact-resistant polymeric lens, luminaire
body, and transformer enclosure;

3 . Have a transformer meeting the requirements of section
E4106.1 with a primary rating not over 150 volts; and

4. Have no exposed metal parts. |

E4107.3.2 Not over 150 volts. A lighting assembly without
a transformer, and with the luminaire lamp(s) operating at
not over 150 volts, shall be permitted to be cord- and
plug-connected where the assembly is listed as an assembly
for the purpose and complies with all of the following:

1. It has an impact-resistant polymeric lens and
luminaire body.

2. A ground-fault circuit interrupter with open neutral
protection is provided as an integral part of the assem-
bly.

3. The luminaire lamp is permanently connected to the
ground-fault circuit interrupter with open-neutral
protection.

4. It comphes with the requirements of Section E4106.4.

5. It has no exposed metal parts.

E4107.4 Receptacle locations. Receptacles shall be not less I
than 10 feet (3.0 m) from the inside walls of a pool. In deter- I

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

543

SWIMMING POOLS

mining these dimensions, the distance to be measured shall be
the shortest path that the supply cord of an appliance connected
to the receptacle would follow without passing through a floor,
wall, ceiling, doorway with hinged or sliding door, window
opening, or other effective permanent barrier.

SECTION E4108
SPAS AND HOT TUBS

E4108.1 Ground-fault circuit-interrupters. The outlet(s)
that supplies a self-contained spa or hot tub, or a packaged spa
or hot tub equipment assembly, or a field-assembled spa or hot
tub with a heater load of 50 amperes or less, shall be protected
by a ground-fault circuit-interrupter.

A listed self-contained unit or listed packaged equipment
assembly marked to indicate that integral ground-fault circuit-
interrupter protection is provided for all electrical parts within
the unit or assembly, including pumps, air blowers, heaters,
luminaires, controls, sanitizer generators and wiring, shall not
require that the outlet supply be protected by a ground-fault cir-
cuit interrupter.

A combination pool/hot tub or spa assembly commonly
bonded need not be protected by a ground-fault circuit inter-
rupter.

E4108.2 Electric water heaters. Electric spa and hot tub water
heaters shall be listed and shall have the heating elements sub-
divided into loads not exceeding 48 amperes and protected at
not more than 60 amperes. The ampacity of the branch-circuit
conductors, and the rating or setting of overcurrent protective
devices, shall be not less than 125 percent of the total name-
plate load rating.

E4108.3 Underwater audio equipment. Underwater audio
equipment used with spas and hot tubs shall comply with the
provisions of Section E4106.10.

E4108.4 Emergency switch for spas and hot tubs. A clearly
labeled emergency shutoff or control switch for the purpose of
stopping the motor(s) that provides power to the recirculation
system and jet system shall be installed at a point that is readily
accessible to the users, adjacent to and within sight of the spa or
hot tub and not less than 5 feet (1 .5 m) away from the spa or hot
tub. This requirement shall not apply to single-family dwell-
ings.

this code relative to the installation of electrical equipment in
bathrooms.

E4109.3 Accessibility. Hydromassage bathtub electrical
equipment shall be accessible without damaging the building
structure or building finish.

E4109.4 Bonding. All metal piping systems and all grounded
metal parts in contact with the circulating water shall be
bonded together using a solid copper bonding jumper, insu-
lated, covered, or bare, not smaller than 8 AWG.

SECTION E4109
HYDROMASSAGE BATHTUBS

E4109.1 Ground-fault circuit-interrupters. Hydromassage
bathtubs and their associated electrical components shall be
protected in accordance with Section E4108. All 125- volt, sin-
gle-phase receptacles not exceeding 30 amperes and located
within 5 feet (1524 mm) measured horizontally of the inside
walls of a hydromassage tub shall be protected by a
ground-fault circuit interrupter(s).

E4109.2 Other electric equipment. Luminaires, switches,
receptacles, and other electrical equipment located in the same
room, and not directly associated with a hydromassage bath-
tub, shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of

544

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

CHAPTER 42

CLASS 2 REMOTE-CONTROL, SIGNALING
AND POWER-LIMITED CIRCUITS

SECTION E4201
GENERAL

E4201.1 Scope. This chapter contains requirements for power
supplies and wiring methods associated with Class 2
remote-control, signaling, and power-limited circuits that are
not an integral part of a device or appliance. Other classes of
remote-control, signaling and power-limited conductors shall
comply with Article 725 of NFPA 70.

E4201.2 Definitions.

CLASS 2 CIRCUIT. That portion of the wiring system
between the load side of a Class 2 power source and the con-
nected equipment. Due to its power limitations, a Class 2 cir-
cuit considers safety from a fire initiation standpoint and
provides acceptable protection from electric shock.

REMOTE-CONTROL CIRCUIT. Any electrical circuit that
controls any other circuit through a relay or an equivalent device.

SIGNALING CIRCUIT. Any electrical circuit that energizes
signaling equipment.

SECTION E4202
POWER SOURCES

E4202.1 Power sources for Class 2 circuits. The power
source for a Class 2 circuit shall be one of the following:

1 . A listed Class 2 transformer.

2. A listed Class 2 power supply.

3. Other listed equipment marked to identify the Class 2
power source.

4. Listed information technology (computer) equipment
limited power circuits.

5. A dry cell battery provided that the voltage is 30 volts or
less and the capacity is equal to or less than that available
from series connected No. 6 carbon zinc cells.

E4202.2 Interconnection of power sources. A Class 2 power
source shall not have its output connections paralleled or other-
wise interconnected with another Class 2 power source except
where listed for such interconnection.

SECTION E4203
WIRING METHODS

E4203.1 Wiring methods on supply side of Class 2 power
source. Conductors and equipment on the supply side of the
power source shall be installed in accordance with the appro-
priate requirements of Chapters 33 through 40. Transformers
or other devices supplied from electric light or power circuits
shall be protected by an over current device rated at not over 20
amperes. The input leads of a transformer or other power

source supplying Class 2 circuits shall be permitted to be
smaller than 14 AWG, if not over 12 inches (305 mm) long and
if the conductor insulation is rated at not less than 600 volts. In
no case shall such leads be smaller than 18 AWG.

E4203.2 Wiring methods and materials on load side of the
Class 2 power source. Class 2 cables installed as wiring within
buildings shall be listed as being resistant to the spread of fire
and listed as meeting the criteria specified in Sections
E4203.2.1 through E4203.2.3. Cables shall be marked in
accordance with Section E4203.2.4. Cable substitutions as
described in Table E4203.2 and wiring methods covered in
Chapter 37 shall also be permitted.

TABLE E4203.2
CABLE USES AND PERMITTED SUBSTITUTIONS

CABLE
TYPE

USE

PERMITTED SUBSTITUTIONS^

CL2P

Class 2
Plenum Cable

CMP, CL3P

CL2

Class 2 Cable

CMP, CL3P, CL2P, CMR, CL3R,
CL2R CMC, CM, CL3

CL2X

Class 2 Cable,
Limited Use

CMP, CL3P CL2P, CMR,
CL3R, CL2R, CMC, CM,
CL3, CL2, CMX, CL3X

a. For identification of cables other than Class 2 cables, see NFPA 70.

E4203.2.1 Type CL2P cables. Cables installed in ducts,
plenums and other spaces used to convey environmental air
shall be Type CL2P cables listed as being suitable for the use
and listed as having adequate fire-resistant and low
smoke-producing characteristics.

E4203.2.2 Type CL2 cables. Cables for general-purpose
use, shall be listed as being resistant to the spread of fire and
listed for the use.

E4203.2.3 Type CL2X cables. Type CL2X Umited-use
cable shall be listed as being suitable for use in dwellings
and for the use and in raceways and shall also be listed as
being flame retardant. Cables with a diameter of less than
0.25 inches (6.4 mm) shall be permitted to be installed with-
out a raceway.

E4203.2.4 Marking. Cables shall be marked in accordance
with Table E4203.2. Voltage ratings shall not be marked on
cables.

SECTION E4204
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

E4204.1 Separation from other conductors. In cables, com-
partments, enclosures, outlet boxes, device boxes, and race-
ways, conductors of Class 2 circuits shall not be placed in any
cable, compartment, enclosure, outlet box, device box, race-

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

545

CLASS 2 REMOTE-CONTROL, SIGNALING AND POWER-LIMITED CIRCUITS

way, or similar fitting with conductors of electric light, power,
Class 1 and nonpower-limited fire alarm circuits.

Exceptions:

1. Where the conductors of the electric light, power.
Class 1 and nonpower-limited fire alarm circuits are
separated by a barrier from the Class 2 circuits. In
enclosures. Class 2 circuits shall be permitted to be
installed in a raceway within the enclosure to separate
them from Class 1, electric light, power and
nonpower-limited fire alarm circuits.

2. Class 2 conductors in compartments, enclosures,
device boxes, oudet boxes and similar fittings where
electric light, power. Class 1 or nonpower-limited fire
alarm circuit conductors are introduced solely to con-
nect to the equipment connected to the Class 2 cir-
cuits. The electric light, power, Class 1 and
nonpower-limited fire alarm circuit conductors shall
be routed to maintain a minimum of V4 inch (6.4 nmi)
separation from the conductors and cables of the
Class 2 circuits; or the electric light power, Class 1
and nonpower-limited fire alarm circuit conductors
operate at 150 volts or less to ground and the Class 2
circuits are installed using Types CL3, CL3R, or
CL3P or permitted substitute cables, and provided
that these Class 3 cable conductors extending beyond
their jacket are separated by a minimum of ^1^ inch
(6.4 mm) or by a nonconductive sleeve or
nonconductive barrier from all other conductors.

E4204.2 Other applications. Conductors of Class 2 circuits
shall be separated by not less than 2 inches (5 1 mm) from con-
ductors of any electric light, power. Class 1 or nonpower-lim-
ited fire alarm circuits except where one of the following
conditions is met:

1. All of the electric light, power. Class 1 and
nonpower-limited fire alarm circuit conductors are in
raceways or in metal- sheathed, metal-clad, nonmetal-
lic-sheathed or Type UF cables.

2. All of the Class 2 circuit conductors are in raceways or in
metal-sheathed, metal-clad, nonmetallic- sheathed or
Type UF cables.

E4204.3 Class 2 circuits with communications circuits.

Where Class 2 circuit conductors are in the same cable as com-
munications circuits, the Class 2 circuits shall be classified as
communications circuits and shall meet the requirements of
Article 800 of NFPA 70. The cables shall be hsted as communi-
cations cables or multipurpose cables.

Cables constructed of individually listed Class 2 and com-
munications cables under a common jacket shall be permitted
to be classified as communications cables. The fire-resistance
rating of the composite cable shall be determined by the perfor-
mance of the composite cable.

E4204.4 Class 2 cables with other circuit cables. Jacketed
cables of Class 2 circuits shall be permitted in the same enclo-
sure or raceway with jacketed cables of any of the following:

1. Power-limited fire alarm systems in compliance with
Article 760 of NFPA 70.

2. Nonconductive and conductive optical fiber cables in
compliance with Article 770 of NFPA 70.

3 . Communications circuits in compliance v/ith Article 800
of NFPA 70.

4. Community antenna television and radio distribution
systems in compliance with Article 820 of NFPA 70.

5. Low-power, network-powered broadband communica-
tions in compliance with Article 830 of NFPA 70.

E4204.5 Installation of conductors and cables. Cables and
conductors installed exposed on the surface of ceilings and
sidewalls shall be supported by the building stnicture in such a
manner that they will not be damaged by normal building use.
Such cables shall be supported by straps, staples, hangers, or
similar fittings designed so as to not damage the cable. The
installation shall comply with Table E3702.1 regarding cables
run parallel with framing members and furring: strips. The
installation of wires and cables shall not prevent access to
equipment nor prevent removal of panels, including suspended
ceiling panels. Raceways shall not be used as a means of sup-
port for Class 2 circuit conductors, except where the supporting
raceway contains conductors supplying power to the function-
ally associated equipment controlled by the Class 2 conduc-
tors.

546

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

Part IX— Referenced Standards

CHAPTER 43

REFERENCED STANDARDS

This chapter hsts the standards that are referenced in various sections of this document. The standards are listed herein by the
promulgating agency of the standard, the standard identification, the effective date and title, and the section or sections of this
document that reference the standard. The application of the referenced standard shall be as specified in Section R102.4.

AAMA

American Architectural Manufacturers Association

1 827 Walden Office Square, Suite 550

Schaumburg, IL 60173

Referenced
in code

Title section number

Specifications for Windows, Doors and Unit Skylights R308.6.9, R613.4, Nl 102.4.2

Voluntary Performance Rating Method for Mulled Fenestration Assemblies R613.9.1

Voluntary Specifications for Hurricane Impact and Cycle Testing of Fenestration Products R613.7.1

Standard
reference
number

101/I.S.2/A440-

450—00

506—00

-05

ACI

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Title

section number

318—05

332—05
530—05

530.1—05

American Concrete Institute
38800 Country Club Drive
Farmington Hills, MI 48333

jntle

Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. R402.2, R404.1, Table R404.1.1(5), R404.4, R404.4.6.1, Table R404.4(l),

Table R404.4(2), Table R404.4(3), Table R404.4(4), Table R404.4(5), R611.1,

Table R61 1.3(1), Table R611.7(l), Table R61 1.7(2), Table R61 1.7(3), Table R61 1.7(4),

Table R61 1.7(5), Table R61 1.7(6), Table R61 1.7(7), Table R61 1.7(9),

Table R611.7(10),R611.7.1.1, Table R611.7.4,R612.1

Requirements for Residential Concrete Construction R404.1, Table R404. 1 . 1 (5)

Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures R404.1, R606.1, R606.1.1, R606.12.1,

R606. 12.2.2.1, R606.12.2.2.2, R606.12.3.1

Specifications for Masonry Structures R404.1, R606.1, R606.1.1,

R606.12.1, R606.12.2,2.1, R606.12.2.2.2, R606.12.3.1

ACCA

Air Conditioning Contractors of America
2800 Shiriington Road, Suite 300
Arlington, VA 22206

Standard
reference
number

Title

Referenced

in code

section number

Manual D— 95
Manual J— 02

Residential Duct Systems

Residential Load Calculation — Eighth Edition .

.M1601.1,M1602.2
M1401.3

AFPA

NDS— 05
WFCM— 2001

American Forest and Paper Association
1 1 1 19th Street, NW, Suite 800
Washington, DC 20036

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Tide

section number

National Design Specification (NDS) for Wood Construction — with 2005 Supplement
Wood Frame Construction Manual for One- and Two-family Dwellings

R404.2.2, R502.2,

Table R503.1, R602.3, R802.2
R301.2.1.]

2003 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

547

REFERENCED STANDARDS

AFPA— 93
T.R. No. 7—87

AFPA — continued

Span Tables for Joists and Rafters

Basic Requirements for Permanent Wood Foundation System

.R502.3, R802.4, R802.5
R401.1

AHA

American Hardboard Association

1 2 1 West Northwest Highway

Palatine, IL 60067 ;

' Referenced
' in code

Title section number

Basic Hardboard Table R602.3(l)

Prefinished Hardboard Paneling R702.5

Hardboard Siding i .Table R703.4

Standard
reference
number

A135.4— 04
A135.5— 04
A135.6— 98

AISI

Header — 04
PM— 2001

Truss— 04

American Iron and Steel Institute
1 140 Connecticut Ave, Suite 705
Washington, DC 20036

Title

Standard for Cold-formed Steel Framing-Header Design R603.6

Standard for Cold-formed Steel Framing-Prescriptive Method for One- and

Two-family Dwellings (including 2004 Supplement) R301.1.1, R301.2.1.1(4), R301.2.2.4.1, R301.2.2.4.5

Standard for Cold-formed Steel Framing-Truss Design R804.1.3

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Title

section number

AITC

American Institute of Timber Construction
7012 S. Revere Parkway, Suite 140
Englewood, CO 80112

Standard
reference
number

Title

Referenced

in code

section number

AITC A 190.1—02

Structural Glued Laminated Timber R502.1.5, R602.1.2, R802.1.4

ANSI

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Title

section number

A108.1A— 99
A108.1B— 99

A108.4— 99
A108.5— 99
A108.6— 99
A108.il— 99
Al 18.1— 99
Al 18.3— 99

A136.1— 99
A137.1— 88
A208.1— 99
LCI— 97

Z21.1— 03

American National Standards Institute
25 West 43rd Street, Fourth Floor
New York, NY 10036

Title

Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-set Method, with Portland Cement Mortar R702.4.1

Installation of Ceramic Tile, Quarry Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with

Dry-set or Latex-Portland Mortar R702.4.1

Installation of Ceramic Tile with Organic Adhesives or Water Cleanable Tile-setting Epoxy Adhesive R702.4.1

Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry-set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar R702.4. 1

Installation of Ceramic Tile with Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-setting and -grouting Epoxy : • ■ ■ ■ R702.4.1

Interior Installation of Cementitious Backer Units : . . . .R702.4.1

American National Standard Specifications for Dry-set Portland Cement Mortar R702.4.1

American National Standard Specifications for Chemical Resistant, Water Cleanable Tile-setting and

Grouting Epoxy and Water Cleanable Tile-setting Epoxy Adhesive i . . . .R702.4.1

American National Standard Specifications for Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile J . . . . R702.4. 1

American National Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile R702.4.1

Particleboard R503.3.1, R605.1

Interior Fuel Gas Piping Systems Using Corrugated Stainless Steel Tubing '

—with Addenda LC la-1999 and LC lb-2001 [. . .G2414.5.3

Household Cooking Gas Apphances— with Addenda Z21.1a-2003 and Z21.1b-2003 i G2447.1

548

2003 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

REFERENCED STANDARDS

Z2 1.5. 1—02
Z21.8— 94(R2002)
Z21.10.1— 04
Z21.10.3— 01

Z21.11.2— 02
Z21.13— 04
Z21.15— 97(R2003)

Z21.22— 99(R2003)
Z2 1.24-97

Z21.40.1— 96(R2002)
Z21.40.2— 96(R2002)

Z21.42— 93(R2002)
Z2 1.47— 03
Z2 1.50— 03
Z21.56— 01
Z21.58— 95(R2002)
Z2 1.60— 03
Z21.69— 02
Z21.75/CSA6.27— 01
Z2 1.80— 03
Z2 1.84— 02

Z2 1.86— 04
Z2 1.88— 02
Z21.91— 01
Z83.6— 90(R1998)
Z83.8— 02
Z124.1— 95
Z124.2— 95
Z124.3— 95
Z124.4— 96
Z124.6— 97

ANSI — continued

Gas Clothes Dryers— Volume I— Type I Clothes Dryers— with Addenda Z21.5.1a-2003 G2438.1

Installation of Domestic Gas Conversion Burners G2443. 1

Gas Water Heaters — Volume I — Storage, Water Heaters with Input Ratings of 75,000 Btu per hour or Less G2448. 1

Gas Water Heaters — Volume III — Storage, Water Heaters with Input Ratings above 75,000 Btu per hour,

Circulating and Instantaneous Water Heaters— with Addenda Z21.10.3a-2003 and Z21.10.3b-2004 G2448.1

Gas-fired Room Heaters— Volume II — Unvented Room Heaters — with Addenda Z2 1.1 1.2a- 2003 G2445.1

Gas-fired Low-Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers G2452.1

Manually Operated Gas Valves for Appliances, Appliance Connector Valves and Hose End Valves
—with Addenda Z21.15a-2001 (R2003) G2420.1.1

Relief Valves for Hot Water Supply Systems— with Addenda Z21.22a-2000 (R2003) and 21.22b-2001 (R2003) P2803.2

Connectors for Gas Appliances G2422. 1

Gas-fired Heat Activated Air Conditioning and Heat Pump Apphances — with Z21.40.1a-97(R2002) G2449.1

Gas-fired Work Activated Air Conditioning and Heat Pump Appliances (Internal Combustion)

—with Addenda Z2 1.40.2a- 1997 (R2002) G2449.1

Gas-fired Illuminating Appliances G2450. 1

Gas-fired Central Furnaces R617.1, G2442.1

Vented Gas Fireplaces— with Addenda Z21.50a-2003 G2434.1

Gas-firedPoolHeaters— with Addenda Z21.56a-2004 and Z21.56b— 2004 R616.1, G2441.1

Outdoor Cooking Gas Appliances— with Addenda Z21.58a-1998(R2002) and Z21.58b-2002 R622.1, G2447.1

Decorative Gas Apphances for Installafion in Sohd Fuel Burning Fireplaces — with Addenda Z21.60a-2003 G2432.1

Connectors for Movable Gas Appliances with Addenda Z21.69a — 2003 G2422.1

Connectors for Outdoor Gas Appliances G2422. 1

Line Pressure Regulators G2421 . 1

Manually-listed, Natural Gas Decorative Gas Appliances for Installation in Solid Fuel Burning Fireplaces

—with Addenda Z21.84a -2003 G2432.1, G2432.2

Gas-fired Vented Space Heating Appliances G2436. 1 , G2437.1, G2446.1

Vented Gas Fireplace Heaters— with Addenda A21.88a-2003 and Z2 1.88b— 2004 G2435.1

Ventless Firebox Enclosures for Gas-fired Unvented Decorative Room Heaters G2445.7.1

Gas-fired Infrared Heaters G2442.1, G2449.1, G2451.1

Gas-fired Unit Heaters and Gas-fired Duct Furnaces— with Addenda Z83.8a-2003 G2444. 1

Plastic Bathtub Units Table P2701.1

Plastic Shower Receptors and Shower Stalls Table P2701.1

Plastic Lavatories Table P2701.i, P2711.1, P271I.2

Plastic Water Closet Bowls and Tanks Table P2701.1, P27 12.1

Plastic Sinks Table P2701.1

APA

APA-The Engineered Wood Association
PO. Box 11700
Tacoma,WA 98411-0700

Standard
reference
number

Title

Referenced

in code

section number

APA E30— 03

Engineered Wood Construction Guide R503.2.2, R803.2.2, R803.2.3

ASCE

5—05

6—05
7—05
32—01

American Society of Civil Engineers
1801 Alexander Bell Drive
Reston, VA 20191

Title

Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures R404.1, R606.1, R606.1.I,

R606.12.1, R606.12.2.2.1, R606.12.2.2.2, R606.12.3.1

Specifications for Masonry Structures R404.1, R606.1, R606.1.1, R606.12.1, R606.12.2.2.1, R606.12.2.2.2, R606.12.3.1

Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures R301.2.1.1

Design and Construction of Frost Protected Shallow Foundations R403. 1.4.1

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Tide

section number

2003 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

549

REFERENCED STANDARDS

ASHRAE

American Society of Heating, Refrigerating
and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.
1791 Tullie Circle, NE
Atlanta, GA 30329

Standard
reference
number

Title

Referenced

in code

section number

34—2004
ASHRAE— 2004

Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants
ASHRAE Fundamentals Handbook— 2001

.....M1411.1

, Nl 102.1.3, M1502.6, P3001.2, P3002.3, P3101.4, P3103.2

ASME

American Society of Mechanical Engineers

Three Park Avenue

New York, NY 10016-5990

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Title

section number

A 17. 1—2004
A18.1— 2003
A112.1.2— 1991(R2002)
A112.1.3— 2000
Al 12.3.1— 93

Al 12.3.4—2000
A112.4.1— 1993(R2002)
Al 12.4.3— 1999
A112.6.1M— 1997(R2002)
Al 12.6.2— 2000
All 2.6.3—2001
A112.18. 1—2003
Al 12.18.2— 2002
A112.18.3M— 2002
Al 12.18.6— 2003
A112.19.1M— 1994(R1999)
Al 12.19.2—2003

A112.19.3M— 2000
Al 12.19.4M— 1994(R1999)
Al 12.19.5— 1999
Al 12.19.6— 1995
A112.19.7M— 1995
A112.19.8M— 1987(R1996)
A112.19.9M— 1991(R2002)
Al 12. 19. 12— 2000

A112.19.13— 2001
A112.19.15— 2001
Bl.20.1— 1983(R2001)
B16.3— 1998
B16.4— 1998
B 16.9— 2003
B16.il— 2001
B16.12— 1998
B16.15— 1985(R]994)
B16.18— 2001
B 16.22— 2001
B 16.23—2002
B 16.26— 1988
B16.28— 1994
B 16.29— 2001
B 16.33— 2002
B 16.44-01
B36.10M— 2000

Safety Code for Elevators R323. 1

Safety Standard for Platforms and Stairway Chair Lifts R323.2

Air Gaps in Plumbing Systems P2902.3.1, Table P2902.3

Air Gap Fittings for Use with Plumbing Fixtures, Appliances, and Appurtenances Table P2701. 1, P2902.3.1

Performance Standard and Installation Procedures for Stainless Steel Drainage Systems for Sanitary Storm

and Chemical Applications Above and Below Ground : . . . Table P3002.1(l), Table P3002.1(2), P3002.2, P3002.3

Macerating Toilet Systems and Related Components Table P2701.1, P3007.2.1

Water Heater Relief Valve Drain Tubes P2803.6.2

Plastic Fittings for Connecting Water Closets to the Sanitary Drainage System P3003.19, P3003.4.5

Floor Affixed Supports for Off-the-floor Plumbing Fixtures for Public Use P2702.4, Table P2704.1

Framing- Affixed Supports for Off-the-floor Water Closets with Concealed Tanks Table P2701.1, P2702.4

Floor and Trench Drains Table P2701. 1

Plumbing Fixture Fittings Table P2701.1, P2708.4, P2722.1, P2902.2

Plumbing Fixture Waste Fittings Table P2701.1, P2702.2

Performance Requirements for Backflow Protection Devices and Systems in Plumbing Fixture Fittings .... P2708.4, P2722.3

Flexible Water Connectors P2904.7

Enameled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures— with 1998 and 2000 Supplements Table P2701.1, P2711.]

Vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures — and Hydraulic Requirements

for Water Closets and Urinals Table P2701.1, P2705.1, P2711.1, P2712.1, P2712.2

Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures (Designed for Residential Use)— with 2002 Supplement. . Table P2701.1, P2705.1, P2711.1

Porcelain Enameled Formed Steel Plumbing Fixtures— with 1998 and 2000 Supplements Table P2701.1, P2711.1

Trim for Water-closet Bowls, Tanks, and Urinals Table P2701.1

Hydraulic Performance Requirements for Water Closets and Urinals Table P2701.1, P2712.1, P2712.2

Whirlpool Bathtub Appliances Table P2701.1

Suction Fittings for Use in Swimming Pools, Wading Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs, and Whirlpool Bathtub Appliances . . Table P270] . 1

Non-vitreous Ceramic Plumbing Fixtures— with 2002 Supplement Table P2701.1, P27.1 1.1, P2712.1

Wall Mounted and Pedestal Mounted, Adjustable and Pivoting Lavatory and

Sink Carrier Systems Table P2701.1, P2711.4, P2714.2

Electrohydrauhc Water Closets P2712.9

BathtubAVhirlpool Bathtubs with Pressure Sealed Doors Table P2701.1, P2713.2

Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch) G2414.9, P3003.3.3, P3003.5.3, P3003.10.4, P3003.12.1, P3003.14.3

Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings Classes 150 and 300 Table P2904.6

Gray-iron Threaded Fittings Classes 125 and 250 Table P2904.6

Factory-made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings Table P2904.6

Forged Fittings, Socket-welding and Threaded Table P2904.6

Cast Iron Threaded Drainage Fittings Table P2904.6

Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings Table P2904.6

Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings Table P2904.6

Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings Table P2904.6

Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings (DWV) Table P2904.6, Table P3002.3

Cast Copper Alloy Fittings for Flared Copper Tubes Table P2904.6

Wrought Steel Buttwelding Short Radius Elbows and Returns Table P2904.6

Wrought Copper and Wrought Copper Alloy Solder Joint Drainage Fittings-DWV Table P2904.6 Table P3002.3

Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for Use in Gas Piping Systems up to 125 psig (Sizes 7, through 2) ...... . G2420.1.1

Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves For Use in House Piping Systems Table G2420. 1 . 1

Welded and Seamless Wrought-steel Pipe \. . .G2414.4.2

550

2003 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

REFERENCED STANDARDS

BPVC— 2001
CSD- 1—2002

ASME — continued

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (2001 Edition) (Sections I, II, IV, V, VI & IX) M2001.] .1, G2452.1

Controls and Safety Devices for Automatically Fired Boilers M200 1.1.1, G2452.1

ASSE

American Society of Sanitary Engineering
28901 Clemens Road, Suite A
Westlake, OH 44145

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Title

section number

1001—02
1002—99

1003—01
1006—89
1007—92
1008—89
1010—96
1011—93
1012—02

1013—99

1014—90
1015—99

1016—96

1017—99
1019—97

1020—98
1023—79
1024—04
1025—78

1035—02
1037—90
1047—99

1048—99

1050—02
1051—02

1052—93
1056—01
1062—97

1066—97
1070—04

Performance Requirements for Atmospheric Type Vacuum Breakers Table P2902.3, P2902.3.2

Performance Requirements for Antisiphen Fill

Valves (Ballcocks) for Gravity Water Closet Flush Tank . Table P2701.1, Table P2902.3, P2902.4. 1

Performance Requirements for Water Pressure Reducing Valves P2903.3.1

Performance Requirements for Residential Use Dishwashers Table P2701.1

Performance Requirements for Home Laundry Equipment Table P2701.1

Performance Requirements for Household Food Waste Disposer Units Table P2701 . 1

Performance Requirements for Water Hammer Arresters P2903.5

Performance Requirements for Hose Connection Vacuum Breakers Table P2902.3, P2902.3.2

Performance Requirements for Backflow Preventers with Intermediate Atmospheric Vent Table P2902.3

P2902.3.3, P2902.5.1, P2902.5.5

Performance Requirements for Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventers and

Reduced Pressure Fire Protection Principle Backflow Preventers Table P2902.3, P2902.5.5, P2902.5.1, P2902.5.5

Performance Requirements for Hand-held Shower Table P2701. 1

Performance Requirements For Double Check Backflow Prevention Assemblies and Double Check Fire

Protection Backflow Prevention Assembhes Table P2902.3, P2902.3.6

Performance Requirements for Individual Thermostatic, Pressure Balancing and

Combination Control Valves for Bathing Facihties Table P2701.1, P2708.3, P2722.2

Performance Requirements for Temperature Actuated Mixing Valves for Hot Water Distribution Systems P2802.2

Performance Requirements for Wall Hydrants, Freezeless, Automatic

Automatic Draining, Anti-backflow Types Table P2701 .1, Table P2902.3

Performance Requirements for Pressure Vacuum Breaker Assembly Table P2902.3, P2902.3.4

Performance Requirements for Hot Water Dispensers Household Storage Type Electrical Table P2701.1

Performance Requirements for Dual Check Valve Type Backflow Preventers Table P2902.3

Performance Requirements for Diverters for Plumbing Faucets with Hose Spray,

Anti-siphon Type, Residential Applications Table P2701 .1

Performance Requirements for Laboratory Faucet Backflow Preventers Table P2902.3, P2902.3.2

Performance Requirements for Pressurized Flushing Devices for Plumbing Fixtures Table P270 1 . 1

Performance Requirements for Reduced Pressure Detector Fire Protection Backflow

Prevention Assembhes P2902.3.5, Table P2902.3

Performance Requirements for Double Check Detector Fire Protection Backflow

Prevention Assemblies P2902.3.6, Table P2902.3

Performance Requirements for Stack Air Admittance Valves for Sanitary Drainage Systems P3 1 14. 1

Performance Requirements for Individual and Branch Type Air Admittance Valves for Plumbing

Drainage Systems P3 1 14. 1

Performance Requirements for Hose Connection Backflow Preventers Table P270 1.1, Table P2902.3, P2902.3.2

Performance Requirements for Spill Resistant Vacuum Table P2902.3, P2902.3.4

Performance Requirements for Temperature Actuated, Flow Reduction Valves to

Individual Fixture Fittings Table P2701.1, P2724.1

Performance Requirements for Individual Pressure Balancing Valves for Individual Fixture Fittings . . Table P2701.1, P2722.4
Performance Requirements for Water Temperature Limiting Devices P2713.3, P2721.2

ASTM

A 36/A 36M— 04
A 53/A 53M--02

A 74— 04

ASTM International

100 Barr Harbor Drive

West Conshohocken, PA 19428

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Title

section number

Specification for Carbon Structural Steel R606.15

Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-dipped, Zinc-coated Welded and Seamless Table M2101.1, G24 14.4.2,

Table P2904.4.1, Table P2904.5, Table P3002.1(l)

Specification for Cast ton Soil Pipe and Fittings Table P3002.1(l), Table P3002.1(2), Table P3002.2

Table P3002.3, P3005.2.9

2003 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

551

REFERENCED STANDARDS

A 106—04

A 126—04

A 153—03

A 167—99

A 197/A197M— 00

A 240—04

A 254—97(2002)
A312/A312M— 04a

A 377—03
A463/A 463M-02a
A510M— 03
A 539—99

A615/A0615M— 04a
A641/A0641M— 03
A 653/A 0653M— 04a

A 706/A 706/M— 04a

A 755/A 755M— 01 (2003)

A 778—01

A 792/A 792M— 03

A 875/A 875M— 02a

A 888—04

A 924-04

A 95 1—02

A 996/A 996M— 04

A 1003/A 1003M— 00

B 32—03
B 42— 02e01
B 43—98(2004)

B 75—02

B 88—03

B 101—02
B 135—02
B 209—04
B 227—04
B251— 02e01

B 280—02
B 302—02
B 306—02
B 370—03
B 447—02
B 633— 98e01
B695— 00
B 813— OOeOl

ASTM — continued

Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High Temperature Service Table M2101 .1, G2414.4.2

Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges and Pipe Fittings Table P3002.1(l)

Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware R319.3, Table R606.15.1

Specification for Stainless and Heat-resisting Chromium-nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip R606.15, Table R606.15.1

Specification for Cupola Malleable Iron .Table P3002.1

Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-nickel Stainless Steel

Plate, Sheet and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications Table R905. 10.3(1)

Specification for Copper Brazed Steel Tubing Table M2101.1, G2414.5.1

Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes Table P2904.4.1, Table P2904.5,

Table P2904.6,P2904. 11.2

Index of Specification for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe Table P2904.4

Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Aluminum-coated by the Hot-Dip Process Table R905. 10.3(2)

Specification for General Requirements for Wire Rods and Coarse Round Wire, Carbon Steel R606.15

Specification for Electronic-resistance-welded Coiled Steel Tubing for Gas and Fuel Oil Lines M2202.1, G2414.5.1

Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement R404.4.6.1, R61 1.6.2

Specification for Zinc-coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire Table R606.15.1

Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-iron Alloy-coated (Galvanized)

by the Hot-dip Process R505.2.1, R505.2.3, R603.2.1, R603.2.3, Table R606.15.1,

R804.2.1,R804.2.3, Table R905.10.3(l) M1601.1.1

Specification for Low-alloy Steel Deformed and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement R404.4.6.1, R61 1.6.2

Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic Coated by the Hot-dip Process and Prepainted by the

Coil-coating Process for Exterior Exposed Building Products Table R905. 10.3(2)

Specification for Welded Unannealed Austenitic Stainless Steel

Tubular Products Table P2904.4, Table P2904.5, Table P2904.6

Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum-zinc Alloy-coated by the

Hot-dip Process R505.2.1, R603.2.1, R603.2.3, R804.2.1, R804.2.3

Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-5%, Aluminum Alloy-coated by the Hot-dip Process R505.2.1, R505.2.3,

R603.2.1, R603.2.1, R603.2.3, R804.2.1,
R804.2.3, Table R905. 10.3
Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary and

Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Apphcation Table P3002.1(l), Table P3002.1(2),

Table P3002.2, Table P3002.3, P3005.2.9
Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet,

Metallic-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process Table .R905. 10.3(1)

Specification for Masonry Joint Reinforcement R606.15

Specifications for Rail-Steel and Axel-Steel Defomied Bars for Concrete Reinforcement R404.4.6.1, R61 1.6.2

Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Carbon, Metallic-

and Nonmetallic-Coated for Cold-formed Framing Members R505.2.1, R603.2.1, R804.2.1

Specification for Solder Metal P3003.10.3, P3003.11.3

Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes Table M2101.1, G2413.5.2, Table P2904.5, Table P3002.1(l)

Specification for Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes Table M2101.1, G2413.5.2, Table P2904.4,

Table P2904.5, Table P3002. 1(1)

Specification for Seamless Copper Tube Table M2101.1, Table P2904.4, Table P2904.5,

Table P3002.1(l), Table P3002.1(2), Table P3002.2

Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube Table M2101.1, G2414.5.2, Table P2904.4, Table P2904.5,

Table P3002.1(l), Table P3002.1(2), Table P3002.2

Specification for Lead-Coated Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction Table R905. 10.3(1)

Specification for Seamless Brass Tube Table M2 101.1

Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-alloy Sheet and Plate Table 905.10.3(1)

Specification for Hard-drawn Copper-clad Steel Wire R606.15

Specification for General Requirements for Wrought Seamless Copper and

Copper-alloy Tube Table M2101.1, Table P2904.4,j Table P2904.5

Table P3002.1(l), Table P3002. 1(2),: Table P3002.2

Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Field Service G2414.5.2

Specification for Threadless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes Table M2101.1, Table P2904.5, Table P3002.1(l)

Specification for Copper Drainage Tube (DWV) Table M2101.1, Table P3002.1(l), Table P3002. 1(2), Table P3002.2

Specification for Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction Table R905. 10.3(1),: Table P2701.1

Specification for Welded Copper Tube Table P2904.4,; Table P2904.5

Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel R505.2.4, R603.2.4, R804.2.4

Standard Specification for Coatings of Zinc Mechanically Deposited on Iron and Steel R319.3

Specification for Liquid and Paste Fluxes for Soldering Applications of

Copper and Copper Alloy Tube Table M2101.1, P2904.13, P3003.3.4

P3003.16.3, P3003.11.3

552

2003 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

,®

REFERENCED STANDARDS

B— 02

C5— 03

C 14—03

C 27—98(2002)

C 28/C28M— OOeOl

C34— 03

C 35—95(2001)

C 36/C 0036M— 03

C 37/C 0037M— 01

C55— 03

C 59/C 0059M— 00

C61/C0061M— 00

C 62—04

C 67-03ae01

C 73-99a

C 76— 04a

C79/C 79— 04a

C 90—03

C 129—03

CI 40— 03

C 143/C 0143M— 03

C 145—85

C 199—84(2000)

C 207—04

C 208—95(2001)

C 21 6— 04a

C 270—04

C 296—00

C 315—02

C 406—00

C 41 1—97

C 425—04

C428— 97(2002)

C 443—03

C 475/C 475M— 02

C 476—02

C 514—01

C552— 03

C 557—03

C564— 04a

C 578—04

C 587—02

C 588/C 588M— 01

C 630/0630M— 03

C 631— 95a (2000)

C 645—04

C 652— 04a

C 700—02

C 728—97'-'

C 836—03

C 843— 99e01
C 844—99
C 847— (2000)
C 887—79(2001)
C 897-00
C926— 98a
C931/C931M— 04

ASTM— continued

Practice for Making Capillary Joints by Soldering of Copper and Copper Alloy Tube and Fittings P2904.13,

P3003.10.3,P3003.11.3

Specification for Quicklime for Structural Purposes R702.2

Specification for Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain and Culvert Pipe Table P3002.2

Specification for Standard Classification of Fireclay and High-alumina Refractory Brick RlOOl .5, RlOOl .8

Specification for Gypsum Plasters R702.2

Specificadon for Structural Clay Load-Bearing Wall Tile Table R301 .2(1)

Specificafion for Inorganic Aggregates for Use in Gypsum Plaster R702.2

Specificafion for Gypsum Wallboard R702.3. 1

Specification for Gypsum Lath R702.2

Specification for Concrete Brick R202, Table R301.2(l)

Specification for Gypsum Casting and Molding Plaster R702.2

Specification for Gypsum Keene's Cement R702.2

Specification for Building Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale) R202, Table R301 .2(1)

Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile R905.3.5

Specification for Calcium Silicate Face Brick (Sand Lime Brick) R202, Table R301.2(l)

Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe Table P3002.2

Specification for Treated Core and Nontreated Core Gypsum Sheathing Board Table R602.3(l), R702.3.1

Specification for Load-bearing Concrete Masonry Units Table R301.2(l)

Specification for Nonload-bearing Concrete Masonry Units Table R30 1.2(1)

Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related Units R905.3.5

Test Method for Slump or Hydraulic Cement Concrete R404.4.5, R611.6.]

Specification for Solid Load-bearing Concrete Masonry Units R202, Table R30 1.2(1)

Test Method for Pier Test for Refractory Mortar R1001.9, R1003.5, R1003.8

Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes Table R607.1

Specification for Cellulosic Fiber Insulating Board Table R602.3(l)

Specification for Facing Brick (Solid Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale) R202, Table R301.2(l)

Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry R607. 1

Specification for Asbestos Cement Pressure Pipe Table P2904.4

Specification for Clay Flue Linings Table RlOOl. 1 1(1), Table RlOOl. 11(2), RlOOl. 8.1, G2425. 12

Specifications for Roofing Slate R905.6.4

Test Method for Hot-surface Performance of High-temperature Thermal Insulation M 1 60 1 .2 . 1

Specification for Compression Joints for Vitrified Clay Pipe and Fittings Table P3002.2,

P3003.15,P3003.18

Specification for Asbestos-Cement Nonpressure Sewer Pipe Table P3002.2

Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gastets P3003.7, P3003.18

Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Wallboard R702.3.1

Specification for Grout for Masonry R609. 1 . 1

Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum Wallboard R702.3.1

Standard Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation Table R906.2

Specification for Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing R702.3. 1

Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings P3003.6.2, P3003.6.3, P3003.1 8

Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation R403.3, Table R906.2

Specification for Gypsum Veneer Plaster R702.2

Specification for Gypsum Base for Veneer Plasters R702.2

Specification for Water-resistant Gypsum Backing Board R702.3.1, R702.4.2

Specification for Bonding Compounds for Interior Gypsum Plastering R702.2

Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members R702.3.3

Specification for Hollow Brick (Hollow Masonry Units Made from Clay or Shale) R202, Table R30 1.2(1)

Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and Perforated Table P3002.2

Standard Specification for Perlite Thermal Insulation Board Table R906.2

Specification for High Solids Content, Cold Liquid- Applied Elastomeric Waterproofing

Membrane for Use with Separate Wearing Course R905. 1 5.2

Specification for Application of Gypsum Veneer Plaster R702.2

Specification for Application of Gypsum Base to Receive Gypsum Veneer Plaster R702.2

Specification for Metal Lath R702.2

Specification for Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Surface Bonding Mortar R406. 1

Specification for Aggregate for Job-mixed Portland Cement-based Plasters R702.2

Specification for Application of Portland Cement Based-Plaster R703.6

Specification for Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board R702.3.1

2003 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

553

REFERENCED STANDARDS

C 933—04
C 954—00

C955— 03

C 957—04

C 960/C960M— 04
C 1002—01

C 1029—02
C 1032—04
C 1047—99
C 1063—03
C 1157—03
C 1167—03
C 1173—02

C1177/C1177M— 04
C1178/C1178M— 04
C 1186—02
C 1261—04
C 1277—04

C 1278/C 1278M— 03

C1283— 03e01

CI 288— 01

CI 289— 03

C 1325—04

C 1395/C 1395M— 04

C 1396M— 04

C 1440-99e01

C 1460—04

C 1461—02

C 1492—03
D41— eOl
D 43-00
D 225—04
D 226— 97a

D 227—03

D 312-00

D 422—63(2002)

D 449—03

D 450— 96(00)e01

D 1227-00

D 1248—02

D 1527— 99e01

D 1693—01

D 1784—04

D 1785—04
D 1863—03
D 1869—95(2000)
D 1970—01

ASTM— continued

Specification for Welded Wire Lath ' R702.2

Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum

Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to

0.1 12 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness R505.2.4, R603.2.4, R702.3.6, R804.2.4

Specification for Load-Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs, Runners (Tracks), and Bracing or

Bridging for Screw Application of Gypsum Panel Products and Metal Plaster Bases R702.3.3

Specification for High-solids Content, Cold Liquid- Applied Elastomeric Waterproofing

Membrane for Use with Integral Wearing Surface R905.15.2

Specification for Predecorated Gypsum Board R702.3.1

Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or

Metal Plaster Bases R702.3.1, R702.3.6, Table R702.3.4

Specification for Spray- Applied Rigid Cellular Polyurethane Thermal Insulation R905.14.2

Specification for Woven Wire Plaster Base : R702.2

Specification for Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base R702.2, R702.3.1

Specification for Installation of Lathing and Furring to Receive Interior and Exterior Portland Cement-Based Plaster . . R702.2

Performance Specification for Hydraulic Cements R402.2

Specification for Clay Roof Tiles R905.3, R905.3.4, R905.3.5

Specification for Flexible Transition Couphngs for Underground Piping Systems P3003.3, P3003.3.5, P3003.7,

P3003.8.1, P3003.14.1, P3003.15, P3003.17.2, P3003.18

Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing : R702.3.1

Specification for Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Panel R702.3.1, R702.3.8, R702.4.2

Specification for Flat Nonasbestos Fiber Cement Sheets R703.4

Specification for Firebox Brick for Residential Fireplaces R1001.5, R1001.8

Specification for Shielded Couplings Joining Hubless

Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Table P3002.1, Table P3002.2, P3003.6.3

Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Gypsum Panels R702.3.1

Practice for Installing Clay Flue Lining , R1003.12

Standard Specification for Discrete Non-asbestos Fiber-Cement Interior Substrate Sheets R702.4.2

Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board Table R906.2

Standard Specification for Non-abestos Fiber-Mat Reinforced Cement Interior Substrate Sheets R702.4.2

Specification for Gypsum Ceiling Board R702.3.1

Specification for Gypsum Board R702.3.1

Specification for Thermoplastic Elastomeric (TPE) Gasket Materials for Drain, Waste

and Vent (DWV), Sewer, Sanitary and Storm Plumbing Systems P3003.18

Specification for Shielded Transifion Couplings for Use with Dissimilar DWV Pipe and

Fittings Above Ground Table P3002.1, Table P3002.2, P3003.18

Specification for Mechanical Couplings Using Thermoplastic Elastomeric (TPE) Gaskets for Joining Drain,

Waste, and Vent (DWV) Sewer, Sanitary and Storm Plumbing Systems for Above and

Below Ground Use Table P3002.'l, Table P3002.2, P3003.18

Specification for Concrete Roof Tile R905.3.5

Specification for Asphalt Primer Used in Roofing, Dampproofing, and Waterproofing Table R905.9.2, Table R905.1 1.2

Specification for Coal Tar Primer Used in Roofing, Damproofing and Waterproofing Table R905.9.2

Specificadon for Asphalt Shingles (Organic Felt) Surfaced with Mineral Granules R905.2.4

Specificadon for Asphalt-Saturated (Organic Felt) Used in Roofing and Waterproofing R703.2, R703.9.1, Table R905.2.3,

R905.4.3, R905.5.3, R905.5.4, R905.6.3, R905.7.3, R905.8.3, R905. 8.4, Table 905.9.2

Specification for Coal Tar Saturated (Organic Felt) Used in Roofing and Waterproofing Table R905.9.2

Specification for Asphalt Used in Roofing Table R905.9.2

Test Method for Particle-size Analysis of Soils R403.1.7.5.1

Specification for Asphalt Used in Dampproofing and Waterproofing R406.2

Specification for Coal-Tar Pitch Used in Roofing , Dampproofing and Waterproofing Table R905.9.2

Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing . . Table R905.9.2, Table R905.U.2, R905.15.2

Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Extrusion Materials for Wire and Cable ' ... M 1 60 1 . 1 .2

Specificadon for Acrylonite-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80 Table P2904.4

Test Method for Environmental Stress-cracking of Ethylene Plastics Table M2 101.1

Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and

Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds M1601.1.2

Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80 and 120 '. Table P2904.4

Specificadon for Mineral Aggregate Used in Built-up Roofs Table R905.9.2, Table R906.3.2

Specification for Rubber Rings for Asbestos-cement Pipe P2904.17, P3003.4, P3003.18

Specification for Self-adhering Polymer Modified Bitumen Sheet Materials Used as

Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection R905.2.3, R905.2.8.3

554

2003 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

REFERENCED STANDARDS

D 2104—03
D 2178— 97a
D 2235—01

D 2239—03
D 2241— 04a
D 2282— 99e01
D 2412—02
D 2447—03
D 2464—99
D 2466—02
D 2467—04
D 2468— 96a
D 25 13— 04a

D 2564—02

D 2609—02
D 2626—04
D 2657—97
D 2661—02

D 2662— 96a
D 2665— 04ae01

D 2666— 96a(2003)
D 2672—03
D 2683—98

D 2737—03

D 2751— 96a

D 2822— 91(1 997)e01

D 2823— 90(1 997)e'

D 2824—04

D 2837—04

D 2846/D 2846M— 99

D 2855-96(2002)

D 2898—94(1999)
D 2949— Ola

D 3019— eOl

D 3034—04
D 3035— 03a
D 3161— 03b
D 3201—94(2003)
D3212— 96a(2003)

D 3309— 96a(2002)

D 3311—02
D 3350— 02a
D 3462—04
D 3468—99

D 3679—04

ASTM — continued

Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe, Schedule 40 Table P2904.4

Specification for Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing Table R905.9.2

Specification for Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene

(ABS) Plastic Pipe and Fittings P2904.9.1.1, Table P3002.1, Table P3002.2

P3003.3.2, P3003.8.2

Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SIDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter Table P2904.4

Specificafion for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-rated Pipe (SDR-Series) Table P2904.4

Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Table P2904.4

Test Method for Determination of External Loading Characteristics of Plastic Pipe by I^allel-plate Loading Ml 60 1.1.2

Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe Schedules 40 and 80, Based on Outside Diameter Table M2 101.1

Specification for Threaded Poly (Vmyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 Table P2904.6

Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 Table P2904.6

Specification for Poly (Vmyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 Table P2904.6

Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 Table P2904.6

Specification for Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings Table M2101.1, M2104.2.1.3, G2414.6,

G2414.6.1, G2414.1 1, G2415.14.3
Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly (Vmyl Chloride) (PVC)

Plastic Piping Systems P2904.9.1.3, Table P3002.1, Table P3002.2

P3003.9.2, P3003.14.2

Specification for Plastic Insert Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe Table P2904.6

Specification for Asphalt-Saturated and Coated Oiganic Felt Base Sheet Used in Roofing R905.3.3, Table R905.9.2

Standard Practice for Heat Fusion-joining of Polyolefin Pipe Fittings P2904.3.1, P3003.17.1

Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Drain,

Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings Table P3002.1(l), Table P3002.1(2), Table P3002.2, Table P3002.3,

Table P3002.4, P3003.3.2, P3003.8.2

Specification for Polybutylene (PB) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter Table P2904.4

Specification for Poly (Vmyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain, Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings Table P3002.1(l)

Table P3002.1(2), Table P3002.2, P3002.3, Table P3002.4

Specification for Polybutylene (PB) Plastic Tubing Table P2904.4

Specification for Joints for IPS PVC Pipe Using Solvent Cement Table P3002.1, Table, P3002.2, Table P2904.4

Specification for Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter-controlled

Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing Table M2101 .1, M2104.2.] .1

Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Tubing Table P2904.4

Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Sewer Pipe and Fittings Table P3002.2, Table P3002.3

Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement Table R905.9.2, Table R905.] 1.2

Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings Table R905.9.2, Table R905. 1 1 .2

Specification for Aluminum-Pigmented Asphalt Roof Coatings, Non-fibered, Asbestos Fibered,

and Fibered without Asbestos Table R905.9.2, Table R905.11.2

Test Method for Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials Table M2101.1

Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vmyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Hot- and

Cold-water Distribution Systems Table M2101.1, Table P2904.4, Table P2904.5, P2904.9.1.2

Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vmyl Chloride) (PVC)

Pipe and Fittings P3003.9.2, P3003.14.2

Test Methods for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-retardant-treated Wood for Fire Testing R802. 1.3.3, R902.2

Specification for 3.25-in. Outside Diameter Poly (Vmyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Drain,

Waste, and Vent Pipe and Fittings Table P3002.I(1), Table P3002.1(2), Table P3002.2, Table P3002.3

Specification for Lap Cement Used with Asphalt Roll Roofing, Non-fibered, Asbestos Fibered,

and Non-asbestos Fibered Table R905.9.2, Table R905.1 1.2

Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings . . . Table P3002.2, P3002.3, Table P3002.4

Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based On Controlled Outside Diameter Table M2101.1

Test Method for Wind Resistance of Asphalt Shingles (Fan Induced Method) R905.2.4. 1 , R905.2.6

Test Method for Hygroscopic Properties of Fire-retardant Wood and Wood-base Products R802. 1.3.4

Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals Table P3002.2, P3003.3.1,

P3003.8.1, P3003.9.1, P3003.14.1, P3003.17.2
Specification for Polybutylene (PB) Plastic Hot- and

Cold-water Distribution Systems Table M2101.1, Table P2904.4, Table P2904.5

Specification for Drain, Waste, and Vent (DWV) Plastic Fittings Patters P3002.3

Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe and Fitting Materials Table M2101.1

Specification for Asphalt Shingles Made From Glass Felt and Surfaced with Mineral Granules R905.2.4

Specification for Liquid-applied Neoprene and Chlorosulfanated Polyethylene Used in

Roofing and Waterproofing Table R905.15.2

Specification for Rigid Poly (Vmyl Chloride) (PVC) Siding Table R703.4

2003 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

555

REFERENCED STANDARDS

D 3737—03

D 3747— 79(2000)e01

D 3909— 97b

D 3957—03

D 4022— 94(2000)e01

D 4068—01

D 4318—00

D 4434—04

D 4479-00

D 4551—96(2001)

D 4586-00

D 4601—98

D 4637—04

D 4829—03

D 4869—04

D 4897—01
D 4990— 97a
D 5019-96 eOl
D 5055—04
D 5516—03

D 5643— 94(2000)e01
D 5664—02

D 5665— 99a
D 5726—98
D 6083— 97a
D 6162— 00a

D 6163— OOeOl

D 6164-00

D 6221-00
D 6222—02

D 6223—02

D 6298—00

D 6305— 02e01

D 6380—01"
D 6694—01
D 6754—02
D 6757—02
D 6841—03

D 6878—03
E84— 04

E 96— OOeOl
E 108—04
E 119-00
E 136— 99e01
E 283—04

ASTM— continued

Practice for Establishing Allowable Properties for Structural Glued Lanunated Timber (Glulam) R502.1.5, R602.1.2, R802.1.4

Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Adhesive for Adhering Roof Insulation Table R905.9.2, Table R905.11.2

Specification for Asphalt Roll Roofing (Glass Felt) Surfaced

with Mineral Granules R905.2.8.2, R905.3.3, R905.5.4, Table R905.9.2, Table R906.3.2,

Standard Practices for Estabhshing Stress Grades for Structural

Members Used in Log Buildings R502.1.6, FL602.1.3, R802.1.5

Specification for Coal Tar Roof Cement, Asbestos Containing Table R905.9.2

Specification for Chlorinated Polyethylene (CPE) Sheeting for Concealed Water Containment Membrane P2709.2.2

Test Methods for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils R403. 1 .7.5. 1

Specification for Poly (Vinyl Chloride) Sheet Roofing R905.13.2

Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings-Asbestos-free Table R905.9.2

Specification for Poly (Vinyl) Chloride (PVC) Plastic Flexible Concealed Water-containment Membrane P2709.2.1

Specification for Asphalt Roof Cement-Asbestos-free Table R905.9.2

Specification for Asphalt-coated Glass Fiber Base Sheet Used in Roofing Table R905.9.2

Specification for EPDM Sheet Used in Single-ply Roof Membrane .R905.12.2

Test Method for Expansion Index of Soils R403. 1.8.1

Specification for Asphalt-Saturated (Organic Felt) Underlayment Used in Steep Slope Roofing R905.2.3, R905.4.3,

R905.5.3, R905.6.3, R905.7.3, R905.8.3

Specification for Asphalt Coated Glass-fiber Venting Base Sheet Used in Roofing Table R905.9.2

Specification for Coal Tar Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing Table R905.9.2

Specification for Reinforced Non- Vulcanized Polymeric Sheet Used in Roofing Membrane R905.12.2

Specification for Establishing and Monitoring Structural Capacities of Prefabricated Wood I- Joists R502.1.4

Test Method for Evaluating the Flexural Properties of Fire-Retardant-treated Softwood

Plywood Exposed to the Elevated Temperatures R802.1.3.2.1

Specification for Coal Tar Roof Cement Asbestos-free Table R905.9.2

Test Methods For Evaluating the Effects of Fire-Retardant Treatments and Elevated Temperatures on

Strength Properties of Fire-retardant-treated Lumber R802. 1.3.2.2

Specification for Thermoplastic Fabrics Used in Cold-applied Roofing and Waterproofing Table R905.9.2

Specification for Thermoplastic Fabrics Used in Hot-applied Roofing and Waterproofing Table R905.9.2

Specification for Liquid Applied Acrylic Coating Used in Roofing . Table R905.9.2, Table R905.1 1.2, Table R905.15.2

Specification for Styrene Butadiene Styrene (SBS) Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials

Using a Combination of Polyester and Glass Fiber Reinforcements Table R905.11.2

Specification for Styrene Butadiene Styrene (SBS) Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials

Using Glass Fiber Reinforcements Table R905.1 1 .2

Specification for Styrene Butadiene Styrene (SBS) Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials

Using Polyester Reinforcements Table R905.11.2

Specification for Reinforced Bituminous Flashing Sheets for Roofing and Waterproofing Table R905.1 1.2

Specification for Atactic Polypropelene (APP) Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials

Using Polyester Reinforcement Table R905.11.2

Specification for Atactic Polypropelene (APP) Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials

Using a Combination of Polyester and Glass Fiber Reinforcement Table R905.1 1.2

Specification for Fiberglass Reinforced Styrene-Butadiene-Styrene (SBS) Modified

Bituminous Sheets with a Factory Appfied Metal Surface Table R905.1 1.2

Practice for Calculating Bending Strength Design Adjustment Factors for Fire-Retardant-

Treated Plywood Roof Sheathing : .R802.1.3.2.1

Standard Specification for Asphalt Roll Roofing (Organic Felt) R905.2.8.2

Standard Specification Liquid- Applied Silicone Coating Used in spray Polurethane Foam roofing' R905.15.2

Standard Specification for Ketone Ethylene ester Based Sheet Roofing' R905.13.2

Standard Specification for Inorganic Underlayment for Use with Steep Slope Roofing Products' R905.2.3

Standard Practice for Calculating Design Value Treatment Adjustment Factors \

for Fire-retardant-treated Lumber .R802. 1.3.2.2

Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin Based Sheet Roofing' .R905.13.2

Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials R202, R314.1.1, R3 14.2.6,

R314.3, R315.3, R316.1, R316.2,
R802.1.3, M1601.2.1, M1601.4.2

Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials R202, R806.4, M141 1.4, M1601.3.4

Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings k902.1, R902.2

Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials R314.1.2, R317.1, R317.3.1

Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at 750°C j R202

Test Method for determining the Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls,

and Doors Under specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen '• R806.4

556

2003 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

REFERENCED STANDARDS

E 330—02

E 331-00

E 814—02
E 970-00
E 1509—04
E 1602—03
E 1886—04

E 1996—04

E 2231—04

F 409—02

F 437—99
F 438—04
F439— 02e01
F441/F441M— 02

F 442/F 442M— 99
F 477— 02e01
F 493—04
F 628—01

F 656— 02

F 714—03
F 789— 95a

F 876— 04
F 877— 02e01

F891— OOeOl

F 1055— 98e01

F 1281—03

F 1282—03

F 1412—01
F 1488—03
F 1667—03
F 1807—04

F 1866—98

F 1960—04

F 1974—04

F 1986— 00a

F 2006—00

F 2080—04

ASTM— continued

Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and

Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference R613.3

Test Method for Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors

and Curtain Walls by uniform Static Air Pressure Difference R703.1

Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops R317.3.1.2

Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Exposed Attic Floor Insulation Using a Radiant Heat Eneigy Source R316.5

Standard Specification for Room Heaters, Pellet Fuel-burning Type M1410.1

Guide for Construction of Solid Fuel Burning Masonry Heaters R1002.2

Test Method for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors and Storm Shutters
Impacted by Missies and Exposed to Cyclic Pressure Differentials R301.2.1.2, R613.7.1

Specification for Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, Doors and Storm Shutters

Impacted by Windbome Debris in Hurricanes R301.2.1.2, R613.7.1

Standard Practice for Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Pipe and Duct

Insulation Materials to Assess Surface Burning Characteristics M1601.2.1

Specification for Thermoplastic Accessible and Replaceable Plastic Tube and Tubular Fittings Table P2701.] , P2702.2,

P2702.3

Specification for Threaded Chlorinated Poly (Vmyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 Table P2904.6

Specification for Socket-type Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40 Table P2904.6

Specification for Socket-type Chlorinated Poly (Vmyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80 Table P2904.6

Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vmyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe,
Schedules 40 and 80 Table P2904.4, Table P2904.5

Specification for Chlorinated Poly (Vmyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Table P2904.4, Table P2904.5

Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for joining Plastic Pipe P2904.17, P3003.18

Specification for Solvent Cements for Chlorinated Poly (Vmyl Chloride) (CPVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings P2904.9.1 .2

Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Schedule 40 Plastic Drain, Waste,

and Vent Pipe with a Cellular Core Table 3002.1(1), Table P3002.1(2), Table P3002.2,

Table P3002.3, P3003.3.2, P3003.8.2

Specification for Primers for Use in Solvent Cement Joints of Poly (Vmyl Chloride)

(PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings P2904.9.1.3, Table P3002.1, Table P3002.2,

P3003.9.2, P3003.14.2

Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SDR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter Table P3002.2

Specification for Type PS-46 and Type PS-1 15 Poly (Vmyl Chloride) (PVC)
Plastic Gravity Flow Sewer Pipe and Fittings Table P3002.2

Specification for Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Table M2101.1, Table P2904.4

Specification for Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Plastic Hot- and

Cold-water Distribution Systems Table M2101.1, Table P2904.4,

P2904.9. 1.4.2, Table P2904.5, Table 2904.6

Specification for Coextruded Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe

with a Cellular Core Table P3002.1(l), Table P3002.1(2),

Table P3002.2, Table 3002.3, Table P3002.4

Specification for Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter

Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings Table M2101.1, M2104.2.1.2

Specification for Crosshnked Polyethylene/ Aluminum/Crosslinked
Polyethylene (PEX-AL-PEX) Pressure Pipe Table M2101.1, Table P2904.4, Table P2904.5

Specification for Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene (PE-AL-PE)
Composite Pressure Pipe Table P2904.4, Table P2904.5

Specification for Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings for Corrosive Waste Drainage Table P3002.2, Table P3002.3, P3003. 16.1

Specification for Coextruded Composite Pipe Table P3002.1(l), Table P3002.1(2), Table P3002.2

Specification for Driven Fasteners, Nails, Spikes, and Staples R905.2.5

Specification for Metal Insert Fittings Utilizing a Copper Crimp Ring for SDR9

Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Table M2101.1, Table P2904.6, P2904.9. 1.4.2

Specification for Poly (Vmyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Schedule 40 Drainage

and DWV Fabricated Fittings Table P3002.4

Specification for Cold Expansion Fittings with PEX Reinforcing Rings for Use with

Cross-Hnked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Table M2101.1, Table P2904.6, P2904.9.1.4.2

Specification for Metal Insert Fittings for Polyethylene/ Aluminum/Polyethylene and Crosslinked
Polyethylene/ Aluminum/Crosslinked Polyethylene Composite Pressure Pipe Table P2904.6

Multilayer Pipe Type 2, Compression Joints for Hot and Cold Drinking Water Systems Table P2904.4,

Table P2904.5, Table P2904.6
Standard/Safety Specification for Window Fall Prevention Devices for Non-Emergency
Escape (Egress) and Rescue (Ingress) Windows R613.2

Specification for Cold-expansion Fittings with Metal Compression-Sleeves for
Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Pipe P2904.6, P2904.9.1 .4.2

2003 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

557

REFERENCED STANDARDS

F 2090— 01 A

F 2098—01
F 2389—04

ASTM— continued

Specification for Window Fall Prevention Devices

— with Emergency Escape (Egress) Release Mechanisms 613.2

Standard Specification for Stainless Steel Clamps for SDR9 PEX Tubing to Metal Insert Fittings Table M2101.1

Standard for Pressure-rated Polypropylene (PP) Piping Systems Table M2101.1, Table P2904.4, Table P2904.5,

Table P2904.6,P2904. 10.1

AWS

American Welding Society
550 N. W. LeJeune Road
Miami, FL 33126

Standard
reference
number

Title

Referenced

in code

section number

A5.8— 04

Specifications for Filler Metals for Brazing and Braze Welding P3003.5.1, P3003.10.1, P3003.1 1.1

AWPA

American Wood-Preservers' Association
RO. Box 5690
Granbury, Texas 76049

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Title

section number

CI — 100 All Timber Products — Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes R902.2

C33 — 00 Standard for Preservative Treatment of Structural Composite Lumber by Pressure Processes R324.1

M4— 02 Standard for the Care of Preservative-treated Wood Products R319.1.1, R320.1.2, R320.3.1

Ul— 04 USE CATEGORY SYSTEM: User Specification for Treated Wood

Except Section 6 Commodity Specification H R319.1, R324.1.7, R402.1.2, R504.3, Table R905.8.5

AWWA

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Title

section number

C 104— 98
Clio— 98
CI 15— 99
C151/A21.51— 02
CI 53— 00
C510— 00
C511— 00

American Water Works Association
6666 West Quincy Avenue
Denver, CO 80235

Title

Standard for Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-iron Pipe and Fittings for Water , P2904.4

Standard for Ductile-iron and Gray-iron Fittings, 3 Inches through 48 Inches, for W&ter Table P2904.6, Table P3002.3

Standard for Flanged Ductile-iron Pipe with Ductile-iron or Gray-iron Threaded Flanges Table P2904.4

Standard for Ductile-iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast, for Water Table P2904.4

Standard for Ductile-iron Compact Fittings for Water Service Table P2904.6. 1

Double Check Valve Backflow Prevention Assembly Table P2902.3

Reduced-Pressure Principle Backflow Prevention Assembly Table P2902.3, P2902.3.5, P2902.5.1

CGSB

37-GP— 52M— (1984)
37-GP— 56M— (1980)

CAN/CGSB-37.54— 95

Canadian General Standards Board

Place du Portage ]11,6B1

1 1 Laurier Street

Gatineau, Quebec, Canada KIA 1G6

Title

Roofing and Waterproofing Membrane, Sheet Applied, Elastomeric |. . .R905.12.2

Membrane, Modified Bituminous, Prefabricated and Pvcinforced for Roofing —

with December 1985 Amendment Table R905.11.2

Polyvinyl Chloride Roofing and Waterproofing Membrane . .R905.13.2

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Title

section number

558

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

CISPI

REFERENCED STANDARDS

Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
5959 Shallowford Road, Suite 419
Chattanooga, TN 37421

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Title

section number

301- — 04 Standard Specification for Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings for Sanitary

and Storm Drain, Waste and Vent Piping Applications TableP3002.1(l), Table P3002.1(2), Table P3002.2,

Table P3002.3, Table 3002.4, P3005.2.9
3 10— 04 Standard Specification for Coupling for Use in Connection with Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe
and Fittings for Sanitary and Storm Drain, Waste, and Vent Piping Applications Table P3002.1, Table P3002.2, P3003.6.3

CPSC

16 CFR Part 1201-

(1977)

16 CFR Part 1209-

(1979)

16 CFR Part 1404-

(1979)

Consumer Product Safety Commission
4330 East West Highway
Bethesda,MD 20814-4408

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Tide

section number

Safety Standard for Architectural Glazing R308.1.1, R308.3

Interim Safety Standard for Cellulose Insulation R316.3

Cellulose Insulation R3 1 6.3

CSA

Canadian Standards Association
5060 Spectrum Way, Suite 100
Mississauga, Ontario, Canada L4W 5N6

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Tide

section number

CSA Requirement 3 — 8J
8-93 (Revision 1, 1999)

0325.0—92
0437-Series— 93
A 257. IM— 92
A 257.2M— 92
A 257.3M— 92

101/I.S.2/A440— 05
B45.1— 02
B45.2— 02
B45.3— 02
B45.4— 02
B45.5— 02
B45.9— 02
B64.1.1— 01
B64.1.2— 01
B64.2— 01
B64.2.1— 01
B64.2.1.1— 01
B64.2.2— 01
B64.3— 01

B64.4— 01
B64.4.1— 01
B64.5— 01
B64.5.1— 01
B64.7— 01
B 125— 01
B 125.1—05

Manually Operated Gas Valves for Use in House Piping Systems Table G2420.1 .1

Requirements for Gas Fired Log Lighters for Wood Burning Fireplaces

— with Revisions through January 1999 G2433. 1

Construction Sheathing (Reaffirmed 1998) R503.2.1

Standards on OSB and Waferboard (Reaffirmed 2001) R503.2.1, R803.2.1

Circular Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, Sewer Pipe and Fittings Table P3002.2

Reinforced Circular Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, Sewer Pipe and Fittings Table P3002.2

Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Manhole Sections,

and Fittings Using Rubber Gaskets P3003.7

Specifications for Windows, Doors and Unit SkyHghts R308.6.9, R613.4, Nl 102.4.2

Ceramic Plumbing Fixtures Table P2701.1, P2711 .1, P2712.1

Enameled Cast Iron Plumbing Fixtures Table 2701.1, P271 1.1

Porcelain Enameled Steel Plumbing Fixtures Table P2701.1, Table P2702.2, P2711.1

Stainless Steel Plumbing Fixtures Table P2701.1, P271 1.1, P2712.1

Plastic Plumbing Fixtures Table P2701.1, P2711.2, P2712.1

Macerating Systems and Related Components P3007.1, P3007.2.1

Vacuum Breakers, Atmospheric Type (PVB) Table P2902.2, P2902.2

Vacuum Breakers, Pressure Type (PVB) Table P2902.2, P2902.2

Vacuum Breakers, Hose Connection Type (HCVB) Table P2902.2, P2902.2.2

Vacuum Breakers, Hose Connection Type (HCVB) with Manual Draining Feature Table P2902.2, P2902.2.2

Vacuum Breakers, Hose Connection Dual Check Type (HCDVB) Table P2902.2, P2902.2.2

Vacuum Breakers, Hose Connection Type (HCVB) with Automatic Draining Feature Table P2902.2, P2902.2

Backflow Preventers, Dual Check Valve type

with Atmospheric Port (DCAP) Table P2902.2, P2902.2.2, P2902.2.3, P2902.4.1

Blackflow Preventers, Reduced Pressure Principle Type (RP) Table P2902.2, P2902.2.3, P2902.2.5, P2902.4.1

Backflow Preventers, Reduced Pressure Principle Type for Fire Systems (RPF) Table P2902.2, P2902.2.5

Backflow Preventers, Double Check Valve Type (DCVA) Table P2902.2, P2902.2.6

Backflow Preventers, Double Check Valve Type for Fire Systems (DCVAF) Table P2902.2, P2902.2.6

Vacuum Breakers, Laboratory Faucet Type (LFVB) Table P2902.2, P2902.2.2

Plumbing Fittings Table P2701.1, P2702.2, P2708.3, P2722.1, P2722.2, P2722.3

Plumbing Supply Fitdngs P2708.4

2003 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

559

REFERENCED STANDARDS

B137.1— 02

B 137.2—02 i

B137.3— 02

B137.5— 02

B 137.6— 02

B 137.8— 02
B 137.9—02
B137.10— 02

B137.il— 02
B181.1— 02

B 181.2—02

B 181. 3— 02
B 182.2— 02
B 182.4— 02
B602— 02

LC3— 00

CAN/CSA A257.3M— 92
CAN/CSAB64.1.1— 01
CAN/CSA B64.2— 01
CAN/CSA B64.2.2— 01
CAN/CSA B64.3— 01
CAN/CSA B64.4— 01
CAN/CSA B 137.9— 99
CAN/CSA B137.10M— 02

CSA — continued

Polyethylene Pipe, Tubing and Fittings for Cold Water Pressure Services Table P2904.4, Table P2904.6

PVC Injection-moulded Gasketed Fittings for Pressure Applications Table P2904.6

Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe for Pressure Applications Table P2904.4, P3003.9.2, P3003.14.2

Cross-linked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing Systems for Pressure Applications . . . Table P2904.4, Table P2904.5, Table P2904.6
CPVC Pipe, Tubing and Fittings For Hot and Cold Water

Distribution Systems Table P2904.4, Table P2904;5, Table 2904.6

Polybutylene (PB) Piping for Pressure Applications Table 2904.4, Table P2904.5, Table 2904.6

Polyethylene/ Aluminum/Polyethylene Composite Pressure-Pipe Systems Table 2904.4.1

Crosslinked Polyethylene/ Aluminum/Crosslinked Polyethylene

Composite Pressure-Pipe Systems Table P2904.4.1, Table P2904.5, Table M2101.1

Polypropylene (PP-R) Pipe and Fittings for Pressure Applications Table P2904.4.1, Table 2904.5, Table P2904.6

ABS Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Pipe Fittings Table P3002.1(l), Table P3002.1(2), Table P3002.2,

Table P3002.4, P3003.3.2, P3003.8.2

PVC Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Pipe Fittings Table P3002.1(l), Table P3002.1(2), Table P3002.2,

Table P3002.3, P3003.9.2, P3003.14.2

Polyolefm Laboratory Drainage Systems Table P3002.2, P3003.16.1

PVC Sewer Pipe and Fittings (PSM Type) Table P3002.1(l), Table P3002.1(2), Table P3002.2, Table P3002.3

Profile PVC Sewer Pipe & Fittings Table P3002.2, Table P3002.3

Mechanical Couplings for Drain, Waste and Vent Pipe and Sewer Pipe P3003.3. 1, P3003.6.3, P3003.7,

P3003.8.1, P3003.14.1, P3003.15, P3003.17

Appliance Stands and Drain Pans P2801.5

Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Manhole Sections, and Fittings Using Rubber Gaskets P3003.3.5

Vacuum Breakers, Atmospheric Type (AVB) Table P2902.2, P2902.2.2

Vacuum Breakers, Hose Connection Type (HCVP) Table P2902.2, P2902.2.2

Vacuum Breakers, Hose Connection Type (HCVP) with Automatic Draining Feature Table P2902.2, P2902.2.2

Backflow Preventers, Dual Check Valve Type with Atmospheric Port (DCAP) Table P2902.2, P2902.2.3, P2902.4.1

Backflow Preventers, Reduced Pressure Principle Type (RP) Table P2902.2, P2902.2.5

Polyethylene/Aluminum/Polyethylene Composite Pressure Pipe Systems Table P2904.4.1

Crosslinked Polyethylene/ Aluminum/Polyethylene Composite Pressure
Pipe Systems Table P2904.4.1, Table P2904.5, Table M2101.1

CSSB

Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau
515 116th Avenue, NE, Suite 275
Bellevue, WA 98004-5294

Standard
reference
number

Title

Referenced

in code

section number

CSSB— 97

Grading and Packing Rules for Western Red Cedar Shakes and Western Red Shingles

of the Cedar Shake and Shingle Bureau R702.6, R703.5, Table R905.7.4, Table R905.8.5

DASMA

Door and Access Systems Manufacturers
Association International
1300 Summer Avenue
Cleveland, OH 44115-2851

Standard
reference
number

Title

Referenced

in code

section number

108—2002

Standard Method for Testing Garage Doors: Determination of Structural Performance
Under Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference

.R902.2

DOC

United States Department of Commerce .

100 Bureau Drive Stop 3460

Gaithersburg, MP 20899

Referenced

in code

Title section number

Construction and Industrial Plywood R404.2.1, Table R404.2.3, R503.2.1, R604.1, R803.2.1

Performance Standard for Wood-based Structural-use Panels R404.2.1, Table R404.2.3, R503.2.1, R604.1, R803.2.1

American Softwood Lumber Standard R404.2.1, R502.1, R602.1, R802.1

Standard
reference
number

PS 1—95
PS 2—92
PS 20—99

560

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

REFERENCED STANDARDS

DOTn

Department of Transportation
400 Seventh St. S.W.
Washington, DC 20590

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Title

section number

49 CFR,

Parts 192.281(e) &

192.283 (b)

Transportation of Natural and Other Gas by Pipeline: Minimum Federal Safety Standards

G2414.6.1

FEMA

Federal Emergency Management Agency
500 C Street, SW
Washington, DC 20472

Standard
reference
number

Title

Referenced

in code

section number

TB-2— 93
FIA-TB-11— 01

Flood-resistant Materials Requirements

Crawlspace Construction for Buildings Located in Special Flood Hazard Area.

R324.1.7
..R408.7

4450— (1989)
4880— (2001)

Factory Mutual Global Research
Standards Laboratories Department
1151 Boston Providence Turnpike
Norwood, MA 02062

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Title

section number

Approval Standard for Class 1 Insulated Steel Deck Roofs — with Supplements through July 1992 . .

American National Standard for Evaluating Insulated Wall or Wall and Roof/Ceiling Assemblies,
Plastic Interior Finish Materials, Plastic Exterior Building Panels, Wall/Ceiling Coating Systems,
Interior or Exterior Finish Systems

R906.1

.R314.3

Gypsum Association

810 First Street, Northeast, Suite 510

Washington, DC 20002-4268

Standard
reference
number

Title

Referenced

in code

section number

GA-253— 99

Recommended Standard Specification for the Application of Gypsum Sheathing Table R602.3(l)

HPVA

Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association
1 825 Michael Faraday Drive
Reston, Virginia 20190-5350

Standard
reference
number

Tide

Referenced

in code

section number

HP- 1—2000

The American National Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood R702.5

ICC

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Title

section number

IBC— 06
ICC EC— 06
lEBC— 06
lECC— 06
IPC- 06
IFGC— 06

International Code Council
5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 600
Falls Church, VA 22041

Title

International Building Code" R110.2, R322.1,R324.1, R324.1.5,R403.1.8, RlOOl.8.2, G2402.3

ICC Electrical Code®— Administrative Provisions R107.3, G2402.3

International Existing Building Code® R101.2, G2401.1

International Energy Conservation Code® R104. 1 1

International Fire Code® R102.7, G2402.3, G2412.2, G2423.1

International Fuel Gas Code® R104.il, G2401.1

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

561

REFERENCED STANDARDS

IMC— 06
IPC— 06
IPSDC— 06
IPMC— 06
SBCCI SSTD 10—99

ICC — continued

International Mechanical Code® R104.ll, M2106.1, G2402.3

International Plumbing Code® R104.il, G2402.3

International Private Sewage Disposal Code® R324.1.6

International Property Maintenance Code® , . R102.7

Standard for Hurricane Resistant Construction R301.2.1.]

ISO

International Organization for Standardization
1, rue de Varembe, Case postale 56
CH-1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland

Standard
reference
number

Title

Referenced

in code

section number

15874—2002

Polypropylene Plastic Piping Systems for Hot and Cold Water Installations Table M2101 . 1

MSS

Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry
127 Park Street, Northeast
Vienna, VA 22180

Standard
reference
number

Title

Referenced

in code

section number

SP-58— 93

Pipe Hangers and Supports — Materials, Design and Manufacture G2418.2

NAIMA

North American Insulation Manufacturers Association
44 Canal Center Plaza, Suite 310
Alexandria, VA 22314

Standard
reference
number

Title

Referenced

in code

section number

AH 116 06—02

Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards, Fifth Edition .M1601.1.1

NCMA

National Concrete Masonry Association
2302 Horse Pen Road
Hemdon, VA 20171-3499

Standard
reference
number

Title

Referenced

in code

section number

TR 68-A— 75
TR 68B(2001)

Design and Construction of Plain and Reinforced Concrete Masonry and Basement and Foundation Walls.
Basement Manual Design and Construction Using Concrete Masonry

R404.1
.R404.1

NFPA

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Title

section number

13—02

31—01

58—04

70—05

72—02

85—04

211—03

259—04

286-00

501—03
853—03

National Fire Protection Association
Battery march Park
Quincy, MA 02269

Title

Installation of Sprinkler Systems R317.1

Installation of Oil-burning Equipment' M1801.3.1, M1805.3

Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code 02412.2, G2414.6.2

National Electrical Code E3301.1, E3301.2, E4201.1, Table E4203.2, E4204.3, E4204.4

National Fire Alarm Code , R313.1

Boiler and Construction Systems Hazards Code . l G2452.1

Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents and Sohd Fuel Burning Apphances R1002.5

Test Method for Potential Heat of Building Materials : R314.2.5

Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Contribution of Wall and Ceiling j

Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth R314.3, R315.4

Standard on Manufactured Housing R202

Standard for the Installation of Stationary Fuel Cell Power Systems : M1903.1

562

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

REFERENCED STANDARDS

NFRC

100—2001
200—2001

400—2001

National Fenestration Rating Council, Inc.

8484 Georgia Avenue, Suite 320

Silver Spring, MD 20910

sectio

Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product U-fectors-Second Edition Nl 101.5

Procedure for Determining Fenestration product Solar Heat Gain CoeiFicients and

Visible Transmittance at Normal Incidence — Second Edition N1101.5

Procedure for Determining Fenestration Product Air Leakage Nl 102.4.2

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Title

section number

NSF

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Title

section number

14—2003
42— 2002e
44—2004
53— 2002e
58—2004
61— 2003e

NSF International
789 N. Dixboro Road
Ann Arbor, MI 48105

Title

Plastic Piping System Components and Related Materials P2608.3, P2907.3

Drinking Water Treatment Units— Anesthetic Effects P2907.1, P2907.3

Residential Cation Exchange Water Softeners P2907.1, P2907.3

Drinking Water Treatment Units— Health Effects P2907.1, P2907.3

Reverse Osmosis Drinking Water Treatment Systems P2907.2, P2907.3

Drinking Water System Components— Health Effects .... P2608.5, P2722.1, P2903.9.4, P2904.4, P2904.5, P2904.6, P2907.3

SAE

Society of Automotive Engineers
400 Commonwealth Drive
Warrendale, PA 15096

Standard
reference
number

Title

Referenced

in code

section number

J 78— (1998)

Steel Self-drilling Tapping Screws R505.2.4, R603.2.4, R804.2.4

CJ TV/i' A f~^ 1^ \ 4021 Lafayette Center Road

Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors National Assoc, Inc.

Chantilly, VA 22021

Standard
reference
number

Title

Referenced

in code

section number

SMACNA— 03

Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards (2003) M1601.1.1

TMS

402—05

602—05

The Masonry Society

3970 Broadway, Suite 201-D

Boulder, CO 80304

Standard

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Title

section number

Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures
Specification for Masonry Structures

R404.1, R606.1, R606.1.1,

R606.12.1, R606.12.2.2.1,R606.1 1.2.2.2, R606.12.3.1

R404.1 , R606.1 , R606.1.] ,

R606.12.1, R606. 12.2.2.1, R606.12.2.2.2, R606.12.3.1

TPI

Truss Plate Institute

583 D'Onofrio Drive, Suite 200

Madison, WI 53719

Standard
reference
number

Title

Referenced

in code

section number

TPI 1—2002

National Design Standard for Metal-plate-connected Wood Truss Construction R502. 11.1, R802. 1 0.2,

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

563

REFERENCED STANDARDS

Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
333 Pfingsten Road
Northbrook, IL 60062

Standaid

Referenced

reference

in code

number

Title

section number

17—94
58—96
80—96
103—2001

127—99
174—04
181—96
181 A— 98

181B— 95

217—1997
325—02

343—97

441—96

508—99

536—97

641—95

651—05

726—98

727—98

729—03

730—03

732—95

737—96

790—04

795—99

834—04

896—93

959—01

923—02

1040—96

1256—02

1261—01

1453—04

1479—03

1482—98

1715—97

1738—93

1777—04

1995—98

2158A— 96

Vent or Chimney Connector Dampers for Oil-fired Appliances — with Revisions through September 1999 Ml 802.2.2

Steel Underground Tanks for Flammable and Combustible Liquids — with Revisions through July 1998 M2201.1

Steel Tanks for Oil-burner Fuel— with Revisions Through June 2003 M2201.1

Factory-built Chimneys for Residential Type and Building Heating Appliances
—with Revisions through December 2003 R202, R1005.3, G2430.1

Factory-built Fireplaces— with Revisions through November 1999 RlOOl.ll, R1004.1, R1004.4, R1005.4, G2445.7

Household Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters — with Revisions through October 1999 M2005.1

Factory-made Air Ducts and Air Connectors — with Revisions through May 2003 M1601.2, M1601 .3.1

Closure Systems for Use with Rigid Air Ducts and Air Connectors —

with Revisions through December 1998 M1601.2, M1601.3.1

Closure Systems for Use with Flexible Air Ducts and Air Connectors —

with Revisions through August 2003 M1601.2, M1601.3.1

Single and Multiple Station Smoke Alarms — with Revisions Through January 2004 R313.1

Standard for Door, Drapery, Gate, Louver and Window Operations and Systems

—with Revisions through March 2003 R309.6

Pumps for Oil-Burning Appliances — with Revisions through May 2002 M2204.1

Gas Vents — with Revisions through December 1999 G2426.1

Industrial Control Equipment ,.. .M 1411. 3.1

Flexible Metallic Hose — with Revisions through June 2003 M2202.3

Type L, Low-temperature Venting Systems— with Revisions through April 1999 .... R202, RlOOl.11.5, M1804.2.4, G2426.1

Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings G2414.6.3

Oil-fired Boiler Assemblies— with Revisions through January 2001 M2001.1.1, M2006.1, G2425.1

Oil-fired Central Furnaces — with Revisions through January 1999 M1402.1

Oil-fired Floor Furnaces M1408.1

Oil-fired Wall Furnaces \ M1409.1

Oil-fired Storage Tank Water Heaters — with Revisions through January 1999 .M2005.1

Fireplaces Stoves — with Revisions through January 2000 .M1414.1

Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Roof Coverings R902.1

Commercial-Industrial Gas Heating Equipment G2442.1, G2452.1

Heating, Water Supply, and Power Boilers-Electric M2001 .1 .1

Oil-burning Stoves — with Revisions through May 2004 M1410. 1

Medium Heat Appliance Factory-built Chimneys R1005.6

Microwave Cooking Appliances — with Revisions through January 2003 .M1504.1

Fire Test of Insulated Wall Construction — with Revisions through June 2001 R314.3

Fire Test of Roof Deck Construction R906.1

Electric Water Heaters for Pools and Tubs — with Revisions through June 2004 M2006. 1

Electronic Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters '. . . . .M2005.1

Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops R317.3.1.2

Solid-fuel Type Room Heaters— with Revisions through January 2000 R1002.2, R1002.5, M1410.1

Fire Test of Interior Finish Material — with Revisions through March 2004 R3 14.4

Venting Systems for Gas-burning Appliances, Categories II, III and IV — with Revisions through December 2000. . . . G2426.1

Standard for Chimney Liners R1003.1.8, R1003.il. 1, M1801.3.4, G2425. 12, G2425. 15.4

Heating and Cooling Equipment— with Revisions through August 1999 M1402.1, M1403.1, M1407.1

Outline of Investigation for Clothes Dryer Transition Duct M1502.4

ULC

Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada

7 Grouse Road

Scarborough, Ontario, Canada MIR 3A9

Standard
reference
number

Title

Referenced

in code

section number

S 102—1988

Standard Methods for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics
of Building Materials and Assemblies — with 2000 Revisions

.R3I6.2

564

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

REFERENCED STANDARDS

Window & Door Manufacturers Association
1400 East Touhy Aveni
DesPlainesJL 60018

A^n A/T A ^^^^ ^^^^ ^'^"^y Avenue, Suite 470

Standard Referenced

reference in code

number Title section number

101/I.S2/A440— 05 Specifications for Windows, Doors and Unit Skylights R308.6.9, R61 3.4, Nl 102.4.2

2003 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE® 565

566

2003 INTERNATIONAL RESIDEENTIAL CODE^

APPENDIX A (IFGS)

SIZING AND CAPACITIES OF GAS PIPING

(This appendix is informative and is not part of the code. This appendix is an excerpt from the 2006 International Fuel Gas
Code, coordinated with the section numbering of the International Residential Code.)

A.l General piping considerations. The first goal of deter-
mining the pipe sizing for a fuel gas piping system is to make
sure that there is sufficient gas pressure at the inlet to each
appliance. The majority of systems are residential and the
appliances will all have the same, or nearly the same, require-
ment for minimum gas pressure at the appliance inlet. This
pressure will be about 5-inch water column (w.c.) (1.25 kPa),
which is enough for proper operation of the appliance regulator
to deliver about 3.5-inches water column (w.c.) (875 kPa) to the
burner itself. The pressure drop in the piping is subtracted from
the source delivery pressure to verify that the minimum is avail-
able at the appliance.

There are other systems, however, where the required inlet
pressure to the different appliances may be quite varied. In such
cases, the greatest inlet pressure required must be satisfied, as
well as the farthest appliance, which is almost always the criti-
cal appliance in small systems.

There is an additional requirement to be observed besides
the capacity of the system at 100-percent flow. That require-
ment is that at minimum flow, the pressure at the inlet to any
appliance does not exceed the pressure rating of the appliance
regulator. This would seldom be of concern in small systems if
the source pressure is '/j psi (14-inch w.c.) (3.5 kPa) or less but
it should be verified for systems with greater gas pressure at the
point of supply.

To determine the size of piping used in a gas piping system, the
following factors must be considered:

(1) Allowable loss in pressure from point of delivery to
equipment.

(2) Maximum gas demand.

(3) Length of piping and number of fittings.

(4) Specific gravity of the gas.

(5) Diversity factor.

For any gas piping system, or special appliance, or for condi-
tions other than those covered by the tables provided in this
code, such as longer runs, greater gas demands or greater pres-
sure drops, the size of each gas piping system should be deter-
mined by standard engineering practices acceptable to the code
official.

A.2 Description of tables

A.2.1 General. The quantity of gas to be provided at each
outlet should be determined, whenever possible, directly

from the manufacturer's gas input Btu/h rating of the
appliance that will be installed. In case the ratings of the
appliances to be installed are not known, Table G2413.2
shows the approximate consumption (in Btu per hour) of
certain types of typical household appliances.

To obtain the cubic feet per hour of gas required, divide
the total Btu/h input of all appliances by the average Btu
heating value per cubic foot of the gas. The average Btu per
cubic foot of the gas in the area of the installation can be
obtained from the serving gas supplier.

A.2.2 Low pressure natural gas tables. Capacities for gas
at low pressure [less than 2.0 psig (13.8 kPa gauge)] in cubic
feet per hour of 0.60 specific gravity gas for different sizes
and lengths are shown in Table G2413.4(l) for iron pipe or
equivalent rigid pipe, in Table G24 13.4(3) for smooth wall
semi-rigid tubing, in Table G2413.4(5) for corrugated stain-
less steel tubing and in Table G2413.4(7) for polyethylene
plastic pipe. Tables G2413.4(l), G2413.4(3), G2413.4(5)
and G2413.4(7) are based upon a pressure drop of 0.5-inch
w.c. (125 Pa). In using these tables, an allowance (in equiva-
lent length of pipe) should be considered for any piping run
with four or more fittings [see Table A.2.2].

A.2.3 Undiluted liquefied petroleum tables. Capacities in
thousands of Btu per hour of undiluted liquefied petroleum
gases based on a pressure drop of 0.5-inch w.c. (125 Pa) for
different sizes and lengths are shown in the International
Fuel Gas Code. See Appendix A of that code.

A.2.4 Natural gas specific gravity. Gas piping systems that
are to be supplied with gas of a specific gravity of 0.70 or
less can be sized directly from the tables provided in this
code, unless the code official specifies that a gravity factor
be applied. Where the specific gravity of the gas is greater
than 0.70, the gravity factor should be applied.

Application of the gravity factor converts the figures
given in the tables provided in this code to capacities for
another gas of different specific gravity. Such application is
accomplished by multiplying the capacities given in the
tables by the multipliers shown in Table A.2.4. In case the
exact specific gravity does not appear in the table, choose
the next higher value specific gravity shown.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

567

APPENDIX A

TABLE A.2.2
EQUIVALENT LENGTHS OF PIPE FITTINGS AND VALVES

SCREWED FITTINGS^

90° WELDING ELBOWS AND SMOOTH BENDS^

457EII

907EII

180° close
return bends

Tee

R/d='\

/VC/=1V3

R/d=2

R/d=4

fl/f/:=6

R/d=6

/f factors

0.42

0.90

2.00

1.80

0.48

0.36

0.27

0.21

0.27

0.36

Ud' ratio* n =

9 :

Nominal

pipe size,

inches

Inside
diameter d,

inches,
Schedule 40^

L = Equivalent Length In Feet of Schedule 40 (Standard-Weight) Straight Pipe

i
6 1

0.622

0.73

1.55

3.47

3.10

0.83

0.62

0.47

0.36

0.47

0.62

0.824

0.96

2.06

4.60

4.12

1.10

0.82

0.62

0.48

0.62

0.82

1.049

1.22

2.62

5.82

5.24

1.40

1.05

0.79

0.61

0.79

1.05

IV4

1.380

1.61

3.45

7.66

6.90

1.84

1.38

1.03

0.81

1.03

1.38

1.610

1.88

4.02

8.95

8.04

2.14

1.61

1.21

0.94

1.21

1.61

2.067

2.41

5.17

11.5

10.3

2.76

2.07

1.55

1.21

1.55

2.07

2.469

2.88

6.16

13.7

12.3

3.29

2.47

1.85

1.44

1.85

2.47

3.068

3.58

7.67

17.1

15.3

4.09

3.07

2.30

1.79

2.30

3.07

4.026

4.70

10.1

22.4

20.2

5.37

4.03

3.02

2.35

3.02

4.03

5.047

5.88

12.6

28.0

25.2

6.72

5.05

3.78

2.94

3.78

5.05

6.065

7.07

15.2

33.8

30.4

8.09

6.07

4.55

3.54

4.55

6.07

7.981

9.31

20.0

44.6

40.0

10.6

7.98

5.98

4.65

5.98

7.98

10.02

11.7

25.0

55.7

50.0

13.3

10.0

7.51

5.85

7.51

10.0

11.94

13.9

29.8

66.3

59.6

15.9

11.9

8.95

6.96

8.95

11.9

13.13

15.3

32.8

73.0

65.6

17.5

13.1

9.85

7.65

9.85

13.1

15.00

17.5

37.5

83.5

75.0

20.0

15.0

11.2

8.75

11.2

15.0

16.88

19.7

42.1

93.8

84.2

22.5

16.9

12.7

9.85

12.7 ,

16.9

18.81

22.0

47.0

105.0

94.0

25.1

18.8

14.1

11.0

14.1

18.8

22.63

26.4

56.6

126.0

113.0

30.2

22.6

17.0

13.2

17.0

22.6

continued

568

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

APPENDIX A

TABLE A.2.2— continued
EQUIVALENT LENGTHS OF PIPE FITTINGS AND VALVES

MITER ELBOWS^ (No. of miters)

WELDING TEES

VALVES (screwed, flanged, or

welded)

1-45°

1-60°

1-90°

2.9005

3-90°^

Forged

Miter^

Gate

Globe

Angle

Swing
Check

fc factor =

0.45

0.90

1.80

0.60

0.45

1.35

1.80

0.21

5.0

2.5

L/tf' ratio'' n =

333

167

Nominal

pipe size,

inches

Inside
diameter d,

inches,
Schedule 40^

L = Equivalent Length In Feet of Schedule 40 (Standard-Weight) Straight Pipe^

0.622

0.78

1.55

3.10

1.04

0.78

2.33

3.10

0.36

17.3

8.65

4.32

0.824

1.03

2.06

4.12

1.37

1.03

3.09

4.12

0.48

22.9

11.4

5.72

1.049

1.31

2.62

5.24

1.75

1.31

3.93

5.24

0.61

29.1

14.6

7.27

l'/4

1.380

1.72

3.45

6.90

2.30

1,72

5.17

6.90

0.81

38.3

19.1

9.58

VI,

1.610

2.01

4.02

8.04

2.68

2.01

6.04

8.04

0.94

44.7

22.4

11.2

2.067

2.58

5.17

10.3

3.45

2.58

7.75

10.3

1.21

57.4

28.7

14.4

2V2

2.469

3.08

6.16

12.3

4.11

3.08

9.25

12.3

1.44

68.5

34.3

17.1

3.068

3.84

7.67

15.3

5.11

3.84

11.5

15.3

1.79

85.2

42.6

21.3

4.026

5.04

10.1

20.2

6.71

5.04

15.1

20.2

2.35

112.0

56.0

28.0

5.047

6.30

12.6

25.2

8.40

6.30

18.9

25.2

2.94

140.0

70.0

35.0

6.065

7.58

15.2

30.4

10.1

7.58

22.8

30.4

3.54

168.0

84.1

42.1

7.981

9.97

20.0

40.0

13.3

9.97

29.9

40.0

4.65

222.0

111.0

55.5

10.02

12.5

25.0

50.0

16.7

12.5

37.6

50.0

5.85

278.0

139.0

69.5

11.94

14.9

29.8

59.6

19.9

14.9

44.8

59.6

6.96

332.0

166.0

83.0

13.13

16.4

32.8

65.6

21.9

16.4

49.2

65.6

7.65

364.0

182.0

91.0

15.00

18.8

37.5

75.0

25.0

18.8

56.2

75.0

8.75

417.0

208.0

104.0

16.88

21.1

42.1

84.2

28.1

21.1

63.2

84.2

9.85

469.0

234.0

117.0

18.81

23.5

47.0

94.0

31.4

23.5

70.6

94.0

11.0

522.0

261.0

131.0

22.63

28.3

56.6

113.0

37.8

28.3

85.0

113.0

13.2

629.0

314.0

157.0

For SI: 1 foot = 305 mm, 1 degree = 0.01745 rad.

Note: Values for welded fittings are for conditions where bore is not obstructed by weld spatter or backing rings. If appreciably obstructed, use values for "Screwed
Fittings."

1. Flanged fittings have three-fourths the resistance of screwed elbows and tees.

2. Tabular figures give the extra resistance due to curvature alone to which should be added the full length of travel.

3. Small size socket-welding fittings are equivalent to miter elbows and miter tees.

4. Equivalent resistance in number of diameters of straight pipe computed for a value of (/'- 0.0075) from the relation (n - k/4f).

5. For condition of minimum resistance where the centerline length of each miter is between d and 2V2<i.

6. For pipe having other inside diameters, the equivalent resistance may be computed from the above n values.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

569

APPENDIX A

TABLE A.2.4

MULTIPLIERS TO BE USED WITH TABLES G241 3.4(1)

THROUGH 02413.4(8) WHERE THE SPECIFIC GRAVITY

OF THE GAS IS OTHER THAN 0.60

SPECIFIC
GRAVITY

MULTIPLIER

SPECIFIC
GRAVITY

MULTIPLIER

0.35

1.31

1.00

0.78

0.40

1.23

1.10

0.74

0.45

1.16

1.20

0.71

0.50

1.10

1.30

0.68

0.55

1.04

1.40

0.66

0.60

1.00

1.50

0.63

0.65

0.96

1.60

0.61

0.70

0.93

1.70

0.59

0.75

0.90

1.80

0.58

0.80

0.87

1.90

0.56

0.85

0.84

2.00

0.55

0.90

0.82

2.10

0.54

A.2.5 Higher pressure natural gas tables. Capacities for
gas at pressures of 2.0 psig (13.8 kPa) or greater in cubic feet
per hour of 0.60 specific gravity gas for different sizes and
lengths are shown in Table G24 13.4(2) for iron pipe or
equivalent rigid pipe, Table G24 13.4(4) for semi-rigid tub-
ing, Table G2413.4(6) for corrugated stainless steel tubing
and Table 02413.4(8) for polyethylene plastic pipe.

A.3 Use of capacity tables

A.3.1 Longest length method. This sizing method is con-
servative in its approach by applying the maximum operat-
ing conditions in the system as the norm for the system and
by setting the length of pipe used to size any given part of the
piping system to the maximum value.

To determine the size of each section of gas piping in a sys-
tem within the range of the capacity tables, proceed as follows,
(also see sample calculations included in this Appendix).

(1) Divide the piping system into appropriate segments
consistent with the presence of tees, branch lines
and main runs. For each segment, determine the gas
load (assuming all appliances operate simulta-
neously) and its overall length. An allowance (in
equivalent length of pipe) as determined from Table
A.2.2 shall be considered for piping segments that
include four or more fittings.

(2) Determine the gas demand of each appUance to be
attached to the piping system. Where Tables
02413.4(1) through 02413.4(8) are to be used to
select the piping size, calculate the gas demand in
terms of cubic feet per hour for each piping system
outlet.

(3) Where the piping system is for use with other than
undiluted liquefied petroleum gases, determine the
design system pressure, the allowable loss in pres-
sure (pressure drop), and specific gravity of the gas
to be used in the piping system.

(4) Determine the length of piping from the point of
delivery to the most remote outlet in the build-
ing/piping system.

(5) In the appropriate capacity table, select the row show-
ing the measured length or the next longer length if the
table does not give the exact length. This is the only
length used in determining the size of any section of
gas piping. If the gravity factor is to be applied, the val-
ues in the selected row of the table are muMpMed by the
appropriate multiplier from Table A.2.4.

(6) Use this horizontal row to locate ALL gas demand
figures for this particular system of piping.

(7) Starting at the most remote outlet, find the gas
demand for that outlet in the horizontal row just
selected. If the exact figure of demand is not shown,
choose the next larger figure left in the row.

(8) Opposite this demand figure, in the first row at the
top, the correct size of gas piping will be found.

(9) Proceed in a similar manner for each oudet and each
section of gas piping. For each section of piping, deter-
mine the total gas demand supplied by that section.

When a large number of piping components (such as
elbows, tees and valves) are installed in a pipe run, additional
pressure loss can be accounted for by the use of equivalent
lengths. Pressure loss across any piping component can be
equated to the pressure drop through a length of pipe. The
equivalent length of a combination of only four elbows/tees
can result in a jump to the next larger length row, resulting in a
significant reduction in capacity. The equivalent lengths in feet
shown in Table A.2.2 have been computed on a basis that the
inside diameter corresponds to that of Schedule 40 (stan-
dard-weight) steel pipe, which is close enough for most pur-
poses involving other schedules of pipe. Where a more specific
solution for equivalent length is desired, this may be made by
multiplying the actual inside diameter of the pipe in inches by
n/12, or the actual inside diameter in feet by n {n can be read
from the table heading). The equivalent lengtli values can be
used with reasonable accuracy for copper or brass fittings and
bends although the resistance per foot of copper or brass pipe is
less than that of steel. For copper or brass valves, however, the
equivalent length of pipe should be taken as 45 percent longer
than the values in the table, which are for steel pipe.

A.3.2 Branch length method. This sizing method reduces
the amount of conservatism built into the traditional Lon-
gest Length Method. The longest length as measured from
the meter to the furthest remote appliance is only used to
size the initial parts of the overall piping system. The Branch
Length Method is applied in the following manner:

(1) Determine the gas load for each of the connected
appliances.

(2) Starting from the meter, divide the piping system
into a number of connected segments, and deter-
mine the length and amount of gas that each segment
would carry assuming that all appliances were oper-
ated simultaneously. An allowance (in equivalent
length of pipe) as determined from Table A.2.2

570

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

APPENDIX A

should be considered for piping segments that
include four or more fittings.

(3) Determine the distance from the outlet of the gas meter
to the appliance furthest removed from the meter.

(4) Using the longest distance (found in Step 3), size
each piping segment from the meter to the most
remote appliance outlet.

(5) For each of these piping segments, use the longest
length and the calculated gas load for all of the con-
nected appliances for the segment and begin the siz-
ing process in Steps 6 through 8.

(6) Referring to the appropriate sizing table (based on
operating conditions and piping material), find the
longest length distance in the first column or the next
larger distance if the exact distance is not listed. The
use of alternative operating pressures and/or pressure
drops will require the use of a different sizing table,
but will not alter the sizing methodology. In many
cases, the use of alternative operating pressures
and/or pressure drops will require the approval of
both the code official and the local gas serving utility.

(7) Trace across this row until the gas load is found or the
closest larger capacity if the exact capacity is not hsted.

(8) Read up the table column and select the appropriate
pipe size in the top row. Repeat Steps 6, 7 and 8 for
each pipe segment in the longest run.

(9) Size each remaining section of branch piping not
previously sized by measuring the distance from the
gas meter location to the most remote outlet in that
branch, using the gas load of attached appliances
and following the procedures of Steps 2 through 8.

A.3.3 Hybrid pressure method. The sizing of a 2 psi (13.8
kPa) gas piping system is performed using the traditional
Longest Length Method but with modifications. The 2 psi
(13.8 kPa) system consists of two independent pressure
zones, and each zone is sized separately. The Hybrid Pres-
sure Method is applied as follows.

The sizing of the 2 psi (13.8 kPa) section (from the meter
to the line regulator) is as follows:

(1) Calculate the gas load (by adding up the name plate
ratings) from all connected appUances. (In certain cir-
cumstances the installed gas load may be increased
up to 50 percent to accommodate future addition of
appliances.) Ensure that the line regulator capacity is
adequate for the calculated gas load and that the
required pressure drop (across the regulator) for that
capacity does not exceed V4 psi (5.2 kPa) for a 2 psi
(13.8 kPa) system. If the pressure drop across the reg-
ulator is too high (for the connected gas load), select a
larger regulator.

(2) Measure the distance from the meter to the hne regu-
lator located inside the building.

(3) If there are multiple line regulators, measure the dis-
tance from the meter to the regulator furthest
removed from the meter.

(4) The maximum allowable pressure drop for the 2 psi
(13.8 kPa) section is 1 psi (6.9 kPa).

(5) Referring to the appropriate sizing table (based on
piping material) for 2 psi ( 1 3 . 8 kPa) systems with a 1
psi (6.9 kPa) pressure drop, find this distance in the
first column, or the closest larger distance if the
exact distance is not listed.

(6) Trace across this row until the gas load is found or the
closest larger capacity if the exact capacity is not hsted.

(7) Read up the table column to the top row and select
the appropriate pipe size.

(8) If there are multiple regulators in this portion of the
piping system, each line segment must be sized for
its actual gas load, but using the longest length pre-
viously determined above.

The low pressure section (all piping downstream of the
line regulator) is sized as follows:

(1) Determine the gas load for each of the connected
appliances.

(2) Starting from the hne regulator, divide the piping sys-
tem into a number of connected segments and/or
independent paraUel piping segments, and determine
the amount of gas that each segment would carry
assuming that all appliances were operated simulta-
neously. An allowance (in equivalent length of pipe)
as determined from Table A.2.2 should be considered
for piping segments that include four or more fittings.

(3) For each piping segment, use the actual length or
longest length (if there are sub-branchlines) and the
calculated gas load for that segment and begin the
sizing process as follows:

(a) Referring to the appropriate sizing table
(based on operating pressure and piping ma-
terial), find the longest length distance in the
first column or the closest larger distance if
the exact distance is not listed. The use of al-
ternative operating pressures and/or pressure
drops will require the use of a different sizing
table, but will not alter the sizing methodol-
ogy. In many cases, the use of alternative op-
erating pressures and/or pressure drops may
require the approval of the code official.

(b) Trace across this row until the appliance gas
load is found or the closest larger capacity if
the exact capacity is not listed.

(d) Repeat this process for each segment of the
piping system.

A.3.4 Pressure drop per 100 feet method. This sizing
method is less conservative than the others, but it allows the
designer to immediately see where the largest pressure drop
occurs in the system. With this information, modifications
can be made to bring the total drop to the critical appliance
within the limitations that are presented to the designer.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

571

APPENDIX A

Follow the procedures described in the Longest Length
Method for Steps (1) through (4) and (9).

For each piping segment, calculate the pressure drop
based on pipe size, length as a percentage of 100 feet (30
480 mm), and gas flow. Table A.3.4 shows pressure drop per
100 feet (30 480 mm) for pipe sizes from Vj inch (12.7 mm)
through 2 inch (51 mm). The sum of pressure drops to the
critical appliance is subtracted from the supply pressure to
verify that sufficient pressure will be available. If not, the
layout can be examined to find the high drop section(s) and
sizing selections modified.

Note: Other values can be obtained by using the following
equation:

Desired Value = MBH x

Desired Drop
Table Drop

For example, if it is desked to get flow through V4-inch (19. 1
mm) pipe at 2 inches/100 feet, multiple the capacity of
3/4-inch pipe at 1 inch/ 100 feet by the square root of the pres-
sure ratio:

141 MBH X

2"w.c.
Vw.c.

147 X 1.414 = 20^ MBH

(MBH = 1000 Btu/h)

A.4 Use of sizing equations. Capacities of smooth wall pipe or
tubing can also be determined by using the following formulae:

(1) High Pressure [1.5 psi (10.3 kPa) and above]:

(2=181.6.

C^ ■ fba-L

■ 2237 D^-^^^

(p"-P2)y

C-L

0.541

(2) Low Pressure [Less than 1.5 psi (10.3 kPa)]:
(2=1873

D^ AH

= 2313/)^

where:

^ AH ^°"^

C-L

Q = Rate, cubic feet per hour at 60°F and 30-inch mercury
column

D = Inside diameter of pipe, in.

P, = Upstream pressure, psia

P2 = Downstream pressure, psia

Y = Superexpansibihty factor = 1/supercompressibility fac-
tor

C, = Factor for viscosity, density and temperature*

= 0.00354 ST I -

Note: See Table 402.4 for Y and C^ for natural gas and
propane.

S = Specific gravity of gas at 60°F and 30-inch mercury
column (0.60 for natural gas, 1.50 for propane), or =
1488|X

T = Absolute temperature, °F or = f + 460

t = Temperature, °F

Z = Viscosity of gas, centipoise (0.012 for natural gas,
0.008 for propane), or = 1488^

fba = Base friction factor for air at 60°F(CF=1)

L = Length of pipe, ft

AH = Pressure drop, in. w.c. (27.7 in. HjO = 1 psi)

(For SI, see Section G2413.4)

A.5 Pipe and tube diameters. Where the internal diameter is
determined by the formulas in Section G2413.4, Tables A.5.1
and A.5. 2 canbe used to select the nominal or standard pipe
size based on the calculated internal diameter.

C,- fba-L

TABLE A.3.4

THOUSANDS OF Btu/h (MBH) OF NATURAL GAS PER 100 FEET OF PIPE AT

VARIOUS PRESSURE DROPS AND PIPE DIAMETERS

PRESSURE DROP PER

100 FEET IN INCHES

W.C.

PIPE SIZES (inch)

l'/4

IV2

0.2

121

248

372

716

0.3

148

304

455

877

0.5

104

195

400

600

1160

1.0

147

276

566

848

1640

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

572

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

APPENDIX A

TABLE A.5.1
SCHEDULE 40 STEEL PIPE STANDARD SIZES

NOMINAL SIZE
(in.)

INTERNAL

DIAMETER

(In.)

NOMINAL
SIZE
(in.)

INTERNAL

DIAMETER

(in.)

'/4

0.364

1.610

0.493

2.067

0.622

2V2

2.469

0.824

3.068

1.049

3V2

3.548

IV4

1.380

4.026

A.6 Use of sizing charts. A third method of sizing gas piping is
detailed below as an option that is useful when large quantities
of piping are involved in a job (e.g., an apartment house) and
material costs are of concern. If the user is not completely
familiar with this method, the resulting pipe sizing should be
checked by a knowledgeable gas engineer. The sizing charts
are applied as follows.

(1) With the layout developed according to Section
R 106. 1.1 of the code, indicate in each section the
design gas flow under maximum operation conditions.
For many layouts, the maximum design flow will be the
sum of all connected loads. However, in some cases,
certain combinations of appliances will not occur
simultaneously (e.g., gas heating and air conditioning).
For these cases, the design flow is the greatest gas flow
that can occur at any one time.

(2) Determine the inlet gas pressure for the system being
designed. In most cases, the point of inlet will be the gas
meter or service regulator, but in the case of a system
addition, it could be the point of connection to the exist-
ing system.

(3) Determine the minimum pressure required at the inlet
to the critical appliance. Usually, the critical item will
be the appliance with the highest required pressure for
satisfactory operation. If several items have the same
required pressure, it will be the one with the greatest
length of piping from the system inlet.

(4) The difference between the inlet pressure and critical
item pressure is the allowable system pressure drop.
Figures A. 6(a) and A. 6(b) show the relationship
between gas flow, pipe size and pipe length for natural
gas with 0.60 specific gravity.

(5) To use Figure A.6(a) (low pressure apphcations), cal-
culate the piping length from the inlet to the critical uti-
lization equipment. Increase this length by 50 percent
to allow for fittings. Divide the allowable pressure drop
by the equivalent length (in hundreds of feet) to deter-
mine the allowable pressure drop per hundred feet.
Select the pipe size from Figure A.6(a) for the required
volume of flow.

(6) To use Figure A.6(b) (high pressure applications), cal-
culate the equivalent length as above. Calculate the
index number for Figure A.6(b) by dividing the differ-
ence between the squares of the absolute values of inlet

TABLE A.5.2
COPPER TUBE STANDARD SIZES

TUBE TYPE

NOMINAL OR
STANDARD SIZE
inches j

INTERNAL DIAMETER
inches

'/4

0.305

'/4

0.315

ACR (D)

0.315

ACR (A)

0.311

0.402

0.430

ACR (D)

0.430

ACR (A)

0.436

'I2

0.527

0.545

ACR (D)

0.545

ACR (A)

0.555

0.652

0.666

ACR (D)

0.666

ACR (A)

0.680

0.745

0.785

ACR

0.785

0.995

1.025

ACR

iVs

1.025

IV4

1.245

IV4

1.265

ACR

1.265

1.481

1.505

ACR

1.505

1.959

1.985

ACR

1.985

2.435

2.465

ACR

2.465

2.907

2.945

ACR

3Vs

2.945

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

573

APPENDIX A

0.9

0.8

0,7

U.b

0,5

T-

0.4

0.3

■ — '

a.
n

0.2

•D

(1)

0.10

0.09

0.08
0.07
0.06
0.05

0.04
0.03

0.02

0.01

3/4

V/2

272

^ —

... .

•7-

■"■

(

1 .

1 ,

(

x9' '

i /

(

1 1

f /

T'4

/ ^/

/ d /

' 1

1 1

(

1 1

1
1

/ /

10 2

100 2C

80C

1-1000 20

4000

600C

)

10,C

Gas volume (standard ft /hr gas: specific gravity = 0.60)

FIGURE A.6(a)
CAPACITY OF NATURAL GAS PIPING, LOW PRESSURE (0.60 WC)

and outlet pressures by the equivalent length (in hun-
dreds of feet). Select the pipe size from Figure A.6(b)
for the gas volume required.

A.7 Examples of piping system design and sizing

A.7.1 Example 1: Longest length method. Determine the
required pipe size of each section and outlet of the piping
system shown in Figure A.7.1, with a designated pressure
drop of 0.5-inch w.c. (125 Pa) using the Longest Length
Method. The gas to be used has 0.60 specific gravity and a
heating value of 1,000 Btu/ft^ (37.5 MJ/m^).

Solution:

(1) Maximum gas demand for Outlet A:
Consumption (rating plate input, or Table G 24 13.2 if necessary)
Btu of gas

Consumption 75,000

35,000 Btu per hour rating
1,000 Btu per cubic foot

Maximum gas demand for Outlet B

= 35 cubic feet per hour = 35cfh

= 75cfh

Btu of gas 1,000
Maximum gas demand for Outlet C:

Consumption 35,000

= 35cfh

Btu of gas 1,000

Maximum gas demand for Outlet D:
Consumption 100,000

Btu of gas

1,000

100 cfh

(2) The length of pipe from the point of delivery to the
most remote outlet (A) is 60 feet (18 288 mm). This
is the only distance used. i

(3) Using the row marked 60 feet (18 288 nim) in Table
G2413.4(l): \

(a) Outiet A, supplying 35 cfh (0.99 m'/hr), re-
quires Vg-inch pipe.

574

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'^

APPENDIX A

%" 1" VA° V/2° 2" 2V2" 3"

4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12"

Index number =
^1 ^2

Dist.

(100)

Dist. = Eq. length, ft 2

Pj = Initial press, abs. psi
P2= Final press, abs. psi

10,000 100,000 1,000,000

Gas volume (standard ft^/hr gas: specific gravity = 0.60

10,000,000

FIGURE A.6 (b)
CAPACITY OF NATURAL GAS PIPING, HIGH PRESSURE (1.5 psi and above)

(b) Outlet B, supplying 75 cfh (2.12 m'/hr), re-
quires V^-inch pipe.

(d) Section 2, supplying Outlets C and D, or 135
cfh (3.82 m^/hr), requires V^-inch pipe.

(e) Section 3, supplying Outlets A, B, C and D, or
245 cfh (6.94 mVhr), requires 1-inch pipe.

Outlet D
furnace
lOOJDOOBtu/h

Outlet C •—

40 gal. automatic
water heater
35p00Bta/h

Sections

20 ft

10ft

Section 2
20 ft

Section 1
10ft

15ft

Point of
delivery

M5ft

5ft

Outlet A
clothes dryer
35p00Btu/h

Outlet B * -^
range/oven unit
75p00Btu/h

FIGURE A.7.1
PIPING PLAN SHOWING A STEEL PIPING SYSTEM

(4) If a different gravity factor is applied to this exam-
ple, the values in the row marked 60 feet (18 288
mm) of Table 02413.4(1) would be multiplied by
the appropriate multiplier from Table A.2.4 and the
resulting cubic feet per hour values would be used to
size the piping.

Section A. 7.2 through A7.4 note: These examples are based on
tables found in the International Fuel Gas Code.

A.7.2 Example 2: Hybrid or dual pressure systems.

Determine the required CSST size of each section of the
piping system shown in Figure A.7.2, with a designated
pressure drop of 1 psi (6.9 kPa) for the 2 psi (13.8 kPa) sec-
tion and 3-inch w.c. (0.75 kPa) pressure drop for the 13-inch
w.c. (2.49 kPa) section. The gas to be used has 0.60 specific
gravity and a heating value of 1,000 Btu/ft^ (37.5 MJ/ m^),

Solution

(1) Size 2 psi (13.8 kPa) line using Table 402.4(16).

(2) Size 10-inch w.c. (2.5 kPa) lines using Table
402.4(14).

(3) Using the following, determine if sizing tables can
be used.

(a) Total gas load shown in Figure A.7.2 equals
110 cfh (3.11 mVhr).

(b) Determine pressure drop across regulator [see
notes in Table 402.4 (16)].

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

575

APPENDIX A

used. Note: If pressure drop exceeds V^psi (5.2
kPa), then a larger regulator must be selected or
an alternative sizing method must be used.

2psig

gas meter

110 cfh

Section B

Furnace
60 cfh

Section

\) heater
30 cfh

!!5!lA,4^ III

10 in! 7 ^®c*'°"

2 psig ^ — ^ vv.c. iDj 1

zone zone ^M_

Dryer
20 cfh

Length of runs:
A = 100 ft
B = 15ft
C = 10ft
D = 25ft

Key:

Hi Manifold
X Shut-off valve
[>^ Pressure regulator
[m] Gas meter

FIGURE A.7.2
PIPING PLAN SHOWING A CSST SYSTEM

(d) Pressure drop across the line regulator [for
1 10 cfh (3.11 m'/hr)] is 4-inch w.c. (0.99 kPa)
based on manufacturer's performance data.

(e) Assume the CSST manufacturer has tubing
sizes or EHDs of 13, 18, 23 and 30.

(4) Section A [2 psi (13.8 kPa) zone]

(a) Distance from meter to regulator = 1 00 feet (30
480 mm).

(b) Total load supplied by A = 110 cfh (3.11
mVhr) (furnace + vv'ater heater + dryer).

Note: It is not unusual to oversize the supply
line by 25 to 50 percent of the as-installed
load. EHD size 18 has a capacity of 189 cfh
(5.35 m^/hr).

(5) Section B (low pressure zone)

(a) Distance from regulator to furnace is 15 feet
(4572 mm).

(b) Load is 60 cfh (1.70 m'/hr).

(6) Section C (low pressure zone)

(a) Distance from regulator to water heater is 1
feet (3048 mm).

(b) Load is 30 cfh (0.85 mVhr).

(7) Section D (low pressure zone)

(a) Distance from regulator to dryer is 25 feet
(7620 mm).

(b) Load is 20 cfh (0.57 m'/hr).

A.7.3 Example 3: Branch length method. Determine the
required semi-rigid copper tubing size of each section of the
piping system shown in Figure A.7.3, with a designated
pressure drop of 1-inch w.c. (250 Pa) (using the Branch
Length Method). The gas to be used has 0.60 specific grav-
ity and a heating value of 1,000 Btu/ft^ (37.5 MJ/m^).

Solution

(1) Section A

(a)

(b)

(c)

The length of tubing from the point of deliv-
ery to the most remote appliance is 50 feet (15
240 mm), A -h C.

Use this longest length to size Sections A and
C.

(2)

Using the row marked 50 feet (15 240 mm) in
Table 402.4(8), Section A, supplying 220 cfh
(6.2 rn/hi) for four appliances requires 1-inch
tubing.

Section B

(a) The length of tubing from the point of deliv-
ery to the range/oven at the end of Section B is
30 feet (9144 mm), A -hB.

(b) Use this branch length to size Section B only.

(c) Using the row marked 30 feet (9144 mm) in
Table 402.4(8), Section B, supplying 75 cfh
(2.12 mVhr) for the range/oven requires
Vj-inch tubing.

ool Range/oven
°° 75 cfh

Section B

Section A
220 cfh

Section C

Section D

Section E

Water
heater
35 cfh

Furnace
80 cfh

Dryer
30 cfh

Length of runs:
A =20 ft
B = 10ft
C = 30ft
D = 10ft
E = 10ft

Key:

iU Manifol^
X Shut-off valve
H Gas meter

Total gas load = 220 cfh

FIGURE A.7.3
PIPING PLAN SHOWING A COPPER TUBING SYSTEM

576

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"^

APPENDIX A

(3) Section C

(a) The length of tubing from the point of deliv-
ery to the dryer at the end of Section C is 50
feet (15 240 mm), A + C.

(b) Use this branch length (which is also the lon-
gest length) to size Section C.

(c) Using the row marked 50 feet (15 240 mm) in
Table 402.4(8), Section C, supplying 30 cfh
(0.85 m^/hr) for the dryer requires Vg-inch tub-
ing.

(4) Section D

(a) The length of tubing from the point of deliv-
ery to the water heater at the end of Section D
is 30 feet (9144 mm), A -i- D.

(b) Use this branch length to size Section D only.

(c) Using the row marked 30 feet (9144 mm) in
Table 402.4(8), Section D, supplying 35 cfh
(0.99 m^/hr) for the water heater requires
Vg-inch tubing.

(5) Section E

(a) The length of tubing from the point of deliv-
ery to the furnace at the end of Section E is 30
feet (9144 mm), A -HE.

(b) Use this branch length to size Section E only.

(c) Using the row marked 30 feet (9144 mm) in
Table 402.4(8), Section E, supplying 80 cfh
(2.26 m/hi) for the furnace requires V^-inch
tubing.

A.7.4 Example 4: Modification to existing piping system.

Determine the required CSST size for Section G (retrofit
application) of the piping system shown in Figure A.7.4, with
a designated pressure drop of 0.5-inch w.c. (125 Pa) using the
branch length method. The gas to be used has 0.60 specific
gravity and a heating value of 1,000 Btu/ft^ (37.5 MjW).

Barbecue
40 cfh

rxi

Section A

Section B

Section G

Section C

Section F

Section E

Section D

Furnace
80cfti

Water
lieater
30 cfh

Range/
overn
75 cfh

Length of runs:
A=15ft E = 5ft

B = 10ft F = 10ft

C = 15ft G = 15ft

D = 20ft

Key:
X Shut-off valve
[m] Gas meter

FIGURE A.7.4

PIPING PLAN SHOWING A MODIFICATION

TO EXISTING PIPING SYSTEM

Solution

(1) The length of pipe and CSST from the point of deliv-
ery to the retrofit appliance (barbecue) at the end of
Section G is 40 feet (12 192 mm), A + B -i- G.

(2) Use this branch length to size Section G.

(3) Assume the CSST manufacturer has tubing sizes or
EHDsof 13, 18,23and30.

(4) Using the row marked 40 feet ( 1 2 1 92 mm) in Table
402.4(13), Section G, supplying 40 cfli (1.13 m^/hr)
for the barbecue requires EHD 18 CSST.

(5) The sizing of Sections A, B, F and E must be
checked to ensure adequate gas carrying capacity
since an appliance has been added to the piping sys-
tem (see A.7.1 for details).

A.7.5 Example 5: Calculating pressure drops due to
temperature changes. A test piping system is installed on a
warm autumn afternoon when the temperature is 70°F
(21°C). In accordance with local custom, the new piping
system is subjected to an air pressure test at 20 psig (138
kPa). Overnight, the temperature drops and when the
inspector shows up first thing in the morning the tempera-
tiire is 40°F (4°C).

If the volume of the piping system is unchanged, then the
formula based on Boyle's and Charles' law for determining
the new pressure at a reduced temperature is as follows:

where:

Tj = Initial temperature, absolute (Tj + 459)

T2 = Final temperature, absolute (T2 -1- 459)

Pi = Initial pressure, psia (P, -1- 14.7)

P2 = Final pressure, psia (P2 -1- 14.7)

(70 + 459) ^ (20+14.7)
(40 + 459) (P2+I4.7)

529
499

34.7

(P, +14.7)

(P, +14.7) X

(R +14.7) =

529
499

34.7
1.060

= 34.7

P2 =32.7 - 14.7

P2 =lSpsig

Therefore, the gauge could be expected to register 1 8 psig
(124 kPa) when the ambient temperature is 40°F (4°C).

A7.6 Example 6: Pressure drop per 100 feet of pipe method.

Using the layout shown in Figure A.7.1 and AH = pressure
drop, in w.c. (27.7 in. H2O = 1 psi), proceed as follows:

(1) Length to A = 20 feet, with 35,000 Btu/hr.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

577

APPENDIX A

in. w.c.

X 0.3 inch w.c. = 0.06

(2) Length to B = 15 feet, with 75,000 Btu/hr.

For V4-inch pipe, A//= '^^'%oofeetX0.3 inch w.c. = 0.045
in. w.c.

(3) Section 1 = 10 feet, with 1 10,000 Btu/hr. Here there is a
choice:

X 0.2 inch w.c. = 0.02 in

Fori inch pipe: AH=>of-V,oofeet
w.c.

For 3/4-inch pipe: AH = '^ ^^^Vioo feet x [0-5 inch w.c. +

(1 10,000 Btu/hr-104,000 Btu/hr)/ V ('1 O in<-tip>c

'(147,000 Btu/hr- 104,000 Btu/hr) '^ (.i-vJ HH^IlCij

W.C. - 0.5 inch w.c.)] = 0.1 x 0.57 inch w.c.= 0.06 inch
w.c.

Note that the pressure drop between 104,000 Btu/hr
and 147,000 Btu/hr has been interpolated as 110,000
Btu/hr.

(4) Section 2 = 20 feet, with 1 35,000 Btu/hr. Here there is a
choice:

For 1-inch pipe: A// = ^o ^et/^^^ ^^^^ x [0.2 inch w.c. -i-
(Ai4,ooo Btu/hr)/^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^ ^ AO.l iuch W.C.)] = 0.05 inch
w.c.)]

For 3/4-inch pipe: A// = 20 f^^V,oo f^^, x 1 .0 inch w.c. =0.2
inch w.c.)

Note that the pressure drop between 121,000 Btu/hr
and 148,000 Btu/hr has been interpolated as 135,000
Btu/hr, but interpolation for the V4-inchpipe (trivial for
104,000 Btu/hr to 147,000 Btu/hr) was not used.

(5) Section 3 = 30 feet, with 245,000 Btu/hr. Here there is a
choice:

For 1-inch pipe: AH = 30feet/^,,f^^,
inch w.c.

X l.Oinches w.c. = 0.3

For 1 V4-inch pipe: AH=^^ f^^Vjoo feet x 0-2 inch w.c. =
0.06 inch w.c.

Note that interpolation for these options is ignored
since the table values are close to the 245,000 Btu/hr
carried by that section.

(6) The total pressure drop is the sum of the section
approaching A, Sections 1 and 3, or either of the fol-
lowing, depending on whether an absolute minimum is
needed or the larger drop can be accommodated.

Minimum pressure drop to farthest appliance:

A// = 0.06 inch w.c. -h 0.02 inch w.c. + 0.06 inch w.c. =
0.14 inch w.c.

Larger pressure drop to the farthest appliance:

AH = 0.06 inch w.c. -1- 0.06 inch w.c. -1- 0.3 inch w.c. =
0.42 inch w.c.

Notice that Section 2 and the run to B do not enter into
this calculation, provided that the appliances have sim-
ilar input pressure requirements.

For SI units: 1 Btu/hr = 0.293 W, 1 cubic foot = 0.028
m^, 1 foot = 0.305 m, 1 inch w.c. = 249 Pa.

578

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

APPENDIX B (IFGS)

SIZING OF VENTING SYSTEMS SERVING APPLIANCES EQUIPPED

WITH DRAFT HOODS, CATEGORY I APPLIANCES, AND

APPLIANCES LISTED FOR USE WITH TYPE B VENTS

(This appendix is informative and is not part of the code. This appendix is an excerpt from the
2006 International Fuel Gas Code, coordinated with the section numbering of the International Residential Code.)

EXAMPLES USING SINGLE
APPLIANCE VENTING TABLES

Example 1: Single draft-hood-equipped appliance.

An installer has a 120,000 British thermal unit (Btu) per hour
input appliance with a 5 -inch-diameter draft hood outlet that
needs to be vented into a 10-foot-high Type B vent system.
What size vent should be used assuming (a) a 5-foot lateral sin-
gle-wall metal vent connector is used with two 90-degree
elbows, or (b) a 5-foot lateral single- wall metal vent connector
is used with three 90-degree elbows in the vent system?

Solution:

Table G2428.2(2) should be used to solve this problem, because
single-wall metal vent connectors are being used with a Type B
vent.

(a) Read down the first column in Table G2428.2(2) until
the row associated with a 10-foot height and 5-foot lat-
eral is found. Read across this row until a vent capacity

greater than 120,000 Btu per hour is located in the
shaded columns labeled "NAT Max" for draft-hood-
equipped appliances. In this case, a 5 -inch-diameter
vent has a capacity of 122,000 Btu per hour and may be
used for this application.

(b) If three 90-degree elbows are used in the vent system,
then the maximum vent capacity listed in the tables
must be reduced by 10 percent (see Section G2428.2.3
for single appliance vents). This implies that the 5-
inch-diameter vent has an adjusted capacity of only
1 10,000 Btu per hour. In this case, the vent system must
be increased to 6 inches in diameter (see calculations
below).

122,000 (0.90) = 110,000 for 5-inch vent
From Table 02428.2(2), Select 6-inch vent
186,000 (0.90) = 167,000; This is greater than the
required 120,000. Therefore, use a 6-inch vent and
connector where three elbows are used.

VENT CAP— £

TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL—
GAS VENT

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W
Table G2428.2(l) is used when sizing Type B double- wall gas vent connected
directly to the appliance.

Note: The appliance may be either Category I draft hood equipped or fan-
assisted type.

FIGURE B-1

TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL VENT SYSTEM SERVING A SINGLE

APPLIANCE WITH A TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL VENT

TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL-
GAS VENT

SINGLE-WALL VENT-
CONNECTOR

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.293 IW
Table G2428.2(2) is used when sizing a single-wall metal vent connector
attached to a Type B double-wall gas vent.

Note: The appliance may be either Category I draft hood equipped or fan-
assisted type.

FIGURE B-2

TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL VENT SYSTEM SERVING

A SINGLE APPLIANCE WITH A SINGLE-WALL

METAL VENT CONNECTOR

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*

.®

579

APPENDIX B

TILE-LINED MASONRY-
CHIMNEY

I [ — — VENT CAP

TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL—
GAS VENT USED AS
CONNECTOR

Table 504.2(3) of the International Fuel Gas Code is used when sizing a Type B
double-wall gas vent connector attached to a tile-lined masonry chimney.

Note: "A" is the equivalent cross-sectional area of the tile liner.

Note: The appliance may be either Category I draft hood equipped or fan-
assisted type.

FIGURE B-3

VENT SYSTEM SERVING A SINGLE APPLIANCE

WITH A MASONRY CHIMNEY OF TYPE B

DOUBLE-WALL VENT CONNECTOR

Asbestos cement Type B or single- wall metal vent serving a single draft-hood-
equipped appliance [see Table 504.2(5) of the International Fuel Gas Code].

FIGURE B-5

ASBESTOS CEMENT TYPE B OR SINGLE-WALL

METAL VENT SYSTEM SERVING A SINGLE

DRAFT-HOOD-EQUIPPED APPLIANCE

TILE-LINED MASONRY-
CHIMNEY

SINGLE-WALL VENT-
CONNECTOR

-- A

/f=F

—TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL
COMMON VENT

J— VENT GAP

TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL
GAS VENT USED AS
CONNECTORS

Table 504.2(4) of the International Fuel Gas Code is used when sizing a single-
wall vent connector attached to a tile-lined masonry chimney.

Note: "A" is the equivalent cross-sectional area of the tile liner.

Note: The appliance may be either Category I draft hood equipped or fan-
assisted type.

FIGURE B-4

VENT SYSTEM SERVING A SINGLE APPLIANCE

USING A MASONRY CHIMNEY AND A

SINGLE-WALL METAL VENT CONNECTOR

Table 02428.3(1) is used when sizing Type B double-wall vent connectors
attached to a Type B double- wall common vent.

Note: Each appliance may be either Category I draft hood equipped or fan-
assisted type.

FIGURE B-6

VENT SYSTEM SERVING TWO OR MORE APPLIANCES

WITH TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL VENT AND TYPE B

DOUBLE-WALL VENT CONNECTOR

580

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE<^

APPENDIX B

-VENT CAP

-TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL
COMMON VENT

TILE-LINED MASONRY
CHIMNEY

Table G2428.3(2) is used when sizing single-wall vent connectors attached to a
Type B double-wall common vent.

Note: Each appliance may be either Category I draft hood equipped or fan-
assisted type.

FIGURE B-7

VENT SYSTEM SERVING TWO OR MORE APPLIANCES

WITH TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL VENT AND

SINGLE-WALL METAL VENT CONNECTORS

Table G2428.3(4) is used when sizing single-wall metal vent connectors
attached to a tile-lined masonry chimney.

Note: "A" is the equivalent cross- sectional area of the tile liner.

Note: Each appliance may be either Category I draft hood equipped or fan-
assisted type.

FIGURE B-9

MASONRY CHIMNEY SERVING TWO OR MORE APPLIANCES

WITH SINGLE-WALL METAL VENT CONNECTORS

TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL
H GAS VENT USED AS
CONNECTORS

VENT CAP

-TILE-LINED MASONRY
CHIMNEY

CONNECTOR
RISE "R"

Table G2428.3(3) is used when sizing Type B double-wall vent connectors

attached to a tile-lined masonry chimney.

Note: "A" is the equivalent cross-sectional area of the tile Unen

Note: Each appliance may be either Category I draft hood equipped or fan-
assisted type.

FIGURE B-8

MASONRY CHIMNEY SERVING TWO OR MORE APPLIANCES

WITH TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL VENT CONNECTOR

Asbestos cement Type B or single-wall metal pipe vent serving two or more
draft-hood-equipped appliances [see Table 504.3(5) of the International Fuel
Gas Code].

FIGURE B-10

ASBESTOS CEMENT TYPE B OR SINGLE-WALL

METAL VENT SYSTEM SERVING TWO OR MORE

DRAFT-HOOD-EQUIPPED APPLIANCES

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

581

APPENDIX B

r^Oi

VENT CONNECTOR

•COMMON VENT SIZE BASED —
ON ALL INPUTS ENTERING THIS
SEGMENT, AND AVAILABLE
TOTAL HEIGHT

MANIFOLD COMMON
VENT CONNECTOR

•AVAILABLE TOTAL HEIGHT
■H' EQUALS RISE PLUS
DISTANCE BETWEEN TEES

Example: Manifolded Common Vent Connector L„ shall be no greater than 18
times the common vent connector manifold inside diameter; i.e., a 4-inch (102
mm) inside diameter common vent connector manifold shall not exceed 72
inches (1829 mm) in length (see Section G2428.3.4).

Note: This is an illustration of a typical manifolded vent connector. Different
appliance, vent connector, or common vent types are possible. Consult Section
G2426.3.

FIGURE B-11
USE OF MANIFOLD COMMON VENT CONNECTOR

VENT CAP

V777777777777777}

Vent connector size depends on:

• Combined inputs

• Rise

• Available total height "H"

• Table G2428.3(l) connectors

Common vent size depends on:

• Input

• Available total height "//"

• Table 02428.3(1) common vent

FIGURE B-13

MULTISTORY GAS VENT DESIGN PROCEDURE

FOR EACH SEGMENT OF SYSTEM

USE INDIVIDUAL
VENT FOR
TOP FLOOR
APPLIANCE IF
CONNECTOR
REQUIREMENT FOR
RISE OF TOTAL
HEIGHT CANNOT
BE MET

I AVAIUBLE TOTAL
I HEIGHT FOR TOP
FLOOR APPLIANCE

CONNECTOR TABLE

TOP FLOOR .
APPLIANCE

USE AVAILABLE TOTAL HEIGHT F(
TOP FLOOR APPLIANCE AND
COMBINE INPUT OF ALL APPLIAN
ON COMMON VENT

€h-

AVAILABLE TOTAL
HEIGHT FOR
THIRD-FLOOR
. APPLIANCE

CONNECTOR TABLE

THIRD FLOOR
APPLIANCE

^=«—

THIRD INTERCONNECTION TEE

-AVAILABLE TOTAL HEIGHT AND
THIRD-FLOOR APPLIANCE AND
COMBINED INPUT OF THREE
APPLIANCES (IF TOP FLOOR
APPLIANCE IS NOT CONNECTE
MEASURED TOTAL HEIGHT TO
VENT TOP)

SECOND INTERCONNECTION T

AVAILABLE TOTAL
HEIGHT FOR
SECOND-FLOOR
APPLIANCE

CONNECTOR TABLE

SECOND-FLOOR— I- 2
APPLIANCE

- USE AVAILABLE TOTAL HEIGHT
SECOND-FLOOR APPLIANCE Al
COMBINED HEAT INPUT OF TWi
APPLIANCES

FIRST INTERCONNECTION TEE

FIRST-FLOOR -
APPLIANCE

Example: Offset Common Vent

Note: This is an illustration of a typical offset vent. Different appliance, vent
connector, or vent types are possible. Consult Sections 02428.2 and G2428.3.

FIGURE B-12
USE OF OFFSET COMMON VENT

DESIGN VENT CONNECTOR;FOR FIRI
FLOOR APPLIANCE AS AN INDIVIDUA
VENT OF THIS TOTAL HEIGHT FOR IN
OF FIRST FLOOR APPLIANCE

-TEE WITH CAP OPTIONAL

•EACH INTERCONNECTION TEE IS SAME SIZE AS THE
SEGMENT OF COMMON VENT DIRECTLY ABOVE

Principles of design of multistory vents using vent connector and common vent
design tables (see Sections 02428.3.1 1 through 02428.3.13).

FIGURE B-1 4
MULTISTORY VENT SYSTEMS

582

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

APPENDIX B

TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL -
GAS VENT

10ft

ELBOW

SINGLE WALL
CONNECTOR

DRAFT HOOD EQUIPPED APPLIANCE
120,000 BTU/H INPUT

TYPE-B DOUBLE-WALL-
GAS VENT

-10 FT LATERAL-

30 FT

VENT CONNECTOR

FAN ASSISTED APPLIANCE
80,000 BTU/H INPUT

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.293 1 W

FIGURE B-1 5 (EXAMPLE 1)
SINdLE DRAFT-HOOD-EQUIPPED APPLIANCE

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W

FIGURE B-1 6 (EXAMPLE 2)
SINGLE FAN-ASSISTED APPLIANCE

Example 2: Single fan-assisted appliance.

An installer has an 80,000 Btu per hour input fan-assisted
appliance that must be installed using 10 feet of lateral connec-
tor attached to a 30-foot-high Type B vent. Two 90-degree
elbows are needed for the installation. Can a single-wall metal
vent connector be used for this application?

Solution:

Table G2428.2(2) refers to the use of single-wall metal vent
connectors with Type B vent. In the first column find the row
associated with a 30-foot height and a 10-foot lateral. Read
across this row, looking at the FAN Min and FAN Max col-
umns, to find that a 3-inch-diameter single-wall metal vent
connector is not recommended. Moving to the next larger size
single wall connector (4 inches), note that a 4-inch-diameter
single-wall metal connector has a recommended minimum
vent capacity of 9 1 ,000 Btu per hour and a recommended max-
imum vent capacity of 144,000 Btu per hour. The 80,000 Btu
per hour fan-assisted appliance is outside this range, so the con-
clusion is that a single-wall metal vent connector cannot be
used to vent this appliance using 10 feet of lateral for the con-
nector.

However, if the 80,000 Btu per hour input appliance could be
moved to within 5 feet of the vertical vent, then a 4-inch single-
wall metal connector could be used to vent the appliance. Table
G2428.2(2) shows the acceptable range of vent capacities for a
4-inch vent with 5 feet of lateral to be between 72,000 Btu per
hour and 157,000 Btu per hour.

If the appliance cannot be moved closer to the vertical vent,
then Type B vent could be used as the connector material. In
this case. Table G2428.2(l) shows that for a 30-foot-high vent
with 10 feet of lateral, the acceptable range of vent capacities
for a 4-inch-diameter vent attached to a fan-assisted appliance
is between 37,000 Btu per hour and 150,000 Btu per hour.

Example 3: Interpolating between table values.

An installer has an 80,000 Btu per hour input appliance with a
4-inch-diameter draft hood outlet that needs to be vented into a
12-foot-high Type B vent. The vent connector has a 5-foot lat-
eral length and is also Type B. Can this appliance be vented
using a 4-inch-diameter vent?

Solution:

Table G2428.2(l) is used in the case of an all Type B vent sys-
tem. However, since there is no entry in Table G2428.2(l) for a
height of 12 feet, interpolation must be used. Read down the 4-
inch diameter NAT Max column to the row associated with 10-
foot height and 5-foot lateral to find the capacity value of
77,000 Btu per hour. Read further down to the 15-foot height,
5-foot lateral row to find the capacity value of 87,000 Btu per
hour. The difference between the 15-foot height capacity value
and the 10-foot height capacity value is 10,000 Btu per hour.
The capacity for a vent system with a 12-foot height is equal to
the capacity for a 10-foot height plus V^ of the difference
between the 10-foot and 15 -foot height values, or 77,000 + 2/5
(10,000) = 81,000 Btu per hour. Therefore, a 4-inch-diameter
vent may be used in the installadon.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

583

APPENDIX B

EXAMPLES USING COMMON VENTING TABLES

Example 4: Common venting two draft-hood-equipped
appliances.

A 35,000 Btu per hour water heater is to be common vented
with a 150,000 Btu per hour furnace using a common vent with
a total height of 30 feet. The connector rise is 2 feet for the
water heater with a horizontal length of 4 feet. The connector
rise for the furnace is 3 feet with a horizontal length of 8 feet.
Assume single- wall metal connectors will be used with Type B
vent. What size connectors and combined vent should be used
in this installation?

Solution:

Table 02428.3(2) should be used to size single- wall metal vent
connectors attached to Type B vertical vents. In the vent con-
nector capacity portion of Table G2428.3(2), fmd the row asso-
ciated with a 30-foot vent height. For a 2-foot rise on the vent
connector for the water heater, read the shaded colunms for
draft-hood-equipped appliances to fmd that a 3 -inch-diameter
vent connector has a capacity of 37,000 Btu per hour. There-
fore, a 3 -inch single- wall metal vent connector may be used
with the water heater. For a draft-hood-equipped furnace with a
3-foot rise, read across the appropriate row to fmd that a 5-inch-
diameter vent connector has a maximum capacity of 120,000
Btu per hour (which is too small for the furnace) and a 6-inch-
diameter vent connector has a maximum vent capacity of
172,000 Btu per hour. Therefore, a 6-inch-diameter vent con-
nector should be used with the 150,000 Btu per hour furnace.
Since both vent connector horizontal lengths are less than the
maximum lengths listed in Section G2428.3.2, the table values
may be used without adjustments.

In the common vent capacity portion of Table (32428.3(2),
fmd the row associated with a 30-foot vent height and read over
to the NAT -i- NAT portion of the 6-inch-diameter column to
fmd a maximum combined capacity of 257,000 Btu per hour.
Since the two appliances total only 185,000 Btu per hour, a 6-
inch common vent may be used.

Example 5a: Common venting a draft-hood-equipped
water heater with a fan-assisted furnace into a Type B vent.

In this case, a 35,000 Btu per hour input draft-hood-equipped
water heater with a 4-inch-diameter draft hood outlet, 2 feet of
connector rise, and 4 feet of horizontal length is to be common
vented with a 100,000 Btu per hour fan-assisted furnace with a
4-inch-diameter flue collar, 3 feet of connector rise, and 6 feet
of horizontal length. The common vent consists of a 30-foot
height of Type B vent. What are the recommended vent diame-
ters for each connector and the common vent? The installer
would like to use a single-wall metal vent connector.

Solution: - [Table G2428.3(2)]

Water Heater Vent Connector Diameter. Since the water heater
vent connector horizontal length of 4 feet is less than the maxi-
mum value listed in Section G2428.3.2, the venting table val-
ues may be used without adjustments. Using the Vent
Connector Capacity portion of Table G2428.3(2), read down
the Total Vent Height (H) column to 30 feet and read across the
2-foot Connector Rise (R) row to the first Btu per hour rating in
the NAT Max column that is equal to or greater than the water
heater input rating. The table shows that a 3-inch vent connec-
tor has a maximum input rating of 37,000 Btu per hour.
Although this is greater than the water heater input rating, a 3-
inch vent connector is prohibited by Section G2428.3.17. A 4-

COMBINED CAPACITY

35,000 + 1 50,000 = 1 85,000 BTU/H

-Pr-PE B DOUBLE-WALL
GAS VENT

SINGLE WALL
CONNECTORS

DRAFT HOOD-EQUIPPED

WATER HEATER

35,000 BTU/H INPUT

DRAFT HOOD-EQUIPMENT

FURNACE

150,000 BTU/H INPUT

TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL -
GAS VENT

COMBINED CAPACITY

35,000 -f 1 00,000 = 1 35,000 BTU/H

FIGURE B-17 (EXAMPLE 4)
COMMON VENTING TWO DRAFT-
HOOD-EQUIPPED APPLIANCES

FIGURE B-18 (EXAMPLE 5A)

COMMON VENTING A DRAFT HOOD WITH A FAN-ASSISTED

FURNACE INTO A TYPE B DOUBLE-WALL COMMON VENT

584

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

APPENDIX B

inch vent connector has a maximum input rating of 67,000 Btu
per hour and is equal to the draft hood outlet diameter. A 4-inch
vent connector is selected. Since the water heater is equipped
with a draft hood, there are no minimum input rating restric-
tions.

Furnace Vent Connector Diameter. Using the Vent Connec-
tor Capacity portion of Table G2428.3(2), read down the Total
Vent Height (//) column to 30 feet and across the 3-foot Con-
nector Rise (R) row. Since the furnace has a fan-assisted com-
bustion system, find the first FAN Max column with a Btu per
hour rating greater than the furnace input rating. The 4-inch
vent connector has a maximum input rating of 1 19,000 Btu per
hour and a minimum input rating of 85,000 Btu per hour. The
100,000 Btu per hour furnace in this example falls within this
range, so a 4-inch connector is adequate. Since the furnace vent
connector horizontal length of 6 feet does not exceed the maxi-
mum value hsted in Section G2428.3.2, the venting table val-
ues may be used without adjustment. If the furnace had an input
rating of 80,000 Btu per hour, then a Type B vent connector
[see Table G2428.3(l)] would be needed in order to meet the
minimum capacity limit.

Common Vent Diameter. The total input to the common vent
is 135,000 Btu per hour. Using the Common Vent Capacity
portion of Table G2428.3(2), read down the Total Vent Height
(H) column to 30 feet and across this row to find the smallest
vent diameter in the FAN -i- NAT column that has a Btu per hour
rating equal to or greater than 135,000 Btu per hour. The 4-inch
common vent has a capacity of 1 32,000 Btu per hour and the 5-
inch common vent has a capacity of 202,000 Btu per hour.
Therefore, the 5 -inch common vent should be used in this
example.

Summary. In this example, the installer may use a 4-inch-
diameter, single- wall metal vent connector for the water heater
and a 4-inch-diameter, single- wall metal vent connector for the
furnace. The common vent should be a 5 -inch-diameter Type B
vent.

Example 5b: Common venting into a masonry chimney.

In this case, the water heater and fan-assisted furnace of Exam-
ple 5 a are to be common vented into a clay tile-lined masonry
chimney with a 30-foot height. The chimney is not exposed to
the outdoors below the roof line. The internal dimensions of the
clay tile liner are nominally 8 inches by 12 inches. Assuming
the same vent connector heights, laterals, and materials found
in Example 5a, what are the recommended vent connector
diameters, and is this an acceptable installation?

Solution:

Table G2428.3(4) is used to size common venting installations
involving single- wall connectors into masonry chimneys.

Water Heater Vent Connector Diameter. Using Table
G2428.3(4), Vent Connector Capacity, read down the Total
Vent Height (H) column to 30 feet, and read across the 2-foot
Connector Rise (R) row to the first Btu per hour rating in the
NAT Max column that is equal to or greater than the water
heater input rating. The table shows that a 3-inch vent connec-
tor has a maximum input of only 3 1 ,000 Btu per hour while a 4-
inch vent connector has a maximum input of 57,000 Btu per
hour. A 4-inch vent connector must therefore be used.

Furnace Vent Connector Diameter. Using the Vent Connec-
tor Capacity portion of Table G2428.3(4), read down the Total
Vent Height (H) column to 30 feet and across the 3-foot Con-
nector Rise (R) row. Since the furnace has a fan-assisted com-
bustion system, find the first FAN Max column with a Btu per
hour rating greater than the furnace input rating. The 4-inch
vent connector has a maximum input rating of 127,000 Btu per
hour and a minimum input rating of 95,000 Btu per hour. The
100,000 Btu per hour furnace in this example falls within this
range, so a 4-inch connector is adequate.

Masonry Chimney. From Table B- 1 , the equivalent area for a
nominal liner size of 8 inches by 12 inches is 63.6 square
inches. Using Table G2428.3(4), Common Vent Capacity, read
down the FAN -i- NAT column under the Minimum Internal
Area of Chimney value of 63 to the row for 30-foot height to
find a capacity value of 739,000 Btu per hour. The combined
input rating of the furnace and water heater, 135,000 Btu per
hour, is less than the table value, so this is an acceptable instal-
lation.

Section G2428.3.13 requires the common vent area to be no
greater than seven times the smallest listed appliance catego-
rized vent area, flue collar area, or draft hood outlet area. Both
appliances in this installation have 4-inch-diameter outlets.
From Table B-1, the equivalent area for an inside diameter of 4
inches is 12.2 square inches. Seven times 12.2 equals 85.4,
which is greater than 63.6, so this configuration is acceptable.

Example 5c: Common venting into an exterior masonry
chimney.

In this case, the water heater and fan-assisted furnace of Exam-
ples 5 a and 5b are to be common vented into an exterior
masonry chimney. The chimney height, clay tile liner dimen-
sions, and vent connector heights and laterals are the same as in
Example 5b. This system is being installed in Charlotte, North
Carolina. Does this exterior masonry chimney need to be
relined? If so, what corrugated metallic liner size is recom-
mended? What vent connector diameters are recommended?

Solution:

According to Section 504.3.20 of the International Fuel Gas
Code, Type B vent connectors are required to be used with
exterior masonry chimneys. Use Table 504.3(7) of the Interna-
tional Fuel Gas Code to size FAN-i-NAT common venting
installations involving Type-B double wall connectors into
exterior masonry chimneys.

The local 99-percent winter design temperature needed to
use Table 504.3(7) can be found in the ASHRAE Handbook of
Fundamentals. For Charlotte, North Carolina, this design tem-
perature is 19°F.

Chimney Liner Requirement. As in Example 5b, use the 63
square inch Internal Area columns for this size clay tile liner.
Read down the 63 square inch column of Table 504.3(7a) of the
International Fuel Gas Code to the 30-foot height row to find
that the combined appliance maximum input is 747,000 Btu
per hour. The combined input rating of the appliances in this
installation, 135,000 Btu per hour, is less than the maximum
value, so this criterion is satisfied. Table 504.3(7b), at a 19°F
design temperature, and at the same vent height and internal
area used above, shows that the minimum allowable input rat-

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

585

APPENDIX B

ing of a space-heating appliance is 470,000 Btu per hour. The
furnace input rating of 100,000 Btu per hour is less than this
minimum value. So this criterion is not satisfied, and an alter-
native venting design needs to be used, such as a Type B vent
shown in Example 5a or a listed chimney liner system shown in
the remainder of the example.

According to Section G2428.3.15, Table G2428.3(l) or
G2428.3(2) is used for sizing corrugated metallic liners in
masonry chimneys, with the maximum common vent capaci-
ties reduced by 20 percent. This example will be continued
assuming Type B vent connectors.

Water Heater Vent Connector Diameter. Using Table
02428.3(1), Vent Connector Capacity, read down the Total
Vent Height (H) column to 30 feet, and read across the 2-foot
Connector Rise (R) row to the first Btu/h rating in the NAT Max
column that is equal to or greater than the water heater input rat-
ing. The table shows that a 3 -inch vent connector has a maxi-
mum capacity of 39,000 Btu/h. Although this rating is greater
than the water heater input rating, a 3-inch vent connector is
prohibited by Section G2428.3.17. A 4-inch vent connector
has a maximum input rating of 70,000 Btu/h and is equal to the
draft hood outiet diameter. A 4-inch vent connector is selected.

Furnace Vent Connector Diameter. Using Table G2428.3(l),
Vent Connector Capacity, read down the Vent Height (//) col-
umn to 30 feet, and read across the 3-foot Connector Rise (R)
row to the first Btu per hour rating in the FAN Max column that
is equal to or greater than the furnace input rating. The 100,000
Btu per hour furnace in this example falls within this range, so a
4-inch connector is adequate.

Chimney Liner Diameter. The total input to the common
vent is 135,000 Btu per hour. Using the Common Vent Capac-
ity Portion of Table 02428.3(1), read down the Vent Height (H)
column to 30 feet and across this row to find the smallest vent
diameter in the FAN+NAT column that has a Btu per hour rat-
ing greater than 135,000 Btu per hour. The 4-inch common
vent has a capacity of 1 38,000 Btu per hour. Reducing the max-
imum capacity by 20 percent (Section 02428.3.15) results in a
maximum capacity for a 4-inch corrugated liner of 1 10,000 Btu
per hour, less than the total input of 135,000 Btu per hour. So a
larger liner is needed. The 5-inch common vent capacity listed
in Table 02428.3(1) is 210,000 Btu per hour, and after reduc-
ing by 20 percent is 168,000 Btu per hour. Therefore, a 5-inch
corrugated metal liner should be used in this example.

Single-Wall Connectors. Once it has been established that
relining the chimney is necessary, Type B double-wall vent
connectors are not specifically required. This example could be
redone using Table 02428.3(2) for single- wall vent connec-
tors. For this case, the vent connector and liner diameters would
be the same as found above with Type B double-wall connec-
tors.

TABLE B-1

MASONRY CHIMNEY LINER DIMENSIONS

WITH CIRCULAR EQUIVALENTS"

NOMINAL LINER
SIZE (inches)

INSIDE

DIMENSIONS OF

LINER (Inches)

INSIDE

DIAMETER OR

EQUIVALENT

DIAMETER

(inches)

EQUIVALENT

AREA

(square inches)

4x8

2V2 X 6V2

: 12.2

19.6

: 28.3

: 38.3

8x8

6V4 X 6^/4

7.4

42.7

' 50.3

8x12

6V2 X IOV2

63.6

78.5

12x12

93/4 X 9V4

10.4

83.3

12x16

9'/2Xl3V2

11.8

107.5

113.0

153.9

16x16

13'/4Xl3V4

14.5

162.9

176.7

16x20

13x17

16.2

[ 206.1

254.4

20x20

I6V4 X I6V4

18.2

260.2

314.1

20x24

16V2x20'/2

20.1

314.2

380.1

24x24

2OV4 X 20V4

22.1

380.1

452.3

24x28

2OV4 X 20V4

24.1

456.2

28x28

24 V4 X 24'/4

26.4

543.3

572.5

30x30

25'/2x25V2

27.9

607

706.8

30x36

25V2x31'/2

30.9

749.9

855.3

36x36

3l'/2X3l'/2

34.4

929.4

: 1017.9

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, I square inch = 645.16 mm^.

a. Where Hner sizes differ dimensionally from those shown in Table B-1,
equivalent diameters may be determined from published tables for square
and rectangular ducts of equivalent carrying capacity or by other engineering
methods.

586

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'^

5°F

l-
73

(-15°C)

m
w

17T_^

a
m

(-8°C)

i\/

o
o

D
m

2rF / /

(-3°C) /

-10T
(-23°C)

37° F

(3°C)

-10T
(-23°C)

37° F

(3°C)

FIGURE B-19

588 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE

APPENDIX C (IFGS)

EXIT TERMINALS OF MECHANICAL DRAFT AND
DIRECT-VENT VENTING SYSTEMS

(This appendix is informative and is not part of the code. This appendix is an excerpt from the
2006 International Fuel Gas Code, coordinated with the section numbering of the International Residential Code.)

DIRECT VENT TERMINAL

INPUT (BTU/HR) CLEARANCE (M)

10.000 OR LESS

10.001 TO 50,000
OVER 50,000
[SEE SECTION G2427.8,
ITEM 3]

MECHANICAL DRAFT VENT
TERMINAL [SEE SECTION
G2427.8, ITEM 2]

^MECHANICAL DRAFT
VENT TERMINAL
[SEE SECTION
G2427.8, ITEM 1]

GRADE
3 FT MIN.

FORCED AIR INLET

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm, 1 British thermal unit per hour = 0.2931 W

APPENDIX C
EXIT TERMINALS OF MECHANICAL DRAFT AND DIRECT-VENT VENTING SYSTEMS

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

.®

589

590

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

APPENDIX D (IFGS)

RECOMMENDED PROCEDURE FOR SAFETY INSPECTION OF AN
EXISTING APPLIANCE INSTALLATION

(This appendix is informative and is not part of the code. This appendix is an excerpt from the
2006 International Fuel Gas Code, coordinated with the section numbering of the International Residential Code.)

The following procedure is intended as a guide to aid in deter-
mining that an appliance is properly installed and is in a safe
condition for continuing use.

This procedure is predicated on central furnace and boiler
installations, and it should be recognized that generalized pro-
cedures cannot anticipate all situations. Accordingly, in some
cases, deviation from this procedure is necessary to determine
safe operation of the equipment.

(a) This procedure should be performed prior to any
attempt at modification of the appliance or of the instal-
lation.

(b) If it is determined there is a condition that could result in
unsafe operation, the appliance should be shut off and
the owner advised of the unsafe condition.

The following steps should be followed in making the safety
inspection:

1 . Conduct a check for gas leakage. (See Section G24 17.6.)

2. Visually inspect the venting system for proper size and
horizontal pitch and determine there is no blockage or
restriction, leakage, corrosion and other deficiencies
that could cause an unsafe condition.

3. Shut off all gas to the appliance and shut off any other
fuel-gas-buming appliance within the same room. Use
the shut-off valve in the supply line to each appli-
ance.

4. Inspect burners and crossovers for blockage and corro-
sion.

5. Applicable only to furnaces. Inspect the heat
exchanger for cracks, openings or excessive corrosion.

6. Applicable only to boilers. Inspect for evidence of
water or combustion product leaks.

7. Insofar as is practical, close all building doors and win-
dows and all doors between the space in which the
appliance is located and other spaces of the building.
Turn on clothes dryers. Turn on any exhaust fans, such
as range hoods and bathroom exhausts, so they will
operate at maximum speed. Do not operate a summer
exhaust fan. Close fireplace dampers. If, after complet-
ing Steps 8 through 13, it is believed sufficient combus-
tion air is not available, refer to Section G2407 of this
code for guidance.

8. Place the appliance being inspected in operation. Fol-
low the lighting instructions. Adjust the thermostat so
appliance will operate continuously.

9. Determine that the pilot(s), where provided, is burning
properly and that the main burner ignition is satisfactory
by interrupting and reestablishing the electrical supply
to the appliance in any convenient manner. If the appli-
ance is equipped with a continuous pilot(s), test the pilot
safety device(s) to determine if it is operating properly
by extinguishing the pilot(s) when the main burner(s) is
off and determining, after 3 minutes, that the main
burner gas does not flow upon a call for heat. If the
appliance is not provided with a pilot(s), test for proper
operation of the ignition system in accordance with the
appliance manufacturer's lighting and operating
instructions.

10. Visually determine that the main burner gas is burning
properly (i.e., no floating, lifting, or flashback). Adjust
the primary air shutter(s) as required.

If the appliance is equipped with high and low flame
controlling or flame modulation, check for proper main
burner operation at low flame.

1 1 . Test for spillage at the draft hood relief opening after 5
minutes of main burner operation. Use a flame of a
match or candle or smoke.

12. Turn on all other fuel-gas-buming appliances within the
same room so they will operate at their full inputs. Fol-
low lighting instructions for each appliance.

13. Repeat Steps 10 and 11 on the appliance being
inspected.

14. Return doors, windows, exhaust fans, fireplace damp-
ers and any other fuel-gas-buming appliance to their
previous conditions of use.

15. Applicable only to furnaces. Check both the limit con-
trol and the fan control for proper operation. Limit con-
trol operation can be checked by blocking the
circulating air inlet or temporarily disconnecting the
electrical supply to the blower motor and determining
that the limit control acts to shut off the main bumer gas.

16. Applicable only to boilers. Determine that the water
pumps are in operating condition. Test low water cut-
offs, automatic feed controls, pressure and temperature
limit controls, and relief valves in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations to determine that
they are in operating condition.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

591

592

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

APPENDIX E

MANUFACTURED HOUSING USED AS DWELLINGS

SECTION AE1 01
SCOPE

AElOl.l General. These provisions shall be applicable only
to a manufactured home used as a single dwelling unit installed
on privately owned (nonrental) lots and shall apply to the fol-
lowing:

1. Construction, alteration and repair of any foundation
system which is necessary to provide for the installation
of a manufactured home unit.

2. Construction, installation, addition, alteration, repair or
maintenance of the building service equipment which is
necessary for connecting manufactured homes to water,
fuel, or power supplies and sewage systems.

3. Alterations, additions or repairs to existing manufac-
tured homes. The construction, alteration, moving,
demolition, repair and use of accessory buildings and
structures and their building service equipment shall
comply with the requirements of the codes adopted by
this jurisdiction.

These provisions shall not be applicable to the design and
construction of manufactured homes and shall not be deemed
to authorize either modifications or additions to manufactured
homes where otherwise prohibited.

Exception: In addition to these provisions, new and
replacement manufactured homes to be located in flood
hazard areas as established in Table R301 .2(1) of the Inter-
national Residential Code shall meet the applicable require-
ments of Sections R324 of the International Residential
Code.

SECTION AE1 02
APPLICATION TO EXISTING MANUFACTURED
HOMES AND BUILDING SERVICE EQUIPMENT

AE102.1 GeneraL Manufactured homes and their building
service equipment to which additions, alterations or repairs are
made shall comply with all the requirements of these provi-
sions for new facilities, except as specifically provided in this
section.

AE102.2 Additions, alterations or repairs. Additions made
to a manufactured home shall conform to one of the following:

1. Be certified under the National Manufactured Housing
Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974 (42
U.S.C. Section 5401, et seq.).

2. Be designed and constructed to conform with the appli-
cable provisions of the National Manufactured Housing
Construction and Safety Standards Act of 1974 (42
U.S.C. Section 5401, et seq.).

3. Be designed and constructed in conformance with the
code adopted by this jurisdiction.

Additions shall be structurally separated from the manufac-
tured home.

Exception: A structural separation need not be provided
when structural calculations are provided to justify the
omission of such separation.

Alterations or repairs may be made to any manufactured
home or to its building service equipment without requiring the
existing manufactured home or its building service equipment
to comply with all the requirements of these provisions, pro-
vided the alteration or repair conforms to that required for new
construction, and provided further that no hazard to life, health
or safety will be created by such additions, alterations or
repairs.

Alterations or repairs to an existing manufactured home
which are nonstructural and do not adversely affect any struc-
tural member or any part of the building or structure having
required fire protection may be made with materials equivalent
to those of which the manufactured home structure is con-
structed, subject to approval by the building official.

Exception: The installation or replacement of glass shall be
required for new installations.

Minor additions, alterations and repairs to existing building
service equipment installations may be made in accordance
with the codes in effect at the time the original installation was
made subject to approval of the building official, and provided
such additions, alterations and repairs will not cause the exist-
ing building service equipment to become unsafe, insanitary or
overloaded.

AE102.3 Existing installations. Building service equipment
lawfully in existence at the time of the adoption of the applica-
ble codes may have their use, maintenance or repair continued
if the use, maintenance or repair is in accordance with the origi-
nal design and no hazard to life, health or property has been
created by such building service equipment.

AE 102.4 Existing occupancy. Manufactured homes which
are in existence at the time of the adoption of these provisions
may have their existing use or occupancy continued if such use
or occupancy was legal at the time of the adoption of these pro-
visions, provided such continued use is not dangerous to life,
health and safety.

The use or occupancy of any existing manufactured home
shall not be changed unless evidence satisfactory to the build-
ing official is provided to show compliance with all applicable
provisions of the codes adopted by this jurisdiction. Upon any
change in use or occupancy, the manufactured home shall cease
to be classified as such within the intent of these provisions.

AE102.5 Maintenance. All manufactured homes and their
building service equipment, existing and new, and all parts
thereof shall be maintained in a safe and sanitary condition. All
device or safeguards which are required by applicable codes or
by the Manufactured Home Standards shall be maintained in

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

593

APPENDIX E

conformance with the code or standard under which it was
installed. The owner or the owner's designated agent shall be
responsible for the maintenance of manufactured homes,
accessory buildings, structures and their building service
equipment. To determine compliance with this subsection, the
building official may cause any manufactured home, accessory
building or structure to be reinspected.

AE102.6 Relocation. Manufactured homes which are to be
relocated within this jurisdiction shall comply with these provi-
sions.

SECTION AE201
DEFINITIONS

AE201.1 General. For the purpose of these provisions, certain
abbreviations, terms, phrases, words and their derivatives shall
be construed as defined or specified herein.

ACCESSORY BUILDING. Any building or structure, or por-
tion thereto, located on the same property as a manufactured
home which does not qualify as a manufactured home as
defined herein.

BUILDING SERVICE EQUIPMENT. Refers to the plumb-
ing, mechanical and electrical equipment including piping,
wiring, fixtures and other accessories which provide sanita-
tion, lighting, heating ventilation, cooling, fire protection and
facilities essential for the habitable occupancy of a manufac-
tured home or accessory building or structure for its designated
use and occupancy.

MANUFACTURED HOME. A structure transportable in one
or more sections which, in the traveling mode, is 8 body feet
(2438 body mm) or more in width or 40 body feet (12 192 body
mm) or more in length or, when erected on site, is 320 or more
square feet (30 m^), and which is built on a permanent chassis
and designed to be used as a dwelling with or without a perma-
nent foundation when connected to the required utilities, and
includes the plumbing, heating, air-conditioning and electrical
systems contained therein; except that such term shall include
any structure which meets all the requirements of this para-
graph except the size requirements and with respect to which
the manufacturer voluntarily files a certification required by
the secretary (HUD) and complies with the standards estab-
lished under this title.

For mobile homes built prior to June 15, 1976, a label certi-
fying compliance to the Standard for Mobile Homes, NFPA
501, ANSI 119.1, in effect at the time of manufacture is
required. For the purpose of these provisions, a mobile home
shall be considered a manufactured home.

MANUFACTURED HOME INSTALLATION. Construc-
tion which is required for the installation of a manufactured
home, including the construction of the foundation system,
required structural connections thereto and the installation of
on-site water, gas, electrical and sewer systems and connec-
tions thereto which are necessary for the normal operation of
the manufactured home.

MANUFACTURED HOME STANDARDS. The Manufac-
tured Home Construction and Safety Standards as promulgated

by the United States Department of Housing and Urban Devel-
opment.

PRIVATELY OWNED (NONRENTAL) LOT. A parcel of
real estate outside of a manufactured home rental community
(park) where the land and the manufactured home to be
installed thereon are held in common ownership.

SECTION AE301 !

PERMITS

AE301.1 Initial installation. A manufactured home shall not
be installed on a foundation system reinstalled or altered with-
out first obtaining a permit from the building official. A sepa-
rate permit shall be required for each manufactured home
installation. When approved by the building oflicial, such per-
mit may include accessory buildings and structures and their
building service equipment when the accessory buildings or
structures will be constructed in conjunction with the manufac-
tured home installation.

AE301.2 Additions, alterations and repairs to a manufac-
tured home. A permit shall be obtained to alter, remodel,
repair or add accessory buildings or structures to a manufac-
tured home subsequent to its initial installation. Permit issu-
ance and fees therefor shall be in conformance with the codes
applicable to the type of work involved.

An addition made to a manufactured home as defined in
these provisions shall comply with these provisions.

AE301.3 Accessory buildings. Except as provided in Section
AE301.1, permits shall be required for all accessory buildings
and structures and their building service equipment. Permit
issuance and fees therefor shall be in conformance with the
codes applicable to the types of work involved.

AE301.4 Exempted work. A permit shall not be required for
the types of work specifically exempted by the applicable
codes. Exemption from the permit requirements of any of said
codes shall not be deemed to grant authorization for any work
to be done in violation of the provisions of said codes or any
other laws or ordinances of this jurisdiction.

SECTION AE302
APPLICATION FOR PERMIT

AE302.1 Application. To obtain a manufactured home instal-
lation permit, the applicant shall first file an application in writ-
ing on a form furnished by the building oificial for that
purpose. At the option of the building official, every such appli-
cation shall:

1 . Identify and describe the work to be covered by the per-
mit for which application is made.

3. Indicate the use or occupancy for which the proposed
work is intended.

594

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

APPENDIX E

4. Be accompanied by plans, diagrams, computations and
specifications and other data as required in Section
AE302.2.

5 . Be accompanied by a soil investigation when required by
Section AE502.2.

6. State the valuation of any new building or structure or
any addition, remodeling or alteration to an existing
building.

7. Be signed by permittee, or permittee's authorized agent,
who may be required to submit evidence to indicate such
authority.

8. Give such other data and information as may be required
by the building official.

AE302.2 Plans and specifications. Plans, engineering calcu-
lations, diagrams and other data as required by the building
official shall be submitted in not less than two sets with each
application for a permit. The building official may require
plans, computations and specifications to be prepared and
designed by an engineer or architect licensed by the state to
practice as such.

Where no unusual site conditions exist, the building official
may accept approved standard foundation plans and details in
conjunction with the manufacturer's approved installation
instructions without requiring the submittal of engineering cal-
culations.

AE302.3 Information on plans and specifications. Plans and
specifications shall be drawn to scale on substantial paper or
cloth and shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the location,
nature and extent of the work proposed and shown in detail that
it will conform to the provisions of these provisions and all rel-
evant laws, ordinances, rules and regulations. The building
official shall determine what information is required on plans
and specifications to ensure compliance.

SECTION AE303
PERMITS ISSUANCE

AE303.1 Issuance. The application, plans and specifications
and other data filed by an applicant for permit shall be reviewed
by the building official. Such plans may be reviewed by other
departments of this jurisdiction to verify compliance with any
applicable laws under their jurisdiction. If the building official
finds that the work described in an application for a permit and
the plans, specifications and other data filed therewith conform
to the requirements of these provisions and other data filed
therewith conform to the requirements of these provisions and
other pertinent codes, laws and ordinances, and that the fees
specified in Section AE304 have been paid, the building offi-
cial shall issue a permit therefor to the applicant.

When the building official issues the permit where plans are
required, the building official shall endorse in writing or stamp
the plans and specifications APPROVED. Such approved plans
and specifications shall not be changed, modified or altered
without authorization from the building official, and all work
shall be done in accordance with the approved plans.

AE303.2 Retention of plans. One set of approved plans and
specifications shall be returned to the applicant and shall be

kept on the site of the building or work at all times during which
the work authorized thereby is in progress. One set of approved
plans, specification and computations shall be retained by the
building official until final approval of the work.

AE303.3 Validity of permit. The issuance of a permit or
approval of plans and specifications shall shall not be construed
to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the
provisions of these provisions or other pertinent codes of any
other ordinance of the jurisdiction. No permit presuming to give
authority to violate or cancel these provisions shall be valid.

The issuance of a permit based on plans, specifications and
other data shall not prevent the building official from thereafter
requiring the correction of errors in said plans, specifications
and other data, or from preventing building operations being
carried on thereunder when in violation of these provisions or
of any other ordinances of this jurisdiction.

AE303.4 Expiration. Every permit issued by the building offi-
cial under these provisions shall expire by limitation and
become null and void if the work authorized by such permit is
not commenced within 180 days from the date of such permit,
or if the work authorized by such permit is suspended or aban-
doned at any time after the work is commenced for a period of
180 days. Before such work can be recommenced, a new per-
mit shall be first obtained, and the fee therefor shall be one-half
the amount required for a new permit for such work, provided
no changes have been made or will be made in the original
plans and specifications for such work, and provided further
that such suspension or abandonment has not exceeded one
year. In order to renew action on a permit after expiration, the
permittee shall pay a new full permit fee.

Any permittee holding an unexpired permit may apply for an
extension of the time within which work may commence under
that permit when the permittee is unable to commence work
within the time required by this section for good and satisfac-
tory reasons. The building official may extend the time for
action by the permittee for a period not exceeding 180 days
upon written request by the permittee showing that circum-
stances beyond the control of the permittee have prevented
action from being taken. No permit shall be extended more than
once.

AE303.5 Suspension or revocation. The building official
may, in writing, suspend or revoke a permit issued under these
provisions whenever the permit is issued in error or on the basis
of incorrect information supplied, or in violation of any ordi-
nance or regulation or any of these provisions.

SECTION AE304
FEES

AE304.1 Permit fees. The fee for each manufactured home
installation permit shall be estabhshed by the building official.

When permit fees are to be based on the value or valuation of
the work to be performed, the determination of value or valua-
tion under these provisions shall be made by the building offi-
cial. The value to be used shall be the total value of all work
required for the manufactured home installation plus the total
value of all work required for the construction of accessory
buildings and structures for which the permit is issued as well

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

595

APPENDIX E

as all finish work, painting, roofing, electrical, plumbing, heat-
ing, air conditioning, elevators, fire-extinguishing systems and
any other permanent equipment which is a part of the accessory
building or structure. The value of the manufactured home
itself shall not be included.

AE304.2 Plan review fees. When a plan or other data are
required to be submitted by Section AE302.2, a plan review fee
shall be paid at the time of submitting plans and specifications
for review. Said plan review fee shall be as established by the
building official. Where plans are incomplete or changed so as
to require additional plan review, an additional plan review fee
shall be charged at a rate as established by the building official.

AE304.3 Other provisions.

AE304.3.1 Expiration of plan review. Applications for
which no permit is issued within 180 days following the
date of application shall expire by limitation, and plans and
other data submitted for review may thereafter be returned
to the applicant or destroyed by the building official. The
building official may extend the time for action by the appli-
cant for a period not exceeding 1 80 days upon request by the
applicant showing that circumstances beyond the control of
the applicant have prevented action from being taken. No
application shall be extended more than once. In order to
renew action on an application after expiration, the appli-
cant shall resubmit plans and pay a new plan review fee.

AE304.3.2 Investigation fees: work without a permit.

AE304.3.2.1 Investigation. Whenever any work for
which a permit is required by these provisions has been
commenced without first obtaining said permit, a special
investigation shall be made before a permit may be
issued for such work.

AE304.3.2.2 Fee. An investigation fee, in addition to the
permit fee, shall be collected whether or not a permit is
then or subsequently issued. The investigation fee shall
be equal to the amount of the permit fee required. The
minimum investigation fee shall be the same as the mini-
mum fee established by the building official. The pay-
ment of such investigation fee shall not exempt any
person from compliance with all other provisions of
either these provisions or other pertinent codes or from
any penalty prescribed by law.

E304.3.3 Fee refunds.

AE304.3.3.1 Permit fee erroneously paid or collected.

The building official may authorize the refunding of any fee
paid hereunder which was erroneously paid or collected.

AE304.3.3.2 Permit fee paid when no work done. The

building official may authorize the refunding of not more
than 80 percent of the permit fee paid when no work has
been done under a permit issued in accordance with these
provisions.

AE304.3.3.3 Plan review fee. The building official may
authorize the refunding of not more than 80 percent of
the plan review fee paid when an application for a permit
for which a plan review fee has been paid is withdrawn or
canceled before any plan reviewing is done.

The building official shall not authorize the refunding
of any fee paid except upon written application by the
original permittee not later than 1 80 days after the date of
the fee payment.

SECTION AE305
INSPECTIONS

AE305.1 General. All construction or work for which a manu-
factured home installation permit is required shall be subject to
inspection by the building official, and certain types of con-
struction shall have continuous inspection by special inspec-
tors as specified in Section AE306. A survey of the lot may be
required by the building official to verify that the structure is
located in accordance with the approved plans.

It shall be the duty of the permit applicant to cause the work
to be accessible and exposed for inspection purposes. Neither
the building official nor this jurisdiction shall be liable for
expense entailed in the removal or replacement of any material
required to allow inspection.

AE305.2 Inspection requests. It shall be the duty of the person
doing the work authorized by a manufactured home installa-
tion permit to notify the building official that such work is
ready for inspection. The building official may require that
every request for inspection be filed at least one working day
before such inspection is desired. Such request may be in writ-
ing or by telephone at the option of the building official.

It shall be the duty of the person requesting any inspections
required either by these provisions or other apphcable codes to
provide access to and means for proper inspection of such work.

AE305.3 Inspection record card. Work requiring a manufac-
tured home installation permit shall not be commenced until
the permit holder or the permit holder's agent shall have posted
an inspection record card in a conspicuous place on the pre-
mises and in such position as to allow the building official con-
veniently to make the required entries thereon regarding
inspection of the work. This card shall be maintained in such
position by the permit holder until final approval has been
issued by the building official.

AE305.4 Approval required. Work shall not be done on any
part of the manufactured home installation beyond the point
indicated in each successive inspection without first obtaining
the approval of the building official. Such approval shall be
given only after an inspection has been made of each succes-
sive step in the construction as indicated by each of the inspec-
tions required in Section AE305.5. There shall be a final
inspection and approval of the manufactured home installation,
including connections to its building service equipment, when
completed and ready for occupancy or use.

AE305.5 Required inspections.

AE305.5.1 Structural inspections for the manufactured
home installation. Reinforcing steel or structural frame-
work of any part of any manufactured home foundation sys-
tem shall not be covered or concealed without first obtaining
the approval of the building official. The building official,
upon notification from the permit holder or the permit
holder's agent, shall make the following inspections and

596

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

APPENDIX E

shall either approve that portion of the construction as com-
pleted or shall notify the permit holder or the permit holder's
agent wherein the same fails to comply with these provi-
sions or other applicable codes:

1. Foundation inspection: To be made after excavations
for footings are completed and any required reinforc-
ing steel is in place. For concrete foundations, any
required forms shall be in place prior to inspection.
All materials for the foundation shall be on the job,
except where concrete from a central mixing plant
(commonly termed "transit mixed") is to be used, the
concrete materials need not be on the job. Where the
foundation is to be constructed of approved treated
wood, additional framing inspections as required by
the building official may be required.

2. Concrete slab or under-floor inspection: To be made
after all in-slab or underfloor building service equip-
ment, conduit, piping accessories and other ancillary
equipment items are in place but before any concrete
is poured or the manufactured home is installed.

3 . Anchorage inspection: To be made after the manufac-
tured home has been installed and permanently
anchored.

AE305.5.2 Structural inspections for accessory building
and structures. Inspections for accessory buildings and
structures shall be made as set forth in this code.

AE305.5.3 Building service equipment inspections. All

building service equipment which is required as a part of a
manufactured home installation, including accessory build-
ings and structures authorized by the same permit, shall be
inspected by the building official. Building service equip-
ment shall be inspected and tested as required by the appli-
cable codes. Such inspections and testing shall be limited to
site construction and shall not include building service
equipment which is a part of the manufactured home itself.
No portion of any building service equipment intended to be
concealed by any permanent portion of the construction
shall be concealed until inspected and approved. Building
service equipment shall not be connected to the water, fuel
or power supply or sewer system until authorized by the
building official.

AE305.5.4 Final inspection. When finish grading and the
manufactured home installation, including the installation
of all required building service equipment, is completed and
the manufactured home is ready for occupancy, a final
inspection shall be made.

AE305.6 Other inspections. In addition to the called inspec-
tions specified above, the building official may make or require
other inspections of any construction work to as certain com-
pliance with these provisions or other codes and laws which are
enforced by the code enforcement agency.

SECTION AE306
SPECIAL INSPECTIONS

AE306.1 General. In addition to the inspections required by
Section AE305, the building official may require the owner to

employ a special inspector during construction of specific
types of work as described in this code.

SECTION AE307
UTILITY SERVICE

AE307.1 General. Utility service shall not be provided to any
building service equipment which is regulated by these provi-
sions or other applicable codes and for which a manufactured
home installation permit is required by these provisions until
approved by the building official.

SECTION AE401
OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION

AE401.1 Manufactured homes. A manufactured home shall
be limited in use to use as a single dwelling unit.

AE401.2 Accessory buildings. Accessory buildings shall be
classified as to occupancy by the building official as set forth in
this code.

SECTION AE402
LOCATION ON PROPERTY

AE402.1 General. Manufactured homes and accessory build-
ings shall be located on the property in accordance with appli-
cable codes and ordinances of this jurisdiction.

SECTION AE501
DESIGN

AE501.1 General. A manufactured home shall be installed on
a foundation system which is designed and constructed to sus-
tain within the stress limitations specified in this code and all
loads specified in this code.

Exception: When specifically authorized by the building
official, foundation and anchorage systems which are con-
structed in accordance with the methods specified in Sec-
tion AE600 of these provisions, or in the United States
Department of Housing and Urban Development Hand-
book, Permanent Foundations for Manufactured Housing,
1984 Edition, Draft, shall be deemed to meet the require-
ments of this Appendix E.

AE501.2 Manufacturer's installation instructions. The

installation instructions as provided by the manufacturer of the
manufactured home shall be used to determine permissible
points of support for vertical loads and points of attachment for
anchorage systems used to resist horizontal and uphft forces.

AE501.3 Rationality. Any system or method of construction
to be used shall admit to a rational analysis in accordance with
well-established principles of mechanics.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

597

APPENDIX E

SECTION AE502
FOUNDATION SYSTEMS

AE502.1 General. Foundation systems designed and con-
structed in accordance with this section may be considered as a
permanent installation.

AE502.2 Soil classification. The classification of the soil at
each manufactured home site shall be determined when
required by the building official. The building official may
require that the determination be made by an engineer or archi-
tect licensed by the state to conduct soil investigations.

The classification shall be based on observation and any
necessary tests of the materials disclosed by borings or exca-
vations made in appropriate locations. Additional studies
may be necessary to evaluate soil strength, the effect of mois-
ture variation on soil-bearing capacity, compressibility and
expansiveness.

When required by the building official, the soil classification
design bearing capacity and lateral pressure shall be shown on
the plans.

AE502.3 Footings and foundations. Footings and founda-
tions, unless otherwise specifically provided, shall be con-
structed of materials specified by this code for the intended use
and in all cases shall extend below the frost line. Footings of
concrete and masonry shall be of solid material. Foundations
supporting untreated wood shall extend at least 8 inches (203
mm) above the adjacent finish grade. Footings shall have a
minimum depth below finished grade of 12 inches (305 mm)
unless a greater depth is recommended by a foundation investi-
gation.

Piers and bearing walls shall be supported on masonry or
concrete foundations or piles, or other approved foundation
systems which shall be of sufficient capacity to support all
loads.

AE502.4 Foundation design. When a design is provided, the
foundation system shall be designed in accordance with the
applicable structural provisions of this code and shall be
designed to minimize differential settlement. Where a design is
not provided, the minimum foundation requirements shall be
as set forth in this code.

AE502.5 Drainage. Provisions shall be made for the control
and drainage of surface water away from the manufactured
home.

AE502.6 Under-floor clearances — ventilation and access.

A minimum clearance of 12 inches (305 mm) shall be main-
tained beneath the lowest member of the floor support framing
system. Clearances from the bottom of wood floor joists or per-
imeter joists shall be as specified in this code.

Under-floor spaces shall be ventilated with openings as
specified in this code. If combustion air for one or more
heat-producing appliances is taken from within the under-floor
spaces, ventilation shall be adequate for proper appliance oper-
ation.

Under-floor access openings shall be provided. Such open-
ings shall be not less than 1 8 inches (457 mm) in any dimension
and not less than 3 square feet (0.279 m^) in area and shall be

located so that any water supply and sewer drain connections
located under the manufactured home are accessible.

SECTION AE503
SKIRTING AND PERIMETER ENCLOSURES

AE503.1 Skirting and permanent perimeter enclosures.

Skirting and permanent perimeter enclosures shall be installed
only where specifically required by other laws or ordinances.
Skirting, when installed, shall be of material suitable for exte-
rior exposure and contact with the ground. Permanent perime-
ter enclosures shall be constructed of materials as required by
this code for regular foundation construction.

Skirting shall be installed in accordance with the skirting
manufacturer's installation instructions. Skirting shall be ade-
quately secured to assure stability, to minimize vibration and
susceptibility to wind damage, and to compensate for possible
frost heave.

AE503.2 Retaining walls. Where retaining walls are used as a
permanent perimeter enclosure, they shall resist the lateral dis-
placements of soil or other materials and shall conform to this
code as specified for foundation walls. Retaining walls and
foundation walls shall be constructed of approved treated
wood, concrete, masonry or other approved materials or com-
bination of materials as for foundations as specified in this
code. Siding materials shall extend below the top of the exterior
of the retaining or foundation wall or the joint between siding
and enclosure wall shall be flashed in accordance with this
code.

SECTION AE504
STRUCTURAL ADDITIONS

AE504.1 General. Accessory buildings shall not be structur-
ally supported by or attached to a manufactured home unless
engineering calculations are submitted to substantiate any pro-
posed structural connection.

Exception: The building official may waive the submission
of engineering calculations if it is found that the nature of
the work applied for is such that engineering calculations
are not necessary to show conformance to these provisions.

SECTION AE505
BUILDING SERVICE EQUIPMENT

AE505.1 General. The installation, alteration, repair, replace-
ment, addition to or maintenance of the building service equip-
ment within the manufactured home shall conform to
regulations set forth in the Manufactured Home Standards.
Such work which is located outside the manufactured home
shall comply with the applicable codes adopted by this jurisdic-
tion.

598

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

APPENDIX E

SECTION AE506
EXITS

AE506.1 Site development. Exterior stairways and ramps
which provide egress to the pubhc way shall comply with
applicable provisions of this code.

AE506.2 Accessory buildings. Every accessory building or
portion thereof shall be provided with exits as required by this
code.

SECTION AE507

OCCUPANCY, FIRE SAFETY AND ENERGY

CONSERVATION STANDARDS

AE507.1 General. Alterations made to a manufactured home
subsequent to its initial installation shall conform to the occu-
pancy, fire-safety and energy conservation requirements set
forth in the Manufactured Home Standards.

SECTION AE600

SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR

FOUNDATION SYSTEMS

AE600.1 General. Section AE600 is applicable only when
specifically authorized by the building official.

SECTION AE601
FOOTINGS AND FOUNDATIONS

AE601.1 General. The capacity of individual load-bearing
piers and their footings shall be sufficient to sustain all loads
specified in this code within the stress limitations specified in
this code. Footings, unless otherwise approved by the building
official, shall be placed level on firm, undisturbed soil or an engi-
neered fill which is free of organic material, such as weeds and
grasses. Where used, an engineered fill shall provide a minimum
load-bearing capacity of not less than 1,000 psf (48 kN/m^).
Continuous footings shall conform to the requirements of this
code. Section AE502 of these provisions shall apply to footings
and foundations constructed under the provisions of this section.

SECTION AE602
PIER CONSTRUCTION

AE602.1 General. Piers shall be designed and constructed to
distribute loads evenly. Multiple section homes may have con-
centrated roof loads which will require special consideration.
Load-bearing piers may be constructed utilizing one of the
methods listed below. Such piers shall be considered to resist
only vertical forces acting in a downward direction. They shall
not be considered as providing any resistance to horizontal
loads induced by wind or earthquake forces.

1. A prefabricated load-bearing device that is listed and
labeled for the intended use.

2. Mortar shall comply with ASTM C 270 Type M, S or N;
this may consist of one part portland cement, one-half
part hydrated lime and four parts sand by volume. Lime
shall not be used with plastic or waterproof cement.

3 . A cast-in-place concrete pier with concrete having speci-
fied compressive strength at 28 days of 2,500 psi (17 225
kPa).

Alternate materials and methods of construction may be
used for piers which have been designed by an engineer or
architect licensed by the state to practice as such.

Caps and leveling spacers may bejised for leveling of the
manufactured home. Spacing of piers shall be as specified in
the manufacturer's installation instructions, if available, or by
an approved designer.

SECTION AE603
HEIGHT OF PIERS

AE603.1 General. Piers constructed as indicated in Section
AE602 may have heights as follows:

1 . Except for corner piers, piers 36 inches (914 mm) or less
in height may be constructed of masonry units, placed
with cores or cells vertically. Piers shall be installed with
their long dimension at right angles to the main frame
member they support and shall have a minimum
cross-sectional area of 128 square inches (82 560 mm^).
Piers shall be capped with minimum 4-inch (102 mm)
solid masonry units or equivalent.

2. Piers between 36 and 80 inches (914 mm and 2032 mm)
in height and all comer piers over 24 inches (610 mm) in
height shall be at least 16 inches by 16 inches (406 mm
by 406 mm) consisting of interlocking masonry units
and shall be fully capped with minimum 4-inch (102
mm) solid masonry units or equivalent.

3. Piers over 80 inches (2032 mm) in height may be con-
structed in accordance with the provisions of Item 2
above, provided the piers shall be filled sohd with grout
and reinforced with four continuous No. 5 bars. One bar
shall be placed in each comer cell of hollow masonry unit
piers or in each comer of the grouted space of piers con-
stmcted of solid masonry units.

4. Cast-in-place concrete piers meeting the same size and
height limitations of Items 1 , 2 and 3 above may be sub-
stituted for piers constmcted of masonry units.

SECTION AE604
ANCHORAGE INSTALLATIONS

AE604.1 Ground anchors. Ground anchors shall be designed
and installed to transfer the anchoring loads to the ground. The
load-carrying portion of the ground anchors shall be installed
to the full depth called for by the manufacturer's installation
directions and shall extend below the estabhshed frost line into
undisturbed soil.

Manufactured ground anchors shall be listed and installed in
accordance with the terms of their listing and the anchor manu-
facturer's instructions and shall include means of attachment of
ties meeting the requirements of Section AE605. Ground
anchor manufacturer's installation instmctions shall include
the amount of preload required and load capacity in various
types of soil. These instructions shall include tensioning

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

599

APPENDIX E

adjustments which may be needed to prevent damage to the
manufactured home, particularly damage that can be caused by
frost heave. Each ground anchor shall be marked with the man-
ufacturer's identification and listed model identification num-
ber which shall be visible after installation. Instructions shall
accompany each listed ground anchor specifying the types of
soil for which the anchor is suitable under the requirements of
this section.

Each approved ground anchor, when installed, shall be capa-
ble of resisting an allowable working load at least equal to
3,150 pounds (14 kN) in the direction of the tie plus a 50 per-
cent overload [4,725 pounds (21 kN) total] without failure.
Failure shall be considered to have occurred when the anchor
moves more than 2 inches (5 1 mm) at a load of 4,725 pounds
(21 kN) in the direction of the tie installation. Those ground
anchors which are designed to be installed so that loads on the
anchor are other than direct withdrawal shall be designed and
installed to resist an applied design load of 3,150 pounds (14
kN) at 40 to 50 degrees from vertical or within the angle limita-
tions specified by the home manufacturer without displacing
the tie end of the anchor more than 4 inches (102 mm) horizon-
tally. Anchors designed for connection of multiple ties shall be
capable of resisting the combined working load and overload
consistent with the intent expressed herein.

When it is proposed to use ground anchors and the building
official has reason to believe that the soil characteristics at a
given site are such as to render the use of ground anchors advis-
able, or when there is doubt regarding the ability of the ground
anchors to obtain their listed capacity, the building official may
require that a representative field installation be made at the site
in question and tested to demonstrate ground anchor capacity.
The building official shall approve the test procedures.

AE604.2 Anchoring equipment. Anchoring equipment,
when installed as a permanent installation, shall be capable of
resisting all loads as specified within these provisions. When
the stabilizing system is designed by an engineer or architect
licensed by the state to practice as such, alternative designs
may be used, providing the anchoring equipment to be used is
capable of withstanding a load equal to 1 .5 times the calculated
load. All anchoring equipment shall be listed and labeled as
being capable of meeting the requirements of these provisions.
Anchors as specified in this code may be attached to the main
frame of the manufactured home by an approved ^/ig-inch-thick
(4.76 mm) slotted steel plate anchoring device. Other anchor-
ing devices or methods meeting the requirements of these pro-
visions may be permitted when approved by the building
official.

Anchoring systems shall be so installed as to be permanent.
Anchoring equipment shall be so designed to prevent self-dis-
connection with no hook ends used.

AE604.3 Resistance to weather deterioration. All anchoring
equipment, tension devices and ties shall have a resistance to
deterioration as required by this code.

AE604.4 Tensioning devices. Tensioning devices, such as
turnbuckles or yoke-type fasteners, shall be ended with clevis
or welded eyes.

SECTION AE605
TIES, MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION

AE605.1 General. Steel strapping, cable, chain or other
approved materials shall be used for ties. All ties shall be fas-
tened to ground anchors and drawn tight with turnbuckles or
other adjustable tensioning devices or devices supplied with
the ground anchor. Tie materials shall be capable of resisting an
allowable working load of 3,150 pounds (14 kN) with no more
than 2 percent elongation and shall withstand a 50 percent
overload [4,750 pounds (21 kN)]. Ties shall comply with the
weathering requirements of Section AE604.3. Ties shall con-
nect the ground anchor and the main structural frame. Ties shall
not connect to steel outrigger beams which fasten to and inter-
sect the main structural frame unless specifically stated in the
manufacturer's installation instructions. Connection of cable
ties to main frame members shall be Vg-inch (15.9 mm)
closed-eye bolts affixed to the frame member in an approved
manner. Cable ends shall be secured with at least two U-bolt
cable clamps with the "U" portion of the clamp installed on the
short (dead) end of the cable to assure strength equal to that
required by this section.

Wood floor support systems shall be fixed to perimeter foun-
dation walls in accordance with provisions of this code. The
minimum number of ties required per side shall be sufficient to
resist the wind load stated in this code. Ties shall be evenly
spaced as practicable along the length of the manufactured
home with the distance from each end of the home and the tie
nearest that end not exceeding 8 feet (2438 mm). When contin-
uous straps are provided as vertical ties, such ties shall be posi-
tioned at rafters and studs. Where a vertical tie and diagonal tie
are located at the same place, both ties may be connected to a
single anchor, provided the anchor used is capable of carrying
both loadings. Multisection manufactured homes require diag-
onal ties only. Diagonal ties shall be installed on the exterior
main frame and slope to the exterior at an angle of 40 to 50
degrees from the vertical or within the angle limitations speci-
fied by the home manufacturer. Vertical ties which are not con-
tinuous over the top of the manufactured home shall be
attached to the main frame.

SECTION AE606
REFERENCED STANDARDS

ASTMC 270-04 Specification for Mortar

for Unit Masonry AE602

NFPA 501-03 Standard on Manufactured

Housing AE201

600

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

APPENDIX F

RADON CONTROL METHODS

SECTION AF1 01
SCOPE

AFlOl.l General. This appendix contains requirements for
new construction in jurisdictions where radon-resistant con-
struction is required.

Inclusion of this appendix by jurisdictions shall be deter-
mined through the use of locally available data or determina-
tion of Zone 1 designation in Figure AFIOI.

SECTION AF1 02
DEFINITIONS

AF102.1 General. For the purpose of these requirements, the

terms used shall be defined as follows:

SUBSLAB DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM (Passive). A

system designed to achieve lower sub-slab air pressure relative
to indoor air pressure by use of a vent pipe routed through the
conditioned space of a building and connecting the sub- slab
area with outdoor air, thereby relying on the convective flow of
air upward in the vent to draw air from beneath the slab.
SUBSLAB DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM (Active). A
system designed to achieve lower sub-slab air pressure relative
to indoor air pressure by use of a fan-powered vent drawing air
from beneath the slab.

DRAIN TILE LOOP. A continuous length of drain tile or per-
forated pipe extending around all or part of the internal or
external perimeter of a basement or crawl space footing.
RADON GAS. A naturally-occurring, chemically inert, radio-
active gas that is not detectable by human senses. As a gas, it
can move readily through particles of soil and rock and can
accumulate under the slabs and foundations of homes where it
can easily enter into the living space through construction
cracks and openings.

SOIL-GAS-RETARDER. A continuous membrane of 6-mil
(0.15 mm) polyethylene or other equivalent material used to
retard the flow of soil gases into a building.
SUBMEMBRANE DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM. A
system designed to achieve lower-sub-membrane air pressure
relative to crawl space air pressure by use of a vent drawing air
from beneath the soil-gas-retarder membrane.

SECTION AF1 03
REQUIREMENTS

AF103.1 General. The following construction techniques are
intended to resist radon entry and prepare the building for
post-construction radon mitigation, if necessary (see Figure
AF102). These techniques are required in areas where desig-
nated by the jurisdiction.

AF103.2 Subfloor preparation. A layer of gas-permeable
material shall be placed under all concrete slabs and other floor
systems that directly contact the ground and are within the
walls of the living spaces of the building, to facilitate future

installation of a sub-slab depressurization system, if needed.
The gas-permeable layer shall consist of one of the following:

1 . A uniform layer of clean aggregate, a minimum of 4 inches
(102 mm) thick. The aggregate shall consist of material that
will pass through a 2-inch (5 1 mm) sieve and be retained by
a V4-inch (6.4 mm) sieve.

2. A uniform layer of sand (native or fill), a minimum of 4
inches (102 mm) thick, overlain by a layer or strips of
geotextile drainage matting designed to allow the lateral
flow of soil gases.

3. Other materials, systems or floor designs with demon-
strated capability to permit depressurization across the
entire sub-floor area.

AF103.3 Soil-gas-retarder. A minimum 6-mil (0.15 mm) [or
3-mil (0.075 mm) cross-laminated] polyethylene or equivalent
flexible sheeting material shall be placed on top of the gas-per-
meable layer prior to casting the slab or placing the floor
assembly to serve as a soil-gas-retarder by bridging any cracks
that develop in the slab or floor assembly and to prevent con-
crete from entering the void spaces in the aggregate base mate-
rial. The sheeting shall cover the entire floor area with separate
sections of sheeting lapped at least 12 inches (305 mm). The
sheeting shall fit closely around any pipe, wire or other penetra-
tions of the material. All punctures or tears in the material shall
be sealed or covered with additional sheeting.

AF103.4 Entry routes. Potential radon entry routes shall be
closed in accordance with Sections AF103.4.1 through
AF103.4.10.

AF103.4.1 Floor openings. Openings around bathtubs,
showers, water closets, pipes, wires or other objects that
penetrate concrete slabs or other floor assemblies shall be
filled with a polyurethane caulk or equivalent sealant
applied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommen-
dations.

AF103.4.2 Concrete joints. All control joints, isolation
joints, construction joints and any other joints in concrete
slabs or between slabs and foundation walls shall be sealed
with a caulk or sealant. Gaps and joints shall be cleared of
loose material and filled with polyurethane caulk or other
elastomeric sealant applied in accordance with the manu-
facturer's recommendations.

AF103.4.3 Condensate drains. Condensate drains shall be
trapped or routed through nonperforated pipe to daylight.

AF103.4.4 Sumps. Sump pits open to soil or serving as the
termination point for sub-slab or exterior drain tile loops shall
be covered with a gasketed or otherwise sealed lid. Sumps
used as the suction point in a sub-slab depressurization sys-
tem shall have a lid designed to accommodate the vent pipe.
Sumps used as a floor drain shall have a lid equipped with a
trapped inlet.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

601

APPENDIX F

AF103.4.5 Foundation walls. Hollow block masonry
foundation walls shall be constructed with either a continu-
ous course of solid masonry, one course of masonry grouted
solid, or a solid concrete beam at or above finished ground
surface to prevent passage of air from the interior of the wall
into the living space. Where a brick veneer or other masonry
ledge is installed, the course immediately below that ledge
shall be sealed. Joints, cracks or other openings around all
penetrations of both exterior and interior surfaces of
masonry block or wood foundation walls below the ground
surface shall be filled with polyurethane caulk or equivalent
sealant. Penetrations of concrete walls shall be filled.

AF103.4.6 Dampproofing. The exterior surfaces of por-
tions of concrete and masonry block walls below the ground
surface shall be dampproofed in accordance with Section
R406 of this code.

AF103.4.7 Air-handling units. Air-handling units in crawl
spaces shall be sealed to prevent air from being drawn into
the unit.

Exception: Units with gasketed seams or units that are
otherwise sealed by the manufacturer to prevent leakage.

AF103.4.8 Ducts. Ductwork passing through or beneath a
slab shall be of seamless material unless the air-handling
system is designed to maintain continuous positive pressure
within such ducting. Joints in such ductwork shall be sealed
to prevent air leakage.

Ductwork located in crawl spaces shall have all seams
and joints sealed by closure systems in accordance with
Section M1601. 3.1.

AF103.4.9 Crawl space floors. Openings around all pene-
trations through floors above crawl spaces shall be caulked
or otherwise filled to prevent air leakage.

AF103.4.10 Crawl space access. Access doors and other
openings or penetrations between basements and adjoining
crawl spaces shall be closed, gasketed or otherwise filled to
prevent air leakage.

AF103.5 Passive submembrane depressurization system.

In buildings with crawl space foundations, the following com-
ponents of a passive sub-membrane depressurization system
shall be installed during construction.

Exception: Buildings in which an approved mechanical
crawl space ventilation system or other equivalent system is
installed.

AF103.5.1 Ventilation. Crawl spaces shall be provided
with vents to the exterior of the building. The minimum net
area of ventilation openings shall comply with Section
R408.1 of this code.

AF103.5.2 Soil-gas-retarder. The soil in crawl spaces shall
be covered with a continuous layer of minimum 6-mil (0. 15
mm) polyethylene soil-gas-retarder. The ground cover shall
be lapped a minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) at joints and
shall extend to all foundation walls enclosing the crawl
space area.

AF103.5.3 Vent pipe. A plumbing tee or other approved
connection shall be inserted horizontally beneath the sheet-
ing and connected to a 3- or 4-inch-diameter (76 mm or 102

mm) fitting with a vertical vent pipe installed through the
sheeting. The vent pipe shall be extended up through the
building floors, terminate at least 12 inches (305 mm) above
the roof in a location at least 10 feet (3048 mm) away from
any window or other opening into the conditioned spaces of
the building that is less than 2 feet (610 mrn) below the
exhaust point, and 10 feet (3048 nrni) from any window or
other opening in adjoining or adjacent buildings.

AF103.6 Passive subslab depressurization system. In base-
ment or slab-on-grade buildings, the following components of
a passive sub-slab depressurization system shall be installed
during construction.

AF103.6.1 Vent pipe. A minimum 3-inch-diameter (76 mm)
ABS, PVC or equivalent gas-tight pipe shall be embedded
vertically into the sub-slab aggregate or other permeable
material before the slab is cast. A "T" fitting or equivalent
method shall be used to ensure that the pipe opening remains
within the sub-slab permeable material. Alternatively, the
3-inch (76 mm) pipe shall be inserted directly into an interior
perimeter drain tile loop or through a sealed sump cover
where the sump is exposed to the sub-slab aggregate or con-
nected to it through a drainage system.

The pipe shall be extended up through the building floors,
terminate at least 12 inches (305 mm) above the surface of
the roof in a location at least 10 feet (3048 mm) away from
any window or other opening into the conditioned spaces of
the building that is less than 2 feet (610 mm) below the
exhaust point, and 10 feet (3048 mm) from any window or
other opening in adjoining or adjacent buildings.

AF103.6.2 Multiple vent pipes. In buildings where interior
footings or other barriers separate the sub-slab aggregate or
other gas-permeable material, each area shall be fitted with
an individual vent pipe. Vent pipes shall connect to a single
vent that terminates above the roof or each individual vent
pipe shall terminate separately above the roof.

AF103.7 Vent pipe drainage. All components of the radon
vent pipe system shall be installed to provide positive drainage
to the ground beneath the slab or soil-gas-retarder.
AF103.8 Vent pipe accessibility. Radon vent pipes shall be
accessible for future fan installation through an attic or other
area outside the habitable space.

Exception: The radon vent pipe need not be accessible in an
attic space where an approved roof-top electrical supply is
provided for future use.

AF103.9 Vent pipe identification. All exposed and visible
interior radon vent pipes shall be identified with at least one
label on each floor and in accessible attics. The label shall
read:"Radon Reduction System."

AF103.10 Combination foundations. Combination base-
ment/crawl space or slab-on-grade/crawl space foundations
shall have separate radon vent pipes installed in each type of
foundation area. Each radon vent pipe shall terminate above the
roof or shall be connected to a single vent that terminates above
the roof.

AF103.11 Building depressurization. Joints in air ducts and
plenums in unconditioned spaces shall meet the requirements
of Section Ml 601. Thermal envelope air infiltration require-
ments shall comply with the energy conservation provisions

602

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

APPENDIX F

in Chapter 1 1 . Firestopping shall meet the requirements con-
tained in Section R602.8.

AF103.12 Power source. To provide for future installation
of an active sub-membrane or sub-slab depressurization
system, an electrical circuit terminated in an approved box
shall be installed during construction in the attic or other
anticipated location of vent pipe fans. An electrical supply
shall also be accessible in anticipated locations of system
failure alarms.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE® 603

APPENDIX F

LEGEND

ZONE 1 HIGH POTENTIAL (GREATER THAN 4 pCi/L^)

ZONE 2 MODERATE POTENTIAL (FROM 2 TO 4 pCi/L)

ZONES LOW POTENTIAL (LESS THAN 2 pCi/L)

a. pCi/L standard for picocuries per liter of radon gas. EPA recommends that all homes that measure 4 pCi/L and greater be mitigated.

The United States Environmental Protection Agency and the United States Geological Survey have evaluated the radon potential in the United States and have
developed a map of radon zones designed to assist building officials in deciding whether radon-resistant features are applicable in new construction.

The map assigns each of the 3,141 counties in the United States to one of three zones based on radon potential. Each zone designation reflects the average
short-term radon measurement that can be expected to be measured in a building without the implementation of radon control methods. The radon zone designa-
tion of highest priority is Zone 1 . Table 1 of this appendix lists the Zone 1 counties illustrated on the map. More detailed information can be obtained from state-spe-
cific booklets (EPA-402-R-93-021 through 070) available through State Radon Offices or from U.S. EPA Regional Offices.

FIGURE AF1 01
EPA MAP OF RADON ZONES

604

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

APPENDIX F

TABLE AF1 01(1)

HIGH RADON POTENTIAL (ZONE 1) COUNTIES^

ALABAMA

CONNECTICUT

Morgan

Wabash

Thomas

Cass

Washington

Calhoun

Fairfield

Moultrie

Warren

Trego

Hillsdale

Watonwan

Clay

Middlesex

Ogle

Washington

Wallace

Jackson

Wilkin

Cleburne

New Haven

Peoria

Wayne

Washington

Kalamazoo

Winona

Colbert

New London

Piatt

Wells

Wichita

Lenawee

Wright

Coosa

Pike

White

Wyandotte

St. Joseph

Yellow Medicine

Franklin

GEORGIA

Putnam

Whitley

Washtenaw

Jackson

Cobb

Rock Island

KENTUCKY

MISSOURI

Lauderdale

De Kalb

Sangamon

IOWA

Adair

MINNESOTA

Andrew

Lawrence

Fulton

Schuyler

All Counties

Allen

Becker

Atchison

Limestone

Gwinnett

Scott

Barren

Big Stone

Buchanan

Madison

Stark

KANSAS

Bourbon

Blue Earth

Cass

Morgan

IDAHO

Stephenson

Atchison

Boyle

Brown

Clay
Clinton

Talladega

Benewah

Tazewell

Barton

Bullitt

Carver

Blaine

Vermilion

Brown

Casey

Chippewa

Holt

CALIFORNIA

Boise

Warren

Cheyenne

Clark

Clay

Iron

Santa Barbara

Bonner

Whiteside

Clay

Cumberland

Cottonwood

Jackson

Ventura

Boundary

Winnebago

Cloud

Fayette

Dakota

Nodaway
Platte

Butte

Woodford

Decatur

Franklin

Dodge

COLORADO

Camas

Dickinson

Green

Douglas

Adams

Clark

INDIANA

Douglas

Harrison

Faribault

MONTANA

Arapahoe

Clearwater

Adams

EUis

Hart

Fillmore

Baca

Custer

Allen

Ellsworth

Jefferson

Freeborn

Beaverhead

Bent

Elmore

Bartholomew

Finney

Jessamine

Goodhue

Big Horn

Boulder

Fremont

Benton

Ford

Lincoln

Grant

Blaine

Chaffee

Gooding

Blackford

Geary

Marion

Hennepin

Broadwater

Cheyenne

Idaho

Boone

Gove

Mercer

Houston

Carbon

Clear Creek

Kootenai

Carroll

Graham

Metcalfe

Hubbard

Carter

Crowley

Latah

Cass

Grant

Monroe

Jackson

Cascade

Custer

Lemhi

Clark

Gray

Nelson

Kanabec

Chouteau

Delta

Shoshone

Clinton

Greeley

Pendleton

Kandiyohi

Custer

Denver

Valley

De Kalb

Hamilton

Pulaski

Kittson

Daniels

Dolores

Decatur

Haskell

Robertson

Lac Qui Parle

Dawson

Douglas

ILLINOIS

Delaware

Hodgeman

Russell

Le Sueur

Deer Lodge

El Paso

Adams

Elkhart

Jackson

Scott

Lincoln

Fallon

Elbert

Boone

Fayette

Jewell

Taylor

Lyon

Fergus

Fremont

Brown

Fountain

Johnson

Warren

Mahnomen

Flathead

Garfield

Bureau

Fulton

Kearny

Woodford

Marshall

Gallatin

Gilpin

Calhoun

Grant

Kingman

Martin

Garfield

Grand

Carroll

Hamilton

Kiowa

MAINE

McLeod

Glacier

Gunnison

Cass

Hancock

Lane

Androscoggin

Meeker

Granite

Huerfano

Champaign

Harrison

Leavenworth

Aroostook

Mower

Hill

Jackson

Coles

Hendricks

Lincoln

Cumberland

Murray

Jefferson

De Kalb

Henry

Logan

Franklin

Nicollet

Judith Basin

Kiowa

De Witt

Howard

Marion

Hancock

Nobles

Lake

Kit Carson

Douglas

Huntington

Marshall

Kennebec

Norman

Lewis and Clark

Lake

Edgar

Jay

McPherson

Lincoln

Olmsted

Liberty

Larimer

Ford

Jennings

Meade

Oxford

Otter Tail

Lincoln

Las Animas

Fulton

Johnson

Mitchell

Penobscot

Pennington

Madison

Lincoln

Greene

Kosciusko

Nemaha

Piscataquis

Pipestone

McCone

Logan

Grundy

Lagrange

Ness

Somerset

Polk

Meagher

Mesa

Hancock

Lawrence

Norton

York

Pope

Mineral

Moffat

Henderson

Madison

Osborne

Ramsey

Missoula

Montezuma

Henry

Marion

Ottawa

MARYLAND

Red Lake

Park

Montrose

Iroquois

Marshall

Pawnee

Baltimore

Redwood

Phillips

Morgan

Jersey

Miami

Philhps

Calvert

Renville

Pondera

Otero

Jo Daviess

Monroe

Pottawatomie

Carroll

Rice

Powder River

Ouray

Kane

Montgomery

Pratt

Frederick

Rock

Powell

Park

Kendall

Noble

Rawlins

Harford

Roseau

Prairie

Phillips

Knox

Orange

Republic

Howard

Scott

Ravalli

Pitkin

La Salle

Putnam

Rice

Montgomery

Sherburne

Richland

Prowers

Lee

Randolph

Riley

Washington

Sibley

Roosevelt

Pueblo

Livingston

Rush

Rooks

Steams

Rosebud

Rio Blanco

Logan

Scott

Rush

MASS.

Steele

Sanders

San Miguel

Macon

Shelby

Russell

Essex

Stevens

Sheridan

Summit

Marshall

Steuben

Saline

Middlesex

Swift

Silver Bow

Teller

Mason

St. Joseph

Scott

Worcester

Todd

Stillwater

Washington

McDonough

Tippecanoe

Sheridan

Traverse

Teton

Weld

McLean

Tipton

Sherman

MICHIGAN

Wabasha

Toole

Yuma

Menard

Union

Smith

Branch

Wadena

Valley

Mercer

Vermillion

Stanton

Calhoun

Waseca

Wibaux

a. EPA recommends that this county listing be supplemented with other available State and local data to further understand the radon potential of Zone 1 area.

(continued)

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"^

605

APPENDIX F

TABLE AF1 01(1)— continued
HIGH RADON POTENTIAL (ZONE 1) COUNTIES^

Yellowstone

Carroll

Allen

National Park

Ashland

NEW JERSEY

Auglaize

NEBRASKA

Hunterdon

Belmont

Adams

Mercer

Butler

Boone

Monmouth

Carroll

Boyd

Morris

Champaign

Burt

Somerset

Clark

Butler

Sussex

Clinton

Cass

Warren

Columbiana

Cedar

Coshocton

Clay

NEW MEXICO

Crawford

Colfax

Bemahllo

Darke

Cuming

Colfax

Delaware

Dakota

Mora

Fairfield

Dixon

Rio Arriba

Fayette

Dodge

San Miguel

Franklin

Douglas

Santa Fe

Greene

Fillmore

Taos

Guernsey

Franklin

Hamilton

Frontier

NEW YORK

Hancock

Furnas

Albany

Hardin

Gage

Allegany

Harrison

Gosper

Broome

Holmes

Greeley

Cattaraugus

Huron

Hamilton
Harlan
Hayes

Cayuga

Chautauqua

Chemung

Jefferson

Knox

Licking

Hitchcock

Chenango

Logan

Hurston

Columbia

Madison

Jefferson

Cortland

Marion

Johnson

Delaware

Mercer

Miami

Montgomery

Kearney
Knox

Dutchess
Erie

Lancaster

Genesee

Morrow

Muskingum

Perry

Pickaway

Pike

Preble

Madison

Greene

Nance
Nemaha

Livingston
Madison

Nuckolls

Onondaga

Otoe

Ontario

Richland

Pawnee

Orange

Ross
Seneca

Phelps

Otsego

Pierce

Putnam

Shelby
Stark

Platte

Rensselaer

Polk

Schoharie

Summit

Red Willow

Schuyler

Tuscarawas

Richardson

Seneca

Union

Saline

Steuben

Van Wert

Sarpy

Sullivan

Warren

Saunders

Tioga

Wayne
Wyandot

Seward

Tompkins

Stanton

Ulster

Thayer

Washington

PENNSYLVANIA

Washington

Wyoming

Adams

Wayne

Yates

Allegheny

Webster

Armstrong

York

N. CAROLINA

Beaver

Alleghany

Bedford

NEVADA

Buncombe

Berks

Carson City

Cherokee

Blair

Douglas

Henderson

Bradford

Eureka

Mitchell

Bucks

Lander

Rockingham

Butler

Lincoln

Transylvania

Cameron

Lyon

Watauga

Carbon

Mineral

Centre

Pershing

N. DAKOTA

Chester

White Pine

All Counties

Clarion
Clearfield

NEW

OHIO

Clinton

HAMPSHIRE

Adams

Columbia

Cumberland

Marshall

Bath

Dauphin

McCook

Bland

Delaware

McPherson

Botetourt

Franklin

Miner

Bristol

Fulton

Minnehaha

Brunswick

Huntingdon

Moody

Buckingham

Indiana

Perkins

Buena Vista

Juniata

Potter

Campbell

Lackawanna

Roberts

Chesterfield

Lancaster

Sanborn

Clarke

Lebanon

Spink

Clifton Forge

Lehigh

Stanley

Covington

Luzerne

Sully

Craig

Lycoming

Turner

Cumberland

Mifflin

Union

Danville

Monroe

Walworth

Dinwiddle

Montgomery

Yankton

Fairfax

Montour

Falls Church

Northampton

TENNESEE

Fluvanna

Northumberland

Anderson

Frederick

Perry

Bedford

Fredericksburg

Schuylkill

Blount

Giles

Snyder

Bradley

Goochland

Sullivan

Claiborne

Harrisonburg

Susquehanna

Davidson

Henry

Tioga

Giles

Highland

Union

Grainger

Lee

Venango

Greene

Lexington

Westmoreland

Hamblen

Louisa

Wyoming

Hancock

Martinsville

York

Hawkins

Montgomery

Hickman

Nottoway

{HODE ISLAND

Humphreys

Orange

Kent

Jackson

Page

Washington

Jefferson

Patrick

Knox

Pittsylvania

S. CAROLINA

Lawrence

Powhatan

Greenville

Lewis

Pulaski

Lincoln

Radford

S. DAKOTA

Loudon

Roanoke

Aurora

Marshall

Rockbridge

Beadle

Maury

Rockingham

Bon Homme

McMinn

Russell

Brookings

Meigs

Salem

Brown

Monroe

Scott

Brule

Moore

Shenandoah

Buffalo

Perry

Smyth

Campbell

Roane

Spotsylvania

Charles Mix

Rutherford

Stafford

Clark

Smith

Staunton

Clay

SuUivan

Tazewell

Codington

Trousdale

Warren

Corson

Union

Washington

Davison

Washington

Waynesboro

Day

Wayne

Winchester

Deuel

Williamson

Wythe

Douglas

Wilson

Edmunds

WASHINGTON

Faulk

UTAH

Clark

Grant

Carbon

Ferry

Hamlin

Duchesne

Okanogan

Hand

Grand

Pend Oreille

Hanson

Piute

Skamania

Hughes

Sanpete

Spokane

Hutchinson

Sevier

Stevens

Hyde

Uintah

W. VIRGINIA

Jerauld

VIRGINIA

Berkeley

Kingsbury

Alleghany

Brooke

Lake

Amelia

Grant

Lincoln

Appomattox

Greenbrier

Lyman

Augusta

Hampshire

Hancock

Hardy
Jefferson
Marshall
Mercer
Mineral
Monongalia
Monroe
Morgan

Ohio

Pendleton

Pocahontas

Preston

Summers

Wetzel

WISCONSIN

Buffalo

Crawford

Dane

Dodge

Door

Fond du Lac

Grant

: Green

Green Lake

Iowa

Jefferson

Lafayette

Langlade

Marathon

Menominee

Pepin

Pierce

Portage

Richland

Rock

Shawano

St. Croix

Vernon

Walworth

Washington

Waukesha

Waupaca

Wood

WYOMING

Albany

Big Horn

Campbell

Carbon

Converse

Crook

Fremont

Goshen

Hot Springs

Johnson

Laramie

Lincoln

Natrona

Niobrara

Park

Sheridan

Sublette

Sweetwater

i Teton

Uinta

Washakie

a. EPA recommends that this county listing be supplemented with other available State and local data to further understand the radon potential of Zone 1 area.

606 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

APPENDIX F

TYPICAL SUB-SLAB DEPRESSURIZATION
PASSIVE RADON SYSTEM

PASSIVE RADON SYSTEM VENTED
THROUGH SUMP

GRADE
GRAVEL

POLYETHYLENE
SHEETING

LIVING AREA

BASEMENT

SLAB

SUMP
COVERS

<<<<<<<<<\::':::-\: GBMEL:\y:

POLYETHYLENE
SHEETING

:^':w^ ■:■'.{"'

oi iR/in niT '

SUMP PIT'

PASSIVE RADON SYSTEM USING
DRAIN-TILE LOOP

SUB-MEMBRANE DEPRESSURIZATION SYSTEM
FOR CRAWL SPACE

POLYETHYLENE
SHEETING

GRADE
GRAVEL

DRAIN TILE LOOP

POLYETHYLENE
SHEETINGy

PERFORATED
DRAIN TILE

FIGURE AF1 02
RADON-RESISTANT CONSTRUCTION DETAILS FOR FOUR FOUNDATION TYPES

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

607

608 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

APPENDIX G

SWIMMING POOLS, SPAS AND HOT TUBS

SECTION AG1 01
GENERAL

AGlOl.l General. The provisions of this appendix shall con-
trol the design and construction of swimming pools, spas and
hot tubs installed in or on the lot of a one- or two-family dwell-
ing.

SECTION AG1 02
DEFINITIONS

AG102.1 General. For the purposes of these requirements, the
terms used shall be defined as follows and as set forth in Chap-
ter 2.

ABOVE-GROUND/ON-GROUND POOL. See "Swim
ming pool."

BARRIER. A fence, wall, building wall or combination
thereof which completely surrounds the swimming pool and
obstructs access to the swimming pool.

HOT TUB. See "Swimming pool."

IN-GROUND POOL. See "Swimming pool."

RESIDENTIAL. That which is situated on the premises of a
detached one- or two-family dwelling or a one-family town-
house not more than three stories in height.

SPA, NONPORTABLE. See "Swimming pool."

SPA, PORTABLE. A nonpermanent structure intended for
recreational bathing, in which all controls, water-heating and
water-circulating equipment are an integral part of the product.

SWIMMING POOL. Any structure intended for swimming
or recreational bathing that contains water over 24 inches (610
mm) deep. This includes in-ground, above-ground and
on-ground swimming pools, hot tubs and spas.

SWIMMING POOL, INDOOR. A swimming pool which is
totally contained within a structure and surrounded on all four
sides by the walls of the enclosing structure.

SWIMMING POOL, OUTDOOR. Any swimming pool
which is not an indoor pool.

SECTION AG1 03
SWIMMING POOLS

AG103.1 In-ground pools. In-ground pools shall be designed
and constructed in conformance with ANSI/NSPI-5 as listed in
Section AGIOS.

AG103.2 Above-ground and on-ground pools. Above-
ground and on-ground pools shall be designed and constructed
in conformance with ANSI/NSPI-4 as listed in Section AG 108.

SECTION AG1 04
SPAS AND HOT TUBS

AG104.1 Permanently installed spas and hot tubs. Perma-
nently installed spas and hot tubs shall be designed and con-
structed in conformance with ANSI/NSPI-3 as listed in
Section AGIOS.

AG104.2 Portable spas and hot tubs. Portable spas and hot
tubs shall be designed and constructed in conformance with
ANSI/NSPI-6 as listed in Section AGIOS.

SECTION AG1 05
BARRIER REQUIREMENTS

AG105.1 Application. The provisions of this chapter shall
control the design of barriers for residential swimming pools,
spas and hot tubs. These design controls are intended to pro-
vide protection against potential drownings and near-
drownings by restricting access to swimming pools, spas and
hot tubs.

AG105.2 Outdoor swimming pool. An outdoor swimming
pool, including an in-ground, above-ground or on-ground
pool, hot tub or spa shall be surrounded by a barrier which shall
comply with the following:

1. The top of the barrier shall be at least 4S inches (1219
mm) above grade measured on the side of the barrier
which faces away from the swimming pool. The maxi-
mum vertical clearance between grade and the bottom of
the barrier shall be 2 inches (51 mm) measured on the
side of the barrier which faces away from the swimming
pool. Where the top of the pool structure is above grade,
such as an above-ground pool, the barrier may be at
ground level, such as the pool structure, or mounted on
top of the pool structure. Where the barrier is mounted on
top of the pool structure, the maximum vertical clearance
between the top of the pool structure and the bottom of
the barrier shall be 4 inches (102 mm).

2. Openings in the barrier shall not allow passage of a
4-inch-diameter (102 mm) sphere.

3. Solid barriers which do not have openings, such as a
masonry or stone wall, shall not contain indentations or
protrusions except for normal construction tolerances
and tooled masonry joints.

4. Where the barrier is composed of horizontal and vertical
members and the distance between the tops of the hori-
zontal members is less than 45 inches (1143 mm), the
horizontal members shall be located on the swimming
pool side of the fence. Spacing between vertical mem-
bers shall not exceed IV4 inches (44 mm) in width.
Where there are decorative cutouts within vertical mem-
bers, spacing within the cutouts shall not exceed P/4
inches (44 mm) in width.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

609

APPENDIX G

5. Where the barrier is composed of horizontal and vertical
members and the distance between the tops of the hori-
zontal members is 45 inches (1 143 mm) or more, spacing
between vertical members shall not exceed 4 inches (102
mm). Where there are decorative cutouts within vertical
members, spacing within the cutouts shall not exceed 1%
inches (44 mm) in width.

6. Maximum mesh size for chain link fences shall be a
274-inch (57 mm) square unless the fence has slats fas-
tened at the top or the bottom which reduce the openings
to not more than P/4 inches (44 mm).

7. Where the barrier is composed of diagonal members,
such as a lattice fence, the maximum opening formed by
the diagonal members shall not be more than VI ^ inches
(44 mm).

8. Access gates shall comply with the requirements of Sec-
tion AG105.2, Items 1 through 7, and shall be equipped
to accommodate a locking device. Pedestrian access
gates shall open outward away from the pool and shall be
self-closing and have a self-latching device. Gates other
than pedestrian access gates shall have a self-latching
device. Where the release mechanism of the self-latch-
ing device is located less than 54 inches (1372 mm) from
the bottom of the gate, the release mechanism and open-
ings shall comply with the following:

8.1. The release mechanism shall be located on the
pool side of the gate at least 3 inches (76 mm)
below the top of the gate; and

8.2. The gate and barrier shall have no opening larger
than '/2 inch (13 mm) within 18 inches (457 mm)
of the release mechanism.

9. Where a wall of a dwelling serves as part of the barrier,
one of the following conditions shall be met:

9.1. The pool shall be equipped with a powered safety
cover in compliance with ASTM F 1346; or

9.2. Doors with direct access to the pool through that
wall shall be equipped with an alarm which pro-
duces an audible warning when the door and/or its
screen, if present, are opened. The alarm shall be
listed in accordance with UL 2017. The audible
alarm shall activate within 7 seconds and sound
continuously for a minimum of 30 seconds after
the door and/or its screen, if present, are opened
and be capable of being heard throughout the
house during normal household activities. The
alarm shall automatically reset under all condi-
tions. The alarm system shall be equipped with a
manual means, such as touch pad or switch, to
temporarily deactivate the alarm for a single open-
ing. Deactivation shall last for not more than 15
seconds. The deactivation switch(es) shall be
located at least 54 inches (1372 mm) above the
threshold of the door; or

9.3. Other means of protection, such as self-closing
doors with self-latching devices, which are
approved by the governing body, shall be accept-
able so long as the degree of protection afforded

is not less than the protection afforded by Item
9.1 or 9.2 described above.

10. Where an above-ground pool structure is used as a bar-
rier or where the barrier is mounted on top of the pool
structure, and the means of access is a ladder or steps:

10.1. The ladder or steps shall be capable of being
secured, locked or removed to prevent access; or

10.2. The ladder or steps shall be surrounded by a
barrier which meets the requirements of Sec-
tion AG 105. 2, Items 1 through 9. When the lad-
der or steps are secured, locked or removed, any
opening created shall not allow the passage of a
4-inch-diameter (102 mm) sphere.

AG105.3 Indoor swimming pool. Walls surrounding an
indoor swimming pool shall comply with Section AG105.2,
Item 9.

AG105.4 Prohibited locations. Barriers shall be located to
prohibit permanent structures, equipment or similar objects
from being used to climb them.

AG105.5 Barrier exceptions. Spas or hot tubs with a safety
cover which comphes with ASTM F 1346, as listed in Section
AG 1 07 , shall be exempt from the provisions of this appendix.

SECTION AG1 06

ENTRAPMENT PROTECTION FOR SWIMMING

POOL AND SPA SUCTION OUTLETS

AG106.1 General. Suction outlets shall be designed to pro-
duce circulation throughout the pool or spa. Single-outlet sys-
tems, such as automatic vacuum cleaner systems, or multiple
suction outlets, whether isolated by valves or otherwise, shall
be protected against user entrapment.

AG106.2 Suction fittings. Pool and spa suction outlets shall
have a cover that conforms to ANSI/ASME Al 12. 19.8M, or an
1 8 inch X 23 inch (457 mm by 584 mm) drain grate or larger, or |
an approved channel drain system.

Exception: Surface skimmers

AG106.3 Atmospheric vacuum relief system required. Pool
and spa single- or multiple-outlet circulation systems shall be
equipped with atmospheric vacuum relief should grate covers
located therein become missing or broken. This vacuum relief
system shall include at least one approved or engineered
method of the type specified herein, as follows:

1. Safety vacuum release system conforming to ASME
A112.19.17;or

2. An approved gravity drainage system.

AG106.4 Dual drain separation. Single or multiple pump cir-
culation systems have a minimum of two suction outlets of the
approved type. A minimum horizontal or vertical distance of 3
feet (914 mm) shall separate the outlets. These suction outlets
shall be piped so that water is drawn through them simulta-
neously through a vacuum-relief-protected line to the pump or
pumps.

AG106.5 Pool cleaner fittings. Where provided, vacuum or
pressure cleaner fitting(s) shall be located in an accessible posi-

610

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

APPENDIX G

tion(s) at least 6 inches (152 mm) and not more than 12 inches UL

(305 mm) below the minimum operational water level or as an UL2017-2000 Standard for General-purpose

attachment to the skimmer(s). Signahng Devices and Systems-with Revisions

through June 2004 AG105.2

SECTION AG1 07
ABBREVIATIONS

AG107.1 General.

ANSI — American National Standards Institute
1 1 West 42nd Street, New York, NY 10036

ASME — American Society of Mechanical Engineers

Three Park Avenue

New York, NY 10016-5990

ASTM— ASTM International

100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428

NSPI — National Spa and Pool Institute

2111 Eisenhower Avenue, Alexandria, VA 22314

UL — Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
333 Pfingsten Road
Northbrook, Illinois 60062-2096

SECTION AG1 08
STANDARDS

AG108.1 General.

ANSI/NSPI

ANSI/NSPI-3-99 Standard for Permanently Installed
Residential Spas AG104.1

ANSI/NSPI-4-99 Standard for Above-ground/On-ground
Residential Swimming Pools AG103.2

ANSI/NSPI-5-99 Standard for Residential In-ground
SwimmingPools AG103.1

ANSI/NSPI-6-99 Standard for Residential

PortableSpas AG104.2

ANSI/NSPI-5-2003 Standard for Residential

In-ground Swimming Pools AG103.1

ANSI/ASME A112.19.8M-1987 (R1996) Suction

Fittings for Use in Swimming Pools,

Wading Pools, Spas, Hot Tubs and

Whirlpool Bathing Appliances AG106.2

ASTM

ASTM F 1346-91 (2003) Performance Specification

for Safety Covers and Labeling Requirements for

All Covers for Swimming Pools, Spas and

Hot Tubs AG105.2,AG105.5

ASME

ASME Al 12.19.17 Manufacturers Safety Vacuum
Release Systems (SVRS) for Residential and
Commercial Swimming Pool, Spa, Hot Tub and
WadingPool AG106.3

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE® 61 1

612 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE"*

APPENDIX H

PATIO COVERS

SECTION AH1 01
GENERAL

AHlOl.l Scope. Patio covers shall conform to the require-
ments of this appendix chapter.

SECTION AH1 02
DEFINITION

Patio covers. One-story structures not exceeding 12 feet (3657
mm) in height. Enclosure walls shall be permitted to be of any
configuration, provided the open or glazed area of the longer
wall and one additional wall is equal to at least 65 percent of the
area below a minimum of 6 feet 8 inches (2032 mm) of each
wall, measured from the floor. Openings shall be permitted to
be enclosed with (1) insect screening, (2) approved translucent
or transparent plastic not more than 0.125 inch (3.2 mm) in
thickness, (3) glass conforming to the provisions of Section
R308, or (4) any combination of the foregoing.

SECTION AH1 03
PERMITTED USES

AH103.1 General. Patio covers shall be permitted to be
detached from or attached to dwelling units. Patio covers shall
be used only for recreational, outdoor living purposes and not
as carports, garages, storage rooms or habitable rooms.

SECTION AH1 04
DESIGN LOADS

AH104.1 General. Patio covers shall be designed and con-
structed to sustain, within the stress limits of this code, all dead
loads plus a minimum vertical live load of 10 pounds per square
foot (0.48 kN/m^) except that snow loads shall be used where
such snow loads exceed this minimum. Such covers shall be
designed to resist the minimum wind loads set forth in Table
R301.2(l).

SECTION AH1 05
LIGHT AND VENTILATION/EMERGENCY EGRESS

AH105.1 General. Exterior openings required for light and
ventilation shall be permitted to open into a patio structure
con-forming to Section AHlOl, provided that the patio struc-
ture shall be unenclosed if such openings are serving as emer-
gency egress or rescue openings from sleeping rooms. Where
such exterior openings serve as an exit from the dwelling unit,
the patio structure, unless unenclosed, shall be provided with
exits conforming to the provisions of Section R310 of this
code.

SECTION AH1 06
FOOTINGS

AH106.1 General. In areas with a frosthne depth of zero as
specified in Table R30 1 .2( 1 ), a patio cover shall be permitted to
be supported on a slab on grade without footings, provided the
slab conforms to the provisions of Section R506 of this code, is
not less than 3.5 inches (89 mm) thick and the columns do not
support live and dead loads in excess of 750 pounds (3.34 kN)
per column.

SECTION AH1 07
SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR ALUMINUM SCREEN
ENCLOSURES IN HURRICANE-PRONE REGIONS

AH107.1 General. Screen enclosures in hurricane-prone
regions shall be in accordance with the provisions of this Sec-
tion.

AH107.1.1 Habitable spaces. Screen enclosures shall not
be considered habitable spaces.

AH107.1.2 Minimum ceiling height. Screen enclosures
shall have a ceiling height of not less than 7 feet (21 34 mm).

AH107.2 Definitions.

SCREEN ENCLOSURE. A building or part thereof, in whole
or in part self-supporting, and having walls of insect screening
and a roof of insect screening, plastic, aluminum, or similar
lightweight material.

AH107.3 Screen enclosures.

AH107.3.1 Thickness. Actual wall thickness of extruded
aluminum members shall be not less than 0.040 inches ( 1 .02
mm).

AH107.3.2 Density. Screen density shall be a maximum of
20 threads per inch by 20 threads per inch mesh.

AH107.4 Design.

AH107.4.1 Wind load. Structural members supporting
screen enclosures shall be designed to support minimum
wind loads given in Table AH107.4(1) and AH107.4(2).
Where any value is less than 10 psf (0.479 kN/m^) use 10 psf
(0.479 kN/m2).

AH107.4.2 Deflection limit. For members supporting
screen surfaces only, the total load deflection shall not
exceed 1/60. Screen surfaces shall be permitted to include a
maximum of 25 percent solid flexible finishes.

AH107.4.3 Importance factor. The wind factor for screen
enclosures shall be 0.77 in accordance with Table 1604.5 of
the International Building Code.

AH107.4.4 Roof live load. The minimum roof live load
shall be 10 psf (0.479 kN/m^).

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

613

APPENDIX H

AH107.5 Footings. In areas with a frost line is zero, a screen
enclosure shall be permitted to be supported on a concrete slab
on grade without footings, provided the slab conforms to the
provisions of Section R506, is not less than 3 Vj inches (89 mm)
thick, and the columns do not support loads in excess of 750
pounds (3.36 kN) per column.

TABLE AH1 07.4(1)

DESIGN WIND PRESSURES FOR ALUMINUM SCREEN ENCLOSURE FRAMING

WITH AN IMPORTANCE FACTOR OF 0.77^ "'"=

LOAD
CASE

WALL

Basic Wind Speed (mph)

100

110

120

130

140

150

Exposure Category Design Pressure (psf)

A'*

Windward and leeward walls (flow thru) and
windward wall (non-flow thru) LAV = 0-1

A''

Windward and leeward walls (flow thru) and
windward wall (non-flow thru) LAV = 2

Windward: Non-gable roof

Windward: Gable roof

ROOF

Allf

Roof-screen

Allf

Roof-solid

For SI: 1 mile per hour = 0.44 m/s, 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479kPa, 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

a. Values have been reduced for 0.77 Importance Factor in accordance with Table 1604.5 of the International Building Code.

b. Minimum design pressure shall be 10 psf in accordance with Section 1609.1.2 of the International Building Code.

c. Loads are applicable to screen enclosures with a mean roof height of 30 feet or less. For screen enclosures of different heights the pressures given shall be adjusted
by multiplying the table pressure by the adjustment iactor given in Table AH107.4(2).

d. For Load Case A flow thru condition the pressure given shall be applied simultaneoiisly to both the upwind and downwind screen walls acting in the same direction
as the wind. The structure shall also be analyzed for wind coming from the opposite direction. For the non-flow thru condition the screen enclosure wall shall be
analyzed for the load applied acdng toward the interior of the enclosure.

e. For Load Case B the table pressure multiplied by the projected frontal area of the screen enclosure is the total drag force, including drag on screen surfaces parallel
to the wind, which must be transmitted to the ground. Use Load Case A for members directly supporting the screen surface perpendicular to the wind. Load Case B
loads shall be applied only to structural members which carry wind loads from more than one surfece.

f. The roof structure shall be analyzed for the pressure given occurring both upward and downward.

TABLE AH1 07.4(2)
HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT FACTORS

IVIEAN

EXPOSURE

Roof Height (ft)

0.86

0.92

0.96

1.00

1.05

1.03

1.09

1.06

1.12

1.09

1.16

1.11

1.19

1.14

1.22

1.16

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

614

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

APPENDIX I

PRIVATE SEWAGE DISPOSAL

SECTION AM 01
GENERAL

AIlOl.l Scope. Private sewage disposal systems shall con-
form to the International Private Sewage Disposal Code.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE® 61 5

616

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^^

[EB] APPENDIX J

EXISTING BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES

SECTION AJ1 01
PURPOSE AND INTENT

AJlOl.l General. The purpose of these provisions is to
encourage the continued use or reuse of legally existing build-
ings and structures. These provisions are intended to permit
work in existing buildings that is consistent with the purpose of
the International Residential Code. Compliance with these
provisions shall be deemed to meet the requirements of the
International Residential Code.

AJ101.2 Classification of work. For purposes of this appen-
dix, all work in existing buildings shall be classified into the
categories of repair, renovation, alteration and reconstruction.
Specific requirements are established for each category of
work in these provisions.

AJ101.3 Multiple categories of work. Work of more than one
category may be part of a single work project. All related work
permitted within a 12-month period shall be considered a sin-
gle work project. Where a project includes one category of
work in one building area and another category of work in a
separate and unrelated area of the building, each project area
shall comply with the requirements of the respective category
of work. Where a project with more than one category of work
is performed in the same area or in related areas of the building,
the project shall comply with the requirements of the more
stringent category of work.

SECTION AJ1 02
COMPLIANCE

AJ102.1 General. Regardless of the category of work being
performed, the work shall not cause the structure to become
unsafe or adversely affect the performance of the building;
shall not cause an existing mechanical or plumbing system to
become unsafe, hazardous, insanitary or overloaded; and
unless expressly permitted by these provisions, shall not make
the building any less conforming to this code or to any previ-
ously approved alternative arrangements than it was before the
work was undertaken.

AJ102.2 Requirements by category of work. Repairs shall
conform to the requirements of Section AJ301. Renovations
shall conform to the requirements of Section AJ401. Alter-
ations shall conform to the requirements of Section AJ501 and
the requirements for renovations. Reconstructions shall con-
form to the requirements of Section AJ601 and the require-
ments for alterations and renovations.

AJ102.3 Smoke detectors. Regardless of the category of
work, smoke detectors shall be provided where required by
Section R3 13. 2.1.

AJ102.4 Replacement windows. Regardless of the category
of work, when an existing window, including sash and glazed
portion is replaced, the replacement window shall comply with
the requirements of Chapter 1 1 .

AJ102.5 Flood hazard areas. Work performed in existing
buildings located in a flood hazard area as established by Table
R301.2(l) shall be subject to the provisions of Section
R105.3.1.1.

AJ102.6 Equivalent alternatives. These provisions are not
intended to prevent the use of any alternate material, alternate
design or alternate method of construction not specifically pre-
scribed herein, provided any alternate has been deemed to be
equivalent and its use authorized by the building official.

AJ102.7 Other alternatives. Where compliance with these
provisions or with this code as required by these provisions is
technically infeasible or would impose disproportionate costs
because of structural, construction or dimensional difficulties,
other alternatives may be accepted by the building official.
These alternatives may include materials, design features
and/or operational features.

AJ102.8 More restrictive requirements. Buildings or sys-
tems in compliance with the requirements of this code for new
construction shall not be required to comply with any more
restrictive requirement of these provisions.

AJ102.9 Features exceeding International Residential Code
requirements. Elements, components and systems of existing
buildings with features that exceed the requirements of this
code for new construction, and are not otherwise required as
part of approved alternative arrangements or deemed by the
building official to be required to balance other building ele-
ments not complying with this code for new construction, shall
not be prevented by these provisions from being modified as
long as they remain in compliance with the applicable require-
ments for new construction.

SECTION A J1 03
PRELIMINARY MEETING

AJ103.1 General. If a building permit is required at the request
of the prospective permit applicant, the building official or his
designee shall meet with the prospective applicant to discuss
plans for any proposed work under these provisions prior to the
application for the permit. The purpose of this preliminary
meeting is for the building official to gain an understanding of
the prospective applicant's intentions for the proposed work,
and to determine, together with the prospective applicant, the
specific applicability of these provisions.

SECTION AJ1 04
EVALUATION OF AN EXISTING BUILDING

AJ104.1 General. The building official may require an exist-
ing building to be investigated and evaluated by a registered
design professional in the case of proposed reconstruction of
any portion of a building. The evaluation shall determine the
existence of any potential nonconformities with these provi-
sions, and shall provide a basis for determining the impact of

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

617

APPENDIX J

the proposed changes on the performance of the building. The
evaluation shall use the following sources of information, as
applicable:

1 . Available documentation of the existing building.

1.1. Field surveys.

1.2. Tests (nondestructive and destructive).

1.3. Laboratory analysis.

Exception: Detached one- or two-family dwellings that are
not irregular buildings under Section R301. 2.2.2.2 and are
not undergoing an extensive reconstruction shall not be
required to be evaluated.

SECTION AJ1 05
PERMIT

AJ105.1 Identification of work area. The work area shall be
clearly identified on all permits issued under these provisions.

SECTION AJ201
DEFINITIONS

AJ201.1 General. For purposes of this appendix, the terms
used are defined as follows.

ALTERATION. The reconfiguration of any space, the addi-
tion or elimination of any door or window, the reconfiguration
or extension of any system, or the installation of any additional
equipment.

CATEGORIES OF WORK. The nature and extent of con-
struction work undertaken in an existing building. The catego-
ries of work covered in this Appendix, listed in increasing order
of stringency of requirements, are repair, renovation, alteration
and reconstruction.

DANGEROUS. Where the stresses in any member; the condi-
tion of the building, or any of its components or elements or
attachments; or other condition that results in an overload
exceeding 150 percent of the stress allowed for the member or
material in this code.

EQUIPMENT OR FIXTURE. Any plumbing, heating, elec-
trical, ventilating, air conditioning, refrigerating and fire pro-
tection equipment, and elevators, dumb waiters, boilers,
pressure vessels, and other mechanical facilities or installa-
tions that are related to building services.

LOAD-BEARING ELEMENT. Any column, girder, beam,
joist, truss, rafter, wall, floor or roof sheathing that supports any
vertical load in addition to its own weight, and/or any lateral
load.

MATERIALS AND METHODS REQUIREMENTS. Those
requirements in this code that specify material standards; details
of installation and connection; joints; penetrations; and continu-
ity of any element, component or system in the building. The
required quantity, fire resistance, flame spread, acoustic or ther-
mal performance, or other performance attribute is specifically
excluded from materials and methods requirements.

RECONSTRUCTION. The reconfiguration of a space that
affects an exit, a renovation and/or alteration when the work

area is not permitted to be occupied because existing means of
egress and fire protection systems, or their equivalent, are not
in place or continuously maintained; and/or there are extensive
alterations as defined in Section AJ501.3.

REHABILITATION. Any repair, renovation, alteration or
reconstruction work undertaken in an existing building.

RENOVATION. The change, strengthening or addition of
load-bearing elements; and/or the refinishing, replacement,
bracing, strengthening, upgrading or extensive repair of exist-
ing materials, elements, components, equipment and/or fix-
tures. Renovation involves no reconfiguration of spaces.
Interior and exterior painting are not considered refinishing for
purposes of this definition, and are not renovation.

REPAIR. The patching, restoration and/or minor' replacement
of materials, elements, components, equipment and/or fixtures
for the purposes of maintaining those materials, elements, com-
ponents, equipment and/or fixtures in good or sound condition.

WORK AREA. That portion of a building affected by any ren-
ovation, alteration or reconstruction work as initially intended
by the owner and indicated as such in the permit. Work area
excludes other portions of the building where incidental work
entailed by the intended work must be performed, and portions
of the building where work not initially intended by the owner
is specifically required by these provisions for a renovation,
alteration or reconstruction.

SECTION AJ301
REPAIRS

AJ301.1 Materials. Except as otherwise required herein, work
shall be done using like materials or materials permitted by this
code for new construction.

AJ301.1.1 Hazardous materials. Hazardous materials no
longer permitted, such as asbestos and lead-based paint,
shall not be used.

AJ301.1.2 Plumbing materials and supplies. The follow-
ing plumbing materials and supplies shall not be used:

1 . All-purpose solvent cement, unless listed for the spe-
cific application;

2. Flexible traps and tailpieces, unless listed for the spe-
cific application; and

3. Solder having more than 0.2 percent lead in the repair
of potable water systems.

AJ301.2 Water closets. When any water closet is replaced
with a newly manufactured water closet, the replacement water
closet shall comply with the requirements of Section P2903.2.

AJ301.3 Safety glazing. Replacement glazing in hazardous
locations shall comply with the safety glazing requirements of
Section R308.1.

AJ301.4 Electrical. Repair or replacement of existing electri-
cal wiring and equipment undergoing repair with like material
shall be permitted.

Exceptions:

1. Replacement of electrical receptacles shall comply
with the requirements of Chapters 33 through 42.

618

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

APPENDIX J

2. Plug fuses of the Edison-base type shall be used for
replacements only where there is no evidence of
overfusing or tampering per the applicable require-
ments of Chapters 33 through 42.

3. For replacement of nongrounding-type receptacles
with grounding-type receptacles and for branch cir-
cuits that do not have an equipment grounding con-
ductor in the branch circuitry, the grounding
conductor of a grounding type receptacle outlet shall
be permitted to be grounded to any accessible point on
the grounding electrode system, or to any accessible
point on the grounding electrode conductor, as
allowed and described in Chapters 33 through 42.

SECTION AJ401
RENOVATIONS

AJ401.1 Materials and methods. The work shall comply with
the materials and methods requirements of this code.

AJ401.2 Door and window dimensions. Minor reductions in
the clear opening dimensions of replacement doors and win-
dows that result from the use of different materials shall be
allowed, whether or not they are permitted by this code.

AJ401.3 Interior finish. Wood paneling and textile wall cov-
erings used as an interior finish shall comply with the flame
spread requirements of Section R315.

AJ401.4 Structural. Unreinforced masonry buildings located
in Seismic Design Category D2 or E shall have parapet bracing
and wall anchors installed at the roofline whenever a reroofing
permit is issued. Such parapet bracing and wall anchors shall
be of an approved design.

SECTION AJ501
ALTERATIONS

AJ501.1 Newly constructed elements. Newly constructed
elements, components and systems shall comply with the
requirements of this code.

Exceptions:

1 . Openable windows may be added without requiring
compliance with the light and ventilation require-
ments of Section R303.

2. Newly installed electrical equipment shall comply
with the requirements of Section AJ501.5.

AJ501.2 Nonconformities. The work shall not increase the
extent of noncompliance with the requirements of Section
AJ601, or create nonconformity with those requirements
which did not previously exist.

AJ501.3 Extensive alterations. When the total area of all the
work areas included in an alteration exceeds 50 percent of the
area of the dwelling unit, the work shall be considered as a
reconstruction and shall comply with the requirements of these
provisions for reconstruction work.

Exception; Work areas in which the alteration work is
exclusively plumbing, mechanical or electrical shall not be
included in the computation of total area of all work areas.

AJ501.4 Structural. The minimum design loads for the struc-
ture shall be the loads applicable at the time the building was
constructed, provided that no dangerous condition is created.
Structural elements that are uncovered during the course of the
alteration and that are found to be unsound or dangerous shall
be made to comply with the applicable requirements of this
code.

AJ501.5 Electrical equipment and wiring.

AJ501.5.1 Materials and methods. Newly installed elec-
trical equipment and wiring relating to work done in any
work area shall comply with the materials and methods
requirements of Chapters 33 through 42.

Exception: Electrical equipment and wiring in newly
installed partitions and ceilings shall comply with all
applicable requirements of Chapters 33 through 42.

AJ501.5.2 Electrical service. Service to the dwelling unit
shall be a minimum of 100 ampere, three-wire capacity and
service equipment shall be dead front having no live parts
exposed that could allow accidental contact. Type "S" fuses
shall be installed when fused equipment is used.

Exception: Existing service of 60 ampere, three-wire
capacity, and feeders of 30 ampere or larger two- or
three- wire capacity shall be accepted if adequate for the
electrical load being served.

AJ501.5.3 Additional electrical requirements. When the
work area includes any of the following areas within a
dwelling unit, the requirements of Sections AJ501.5.3.1
through AJ501.5.3.5 shall apply.

AJ501.5.3.1 Enclosed areas. Enclosed areas other than
closets, kitchens, basements, garages, hallways, laundry
areas and bathrooms shall have a minimum of two
duplex receptacle outlets, or one duplex receptacle outlet
and one ceiling or wall type lighting outlet.

AJ501.5.3.2 Kitchen and laundry areas. Kitchen areas
shall have a minimum of two duplex receptacle outlets.
Laundry areas shall have a minimum of one duplex
receptacle outlet located near the laundry equipment and
installed on an independent circuit.

AJ501.5.3.3 Ground-fault circuit-interruption.

Ground fault circuit interruption shall be provided on
newly installed receptacle outlets if required by Chapters
33 through 42.

AJ501.5.3.4 Lighting outlets. At least one lighting out-
let shall be provided in every bathroom, hallway, stair-
way, attached garage and detached garage with electric
power to illuminate outdoor entrances and exits, and in
utility rooms and basements where these spaces are used
for storage or contain equipment requiring service.

AJ501.5.3.5 Clearance. Clearance for electrical service
equipment shall be provided in accordance with Chap-
ters 33 through 42.

AJ501.6 Ventilation. All reconfigured spaces intended for
occupancy and all spaces converted to habitable or occupiable
space in any work area shall be provided with ventilation in
accordance with Section R303.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

619

APPENDIX J

AJ501.7 Ceiling height. Habitable spaces created in existing
basements shall have ceiling heights of not less than 6 feet 8
inches (2032 mm). Obstructions may project to within 6 feet 4
inches (1930 mm) of the basement floor. Existing finished ceil-
ing heights in nonhabitable spaces in basements shall not be
reduced.

AJ501.8 Stairs.

AJ501.8.1 Stair width. Existing basement stairs and hand-
rails not otherwise being altered or modified shall be per-
mitted to maintain their current clear width at, above, and
below existing handrails.

AJ501.8.2 Stair headroom. Headroom height on existing
basement stairs being altered or modified shall not be
reduced below the existing stairway finished headroom.
Existing basement stairs not otherwise being altered shall be
permitted to maintain the current finished headroom.

AJ501.8.3 Stair landing. Landings serving existing base-
ment stairs being altered or modified shall not be reduced
below the existing stairway landing depth and width. Exist-
ing basement stairs not otherwise being altered shall be per-
mitted to maintain the current landing depth and width.

structures. Performance of work shall be required only on the
side of the wall of the dwelfing unit that is part of the work area.

AJ601.4 Ceiling height. Habitable spaces created in existing
basements shall be permitted to have ceiling heights of not less
than 6 feet 8 inches (2032 mm). Obstructions may project to
within 6 feet 4 inches (1930 mm) of the basement floor. Exist-
ing finished ceiling heights in nonhabitable spaces in base-
ments shall not be reduced.

SECTION AJ601
RECONSTRUCTION

AJ601.1 Stairways, handrails and guards.

AJ601.1.1 Stairways. Stairways within the work area shall
be provided with illumination in accordance with Section
R303.6.

AJ601.1.2 Handrails. Every required exit stairway that has
four or more risers, is part of the means of egress for any
work area, and is not provided with at least one handrail, or
in which the existing handrails are judged to be in danger of
collapsing, shall be provided with handrails designed and
installed in accordance with Section R3 1 1 for the full length
of the run of steps on at least one side.

AJ601.1.3 Guards. Every open portion of a stair, landing or
balcony that is more than 30 inches (762 mm) above the
floor or grade below, is part of the egress path for any work
area, and does not have guards or in which the existing
guards are judged to be in danger of collapsing, shall be pro-
vided with guards designed and installed in accordance with
Section R3 12.

AJ601.2 Wall and ceiling finish. The interior finish of walls
and ceilings in any work area shall comply with the require-
ments of Section R315. Existing interior finish materials that
do not comply with those requirements shall be removed or
shall be treated with an approved fire-retardant coating in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to secure
compliance with the requirements of this section.

AJ601.3 Separation walls. Where the work area is in an
attached dwelling unit, walls separating dwelling units that are
not continuous from the foundation to the underside of the roof
sheathing shall be constructed to provide a continuous fire sep-
aration using construction materials consistent with the exist-
ing wall or complying with the requirements for new

620

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'*

APPENDIX K

SOUND TRANSMISSION

SECTION AK1 01
GENERAL

AKlOl.l General. Wall and floor-ceiling assemblies separat-
ing dwelling units including those separating adjacent town-
house units shall provide air-borne sound insulation for walls,
and both air-borne and impact sound insulation for floor-ceil-
ing assemblies.

SECTION AK1 02
AIR-BORNE SOUND

AK102.1 General. Air-borne sound insulation for wall and
floor-ceiling assemblies shall meet a Sound Transmission
Class (STC) rating of 45 when tested in accordance with
ASTM E 90. Penetrations or openings in construction assem-
blies for piping; electrical devices; recessed cabinets; bathtubs;
soffits; or heating, ventilating or exhaust ducts shall be sealed,
lined, insulated or otherwise treated to maintain the required
ratings. Dwelling unit entrance doors, which share a common
space, shall be tight fitting to the frame and sill.

SECTION AK1 03
STRUCTURAL-BORNE SOUND

AK103.1 General. Floor/ceiling assemblies between dwelling
units or between a dwelling unit and a public or service area
within a structure shall have an Impact Insulation Class (IIC)
rating of not less than 45 when tested in accordance with
ASTM E 492.

SECTION AK1 04
REFERENCED STANDARDS

ASTM E 90-04 Test Method for Laboratory

Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission

Loss ofBuilding Partitions and Elements AK102

ASTM E 492-04 (1996)e Specification for

Laboratory Measurement of Impact Sound

Transmission through Floor-ceiling Assemblies

Using the Tapping Machine AK103

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE® 621

622

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

APPENDIX L

PERMIT FEES

TOTAL VALUATION

$1 to $ 500

$501 to $2,000
$2,001 to $40,000
$40,001 to $100,000
$100,001 to $500,000
$500,001 to $1,000,000
$1,000,001 to $5,000,000
$5,000,001 and over

FEE

$24

$24 for the first $500; plus $3 for each additional $ 100 or fraction
thereof, to and including $2,000

$69 for the first $2,000; plus $1 1 for each additional $1,000 or
fraction thereof, to and including $40,000

$487 for the first $40,000; plus $9 for each additional $1,000 or
fraction thereof, to and including $100,000

$1,027 for the first $100,000; plus $7 for each additional $1,000 or
fraction thereof, to and including $500,000

$3,827 for the first $500,000; plus $5 for each additional $1,000 or
fraction thereof, to and including $1,000,000

$6,327 for the first $1,000,000; plus $3 for each additional $1,000
or fraction thereof, to and including $5,000,000

$18,327 for the first $ 5,000,000; plus $1 for each additional $1,000
or fraction thereof

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

623

624

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*^

APPENDIX M

HOME DAY CARE— R-3 OCCUPANCY

SECTION AM1 01
GENERAL

AMlOl.l General. This appendix shall apply to a home day
care operated within a dwelling. It is to include buildings and
structures occupied by persons of any age who receive custo-
dial care for less than 24 hours by individuals other than parents
or guardians or relatives by blood, marriage, or adoption, and
in a place other than the home of the person cared for.

SECTION AM1 02
DEFINITIONS

EXIT ACCESS. That portion of a means of egress system that
leads from any occupied point in a building or structure to an
exit.

SECTION AM1 03
MEANS OF EGRESS

AM103.1 Exits required. If the occupant load of the resi-
dence is more than nine, including those who are residents,
during the time of operation of the day care, two exits are
required from the ground-level story. Two exits are required
from a home day care operated in a manufactured home
regardless of the occupant load. Exits shall comply with Sec-
tion R311.

AM103.1.1 Exit access prohibited. An exit access from
the area of day-care operation shall not pass through bath-
rooms, bedrooms, closets, garages, fenced rear yards or
similar areas.

Exception: An exit may discharge into a fenced yard if
the gate or gates remain unlocked during day-care hours.
The gates may be locked if there is an area of refuge
located within the fenced yard and more than 50 feet (15
240 mm) from the dwelling. The area of refuge shall be
large enough to allow 5 square feet (0.5 m^) per occupant.

AM103.1.2 Basements. If the basement of a dwelling is to
be used in the day-care operation, two exits are required
from the basement regardless of the occupant load. One of
the exits may pass through the dwelling and the other must
lead directly to the exterior of the dwelling.

Exception: An emergency and escape window comply-
ing with Section R310 and which does not conflict with
Section AM 103. 1.1 may be used as the second means of
egress from a basement.

AM103.1.3 Yards. If the yard is to be used as part of the
day-care operation it shall be fenced.

AM103.1.3.1 Type offence and hardware. The fence
shall be of durable materials and be at least 6 feet (1529
mm) tall completely enclosing the area used for the
day-care operations. Each opening shall be a gate or door

equipped with a self-closing and self-latching device to
be installed at a minimum of 5 feet (1528 mm) above the
ground.

Exception: The door of any dwelling which forms
part of the enclosure need not be equipped with
self-closing and self-latching devices.

AM103.1.3.2 Construction of fence. Openings in the
fence, wall or enclosure required by this section shall
have intermediate rails or an ornamental pattern that do
not allow a sphere 4 inches (102 mm) in diameter to pass
through. In addition, the following criteria must be met:

1. The maximum vertical clearance between grade
and the bottom of the fence, wall or enclosure shall
be 2 inches (51 mm).

2. Solid walls or enclosures that do not have open-
ings, such as masonry or stone walls, shall not con-
tain indentations or protrusions except for tooled
masonry joints.

3. Maximum mesh size for chain link fences shall be
lV4-inches (32 nun) square unless the fence has
slats at the top or bottom which reduce the opening
to no more than P/4 inches (44 mm). The wire shall
not be less than 9 gage [(0.148 in.) (3.8 mm)].

AM103.1.3.3 Decks. Decks that are more than 12 inches
(305 mm) above grade shall have a guard in comphance
with Section R3 12.

AM103.2 Width and height of an exit. The minimum width
of a required exit is 36 inches (914 mm) with a net clear width
of 32 inches (813 nrni). The minimum height of a required exit
is 6 feet 8 inches (2032 mm).

AM103.3 Type of lock and latches for exits. Regardless of
the occupant load served, exit doors shall be openable from the
inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or
effort. When the occupant load is 10 or less, a night latch, dead
bolt or security chain may be used, provided such devices are
openable from the inside without the use of a key or tool and
mounted at a height not to exceed 48 inches (1219 mm) above
the finished floor.

AM103.4 Landings. Landings for stairways and doors shall
comply with Section R311 except that landings shall be
required for the exterior side of a sliding door when a home
day-care is being operated in a Group R-3 Occupancy.

SECTION AM1 04
SMOKE DETECTION

AM104.1 General. Smoke detectors shall be installed in
dwelling units used for home day-care operations. Detectors
shall be installed in accordance with the approved manufac-
turer's instructions. If the current smoke detection system in
the dwelling is not in compliance with the currently adopted

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

625

APPENDIX M

code for smoke detection, it shall be upgraded to meet the cur-
rently adopted code requirements and Section AM 103 before
daycare operations commence.

AM104.2 Power source. Required smoke detectors shall
receive their primary power from the building wiring when that
wiring is served from a commercial source and shall be
equipped with a battery backup. The detector shall emit a sig-
nal when the batteries are low. Wiring shall be permanent and
without a disconnecting switch other than those required for
over-current protection. Required smoke detectors shall be
interconnected so if one detector is activated, all detectors are
activated.

AM104.3 Location. A detector shall be located in each bed-
room and any room that is to be used as a sleeping room and
centrally located in the corridor, hallway or area giving access
to each separate sleeping area. When the dwelling unit has
more than one story, and in dwellings with basements, a detec-
tor shall be installed on each story and in the basement. In
dwelling units where a story or basement is split into two or
more levels, the smoke detector shall be installed on the upper
level, except that when the lower level contains a sleeping area,
a detector shall be installed on each level. When sleeping
rooms are on the upper level, the detector shall be placed at the
ceiling of the upper level in close proximity to the stairway. In
dwelling units where the ceiling height of a room open to the
hallway serving the bedrooms or sleeping areas exceeds that of
the hallway by 24 inches (610 mm) or more, smoke detectors
shall be installed in the hallway and in the adjacent room.
Detectors shall sound an alarm audible in all sleeping areas of
the dwelling unit in which they are located.

626 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

APPENDIX N

VENTING METHODS

(This appendix is informative and is not part of the code.
This appendix provides examples of various of venting methods.)

2 IN.

TUB

2 IN.

SIN.

2 IN.

1/1^/2 IN.
I

LAV

IV.

3 IN.

2 IN.

A. TYPICAL SINGLE-BATH ARRANGEMENT

B. TYPICAL POWDER ROOM

2 IN.

3^ \

2 IN. 11/2 ,N.

SHOWER

TUB

1^2 IN.

C. MORE ELABORATE SINGLE-BATH
ARRANGEMENT

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4.

D. COMBINATION WET- AND STACK-VENTING
WITH STACK FITTING

FIGURE N1
TYPICAL SINGLE-BATH WET-VENT ARRANGEMENTS

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

627

APPENDIX N

1V2IN

uw L

iVdIN. '

TUB

IV2IN. 2 IN.

2 IN. 1V;

Otub

2 IN.

3 IN.

A. TYPICAL BACK-TO-BACK BATHS
LAV

IV2IN. TUB

TUB

1V2IN.

3 IN.
B. DOUBLE BATHS WITH FIXTURES ON COMMON HORIZONTAL BRANCH, COMMON WET VENT

1V2IN.,

1 1/4 IN.

N| ^^^1V4IN.

TUB

SIN.

C. DOUBLE BATHS WITH WASTE FIXTURES ON COMMON HORIZONTAL BRANCH, INDIVIDUAL WET VENTS

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4.

FIGURE N2
TYPICAL DOUBLE-BATH WET-VENT ARRANGEMENTS

628

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

APPENDIX N

SIN.

IV4IN.

LAV

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE N3
TYPICAL HORIZONTAL WET VENTING

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

629

APPENDIX N

A, VERTICAL WET VENTING

I /''■'/2IN.

LAV

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

B. HORIZONTAL WET VENTING

FIGURE N4
TYPICAL METHODS OF WET VENTING

630

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

APPENDIX N

IV4IN.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE N5
SINGLE STACK SYSTEM FOR A TWO-STORY DWELLING

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

631

APPENDIX N

2V2 IN.

CLOTHES
WASHER
STAN DPI PE

2 IN.

KITCHEN
GROUP

LAUNDRY
TUB

IV2IN.

2V? IN.

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm.

FIGURE N6
WASTE STACK VENTING

632

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

APPENDIX N

LAUNDRY

KITCHEN
GROUP

^^hm

CLOTHES

WASHER

STANDPIPE

For SI: 1 inch ='25.4 mm.

FIGURE N7
CIRCUIT VENT WITH ADDITIONAL NONCIRCUIT VENTED BRANCH

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

633

634

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

APPENDIX O

GRAY WATER RECYCLING SYSTEMS

Note: Section P2601.2 of the International Residential Code requires all plumbing fixtures that receive water or waste to dis-
charge to the sanitary drainage system of the structure. To allow for the use of a gray water recycling system, Section P2601.2
of the International Residential Code should be revised to read as follows:

P2601.2 Connections. Plumbing fixtures, drains and appli-
ances used to receive or discharge liquid wastes or sewage shall
be directly connected to the sanitary drainage system of the
building or premises, in accordance with the requirements of
this code. This section shall not be construed to prevent indirect
waste systems.

Exception: Bathtubs, showers, lavatories, clothes washers
and laundry trays are not required to discharge to the sani-
tary drainage system where those fixtures discharge to an
approved gray water recycling system.

SECTION A01 01
GENERAL

AOlOl.l Scope. The provisions of this appendix shall govern
the materials, design, construction and installation of gray
water systems for flushing of water closets and urinals and for
subsurface landscape irrigation [see Figures AO 10 1.1(1) and
AO101.1(2)].

AO101.2 Definition. The following term shall have the mean-
ing shown herein.

GRAY WATER. Waste discharged from lavatories, bathtubs,
showers, clothes washers and laundry trays.

AO101.3 Permits. Permits shall be required in accordance
with Section R105 of the International Residential Code.

AO101.4 Installation. In addition to the provisions of Section
AOlOl, systems for flushing of water closets and urinals shall
comply with Section AO102 and systems for subsurface land-
scape irrigation shall comply with Section AO103. Except as
provided for in Appendix O, all systems shall comply with the
provisions of the International Residential Code.

AO101.5 Materials. Above-ground drain, waste and vent pip-
ing for gray water systems shall conform to one of the stan-
dards listed in Table P3002.1(l) of the International
Residential Code. Gray water underground building drainage
and vent pipe shall conform to one of the standards listed in
Table P3002.1(2) of the International Residential Code.

AO101.6 Tests. Drain, waste and vent piping for gray water
systems shall be tested in accordance with Section P2503 of the
International Residential Code.

AO101.7 Inspections. Gray water systems shall be inspected
in accordance with Section P2503 of the International Resi-
dential Code.

AO101.8 Potable water connections. Only connections in
accordance with Section AO 102.3 shall be made between a
gray water recycling system and a potable water system.

AO101.9 Waste water connections. Gray water recycling
systems shall receive the waste discharge only of bathtubs,
showers, lavatories-, clothes washers and laundry trays.

AOIOI.IO Filtration. Gray water entering the reservoir shall
pass through an approved filter such as a media, sand or
diatomaceous earth filter.

AOIOI.10.1 Required valve. A full-open valve shall be
installed downstream of the last fixture connection to the
gray water discharge pipe before entering the required filter.

AOlOl.ll Collection reservoir. Gray water shall be collected
in an approved reservoir constructed of durable, nonabsorbent
and corrosion-resistant materials. The reservoir shall be a
closed and gas-tight vessel. Access openings shall be provided
to allow inspection and cleaning of the reservoir interior.

AO101.12 Overflow. The collection reservoir shall be
equipped with an overflow pipe of the same diameter as, or
larger than, the influent pipe for the gray water. The overflow
shall be indirectly connected to the sanitary drainage system.

AO101.13 Drain. A drain shall be located at the lowest point of
the collection reservoir and shall be indirectly connected to the
sanitary drainage system. The drain shall be the same diameter
as the overflow pipe required in Section AO101.12.

AO101.14 Vent required. The reservoir shall be provided with
a vent sized in accordance with Chapter 3 1 of the International
Residential Code and based on the diameter of the reservoir
influent pipe.

SECTION A01 02

SYSTEMS FOR FLUSHING WATER

CLOSETS AND URINALS

AO 102.1 Collection reservoir. The holding capacity of the
reservoir shall be a minimum of twice the volume of water
required to meet the daily flushing requirements of the fixtures
supplied with gray water, but not less than 50 gallons (189 L).
The reservoir shall be sized to limit the retention time of gray
water to a maximum of 72 hours.

AO102.2 Disinfection. Gray water shall be disinfected by an
approved method that uses one or more disinfectants such as
chlorine, iodine or ozone.

AO102.3 Makeup water. Potable water shall be supplied as a
source of makeup water for the gray water system. The potable
water supply shall be protected against backflow in accordance
with Section P2902 of the International Residential Code. A
full-open valve shall be located on the makeup water supply
line to the collection reservoir.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

635

APPENDIX O

POTABLE
MAKEUP
WATER
SUPPLY

V
A

— CKH

BACKFLOW

PREVENTION

DEVICE

GRAY WATER
INFLUENT

^ — \xH

FILTER
SYSTEM

TANK-\
DRAIN \

rixH

GRAY WATER
RESERVOfR

VENT

OVERFLOW

/— INDIRECT DISCHARGE
* TO SANITARY
y/ DRAINAGE
Y SYSTEM

-tx^

INDIRECT DISCHARGE
TO SANITARY DRAINAGE
SYSTEM

EFFLUENT TO
FLUSHING FIXTURES

DISINFECTION COLORING

UNIT DYE INJECTION

UNIT

FIGURE AO101 .1(1)
GRAY WATER RECYCLING SYSTEM FOR FLUSHING WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS

GRAY WATER
INFLUENT

-IXI FILTER

SYSTEM

TANK~\
DRAIN \

« VENT

!
I
I
!
I

r^xH

GRAY WATER
RESERVOIR

OVERFLOW

INDIRECT DISCHARGE
TO SANITARY
DRAINAGE
SYSTEM

-fxHXl

iL. I

CHECK VALVE

■INDIRECT DISCHARGE
TO SANITARY DRAINAGE
SYSTEM

IRRIGATION ZONE

FIGURE A01 01. 1(2)
GRAY WATER RECYCLING SYSTEM FOR SUBSURFACE LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION

636

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

APPENDIX

AO102.4 Coloring. The gray water shall be dyed blue or green
with a food grade vegetable dye before such water is supplied
to the fixtures.

AO 102.5 Materials. Distribution piping shall conform to one
of the standards listed in Table P2904.5 of the International
Residential code.

AO102.6 Identification. Distribution piping and reservoirs
shall be identified as containing nonpotable water. Piping iden-
tification shall be in accordance with Section 608.8 of the Inter-
national Plumbing Code®.

SECTION A01 03

SUBSURFACE LANDSCAPE

IRRIGATION SYSTEMS

AO103.1 Collection reservoir. Reservoirs shall be sized to
limit the retention time of gray water to a maximum of 24
hours.

AO103.1.1 Identification. The reservoir shall be identified
as containing nonpotable water.

AO103.2 Valves required. A check valve, and a full-open
valve located on the discharge side of the check valve, shall be
installed on the effluent pipe of the collection reservoir.

AO103.3 Makeup water. Makeup water shall not be required
for subsurface landscape irrigation systems. Where makeup
water is supplied, the installation shall be in accordance with
Section AO102.3.

AO103.4 Disinfection. Disinfection shall not be required for
gray water used for subsurface landscape irrigation systems.

AO103.5 Coloring. Gray water used for subsurface landscape
irrigation systems shall not be required to be dyed.

AO103.6 Estimating gray water discharge. The system shall
be sized in accordance with the demands per day per occupant
based on the type of fixtures connected to the gray water sys-
tem. The discharge shall be calculated by the following equa-
tion:

C =AXB

(Equation AO-1)

A = Number of occupants:

Number of occupants shall be determined by the
actual number of occupants but not less than two
occupants for 1 bedroom and one occupant for each
additional bedroom.

B = Estimated flow demands for each occupant:

25 gallons per day (95 Lpd) per occupant for showers,
bathtubs and lavatories and 15 gallons per day (57
Lpd) per occupant for clothes washers or laundry
trays.

C = Estimated gray water discharge based on the total
number of occupants.

AO103.7 Percolation tests. The permeability of the soil in the
proposed absorption system shall be determined by percolation
tests or permeability evaluation.

AO103.7.1 Percolation tests and procedures. At least
three percolation tests shall be conducted in each system
area. The holes shall be spaced uniformly in relation to the
bottom depth of the proposed absorption system. More per-
colation tests shall be made where necessary, depending on
system design.

AO103.7.1.1 Percolation test hole. The test hole shall
be dug or bored. The test hole shall have vertical sides
and a horizontal dimension of 4 inches to 8 inches (102
mm to 203 mm). The bottom and sides of the hole shall
be scratched with a sharp-pointed instrument to expose
the natural soil. All loose material shall be removed from
the hole and the bottom shall be covered with 2 inches
(5 1 mm) of gravel or coarse sand.

AO103.7.1.2 Test procedure, sandy soils. The hole shall
be filled with clear water to a minimum of 12 inches (305
mm) above the bottom of the hole for tests in sandy soils.
The time for this amount of water to seep away shall be
determined and this procedure shall be repeated if the
water from the second filling of the hole seeps away in 10
minutes or less. The test shall proceed as follows: Water
shall be added to a point not more than 6 inches (152 mm)
above the gravel or coarse sand. Thereupon, from a fixed
reference point, water levels shall be measured at 10-min-
ute intervals for a period of 1 hour. Where 6 inches (152
mm) of water seeps away in less than 10 minutes, a shorter
interval between measurements shall be used, but in no
case shall the water depth exceed 6 inches (152 mm).
Where 6 inches (152 mm) of water seeps away in less than
2 minutes, the test shall be stopped and a rate of less than 3
minutes per inch (7 s/mm) shall be reported. The final
water level drop shall be used to calculate the percolation
rate. Soils not meeting the requirements of this section
shall be tested in accordance with Section AO 103. 7. 1.3.

AO103.7.1.3 Test procedure, other soils. The hole shall
be filled with clear water, and a minimum water depth of
12 inches (305 mm) shall be maintained above the bottom
of the hole for a 4-hour period by refilling whenever nec-
essary or by use of an automatic siphon. Water remaining
in the hole after 4 hours shall not be removed. Thereafter,
the soil shall be allowed to swell not less than 16 hours or
more than 30 hours. Immediately after the soil swelUng
period, the measurements for determining the percolation
rate shall be made as follows: Any soil sloughed into the
hole shall be removed, and the water level shall be
adjusted to 6 inches (152 mm) above the gravel or coarse
sand. Thereupon, from a fixed reference point, the water
level shall be measured at 30-minute intervals for a period
of 4 hours, unless two successive water level drops do not
vary by more than 0.62 inch (16 mm). At least three water
level drops shall be observed and recorded. The hole shall
be filled with clear water to a point not more than 6 inches
(152 mm) above the gravel or coarse sand whenever it
becomes nearly empty. The water level shall not be
adjusted during the three measurement periods except to
the limits of the last measured water level drop. When the
first 6 inches (152 mm) of water seeps away in less than 30
minutes, the time interval between measurements shall be
10 minutes and the test run for 1 hour. The water depth

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

637

APPENDIX O

shall not exceed 5 inches (127 mm) at any time during the
measurement period. The drop that occurs during the final
measurement period shall be used in calculating the per-
colation rate.

AO103.7.1.4 Mechanical test equipment. Mechanical
percolation test equipment shall be of an approved type.

AO103.7.2 Permeability evaluation. Soil shall be evalu-
ated for estimated percolation based on structure and texture
in accordance with accepted soil evaluation practices. Bor-
ings shall be made in accordance with Section AO 103.7.1
for evaluating the soil.

AO103.8 Subsurface landscape irrigation site location. The

surface grade of all soil absorption systems shall be located at a
point lower than the surface grade of any water well or reser-
voir on the same or adjoining property. Where this is not possi-
ble, the site shall be located so surface water drainage from the
site is not directed toward a well or reservoir. The soil absorp-
tion system shall be located with a minimum horizontal dis-
tance between various elements as indicated in Table AO103.8.
Private sewage disposal systems in compacted areas, such as
parking lots and driveways, are prohibited. Surface water shall
be diverted away from any soil absorption site on the same or
neighboring lots.

TABLE A01 03.8
LOCATION OF GRAY WATER SYSTEM

ELEMENT

MINIMUM HORIZONTAL DISTANCE

HOLDING TANK
(feet)

IRRIGATION
DISPOSAL
FIELD (feet)

Buildings

Property line adjoining
private property

Public water main

Seepage pits

Septic tanks

Streams and lakes

Water service

Water wells

100

For SI: 1 foot = 304.8 mm.

AO103.9 Installation. Absorption systems shall be installed
in accordance with Sections AO103.9.1 through AO103.9.5 to
provide landscape irrigation without surfacing of gray water.

AO103.9.1 Absorption area. The total absorption area
required shall be computed from the estimated daily gray
water discharge and the design-loading rate based on the
percolation rate for the site. The required absorption area
equals the estimated gray water discharge divided by the
design-loading rate from Table AO 103.9.1.

AO103.9.2 Seepage trench excavations. Seepage trench
excavations shall be a minimum of 1 foot (305 mm) to a
maximum of 5 feet (1524 mm) wide. Trench excavations
shall be spaced a minimum of 2 feet (610 mm) apart. The

soil absorption area of a seepage trench shall be computed
by using the bottom of the trench area (width) multiplied by
the length of pipe. Individual seepage trenches shall be a
maximum of 100 feet (30 480 mm) in developed length.

TABLE A01 03.9.1
DESIGN LOADING RATE

PERCOLATION RATE
(minutes per inch)

DESIGN LOAD FACTOR
(gallons per square foot per day)

to less than 10

1.2

10 to less than 30

0.8

30 to less than 45

0.72

45 to 60

0.4

For SI: 1 minute per inch = 2.362 s/mm; 1 gallon per square foot = 40.743
L/m^.

AO103.9.3 Seepage bed excavations. Seepage bed excava-
tions shall be aminimum of 5 feet (1524 mm) wide and have
more than one distribution pipe. The absorption area of a
seepage bed shall be computed by using the bottom of the
trench area. Distribution piping in a seepage bed shall be
uniformly spaced a maximum of 5 feet (1524 mm) and a
minimum of 3 feet (914 mm) apart, and a maximum of 3 feet
(914 mm) and a minimum of 1 foot (305 mm) from the side-
wall or head wall.

AO103.9.4 Excavation and construction. The bottom of a
trench or bed excavation shall be level. Seepage trenches or
beds shall not be excavated where the soil is so wet that such
material rolled between the hands forms a soil wire. All
smeared or compacted soil surfaces in the sidewalls or bot-
tom of seepage trench or bed excavations shall be scarified
to the depth of smearing or compaction and the loose mate-
rial removed. Where rain falls on an open excavation, the
soil shall be left until sufficiently dry so a soil wire will not
form when soil from the excavation bottom is rolled
between the hands. The bottom area shall then be scarified
and loose material removed.

AO103.9.5 Aggregate and backfill. A minimum of 6
inches (152 mm) of aggregate ranging in size from Vj to 2^ 1 2
inches (13 mm to 64 mm) shall be laid into the trench below
the distribution piping elevation. The aggregate shall be
evenly distributed a minimum of 2 inches (5 1 mm) over the
top of the distribution pipe. The aggregate shall be covered
with approved synthetic materials or 9 inches (229 mm) of
uncompacted marsh hay or straw. Building paper shall not
be used to cover the aggregate. A minimum of 9 inches (229
mm) of soil backfill shall be laid above the covering.

AO103.10 Distribution piping. Distribution piping shall be
not less than 3 inches (76 mm) in diameter. Materials shall
comply with Table AO103.10. The top of the distribution pipe
shall be not less than 8 inches (203 mm) below the original sur-
face. The slope of the distribution pipes shall be a minimum of
2 inches (51 mm) and a maximum of 4 inches (102 mm) per
100 feet (30 480 mm).

AO103.il Joints. Distribution pipe shall be joined in accor-
dance with Section P3003 of the International Residential
Code. •'

638

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'^

APPENDIX

TABLE A01 03.10
DISTRIBUTION PIPE

MATERIAL

STANDARD

Polyethylene (PE) plastic pipe

ASTM F 405

Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe

ASTM D 2729

Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe
with pipe stiffness of PS 35 and PS 50

ASTM F 1488

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

639

640 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

APPENDIX P

SPRINKLING

The provisions contained in this appendix are not mandatory unless specifically referenced in the adopting ordinance.

APlOl Fire sprinklers. An approved automatic fire sprinkler
system shall be installed in new one- and two-family dwellings
and townhouses in accordance with Section 903.3.1 of the
International Building Code.

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE® 641

642 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

APPENDIX Q

ICC INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE ELECTRICAL
PROVISIONS/NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE CROSS-REFERENCE

This table is a cross-reference of the International Residential Code, Chapters 33 through 42,
and the 2005 National Electrical Code (NFPA 70-2005).

International Residential Code

National Electrical Code

CHAPTER 33

SECTION E3301

E3301.1
E3301.2
E3301.3
E3301.4

SECTION E3302

E3302.1
E3302.2
E3302.3

SECTION E3303

E3303.1
E3303.2
E3303.3

SECTION E3304

E3304.1

E3304.2

E3304.3

E3304.4

E3304.5

E3304.6

E3304.7

E3304.8

E3304.9

E3304.10

E3304.il

SECTION E3305

E3305.1
Figure E3305.1

E3305.2

E3305.3

E3305.4

E3305.5

E3305.6

E3305.7

SECTION E3306

E3306.1

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

GENERAL

Applicability None

Scope 90.2

Not covered 90.2

Additions and alterations None

BUILDING STRUCTURE PROTECTION

Drilling and notching None

Penetrations of fire-resistance-rated assemblies 300.21

Penetrations of firestops and draftstops 300.21

INSPECTION AND APPROVAL

Approval 1 10.2

Inspection required None

Listing and labeling 1 10.3

GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

Voltages 1 10.4

Interrupting rating 1 10.9

Circuit characteristics 1 10.10

Protection of equipment 110.11

Unused openings 110.12(A)

Integrity of electrical equipment 1 10. 12(C)

Mounting 110.13(A)

Energized parts guarded against accidental contact 1 10.27(A)

Prevent physical damage 1 10.27(B)

Equipment identification 11 0.21

Identification of disconnecting means 1 10.22

EQUIPMENT LOCATION AND CLEARANCES

Working space and clearances 1 10.26

Working space and clearances 1 10.26(A)

Footnote 1 110.26(F)(1)(a)

Footnote 2 1 10.26(A)(3) and 1 10.26(E)

Footnote 3 1 10.26(B)

Footnote 4 230.70(A), 240.24(D) and 240.24(E)

Footnote 5 110.26(D)

Working clearances for energized equipment and panelboards 110.26(A)(1), (2), & (3)

Clearances over panelboards 1 10.26(F)(1)(a)

Location of clear spaces 1 10.26(B), 230.70(A) and 240.24(D) & (E)

Access and entrance to working space 1 10.26(C)(1)

Illumination 1 10.26(D)

Headroom 1 10.26(E)

ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS AND CONNECTIONS

General

Articles 110, 300 and 310

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

643

APPENDIX Q

E3306.2

E3306.3

E3306.4

E3306.5

E3306.6

E3306.7

E3306.8

E3306.9

E3306.10

E3306.10.1

E3306.10.2
E3306.10.3

SECTION E3307

E3307.1

E3307.2

E3307.3

E3307.4

E3307.4.1

E3307.4.2

CHAPTER 34
SECTION 3401

CHAPTER 35

SECTION E3501

E3501.1

E3501.2

E3501.3

E3501.4

E3501.5

E3501.6

E3501.6.1

E3501.6.2

E3501.7

SECTION E3502

E3502.1

E3502.2

E3502.2.1

Table E3502.2

E3502.3

E3502.4

SECTION E3503

E3503.1
Table E3503.1

Conductor material 1 10.5

Minimum size of conductors 3 10.5

Stranded conductors 310.3

Individual conductor insulation 310.2(A) and 310.8

Conductors in parallel 310.4

Conductors of the same circuit 300.3(B)

Aluminum and copper connections 1 10. 14

Terminals 1 10.14(A)

Splices 110.14(B)

Continuity 300.13(A)

Exception 300.13(A)

Device connections 250.148 and 300.13(B)

Length of conductor for splice or termination 300.14

CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION

Grounded conductors 200.6(A), 200.6(B) and 310.12(A)

Equipment grounding conductors 250.119 and 310.12(B)

Ungrounded conductors 310.12(C), 310.12(C), Exception and 200.7(C)(1) & (C)(2)

Identification of terminals 200.10

Device terminals 200.10(A)

Receptacles, plugs, and connectors 200.10(B)

ELECTRICAL DEFINITIONS
GENERAL

SERVICES

Article 100, Definitions

E3503.2

E3503.3
E3503.3.1

GENERAL SERVICES

Scope 230.1

Number of services 230.2

One building or other structure not to be supplied through another 230.3

Other conductors in raceway or cable 230.7

Raceway seal 230.8

Service disconnect required 230.70

Marking of service equipment and disconnects 230.66 and 230.70(B)

Service disconnect location 230.70 and 230.72(C)

Maximum number of disconnects 230.71(A)

SERVICE SIZE AND RATING

Rating of ungrounded conductors 230.79(C) and (D)

Service load 220.82(A)

Services under 100 amperes None

Minimum service load calculation 220.82 (B) and (C)

Rating of service disconnect 230.79 & 230.80

Voltage rating 220.82(a)

SERVICE, FEEDER AND GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR SIZING

Grounded and ungrounded service conductor size 310.15(B)(6)

Service conductor and grounding electrode conductor sizing. Table 310.15(B)(6) and Table 250.66

Footnote 1 250.64(E)

Footnote 2 250.64(B)

Footnote 3 250.64(B)

Footnote 4 .^ 250.66(A) and (B)

Ungrounded service conductors for accessory buildings and structures 230.79(D)

Exception 1 and 230.79(A)

Exception 2 and 230.79(B)

Overload protection 230.90

Ungrounded conductor 230.90(A)

644

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

APPENDIX Q

E3503.3.2
E3503.3.3
E3503.4
E3503.5

SECTION E3504

E3504.1
Figure E3504.1
E3504.2
E3504.2.1

Figure E3504.2.1
E3504.2.2

E3504.3
E3504.4
E3504.5
E3504.6

SECTION E3505

E3505.1

E3505.2

E3505.3

E3505.4

E3505.5

E3505.6

E3505.7

E3505.8

E3505.9

E3505.9.1

E3505.9.2

E3505.9.3

E3505.9.4
E3505.9.5
E3505.9.6
E3505.9.7

SECTION E3506

E3506.1
E3506.2
E3506.3
E3506.4

SECTION E3507

E3507.1

E3507.2
E3507.3

E3507.3.1

Exception 230.90(A), Exception No. 3

Not in grounded conductor 230.90(B)

Location 230.91

Grounding electrode conductor size 250.66

Temperature limitations " 1 10.14(C)(1)

OVERHEAD SERVICE-DROP AND SERVICE CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION

Clearances on buildings 230.9

Clearances from building openings 230.9

Vertical clearances 230.24

Above roofs 230.24(A)

Exception 1 230.24(A), Exception No. 1

Exception 2 230.24(A), Exception No. 2

Exception 3 230.24(A), Exception No. 3

Exception 4 230.24(A), Exception No. 4

Clearances from roofs 230.24

Vertical clearance from grade 230.24(B)

Item 1 . . 230.24(B)(1)

Item 2 230.24(B)(2)

Item 3 230.24(B)(4)

Point of attachment 230.26

Means of attachment 230.27

Service masts as supports 230.28

Supports over buildings 230.29

SERVICE-ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS

Insulation of service-entrance conductors 230.41

Exception 1 230.41, Exception

Exception 2 230.41, Exception

Wiring methods for services 230.43

Spliced conductors 230.46

Protection against physical damage 230.49

Protection of service cables against damage 230.50(A)

Direct sunlight exposure 310.8(D)

Mounting supports 230.51

Raceways to drain 230.53

Overhead service locations 230.54

Rain-tight service head 230.54(A)

Service cable, service head or gooseneck 230.54(B)

Service head location 230.54(C)

Exception 230.54(C), Exception

Separately bushed openings 230.54(E)

Drip loops 230.54(F)

Conductor arrangement 230.54(G)

Secured 230.54(D)

SERVICE EQUIPMENT— GENERAL

Service equipment enclosures 230.62

Working space 1 10.26

Available short-circuit current None

Marking 230.66

SYSTEM GROUNDING

System service ground 250.20(B)(1) and 250.24(A)

Location of grounding electrode conductor connection 250.24(A)(1) and (A)(5)

Buildings or structures supplied by feeder(s) or branch circuit(s) 250.32(A)

Exception 250.32(A), Exception

Equipment grounding conductor 250.32(B)(1) and Table 250.122

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

645

APPENDIX Q

E3507.3.2
E3507.4
E3507.5
E3507.6

SECTION E3508

E3508.1

E3508.1.1

E3508. 1.1.1

E3508.1.2

E3508.1.3

E3508.1.4

E3508. 1.4.1

E3508.1.5

E3508.2

E3508.3

E3508.4

E3508.5

E3508.6

SECTION E3509

E3509.1

E3509.2

E3509.3

E3509.4

E3509.4.1

E3509.4.2

E3509.4.3

E3509.4.4

E3509.5

E3509.6

E3509.7

SECTION E3510

E3510.1
E3510.2
E3510.3

SECTION E3511
TRODES

E3511.1
E3511.2
E3511.3
E3511.4
E3511.5

CHAPTER 36

SECTION E3601

E3601.1
E3601.2
E3601.3
E3601.4
E3601.5

SECTION E3602

E3602.1
E3602.2

646

Grounded conductor 250.32(B)(2)

Grounding electrode conductor 250.24(D)

Main bonding jumper 250.28

Common grounding electrode 250.58

GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM

Grounding electrode system 250.50

Exception 250.50 Exception

Metal underground water pipe 250.52(A)(1)

Installation 250.53(D) and 250.53(E)

Concrete-encased electrode 250.502(A)(3)

Ground Rings 250.52(A)(4), 250.53(F)

Rod and pipe electrodes 250.52(A)(5)

Installation 250.53(G)

Plate electrodes 250.52(A)(6) and 250.53(H)

Bonding Jumper 250.53(C)

Rod, pipe and plate electrode requirements 250.53(A) and (G)

Resistance of rod, pipe and plate electrodes 250.56

Aluminum Electrodes 250.52(B)(2)

Metal underground gas piping system 250.52(B)(1)

BONDING

General 250.90

Bonding of service equipment 250.92(A)

Bonding to other systems 250.94

Method of bonding at the service 250.92(B)

Grounded service conductor 250.92(B)(1)

Threaded connections 250.92(B)(2)

Threadless couplings and connectors 250.92(B)(3)

Other devices 250.92(B)(4)

Sizing bonding jumper on supply side of service and main bonding jumper 250.102(C)

Metal water piping bonding 250.104(A)

Bonding other metal piping 250. 104(B)

GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTORS

Continuous 250.64(C) and (E)

Securing and protection against physical damage 250.64(A) and (B)

Enclosures for grounding electrode conductors 250.64(E)

GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR CONNECTION TO GROUNDING ELEC-

Methods of grounding connection to electrodes 250.70

Accessibility 250.68(A)

Effective grounding path 250.68(B)

Protection of ground clamps and fittings 250.10

Clean surfaces 250. 12

BRANCH CIRCUIT AND FEEDER REQUIREMENTS

GENERAL

Scope None

Branch-circuit and feeder ampacity 210.19(A) and 215.2(A)(1)

Selection of ampacity 310.15(A)(2)

Multioutlet branch circuits 210.19(A)(2)

Multiwire branch circuits 210.4

BRANCH CIRCUIT RATINGS

Branch-circuit voltage limitations 210.6(A) and (B)

Branch-circuit ampere rating 210.3

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

APPENDIX Q

E3602.3

E3602.4

E3602.5

E3602.6

E3602.7

E3602.8

E3602.9

E3602.9.1

E3602.10

E3602.il

E3602.12

E3602.12.1

E3602.12.2

E3602.13

Table E3602. 13

SECTION E3603

E3603.1
E3603.2
E3603.3
E3603.4
E3603.5
E3603.6

SECTION E3604

E3604.1
E3604.2
E3604.3
Table E3604.3(l)

Table E3604.3(2)

E3604.4
E3604.5
E3604.6
E3604.7

SECTION E3605

E3605.1

Table E3 605.1

E3605.2

Table E3605.2

E3605.3

Table E3605.3

E3605.4

E3605.4.1

E3605.4.2

E3605.4.3

E3605.4.4

E3605.5

E3605.5.1

E3605.5.2

E3605.5.3

E3605.5.4

E3605.6

E3605.7

E3605.8

Fifteen- and 20-ampere branch circuits 210.23(A)

Thirty-ampere branch circuits 210.23(B)

Branch circuits serving multiple loads or outlets 210.23(A)

Branch circuits serving a single motor 430.22(A)

Branch circuits serving motor-operated and combination loads 220.4(A)

Branch-circuit inductive lighting loads 220.4(B)

Branch-circuit load for ranges and cooking appliances Table 220.19, Note 4

Minimum branch circuit for ranges 210.19(A)(3)

Branch circuits serving heating loads 422.13 and 424.3(A)

Branch circuits for air-conditioning and heat pump equipment . . . 440.35, 440.4(B) and 440.62(A)

Branch circuits serving room air conditioners 440.62(A)

Where no other loads are supplied 440.62(B)

Where lighting units or other appliances are also supplied 440.62(C)

Branch-circuit requirement — summary 210.24 and 210.25

Branch-circuit requirement — summary Table 210.24

REQUIRED BRANCH CIRCUITS

Branch circuits for heating 422.12 and 422.12 Exception

Kitchen and dining area receptacles 210.52 (B)(1)

Laundry circuit 210.23(A) Exception and 210.11(C)(2)

Bathroom branch circuits 210.11(C)(3)

Number of branch circuits 210.11(A)

Branch-circuit load proportioning 210.1 1(B)

FEEDER REQUIREMENTS

Conductor size Table 310.15(B)(6), Sections 215.2 (A)(3), (A)(4) and 220.10(A)

Minimum feeder conductor size 215.2(A)(2)

Feeder loads Table 220.1 1

Feeder load calculation Table 220.11, Table 220.30(C), Sections 220.14, 220.15,

220.17, 220.18 and 220.19
Demand loads for electric ranges, wall-mounted ovens, counter-mounted

cooking units and other cooking appliances over P/4 kVA rating Table 220.19

Feeder neutral load 220.22

Lighting and convenience receptacle load 220.3(A), Table 220.3(A)

Ampacity and computed loads 220. 10

Feeder and branch-circuit conductors 240.21(A)

CONDUCTOR SIZING AND OVERCURRENT PROTECTION

General 310.15(A)

Allowable ampacities Tables 310.16 and 240.4 D

Correction factors for ambient temperatures Table 310.16

Ambient temperature correction factors Table 310.16, Correction factors

Adjustment factor for conductor proximity 310.15(B)(2)(a)

Conductor proximity adjustment factors Table 310.15(B)(2)(a)

Temperature limitations 1 10.14(C)

Conductors rated 60°C 110.14(C)(1)(a)

Conductors rated 75°C 110.14(C)(1)(b)

Separately installed pressure connectors 110.14(C)(2)

Conductors of type NM cable 334.80 and 334.112

Overcurrent protection required Table 310.15(B)(6), Sections 240.4, 240.5, 240.21

Cords 240.5

Overcurrent devices of the next higher size 240.4(B)

Small conductors 240.4(D)

Air conditioning and heat pump equipment 240.4(G)

Fuses and fixed trip circuit breakers Section 240.6

Location of overcurrent devices in or on premises 240. 24(A), (C),(D),(E)

Ready access for occupants Section 240.24(B)

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

647

APPENDIX Q

E3605.9

SECTION E3606

E3606.1
E3606.2
E3606.3
E3606.4
E3606.5

CHAPTER 37

SECTION E3701

E3701.1
E3701.2
Table E370 1.2
E3701.3
E3701.4
Table E370 1.4

SECTION E3702

E3702.1
Table E3702.1
E3702.2
E3702.2.1
E3702.2.2

E3702.3

E3702.3.1

E3702.3.2

E3702.3.3

E3702.4

E3702.5

E3702.6

SECTION E3703

E3703.1

Table E3703.1

E3703.2

E3703.3

E3703.4

E3703.5

E3703.6

E3703.7

E3703.8

E3703.9

CHAPTER 38

SECTION E3801

E3801.1

E3801.2

E3801.2.1

E3802.2.2

E3801.2.3

E3801.3

E3801.3.1

E3801.3.2

E3801.4

E3801.4.1

Enclosures for overcurrent devices Section 240.30 (A) and (B)

PANELBOARDS

Panelboard rating 408.13

Panelboard circuit identification 408.4

Panelboard overcurrent protection 408.16(A)

Grounded conductor terminations 408.41

Back-fed devices 408.36(F)

WIRING METHODS

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Scope Section 300. 1

Allowable wiring methods Sections 1 10.8 and 300.3(A)

Allowable wiring methods None

Circuit conductors 300.3(B)

Wiring method applications Chapter 3 and Section 300.2

Allowable applications for wiring methods Chapter 3 and Section 300.2

ABOVE-GROUND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

Installation and support requirements Chapter 3

General installation and support requirements for wiring methods Chapter 3

Cables in accessible attics 320.23 and 334.23

Across structural members 320.23(A) and 334.23

Cable installed through or parallel to

framing members 320.17, 320.23(A), 334.17, 334.23 and 300.4(B)

Exposed cable 320.15 and 334.15

Surface installation 334.15(A)

Protection from physical damage. 334.15(B)

Locations exposed to direct sunlight 310.8(D)

In unfinished basements 334.15(C)

Bends 320.24 and 334.24

Raceways exposed to different temperatures Section 300.7(A)

UNDERGROUND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

Minimum cover requirements 300.5(A)

Minimum cover requirements, burial in inches Table 300.5

Warning ribbon 300.5(D)(3)

Protection from damage 300.5(D)

Splices and taps 300.5(E)

Backfill 300.5(F)

Raceway seals 300.5(G)

Bushing 300.5(H)

Single conductors 300.5(1)

Ground movement Section 300. 5(J)

POWER AND LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION

RECEPTACLE OUTLETS

General 210.50 and 210.52

General-use receptacle distribution 210.52(A)

Spacing 210.52(A)(1)

Wall space 210.52(A)(2)

Floor receptacles 210.52(3)

Small appliance receptacles 210.52(B)(1)

Other outlets prohibited 210.52(B)(2)

Limitations 210.52(B)(3)

Countertop receptacles 210.52(C)

Wall counter space 210.52(C)(1)

648

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE""

APPENDIX Q

E3801.4.2

E3801.4.3

E3801.4.4

E3801.4.5

E3801.5

E3801.6

E3801.7

E3801.8

E3801.9

E3801.10

E3801.il

SECTION E3802

E3802.1

E3802.2

E3802.3

E3802.4

E3802.5

E3802.6

E3802.7

E3802.8

E3802.9

E3802.10

E3802.il

E3802.12

SECTION E3803

E3803.1
E3803.2
E3803.3
E3803.4

SECTION E3804

E3804.1
E3804.2
E3804.3
E3804.3.1
E3804.4
E3804.5
E3804.6

Tables E3804.6(l)-
E3804.6(10)

E3804.7

CHAPTER E3805

E3805.1

E3805.1.1

E3805.1.2

E3805.1.3

E3805.1.4

E3805.1.5

E3805.1.6

E3805.1.7

E3805.2

E3805.3

E3805.3.1

E3805.3.2

Island counter spaces 210.52(C)(2)

Peninsular counter space 210.52(C)(3)

Separate spaces 210.52(C)(4)

Receptacle outlet location 210.52(C)(5)

Appliance outlets 210.50(C)

Bathroom 210.52(D)

Outdoor outlets 210.52(E)

Laundry areas 210.52(F)

Basements and garages 210.52(G)

Hallways 210.52(H)

HVAC outlet 210.63

GROUND-FAULT AND ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT-INTERRUPTER PROTECTION

Bathroom receptacles 210.8(A)(1)

Garage and accessory building receptacles 210.8(A)(2)

Outdoor receptacles 210.8(A)(3)

Crawl space receptacles 210.8(A)(4)

Unfinished basement receptacles 210.8(A)(5)

Kitchen receptacles 210.8(A)(6)

Laundry, utility and wet bar sink receptacles 210.8(A)(7)

Boathouse receptacles 210.8(A)(8)

Boat hoists 210.8(C)

Electrically heated floors 424.44(G)

Exempt receptacles 210.8(A)(2)

Bedroom outlets 210.12

LIGHTING OUTLETS

General 210.70(A)

Habitable rooms 210.70(A)(1)

Additional locations 210.70(A)(2)

Storage or equipment spaces 210.70(A)(3)

GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

Electrical continuity of metal raceways and enclosures 300.10

Mechanical continuity — raceways and cables 300.12

Securing and supporting 300. 1 1 (A)

Prohibited means of support 300.1 1(C)

Raceways as means of support 300.1 1(B)

Raceway installations 300. 1 8

Conduit and tubing fill 300.17 and Chapter 9, Table 1

Maximum number of conductors in conduit or tubing 300.17 and Chapter 9, Table 1, Note 1

Air handling — stud cavity and joist spaces Section 300.22(C), Exception

BOXES, CONDUIT BODIES, AND FITTINGS

Box, conduit body or fitting — where required 300.15

Equipment 300.15(B)

Protection 300.15(C)

Integral enclosure 300.15(E)

Fitting 300.15(F)

Buried conductors 300.15(G)

Luminaires 300.15(J)

Closed loop 300.15(M)

Metal boxes 3 14.4

Nonmetallic boxes 3 14.3

Nonmetallic-sheathed cable and nonmetallic boxes 314.17(C)

Securing to box 314.17(B) and (C)

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

649

APPENDIX Q

E3805.3.3

E3805.4

E3805.5

E3805.6

E3805.7

E3805.8

E3805.9

E3805.10

E3805.il

E3805.12

E3805.12.1

Table E3 805. 12.1

E3805. 12.1.1

E3805. 12.1.2

E3805.12.2

E3805. 12.2.1

Table E3805. 12.2.1

E3805. 12.2.2

E3805. 12.2.3

E3805. 12.2.4

E3805. 12.2.5

E3805.12.3

E3805. 12.3.1

SECTION E3806

E3806.1

E3806.1.1

E3806.2

E3806.3

E3806.4

E3806.5

E3806.6

E3806.7

E3806.8

E3806.8.1

E3806.8.2

E3806.8.2.1

E3806.8.2.2

E3806.8.3

E3806.8.4

E3806.8.5

E3806.8.6

E3806.9

E3806.10

E3806.il

SECTION E3807

E3 807.1
E3807.2
E3807.3
E3807.4
E3807.5
E3807.6
E3807.7
E3807.8

Conductor rating 314.17(C)

Minimum depth of outlet boxes 3 14.24

Boxes enclosing flush-mounted devices 314.19

Boxes at luminaire (lighting fixture) outlets 314.27(A)

Maximum luminaire (fixture) weight 314.27(B)

Floor boxes 314.27(C)

Boxes at fan outlets 314.27(D)

Conduit bodies, junction, pull and outlet boxes to be accessible 314.29

Damp or wet locations 314.2

Number of conductors in outlet, device, and junction boxes and conduit boxes 314.16

Box volume calculations 314.16(A)

Maximum number of conductors in metal boxes Table 314.16

Standard boxes 314.16(A)(1)

Other boxes 314.16(A)(2)

Box fill calculations 314.16(B)

Conductor fill 314.16(B)(1) and Table 314.16

Volume allowance required per conductor Table 314.16

Clamp fill 314.16(B)(2)

Support fittings fill 314.16(B)(3)

Device or equipment fill 314.16(B)(4)

Equipment grounding conductor fill 314.16(B)(5)

Conduit bodies 314.16(C)(1)

Splices, taps or devices 314.16(C)(2)

INSTALLATION OF BOXES, CONDUIT BODIES AND FITTINGS

Conductors entering boxes, conduit bodies or fittings 314.17

Insulated fittings 300.4(F)

Openings 314.17(A)

Metal boxes, conduit bodies and fittings 314.17, 314.17(B)

Unused openings 1 10. 12(A)

In wall or ceiling 314.20

Plaster, gypsum board and plasterboard 314.21

Exposed surface extensions 3 14.22

Supports 314.23

Surface mounting 314.23(A)

Structural mounting 3 14.23(B)

Nails 314.23(B)(1)

Braces 314.23(B)(2)

Mounting in finished surfaces 3 14.23(C)

Raceway supported enclosures without devices or fixtures 314.23(E)

Raceway supported enclosures with devices or fixtures 314.23(F)

Enclosures in concrete or masonry 314.23(G)

Covers and canopies 3 14.25

Metal covers and plates 314.25(A)

Exposed combustible finish 314.25(B)

CABINETS AND PANELBOARDS

Enclosures for switches or overcurrent devices 312.8

Damp or wet locations 3 12.2(A)

Position in wall 312.3

Repairing plaster, drywall and plasterboard 312.4

Unused openings 110.12(A), 408.7

Conductors entering cabinets 300.4(F) and 312.5(B)

Openings to be closed 312.5(A)

Cables 312.5(C)

650

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

APPENDIX Q

SECTION E3808

E3808.1
E3808.2

E3808.3

E3808.4

E3808.5

E3808.6

E3808.7

E3808.8

E3808.8.1

E3808.8.2

E3808.8.3

E3808.9

E3808.10

E3808.il

E3808.12

Table E3 808. 12

E3808.12.1

E3808.13

E3808.14

E3808.15

E3808.16

E3808.17

E3808.18

E3808.19

E3808.20

SECTION E3809

E3809.1
E3809.2
Table E3809.2
E3809.3
E3809.4

CHAPTER 39

SECTION E3901

E3901.1

E3901.2

E3901.3

E3901.4

E3901.5

E3901.6

E3901.7

E3901.8

E3901.9

E3901.10

E3901.il

E3901.11.1

E3901.12

SECTION E3902

E3902.1
E3902.1.1
E3902.1.2
Table E3902. 1.2

GROUNDING

Metal enclosures 250.86

Equipment fastened in place or connected by permanent wiring methods (fixed) 250.1 10(1),

(2), and (3)

Specific equipment fastened in place or connected by

permanent wiring methods 250.1 12(J), (L), and (M)

Performance of fault current path 250.4(A)(5)

Earth as a grounding conductor 250.4(A)(5)

Load-side neutral 250.24(A)(5)

Load-side equipment 250.142 (B)

Types of equipment grounding conductors 250.1 18

Flexible metal conduit 250.118(5)

Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit 250.1 18(6)

Nonmetallic sheathed cable (Type NM) 334.108

Equipment fastened in place or connected by permanent wiring methods 250.134

Methods of equipment grounding 250 Part (VII)

Equipment grounding conductor installation 250.120

Equipment grounding conductor size 250.122(A) and (B)

Equipment grounding conductor sizing Table 250.122

Multiple circuits 250.122(C)

Continuity and attachment of equipment grounding conductors to boxes 250.148

Connecting receptacle grounding terminal to box 250.146(A), (B), and (C)

Metal boxes 250.8, 250.148(C)

Nonmetallic boxes 250.148(D)

Clean surfaces 250.12

Bonding other enclosures 250.96(A)

Size of equipment bonding jumper on load side of service 250.102(D)

Installation — equipment bonding jumper 250.102(E)

FLEXIBLE CORDS

Where permitted 400.7 and 400.8

Loading and protection 240.4, 240.5(A), 240.5(B)(1), 400.5, and 400.13

Maximum ampere load for flexible cords Table 400.5(A)

Splices 400.9

Attachment plugs 400.7(B)

DEVICES AND LIGHTING FIXTURES

SWITCHES

Rating and application of snap switches 404.14(A)

CO/ALR snap switches 404.14(C)

Indicating 404.7

Time switches and similar devices 404.5

Grounding of enclosures 404. 12

Access 404.8(A)

Wet locations 404.4

Grounded conductors 404.2(B)

Switch connections 404.2(A)

Box mounted 404.10(B)

Snap switch faceplates 404.9(A)

Faceplate grounding 404.9(B)

Dimmer switches 404. 14(E)

RECEPTACLES

Rating and type 406.2(A)(B)

Single receptacle 210.21(B)(1)

Two or more receptacles 210.21(B)(3)

Receptacle ratings for various size multioutlet circuits Table 210.21(B)(3)

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'

651

APPENDIX Q

E3902.2

E3902.3

E3902.4

E3902.5

E3902.6

E3902.7

E3902.8

E3902.9

E3902.10

E3902.il

E3902.12

SECTION E3903

E3903.1

E3903.2

E3903.3

E3903.4

E3903.5

E3903.6

E3903.7

E3903.8

E3903.9

E3903.10

E3903.il

Figure E3903.il

E3903.12

E3903.12.1

E3903.12.2

SECTION E3904

E3904.1
E3904.2
E3904.3
E3904.4
E3904.5
E3904.6
E3904.7
E3904.8
E3904.9

SECTION E3905

E3905.1
E3905.2
E3905.3
E3905.4
E3905.5
E3905.6

CHAPTER 40

SECTION E4001

E4001.1

E4001.2

E4001.3

Table E400 1.3

E4001.4

E400 1.4.1

E4001.5

Grounding type 406.3(A)

CO/ALR receptacles 406.2(C)

Faceplates 406.5(B)

Position of receptacle faces 406.4(D), and 406.5

Receptacles mounted in boxes 406.4(A), and 406.4(B)

Receptacles mounted on covers 406.4(C)

Damp locations 406.8(A)

15- and 20-ampere receptacles in wet locations 406.8(B)(1)

Other receptacles in wet locations 406.8(B)(2)

Bathtub and shower space 406.8(C)

Flush mounting with faceplate 406.8(E)

LUMINAIRES

Energized parts 410.3

Luminaires near combustible material 410.5

Exposed conductive parts 410.18(A)

Screw-shell type 410.47

Recessed incandescent luminaires 410.65(C)

Thermal protection 410.73(E)

High-intensity discharge luminaires 410.73(F)

Wet or damp locations 410.4(A)

Lampholders in wet or damp locations 410.49

Bathtub and shower area 410.4(D)

Luminaires in clothes closets 410.8(A), (B), (C), and (D)

Closet storage space Figure 410.8

Luminaire wiring — general 410.22

Polarization of luminaires 410.23

Luminaires as raceways 410.31

LUMINAIRE INSTALLATION

Outlet box covers 410.12

Combustible material at outlet boxes 410. 13

Access 410.16(B)

Supports 410.15(A)

Means of support 410.16(A)

Exposed ballasts 410.76(A)

Combustible low-density cellulose fiberboard 410.76(B)

Recessed fixture clearance 410. 66(A)(1), (A)(2)

Recessed fixture installation 410.66(B)

TRACK LIGHTING

Installation 410.101(A) and (B)

Fittings 410.101(A) and (D)

Connected load 410.101(B)

Prohibited locations 410.101(C)

Fastening 410.104

Grounding 410.105(B)

APPLIANCE INSTALLATION

GENERAL

Scope 422.1 and 424.1

Installation 110.3(6) and 422.17

Flexible cords 422.16

Flexible cord length 422.16(B)(1), (2) and (4)

Overcurrent protection 422. 1 1

Single nonmotor-operated appliance 422.1 1(E)

Disconnecting means 422.30, 422.35 and 424.19

652

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

APPENDIX Q

TableE4001.5

E4001.6

E4001.7

CHAPTER 41

SECTION E4101

E4101.1
E4101.2

SECTION E4102

E4102.1
E4102.2
E4102.3

SECTION E4103

E4103.1

E4103.1.1

E4103.1.2

E4103.1.3

E4103.1.4

E4103.1.5

E4103.1.6

E4103.2

E4103.3

E4103.4

E4103.4.1

E4103.4.2

E4103.4.3

E4103.4.4

E4103.4.5

E4103.5

Table E4 103. 5

Figure E4 103. 5

E4103.6

Table E4103.6

SECTION E4104

E4 104.1
E4 104.2
E4104.3
E4 104.4

SECTION E4105

E4105.1

E4 105.2

E4105.3

E4105.4

E4105.5

E4105.6

E4105.6.1

E4105.7

E4105.8

SECTION E4106

E4 106.1
E4106.2
E4106.3
E4106.4

Disconnecting means 422.31(A),(B), 422.34, 422.35, 424.19, 424.20 and 440.14

Support of ceiling-suspended paddle fans 422.18

Snow-melting and deicing equipment protection 210.8(A)(3) Exception and 426.28

SWIMMING POOLS

GENERAL

Scope Section 680. 1

Definitions 680.2

WIRING METHODS FOR POOLS, SPAS, HOT TUBS AND HYDROMASSAGE BATHTUBS

General . . 680.7, 680.23(B), 680.21(A), 680.23(F), 680.25(A), 680.40, 680.42, 680.43 and 680.70

Flexible cords 680.7(A), (B), 680.22(B)(5), 680.42, and 680.43 Exception

Double insulated pool pumps 680.21(B)

EQUIPMENT LOCATION AND CLEARANCES

Receptacle outlets 680.22(A)(6)

Location 680.22(A)(1)

Where required 680.22.(A)(3)

Restricted space 680.22(A)(4)

GFCI protection 680.22(A)(5)

Indoor locations 680.43(A) and (A)(1)

Indoor GFCI protection 680.43(A)(2)

Switching devices 680.22(C), 680.43(C), 680.72

Disconnecting means 680.12

Luminaires and ceiling fans 680.22(B)

Outdoor location 680.22(B)(1)

Indoor location 680.22(B)(2)

Existing lighting outlets and luminaires 680.22(B)(3)

Indoor spas and hot tubs 680.43(B)

GFCI protection in adjacent areas 680.22(B)(4)

Overhead conductor clearances 680.8

Overhead conductor clearances Table 680.8

Overhead conductor clearances Figure 680.8

Underground wiring 680. 10

Underground wiring Table 680. 10

BONDING

Performance 680.26(A)

Bonded parts 680.26(B), 680.26(E), 680.42(B) and 680.43(D)(4)

Parts not required to be bonded 680.43(D)(4) Exception

Methods of bonding 680.26(A), 680.26(C), 680.26(D), 680.42(B) and 680.43(E)

GROUNDING

Equipment to be grounded 680.6

Luminaires and related equipment 680.23(F)(2), 680.24(F)

Nonmetallic conduit 680.23(B)(2)(b)

Flexible cords 680.23(B)(3)

Motors 680.21(A)(1)

Panelboards 680.25(B) and (B)(1)

Separate Buildings 680.25(B)(2)

Cord-connected equipment Section 680.7

Other equipment 680.6 and Article 250 Parts V, VI, and VII

EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION

Transformers 680.23(A)(2)

Ground-fault circuit-interrupters 680.5

Wiring on load side of ground- fault circuit-interrupters and transformers 680.23(F)(3)

Underwater luminaires 680.23(A)(1),(A)(3) and (A)(7)

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

653

APPENDIX Q

E4 106.4.1

E4106.4.2

E4106.5

E4106.5.1

E4106.6

E4106.7

E4106.8

E4106.9

E4106.9.1

E4106.9.2

E4106.9.3

E4106.9.4

E4106.9.5

E4106.10

E4106.10.1

E4106.10.2

E4106.10.3

E4106.il

E4106.12

E4106.13

E4106.13.1

E4106.13.2

E4106.13.3

E4106.14

SECTION E4107

E4107.1

E4107.2

E4107.3

E4107.3.1

E4107.3.2

E4107.4

SECTION E4108

E4108.1
E4108.2
E4108.3
E4108.4

SECTION E4109

E4109.1
E4109.2
E4109.3
E4109.4

CHAPTER 42

SECTION E4201

E4201.1
E4201.2

SECTION E4202

E4202.1
E4202.2

SECTION E4203

E4203.1

Maximum voltage 680.23(A)(4)

Luminaire location 680.23(A)(5) and (A)(6)

Wet-niche luminaires 680.23(B)(1), (B)(2), (B)(4) and (B)(5)

Servicing 680.23(B)(6)

Dry-niche luminaires 680.23(C)(1) and (C)(2)

No-niche luminaires 680.23(D)

Through- wall lighting assembly 680.23(E)

Junction boxes and enclosures for transformers or

ground-fault circuit interrupters 680.24(A) through (E)

Junction boxes 680.24(A)(1) and (A)(2)

Other enclosures 680.24(B)(1) and (2)

Protection of junction boxes and enclosures 680.24(C)

Grounding terminals 680.24(D)

Strain relief 680.24(E)

Underwater audio equipment 680.27(A)

Speakers 680.27(A)(1)

Wiring methods 680.27(A)(2)

Forming shell and metal screen 680.27(A)(3)

Electrically operated pool covers 680.27(B)(1) and (B)(2)

Electric pool water heaters 680.9

Pool area heating 680.27(C)

Unit heaters 680.27(C)(1)

Permanently wired radiant heaters 680.27(C)(2)

Radiant heating cables prohibited 680.27(C)(3)

Double insulated pool pumps Section 680.21(B)

STORABLE SWIMMING POOLS

Pumps 680.31

Ground-fault circuit-interrupters required 680.32

Luminaires 680.33

Fifteen (15) volts or less 680.33(A)

Not over 150 volts 680.33(B)

Receptacle locations 680.34

SPAS AND HOT TUBS

Ground-fault circuit-interrupters 680.44(A) and (C)

Electric water heaters 680.9

Underwater audio equipment 680.43(G)

Emergency switch for spas and hot tubs 680.41

HYDROMASSAGE BATHTUBS

Ground-fault circuit-interrupters 680.71

Other electric equipment 680.72

Accessibility 680.73

Bonding 680.74

CLASS 2 REMOTE CONTROL, SIGNALING, AND POWER-LIMITED CIRCUITS

GENERAL

Scope 725.1

Definitions Article 100 and Section 725.2

POWER SOURCES

Power sources for Class 2 circuits 725.41(A)

Interconnection of power sources 725.41(B)

WIRING METHODS

Wiring methods on supply side of Class 2 power source 725.51

654

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

APPENDIX Q

E4203.2

Table E4203.2

E4203.2.1

E4203.2.2

E4203.2.3

E4203.2.4

SECTION E4204

E4204.1
E4204.2
E4204.3
E4204.4
E4204.5

Wiring methods and materials on load side of the

Class 2 power source 725.52, 725.61, 725.82, Table 725.61

Cable uses and permitted substitutions 725.61 and Table 725.61

Type CL2P cables 725.61(A) and 725.82(A)

Type CL2 Cables 725.82(C)

Type CL2X Cables 725.61(E)(4) and 725.82(D)

Marking 725.82(L)

INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS

Separation from other conductors 725.55(A), (B), (C), (D)

Other applications 725.55(J)

Class 2 circuits with communication circuits 725.56(D)

Class 2 cables with other circuit cables 725.56(E)(1) through (5)

Installation of conductors and cables 725.7, 725.8, 725.58, 300.11(B)(2)

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

655

656 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

INDEX

ABSORPTION COOLING EQUIPMENT M1412

ACCESS

To appliances M1305

To attic R807

To crawl space R408.3

To equipment M1401 .2

To floor furnace M1408.4

To plumbing connections P2704

To plumbing fixtures P2705

ACCESSIBLE

Definition R202

Readily accessible, definition R202, E3401

ACCESSORY STRUCTURE

Definition R202

ADDRESS (Site) R321

ADMINISTRATIVE Chapter 1

Authority R104

Entry R104.6

Inspections R109

Permits R105

Purpose R101.3

Violations R113

AIR

Combustion Chapter 17

Combustion (from attic areas) M1 703.3

Combustion (from under-floor areas) . . . M1 703.4

Combustion air, definition R202

Ducts M1703.2

Indoor combustion M1702

Outdoor combustion M1703

Return M1602

AIR CONDITIONERS

Branch circuits E3602.1 1

Room air conditioners E3602.12

ALLOWABLE SPANS

Of floor joists R502.3, R505.3.2

Of headers R602.7, R603.6

Of rafters and ceiling joists R802.4, R802.5,

R804.3.1, R804.3.3

ALTERNATE MATERIALS (see MATERIALS). . R104.1 1

AMPACITY E3401

ANCHOR BOLTS R403.1.6

APPEAL

Board of R112.1

Right of R112

APPLIANCE

Access to M1 305

Attic furnace M1 305. 1.3

Clearance for M1306

Connectors, fuel-gas Chapter 24

Definition R202

Definition applied to electrical

equipment E3401

Electrical appliance disconnection

means E4001 .5

Electrical appliance installation E4001

Equipment (general) Chapter 14

Floor furnace Ml 408

Flue area R1003.14

Fuel-burning Chapter 24

Heating and cooling Chapter 14

Installation M1307

Labeling M1303

Open-top broiler units Ml 505.1

Ranges M1901

Room heaters Ml 410

Special fuel-burning equipment Chapter 19

Vented (decorative) Chapter 24

Wall furnace M1409

Warm-air furnace Ml 402

Water heaters Chapter 20, Chapter 24

APPLICATION

Plywood R703.3

APPROVAL M1302

APPROVED

Definition R202

Definition applied to electrical equipment . . E3401

AREA

Disposal, private sewage disposal P2602

Flue (appliances) R1 003.1 4

Flue masonry R1 003.1 5

ARMORED CABLE Table E3701 .2

ASPHALT SHINGLES R905.2

ATTACHMENT PLUG (PLUG CAP) (CAP)

Definition E3401

ATTIC

Access R807

Combustion air Ml 703.3

BACKFILL

For piping P2604

BACKFLOW, DRAINAGE

Definition R202

BACKWATER VALVE R202

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*'

657

INDEX

BALCONY, EXTERIOR

Definition R202

BASEMENT WALL

Definition R202

Insulation N1102.2.6

BATH AND SHOWER SPACES R307

BATHROOM E3401

Exhaust M1507.3

Group R202, Table P3004.1

BATHTUB

Enclosure P2713

Hydromassage E4109

Whirlpool R2720

BEAM SUPPORTS R606.14

BEARING

Of joists R502.6

BIDETS P2721

BOILER

Definition R202

Requirements Chapter 20

BONDING E3509, E4104

Definition applied to
electrical installations E3401

BONDING JUMPER E3401

Bonding of service equipment E3509.2

Bonding to other systems E3509.3

Main bonding jumper E3507.5

Metal water piping bonding E3508.1 .1

Sizing bonding jumpers E3509.5

BORED HOLES (see NOTCHING)

BOXES E3806

Nonmetallic boxes E3805.3

Support of boxes E3804.3

Where required E3805.1

BRANCH CIRCUIT E3401 , Chapter 36

Branch circuit ampacity E3601 .2

Branch circuit ratings E3602

Branch circuits required E3603

BUILDING

Definition R202

Drain, definition R202

Existing, definition R202

Sewer, definition R202

BUILDING OFFICIAL

Definition R202

Inspection and tests of
fuel-gas piping Chapter 24

BUILDING PLANNING

Ceiling height R305

Decay protection R31 9

Design criteria R301

Dwelling unit separations R317

Emergency escape R310

Exterior wall location R302

Finishes R31 5

Foam plastic R314

Garages and carports R309

Glazing R308

Guardrails R312

Handrails R31 1 .5.6, R31 1 .6.3

Insulation R31 6

Landing R31 1.4.3, R311.5.4, R311.6.2

Light, ventilation and heating R303

Means of egress R31 1

Minimum room area R304

Planning Chapter 3

Plumbing fixture clearances R307

Ramps R311.6

Radon protection Appendix F

Sanitation R306

Site address R321

Smoke alarms R31 3

Stairways R31 1 .5

Termite protection R320

Vapor retarders R31 8

BUILDING THERMAL ENVELOPE

Definition R202

Requirements N1102

BUILT-UP GIRDERS (see GIRDERS)

BUILT-UP ROOFING (see ROOFING)

CABINETS AND PANELBOARDS E3807

CAPACITY

Expansion tank M2003.2

CARPORT R309.4

CEILING

Finishes R805

Height R305

CEILING FANS E4103.4

CENTRAL FURNACES (see FURNACES)

CHASES R606.7

CHIMNEYS

And fireplaces Chapter 1

Clearance R1003.18

Corbeling R1003.5

Crickets R1 003.20

Design (masonry) R1 003.1

Factory-built R1005

Fireblocking R1003.19

Flue area R1003.14, R1003.15

Flue lining R1003.1 1

658

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

INDEX

Load R1003.8

Masonry and factory built, size IVIISOS

Multiple flue R1003.14

Spark arrestors R1003.9.1

Termination R1 003.9

Wall thickness R1003.10

CIRCUIT BREAKER

Definition E3401

CIRCUIT BREAKER RATING

Class 2 remote-control, signaling and
power-limited circuits Chapter 42

CLAY

Tiles R905.3

CLEANOUT

Definition R202

Drainage P3005.2

Masonry chimney R1 003.1 7

CLEARANCE

Above cooking top M1 901.1

For appliances . M1306.1

For chimneys R1001.15

Reduction methods M1306.2

Vent connector R1803.3.4

CLEARANCES

Around electrical equipment E3305.1, E3504.1,

E3504.2, E3504.3

CLOTHES CLOSETS

Lighting fixtures E3903.1 1

CLOTHES DRYERS Ml 502, Chapter 24

CLOTHES WASHING MACHINES P2718

COLUMNS R407

COMBUSTIBLE

Materials . . R202

COMBUSTION AIR

Air Chapter 17

Attic M1703.3

Definition R202

Indoor M1702

Outdoor M1703.1

Supply M1701.1

Under-floor M1703.4

COMMON VENT

Definition R202

Requirements N1801.11

CONCRETE

Compressive Strength R402.2

Floors (on ground) R506

Tile (roof) R905.3

Weathering Figure R301.2(3), R402.2

CONCRETE-ENCASED ELECTRODE E3508.1.2

CONDUCTOR E3306

Ampacity E3605.1

Definition E3401

Identification E3307

Insulation E3306.5

Material E3306.2

Parallel E3306.6

Size E3306.3, E3604.1

Ungrounded conductors E3503.1

CONDUIT BODY

Definition E3401

CONNECTION

Access to connections P2704

For fuel-burning appliances Chapter 24

For fuel-oil piping M2202

Joints P2904

Plumbing fixture P2601 .2

To water supply P2902.1

CONNECTIONS

Aluminum E3306.8

Device E3306.10.2

CONNECTOR

Chimney and vent M1803

Vent, definition R202

CONNECTOR, PRESSURE (SOLDERLESS)

Definition E3401

CONSTRUCTION

Cavity wall masonry R606.4.2

Flood-resistant R324

Floors Chapter 5

Footings R403

Foundation walls R404

Foundations Chapter 4

Grouted masonry R609

Masonry R606, R607, R608, R609, R610

Material R402

Reinforced hollow unit masonry R609.4

Roofs Chapter 8

Steel framing R505, R603, R804

Wood framing R502, R602, R802

Walls Chapter 6

CONTINUOUS LOAD

Definition E3401

CONTINUOUS WASTE

Definition R202

CONTROL

Devices Chapter 24

CONTROLS

For forced-air furnaces Chapter 24

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

659

INDEX

COOKING UNIT, COUNTER-MOUNTED

Definition E3401

COOLING

Absorption cooling equipment M1 41 2

Access to equipment I\/I1401 .2

Evaporative cooling equipment M1413

Installation M1401 .1

Refrigeration cooling equipment M1404

Return air-supply source M1602

Screen inlet protection M1 602.3

COPPER-CLAD ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS

Definition E3401

CORDS

Flexible E4001 .3, E4102.2

COURT

Definition R202

COVER REQUIREMENTS E3703.1

COVERING

Exterior R703

Interior R702

Roof Chapter 9

Wall Chapter 7

CRAWL SPACE R408, N1 102.2.8

CRITERIA

Design R301

CROSS CONNECTION

Definition R202

DAMPER, VOLUME

Definition R202

DECAY

Protection against R31 9

DECK

Definition R202

DECORATIVE APPLIANCES

Vented Chapter 24

DEFINITIONS

Building R202

Electrical E3401

Mechanical System R202

Plumbing R202

DESIGN

Criteria R301

DIRECTIONAL

Fittings, plumbing P2707

DISCONNECTING MEANS

Definition E3401

Identification E3304.1 1

DISHWASHING MACHINES P2717

660

DOORS

Exit R311.4.1

Glass R613

DRAFT HOOD

Definition R202

DRAFTSTOPPING R502.12

DRAIN

Floor .P2719

Shower receptors P2709

DRAINAGE

Cleanouts P3005.2

Foundation R405

Inspection and tests P2503

DRILLING AND NOTCHING (see NOTCHING)

DRIP LOOPS E3505.19.5

DRYERS

Domestic clothes M1502

DUCTS Chapter 16

Installation Ml 601 .3

Insulation N1 103.2

Material .M1601.1

System, definition R202

DWELLING

Definition. . R202, E3401

DWELLING UNIT

Definition R202, E3401

Separation R31 7

ELECTRICAL

Appliance (labeling) Ml 303

Inspection E3303

ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING .... Table E3804.6

ELECTRICAL NONMETALLIC
TUBING Table E3701.4

ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE HEATERS

Baseboard convectors M1405

Duct heaters M1407

Radiant heating M1406

ELECTRODES

Grounding E3508

EMERGENCY ESCAPE R202, R310

ENERGY CONSERVATION Chapter 1 1

ENCLOSURE

Definition E3401

ENTRY R104.6

EQUIPMENT

Definition applied to electrical equipment . . E3401

General, mechanical Chapter 14

Heating and cooling Chapter 14

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE®

INDEX

EXCAVATIONS

For appliance installation M 1305. 1.4.2

EXTERIOR

Covering R703

Insulation finish systems R703.9

Lath R703.6.1

Plaster R703.6

EXTERIOR WALL

Definition R202

Thermal performance N1 102

FACEPLATES E3901.11, E3902.4

FACTORY BUILT

Chimneys R1005, M1805

Fireplace stoves R1 005.3

Fireplaces R1004

FASTENING Table R602.3(1)

FAUCETS P2701

FEEDER

Ampacity E3604.5

Conductor size E3604.1

Feeder neutral load ....;. E3604.3

Loads E3604.2

Requirements E3604

FENESTRATION

Definition R202

L/-factor and SHGC rating N1 101 .5

L/-factor and SHGC requirements N1 102.3

FINISHES

Flame spread and smoke density R315

For ceilings R805

Interior R315, R702

FIRE BLOCKING

Barrier between stories R602.8

Chimney R1003.19

Fireplace R1001.12

FIREPLACES Chapter 10

Clearance R1001.11

Corbeling R1 001 .8

Factory-built R1004

Fire blocking R1001.12

Walls R1001.5

FITTING

Definition applied to electrical
installations E3401

FITTINGS

DWV piping P3002.3

Prohibited joints P3003.2

Water supply P2904.6

FIXTURE INSTALLATION E3904

FIXTURE UNIT

Drainage, definition R202

Unit valves P2903.9.3

Water supply, definition R202

FIXTURES

Clearances E3904.8

Plumbing fixture, definition R202

Plumbing fixture, general Chapter 27

Trap seals . P3201 .2

FLAME SPREAD R315

FLASHING R703.7.5, R703.8, R903.2, R905

FLEXIBLE CORDS E3809, E4001.3, E4102.2

FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT .... E3701.4, E3808.8.1
FLOOR FURNACE

Access M1408.4

Clearance M1408.2

Definition R202

General M1408.1

Installation M1408.5

Location M1408.3

FLOORS

Concrete (on ground) R506

Steel framing R505

Treated-wood (on ground) R504

Wood framing R502

FLUE

Area R1003.14, R1003.15

Lining R1003.11, R1003.12

Multiple .R1003.13

FOAM PLASTICS R314

FOOD-WASTE GRINDERS P2716

FOOTINGS R403

FOUNDATIONS Chapter 4

Cripple walls R602.10.2, R602.11.3

Frost protection R403.1.4.1

Inspection R109.1 .1

Walls R404

FRAME

Inspection R109.1.4

FREEZE PROTECTION OF PLUMBING P2603.6

FUEL-BURNING APPLIANCES
(see APPLIANCE, definition)

Identification Chapter 24

FUEL-GAS Chapter24

FUEL-OIL

Oil tanks M2201

Piping, fittings and connections M2202

Pumps and valves M2204

FURNACES

Clearance of warm-air furnaces M1402.2

Exterior M1401 .4

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

661

INDEX

Floor (see FLOOR FURNACE)
Wall (see WALL FURNACE)

Warm-air M1402, Chapter 24

FUSES E3605.6

GARAGES R309

GAS

Appliance labeling Chapter 24

GAS PIPING SYSTEM NOT TO BE
USED AS GROUNDING ELECTRODE. . . Chapter 24

GIRDERS R502.5

GLAZING R308

Aggregate R303.1

Protection of openings R301 .2.1 .2

GRADE

Definition R202

Of lumber R502.1, R602.1, R802.1

Plane, definition R202

Slope of piping, definition R202

GROUND

Definition of electrical E3401

Floors (on ground) R504, R505, R506

Joint connection P2904.8

GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT-INTERRUPTER

PROTECTION E3802. E4103, E4106,

E4107, E4108

GROUND SOURCE HEAT PUMP M2105

GROUNDED

Definition E3401

GROUNDED CONDUCTOR

Definition E3401

Identification E3307

GROUNDED, EFFECTIVELY

Definition E3401

GROUNDING

Effective grounding path E351 1 .3

Of equipment E3808, E4105.1

GROUNDING CONDUCTOR

Definition E3401

Equipment E3401, E3507.3.1, E3808

GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR . . E3507.4

Connection E3507.2, E351 1

Definition E3401

Size E3503.4

GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM E3508

GROUNDING ELECTRODES E3508, E3508.1

Resistance of E3508

GROUTED MASONRY (see MASONRY) R609

Reinforced R609.3

GUARDED

Definition applied

to electrical equipment E3401

GUARDING OF ENERGIZED PARTS E3304.8

GUARDS R312

Definition R202

GYPSUM

Wallboard R702.3

HABITABLE SPACE

Definition R202

HALLWAYS R311.3

HANDRAILS R311.5.6, R311.6.3

Definition R202

HEADERS

Wood R602.7

Steel R603.6

HEARTH R1001.9

Extension R1001.9, R1001.10

HEATERS

Baseboard M1405

Central furnaces M1402

Duct M1407

Heat pumps M1403

Masonry R1 002

Pool M2006, Chapter 24

Radiant M1406

Sauna Chapter 24

Unvented G2445

Vented room M1410, Chapter 24

Water Chapter 20

HEATING R303.8

HEATING EQUIPMENT Chapter 14

HEIGHT

Ceiling R305

HOLLOW-UNIT MASONRY
(see MASONRY) R608.1 .1 .2

Reinforced R609.4

HORIZONTAL

Pipe, definition R202

Vent length M1803.3.2

HOT TUBS E41 01, Appendix G

HOT WATER

Definition R202

Distribution pipe rating P2904.5

Heaters M2005, Chapter 24

Piping insulation Nil 03.4

HYDROGEN GENERATING AND
REFUELING M1307.4

662

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

INDEX

•

HYDRONIC HEATING SYSTEMS

Baseboard convectors M2102

Boilers M2001

Expansion tanks . . I\/I2003

Floor heating systems M21 03

Operating and safety controls M2002

Piping systems installation M2101

Water heaters . ( M2005

I
IDENTIFIED

Definition applied to
electrical equipment E3401

INDIVIDUAL

Branch circuit, definition E3401

Sewage disposal systems R202, P2602

Water supply and sewage
disposal systems P2602

INLET

To masonry chimneys R1001.13

INSPECTION

Card AE305.3

Excavation for piping P2604.1

Fuel-supply system Chapter 24

Of plumbing system P2503

On site R109.1

INSTALLATION

Existing Appendix J

Of appliances M1307

Of cooling and heating equipment. M1401.1

Of ducts M1601.3

Of floor furnaces M1408.5

Of flue liners R1 001 .9

Of plumbing fixtures P2705

Of wall furnaces M1409.3

INSULATION R316

R-value requirements Chapter 1 1

INTERIOR

Lath R702.2

Other finishes R702.5

Plaster R702.2

Wall covering Chapter 7

INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT. . . . E3701, E3804

INTERRUPTING RATING E3304.2

Definition E3401

JOINTS, PIPE

And connections P2904, P3003

Slip P3003.3.7

JOIST

Bearing R502.6, R606.14.1

JUMPERS

Bonding E3509

JUNCTION BOXES E3805, E41 06.8.1

K
KITCHEN

Definition R202

KITCHEN RECEPTACLES E3603.2, E3801

L VENT TERMINATION M1804.2.4

LABELED

Definition R202

Definition applied to

electrical equipment E3401

Fenestration N1101.5, N1 102.4.2

LABELING

Appliances M1 303

Definition R202

LAMPHOLDERS E3903, E3904

LANDINGS R31 1 .4.3, R31 1 .5.4, R31 1 .6.2

LATERAL SUPPORT R606.9, R61 0.5.2

LATH

Exterior R703.6.1

Interior R702.2

LAUNDRY CIRCUIT E3603.3

LAUNDRY TUBS P2715

LAVATORIES P2711

Clearances R307

Waste outlets P271 1 .3

LEAD

Bends and traps P3002.4.2

Caulked joints P3003.6.1

Flashing P3002.4.1

LIABILITY R104.8

LIGHT, VENTILATION AND HEATING R303

LIGHTING

Fixture installation E3904

Fixtures in clothes closets E3903.1 1

Fixtures (luminaries) E3903, E3904, E4106

LIGHTING OUTLETS E3803

Definition E3401

Required lighting outlets E3803

LINING

Flue R1003.11, R1003.13

LINTEL R606.10, R61 1.7.3, R703.7.3, R1001.7

LIQUID-TIGHT FLEXIBLE

CONDUIT E3701.4, E3808.8.2

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

663

INDEX

LISTED

Definition applied
to electrical equipment E3401

LISTED and LISTING

Definition applied to building and

mechanical provisions R202

Mechanical appliances M1 302.1

LOAD

Additional R1003.8

Roof R301 .6

Seismic risk map Figure R301.2(2)

Snow load map Figure R301 .2(5)

Wind speed map Figure R301.2(4)

LOADS

Branch circuit loads E3602, E3603.6

Dead load R301.4

Feeder load E3604.2

Feeder neutral load E3604.3

Horizontal load AE602.1

Live load R301 .5

Service load E3502.2

LOADS, LIVE AND DEAD

Definition R202

LOCATION

Of furnaces M1408.3, M1409.2

LOCATION (DAMP) (DRY) (WET)

Definitions E3401

LUMBER

Grade R502.1 , R602.1 , R802.1

MACERATING TOILET P2723

MANUFACTURED HOME

Definition R202

Provisions Appendix E

MASONRY

Anchorage R606.1 1

Attachment R703.4

Cavity wall R606.4

Chases R606.7

General R606

Grouted R609

Hollow unit R202, R607.2.2.2, R608.1 .1 .2

Inspection R109.1.4

Reinforced grouted R609.3

Reinforced hollow unit R609.4

Seismic requirements R606.12

Solid, definition R202

Veneer R703.7

MATERIALS

Alternate . . .R104.11

Combustible R202, R1003.18, R1003.19

R1001,11,R1001.12

For ducts M1601

For fixture accessories P2702

For flue liners R1003.1 1

For fuel-supply systems Chapter 24

For hearth extension R1001 .9

For siding R703.3

Hydronicpipe M2101, M2103, M2104

Plumbing pipe P2904, P3002

MECHANICAL

Inspection R109.1.2

System requirements Chapter 13

Ventilation dampers N1 103.5

MEDIUM PRESSURE FUEL-GAS
PIPING SYSTEM Chapter 24

MEMBRANE

Penetration R31 7.3.2

Polyethylene R504.2.2

Water proofing R406.2

Weather-resistant R703.2

METAL ^^

Ducts .Chapter 16 ^f

Roof panels R905.10

Roof shingles R905.4

METAL-CLAD CABLE Table E3701.2

METHODS

Water distribution pipe sizing Table P2903.7

MODIFICATIONS R104.10

MOISTURE CONTROL N1 102.5

MORTAR

Joints R607.2.1.1

MOTORS

Motor branch circuits E3602.6, E3602.7

MULTIPLE

Appliance venting systems Ml 801. 11

Flues R1003.13

MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS E3601.4

N
NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL

Definition R202

NONMETALLIC BOXES E3805.3, E3808.16

NONMETALLIC RIGID CONDUIT E3701.4

NONMETALLIC-SHEATHED

CABLE E3605.4.4, E3701 .4,

E3805.3.1, E3808.8.3

664

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE'^

INDEX

•

NOTCHING

Electrical E3302.1

For plumbing piping P2603.2

For mechanical systems. M1308

Steel joists R505.3.5

Steel studs R603.3.4

Wood joists R502.8, R802.7.1

Wood studs R602.6

Wood top plates R602.6.1

OCCUPIED SPACE

Definition R202

OIL

Piping and connections M2202

Supply pumps and valves M2204

Tanks M2201

OPEN-TOP GAS BROILER UNITS M1505.1

OPENING

Requirements, combustion air M1 702.2,

M1703.2.1

Waterproofing of piping penetrations. . . . P2606.1
OUTLET

Definition Chapter 24, E3401

OVEN, WALL-MOUNTED

Definition applied to

electrical provisions E3401

OVERCURRENT

Definition E3401

OVERCURRENT PROTECTION E3605

OVERCURRENT-PROTECTION RATING .... E3605.6

OVERLOAD

Definition E3401

PARAPETS R31 7.2.2, R606.2.4

PANELBOARD

Definition E3401

PANELBOARDS E3606

Clearance and dedicated space E3305.2,

E3305.3

Headroom E3305.7

PARTICLEBOARD

Floor R503.3

Walls . .R605

PERMITS R105

PIERS R606.6

PJPE

Insulation N1103.3, N1 103.4

Materials listing Table M2101.1, P2608

Protection P2603

Standards, drain,

waste and vent Table P3002.1(1),

P3002.1(2)

Standards, sewer Table P3002.2

Standards, water supply P2904

PIPING

Connections and materials . . Table M2101 .1 , P2904

Drain, waste and vent P3002.1

Fuel-gas size determination Chapter 24

Protection P2603

Sizing methods, water distribution P2903

Support M2101 .9, Chapter 24, P2605

PLANNING

Building Chapter 3

PLANS R106

PLASTER

Exterior R703.6

Interior R702.2

PLENUM

Definition R202

Definition, electrical installations E3401

PLUMBING

Fixture clearances R307

Fixtures Chapter 27

Inspection R109.1.2

Materials P2702.2, P2904, P3002

Requirements and definitions R202

System, definition R202

Traps Chapter 32

Vents Chapter 31

PLYWOOD

Application R703.3

Materials, walls R604

POTABLE WATER

Definition R202

PRESSURE, WATER SUPPLY

Maximum P2903.3.1

Minimum P2903.3

PRIVATE

Sewage disposal system Appendix I

PROHIBITED

Receptors P2706.3

Return air sources Ml 602.2

Traps P3201.5

Water closets P2712.1

PROTECTION

Against decay and termites R319, R320

Against radon Appendix F

Of ferrous gas piping Chapter 24

Of potable water supply P2902

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

665

INDEX

PURLINS R802.5.1

PURPOSE R101.3

H-VALUE

Computation N1102.1.1

Definition R202

RACEWAY

Definition E3401

Raceway installations E3804

Raceway seals E3501 .5, E3703.6

Raceways as means of support E3804.4

RADON

Map Appendix F

RAFTERS

Grade of lumber R802.1

Spans R802.5, Tables R802.5.1(1)—

R802.5.1(8)

RAINPROOF

Definition applied to
electrical provisions E3401

RAINTIGHT

Definition applied to
electrical provisions E3401

RAMPS R311.6

RANGES

Branch circuits for ranges E3602.9

RANGES AND OVENS

Vertical clearance above cooking top . . . M1 901.1

READILY ACCESSIBLE

Definition R202

Definition, electrical installations E3401

RECEPTACLE

Definition E3401

RECEPTACLE OUTLET

Definition E3401

Required outlets E3801

RECEPTACLES

Rating, type and installation E3902

RECEPTORS

Plumbing fixtures and traps Chapter 27

Shower receptor materials P2709.3.1

Waste P2706

RECESSED LUMINAIRES E3903.5, E3903.11,

E3904.8, E3904.9,

Sealed N1102.4.3

REQUIREMENTS

Connections for fuel-burning

appliances Chapter 24

Return air M1602.1

RESISTANCE TO GROUND

Electrodes E3508.4

RESISTANT SIDING MATERIAL (see MATERIALS)

RETURN-AIR LIMITATION Ml 602.2

RIDGE BOARD R802.3

RIGID METALLIC CONDUIT E3808

RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT E3701.4

ROOF

Coverings R905

Drainage R903.4

Flashing R703.8, R903.2, R905

Steel framing R804

Wood framing R802

ROOF-CEILING CONSTRUCTION

(see CONSTRUCTION) Chapter 8

Insulation Nil 02.2

Wind uplift R802.11

ROOFING

Built-up R905.9

Liquid-applied coating R905.15

Modified bitumen R905.1 1

Sprayed polyurethane foam R905.14

Thermoplastic single-ply R905.13

Thermoset single-ply R905.12

ROOM

Heaters, vented Ml 410

Minimum Sizes R304

SANITATION R306

SEISMIC RISK MAP Figure R301.2(2)

SEPTIC TANK

Definition R202

SERVICE

Definition E3401

SERVICE CABLE

Definition E3401

SERVICE CONDUCTORS

Definition E3401

Drip loops E3505.19.5

Insulation E3505.1

Overload protection E3503.3

Rating of ungrounded service

conductors E3502.1

Size E3503.1

SERVICE DISCONNECT

Location E3501 .6.2

Marking of E3501 .6.1

Maximum number of E3501 .7

Rating of E3502.3

•

666

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

INDEX

•

Required E3501 .6

SERVICE DROP

Clearances E3504.1 , E3504.2

Definition E3401

Point of attachment E3504.3

SERVICE-ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS,
OVERHEAD SYSTEM

Definition E3401

SERVICE-ENTRANCE CONDUCTORS,
UNDERGOUND SYSTEM

Definition E3401

SERVICE EQUIPMENT

Definition E3401

SERVICE LATERAL

Definition E3401

SERVICE LOAD E3502.2

SERVICE POINT

Definition E3401

SERVICE VOLTAGE RATING E3502.4

SERVICES Chapter 35

SEWAGE

Disposal, private P2602

SEWER, BUILDING

Definition R202

Size P3005.4.2

Testing P2503.4

SHAKES

Wood R702.6, R703.5, R905.8

SHINGLE

Asphalt shingles R905.2

Metal R905.4

Slate R905.6

Wood R905.7

SHOWER

Compartment R307.2

Receptor P2709

Stall dimensions P2708

Walls P2710

SHUTOFF VALVE (see VALVES)

SIDING

Exterior coverings R703

SINKS P2714

SITE

Address R321

Preparation R504.2, R506.2

SIZE

Of combustion air openings Chapter 17

Of rooms R304

Of trap P3201 .7

SIZING METHODS

Water piping P2903.7

SKYLIGHTS R308.6, N1 102.3.5, N1 102.4.1

SLATE SHINGLES R905.6

SMOKE DENSITY R315

SMOKE ALARMS R313

SNOW LOAD MAP R301.2(5)

SOLAR HEAT GAIN

COEFFICIENT (SHGC) N1101.5,

N1101.8, N1102.3

SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS M2301

SPANS

Steel (allowable) R505.3.2, R804.3.3

Wood (allowable) R502.3, R802.5

SPAS E4108

SPLICES E3306.10

SPLICES AND TAPS E3703.4

STACK BOND R606.7

STAIRWAYS R311.5

STANDARDS Chapter 43, Appendix G

STEEL

Fireplace units R1 001 .5.1

Floor construction R505

Roof-ceiling construction R804

Walls R603

STORY

Definition R202

STOVES

Factory-built fireplace Ml 41 4

STRUCTURAL AND PIPING PROTECTION . . . P2603
STUDS

Wood R602.2, R602.3

Spacing R602.3.1

Steel R603.2, R603.3

SUPPLY

Combustion air Chapter 17

Fuel systems Chapter 24

Oil supply pumps and valves M2204

Required gas Chapter 24

Return air M1602

Water Chapter 29

SUPPORT

Of ducts M1601.3.2

Of joists R502.6

Of masonry chimneys R1 001 .3.1

Of pipe M2101.9, Chapter 24, P2605

SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS FOR WIRING

METHODS E3702.1

SWIMMING POOLS Chapter 41 , Appendix G

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

667

INDEX

SWITCHES

Definition E3401

Rating and application E3901

SYSTEMS

IVIechanical venting Chapter 18, Ciiapter 24

Plumbing, drainage, waste
and venting Chapters 25, 30 and 31

TAIL PIECES P2703

TANK

For fuel oil-burning appliances M2201

Septic, definition R202

TEMPERATURE ISOLINES Figure R301.2{1)

TEMPERATURE LIMITATIONS E3605.4

TERMINALS E3306.9

TERMINATION

Of chimneys R1 001 .9

Of vents (general) M1804.2

TERMITES

Infestation probability map Figure R301.2(6)

TEST

For leaks in supply piping Chapter 24

Of building sewers P2503.4

Of plumbing systems P2503

THERMAL ISOLATION R202, N1 102.2.10,

N1 102.3.3

THICKNESS

Of chimney walls R1001.10

TIES

Veneer R703.7.4.1

TILE

Shingles (clay and concrete) R905.3

TOWNHOUSE

Definition R202

Scope .R101.2

Separation R317.2

TRACK LIGHTING E3905

TRAP Chapter 32

Arm, definition R202

TRUSSES

Steel R804.1.3

Wood R502.11, R802.10

TYPE OF VENTING SYSTEMS
REQUIRED Chapter 18, Chapter 24

(/-FACTOR

Alternative N1 102.1 .2

Definition R202

UNDER FLOOR

Access to furnaces Ml 305.1 .4

Combustion air M1 703.4

Plenums M1601.4

Space R408

UNDERGROUND INSTALLATION
REQUIREMENTS

Duct systems M1601 .1 .2

Electrical cable E3703

Wiring E4103.6

UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT

Definition E3401

VALVES

Backwater P3008

Meter Chapter 24

Oil-supply M2204

Relief, water heater P2803

Shutoff, fuel-gas Chapter 24

Shutoff, fuel oil M2204.2

Water heaters P2903.9.2

Water supply P2903.9

VAPOR RETARDERS R318, N1 102.2.8, N1 102.5

Definition R202

VENEER

Masonry R703.7

VENT

B or BW vent Chapter 24

Definition Chapter 24

L vent M1804.2.4, Chapter 24

Plumbing system, definition R202

Termination Ml 804.2, M2203.5, P3103.3

VENTED

Decorative appliances Chapter 24

Floor furnaces Ml 408

Room heaters M1410

Wall furnaces M1409

VENTILATION

Bathroom and kitchen M1507

For hydrogen systems Ml 307.4

Roof R806

Under floor R408.1

VENTING (Mechanical)

Chimney and vent connectors Ml 803

Components Ml 802

General M1801

Required M1801, M2203.4

Systems Chapter 1 8

•

668

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE^

INDEX

•

VENTING (Plumbing)

Air admittance valves P3114

Circuit P3110

Combination waste and vent system P31 11

Common P3107

Connections and grades P3104

Fixture P3105

Individual P3106

Island fixture P31 12

Pipe sizing P31 13

Stacks and stack vents P3102

Systems P3101

Terminals P3103

Waste stack P3109

Wet P3108

VERTICAL

Clearances above cooking top M1901.1

Pipe, definition R202

VIOLATIONS

And penalties R1 13

VOLTAGE

Definition E3401

VOLTAGE RATING (Services) E3502.4

VOLTAGE TO GROUND

Definition E3401

VOLTAGES E3304.1

W
WALL FURNACE (see APPLIANCE)

General M1409.1

Installation M1409.3

Location M1409.2

WALLBOARD

Gypsum R702.3

WALLS

Steel framing R603

Bracing, steel R603.3.3

Bracing, wood R602.10

Construction Chapter 6

Covering Chapter 7

Cripple R602.9

Deflection R301 .7

Exterior covering R703

Finishes R315, R702

Fireplace R1003.5

Foundation R404

Insulating concrete form R61 1

Mass N1 102.2.3

Steel framing R603

Thickness, masonry chimneys R1 003.10

Wood framing R602

WARM-AIR FURNACES M1402

Access to M1401 .2

Clearance from M1402.2

WASTE

Continuous, definition R202

WATER

Distribution system, definition R202

Heater, definition R202

Heaters Chapters 20, 24 and 28

Individual supply and sewage disposal. . . . P2602

Piping sizing methods P2903

Supply and distribution Chapter 29

Supply system, definition R202

WATER CLOSET R306.1

WATERPROOFING

And dampproofing R406

Of openings through roofs and walls P2606

WATERTIGHT

Definition applied to
electrical provisions E3401

WEATHERPROOF

Definition applied to
electrical provisions E3401

WHIRLPOOL BATHTUBS P2720

WIND SPEED MAP Figure R301 .2(4)

WINDOW.. R613

WIRING METHODS Chapter 37

WOOD

Floor construction R502

Foundation walls R404.2

Roof-ceiling construction R802

Shakes R905.8

Shingles R905.7

Trusses R502.11, R802.10

Walls R602

WORKING SPACE E3506.2

Around electrical equipment. . . E3305.1, E3305.2

WORKMANSHIP, PLUMBING P2607

YARD

Definition R202

2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE*"

669

•

670 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE''

Savings. Services. Success.

ooe Loyncii

®.

Your career deserves
the added prestige that
comes with membership in
the International
Code Council The
International Code
Council offers complete
support for building
safety and fire prevention
professionals. Sign up
today to begin enjoying
hese exclusive benefits.

FREE code opinions for ALL International Code Council
(ICC®) members

Substantial discounts on l-Codes®, code commentaries,
supplements, updates, referenced standards and other
publications; in-person, online and telephone seminars;
and technical services including plan review

FREE code book with new membership (Save up to $100)*

Subscription to Building Safety Journor" (ICC's magazine).
Building Safety Bulletin (ICC's newsletter), and eNews
(ICC's electronic newsletter) included in mem.ber dues

FREE job postings in the members-only area of the ICC Web site

FREE (upon request) monographs and other publications
regarding proposed revisions to the !-Codes

National representation in organizations involving standards
development, code administration and code enforcement matters

Voting privileges for preliminary hearings on proposed changes
to any of the !-Codes**

Access to the member-only area of the International Code
Council Web site www./ccsofe.org. This area contains o
seorchable membership directory, an order area showing
member discount pricing, and other valuable services
available only to International Code Council members

An International Code Council membership card, wall
certificate and international Code Council logo decals to
identify your commitment to the community and to the safety
of people worldwide

*A new member has nof had an acfive membership with ICC, BOCA,
ICBO or SBCCI wifhin the last five years.

**Contact your Member Services Representative for details on
voting privileges.

€d

C3(o)(0)(0)'=l\

wo§oO wmmic

y(§(§§(o]feo®[fgj/(

'4] @F

ifcmipik" Sk'llpkm, IPimpit

Please refer to Tracking Number
66-05-274 when applying.

INTERNATIONAL
CODE COUNCIL®

People Helping People
Build a Safer World™

Membership Application

This form may be photocopied

MEMBERSHIP CATEGORIES AND DUES*— ANNUAL MEMBERSHIP

Special membership structures are also available for Educational Insfifufions and Federal Agencies.

For more information, please visit www.iccsafe.org/membership or call 1-888-ICC-SAFE (422-7233), x33804.

GOVERNMENTAL MEMBER**

Government/Municipality (including agencies, departments or units) engaged in administration, formulation or
enforcement of laws, regulations or ordinances relating to public health, safety and welfare. Annual member dues
(by population) are shown below. Please verify the current ICC membership status of your employer prior to applying.

D Up to 50,000 $100

050,001-150,000 $180 0150,001+ $280

**A Governmental Member may designate 4 to 12 voting representatives (based on population) who are employees or officials of that
governmental member and are actively engaged on a full- or part-time basis in the administration, formulation or enforcement of laws,
regulations or ordinances relating to public health, safety and welfare. Number of representatives is based on population. All dues for
representatives have been included in the annual member dues payment. Please call 1-888-ICC-SAFE (422-7233), x33804 for
information about how to designate your voting representatives.

U CORPORATE MEMBERS ($300) An association, society, testing laboratory, manufacturer, company or corporation

INDIVIDUAL MEMBERS
D PROFESSIONAL ($150)
D COOPERATING ($150)

D CERTIFIED ($75)
D ASSOCIATE ($35)
D STUDENT ($25)

D RETIRED ($20)

A design professional duly licensed or registered by any state or other recognized governmental agency

An individual who is interested in International Code Council purposes and objectives and would
like to take advantage of membership benefits

An individual who holds a current Legacy or International Code Council certification

An employee of a current ICC Governmental Member

An individual who is enrolled in classes or a course of study including at least 12 hours of
classroom instruction per week

A former governmental representative, corporate or individual member who has retired

New Governmental and Corporate Members will receive a free package of 7 code books. New Individual Members will receive one free code book. Upon
receipt of your completed application and payment, you will be contacted by an ICC Member Services Representative regarding your free code
package or code book. For more information, please visit www.iccsafe.org/membership or call 1-888-iCC-SAFE (422-7233), x33804.

Please print clearly or type information below:

Name ^^H

Name of Jurisdiction, Association, Institute or Company, etc.

Title

Billing Address

City State

Zip-l-4

Street Address for Shipping

City State

Zip-l-4

E-mail

Telephone

Tax Exempt Number (If applicable, must attach copy of tax exempt license if claiming an exemption)
Payment Information:

VISA, MC, AMEX or DISCOVER Account Number

Return this application to:
International Code Council

Attn: Membership

5360 Workman Mill Road
Whittier,CA 90601 -2298

Exp. Date

Toll Free: 1-888-ICC-SAFE (1-888-422-7233), x33804

FAX: (562) 692-6031 (Los Angeles District Office)

Or, apply online at wv/w.iccsafe.org/membership.

Please refer to Tracking Number 66-05-274 when applying.

If you have any questions about membership in the International Code Council,
call 1-888-ICC-SAFE (1-888-422-7233), x33804 and request a Member Services Representative.

REP 66-05-274

*Membership categories and dues subject to change.
Please visit www.iccsafe.org/membership for the most current information.

2006 International Residential Code Errata

FIRST PRINTING (Updated September 12, 2006)

CHAPTER 1
ADMINISTRATION

R 109. 1.5.2 Reinforced masonry, insulating concrete form (ICF) and conventionally formed concrete wall inspection.

R e inforc e d masonry walls, insulating concr e t e form (ICF) walls and conv e ntionally form e d concr e t e walls locat e d in S e ismic D e sign
Cat e gori e s DO, Dl, D2 and E shall b e insp e ct e d aft e r th e plumbing, m e chanical and e l e ctric syst e ms e mb e dd e d wittiin tti e walls, and
r e inforcing st ee l ar e in plac e and prior to th e plac e m e nt of grout or concr e t e . Insp e ction shall v e rify th e corr e ct siz e , location, spacing,
and lapping of r e inforcing. For masonry walls, insp e ction shall also v e rify that th e location of grout cl e anouts and siz e of grout
spac e s comply with th e r e quir e m e nts of this cod e . (Posted 9-12-06)

2006 International Residential Code Errata Page 1 of 6

FIRST PRIISTTING (Updated J uly 25, 2007)

CHAPTERS
BUILDING PLANNING

R301.2.1.2 Protection of openings. (No change to charging statement)

Exception: Wood structural panels with a minimum of 7/16 inch (11 mm) and a maximum span of 8 feet (2438 mm) shall
be permitted for opening protection in one- and two- story buildings. Panels shall be precut so that they shall be attached to
the framing surrounding tiie opening containing the product with the glazed opening. Panels shall be secured with the
attachment hardware provided. Attachments shall be designed to resist the component and cladding loads determined in
accordance with eifeer Table R301.2(2) or S e ction 1609.6.5 of th e Int e rnational Building Cod e .
(Remainder of exception unchanged, Posted 7-25-07)

R301.2.2.1.1 Alternate determination of seismic design category. The Seismic Design Categories and corresponding Short Period
Design Categories and corresponding Short Period Design Spectral Response Accelerations, S^g shown in Figure R301. 2(2) are based

on soil Site Class D, as defined in S e ction 1615.1.1 Section 1613.5.2 of the International Building Code. If soil conditions are other
than Site class D, the Short Period Design Spectral Response A ccel oration, Sj) g for a site can be determined according to Section

1615.1 Section 1613.5 of the International Building Code. The value of Sq g determined according to S e ction 1615.1 Section 1613.5

of the International Building Code is permitted...
(Remainder of section unchanged, posted 7-25-07)

Table R302.1 Exterior Walls

Exterior Wall Element

Minimum
Fire-resistance rating

Minimum Fire Separation
Distance

Projections

(Fire-resistance rated)

1 hour on the underside

4.2 feet

(Not fire-resistance rated)

liours

5 feet

(Remainder of the Table is unchanged, posted 9-12-06)

R314.3 Surface burning characteristics. ... shall have a flame- spread index of not more than 75 and shall have a smoke- developed
index or not more than 450 when tested in the maximum thickness of 4 inch e s, provid e d th e e nd us e is approv e d in accordanc e with
S e ction R314.6 using th e thickn e ss and d e nsity int e nd e d for us e intended for use in accordance with ASTM E84. Loose- fill type
foam plastic insulation shall be tested as board stock for the flame spread index and smoke- developed index.
(Exception unchanged, posted 9-12-06)

R314.7 Termite damage. The use of foam plastics in areas o f "very heavy" termite infestation probability shall be in accordance
with Section R320.4 R320.5 .
(Posted 7-25-07)

R324.1.7 Flood-resistant materials. (No change to charging statement and item #1)

2. Materials and installation methods used for flooring and interior and exterior walls and wall coverings shall conform to
the provisions of FEMA/FIA-TB:2.
(Posted 7-25-07)

R324.2 Flood hazard areas (including A Zones). ... All buildings and structures constructed in whole or in part in flood hazard
areas shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Sections R324.2.1 and through R324.2.3.

(Posted 7-25-07)
R324.3 Coastal high-hazard areas (including V Zones) ... Buildings and structures constructed in whole or in part in coastal high-
hazard areas shall be d e signat e d designed and constructed in accordance with Sections R324.3.1 through R324.3.6.

(Posted 7-25-07)

2006 International Residential Code Errata

Page 1 of 1

FIRST PRINTING (Updated September 12, 2006)

CHAPTERS
FLOORS

Table R503.2.1(l)

ALLOWABLE SPANS AND LOADS FOR WOOD STRUCTURAL PANELS FOR ROOF AND SUBFLOOR

SHEATHING AND COMBINATION SUBFLOOR UNDERLAY MENT

SPAN RATING

ALLOWABLE LIVE LOAD

(Remainder of Table unchanged)

SPAN
@ 16" o.c.

SPAN
@ 24" o.c.

4(^20

305

30130

(Posted 9-12-06)

2006 International Residential Code Errata

Page 3 of 6

FIRST PRINTING (Updated September 12, 2006)

CHAPTER 6

WALL CONSTRUCTION

Table R602.10.1
WALL BRACING

SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY OR
WIND SPEED

CONDITION

TYPE OF BRACE

AMOUNTOF BRACING

Category C (S^ < 0.6g and S^^^ <
0.50g) or less than 110 mph

One story
Top of two or three story

Method 1,2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8

Locat e d i n accordanc e w i th S e ct i on
R602.10 and at le ast e v e ry 25 f ee t
on c e nt e r but not le ss than 30% of
brac e d wa ll li n e for M e thod 3 or
45% of brac e d wa ll li n e for M e thods
2,-1, 5, 6, 7 or 8.

Located in accordance with Section
R602.10 and at least every 25 feet
on center but not less than 16% of
braced wall line for Method 3 or
25% of braced wall line for Methods
2, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8.

First story of two story
Second story of three story

Method2,3, 4, 5, 6, 7or8

Locat e d i n accordanc e w i th S e ct i on
R602.10 and at le ast e v e ry 25 f ee t
on c e nt e r but not le ss than 16% of
brac e d wa ll li n e for M e thod 3 or
25% of brac e d wa ll li n e for M e thods
2, -1 ,5, 6, 7 or 8.

Located in accordance with Section
R602.10 and at least every 25 feet
on center but not less than 30% of
braced wall line for Method 3 or
45% of braced wall line for Methods
2, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8.

(Remainder of the Table is unchanged, posted 9-12-06)

2006 International Residential Code Errata

Page 4 of 6

FIRST PRINTING (Updated September 12, 2006)

CHAPTER 9

ROOF ASSEMBLIES

R905.4.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply with ASTM D 226 , Typel orASTM D 4869, Type I or II.
R905.5.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply with ASTM D 226 , Typel orASTM D 4869, Typel or II.
R905.6.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply with ASTM D 226 , Typel orASTM D 4869, Typel or II.
R905.7.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply with ASTM D 226 , Typel orASTM D 4869, Typel or II.
R905.8.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply with ASTM D 226 , Typel orASTM D 4869, Typel or II.
(Posted 9-12-06)

2006 International Residential Code Errata Page 5 of 6

2006 Inbeniational Residential Code- Ch^)ber24 Errata

Note that these errata are based on the first printing of the code and may have been
corrected in later printings.

CHAPTER 24

1) In Table G2453.1, the last entry in the 6 foot chimney height row (first entry in 64 sq. inch column) should read
80,000 instead of 8,000.

2) The metric conversions in Sections G2428.3.4 and G2428.3.5 should be (18mm per mm) instead of (457mm per
mm).

3) Add the following sentence to the end of the exception to Section G 2420.5; "Piping from the shutoff valve to within
3 feet (914mm) of the appliance connection shall be sized in accordance with Section G2413."

4) Add the following sentence to the end of Section G2439.5.1; 'The maximum length of the exhaust duct does not
include the transition duct."

5) Section G2427.7.12 should reference Section G2427.6.10 instead of G2427.6.11.

6) Delete Section G2427.6.3 and renumber subsequent sections G2427.6.4 through G2427.6.11 and Figure
G2427.6.4 accordingly.

7) Section G2427.10.2 should reference Sections G2427.10.2.1 through G2427.10.4.

8) Delete the exception in Sections G2428.2.9 and G2428.3.16.

9) Delete the definition of "CONNECTOR" in Section G2403.

10) Section G2451.2 should read; "Infrared radiant heaters shall be fixed in a position independent of gas and electric
supply lines. Hangers and brackets shall be of noncombustible material."

(Posted: January 3, 2008)

2006 International Residential Code - C hapter 24 E trata Page 1 of 1

FIRST PRINTING (Updated September 12, 2006)

CHAPTER 43
REFERENCED STANDARDS

AW PA

American Wood- Preservers' Association
P.O. Box 5690
Granbuiy, Texas 76049

Standard

Reference

Number

Title

Referenced
in code
section number

Cl-00

All Timber Products - Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes R902.2

(Remainder of the Section is unchanged, posted 9-12-06)

2006 International Residential Code Errata

Page 6 of 6

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Minnesota Residential Code"

See other formats